Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2020.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   7538    47-3595252
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

(704) 377-8855

 
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

President and Chief Executive Officer

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

(704) 377-8855

 
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

Copies to:

 

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Jeffrey D. Marell, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton &
Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064

(212) 373-3300

 

Tiffany Mason  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Scott O’Melia

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700  

Charlotte, NC 28202  

(704) 377-8855  

 

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Stelios G. Saffos, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022-4834

(212) 906-1200

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer          Accelerated filer   
Non-accelerated filer          Smaller reporting company   
         Emerging growth company   

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering  Price(1) (2)    Amount of Registration Fee(3)
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   $100,000,000    $10,910

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriters.”

(3)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 22, 2020

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

LOGO

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Driven Brands Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. We are offering                shares of common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $        and $        per share. Prior to this offering, no public market exists for the shares. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “DRVN”. Following the completion of this offering and related transactions, our principal stockholders will continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ listed companies and will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of such rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock” and “Principal Stockholders.”

We are also an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws, and as such may elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements. Please see “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” that are described beginning on page 25 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

      

Per Share

      

Total

 

Initial public offering price

       $                      $              

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

       $                      $              

Proceeds to us, before expenses

       $                      $              

 

(1)

See “Underwriters” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on or about                    , 2021

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley   BofA Securities   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan   Barclays

Credit Suisse

 

Baird

  Piper Sandler   William Blair

Prospectus dated                , 2021


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus that we may provide to you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES, AND SERVICE MARKS

We use various trademarks, trade names and service marks in our business, including ABRA®, CARSTAR®, DrivenBrands®, Fix Auto USA®, IMO®, MAACO®, Meineke®, PH Vitres D’Autos®, Spire Supply®, Take 5 Oil Change®, Uniban® and 1-800-Radiator & A/C®. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by any other companies, including with respect to Fix Auto USA®.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We include in this prospectus statements regarding factors that have impacted our and our customers’ industries. Such statements are statements of belief and are based on industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications and surveys, such as the Auto Care Association’s 2021 Auto Care Factbook, CarWash.com, IBIS World Inc.’s Report, International Car Wash Association’s Total Conveyor Locations and National Oil and Lube News’ Industry Rankings as well as good faith estimates of our management which are based on such sources and internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. In addition, while we believe that the industry information included herein is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries. On July 6, 2020, RC Driven Holdings LLC converted into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and changed its name to Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (the “Corporate Conversion”). As part of our Corporate Conversion, our direct parent, Driven Investor LLC, received all of our common stock in exchange for our equity interests. Prior to the closing of this offering, Driven Investor LLC will be liquidated and all of our common stock will be held by our Principal Stockholders, current and former employees and management and board members and we will effect a -for-one stock split of our common stock (the “Stock Split”). In this prospectus, we refer to the foregoing Corporate Conversion, Stock Split and related transactions as the Reorganization. Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the proposed Reorganization.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “Driven Brands,” the “Issuer,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer, prior to the Corporate Conversion discussed herein, to RC Driven Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, and after the Corporate Conversion, Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries. On August 3, 2020, we completed the acquisition (the “ICWG Acquisition”) of International Car Wash Group (“ICWG”). References to “brands” refer to the brands under which we and our franchisees operate each store location or warehouse, as applicable (referred to as “locations,” “stores,” or “units”). References to the size of our business are based on store count. References to “franchise” or “franchisee” refer to third parties that operate locations under franchise or license agreements, references to “franchised locations” refer to locations operated by franchisees, references to “independent operator” refer to third parties that operate locations under independent operator agreements, references to “independently-operated locations” refer to international locations outside North America where independent operators are responsible for site-level labor and receive commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes and references to

 

ii


Table of Contents

“company-operated locations” refer to locations operated by subsidiaries of the Company. References to our “Principal Stockholders” refer to Driven Equity LLC and RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC, each of which is a related entity of Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”) as described under “Prospectus Summary—Our Principal Stockholders.” References to “car parc” refer to the total number of registered vehicles within a geographic region. References to cash-on-cash returns refer to our estimates of annual unit-level EBITDA divided by initial investment, except that we calculate CARSTAR unit cash-on-cash returns using estimates of incremental EBITDA from conversion divided by conversion costs. We calculate Take 5 franchise unit cash-on-cash returns based on company operated unit-level economics for greenfield locations open for at least two years, adjusted to include franchise costs (e.g., royalties, supply margin and initial franchise fees). We provide cash-on-cash returns as we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry and we use it internally as a benchmark to compare our performance to that of our competitors. This measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

Throughout this prospectus, we provide a number of key performance indicators used by management and typically used by our competitors in the automotive services industry. These and other key performance indicators are discussed in more detail in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.” Except as otherwise specified, the following are key performance indicators used throughout this prospectus:

 

   

“System-wide sales” represents the total of net sales for our company-operated stores and independently-operated stores, and sales at franchised stores. Sales at franchised stores are not included as revenue in our consolidated statements of operations, but rather, the Company includes franchise royalties and fees that are derived from sales at franchised stores. Franchise royalties and fees revenue represented 19% and 22% of our total revenue in 2019 and 2018, respectively. During 2019 and 2018, approximately 93% and 96%, respectively, of franchise royalties and fees revenue was attributable to royalties, with the balance attributable to license and development fees. Revenue from company-operated stores represented 56% and 47% of our total revenue in 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no revenue from independently-operated stores in 2019 or 2018 since the ICWG acquisition occurred in 2020.

 

   

“Store count” reflects the number of franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores open at the end of the reporting period.

 

   

“Same store sales” reflect the change in sales year-over-year for the same store base. We define the same store base to include all franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores open for comparable weeks during the given fiscal period in both the current and prior year.

 

   

“Adjusted EBITDA” means earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments for acquisition-related costs, straight-line rent, equity compensation, loss on debt extinguishment and certain non-recurring, non-core, infrequent or unusual charges.

 

   

“Segment Adjusted EBITDA” means Adjusted EBITDA with a further adjustment for store opening costs. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our segments and may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a performance metric utilized by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker to allocate resources to and assess performance of the Company’s segments.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is discussed in more detail in the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information.” Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of each calendar year. Our most recent fiscal years ended on December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 and were both 52-week years. Our fiscal quarters are comprised of 13 weeks each, except for 53-week fiscal years for which the fourth quarter will be comprised of 14 weeks, and end on the 13th Saturday of each quarter (14th Saturday of the fourth quarter, when applicable).

 

iii


Table of Contents

USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with the U.S. GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA, Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, each a non-GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined above under “Basis of Presentation.” Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA represents Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable period as adjusted to give effect to management’s estimates of a full period of Adjusted EBITDA from any businesses acquired in such period as if such acquisitions had been completed on the first day of such period (“Acquisition EBITDA adjustments”), except that we include the impact of the ICWG Acquisition as if it had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year. Acquisition EBITDA adjustments are based on the most recently available historical financial information of acquired businesses at the time of such acquisitions, as adjusted as permitted under the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, modified, supplemented, the “Securitization Senior Notes Indenture”) to (a) eliminate expenses related to the prior owners and certain other non-recurring costs and expenses, if any, as if such businesses had been acquired on the first day of such period, (b) give effect to a full year of performance for any acquisitions completed by such acquired businesses prior to our acquisition and (c) give full year effect to sale leaseback transactions, including rent adjustments in connection with acquisitions, as if such transactions occurred on the first day of such period. Adjusted Net Income is calculated by eliminating from net income the adjustments described for Adjusted EBITDA, amortization related to acquired intangible assets and the tax effect of the adjustments. Our acquired intangible assets primarily relate to franchise agreements and trademarks. Although our intangible assets directly contribute to the Company’s revenue generation, the amortization related to acquired intangible assets is a non-cash amount which is not affected by operations of any particular period and which typically fluctuates period over period based on the size and timing of the Company’s acquisition activity. Accordingly, we believe excluding the amortization related to acquired intangible assets enhances the Company’s and our investors’ ability to compare our past performance with our current performance and to analyze underlying business trends.

We present these metrics because we believe they are a useful indicator of our operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are commonly used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. Our management and certain investors use Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA as an estimate of the potential of our ongoing operations to generate Adjusted EBITDA after giving effect to recent acquisitions.

Adjusted EBITDA, Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income should not be construed as alternatives to net income and net income margin under GAAP as indicators of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA, Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We have included these measures because we believe they provide management and investors with additional information to measure our performance.

The presentation of Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be consistent with our “as if” estimates. These “as if” estimates of potential operating results were not prepared in accordance with GAAP or the pro forma rules of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. Furthermore, while Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA gives effect to management’s estimate of a full year of Adjusted EBITDA in respect of acquisitions completed in the applicable period, Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA does not give effect to any Adjusted EBITDA in respect of such acquisitions for any period prior to such applicable period, except that we include the impact of the ICWG Acquisition as if it had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year. As a result, the Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA across different periods may not necessarily be comparable.

For reconciliations of these measures to the nearest GAAP measures, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains selected information about us and about this offering. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you and your investment decision. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following summary constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

DRIVEN BRANDS’ OVERVIEW

Driven Brands is the largest automotive services company in North America with a growing and highly-franchised base of more than 4,100 locations across 49 U.S. states and 14 international countries. Our scaled, diversified platform fulfills an extensive range of core consumer and commercial automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass, vehicle repair, oil change, maintenance and car wash. Driven Brands provides a breadth of high-quality and high-frequency services to a wide range of customers who rely on their cars in all economic environments to get to work and in many other aspects of their daily lives. Our asset-light business model generates consistent recurring revenue and strong operating margins, and requires limited maintenance capital expenditures. Our significant free cash flow generation and capital-efficient growth results in meaningful shareholder value creation. Our diversified platform of needs-based service offerings has delivered twelve consecutive years of positive same store sales growth including throughout the Great Recession, and from 2015 to 2019 we grew our revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at a CAGR of 37% and 22%, respectively.

We have a portfolio of highly recognized brands that compete in the large, recession-resistant and highly-fragmented automotive care industry, which was estimated to be a $300+ billion market in the U.S. in 2019, and has exhibited favorable long-term growth trends. Our U.S. industry is underpinned by a large, growing car parc of more than 275 million vehicles, and is expected to continue its long-term growth trajectory given (i) consumers more frequently outsourcing automotive services due to vehicle complexity; (ii) increases in average repair costs, (iii) average age of the car on the road getting older, and (iv) long-term increases in annual miles traveled. Outside of North America, our international business has a proud 55-year history providing express-style conveyor car wash services across Europe and Australia. Our network generated approximately $600 million in revenue from approximately $3 billion in system-wide sales in 2019. Including ICWG for 2019, our network would have serviced 50 million vehicles across a diverse mix of customers, with approximately 50% of our system-wide sales coming from retail customers and approximately 50% coming from commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. Our success is driven in large part by our mutually beneficial relationships with more than 2,500 individual franchisees and independent operators. Our scale, geographic breadth, and best-in-class shared services provide significant competitive platform advantages, and we believe that we are well positioned to increase our market share through continued organic and acquisition growth.

The Driven Brands’ platform enables our portfolio of brands to be stronger together than they are apart. We have invested heavily in the creation of unique and powerful shared services, which provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. Our locations are strengthened by ongoing training initiatives, targeted marketing enhancements, procurement savings, and cost efficiencies, driving revenue and profitability growth for both Driven Brands and for our franchisees. Our performance is further enhanced by a data analytics engine of approximately 18 billion data elements informed by customers across our thousands of locations at every transaction. Our platform advantages combined with our brand heritage, dedicated marketing funds, culture of innovation, and best-in-class management team have positioned us as a leading automotive services provider and the consolidator of choice in North America.



 

1


Table of Contents

Driven Brands has a long track record of delivering strong growth through consistent same store sales performance, store count growth, and acquisitions. All of our brands produce highly-compelling unit-level economics and cash-on-cash returns, which results in recurring and growing income for Driven Brands and for our healthy and growing network of franchisees, and we have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020. Our organic growth is complemented by a consistent and repeatable M&A strategy, having completed more than 40 acquisitions since 2015. Notably, in August 2020 we acquired ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrating our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A. Within our existing service categories, we believe we have enormous whitespace, with over 12,000 potential locations across North America alone. We are only in first gear.

RECENT GROWTH AND PERFORMANCE

We believe our historical success in driving revenue and profit growth is underpinned by our highly-recognized brands, dedicated marketing funds, exceptional in-store execution, franchisee support, and ability to provide a wide range of high-quality services for our retail and commercial customers. Following the acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Roark in early 2015, we made significant investments in our shared services and data analytics capabilities, which has enabled us to accelerate our growth, as evidenced by the following achievements from 2015 through 2019:

 

   

Increased our total store count from 2,306 to 3,106, at a CAGR of 8%

 

   

Increased revenue from $168 million* to $600 million(1) at a CAGR of 37%

 

   

Increased system-wide sales from $1.4 billion to $2.9 billion, at a CAGR of 19%

 

   

Grew same store sales at an average annual rate of 4.2%

 

   

Increased net income from $3 million* to $8 million

 

   

Increased Adjusted Net Income from $18 million* to $37 million, at a CAGR of 20%

 

   

Increased Adjusted EBITDA from $53 million* to $119 million, at a CAGR of 22%

 

   

Including ICWG from the first day of our 2019 fiscal year, we would have generated revenue of $936 million, system-wide sales of $3.2 billion, net loss of $23 million and Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(2) of $244 million

 

STORE COUNT**

 

REVENUE**

($MM)

 

SYSTEM-WIDE SALES**

($BN)

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)

As described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, we adopted the new revenue recognition standard during the annual period beginning on December 31, 2017. Prior to that time, advertising contributions and related expenditures were not included in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenue for 2019 is inclusive of advertising contributions totaling $66 million in accordance with our



 

2


Table of Contents
  adoption of the new revenue recognition standard. The inclusion of advertising contributions in 2019 revenue was responsible for three percentage points of the CAGR from 2015 to 2019.
(2)

Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 includes the impact of the ICWG Acquisition and other businesses acquired in 2019 as if such acquisitions had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year.

* 

These metrics for fiscal 2015 represent pro forma revenue, pro forma net income, pro forma Adjusted Net Income, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA after giving effect to the acquisition of Driven Holdings LLC by the Company on April 17, 2015, as if it occurred at the beginning of our 2015 fiscal year. See “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of 2015 pro forma net income, pro forma Adjusted Net Income, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.

**

Pro forma 2019 amounts include the impact of the ICWG Acquisition as if it had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year.

Our financial performance and business model are highly resilient across economic cycles, as demonstrated by 12 consecutive years of consistent positive same store sales growth, including growth through the Great Recession. In addition, our highly-franchised business model generates consistent, recurring revenue and significant and predictable free cash flow, and we are insulated from the operating cost variability of our franchised locations. The operating costs of franchised locations are borne by the franchisees themselves, and our international locations outside North America utilize an independent operator model whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes.

SAME STORE SALES GROWTH(1)

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)

Prior to Fiscal 2018, same store sales growth was presented pro forma for acquired locations based on available information. Beginning in Fiscal 2018, we modified our same store sales calculation to treat acquired locations as comparable after they have been a part of Driven Brands for 12 months.

OUR OPPORTUNITY: THE LARGE, RECESSION-RESISTANT AND HIGHLY FRAGMENTED AUTOMOTIVE SERVICES INDUSTRY WITH LONG-TERM GROWTH TRENDS

The highly-fragmented U.S. automotive care industry, estimated to be a $300+ billion market in 2019, provides critical needs-based services and replacement components, accessories, and equipment to vehicle owners after initial sale. The core of the industry is a large and growing car parc of more than 275 million vehicles in operation (“VIO”), with an average vehicle age of 12 years. Our VIO sweet spot for repairs and maintenance is the population of vehicles 6 years or older that are outside of manufacturers’ warranty periods and represent the majority of the car parc. This expanding pool of older vehicles consistently requires a variety of on-going services to remain operable. As a result, the industry has experienced stable and predictable long-term growth trends driven by non-discretionary and non-cyclical demand from end customers who need their vehicles every day.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

The U.S. automotive care industry has a long track record of consistent growth, having grown at a 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2019, and a 4% CAGR from 2014 to 2019. We believe numerous secular tailwinds will continue to drive predictable long-term industry growth. The addressable market of vehicles in operation is projected to grow along with the average vehicle age, all of which increase the needs for vehicle maintenance and repair. Increasing vehicle complexity is driving higher cost of repairs and greater consumer reliance on “do-it-for-me” (“DIFM”) service providers with specialized knowledge, tools and equipment. These trends continue to drive an increased need for professional DIFM services, premiumization of certain products such as higher-cost motor oils to sustain performance, and increasing average repair order.

In addition to the benefits of the growing car parc and shift in consumer preference towards DIFM, the car wash industry also uniquely benefits from the affordability and frequency-of-use of the services provided. Since our acquisition of ICWG in August 2020, Driven Brands operates in the automated segment of the car wash industry, which accounts for approximately 70% of the total U.S. car wash industry, and which has grown at a 5.2% CAGR in the U.S. between 2015 and 2020, outpacing the 2.5% CAGR of the overall U.S. car wash industry over the same timeframe. Driven Brands’ express-style conveyer car wash services provide a very quick and convenient experience relative to other non-automated car wash services, such as handwashing, and ensures a safe and comfortable experience as the consumer remains in their vehicle during the wash.

All of these secular tailwinds play to Driven Brands’ advantage as the largest automotive services platform in North America. We believe that as a large, scaled chain, Driven Brands will continue to gain market share from independent market participants due to our ability to invest in the required technology, infrastructure, and equipment to service more complex cars, as well as preferences from insurance carriers and fleet operators to work with nationally scaled and recognized chains with broad geographic coverage, extensive service offerings, strong operating metrics and centralized billing services. In addition to services that are essential for vehicles to remain operable, including collision, oil change and repairs, we also provide services through our car wash segment that make consumers feel great about maintaining their vehicles, with a highly convenient, safe and affordable experience.

The automotive services industry is highly fragmented, comprised primarily of regional and locally owned and operated independent shops, and offers a significant consolidation opportunity across our segments.

 

U.S. Addressable Market for Driven Brands’ Three Largest Segments

 

 

Maintenance(1)(2)

  

Car Wash(1)(2)(3)

   Paint, Collision & Glass(2)(4)

LOGO

  

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

Highly fragmented industry with top 10 companies representing ~15% of market share(1)(2)

   

Highly fragmented conveyer car wash industry with top 10 companies representing ~5% market share (1)(2(3)

   

Highly fragmented industry with top 5 companies representing ~15% of market share(2)(4)

 

(1)

Percentage of market share based on aggregate store count.

(2)

Based on management estimates using internal knowledge in addition to information derived from third party sources. See “Industry and Market Data.”

(3)

$9 billion car wash market size represents total car wash industry. Market share figures are based on the share of conveyor car wash location count only rather than share of total car wash industry.

(4)

Percentage of market share based on aggregate store count, except for the glass repair component of the Paint, Collision & Glass segment, which is based on revenue.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS AND STRATEGIC DIFFERENTIATION

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and enable us to profitably grow our leading market position and drive our continued success.

We Provide an Extensive Suite of Services Retail and Commercial Customers Consistently Need

We believe Driven Brands is the only automotive services platform of scale providing an extensive suite of services to its customers. Our diversified platform is uniquely capable of offering a compelling and convenient service proposition to our customers by providing a wide breadth of services for all vehicle types and across multiple service categories including paint, collision, glass, repair, oil change, maintenance and car wash. Our diverse offerings span a wide range of price points and most of our services are non-discretionary and essential to the customer in any economic environment. Our network generated approximately $600 million in revenue from approximately $3 billion in system-wide sales in 2019. Including ICWG for the full 2019 fiscal year, our network would have serviced 50 million vehicles across a diverse mix of customers, with approximately 50% of our system-wide sales coming from retail customers and approximately 50% coming from commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. For our commercial customers, we offer a compelling value proposition by providing a “one-stop-shop” for their many automotive service needs through our global footprint of more than 4,100 locations offering an extensive range of complementary and needs-based services.

 

2019 REVENUE BY SEGMENT(1)    PRO FORMA 2019 REVENUE BY SEGMENT(1)(2)
LOGO    LOGO

 

(1)

Excludes advertising revenue and intercompany eliminations.

(2)

Percentages calculated using historical segment revenues for Maintenance, Paint, Collision & Glass and Platform Services and pro forma revenue of ICWG for fiscal 2019.

Platform of Highly Recognized and Long-Standing Brands

We are the largest diversified automotive services platform in North America, and our brands have been providing quality services to retail and commercial customers around the world for over 350 years combined. We believe that the longevity and awareness of our brands, tenure of our franchisees, and the quality and value of our offerings resonate deeply with our customers. Maaco and Meineke have been operating since 1972 and are two of the most recognizable brands in the industry. In addition, Take 5 and ABRA have been operating since 1984, and CARSTAR has been in operation since 1989. CARSTAR and ABRA are also highly regarded by our insurance carrier customers featuring Net Promoter Scores of 85 and 87, respectively. Our brands are supported by over 250 highly qualified Driven Brands field operations team members that provide training and operational expertise to our franchisees and company-operated and independently-operated locations to help them deliver best-in-class customer service and drive strong financial performance. Additionally, our brands are supplemented by our continuous brand investment, with more than $1 billion having been spent on marketing over our 45 year history. Our deep and ongoing investment in training, operations and marketing has enabled our brands to stay highly relevant in the evolving marketplace and has helped position our locations as the “go to” destination for our retail and commercial customers’ automotive service needs.



 

5


Table of Contents

Powerful Shared Services and Data Analytics Engine

We have proactively built and invested in our shared services and data analytics capabilities, which are an integral component of Driven Brands and provide us with a significant competitive advantage and deep defensive moat against our peers. Our platform of centralized marketing support, consumer insights, procurement, training, new store development, finance, technology and fleet services provides significant benefits across the system by driving cost savings, incremental revenue, and sharing of best practices and capabilities across brands. We believe our shared services platform provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. In addition, we believe the scale provided by our platform increases engagement with third parties and improves our ability to attract and retain employees, franchisees, and customers. We have used our strength and scale to create procurement programs that provide franchisees with lower pricing on supplies than they could otherwise achieve on their own. Our shared services are enhanced by our data analytics engine, which is powered by internally collected data from consumers, their vehicles and services that are provided to us at each transaction and further enriched by third-party data. This powerful data gathering capability results in more than 40 million data elements collected each month and a growing data repository with approximately 18 billion unique elements, which we use throughout our platform for improving our marketing and customer prospecting capabilities, measuring location performance, enhancing store-level operations, and optimizing our real estate site selection. As we grow organically and through acquisition, we believe the power of our shared services and data analytics will grow and will continue to be a key differentiator for our business through strengthening economies of scale, enhanced and accelerated data collection, and continued roll-out of best practices, ultimately driving attractive growth and profitability in our overall business.

Highly Franchised and Independently-Operated Business Model with Attractive Company-operated Unit Economics

We believe our operating model incorporates the best financial attributes of franchised, independently-operated and company-operated businesses. Driven Brands benefits from recurring cash flow streams generated by our highly franchised and independently-operated unit composition as well as the high-growth and high-margin characteristics of our company-operated units. Across all of our brands, our locations generate attractive and consistent cash-on-cash returns and strong brand loyalty from our customers, which has driven consistent same store sales growth.

Our asset-light business, combined with the geographic and service category diversification of our locations, results in high operating margins and highly stable cash flow generation for Driven Brands that has been consistent throughout economic cycles. Our diverse base of more than 1,800 franchisees has an average tenure with Driven Brands of approximately 15 years, and our franchisees typically work at the locations they operate and are highly engaged with their employees and customers. Our brands have attractive unit level economics, and our franchisees earn strong cash-on-cash returns, averaging 67% at CARSTAR, 50% at Meineke, 48% at Maaco, and 44% at Take 5. Outside of North America, we operate an independent operator model across our 740 car wash locations, whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes. As of September 26, 2020, 83% of our locations were either franchised or independently-operated (and such locations contributed to 27% of total revenue and 87% of total system-wide sales in the nine months ended September 26, 2020).

We also benefit from highly-attractive unit economics at our company-operated stores, primarily within our Take 5 brand and our domestic car wash business. Given the high growth and margins at these locations, our invested capital has yielded very strong cash-on-cash returns and expanding our company-operated unit count continues to be an attractive aspect of our growth strategy. The combination of our asset-light franchised units with our attractive and high-growth company-operated locations provides Driven Brands with a compelling mix that result in durable operating margins, a highly attractive growth profile and recurring free cash flow generation.



 

6


Table of Contents

Proven Ability to Drive and Integrate Highly Accretive M&A

M&A is a core competency of the Driven Brands platform. We have invested in and built out a dedicated team and supporting infrastructure and processes to systematically source, diligence, acquire and integrate acquisitions. Since 2015, we have completed more than 40 transactions. As a part of our M&A strategy, we have grown our existing segments, such as our paint and collision business through the acquisitions of CARSTAR in 2015, ABRA in 2019 and Fix Auto USA in 2020, and we have also expanded into adjacent, complementary service offerings, including oil change services through our acquisition of Take 5 in 2016, glass services in 2019, and car wash services through our acquisition of ICWG in 2020. The acquisition of ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrated our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A as well as integrating large businesses into the Driven Brands platform. In addition, we have a proven track record of executing tuck-in acquisitions of independent market participants that are highly value accretive when integrated into our platform based on our ability to drive performance improvement post-acquisition through upfront cost synergies as well as incremental revenue growth opportunities from Driven Brands’ platform and economies of scale.

Our M&A capabilities are enhanced by information and data provided by our platform. 1-800-Radiator, for instance, is a very powerful identifier of prospective acquisition targets through its broad customer base of approximately 100,000 automotive shops. Once a company has been acquired, we leverage our shared services to enable the acquired business to benefit from our powerful procurement programs, data analytics capabilities, and training services. Every acquisition has been integrated into Driven Brands on plan and has demonstrated improved performance by being a part of our platform rather than operating as an independent company. We also seek to acquire businesses that make the rest of our platform and team stronger, including capabilities that can be extended to our existing brands, enhance our capture of data or strengthen our commercial customer base. Our track-record of highly-accretive M&A, with acquired companies benefiting from rapid growth and immediate synergies, will continue to be a significant part of the growth story for Driven Brands given the expected consolidation in the highly fragmented automotive services industry.

Deep Bench of Talent Poised to Capitalize on Attractive Growth Opportunity

Driven Brands is led by a best-in-class management team with experience managing many multi-billion dollar franchise and automotive service organizations. Our strategic vision is set by our CEO Jonathan Fitzpatrick, who previously served as the Chief Brand and Operations Officer of Burger King, and since joining Driven Brands in 2012, has led our transformation into an industry leading platform. Our highly experienced management team has previously held senior positions at large franchisors, including Burger King and Wendy’s and other global corporations, including Bank of America, General Electric, Lowe’s, McKinsey, Motorola, and United Parcel Service. Our success, growth and platform allow us to continue to attract and retain exceptional talent.

THE STRATEGIES THAT WILL CONTINUE OUR TRACK RECORD OF GROWTH

We expect to drive continued growth and strong financial performance by executing on the following strategies:

Grow Our Brands with New Locations

We have a proven track record of unit growth, having grown our store count at a CAGR of 8% between 2015 and 2019, and we believe our competitive strengths provide us with a solid financial and operational foundation to continue growing our footprint. Based on an extensive internal analysis, we believe we have enormous whitespace, with more than 12,000 potential locations across North America within our existing service categories.



 

7


Table of Contents

Our franchise growth is driven both by new store openings as well as through conversions of independent market participants that do not have the benefits of our scaled platform. Our attractive unit economics, national brand recognition, strong insurance and fleet customer relationships and beneficial shared services capabilities provide highly compelling economic benefits for our franchisees resulting in a strong desire to join and stay within our network. We have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020, which provides us with visibility into future franchise unit growth.

Additionally, we continue to expand our company-operated Take 5 footprint, primarily in Southern U.S. markets, and our domestic company-operated car wash business, both through new greenfield openings as well as tuck-in acquisitions and conversions. Both the oil change and car wash markets in North America are highly fragmented, providing significant runway for continued growth. The success of our company-operated locations is supported by our deep data analytics capabilities that use proprietary algorithms and insights that enable us to identify optimal real estate and make informed site selection decisions. With low net start-up costs and strong sales ramp, company-operated locations provide highly attractive returns, and we believe there is ample whitespace in existing and adjacent markets for continued unit growth.

Continue to Drive Same Store Sales Growth

We have demonstrated an ability to drive attractive organic growth with positive same store sales performance for 12 consecutive years. We believe that we are well positioned to continue benefiting from this momentum by executing on the following growth levers:

 

   

Continued Commercial Partnership Expansion: We are proactively growing our commercial partnerships and winning new customers by being a highly convenient and cost effective “one-stop-shop” service provider that caters to the extensive suite of automotive service needs for fleet operators and insurance carriers. These customers want to work with nationally scaled and recognized chains with broad geographic coverage, extensive service offerings, strong operating metrics and centralized billing services. We have a growing team dedicated to expanding partnerships with existing commercial customers as well as attracting new national and local customers.

 

   

Continued Growth of Subscription Car Wash Revenue Model: In 2017, ICWG introduced a subscription membership program across its domestic car wash stores, and revenue from this subscription program has grown to more than 35% of domestic car wash revenue in 2019. In addition to fostering strong customer loyalty to our stores, the subscription program also generates predictable and recurring revenue and provides incremental data and customer insights, further strengthening our data analytics capabilities. We believe there is significant opportunity to continue to grow our subscription program.

 

   

Leverage Data Analytics to Optimize Marketing, Product Offerings and Pricing: We have large, dedicated brand marketing funds supported by contributions from our franchisees, and in 2019 we collected and spent approximately $90 million for marketing across our brands. Insights from our data analytics engine enhance our marketing and promotional strategy to drive growth in unit-level performance. For instance, our proprietary data algorithms help optimize lead generation and conversion through personalized, targeted, and timely marketing promotions that provide customers with the optimal offer at the right time. In addition, our data provides insights that are enabling us to identify and roll out new product offerings, improve menu design and optimize pricing structure across our brands. Use cases like these are regularly tested, refined and deployed across our network to drive store performance.

 

   

Benefit from Industry Tailwinds: The U.S. automotive care industry has a long track record of consistent growth, having grown at a 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2019, and a 4% CAGR from 2014 to 2019. We believe that the industry has significant tailwinds that will drive continued growth, including



 

8


Table of Contents
 

a large and expanding pool of older cars, increasing long-term miles driven trends, a growing need for DIFM services, and increasing average repair order due to more technology and premiumization in vehicles.

Enhance Margins through Procurement Initiatives and Strengthening Platform Services

In addition to topline growth, Driven Brands has also been able to leverage the strength of the platform to enhance margins for franchised, independently-operated and company-operated locations through the following levers:

 

   

Leverage Shared Services and Platform Scale: We expect to continue to benefit from margin improvements associated with our increasing scale and the growing efficiency of our platform. As a result of the investments we have made, our shared services provide substantial operating leverage and are capable of supporting a much larger business than we are today. Driven Brands has also been increasing margins through technology advancements to enhance in-store operations and deploy best-practice training initiatives across the portfolio.

 

   

Utilize Purchasing Strength from Procurement Programs: Driven Brands currently provides franchisees, independently-operated and company-operated locations with lower pricing on supplies than they could otherwise achieve on their own, thereby augmenting the value proposition to new and existing franchisees as well as the earnings of our independently-operated and company-operated locations. Our procurement programs provide us with recurring revenue via supplier rebates and product margin. As we continue to grow organically and through acquisition, we believe we are well-positioned to continue driving lower procurement pricing and more benefits to our overall system.

 

   

Drive Incremental Profitability through Innovation: In 2017, Driven Brands launched Spire Supply, an in-house distributor of consumable products such as oil filters and wiper blades which currently serves all franchised and company-operated Take 5 stores as well as a large portion of Meineke stores. Spire Supply provides us with incremental EBITDA by reducing spend that would otherwise be paid to third-party vendors, providing Driven Brands and its franchisees with significant cost reductions. There is substantial opportunity to continue to grow Spire Supply through increased adoption across our franchisee network, introduction of new, complementary product lines, and the sale of products to independent market participants.

We plan to continue to invest in these capabilities that enhance the power of our platform and believe that these platform benefits will continue to provide strong tailwinds to our profits, as well as the profits of our franchisees going forward.

Pursue Accretive M&A in Existing and New Service Categories

Driven Brands is optimally positioned to continue its long and successful track record of acquisitions, both in our existing service categories as well as into new, complementary ones, and we maintain an actionable pipeline of M&A opportunities. Since 2015, we have completed more than 40 acquisitions, and since 2019, the Company expanded into both glass and car wash services, which has provided us with new organic and acquisition growth opportunities in two highly fragmented service categories. In addition, the evolving vehicle technology landscape provides numerous opportunities for Driven Brands to leverage its scale and core competencies to continue to expand our market share. As the consolidator of choice, we plan to capitalize on the highly fragmented nature of the automotive services industry by continuing to execute on accretive M&A using our proven acquisition strategy and playbook.



 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy also is subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our competitive strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges and risks we face include the following:

 

   

competition with numerous domestic and foreign businesses;

 

   

changing economic conditions, changing regulations and tariffs, new interpretations of existing laws, difficulties and delays in obtaining or maintaining required licenses or approvals and other unexpected events and circumstances could adversely affect our business and results of operations;

 

   

changes in consumer preferences and perceptions could reduce demand for our products and services;

 

   

weather may impact the demand for our services;

 

   

our business is affected by the financial results of our franchisees;

 

   

we may face challenges in retaining franchisees and customers for a long period of time;

 

   

the impact of advances in automotive technology, including self-driving and electric vehicles and shared mobility, may reduce the demand for our services;

 

   

certain restrictions by valuable manufacturers or government regulation or third parties may prevent us from providing our services and products to customers;

 

   

changes in labor costs, supply and other operating costs, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and inflation could adversely affect our results of operations;

 

   

we may experience supply chain shortages and interruptions and rely on key suppliers to provide high-quality products pursuant to customary terms and prices;

 

   

our operations have been, and are expected to continue to be, affected by the coronavirus outbreak;

 

   

substantially all of our assets are pledged as security under our debt facilities that impose certain restrictions and obligations, noncompliance of which could put us in default;

 

   

our growth strategy may not succeed if we are unable to complete future acquisitions and integrate those businesses successfully into our future growth;

 

   

our business may be adversely impacted by the geographic concentration of our locations and the number of our brands;

 

   

our international operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties;

 

   

we and our franchisees and independent operators are subject to various laws and regulations, and the failure to comply with those laws and regulations may lead to losses and harm our brands;

 

   

we may be subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

our operations in Europe may be adversely impacted by the Brexit withdrawal of the U.K.;

 

   

our intellectual property is material to our business, and litigation to enforce or other claims involving our intellectual property may be costly and unsuccessful;

 

   

we are subject to material failure, interruption, security breaches or cyber incidents with respect to our information technology systems;



 

10


Table of Contents
   

our franchise system is subject to various risks, including our dependency on franchised locations that make up a majority of our locations, risks that franchisees face as operating entities, franchisees’ noncompliance with our agreements and franchisees’ actions that may harm our brands;

 

   

we are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other transfers of funds from our subsidiaries;

 

   

we are an “emerging growth company” and are able take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements that could make our common stock less attractive to investors;

 

   

we will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits; and

 

   

we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of The Nasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) rules, and we intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

ICWG Acquisition

On August 3, 2020, we completed the ICWG Acquisition. Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger entered into in connection with the acquisition (the “Merger Agreement”), RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC, a subsidiary of RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC and the direct parent of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, merged with and into Driven Investor LLC. Driven Investor LLC subsequently contributed all of the equity interests of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC to the Company in exchange for 430 shares of the Company’s common stock. RC IV Cayman ICW LLC is the direct parent of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, a holding company of all of the assets and liabilities of ICWG. These transactions are collectively referred to herein as the ICWG Acquisition.

Refinancing Transaction

On December 14, 2020, Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”, and together with the Master Issuer, the “Master Co-Issuers”), each wholly owned indirect subsidiaries of the Company, issued $450 million of 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2. Proceeds from the offering were used (i) to repay in full the series 2015-1 and Series 2016-1 Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, (ii) to pay associated transaction fees and expenses and make-whole prepayment consideration, and (iii) for general corporate purposes. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Impact of COVID-19

Commencing in December 2019, the novel strain of coronavirus (SARS-Cov-2) and the disease it causes “COVID-19,” spread rapidly throughout the world. The global crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 has disrupted, and continues to significantly disrupt, local, regional, and global economies and businesses in the United States and internationally. Because automotive services were generally deemed “essential” by most federal, state, provincial and local governmental authorities in the United States and Canada, substantially all of Driven Brands’ locations remained open despite the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Driven Brands proactively implemented various initiatives across each of its segments, with a focus on ensuring the safety of employees, franchisees and customers, and minimizing the financial impact of COVID-19 while continuing to execute on building the foundation for future growth. Driven Brands’ initiatives implemented include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Aggressively managing expenses by reducing headcount and general and administrative expenses;

 

   

Deferring non-essential capital expenditures and new construction plans;



 

11


Table of Contents
   

Availing itself of income and payroll tax deferral programs pursuant to the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act” (the “CARES Act”);

 

   

Extending and improving payment terms with vendors and negotiating rent relief for a significant portion of company-operated locations;

 

   

Reducing and deferring advertising fees for certain franchisees and assisting franchisees in securing government funding pursuant to the CARES Act;

 

   

Adjusting company-operated location labor and variable costs to optimize efficiency and profitability; and

 

   

Leveraging data analytics and insights to tailor marketing and promotional strategies, including in respect of consumer sentiments relating to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Driven Brands’ sales volumes began to decline in late March 2020 as the pandemic worsened in the markets in which Driven Brands operates and federal, state, provincial and local governments implemented stricter guidelines and policies, including stay-at-home orders and the closure of non-essential businesses. Sales performance has varied by segment, but since early April, consolidated Driven Brands same store sales trends have improved significantly. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results.”

CONSOLIDATED SAME STORE SALES AS A % OF PRIOR YEAR

 

LOGO

OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Our Principal Stockholders, Driven Equity LLC and RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC, are controlled indirect subsidiaries of Roark Capital Partners III LP (“Roark Capital Partners III”) and Roark Capital Partners IV Cayman AIV LP (“Roark Capital Partners IV”), respectively. Roark Capital Partners III and Roark Capital Partners IV are each investment funds related to Roark. Roark is an Atlanta-based private equity firm with over $13 billion in equity capital commitments raised since inception. Roark focuses on consumer and business companies, with a specialization in franchised and multi-unit business models in the retail, consumer services and business services sectors.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY AND A CONTROLLED COMPANY

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or “JOBS Act”. As an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, among other things:

 

   

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and selected financial data;



 

12


Table of Contents
   

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

   

reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the consummation of this offering, and once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ listed companies because more than 50% of our voting common stock will be owned by our Principal Stockholders. For further information on the implications of this distinction, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock” and “Management—Board Committees.”

REORGANIZATION

Prior to July 6, 2020, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company under the name RC Driven Holdings LLC. On July 6, 2020, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (the “Corporate Conversion”). In conjunction with the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into              shares of common stock. As part of our conversion into a Delaware corporation, our direct parent, Driven Investor LLC, received all of our common stock in exchange for our equity interests. Prior to the closing of this offering, (i) we will effect a              -for-one stock split of our common stock (the “Stock Split”), (ii) Driven Investor LLC will be liquidated and all of our common stock will be held by our Principal Stockholders, current and former employees and management and board members, (iii) profit interests in Driven Investor LLC will be exchanged for an economically equivalent number of vested and unvested shares of our common stock and (iv) options to purchase units of Driven Investor LLC will be converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock (collectively, the “Reorganization”).

The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.

Driven Brands Holdings Inc. now holds all of the assets of RC Driven Holdings LLC and has assumed all of its liabilities and obligations. We are a holding company and hold all of the assets and operating entities in the Paint, Collision & Glass, Maintenance and Platform Services segments through our direct subsidiary, Driven Holdings, LLC, and hold all of the assets and operating entities in the Car Wash segment through our direct subsidiary, Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (“Shine Holdco”).

CORPORATE INFORMATION

We were originally organized as RC Driven Holdings LLC under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company on March 27, 2015. On July 6, 2020, we converted into a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware and changed our name to Driven Brands Holdings Inc. as described above under “—Reorganization”. Our principal executive offices are located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202. Our telephone number is (704) 377-8855. Our website is located at www.drivenbrands.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and are not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on our website or any such information in making your decision whether to purchase shares of our common stock.



 

13


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

                      shares

Option to purchase additional share

   We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

Common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

  


             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $          million (or approximately          $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

We currently expect to use (i) approximately $          million of the proceeds from this offering to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the senior credit facilities assumed in the ICWG Acquisition (the “Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities”), (ii) approximately $          million of the proceeds from this offering to pay fees and expenses in connection with this offering and (iii) any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. Following this offering, there will be $          million aggregate principal amount of securitized debt outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, we intend to use the net proceeds therefrom to acquire from certain of our existing stockholders shares of our common stock at the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our common stock in this offering and to use any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. None of the existing stockholders we purchase shares from will be an existing employee, executive officer or director or Principal Stockholder of the Company. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Controlled company

   Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions under the rules of NASDAQ, including exemptions from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company.”

Dividend policy

   We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, we may, in the future, decide to pay dividends on our common stock. Any declaration and payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, cash flows, capital requirements, levels of indebtedness, restrictions imposed by applicable law, our overall financial condition, restrictions in our debt agreements, and any other factors


 

14


Table of Contents
   deemed relevant by our board of directors. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.

Listing

   We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “DRVN”.

Income Tax Receivable Agreement

   We will enter into an income tax receivable agreement with our existing stockholders that will provide for the payment by us to our existing stockholders of 85% of the amount of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax that we and our subsidiaries actually realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax benefits. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Risk Factors

   You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the risks and uncertainties you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2020 and excludes              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), including              shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options and shares of restricted stock issued in exchange for profits interests. See “Executive Compensation.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to the completion of the Reorganization prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $          per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock in this offering.



 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of September 26, 2020 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of such financial data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

                                                                   
     Nine Months Ended      Year Ended  

in thousands (except share, per share and unit data)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
     December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
 

Statement of Operations Data

          

Revenue:

          

Franchise royalties and fees

   $        94,214     $        86,885      $     114,872      $      108,040  

Company-operated store sales

     323,339       235,130        335,137        233,932  

Independently-operated store sales

     30,595                      

Advertising contributions

     42,429       36,792        66,270        72,792  

Supply and other revenue

     125,115       58,766        83,994        77,951  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     615,692       417,573        600,273        492,715  

Operating Expenses:

          

Company-operated store expenses

     202,333       160,076        218,988        159,244  

Independently-operated store expenses

     17,995                      

Advertising expenses

     42,429       36,792        69,779        74,996  

Supply and other expenses

     70,167       34,987        57,700        52,653  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     153,162       98,464        142,249        125,763  

Acquisition costs

     13,287       4,292        11,595         

Store opening costs

     1,921       2,859        5,721        2,045  

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656       15,228        24,220        19,846  

Asset impairment charges

     6,732                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     540,682       352,698        530,252        434,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     75,010       64,875        70,021        58,168  

Interest expense, net

     64,973       39,823        56,846        41,758  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     673              595        6,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     9,364       25,052        12,580        9,867  

Income tax expense

     6,109       6,717        4,830        2,805  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,255     $ 18,335      $ 7,750      $ 7,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

   $ (34   $      $ 19      $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

   $ 3,289     $ 18,335      $ 7,731      $ 7,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

          

Basic and diluted(1)

   $ 3,029     $ 18,335      $ 7,731      $ 7,062  

Weighted average shares outstanding

          

Basic and diluted

     1,086       1,000        1,000        1,000  

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited)

          

Basic and diluted(1)

   $           $              


 

16


Table of Contents
                                                                   
     Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  

in thousands (except share, per share and unit data)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Statement of Cash Flows Data

        

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 66,455     $ 31,060     $ 41,372     $ 38,753  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (26,549     (150,301     (482,423     (17,799

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     111,161       402,200       446,530       (9,493

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets

     151,535       282,696       5,359       11,653  

Cash dividends per share

   $     $ 163,000     $ 163,000     $ 52,987  

Other Financial Data and Operational Data(2):

        

System-wide sales

   $ 2,419,642     $ 2,129,230     $ 2,885,561     $ 2,576,266  

Store count

     4,185       2,780       3,106       2,588  

Same store sales growth (%)

     (5.9 %)      4.9     5.0     5.3

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 139,534     $ 94,950     $ 119,245     $ 94,014  

Adjusted Net Income

     41,838       35,095       36,617       32,023  

Maintenance capital expenditures(3)

     5,287       1,206       1,846       1,595  
     September 26,
2020
          December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Balance Sheet Data

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356       $ 34,935     $ 37,530  

Working capital

     70,454         26,497       29,656  

Total assets

     4,501,890         1,876,240       1,306,919  

Total debt(4)

     2,098,092         1,314,963       701,231  

 

(1)

See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of earnings per share, basic and diluted.

(2)

See the definitions of key performance indicators under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.” For a discussion of how we utilize non-GAAP measures, refer to “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

(3)

Necessary expenditures for continued operations of the business. Maintenance capital expenditures were $1.6 million, $1.6 million and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 26, 2015, respectively.

(4)

Total debt as of December 28, 2019 equals the current portion of long-term debt ($13 million) and the noncurrent portion of long-term debt, net of discount and debt issuance costs ($1,302 million). Total debt as of September 26, 2020 equals the current portion of long-term debt ($21 million) and the non-current portion of long-term debt, net of discount and debt issuance costs ($2,077 million).



 

17


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  

in thousands

  September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
    December 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 26,
2015

(Pro Forma)(1)
 

2015 predecessor net loss

              $ (2,021

2015 successor net loss

                (901

Pro forma adjustments

                5,647  
             

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,255     $ 18,335     $ 7,750     $ 7,062     $ 37,862     $ (8,918   $  2,725  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    6,109       6,717       4,830       2,805       (37,716     (4,398     2,866  

Interest expense, net

    64,973       39,823       56,846       41,758       40,763       33,591       21,082  

Depreciation and amortization

    32,656       15,228       24,220       19,846       17,864       19,212       10,035  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 106,993     $ 80,103     $ 93,646     $ 71,471     $ 58,773     $ 39,487     $ 36,708  

Acquisition related costsa

    13,287       4,292       12,497             900       4,507       3,683  

Non-core items and project costsb

    (926     5,385       6,644       1,694       5,703       12,449        

Sponsor management feesc

    5,357       1,958       2,496       1,960       2,267       2,096       708  

Straight-line rent adjustmentd

    3,124       2,315       2,172       1,304       780       835        

Equity-based compensation expensee

    508       897       1,195       1,195       650       605       276  

Loss on debt extinguishmentf

    673             595       6,543             1,022       11,589  

Foreign currency transaction lossg

    55                                      

Asset impairment charges and closed store expensesh

    7,621                   9,847       3,267              

Bad debt expensei

    2,842                               11,816        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 139,534     $ 94,950     $ 119,245     $ 94,014     $ 72,340     $ 72,817     $ 52,964  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

18


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  

in thousands

  September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
    December 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 26,
2015(1)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,255     $ 18,335     $ 7,750     $ 7,062     $ 37,862     $ (8,918   $ 2,725  

Acquisition related costsa

    13,287       4,292       12,497             900       4,507       3,683  

Non-core items and project costsb

    (926     5,385       6,644       1,694       5,703       12,449        

Sponsor management feesc

    5,357       1,958       2,496       1,960       2,267       2,096       708  

Straight-line rent adjustmentd

    3,124       2,315       2,172       1,304       780       835        

Equity-based compensation expensee

    508       897       1,195       1,195       650       605       276  

Loss on debt extinguishmentf

    673             595       6,543             1,022       11,589  

Foreign currency transaction lossg

    55                                      

Asset impairment charges and closed store expensesh

    7,621                   9,847       3,267              

Bad debt expensei

    2,842                               11,816        

Amortization related to acquired intangible assetsj

    11,693       7,500       11,314       10,739       10,875       14,188       5,880  

Provision for uncertain tax positionsk

    2,810                                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income before tax impact of adjustments

  $ 50,299     $ 40,682     $ 44,663     $ 40,344     $ 62,304     $ 38,600     $ 24,861  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax impact of adjustmentsl

    (8,461     (5,587     (8,046     (8,321     (9,308     (17,595     (7,211
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 41,838     $ 35,095     $ 36,617     $ 32,023     $ 52,996     $ 21,005     $ 17,650  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This column presents the reconciliation of predecessor net loss for the period December 28, 2014 to April 16, 2015 and successor net loss for the period April 17, 2015 to December 26, 2015 to pro forma net income and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA. The pro forma adjustments give effect to our acquisition of Driven Holdings LLC as if it occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2015. We have presented pro forma net income, pro forma Adjusted Net Income, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2015 because we believe these metrics are useful in understanding our operating performance on a comparable basis since our acquisition of Driven Holdings LLC.

a.

Consists of acquisition costs as reflected within the consolidated statement of operations, including legal, consulting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions completed during the applicable period, as well as inventory rationalization expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions. We expect to incur similar costs in connection with other acquisitions in the future and, under U.S. GAAP, such costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as incurred and not capitalized.

b.

Consists of discrete items and project costs, including (i) third-party consulting and professional fees associated with strategic transformation initiatives, including discrete projects between 2016 and 2018 focused on the buildout of shared services for our multi-brand platform and the implementation of standardized processes and systems across our business, (ii) wage subsidies received directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and (iii) other miscellaneous expenses, including non-capitalizable expenses relating to the Company’s initial public offering and other strategic transactions.

c.

Includes management fees paid to Roark.

d.

Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which reflects the extent to which our straight-line rent expense recognized under U.S. GAAP exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments.

e.

Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.



 

19


Table of Contents
f.

Represents the write-off of debt issuance costs associated with early termination of debt.

g.

Represents foreign currency transaction gains and losses primarily related to the remeasurement of our intercompany loans and gain on remeasurement of cross currency swaps.

h.

Relates to the discontinuation of the use of the Pro Oil tradename as those locations were transitioned to the Take 5 tradename, as well as impairment of certain fixed assets and operating lease right-of-use assets related to closed locations. Also represents lease exit costs and other costs associated with stores that were closed prior to their respective lease termination dates.

i.

Represents bad debt expense related to uncollectible receivables outside of normal operations.

j.

Consists of amortization related to acquired intangible assets as reflected within depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statement of operations.

k.

Represents uncertain tax positions recorded for prior year Canadian tax positions, inclusive of interest and penalties.

l.

Represents the tax impact of adjustments associated with the reconciling items between net income and Adjusted Net Income, excluding the provision for uncertain tax positions. To determine the tax effect of the reconciling items, we utilized statutory income tax rates ranging from 9% to 38%, depending upon the tax attributes of each adjustment and the applicable jurisdiction.

The following table provides the store counts for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended      Year Ended  
     September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
     December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
     December 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 26,
2015
 

Franchised stores

     2,739        2,331        2,610        2,283        2,294        2,276        2,235  

Independently- operated stores

     740                                            

Company- operated stores

     706        449        496        305        297        260        71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,185        2,780        3,106        2,588        2,591        2,536        2,306  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

20


Table of Contents

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On August 3, 2020, we completed the ICWG Acquisition. As a result of the ICWG Acquisition, the Company has expanded its service offerings by entering into the car wash business. The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented to illustrate the estimated effects of: (i) the ICWG Acquisition based on the historical results of operations of Driven Brands and Shine Holdco, and (ii) the Reorganization, the completion of this offering, adjustment to include the impact of the income tax receivables agreement and elimination of Roark management fees and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” (the “IPO Transaction” and, together with the ICWG Acquisition, the “Transactions”).

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented as follows:

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 28, 2019 was prepared based on (i) the historical audited consolidated statement of operations of Driven Brands for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 and (ii) the historical audited consolidated income statement of Shine Holdco for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 was prepared based on (i) the historical unaudited condensed consolidated statement of income of Driven Brands for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and (ii) the historical unaudited consolidated income statement of Shine Holdco from January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020.

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2020 was prepared based on the historical unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Driven Brands as of September 26, 2020.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the combined company’s financial position or results of operations actually would have been had the Transactions been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not purport to project the future financial position or results of operations of the combined company. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected because of various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and Shine Holdco and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.



 

21


Table of Contents

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 28, 2019 and the nine months ended September 26, 2020 give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on December 30, 2018, the beginning of the Company’s fiscal year 2019. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of September 26, 2020 gives effect to the Transactions as if they occurred on September 26, 2020.

 

     Pro forma Nine
Months Ended
    Pro forma
Year Ended
 

in thousands (except share, per share and unit data)

   September 26,
2020
    December 28,
2019
 

Statement of Operations Data

    

Revenue:

    

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 94,214     $ 114,872  

Company-operated store sales

     425,589       479,903  

Independently-operated store sales

     125,586       185,316  

Advertising contributions

     42,429       66,270  

Supply and other revenue

     128,160       89,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     815,978       936,219  

Operating Expenses:

    

Company-operated store expenses

     261,534       296,705  

Independently-operated store expenses

     75,434       106,962  

Advertising expenses

     42,429       69,779  

Supply and other expenses

     71,712       60,767  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     175,493       197,948  

Acquisition costs

     6,514       25,187  

Store opening costs

     1,921       5,721  

Depreciation and amortization

     57,141       73,157  

Asset impairment charges

     6,732       6,703  

(Profit) loss on disposal of tangible assets

     (28,920     4,258  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     669,990       847,187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     145,988       89,032  

Interest expense, net

     101,541       126,270  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     673       595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     43,774       (37,833

Income tax expense (benefit)

     10,670       (15,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 33,104     $ (22,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

   $ (87   $ (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

   $ 33,191     $ (22,733
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted

    

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted

    

 

     Pro forma as of
September 26,
2020
        

Balance Sheet Data

                      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356     

Working capital

     70,454     

Total assets

     4,501,890     

Total debt

     2,098,092     


 

22


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of pro forma net loss to pro forma Adjusted EBITDA and Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 28, 2019:

 

     Pro forma
Year Ended
 

in thousands

   December 28, 2019  

Pro forma net loss

   $ (22,797

Income tax benefit

     (15,036

Interest expense, net

     126,270  

Depreciation and amortization

     73,157  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma EBITDA

   $             161,594  

Acquisition related costsa

     26,089  

Non-core items and project costsb

     14,190  

Straight-line rent adjustmentc

     2,172  

Equity-based compensation expensed

     1,195  

Loss on debt extinguishmente

     595  

Asset impairment charges and closed store expensesf

     5,540  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 211,375  

Acquisition EBITDA adjustmentsi

     32,698  
  

 

 

 

Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 244,073  

The following table provides a reconciliation of pro forma net loss to pro forma Adjusted Net Income for the year ended December 28, 2019:

 

     Pro forma
Year Ended
 

in thousands

   December 28, 2019  

Pro forma net loss

   $ (22,797

Acquisition related costsa

     26,089  

Non-core items and project costsb

     14,190  

Straight-line rent adjustmentc

     2,172  

Equity-based compensation expensed

     1,195  

Loss on debt extinguishmente

     595  

Asset impairment charges and closed store expensesf

     5,540  

Gain of remeasurement of cross currency swapsg

     (4,718

Loss on interest rate swapsh

     6,708  

Amortization related to acquired intangible assetsj

                   13,467  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted Net Income before tax impact of adjustments

   $ 42,441  
  

 

 

 

Tax impact of adjustmentsk

     (12,770
  

 

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted Net Income

   $ 29,671  
  

 

 

 

 

a.

Consists of acquisition costs as reflected within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations, including legal, consulting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions completed during the applicable period, as well as inventory rationalization expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions. We expect to incur similar costs in connection with other acquisitions in the future and, under U.S. GAAP, such costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as incurred and not capitalized.



 

23


Table of Contents
b.

Consists of discrete items and project costs, including (i) third-party consulting and professional fees associated with strategic transformation initiatives, (ii) wage subsidies received directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and (iii) other miscellaneous expenses, including non-capitalizable expenses relating to the Company’s initial public offering and other strategic transactions.

c.

Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which reflects the extent to which our straight-line rent expense recognized under U.S. GAAP exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments.

d.

Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.

e.

Represents the write-off of debt issuance costs associated with early termination of debt.

f.

Represents non-cash impairment charges related to long-lived assets at Shine Holdco and lease exit costs and other costs associated with stores that were closed prior to their respective lease termination dates.

g.

Represents non-cash gain related to the change in fair value for derivatives that are not designated as hedges in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

h.

Represents non-cash loss related to the change in fair value for Shine Holdco derivatives that would not have qualified for hedge accounting U.S. GAAP prior to the ICWG Acquisition. Subsequent to the ICWG Acquisition, these derivatives are treated as hedges under U.S. GAAP.

i.

Represents Acquisition EBITDA adjustments for the businesses we acquired in 2019, as permitted under our Securitization Senior Notes Indenture. Additionally, not included in this adjustment, Driven Brands and Shine Holdco realized incremental cost savings and EBITDA uplift from these acquisitions as a result of leveraging our shared services and platform capabilities.

j.

Consists of amortization related to acquired intangible assets as reflected within depreciation and amortization in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.

k.

Represents the tax impact of adjustments associated with the reconciling items between net income and Adjusted Net Income. To determine the tax effect of the reconciling items, we utilized statutory income tax rates ranging from 9% to 38%, depending upon the tax attributes of each adjustment and the applicable jurisdiction.



 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our common stock. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, in which case the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Competition is intense and may harm our business and results of operations.

The automotive aftermarket industry is highly competitive, and we are subject to a wide variety of competitors across the “do it for me” (“DIFM”) and “do-it-yourself” (“DIY”) automotive services industries. Competitors include international, national, regional and local repair and maintenance shops, paint and collision repair shops, automobile dealerships, oil change shops, car wash businesses and suppliers of automotive parts, including online retailers, wholesale distributors, hardware stores, and discount and mass market merchandise stores. The large number and variety of market participants creates intense competition with respect to the scale, geographic reach, price, service, quality, brand awareness, customer satisfaction and adherence to various insurance carrier performance indicators. Some of our competitors have consolidated smaller and independent automotive services brands and shops to achieve additional efficiencies and economies of scale.

Certain of our competitors may have greater brand recognition, as well as greater financial, marketing, operating and other resources, which may give them competitive advantages with respect to some or all of these areas of competition. Some of our competitors have engaged and may continue to engage in substantial price discounting in response to economic weakness and uncertainty, which may adversely impact our sales and operating results. As our competitors expand operations and marketing campaigns, we expect competition to intensify. Further, new competitors may emerge at any time. Such increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in consumer preferences and perceptions, and in economic, market and other conditions could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Demand for our products and services may be affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

The number and age of vehicles in the car parc, as vehicles of a certain age (typically older than three to five years) may no longer be under the original vehicle manufacturers’ warranties and tend to need more maintenance and repair than newer vehicles. A smaller, younger car parc could lessen demand for our services.

 

   

Rising energy prices, because increases in energy prices may cause customers to defer certain repairs or purchases as they use a higher percentage of their income to pay for gasoline and other energy costs and may drive their vehicles less frequently, resulting in less wear and tear and lower demand for repairs and maintenance.

 

   

Advances and changes in automotive technology and parts design, including, but not limited to, changes in the materials used for the construction of structural components and body panels, changes in the types of paints and coatings used for automobiles or materials used for tires, changes in engines and drivetrains to hybrid and electric technology, increased prevalence of sensors and back-up cameras, and increased prevalence of self-driving vehicles and shared mobility, may reduce collisions, may result in

 

25


Table of Contents
 

cars needing repairs and maintenance, such as motor oil changes, less frequently and parts lasting longer, may make customers more likely to use dealership automotive repair services, or may increase the cost to our locations to obtain relevant parts or training for employees.

 

   

Economic downturns, as declining economic conditions may cause customers to defer vehicle maintenance, repairs, oil changes, car washes or other services, obtain credit, or repair and maintain their vehicles themselves. During periods of good economic conditions, consumers may decide to purchase new vehicles rather than having their older vehicles serviced. In addition, economic weaknesses and uncertainty may cause changes in consumer preferences, and if such economic conditions persist for an extended period of time, this may result in consumers making long-lasting changes to their spending behaviors in the automotive aftermarket markets.

 

   

Weather, as mild weather conditions may lower the failure rates of automotive parts or result in fewer accidents or slower deterioration of paints and coatings, resulting in the need for fewer automotive repairs and less frequent automotive maintenance services. In addition, inclement weather may cause customers to defer or forego vehicle maintenance, such as oil changes and car washes.

 

   

Customers that may be unfamiliar with their vehicle’s mechanical operation and, as a result, may select a service provider they have patronized in the past, or may continue to turn to the dealership where they bought their vehicle for repairs. Increasing complexity in the systems used in vehicles may exacerbate this risk.

 

   

Restrictions on access to diagnostic tools and repair information imposed by the original vehicle manufacturers or by governmental regulation, which may cause vehicle owners to rely on dealers to perform maintenance and repairs.

 

   

Negative publicity associated with any of our services and products, or regarding the automotive aftermarket industries generally, whether or not factually accurate, could cause consumers to lose confidence in or could harm the reputation of our brands.

 

   

Changes in travel patterns, which may cause consumers to rely more heavily on mass transportation or to travel less frequently.

 

   

Payments for automobile repairs, which may be dependent on insurance programs, and insurance companies may require repair technicians to hold certain certifications that the personnel at our locations do not hold.

 

   

Changes in governmental regulations in the automotive sector, including pollution prevention laws, which may affect demand for automotive repair and maintenance services and increase our costs in unknown ways.

 

   

Automobile manufacturers, which may release repair information only to their own dealerships, making it costly or impossible for our locations to repair certain automobiles.

Other events and factors that could affect our results include:

 

   

changes in consumer preferences, perceptions, and spending patterns;

 

   

demographic trends;

 

   

employment levels and wage rates, and their effects on the disposable income and actual or perceived wealth of potential customers and their consumption habits (which may impact traffic and transaction size);

 

   

variations in the timing and volume of sales at our locations;

 

   

changes in frequency of customer visits;

 

   

traffic patterns and the type, number, and location of competitors;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

variations in the cost of, availability of and shipping costs of motor oil and automobile supplies, parts, paints, refinish coatings and car wash supplies;

 

   

unexpected slowdowns in business or operational support efforts;

 

   

changes in the availability or cost of labor, including health care-related costs;

 

   

the timing of expenditures in anticipation of future sales at our locations;

 

   

an inability to purchase sufficient levels of advertising or increases in the cost of advertising;

 

   

increases in national, federal, state, local and provincial taxes in the countries in which we operate, including income taxes, indirect taxes, non-resident withholding taxes, and other similar taxes;

 

   

factors associated with operating in foreign locations, including repatriation risks, foreign currency risks, and changes in tax treatment;

 

   

unreliable or inefficient technology, including point-of-sale and payment systems;

 

   

weather, natural disasters, pandemics and other catastrophic events and terrorist activities;

 

   

changes in the number of renewals of franchise agreements;

 

   

changes in consumer driving patterns; and

 

   

our ability to maintain direct repair program relationships with insurance partners.

Our business is affected by the financial results of our franchisees.

Our business is impacted by the operational and financial success of our franchisees, including the franchisees’ implementation of our strategic plans and their ability to secure adequate financing. The employees of franchisees are not our employees. We provide training and support to franchisees, but the quality of franchised store operations may be diminished by a number of factors beyond our control. Consequently, franchisees may not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements, or may not hire and train qualified managers and other store personnel. If they do not, our image and reputation may suffer, and revenues could decline.

Additionally, if our franchisees are impacted by weak economic conditions and are unable to secure adequate sources of financing, their financial health may worsen, our revenues may decline and we may need to offer extended payment terms or make other concessions. In limited circumstances, or for approximately 3% of franchised locations, we also may be required to make lease payments without being able to collect sublease payments on domestic locations that we lease from landlords and then sublease to the franchisees in the event franchisees fail to pay rent under the subleases. Additionally, refusal on the part of franchisees or any franchisee association to renew or restructure their franchise agreements may result in decreased payments from franchisees. Entering into restructured franchise agreements may result in reduced franchisee payment royalty rates in the future. Furthermore, if our franchisees are not able to obtain the financing necessary to complete planned remodel and construction projects, they may be forced to postpone or cancel such projects.

Our business is affected by advances in automotive technology.

The demand for our automotive repair and maintenance services and products may be adversely affected by continuing developments in automotive technology, including self-driving and electric vehicles and shared mobility. Some of the cars produced by certain automotive manufacturers last longer and require service and maintenance at less frequent intervals, or they may require more specialized service and maintenance than we offer at our locations. Quality improvement of manufacturers’ original equipment parts has in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, demand for our services and products, adversely affecting our sales. For example, manufacturers’ use of stainless steel exhaust components has increased the life of those parts, thereby decreasing

 

27


Table of Contents

the demand for exhaust repairs and replacements. Longer and more comprehensive warranty or service programs offered by automobile manufacturers and other third parties also could adversely affect the demand for our products and services. New automobile owners may also choose to have their cars serviced by a dealer during the period that the car is under warranty. In addition, advances in automotive technology, such as accident-avoidance technology, continue to require us to incur additional costs to update diagnostic capabilities and technical training programs or may make providing such training programs more difficult. These advances could increase our costs and reduce our profits and may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Certain restrictions may prevent us from providing our services and products to customers.

Certain vehicle owners may have contractual relationships with third parties that prevent us from providing our services and products. Restrictions on access to diagnostic tools and repair information imposed by the original vehicle manufacturers or by governmental regulation may cause vehicle owners to rely on dealers to perform maintenance and repairs. In addition, insurance companies may require repair technicians to hold certain certifications that our locations’ personnel do not hold. Any such restrictions could adversely impact our revenues, results of operations, business, and financial conditions.

Changes in labor costs, other operating costs, such as commodity costs, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and inflation could adversely affect our results of operations.

Increases in employee wages, benefits, and insurance and other operating costs such as commodity costs, legal claims, insurance costs and costs of borrowing could adversely affect operations and administrative expenses at our locations. Operating costs are susceptible to increases as a result of factors beyond our control, such as weather conditions, natural disasters, disease outbreaks, global demand, product recalls, inflation, civil unrest, tariffs and government regulations. Increases in gasoline prices could result in the imposition of fuel surcharges by distributors used by us and our franchisees, which would increase the cost of operations. Any increase in such costs for our locations could reduce our and our franchisees’ sales and profit margins if we choose not, or are unable, to pass the increased costs to our customers. In addition, increases in interest rates may impact land and construction costs and the cost and availability of borrowed funds and leased locations, and thereby adversely affect our and our franchisees’ ability to finance the development of additional locations and maintenance of existing locations. Inflation can also cause increased commodity, labor and benefits costs which could reduce the profitability of our locations. Increases in labor costs could make it difficult to find new independent operators and may require us to pay higher commissions to existing independent operators. Any of the foregoing increases could adversely affect our and our franchisees’ business and results of operations.

Our locations may experience difficulty hiring and retaining qualified personnel, resulting in higher labor costs.

The operation of our locations requires both entry-level and skilled employees, and trained and experienced automotive field personnel may be in high demand and short supply at competitive compensation levels in some areas, which may result in increases in labor costs. From time to time, we, our franchisees and independent operators may experience difficulty hiring and maintaining such qualified personnel. In addition, the formation of unions may increase the operating expenses of our locations. Any such future difficulties could result in a decline in the sales and operating results of our locations, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business, and financial condition.

Insurance coverage may not be adequate, and increased self-insurance and other insurance costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

We and our franchisees maintain insurance, and these insurance policies may not be adequate to protect us from liabilities that we incur in our business. Certain extraordinary hazards, for example, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to

 

28


Table of Contents

many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits, and policy payments made to us, franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our locations, which could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, business, and financial condition.

In addition, in the future, insurance premiums may increase and we and our franchisees may not be able to obtain similar levels of insurance on reasonable terms, or at all. Although we seek to manage our claims to prevent increases, such increases can occur unexpectedly and without regard to our efforts to limit them. If such increases occur, our locations may be unable to pass them along to the consumer through product or service price increases, resulting in decreased profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In the event that liability to third parties arises, to the extent losses experienced by such third parties are either not covered by the franchisee’s or our insurance or exceed the policy limits of the franchisee’s or our insurance, such parties could seek to recover their losses from us, whether or not they are legally or contractually entitled to do so, which could increase litigation costs or result in liability for us. Additionally, a substantial unsatisfied judgment could result in the bankruptcy of one or more of our operating entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business, and financial condition.

Higher health care costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

Franchisees and independent operators may, and in certain cases are required to, offer access to health care benefits to certain of their employees and we may offer access to health care benefits to certain of our employees at company-operated locations. Changes in legislation, including government-mandated health care benefits under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“Health Care Reform Act”) and changes in market practice may cause us and our franchisees and independent operators to provide health insurance to employees on terms that differ significantly from those of existing programs, and may increase the cost of health care benefits. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. We and our franchisees and independent operators may also be subject to increased health care costs as a result of environmental hazards or litigation requiring the payment of additional health care costs.

We continue to review the Health Care Reform Act, and regulations issued related thereto (as well as potential amendments to or repeal of the Health Care Reform Act and such legislation) to evaluate the potential impact of this law and any amendment or repeal on our business, and to accommodate various parts of the laws. Although we cannot currently determine with certainty what long-term impact any such legislation (or any amendment or repeal) will have on us, it is expected that costs will increase over the long term, as well as for franchisees and independent operators and/or third-party suppliers and service providers. There are no assurances that a combination of cost management and price increases can accommodate all of the costs associated with compliance. Increased health care costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business, and financial condition.

Changes in supply costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

The operation of our locations requires large quantities of automotive and car wash supplies. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in supply costs, and we are susceptible to increases in primary and secondary supply costs as a result of factors beyond our control. These factors include general economic conditions, significant variations in supply and demand, seasonal fluctuations, pandemics, weather conditions, fluctuations in the value of currencies in the markets in which we operate, commodity market speculation and government regulations. Higher supply costs could reduce our profits, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. This volatility could also cause us and our franchisees or independent operators to consider changes to our product delivery strategy and result in adverse adjustments to pricing of our services.

 

29


Table of Contents

Recent and potential additional tariffs imposed by the United States government or a global trade war could increase our supply costs, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Effective September 1, 2019, the United States government imposed increased tariffs on certain imports from China. On January 15, 2020, the United States and China signed “Phase 1” of a trade deal, thereby easing, but not eliminating, certain tariffs and trade limitations. However, it is unclear when the subsequent phases of the trade deal will be entered into. Higher tariffs in the United States and elsewhere could increase our supply costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, the new tariffs could also make our products more expensive for customers, potentially suppressing customer demand. We may not be able to offset the financial impact of tariffs through price increases to customers. There could be additional tariffs or other regulatory changes in the future. There is also a concern that the trade policies of the United States and other nations could result in the adoption of additional tariffs and other trade restrictions by various nations, leading to a global trade war and making our products uncompetitive in certain markets. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Decreases in our product sourcing revenue could adversely affect our results of operations.

We supply to franchisees of the 1-800-Radiator brand certain products required to operate applicable locations. We supply to other franchisees and to company-operated locations certain products required to operate applicable locations. We may also supply to third parties certain products. Although 1-800-Radiator franchisees may be required by their franchise agreements to purchase products from the 1-800-Radiator electronic network, they may not be required to do so in the future. Other franchisees may, but are not required to, purchase products from us, and may in the future decide not to do so. While it is our expectation that we will benefit from product sourcing income and pricing arrangements, there can be no assurance that such income and arrangements will continue, be renewed or replaced. Our failure to maintain our current product sourcing income could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. We benefit from negotiated discounts with large branded oil suppliers based on our scale and ability to meet volume requirements. Our failure to negotiate beneficial terms in the future or failure to meet volume requirements could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins. A portion of our distribution income is based on the growth and expansion of Take 5 locations as well as beneficial pricing negotiated with suppliers and ability to manage unit labor and shipping costs. Decreases in the volume of our purchases by or increases in costs of products, labor or shipping could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins.

We depend on key suppliers, including international suppliers, to deliver high-quality products at prices similar to historical levels.

We recommend key suppliers (including our subsidiaries) to our franchisees, and our success is dependent on, among other things, our continuing ability to offer our services and products at prices similar to historical levels. Our suppliers may be adversely impacted by economic weakness and uncertainty, such as increased commodity prices, increased fuel costs, tight credit markets and various other factors. In such an environment, our suppliers may seek to change the terms on which they do business with us in order to lessen the impact of any current and future economic challenges on their businesses or may cease or suspend operations. If we are forced to renegotiate the terms upon which we conduct business with our suppliers or find alternative suppliers to provide key products or services, it could adversely impact the profit margins at our locations, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Economic weakness and uncertainty has previously forced some suppliers to seek financing in order to stabilize their businesses, and others have been forced to restructure or have ceased operations completely. In addition, some of our key suppliers have significant operations outside of the markets in which we operate, which could expose us to events in the countries of those suppliers’ operations, including government intervention, and

 

30


Table of Contents

foreign currency fluctuation. If a key supplier or a large number of other suppliers suspend or cease operations, we and our franchisees may have difficulty keeping our respective locations fully supplied. If we and our franchisees were forced to suspend one or more services offered to customers, that could have a significant adverse impact on our sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Supply chain shortages and interruptions could adversely affect our business.

We and our franchisees are dependent upon frequent deliveries of automobile parts, motor oil and car wash and other supplies that meet our quality specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of automobile products, motor oil or car wash and other supplies caused by unanticipated demand, problems in production or distribution, acts of terrorism, financial or other difficulties of suppliers, labor actions, inclement weather, natural disasters such as floods, drought and hurricanes, outbreak of disease, including coronavirus and pandemics, or other conditions could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of supplies for such products, which could lower our revenues, increase operating costs, damage brand reputation and otherwise harm our business and the businesses of our franchisees. Such shortages or interruptions could reduce our sales and profit margins which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business depends on the willingness of suppliers, distributors and service providers to supply our locations with goods and services pursuant to customary credit arrangements which may be available in the future on less favorable terms or not at all.

As is common in the automotive services and parts distribution and car wash industries, our locations purchase goods from suppliers, distributors and service providers pursuant to customary credit arrangements. Changes in our capital structure and our franchisees’ capital structures, or other factors outside our control, may cause our suppliers, distributors and service providers to change their customary credit arrangements. Any event affecting trade credit from suppliers, distributors and service providers (including any inability of such suppliers, distributors and service providers to obtain trade credit or factor their receivables on favorable terms or at all) or our and our franchisees’ available liquidity, could reduce the resources available to support our locations, which in turn could affect our and our franchisees’ ability to execute business plans, develop or enhance products or services, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

Our operations and financial performance has been affected by, and is expected to continue to be affected by, the coronavirus outbreak.

The global crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 has disrupted, and continues to significantly disrupt, local, regional, and global economies and businesses in the countries in which we operate, as well as adversely affected workforces, customers, consumer sentiment, economies and financial markets, and has impacted our financial results. Because automotive services were generally deemed “essential” by most federal, state, provincial and local governmental authorities in the United States and Canada, substantially all of our locations remained open despite the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. However, we have, from time to time, closed a limited number of locations and have modified work hours for employees and identified and implemented cost-savings measures throughout our operations. As a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, our locations also experienced reduced customer traffic and sales volume due to changes in consumer behavior as individuals decreased automobile use and practiced social distancing and other behavioral changes mandated by governmental authorities or independently undertaken out of an abundance of caution resulting in same store sales in the second quarter of 2020 decreasing to 81% of prior year levels in the same period of 2019. In many of the countries in which we operate, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in an acute economic downturn and significantly increased unemployment. A sustained decline in the sales and operating results of locations as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the acute economic downturn resulting therefrom or continued weak economic conditions could, in turn, materially and adversely affect the ability of franchisees to pay, or disrupt the timely payment of, amounts owed to us or decrease the profitability of our locations.

 

31


Table of Contents

The COVID-19, or coronavirus, outbreak has the potential to cause a disruption in our supply chain and may adversely impact economic conditions in North America, Europe, Australia and elsewhere. These and other disruptions, as well as poor economic conditions generally, may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our locations. In addition, the continuation of the global outbreak of coronavirus may adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries and could result in a sustained reduction in the demand for our services and products, longer payment cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and/or increased price competition, as well as a reduction of workforce at our locations. A decline in the sales and operating results of our locations could in turn materially and adversely affect our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Each of these results would reduce our future sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The extent to which the coronavirus impacts us will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and severity of the pandemic, the extent of additional outbreaks, the effectiveness or duration of measures intended to contain or mitigate the spread of COVID-19 or prevent future outbreaks, and the effect of these developments on overall demand in the automotive repair and service industries in the geographic regions in which we operate, all of which are highly uncertain and difficult to accurately predict.

Our failure to build and maintain relationships with insurance partners could adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of the profits generated by certain of our brands, such as ABRA, CARSTAR and Fix Auto USA are derived from insurance companies. Many insurance companies have implemented performance-based agreements (“PBAs”) with collision repair operators who have been recognized as consistent high quality, performance-based repairers in the industry. We have PBAs with a variety of insurance providers, typically with one-year durations with automatic renewal provisions. If we or enough of our franchisees fail to perform services for an insurance provider in accordance with the service levels in the applicable PBA, the insurance provider may terminate or elect to not renew the PBA. Our ability to continue to grow our business with respect to certain brands, as well as to maintain existing business volume and pricing, is related to our ability to maintain these PBAs. In addition, our ability to open additional locations may depend on our ability to maintain and grow PBAs, and the loss of any existing material PBAs could have a material adverse effect on the operations and business prospects of one or more of our brands. PBAs are governed by agreements that are usually cancellable upon short notice. These relationships can change quickly, both in terms of pricing and volumes, depending upon collision repair shop performance, cycle time, cost of repair, customer satisfaction, competition, insurance company management, program changes and general economic activity. There can be no assurance that PBAs will not change in the future, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue-generating assets are pledged as security under the terms of our securitized financing facility.

Our securitized debt facility is secured by substantially all of the domestic and foreign revenue-generating assets of the Company and its subsidiaries other than the assets in our Car Wash segment and certain other businesses, including all franchise agreements, material company-operated locations, material product distribution contracts and material intellectual property. Under certain circumstances, we may be terminated as manager of such assets of our subsidiaries under the securitized debt facility or following an event of default pursuant to the terms of such debt facility, the pledged assets under such facility may be foreclosed upon pursuant to the terms of the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture. See “Risk factors—Risks Related to the Securitized Debt Facility.”

 

32


Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully enter new markets and select appropriate sites for our locations, and if our franchisees are unable to construct new locations, complete remodels of our locations, or convert non-Driven Brands locations into our locations, our growth strategy may not succeed.

Our growth strategy includes entering into franchise agreements and development agreements with franchisees who will open additional locations in markets where there are either an insufficient number or relatively few or no existing locations. We rely heavily on these franchisees and developers to grow our franchise systems, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully expand or acquire critical market presence for our brands in new geographical markets either in the United States, Canada, Europe or other international markets. Consumer characteristics and competition in new markets may differ substantially from those in the markets where we currently operate. Additionally, we may be unable to identify qualified franchisees and independent operators or appropriate locations, develop brand recognition, successfully market our products or attract new customers in such markets. Further, we may refranchise company-operated locations to franchisees in the future. The success of these transactions is dependent upon the availability of sellers and buyers, the availability of financing, and our ability to negotiate transactions on terms deemed acceptable. In addition, the operations of locations that we acquire may not be integrated successfully, and the intended benefits of such transactions may not be realized.

We and our franchisees face many other challenges in opening additional locations, including:

 

   

availability of financing on acceptable terms;

 

   

negotiation of acceptable lease terms;

 

   

securing required applicable governmental permits and approvals;

 

   

impact of natural disasters and other acts of nature and terrorist acts or political instability;

 

   

availability of franchise territories not prohibited by the territorial exclusivity provisions of existing franchisees;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention to the integration of acquired location operations;

 

   

exposure to liabilities arising out of sellers’ prior operations of acquired locations;

 

   

incurrence or assumption of debt to finance acquisitions or improvements and/or the assumption of long-term, non-cancelable leases; and

 

   

general economic and business conditions.

Should we and our franchisees not succeed in opening additional locations or improving existing locations, there may be adverse impacts to our growth strategy and to our ability to generate additional profits, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A component of our business strategy includes the construction of additional locations and the renovation and build-out of existing locations, and a significant portion of the growth in our sales and profit margins will depend on growth in comparable sales for our locations. We face competition from other operators, retail chains, companies and developers for desirable site locations, which may adversely affect the cost, implementation and timing of our expansion plans. If we experience delays in the construction or remodeling processes, we may be unable to complete such activities at the planned cost, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that such remodeling will increase the revenues generated by these locations or that any such increases will be sustainable. Likewise, we cannot be sure that the sites we select for additional locations will result in locations which meet sales expectations. Our failure to add a significant number of additional locations or grow comparable sales for our locations could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In particular, because the majority of the development of additional locations is likely to be funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our existing and prospective franchisees’ ability to

 

33


Table of Contents

access funds to finance such development. We do not generally provide our franchisees with direct financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds generally depends on their independent relationships with various financial institutions. In addition, labor and material costs expended will vary by geographical location and are subject to general price increases. The timing of these improvements can affect the performance of a location, particularly if the improvements require the relevant location to be closed. If our existing and prospective franchisees are not able to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of additional locations. In addition, our growth strategy may take longer to implement and may not be as successful as expected. Both of these factors could reduce our competitiveness and future sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Certain acquisitions could adversely affect our financial results.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions as part of our business strategy. There is no assurance that we will be able to find suitable acquisition candidates or be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. We may also discover liabilities or deficiencies associated with any companies acquired that were not identified in advance, which may result in unanticipated costs. The effectiveness of our due diligence review and ability to evaluate the results of such due diligence may depend upon the accuracy and completeness of statements and disclosures made or actions taken by the target companies or their representatives. As a result, we may not be able to accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including tax and accounting charges. In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate ICWG or other acquired businesses and may incur significant costs to integrate and support acquired companies. Any of these factors could adversely affect our financial results.

Our business may be adversely impacted by additional leverage in connection with acquisitions.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions as part of our business strategy. If we are able to identify acquisition candidates, such acquisitions may be financed with a substantial amount of additional indebtedness. Although the use of leverage presents opportunities to increase our profitability, it has the effect of potentially increasing losses as well. If income and appreciation from acquisitions acquired through debt are less than the cost of the debt, the total return will decrease. Accordingly, any event which adversely affects the value of an acquisition will be magnified to the extent we are leveraged and we could experience losses substantially greater than if we did not use leverage.

Increased indebtedness could also make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to any other debt agreements, increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and require that a greater portion of our cash flow be used to pay indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of cash available for other purposes, and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in the automotive services and parts distribution and car wash industries, which could place us at a disadvantage to competitors that have less debt. In addition, additional indebtedness may require us to agree to financial and other covenants that may limit our ability to make investments, pay dividends or engage in other transactions beneficial to our business, and the leverage may cause potential lenders to be less willing to lend funds or refinance existing indebtedness in the future. Additional leverage and the risks associated with additional leverage could also cause the trading price of our common stock to decrease. Our failure to comply with our covenants under such indebtedness could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in an acceleration of repayment of other existing indebtedness.

Leveraged losses could adversely affect our ability to manage and support our locations and our brands, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

We may not be able to achieve management’s estimate of the Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA of the acquired businesses outlined under “Prospectus Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

We have prepared Acquisition EBITDA adjustments for businesses that we acquired in 2019 and 2020 that are reflected in our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and set forth under “Prospectus Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” These Acquisition EBITDA adjustments have not been prepared in accordance with the GAAP or any other accounting or securities regulations relating to the presentation of pro forma financial information. In particular, these adjustments do not account for seasonality and are not a guarantee that such results will actually be realized. Our failure to achieve the expected revenue and Adjusted EBITDA contributions from these acquired businesses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA is based on certain estimates and assumptions and should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that we will achieve such operating results. Prospective investors should not place undue reliance on our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA set forth under “Prospectus Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” represents our estimate of our anticipated annual operating results, including, without limitation, our estimates of the contribution of acquired businesses if such acquisitions had occurred on the first day of the applicable period. Our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA is based on certain estimates and assumptions, some or all of which may not materialize. Unanticipated events may occur that could have a material adverse effect on the actual results achieved by us during the periods to which these estimates relate. Presentation of Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expense items and such presentation is not intended to be a substitute for historical GAAP measures of operating performance or liquidity. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information” and “Prospectus Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion of the limitations of non-GAAP measures and the Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA calculation included in this prospectus.

Our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA is subject to material risks, uncertainties and contingencies. We do not intend to update or otherwise revise our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA to reflect circumstances existing or arising after the date of this prospectus, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA should not be relied upon for any purpose following the consummation of this offering. The inclusion of Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that we will achieve such operating results or revenues.

Our business is subject to a certain level of seasonality.

Seasonal changes may impact the demand for our automotive repair and maintenance services and products. Customers may purchase fewer undercar services during the winter months, when miles driven tend to be lower. Demand for collision repair and services may be lower outside of winter months, when collisions are typically less common due to improved driving conditions. In addition, customers may defer or forego car washes or vehicle maintenance, such as oil changes, at any time during periods of inclement weather. In our locations that sell or rotate tires, sales may decrease during the period from January through April and in September. Profitability of franchisees is also typically lower during months in which revenue composition is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category. In addition, profitability in certain areas of North America may be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher. Unusual fluctuations in demand for car wash or automotive repair and maintenance services and products could reduce our sales and profit margins, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our business may be adversely impacted by the geographic concentration of our locations.

Although the franchise agreements provide franchisees with varying degrees of exclusive areas and territory exclusivity, these territories may be relatively small, and overall there is a geographic concentration of our locations in certain countries, states, regions and provinces. As a result, economic conditions in particular areas may have a disproportionate impact on our business. As of September 26, 2020, there were locations in 49 states in the United States and 14 international countries. In the United States, our locations were most concentrated in California, Texas, Florida, Illinois and Ohio, in Canada our locations were most concentrated in Ontario and Quebec and in Europe our locations were most concentrated in the U.K. and Germany. In North America, no single state or province accounted for more than 14% of system sales and the top three states represented less than 28% of system sales for the last twelve months ended September 26, 2020. Adverse economic conditions in countries, states, regions or provinces that contain a high concentration of our locations could have a material adverse impact on our sales and profit margins in the future, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The number of our brands exposes us to a greater variety of risks.

The diversity of our brands may expose us to a wider range of risks than a single-branded business. In addition, the impact of certain risks may differ across our service categories, and certain risks may impact one or more of our brands disproportionately. Risks affecting one or more of our brands could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, certain of our brands compete with one another in the same service categories and geographic regions.

Our international operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties, and there is no assurance that they will be successful.

We have international operations in Canada, Europe, and Australia. The financial conditions of our international franchisees and independent operators may be adversely impacted by political, economic or other changes in these markets. In addition, payments we receive from our international franchisees may be affected by recessionary or expansive trends, increasing labor costs, changes in applicable tax laws, changes in inflation rates, changes in exchange rates and the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds, application of tariffs to supplies and goods, expropriation of private enterprises, political and economic instability and other external factors in these markets. In addition, we and our current or future franchisees face many risks and uncertainties in opening additional international locations, including differing cultures and consumer preferences, diverse government regulations and tax systems, securing acceptable suppliers, difficulty in collecting payments and longer payment cycles, uncertainty with respect to intellectual property protections, contract enforcement and legal remedies, uncertain or differing interpretations of rights and obligations in connection with international franchise agreements, independent operator agreements, development agreements and agreements related thereto (collectively, the “franchise documents” with respect to franchisees and the “independent operator documents” with respect to independent operators), the selection and availability of suitable locations for our locations, currency regulation and other external factors. Further, changing labor conditions may result in difficulties in staffing and training at international locations, franchised and independently-operated locations. Any of the foregoing may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Adverse economic conditions or a global debt crisis could adversely affect our business.

Our financial condition and results of operations are impacted by global markets and economic conditions over which neither we nor our franchisees have control. An economic downturn may result in a reduction in the demand for our services and products, longer payment cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and/or increased price competition. In addition, certain European countries experienced deterioration of their sovereign debt during the recent global economic crisis and were impacted by slowing growth rates or recessionary

 

36


Table of Contents

conditions, market volatility and/or political unrest. Although Europe has experienced market stabilization and improvements, there is no assurance that such stabilization or improvements will be sustainable. Any deterioration of economic conditions in Europe, the United States, or Canada could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and throughout the world.

Economic downturns, as declining economic conditions may cause customers to defer vehicle maintenance, repairs, oil changes or other services, obtain credit, or repair and maintain their own vehicles. As a result, poor economic conditions may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our locations, which could in turn materially and adversely affect the ability of franchisees to pay franchise royalties or amounts owed to us, or have a material adverse impact on our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Each of these results would reduce our profits, which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success depends on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs.

Brand marketing and advertising significantly affect sales at our locations. Our marketing and advertising programs may not be successful, which may prevent us from attracting new customers and retaining existing customers. Also, because many of the franchisees are contractually obligated to pay advertising fees based on a percentage of their gross revenues and because we will deduct a portion of the gross revenues of the company-operated locations to fund their marketing and advertising fees, our advertising budget depends on sales volumes at these locations. While we and certain of our franchisees have sometimes voluntarily provided additional funds for advertising in the past, we are not legally obligated to make such voluntary contributions or loan money to pay for advertising. If sales decline, we will have fewer funds available for marketing and advertising, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues, business and results of operations.

As part of our marketing efforts, we rely on print, television and radio advertisements, as well as search engine marketing, web advertisements, social media platforms and other digital marketing to attract and retain customers. These efforts may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues or increased employee or customer engagement. Customers are increasingly using internet sites and social media to inform their purchasing decisions and to compare prices, product assortment, and feedback from other customers about quality, responsiveness and customer service before purchasing our services and products. If we are unable to continue to develop successful marketing and advertising strategies, especially for online and social media platforms, or if our competitors develop more effective strategies, we could lose customers and sales could decline. In addition, a variety of risks are associated with the use of social media and digital marketing, including the improper disclosure of proprietary information, negative comments about or negative incidents regarding us, exposure of personally identifiable information, fraud or out-of-date information. The inappropriate use of social media and digital marketing vehicles by us, our franchisees, customers, employees or others could increase our costs, lead to litigation or result in negative publicity that could damage our reputation. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content, videos and/or photographs created or uploaded by their subscribers and participants, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information posted on such platforms at any time may be adverse to our interests and/or may be inaccurate. The dissemination of negative information related to our brands could harm our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations, regardless of the information’s accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. The occurrence of any such developments could have an adverse effect on our business results and on our profits.

Our failure or our franchisees’ and independent operators’ failure to comply with health, employment and other federal, state, local and provincial laws, rules and regulations may lead to losses and harm our brands.

We and our franchisees and independent operators are subject to various federal, state, local, provincial and foreign laws and are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, customer claims, product liability claims, personal-injury claims, environmental claims, employee allegations of improper termination,

 

37


Table of Contents

harassment and discrimination, wage and hour claims and claims related to violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), the Family and Medical Leave Act (“FMLA”) and similar foreign, state, local and provincial laws, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery and corruption laws and regulations, religious freedom, the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”), applicable Canadian employment standards legislation, the Dodd-Frank Act, the Health Care Reform Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, franchise laws, ERISA and intellectual property claims. The successful development and operation of our locations depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations. Our locations’ operations are also subject to licensing and regulation by state, local and provincial departments relating to safety standards, federal, state and provincial labor and immigration law (including applicable equal pay and minimum wage requirements, overtime pay practices, reimbursement for necessary business expense practices, classification of employees, working and safety conditions and work authorization requirements), federal, state, local and provincial laws prohibiting discrimination and other laws regulating the design and operation of facilities, such as the ADA, the Health Care Reform Act and applicable human rights and accessibility legislation, and subsequent amendments.

The operation of our franchise system is also subject to franchise laws and regulations enacted by a number of states and provinces and rules promulgated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. Any future legislation regulating franchise relationships may negatively affect our operations, particularly our relationships with our franchisees. Similarly, in Europe, our independent operator model is subject to rules and regulations that vary by country, state and region. Any future regulation affecting our independent operator relationships could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. For example, future regulation could require us to pay additional commissions to independent operators in order for our independent operators not to be deemed our employees. We may incur substantial additional costs in each jurisdiction in which our independent operators are deemed to be employees as a result of legislative or interpretive changes.

Failure to comply with new or existing franchise or independent operator laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on future sales, which could reduce profits, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In addition to the risk of adverse legislation or regulations being enacted in the future, we cannot predict how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted. Further, we cannot predict the amount of future expenditures that may be required in order to comply with any such laws or regulations.

We are subject to the FLSA, applicable foreign employment standards laws and similar state laws, which govern such matters as time keeping and payroll requirements, minimum wage, overtime, employee and worker classifications and other working conditions, along with the ADA, FMLA and the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, various family leave, sick leave or other paid time off mandates and a variety of other laws enacted, or rules, regulations and decisions promulgated or rendered, by federal, state, local and provincial governmental authorities that govern these and other employment matters, including labor scheduling, meal and rest periods, working conditions and safety standards. We have experienced and expect further increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal, state and provincial mandated increases in the minimum wage. In addition, our vendors may be affected by higher minimum wage standards, which may increase the price of goods and services they supply to our brands.

A significant percentage of our franchisees in the United States have availed themselves of borrowings under the Paycheck Protection Program enacted pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) and applicable implementing guidelines issued by the U.S. Small Business Administration thereunder (the “PPP”). The terms of the PPP provide that up to the entire amount of principal and accrued interest on the loans made thereunder may be forgiven to the extent the proceeds of such loans are used for qualifying expenses, including certain payroll costs, rent and utility expenses, and at least 60% of such proceeds

 

38


Table of Contents

are used to fund payroll costs. There can be no assurance that a franchisee will qualify for forgiveness of a loan under the PPP in whole or in part and any use of proceeds to make franchise royalty payments will not qualify for forgiveness. Following the date of this prospectus, the terms of the PPP may be materially modified by additional or amended implementing guidelines (e.g., a further reduction in the required percentage of loan proceeds that must be applied to fund payroll costs to qualify for forgiveness), and there can be no assurance that any such modification will not impose additional conditions on franchisees to qualify for forgiveness of a loan under the PPP or otherwise materially modify the terms of any such loan. In addition, these loans may contain representations and warranties that the loan is “necessary to support ongoing operations” of the franchisee and will contain other customary provisions and events of default. To the extent any portion of a loan under the PPP is not forgiven, the debt service payments on such loan or, to a greater extent, the acceleration of the full outstanding amount of such loan following an event of default, including for non-payment of debt service or breach of representations and warranties, could materially and adversely affect the ability of such franchisee to pay, or disrupt the timely payment of, franchisee payments, advertising fees or other amounts to us, landlords, key suppliers or creditors which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Companies that operate franchise systems may also be subject to claims for allegedly being a joint employer with a franchisee. In August 2015, the National Labor Relations Board (the “NLRB”) adopted a new and broader standard for determining when two or more otherwise unrelated employers may be found to be a joint employer of the same employees under the National Labor Relations Act. Under that standard, there was an increased risk that franchisors could be held liable or responsible for unfair labor practices and other violations at franchised locations under the National Labor Relations Act and subject them to other liabilities and obligations. However, on February 25, 2020 the NLRB adopted a rule that reinstated the standard that existed prior to August 2015 thereby reducing the risk that franchisors might be held liable as a joint employer under the National Labor Relations Act as well for other violations and claims referenced above. Further, on January 12, 2020, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) announced a final rule to revise and update the definition of joint employer under the FLSA. Under the final rule, the test for assessing whether a party can be deemed a joint employer would be based upon whether that party (i) hires or fires the employee; (ii) supervises and controls the employee’s work schedule or conditions of employment to a substantial degree; (iii) determines the employee’s rate and method of payment; and (iv) maintains the employee’s employment records. The final rule also clarifies when additional factors may be relevant in determining whether a person is a joint employer, and identifies certain other factors that do not make joint employer status more or less likely under the FLSA, including the relationships that exist under the typical franchise business model. The final rule is effective as of March 16, 2020, and is likely to reduce a franchisor’s risk of liability that existed under the joint employer standard in effect under the FLSA prior to that date. However, a New York federal court rejected certain provisions of the DOL’s final rules in September 2020 relating to the joint employer test. The new rules promulgated by the NLRB and the DOL do not affect potential liability as a joint employer under other federal or state laws that are interpreted to require application of the standards existing prior to the adoption of the new rules in 2020 or other similar standards. Foreign concepts of joint-employment, co-employment and related employer status create similar risks in the international context, including with respect to our independent operator model in Europe.

Additionally, depending upon the outcome of certain legal proceedings currently pending before a federal court in California involving the application of the wage and hour laws of California in another franchise system, franchisors may be subject to claims that their franchisees should be treated as employees and not as independent contractors under the wage and hour laws of that state and, potentially, certain other states with similar wage and hour laws. Further, the California legislature recently enacted a statute known as Assembly Bill 5 (“AB-5”), which in its current form would require “gig economy” workers to be reclassified as employees instead of independent contractors. Depending upon the application of AB-5, franchisors in certain industries could be deemed to be covered by the statute, in which event their franchisees would be deemed to be employees of the franchisors. If such misclassification claims are successful against a franchisor, the franchisor could be liable to its franchisees (and potentially their employees) based upon the rights and remedies available to employees under

 

39


Table of Contents

such laws and, thereafter, have to treat its franchisees (and their employees) as the franchisor’s employees under these laws.

We expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal, state and provincial mandated increases in the minimum wage, and although such increases are not expected to be material, there can be no assurance that there will not be material increases in the future. Enactment and enforcement of various federal, state, local and provincial laws, rules and regulations on immigration and labor organizations may adversely impact the availability and costs of labor in any of the countries in which we operate. Other labor shortages or increased employee turnover could also increase labor costs. In addition, vendors may be affected by higher minimum wage standards or availability of labor, which may increase the price of goods and services they supply to us. Evolving labor and employment laws, rules and regulations could also result in increased exposure on our part for labor and employment related liabilities that have historically been borne by franchisees and independent operators.

Increased health care costs could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. These various laws and regulations could lead and have led to enforcement actions, fines, civil or criminal penalties or the assertion of litigation claims and damages. In addition, improper conduct by our franchisees, independent operators, employees or agents could damage our reputation and lead to litigation claims, enforcement actions and regulatory actions and investigations, including, but not limited to, those arising from personal injury, loss or damage to personal property or business interruption losses, which could result in significant awards or settlements to plaintiffs and civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines. Such events could lead to an adverse impact on our financial condition, even if the monetary damage is mitigated by insurance coverage.

Noncompliance by us or our franchisees or independent operators with any of the foregoing laws and regulations could lead to various claims and reduced profits as set forth in more detail below under “—Complaints or litigation may adversely affect our business and reputation.”

Our locations are subject to certain environmental laws and regulations.

Certain activities of our locations involve the handling, storage, transportation, import/export, recycling, or disposing of various new and used products and generate solid and hazardous wastes. These business activities are subject to stringent foreign, federal, regional, state, local and provincial laws, by-laws and regulations governing the storage and disposal of these products and wastes, the release of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations upon our locations’ operations, including the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated activities, the imposition of restrictions on where or how to store and how to handle new products and to manage or dispose of used products and wastes, the incurrence of capital expenditures to limit or prevent releases of such material, the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our locations’ operations, and costs associated with workers’ compensation and similar health claims from employees.

In addition, environmental laws and regulations have generally imposed further restrictions on our operations over time, which may result in significant additional costs to our business. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations, and permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial and corrective action obligations, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing operation of our locations. Any adverse environmental impact on our locations, including, without limitation, the imposition of a penalty or injunction, or increased claims from employees, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Environmental laws also impose liability for damages from and the costs of investigating and cleaning up sites of spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. Such liability may be imposed, jointly and severally, on the current or former owners or operators of properties or parties that sent wastes to third-party

 

40


Table of Contents

disposal facilities, in each case without regard to fault or whether such persons knew of or caused the release. Although we are not presently aware of any such material liability related to our current or former locations or business operations, such liability could arise in the future and could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Complaints or litigation may adversely affect our business and reputation.

We may be subject to claims, including class action lawsuits, filed by customers, franchisees, independent operators, employees, suppliers, landlords, governmental authorities and others in the ordinary course of business, including as a result of violations of the laws set forth above under “Our failure or our franchises and independent operators’ failure to comply with health, employment, and other federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations may lead to losses and harm our brands” and “—Our locations are subject to certain environmental laws and regulations” Significant claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and resources away from our operations, causing adverse impacts to our operating results. In addition, adverse publicity related to litigation could negatively impact the reputation of our brands, even if such litigation is not valid, or a substantial judgment against us could negatively impact the reputation of our brands, resulting in further adverse impacts to results of operations. Franchisees and independent operators are subject to similar litigation risks.

In the ordinary course of business, we will be, from time to time, the subject of complaints or litigation from franchisees and independent operators, which could relate to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise documents and independent operator documents. These claims may also reduce the ability of franchisees to enter into new franchise agreements with us. In addition, litigation against a franchisee, independent operator or their affiliates or against a company-operated location by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the franchisee, independent operator or company-operated location, including, without limitation, for allegedly being a joint employer with a franchisee or independent operator, resulting in vicarious liability for acts and omissions at locations over which we have little or no control over day-to-day operations. Litigation may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our locations and divert our management resources regardless of whether the allegations in such litigation are valid or whether we are liable.

Further, we may be subject to employee, franchisee, independent operator and other claims in the future based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination and wage, rest break and meal break issues, including those relating to overtime compensation. We have been subject to these types of claims in the past, and if one or more of these claims were to be successful or if there is a significant increase in the number of these claims, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Certain governmental authorities and private litigants have recently asserted claims against franchisors for provisions in their franchise agreements which restrict franchisees from soliciting and/or hiring the employees of other franchisees or the applicable franchisor. Claims against franchisors for such “no-poaching” clauses include allegations that these clauses violate state and federal antitrust and unfair practices laws by restricting the free movement of employees of franchisees or franchisors (including both corporate employees and the employees of company-operated locations), thereby depressing the wages of those employees. All of our brands operating in the United States have had no-poaching clauses in their franchise agreements. In 2018, the Attorney General of the State of Washington issued civil investigative demands to a number of franchisors seeking information concerning no-poaching clauses in their franchise agreements. Beginning in January 2019, several brands, including ABRA, CARSTAR, Maaco, Meineke, Fix Auto USA and 1-800-Radiator & A/C, received civil investigative demands requesting information concerning their use of no-poaching clauses. To resolve objections to these clauses raised by the Washington Attorney General, these brands entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance with the state agreeing to no longer include such provision in any U.S. franchise agreement or renewal franchise agreement signed after the date of the Assurance of Discontinuance, to not enforce any such provisions in any of their existing franchise agreements and to notify their franchisees of these changes. In the

 

41


Table of Contents

case of Washington-based franchisees, these brands agreed to seek amendments to their franchise agreements removing the no-poaching clauses. No fines or other monetary penalties were assessed against the brands. Prior to receipt of the civil investigative demands, our then existing brands operating in the United States decided to delete the no-poaching clauses in their franchise agreements. All of our brands have notified franchisees that they do not intend to enforce the no-poaching clauses in their existing franchise agreements. Our brands operating outside of the United States also have decided to delete the no-poaching clauses, if any, contained in their franchise agreements, to the extent they are entering into new franchise agreements. Our brands may be subject to claims arising out of their prior inclusion of no-poaching clauses in their franchise agreements that may have restricted the employment opportunities of employees of our brands. Any adverse results in any cases or proceedings that may be brought against our brands by any governmental authorities or private litigants may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may have product liability exposure that adversely affects our results of operations.

Our locations and franchisees may receive or produce defective products, which may adversely impact the relevant brand’s goodwill. There can be no assurance that the insurance held by franchisees will be adequate to cover the associated risks of the sale of defective products, or that, as a franchise and the associated potential liabilities grows, a franchisee will be able to secure an increase in its insurance coverage. Accordingly, in cases in which a franchisee experiences increased insurance premiums or must pay claims out of pocket, the franchisee may not have the funds necessary to pay franchisee payments owed to us. In cases in which insurance premiums increase or claims are required to be paid by us, the profitability of our business may decrease. Each of these outcomes could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the event that product liability arises, to the extent such liability is either not covered by our or the franchisees’ insurance or exceeds the policy limits of our or the franchisees’ insurance, the aggrieved parties could seek to recover their losses from us, whether or not we are legally or contractually entitled to do so, which could increase litigation costs or result in liability for us.

We are subject to payment-related risks.

For our sales to our customers, we accept a variety of payment methods, including credit cards, debit cards, electronic funds transfers and electronic payment systems. Accordingly, we are, and will continue to be, subject to significant and evolving regulations and compliance requirements, including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in increased costs and liability, and reduce the ease of use of certain payment methods. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, as well as electronic payment systems, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. We rely on independent service providers for payment processing, including credit and debit cards. If these independent service providers become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us or if the cost of using these providers increases, our business could be harmed. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and agreements, including data security rules and agreements, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for losses incurred by card issuing banks or customers, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, lose our ability to accept credit or debit card payments from our customers, or process electronic fund transfers or facilitate other types of payments. Any failure to comply with the foregoing rules or requirements could harm our brand, reputation, business and results of operations.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business in a manner that adversely affects our business.

Unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international, regional or local instability or conflicts (including current or future civil unrest and labor issues), embargos, public health issues (including widespread/pandemic illness or disease outbreaks such as coronavirus), and natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt

 

42


Table of Contents

our operations, disrupt the operations of franchisees, distributors, suppliers or customers, or result in political or economic instability. These events could reduce demand for our products or make it difficult or impossible to receive products from our distributors or suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Instability, disruption or destruction caused by civil insurrection or social unrest may affect the markets in which we operate, our suppliers, customers, sales of products and customer service.

Our business, and the business of our suppliers, may be adversely affected by instability, disruption, or destruction caused by riots, civil insurrection, social unrest, manmade disasters or crimes. There have been recent demonstrations and protests in cities throughout the United States. Though they have generally been peaceful, in some locations they have been accompanied by damage and loss of merchandise. These events may result in closures of our locations, declines in customer traffic, and/or property damage and loss to our locations. Further, governmental authorities in affected cities and regions have taken and may continue to take actions in an effort to protect people and property while permitting lawful and non-violent protest, including curfews and restrictions on business operations, which may be disruptive to our operations and may also harm consumer confidence and perceptions of personal well-being and security. In addition, consumer reaction to any statements we or our franchisees or independent operators may make in response to the protests, or to matters directly or indirectly related to the protests, could be perceived in a way that negatively impacts our reputation, value and image. All of the foregoing may negatively affect our sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We and our franchisees lease or sublease the land and buildings where a number of our locations are situated, which could expose us to possible liabilities and losses.

We and our franchisees lease the land and buildings where a significant number of our locations are located. The terms of the leases and subleases vary in length, with primary terms (i.e., before consideration of option periods) expiring on various dates. In addition, franchisees’ obligations or the company-operated location’s obligations to pay rent are generally non-cancelable, even if the location operated at the leased or subleased location is closed. In the case of subleased locations, in the event the applicable franchisee fails to make required payments, we may not be able to recover those amounts. As leases expire, the franchisees or the company-operated locations may be unable to negotiate renewals on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause the franchisees or the company-operated locations to close locations in desirable locations or otherwise negatively affect profits, which in turn could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Our current locations may become unattractive, and attractive new locations may not be available for a reasonable price, if at all, which could adversely affect our business.

The success of any of our locations depends in substantial part on its location. There can be no assurance that our current locations will continue to be attractive as demographic patterns and trade areas change. For example, neighborhood or economic conditions where our locations are located could decline in the future, thus resulting in potentially reduced sales. In addition, rising real estate prices in some areas may restrict our ability or our franchisees’ ability to purchase or lease new desirable locations. If desirable locations cannot be obtained at reasonable prices, our ability to execute our growth strategies could be adversely affected, and we may be affected by declines in sales as a result of the deterioration of certain locations, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we fail to retain, or effectively respond to a loss of, key executives.

The success of our business depends on the contributions of key executives and senior management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Fitzpatrick, and our Executive Vice President and Chief

 

43


Table of Contents

Financial Officer, Tiffany Mason. The departure of key executives or senior management could have a material adverse effect on our business and long-term strategic plan. We have a succession plan that includes short-term and long-term planning elements intended to allow us to successfully continue operations should any of our key executives or senior management become unavailable to serve in their respective roles. However, there is a risk that we may not be able to implement the succession plan successfully or in a timely manner or that the succession plan will not result in the same financial performance we currently achieve under the guidance of our existing executive team. Any lack of management continuity could adversely affect our ability to successfully manage our business and execute our growth strategy, as well as result in operational and administrative inefficiencies and added costs, and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult.

We might be adversely impacted by the Brexit withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union.

We have operations in the U.K. and the European Union (“E.U.”) and face risks associated with the uncertainty and potential disruptions that might follow the United Kingdom withdrawing from the European Union (“Brexit”). Brexit could adversely affect political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. For example, we might experience volatility in exchange rates and interest rates and changes in laws regulating our U.K. operations. Customers might reduce purchases due to the uncertainty caused by Brexit. Any of these risks might have a materially adverse impact on our business operations and our financial position or results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We depend on our intellectual property to protect our brands; Litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights may be costly.

Our intellectual property is material to the conduct of our business. Our success depends on our and our franchisees’ continued ability to use our intellectual property and on the adequate protection and enforcement of such intellectual property. We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks, copyrights trade secrets and similar intellectual property rights to protect our brands. The success of our business strategy depends, in part, on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks in order to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded services and products in both existing and new markets. There can be no assurance that the steps we take to protect and maintain our rights in our intellectual property will be adequate, or that third parties will not infringe, misappropriate or violate our intellectual property. If any of our efforts to protect our intellectual property is not adequate, or if any third party infringes, misappropriates or violates our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed. As a result, if we are unable to successfully protect, maintain, or enforce our rights in our intellectual property, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Such a material adverse effect could result from, among other things, consumer confusion, dilution of the distinctiveness of our brands, or increased competition from unauthorized users of our brands, each of which may result in decreased revenues and a corresponding decline in profits. In addition, to the extent that we do, from time to time, institute litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect profits, regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce such rights.

We may fail to establish trademark rights in the countries in which we operate.

Our success depends on our and our franchisees’ continued ability to use our trademarks in order to capitalize on our name-recognition, increase awareness of our brands and further develop our brands in the countries in which we operate. We have registered certain trademarks and have other trademark applications pending in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Registrations for “Fix Auto USA” are owned and maintained by a third-party licensor. See “—We do not own certain software that is used in operating our business, and our proprietary platforms and tools incorporate open source software.” Not all of the trademarks

 

44


Table of Contents

that we use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business or may do business in the future, and some trademarks may never be registered in all of these countries. Some countries’ laws do not protect unregistered trademarks at all, or make them more difficult to enforce, and third parties (other than Mondofix in the case of “Fix Auto USA”) may have filed for “1-800 Radiator,” “ABRA,” “Carstar,” “Drive N Style,” “Econo Lube N’ Tune,” “Maaco,” “Meineke,” “Merlin”, “Pro Oil Change,” “Take 5 Oil Change,” “IMO” or similar marks in countries where we have not registered the brands as trademarks. Rights in trademarks are generally national in character, and are obtained on a country-by-country basis by the first person to obtain protection through use or registration in that country in connection with specified products and services. Some countries’ laws do not protect unregistered trademarks at all, or make them more difficult to enforce, and third parties may have filed for trademarks that are the same or similar to our brands in countries where we have not registered our brands as trademarks. Accordingly, we may not be able to adequately protect our brands everywhere in the world and use of our brands may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Canada. All of the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States, Canada and in the foreign countries in which we operate may not be adequate.

If franchisees and other licensees do not observe the required quality and trademark usage standards, our brands may suffer reputational damage, which could in turn adversely affect our business.

We license certain intellectual property to franchisees, advertisers and other third parties. The franchise agreements and other license agreements require that each franchisee or other licensee use our trademarks in accordance with established or approved quality control guidelines and, in addition to supply agreements, subject the franchisees, other licensees and suppliers that provide products to our brands, as applicable, to specified product quality standards and other requirements in order to protect the reputation of our brands and to optimize the performance of our locations. We contractually require that our franchisees and licensees maintain the quality of our brand, however, there can be no assurance that the permitted licensees, including franchisees, advertisers and other third parties, will follow such standards and guidelines, and accordingly their acts or omissions may negatively impact the value of our intellectual property or the reputation of our brands. Noncompliance by these entities with the terms and conditions of the applicable governing franchise or other agreement that pertains to servicing and repairs, health and safety standards, quality control, product consistency, timeliness or proper marketing or other business practices, may adversely impact the goodwill of our brands. For example, franchisees and other licensees may use our trademarks improperly in communications, resulting in the weakening of the distinctiveness of our brands. Although we monitor and restrict franchisee activities through our franchise agreements, franchisees or third parties may refer to or make statements about our brands that do not make proper use of trademarks or required designations, that improperly alter trademarks or branding, or that are critical of our brands or place our brands in a context that may tarnish their reputation. Franchisees or company-operated locations may also produce or receive through the supply chain defective products, which may adversely impact the goodwill of our brands. There can be no assurance that the franchisees or other licensees will not take actions that could have a material adverse effect on our intellectual property.

We may become subject to third-party infringement claims or challenges to IP validity.

We may in the future become the subject of claims asserted by third parties for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property rights in areas where we or our franchisees operate or where we intend to conduct operations, including in foreign jurisdictions. Such claims, whether or not they have merit, could be time-consuming, cause delays in introducing new products or services, harm our image, our brands, our competitive position or our ability to expand our operations into other jurisdictions and lead to significant costs related to defense or settlement. As a result, any such claim could harm our business and cause a decline in our results of operations and financial condition, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If such claims were decided against us, then we could be required to pay damages, cease offering infringing products or services on short notice, develop or adopt non-infringing products or services, rebrand our products,

 

45


Table of Contents

services or even our businesses, and we could be required to make costly modifications to advertising and promotional materials or acquire a license to the intellectual property that is the subject of the asserted claim, which license may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The attendant expenses that we bear could require the expenditure of additional capital, and there would be expenses associated with the defense of any infringement, misappropriation, or other third-party claims, and there could be attendant negative publicity, even if ultimately decided in our favor. In addition, third parties may assert that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable. If our rights in any of our intellectual property were invalidated or deemed unenforceable, then third parties could be permitted to engage in competing uses of such intellectual property which, in turn, could lead to a decline in location revenues and sales, and thereby negatively affect our business and results of operations.

We do not own certain software that is used in operating our business, and our proprietary platforms and tools incorporate open source software.

We utilize both commercially available third-party software and proprietary software to run point-of-sale, diagnostics, pricing, inventory and various other key functions. While such software can be replaced, the delay, additional costs, and possible business interruptions associated with obtaining, renewing or extending software licenses or integrating a large number of substitute software programs contemporaneously could adversely impact the operation of our locations, thereby reducing profits and materially and adversely impacting our business and results of operations.

In addition, we use open source software in connection with our proprietary software and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. Some open source licenses require licensors to provide source code to licensees upon request, or prohibit licensors from charging a fee to licensees. While we try to insulate our proprietary code from the effects of such open source license provisions, we cannot guarantee we will be successful. Accordingly, we may face claims from others claiming ownership of, or seeking to enforce the license terms applicable to such open source software, including by demanding release of the open source software, derivative works or our proprietary source code that was developed or distributed with such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open source code change, we may be forced to re-engineer our software or incur additional costs. We cannot assure you that we have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software in a manner that may subject our proprietary software to an open source license that requires disclosure, to customers or the public, of the source code to such proprietary software. Any such disclosure would have a negative effect on our business and the value of our proprietary software.

We are heavily dependent on computer systems and information technology and any material failure, interruption or security breach of our computer systems or technology could impair our ability to efficiently operate our business.

We are dependent upon our computer systems, including certain of our own proprietary software, and other information technology to properly conduct our business, including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing in our locations, management of our supply chain, collection of cash, payment of obligations and various other processes and procedures. See “—We do not own certain software that is used in operating our business, and our proprietary platforms and tools incorporate open source software” herein. Our ability to efficiently manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these information technology systems. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, an interruption, problems with maintenance, upgrading or transitioning to replacement systems, fraudulent manipulation of sales reporting from our locations or a breach in security of any of these systems could result in loss of sales and franchise royalty payments, cause delays in customer service, result in the loss of data, create exposure to litigation, reduce efficiency, cause delays in operations or otherwise harm our business. Significant capital investments might be required to remediate any problems. Any security breach involving any of our point-of-sale or other systems could result in a loss of

 

46


Table of Contents

consumer confidence and potential costs associated with fraud or breaches of data security laws. Also, despite our considerable efforts to secure our computer systems and information technology, security breaches, such as unauthorized access and computer viruses, may occur, resulting in system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. A security breach of our computer systems or information technology could require us to notify customers, employees or other groups, result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, and could result in penalties or other costs that could adversely affect the operation of our business and results of operations.

The occurrence of cyber incidents, or a deficiency in cybersecurity, could negatively impact our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of confidential information, and/or damage to our employee and business relationships, all of which could lead to loss and harm our business.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include an unauthorized party gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information about customers, franchisees, independent operators, our company, vendors or employees. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. The company has been subject to attempted cyber-attacks in the past and may continue to be subject to such attacks in the future. A successful cyber-attack or other cyber incident experienced by us or our service providers could cause an interruption of our operations, could damage our relationship with franchisees and independent operators, and could result in the exposure of private or confidential data, potentially resulting in litigation. In addition to maintaining insurance coverage to address cyber incidents, we have also implemented processes, procedures and controls to help mitigate these risks. However, these measures, as well as our increased awareness of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that our reputation and financial results will not be adversely affected by any incident or event that occurs.

Because our locations accept electronic forms of payment from our customers, our business requires the collection and retention of customer data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally-identifiable information in various information systems that we and our franchisees maintain in conjunction with third parties with whom we contract to provide credit card processing services. We also maintain important internal company data, such as personally-identifiable information about our employees, franchisees, and independent operators and information relating to our operations. Our use of personally-identifiable information is regulated by foreign, federal, state and provincial laws, as well as by certain third-party agreements. As privacy and information security laws and regulations change, we may incur additional costs to ensure that we remain in compliance with those laws and regulations. If our security and information systems are compromised or if our employees or franchisees fail to comply with these laws, regulations, or contract terms, and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could adversely affect our reputation and could disrupt our operations and result in costly litigation, judgments, or penalties resulting from violation of federal, state and provincial laws and payment card industry regulations. A cyber incident could also require us to notify law enforcement agencies, customers, employees or other groups, result in fines or require us to incur expenditures in connection with remediation, require us to pay increased fees to third parties, result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or require us to incur other costs, any of which could adversely affect the operation of our business and results of our operations.

Changing regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and harm our brands in a manner that adversely affects our business.

The United States, Canada and other jurisdictions in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws and regulations (“Privacy and Data Protection Laws”) that could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security

 

47


Table of Contents

related practices, including our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer and/or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. In the United States, this includes increased privacy related enforcement activity at both the federal level and the state level, including the implementation of the California Consumer Protection Act (the “CCPA”), which came into effect in January 2020, and other state laws. In Canada, this includes the federal Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and similar laws in several Canadian provinces. In the European Union and the United Kingdom, this includes the implementation of the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which came into effect in May 2018, and in the UK they include the UK-GDPR, and the UK Data Protection Act of 2018 (the “UK Laws”). We, our affiliated entities and our service providers may need to take measures to ensure compliance with new, evolving and existing requirements contained in the GDPR, the CCPA, the UK Laws and other Privacy and Data Protection Laws and to address customer concerns related to their rights under any such Privacy and Data Protection Laws. We also may need to continue to make adjustments to our compliance efforts as more clarification and guidance on the requirements of the GDPR, the CCPA, the UK Laws and other Privacy and Data Protection Laws becomes available. Our ongoing efforts to ensure our and our affiliated entities’ compliance with the GDPR, the CCPA and other existing or future Privacy and Data Protection Laws affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in additional costs and operational disruptions. Our and our affiliated entities and’ or services providers’ failure to comply with such laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations or government actions, litigation, operational disruptions, penalties or remediation and other costs, as well as adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits and an increase in fees payable to third parties. All of these implications could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations or business and financial condition.

Risks Relating to the Franchisees

As of September 26, 2020, a majority of our locations are owned and operated by franchisees and, as a result, we are highly dependent upon our franchisees.

While the franchise agreements are designed to maintain brand consistency, the high percentage of our locations owned by franchisees may expose us to risks not otherwise encountered if we had owned and controlled the locations. In particular, we are exposed to the risk of defaults or late payments by franchisees of franchisee payments. Other risks include limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; unwillingness of franchisees to support marketing programs and strategic initiatives; inability to participate in business strategy changes due to financial constraints; inability to meet rent obligations on subleases; failure to operate the locations in accordance with required standards; failure to report sales information accurately; efforts by one or more large franchisees or an organized franchise association to cause poor franchise relations; and failure to comply with quality and safety requirements that result in potential losses even when we are not legally liable for a franchisee’s actions or failure to act. Although we believe that our current relationships with franchisees are generally good, there can be no assurance that we will maintain strong franchise relationships. Our dependence on franchisees could adversely affect our business and financial condition, our reputation, and our brands.

Franchisees are operating entities exposed to risk.

Franchisees, as operating entities, may be natural persons or legal entities. Under certain of the franchise documents, franchisee entities are not required to be limited-purpose entities, making them potentially subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operations of our locations. These unrelated risks could materially and adversely affect a franchisee and its ability to make its franchisee payments in full or on a timely basis. A decrease in franchisee payments could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

Franchisee changes in control may cause complications.

The franchise documents prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without the consent of its “franchisor.” In the event we provide such consent, there is no assurance that a successor franchisee would be able to perform the former franchisee’s obligations under such franchise documents or successfully operate its franchise. In the event of the death or disability of a franchisee or the principal of a franchisee entity, the personal representative of the franchisee or principal of a franchisee entity may not find an acceptable transferee. In the event that an acceptable successor franchisee is not located, the franchisee would be in default under its franchise documents or otherwise not be able to comply with its obligations under the franchise documents and, among other things, the franchisee’s right to operate its franchise could be terminated. If a successor franchisee is not found, or a successor franchisee that is approved is not as successful in operating the location as the former franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the location would be impacted and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Franchise documents are subject to termination and non-renewal.

The franchise documents are subject to termination by the franchisor under the franchise documents in the event of a default generally after expiration of applicable cure periods. Under certain circumstances, including unauthorized transfer or assignment of the franchise, breach of the confidentiality provisions or health and safety violations, a franchise document may be terminated by the franchisor under the franchise document upon notice without an opportunity to cure. Generally, the default provisions under the franchise documents are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and actions that may threaten our intellectual property.

In addition, certain of the franchise documents have terms that will expire over the next 12 months. In such cases, the franchisees may renew the franchise document and receive a “successor” franchise document for an additional term. Such option, however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise document (which may include increased franchise royalty rates, advertising fees and other costs or requirements), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including modernization of the location and related operations) and the payment of a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, such franchisee’s expiring franchise document and the related franchisee payments will terminate upon expiration of the term of the franchise document unless we decide to restructure the franchise documents in order to induce such franchisee to renew the franchise document. Certain of the franchise documents also have month-to-month terms (or are subject to termination by the franchisee upon notice), and are therefore subject to termination at the end of any given month (or the period following notice of termination).

Terminations or restructurings of franchise documents could reduce franchise payments or require us to incur expenses to solicit and qualify new franchises, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may not be able to retain franchisees or maintain the quality of existing franchisees.

Each franchised location is heavily reliant on its franchisee, many of whom are individuals who have numerous years of experience addressing a broad range of concerns and issues relevant to its business. We attempt to retain such franchisees by providing them with competitive franchising opportunities. However, we cannot guarantee the retention of any, including the top-performing, franchisees in the future, or that we will maintain the ability to attract, retain, and motivate sufficient numbers of franchisees of the same caliber, and the failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the event a franchisee leaves our franchise and a successor franchisee is not found, or a successor franchisee that is approved is not as successful in operating the location as the former franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the location may be impacted.

The quality of existing franchisee operations may be diminished by factors beyond our control, including franchisees’ failure or inability to hire or retain qualified managers, mechanics, and other personnel or

 

49


Table of Contents

franchisees experiencing financial difficulty, including those franchisees that become over-leveraged. Training of managers, mechanics, and other personnel may be inadequate, especially due to advances and changes in automotive technology. These and other such negative factors could reduce the franchisees’ revenues, could impact payments under the franchise documents and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our location development plans under development agreements may not be implemented effectively by franchisees.

We rely heavily on franchisees to develop our locations. Development involves substantial risks, including the following:

 

   

the availability of suitable locations and terms for potential development sites;

 

   

the ability of franchisees to fulfill their commitments to build new locations in the numbers and the time frames specified in their development agreements;

 

   

the availability of financing, at acceptable rates and terms, to both franchisees and third-party landlords, for locations development;

 

   

delays in obtaining construction permits and in completion of construction;

 

   

developed properties not achieving desired revenue or cash flow levels once opened;

 

   

competition for suitable development sites;

 

   

changes in governmental rules, regulations, and interpretations (including interpretations of the requirements of the ADA); and

 

   

general economic and business conditions.

There is no assurance that franchisees’ development and construction of locations will be completed, or that any such development will be completed in a timely manner. There is no assurance that present or future development plans will perform in accordance with expectations.

The opening and success of our locations depend on various factors, including the demand for our locations and the selection of appropriate franchisee candidates, the availability of suitable sites, the negotiation of acceptable lease or purchase terms for new locations, costs of construction, permit issuance and regulatory compliance, the ability to meet construction schedules, the availability of financing and other capabilities of franchisees. There is no assurance that franchisees planning the opening of locations will have the ability or sufficient access to financial resources necessary to open and operate the locations required by their agreements. It cannot be assured that franchisees will successfully participate in our strategic initiatives or operate locations in a manner consistent with our concepts and standards.

If our franchisees do not comply with their franchise agreements and policies or participate in the implementation of our business model, our business could be harmed.

Our franchisees are an integral part of our business. Franchisees will be subject to specified product quality standards and other requirements pursuant to the related franchise agreements in order to protect our brands and to optimize their performance. However, franchisees may provide substandard services or receive through the supply chain or produce defective products, which may adversely impact the goodwill of our brands. Franchisees may also breach the standards set forth in their respective franchise documents. We may be unable to successfully implement our business model, company policies, or brand development strategies if our franchisees do not actively participate in such implementation. The failure of our franchisees to focus on the fundamentals of each business’ operations, such as quality and service (even if such failures do not rise to the level of breaching the franchise documents), could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. It may be more difficult to monitor our international franchisees’ implementation of our brand strategies due to our lack of personnel in the markets served by such franchisees.

 

50


Table of Contents

Franchisees could take actions that could harm our brands and adversely affect our business.

Franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their stores for the contractual terms and in accordance with the standards set forth in the franchise agreements. We also provide training and support to franchisees. However, franchisees are independent third parties that we do not control, and the franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their locations. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchised location rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate stores for the contractual terms and in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise royalty payments to franchisor will be adversely affected and our image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could hurt our revenues, results of operations, business and financial condition.

In addition, we may be unable to successfully implement the strategies that we believe are necessary for further growth if franchisees do not participate in that implementation. Our revenues, results of operations, business and financial condition could be adversely affected if a significant number of franchisees do not participate in brand strategies, which in turn may harm our financial condition.

Risks Related to the Securitized Debt Facility

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. Following this offering and the use of proceeds described here, we will have six series of term notes, $1,442 million of which were outstanding as of September 26, 2020, and one series of variable funding notes, which had no outstanding balance as of September 26, 2020, pursuant to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture.

Our obligations under the notes are secured by substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ domestic and foreign revenue-generating assets other than the assets in our Car Wash segment. Subject to the limits contained in the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do incur substantial additional debt, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including:

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to payments to service our indebtedness instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to and the potential impact of adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates; and

 

   

increasing our costs of borrowing.

In addition, the financial and other covenants we agreed to in the securitized debt facility may limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make investments, and engage in other transactions, and the leverage may cause potential lenders to be less willing to loan funds to us in the future.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make principal and interest payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future and, in particular, the ability of the assets securing our securitized debt

 

51


Table of Contents

facility to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, in the amounts projected or at all, or if future borrowings are not available to us under our securitized variable funding notes or otherwise in amounts sufficient to fund our other liquidity needs, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled principal amortization and interest payments on our debt obligations in the future, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets, delay capital expenditures, or seek additional equity investments. If we are unable to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all or to effect any other action relating to our indebtedness on satisfactory terms or at all, our business may be harmed.

Our securitized debt facility has restrictive terms and our failure to comply with any of these terms could put us in default, which would have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Unless and until we repay all outstanding borrowings under our securitized debt facility, we will remain subject to the restrictive terms of these borrowings. The securitized debt facility, under which certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries outside of our Car Wash segment have issued fixed rate notes and variable funding notes, contains a number of covenants, with the most significant financial covenant being a debt service coverage calculation. These covenants limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions, and other business combinations;

 

   

declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

incur liens; and

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

The securitized debt facility also requires us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet these financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not satisfy such a test. A breach of these covenants could result in a rapid amortization event, as described in the next paragraph, or default under the securitized debt facility. If amounts owed under the securitized debt facility are accelerated because of a default and we are unable to pay such amounts, the investors may have the right to assume control of substantially all of the assets securing such debt facility.

If we are unable to refinance or repay amounts under the securitized debt facility prior to the expiration of the applicable term or upon rapid amortization occurring as a result of our failure to maintain specified financial ratios, our cash flow would be directed to the repayment of the securitized debt and, other than management fees sufficient to cover minimal selling, general and administrative expenses, would not be available for operating our business.

No assurance can be given that any refinancing or additional financing will be possible when needed or that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms. In addition, our access to capital is affected by prevailing conditions in the financial and capital markets and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that market conditions will be favorable at the times that we require new or additional financing.

The Securitization Senior Notes Indenture governing the securitized debt facility may restrict the cash flow from the entities subject to the securitization to us and our subsidiaries and, upon the occurrence of certain events, cash flow would be further restricted.

The Securitization Senior Notes Indenture governing the securitized debt facility requires that cash from the entities subject to the securitization be allocated in accordance with a specified priority of payments. In the

 

52


Table of Contents

ordinary course, this means that funds available to us are paid at the end of the priority of payments, after expenses and debt service for the securitized debt. In addition, in the event that a rapid amortization event occurs under the indenture governing the securitized debt (including, without limitation, upon an event of default under the indenture, failure to maintain specified financial ratios or the failure to repay the securitized debt at the end of the applicable term), the funds available to us would be reduced or eliminated, which would in turn reduce our ability to operate or grow our business.

Developments with respect to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may affect our borrowings under our debt facilities.

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that it expects, by no later than the end of 2021, to cease taking steps aimed at ensuring the continuing availability of LIBOR in its current form. The FCA’s announcement was stated to be aimed at encouraging market participants to use other benchmarks or reference rates in place of LIBOR. On November 24, 2017, the FCA announced that the panel banks that submit information to ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (“IBA”), as administrator of LIBOR, have undertaken to continue to do so until the end of 2021. If IBA continues to calculate and publish LIBOR up to the end of 2021, and if it does so after that time, there can be no certainty as to the basis on which it will do so.

Our securitized debt facility provides that interest may be based on LIBOR and for the use of an alternate rate to LIBOR in the event LIBOR is phased-out; however, uncertainty remains as to any such replacement rate and any such replacement rate may be higher or lower than LIBOR may have been. The establishment of alternative reference rates or implementation of any other potential changes may lead to an increase in our borrowing costs.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

The market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. The following factors could affect our stock price:

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

quarterly variations in the rate of growth (if any) of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;

 

   

the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);

 

   

strategic actions by our competitors;

 

   

changes in operating performance and the stock market valuations of other companies;

 

   

overall conditions in our industry and the markets in which we operate;

 

   

announcements related to litigation;

 

   

our failure to meet revenue or earnings estimates made by research analysts or other investors;

 

   

changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

 

   

changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations, or standards;

 

   

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

   

actions by our stockholders;

 

   

general market conditions;

 

   

domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;

 

   

announcement by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

security breaches impacting us or other similar companies;

 

   

expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers, directors and stockholders;

 

   

material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

   

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section, or other risks that may materialize in the future.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of our common stock to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, you bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions, and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for payments in respect of our indebtedness, from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends and/or make loans or advances to us will be dependent upon their respective abilities to achieve sufficient cash flows after satisfying their respective cash requirements, including the securitized financing facility and other debt agreements, to enable the payment of such dividends or the making of such loans or advances. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’

 

54


Table of Contents

ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. SeeManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them and we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and are able take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies,” which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and have taken advantage of certain exemptions from various disclosure requirements applicable to companies that are “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and historical financial statements. In addition, “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or become more volatile and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital if and when we need it. Upon the completion of this offering, we will no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

We will incur significant costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, and NASDAQ, our stock exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. The rules governing management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to continue incurring significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Furthermore, these rules and regulations require us to incur legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the consummation of this offering, and once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed under “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable

 

55


Table of Contents

to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

We will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits, which amounts are expected to be material.

We will enter into an income tax receivable agreement with our existing stockholders that will provide for the payment by us to our existing stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax that we and our subsidiaries actually realize as a result of the realization of certain tax benefits associated with tax attributes existing at the time of the offering. These tax benefits, which we refer to as the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits, include: (i) all depreciation and amortization deductions, and any offset to taxable income and gain or increase to taxable loss, resulting from the tax basis that we have in our and our subsidiaries’ intangible assets, (ii) the utilization of certain of our and our subsidiaries’ U.S. federal and Canadian federal and provincial net operating losses, non-capital losses, disallowed interest expense carryforwards and tax credits, if any, attributable to periods prior to this offering, (iii) deductions in respect of debt issuance costs associated with certain of our and our subsidiaries’ financing arrangements, and (iv) deductions in respect of our and our subsidiaries’ offering-related expenses.

These payment obligations are our obligations and not obligations of any of our subsidiaries. The actual utilization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits as well as the timing of any payments under the income tax receivable agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future.

We expect that the payments we make under the income tax receivable agreement will be material. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient income to realize the full Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits, we expect that future payments under the income tax receivable agreement will aggregate to between $         million and $         million. Any future changes in the realizability of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits will impact the amount of the liability under the income tax receivable agreement. Based on our current taxable income estimates, we expect to repay the majority of this obligation by the end of our                  fiscal year.

The income tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control our (or our successor’s) payments under the income tax receivable agreement for each taxable year after any such event would be based on certain valuation assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. Additionally, if we sell or otherwise dispose of any of our subsidiaries in a transaction that is not a change of control, we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the income tax receivable agreement attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits of such subsidiary that is sold or disposed of, applying the assumptions described above. Furthermore, if we breach any of our material obligations under the income tax receivable agreement, then all of our payment and other obligations under it will be accelerated and will become due and payable, and we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the income tax receivable agreement, applying the assumptions described above. As a result, we could be required to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of actual cash savings we and our subsidiaries ultimately realize in respect of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the income tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.

Our counterparties under the income tax receivable agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits are subsequently disallowed (although future

 

56


Table of Contents

payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the income tax receivable agreement in excess of our and our subsidiaries’ actual cash tax savings.

For additional information related to the income tax receivable agreement, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, and we could be subject to potential delisting, regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions and litigation.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could subject us to potential delisting from NASDAQ, regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions and litigation, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our Principal Stockholders will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Upon the completion of this offering, affiliates of our Principal Stockholders will together own approximately    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders own or control a majority of our outstanding voting power, our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

 

   

the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;

 

   

any amendment of our articles of incorporation or bylaws; or

 

   

the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

 

57


Table of Contents

Moreover, ownership of our shares by affiliates of our Principal Stockholders may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. For example, the concentration of ownership held by our Principal Stockholders could delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of our company or impede a merger, takeover, or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. In addition, our Principal Stockholders are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Many of the companies in which our Principal Stockholders invest are franchisors and may compete with us for access to suitable locations, experienced management and qualified and well-capitalized franchisees. Our Principal Stockholders may acquire or seek to acquire assets complementary to our business that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of our Principal Stockholders may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. So long as our Principal Stockholders continue to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, our Principal Stockholders will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions, and as long as our Principal Stockholders maintain ownership of at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, they will have special governance rights under the Stockholders Agreement. “See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement”.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Following this offering, our Principal Stockholders will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result we will be a controlled company within the meaning of NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under NASDAQ rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

   

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

We may utilize these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above referenced requirements within one year.

Our organizational documents and Delaware law may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium on their shares.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may make it more difficult for, or prevent a third party from, acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

   

providing that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms;

 

   

providing for the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if less than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;

 

58


Table of Contents
   

empowering only the board to fill any vacancy on our board of directors (other than in respect of our Principal Stockholders’ directors (as defined below)), whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, if less than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;

 

   

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent if less than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;

 

   

to the extent permitted by law, prohibiting stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders if less than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, our certificate of incorporation provides that we are not governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), which, in the absence of such provisions, would have imposed additional requirements regarding mergers and other business combinations. However, our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that restricts us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder, but such restrictions shall not apply to any business combination between our Principal Stockholders and any affiliate thereof or their direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Any issuance by us of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change in control of us. Our board of directors will have the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

In addition, as long as our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 40% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, our Principal Stockholders will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and certain corporate transactions. Together, these certificate of incorporation, bylaw and statutory provisions could make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders and their right to nominate a specified number of directors in certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of us, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any

 

59


Table of Contents

derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, creditors, or other constituents (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim related to or involving the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The exclusive forum provision provides that it will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe this exclusive forum provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings. If a court were to find the exclusive choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

Under our certificate of incorporation, none of our Principal Stockholders, any affiliates of our Principal Stockholders, or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members or partners, will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities, or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate of our Principal Stockholders will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to any Principal Stockholder, instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate has directed to a Principal Stockholder. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer, or employee of one of our Principal Stockholders or any of their portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight members, three of whom will be our Principal Stockholders’ directors. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by one of our Principal Stockholders to itself or its affiliated funds, the portfolio companies owned by such funds or any affiliates of a Principal Stockholder instead of to us. A description of our obligations related to corporate opportunities under our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Conflicts of Interest.”

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

Based on our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 26, 2020 and an initial public offering price of $             per share, we expect that purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share, or $             per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our pro forma net

 

60


Table of Contents

tangible book value (deficit) per share and the initial public offering price. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock or convertible securities in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise, which could adversely affect our stock price.

After the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. At the closing of this offering, we will have approximately             options outstanding, which are exercisable into approximately              shares of common stock. We have reserved approximately             shares for future grant under our Omnibus Equity Plan. See Executive Compensation—Post-IPO Equity Compensation Plans—2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our Omnibus Equity Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, as well as under outstanding options would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

From time to time in the future, we may also issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock pursuant to a variety of transactions, including acquisitions. Our issuance of additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock would dilute your ownership of us and the sale of a significant amount of such shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the public market that such sales may occur, could reduce our stock price.

After the completion of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we will have              shares of common stock. The number of outstanding shares of common stock includes              shares beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders and certain of our employees, that are “restricted securities,” as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in the public market subject to the requirements of Rule 144. We, each of our officers and directors, affiliates of our Principal Stockholders and all of our other existing stockholders have agreed that (subject to certain exceptions), for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of certain underwriters, dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. See “Underwriters.” Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding periods, and other limitations of Rule 144. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. In addition, our Principal Stockholders have certain rights to require us to register the sale of common stock held by our Principal Stockholders, including in connection with underwritten offerings. Sales of significant amounts of stock in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of any lock-up agreements, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock or make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and there can be no assurances that a viable public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering, no public market for our shares of common stock existed and an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. If you

 

61


Table of Contents

purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives of the underwriters, which may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The price of our common stock in any such market may be higher or lower than the price that you pay in this offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock.

The initial public offering price of our common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering.

The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in “Underwriters,” and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price.

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.

We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future on our common stock. We intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of outstanding debt. Our securitized financing facility contains, and any future indebtedness likely will contain, restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments. As a result, any return to stockholders will be limited to any appreciation in the value of our common stock, which is not certain. While we may change this policy at some point in the future, we cannot assure you that we will make such a change. See “Dividend Policy.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business or our market. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company issues adverse or misleading research or reports regarding us, our business model, our stock performance or our market, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We may issue preferred securities, the terms of which could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred securities having such designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred securities could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred securities the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred securities could affect the residual value of the common stock.

 

62


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management, and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” and include, among other things, statements relating to:

 

   

our strategy, outlook and growth prospects;

 

   

our operational and financial targets and dividend policy;

 

   

general economic trends and trends in the industry and markets; and

 

   

the competitive environment in which we operate.

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to compete with other businesses in the automotive aftermarket industries, including other international, national, regional and local repair and maintenance shops, paint and collision repair shops, oil change shops, automobile dealerships, and suppliers of automotive parts;

 

   

advances and changes in automotive technology, including, but not limited to, changes in the materials used for the construction of structural components and body panels, changes in the types of paints and coatings used for automobiles or materials used for tires, changes in engines and drivetrains to hybrid and electric technology, increased prevalence of sensors and back-up cameras, and increased prevalence of self-driving vehicles and shared mobility;

 

   

changes in consumer preferences, perceptions and spending patterns;

 

   

changes in the cost of, availability of and shipping costs of automobile supplies, parts, paints, coatings and motor oil;

 

   

changes in the availability or cost of labor, including health care-related costs;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

changes in interest rates, commodity prices, energy costs and other expenses;

 

   

global events, including recent additional tariffs and Brexit;

 

   

the ability of our key suppliers, including international suppliers, to continue to deliver high-quality products to us at prices similar to historical levels;

 

   

disruptions in the supply of specific products or to the business operations of key or recommended suppliers;

 

   

the willingness of our vendors and service providers to supply goods and services pursuant to customary credit arrangements;

 

   

our ability to maintain direct repair program relationships with insurance partners;

 

63


Table of Contents
   

changes in general economic conditions and the geographic concentration of our locations, which may affect our business;

 

   

the operational and financial success of franchised, independently-operated and company-operated locations;

 

   

the willingness of franchisees to participate in and comply with our business model and policies;

 

   

our ability to successfully enter new markets and complete construction, including renovations, conversions, and build-outs of existing and additional locations;

 

   

risks associated with implementing our growth strategy, including our ability to open additional domestic and international franchised, independently-operated and company-operated locations and to continue to identify, acquire, and refranchise automotive aftermarket businesses, and the willingness of franchisees to continue to invest in and open new our franchises;

 

   

the potential adverse impact of strategic acquisitions;

 

   

additional leverage incurred in connection with acquisitions;

 

   

potential inability to achieve Acquisition EBITDA adjustments included in Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA;

 

   

our Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA is based on certain estimates and assumptions and is not a representation by us that we will achieve such operating results;

 

   

the effect of the media’s reports and social media on our reputation;

 

   

the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs;

 

   

the seasonality of our operations;

 

   

increased insurance and self-insurance costs;

 

   

our ability to comply with existing and future health, employment, environmental and other government regulations;

 

   

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

   

the adverse effect of litigation in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

a significant failure, interruption or security breach of our computer systems or information technology;

 

   

catastrophic events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues (including the ongoing coronavirus outbreak) or natural causes;

 

   

the effect of restrictive covenants in the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture, and other documents related to indebtedness on our business; and

 

   

other risk factors included under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

These forward-looking statements reflect our views with respect to future events as of the date of this prospectus and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or review publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. You should read this prospectus and the documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, merger, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may undertake. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive approximately $         million of net proceeds (based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) from the sale of the common stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us will be approximately $         million (based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently expect to use (i) an amount equal to approximately $         million of the proceeds from this offering to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities described below, (ii) approximately $         million of the gross proceeds from this offering to pay fees and expenses in connection with this offering, which include legal and accounting fees, SEC and FINRA registration fees, printing expenses, and other similar fees and expenses and (iii) any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. The interest rate, maturity date and other terms of the outstanding indebtedness under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities are set forth in the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Material Indebtedness.” If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, we intend to use the net proceeds therefrom to acquire from certain of our existing stockholders shares of our common stock at the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our common stock in this offering and to use any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. None of the existing stockholders we purchase shares from will be an existing employee, executive officer or director or Principal Stockholder of the Company. While we currently have no specific plan for the use of the remaining net proceeds of this offering, we may use a significant portion of these proceeds to implement our growth strategies and generate funds for working capital. We do not have current plans to enter into any specific material merger or acquisition. Our management team will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The precise amounts and timing of our use of any remaining net proceeds will depend upon market conditions, among other factors.

 

65


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, we may, in the future, decide to pay dividends on our common stock. Any declaration and payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, cash flows, capital requirements, levels of indebtedness, restrictions imposed by applicable law, our overall financial condition, restrictions in our debt agreements, and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends will therefore be restricted as a result of restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to us under our securitized financing facility and under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

 

66


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of September 26, 2020 on:

 

   

an actual basis, as adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split; and

 

   

a pro forma basis to give further effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (iii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” and (iv) the impact of the liability pursuant to the income tax receivable agreement as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsIncome Tax Receivable Agreement.

You should read this table together with the information included elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our audited financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

     As of September 26, 2020  

in thousands (except per share data)

   Actual     Pro Forma(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356     $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 2,098,092     $            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock—$0.01, par value;                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding (actual);                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding (pro forma);

                 

Preferred stock—$0.01, par value;                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding (actual);                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding (pro forma);

        

Additional paid-in capital

        

Accumulated earnings

     1,092,959                 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (9,918  

Non-controlling interest

     1,830    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,084,871     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 3,182,963     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $            .

 

67


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of the common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the book value of our tangible assets less the book value of our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding.

Our historical net tangible book deficit as of September 26, 2020 was approximately $1.4 million or $             per share. Our historical net tangible book deficit represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and total intangible assets) less total liabilities. Historical net tangible book deficit per share represents historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2020, as adjusted for the Stock Split.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 26, 2020 was $         million, or $         per share, based on             shares of our common stock outstanding, which gives effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table illustrates the dilution per share of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of September 26, 2020

                      

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     

Dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to new investors participating in this offering

      $    

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.

The following table summarizes, as of September 26, 2020, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, calculated before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average
Price per
Share
 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

            %      $                          %      $                

Investors in the offering

            %               %     

Total

        100%      $          100%      $            

To the extent the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by new investors by $        , $         and $         per share, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, the percentage of common stock held by existing investors would be     %, and the percentage of shares of common stock held by new investors would be     %.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2020, and excludes              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including              shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options and              shares of restricted stock issued in exchange for profits interests, and except as otherwise indicated:

 

   

gives effect to the completion of the Reorganization prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares of common stock in this offering; and

 

   

does not reflect an additional              shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation.”

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

69


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On August 3, 2020 (the “Acquisition Date”), Driven Investor LLC, the parent company of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Driven Brands” or the “Company”), completed the ICWG Acquisition. As a result of the ICWG Acquisition, the Company has expanded its service offerings by entering into the car wash business. Under the merger agreement, ICWG’s shareholders received 217,980 Class A common units of Driven Investor LLC. Driven Investor LLC contributed ICWG to Driven Brands Holdings Inc. in exchange for 430 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented to illustrate the estimated effects of: (i) the ICWG Acquisition based on the historical results of operations of Driven Brands and Shine Holdco and (ii) the Reorganization, the completion of this offering, adjustment to include the impact of the income tax receivable agreement, elimination of Roark management fees, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds (the “IPO Transaction” and, together with the ICWG Acquisition, the “Transactions”). It is presented as follows:

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 28, 2019 was prepared based on (i) the historical audited consolidated statement of operations of Driven Brands for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 and (ii) the historical audited consolidated income statement of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, the parent company of ICWG, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 was prepared based on (i) the historical unaudited condensed consolidated statement of income of Driven Brands for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and (ii) the historical unaudited consolidated income statement of Shine Holdco from January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020.

 

   

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2020 was prepared based on the historical unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Driven Brands as of September 26, 2020.

The ICWG Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), with the Company deemed to be the acquirer for financial accounting purposes.

The historical consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco were originally prepared using British pounds sterling (“GBP”) as the reporting currency. The Shine Holdco income statements presented within the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations herein have been translated from GBP to U.S. Dollars (“USD”) using the average monthly exchange rates for the periods and are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP accounting guidance.

Assumptions underlying the Transaction Accounting Adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 28, 2019 and the nine months ended September 26, 2020 give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on December 30, 2018, the beginning of the Company’s fiscal year 2019. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of September 26, 2020 gives effect to the Transactions as if they occurred on September 26, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared by the Company for illustrative and informational purposes only in accordance with Regulation S-X Article 11, “Pro Forma Financial Information”, as amended by the final rule, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures About Acquired

 

70


Table of Contents

and Disposed Businesses”, as adopted by the SEC on May 21, 2020. The Company elected to voluntarily comply with the amended rules in advance of the mandatory compliance date. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the combined company’s condensed consolidated results of operations actually would have been had the Transactions been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not purport to project the future operating results of the combined company. The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information does not include adjustments to reflect any potential revenue synergies or cost savings that may be achievable in connection with the Transactions.

The acquisition method of accounting requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. Management’s estimates of fair values of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based in part on preliminary third-party valuations. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price reflected in this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is based upon preliminary valuation, and the Company’s estimates and assumptions are subject to change. Therefore, upon additional analysis, it is possible that the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed could differ from those presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and such differences could be material.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects Transaction Accounting Adjustments that the Company believes are necessary to present the Company’s unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information following the closing of the Transactions as of and for the periods indicated. The Transaction Accounting Adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions that the Company believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, directly attributable to the Transactions, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report the Company’s balance sheet and statements of operations as if Driven Brands completed the Transactions as of September 26, 2020 for the balance sheet and the beginning of fiscal 2019 for the statements of operations. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information will differ from the final purchase accounting for a number of reasons, including the fact that the estimates of fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary and subject to change when the formal valuation and other analyses are finalized. Upon completion of the valuation analysis, there may be additional increases or decreases to the recorded book values of Shine Holdco’s assets and liabilities, including, but not limited to trademarks and property, plant, equipment. The differences between the preliminary estimates and the final purchase accounting could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The preliminary estimates associated with purchase accounting are expected to be finalized within the measurement period provided by ASC 805.

 

71


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for year ended December 28, 2019

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Historical     Transaction Accounting Adjustments        
     Driven
Brands
(Historical)
    U.K.
GAAP
Shine
Holdco
(in GBP)
    U.K. GAAP
to U.S.
GAAP
Adjustments

(in GBP)
          Shine Holdco1
(in USD)
    Reclassification
Adjustments
    ICWG
Acquisition
          IPO
Transaction
          Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenues:

                      

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 114,872     £ —       £ —         $ —       $ —       $ —         $ —         $ 114,872  

Shine Holdco turnover

     —         262,852       —           335,946       (335,946     —           —           —    

Company-operated store sales

     335,137       —         —           —         144,766       —           —           479,903  

Independently-operated store sales

     —         —         —           —         185,316       —           —           185,316  

Advertising contributions

     66,270       —         —           —         —         —           —           66,270  

Supply and other revenue

     83,994       —         —           —         5,864       —           —           89,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

     600,273       262,852       —           335,946       —         —           —           936,219  

Operating expenses:

                      

Shine Holdco cost of sales

     —         146,932       —           187,719       (187,719     —           —           —    

Company-operated store expenses

     218,988       —         —           —         78,359       (642     N       —           296,705  

Independently-operated store expenses

     —         —         —           —         106,293       669       N       —           106,962  

Advertising expenses

     69,779       —         —           —         —         —           —           69,779  

Supply and other expenses

     57,700       —         —           —         3,067       —           —           60,767  

Administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal

     —         118,690       (35,240     A,B,C,D,H       106,408       (106,408     —           —           —    

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     142,249       —         —           —         59,843       —           (4,144     P       197,948  

Acquisition costs

     11,595       —         —           —         —         13,592       K       —           25,187  

Store opening costs

     5,721       —         —           —         —         —           —           5,721  

Depreciation and amortization

     24,220       —         —           —         39,862       9,075       I,J       —           73,157  

Asset impairment charges

     —         —         —           —         6,703       —           —           6,703  

(Profit) loss on disposal of tangible assets

     —         (51,250     53,604       D       4,258       —         —           —           4,258  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

     70,021       48,480       (18,364       37,561       —         (22,694       4,144         89,032  

Interest receivable and similar income

     —         (507     —           (647     647       —           —           —    

Interest payable and similar expense

     —         77,552       (31,844     D,E,F       58,566       (58,566     —           —           —    

Interest expense, net

     56,846       —         —           —         57,919       11,505       M       —         Q       126,270  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     595       —         —           —         —         —           —           595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     12,580       (28,565     13,480         (20,358     —         (34,199       4,144         (37,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

     —         2,907       (3,237     G       (500     500       —           —           —    

Income tax expense (benefit)

     4,830       —         —           —         (500     (20,391     O       1,025       R       (15,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 7,750     £ (31,472     16,717         (19,858     —         (13,808     $ 3,119         (22,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents
     Historical     Transaction Accounting Adjustments        
     Driven
Brands
(Historical)
    U.K.
GAAP
Shine
Holdco
(in GBP)
    U.K. GAAP
to U.S.
GAAP
Adjustments

(in GBP)
          Shine Holdco1
(in USD)
    Reclassification
Adjustments
    ICWG
Acquisition
          IPO
Transaction
          Pro Forma
Combined
 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

   $ 19     £ (65   £ —         $ (83   $ —       $ —         $ —         $ (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss for the financial year attributable to: Shareholders of Shine Holdco’s parent company

     —       £ (31,407   £ 16,717       $ (19,775     19,775       —           —           —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Driven Brands Holding, Inc.

   $ 7,731       —         —           —         (19,775   $ (13,808     $ 3,119       $ (22,733
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

                      

Basic and diluted

   $ 7,731       —         —           —         —         —           —           —    

Weighted average shares outstanding

                      

Basic and diluted

   $ 1,000       —         —           —         —         —           —           —    

1 – The Shine Holdco (in USD) column is equal to the U.K. GAAP Shine Holdco (in GBP) column plus U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP Adjustments (in GBP) column translated by using the average monthly exchange rates for the period presented.

 

73


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

for nine months ended September 26, 2020

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Historical     Transaction Accounting Adjustments        
     Driven
Brands
(Historical)
    January 1
through

August 2,
2020
U.K.
GAAP
Shine
Holdco
(in GBP)
    U.K. GAAP
to U.S.
GAAP
Adjustments

(in GBP)
          Shine
Holdco1
(in USD)
    Reclassification
Adjustments
    ICWG
Acquisition
          IPO
Transaction
          Pro
Forma
Combined
 

Revenues

                      

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 94,214     £ —       £ —         $ —       $ —       $ —         $ —         $ 94,214  

Shine Holdco turnover

     —         158,601       —           200,286       (200,286     —           —           —    

Company-operated store sales

     323,339       —         —           —         102,250       —           —           425,589  

Independently-operated store sales

     30,595       —         —           —         94,991       —           —           125,586  

Advertising contributions

     42,429       —         —           —         —         —           —           42,429  

Supply and other revenue

     125,115       —         —           —         3,045       —           —           128,160  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

     615,692       158,601       —           200,286       —         —           —           815,978  

Operating expenses

     —         —         —           —         —         —           —           —    

Shine Holdco cost of sales

     —         93,587       —           118,168       (118,168     —           —           —    

Company-operated store expenses

     202,333       —         —           —         59,587       (386     N       —           261,534  

Independently-operated store expenses

     17,995       —         —           —         57,036       403       N       —           75,434  

Advertising expenses

     42,429       —         —           —         —         —           —           42,429  

Supply and other expenses

     70,167       —         —           —         1,545       —           —           71,712  

Administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal

     —         71,221       (32,886     A,C, D, H       48,399       (48,399     —           —           —    

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     153,162       —         —           —         24,062       4,700       L, K       (6,431     P       175,493  

Acquisition costs

     13,287       —         —           —         —         (6,773     K       —           6,514  

Store opening costs

     1,921       —         —           —         —         —           —           1,921  

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656       —         —           —         24,337       148       I, J, L       —           57,141  

Asset impairment charges

     6,732       —         —           —         —         —           —           6,732  

(Profit) loss on disposal of tangible assets

     —         (22,097     28,269       D       6,724       —         (35,644     L       —           (28,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

     75,010       15,890       4,617         26,995       —         37,522         6,431         145,988  

Interest receivable and similar income

     —         (270     —           (340     340       —           —           —    

Interest payable and similar expense

     —         45,943       (16,472     D, E, F       37,646       (37,646     —           —           —    

Interest expense

     64,973       —         —           —         37,306       (738     L, M       —         Q       101,541  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     673       —         —           —         —         —           —           673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     9,364       (29,783     21,089         (10,311     —         38,290         6,431         43,774  

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

     —         1,744       (2     G       2,205       (2,205     —           —           —    

Income tax expense (benefit)

     6,109       —         —           —         2,205       766       O       1,590       R       10,670  

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,255     £ (31,527   £ 21,091       $ (12,516   $ —       $ 37,524       $ 4,841       $ 33,104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents
     Historical     Transaction Accounting Adjustments        
     Driven
Brands
(Historical)
    January 1
through

August 2,
2020
U.K.
GAAP
Shine
Holdco
(in GBP)
    U.K. GAAP
to U.S.
GAAP
Adjustments

(in GBP)
          Shine
Holdco1
(in USD)
    Reclassification
Adjustments
    ICWG
Acquisition
          IPO
Transaction
          Pro
Forma
Combined
 

Net income (loss) attributable to
non-controlling interest

   $ (34   £ (42   £ —         $ (53   $ —       $ —         $ —         $ (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss for the financial year attributable to: Shareholders of Shine Holdco’s parent company

     —       £ (31,485   £ 21,091       $ (12,463     12,463       —           —           —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Driven Brands Holding, Inc.

   $ 3,289       —         —           —         (12,463   $ 37,524       $ 4,841       $ 33,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

                      

Basic and diluted

   $ 3,029       —         —           —         —         —           —           —    

Weighted average shares outstanding

                      

Basic and diluted

     1,086       —         —           —         —         —           —           —    

1 – The Shine Holdco (in USD) column is equal to the U.K. GAAP Shine Holdco (in GBP) column plus U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP Adjustments (in GBP) column translated by using the average monthly exchange rates for the period presented.

 

75


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

as of September 26, 2020

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Driven Brands
(As Reported)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments –
IPO Transaction
            Pro Forma
Combined
 

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356     $ —           $ 184,356  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     88,291       —             88,291  

Inventory

     42,527       —             42,527  

Prepaid and other assets

     17,078       —             17,078  

Income tax receivable

     1,831       —             1,831  

Advertising fund assets, restricted

     32,472       —             32,472  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total current assets

     366,555       —             366,555  

Notes receivable, net

     5,034       —             5,034  

Property and equipment, net

     899,507       —             899,507  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     768,486       —             768,486  

Deferred commissions

     8,513       —             8,513  

Intangibles, net

     829,387       —             829,387  

Goodwill

     1,624,408       —             1,624,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total assets

     4,501,890       —             4,501,890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

     79,906       —             79,906  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     174,926       —             174,926  

Current portion of long term debt

     21,045                   V        21,045  

Advertising fund liabilities

     20,224       —             20,224  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     296,101       —             296,101  

Long-term debt

     2,077,047                   V        2,077,047  

Operating lease liabilities

     715,974       —             715,974  

Deferred tax liabilities

     271,158                   T, U        271,158  

Deferred revenue

     20,973       —             20,973  

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities

     35,766       —             35,766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,417,019       —             3,417,019  

Shareholders’ equity

     1,092,959          S, W        1,092,959  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (9,918     —             (9,918
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

     1,083,041                —             1,083,041  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     1,830       —             1,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,084,871       —             1,084,871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,501,890     $ —           $ 4,501,890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented herein has been prepared using the Company’s and Shine Holdco’s historical financial statements, and giving pro forma effect to the Transactions described herein in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X with the early application of SEC Final Rule Release No. 33-10786, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures About Acquired and Disposed Businesses”.

The historical consolidated income statement and balance sheet of Shine Holdco were prepared in accordance with U.K. GAAP, specifically Financial Reporting Standard 102, the accounting standard applicable in the United Kingdom and Ireland (“U.K. GAAP”). Shine Holdco’s historical 2019 audited annual report and historical June 30, 2020 unaudited interim report, included elsewhere in this prospectus, include a reconciliation of U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP as a footnote disclosure. The Company has included the U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP adjustments noted in Shine Holdco’s 2019 audited annual report and 2020 unaudited stub period information in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The Shine Holdco unaudited stub period information for 2020 includes the unaudited interim period information for June 30, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus plus the Shine Holdco results from July 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020. The U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP adjustments include goodwill amortization, reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals, capitalization of transaction costs, sale leaseback transactions, interest rate swaps, preference shares, income taxes, timing of termination payments and presentation adjustments.

This unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of Driven Brands and Shine Holdco as noted below:

 

   

Driven Brands’ historical audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 28, 2018, incorporated within this Registration Statement;

 

   

Driven Brands’ historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, as of September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, incorporated within this Registration Statement;

 

   

Shine Holdco’s historical audited annual report and financial statements, and related notes thereto, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, incorporated within this Registration Statement

 

   

Shine Holdco’s unaudited interim report and financial statements, and related notes thereto, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, incorporated within this Registration Statement

2. Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information, Driven Brands has preliminarily allocated the purchase price related to the ICWG Acquisition to the acquired net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the Acquisition Date. As such, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including intangible assets, presented in the table below are provisional and will be finalized in a later period once the fair value procedures are completed. There can be no assurance that the final determination will not result in material changes from these preliminary amounts.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation:

 

     August 3, 2020  

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 37,011  

Accounts and notes receivable

     8,158  

Inventory

     14,935  

Fixed assets

     749,171  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     475,435  

Definite-lived intangibles

     6,040  

Indefinite lived intangibles

     168,280  

Other assets

     3,782  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     1,462,812  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     91,220  

Long-term debt

     651,098  

Deferred income tax liability

     163,214  

Operating lease liabilities

     446,226  

Derivative liabilities

     12,714  

Other liabilities

     27,205  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     1,391,677  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     71,135  
  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest acquired

     400  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration paid (430 common shares)

     809,000  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 738,265  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over net assets assumed was recorded as goodwill, which represents the strategic value assigned to Shine Holdco, including expected benefits from synergies resulting from the acquisition, as well as the knowledge and experience of the workforce in place. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if certain indicators are present.

Amounts preliminarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill may change significantly, and amortization methods and useful lives may differ from the assumptions that have been used in this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information, any of which could result in a material change in operating expenses.

3. U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP Adjustments to Shine Holdco (UK) Limited Financial Statements

Included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information are the U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP adjustments to Shine Holdco’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the period from January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020. The adjustments are as follows:

 

  A.

Reversal of goodwill amortization - Amortization expense recognized under U.K. GAAP will be reversed under U.S. GAAP. Goodwill amortization was £42,054 and £26,649 for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and August 2, 2020, respectively.

 

  B.

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals – Impairment losses on fixed assets previously reversed under U.K. GAAP remain recorded under U.S. GAAP. Reversals of fixed assets impairment reversals were £7,832 and zero for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and August 2, 2020, respectively, and are recognized within administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal.

 

78


Table of Contents
  C.

Capitalization of transaction costs – Transaction costs included in the cost of investment under U.K. GAAP are expensed as incurred under U.S. GAAP. Transaction costs incurred under U.S. GAAP in administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal were £681 and £801 for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and August 2, 2020, respectively.

 

  D.

Sale leaseback transactions – Shine Holdco’s sale leaseback arrangements were successful under U.K. GAAP, but the majority of the sale leaseback arrangements failed under ASC Topic 840, “Leases” (“ASC 840”) due to Shine Holdco’s continuing involvement in the asset. As a result, these arrangements are accounted for under the financing method. Reconciling differences were quantified resulting in (i) recognition of depreciation expense related to tangible assets which remain on the balance sheet under the financing method; (ii) the reversal of gains and losses recognized upon a successful sale leaseback under U.K. GAAP; (iii) recognition of interest expense related to the financing liability recognized under ASC 840; and (iv) the reversal of rent expense and amortization of deferred gains recognized under U.K. GAAP. Shine Holdco’s remaining sale leaseback arrangements were successful under U.K. GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they did not have continuing involvement. Under U.S. GAAP gains are deferred and amortized over the lease term. For the period ended December 31, 2019, and for the period from January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020, the U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for failed sale leaseback transactions were £54,382 and £28,671 respectively.

 

     Year ended
December
31, 2019
(in GBP)
     For the period
of January 1,
2020 through

August 2, 2020
(in GBP)
 

Decrease in administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal

     3,231        5,506  

Increase in interest payable and similar expense

     (4,009      (5,908

Decrease in profit on disposal of tangible assets

     (53,604      (28,269
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transaction accounting adjustments for failed sale leaseback transactions

     (54,382      (28,671

 

  E.

Interest rate swaps –The interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting under U.K. GAAP but do not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” due to the lack of preparation of contemporaneous hedge documentation. Therefore, any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income under U.K. GAAP is reversed and recognized in profit or loss under U.S. GAAP. The loss on interest rate swaps was £5,255 and £3,418 for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and August 2, 2020, respectively, and was recognized within interest payable and similar expense.

 

  F.

Preferred shares - Under U.K. GAAP, preferred shares are recognized as a financial liability if an issuer has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to settle the shares or does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. Shine Holdco’s shares have certain redemption provisions that are outside the control of the issuer, therefore Shine Holdco does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. Accordingly, Shine Holdco recorded its preferred shares as a liability with accrued dividends charged to profit or loss as interest expense.

Under U.S. GAAP, preferred shares that are redeemable upon the occurrence of an uncertain event outside of the Company’s control are classified as mezzanine equity instead of as a financial liability. Uncertain events that would trigger a redemption are not probable of occurrence as of any balance sheet date. Accordingly, the shares are currently not probable of becoming redeemable, and as such the shares are not remeasured. Further, as dividends have not been declared on the shares, no dividend liability has been accrued and interest expense as recognized under U.K. GAAP has been reversed

 

79


Table of Contents

under U.S. GAAP. The interest expense recognized on preference shares under U.K. GAAP which was reversed under U.S. GAAP was £41,108 and £25,798 for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and August 2, 2020, respectively.

 

  G.

Income taxes – U.K. GAAP allows the use of enacted or “substantively” enacted tax rates to measure the deferred tax effect on timing differences. Deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent realization is probable. U.S. GAAP requires measurement of deferred taxes using the enacted tax rate applicable at the balance sheet date. A valuation allowance is recognized against deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The income tax effects of these U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP conversion adjustments were reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

 

  H.

Termination payments – Under U.K. GAAP, a reserve for termination benefits is created only when the entity is demonstrably committed to terminate employment before the normal retirement date or to offer voluntary redundancy.

Under U.S. GAAP, termination benefits are recognized when it is probable that the benefits will be paid and the cost of the benefits can be reasonably estimated. £1,532 in termination payments were recorded in administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal for fiscal year 2020 under U.K. GAAP when the costs would have been recorded in 2019 under U.S. GAAP.

4. Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

The Transaction Accounting Adjustments are based on preliminary estimates and assumptions that are subject to change.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to Reclassification

Certain balances and transactions presented in the historical financial statements of Shine Holdco included within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations have been reclassified through the Reclassification Adjustments column to conform to the presentation of the financial statements of Driven Brands.

 

80


Table of Contents

Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to the ICWG Acquisition

The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations and are related to the ICWG Acquisition. The ICWG Acquisition is reflected in the Driven Brands historical results within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations from the Acquisition Date through September 26, 2020. Therefore, the Transaction Accounting Adjustments below are related to the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the period of December 29, 2019 through August 2, 2020 unless otherwise noted:

 

  I.   Reflects the adjustment of $8,164 and $4,421 for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the period of December 29, 2019 through August 2, 2020, respectively, to increase depreciation expense related to the higher basis of the acquired property, plant & equipment. The estimated fair value and useful life calculations are preliminary and subject to change after the Company finalizes its review of the specific types, nature, age, condition and location of the Company’s property, plant & equipment. The following table summarizes the changes in the estimated depreciation expense, which is recorded in depreciation and amortization within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year ended
December 28, 2019
     For the period of
December 29,
2019 through
August 2, 2020
 

Estimated Shine Holdco depreciation expense based on higher basis of the acquired property, plant & equipment

     44,859        23,920  

Reversal of historical Shine Holdco depreciation expense

     (36,695      (19,499

Transaction accounting adjustments to depreciation expense

     8,164        4,421  

 

  J.

Reflects the adjustment of $911 and $304 for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the period of December 29, 2019 through August 2, 2020, respectively, to increase amortization expense related to the adjustment of historical intangible assets acquired in the ICWG Acquisition to their estimated fair values. As part of the preliminary valuation analysis, the Company identified intangible assets, including trademarks and patents and non-competes. The Company has not completed the detailed valuation work necessary to finalize the required estimated fair values, estimated lives or pattern of amortization associated with the acquired intangible assets which may result in a change in actual amortization expense recognized. The final fair value determinations for the identifiable intangible assets may differ from this preliminary determination and such differences could be material. The majority of the identified intangible assets were given an indefinite life. The following table summarizes the adjustment to amortization expense based on the fair value of identified definite-lived intangible assets with estimated assigned useful lives:

 

     Year ended
December
28, 2019
     For the period of
December 29,
2019 through
August 2, 2020
 

Estimated Shine Holdco amortization expense based on higher basis in acquired intangible assets

     2,153        550  

Reversal of Shine Holdco historical amortization expense

     (1,242      (246

Transaction accounting adjustments to amortization expense

     911        304  

The historical and estimated Shine Holdco amortization expense amounts above are after considering the U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP conversion adjustment noted in footnote A above.

 

81


Table of Contents
  K.

Reflects the removal of $13,592 in transaction costs incurred related to the ICWG Acquisition for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, which are non-recurring expenses. $6,819 in transaction costs were incurred by Shine Holdco and recognized within selling, general, and administrative expenses for the period of January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020; and $6,773 in transaction costs were incurred by Driven Brands and recognized within acquisition costs for the nine months ended September 26, 2020. The costs incurred by Shine Holdco and Driven Brands were incurred in conjunction with the ICWG Acquisition for transaction related fees and expenses and Transaction Accounting Adjustments were made to reflect such costs in acquisition costs within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 28, 2019.

 

  L.

The Company adopted ASC Topic 842, “Leases” (“ASC 842”) as of December 29, 2019, and therefore, Shine Holdco adopted ASC 842 at the Acquisition Date. Under ASC 842, Shine Holdco’s sale leaseback transactions are treated as successful sale leaseback arrangements whereas under ASC 840, certain sale leaseback transactions were accounted for as failed sale leaseback arrangements as mentioned in note (D) above. In order to conform accounting policies, the Company included a Transaction Accounting Adjustment to remove the U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP difference related to the sale leaseback accounting for the Shine Holdco January 1, 2020 through August 2, 2020 period to reflect Shine Holdco’s adoption as of the beginning of the same period as the Company.

 

     For the period of
January 1, 2020
through

August 2, 2020
 

Increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses

     (11,519

Decrease in depreciation and amortization

     4,577  

Decrease in interest expense, net

     7,449  

Increase in gain on sale of tangible assets, net

     35,644  

Transaction accounting adjustments to conform accounting policies from ASC 840 to ASC 842

     36,151  

 

  M.

Reflects estimated amortization of $11,505 and $6,711 for the year-ended December 28, 2019 and for the period of December 29, 2019 through August 2, 2020, respectively, associated with the decrease in Shine Holdco’s debt to fair value as a result of the ICWG Acquisition, which is amortized as an increase in interest expense over the remaining life of the obligations.

 

  N.

Reflects the increase to rent expense related to the allocation of the ICWG Acquisition purchase price to unfavorable and favorable lease intangibles in accordance with ASC 805. Amounts allocated to acquired above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized over the remaining term of the leases. Rent expense was increased by $27 and $17 for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the period of December 29, 2019 through August 2, 2020, respectively, for amortization of above- and below-market lease intangibles which is reflected within selling, general and administrative expenses as these lease arrangements are considered operating leases under ASC 840 and ASC 842.

 

  O.

Reflects the tax-effect of the Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to the ICWG Acquisition before income taxes at respective statutory income tax rates applied on a jurisdictional basis, in addition to the income tax effects of U.K. GAAP to U.S. GAAP conversion and other adjustments that are more likely than not to be realized from positive evidence introduced from the Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to the ICWG Acquisition before income taxes. The effective tax rate in future years is expected to vary from these respective statutory income tax rates applied on a jurisdictional basis.

 

82


Table of Contents

Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to IPO Transaction

The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations and are related to the IPO Transaction:

 

  P.

Reflects the removal of $4,144 and $6,431 in selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, respectively, related to Roark Capital Management, LLC management fees incurred by the Company and Shine Holdco, which are not expected to recur on an ongoing basis.

 

  Q.

Reflects the reduction in interest expense of $             and $             for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, respectively, including the related accretion of original issue discount and amortization of deferred financing costs, as a result of the repayment of debt with proceeds from the IPO Transaction.

 

     Year ended
December 28, 2019
     For the nine months ended
September 26, 2020
 

Interest expense on debt repaid through the IPO Transaction

     

Accretion of original issue discount

     

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     

Transaction accounting adjustments to interest expense

     

 

  R.

Reflects the tax-effect of the Transaction Accounting Adjustments related to the IPO Transaction before income taxes at respective statutory income tax rates applied on a jurisdictional basis. The effective tax rate in future years is expected to vary from these respective statutory income tax rates applied on a jurisdictional basis.

5. Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

The Transaction Accounting Adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet are based on preliminary estimates and assumptions that are subject to change. The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet and are related to the IPO Transaction. Transaction Accounting Adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet are not required for the ICWG Acquisition as the ICWG Acquisition is fully reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2020:

 

  S.

Reflects deferred IPO costs that have been capitalized and consists of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the anticipated sale of the common stock in the initial public offering, including the legal and accounting fees, SEC and FINRA registration fees, printing expenses, and other similar fees and expenses. Upon completion of the IPO, these deferred IPO costs will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity and recorded against the proceeds from the offering.

 

  T.

Prior to the initial public offering, the Company will enter into an income tax receivable agreement pursuant to which the Company’s existing stockholders, including Driven Equity LLC and the Company’s senior management team, will have the right to receive payment by the Company of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax that the Company and its subsidiaries actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of a change of control and certain subsidiary dispositions) as a result of the realization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The income tax receivable agreement will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable. The Company recorded a liability of

 

83


Table of Contents

$         million based on the its estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay to existing stockholders under the income tax receivable agreement. Additionally, the Company recorded a decrease to additional paid-in capital of $         million, which is equal to the increase in liabilities due to existing owners under the income tax receivable agreement.

 

  U.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes in each jurisdiction it operates and will file respective income tax returns for such jurisdictions. This adjustment reflects the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities in connection with the IPO Transaction assuming the highest enacted statutory income tax rates by jurisdiction.

The Company recorded a pro forma deferred tax adjustment of $         million. To the extent the Company determines it is more likely-than-not that it will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, the Company will record a valuation allowance against such deferred tax asset based on the weight of all available positive and negative evidence.

 

  V.

Represents the repayment of outstanding debt with proceeds from the IPO Transaction, less unamortized debt issuance costs. This adjustment removes accrued interest associated with outstanding debt and includes any pre-payment penalties.

 

     As of
September 26, 2020
 

Decrease for repayment of existing Long-term debt

  

Decrease for removal of related accrued interest

  

Transaction accounting adjustment to Long-term debt

  

 

  W.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet reflects expected proceeds from the sale of              shares of Class      common stock in this offering, at the initial public offering price of $             per share, for total gross proceeds of $            , net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses as follows:

 

     Amount  

Gross offering proceeds

  

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  

Offering expenses paid subsequent to             

  

Net proceeds

  

The Transaction Accounting Adjustment related to the IPO Transaction reflects the allocation of net proceeds and reclassification of deferred IPO related costs as follows:

 

     Footnote
Reference
     Amount  

Net proceeds: par value of              shares of Class      common stock issued in IPO

     

Net proceeds: value above par value of Class      common stock issued in IPO

     

Deferred IPO costs reclassified as an offset against additional paid-in capital

     S     

Additional paid-in capital

     

 

  X.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet reflects the Reorganization which is defined as part of the IPO Transaction above. As part of the Reorganization (i) Driven Investor LLC was liquidated and all of the common stock is now held by the Company’s Principal Stockholders, current and former employees and management and board members, (ii) profits interests in Driven Investor LLC were exchanged for an economically equivalent number of vested and unvested shares of the Company’s common stock and (iii) options to purchase units of Driven Investor LLC were converted into options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

84


Table of Contents

6. Pro forma earnings per share

The unaudited pro forma weighted average number of basic and diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 28, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 is calculated as follows:

 

(thousands in USD except per share amounts)    For the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 28,
2019
     For the Nine
Months
Ended
September 26,
2020
 

Weighted average Driven Brands shares outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and September 26, 2020 – basic

     1,000        1,086  

Adjusted for:

     

Shares issued pertaining to the IPO Transaction as if the initial public offering occurred on December 30, 2018

     

Pro forma adjusted weighted average shares outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and September 26, 2020 – basic and dilutive

     

Pro forma net loss attributable to common shareholders – basic and dilutive

     

Pro forma net loss per common share – basic and dilutive

   $        $    

The unaudited pro forma weighted average number of basic shares outstanding is calculated by adding the number of Company shares expected to be issued to the stockholders of Driven Brands after giving effect to the IPO Transaction.

 

85


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our selected historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of September 26, 2020 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of such financial data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.

The selected historical financial data presented below does not purport to project our financial position or results of operations for any future date or period and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Nine Months Ended      Year Ended  

in thousands (except per share data)

   September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
     December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
 

Statement of Operations Data

           

Revenue:

           

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 94,214      $ 86,885      $ 114,872      $ 108,040  

Company-operated store sales

     323,339        235,130        335,137        233,932  

Independently-operated store sales

     30,595                       

Advertising contributions

     42,429        36,792        66,270        72,792  

Supply and other revenue

     125,115        58,766        83,994        77,951  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     615,692        417,573        600,273        492,715  

Operating Expenses:

           

Company-operated store expenses

     202,333        160,076        218,988        159,244  

Independently-operated store expenses

     17,995                       

Advertising expenses

     42,429        36,792        69,779        74,996  

Supply and other expenses

     70,167        34,987        57,700        52,653  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     153,162        98,464        142,249        125,763  

Acquisition costs

     13,287        4,292        11,595         

Store opening costs

     1,921        2,859        5,721        2,045  

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656        15,228        24,220        19,846  

Asset impairment charges

     6,732                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     540,682        352,698        530,252        434,547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     75,010        64,875        70,021        58,168  

Interest expense, net

     64,973        39,823        56,846        41,758  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     673               595        6,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     9,364        25,052        12,580        9,867  

Income tax expense

     6,109        6,717        4,830        2,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,255      $ 18,335      $ 7,750      $ 7,062  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended     Year Ended  

in thousands (except per share data)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

   $ (34   $     $ 19     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

   $ 3,289     $ 18,335     $ 7,731     $ 7,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Basic and diluted(1)

   $ 3,029     $ 18,335     $ 7,731     $ 7,062  

Weighted average shares outstanding

        

Basic and diluted

                1,086                  1,000                  1,000                  1,000  

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited)

        

Basic and diluted(1)

        

Statement of Cash Flows Data

        

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 66,455     $ 31,060     $ 41,372     $ 38,753  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (26,549     (150,301     (482,423     (17,799

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     111,161       402,200       446,530       (9,493

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets

     151,535       282,696       5,359       11,653  

Cash dividends per share

   $     $ 163,000     $ 163,000     $ 52,987  
     September 26,
2020
          December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Balance Sheet Data

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356       $ 34,935     $ 37,530  

Working capital

     70,454         26,497       29,656  

Total assets

        4,501,890            1,876,240          1,306,919  

Total debt(2)

     2,098,092         1,314,963       701,231  

 

(1)

See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of earnings per share, basic and diluted and pro forma earnings per share.

(2)

Total debt as of December 28, 2019 equals the current portion of long-term debt ($13 million) and the non-current portion of long-term debt, net of discount and debt issuance costs ($1,302 million). Total debt as of September 26, 2020 equals the current portion of long-term debt ($21 million) and the non-current portion of long-term debt, net of discount and debt issuance costs ($2,077 million).

 

87


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS

OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis for Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries (“Driven Brands”, “the Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. On August 3, 2020, the Company completed the ICWG Acquisition (the “ICWG Acquisition Date”). We operate on a 52/53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in December. Fiscal 2019, which ended December 28, 2019, consisted of 52 weeks and Fiscal 2018, which ended December 29, 2018, consisted of 52 weeks. The nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 were both 39-week periods.

Overview of Operations

Driven Brands is the largest automotive services company in North America with a growing and highly franchised base of more than 4,100 locations across 49 U.S. states and 14 international countries. Our scaled, diversified platform fulfills an extensive range of core consumer and commercial automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass, vehicle repair, car wash, oil change and maintenance. Driven Brands provides a breadth of high-quality and high-frequency services to a wide range of customers, who rely on their cars in all economic environments to get to work and in many other aspects of their daily lives. Our asset-light business model generates consistent recurring revenue and strong operating margins, and requires limited maintenance capital expenditures. Our significant free cash flow generation and capital-efficient growth results in meaningful shareholder value creation. Our diversified platform of needs-based service offerings has delivered twelve consecutive years of positive same store sales growth including throughout the Great Recession, and from 2015 to 2019 we grew our revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at a CAGR of 37% and 22%, respectively.

We have a portfolio of highly recognized brands that compete in the large, recession-resistant and highly-fragmented automotive care industry, which was estimated to be a $300+ billion market in the U.S. in 2019, and has exhibited favorable long-term growth trends. Our U.S. industry is underpinned by a large, growing car parc of more than 275 million vehicles, and is expected to continue its long-term growth trajectory given (i) consumers more frequently outsourcing automotive services due to vehicle complexity; (ii) increases in average repair costs, (iii) average age of the car on the road getting older and (iv) long-term increases in annual miles traveled. During the nine months ended September 26, 2020, our network generated $616 million in revenue from $2.4 billion in system-wide sales. We serve a diverse mix of customers, including retail customers and commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. Our success is driven in large part by our mutually beneficial relationships with more than 2,500 individual franchisees and independent operators. Our scale, nationwide breadth, and best-in-class shared services provide significant competitive platform advantages, and we believe that we are well positioned to increase our market share through continued organic and acquisition growth.

The Driven Brands’ platform enables our portfolio of brands to be stronger together than they are apart. We have invested heavily in the creation of unique and powerful shared services, which provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. Our locations are strengthened by ongoing training initiatives, targeted marketing enhancements, procurement savings, and cost efficiencies, driving revenue and profitability growth for both Driven Brands and for our franchisees. Our performance is further enhanced by a data analytics engine of approximately 18 billion data elements informed by customers across our thousands of locations at every transaction. Our platform advantages combined with our brand heritage, dedicated marketing funds, culture of innovation, and best-in-class management team have positioned us as a leading automotive services provider and the consolidator of choice in North America.

Driven Brands has a long track record of delivering strong growth through consistent same store sales performance, store count growth, and acquisitions. All of our brands produce highly-compelling unit-level economics and cash-on-cash returns, which results in recurring and growing income for Driven Brands and for our

 

88


Table of Contents

healthy and growing network of franchisees, and we have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020. Our organic growth is complemented by a consistent and repeatable M&A strategy, having completed more than 40 acquisitions since 2015. Notably, in August 2020 we acquired ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrating our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A. Within our existing service categories, we believe we have enormous whitespace, with over 12,000 potential locations across North America alone. We are only in first gear.

Our Growth Strategies

We plan to continue to grow our business by executing on the following strategies:

 

   

Grow Our Brands with New Locations: We have a proven track record of franchised and company-operated unit growth, and there is ample whitespace in existing and adjacent markets in North America for continued unit growth through new franchised store openings, new company-operated store openings and tuck-in acquisitions.

 

   

Continue to Drive Same Store Sales Growth: We believe that we are well-positioned to continue our same store sales growth by expanding our commercial partnerships, growing our subscription car wash revenue model, and leveraging data analytics to optimize marketing, product offerings, and pricing, in addition to benefiting from industry tailwinds.

 

   

Enhance Margins through Procurement Initiatives and Strengthening Platform Services: We plan to leverage the power of our platform to improve cost efficiencies, strengthen our procurement programs, and drive incremental profitability through innovation.

 

   

Pursue Accretive M&A in Existing and New Service Categories: We plan to continue to take advantage of our unique ability to leverage accretive M&A, and we believe we have significant runway to execute upon our proven acquisition strategy within the highly fragmented automotive services industry.

Significant Factors Impacting Financial Results

During the nine months ended September 26, 2020, we completed the acquisition of ICWG, which launched our entry into the car wash market and created a new segment for the Company, as well as the acquisition of Fix Auto USA, which is included in our Paint, Collision, and Glass segment, and acquisitions of several independently-owned oil change shops, which are included in our Maintenance segment. During 2019, we completed an additional 12 acquisitions, which added to our existing segments. These acquisitions were a core driver of growth in our key performance indicators and our financial results. The impact of acquisitions is discussed in more detail within Results of Operations. System-wide sales, store count, same store sales and Adjusted EBITDA increased in 2020 and 2019 as compared to 2018, driven by a combination of organic growth and these acquisitions. See Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus for additional information regarding the impact of acquisition activity on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The outbreak of COVID-19 has led to adverse impacts on global economies, including the U.S., Canada and Europe. While COVID-19 did not have a material adverse effect on our business operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, it has led to an increased level of volatility and uncertainty, and we are continuing to monitor and mitigate the impact to our business.

Our first priority remains the health and safety of our employees, franchisees, independent operators and customers. We have taken steps to limit exposure and enhance the safety of all of our locations and communicated best practices to deter the spread of COVID-19 and safely serve our customers. We have focused on the safety of our store-level employees and franchisees by implementing health safety practices and developing a personal protective equipment distribution program in response to the pandemic. In addition, we

 

89


Table of Contents

have implemented travel restrictions and work-from-home policies for employees who have the ability to work remotely.

In support of our franchisees, we implemented various relief programs including temporarily reducing contributions into advertising funds, temporarily waiving minimum royalty fees, and deferring collections on product sales for certain brands. In addition, we have provided assistance to our franchisees with the establishment of the COVID-19 Franchisee Resource Center, which included providing education and training around the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) in support of our franchisees securing government funding.

As a result of various state and local government stay-at-home orders, we started experiencing a reduction in sales in mid-March 2020. Even during the stay-at-home orders, approximately 97% of our system-wide locations remained open because of the essential service status of automotive repair businesses. In response to the decline in sales, we took actions to help mitigate the effects of the revenue decline and improve liquidity, including (i) adjusting operating hours across all of our company-operated stores, (ii) adjusting headcount at company-operated stores based on changes in demand, (iii) reducing discretionary spending including certain planned capital expenditures, (iv) eliminating promotional discounting, (v) implementing employee furloughs and reductions in workforce, and (vi) reducing advertising spending. Further, in order to maximize liquidity, we drew down the remaining $40 million available on our Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Notes during the first quarter of 2020, and we negotiated rent abatement and deferrals for more than half of our company-operated store lease arrangements.

Since the low point during the beginning of April, we have experienced steady improvement in sales driven by improvement in traffic. We started re-hiring store employees, launched a new marketing campaign in our Maintenance segment, and we rolled out new products in our Platform Services segment. We also continued to pursue the further growth of our brands and service offerings including the acquisition of ICWG during the third quarter of 2020. We have continued to actively monitor business performance and have not furloughed any additional employees or implemented any additional reductions in the workforce since early April 2020.

Given the unpredictable nature of this situation, we cannot estimate with certainty the long-term impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Although the future economic environment is uncertain, we are confident in our ability to continue to provide essential products and services to our customers, and we remain committed to serving our customers as we continue to navigate the public health challenge of COVID-19.

Additionally, the financial results provided herein reflect the fact that, to this date, we have been a private company and as such have not incurred costs typically found in publicly traded companies. We expect that those costs will increase our selling, general and administrative expenses, similar to other companies that complete an initial public offering.

We expect to recognize certain non-recurring costs as part of our transition to a publicly traded company consisting of professional fees, which will be reflected in our selling, general and administrative expenses until the completion of this offering. Such costs will be in addition to the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses.

Key Performance Indicators

Key measures that we use in assessing our business and evaluating our segments include the following:

System-wide sales. System-wide sales represent the total of net sales for our franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores. This measure allows management to better assess the total size and health of each segment, our overall store performance and the strength of our market position relative to competitors.

 

90


Table of Contents

Sales at franchised stores are not included as revenue in our condensed consolidated statements of income, but rather, the Company includes franchise royalties and fees that are derived from sales at franchised stores. Franchise royalties and fees revenue represented 15% and 21% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively. For the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, approximately 91% and 94% of franchise royalties and fees revenue is attributable to royalties, respectively, with the balance attributable to license and development fees. Revenue from company operated stores represented 53% and 56% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively. Revenue from independently-operated stores represented 5% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 26, 2020. Our system-wide sales growth is driven by store count growth and same store sales growth.

Store count. Store count reflects the number of franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores open at the end of the reporting period. Management reviews the number of new, closed, acquired and divested stores to assess net unit growth and drivers of trends in system-wide sales, franchise royalties and fees revenue, company-operated store sales and independently-operated store sales.

Same store sales. Same store sales reflect the change in sales year-over-year for the same store base. We define the same store base to include all franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores open for comparable weeks during the given fiscal period in both the current and prior year. This measure highlights the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact of new store openings and closures as well as acquisitions and divestitures.

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments for acquisition-related costs, straight-line rent, equity compensation, loss on debt extinguishment and certain non-recurring, non-core, infrequent or unusual charges. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled metrics of other companies due to differences in methods of calculation. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income refer to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and for a further discussion of how we utilize this non-GAAP measure refer to “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information”.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA. We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as Adjusted EBITDA with a further adjustment for store opening costs. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our segments and may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a performance metric utilized by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker to allocate resources to and assess performance of the Company’s segments. For a reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before taxes for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 refer to Note 7 in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before taxes for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 refer to Note 6 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our key performance indicators for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, as well as the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended     Fiscal Year Ended  
     September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

System-Wide Sales

        

System-Wide Sales by Segment:

        

Maintenance

   $ 714,943          $ 688,218        $ 924,067         $ 819,142  

Car Wash

     59,197            —          —           

Paint, Collision & Glass

     1,399,200            1,203,870          1,667,586           1,476,042  

Platform Services

     246,302            237,142          293,908           281,082  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,419,642          $ 2,129,230        $ 2,885,561         $ 2,576,266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

System-Wide Sales by Business Model:

        

Franchised Stores

   $ 2,065,708          $ 1,894,100        $ 2,550,424         $ 2,342,334  

Company-Operated Stores

     323,339            235,130          335,137           233,932  

Independently-Operated Stores

     30,595            —          —            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,419,642          $ 2,129,230        $ 2,885,561         $ 2,576,266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Store Count

        

Store Count by Segment:

        

Maintenance

     1,371            1,341          1,362           1,205  

Car Wash

     939            —          —            

Paint, Collision & Glass

     1,676            1,240          1,545           1,186  

Platform Services

     199            199          199           197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,185            2,780          3,106           2,588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Store Count by Business Model:

        

Franchised Stores

     2,739            2,331          2,610           2,283  

Company-Operated Stores

     706            449          496           305  

Independently-Operated Stores

     740            —          —           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,185            2,780          3,106           2,588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

        

Maintenance

     (3.7 %)      7.5     7.0     6.0

Paint, Collision & Glass

     (9.2 %)      3.1     3.4     5.1

Platform Services

     3.9 %       6.8     7.3     4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (5.9 %)      4.9     5.0     5.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Maintenance

   $ 82,579     $ 62,390     $ 81,732     $ 61,440  

Paint, Collision & Glass

     50,119       45,372       60,444       55,246  

Platform Services

     36,740       19,422       26,413       20,220  

 

92


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019

To facilitate review of our results of operations, the following tables set forth our financial results for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income. Independently-operated store sales and expenses are derived from our acquisition of ICWG and only reflect results of operations from the August 3, 2020 acquisition date through September 26, 2020 and, as such, it is not meaningful to compare to prior period results.

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended      Change  
(in thousands)    September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 94,214      $ 86,885      $ 7,329        8%  

Company-operated store sales

     323,339        235,130        88,209        38%  

Independently-operated store sales

     30,595               N/M        N/M  

Advertising contributions

     42,429        36,792        5,637        15%  

Supply and other revenue

     125,115        58,766        66,349        113%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $         615,692      $         417,573      $ 198,119                47%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Franchise Royalties and Fees

Franchise royalties and fees increased $7 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an additional 408 franchised stores that led to a $172 million increase in franchised system-wide sales year-over-year. The growth in revenue from additional franchised locations was partially offset by a reduction in revenue from existing franchisees due to reduced car counts in the first half of 2020 associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Company-Operated Store Sales

Company-operated store sales increased $88 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase was driven by the addition of 257 company-operated stores year-over-year. This includes 199 car wash sites from the acquisition of ICWG, 29 additional stores in the Paint, Collision & Glass segment primarily due to the acquisitions of Uniban and Fix Auto USA (“Fix Auto”), as well as new store development and tuck-in acquisitions in the Maintenance segment, which contributed approximately $29 million, $15 million, and $44 million to the year-over-year growth in company-operated store sales, respectively.

Advertising Contributions

Advertising contributions increased $6 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, which is directly correlated with the $172 million increase in franchised system-wide sales year-over-year.

 

93


Table of Contents

Supply and Other Revenue

Supply and other revenue increased $66 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase was primarily driven by the acquisitions of PH Vitres D’Autos and Automotive Training Institute (“ATI”), which contributed approximately $61 million of additional revenue for the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

 

     Nine Months Ended      Change  
(in thousands)    September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Company-operated store expenses

   $ 202,333    $ 160,076      $ 42,257       26

Independently-operated store expenses

     17,995               17,995      

Advertising expenses

     42,429        36,792        5,637       15

Supply and other expenses

     70,167        34,987        35,180       101

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     153,162        98,464        54,698       56

Acquisition costs

     13,287        4,292        8,995       210

Store opening costs

     1,921        2,859        (938     (33 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656        15,228        17,428       114

Asset impairment charges

     6,732               6,732      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $         540,682      $         352,698      $ 187,984                  53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-Operated Store Expenses

Company-operated store expenses increased $42 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase in expenses is commensurate with the addition of 257 company-operated stores year-over-year. Company-operated store expenses increased at a slower rate than company-operated store sales due to the Company implementing a leaner and more efficient staffing model to compensate for the reduction in vehicles serviced during the first half of 2020 associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. As sales increased during the third quarter of 2020, the Company continued to utilize a more efficient labor model at its company-operated stores.

Advertising Expenses

The $6 million increase in advertising expenses for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, represents a commensurate increase to advertising fund contributions during the period.

Supply and Other Expenses

Supply and other expenses increased $35 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase was primarily due to the recent acquisitions of PH Vitres D’Autos and ATI which contributed approximately $29 million in additional expense. The remaining increase was primarily due to increased purchases of supplies, including oil, sold to our growing number of franchised stores.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $55 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase is primarily due to increased corporate compensation expenses, additional overhead related to our growth and acquisitions, non-capitalizable initial public offering costs, other non-core items and project costs.

 

94


Table of Contents

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs increased $9 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019 primarily as a result of the acquisition of ICWG and Fix Auto during the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs decreased $1 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, driven by the decrease in conversions of acquired stores to the Take 5 brand offset by the increase of new company-operated store openings. There were 13 Take 5 company-operated store conversions and 17 new company-operated store openings in the nine months ended September 26, 2020, compared to 66 Take 5 store conversions and seven company-operated store openings in the nine months ended September 28, 2019.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $17 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, due to additional capitalizable fixed assets and definite-lived intangible assets obtained in recent acquisitions.

Asset Impairment Charges

We incurred $7 million in asset impairment charges during the nine months ended September 26, 2020, which consisted of $3 million related to the discontinuation of the Pro Oil trade name and $4 million related to the impairment of certain fixed assets and operating lease right-of-use assets at closed locations. There were no impairment charges associated with the on-going operations of the Pro Oil locations and these locations were rebranded under the Take 5 trade name.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended      Change  
(in thousands)    September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Interest expense, net

   $           64,973      $          39,823      $   25,150                63%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net increased $25 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, as a result of incremental Senior Notes issued in 2019 and 2020 and the amounts drawn on the 2019-3 Variable Funding Note during the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

 

     Nine Months Ended      Change  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Loss on debt extinguishment

   $          673        $          —        $          673                   100%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss on debt extinguishment represents charges incurred related to the Company’s repayment of a bridge loan which was used to help finance the Fix Auto acquisition. See Note 5 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus for additional information regarding our long-term debt activity.

 

95


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended      Change  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Income tax expense

   $          6,109        $          6,717        $        (608)                   (9%)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense decreased by approximately $1 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019. The effective income tax rate for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 was 65.2% compared to 26.8% for the nine months ended September 28, 2019. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily driven by $3 million of uncertain tax positions recorded in the period related to prior year Canadian tax positions, inclusive of interest and penalties of less than $1 million and certain non-deductible expenses in a foreign jurisdiction.

Segment Results of Operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019

We assess the performance of our segments based on Segment Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments for acquisition-related costs, store opening and closure costs, straight-line rent, equity compensation, loss on debt extinguishment and certain non-recurring, non-core, infrequent or unusual charges. Additionally, shared services costs are not allocated to these segments, as further described in footnote 6 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled metrics of other companies due to differences in methods of calculation.

Maintenance

 

     Nine months ended     Change  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
 

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 21,028     $ 23,678     $ (2,650     (11)%  

Company-operated store sales

     268,267       224,237       44,030       20%  

Supply and other revenue

     16,552       9,177       7,375       80%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 305,847     $ 257,092     $     48,755       19%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $         82,579     $         62,390     $ 20,189                32%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

System-Wide Sales

        

Franchised stores

   $         446,676     $         463,981     $ (17,305     (4)%  

Company-operated stores

     268,267       224,237               44,030       20%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 714,943     $ 688,218     $ 26,725       4%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Store Count

        

Franchised stores

     896       895       1       0%  

Company-operated stores

     475       446       29                7%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     1,371       1,341       30       2%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     (3.7 )%      7.5     N/A       N/A  

Maintenance revenue increased $49 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily driven by an increase in company-operated store sales from a combination of organic growth and tuck-in acquisitions. Tuck-in acquisitions increased company-operated store sales by approximately $31 million on a year-over-year basis, while new store development and

 

96


Table of Contents

organic growth contributed an additional $13 million on a year-over-year basis. The increase in company-operated store sales was partially offset by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on same store sales during the first half of 2020.

Maintenance Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $20 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily due to the addition of 29 company-operated stores year-over-year. Although company-operated store expenses increased $20 million driven by the store count increase, the company’s effective expense management resulted in increased profitability, as we reduced headcount and hours worked during the COVID-19 pandemic. We have continued to utilize a more efficient labor model at company-operated locations as sales increased during the third quarter of 2020.

Paint, Collision & Glass

 

     Nine months ended     Change  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
 

Franchise royalties and fees

   $         52,220     $         42,888     $ 9,332        22%  

Company-operated store sales

     21,613       7,173       14,440        201%  

Supply and other revenue

     47,287       46,713       574        1%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 121,120     $ 96,774     $ 24,346        25%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $         50,119     $         45,372     $         4,747                 10%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

System-Wide Sales

         

Franchised stores

   $ 1,377,587     $ 1,196,697     $ 180,890        15%  

Company-operated stores

     21,613       7,173       14,440        201%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 1,399,200     $ 1,203,870     $ 195,330        16%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Store Count

         

Franchised stores

     1,645       1,238       407        33%  

Company-operated stores

     31       2       29        N/M  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     1,676       1,240       436        35%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     (9.2 )%      3.1     N/A        N/A  

Paint, Collision & Glass revenue increased $24 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, driven by the addition of 29 company-operated stores and a $181 million increase in franchised system-wide sales, which was primarily due to the acquisitions of Uniban, ABRA and Fix Auto that occurred after September 28, 2019. The $14 million increase in company-operated store sales was due to the Uniban and Fix Auto acquisitions. These acquisitions increased system-wide sales by approximately $287 million year-over-year. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in same store sales due to a decrease in the volume of cars serviced during the first half of 2020 associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Paint, Collision & Glass Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $5 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, as a result of an additional $8 million of Adjusted EBITDA relating to the Uniban, Fix Auto and ABRA acquisitions. The increase from acquisitions was partially offset by the negative impact of COVID-19 on same store sales.

 

97


Table of Contents

Platform Services

 

     Nine months ended     Change  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
 

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 21,377     $ 20,319     $ 1,058        5%  

Company-operated store sales

     5,020       3,720       1,300        35%  

Supply and other revenue

     80,184       13,595       66,589        490%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  

 

$

 

106,581

 

 

 

 

$

 

37,634

 

 

 

 

$

 

68,947

 

 

  

 

 

 

183%

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  

 

$

 

        36,740

 

 

 

 

$

 

        19,422

 

 

 

 

$

 

        17,318

 

 

  

 

 

 

             89%

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

System-Wide Sales

         

Franchised stores

   $ 241,282     $ 233,422     $ 7,860        3%  

Company-operated stores

     5,020       3,720       1,300        35%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 246,302     $ 237,142     $ 9,160        4%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Store Count

         

Franchised stores

     198       198              —%  

Company-operated stores

     1       1              —%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     199       199              —%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     3.9     6.8     N/A        N/A  

Platform Services revenue increased $69 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily driven by our acquisitions of ATI and PH Vitres D’Autos during the fourth quarter of 2019. These acquisitions increased supply and other revenue by approximately $61 million on a year-over-year basis. In addition, supply and other revenue increased by approximately $5 million due to increased distribution volume from Spire Supply driven by continued Maintenance store count growth.

Platform Services Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $17 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, driven primarily by our acquisitions of ATI and PH Vitres D’Autos during the fourth quarter of 2019. These acquisitions provided $14 million of additional Segment Adjusted EBITDA, while the remainder of the increase was driven by same store sales growth at 1-800 Radiator primarily due to the continued success of our new product launches.

Results of Operations for 2019 Compared to 2018

To facilitate review of our results of operations, the following tables set forth our financial results for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations:

Revenue

 

(in thousands)    2019      2018      Change
2019 vs 2018
 

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 114,872      $ 108,040      $ 6,832       6%  

Company-operated store sales

     335,137        233,932        101,205       43%  

Advertising contributions

     66,270        72,792        (6,522     (9%)  

Supply and other revenue

     83,994        77,951        6,043       8%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $          600,273      $          492,715      $  107,558                   22%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchise Royalties and Fees

Franchise royalties and fees revenue increased $7 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. The year-over-year increase is primarily attributable to an increase in same store sales across all segments and an increase in

 

98


Table of Contents

franchised units, predominantly in the Paint, Collision & Glass segment. In addition, the Company’s acquisition of ABRA and Uniban during the fourth quarter of 2019 contributed $3 million of additional franchise royalties and fees revenue year-over-year.

Company-Operated Store Sales

Company-operated store sales increased $101 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. This increase was primarily driven by acquisitions completed during 2019, which contributed $73 million of additional company-operated store sales during 2019. This includes $55 million of additional company-operated stores sales from the eight tuck-in acquisitions in the Maintenance segment, $11 million from the acquisition of two CARSTAR franchised stores, and $8 million from the acquisition of Uniban. The remaining increase was driven by same store sales growth and company-operated store growth, primarily within the Maintenance segment.

Advertising Contributions

Advertising contributions decreased $7 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, driven by a change in the mix of franchisee contribution commitments year-over-year.

Supply and Other Revenue

Supply and other revenue increased $6 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 directly as a result of the acquisition of ATI and PH Vitres D’Autos, during the fourth quarter of 2019.

Operating Expenses

 

(in thousands)    2019      2018      Change
2019 vs 2018
 

Company-operated store expenses:

   $  218,988      $  159,244      $    59,744       38

Advertising expenses

     69,779        74,996        (5,217     (7 %) 

Supply and other expenses

     57,700        52,653        5,047       10

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     142,249        125,763        16,486       13

Acquisition costs

     11,595               11,595       100

Store opening costs

     5,721        2,045        3,676       180

Depreciation and amortization

     24,220        19,846        4,374       22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $            530,252      $            434,547      $   95,705                   22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-Operated Store Expenses

Company-operated store expenses increased $60 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. The impact of acquisitions on company-operated store expenses accounted for $51 million of such increase year-over-year, primarily driven by the tuck-in acquisitions for the Maintenance segment. The remaining increase was driven by same store sales growth of company-operated stores.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising expenses decreased $5 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily driven by a reduction in the contributions to the advertising funds. Further, in 2019 the payout of advertising funds was larger than contributions to the advertising funds.

Supply and Other Expenses

Supply and other expenses increased $5 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 directly as a result of the acquisition of ATI and PH Vitres D’Autos, during the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

99


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $16 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. The impact of acquisitions on selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $15 million of the year-over-year increase.

Acquisition Costs

We incurred acquisition costs in 2019 related to the 12 acquisitions we completed. We did not incur any acquisition costs in 2018.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs increased $4 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily driven by an increase in rebranding expenses related to brand conversion activity within the Maintenance segment. We converted 140 acquired stores to the Take 5 brand in 2019, which represented a year-over-year increase of 97 units. The Company typically incurs store opening costs when opening new company-operated stores and when converting acquired stores to one of its brands.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $4 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily as a result of our store growth, both through an increase in company-operated stores as well as through acquisitions in the Maintenance and Paint, Collision & Glass segments. Additional capitalizable fixed assets and definite-lived intangible assets obtained from acquisitions contributed $3 million of additional depreciation and amortization expense on a year-over-year basis.

Interest Expense, Net

 

(in thousands)    2019      2018      Change
    2019 vs 2018    
 

Interest expense, net

   $            56,846      $            41,758      $    15,088                    36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net increased $15 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 as a result of incremental Senior Notes issued during 2019.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

 

(in thousands)    2019      2018      Change
    2019 vs 2018    
 

Loss on debt extinguishment

   $                 595      $              6,543      $     (5,948               (91 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on debt extinguishment decreased $6 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, due to repayment of a prior debt facility, which was terminated in 2018 as part of the issuance of the 2018-1 Senior Notes (defined below). In 2018, approximately $5 million of debt issuance costs were written off to loss on debt extinguishment and approximately $2 million in breakage and legal fees were paid as part of terminating the prior debt facility. See Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus for additional information regarding our long-term debt activity.

Income Tax Expense

 

(in thousands)

   2019      2018      Change
    2019 vs 2018    
 

Income tax expense

   $             4,830      $             2,805      $             2,025                    72%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Income tax expense increased $2 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. The effective income tax rate for 2019 was 38.4% compared to 28.4% for 2018. The effective tax rate increased in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily as a result of the effect of a non-deductible advertising fund loss, non-deductible transaction costs, and adjustments to current and deferred tax balances.

Segment Results of Operations for 2019 Compared to 2018

We assess the performance of our segments based on Segment Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments for acquisition-related costs, store opening and closure costs, straight-line rent, equity compensation, loss on debt extinguishment and certain non-recurring, non-core, infrequent or unusual charges. Additionally, shared services costs are not allocated to these segments, as further described in footnote 7 to the audited financial statements. Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled metrics of other companies due to differences in methods of calculation.

Maintenance

 

(in thousands)

   2019      2018      Change  

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 31,548      $ 30,645      $ 903        3%  

Company-operated store sales

      311,201        220,344        90,857        41%  

Supply and other revenue

     13,433        11,675        1,758        15%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 356,182      $  262,664      $ 93,518        36%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $            81,732      $            61,440      $          20,292                      33%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

System-wide Sales

           

Franchised stores

   $ 612,866      $ 598,798      $ 14,068        2%  

Company-operated stores

     311,201        220,344        90,857        41%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 924,067      $ 819,142      $ 104,925        13%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Store Count

           

Franchised stores

     904        901        3        —%  

Company-operated stores

     458        304        154        51%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     1,362        1,205        157        13%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     7.0%        6.0%        N/A        N/A  

Maintenance revenue increased $94 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 driven by same store sales growth and an increase in store count from a combination of organic and acquisition growth. During 2019, we completed eight tuck-in acquisitions to expand our Maintenance footprint, which increased company-operated store sales by $55 million year-over-year.

Maintenance Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $20 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to growth in company-operated store sales from acquisitions and organic growth. This $91 million increase in company-operated store sales was partially offset by $59 million of additional company-operated stores expenses, $43 million of which were incurred as result of the acquisitions made in 2019, as well as incremental selling, general and administrative expenses related to our growth.

 

101


Table of Contents

Paint, Collision & Glass

 

(in thousands)

   2019      2018      Change  

Franchise royalties and fees

   $ 57,520      $ 54,668      $ 2,852       5%  

Company-operated store sales

      13,259        2,245        11,014       491%  

Supply and other revenue

     62,060        62,798        (738     (1)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 132,839      $  119,711      $ 13,128       11%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $            60,444      $            55,246      $          5,198                     9%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

System-wide Sales

          

Franchised stores

   $ 1,654,327      $ 1,473,797      $ 180,530       12%  

Company-operated stores

     13,259        2,245        11,014       491%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 1,667,586      $ 1,476,042      $ 191,544       13%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Store Count

          

Franchised stores

     1,511        1,185        326       28%  

Company-operated stores

     34        1        33       N/M  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     1,545        1,186        359       30%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     3.4%        5.1%        N/A       N/A  

Paint, Collision & Glass revenue increased $13 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily driven by $15 million of additional revenue from the acquisitions of Uniban, ABRA and two CARSTAR franchised stores. During 2019, we expanded into the glass services market through our acquisition of Uniban, and we continued to grow our collision services footprint through our acquisition of ABRA.

Paint, Collision & Glass Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $5 million in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily driven by $15 million of additional revenue due to the acquisitions of Uniban, ABRA and the CARSTAR stores. These revenue increases were partially offset by an increase in company-operated store expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses related to our growth.

Platform Services

 

(in thousands)

   2019      2018      Change  

Franchise royalties and fees

   $   25,804      $   22,727      $ 3,077        14%  

Company-operated store sales

     27,002        22,289        4,713        21%  

Supply and other revenue

     8,501        3,478        5,023        144%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 61,307      $ 48,494      $   12,813        26%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $              26,413      $              20,220      $ 6,193                    31%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

System-Wide Sales

           

Franchised stores

   $ 266,906      $ 258,793      $ 8,113        3%  

Company-operated stores

     27,002        22,289        4,713        21%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales

   $ 293,908      $ 281,082      $ 12,826        5%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Store Count

           

Franchised stores

     198        196        2        1%  

Company-operated stores

     1        1               —%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Store Count

     199        197        2        1%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Same Store Sales %

     7.3%        4.2%        N/A        N/A  

 

102


Table of Contents

Platform Services revenue increased $13 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily driven by same store sales growth at 1-800-Radiator and our acquisitions of ATI and PH Vitres D’Autos during the fourth quarter of 2019, which further enhance our ability to provide benefits to our brands through training and distribution services. The impact of acquisitions on the Platform Services segment accounted for $11 million of such increase in revenue year-over-year.

Platform Services Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $6 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 driven by $11 million of additional revenue year-over-year from acquisitions and same store sales growth at 1-800 Radiator. These increases were offset by additional supply and other expenses incurred as a result of the acquisitions.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flow from operations, supplemented with our long-term borrowings, have been sufficient to fund our operations while allowing us to make strategic investments to grow our business. We believe that our current sources of liquidity and capital resources, along with the proceeds of this offering, will be adequate to fund our operations, acquisitions, company-operated store development, other general corporate needs and the additional expenses we expect to incur as a public company for at least the next twelve months. We expect to continue to have access to the capital markets at acceptable terms, however this could be adversely affected by many factors, including a downgrade of our credit rating or a deterioration of certain financial ratios.

During the first quarter of 2020, the Company drew down the remaining $40 million available on its Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Notes in order to supplement liquidity in response to COVID-19. During the third quarter of 2020, the Company used the proceeds from the issuance of 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes to pay down the balance to zero. However, as the impact of COVID-19 on the economy and our operations evolves, we will continue to assess our liquidity needs. A disruption in our business for an extended period of time could materially affect our future access to sources of liquidity.

Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is subject to certain quantitative covenants related to debt service coverage and leverage ratios. As of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the Master Issuer was in compliance with all covenants under its agreements.

The following table illustrates the main components of our cash flows:

 

     Nine months ended     Fiscal year ended  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 66,455     $ 31,060     $ 41,372     $ 38,753  

Net cash used in investing activities

           (26,549           (150,301         (482,423           (17,799

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     111,161       402,200       446,530       (9,493

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     468       (263     (120     192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets

   $ 151,535     $ 282,696     $ 5,359     $ 11,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $66 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $31 million for the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily resulting from growth in operating income as well as an increase in net cash flow from changes in net working capital.

 

103


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $41 million for 2019 compared to $39 million for 2018, primarily resulting from higher operating profit and the positive impact of year-over-year movements in advertising fund activity, partially offset by higher interest expense from incremental debt issuances and higher inventory in the Maintenance segment.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $27 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to $150 million for the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily resulting from a decreased level of cash paid for acquisitions during the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019.

For the nine months ended September 26, 2020, we invested $35 million in capital expenditures, compared to $16 million for the nine months ended September 28, 2019. This increase is mostly due to an increased level of company-operated store openings in the nine months ended September 26, 2020, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2019, as well as the timing of cash payments made related to company-operated store openings at the end of 2019, as well as increased expenditures related to the maintenance of our existing store base and technology initiatives. Maintenance capital expenditures represented $5 million of the $35 million in total capital expenditures in the nine months ended September 26, 2020 as compared to $1 million of the $16 million in total capital expenditures in the nine months ended September 28, 2019.

Net cash used in investing activities was $482 million for 2019 compared to $18 million for 2018, primarily resulting from the Company’s increased acquisition activity in 2019. The impact of acquisitions on net cash used in investing activities contributed $454 million to such change year-over-year.

Additionally, in 2019, we invested $28 million in capital expenditures, compared to $22 million in 2018. Capital expenditures in 2019 primarily related to building new company-operated stores, remodeling existing or acquired company-operated stores, maintaining our existing store base, and executing on technology initiatives. Maintenance capital expenditures comprised $2 million of the $28 million in total capital expenditures in 2019 and $2 million of the $22 million in total capital expenditures in 2018.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $111 million for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 compared to $402 million for the nine months ended September 28, 2019, primarily resulting from incremental Senior Notes issued during 2019 partially offset by a cash dividend of $163 million distributed to Driven Investor, LLC during 2019. See Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus for additional information regarding the Series 2019-1 debt transaction.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $447 million for 2019 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $9 million for 2018, primarily resulting from the Company’s issuance of long-term debt during 2019.

 

104


Table of Contents

Long-term Debt

Our long-term debt obligations consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)    September 26,
2020
    December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Series 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

   $ 389,500     $ 392,575     $     396,675  

Series 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     43,088       43,425       43,875  

Series 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     268,125       270,188       272,938  

Series 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     294,750       297,000        

Series 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     272,250       274,312        

Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-1

           59,499        

Series 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     174,563              

Car Wash First Lien Term Loans

     499,599              

Car Wash Second Lien Term Loans

     156,392              

Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility

     20,000              

Other debt(1)

     9,141              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     2,127,408       1,336,999       713,488  

Less: debt issuance cost

     (29,316     (22,036     (12,257

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (21,045     (13,050     (7,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net

   $  2,077,047     $  1,301,913     $ 693,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amount primarily consists of finance lease obligations.

Amounts issued under our securitized debt facility as Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes”); Series 2016-1 6.125% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes”); Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes”); Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes”); Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes”); and Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (“2019-3 Securitization VFN”); and Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (“2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes”) are each defined further below. In addition, amounts assumed in our acquisition of ICWG, which include the Car Wash First and Second Lien Term Loans, as well as the Car Wash Revolving Debt Facility, are defined further below. For further information about our long-term debt obligations, see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus.

2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes

On July 31, 2015, the Master Issuer issued $410 million 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes. The 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2045; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and guaranteed by Driven Funding Holdco, LLC and various subsidiaries of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, also became secured by substantially all assets of the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes, and guaranteed by Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation (“Driven Canada Holdco”) and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer (collectively, the “Securitization Entities”). The Company capitalized $9 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

 

105


Table of Contents

2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes

On May 20, 2016, the Master Issuer issued $45 million 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes. The 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2046; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes, and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities (including, as of July 6, 2020, Driven Canada Holdco and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer). The Company capitalized $2 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes

On April 24, 2018, the Master Issuer issued $275 million 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes. The 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of April 20, 2048; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2025, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes, and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities (including, as of July 6, 2020, Driven Canada HoldCo and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer). The Company capitalized $7 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes

On March 19, 2019, the Master Issuer issued $300 million 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes. $90 million of the proceeds of the issuance of the 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes on the issuance day were used to fund a deposit into the 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account. The 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account could be drawn based on growth of the Company and to fund eligible acquisitions if certain covenant criteria were met. As of December 28, 2019, all proceeds from the 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account were drawn based on growth, and the funds were used primarily to complete 2019 acquisitions. The 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of April 20, 2049; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2026, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes, and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities (including, as of July 6, 2020, Driven Canada HoldCo and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer). The Company capitalized $6 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes

On September 17, 2019, the Master Issuer issued $275 million 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes. $75 million of the proceeds of the issuance of the 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes on the issuance day were used to fund a deposit into the 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account. The 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account could be drawn based on the growth of the Company and to fund eligible acquisitions if certain criteria were met. As of December 28, 2019, all proceeds from the 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account were drawn based on growth, and the funds were used primarily to complete 2019 acquisitions. The 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of October 20, 2049; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of October 20, 2026, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes, and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities (including, as of July 6, 2020, Driven Canada HoldCo and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer). The Company capitalized $6 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes.

 

106


Table of Contents

2019-3 Variable Funding Note Securitization Senior Notes

On December 11, 2019, the Master Issuer issued the 2019-3 Securitization VFN pursuant to a revolving commitment for an amount up to $115 million. As of December 28, 2019, $59 million was drawn. As of September 26, 2020, no amounts were drawn under the 2019-3 Securitization VFN, and a $17 million Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had been issued to reserve for any shortfalls in interest on the Master Issuer’s and Canadian Co-Issuer’s long-term securitized debt or commitment fees payable. The 2019-3 Securitization VFN has a final legal maturity date of January 20, 2050. The commitment under the 2019-3 Securitization VFN expires on July 20, 2022 and is subject to three one-year extensions at the election of the managers of the Master Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. The 2019-3 Securitization VFN is secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and, as of July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer, which also became a co-issuer of the 2019-3 Securitization VFN, and is guaranteed by the Securitization Entities (including, as of July 6, 2020, Driven Canada HoldCo and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer). The Master Co-Issuers may elect for interest under the 2019-3 Securitization VFN to equal either the Base Rate plus an applicable margin or the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable margin. The Company capitalized $1 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-3 Securitization VFN.

2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes

On July 6, 2020, the Master Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer issued $175 million 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes. The 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2050; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2027, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Co-Issuers and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities. The Company capitalized $11 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities

On October 3, 2017, Shine Acquisition Co. S.à r.l. and Boing US Holdco, Inc. entered into (1) that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017, as amended and restated on April 10, 2018 (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), by and among Shine Holdco III Limited (“Shine Holdco III”), Shine Acquisition Co Limited (“Shine Bidco”), Shine Acquisition Co. S.à r.l. (“Car Wash Lux Borrower”), Boing US Holdco, Inc. (“Car Wash US Borrower” and, together with the Car Wash Lux Borrower, the “Car Wash Borrowers”), the lenders party thereto from time to time, which consists of a $545 million term loan (“Car Wash First Lien Term Loans”) and a $75 million revolving credit commitment (the “Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility”) and (2) that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017, as amended and restated on April 10, 2018 (the “Car Wash Second Lien Credit Agreement” and, together with the Car Wash First Lien Credit Agreement, the “Car Wash Senior Credit Agreements”), by and among Shine Holdco III, Shine Bidco, the Car Wash Borrowers, the lenders party thereto from time to time, which consists of a $175 million term loan (“Car Wash Second Lien Term Loans” and, together with the Car Wash First Lien Term Loans, the “Car Wash Term Loans”). We refer to the Car Wash First Lien Credit Agreement and the Car Wash Second Lien Credit Agreement as the “Car Wash Senior Credit Agreements.”

The Car Wash First Lien Term Loans will mature on October 3, 2024, the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility will mature on October 3, 2022, and the Car Wash Second Lien Term Loans will mature on October 3, 2025. The Car Wash First Lien Term Loans require scheduled quarterly payments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans, with the balance due at maturity. The Car Wash Second Lien Term Loans do not require scheduled quarterly payments, and the entire balance is payable at maturity. Borrowings under the Car Wash Term Loans bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR, or EURIBOR, as applicable, or the base rate, subject to an interest rate floor plus an applicable margin rate. Borrowings under the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal

 

107


Table of Contents

to, at the Company’s option, either LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR, or EURIBOR, as applicable, or the base rate plus an applicable margin rate, which is subject to two step-downs based on certain specified net first lien leverage ratios. In addition, on a quarterly basis, the Company is required to pay each lender under the Revolving Credit Facility a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments thereunder at a rate of 0.50% per annum, subject to one step-down based on a certain specified net first lien leverage ratio.

We intend to repay in full the indebtedness under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities with the proceeds of this offering and terminate such facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Income Tax Receivable Agreement

Following our initial public offering, we expect to be able to utilize certain tax benefits which are related to periods prior to the initial public offering, which we therefore attribute to our existing stockholders. We expect that these tax benefits (i.e., the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits) will reduce the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay in the future. We will enter into an income tax receivable agreement and thereby distribute to our existing stockholders the right to receive payment by us of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax that we and our subsidiaries actually realize as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

For purposes of the income tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by reference to the reduction in the liability for income taxes resulting from the utilization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. The term of the income tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits have been utilized, accelerated or expired.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. The securitized debt facility may restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement because of restrictions under our outstanding indebtedness, such payments will be deferred and will generally accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum until paid. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement for any other reason, such payments will generally accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum until paid.

The payments that we may be required to make under the income tax receivable agreement to our existing stockholders may be significant and are not reflected in the contractual obligations table set forth above as they are dependent upon future taxable income. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of our commitments and contingencies as of December 28, 2019 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)   Total     Within 1
Year
    2 to 3
Years
    4 to 5
Years
    After 5
Years
 

Long-term debt obligations, including interest(1)

  $  1,599,191     $  78,163     $  570,218     $  101,177     $  849,633  

Operating lease commitments(2)

    435,412       43,480       81,004       74,161       236,767  

Sublease rentals(3)

    32,738       8,140       11,695       6,130       6,773  

 

(1)

Represents expected Senior Notes debt principal repayments for the next five fiscal years and thereafter assuming repayment at maturity. Includes interest expense and servicing fees, commitment fees, and

 

108


Table of Contents
  administrative fees related to long-term debt obligations. Assumes a weighted-average borrowing rate of 4.712%.
(2)

The Company and its subsidiaries have non-cancelable operating lease agreements for the rental of office space, company-operated shops, and office equipment.

(3)

The Company’s subsidiaries enter into certain lease agreements with owners of real property in order to sublet the leased premises to its franchisees.

Subsequent to December 28, 2019, material changes in the Company’s contractual obligations included issuance of 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes and in connection with our acquisition of ICWG, the assumption of operating lease commitments and the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities. See further details related to the operating lease commitments assumed from ICWG in Footnote 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Further details of the long-term debt assumed from ICWG is detailed in “Long-Term Debt” above.

The payments that we may be required to make under the income tax receivable agreement to our existing stockholders may be significant and are not reflected in the contractual obligations table set forth above as they are dependent upon future taxable income. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Income Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity and capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, our management evaluates its estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, insurance reserves, valuation of intangible assets including goodwill, revenue recognition, and equity-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Changes in our accounting policies and estimates could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition for any particular period. We believe that our most critical accounting policies and estimates are:

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We closely monitor our accounts and notes receivables balances, and we make ongoing estimates relating to the collectability of our receivables and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. These estimates are based on, among other factors, historical collection experience and review of our receivables aging by category of revenue and/or customer type. Additionally, we may also provide allowances for uncollectible receivables based on judgments made about the creditworthiness of significant customers derived from ongoing credit evaluations.

While write-offs of bad debts have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, management cannot guarantee that future write-offs will not exceed historical rates. Specifically, if the financial condition of our franchisees were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

 

109


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We estimate certain components of our provision for income taxes. Our estimates and judgments include, among other items, the calculations used to determine the deferred tax asset and liability balances, effective tax

rates for state and local income taxes, uncertain tax positions, amounts deductible for tax purposes, and related reserves. We adjust our annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. Further, our assessment of uncertain tax positions requires judgments relating to the amounts, timing and likelihood of resolution.

We account for income taxes under the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects on deferred tax assets and liabilities of subsequent changes in the tax laws and rates are recognized in income during the year the changes are enacted.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

We follow the applicable authoritative guidance with respect to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in our consolidated financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. We record any interest and penalties associated as additional income tax expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

Insurance Reserves

We are partially self-insured for employee medical coverage. We record a liability for the ultimate settlement of claims incurred as of the balance sheet date based upon estimates provided by the third-party that administers the claims on our behalf. We also review historical payment trends and knowledge of specific claims in determining the reasonableness of the reserve. Adjustments to the reserve are made when the facts and circumstances of the underlying claims change. If the actual settlements of the medical claims are greater than the estimated amount, additional expense will be recognized.

Valuation of Intangible Assets Including Goodwill

Intangible assets represent trademarks, franchise agreements, license agreements, membership agreements, customer relationships, developed technology, favorable lease assets, and unfavorable lease liabilities. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized. Amortizable intangible assets are tested for impairment if events occur that suggest the assets may not be recoverable.

There was a $3 million impairment charge incurred during the nine months ended September 26, 2020 related to the discontinuation of the use of the Pro Oil tradename. Based on our most recent assessment, we believe no other impairment existed for the nine months ended September 26, 2020. In addition, we believe no impairment existed in 2019 and 2018.

We test goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter. Furthermore, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are required to be tested for impairment on an interim basis if an event or circumstance indicates that it is more-likely-than-not an impairment loss has occurred. We compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded as the amount by which the

 

110


Table of Contents

carrying amount exceeds fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and projections of future operating performance. If these assumptions differ materially from future results, we may record impairment charges in the future.

Revenue Recognition

Franchise royalties and fees: Franchisees are required to pay an upfront license fee prior to the opening of a location. The initial license payment received is recognized ratably over the life of the franchise agreement. Franchisees will also pay continuing royalty fees, at least monthly, based on a percentage of the store level retail sales or a flat amount, depending on the brand. The royalty income is recognized as the underlying sales occur. In addition to the initial fees and royalties, the Company also recognizes revenue associated with development fees charged to franchisees, which are recognized as income over the life of the associated franchise agreement. Development fees relate to the right of a franchisee to open additional locations in an agreed upon territory.

Company-operated store sales: Company-operated store sales are recognized, net of sales discounts, upon delivery of services and the service-related product. Customers also have the ability to purchase car wash club memberships that allow a customer unlimited washes for the duration of the membership. The Company recognizes revenue from these membership programs on a straight-line basis over the membership term. We also sell gift cards. Sales proceeds are recognized as a contract liability; the liability is reduced and revenue is recognized when the gift card subsequently is redeemed for services. Breakage on unredeemed gift card balances is estimated and recognized as revenue using the proportional method based on historical redemption patterns.

Independently-operated store sales: Independently-operated store sales are recognized, net of sales discounts, upon delivery of services and the service-related product.

Advertising: Franchised and company-operated stores are generally required to contribute advertising dollars according to the terms of their respective contract (typically based on a percentage of sales) that are used for, among other activities, advertising the brand on a national and local basis, as determined by the brand’s franchisor. This advertising fee revenue is recognized as the underlying sales occur. Revenues and expenses related to these advertising collections and expenditures are reported on a gross basis in our condensed consolidated statements of income.

Supply and other: Supply and other revenue includes revenue related to product sales, vendor incentive revenue, insurance licensing fees, store leases, software maintenance fees and automotive training services revenue. Supply and other revenue is recognized once title of goods is transferred to franchisees, as the sales of the related products occur, or ratably. Insurance licensing fee revenue is generated when the Company is acting as an agent on behalf of its franchisees and is recognized once title of goods is transferred to franchisees. The insurance license revenue is presented net of any related expense with any residual revenue reflecting the management fee the Company charges for the program. Vendor incentive revenue is recognized as sales of the related product occur. Store lease revenue is recognized ratably over the underlying property lease term. Software maintenance fee revenue is recognized monthly in connection with providing and servicing software. Automotive training services provided to third party shop owner/operators in accordance with agreed upon contract terms. These contracts may be for one-time shop visits or agreements to receive access to education and training programs for multiple years. For one-time shop visits, revenue is recognized at the time the service is rendered. For the multi-year education and training contracts, revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term.

Assets Recognized from the Costs to Obtain a Contract with a Customer: We applied a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract when the amortization period would have been one year or less. We record contract assets for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if we expect the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year and if such costs are material. Commission expenses, a primary cost associated with the sale of franchise licenses, are amortized to selling, general and administrative

 

111


Table of Contents

expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income ratably over the life of the associated franchise agreement.

Contract Balances: We generally record a contract liability when cash is provided for a contract with a customer before we have performed our obligations of the contract. This includes cash payments for initial franchise fees as well as upfront payments on store owner consulting and education contracts. Franchise fees and shop owner consulting contract payments are recognized over the life of the agreement, which range from five to twenty and three to four year terms, respectively.

Equity-based Compensation

On April 17, 2015, Driven Investor LLC (“Parent”) entered into a limited liability company agreement (the “Equity Plan”). The Equity Plan, among other things, established the ownership of certain membership units in the Parent and defined the distribution rights and allocations of profits and losses associated with those membership units. We recognize expense related to the fair value of equity-based compensation over the service period (generally the vesting period) in the consolidated financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date.

The grant date fair value of all incentive units is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The pricing model requires assumptions, which include the expected life of the profits interests, the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and expected volatility of our units over the expected life, which significantly impacts the assumed fair value. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

The expected term of the incentive units is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at the grant date. Volatility is based on the historical volatility of several public entities that are similar to the Company, as the Company does not have sufficient historical transactions of its own units on which to base expected volatility.

We engage third-party valuation experts to assist in the valuation of our incentive units. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The assumptions underlying our valuations represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

Application of New Accounting Standards

See Note 1 of the Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting standards.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks which exist as part of our ongoing business operations. In addition to inflationary pressures, we are exposed to changes in interest rates, price volatility for certain commodities, and changes in currency exchange rates. As a policy, we do not engage in speculative transactions, nor do we hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

112


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our financing activities used to fund business operations. Primary exposures include movements in LIBOR. The nature and amount of our long-term debt can be expected to vary as a result of future business requirements, market conditions and other factors. We have attempted to minimize this risk by issuing primarily fixed rate debt instruments on our securitization senior notes and for the first and second lien term notes assumed from ICWG, which have a variable interest rate, we have interest rate swap agreements to hedge our risk to changes in LIBOR.

As of December 28, 2019, the outstanding balance on the 2019-3 VFN was subject to variable interest rates. As of September 26, 2020, our only exposure to variable interest rates are the First and Second Lien Term Notes, as well as the Revolving Credit Facility, assumed from ICWG. Upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness assumed from ICWG.

The Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. We have negotiated terms in consideration of this discontinuation and do not expect that the discontinuation of the LIBOR rate, including any legal or regulatory changes made in response to its future phase out, will have a material impact on our liquidity or results of operations. Refer to “Risk Factors” section within this Registration Statement for a discussion of risks related to the expected discontinuation of LIBOR.

Commodity Risk

We purchase certain products in the normal course of business, including motor oil, paint, and consumables, the costs of which are affected by global commodity prices.

Generally, our contracts with suppliers are not fixed, meaning we could be exposed to supplier-imposed price increases. However, we attempt to mitigate this risk through contract renegotiations or by passing along price increases to our end customers.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We are exposed to market risk due to changes in currency exchange rate fluctuations for revenues generated by our operations in Canada, Europe, and Australia, which can adversely impact our net income and cash flows. Our statement of income and balance sheet accounts are also impacted by the re-measurement of non-functional currency transactions, such as intercompany loans denominated in foreign currency. Further, as part of the acquisition of ICWG, we assumed First and Second Lien Term loans that are subject to foreign currency exchange risk. We have attempted to minimize this risk for the First and Second Lien Debt with a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement to hedge our risk to changes between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. We intend to repay in full the indebtedness under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities with the proceeds of this offering and terminate such facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Impact of Inflation

Inflation did not have a significant overall effect on our annual results of operations during 2019 or 2018, or for the nine months ended September 26, 2020. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

113


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Driven Brands’ Overview

Driven Brands is the largest automotive services company in North America with a growing and highly-franchised base of more than 4,100 locations across 49 U.S. states and 14 international countries. Our scaled, diversified platform fulfills an extensive range of core consumer and commercial automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass, vehicle repair, oil change, maintenance and car wash. Driven Brands provides a breadth of high-quality and high-frequency services to a wide range of customers who rely on their cars in all economic environments to get to work and in many other aspects of their daily lives. Our asset-light business model generates consistent recurring revenue and strong operating margins, and requires limited maintenance capital expenditures. Our significant free cash flow generation and capital-efficient growth results in meaningful shareholder value creation. Our diversified platform of needs-based service offerings has delivered twelve consecutive years of positive same store sales growth including throughout the Great Recession, and from 2015 to 2019 we grew our revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at a CAGR of 37% and 22%, respectively.

We have a portfolio of highly recognized brands that compete in the large, recession-resistant and highly-fragmented automotive care industry, which was estimated to be a $300+ billion market in the U.S. in 2019, and has exhibited favorable long-term growth trends. Our U.S. industry is underpinned by a large, growing car parc of more than 275 million vehicles, and is expected to continue its long-term growth trajectory given (i) consumers more frequently outsourcing automotive services due to vehicle complexity; (ii) increases in average repair costs, (iii) average age of the car on the road getting older and (iv) long-term increases in annual miles traveled. Outside of North America, our international business has a proud 55-year history providing express-style conveyor car wash services across Europe and Australia. Our network generated approximately $600 million in revenue from approximately $3 billion in system-wide sales in 2019. Including ICWG for 2019, our network would have serviced 50 million vehicles across a diverse mix of customers, with approximately 50% of our system-wide sales coming from retail customers and approximately 50% coming from commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. Our success is driven in large part by our mutually beneficial relationships with more than 2,500 individual franchisees and independent operators. Our scale, geographic breadth, and best-in-class shared services provide significant competitive platform advantages, and we believe that we are well positioned to increase our market share through continued organic and acquisition growth.

The Driven Brands’ platform enables our portfolio of brands to be stronger together than they are apart. We have invested heavily in the creation of unique and powerful shared services, which provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. Our locations are strengthened by ongoing training initiatives, targeted marketing enhancements, procurement savings, and cost efficiencies, driving revenue and profitability growth for both Driven Brands and for our franchisees. Our performance is further enhanced by a data analytics engine of approximately 18 billion data elements informed by customers across our thousands of locations at every transaction. Our platform advantages combined with our brand heritage, dedicated marketing funds, culture of innovation, and best-in-class management team have positioned us as a leading automotive services provider and the consolidator of choice in North America.

Driven Brands has a long track record of delivering strong growth through consistent same store sales performance, store count growth, and acquisitions. All of our brands produce highly-compelling unit-level economics and cash-on-cash returns, which results in recurring and growing income for Driven Brands and for our healthy and growing network of franchisees, and we have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020. Our organic growth is complemented by a consistent and repeatable M&A strategy, having completed more than 40 acquisitions since 2015. Notably, in August 2020 we acquired ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrating our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A. Within our existing service categories, we believe we have enormous whitespace, with over 12,000 potential locations across North America alone. We are only in first gear.

 

114


Table of Contents

RECENT GROWTH AND PERFORMANCE

We believe our historical success in driving revenue and profit growth is underpinned by our highly-recognized brands, dedicated marketing funds, exceptional in-store execution, franchisee support, and ability to provide a wide range of high-quality services for our retail and commercial customers. Following the acquisition of the Company by affiliates of Roark in early 2015, we made significant investments in our shared services and data analytics capabilities, which has enabled us to accelerate our growth, as evidenced by the following achievements from 2015 through 2019:

 

   

Increased our total store count from 2,306 to 3,106, at a CAGR of 8%

 

   

Increased revenue from $168 million* to $600 million(1), at a CAGR of 37%

 

   

Increased system-wide sales from $1.4 billion to $2.9 billion, at a CAGR of 19%

 

   

Grew same store sales at an average annual rate of 4.2%

 

   

Increased net income from $3 million* to $8 million

 

   

Increased Adjusted Net Income from $18 million* to $37 million, at a CAGR of 20%

 

   

Increased Adjusted EBITDA from $53 million* to $119 million, at a CAGR of 22%

 

   

Including ICWG from the first day of our 2019 fiscal year, we would have generated revenue of $936 million, system-wide sales of $3.2 billion, net loss of $23 million and Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(2) of $244 million

 

STORE COUNT**  

REVENUE**

($MM)

 

SYSTEM-WIDE SALES**

($BN)

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)

As described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, we adopted the new revenue recognition standard during the annual period beginning on December 31, 2017. Prior to that time, advertising contributions and related expenditures were not included in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenue for 2019 is inclusive of advertising contributions totaling $66 million in accordance with our adoption of the new revenue recognition standard. The inclusion of advertising contributions in 2019 revenue was responsible for three percentage points of the CAGR from 2015 to 2019.

(2)

Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 includes the impact of the ICWG Acquisition and other businesses acquired in 2019 as if such acquisitions had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year.

* 

These metrics for fiscal 2015 represent pro forma revenue, pro forma net income, pro forma Adjusted Net Income, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA after giving effect to the acquisition of Driven Holdings LLC by the Company on April 17, 2015, as if it occurred at the beginning of our 2015 fiscal year. See “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of 2015 pro forma net income, pro forma Adjusted Net Income, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.

**

Pro forma 2019 amounts include the impact of the ICWG Acquisition as if it had been completed on the first day of our 2019 fiscal year.

 

115


Table of Contents

Our financial performance and business model are highly resilient across economic cycles, as demonstrated by 12 consecutive years of consistent positive same store sales growth, including growth through the Great Recession. In addition, our highly-franchised business model generates consistent, recurring revenue and significant and predictable free cash flow, and we are insulated from the operating cost variability of our franchised locations. The operating costs of franchised locations are borne by the franchisees themselves, and our international locations outside North America utilize an independent operator model whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes.

Same Store Sales Growth(1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Prior to Fiscal 2018, same store sales growth was presented pro forma for acquired locations based on available information. Beginning in Fiscal 2018, we modified our same store sales calculation to treat acquired locations as comparable after they have been a part of Driven Brands for 12 months.

Our Opportunity: The Large, Growing, Recession-Resistant Highly Fragmented Auto Services Industry

The highly-fragmented U.S. automotive care industry, estimated to be a $300+ billion market in 2019, provides critical needs-based services and replacement components, accessories, and equipment to vehicle owners after initial sale. The core of the industry is a large and growing car parc of more than 275 million vehicles in operation (“VIO”), with an average vehicle age of 12 years. Our VIO sweet spot for repairs and maintenance is the population of vehicles 6 years or older that are outside of manufacturers’ warranty periods and represent the majority of the car parc. This expanding pool of older vehicles consistently requires a variety of on-going services to remain operable. As a result, the industry has experienced stable and predictable long-term growth trends driven by non-discretionary and non-cyclical demand from end customers who need their vehicles every day.

The U.S. automotive care industry has a long track record of consistent growth, having grown at a 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2019, and a 4% CAGR from 2014 to 2019. We believe numerous secular tailwinds will continue to drive predictable long-term industry growth. The addressable market of vehicles in operation is projected to grow along with the average vehicle age, all of which increase the needs for vehicle maintenance and repair. Increasing vehicle complexity is driving higher cost of repairs and greater consumer reliance on “do-it-for-me” (“DIFM”) service providers with specialized knowledge, tools and equipment. These trends continue to drive an increased need for professional DIFM services, premiumization of certain products such as higher-cost motor oils to sustain performance, and increasing average repair order.

In addition to the benefits of the growing car parc and shift in consumer preference towards DIFM, the car wash industry also uniquely benefits from the affordability and frequency-of-use of the services provided. Since August 2020, Driven Brands operates in the automated segment of the car wash industry, which accounts for approximately 70% of the total U.S. car wash industry, and which has grown at a 5.2% CAGR in the U.S.

 

116


Table of Contents

between 2015 and 2020, outpacing the 2.5% CAGR of the overall U.S. car wash industry over the same timeframe. Driven Brands’ express-style conveyer car wash services provide a very quick and convenient experience relative to other non-automated car wash services, such as handwashing, and ensures a safe and comfortable experience as the consumer remains in their vehicle during the wash.

All of these secular tailwinds play to Driven Brands’ advantage as the largest automotive services platform in North America. We believe that as a large, scaled chain, Driven Brands will continue to gain market share from independent market participants due to our ability to invest in the required technology, infrastructure, and equipment to service more complex cars, as well as preferences from insurance carriers and fleet operators to work with nationally scaled and recognized chains with broad geographic coverage, extensive service offerings, strong operating metrics and centralized billing services. In addition to services that are essential for vehicles to remain operable, including collision, oil change and repairs, we also provide services through our car wash segment that make consumers feel great about maintaining their vehicles, with a highly convenient, safe and affordable experience.

The automotive services industry is highly fragmented, comprised primarily of regional and locally owned and operated independent shops, and offers a significant consolidation opportunity across our segments.

 

U.S. Addressable Market for Driven Brands’ Three Largest Segments

 

 

Maintenance(1)(2)

  

Car Wash(1)(2)(3)

   Paint, Collision & Glass(2)(4)

LOGO

  

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

Highly fragmented industry with top 10 companies representing ~15% of market share(1)(2)

   

Highly fragmented conveyer car wash industry with top 10 companies representing ~5% market share (1)(2(3)

   

Highly fragmented industry with top 5 companies representing ~15% of market share(2)(4)

 

 

(1)

Percentage of market share based on aggregate store count.

(2)

Based on management estimates using internal knowledge in addition to information derived from third party sources. See “Industry and Market Data.”

(3)

$9 billion car wash market size represents total car wash industry. Market share figures are based on the share of conveyor car wash location count only rather than share of total car wash industry.

(4)

Percentage of market share based on aggregate store count, except for the glass repair component of the Paint, Collision & Glass segment, which is based on revenue.

Automotive Service Industry Tailwinds

Large and Growing Pool of Older Vehicles: Our addressable market of U.S. VIO is significant at over 275 million vehicles and is expected to approach 300 million by 2024. As VIO has steadily increased, the average vehicle age has also climbed driven by improved vehicle quality and consumer willingness to invest in vehicle repair and maintenance. Our VIO sweet spot is the population of vehicles 6 years or older that are outside of the manufacturers’ warranty period and represent the majority of the car parc. Strong growth in new vehicle sales since 2013 provide visibility to future growth of vehicles that are six years or older. These trends contribute to a rise in the use of vehicle maintenance and repair services as vehicles generally require more frequent repairs with age, which supports increased volumes through our retail platform.

 

117


Table of Contents

Increasing Vehicle Complexity and Average Repair Order: Vehicle design has become increasingly complex in recent years as automotive manufacturers seek to use technology, including safety features and engine advancements, as a point of differentiation. One such technology is Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (“ADAS”) that uses multiple sensing modalities and electronics to automate safety features. The increased prevalence of ADAS is driven by automakers’ and consumers’ demand for increased road safety. The high levels of complexity associated with ADAS requires professional DIFM repair and maintenance services, and typically requires calibration procedures to ensure performance. Calibration of ADAS sensors requires specialized knowledge and equipment that large, well-capitalized chains are best equipped to provide. The proliferation of vehicle technology has increased the average repair cost within the collision sector to approximately $3,200 in 2019 from approximately $2,400 in 2009, a 33% increase over the period. Additionally, vehicle manufacturers are utilizing advanced engine technology in new vehicles. These modern engines increasingly require higher-cost synthetic motor oils to sustain performance, driving industry-wide premiumization for oil change services. Increasing vehicle complexity combined with the premiumization of products utilized is driving a trend towards increased customer spend per visit and rising vehicle repair costs.

Non-Discretionary, Needs-Based Nature of Services: Automobile services are non-discretionary and less correlated to economic cycles than broader consumer spending, as demonstrated by the industry’s track record of historical growth. Unlike consumer purchases that can be deferred, vehicle repair and regular maintenance services are critical for safe vehicle operation. For the majority of U.S. consumers, a vehicle is the primary mode of transportation and vehicle downtime can have a costly impact. This is particularly relevant for fleet vehicles that heavily rely on high utilization to generate economic returns, and any downtime increases a fleets’ total cost of ownership. Our platform provides essential repair and maintenance services to retail and commercial customers that keep vehicles operating safely on the road.

Long Term Miles Driven Trends: Miles driven is a key indicator of broader car parc usage and general vehicle maintenance needs, with over 3 trillion miles driven by U.S. consumers in 2019. Each vehicle manufacturer publishes a recommended maintenance schedule based on specific vehicle characteristics, and most schedules are a function of miles driven. Higher vehicle utilization not only increases the frequency of maintenance, but also increases longer term wear and tear which ultimately results in a higher repair occurrence and helps drive volume through our service locations.

Our Competitive Strengths and Strategic Differentiation

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and enable us to profitably grow our leading market position and drive our continued success.

We Provide an Extensive Suite of Services Retail and Commercial Customers Consistently Need

We believe Driven Brands is the only automotive services platform of scale providing an extensive suite of services to its customers. Our diversified platform is uniquely capable of offering a compelling and convenient service proposition to our customers by providing a wide breadth of services for all vehicle types and across multiple service categories including paint, collision, glass, repair, oil change, maintenance and car wash. Our diverse offerings span a wide range of price points and most of our services are non-discretionary and essential to the customer in any economic environment. Our network generated approximately $600 million in revenue from approximately $3 billion in system-wide sales in 2019. Including ICWG for the full 2019 fiscal year, our network would have serviced 50 million vehicles across a diverse mix of customers, with approximately 50% of our system-wide sales coming from retail customers and approximately 50% coming from commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. For our commercial customers, we offer a compelling value proposition by providing a “one-stop-shop” for their many automotive service needs through our global footprint of more than 4,100 locations offering an extensive range of complementary and needs-based services.

 

118


Table of Contents
2019 REVENUE BY SEGMENT(1)   PRO FORMA 2019 REVENUE BY SEGMENT(1)(2)
LOGO   LOGO

 

(1)

Excludes advertising revenue and intercompany eliminations.

(2)

Percentages calculated using historical segment revenues for Maintenance, Paint, Collision & Glass and Platform Services and pro forma revenue of ICWG for fiscal 2019.

Platform of Highly Recognized and Long-Standing Brands

We are the largest diversified automotive services platform in North America, and our brands have been providing quality services to retail and commercial customers around the world for over 350 years combined. We believe that the longevity and awareness of our brands, tenure of our franchisees, and the quality and value of our offerings resonate deeply with our customers. Maaco and Meineke have been operating since 1972 and are two of the most recognizable brands in the industry. In addition, Take 5 and ABRA have been operating since 1984, and CARSTAR has been in operation since 1989. CARSTAR and ABRA are also highly regarded by our insurance carrier customers featuring Net Promoter Scores of 85 and 87, respectively. Our brands are supported by over 250 highly qualified Driven Brands field operations team members that provide training and operational expertise to our franchisees and company-operated and independently-operated locations to help them deliver best-in-class customer service and drive strong financial performance. Additionally, our brands are supplemented by our continuous brand investment, with more than $1 billion having been spent on marketing over our 45 year history. Our deep and ongoing investment in training, operations and marketing has enabled our brands to stay highly relevant in the evolving marketplace and has helped position our locations as the “go to” destination for our retail and commercial customers’ automotive service needs.

Powerful Shared Services and Data Analytics Engine

We have proactively built and invested in our shared services and data analytics capabilities, which are an integral component of Driven Brands and provide us with a significant competitive advantage and deep defensive moat against our peers. Our platform of centralized marketing support, consumer insights, procurement, training, new store development, finance, technology and fleet services provides significant benefits across the system by driving cost savings, incremental revenue, and sharing of best practices and capabilities across brands. We believe our shared services platform provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. In addition, we believe the scale provided by our platform increases engagement with third parties and improves our ability to attract and retain employees, franchisees, and customers. We have used our strength and scale to create procurement programs that provide franchisees with lower pricing on supplies than they could otherwise achieve on their own. Our shared services are enhanced by our data analytics engine, which is powered by internally collected data from consumers, their vehicles and services that are provided to us at each transaction and further enriched by third-party data. This powerful data gathering capability results in more than 40 million data elements collected each month and a growing data repository with approximately 18 billion unique elements, which we use throughout our platform for improving our marketing and customer prospecting capabilities, measuring location performance, enhancing store-level operations, and optimizing our real estate site selection. As we grow organically and through acquisition, we believe the power of our shared services and data analytics will grow and will continue to be a key differentiator

 

119


Table of Contents

for our business through strengthening economies of scale, enhanced and accelerated data collection, and continued roll-out of best practices, ultimately driving attractive growth and profitability in our overall business.

Highly Franchised and Independently-Operated Business Model with Attractive Company-operated Unit Economics

We believe our operating model incorporates the best financial attributes of franchised, independently-operated and company-operated businesses. Driven Brands benefits from recurring cash flow streams generated by our highly franchised and independently-operated unit composition as well as the high-growth and high-margin characteristics of our company-operated units. Across all of our brands, our locations generate attractive and consistent cash-on-cash returns and strong brand loyalty from our customers, which has driven consistent same store sales growth.

Our asset-light business, combined with the geographic and service category diversification of our locations, results in high operating margins and highly stable cash flow generation for Driven Brands that has been consistent throughout economic cycles. Our diverse base of more than 1,800 franchisees has an average tenure with Driven Brands of approximately 15 years, and our franchisees typically work at the locations they operate and are highly engaged with their employees and customers. Our brands have attractive unit level economics, and our franchisees earn strong cash-on-cash returns, averaging 67% at CARSTAR, 50% at Meineke, 48% at Maaco, and 44% at Take 5. Outside of North America, we operate an independent operator model across our 740 car wash locations, whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes. As of September 26, 2020, 83% of our locations were either franchised or independently-operated (and such locations contributed to 27% of total revenue and 87% of total system-wide sales in the nine months ended September 26, 2020).

We also benefit from highly-attractive unit economics at our company-operated stores, primarily within our Take 5 brand and our domestic car wash business. Given the high growth and margins at these locations, our invested capital has yielded very strong cash-on-cash returns and expanding our company-operated unit count continues to be an attractive aspect of our growth strategy. The combination of our asset-light franchised units with our attractive and high-growth company-operated locations provides Driven Brands with a compelling mix that result in durable operating margins, a highly attractive growth profile and recurring free cash flow generation.

Proven Ability to Drive and Integrate Highly Accretive M&A

M&A is a core competency of the Driven Brands platform. We have invested in and built out a dedicated team and supporting infrastructure and processes to systematically source, diligence, acquire and integrate acquisitions. Since 2015, we have completed more than 40 transactions. As a part of our M&A strategy, we have grown our existing segments, such as our paint and collision business through the acquisitions of CARSTAR in 2015, ABRA in 2019 and Fix Auto USA in 2020, and we have also expanded into adjacent, complementary service offerings, including oil change services through our acquisition of Take 5 in 2016, glass services in 2019, and car wash services through our acquisition of ICWG in 2020. The acquisition of ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrated our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A as well as integrating large businesses into the Driven Brands platform.

In addition, we have a proven track record of executing tuck-in acquisitions of independent market participants that are highly value accretive when integrated into our platform based on our ability to drive performance improvement post-acquisition through upfront cost synergies as well as incremental revenue growth opportunities from Driven Brands’ platform and economies of scale.

Our M&A capabilities are enhanced by information and data provided by our platform. 1-800-Radiator, for instance, is a very powerful identifier of prospective acquisition targets through its broad customer base of

 

120


Table of Contents

approximately 100,000 automotive shops. Once a company has been acquired, we leverage our shared services to enable the acquired business to benefit from our powerful procurement programs, data analytics capabilities, and training services. Every acquisition has been integrated into Driven Brands on plan and has demonstrated improved performance by being a part of our platform rather than operating as an independent company. We also seek to acquire businesses that make the rest of our platform and team stronger, including capabilities that can be extended to our existing brands, enhance our capture of data or strengthen our commercial customer base. Our track-record of highly-accretive M&A, with acquired companies benefiting from rapid growth and immediate synergies, will continue to be a significant part of the growth story for Driven Brands given the expected consolidation in the highly fragmented automotive services industry.

Deep Bench of Talent Poised to Capitalize on Attractive Growth Opportunity

Driven Brands is led by a best-in-class management team with experience managing many multi-billion dollar franchise and automotive service organizations. Our strategic vision is set by our CEO Jonathan Fitzpatrick, who previously served as the Chief Brand and Operations Officer of Burger King, and since joining Driven Brands in 2012, has led our transformation into an industry leading platform. Our highly experienced management team has previously held senior positions at large franchisors, including Burger King and Wendy’s and other global corporations, including Bank of America, General Electric, Lowe’s, McKinsey, Motorola, and United Parcel Service. Our success, growth and platform allow us to continue to attract and retain exceptional talent.

The Strategies that Will Continue Our Track Record of Growth

We expect to drive continued growth and strong financial performance by executing on the following strategies:

Grow Our Brands with New Locations

We have a proven track record of unit growth, having grown our store count at a CAGR of 8% between 2015 and 2019, and we believe our competitive strengths provide us with a solid financial and operational foundation to continue growing our footprint. Based on an extensive internal analysis, we believe we have enormous whitespace, with more than 12,000 potential locations across North America within our existing service categories.

Our franchise growth is driven both by new store openings as well as through conversions of independent market participants that do not have the benefits of our scaled platform. Our attractive unit economics, national brand recognition, strong insurance and fleet customer relationships and beneficial shared services capabilities provide highly compelling economic benefits for our franchisees resulting in a strong desire to join and stay within our network. We have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020, which provides us with visibility into future franchise unit growth.

Additionally, we continue to expand our company-operated Take 5 footprint, primarily in Southern U.S. markets, and our domestic company-operated car wash business, both through new greenfield openings as well as tuck-in acquisitions and conversions. Both the oil change and car wash markets in North America are highly fragmented, providing significant runway for continued growth. The success of our company-operated locations is supported by our deep data analytics capabilities that use proprietary algorithms and insights that enable us to identify optimal real estate and make informed site selection decisions. With low net start-up costs and strong sales ramp, company-operated locations provide highly attractive returns, and we believe there is ample whitespace in existing and adjacent markets for continued unit growth.

 

121


Table of Contents

Continue to Drive Same Store Sales Growth

We have demonstrated an ability to drive attractive organic growth with positive same store sales performance for 12 consecutive years. We believe that we are well positioned to continue benefiting from this momentum by executing on the following growth levers:

 

   

Continued Commercial Partnership Expansion: We are proactively growing our commercial partnerships and winning new customers by being a highly convenient and cost effective “one-stop-shop” service provider that caters to the extensive suite of automotive service needs for fleet operators and insurance carriers. These customers want to work with nationally scaled and recognized chains with broad geographic coverage, extensive service offerings, strong operating metrics and centralized billing services. We have a growing team dedicated to expanding partnerships with existing commercial customers as well as attracting new national and local customers.

 

   

Continued Growth of Subscription Car Wash Revenue Model: In 2017, ICWG introduced a subscription membership program across its domestic car wash stores, and revenue from this subscription program has grown to more than 35% of domestic car wash revenue in 2019. In addition to fostering strong customer loyalty to our stores, the subscription program also generates predictable and recurring revenue and provides incremental data and customer insights, further strengthening our data analytics capabilities. We believe there is significant opportunity to continue to grow our subscription program.

 

   

Leverage Data Analytics to Optimize Marketing, Product Offerings and Pricing: We have large, dedicated brand marketing funds supported by contributions from our franchisees, and in 2019 we collected and spent approximately $90 million for marketing across our brands. Insights from our data analytics engine enhance our marketing and promotional strategy to drive growth in unit-level performance. For instance, our proprietary data algorithms help optimize lead generation and conversion through personalized, targeted, and timely marketing promotions that provide customers with the optimal offer at the right time. In addition, our data provides insights that are enabling us to identify and roll out new product offerings, improve menu design and optimize pricing structure across our brands. Use cases like these are regularly tested, refined and deployed across our network to drive store performance.

 

   

Benefit from Industry Tailwinds: The U.S. automotive care industry has a long track record of consistent growth, having grown at a 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2019, and a 4% CAGR from 2014 to 2019. We believe that the industry has significant tailwinds that will drive continued growth, including a large and expanding pool of older cars, increasing long-term miles driven trends, a growing need for DIFM services, and increasing average repair order due to more technology and premiumization in vehicles.

Enhance Margins through Procurement Initiatives and Strengthening Platform Services

In addition to topline growth, Driven Brands has also been able to leverage the strength of the platform to enhance margins for franchised, independently-operated and company-operated locations through the following levers:

 

   

Leverage Shared Services and Platform Scale: We expect to continue to benefit from margin improvements associated with our increasing scale and the growing efficiency of our platform. As a result of the investments we have made, our shared services provide substantial operating leverage and are capable of supporting a much larger business than we are today. Driven Brands has also been increasing margins through technology advancements to enhance in-store operations and deploy best-practice training initiatives across the portfolio.

 

   

Utilize Purchasing Strength from Procurement Programs: Driven Brands currently provides franchisees, independently-operated and company-operated locations with lower pricing on supplies than they could

 

122


Table of Contents
 

otherwise achieve on their own, thereby augmenting the value proposition to new and existing franchisees as well as the earnings of our independently-operated and company-operated locations. Our procurement programs provide us with recurring revenue via supplier rebates and product margin. As we continue to grow organically and through acquisition, we believe we are well-positioned to continue driving lower procurement pricing and more benefits to our overall system.

 

   

Drive Incremental Profitability through Innovation: In 2017, Driven Brands launched Spire Supply, an in-house distributor of consumable products such as oil filters and wiper blades which currently serves all franchised and company-operated Take 5 stores as well as a large portion of Meineke stores. Spire Supply provides us with incremental EBITDA by reducing spend that would otherwise be paid to third-party vendors, providing Driven Brands and its franchisees with significant cost reductions. There is substantial opportunity to continue to grow Spire Supply through increased adoption across our franchisee network, introduction of new, complementary product lines, and the sale of products to independent market participants.

We plan to continue to invest in these capabilities that enhance the power of our platform and believe that these platform benefits will continue to provide strong tailwinds to our profits, as well as the profits of our franchisees going forward.

Pursue Accretive M&A in Existing and New Service Categories

Driven Brands is optimally positioned to continue its long and successful track record of acquisitions, both in our existing service categories as well as into new, complementary ones, and we maintain an actionable pipeline of M&A opportunities. Since 2015, we have completed more than 40 acquisitions, and since 2019, the Company expanded into both glass and car wash services, which has provided us with new organic and acquisition growth opportunities in two highly fragmented service categories. In addition, the evolving vehicle technology landscape provides numerous opportunities for Driven Brands to leverage its scale and core competencies to continue to expand our market share. As the consolidator of choice, we plan to capitalize on the highly fragmented nature of the automotive services industry by continuing to execute on accretive M&A using our proven acquisition strategy and playbook.

Our Service Offerings and Brands

We are the largest diversified automotive services provider in North America and operate an extensive, scaled portfolio of leading brands that provide recurring, needs-based automotive services across multiple categories. We believe the longevity and awareness of our brands, combined with the high quality service and value of our offerings, resonate deeply with our retail customers and commercial customers, including fleet operators and insurance carriers. Our highly recognized brands have also helped us become the largest franchisor in the automotive services industry with attractive unit economics and a well-established franchisee base, with an average tenure across our brands of approximately 15 years as of December 28, 2019.

 

123


Table of Contents

Maintenance Segment

Our Maintenance Segment is primarily comprised of the Take 5 and Meineke brands and services both retail and commercial customers such as fleet operators through 1,371 total locations. Our maintenance services include oil changes and other maintenance services such as regularly scheduled and as-needed automotive maintenance services, including vehicle component repair and replacement.

 

LOGO

Take 5 specializes in providing efficient drive-thru-style oil changes. Founded in 1984, Take 5’s 81 franchised and 475 company-operated locations as of September 26, 2020, primarily offer oil changes to retail and fleet customers. We believe Take 5 offers a best-in-class operating model through its convenient drive-thru format, simple, focused menu, industry-leading speed of service and low-pressure sales environment, which generates strong customer satisfaction, high frequency, and attractive unit level economics. Furthermore, Take 5’s compact store format and unique shallow pit design reduce upfront buildout costs, increase efficiency, and provide real estate flexibility. Take 5’s recent franchising efforts are experiencing strong momentum and are expected to continue to drive long-term unit growth through its robust and growing pipeline of franchise commitments.

 

 

 

LOGO

Our other maintenance services are offered at 815 locations, as of September 26, 2020, which are over 99% franchised and predominantly operate under the Meineke brand. Meineke is known as an automotive services industry pioneer and was founded in 1972. Through these stores we offer an extensive set of total car care services to retail customers and fleet programs, including maintenance, repair, and replacement of components, such as brakes, heating and cooling systems, exhaust, and tires. We believe Meineke is a strong, well-known brand with high brand awareness and customer satisfaction due to its high-quality service, extensive range of service offerings and the convenience of a nationwide network of locations.

Car Wash Segment

Our Car Wash Segment operates under the IMO brand across Europe and Australia and a variety of regional brands in the United States providing express-style conveyer car wash services to both retail and commercial customers. We are the world’s largest car wash company by location count with 939 total locations across North America, Europe and Australia. Our services primarily consist of express-style exterior car wash services that utilize an automated conveyer belt to pull vehicles along a track where they are machine washed.

 

LOGO

Our international car wash services are offered through the IMO brand, which has a proud 55-year history providing express-style conveyor car wash services across Europe and Australia. IMO’s operations appeal to a broad consumer base seeking a low-cost and high-speed car wash at easily-accessible locations. Nearly all of IMO’s 740 locations operate an independent operator model whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percent of site revenue from car washes, resulting in consistent, recurring revenue, high margins, and predictable free cash flow attributes for Driven Brands. IMO also provides Driven Brands with a scaled international footprint from which to pursue future growth.

 

124


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Since entering the North American market in 2015, we have grown to become the second-largest domestic operator of conveyer car wash sites with 199 company-operated locations across the United States as of September 26, 2020. We believe that our highly-attractive value proposition focused on affordability, convenience, and speed of service resonates with our customers and encourages a high frequency of use in any economic environment. To further strengthen customer loyalty and visit frequency, we also utilize a subscription membership program, which in 2019 accounted for more than 35% of our domestic car wash revenue. Our sites demonstrate very attractive unit economics given the minimal labor requirements and low fixed costs, and we are also able to minimize start-up costs by utilizing sale-leaseback financing, resulting in attractive cash-on-cash returns. As one of the few scaled players in the highly fragmented North American market, we believe we are well positioned for continued unit growth, both through greenfield openings and tuck-in acquisitions.

Paint, Collision & Glass Segment

Our Paint, Collision & Glass Segment is primarily composed of the CARSTAR, ABRA, Fix Auto USA, Maaco and Uniban brands and services both retail and commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers through 1,676 total locations. Our collision services include full collision repair and refinishing services; our paint services include standard paint services, surface preparation protection and refinishing and other cosmetic repairs; and our glass services include replacement, repair and calibration services for automotive glass.

 

LOGO

Our collision repair services are primarily offered through CARSTAR, ABRA and Fix Auto USA, which were founded in 1989, 1984, and 1997, respectively, and together comprise the largest franchised collision repair network in North America. Our 937 collision locations as of September 26, 2020 are over 99% franchised and offer full collision repair and refinishing services in addition to other cosmetic repairs. We maintain collaborative relationships with the top insurance carriers in the United States and Canada, from which more than 85% of our collision revenues are generated. We believe our collision businesses are highly regarded by insurance carriers (and their customers) for their national scale and coverage, extensive service offering (supported by investments in equipment and technology), high quality, efficient and cost-effective service, which results in strong customer satisfaction and net promoter scores. These attributes provide us access to insurance carriers’ Performance Based Agreements, which are utilized by insurance carriers to drive volume to larger, more efficient operators, resulting in significant revenue for CARSTAR, ABRA and Fix Auto USA.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Our paint services are primarily offered through Maaco, which was founded in 1972 and is known as “North America’s Body Shop.” Our 452 franchised locations as of September 26, 2020, most of which operate under the Maaco brand, offer an extensive suite of services including paint services, surface preparation, protection and refinishing, reconditioning and other cosmetic external and internal repairs. Maaco primarily serves retail customers and fleet operators, with a small amount of insurance carriers. With an average price point below most customers’ insurance deductible, Maaco’s strong retail customer service differentiates it from many of its competitors that are more focused on insurance carrier relationships. Maaco is well known for its unique focus on paint and light collision repair and reliable and affordable service offerings, with industry-leading brand awareness more than three times higher than its closest competitor, supported by significant marketing investment over its long history. In addition, we believe Maaco is highly regarded by franchisees for its top-tier franchise training programs, low-cost paint and supply procurement, access to commercial customers and leading marketing programs.

 

 

 

LOGO

Our glass services are primarily offered through Uniban, founded in 1977 and known as a leader in the auto glass repair and replacement industry. Our glass services offering includes 205 franchised and 20 company-operated locations, as of September 26, 2020, which primarily offer replacement, repair and calibration services for automotive glass to retail customers, fleet operators and insurance carriers. We also offer technology-enabled glass claims management services for insurance carriers, which drive incremental business to our glass service locations and our distribution business, and are complementary to our paint and collision businesses.

Platform Services Segment

Our Platform Services Segment is primarily composed of the 1-800-Radiator & A/C, PH Vitres D’Autos, Spire Supply, and Automotive Training Institute (“ATI”) brands. This segment provides significant benefits to our brands by driving organic growth opportunities through procurement, distribution and training services, as well as M&A growth opportunities through acquisition target sourcing.

 

LOGO

Our distribution services are primarily offered through 1-800-Radiator & A/C (“1-800-Radiator”) which was founded in 2001 and is one of the largest franchised distributors in the automotive parts industry. 1-800-Radiator’s 199 locations, as of September 26, 2020, are over 99% franchised and distribute a broad, diverse mix of long-tail automotive parts, including radiators, air conditioning components and exhaust products to approximately 100,000 automotive repair shops, auto parts stores, body shops and other auto repair outlets. 1-800-Radiator’s best-in-class operating model is fueled by proprietary algorithmic sourcing technology that enables franchisees to effectively order inventory, manage pricing, and deliver parts to customers within hours. We believe 1-800-Radiator is highly regarded by its customers for its quick delivery times, high in-stock rates and ability to provide components that are not as easily stocked by competitors. Additionally, 1-800-Radiator’s extensive distribution relationships provide Driven Brands with deep data insights and a large, actionable list of prospective acquisition targets, complementing the attractive free cash flow generation of the business.

 

126


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Founded in 1967, PH Vitres D’Autos distributes windshields and glass accessories through a network of 22 distribution centers across Canada and provides direct installation services through more than 200 mobile units. PH Vitres D’Autos has a broad base of more than 8,000 customers, including Uniban’s service locations.

 

 

 

LOGO

In 2017, we launched Spire Supply, an in-house distributor of consumable products, such as oil filters and wiper blades, which currently serves all Take 5 locations and a large portion of our Meineke stores. Spire Supply provides attractive pricing to franchisees relative to other options as well as incremental EBITDA to Driven Brands by reducing spend that would otherwise be paid to third-party vendors. In addition, Spire Supply simplifies operations for franchisees and company-operated stores by reducing inventory needs and ensuring availability of supplies through automatic replenishment. We believe there is significant opportunity to continue growing Spire Supply through increased adoption across our franchisee network, introduction of new, complementary product lines and sale of products to third parties.

 

 

 

LOGO

Our financial and operational training services are offered through Automotive Training Institute, a leading provider of training services to repair and maintenance, and paint and collision shops. ATI’s core offering is a multi-year training package that is typically paid for through a monthly subscription. ATI’s proven training platform drives strong results for its customers, increasing clients’ average gross profit by 57% after one year of training. We believe ATI’s leading training program further enhances Driven Brands’ training platform, providing opportunities to improve operational support and increase profitability, for both Driven Brands and our franchisees. In addition, ATI’s deep customer database of over 130,000 automotive shops provides us with a pipeline for future franchise development and acquisitions.

Our Customers

We serve a diverse mix of customers, which include individual retail customers and commercial customers, including fleet operators and insurance carriers, with a wide breadth of automotive services that are essential to customers in any economic environment. Our platform is uniquely capable of offering a needs-based service proposition to our customers that addresses each of the most common vehicle repair needs, including oil changes, wiper blade and air filter replacements, general scheduled checks and engine tune ups, as well as other automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass and car wash. Including ICWG for 2019, our network would have serviced 50 million vehicles across a diverse mix of customers, with approximately 50% of our system-wide sales coming from retail customers and approximately 50% coming from commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers.

Our retail customers span a broad set of demographics. The portfolio of vehicles, including cars and trucks, serviced across our brands is diverse and represents a balance across new and old vehicles, and our VIO sweet spot for repairs and maintenance is the population of vehicles 6 years or older that are outside of manufacturers’ warranty periods and represent the majority of the more than 275 million vehicles in operation in the U.S. as of 2019. For our retail customers, our highly recognized and long-standing brands and best-in-class customer service have helped position our locations as the “go-to” destinations for our customers’ automotive service needs.

 

127


Table of Contents

For our commercial customers, we provide a unique and compelling value proposition through our scaled, global footprint of more than 4,100 locations that offer a complementary and an extensive suite of needs-based services, providing a “one-stop-shop” for their many automotive service needs. We have deep, long-standing, and growing relationships with major insurance carriers and a growing customer base of fleet operators, including car rental and leasing companies, government and municipal agencies, telecommunication providers, national insurance companies, and ride share platforms.

Powerful Shared Services and Data Analytics Engine

Our shared services capabilities are a competitive advantage and an integral component of the Driven Brands story. Our platform of centralized marketing support, consumer insights, new store development, procurement, training, finance, technology and fleet services provides significant benefits across the system by driving cost savings, incremental revenue, and sharing of best practices and capabilities across brands. We believe our shared services platform provides each brand with more resources and produces better results than any individual brand could achieve on its own. In addition, we believe the scale provided by our platform increases engagement with third parties and improves our ability to attract and retain employees, franchisees, independent operators and customers.

 

 

Shared Services Make Our Segments Better

 

   
     

 

•  Data-driven marketing, consumer insights and operational improvement

 

•  Site selection, real estate and development

 

•  M&A infrastructure and capabilities

     

 

•   Training, pre-opening assistance and dedicated support

 

•  Procurement programs

 

•  In-house distribution

 

•  Fleet and insurance partnerships

 

As we grow, we believe the power of our shared services will continue to be a key differentiator for our business through strengthening economies of scale, enhanced data aggregation and continued roll-out of best practices, ultimately driving attractive growth and profitability in our overall business.

Data-Driven Marketing, Consumer Insights, and Operational Improvements

Our data analytics engine, powered by approximately 18 billion elements of consumer and vehicle data, greatly enhances our shared services platform. Unlike many other consumer facing industries, our customers provide us with their contact information and data on their vehicle when they visit our locations. We utilize this robust data across Driven Brands, from measuring unit-level performance and optimizing real estate site selection to improving our marketing and customer prospecting capabilities. Our data analytics capabilities improve same store sales, unit growth and procurement margin. Our proprietary data analytics enables us to create more personalized, targeted, and timely marketing promotions, optimizing lead generation and customer conversion across our brand portfolio. In addition, we leverage data analytics to drive growth through improved operations. As an example, we enhanced Take 5’s promotional and labor strategy by eliminating discretionary discounting, offering more personalized promotions to specific customers, and optimizing labor scheduling; in 2019, these improvements led to approximately $6 million of incremental EBITDA at our company-operated Take 5 stores.

Site Selection, Real Estate and Development

The location of each of our stores is carefully selected through a disciplined, data-driven site selection process, led by a team with significant experience in multi-unit brand development. Our data analytics engine uses sophisticated algorithms based on site-level characteristics to identify locations within a market that we believe will maximize traffic and deliver strong unit economics and cash-on-cash returns. Our internal teams then

 

128


Table of Contents

use this data to improve market planning and to connect franchisees with potential expansion opportunities. We guide franchisees through the site selection, build-out and design processes during the development of their locations, ensuring that new locations conform to the physical specifications of each respective brand. We believe our rigorous site selection and M&A processes and scalable platform have been key factors in our strong track record of unit growth, both organically and through acquisitions.

M&A Infrastructure and Expertise

M&A is a core competency of the Driven Brands platform. We have invested in and built out a dedicated team and supporting infrastructure and processes to systematically source, diligence, acquire and integrate acquisitions. Since 2015, we have completed more than 40 transactions. As a part of our M&A strategy, we have grown our existing segments, such as our paint and collision business through the acquisitions of CARSTAR in 2015, ABRA in 2019 and Fix Auto USA in 2020, and we have also expanded into adjacent, complementary service offerings, including oil change services through our acquisition of Take 5 in 2016, glass services in 2019, and car wash services through our acquisition of ICWG in 2020. The acquisition of ICWG, the world’s largest car wash company by location count with more than 900 locations across 14 countries, demonstrated our continued ability to pursue and execute upon scalable and highly strategic M&A as well as integrating large businesses into the Driven Brands platform. In addition, we have a proven track record of executing tuck-in acquisitions of independent market participants that are highly value accretive when integrated into our platform based on our ability to drive performance improvement post-acquisition through upfront cost synergies as well as incremental revenue growth opportunities from Driven Brands’ platform and economies of scale.

Training, Pre-Opening Assistance and Dedicated Support for Franchisees

We have invested significant resources to support franchisees through robust and scalable training curriculums, ongoing support programs and new operating playbooks. We provide support for new store openings including pre-opening activity coordination assistance, as well as six to twelve months of store development and oversight to ensure the success of new franchisees. All of our locations across the portfolio benefit from ongoing training initiatives and a continuous focus on improvement. These training initiatives allow individuals across different brands to leverage best practices, processes and tools.

Procurement Programs

We have created procurement programs that leverage the purchasing strength of the platform to enhance profitability and margins for franchised, independently-operated and company-operated locations. We provide franchisees with lower pricing on supplies than they could otherwise achieve on their own, leading to high franchisee participation. Our procurement programs provide us with recurring revenue via supplier rebates and product margin. In addition, our growing economies of scale and purchasing power across our network enable us to continually drive lower pricing. As an example, in 2019, we renegotiated a new oil contract that we expect to result in $7 million of cost savings over the three year term of the contract. As we continue to grow organically and through acquisition, we believe we are well-positioned to continue driving more benefits to our system.

In-House Distribution

Through our in-house distribution of consumable products, such as filters and wipers, to our Take 5 locations and a large portion of our Meineke stores, we are able to provide cost reductions to our franchisees, as well as incremental EBITDA to Driven Brands by reducing spend that would otherwise be paid to third-party vendors. Additionally, our in-house distribution simplifies operations for franchised, independently-operated and company-operated stores by reducing inventory needs and ensuring availability of supplies through automatic replenishment.

Fleet & Insurance Partnerships

We have built a dedicated team of professionals focused on serving and growing our commercial business, specifically with our insurance carrier and large fleet customers. Both sets of customers value the unique scale

 

129


Table of Contents

and breadth of services offering across the Driven Brands platform, allowing them to manage their businesses and customers more effectively and efficiently. Additionally, our franchisees benefit from the business generated from these very large, growing customers. We have grown our fleet system-wide sales at a CAGR of 33% from 2015 to 2019, and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to grow our commercial business.

Our Locations

Over the past decade, our management team has developed a leading portfolio of automotive services brands operating more than 4,100 locations across 49 U.S. states and 14 international countries as of September 26, 2020. We have a scaled and diverse global footprint with ample whitespace for new unit growth and continued consolidation in our existing service categories.

Scaled, Diverse Store Footprint (as of September 30, 2020)

 

North America

  Europe
LOGO   LOGO
  Australia
  LOGO

New Store Count Growth

We believe there are opportunities to significantly expand our footprint in the United States and Canada to more than 12,000 locations within our existing service categories. Beyond North America, we believe our presence in Europe and Australia provides us with a scaled international platform to support future growth. We plan to grow our store base through both franchise unit expansion, supported by our large and growing franchise pipeline, as well as through company-operated store growth via new greenfield openings and tuck-in acquisitions, and conversions of independent market participants or smaller chains. Our market planning and store development process is driven by our proprietary data analytics function that uses sophisticated algorithms to forecast performance of new potential sites based on site-level characteristics, performance of existing stores, information on available territories, and third-party market data such as housing density, demographics, vehicles in operation and other variables. We believe this data

 

130


Table of Contents

capability is a competitive advantage, as it maximizes our ability to identify optimal sites, and increases the success and predictability of new units, as demonstrated by our attractive cash-on-cash returns across all of our brands.

Franchising Strategy

We rely on our franchising strategy to grow our brands’ footprint in a capital efficient manner. Our franchise model leverages our proven brand playbooks, the market planning and site selection capabilities of our best-in-class development team and the local market expertise of highly-motivated owners. Our attractive unit economics, national brand recognition, strong insurance and fleet customer relationships and beneficial shared service capabilities provide highly compelling economic benefits for our franchisees, resulting in a strong desire to join and stay within our network. We have agreements to open more than 500 new franchised units as of September 26, 2020, which provides us with clear visibility into future franchise unit growth.

We have a strong track record of opening stores with existing and new franchisees, and we follow strict guidelines in selecting and approving franchisees, who go through extensive interview processes, background checks and are subject to financial and net-worth-based requirements.

Company-Operated Store Strategy

Our company-operated store strategy involves growing our Take 5 and domestic car wash footprint through a combination of greenfield openings, as well as acquiring and converting stores based on our focused market expansion plan. Our best-in-class simple operating model, minimal labor requirements and low fixed costs drive highly attractive unit level economics for our company-operated stores. Furthermore, Driven Brands’ acquisition and integration teams have a successful track-record of acquiring independent market participants and chains and converting them to our superior operating model. Our conversion playbook drives cost savings from procurement savings and G&A synergies, as well as consistent revenue growth following the conversion to our model and implementation of our operational improvements and data-driven marketing programs.

We plan to continue to leverage our shared services and benefit from our platform capabilities to expand our growing footprint.

Franchise Agreements

For each of our franchisees across all of our brands, we enter into a franchise agreement covering standard terms and conditions. Under our franchise agreements, we generally grant franchisees the right to operate using our branding for an initial term (generally 5 to 20 years) and the option to renew their agreements. All proposed new store sites require formal approval from us. Franchisees pay Driven Brands an initial franchise license fee and franchise royalties typically based on a percentage of gross sales. Approximately 98% of franchisees pay franchise royalties based on a percentage of gross sales, while approximately 2% pay a flat amount. Franchisees also make or may be required to make contributions towards national and local advertising funds, also typically based on a percentage of gross sales or, in some instances, based on weekly marketing budgets in the applicable designated marketing area.

Our franchise agreements also require franchisees to comply with our standard operating methods that govern the provision of services and use of vendors and may include a requirement to purchase specified products from us, our affiliates and/or designated vendors. Outside of these standards and policies, we do not control the day-to-day operations, such as hiring and training of employees, of the franchisees.

We support our franchisees with brand-specific services (e.g., brand marketing, franchise support, operations and franchise sales) and comprehensive shared services (e.g., centralized marketing support, consumer insights, procurement program savings, fleet, training, development, finance and technology services). Our

 

131


Table of Contents

franchisees also benefit from over 250 field operations team members that provide consistent best-practice training and operational expertise. These support services allow our franchisees to focus on the day-to-day operations of their stores and to provide their customers with high-quality service that our customers have come to associate with our brands.

Independent Operator Agreements

Nearly all of our car wash locations outside of North America operate an independent operator model, where a third party is responsible for site-level labor and receives commissions based on a percentage of site revenue from car washes. At all of our independently-operated sites, we enter into an independent operator agreement covering the commission paid to the independent operator for our car wash services, terms relating to other services offered by the independent operator at the location from which we do not receive any revenue, and other standard terms and conditions including with respect to protection of confidential information, our intellectual property and customer data, standards relating to sub-contracting, indemnification and termination.

Marketing Strategy

Our marketing strategy highlights the needs-based service offerings and value propositions of each of our brands. We focus our marketing efforts on areas we believe will yield the highest rate of return, including the development of tailored marketing campaigns targeted at specific customers when we know they are in need of one of the services provided by our brands.

We use a variety of marketing techniques to build awareness of, and create demand for, our brands and the products and services they offer. Our advertising strategy includes social and digital media, as well as television, print, radio and sponsorships. We have implemented highly professionalized and data-driven marketing practices. We have dedicated brand marketing funds supported by contributions from our franchisees, and in 2019 we collected and spent approximately $90 million for marketing across our brands. Since the inception of our brands, over $1 billion has been spent building brand awareness across our portfolio.

Competition

We compete with a variety of service providers within the highly-fragmented automotive services and parts distribution market. Competitors include international, national, regional and local repair and maintenance shops, car washes, paint and collision repair shops, automobile dealerships and oil change shops and suppliers of automotive parts, including online retailers, wholesale distributors, hardware stores, and discount and mass market merchandise stores. Given the fragmentation of the industry, our competitors include a limited number of large providers of scale. Typically, our competitors offer services within one of our categories; however, few competitors offer services across multiple categories like Driven Brands. We believe the core competitive factors in our industry are scale, geographic reach, brand awareness, service pricing, speed and quality, and customer satisfaction.

We compete with other franchisors on the basis of the expected return on investment for franchisees and the value propositions that we offer them. We compete to sell franchises to potential franchisees who may choose to purchase franchises from other automotive aftermarket service providers, or who may also consider purchasing franchises in other industries.

Suppliers and Distribution

We require certain franchisees to make a portion of their purchases related to the operation of their locations either from us or from our approved vendors. This helps to ensure the preservation of consistent high-quality products and services within each brand. We maintain strong, longstanding relationships with a diverse base of suppliers to ensure market competitiveness and reliability in our supply chain. We leverage our sizeable spend to obtain favorable terms from our suppliers and to provide competitive prices to our franchisees, thus improving

 

132


Table of Contents

profitability and providing a considerable advantage over competitors that lack our scale. We believe that as our business continues to grow, our scale will continue to drive increased procurement benefits across our business.

Our vendors arrange for delivery of products and services either directly to our warehouses or to our company-operated and franchise locations. We closely monitor our supply chain to reduce risk and maintain flexibility in the event of potential supply interruptions and continually re-evaluate our supplier relationships to ensure that we and our franchisees obtain competitive pricing for high-quality equipment, products and other items. We source from a wide range of suppliers with no single supplier representing a significant percentage of our of purchases across our platform.

We also operate a network of 23 distribution centers in the United States and Canada as of September 26, 2020, where we house inventory to support our distribution businesses. We believe the existing supply chain we have in place is sufficient to support our future growth.

Management Information & Technology Systems

We utilize our information technology infrastructure to facilitate data-driven management decisions. Across the platform, we use the Driven Enterprise Portal, which is a fully integrated platform that helps franchisees with reporting, marketing, operations, customer service and fleet management. The Driven Enterprise Portal gives management access to key reporting metrics across the platform, providing comprehensive insight into system health. We also operate specialized systems for certain brands: (i) CARSTAR offers the “Forms and Customer Tracking System”, an online tool used by franchisees for data collection and form management; (ii) Maaco uses One Maaco, which is a licensed platform that optimizes reporting processes, invoices, customer management and insurance claims; (iii) Meineke currently offers a proprietary IT platform, M.Key, that is customized for franchisees to operate their business and includes reporting, cash drawer, repair estimating, work order and inventory management; (iv) 1-800-Radiator operates a fully integrated proprietary software that is customized for franchisees to operate their business; (v) Take 5 currently operates on the Auto Data platform, which provides reporting, cash drawer and inventory management as part of its oil change specific point of sale system; (vi) Uniban operates its Insurance Claims Management division on a proprietary Insurance/Fleet Claims Management system that processes claims for Uniban customers and third party customers and (vii) Car Wash North America runs car wash tunnel sites primarily on two systems: SiteWatch by DRB Tunnel Solutions and WashConnect from Innovative Control Systems that provide point of sale, subscription management, and wash tunnel control functionality. In addition, many of our franchisees utilize our insights dashboard which leverage a BI reporting platform powered by Qlik software.

Government Regulations and Other Regulatory Matters

Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, local and provincial laws and regulations in North America, Europe and Australia in areas such as consumer protection, occupational licensing, environmental protection, data privacy, labor and employment, tax, permitting, and other laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, we must obtain licenses or permits in order to comply with standards governing employee selection, training and business conduct.

We, as a franchisor, are subject to various state and provincial laws, and the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) regulates our franchising activities in the U.S. The FTC requires that franchisors make extensive disclosure to prospective franchisees before the execution of a franchise agreement. Fourteen states require registration and, together with at least one other state, require specific disclosure in connection with franchise offers and sales, and at least twenty states and U.S. territories have “franchise relationship laws” that limit the ability of franchisors to terminate franchise agreements or withhold consent to the renewal or transfer of these agreements. There are also several provinces in Canada that regulate the offer and sale of franchises as well as certain aspects of the franchise relationship. While there are no registration requirements under these provincial franchise laws, they do require pre-sale disclosures similar to those that exist in the U.S.

 

133


Table of Contents

We are not aware of any federal, state, local, provincial or other laws or regulations that are likely to materially alter or impact our revenues, cash flow or competitive positions, or result in any material capital expenditures. However, we cannot predict the effect on our operations, particularly on our relationship with franchisees, of any pending or future legislation or regulations or the future interpretation of any existing laws, including any newly enacted laws, that may impact us or our franchisees.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of December 15, 2020, we employed approximately 4,900 full-time employees, including approximately 4,000 employees at company-operated locations. None of these employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and prospective employees. The principal purposes of our incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, executive officers and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. We strive for exceptional performance and results, which is why meritocracy is one of our core values. We provide employees the opportunity to grow and to be rewarded based on results.

Our franchises are independently owned and operated businesses. As such, employees of our franchisees are not employees of Driven Brands. Our independent operators at independently-operated car wash locations are responsible for the site-level labor and as such, are not employees of Driven Brands.

Intellectual Property

Our trademarks are important to our marketing efforts and conduct of business. We own or have the rights to use certain trademarks, service marks and trade names that are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other foreign trademark registration offices or exist under common law in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we operate. Trademarks that are important in identifying and distinguishing our products and services include, but are not limited to ABRA®, CARSTAR®, DrivenBrands®, IMO®, MAACO®, Meineke®, PH Vitres D’Autos®, Spire Supply®, Take 5 Oil Change®, Uniban®, and 1-800-Radiator & A/C®. We also license or sublicense, as applicable, the Fix Auto USA® trademark for use in connection with our business in the United States. We also own domain names, including our primary domain “www.drivenbrands.com.”

Seasonality

Seasonal changes may moderately impact the demand for our automotive repair and maintenance services, car washes and products. For example, customers may purchase fewer undercar services during the winter months, when miles driven tend to be lower. In addition, customers may defer or forego car washes or vehicle maintenance such as oil changes at any time during periods of inclement weather.

Properties

As of September 26, 2020, we had 4,185 company-operated, franchised, and independently-operated locations, and of these we owned 66 company-operated store locations and 98 independently-operated store locations. We held leases covering the building and/or land for 640 of our company-operated locations, 642 of our independently-operated locations, 24 distribution centers used in our Platform Services segment and 16 offices and training centers in the United States, Canada, and Europe, including our corporate headquarters located in Charlotte, North Carolina. The leases generally have initial expiration dates ranging from 10 and 15 years, with certain renewal options available. We also leased 99 properties that were either leased or subleased principally to franchisees as of September 26, 2020. We believe that the properties are suitable and adequate for the Company’s business.

 

134


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We may be the defendant from time to time in litigation arising during the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, employment-related claims, claims based on theories of joint employer liability, data privacy claims, claims involving anti-poaching allegations and claims made by former or existing franchisees or the government. In the ordinary course of business, we are also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information requests and subpoenas, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any legal proceeding that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

135


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

   50   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Tiffany Mason

   45   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Scott O’Melia

   51   

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Michael Macaluso

   37   

Executive Vice President and Group President, Paint, Collision & Glass

Daniel Rivera

   41   

Executive Vice President and Group President, Maintenance

Gabriel Mendoza

   53   

Executive Vice President and President, Car Wash North America

Tracy Gehlan

   52   

President, Car Wash International

Kyle Marshall

   41   

President, Platform Services

Neal Aronson

   55   

Chairman Director

Michael Thompson

   37   

Director

Chadwick Hume

   33   

Director

Cathy Halligan

   57   

Director

Rick Puckett

   66   

Director

Karen Stroup

   44   

Director

Peter Swinburn

   67   

Director

The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of the executive officers and directors of the Company.

Jonathan Fitzpatrick serves as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, positions he has held since July 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Fitzpatrick served in various capacities with Burger King Corporation both prior to and after its acquisition by 3G Capital. Between February 2011 and June 2012, he was Executive Vice President, Chief Brand and Operations Officer for Burger King. From October 2010 to February 2011, he was Executive Vice President of Global Operations and between August 2009 and October 2010, Senior Vice President of Operations, Europe Middle East and Africa. Prior to this role, he was Senior Vice President, Development and Franchising from July 2007 through August 2009. Mr. Fitzpatrick earned a Bachelor’s and Graduate degree from University College in Dublin, Ireland.

Tiffany Mason serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, positions she has held since March 2020. Prior to joining the Company, she served as interim Chief Financial Officer at Lowe’s Companies, Inc. in 2018. Ms. Mason also served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance and Treasurer of Lowe’s Companies, Inc. from 2015 through 2019, Vice President, Finance and Treasurer from 2013 until 2015, Vice President, Investor Relations from 2010 until 2013 and Director, External Reporting and Accounting Policy from 2006 until 2010. Before joining Lowe’s Companies, Inc., Ms. Mason was Vice President of SEC Reporting at Bank of America. She has over 20 years of experience in accounting, treasury, investor relations and financial planning and analysis. Ms. Mason earned a B.B.A. in accounting from Loyola University Maryland.

Scott O’Melia serves as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, positions he has held since May 2020. Prior to joining Driven Brands, Mr. O’Melia served as General Counsel and Vice President of

 

136


Table of Contents

Corporate Development for Caraustar Industries from 2012 to 2019. From 2009 to 2012, Mr. O’Melia was Vice President, Corporate Counsel at Wendy’s/Arby’s Group. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. O’Melia was a partner at Alston & Bird where he focused on mergers and acquisitions and other transactions, securities, private equity and general corporate matters. Mr. O’Melia earned his Bachelor’s degree from Ohio University and holds a J.D. from University of Florida’s Levin College of Law.

Michael Macaluso serves as our Executive Vice President and Group President of Paint, Collision & Glass. Mr. Macaluso joined Driven Brands as part of the CARSTAR Canada acquisition in 2015 and has served as President of CARSTAR North America. Prior to joining Driven Brands, Mr. Macaluso served in variety of roles with CARSTAR Canada for nearly a decade, beginning as Insurance Relations Manager and progressing to Director of Operations, Chief Operating Officer and President prior to Driven acquiring CARSTAR Canada to form CARSTAR North America. Mr. Macaluso earned a B.A. in Economics and Business from Western University.

Daniel Rivera serves as our Executive Vice President and Group President of Maintenance. Mr. Rivera joined Driven Brands as Chief Information Officer in 2012 and has served as President of Meineke and President of Take 5. Prior to joining Driven Brands, Mr. Rivera served as Senior Director of Application Development, Business Intelligence, Infrastructure, and Security at AutoNation. Prior to his role with AutoNation, he worked in various capacities at General Electric, Motorola and Burger King Corporate. Mr. Rivera earned a B.S. in Computer Engineering from Florida International University and a J.D. from Florida International University’s College of Law.

Gabriel Mendoza serves as our Executive Vice President and President of Car Wash, North America. He has served in several positions at Driven Brands since joining the Company as part of the 1-800-Radiator acquisition in June 2015. He had been with 1-800-Radiator since 2007, serving in numerous management roles including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and most recently as President. Prior to joining 1-800-Radiator, he served as Vice President Finance at Alibris, a leading internet marketplace for used, new and hard-to-find books. Prior to joining Alibris, Mr. Mendoza was a Corporate Group Controller at United Parcel Service. During his 13 years at United Parcel Service, he served in a variety of operations, marketing, reporting and financial management positions. Mr. Mendoza earned a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, San Diego, and an M.B.A. in Finance from Golden Gate University (San Francisco).

Tracy Gehlan serves as our President, Car Wash, International. Ms. Gehlan joined Driven Brands in 2020 upon the completion of the acquisition of ICWG. Ms. Gehlan is responsible for all Car Wash segment regions outside the United States and is based in the United Kingdom. Prior to joining Driven Brands, Ms. Gehlan was Senior Vice President & Chief Operating Officer of Hertz International, overseeing franchise and company-operated locations across 89 markets spanning the Hertz, Dollar Thrifty, and Firefly brands. She was responsible for the overall performance of the region and was a member of the global senior management team. Ms. Gehlan began her career at the Restaurant Group, the largest independent U.K.-based restaurant company, and has also held numerous roles across the Burger King organization, where she ultimately served as Chief Operating Officer of Burger King EMEA. Ms. Gehlan earned a LLB from Newcastle University.

Kyle Marshall serves as our President, Platform Services. Mr. Marshall joined Driven Brands as part of the 1-800-Radiator acquisition in June 2015. He had been with 1-800-Radiator since 2003, serving in numerous management roles including Vice President of Sales and Marketing and most recently as President. Mr. Marshall earned a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.

Neal Aronson will serve as the chairman of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Aronson founded Roark and serves as its Managing Partner, a position he has held since 2001. Prior to founding Roark, Mr. Aronson was Co-Founder and Chief Financial Officer for U.S. Franchise Systems, Inc., or USFS, a franchisor of hotel chains. Prior to USFS, Mr. Aronson was a private equity professional at Rosecliff (a successor company to Acadia Partners), Odyssey Partners and Acadia Partners (now Oak Hill). Mr. Aronson

 

137


Table of Contents

began his career in the corporate finance department at Drexel, Burnham, Lambert Inc. Mr. Aronson received a B.A. from Lehigh University. Mr. Aronson’s experience as a private equity partner, chief financial officer and in other senior executive leadership roles working with franchise companies in the retail, consumer and business services industries, and knowledge of complex financial matters provide him with valuable and relevant experience in franchise administration, strategic planning, corporate finance, financial reporting, mergers and acquisitions and leadership of complex organizations, and provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Michael Thompson will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Thompson also serves as a Managing Director of Roark. Prior to joining Roark, Mr. Thompson worked at Montage Partners, a Phoenix-based private equity firm. Before Montage, Mr. Thompson served as a Senior Associate at Kroll Zolfo Copper. Mr. Thompson received a B.A. from Pomona College and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Mr. Thompson’s involvement with his respective firms’ investments in various companies, in-depth knowledge and industry experience, coupled with his skills in private financing and strategic planning, provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Chadwick Hume will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Hume also serves as a Principal of Roark. Prior to joining Roark, Mr. Hume worked at Houlihan Lokey and Bank of America. Mr. Hume received a B.B.A. from the Terry College of Business at the University of Georgia. Mr. Hume’s experience with his firm’s investments in branded consumer companies, expertise in corporate strategy and organization and relevant experience in the industry provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Cathy Halligan will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Ms. Halligan also serves as a director for Ferguson plc, FLIR Systems Inc., and Ulta Beauty Inc. and has served as an advisor to Narvar Inc. since 2013 and Chanel since 2014. Ms. Halligan received a B.S. from Northern Illinois University. Ms. Halligan’s extensive board experience and experience in digital transformation, marketing, and retail provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Rick Puckett will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Puckett serves as a director and as chairman of the audit committee for SPX Corporation and Whitehorse Finance, Inc., positions he has held since May 2015 and December 2012, respectively. Mr. Puckett is also a member of the Board of Directors for Pet Retail Brands, Inc., a privately held company, since August 2019. He also served on the board of directors for Late July Brands, a privately held company from 2007 through 2010. From December 2006 to December 2016, Mr. Puckett was the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. Prior to Snyder’s-Lance, Mr. Puckett was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of United Natural Foods, Inc. Mr. Puckett is a Certified Public Accountant, and he received a bachelor’s degree in accounting and an M.B.A. from the University of Kentucky. Mr. Puckett’s experience in leadership roles at his past companies, significant knowledge and understanding of corporate finance and financial reporting and his expert background as a Certified Public Accountant provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Karen Stroup will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Ms. Stroup also serves as the Chief Digital Officer of Thomson Reuters Corporation. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters Corporation in 2019, Ms. Stroup served as Director, North America Digital BCG Accelerator System at Boston Consulting Group in 2019, as Chief Digital Officer at TreeHouse in 2018, as Senior Vice President, The Garage at Capital One Financial Corporation from 2016 to 2018 and as Vice President, Product Management at Intuit, Inc. from 2007 to 2016. Ms. Stroup received a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth College. Ms. Stroup’s experience in leading digital transformations and delivering results leveraging customer-driven innovation provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Peter Swinburn will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Swinburn also serves as a director for Cabela’s Inc., Express Inc., Wales Millennium Centre, High Level

 

138


Table of Contents

Software Ltd, The Rise and Fuller, Smith & Turner. Previously, Mr. Swinburn served as the Chief Executive Officer of Molson Coors from 2008 to 2014. Mr. Swinburn received a B.Sc. from University of Wales, Cardiff. Mr. Swinburn’s extensive board experience and significant knowledge and understanding of business development, strategic planning and consumer brand marketing provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Controlled Company

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock offered in this offering on NASDAQ. As our Principal Stockholders will continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of that exchange’s rules and corporate governance standards. As a “controlled company,” we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including (1) those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of “independent directors” as such term is defined by applicable NASDAQ rules, (2) those that would require that we establish a compensation committee composed entirely of “independent directors” and with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) those that would require we have a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised entirely of “independent directors” and with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise ensure that the nominees for directors are determined or recommended to our board of directors by the independent members of our board of directors pursuant to a formal resolution addressing the nominations process and such related matters as may be required under the federal securities laws. Accordingly, to the extent we elect not to comply with these corporate governance standards, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on NASDAQ, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Director Independence

While we are a “controlled company” we are not required to have a majority of “independent directors.” As allowed under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ, we intend to phase in compliance with the heightened independence requirements prior to the end of the one-year transition period after we cease to be a “controlled company.” Upon completion of this offering, we will have at least four “independent directors” on our board of directors as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect our “independent directors”, as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ, will be Cathy Halligan, Rick Puckett, Karen Stroup and Peter Swinburn.

Board Composition

Our board of directors will consist of eight members upon completion of this offering. Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by our board of directors in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. At any meeting of the board of directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors.

 

139


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Following the completion of this offering, the board committees will include an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we may avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ rules which exempts us from certain requirements, including the requirements that we have a majority of “independent directors” on our board of directors and that we have compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees composed entirely of “independent directors.” We will, however, remain subject to the requirement that we have an audit committee composed entirely of independent members by the end of the transition period for companies listing in connection with an initial public offering.

If at any time we cease to be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ rules, the board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with the applicable rules, including appointing a majority of “independent director” to the board of directors and establishing certain committees composed entirely of “independent directors”, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period.

Audit Committee

Following the consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Rick Puckett, Karen Stroup, and Peter Swinburn, each of whom qualifies as an “independent director.” Our board of directors has determined that Rick Puckett qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that all audit committee members are independent as independence is defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the NASDAQ listing standards. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee will be as follows:

 

   

to prepare the annual audit committee report to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

to oversee and monitor our financial reporting process;

 

   

to oversee and monitor the integrity of our financial statements and internal control system;

 

   

to oversee and monitor the independence, retention, performance and compensation of our independent auditor;

 

   

to oversee and monitor the performance, appointment and retention of our senior internal audit staff person;

 

   

to discuss, oversee and monitor policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

to oversee and monitor our compliance with legal and regulatory matters; and

 

   

to provide regular reports to the board.

The audit committee will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties and to form and delegate authority to subcommittees.

Compensation Committee

Following the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Cathy Halligan, Chadwick Hume and Michael Thompson. The principal duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee will be as follows:

 

   

to review and make recommendations to the full board of directors regarding our compensation policies and programs;

 

   

to review and make recommendations to the board of directors regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, other officers and key employees, including all material benefits, option or stock award grants and perquisites and all material employment agreements, confidentiality and non-competition agreements;

 

140


Table of Contents
   

to review and recommend to the board of directors a succession plan for the chief executive officer and development plans for other key corporate positions as shall be deemed necessary from time to time;

 

   

to review and make recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans;

 

   

to administer incentive compensation and equity-related plans;

 

   

to review and make recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the financial and other performance targets that must be met;

 

   

to set and review the compensation of members of the board of directors; and

 

   

to prepare an annual compensation committee report and take such other actions as are necessary and consistent with the governing law and our organizational documents.

We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of “independent directors.”

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Following the consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Chadwick Hume, Peter Swinburn, and Michael Thompson. The principal duties and responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be as follows:

 

   

to identify candidates qualified to become directors of the Company, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

   

to recommend to our board of directors nominees for election as directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders or a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, as well as to recommend directors to serve on the other committees of the board;

 

   

to recommend to our board of directors candidates to fill vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors;

 

   

to identify best practices and recommend corporate governance principles, including giving proper attention and making effective responses to stockholder concerns regarding corporate governance;

 

   

to develop and recommend to our board of directors guidelines setting forth corporate governance principles applicable to the Company; and

 

   

to oversee the evaluation of our board of directors and senior management.

We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of “independent directors.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our directors, officers and employees and is intended to comply with the relevant listing requirements for a code of conduct as well as qualify as a “code of ethics” as defined by the rules of the SEC. The code of business conduct and ethics will contain general guidelines for conducting our business consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions, and our directors, on our website at http://www.drivenbrands.com. Following the consummation of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website.

 

141


Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The board of directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of its risks. The board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. Following the completion of this offering, the compensation committee of the board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to employee compensation plans and arrangements and the audit committee of the board of directors will oversee the management of financial risks. While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors will be regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

 

142


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introduction

This section provides an overview of our executive compensation program, including a narrative description of the material factors necessary to understand the information disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table below. For fiscal year 2019, our named executive officers are:

 

   

Jonathan Fitzpatrick, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jacky Wu, who served as our Chief Financial Officer until March 20, 2020; and

 

   

Gabriel Mendoza, our Executive Vice President and Group President, Platform Services.

The compensation program for our named executive officers consists principally of the following elements: base salary; performance-based cash bonus; and equity-based incentive compensation. We also provide general employee benefits as well as certain severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment.

Summary of NEO Offer Letters and Employment Agreements

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

We are party to an amended and restated employment agreement with Jonathan Fitzpatrick, dated April 17, 2015, as amended, to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer with a term ending on April 17, 2020, which term extends automatically for consecutive one-year periods unless either Mr. Fitzpatrick or we provide at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal prior to the expiration of the initial or any renewal term.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Fitzpatrick is entitled to annual base salary of $600,000 (subject to review by the Board from time to time) and a target bonus of 150% of his annual base salary based on a combination of our overall goals as well as achievement of individual performance objectives. Mr. Fitzpatrick is entitled to participate in the Company’s employee benefit, fringe and perquisite arrangements as in effect from time to time.

Mr. Fitzpatrick’s employment agreement includes other customary terms and conditions, including perpetual confidentiality and assignment of intellectual property provisions, and an eighteen-month post-termination noncompetition covenant and a two year post-termination nonsolicitation covenant of employees and customers.

Mr. Fitzpatrick is also entitled to severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Jacky Wu

We were party to an employment agreement with Jacky Wu, dated August 26, 2016, as amended, to serve as our Chief Financial Officer with a term ending on September 15, 2019.

Mr. Wu’s employment agreement provided for an initial annual base salary of $350,000 (which was $410,000 as of his resignation), and a target bonus of 100% of his annual base salary based on achievement of performance objectives. Mr. Wu was also entitled to participate in the Company’s benefit plans as in effect from time to time, a guaranteed minimum bonus of $100,000 for fiscal year 2016 and received reimbursement for certain relocation expenses.

The employment agreement also contained customary provisions relating to perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information and a two-year post-termination non-competition covenant and a two-year post-termination non-solicitation covenant of employees and customers.

 

143


Table of Contents

Mr. Wu was also entitled to severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Mr. Wu resigned his employment with the Company effective as of March 20, 2020.

Letter Agreement with Mr. Mendoza

We are party to a letter agreement with Gabriel Mendoza, dated June 8, 2015, pursuant to which Mr. Mendoza is employed as the President of our subsidiary and reports to our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Mendoza’s letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Mendoza’s letter agreement provided for an initial annual base salary of $325,000 (which is currently $400,000), and an initial target bonus of 50% of his base salary (which is currently 100% of his base salary), which may be subject to change from time to time, but not decreased below 50% of his base salary. Mr. Mendoza’s letter agreement also provided that he is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans and 401(k) Plan of his employer and he would be granted profits interests in Driven Investor LLC.

The letter agreement also contains customary provisions relating to non-disclosure of confidential information and a two year post-termination non-competition covenant and two-year post-termination non-solicitation covenant of employees and customers.

Mr. Mendoza is also entitled to severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Base Salary

We pay base salaries to attract, recruit and retain qualified employees. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that our compensation committee will review and set base salaries of our named executive officers annually.

Annual Cash Bonus Compensation

During fiscal year 2019, our named executive officers were eligible to participate in our annual performance-based cash bonus plan, the Management by Objectives Bonus Plan (the “MBO”). Our board of directors has and, following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee intends to continue an annual performance-based cash bonus plan for eligible employees, including our named executive officers.

For fiscal year 2019, the annual target bonus (as a percentage of base salary) for each of Messrs. Fitzpatrick, Wu and Mendoza under the MBO for fiscal year 2019 was 150%, 100% and 100%, respectively. The bonuses under the MBO for each of our named executive officers were earned based on achievement of pre-established performance criteria: up to 50% based on achieving certain financial EBITDA targets, and up to 50% based on achieving certain individual performance objectives. The payout in respect of the financial performance criteria could exceed 100% (up to 125%) if EBITDA was achieved above certain levels. The individual performance objectives were capped at 100%. Based on our overall achievement of the financial performance goals, and the named executive officers’ performance against their individual performance objectives, each of our named executive officer’s earned a bonus equal to 100% of their target bonus for fiscal year 2019. The bonuses in respect of fiscal year 2019 performance for each of Messrs. Fitzpatrick, Wu and Mendoza were paid in the first quarter of 2020.

Equity Incentive Compensation

We provide equity-based incentive compensation to our named executive officers because it links our long-term results achieved for our stockholders and the rewards provided to named executive officers, thereby ensuring that such officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Our named executive officers have

 

144


Table of Contents

each been granted profits interests (i.e., Class B Common Units (“Class B Units”) of Driven Investor LLC (“Parent”) under the Parent Incentive Equity Plan (the “Profits Interest Plan”) and Parent’s operating agreement. Class B Units allow the named executive officers to share in the future appreciation in the equity value of Parent. For each Class B Unit award, approximately one-third of the Class B Units vest ratably over 5 years based on continued employment, and approximately two-thirds of the Class B Units are eligible to vest in the event of a sale transaction or a qualified public offering, including this offering (a “Liquidity Event”), based on the level of internal rate of return (based on cash payments or other distributions actually received) that is achieved by RC Driven Holdco LLC and its affiliates (the “Sponsor Group”)). We did not grant any Class B Units to any of the named executive officers in 2019.

Following the adoption of our 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan in connection with this offering, no further awards will be granted under the Profits Interest Plan.

Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers are entitled to participate in our 401(k) plan, on the same basis as our other eligible employees. Our named executive officers are also entitled to participate in the Driven Brands, Inc. Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “NQDC”), a deferred compensation plan that permits the elective deferral of base salary and annual performance-based bonus for a select group of management and highly compensated employees.

Summary Compensation Table

The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid to, awarded to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered in all capacities during the year ended December 28, 2019.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fiscal
Year
     Salary
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(1)
($)
     All Other
Compensation(2)
($)
     Total
($)
 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2019        600,000        900,000        90,489        1,590,489  

Jacky Wu

Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer(3)

     2019        405,385        410,000        91,661        907,046  

Gabriel Mendoza

Executive Vice President and Group President, Platform Services

     2019        400,000        400,000        15,725        815,725  

 

(1)

Amounts set forth in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column represent cash bonuses paid to each of our named executive officers pursuant to our MBO, based on our actual performance for fiscal year 2019.

 

145


Table of Contents
(2)

Amounts reported under All Other Compensation reflect the following:

 

Name

   Company
401(k)
Match
($)
     Company
Deferred
Compensation
Match
($)
     Executive
Medical
Program
($)
     Housing
Expense
($)
     Commuter
Benefits
($)
     Total
($)
 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

     16,500        12,247        3,500               46,800        90,489  

Jacky Wu

            8,400        3,500        26,136        51,700        91,661  

Gabriel Mendoza

     12,225               3,500                      15,725  

 

(3)

Mr Wu’s last day of employment with the Company was March 20, 2020.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2019

The following table provides information about the outstanding equity awards (unvested Class B Units) held by our named executive officers as of December 28, 2019.

 

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
Shares or
Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(1)(4)
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(2)
     Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested
(#)(3)
     Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
($)(2)
 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

     5/26/2015        737           3,683     

Jacky Wu

     11/7/2016        267           667     
     5/9/2018        267           333     

Gabriel Mendoza

     6/8/2015        74           368     
     2/23/2016        100           243     
     8/3/2017        184           307     

 

(1)

Represents unvested Class B Units subject solely to service-based vesting requirements (“Time-Vesting Units”). See footnote (4) for Time-Vesting Units vesting dates.

(2)

The Class B Units represent profit interests in Driven Investor LLC, which will have value only if the value of Driven Investor LLC increases following the date on which the awards of such Class B Units are granted. There is no public market for the Class B Units, accordingly, the market or payout value of the unvested Class B Units is based on the value of the shares of our common stock that were held by Driven Investor LLC as of December 28, 2019. For purposes of this table, the Class B Units were valued using an initial public offering price of $             per share of our common stock which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(3)

Represents the unvested Class B Units subject to performance-based vesting requirements (“Performance-Vesting Units”). The Performance-Vesting Units will vest upon a Liquidity Event only if, and to the extent that, our Sponsor Group achieves certain levels of internal rate of return in connection with the Liquidity Event. The completion of this offering will not result in any vesting of the Performance-Vesting Units. In accordance with applicable SEC disclosure rules we have shown the number of Performance-Vesting Units that would be earned assuming achievement of the lowest threshold level of performance (i.e. 50% of the Performance-Vesting Units).

 

146


Table of Contents
(4)

The vesting schedules of the Time-Vesting Units are as follows (subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through each applicable vesting date):

 

Name

   Grant Date     

Vesting Schedule

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

     5/26/2015     

Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 737 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on May 26, 2020

 

Jacky Wu

     11/7/2016      Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 133 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on each of September 15, 2020 and 2021
     5/9/2018      Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 67 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on each of May 9, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023

Gabriel Mendoza

     6/8/2015      Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 74 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on June 8, 2020
     2/23/2016      Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 50 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on each of December 31, 2019, and 2020
     8/3/2017      Vests 20% per year over 5 years. Approximately 61 Class B Units are scheduled to vest on each of July 10, 2020, 2021 and 2022

Prior to the closing of this offering, in connection with the Reorganization, the Class B Units in Driven Investor LLC will be exchanged for an economically equivalent number of vested and unvested shares of our common stock.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

Treatment of Incentive Equity Awards

Upon a termination of a named executive officer’s employment for any reason all of such officer’s unvested Time-Vesting Units will be forfeited for no consideration; provided, that in the event (i) of a termination by us for cause, (ii) the named executive officer breaches such officer’s restrictive covenants or (iii) the named executive officer fails to execute a release (collectively, “Forfeiture Events”), both the vested and unvested Time-Vesting Units will be forfeited for no consideration.

Upon a termination of a named executive officer’s employment due to such officer’s death or disability, all of such officer’s unvested Performance-Based Units will remain outstanding and eligible to vest on a prorated basis upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event. Upon a termination of a named executive officer’s employment for any reason other than due to such officer’s death or disability, all of such officer’s unvested Performance-Based Units will be forfeited for no consideration; provided, that in the event that such officer’s employment is terminated without cause within 6 months prior to a Liquidity Event, such officer’s Performance-Based Units that would have otherwise vested on such Liquidity Event will vest; provided, further, that on a Forfeiture Event, both the vested and unvested Performance-Vesting Units will be forfeited for no consideration.

Upon a sale transaction all outstanding Time-Vesting Units will accelerate and become fully vested and all Performance-Vesting Units will vest with respect to 0%, 50%, or 100% depending on the level of internal rate of return achieved by the Sponsor Group in connection with the sale transaction.

Treatment of Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

Upon a termination of a named executive officer’s employment due to such officer’s death or disability, such officer will become fully vested in all matching contributions credited to the named executive officer’s account under the NQDC.

 

147


Table of Contents

Severance Benefits under Employment Agreements and Offer Letters

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

Upon a termination of employment by us without cause, a resignation by Mr. Fitzpatrick for good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement) or by expiration of the term following notice by us not to extend the term, subject to Mr. Fitzpatrick’s execution of a separation agreement containing a general release of claims and such general release of claims becoming irrevocable, Mr. Fitzpatrick will be entitled to (i) base salary continuation for a period of 18 months following the date of termination and (ii) a lump-sum cash amount equal to $50,000, paid within 10 days following the termination date.

Upon a termination of employment due to his death or disability, subject to Mr. Fitzpatrick or his estate executing a general release of claims and such general release of claims becoming irrevocable, Mr. Fitzpatrick will be entitled to payment of an annual bonus for the year of termination (prorated for the number of days of employment through such year) based on actual results, payable at the time annual bonuses are paid to active employees.

Upon any termination of employment, including a resignation without good reason or termination for cause, Mr. Fitzpatrick shall also be entitled to payment of base salary through the date of termination, accrued benefits and reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses.

If any payments or benefits payable to Mr. Fitzpatrick would be a “parachute payment” resulting in a lost tax deduction for the Company under Section 280G of the Code and excise tax to Mr. Fitzpatrick under Section 4999 of the Code, the payments and benefits shall be reduced to an amount that would not trigger the excise tax, but only to the extent that such reduction would leave Mr. Fitzpatrick with a greater net after-tax amount.

Jacky Wu

Upon a termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement) subject to his execution of a release of claims, Mr. Wu would have been entitled to continued payment of his base salary for 12 months; provided that such payments would have ceased if at any time during the 12 month period following his separation, Mr. Wu accepted or commenced full-time employment with any other employer, or undertook any consulting or contractor assignments that provided any payment for his services.

Upon any termination of employment, including a resignation without good reason, termination for cause, or termination of employment due to death or disability, Mr. Wu would have also been entitled to continued payment of base salary until his last day of active employment.

Mr. Mendoza

Upon a termination of employment by us without cause or a resignation by Mr. Mendoza for good reason (each as defined in his letter agreement), subject to his execution of a release of claims, Mr. Mendoza is entitled to continued payment of his base salary for 6 months.

Upon any termination of employment, including a resignation without good reason, termination for cause, or termination of employment due to death or disability, Mr. Mendoza shall also be entitled to continued payment of base salary until his last day of active employment.

Compensation of Directors

We anticipate that each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual director fee, fees for attending meetings of the board of directors as well as committee meetings and equity awards in connection with their services. In addition, each director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with his or her

 

148


Table of Contents

services. Directors who are officers or are affiliated with Roark will not receive any compensation in connection with the offering or for services as directors following the offering. As of the time of this offering, we are evaluating the specific terms of our director compensation program.

Post-IPO Equity Compensation Plans

2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt, with the approval of our stockholders, our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) to become effective in connection with the consummation of this offering. Following the adoption of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, we do not expect to issue additional profits interests under the Profits Interest Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) will administer the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

Eligibility. Any current or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are selected by the Compensation Committee will be eligible for awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized. Pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan, we have reserved an aggregate of              shares of our common stock for issuance of awards to be granted thereunder. No more than              shares of our common stock may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards that may be awarded to a non-employee director under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during any one fiscal year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such fiscal year, will be $                . If any award granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan expires, terminates, or is canceled or forfeited without being settled, vested or exercised, shares of our common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grants. Any shares that are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, or any shares reserved for issuance, but not issued, with respect to settlement of a stock appreciation right, will not again be available for grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Change in Capitalization. If there is a change in our capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other relevant change in capitalization or applicable law or circumstances, such that the Compensation Committee determines that an adjustment to the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan (or awards thereunder) is necessary or appropriate, then the Compensation Committee shall make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable. Such adjustments may be to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the limitations on awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the exercise price of outstanding options, or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as the Compensation Committee may determine appropriate.

Awards Available for Grant. The Compensation Committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, other cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may

 

149


Table of Contents

be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines, which are referred to herein as “Substitute Awards.”

Stock Options. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an incentive stock option. Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder) of our common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder), provided that if the term of a non-qualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our common stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy, the option’s term shall be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, by check, by cash equivalent and/or by delivery of shares of our common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised, or any combination of the foregoing, provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest, or by such other method as the Compensation Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including (i) by delivery of other property having a fair market value equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes, (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of our common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism or (iii) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. In all events of cashless or net exercise, any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award SARs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, in the form of either cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may include SARs, and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs, including with respect to vesting and expiration. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the strike price per share of our common stock underlying each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant and the maximum term of a SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock is common stock that is generally non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. Any accumulated dividends will be payable at the same time that the underlying restricted stock vests.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A restricted stock unit award, once vested, may be settled in a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of units earned, in cash equal to the fair market value of the number of shares of our common stock earned in respect

 

150


Table of Contents

of such restricted stock unit award or in a combination of the foregoing, at the election of the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock units may be settled at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation Committee. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of our common stock, either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, in shares of our common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends (or a combination of cash and shares), and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Compensation Committee, which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time that the underlying restricted stock units are settled.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of our common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, other awards denominated in shares of our common stock, or awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value of our common stock under such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between us and a participant, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), if a participant’s employment or service is terminated by us other than for cause (and other than due to death or disability) within the 12-month period following a change in control, then the Compensation Committee may provide that (i) all then-outstanding options and SARs held by such participant will become immediately exercisable as of such participant’s date of termination with respect to all of the shares subject to such option or SAR; and/or (ii) the restricted period (and any other conditions) shall expire as of such participant’s date of termination with respect to all of the then-outstanding shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units held by such participant (including without limitation a waiver of any applicable performance goals); provided that with respect to any award whose vesting or exercisability is otherwise subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the Compensation Committee and, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, prorated for the number of days elapsed from the grant date of such award through the date of termination. In addition, the Compensation Committee may in its discretion and upon at least ten days’ notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding award and pay the holders, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such awards based upon the price per share of the Company’s common stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in connection with the transaction (it being understood that any option or SAR having a per-share exercise price or strike price equal to, or in excess of, the fair market value (as of the date specified by the Compensation Committee) of a share of the Company’s common stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without payment or consideration therefor). Notwithstanding the above, the Compensation Committee shall exercise such discretion over the timing of settlement of any award subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time such award is granted.

Nontransferability. Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless the Compensation Committee permits the award to be transferred to a permitted transferee (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan).

Amendment. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will have a term of 10 years. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval if necessary to comply with any tax, exchange rules, or other applicable regulatory requirement. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

 

151


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award theretofore granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to any award theretofore granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant; and provided further that, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any SAR, (ii) the Compensation Committee may not cancel any outstanding option and replace it with a new option (with a lower exercise price) or cancel any SAR and replace it with a new SAR (with a lower strike price) or, in each case, with another award or cash in a manner that would be treated as a repricing (for compensation disclosure or accounting purposes), (iii) the Compensation Committee may not take any other action considered a repricing for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange on which our common shares are listed and (iv) the Compensation Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or SAR that has a per-share exercise price or strike price (as applicable) at or above the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of cancellation and pay any consideration to the holder thereof. However, stockholder approval is not required with respect to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above with respect to certain adjustments on changes in capitalization.

Clawback/Forfeiture. Awards may be subject to clawback or forfeiture to the extent required by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of NASDAQ or other applicable securities exchange, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company or the provisions of an award agreement.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant, exercise and vesting of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local or payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirement of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Stock Options. Holders of incentive stock options will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon vesting or exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before the later of two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming the holding period is satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the share on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.

 

152


Table of Contents

No income will be realized by a participant upon grant or vesting of an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option (“a non-qualified stock option”). Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise, and the participant’s tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same excess amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.

SARs. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant or vesting of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (i.e., the vesting date), the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. If the election is made, the participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to us. (Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act). We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant or vesting of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m). In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to the executives designated in Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the next three highly compensated executives of such corporation whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement. We reserve the right to award compensation as to which a deduction may be limited under Section 162(m) where we believe it is appropriate to do so.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt an employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which permits our employees to contribute up to a specified percentage of base salary and commissions to purchase our shares at a discount.             number of shares of our common stock will be available for issuance under the ESPP (representing         % of the shares of our common stock on a fully diluted basis assuming that all shares available for issuance under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan and ESPP are issued and outstanding.

 

153


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

ICWG Acquisition

On August 3, 2020, pursuant to the Merger Agreement in connection with the ICWG Acquisition, RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC, a subsidiary of RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC and the direct parent of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, merged with and into Driven Investor LLC. Driven Investor LLC subsequently contributed all of the equity interests of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC to the Company in exchange for 430 shares of the Company’s common stock which corresponds to RC IV Cayman ICW LLC’s interest in the combined company. RC IV Cayman ICW LLC is the direct parent of Shine Holdco, a holding company of all of the assets and liabilities of ICWG. RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC is related to Roark and will be one of our Principal Stockholders upon completion of this offering.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with our Principal Stockholders. This agreement will grant our Principal Stockholders the right to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. Our Principal Stockholders will also have the right to appoint members to committees of our board of directors in proportion to their representation on the Board, except where prohibited by applicable laws or stock exchange regulations, in which case our Principal Stockholders will instead be entitled to appoint observer members of any such restricted committee.

For purposes of calculating the number of directors that affiliates of our Principal Stockholders are entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors (e.g., one and one quarter (1 1/4) directors shall equate to two directors). In addition, in the event a vacancy on the board of directors is created by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of a Principal Stockholders’ director designee, affiliates of our Principal Stockholders shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by a new Principal Stockholders’ director-designee. Upon the consummation of this offering, Neal Aronson, Chadwick Hume and Michael Thompson will be deemed to be the only designees of our Principal Stockholders under the stockholders agreement, and our Principal Stockholders will have the right to designate additional directors as set forth above.

In addition, the stockholders agreement will grant to our Principal Stockholders special governance rights, for as long as our Principal Stockholders maintain ownership of at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, including, but not limited to, rights of approval over certain corporate and other transactions such as mergers, entry into or exit from certain joint ventures, any material change in the nature of the our business, any stock repurchases, the declaration or payment of dividends, the incurrence of certain indebtedness, changes to the size of our board of directors, entry into certain affiliate transactions, other transactions involving a change in control,

 

154


Table of Contents

and certain rights regarding the appointment of our chief executive officer. Further, for as long as our Principal Stockholders maintain ownership of any of our outstanding common stock, we may not modify or amend the provisions of our charter relating to the waiver of corporate opportunities without their consent.

Income Tax Receivable Agreement

Following our initial public offering, we expect to be able to utilize the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. We expect that the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits will reduce the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

We will enter into an income tax receivable agreement and pursuant to which our existing stockholders, including Driven Equity LLC, RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC and our senior management team, will have the right to receive payment by us of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax that we and our subsidiaries actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of a change of control and certain subsidiary dispositions, as discussed below) as a result of the realization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits.

For purposes of the income tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by reference to the reduction in the liability for income taxes resulting from the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. The term of the income tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until all relevant Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits have been utilized, been accelerated or expired.

Our counterparties under the income tax receivable agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits are subsequently disallowed (although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance). As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments under the income tax receivable agreement that are greater than our and our subsidiaries’ actual cash tax savings.

While the actual amount and timing of any payments under the income tax receivable agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we and our subsidiaries generate in the future, and our and our subsidiaries’ use of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits, we expect that during the term of the income tax receivable agreement, the payments that we may make could be material. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits, we would expect that future payments under the income tax receivable agreement will aggregate to approximately $                                         million to $                     million.

Any future changes in the realizability of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits will impact the amount that will be paid under the income tax receivable agreement to our existing stockholders. Based on our current taxable income estimates, we expect to pay the majority of this obligation by the end of our                      fiscal year. We expect to pay between $                     million and $                     million in cash related to the income tax receivable agreement, based on our current taxable income estimates. We plan to use cash flow from operations and availability under the securitized debt facility to fund this obligation.

If we undergo a change of control, payments under the income tax receivable agreement for each taxable year after such event would be based on certain valuation assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits. Additionally, if we sell or otherwise dispose of any of our subsidiaries in a transaction that is not a change of control, we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the income tax receivable agreement attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits of such subsidiary that is sold or disposed of, applying the assumptions described above.

 

155


Table of Contents

The income tax receivable agreement provides that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under it, whether as a result of our failure to make any payment when due (subject to a specified cure period), failure to honor any other material obligation under it or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of it in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all our payment and other obligations under the income tax receivable agreement will be accelerated and will become due and payable and we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the income tax receivable agreement, applying the same assumptions described above. Such payments could be substantial and could exceed our and our subsidiaries’ actual cash tax savings from the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Benefits.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. The securitized debt facility may restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement because of restrictions under our outstanding indebtedness, such payments will be deferred and will generally accrue interest at a rate of the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00% per annum until paid. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement for any other reason, such payments will generally accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum until paid.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we and our Principal Stockholders will enter into a registration rights agreement. The registration rights agreement will grant, our Principal Stockholders and certain of its affiliates the right to cause us to register shares of our common stock held by it under the Securities Act and, if requested, to use our reasonable best efforts (if we are not eligible to use an automatic shelf registration statement at the time of filing) to maintain a shelf registration statement effective with respect to such shares. Certain affiliates of our Principal Stockholders are also entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in any registration of our common stock under the Securities Act that we may undertake. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify certain affiliates of our Principal Stockholders and members of management participating in any offering against certain liabilities, which may arise under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to us.

Management Agreement

Driven Management Agreement

We are a party to a management advisory and consulting services agreement, dated April 17, 2015, or the management agreement, with Roark, pursuant to which Roark provides management consulting services to us and receives specified consideration for such services. The management consulting services generally consist of advice concerning management, finance, marketing, strategic planning and such other services as may be requested from time to time by our board of directors. We paid an aggregate of $                     million, $                     million and $                     million for these management consulting services during our 2019, 2018 and 2017 fiscal years, respectively. We expect to terminate the management agreement in connection with this offering. The management agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Roark and its affiliates that will survive such termination.

ICWG Management Agreement

Shine Holdco is a party to a management advisory and consulting services agreement, dated October 3, 2017, with Roark, pursuant to which Roark provides management consulting services to Shine Holdco and receives specified consideration for such services. The management consulting services generally consist of

 

156


Table of Contents

advice concerning management, finance, marketing, strategic planning and such other services as may be requested from time to time by Shine Holdco’s board of directors. Shine Holdco paid an aggregate of $                     million, $                     million and $                     million for these management consulting services during our 2019, 2018 and 2017 fiscal years, respectively. We will terminate the management agreement prior to or at the close of this offering. The management agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Roark and its affiliates that will survive such termination.

Related Party Note

On June 8, 2015, Gabriel Mendoza, our Executive Vice President and President of Car Wash North America, entered into a promissory note with Driven Brands Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Driven Brands Holdings Inc., pursuant to which Mr. Mendoza borrowed a principal amount of $750,000 bearing interest at a rate equal to 6% per annum. The promissory note was satisfied in full on February 7, 2020.

Indemnification Agreement

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written Related Person Transaction Policy (the “policy”), which will set forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by our audit committee. In accordance with the policy, our audit committee will have overall responsibility for implementation of and compliance with the policy.

For purposes of the policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeded, exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person (as defined in the policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors or audit committee.

The policy will require that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entry into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to our audit committee for consideration. Under the policy, our audit committee may approve only those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. In the event that we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under the policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to the audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

The policy will also provide that the audit committee review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Additionally, we will make periodic inquiries of directors and executive officers with respect to any potential related person transaction of which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.

 

157


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                 , and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who we know to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers for year 2019;

 

   

each of our current directors; and

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of                 . Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering is based on                  shares of common stock as of                 , after giving effect to our issuance of shares of common stock in this offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person or entity named in the table below is 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Before the
Offering
     Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is not Exercised
     Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Exercised
 
     Number      Percent      Number      Percent      Number      Percent  

5% Stockholders

                 

Driven Equity LLC(1)

                 

RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC(2)

                 

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

                 

Tiffany Mason

                 

Daniel Rivera

                 

Neal Aronson(1)(2)

                 

Michael Thompson

                 

Chadwick Hume

                 

Cathy Halligan

                 

Rick Puckett

                 

Karen Stroup

                 

Peter Swinburn

                 

All current directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

                 

 

(1)

Driven Equity LLC directly owns             shares of common stock. Driven Equity LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is controlled by RC Driven Holdco LLC, a Georgia limited liability company. RC Driven Holdco LLC is controlled by Roark Capital Partners III LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which is in turn controlled by its general partner, Roark Capital GenPar III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Roark Capital GenPar III LLC is controlled by its managing member, Neal K. Aronson. Each of RC Driven Holdco LLC, Roark Capital Partners III LP, Roark Capital GenPar III LLC and Mr. Aronson may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the common stock directly owned by Driven Equity LLC and therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the common stock held by Driven Equity LLC, but each disclaim beneficial ownership of such common stock. The Principal Stockholders are a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and each of the Principal Stockholders may be

 

158


Table of Contents
  deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock held by the other Principal Stockholder. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this paragraph is c/o Roark Capital Management, LLC, 1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA, 30309.
(2)

RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC directly owns                  shares of common stock. RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, is controlled by RC IV Cayman Equity ICW LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company. RC IV Cayman Equity ICW LLC is controlled by Roark Capital Partners IV Cayman AIV LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership, which is in turn controlled by its general partner, Roark Capital GenPar IV Cayman AIV LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership. Roark Capital GenPar IV Cayman AIV LP is controlled by its general partner, Roark Capital GenPar IV Cayman AIV Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the a Cayman Islands with limited liability. Each of RC IV Cayman Equity ICW LLC, Roark Capital Partners IV Cayman AIV LP, Roark Capital GenPar IV Cayman AIV LP and Roark Capital GenPar IV Cayman AIV Ltd. may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the common stock directly owned by RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC and therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the common stock held by RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC, but each disclaim beneficial ownership of such common stock. The Principal Stockholders are a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and each of the Principal Stockholders may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock held by the other Principal Stockholder. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this paragraph is c/o Roark Capital Management, LLC, 1180 Peachtree Street, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA, 30309.

 

159


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL.

Authorized Capital

At the time of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

 

   

             shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and

 

   

             shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

   

Immediately following the closing of this offering, there are expected to be             shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Voting Rights. Holders of our common stock will be to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Dividends. The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs and restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of dividends to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant.

Liquidation. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common stock will not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

 

160


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative participations, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of that series, including, without limitation:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our Company;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our Company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of you might believe to be in your best interests or in which you might receive a premium for your common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, will contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of our Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

161


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of NASDAQ, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on the NASDAQ, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors are elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or to any rights granted to our Principal Stockholders under our stockholders agreement, the number of directors is fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

162


Table of Contents

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders agreement with affiliates of our Principal Stockholders, any vacancies on our board of directors are filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may, subject to any rights granted to our Principal Stockholders under our stockholders agreement, only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our certificate of incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, so long as our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.

 

163


Table of Contents

Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our bylaws will allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of preferred stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken by written consent to the extent provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series.

Supermajority Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation. For as long as our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At any time when our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

 

164


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that at any time when our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying, or preventing changes in control of our management or our Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

 

165


Table of Contents

Exclusive Forum

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware, or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation will state that the foregoing provision will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions. See “Risk Factors – our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, will renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of our Principal Stockholders or any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that our Principal Stockholders or any of their affiliates or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

 

166


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends, repurchases or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we must generally indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “DRVN”.

 

167


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

General

The following sets forth a summary of the terms of certain of our indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of the agreements governing the indebtedness.

The Existing Securitization Senior Notes and Securitization VFN Facility

As of September 26, 2020, Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Master Issuer, the “Master Co-Issuers”), each, a limited-purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company had $1,442 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of senior securitization notes (collectively, the “Securitization Senior Notes”), in the form of six series of term notes and one series of revolving notes previously issued pursuant to series supplements to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture. On July 6, 2020, the Canadian Co-Issuer co-issued the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes (as defined below) and became a co-issuer of the Master Issuer’s Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Securitization Notes and Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes (in each case, as defined below). The Master Co-Issuers’ series of revolving notes are governed by both the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture and a revolving facility issued on December 11, 2019 with Barclays Bank PLC as administrative agent (the “VFN Securitization Facility”) as further described below. The Securitization Senior Notes include:

 

   

the Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes”), issued on July 31, 2015, with an initial principal amount of $410 million and $390 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020;

 

   

the Series 2016-1 6.125% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes”), issued on May 20, 2016, with an initial principal amount of $45 million and $43 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020;

 

   

the Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes”), issued on April 24, 2018, with an initial principal amount of $275 million and $268 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020;

 

   

the Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes”), issued on March 19, 2019, with an initial principal amount of $300 million and $295 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020;

 

   

the Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes”), issued on September 17, 2019, with an initial principal amount of $275 million and $272 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020;

 

   

the Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes”), issued on December 11, 2019, which allow for draws of up to $115 million pursuant to the Securitization VFN Facility and under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes using various credit instruments, including a letter of credit sub-facility of up to $50 million and a swingline sub-facility of up to $25 million, and under which no amounts were drawn as of September 26, 2020; and

 

   

the Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes” and, collectively with the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Securitization Notes, the “Class A-2 Securitization Notes”), issued on July 6, 2020, with an initial principal amount of $175 million and $175 million outstanding as of September 26, 2020.

 

168


Table of Contents

Because each series of Securitization Senior Notes was issued pursuant to a series supplement to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture, each series of Securitization Senior Notes (i) has the same payment date, (ii) is secured and guaranteed in the same manner and (iii) is subject to the same restrictive covenants and events of default.

However, each series of Securitization Senior Notes, as compared to each other series of Securitization Senior Notes, generally has (i) a different anticipated repayment date and legal final maturity date and (ii) different optional and mandatory prepayment terms.

Additionally, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes that are also governed by the Securitization VFN Facility further differ from the Class A-2 Securitization Notes in a customary manner for a revolving credit facility of this type, including (i) bearing interest at a variable rate per annum rather than a fixed rate and requiring payment of unutilized commitment fees and (ii) the manner in which prepayment and repayment terms differ from the Class A-2 Securitization Notes.

Interest Rates, Fees and Payment Dates. Each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes bears interest at the fixed rate per annum set forth above. The Master Co-Issuers may elect that borrowings under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes bear interest at a rate equal to the base rate plus an applicable margin or LIBOR plus an applicable margin (the LIBOR rate as the applicable interest rate).

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Securitization VFN Facility, the Master Co-Issuers are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments of 50 basis points per annum.

Interest and fees on the Securitization Senior Notes are payable quarterly on the 20th day of January, April, July and October of each year.

If any series of Securitization Senior Notes is not repaid in full by its applicable anticipated repayment date or commitment termination date, as described in further detail below, the applicable interest rate will increase by an amount no less than 500 bps which, for each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes, may be a greater rate based on a specified credit spread.

Anticipated Repayment, Maturity and Commitment Termination Dates.

Each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes has an anticipated repayment date, after which a rapid amortization event will result if such series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes is not repaid, and a maturity date, after which an event of default will result if such series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes is not repaid, in each case, as described below:

 

   

the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022 and a maturity date of July 20, 2045;

 

   

the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022 and a maturity date of July 20, 2046;

 

   

the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2025 and a maturity date of April 20, 2048;

 

   

the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2026 and a maturity date of April 20, 2049;

 

   

the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of October 20, 2026 and a maturity date of October 20, 2049; and

 

169


Table of Contents
   

the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Securitization Notes have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2027 and a maturity date of July 20, 2050.

The commitment termination date for the Securitization VFN Facility and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes is July 20, 2022, subject to three one-year extensions at the option of Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the managers of the Master Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively. After the commitment termination date, all outstanding principal amounts under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes are required to be repaid with available cash and with priority over repayment of principal of the Class A-2 Securitization Notes. The maturity date for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes is January 20, 2050, after which an event of default will result if all outstanding amounts under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes are not repaid in full.

Guarantees and Security. All of the obligations under the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture, Securitization VFN Facility and each series of Securitization Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by, subject to certain exceptions, all of the securitization entities. All such obligations, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured:

 

   

on a first-priority basis by a perfected pledge of all of the Master Issuer’s limited liability company membership interests and Canadian Co-Issuer’s shares’ and all of the limited liability company membership interests, shares, limited partnership interests and general partnership interests of each of the Master Co-Issuers’ respective subsidiaries; and

 

   

on a first-priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of the securitization entities, including most of the domestic and certain of the foreign revenue-generating assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than the assets in the Company’s car wash segment, which principally consist of franchise-related agreements, certain company-operated locations, certain product distribution agreements, intellectual property and license agreements for the use of intellectual property.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters.

The Securitization Senior Notes Indenture requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and contains customary restrictive covenants for securitized financing transactions of this type, with the most significant financial covenant being a debt service coverage calculation. These covenants, if certain financial ratios are not met, limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions, and other business combinations;

 

   

declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

incur liens; and

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

The Securitization Senior Notes are also subject to customary rapid amortization events provided for in the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture, including events tied to failure to maintain stated debt service coverage ratios, system-wide sales being below certain levels on certain measurement dates, manager termination events, an event of default, and the failure to repay or refinance any series of Class A-2 on the applicable specified anticipated repayment date. In the event a rapid amortization event occurs, all outstanding principal amounts under the Securitization Senior Notes are required to be repaid with available cash, first, to any outstanding principal amounts under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Securitization Notes and, second, to any outstanding principal amounts on the Class A-2 Securitization Notes on a pro rata basis, plus a make-whole premium on any repayment of principal of any Class A-2 Securitization Notes prior to the specified anticipated repayment date for such Class A-2 Securitization Notes.

 

170


Table of Contents

The Securitization Senior Notes Indenture also contains customary events of default, subject to customary or agreed-upon exceptions, baskets and thresholds for a securitized financing facility of this type.

Scheduled Amortization of the Class A-2 Securitization Notes

The Master Co-Issuers are required to repay 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and without payment of any make-whole premium, if certain ratios of the indebtedness of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are above specified levels on certain measurement dates.

Optional Prepayment of the Class A-2 Securitization Notes.

The Master Co-Issuers may optionally prepay any series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes at any time prior to the payment date in the 18th month prior to the anticipated repayment date for such Class A-2 Securitization Notes specified above (each, a “Make-Whole Period End Date”), in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Class A-2 Securitization Notes to be optionally prepaid, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or the after the Make-Whole Period End Date for each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes, the Master Co-Issuers may also optionally prepay some or all of the applicable Class A-2 Securitization Notes in the same manner, without payment of any make-whole premium. Additionally, each series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes provides that the Master Co-Issuers may also prepay or repay, whether by optional or mandatory prepayment events, including the occurrence of a rapid amortization event, up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of such series of Class A-2 Securitization Notes without a make-whole premium so long as such prepayment was not made with the proceeds of the incurrence of indebtedness by the Company or its subsidiaries. Such prepayment may be made with the cash proceeds of this offering or any other available cash of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities

General

The Car Wash Borrowers are the borrowers under the following credit arrangements, which we refer to herein as the “Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities” and which provide senior secured financing of $795 million, consisting of:

 

   

a first lien term loan, in an aggregate principal amount of $545 million, maturing on October 3, 2024 (the “Car Wash First Lien Term Loan Facility”);

 

   

a first lien revolving credit facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75 million, maturing on October 3, 2022, including a letter of credit sub-facility, a swingline loan sub-facility and an ancillary facility sub-facility (the “Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Car Wash First Lien Term Loan Facility, the “Car Wash First Lien Facilities”); and

 

   

a second lien term loan, in an aggregate principal amount of $175 million, maturing on October 3, 2025 (the “Car Wash Second Lien Term Loan Facility”).

As of September 26, 2020, the Car Wash Borrowers had borrowings of $530 million outstanding under the Car Wash First Lien Term Loan Facility, $20 million outstanding under the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility, leaving $54 million available to draw thereunder, and $175 million outstanding under the Car Wash Second Lien Term Loan Facility.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) (i) for borrowings in currencies other than Pounds Sterling and Euros, adjusted LIBOR determined by reference to the cost of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, subject to a 1.00% floor in the case of the Car Wash First Lien Term Loans and a 0.00% floor in the

 

171


Table of Contents

case of the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) for borrowings in Pounds Sterling, adjusted Sterling LIBOR determined by reference to the cost of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, and (iii) for borrowings in Euros, adjusted EURIBOR determined by reference to the cost of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, subject to a 0.00% floor and (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the “Prime Rate”, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (iii) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00%, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility is subject to two step-downs based on certain specified net first lien leverage ratios. The applicable margin is (1) 3.25% for LIBOR loans for the Car Wash First Lien Term Loans, (2) 3.50% for LIBOR loans, subject to two step-downs based on a net first lien leverage ratio, for the Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility and (3) 6.50% for LIBOR loans for the Car Wash Second Lien Term Loans. In addition, the Car Wash Borrowers are required to pay commitment fees, customary agency fees and letter of credit participation fees.

Collateral and Guarantors

All obligations under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Shine Holdco III Limited on a limited-recourse basis and by Shine Bidco, the Car Wash Borrowers, and each of Shine Bidco’s existing and future direct and indirect material, wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and foreign subsidiaries in certain jurisdictions, subject to certain exceptions and agreed guaranty and security principles. The obligations are secured by a pledge of the Shine Bidco’s capital stock and substantially all of Shine Bidco’s assets and those of each borrower and subsidiary guarantor, including capital stock held by the subsidiary guarantors, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Such security interests consist of a first-priority lien with respect to the collateral for the Car Wash First Lien Credit Facilities and second-priority lien with respect to the collateral for the Car Wash Second Lien Credit Facility.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

The Car Wash Revolving Credit Facility requires that the Car Wash Borrowers, subject to a testing threshold, comply as of the last day of each fiscal quarter with a specified maximum consolidated net first lien leverage ratio. In addition, the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

We intend to repay in full the indebtedness under the Car Wash Senior Credit Facilities with the proceeds of this offering and terminate such facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.

 

172


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of            shares of common stock. Additionally, we will have            options outstanding, which are exercisable into            shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the            shares of common stock to be sold in this offering (or            shares assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without further registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

   

no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus or prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

We, affiliates of Roark, certain of our other existing stockholders and all of our directors and officers have agreed not to sell any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Please see “Underwriters” for a description of these lock-up provisions. Certain underwriters, as described in “Underwriters”, in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the six months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the

 

173


Table of Contents

then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported by the during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock Issued Under Employee Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under the Equity Incentive Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration Rights

Following this offering, and subject to the lock-up agreements, our Principal Stockholders will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the sale of its shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” After such registration, these shares of our common stock will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

 

174


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined herein) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

This discussion only addresses Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, partnerships and other pass-through entities, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction, Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement, and “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner of such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as partners in a partnership holding shares of our common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

 

175


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES TO THEM UNDER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL, AND APPLICABLE NON-U.S. TAX LAWS OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.” However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which you hold your common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold at the applicable rate on the entire distribution, in which case you would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion, if any, of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) certifying your entitlement to benefits under such treaty. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding your possible entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is U.S. trade or business income (as defined below), in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” below;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources, provided you have timely filed your U.S. federal income tax return with respect to such losses; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and your holding period for such common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the third sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” below.

In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other

 

176


Table of Contents

assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will, nonetheless, not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if your holdings (direct and indirect, taking into account certain constructive ownership rules) at all times during the applicable period described in the third bullet point above constituted 5% or less of our common stock and our common stock was “regularly traded” (as defined by applicable Treasury regulations) on an established securities market during such period.

U.S. Trade or Business Income

For purposes of this discussion, dividends paid in respect of our common stock and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (A)(i) such dividends or gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) you are eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty and such treaty requires that such dividends or gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) that you maintain in the United States or (B) with respect to gain, we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of our common stock and your holding period for our common stock (subject to the exception set forth above in the last sentence of the second paragraph of “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock”). Generally, a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the Non-U.S. Holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (generally in the same manner as a United States person) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business income. If you are a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that you receive may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividends paid in respect of our common stock that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax or that is exempt from such withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to you will generally be exempt from backup withholding if you certify your non-U.S. status by providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E or Form W-8ECI (or, in each case, a successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption, and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

The payment of the proceeds from a Non-U.S. Holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding unless you certify as to your non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury by providing the certification described above to the broker or otherwise establish an exemption, and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from a Non-U.S. Holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a “U.S. related financial intermediary”). In the case of the payment of proceeds from a Non-U.S. Holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a United States person or a U.S. related financial

 

177


Table of Contents

intermediary, information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence, such as the certifications described above, in its files certifying that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. You are urged to consult your tax advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of your particular circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), “foreign financial institutions” and “non-financial foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code) that do not otherwise qualify for an exemption must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to a withholding tax on certain types of U.S.-source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party).

More specifically, a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements or otherwise qualify for an exemption will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments generally include dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Withholding under FATCA currently applies to dividends paid in respect of our common stock. Proposed Treasury regulations, the preamble to which state that they can be relied upon until final Treasury regulations are issued, exempt from FATCA withholding gross proceeds from the dispositions of stock. To prevent withholding on dividends, Non-U.S. Holders may be required to provide the Company (or its withholding agents) with applicable tax forms or other information. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of FATCA to them based on their particular circumstances.

 

178


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Piper Sandler & Co,

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Total:

  

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                     $                     $                 

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                $                $            

 

179


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied for listing on NASDAQ under the trading symbol “DRVN.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and (ii) any one of BofA Securities, Inc. or Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, which such consent shall only be provided after notice of any request for release or waiver of the following restrictions is provided to each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and (ii) any one of BofA Securities, Inc. or Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to, our directors, officers and shareholders with respect to:

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or, if the undersigned is an individual, to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or immediate family members of the undersigned;

 

   

if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, distributions of shares of common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned;

 

   

facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

180


Table of Contents
   

if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of shares of common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by will or intestacy;

 

   

transfers to the Company, as permitted or required under any benefit plan described in the registration statement relating to this offering and this prospectus, any agreement pursuant to which such shares of common stock were issued, as in effect as of the date of, and which such agreement is described in the registration statement and this prospectus in all material respects, or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

   

the exercise of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in the registration statement and this prospectus;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to the Company upon a vesting or settlement event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of outstanding equity awards, which securities or equity awards have been issued pursuant to an equity incentive plan of the Company described in the registration statement and this prospectus, on a “cashless” or “net” basis only in an amount necessary to cover tax withholding obligations or the exercise price of options of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

   

transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of common stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for securities of the Company or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a change of control of the Company that, in each case, has been approved by the board of directors of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of stock in connection with any such transaction, or vote any stock in favor of any such transaction); provided that all shares of common stock subject to this agreement that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this agreement; and provided, further, that it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any common stock subject to this agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions herein;

 

   

the shares to be sold to the underwriters by the undersigned pursuant to the underwriting agreement, if applicable; or

 

   

transfers or transactions to effect the Reorganization.

Following notice delivered to each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC of any request for release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and, together with any one of BofA Securities, Inc. or Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent

 

181


Table of Contents

market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area and United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering of our common stock to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State (all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of Shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation); or

 

182


Table of Contents
  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules

 

183


Table of Contents

made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as

 

184


Table of Contents

used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

185


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

186


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.

 

187


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of RC Driven Holdings LLC as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited as of December 31, 2019 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited as of December 31, 2018, and for the year then ended, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2018 financial statements contains an emphasis of matter stating that the consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in the United Kingdom, which differs from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

188


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete; reference is made in each instance to the copy of the contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified by reference to the exhibit.

The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once this offering is completed. You can also review these documents on the SEC’s website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

189


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of RC Driven Holdings LLC And Subsidiaries

     F-2  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements:—As of and for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 And December 29, 2018

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. And Subsidiaries

     F-36  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—As of and for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 (or December 28, 2019 for the comparative balance sheets):

     F-36  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

     F-36  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

     F-37  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-38  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’/Members’ Equity (Unaudited)

     F-39  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

     F-40  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-41  

Audited Annual Report and Financial Statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

  

Annual Report and Financial Statements—As of and for the years Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

  

Reports of Independent Auditors to the Directors of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

     F-59  

Consolidated Income Statement

     F-61  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

     F-61  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     F-62  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-63  

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

     F-64  

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-65  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

  

Interim Financial Statements—As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019:

  

Consolidated Income Statement

     F-105  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

     F-105  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     F-106  

Consolidated Statement of Changes In Equity

     F-107  

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

     F-108  

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-109  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Members

RC Driven Holdings LLC

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RC Driven Holdings LLC (a Delaware limited liability corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 26, 2020 (except Note 7, as to which the date is June 19, 2020)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements:—

As of and for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 And December 29, 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

in thousands (except per share information)

   December 28, 2019      December 29, 2018  

Revenue:

     

Franchise royalties and fees

   $           114,872      $           108,040  

Company-operated store sales

     335,137        233,932  

Advertising contributions

     66,270        72,792  

Supply and other revenue

     83,994        77,951  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     600,273        492,715  

Operating Expenses:

     

Company-operated store expenses

     218,988        159,244  

Advertising expenses

     69,779        74,996  

Supply and other expenses

     57,700        52,653  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     142,249        125,763  

Acquisition costs

     11,595         

Store opening costs

     5,721        2,045  

Depreciation and amortization

     24,220        19,846  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     70,021        58,168  

Interest expense, net

     56,846        41,758  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     595        6,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     12,580        9,867  

Income tax expense

     4,830        2,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,750      $ 7,062  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

   $ 19      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to RC Driven Holdings LLC

   $ 7,731      $ 7,062  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

     

Basic and diluted

   $ 7,731      $ 7,062  

Weighted average shares outstanding

     

Basic and diluted

   $ 1,000      $ 1,000  

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited)

     

Basic and diluted

   $        $    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

in thousands

   December 28, 2019      December 29, 2018  

Net income

   $               7,750      $               7,062  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     4,726        (3,322
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income, net

     12,476        3,740  

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest

     19         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income, net attributable to RC Driven Holdings LLC

   $ 12,457      $ 3,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

in thousands

   December 28, 2019      December 29, 2018  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $             34,935      $             37,530  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     74,131        42,073  

Inventory

     26,149        8,493  

Prepaid and other assets

     14,491        11,196  

Income tax receivable

     4,607        1,125  

Advertising fund assets, restricted

     31,011        19,777  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     185,324        120,194  

Notes receivable, net

     7,178        889  

Property and equipment, net

     134,381        92,699  

Deferred commissions

     6,721        4,763  

Intangibles, net

     672,017        500,130  

Goodwill

     870,619        588,244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,876,240      $ 1,306,919  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 58,917      $ 31,268  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     66,035        40,935  

Current portion of long term debt

     13,050        7,300  

Advertising fund liabilities

     20,825        11,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     158,827        90,538  

Long-term debt

     1,301,913        693,931  

Deferred tax liabilities

     111,355        76,400  

Deferred revenue

     14,267        8,363  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,586,362        869,232  

Members’ equity

     284,788        438,787  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     3,626        (1,100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’ equity attributable to RC Driven Holdings LLC

     288,414        437,687  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     1,464         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     289,878        437,687  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 1,876,240      $ 1,306,919  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

in thousands

  Members’
Equity
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
    Non-Controlling
Interest
    Total equity  

Balance as of December 30, 2017

  $         483,320     $             2,222     $                  —     $         485,542  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense

    1,195                   1,195  

Net income

    7,062                   7,062  

Contributions

    1,050                   1,050  

Dividend to Driven Investor, LLC

    (52,987                 (52,987

Cumulative effect adjustment due to ASU 2014-09

    (853                 (853

Foreign currency translation adjustment

          (3,322           (3,322
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 29, 2018

  $ 438,787     $ (1,100   $     $ 437,687  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense

    1,195                   1,195  

Net income

    7,731             19       7,750  

Contributions

    75                   75  

Dividend to Driven Investor, LLC

    (163,000                 (163,000

Acquisition of subsidiary with non-controlling interest

                1,445       1,445  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

          4,726             4,726  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 28, 2019

  $ 284,788     $ 3,626     $ 1,464     $ 289,878  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

in thousands (except per share information)

   December 28, 2019     December 29, 2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $                      7,750     $                      7,062  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     24,220       19,846  

Bad debt expense

     1,685       525  

Loss on sale or disposal of assets

     562       2,364  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     595       6,543  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     3,682       2,660  

Provision from deferred income taxes

     3,169       2,288  

Equity-based compensation expense

     1,195       1,195  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     (7,173     2,148  

Inventory

     (5,452     (269

Prepaid and other assets

     (2,313     (1,225

Advertising fund assets and liabilities, restricted

     6,492       (5,224

Deferred commissions

     (1,958     (1,444

Deferred revenue

     2,524       1,405  

Accounts payable

     13,849       (9,099

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (7,617     10,953  

Income tax receivable

     162       (975
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     41,372       38,753  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (28,230     (22,158

Cash used in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (454,193      

Proceeds from sale of company-operated stores

           4,359  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (482,423     (17,799

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payment of debt issuance cost

     (14,056     (7,046

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

     575,000       272,978  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (10,988     (197,776

Proceeds from revolving lines of credit, net of repayments

     59,499       (19,600

Contributions

     75       1,050  

Contingent earnout payment

           (6,112

Distribution to Driven Investor LLC

     (163,000     (52,987
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     446,530       (9,493

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (120     192  

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets

     5,359       11,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     37,530       25,743  

Restricted cash included in advertising fund assets, beginning of period

     15,137       15,270  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets, beginning of period

     52,667       41,013  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     34,935       37,530  

Restricted cash included in advertising fund assets, end of period

     23,091       15,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash included in advertising fund assets, end of period

   $ 58,026     $ 52,667  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures - non-cash items:

    

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 8,782     $ 896  

Capital leases

   $ 2,191     $  

Contingent consideration

   $ 2,880     $  

Sale leaseback

   $ 30,929     $  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures - cash paid for:

    

Interest

   $ 51,209     $ 40,017  

Income taxes

   $ 1,767     $ 1,033  

Dividends per share

    

Weighted average shares outstanding

   $ 1,000     $ 1,000  

Basic and diluted

   $ 163,000     $ 52,987  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

RC Driven Holdings LLC and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) is the parent holding company of Driven Brands, Inc. (“Driven Brands”).

Driven Brands is a large and diversified automotive services company in North America with a highly-franchised base of more than 3,100 franchised and company-operated locations across 49 U.S. states and all 10 Canadian provinces. The Company operates a scaled automotive services platform that fulfills retail and commercial customer automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass, vehicle repair, oil change and maintenance. Approximately 84% of the Company’s locations are franchised.

The Company has a portfolio of highly recognized brands that compete in the automotive services industry.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December each year. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Both fiscal periods ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, were 52-week periods.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition

Franchise royalties and fees

Franchisees are required to pay an upfront license fee prior to the opening of a location. Additionally, franchisees may sign a separate development agreement and pay an upfront development fee. The development agreement gives the franchisee the right to open additional locations in an agreed upon territory. The initial license and development payments received are recognized ratably over the life of the franchise and development agreements, respectively. Initial license and development fees recognized are $2 million and $1 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The franchisee receives access and rights to intellectual property for the duration of the respective franchise agreement. Franchisees also pay continuing royalty fees, at least monthly, based on a percentage of the store level retail sales or a flat amount, depending on the brand. The royalty income is recognized as the underlying sales occur.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Company-operated stores

Company-operated store sales are recognized, net of sales discounts, upon delivery of services and the service-related product. Sales discounts on company-operated store sales are recorded in the period in which the related sale is recognized and were $34 million and $27 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Advertising contributions and expenses

Franchisees are generally required to contribute advertising dollars according to the terms of their respective contract (either a percentage of sales or a defined periodic fixed amount) to their brand’s advertising fund, which are used for, among other activities, advertising the brand on a national and local basis, as determined by the brand’s franchisor. Advertising fund contributions are recognized as revenue as the underlying sales occur or on a scheduled basis for franchisees on a fixed arrangement. Revenues and expenses related to advertising fund contributions and advertising fund expenses are reported on a gross basis in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

In the event an advertising fund’s contributions exceed related advertising fund expenditures in a period (a “surplus”), advertising fund expenditures are accrued up to the amount of contributions and an accrued liability is recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. Any excess of an advertising fund’s expenditures over its respective contributions reduce net income to the extent a prior year cumulative surplus does not exist.

Franchisees make advertising contributions to their respective funds, which the Company administers. Meineke franchisees make their contributions to either the U.S. or Canadian Meineke Advertising Fund (the MAFs). The U.S fund for Meineke is a revocable trust administered by a third-party trustee, while the Canadian fund for Meineke is administered directly by the Company. The advertising related assets and liabilities are considered restricted and disclosed on the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In conjunction with the administration and placement of the advertising funds, the Company receives an administrative fee, commission or reimbursement of certain expenses directly associated with its services in accordance with the respective franchise agreement. These amounts are included in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations as other revenue.

Supply and other revenues

Supply and other revenue includes revenue related to product sales, vendor incentive revenue, insurance licensing fees, store leases, software maintenance fees and automotive training services revenue. Supply and other revenue is recognized once title of goods is transferred to franchisees, as the sales of the related products occur, or ratably. Insurance licensing fee revenue is generated when the Company is acting as an agent on behalf of its franchisees and is recognized once title of goods is transferred to franchisees. The insurance license revenue is presented net of any related expense with any residual revenue reflecting the management fee the Company charges for the program. Vendor incentive revenue is recognized as sales of the related product occur. Store lease revenue is recognized ratably over the underlying property lease term. Software maintenance fee revenue is recognized monthly in connection with providing and servicing software. Automotive training services are provided to third party shop owner/operators in accordance with agreed upon contract terms. These contracts may be for one-time shop visits or agreements to receive access to education and training programs for three to four years. For one-time shop visits, revenue is recognized at the time the service is rendered. For the three and four year education and training contracts, revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term.

Refer to the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” subtopic below for further detail regarding revenue recognition.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Assets Recognized from the Costs to Obtain a Contract with a Customer

The Company applies a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company records contract assets for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year and if such costs are material. Commission expenses, a primary cost associated with the sale of franchise licenses, are amortized to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations ratably over the life of the associated franchise agreement.

Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 were $7 million and $5 million, respectively and were presented within deferred commissions on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company amortized less than $1 million in costs associated with the sale of the licenses in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Contract Balances

The Company generally records a contract liability when cash is provided for a contract with a customer and the Company has not yet performed their obligation. This includes cash payments for initial franchise and development fees as well as upfront payments on shop owner consulting contracts. Franchise and development fees and shop owner consulting contract payments are recognized over the life of the agreement, which range from five to twenty and three to four year terms, respectively.

The Company has contract liabilities of $14 million and $8 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, which are presented within deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company amortized $2 million and $1 million in initial license and development fees in 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company also amortized less than $1 million in upfront payments on shop owner consulting contracts in 2019 and 2018. Initial license and development fees are included in franchise royalties and fees in the consolidated statement of operations. Shop owner consulting contract revenue is included in supply and other revenues in the consolidated statement of operations.

Company-Operated Store Expenses

Company-operated store expenses consist of payroll and benefit costs for services employees at company-operated locations, rent, costs associated with procuring materials from suppliers, and other store-level operating costs. The Company receives volume rebates based on a variety of factors which are included in accounts receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and accounted for as a reduction of company-operated store expenses as they are earned. Sales discounts received from suppliers are recorded as a reduction of the cost of inventory. Advanced rebates are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and are accounted for as a reduction of company-operated store expenses as they are earned over the term of the supply agreement. Additionally, the Company includes subleasing expense associated with the subleasing of store buildings to franchisees within the Supply and other line on the statement of operations.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs consist of employee, facility, and grand opening marketing costs that company-operated stores incur prior to opening. The Company typically incurs store opening costs when opening new company-operated stores and when converting independently branded, acquired company-operated stores to one of its brands. These expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs of the Company, exclusive of the expenditures within the advertising funds, are expensed as incurred or the first time an advertisement takes place depending on the nature of the advertising expense. Advertising costs totaled $1 million and $8 million in the year 2019 and 2018, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Equity-based Compensation

The Company recognizes expense related to equity-based compensation awards over the service period (generally the vesting period) in the consolidated financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant-date.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

The Company maintains cash balances in non-interest-bearing transaction accounts with various financial institutions, which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250 thousand and Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (“CDIC”) up to $100 thousand in Canadian dollars. Although the Company maintains balances that exceed the federally insured limit, the Company has not experienced any losses related to this balance, and the Company believes credit risk to be minimal.

The Company had $7 million and $8 million in cash and cash equivalents placed in Canadian financial institutions as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively.

Accounts and Notes Receivable, net

The Company’s accounts receivable consists principally of amounts due related to equipment sales, supply sales, centrally billed fleet work, centrally billed insurance claims, advertising, franchise fees, rent and training services. Accounts receivable are reported at their estimated net realizable value.

Notes receivable are primarily from franchisees and relate to financing arrangements for certain past due balances or to partially finance the acquisition of company-operated stores or refranchising locations. The notes are typically collateralized by the assets of the store being purchased. Interest income recognized on these notes is included in interest expense, net on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company places notes receivable on a nonaccrual status based on management’s determination if it is probable that the principal balance is not expected to be repaid per the contractual terms. When the Company places a note receivable on a nonaccrual status, interest or fee income ceases to be recognized. The Company also has financing arrangements for membership training programs that require upfront payments. These notes are factored to external financial institutions and are full recourse. As of December 28, 2019, the Company had approximately $4 million in factored notes receivable.

Accounts and notes receivable are reported at their estimated net realizable value. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts of accounts and notes receivable. Management determines the allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable and notes receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customers’

 

F-11


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

current ability to pay their obligations to the Company and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. Receivables are written-off based on individual credit evaluation and specific circumstances of the franchisee and customer. Management has established an allowance for doubtful accounts of $14 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost, as determined by the first-in, first-out method, or net realizable value. The Company primarily purchases its oil, lubricants, and auto glass in bulk quantities to take advantage of volume discounts and to ensure inventory availability to complete services. Inventories are presented net of volume rebates.

Store Rental Agreements

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are parties to leasing and subleasing agreements with third parties and their franchisees, respectively. The minimum rentals associated with these agreements are recognized as expense and income on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets.

The average lives used in computing depreciation are as follows:

 

Furniture and fixtures

     5 to 8 years  

Computer equipment and software

     3 years  

Store equipment

     2 to 10 years  

Leasehold improvements

     5 to 15 years  

Vehicles

     5 years  

Buildings

     30 years  

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If forecasted undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset are not expected to recover the asset’s carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. The Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets in 2019 or 2018.

Intangible Assets Including Goodwill

Intangible assets represent trademarks, franchise agreements, license agreements, membership agreements, customer relationships, developed technology, favorable lease assets, and unfavorable lease liabilities. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized. Amortizable intangible assets are tested for impairment if events occur that suggest the assets might be impaired. The Company believes no impairment existed in 2019 and 2018.

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter. Furthermore, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are required to be

 

F-12


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

tested for impairment on an interim basis if an event or circumstance indicates that it is more-likely-than-not an impairment loss has occurred. Goodwill is quantitatively evaluated for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. Reporting units are businesses with discrete financial information that is available and reviewed by segment management. Reporting units are identified at the level, or at one level below, the Company’s operating segments. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a goodwill impairment loss is recorded as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill. The Company’s valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and projections of future operating performance. If these assumptions differ materially from future results, the Company may record impairment charges in the future. Based on its most recent analysis, the Company believes no impairment existed in 2019 and 2018.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value measurements enable the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The Company classifies and discloses assets and liabilities carried at fair value in one of the following three categories.

 

Level 1:   Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date,
Level 2:   Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; or
Level 3:   Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The Company estimates the fair values of financial instruments using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The carrying amount for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory, other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The notes receivable carrying value also approximates fair value due to interest rates that approximate market rates for agreements with similar maturities and credit quality. All of the Company’s financial assets fall under the Level 1 hierarchy defined above, as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects on deferred tax assets and liabilities of subsequent changes in the tax laws and rates are recognized in income during the year the changes are enacted.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized on the consolidated financial statements from such positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with tax authorities. The Company records any interest and penalties associated as additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred Financing Costs

The costs related to the issuance of debt are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt and amortized over the terms of the related debt agreements as interest expense using the effective interest method.

Insurance Reserves

The Company is partially self-insured for employee medical coverage. The Company records a liability for the ultimate settlement of claims incurred as of the balance sheet date based upon estimates provided by the third-party that administers the claims on the Company’s behalf. The Company also reviews historical payment trends and knowledge of specific claims in determining the reasonableness of the reserve. Adjustments to the reserve are made when the facts and circumstances of the underlying claims change. If the actual settlements of the medical claims are greater than the estimated amount, additional expense will be recognized.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s revenue, other than those of its Canadian subsidiaries, is denominated in U.S. dollars. For the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries, assets and liabilities, including intercompany loans, are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date, and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the respective periods. Currency translation adjustments are included as the Company’s only activity within accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.

Sales Taxes

The states and municipalities in which the Company operates impose sales tax on all of the Company’s nonexempt revenue. The Company collects the sales tax from its customers and remits the entire amount to the appropriate taxing authority. The Company’s policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from net revenue and direct costs. The Company accrues sales tax liabilities as it records sales, maintaining the amount owed to the taxing authorities in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

To Be Adopted

The Company has considered all new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB and concluded the following accounting pronouncements may have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements or represent accounting pronouncements for which the Company has not yet completed its assessment.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires companies to

 

F-14


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. In accordance with effective adoption dates for private company and emerging growth companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still assessing the impact of adopting this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued (ASU) No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)”, which introduces a lessee model that brings substantially all leases onto the balance sheet and targeted changes for lessor accounting. Under the new standard, a lessee will recognize on its balance sheet a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months. The new standard will also distinguish leases as either finance leases or operating leases. This distinction will affect how leases are measured and presented in the income statement and statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for private companies and emerging growth public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is still assessing the potential impact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

Adopted

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): “Scope of Modification Accounting.” This ASU provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under the new standard, modification accounting applies unless all the following conditions do not change: (i) the fair value of the award, (ii) the vesting conditions of the award and, and (iii) the classification of the award. Generally speaking, modification accounting requires an entity to calculate and recognize the incremental fair value of the modified award as compensation cost on the date of modification (for a vested award) or over the remaining service period (for an unvested award). This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period; however, early adoption is permitted when adopted. The impact of this guidance is dependent on future modifications, if any, to the Company’s share-based payment awards.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” that revises the definition of a business. The amendments provide an initial screen that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired or disposed of is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, an integrated set of assets and activities would not represent a business. If the screen is not met, the set must include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs for the set to represent a business. The amendment also narrows the definition of the term output and requires the transfer of an organized work force when outputs do not exist. The amended guidance may result in more transactions being accounted for as assets in the future with the impact to results of operations dependent on the individual facts and circumstances of each transaction. The Company adopted this standard prospectively beginning on December 30, 2018 and it did not result in a material impact on the consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”, as amended, to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08 to clarify the implementation of ASU 2014-09. The guidance in ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15,

 

F-15


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

2019. Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. As such, the Company early adopted this standard using the modified retrospective method, effective December 31, 2017. This method allows the standard to be applied retrospectively through a cumulative catch up adjustment recognized upon adoption. The Company early adopted this standard during the annual period beginning on December 31, 2017.

Upon assessing the cumulative effect of adoption on franchise fees, it was deemed the ASU had an immaterial impact on the Company’s financial results and the opening balance as of the first day of fiscal year 2018.

Adjustments were made related to presentation of advertising contributions on the consolidated statement of operations. These presentation adjustments did not have an impact on the net income recognized. The Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment related to the adoption of Topic 606 of approximately $900 thousand to beginning retained earnings in 2018.

Franchise and Membership Fees

Franchise and Membership fees are recognized over the term of the related franchise license or membership agreement for the respective location, which results in a deferral of revenue recognized for initial franchise fees, renewal fees and prepaid membership fees. The new guidance did not have an impact on the timing of royalty income recognition, which is recognized as the respective sales occur.

Advertising Funds

Topic 606 requires advertising fund contributions and expenditures to be reported on a gross basis in the consolidated statements of operations, which has an impact on our total revenues and expenses. In the event an advertising fund’s contributions exceed related advertising fund expenditures in a period, advertising fund expenditures are accrued up to the amount of contributions and an accrued liability is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Any fund’s excess of advertising expenditures over contributions reduce net income to the extent a prior year cumulative surplus does not exist.

The Company incurred a net loss within the consolidated statements of operations of approximately $4 million and $2 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively, for advertising funds whose expenditures exceeded contributions.

Approximately $5 million and $2 million of advertising fund liabilities relate to advertising funds in a cumulative surplus position as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. Approximately $23 million and $15 million of advertising fund assets related to restricted cash balances as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018.

Note 2—Business Combinations and Acquisitions

The Company acquires strategic investments to increase its footprint and offer products and services that diversify its existing offerings. The Company has assumed certain obligations as part of its various acquisitions. These acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method, whereby the purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Acquisitions

On November 14, 2019, the Company acquired a controlling financial interest of the Clairus Group (“Clairus”) for $214 million, net of cash of approximately $5 million, to enter into the glass services business (“Clairus Acquisition”). The Clairus Acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 35 company-operated locations, 205 franchise locations, and 22 distribution centers. Clairus has one business unit that is included in the Paint, Collision & Glass segment (“Uniban”) and one business unit that is included in the Platform Services segment (“PH Vitres D’ Autos”).

On November 5, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Automotive Training Institute, Inc. (“ATI”) for $52 million, net of cash of approximately $1 million, to enter into the automotive training services business (“ATI Acquisition”). The ATI Acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes.

On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of ABRA Auto Body & Glass GP LLC, ABRA Auto Body & Glass LP, and ABRA Automotive Systems LP (collectively, “ABRA Group”) for $53 million to increase the Company’s collision services footprint (“ABRA Acquisition”). The ABRA Acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes. The ABRA Acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 55 franchise locations.

On March 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Ontario Auto Collision (Mountain) Limited and Ontario Auto Collision Limited (collectively, “Carstar Stores”) for $23 million as part of an asset purchase transaction to increase the Company’s collision services footprint (“Carstar Acquisition”). Included in the purchase consideration was $2 million related to a contingent earnout payment to the previous owners, which is also included in accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 28, 2019. The contingency is based on Carstar attaining certain earnings targets, as defined in the purchase agreement. Based on actual Carstar earnings through December 31, 2019, the Company anticipates the full amount of the earnout to be paid. The Carstar Acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 2 company-operated centers.

During 2019, the Company completed eight additional business acquisitions, each individually immaterial, which represent tuck-in acquisitions within the Company’s Maintenance segment (“Other Maintenance Acquisitions”). In connection with one of these acquisitions, the Company purchased real property, and subsequently sold the real property to independent third-parties at the fair value price paid by the Company, $31 million. This real property was leased back, resulting in no gain or loss on the sale leaseback transaction. The lease commitment related to this sale leaseback transaction is approximately $2 million per year, for a total commitment of $46 million. Included in the purchase consideration was $1 million related to a contingent earnout payment due to the previous owners. Up to $1 million of contingent consideration will be paid upon construction of one location (The Ashford Build). As such, the Company has included $1 million in accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 28, 2019. Aggregate consideration paid for these acquisitions, net of cash acquired, was approximately $117 million, and each acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (preliminary for Clairus and ATI) as well as the acquired businesses’ impact on consolidated results in the year of acquisition:

 

$ (in thousands)

  ATI     Clairus     ABRA Group     Carstar Stores     Other
Maintenance
    Total Purchase
Price Allocation
for Acquisitions
 

Assets acquired:

           

Accounts and notes receivable

  $            8,078     $          22,949     $               648     $                 —     $               509     $          32,184  

Prepaid and other assets

    320       695                         1,015  

Income tax receivable

          3,227                         3,227  

Inventory

          9,880             108       2,539       12,527  

Property and equipment

    262       6,241       1,645       525       6,980       15,653  

Intangibles

    18,200       124,261       38,000                   180,661  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

    26,860       167,253       40,293       633       10,028       245,467  

Goodwill

    35,850       100,282       12,440       21,927       109,268       279,767  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

    62,710       267,935       52,733       22,560       119,296       525,234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

           

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    7,038       7,622       202             2,409       17,271  

Accounts payable

    722       13,181       76                   13,979  

Deferred tax liabilities

          32,175                         32,175  

Deferred revenue

    3,291                               3,291  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

    11,051       52,978       278             2,409       66,716  

Non-controlling interest

          1,445                         1,445  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase consideration, net

  $ 51,659     $ 213,512     $ 52,455     $ 22,560     $ 116,887     $ 457,073  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction costs (approx.)

    1,000       3,000       1,000       1,000       6,000       12,000  

Acquiree amounts included in:

           

Total revenue

    4,854       9,737       1,501       10,652       54,578       81,322  

Net income (loss) attributable to RC Driven Holdings

    1,386       (3,237     469       2,671       7,869       9,158  

Reportable segment(s)

   
Platform
Services 
 
 
   


Paint, Collision
& Glass and
Platform
Services 
 
 
 
 
   

Paint,
Collision &
Glass
 
 
 
   

Paint,
Collision &
Glass
 
 
 
    Maintenance    

The purchase accounting allocations above were determined based upon estimates of fair value. Based on the timing of the Clairus and ATI acquisitions, the preliminary estimates associated with the respective purchase accounting is expected to be finalized in 2020. The assumptions used in these preliminary allocations are pending completion and subject to change. The effect of any changes could be significant.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Supplemental pro forma unaudited information

The following unaudited pro forma information presents estimated combined results of the Company as if the acquisitions of Clairus and ATI had occurred on December 31, 2017:

 

$ (in thousands)

   December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
 

Total revenue

   $     696,315      $     583,943  

Net income attributable to RC Driven Holdings

   $ 19,012      $ 14,028  

The combined pro forma financial information in 2019 has been adjusted to exclude $10 million of expenses related to one-time transaction costs.

Divestures and asset retirements

On December 14, 2018, the Company sold the assets of a 1-800-Radiator business, Skidpad Enterprises, Inc. to an unrelated third party for approximately $3 million. The sale resulted in a loss on sale of assets of approximately $100 thousand, which is recorded within selling, general, and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company received final consideration for all outstanding amounts due from the purchaser during the 2019.

During December 2018, the Company closed two 1-800-Radiator warehouses. As a result of these closures, the Company wrote off approximately $2 million in net assets which is recorded within selling, general, and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 28, 2019, there were no remaining assets or liabilities.

On May 18, 2018, the Company sold nine company-owned Meineke shops to an unrelated third party for approximately $200 thousand. The Company remains on the master leases for these nine locations. As of December 29, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company established a reserve for approximately $4 million for the net sublease liability for these nine locations and recorded this liability within accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 3—Accounts and Notes Receivable, net

 

in thousands

   December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Trade

   $       46,165     $       19,637  

Franchise royalties and fees

     19,000       15,160  

Notes receivable

     13,291       7,659  

Other

     16,957       14,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

     95,413       56,732  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (14,104     (13,770

Current portion

     (74,131     (42,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes receivable, long term

   $ 7,178     $ 889  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

in thousands

   Balance
beginning of
year
     Additions      Deductions      Balance End
of Year
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

           

December 28, 2019

   $       13,770      $         1,685      $         1,351      $       14,104  

December 29, 2018

   $ 16,590        525        3,345      $ 13,770  

 

F-19


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The Company recognized interest income from notes receivable of less than $1 million in 2019 and 2018.

Note 4—Property and Equipment, net

 

in thousands

   December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Furniture and fixtures

   $       13,636     $         8,883  

Computer equipment and software

     18,014       12,018  

Shop equipment

     15,111       9,300  

Leasehold improvements

     93,625       68,664  

Capital leases

     2,191        

Vehicles

     1,853       1,310  

Buildings and land

     7,293       6,410  

Construction in process

     18,987       9,537  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     170,710       116,122  

Less—accumulated depreciation

     (36,329     (23,423
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 134,381     $ 92,699  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $13 million and $9 million in year 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Note 5—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

    Amortizable Intangibles     Indefinite-
lived
             
    Franchise
Agreements
    License
Agreements
    Membership
Agreements
    Customer
Relationships
    Developed
Technology
    Leases     Trademarks     Trademarks     Total
Intangibles
    Goodwill  

December 29, 2018 balance

                   

Gross carrying amount

  $     186,328     $     3,000     $         —     $              —     $       12,400     $         9,691     $       1,200     $     325,646     $     538,265     $       588,244  

Accumulated amortization

    (25,088     (534                 (8,828     (2,485     (1,200           (38,135      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net, December 29, 2018 balance

    161,240       2,466                   3,572       7,206             325,646       500,130       588,244  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    22,197       2,395       11,600       53,188       9,292       522             81,667       180,861       279,767  

Amortization expense

    (7,302     (194     (252     (594     (2,703     (225                 (11,270      

Impact of foreign currency translation

    518       31             697       107       (137           1,080       2,296       2,608  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net, December 28, 2019 balance

  $ 176,653     $ 4,698     $ 11,348     $ 53,291     $ 10,268     $ 7,366     $     $ 408,393     $ 672,017     $ 870,619  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each asset, typically 20 to 30 years for franchise agreements, 13 to 20 years for license agreements, 7 to 18 years for membership agreements, 12 to 18 years for customer relationships, 5 to 8 years for developed

 

F-20


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

technology, and 1 to 45 years for leases. Amortization expense was $11 million and $11 million in for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The value of the lease related intangibles is based on a comparison of lease terms to available current market data for similar leases. These lease assets are being amortized on the declining balance method in accordance with the present value of their future cash flows. Amortization expense of these leases was less than $1 million for the years ended December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018.

During 2019, the primary change in goodwill balance is due to acquisitions and foreign currency translation. The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill in 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

in thousands

      

Balance as of December 30, 2017

   $   590,048  

Foreign exchange

     (1,804
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 29, 2018

     588,244  
  

 

 

 

Acquisitions

     279,767  

Foreign exchange

     2,608  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 28, 2019

   $   870,619  
  

 

 

 

The Company identified two trademarks related to previously acquired businesses purchased during 2016 that began amortizing during 2017. The Company retired these trademarks as the locations were rebranded to Take 5 locations. As of December 29, 2018, all rebranding was completed and the remaining $600 thousand related to the trademarks were written off in 2018.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:

 

in thousands

      

2020

   $ 16,392  

2021

     15,270  

2022

     15,425  

2023

     15,413  

2024

     15,366  

Thereafter

     185,757  
  

 

 

 

Total amortization

   $   263,623  
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Note 6—Long-term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt obligations consist of the following:

 

in thousands

   December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Series 2019-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2

   $     297,000        

Series 2019-2 Senior Notes, Class A-2

     274,312        

Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2

     270,188       272,938  

Series 2016-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2

     43,425       43,875  

Series 2015-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2

     392,575       396,675  

Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1

     59,499        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,336,999       713,488  

Less: debt issuance cost

     (22,036     (12,257

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (13,050     (7,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net

   $ 1,301,913     $     693,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Series 2019-1 Notes

On March 19, 2019, Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the Master Issuer), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $300 million Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (2019-1 Senior Notes). $90 million of the proceeds of the issuance of the 2019-1 Senior Notes on the issuance day were used to fund a deposit into the 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account. The 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account is intended to be used to release amounts to the Master Issuer on account of its growth and to fund eligible acquisitions if certain covenant criteria were met. As of December 28, 2019, all proceeds from the 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account were drawn based on growth, and the funds were used primarily to complete 2019 acquisitions. The 2019-1 Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of April 20, 2049; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2026, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2019-1 Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and are guaranteed by Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and various subsidiaries of the Master Issuer (collectively, the Securitization Entities). The Company capitalized $6 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-1 Senior Notes.

Series 2019-2 Notes

On September 17, 2019, the Master Issuer issued $275 million Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (2019-2 Senior Notes). $75 million of the proceeds of the issuance of the 2019-2 Senior Notes on the issuance day were used to fund a deposit into the 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account. The 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account is intended to be used to release amounts to the Master Issuer on account of its growth and to fund eligible acquisitions if certain criteria were met. As of December 28, 2019, all proceeds from the 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account were drawn based on growth, and the funds were used primarily to complete 2019 acquisitions. The 2019-2 Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of October 20, 2049; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of October 20, 2026, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2019-2 Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities. The Company capitalized $6 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes.

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Series 2018-1 Notes

On April 24, 2018, the Master Issuer issued $275 million Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (2018 Senior Notes). The 2018 Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of April 20, 2048; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of April 20, 2025, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2018 Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities. The Company capitalized $7 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2018 Senior Notes.

Series 2016-1 Notes

On May 20, 2016, the Master Issuer issued $45 million Series 2016-1 6.125% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (2016 Senior Notes). The 2016 Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2046; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2016 Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and are guaranteed by the Securitization Entities. The Company capitalized $2 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2016 Senior Notes.

Series 2015-1 Notes

On July 31, 2015, the Master Issuer issued $410 million Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (2015 Senior Notes). The 2015 Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2045; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2022, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2015 Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and guaranteed by Securitization Entities. The Company capitalized $9 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2015 Senior Notes.

Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Notes

On December 11, 2019, the Master Issuer issued Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1 (2019-3 VFN), pursuant to a revolving commitment, in an amount up to $115 million. The 2019-3 VFN has a final legal maturity date of January 20, 2050. The commitment under the 2019-3 VFN expires on July 20, 2022 and is subject to three one-year extensions at the election of the manager of the Master Issuer, Driven Brands, Inc., The 2019-3 VFN is secured by substantially all assets of the Master Issuer and is guaranteed by the Securitization Entities. The Master Issuer may elect for interest under the 2019-3 VFN to equal either the Base Rate plus an applicable margin or the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable margin. As of December 28, 2019, the rate on the 2019-3 VFN was 3.968%, including the applicable margin. The Master Issuer has obtained an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the 2019-3 VFN in favor of Citibank, the indenture trustee, in the amount of $16 million to reserve against any shortfalls in interest on the Master Issuer’s long-term debt or commitment fees payable under the 2019-3 VFN. This Interest Reserve Letter of Credit replaced the Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued upon the issuance of the 2019-2 Senior Notes. The Company capitalized $1 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2019-3 VFN. Total available and unused borrowings were $40 million as of December 28, 2019.

2019 Bridge Loan

On November 15, 2019, the Company established a Bridge Loan with a financial institution (Bridge Loan) in the amount of $20 million, which was used to help finance the Clairus Acquisition. The interest rate was based

 

F-23


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

on the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable margin for the Bridge Loan. The Company capitalized $1 million of debt issuance costs related to the Bridge Loan. The Company extinguished the loan using the proceeds from the 2019-3 VFN on December 11, 2019. Approximately $1 million of debt issuance costs were written off to loss on debt extinguishment.

Golub Credit Agreement

On March 30, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Golub Capital LLC (“Golub”). The credit agreement (“Golub Credit Agreement”) consisted of an $83 million term loan and a $10 million revolving line of credit. The Golub Credit Agreement, including the revolving line of credit, had a maturity date of March 30, 2022.

As part of the issuance of the 2018 Senior Notes, all outstanding debt related to the Golub Credit Agreement was paid down and the agreement was terminated. Approximately $5 million of debt issuance costs were written off to loss on debt extinguishment and approximately $2 million in breakage and legal fees were paid as part of terminating the Golub Credit Agreement.

Guarantees and Covenants of the Notes

Substantially all of the assets of the Company, including most of the domestic and certain of the foreign revenue-generating assets, which principally consist of franchise-related agreements, certain company-operated stores, certain product distribution agreements, intellectual property and license agreements for the use of intellectual property, are owned by subsidiaries of the Master Issuer, and are pledged to secure the Notes. The restrictions placed on the Master Issuer and its subsidiaries require that interest and principal (if any) on the Notes be paid prior to any residual distributions to the Company, and amounts are segregated weekly to ensure appropriate funds are reserved to pay the quarterly interest and principal (if any) amounts due. The amount of weekly cash flow that exceeds all expenses and obligations of the Master Issuer and its subsidiaries (including required reserve amounts) is generally remitted to the Company in the form of a dividend.

The Notes are subject to certain quantitative covenants related to debt service coverage and leverage ratios. In addition, the agreements related to the Notes also contain various affirmative and negative operating and financial reporting covenants which are customary for such debt instruments. These covenants, among other things, limit the ability of the Master Issuer and its subsidiaries to sell assets; engage in mergers, acquisitions, and other business combinations; declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees; make loans and investments; incur liens; and enter into transactions with affiliates. In the event that certain covenants are not met, the Notes may become fully due and payable on an accelerated schedule. In addition, the Master Issuer may voluntarily prepay, in part or in full, any series of Class A-2 Notes at any time, subject to certain make-whole obligations.

As of December 28, 2019, the Master Issuer was in compliance with all covenants under the agreements discussed above.

RC Driven Holdings LLC has no material separate cash flows or assets or liabilities other than the investments in its subsidiaries and $1 million in deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. All its business operations are conducted through its operating subsidiaries; it has no material independent operations. RC Driven Holdings LLC has no other material commitments or guarantees. As a result of the

 

F-24


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

restrictions described above, $638 million of the subsidiaries’ net assets are effectively restricted in their ability to be transferred to RC Driven Holdings LLC, as of December 28, 2019.

Expected debt repayments of the Notes for the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:

 

in thousands

      

2020

   $ 13,050  

2021

     13,050  

2022

     435,400  

2023

     8,500  

2024

     8,500  

Thereafter

     799,000  

Estimated debt issuance cost amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

in thousands

      

2020

   $     4,491  

2021

     4,457  

2022

     3,725  

2023

     2,808  

2024

     2,719  

Thereafter

     3,836  

Using quoted prices, the Company determined that the fair value of its long-term debt was $1,372 million (Level 2) as of December 28, 2019.

Note 7—Segment Information

The Company’s worldwide operations are comprised of the following reportable segments: Paint, Collision & Glass; Maintenance; and Platform Services.

The Paint, Collision & Glass segment is primarily composed of the CARSTAR, ABRA, Maaco and Uniban brands and services both retail and commercial customers such as fleet operators and insurance carriers. The Company’s collision services include full collision repair and refinishing services; paint services include surface preparation, standard paint services, surface protection and refinishing and other cosmetic repairs; and glass services include replacement, repair and calibration services for automotive glass.

The Maintenance segment is primarily composed of the Take 5 and Meineke brands and services both retail and commercial customers such as fleet operators. The Company’s maintenance services include oil changes and regularly scheduled and as-needed automotive maintenance services and vehicle component repair and replacement.

The Platform Services segment is primarily composed of the 1-800-Radiator & A/C, PH Vitres D’Autos, Spire Supply, and ATI brands. This segment provides benefits to the Company’s brands by providing growth opportunities through procurement, distribution, and training services as well as M&A growth opportunities through acquisition target sourcing.

In addition to the reportable segments, the Company’s consolidated financial results include “Corporate and Other” activity. Corporate and Other incurs costs related to the advertising revenues and expenses and shared

 

F-25


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

service costs, which are related to finance, IT, human resources, legal, supply chain and other support services. Corporate and Other activity includes the adjustments necessary to eliminate intercompany transactions, namely sales by the Platform Services segment to the Maintenance segment.

The reportable segments align with the Company’s internal operations and how the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) allocates resources and assesses performance against the Company’s key growth strategies. The CODM uses segment revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA as the measures for assessing segment performance. The following tables reconcile segment results to consolidated results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. The CODM does not review asset information by reportable segment and, consequently, the Company does not disclose total assets by reportable segment.

Segment results in 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Paint,
Collision &
Glass
     Maintenance      Platform
Services
     Corporate
and Other
    Total  

For the year ended December 28, 2019

             

Franchise fees and royalties

   $       57,520      $       31,548      $       25,804      $              —     $     114,872  

Company-operated store sales

     13,259        311,201        27,002        (16,325     335,137  

Advertising

                          66,270       66,270  

Supply and other

     62,060        13,433        8,501              83,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 132,839      $ 356,182      $ 61,307      $ 49,945     $ 600,273  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 60,444      $ 81,732      $ 26,413      $ (43,623   $ 124,966  

For the year ended December 29, 2018

             

Franchise fees and royalties

   $ 54,668      $ 30,645      $ 22,727      $     $ 108,040  

Company-operated store sales

     2,245        220,344        22,289        (10,946     233,932  

Advertising

                          72,792       72,792  

Supply and other

     62,798        11,675        3,478              77,951  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 119,711      $ 262,664      $ 48,494      $ 61,846     $ 492,715  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 55,246      $ 61,440      $ 20,220      $ (40,848   $ 96,058  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The reconciliations of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before taxes are as follows in 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $   124,966      $     96,058  

Acquisition related costsa

     12,497         

Non-core items and project costsb

     6,644        1,694  

Store opening costs

     5,721        2,044  

Sponsor management feesc

     2,496        1,960  

Straight-line rent adjustmentd

     2,172        1,304  

Equity-based compensation expense e

     1,195        1,195  

One-time store rationalizationf

            9,847  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     595        6,543  

Depreciation and amortization

     24,220        19,846  

Interest expense, net

     56,846        41,758  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   $ 12,580      $ 9,867  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a.

Consists of acquisition costs as reflected within the consolidated statement of operations, including legal, consulting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions completed during the applicable period, as well as inventory rationalization expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions. We expect to incur similar costs in connection with other acquisitions in the future and, under U.S. GAAP, such costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as incurred and not capitalized.

b.

Consists of discrete items and project costs, including (i) non-capitalizable expenses relating to strategic transactions, and (ii) third-party consulting and professional fees associated with strategic transformation initiatives, including discrete projects focused on the buildout of shared services for our multi-brand platform and the implementation of standardized processes and systems across our business.

c.

Includes management fees paid to Roark Capital Management, LLC.

d.

Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which reflects the extent to which our straight-line rent expense recognized under U.S. GAAP exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments.

e.

Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense

f.

Represents lease exit costs and other costs associated with store rationalization initiatives.

There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue or accounts receivable across all segments in 2019 and 2018.

The following table shows information relating to the geographic regions in which the Company operates:

 

     Total revenues      Total long-lived assets  

(in thousands)

   December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
     December 28,
2019
     December 29,
2018
 

United States

   $     552,592      $     464,323      $     127,090      $       91,562  

Canada

     47,681        28,392        7,291        1,137  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated

   $ 600,273      $ 492,715      $ 134,381      $ 92,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the customers.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The following table shows the Company’s capital expenditures and goodwill by reportable segments:

 

(in thousands)

   Paint,
Collision &
Glass
     Maintenance      Platform
Services
     Corporate
and Other
     Total  

Capital expenditures

              

2019

   $            333      $       25,192      $              48      $         2,657      $       28,230  

2018

     312        18,516        250        3,080        22,158  

Goodwill

              

2019

   $ 278,049      $ 443,168      $ 149,402      $      $ 870,619  

2018

     188,319        333,787        66,138               588,244  

In 2019, outside of the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on translation adjustments, the change in goodwill balances by segment was primarily driven by acquisitions described in Note 2. Changes in the segments’ goodwill balances in 2018 were limited to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on translation adjustments.

On November 14, 2019, the Company acquired Clairus. The Company has preliminarily allocated the Clairus goodwill amount to the Paint, Collision & Glass and Platform Services segments as of December 28, 2019. The allocation of goodwill was based on certain preliminary valuations and analysis that have not been completed as of the date of this filing. The Company intends to complete this allocation in 2020.

Note 8—Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was computed based on the following amounts of income from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

in thousands

   2019     2018  

Domestic

   $   13,223     $     9,124  

Foreign

     (643     743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 12,580     $ 9,867  

The components of our provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

in thousands

   2019     2018  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ (537   $  

State

     1,309       1,160  

Foreign

     889       (643

Deferred:

    

Federal

     7,043       2,032  

State

     (5,259     2  

Foreign

     1,385       254  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

   $     4,830     $     2,805  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

A reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

 

         2019              2018      

Federal income tax at statutory rate

     21.0%        21.0%  

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

     6.6%        19.1%  

State deferred tax rate change

     -8.3%        -8.0%  

Foreign tax rate differential

     0.7%        0.4%  

Non-deductible advertising fund loss

     5.9%        0.0%  

Non-deductible transaction costs

     6.7%        0.0%  

Other permanent differences

     1.1%        3.6%  

Deferred tax adjustments

     1.9%        -0.1%  

Current tax adjustments

     2.8%        -7.6%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

         38.4%            28.4%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) was signed into law making widespread changes to the Internal Revenue Code. While the TCJA provides for a territorial tax system, beginning in 2018, it includes the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provision. There was no impact to the 2018 or 2019 financial statements for GILTI. The Company has elected to account for GILTI tax in the period in which it is incurred. As of December 29, 2018, the Company had completed the accounting for the effects of the enactment of the TCJA. During 2018, the Company also made adjustments related to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which addresses the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. SAB 118 provided that where reasonable estimates can be made, the provisional accounting should be based on such estimates and when no reasonable estimate can be made, the provisional accounting may be based on the tax law in effect before the TCJA. The Company applied the guidance in SAB 118 when accounting for the enactment-date effects of TCJA. Under SAB 118, the Company recorded a $200 thousand benefit in 2018 to complete the accounting for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:    

 

in thousands

   December 28, 2019      December 29, 2018  

Deferred tax assets

     

Accrued liabilities

   $                   456      $                   151  

Accounts receivable allowance

     7,276        7,259  

MAF fund balance

            188  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     15,925        22,005  

Lease market adjustments

     2,254        2,713  

Interest expense limitation

     11,269        4,825  

Deferred revenue

     822        198  

Other deferred assets

     4,323        2,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     42,325        40,058  

Deferred tax liabilities

     

MAF fund balance

     177         

Goodwill and intangible assets

     150,459        113,550  

Other deferred liabilities

     3,044        2,908  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     153,680        116,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred liabilities

   $ 111,355      $ 76,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2019, the Company had federal operating loss carry forwards of $53 million (gross), which will begin to expire in 2032. State tax effected net operating loss carryforwards are $5 million (tax effected) for which portions begin to expire in 2020. Some of the federal net operating losses are subject to certain limitations under IRC Sect. 382, however, the Company believes that these losses are more likely than not to be utilized. As of December 28, 2019, the Company had Canada net operating loss carryforwards of $3 million (gross) for which portions of the operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2036. As of December 28, 2019, the Company had $258 million of goodwill that was deductible for tax purposes.

The Company has designated the undistributed earnings of its foreign operations as indefinitely reinvested and as a result the Company does not provide for deferred income taxes on the unremitted earnings of these subsidiaries. As of December 28, 2019, the determination of the amount of such unrecognized deferred tax liability is not practicable.

A reconciliation of the change in the accrual for unrecognized income tax benefits is as follows:

 

in thousands

   December 28,
2019
    December 29,
2018
 

Beginning Balance

   $             797     $             797  

Increases for current year tax positions

            

Increases (reductions) for prior year tax positions

     (797      

Reduction for statute of limitations expiration

            

Reduction for settlements

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $     $ 797  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions in the income tax expenses. As of December 28, 2019, the Company’s open tax years include fiscal years 2004 – 2019.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Note 9—Related-party Transactions

The Company has an advisory services agreement with Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”), an affiliated entity, which provides that the Company pay an annual advisory services fee to the Roark, in the amount of $1 million and an additional fee based on earnings growth since inception, plus certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Roark. In 2019 and 2018, $2 million was paid to Roark.

During 2019, the Company paid a $163 million cash dividend to Driven Investor, LLC (parent to the company). $155 million was paid directly to Driven Investor, LLC through the closing of the Series 2019-1 debt transaction discussed in Note 7 and the remaining $8 million was paid out of the Company’s operating cash.

During 2018, the Company paid a $53 million cash dividend to Driven Investor, LLC. $45 million was paid through the closing of the Series 2018 debt transaction discussed in Note 7 and the remaining $8 million was paid out of the Company’s operating cash.

On June 8, 2015, the Company provided a loan of $750 thousand secured by a Promissory Note, which matures in July 2020 to an Executive of the Company in connection with that Executive’s purchase of 1,500 Units of Driven Investor LLC. Those units are pledged to Driven Brands, Inc. as security for repayment of the loan. The balance outstanding on the note were $690 thousand and $705 thousand as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively.

Note 10—Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan that covers eligible employees as defined by the plan agreement. Employer contributions to the plan were less than $1 million in 2019 and 2018.

The Company has a rabbi trust to fund the obligations of its non-qualified deferred compensation plan for its executive level employees, which became effective as of January 1, 2018. The rabbi trust comprises various mutual fund investments selected by plan participants. The Company accounts for the mutual fund investment assets as trading securities, considering plan participants have the ability to direct the investments of any new or previously funded amounts. Therefore, the invested assets are reported at fair value with any subsequent changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. As such, offsetting changes in the asset values and defined contribution plan obligations would be recorded in earnings in the same period. The trust asset balances were $1 million and less than $1 million and the deferred compensation plan liability balances were $1 million and less than $1 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The trust assets and liabilities are recorded within prepaid and other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, within the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 11—Equity Agreements and Incentive Equity Plan

On April 17, 2015, Driven Investor LLC entered into a limited liability company agreement (the Equity Plan). The Equity Plan, among other things, established the ownership of certain membership units in Driven Investor LLC and defined the distribution rights and allocations of profits and losses associated with those membership units. Additionally, the Equity Plan calls for certain restrictions regarding transfers of units, corporate governance and Board of Director representation.

In April 2015, Driven Investor LLC established certain profits interest units as part of the award agreements (the Award Agreements). The Award Agreements provide for grants of certain profits interest units to employees, directors or consultants of Driven Investor LLC and Subsidiaries. As of December 28, 2019, Driven Investor LLC had approximately 6,012 total Profits Interest Units reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The Profits Interest Time Units become vested in five installments of 20% each on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date or vesting date, if one exists; provided that the employee remains in continuous service on each vesting date. All outstanding Profits Interest Time Units shall vest immediately prior to the effective date of a change in control (as long as such change in control is consummated).

Profits Interest Performance Units will vest immediately prior to the effective date of a change in control (as long as such change in control is consummated). The percentage of vesting is based on achieving certain performance criteria. Vesting will not occur unless a minimum performance criteria threshold is achieved.

For both the Profits Interest Time Units and Profits Interest Performance, if the grantee’s continuous service terminates for any reason, the Grantee shall forfeit all right, title, and interest in and to any unvested units as of the date of such termination, unless the grantee’s continuous service period is terminated by the Company without cause within the six-month period prior to the date of consummation of the change in control. In addition, the grantee shall forfeit all right, title, and interest in and to any vested units if the grantee is terminated for cause, breaches any post-termination covenants, or for failing to execute any general release required to be executed. The Profits Interest Performance Units are also subject to certain performance criteria which may cause the units not to vest.

 

     Time Units     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value, per unit
     Performance Units     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value, per unit
 

Outstanding as of December 30, 2017

                    13,255     $                   295                       25,024     $                   221  

Granted

     2,721       1,430        5,427       858  

Forfeited/Cancelled

     (2,198     413        (5,715     258  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 29, 2018

     13,778       501        24,736       353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

                 

Forfeited/Cancelled

     (197     1,085        (100     858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 28, 2019

     13,581     $ 492        24,636     $ 351  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognized $1 million in compensation expense for the Profits Interest Time Units in 2019 and 2018. The Company has unrecognized compensation expense of $3 million related to unvested time units which it will recognize over a weighted-average vesting period of two years. As of December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, no compensation expense for the Profits Interest Performance Units was recognized given that none of the performance criteria were met or probable.

The fair value of all incentive units granted was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

     Incentive Units  

Annual dividend yield

     0.00

Weighted average expected life (Years)

     3.00  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.90

Expected volatility

     40.00

 

F-32


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The expected term of the incentive units is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at the grant date. Volatility is based on the historical volatility of several public entities that are similar to the Company as the Company does not have sufficient historical transactions of its own shares on which to base expected volatility. As of December 28, 2019, the Company does not intend to pay dividends or distributions in the future.

Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries have non-cancelable operating lease agreements for the rental of office space, company-operated shops, and office equipment. In addition, the Company’s subsidiaries enter into certain lease agreements with owners of real property in order to sublet the leased premises to its franchisees. The Company’s future minimum rental commitments under these operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year and related sublease rentals are as follows:

 

in thousands

   Operating Leases      Sublease Rentals  

2020

   $             43,480      $               8,140  

2021

     40,855        6,286  

2022

     40,149        5,409  

2023

     38,506        4,223  

2024

     35,655        1,907  

Thereafter

     236,767        6,773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 435,412      $ 32,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2019, the Company’s subsidiaries had two capital lease arrangements for the rental of company-operated shops at a net book value of $2 million. The future minimum rental commitments under these capital lease arrangements are approximately $300 thousand for each of the next five years. The total future minimum rental commitments over the life of the arrangements are $5 million and approximately $3 million represents interest.

Total rental expense was $35 million and $30 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively. In 2019, $25 million of this expense is presented within company-operated store expenses, while $10 million is presented within selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. In 2018, $19 million of this expense is presented within company-operated store expenses, while $11 million is presented within selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the Company recognized $8 million and $9 million of sublease rental income received during the same periods, respectively, which is presented in other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company’s subsidiaries are parties to operating leases and subleases that contain escalating rentals. As of December 28, 2019, a deferred rent liability of $6 million and a deferred rent asset of $1 million is recorded in order to recognize the related rent expense and income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 29, 2018, a deferred rent liability of $4 million and a deferred rent asset of $1 million is recorded in order to recognize the related rent expense and income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company had a supply agreement with a supplier to purchase automotive motor oil, lubricants, greases and fluids that expired in August 2018 and was not renegotiated. Under the agreement, the Company was required to purchase a certain minimum aggregate quarterly volume from the supplier or its assignees. If these

 

F-33


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

minimum purchase levels were met, the Company received quarterly rebates, or marketing support payments, for certain product categories based upon the actual volume in gallons. The agreement only provided for a minimum volume and did not require minimum payments. Earned rebates of $3 million were recorded as a reduction of costs of goods sold in 2018. The supplier settled all amounts owed to the Company as of December 28, 2019.

Legal actions incident to the ordinary course of business are pending against the Company or its subsidiaries. The Company does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 13—Earnings Per Share

The Company discloses two calculations of earnings per member unit (“EPS”): basic EPS and diluted EPS. The numerator in calculating common stock basic and diluted EPS is consolidated net income. The denominator in calculating common stock basic EPS is the weighted average shares outstanding. The denominator in calculating common stock diluted EPS includes the additional dilutive effect of outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock grants and unvested performance-based restricted stock grants.

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     2019      2018  

Net income available to members—basic and diluted

   $   7,731      $   7,062  

Weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted

     1,000        1,000  

Earnings per share—basic and diluted

     7,731        7,062  

There were no potentially dilutive securities outstanding in 2019 and 2018.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

The unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted, for fiscal 2019 gives effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the outstanding senior notes on December 28, 2019.

The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

         2019      

Numerator:

  

Pro forma net income available to common shareholders

  

Adjustment to interest on debt

  
  

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders – basic and diluted

   $   7,731  

Denominator:

  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

  

Add: Shares issued in offering necessary to pay senior notes

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)

   $    

 

F-34


Table of Contents

RC DRIVEN HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Note 14—Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements through March 26, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. All subsequent events requiring recognition and disclosure have been incorporated into these financial statements.

On February 7, 2020, the loan with an Executive of the Company secured by a Promissory Note (described in Note 8) was settled and extinguished.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout North America. COVID-19 has disrupted and continues to significantly disrupt local, regional and global economies and businesses. Because of potential operating restrictions and other consequences of the outbreak, it is likely there will be significant disruptions in customer demand, the supply chain for products and services, employee availability, and other aspects of operating our business for an indeterminate period. While the Company expects this matter to negatively impact the business in the near-term, the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. As a result, the Company is leveraging its balance sheet and has fully drawn the balance of its 2019-3 VFN.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—AS OF AND FOR THE  NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 26, 2020 AND SEPTEMBER 28, 2019 (OR DECEMBER 28, 2019 FOR THE COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEETS):

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine months ended  

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   September 26, 2020     September 28, 2019  

Revenue:

    

Franchise royalties and fees

   $         94,214     $         86,885  

Company-operated store sales

     323,339       235,130  

Independently-operated store sales

     30,595        

Advertising contributions

     42,429       36,792  

Supply and other revenue

     125,115       58,766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     615,692       417,573  

Operating expenses:

    

Company-operated store expenses

     202,333       160,076  

Independently-operated store expenses

     17,995        

Advertising expenses

     42,429       36,792  

Supply and other expenses

     70,167       34,987  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     153,162       98,464  

Acquisition costs

     13,287       4,292  

Store opening costs

     1,921       2,859  

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656       15,228  

Asset impairment charges

     6,732        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     540,682       352,698  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     75,010       64,875  

Interest expense, net

     64,973       39,823  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     673        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     9,364       25,052  

Income tax expense

     6,109       6,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,255       18,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     (34      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

   $ 3,289     $ 18,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ 3,029     $ 18,335  

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted

     1,086       1,000  

Pro forma earnings per share

    

Basic and diluted

   $           $        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine months ended  

(in thousands)

   September 26, 2020     September 29, 2019  

Net income

   $ 3,255     $   18,335  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (14,129     460  

Unrealized gains from cash flow hedges

     551        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

     (13,578     460  

Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (34      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

     (13,544     460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $               (10,289   $               18,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-37


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     (Unaudited)        

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    December 28, 2019  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 184,356     $ 34,935  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     88,291       74,131  

Inventory

     42,527       26,149  

Prepaid and other assets

     17,078       14,491  

Income tax receivable

     1,831       4,607  

Advertising fund assets, restricted

     32,472       31,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     366,555       185,324  

Notes receivable, net

     5,034       7,178  

Property and equipment, net

     899,507       134,381  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     768,486        

Deferred commissions

     8,513       6,721  

Intangibles, net

     829,387       672,017  

Goodwill

     1,624,408       870,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   4,501,890     $         1,876,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’/members’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 79,906     $ 58,917  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     174,926       66,035  

Current portion of long-term debt

     21,045       13,050  

Advertising fund liabilities

     20,224       20,825  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     296,101       158,827  

Long-term debt, net

     2,077,047       1,301,913  

Operating lease liabilities

     715,974        

Deferred tax liabilities

     271,158       111,355  

Deferred revenue

     20,973       14,267  

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities

     35,766        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,417,019       1,586,362  

Shareholders’/members’ equity

     1,092,959       284,788  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (9,918     3,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’/members’ equity attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

     1,083,041       288,414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     1,830       1,464  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’/members’ equity

     1,084,871       289,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’/members’ equity

   $ 4,501,890     $ 1,876,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

 

    

 

   

 

    Nine months
ended
September
26, 2020
   

 

 

(in thousands)

   Shareholders’/
Members’
equity
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss)
income
    Non-controlling
interests
    Total equity  

Balance as of December 28, 2019

   $         284,788     $             3,626     $              1,464     $         289,878  

Cumulative effect of ASU 2016-02 adoption

     (4,626                 (4,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 29, 2019

     280,162       3,626       1,464       285,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,289             (34     3,255  

Equity-based compensation expense

     508                   508  

Acquisition of subsidiary with non-controlling interest

                 400       400  

Other comprehensive loss

           (13,544           (13,544

Common stock issued in business combination

     809,000                   809,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 26, 2020

   $ 1,092,959     $ (9,918   $ 1,830     $ 1,084,871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    

 

   

 

    Nine months
ended
September 28,
2019
   

 

 

(in thousands)

   Members’
equity
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss)
income
    Non-controlling
interest
    Total equity  

Balance as of December 29, 2018

   $ 438,787     $ (1,100   $     $ 437,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     18,335                   18,335  

Equity-based compensation expense

     897                   897  

Contributions

     75                   75  

Dividend to Driven Investor, LLC

     (163,000                 (163,000

Other comprehensive income

           460             460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 28, 2019

   $ 295,094     $ (640   $     $ 294,454  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-39


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine months ended  

(in thousands)

   September 26, 2020     September 28, 2019  

Net income

   $ 3,255     $                   18,335  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

                       32,656       15,228  

Noncash lease cost

     26,254        

Bad debt expense

     4,829       947  

Impairment and store closure costs

     6,732       29  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     5,281       2,555  

Amortization of bond discount

     1,895        

Provision for deferred income taxes

     (4,524     5,605  

Other, net

     2,294       897  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     (12,349     (21,447

Inventory

     (1,328     (1,568

Prepaid and other assets

     1,755       (8,240

Advertising fund assets and liabilities, restricted

     (554     6,930  

Deferred commissions

     (1,810     (2,639

Deferred revenue

     3,438       3,440  

Accounts payable

     10,311       16,752  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     8,926       (4,370

Income tax receivable

     7,551       (1,394

Operating lease liabilities

     (28,157      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

     66,455       31,060  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (35,124     (15,710

Cash assumed in business acquisitions, net of cash paid

     8,575       (134,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

     (26,549     (150,301

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payment of contingent consideration related to acquisitions

     (2,783      

Payment of debt issuance cost

     (12,639     (12,122

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

     175,000       575,000  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (11,619     (7,725

Proceeds from revolving lines of credit

     152,101       9,972  

Repayments of revolving lines of credit

     (191,600      

Repayment of principal portion of finance lease liability

     (731      

Distribution to Driven Investor, LLC

           (163,000

Contributions

           75  

Proceeds from failed sale-leaseback transactions

     3,432        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

     111,161       402,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     468       (263
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and cash included in advertising fund assets, restricted

     151,535       282,696  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     34,935       37,530  

Cash included in advertising fund assets, restricted, beginning of period

     23,091       15,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and cash included in advertising fund assets, restricted, beginning of period

     58,026       52,667  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     184,356       320,279  

Cash included in advertising fund assets, restricted, end of period

     25,205       15,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and cash included in advertising fund assets, restricted, end of period

   $ 209,561     $ 335,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-40


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and is the parent holding company of Driven Brands, Inc. and Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (collectively, “Driven Brands”). The Company previously operated as RC Driven Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On July 6, 2020, RC Driven Holdings LLC converted into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, and changed its name to Driven Brands Holdings Inc. As part of our Corporate Conversion, our direct parent, Driven Investor LLC, received all of our common stock in exchange for our equity interests.

Driven Brands is a large and diversified automotive services company in North America with a highly-franchised base of more than 4,100 franchised, independently-operated, and company-operated across 49 U.S. states and 14 international countries. The Company has a portfolio of highly recognized brands that compete in the automotive services industry. Our scaled, diversified platform fulfills an extensive range of core consumer and commercial automotive needs, including paint, collision, glass, vehicle repair, oil change and, maintenance and car wash. Driven Brands provides a breadth of high-quality and high-frequency services to a wide range of customers, who rely on their cars in all economic environments to get to work and in many other aspects of their daily lives. Approximately 83% of the Company’s locations are franchised or independently-operated.

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, these interim financial statements do not include all information and footnotes required under U.S GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of results of operations, balance sheet, cash flows, and members’ equity for the periods presented have been reflected. They include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company maintains its financial records on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of December each year. The fiscal year ending December 26, 2020 is a 52 week fiscal year. The nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 were both 39-week periods. During the current year, the Company acquired International Car Wash Group (“ICWG”), which is currently consolidated based on a calendar month end that ended on September 30, 2020. See Note 2 for additional discussion regarding the acquisition of ICWG.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2019 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 28, 2019.

The operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year, particularly in light of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic and its effects on the domestic and global

 

F-41


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

economies. Additionally, the full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and cannot be reasonably estimated. However, the Company has made appropriate accounting estimates based on the facts and circumstances available as of the reporting date. To the extent there are differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be materially affected. Actions taken by management in response to the pandemic, including reductions in workforce, have not had a material impact on these financial statements.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 28, 2019. There have been no material changes to the significant accounting policies during the nine months ended September 26, 2020 other than those noted below.

Leases

This update to our accounting policy resulted from our adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02 on September 26, 2020, which was retroactively applied as of the first day of fiscal year 2020, as further described within the section below titled Recently Adopted Accounting Standards. At contract inception, the Company determines whether the contract is or contains a lease based on the terms and conditions of the contract. Lease contracts are recognized on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities; however, the Company has elected not to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities on leases with terms of one year or less. Lease liabilities and their corresponding ROU assets are recorded based on the present value of the future lease payments over the expected lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide enough information to determine the implicit interest rate in the agreements, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate in calculating the lease liability. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate for each lease by reference to yield rates on collateralized debt issuances by companies of a similar credit rating as the Company, with adjustments for differences in years to maturity and implied company-specific credit spreads. The ROU asset also includes initial direct costs paid less lease incentives received from the lessor. Our lease contracts are generally classified as operating and, as a result, the Company recognizes a single lease cost within operating expenses on the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company also records lease income for subleases of franchise stores to certain franchisees. Lease income from sublease rentals are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Revenue Recognition

With the acquisition of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, as further described in Note 2, the Company recognizes revenue from car washes and sale of individual cleaning items at the time of service. Customers also have the ability to purchase car wash club memberships that provide for unlimited washes for the duration of the membership. The Company recognizes revenue from these membership programs on a straight-line basis over the membership term. The Company also sells gift cards. Sales proceeds are initially recognized as a contract liability and the liability is reduced and revenue is recognized when the gift card subsequently is redeemed for services. Breakage on unredeemed gift card balances is estimated and recognized as revenue using the proportional method based on historical redemption patterns. Revenue from independently-operated stores, which include our international locations outside North America whereby a third-party is responsible for site-level labor, are recorded in independently-operated store revenue, while the revenue from all other sources is recorded in Company-operated store sales in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Advertising Contributions and Expenses

The Company recognizes revenue related to advertising fund contributions in accordance with U.S GAAP, as the underlying sales occur or on a scheduled basis for franchisees on a fixed arrangement. Advertising revenue and costs are recognized on a gross basis. In the event an advertising fund’s contributions exceed related advertising fund expenditures in a period (a “surplus”), advertising fund expenditures are accrued up to the amount of contributions and an accrued liability is recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. At the end of the fiscal year, any cumulative advertising fund deficit will be recognized in the income statement, as to not defer those costs past the end of the fiscal year. The advertising funds are not expected to generate a profit or loss in the long term. As such, on an interim basis, the Company’s policy is to record a true-up by accruing or deferring advertising expenses for a surplus and deficit, respectively, such that it equals contributions and there is no impact to net income on an interim basis.

Intangible Assets Including Goodwill

Intangible assets represent trademarks, franchise agreements, license agreements, membership agreements, customer relationships, developed technology, favorable lease assets, and unfavorable lease liabilities. Indefinite lived intangibles are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently, if an event or circumstances indicate it is more-likely-than-not an impairment loss has occurred. Amortizable intangible assets are tested for impairment if events occur that suggest the assets might not be recoverable. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, management determined that it was not more likely than not the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying value. As a result of this assessment, management concluded it was not necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test during the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

Unrelated to the COVID-19 outbreak, the Company elected to discontinue the use of the Pro Oil tradename and, as a result, recognized a $3 million impairment charge during the nine months ended September 26, 2020. There were no impairment charges associated with the impacted locations and these locations were rebranded under the Take 5 tradename.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are categorized, based on the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Observable market data, when available, is required to be used in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 26, 2020 are summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Total  

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 11,783      $ 11,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of total long-term debt were as follows:

 

     September 26, 2020      December 28, 2019  

(in thousands)

   Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
     Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
 

Long-term debt

   $ 2,098,092      $ 2,123,137      $ 1,314,963      $ 1,372,244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following tables present changes, net of tax, in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

     Nine months ended September 26, 2020  

(in thousands)

   Foreign currency
translation
adjustment
    Cash flow
hedges
     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Balance at December 28, 2019

   $               3,626     $               —      $           3,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change

     (14,095     551        (13,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 26, 2020

   $ (10,469   $ 551      $ (9,918
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended
September 28, 2019
 

(in thousands)

   Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Balance at December 29, 2018

   $ (1,100   $ (1,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

             460                  460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 28, 2019

   $ (640   $ (640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-02. The amendments in this update primarily replace the existing accounting requirements for operating leases for lessees. Lessee accounting requirements for finance leases (previously referred to as capital leases) and lessor accounting requirements for operating leases and sales type and direct financing leases are largely unchanged. The amendments require the lessee in an operating lease to record a balance sheet gross-up upon lease commencement by recognizing a ROU asset and lease liability equal to the present value of the lease payments. The ROU asset and lease liability should be derecognized in a manner that effectively yield a straight-line lease expense over the lease term. In addition to the changes to the lessee operating lease accounting requirements, the amendments also change the types of costs that can be capitalized related to a lease agreement for both lessees and lessors. The amendments also require additional disclosures for all lease types for both lessees and lessors. The FASB issued additional ASUs to clarify the guidance and provide certain practical expedients and an additional transition option.

The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 and the subsequent ASUs that modified ASU 2016-02 (collectively, the amendments) during the nine months ended September 29, 2020 and retroactively adopted the amendments

 

F-44


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

as of December 29, 2019. The Company elected not to adjust prior period comparative information and will continue to disclose prior period financial information in accordance with the previous lease accounting guidance. The Company has elected certain practical expedients permitted within the amendments that allow us to not reassess (i) current lease classifications, (ii) whether existing contracts meet the definition of a lease under the amendments to the lease guidance, and (iii) whether current initial direct costs meet the new criteria for capitalization, for all existing leases as of the adoption date. The Company made an accounting policy election to calculate the impact of adoption using the remaining minimum lease payments and remaining lease term for each contract that was identified as a lease, discounted at our incremental borrowing rate as of the adoption date. The adoption of the amendments resulted in a ROU asset of approximately $324 million primarily from operating leases, a $5 million reduction to retained earnings, net of taxes, and a lease liability of approximately $330 million. The remaining $1 million related to the derecognition of certain liabilities and assets that had been recorded in accordance with U.S. GAAP that had been applied prior to the adoption of the amendments.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires companies to measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The FASB has subsequently issued additional ASUs intended to clarify guidance and provide implementation support. ASU 2016-13 must be applied using a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment through retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year upon adoption. In accordance with effective adoption dates for private company and emerging growth companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for private companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting guidance.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. This guidance is effective immediately and the amendments may be applied prospectively through December 31, 2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting guidance.

Note 2—Business Combinations

The Company strategically acquires companies in order to increase its footprint and offer products and services that diversify its existing offerings. These acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method, whereby the purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition.

Acquisition of International Car Wash Group

On August 3, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, the holding company of ICWG, to expand on its service offerings by entering into the car wash business. Under

 

F-45


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

the merger agreement, ICWG’s shareholders received 217,980 Class A common units of Driven Investor LLC, the Company’s sole shareholder. Driven Investor LLC contributed ICWG to the Company in exchange for 430 shares of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the ICWG Acquisition, the Company has expanded its service offerings by entering into the car wash business.

The acquisition of ICWG resulted in the Company acquiring 741 independently-operated and 199 company-operated car wash centers in 14 countries across Europe, the United States, and Australia. The operating results from ICWG are included in the Car Wash segment. Approximately $191 million of the goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes. All goodwill related to this acquisition was allocated to the Car Wash reporting unit.

The Company incurred $3 million of transaction-related expenses as a result of this transaction, which were recorded as operating expenses during the nine months ended September 26, 2020. Intangible assets acquired from ICWG include trademarks and patents, some of which have an indefinite useful life. Certain trademarks were given a weighted-average useful life of 18 months due to our plans to discontinue use of the trademark.

A preliminary estimate of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from ICWG is as follows:

 

(in thousands, except shares)

   August 3,
2020
 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 37,011  

Accounts and notes receivable

     8,158  

Inventory

     14,935  

Fixed assets

     749,171  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     475,435  

Definite-lived intangibles

     6,040  

Indefinite-lived intangibles

     168,280  

Other assets

     3,782  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     1,462,812  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     91,220  

Long-term debt

     651,098  

Deferred income tax liability

     163,214  

Operating lease liabilities

     446,226  

Derivative liabilities

     12,714  

Other liabilities

     27,205  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     1,391,677  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     71,135  

Non-controlling interest acquired

     400  

Total consideration paid (430 common shares)

     809,000  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 738,265  
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the equity consideration was determined based on an estimated enterprise value using a market approach as of the purchase date, reduced by borrowings assumed.

The following table presents financial information regarding ICWG operations included in our condensed consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition through September 26, 2020 under the column

 

F-46


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

“Actual from acquisition date.” The following table also presents unaudited supplemental pro-forma information as if the acquisition of ICWG had occurred on December 29, 2019 under the “Pro-forma” columns. In addition, the following table presents supplemental unaudited pro-forma information as if the acquisition of ICWG, Clairus, and ATI had occurred on December 30, 2018 under the “Pro-forma” columns. The pro-forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company acquired ICWG, Clairus, and ATI at the beginning of 2019. Cost savings are also not reflected in the unaudited pro-forma amounts for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively.

 

     Actual from
acquisition
date
    Pro-forma for nine
months ended
 

(in thousands)

  September 26,
2020
     September 28,
2019
 

Revenue

   $   59,185     $   815,978      $   756,305  

Net income (loss) attributable to Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

     (5,932     40,976        16,136  

On April 20, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Fix Auto USA (“Fix Auto”), a franchisor and operator of collision repair centers, for $29 million, net of cash received of approximately $2 million. This acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 150 franchised locations and 10 company-operated locations and increases the Company’s collision services footprint. All goodwill related to this acquisition was allocated to the Paint, Collision, and Glass reporting unit. None of the goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes.

A preliminary estimate of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Fix Auto is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   April 20,
2020
 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 2,020  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     2,317  

Inventory

     414  

Prepaid and other assets

     293  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     7,520  

Fixed assets

     1,023  

Definite-lived intangibles

     15,200  
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired

     28,787  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     1,835  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,769  

Operating lease liability

     7,520  

Income taxes payable

     673  

Deferred income tax liability

     3,770  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

     16,567  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     12,220  

Total consideration

     31,460  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $   19,240  
  

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

A summary of total consideration for Fix Auto is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash

   $   28,517  

Fair value of contingent consideration

     2,943  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 31,460  
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets acquired from Fix Auto include franchise agreements with a weighted-average useful life of 12.5 years and a license agreement that has an estimated useful life of seven years.

The purchase agreement for Fix Auto includes potential earnout payments of up to $10 million based on adjusted EBITDA results for fiscal year 2020 and up to $15 million for adjusted EBITDA results for fiscal year 2021. The Company has included the fair value of these contingent payments in accrued expenses and other liabilities as of September 26, 2020.

The Company incurred $2 million of transaction-related expenses as a result of this transaction, which were recorded as operating expenses during the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

Other Acquisitions

On November 14, 2019, the Company acquired a controlling financial interest of the Clairus Group (“Clairus”) for $214 million, net of cash of approximately $5 million, to enter into the glass services business (“Clairus Acquisition”). The Clairus Acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 35 company-operated locations, 205 franchise locations, and 22 distribution centers. Clairus has one business unit that is included in the Paint, Collision & Glass segment (“Uniban”) and one business unit that is included in the Platform Services segment (“PH Vitres D’Autos”).

On November 5, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Automotive Training Institute, Inc. (“ATI”) for $52 million, net of cash of approximately $1 million, to enter into the automotive training services business (“ATI Acquisition”). The ATI Acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes.

On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of ABRA Auto Body & Glass GP LLC, ABRA Auto Body & Glass LP, and ABRA Automotive Systems LP (collectively, “ABRA Group”) for $53 million to increase the Company’s collision services footprint (“ABRA Acquisition”). The ABRA Acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes. The ABRA Acquisition resulted in the Company acquiring 55 franchise locations.

On March 1, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Ontario Auto Collision (Mountain) Limited and Ontario Auto Collision Limited (collectively, “Carstar Stores”) for $23 million as part of an asset purchase transaction to increase its company-operated collision services footprint (“Carstar Acquisition”). Included in the purchase consideration was $2 million related to a contingent earnout payment to the previous owners, which is also included in accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 28, 2019. The contingency was fully paid out in the nine months ended September 26, 2020.

During 2019, the Company completed eight additional business acquisitions, each individually immaterial, which represent tuck-in acquisitions within the Company’s Maintenance segment (“Other Maintenance Acquisitions”). In connection with one of these acquisitions, the Company purchased real property, and subsequently sold the real property to independent third-parties at the fair value price paid by the Company. This real property was leased back, resulting in no gain or loss on the sale-leaseback transaction. The lease

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

commitment related to this sale-leaseback transaction is approximately $2 million per year, for a total commitment of $46 million. Included in the purchase consideration was $1 million related to a contingent earnout payment due to the previous owners, as well as an additional $1 million of contingent consideration to be paid upon construction of one location. The Company paid these amounts during the nine months ended September 26, 2020. Aggregate consideration paid for these acquisitions, net of cash acquired, was approximately $117 million, and each acquisition was treated as an asset transaction for tax purposes.

A summary of assets acquired and liabilities assumed during fiscal year 2019 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

  ATI     Clairus     ABRA Group     Carstar      Other
Maintenance
     Total Purchase
Price Allocation
for
Acquisitions
 

Assets acquired

             

Accounts and notes receivable, net

  $ 8,078     $ 22,949     $ 648     $      $ 509      $ 32,184  

Prepaid and other assets

    320       695                           1,015  

Income tax receivable

          3,227                           3,227  

Inventory

          9,880             108        2,539        12,527  

Property and equipment, net

    262       6,241       1,645       525        6,980        15,653  

Intangibles

    18,200       120,261       38,000                     176,461  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

    26,860       163,253       40,293       633        10,028        241,067  

Goodwill

    36,157       103,516       12,440       21,927        109,268        283,308  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

    63,017       266,769       52,733       22,560        119,296        524,375  

Liabilities assumed:

             

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    7,038       7,622       202              2,409        17,271  

Accounts payable

    722       13,181       76                     13,979  

Deferred tax liabilities

          31,009                           31,009  

Deferred franchise revenue

    3,291                                 3,291  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

    11,051       51,812       278              2,409        65,550  

Non-controlling interest

          1,445                           1,445  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase consideration, net

  $ 51,966     $ 213,512     $ 52,455     $ 22,560      $ 116,887      $          457,380  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transaction costs (approx.)

    1,000       3,000       1,000       1,000        6,000        12,000  

Reportable segment (s)

   

Platform
Services &
Distribution

 
 
   



Paint, Collison
& Glass and
Platform
Services &
Distribution



 
 
   

Paint,
Collison &
Glass


 
   

Paint,
Collison &
Glass


 
     Maintenance     

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The Company updated its purchase accounting estimates during the nine months ended September 26, 2020 for the above noted acquisitions and, as a result, recorded $0.3 million of additional goodwill related to the acquisition of ATI. Additionally, the Company recorded $3 million of additional goodwill related to the acquisition of Clairus due to an update to the fair value of certain intangible assets.

Note 3—Accounts and Notes Receivable, net

The accounts and notes receivable, net balance on the consolidated balance sheets are amounts primarily related to customers, vendors and franchisees. As of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the gross amount of current accounts and notes receivable were $101 million and $86 million, respectively. The current allowance for doubtful accounts for these periods were $13 million and $12 million, respectively. As of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the gross amount of non-current notes receivable was $7 million and $10 million, respectively. The non-current allowance for doubtful accounts for these periods were $2 million and $3 million, respectively.

Note 4—Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Contract Balances

The Company records contract assets for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year and if such costs are material. Commission expenses, a primary cost associated with the sale of franchise licenses, are amortized to selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income ratably over the life of the associated franchise agreement.

Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019 were $9 million and $7 million, respectively, and were presented within deferred commissions on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company amortized less than $1 million in costs associated with the sale of the licenses in the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively.

The Company generally records a contract liability when cash is provided for a contract with a customer and the Company has not yet performed its obligation. The Company has contract liabilities of $21 million and $14 million as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively, which are presented within deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company amortized less than $1 million in initial license and development fees in the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively. The Company also amortized less than $1 million in upfront payments on shop owner consulting contracts in the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019, respectively. Initial license and development fees are included in franchise royalties and fees in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Shop owner consulting contract revenue is included in supply and other revenues in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Note 5—Long-term Debt

Our long-term debt obligations consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    December 28,
2019
 

Series 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

   $ 174,563     $  

Series 2019-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     294,750       297,000  

Series 2019-2 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     272,250       274,312  

Series 2018-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     268,125       270,188  

Series 2016-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     43,088       43,425  

Series 2015-1 Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-2

     389,500       392,575  

Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Securitization Senior Notes, Class A-1

           59,499  

First Lien Term Loan, net of discount

     499,599        

Second Lien Term Loan, net of discount

     156,392        

Revolving Credit Facility

     20,000        

Other debt(1)

     9,141        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     2,127,408       1,336,999  

Less: debt issuance costs

     (29,316     (22,036

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (21,045     (13,050
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net

   $   2,077,047     $   1,301,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amount primarily consists of finance lease obligations.

As part of the ICWG acquisition, the Company assumed $532 million of First Lien Term Loan debt. The First Lien Term Loan debt matures on October 3, 2024 and interest is charged at 3.25% plus one-month LIBOR and is payable at either one-, two-, three- or six-monthly intervals. The loan is subject to quarterly repayments of 0.25% of the original principal. As of September 26, 2020 the interest rate on this loan was 4.25%. The Company recorded this loan at fair value upon the acquisition of ICWG and, as of September 26, 2020, there was $31 million of unamortized discount related to this loan.

As part of the ICWG acquisition, the Company also assumed $175 million of Second Lien Term Loan debt. The Second Lien Term Loan debt matures on October 3, 2025 and interest is charged at 7.50% plus one-month LIBOR and is payable at either one-, two-, three- or six-monthly intervals. As of September 26, 2020 the interest rate on this loan was 8.50%. The Company recorded this loan at fair value upon the acquisition of ICWG and, as of September 26, 2020, there was $19 million of unamortized discount related to this loan.

The Company also assumed a first lien revolving credit facility from ICWG with an aggregate principal amount of up to $75 million, maturing on October 3, 2022, including a letter of credit sub-facility, a swingline loan sub-facility and an ancillary sub-facility. As of September 26, 2020 the interest rate on this credit facility was 3.65%.

On July 6, 2020, Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”, and together with the Master Issuer, the “Master Co-Issuers”), each wholly owned indirect subsidiaries of the Company, issued $175 million 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes. The 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes have a final legal maturity date of July 20, 2050; however, they have an anticipated repayment date of July 20, 2027, with accrued interest paid quarterly. The 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Master Co-Issuers and are guaranteed by the Canadian

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Co-Issuer and various subsidiaries of the Canadian Co-Issuer. The Company capitalized $11 million of debt issuance costs related to the 2020-1 Securitization Senior Notes.

On April 24, 2020, the Company entered into a bridge loan with a financial institution in the amount of $40 million, which was used to help finance 2020 acquisitions. The interest rate was based on the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable margin. The Company capitalized $1 million of debt issuance costs related to the bridge loan. The bridge loan was subsequently paid in full and approximately $1 million of debt issuance costs were written off to loss on debt extinguishment.

The Company’s debt agreements are subject to certain quantitative and qualitative covenants. As of September 26, 2020, the Company and the Master Issuer were in compliance with all covenants.

Note 6 —Segment Information

Prior to the acquisition of ICWG, the Company’s worldwide operations were comprised of the following reportable segments: Maintenance; Paint, Collision & Glass and Platform Services. Upon the acquisition of ICWG in August 2020, the Company determined an additional reportable segment (Car Wash) was necessary for the newly acquired business.

Corporate and Other incurs costs related to the advertising revenues and expenses and shared service costs, which are related to finance, IT, human resources, legal, supply chain and other support services. Corporate and Other activity includes the adjustments necessary to eliminate intercompany transactions, namely sales by the Platform Services segment to the Paint, Collision, & Glass and Maintenance segments, respectively.

Segment results for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 are as follows:

 

    Nine months ended September 26, 2020  

(in thousands)

  Maintenance     Car
Wash
    Paint,
Collision &
Glass
    Platform
Services
    Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Franchise fees and royalties

  $ 21,028     $     $ 52,220     $ 21,377     $ (411   $ 94,214  

Company-operated store sales

    268,267       28,586       21,613       5,020       (147     323,339  

Independently-operated store sales

          30,595                         30,595  

Advertising

                            42,429       42,429  

Supply and other

    16,552       4       47,287       80,184       (18,912     125,115  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $   305,847     $     59,185     $   121,120     $ 106,581     $ 22,959     $  615,692  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 82,579     $ 17,739     $ 50,119     $ 36,740     $  (45,722   $ 141,455  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Nine months ended September 28, 2019  

(in thousands)

  Maintenance     Car
Wash
    Paint,
Collision &
Glass
    Platform
Services
    Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Franchise fees and royalties

  $ 23,678     $     $ 42,888     $ 20,319     $     $ 86,885  

Company-operated store sales

    224,237             7,173       3,720             235,130  

Advertising

                            36,792       36,792  

Supply and other

    9,177             46,713       13,595       (10,719     58,766  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 257,092     $     $ 96,774     $ 37,634     $ 26,073     $ 417,573  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 62,390     $     $ 45,372     $ 19,422     $ (29,375   $ 97,809  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

The reconciliations of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before taxes for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 are as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
    September 28,
2019
 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $   141,455     $   97,809  

Acquisition related costs(a)

     13,287       4,292  

Non-core items and project costs, net(b)

     (926     5,385  

Store opening costs

     1,921       2,859  

Sponsor management fees(c)

     5,357       1,958  

Straight-line rent adjustment(d)

     3,124       2,315  

Equity-based compensation expense(e)

     508       897  

Foreign currency transaction loss(f)

     55        

Bad debt expense(g)

     2,842        

Asset impairment charges and closed store expenses(h)

     7,621        

Loss on debt extinguishment(i)

     673        

Depreciation and amortization

     32,656       15,228  

Interest expense, net

     64,973       39,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   $ 9,364     $ 25,052  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Consists of acquisition costs as reflected within the condensed consolidated statements of income, including legal, consulting and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions completed during the applicable period, as well as inventory rationalization expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions. The Company expects to incur similar costs in connection with other acquisitions in the future and, under U.S. GAAP, such costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as incurred and not capitalized.

(b)

Consists of discrete items and project costs, including i) wage subsidies received directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, and (ii) other miscellaneous expenses, including non-capitalizable expenses relating to the Company’s initial public offering and other strategic transactions.

(c)

Includes management fees paid to Roark Capital Management, LLC.

(d)

Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which reflects the extent to which our straight-line rent expense recognized under U.S. GAAP exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments.

(e)

Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.

(f)

Represents foreign currency transaction gains and losses primarily related to the remeasurement of our intercompany loans and gain on remeasurement of cross currency swaps.

(g)

Represents bad debt related to customer that declared bankruptcy due to COVID-19 pandemic.

(h)

Represents non-cash charges incurred related to the discontinuation of the use of the Pro Oil trade name, as well as impairment of certain fixed assets, and lease exit costs and other costs associated with stores that were closed prior to their respective lease termination dates.

(i)

Represents charges incurred related to the Company’s repayment of a bridge loan which was used to help finance the 2020 acquisitions.

No asset information has been provided for these reportable segments as the Chief Operating Decision Maker does not regularly review asset information by reportable segment.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Note 7—Leases

The Company’s lease and sublease portfolio primarily consists of the real property leases related to franchisee service centers and company-operated service center locations, as well as office space and various vehicle and equipment leases. Leases for real property generally have terms ranging from 10 to 40 years, with most having one or more five-year renewal options. The Company does not include option periods in its determination of the lease term unless renewals are deemed reasonably certain to be exercised. Equipment and vehicle leases generally have terms ranging from one to five years. The Company’s portfolio of leases does not contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

Our property lease agreements contain a lease component, which includes the right to use the real estate, and non-lease components, which include utilities and common area maintenance services. Lease components are accounted for under the ASC Topic on Leases, while non-lease components are accounted for under other GAAP Topics. The Company elected the practical expedient to account for the lease and non-lease components for property leases as a single lease component. Additional variable rent payments made during the lease term are not based on a rate or index and are excluded from the calculation of lease liabilities and are recognized as a component of variable lease expense as incurred. The Company’s vehicle and equipment leases are comprised of a single lease component.

Finance lease right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the leased asset or lease term. Finance lease liabilities are recognized using the effective interest method, with interest determined as the amount that results in a constant periodic discount rate on the remaining balance of the liability. Interest associated with finance lease liabilities is recognized in Interest expense on the condensed consolidated statement of income and is included in changes in accrued liabilities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. The principal portion of finance lease liabilities is included in principal portion of finance leases in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

The following table details our total investment in operating and finance leases where the Company is the lessee.

 

(in thousands)

   September 26,
2020
     December 29,
2019(a)
 

Right-of-use assets

     

Finance leases (b)

   $ 9,840      $ 5,586  

Operating leases

     768,486        318,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total right-of-use assets

   $ 778,326      $ 324,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current lease liabilities

     

Finance leases (c)

   $ 662      $ 404  

Operating leases (d)

     58,942        30,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current lease liabilities

   $ 59,604      $ 30,495  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term lease liabilities

     

Finance leases (e)

   $ 7,266      $ 5,184  

Operating leases

     715,974        294,040  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term lease liabilities

   $ 723,240      $ 299,224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Adoption date of ASC 842.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

(b)

Finance lease right-of-use assets are included in property and equipment, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

(c)

Current finance lease liabilities are included in current portion of long-term debt on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

(d)

Current operating lease liabilities are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

(e)

Long-term finance lease liabilities are included in long-term debt on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The lease cost for operating and finance leases recognized in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of income for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Finance lease expense:

  

Amortization of right-of-use assets

   $ 565  

Interest on lease liabilities

     375  

Operating lease expense

     46,180  

Short-term lease expense

     818  

Variable lease expense

     492  

Sublease income

     (5,410
  

 

 

 

Total lease expense, net

   $ 43,020  
  

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining lease term as of September 26, 2020 was 11.9 years for finance leases and 14.6 years for operating leases. The weighted average discount rate as of September 26, 2020 was 6.19% for finance leases and 4.83% for operating leases.

Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s lease arrangements for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 was as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 40,898  

Operating cash flows from finance leases

     360  

Financing cash flows from finance leases

     197  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

  

Operating leases

     855,308  

Finance leases

     12,808  

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

As of September 26, 2020, future minimum lease payments under noncancellable leases were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Finance      Operating      Receipts
from
subleases
 

Remainder of 2020

   $ 516      $ 26,682      $ 1,976  

2021

     2,221        102,255        6,916  

2022

     2,001        95,597        5,957  

2023

     1,728        90,358        4,718  

2024

     1,555        84,523        2,057  

Thereafter

     12,474        814,668        7,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

     20,495        1,214,083      $ 28,729  
        

 

 

 

Less: Present value discount

     12,567        439,167     

Less: Current lease liabilities

     662        58,942     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Long-term lease liabilities

   $ 7,266      $ 715,974     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Future minimum rental payments required under noncancelable operating leases as of December 28, 2019, prior to the date of adoption and as defined by the previous lease accounting guidance, and related sublease rentals were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Operating      Subleases
Rentals
 

2020

   $ 43,480      $ 8,140  

2021

     40,855        6,286  

2022

     40,149        5,409  

2023

     38,506        4,223  

2024

     35,655        1,907  

Thereafter

     236,767        6,773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 435,412      $ 32,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 8—Derivatives

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments primarily to hedge its exposure to changes in interest rates and movements in foreign currency exchange rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. The Company does not use financial instruments or derivatives for any trading or other speculative purposes.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company has variable rate senior funding which creates exposure to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The Company is party to three interest rate swap transactions with a total notional amount of $300 million. The interest rate swaps were designated as a hedge against the changes in cash flows attributable to changes in one-month LIBOR, the benchmark interest rate being hedged, associated with interest payments made on the first $300 million of the Company’s First and Second Lien Term Loans, respectively. See footnote 5 for additional details on the Company’s debt agreements. The termination date of the swap agreements is May 7, 2023.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges

As part of the acquisition of ICWG, the Company assumed three cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to mitigate the interest rate risk and exchange rate risk associated with the variable interest, USD-denominated senior loans raised by ICWG. The cross-currency interest rate swaps have a total notional amount of $235 million and terminate on October 3, 2021. Throughout the term of the swap agreements, the Company pays interest at a fixed rate and receives interest at the three-month LIBOR rate.

 

(in thousands)

  September 26, 2020  
    Notional
Amount
   

Balance Sheet Location

   Fair Value  

Derivative liabilities:

      

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

    

Interest rate swaps

  $   300,000     Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities      $  (10,570
 

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

    

Cross currency swaps

  $   234,780     Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities      $    (1,213
 

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 26, 2020, the Company recorded $1 million of net gains in other comprehensive income and as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 26, 2020. The Company expects $0.1 million to be reclassified as a decrease to interest expense during the next 12 months.

The Company recorded $1 million of income during the nine months ended September 26, 2020 related to the change in fair value of the derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to interest expense should the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Company will continue to assess the effectiveness of the hedge on a quarterly basis.

Counterparty Credit Risk

By entering into derivative instrument contracts, the Company exposes itself, from time to time, to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. The Company attempts to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings, limiting its exposure to any single counterparty and regularly monitoring its market position with each counterparty.

Note 9—Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 was 65.2% and 26.8%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily driven by $3 million of uncertain tax positions recorded in the period related to prior year Canadian tax positions, inclusive of interest and penalties of less than $1 million and certain non-deductible expenses in a foreign jurisdiction.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law in the U.S to provide relief as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, governments around the

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont’d)

 

world have enacted or implemented various forms of tax relief measures in response to economic conditions in the wake of COVID-19. The Company plans to take advantage of several aspects of the CARES Act that allow for deferral of tax payments and acceleration of deductions. However, as benefits related to the CARES Act are primarily related to timing, there was no impact to the estimated annual effective tax rate.

Note 10—Related-Party Transactions

As further described in Note 2, on August 3, 2020, pursuant to the merger agreement in connection with the acquisition of ICWG, RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC, a subsidiary of RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC and the direct parent of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, merged with and into Driven Investor LLC, our parent company. Both Driven Equity LLC and RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC were related entities of Roark Capital Management, LLC.

During the nine months ended September 28, 2019, the Company paid a $163 million cash dividend to Driven Investor, LLC (parent to the Company). $155 million was paid directly to Driven Investor, LLC through the closing of the Series 2019-1 debt transaction and the remaining $8 million was paid out of the Company’s operating cash.

On June 8, 2015, the Company provided a loan of $1 million secured by a Promissory Note, which was scheduled to mature in July 2020 to an Executive of the Company in connection with that Executive’s purchase of 1,500 Units of Driven Investor LLC. Those units were pledged to Driven Brands, Inc. as security for repayment of the loan. On February 7, 2020, the loan was settled and extinguished.

Note 11—Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements through November 13, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. All subsequent events requiring recognition and disclosure have been incorporated into these financial statements.

On October 29, 2020, the Master Co-Issuers priced an offering of $450 million aggregate principal amount of 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2. The offering is expected to close in December 2020. The Company expects to use the proceeds from the offering (i) to repay in full the series 2015-1 and Series 2016-1 Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, (ii) to pay associated transaction fees and expenses and make-whole prepayment consideration, and (iii) for general corporate purposes.

Subsequent to September 26, 2020, the Company acquired 10 car wash locations, primarily consisting of real and personal property, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $65 million. The Company is in the process of completing its preliminary purchase accounting.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Directors of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.

Emphasis of Matter

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 35 to the consolidated financial statements. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Uxbridge, United Kingdom

November 13, 2020

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (and its subsidiaries) as of December 31, 2018 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in the United Kingdom, which differs from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

November 13, 2020

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Consolidated income statement

 

         

Year ended

31 December

2019

   

Year ended

31 December

2018

 
     Notes    £’000     £’000  

Turnover

   5      262,852       244,483  

Cost of sales

   6, 8      (146,932     (140,760
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        115,920       103,723  

Administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal

   6 – 9      (118,690     (104,144

Profit on disposal of tangible assets

   6      51,250       4,883  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total administrative expenses

        (67,440     (99,261
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        48,480       4,462  

Interest receivable and similar income

   10      507       8  

Interest payable and similar expenses

   11      (77,552     (79,330
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation

        (28,565     (74,860

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

   12      (2,907     (4,425
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the financial year

        (31,472     (79,285
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the financial year attributable to:

Shareholders of the parent company

        (31,407     (79,196

Non-controlling interest

        (65     (89
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (31,472     (79,285
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income        

Year ended

31 December

2019

   

Year ended

31 December

2018

 
     Notes    £’000     £’000  

Loss for the financial year

        (31,472     (79,285
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (expense):

       

Exchange gain on translation of foreign subsidiaries

        4,702       —    

Remeasurement of the defined benefit liability

   30      (578     17  

Movement on deferred tax relating to the defined benefit liability

   30      245       (6

Movement in cashflow hedge

   29      (5,255     —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense for the year

        (32,358     (79,274
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense attributable to:

       

Shareholders of the parent company

        (32,293     (79,185

Non-controlling interest

        (65     (89
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (32,358     (79,274
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

            31 December 2019     31 December 2018  
     Notes      £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Fixed assets

           

Intangible assets

     13          582,540         611,330  

Tangible assets

     14          408,987         378,048  

Investments

     15          1,385         1,461  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
          992,912         990,839  

Current assets

           

Stocks

     17        10,613         11,460    

Debtors

     18        17,791         19,759    

Current asset investments

     29        54         26    

Restricted cash

Cash at bank and in hand

       

922

35,918

 

 

     

—  

38,386

 

 

 
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total current assets

        65,298         69,631    

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

     19        (622,463       (587,986  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net current liabilities

          (557,165       (518,355
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets less current liabilities

          435,747         472,484  

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

     20          (542,658       (544,226

Provisions for liabilities

Deferred tax liability

     23          (11,148       (11,526

Other liabilities

     24        (12,567       (15,059

Pension liability

     25, 30          (5,224       (5,308
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net liabilities

          (135,850       (103,635
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Capital and reserves

           

Called up share capital

     27          131         160  

Share premium account

     27          1,086         981  

Accumulated losses

          (138,105       (105,139

Foreign exchange reserve

          5,928         —    

Hedging reserve

     29          (5,255       —    
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Equity attributable to parent’s shareholders

          (136,215       (103,998
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

          365         363  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

          (135,850       (103,635
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

    Notes     Called
up share
capital
(£’000)
    Share
premium
account
(£’000)
    Hedging
reserve
(£’000)
    Foreign
exchange
reserve
(£’000)
    Accumulated
losses (£’000)
    Non-
controlling
interest
(£’000)
    Total
(£’000)
 

Balance at 1 January 2018

      159       894       —         —         (25,954     268       (24,633

Loss for the financial year

      —         —         —         —         (79,196     (89     (79,285

Other comprehensive income / (expenses):

               

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme

    30       —         —         —         —         17       —         17  

Movement on tax relating to defined benefit liability

    30       —         —         —         —         (6     —         (6
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense for the year

      —         —         —         —         (79,185     (89     (79,274

Issued share capital in year

    27       4       137       —         —         —         —         141  

Reduction of share capital in year

    27       (3     (50             (53

Increase in non-controlling interest

      —         —         —         —         —         184       184  
   

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2018

      160       981       —         —         (105,139     363       (103,635

Loss for the financial year

      —         —         —         —         (31,407     (65     (31,472

Other comprehensive (expenses) / income:

               

Fair value movement on cash flow hedge

    29       —         —         (5,255     —         —         —         (5,255

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme

    30       —         —         —         —         (578     —         (578

Movement on tax relating to defined benefit liability

    30       —         —         —         —         245       —         245  

Exchange gain on translation of foreign subsidiaries

      —         —         —         4,702       —         —         4,702  
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the year

      —         —         (5,255     4,702       (31,740     (65     (32,358

Issued share capital in year

    27       1       134       —         —         —         —         135  

Reduction of share capital in year

    27       (30     (29     —         —         —         —         (59

Transfer of accumulated foreign exchange reserve movements 1

      —         —         —         1,226       (1,226     —         —    

Increase in non-controlling interest

      —         —         —         —         —         67       67  
   

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2019

      131       1,086       (5,255     5,928       (138,105     365       (135,850

 

1

In previous years, the foreign exchange translation difference was reported as part of Accumulated losses. To increase transparency, foreign exchange translation differences have now moved to a separate reserve and hence the prior year balance transferred.

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Consolidated cash flow statement

 

         

Year ended

31 December 2019

   

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
    Notes     £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Cash inflow from operating activities

         

Operating profit

      48,480         4,462    

Adjustments for:

         

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation

      68,327         69,930    

Net profit on sale of fixed assets

      (51,250       (2,588  

Difference between pension charge and payment

      (249       (246  
   

 

 

     

 

 

   
      65,308         71,558    

Movements in working capital:

         

Decrease (increase) in stocks

      478         (643  

Decrease (increase) in debtors

      4,501         (1,028  

Decrease in creditors

      (1,761       (3,621  
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Cash generated from operating activities

      68,526         66,266    

Tax paid

      (3,828       (5,543  
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash from operating activities

        64,698         60,723  

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and adjustments

      —           8,295    

Acquisition of car wash sites

    26       (129,920       (12,619  

Proceeds from sale of tangible assets

      151,963         47,175    

Payments for tangible assets

      (41,752       (42,724  

Payments for intangible assets

      (1,380       (778  

Net acquisition of financial fixed assets

      —           (521  

Interest received and net realised exchange gains

    10       507         4,424    
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash used in investing activities

        (20,582       3,252  

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Proceeds from issue of new share capital

    27       135         141    

Redemption of share capital

    27       (59       (53  

Proceeds from issue of preference shares

      —           977    

Redemption of preference shares

      (2,374       (37  

New long-term loans

      —           511    

Issue costs on new long-term loans

      —           (1,353  

Repayments of long-term loans

    21       (4,451       (4,029  

Interest element of finance lease payments

    22       (223       (402  

Repayments of obligations under finance lease liabilities

    22       (432       (380  

Movement on cash deposits

      —           40    

Other financing costs

    11       (387       —      

Interest paid and net realised exchange loss

    11       (38,391       (32,376  
   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash used in financing activities

        (46,182       (36,961

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (2,066       27,014  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

        520         —    

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

        38,386         11,372  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

        36,840         38,386  
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

1   General information

Shine Holdco (UK) Limited is a private company limited by shares and incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 2AX.

Shine Holdco (UK) Limited acts as a holding company. The principal activities of its subsidiaries are the construction, ownership and operation of car wash installations.

 

2   Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiary companies (collectively, the “Company”) have been prepared in compliance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102, ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland’ (‘FRS 102’).

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

3.1   Basis of preparation

These consolidated and separate financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, as modified by the recognition of certain financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.

 

3.2   Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. A subsidiary is an entity that is controlled by the Company. The results of subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated income statement from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Control is established when the Company has the power to govern the operating and financial policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, the Company takes into consideration potential voting rights that are currently exercisable.

All intra-company transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

 

3.3   Going concern

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.3   Going concern (continued)

 

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the Directors consider to be appropriate for the following reasons.

Subsequent to year-end, on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global coronavirus outbreak a pandemic (referred to as herein as COVID-19). Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company’s operating performance was in line with expectations until mid-March 2020. As a result of the multiple impacts of COVID-19 experienced through the date of approval of this report, the Company’s operating performance has declined compared to forecasted amounts.

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts to 31 December 2021, which indicate that, taking account of reasonably possible downsides and the anticipated impact of COVID-19 on the operations and its financial resources, the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due for that period.

The Directors have considered further potential implications of COVID-19 by modelling two severe but plausible downside scenarios. These scenarios were developed using the impact experienced during the first lock-down in Q2 2020 during which the Company continued to trade, despite restrictions in certain countries resulting in site shutdowns for a limited period.

The first scenario considers the impact of a further six-week lock-down period between November 2020 and March 2021 in addition to a deterioration in trade for the remainder of the forecast period. This scenario does this by reflecting the revenue and contribution reductions experienced during the previous lock-down for the period to 31 December 2020 (between 25% and 35% depending on location), followed by reductions of 10% for the remainder of the forecast period. This scenario also reflects a cessation in acquisition and sale and leaseback activity from January 2021 and reductions in corporate and field expenses.

The second scenario utilises the same assumptions as the first scenario, however, also models the impact of a more severe impact to revenue and contribution during the period to 31 December 2020 (between 50% and 100% depending on location), followed by a tiered reduction for the first six months of 2021 (between 10% and 75% depending on location), which is then followed finally by the 10% reduction for the remainder of the forecast period.

While the longer-term impact of the coronavirus pandemic on the Company remains uncertain, we are confident that the Company is well positioned to withstand a significant reduction in revenue should this occur. The Company maintains a substantial unrestricted cash on hand balance that is sufficient to meet its obligations in the period to 31 December 2021. In addition, the Company has access to a $75,000,000 Revolving Facility and is able to satisfy the related financial covenant test under the terms of its credit agreement, which requires a Net First Lien Ratio (“NFLR”) of 5.85 to 1 when the RCF is drawn in excess of 30%.

The second scenario has been modelled as a worst-case severe downside scenario. Even in this scenario, the forecasts indicate the Company would remain in compliance with the financial covenant requirements and will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Additionally, the Company has a flexible cost structure that has allowed it to react quickly to reduce expenses, defer discretionary capital expenditure, utilize government incentives to defer payments, furlough employees and successfully negotiate extended payment

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.3   Going concern (continued)

 

terms from key vendors. The Company has strong controls in place for the management of working capital and will consider utilisation of governmental support schemes if relevant and applicable.

Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

 

3.4   Foreign currency

The consolidated company financial statements are presented in pound sterling and rounded to thousands.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the Company’s functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value was determined. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiary undertakings are translated at the closing exchange rates. The trading results of such undertakings are consolidated at the average rates of exchange during the period. Gains and losses arising on these translations are taken to reserves, net of exchange differences arising on related foreign currency borrowings. To the extent that foreign borrowings have been used to finance Company investments, investments in foreign enterprises, or to provide a hedge against exchange risk, exchange gains or losses on foreign currency borrowings are offset against exchange differences on the re-translation of net investments.

 

3.5   Classification of financial instruments issued by the Company

In accordance with FRS 102.22, financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:

 

(a)

they include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Company; and

 

(b)

where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called up share capital and share premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares.

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.6   Basic financial instruments

Trade and other debtors

Trade and other debtors are recognised initially at transaction price less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. If the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, for example if payment is deferred beyond normal business terms, then it is measured at the present value of future payments discounted at a market rate of instrument for a similar debt instrument.

Trade and other creditors

Trade and other creditors are recognised initially at transaction price plus attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. If the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, for example if payment is deferred beyond normal business terms, then it is measured at the present value of future payments discounted at a market rate of instrument for a similar debt instrument.

Interest-bearing borrowings classified as basic financial instruments

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Company’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the cash flow statement.

 

3.7   Other financial instruments

Financial instruments not considered to be Basic financial instruments (Other financial instruments)

Other financial instruments not meeting the definition of Basic Financial Instruments are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition other financial instruments are measured at fair value with changes recognised in profit or loss except as follows:

 

-

investments in equity instruments that are not publicly traded and whose fair value cannot otherwise be measured reliably shall be measured at cost less impairment; and

 

-

hedging instruments in a designated hedging relationship shall be recognised as set out below.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value. The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised immediately in profit or loss. However, where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged (see below).

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.7   Other financial instruments (continued)

 

Fair value hedges

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised firm commitment, all changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognised immediately in profit or loss. The carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted by the change in fair value that is attributable to the risk being hedged (even if it is normally carried at cost or amortised cost) and any gains or losses on remeasurement are recognised immediately in the income statement (even if those gains would normally be recognised directly in reserves). If hedge accounting is discontinued and the hedged financial asset or liability has not been derecognised, any adjustments to the carrying amount of the hedged item are amortised into profit or loss using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the hedged item.

Cash flow hedges

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised directly in other comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

For cash flow hedges, where the forecast transactions resulted in the recognition of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the hedging gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is included in the initial cost or other carrying amount of the asset or liability. Alternatively, when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss the hedging gain or loss is reclassified to profit or loss. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or the entity discontinues designation of the hedge relationship but the hedged forecast transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in the income statement immediately.

Net investment hedges

Where the hedged item is the translation risk for the net assets of overseas subsidiaries in the consolidated financial statements, the Company may designate borrowings in the same currency as that overseas subsidiary’s functional currency as a hedging instrument. In that case, the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income, and only the ineffective portion of the hedging item’s translation value is recorded in profit or loss.

Cumulative exchange differences recognised in other comprehensive income relating to a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation shall not be reclassified to profit or loss on disposal or partial disposal of that foreign operation.

Preference and superpreference shares

Superpreference shares and preference shares are classified as debt and initially recognised at transaction price. Subsequent to initial recognition, these shares are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.8   Tangible assets

Tangible assets are stated at cost or valuation less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Where parts of an item of tangible assets have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of tangible assets, for example land is treated separately from buildings.

Leases in which the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are classified as finance leases. All other leases are classified as operating leases. Leased assets acquired by way of finance lease are stated on initial recognition at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, including any incremental costs directly attributable to negotiating and arranging the lease. At initial recognition a finance lease liability is recognised equal to the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The present value of the minimum lease payments is calculated using the interest rate implicit in the lease. Lease payments are accounted for as described at 3.18 below.

Management assesses at each reporting date whether tangible assets (including those leased under a finance lease) are impaired.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all tangible assets in use at rates calculated to write off the cost of each asset less any estimated residual value over its estimated useful life as follows:

 

Freehold and long leasehold land    no depreciation provided
Short leasehold land and structures    the term of the lease
Buildings    7-35 years or lease term if less
Equipment and machinery    20 years
Assets in course of construction    no depreciation provided
Other    3-5 years

For the purpose of determining impairment losses in each accounting period, each site is considered to be an income-generating unit under FRS 102. Future cash flows are estimated based on the remaining lease period for short leasehold sites and the estimated remaining economic life for freehold and long leasehold sites.

Restoration and other provisions

A provision is recognised when the directors consider that there is a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. If these conditions are not met, no provision is recognised.

Provisions are measured at the value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation. Provision for the cost of restoring leased sites to their original state upon expiry of the lease is made to the extent that it is measurable. Such cost is capitalised at the beginning of the lease and is depreciated over each site’s remaining useful economic life.

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.8   Tangible assets (continued)

 

Capitalisation of incremental internal costs

The Company designs and develops car wash equipment for use in its business. The associated costs are capitalised and allocated to individual assets as they are installed.

Certain incremental internal costs are capitalised as part of the cost of tangible assets when new sites are opened and when substantial economic enhancement is made to existing sites through renovation or upgrading.

These costs include some salary costs of the employees involved in these activities.

 

3.9   Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Company.

At the acquisition date, the Company recognises goodwill as:

 

 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

 

 

directly attributable transaction costs; less

 

 

the net recognised amount at fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed.

When the excess is negative, this is recognised and separately disclosed on the face of the balance sheet as negative goodwill.

 

3.10  Intangible   assets and goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination from which it arose.

Research and development

Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred. Expenditure on development activities may be capitalised if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible and the Company intends and has the technical ability and enough resources to complete development, future economic benefits are probable and if the Company can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. Development activities involve design for, construction or testing of the production of new or substantially improved products or processes. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads and capitalised borrowing costs. Other development expenditure is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred. Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and less accumulated impairment losses.

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.10  Intangible   assets and goodwill (continued)

 

Other intangible assets

Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Company are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

The cost of intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value at the acquisition date.

Intellectual property

Purchase by the Company of patents relating to the design of car washes are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives, being 15 years. Where representing a foreign currency asset, patents and accumulated amortisation are retranslated to the closing rate at period end.

Amortisation    

Amortisation is charged to the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets. Intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use.

Goodwill is amortised over its estimated useful economic life, which in the opinion of the directors, is 15 years, being the period over which the directors estimate the value of the business to exceed the value of the underlying assets.

Non-compete assets are amortized over the length of the non-compete agreement, generally five years. Software assets are amortized over the estimated useful economic life, generally five years.

 

3.11  Stocks  

Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the stocks, production or conversion costs and other costs in bringing them to their existing location and condition.

 

3.12  Investments  

In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Investments are assessed for impairment by comparing the value of the asset to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its net realisable value and value in use. The value in use of the investment has been established by discounting the investment’s cash flows at the investment’s weighted average cost of capital.

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.13  Impairment   excluding stocks and deferred tax assets

Financial assets (including trade and other debtors)

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. For financial instruments measured at cost less impairment an impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount and the best estimate of the amount that the Company would receive for the asset if it were to be sold at the reporting date. Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than stocks and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or group of assets (the “cash-generating unit”). The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing is allocated to cash-generating units, or (“CGU”) that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, if goodwill cannot be allocated to individual CGUs or groups of CGUs, the Company tests the impairment of goodwill by determining the recoverable amount of the entity in its entirety, including the integrated acquired operations.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

An impairment loss is reversed if and only if the reasons for the impairment have ceased to apply.

Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.14  Employee   Benefits

The Company operates several defined contribution pension schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Company in independently administered funds. The amount charged against profit or loss represents the contributions payable to the schemes in respect of the accounting period.

TOMAN Handels-und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH operates a defined benefit scheme in Germany which is closed to new members. In line with common German practice, the scheme is unfunded; therefore, no assets exist, and the funding deficit represents the present value of the scheme liabilities.

Changes in the net defined benefit liability arising from employee service rendered during the period, net interest on net defined benefit liability, and the cost of plan introductions, benefit changes, curtailments and settlements during the period are recognised in profit or loss.

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset is recognised in other comprehensive income.

Employee Benefit Trust

Transactions of the Company-sponsored Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) are treated as being those of the Company and are therefore reflected in the Company’s financial statements.

The EBT’s share reserve comprises the costs of shares in International Car Wash Group Ltd held by the EBT, to the extent that they have not become realised losses. When they become realised losses, they are transferred to retained earnings.

 

3.15  Provisions  

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can be reliably measured, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

Provisions are recognised at the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the reporting date.

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of subsidiary companies, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

 

3.16  Turnover  

Turnover represents the amounts derived from the provision of car washing and ancillary services to third party customers. Turnover is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents the amount receivable for goods supplied or services rendered, net of discounts and value added taxes.

The Company recognizes turnover when (a) the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer; (b) the Company retains no continuing involvement or control over the services; (c) the amount of turnover can be measured reliably; (d) it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.16  Turnover (continued)  

 

(e) when the specific criteria relating to each of the Company’s sales channels have been met. For the Company’s car wash services, this criterion is met when the car wash service is performed. For vending services, this criterion is met when the goods are sold.

Where the consideration receivable in cash or cash equivalents is deferred, turnover is recognized over the period the car wash service is performed, either over a specified period or upon redemption of the car wash services.

 

3.17  Expenses  

Operating lease

Payments (excluding costs for services and insurance) made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless the payments to the lessor are structured to increase in line with expected general inflation; in which case the payments related to the structured increases are recognised as incurred. Lease incentives received are recognised in profit and loss over the term of the lease as an integral part of the total lease expense.

Finance lease

Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability using the rate implicit in the lease. The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Contingent rents are charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

Interest receivable and interest payable

Interest payable and similar charges include interest payable, finance charges on shares, and finance leases recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method, unwinding of the discount on provisions, and net foreign exchange losses that are recognised in the income statement (see foreign currency accounting policy). Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that takes a substantial time to be prepared for use, are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset.

Other interest receivable and similar income include interest receivable on funds invested and net foreign exchange gains.

Interest income and interest payable are recognised in profit or loss as they accrue, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised in the income statement on the date the Company’s right to receive payments is established. Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.

 

3.18  Taxation  

Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income.

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.18  Taxation (continued)  

 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on timing differences which arise from the inclusion of income and expenses in tax assessments in periods different from those in which they are recognised in the financial statements. The following timing differences are not provided for: differences between accumulated depreciation and tax allowances for the cost of a fixed asset if and when all conditions for retaining the tax allowances have been met; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, to the extent that it is not probable that they will reverse in the foreseeable future and the reporting entity is able to control the reversal of the timing difference. Deferred tax is not recognised on permanent differences arising because certain types of income or expense are non-taxable or are disallowable for tax or because certain tax charges or allowances are greater or smaller than the corresponding income or expense.

Deferred tax is provided in respect of the additional tax that will be paid or avoided on differences between the amount at which an asset (other than goodwill) or liability is recognised in a business combination and the corresponding amount that can be deducted or assessed for tax. Goodwill is adjusted by the amount of such deferred tax.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply to the reversal of the related difference, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Unrelieved tax losses and other deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that is it probable that they will be recovered against the reversal of deferred tax liabilities or other future taxable profits.

 

3.19  Sale   and leaseback transactions

Sale and leaseback transactions result in the disposal of the asset in the amount of the carrying value as of the date of the transaction. Leases that do not transfer all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases, while those that do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases. To date, all of the Company’s leases have been determined to be operating leases. As a result, the Company recognizes the profit or loss immediately when the sales price is established at or below fair value. When the sales price is above fair value, the Company defers the excess over fair value and amortizes it over the period for which the asset is expected to be used.

 

4   Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

(a)

Critical judgements in applying the Company’s accounting policies

The Directors do not believe there are any significant critical judgements in applying the Company’s accounting policies.

 

(b)

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

4   Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty (continued)

 

The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

Fair values on acquisitions

The fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired on the acquisition of car wash sites involves the use of valuation techniques and the estimation of future cash flows to be generated over several years. In addition, the estimation of the contingent consideration payable, as applicable, requires estimation of the level of profitability of the business acquired. The estimation of the fair values requires the combination of assumptions including revenue growth, sales mix and volumes, rental values and increases. In addition, the use of discount rates requires judgement.

Sale and leaseback transactions

The fair value utilized in both calculating the gain on sale and leaseback transactions, along with the resulting lease classification assessment, involve the estimation of market rents, capitalization rates, vacancy and collection losses and management fee expenses. In addition, the use of discount rates requires judgement.

Impairment of intangible assets

Annually, the Company considers whether intangible assets are impaired. Where an indication of impairment is identified the estimation of recoverable value requires estimation of the recoverable value of the cash generating units (CGUs). This requires estimation of the future cash flows from the CGUs and selection of appropriate discount rates in order to calculate the net present value of those cash flows.

Impairment of tangible assets and investments

The Company assesses the impairment of tangible assets and investments whenever there is reason to believe that the carrying value may not exceed the fair value and where a permanent impairment in value is anticipated. The determination of whether the impairment of these assets is necessary involves the use of estimates that includes, but is not limited to, the analysis of the cause of potential impairment in value, the timing of such potential impairment and an estimate of the amount of the impairment.

Provisions

Provision is made for asset retirement obligations, restoration requirements and contingencies. These provisions require management’s best estimate of the costs that will be incurred based on legislative and contractual requirements. In addition, the timing of the cash flows and the discount rates used to establish net present value of the obligations require management’s judgement.

Defined benefit pension scheme

The Company has obligations to pay pension benefits to certain employees. The cost of these benefits and the present value of the obligation depend on several factors, including; life expectancy, salary increases, asset

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

4   Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty (continued)

 

valuations and the discount rate on corporate bonds. Management estimates these factors in determining the net pension obligation in the balance sheet. The assumptions reflect historical experience and current trends.

Taxation

The recognition of deferred tax assets, particularly in respect to tax losses, is based upon management’s assessment that there will likely be taxable profits in the relevant legal entity or tax group against which to utilize the assets in the future. The Company assesses the availability of future taxable profits using the same projections as used for impairment reviews. Adequate provisions have been recognized where necessary in respect of any uncertain tax positions in the Company, based upon management’s assessment of the potential outcomes.

 

5   Turnover

The Company’s principal activity is the provision of car washing services and an analysis of turnover by location of customer for the year is as follows:

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

    

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

USA

     113,991        95,154  

Germany

     58,328        65,042  

United Kingdom

     45,582        43,422  

Hungary, Czech Republic and Poland

     10,624        10,226  

Australia

     10,046        8,054  

France

     9,394        6,678  

Austria

     5,991        6,359  

Belgium, Netherlands and Luxembourg

     3,935        4,539  

Spain and Portugal

     4,360        4,431  

Rest of world

     601        578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Turnover

     262,852        244,483  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6   Operating profit

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

   

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
     £’000     £’000  

This is stated after charging / (crediting):

    

Depreciation of tangible assets (note 14)

     27,881       27,692  

Gain on sale of tangible assets – net

     (51,250     (4,883

Loss on sale of fixed assets investments

           3,064  

Amortisation of goodwill and other intangible assets (note 13)

     43,027       47,409  

Reversal of tangible asset impairment

     (2,581     (5,171

Hire of land and buildings – operating leases

     29,634       23,835  

Stock recognised as an expense

     8,207       7,679  

Impairment of stock

     429       46  

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

7   Auditors’ remuneration

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

(current auditor)

    

Year ended

31 December 2018

(predecessor
auditor)

 
     £’000      £’000  

Fees for the audit of these financial statements

     251        137  

Amounts receivable by auditors and their associates in respect of:

     

- Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

     141        201  

- Services relating to taxation

     —          504  

- Services relating to corporate finance transactions and other

     —          21  

- Services charged to goodwill

     —          73  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
                392                   936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8   Staff numbers and costs

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Company during the year (including directors), analysed by category, were as follows:

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

    

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
    

Number of

Employees

    

Number of

Employees

 

Production and assembly operators

     40        48  

Car wash site operators

     1,058        1,269  

Administration

     232        223  

Technical

     100        84  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,430                1,624  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

    

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

Wages and salaries

     45,578        41,159  

Social security costs

     4,009        3,403  

Other pension costs

     104        106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           49,691              44,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

These costs include costs that have been capitalised in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy on capitalisation of incremental internal costs as set out in note 3.

 

9   Share-based payments

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Company granted share options to certain employees as additional remuneration under the 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). For each grant, 20% of the options vest annually over four years, and the remaining 20% of the options vest upon change in control, as defined in the Plan.

 

F-79


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

9   Share-based payments (continued)

 

Vesting of the options is subject to continued employment with the Company. All options expire ten years after the date of grant. Upon exercise, the share options will be settled in the Company’s ordinary shares.

A reconciliation of share option activity over the year to 31 December 2019 is shown below:

 

     Number of options     

Weighted average
exercise price

£

 

Outstanding at 1 January 2019

     —          —    

Granted

     9,250        50.05  

Forfeited

     —          —    

Exercised

     —          —    

Expired

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at 31 December 2019

             9,250                50.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at 31 December 2019

     —          50.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the share options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model is internationally recognised as being appropriate to value employee share schemes.

During the year, £19,000 of share-based compensation expense was recognized. As of 31 December 2019, there was £189,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to these share options.

 

10   Interest receivable and similar income

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

£’000

    

Year ended

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Bank interest receivable

                 507                       8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11   Interest payable and similar expenses

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

£’000

   

Year ended

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Net foreign exchange losses

     1,990       4,488  

Interest on loan notes, bank loans and revolving credit facility

     32,099       35,405  

Finance lease interest

     207       402  

Finance charge on provisions

     391       574  

Amortisation of prepaid loan arrangement fees

     3,436       2,470  

Gain on derivative financial instruments

     (3,696     (5,667

Preference share interest

     42,908       39,904  

Interest charge on defined benefit liability

     113       109  

Other transaction fees

     104       1,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest payable and similar expenses

           77,552             79,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

12   Tax on loss on ordinary activities

Total tax expense recognised in the income statement

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

£’000

   

Year ended

31 December 2018

£’000

 

UK corporation tax

    

Current tax on loss for the financial year

     267       (1

Double taxation relief

     —         1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     267        

Foreign tax

    

Current tax on loss for the financial year

     1,993       3,158  

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

     773       38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,766       3,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax

     3,033       3,196  

Deferred tax (see note 23)

    

Origination and reversal of timing differences

     (126     1,208  

Effect of increases and decreases in tax rates

     —         21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax

     (126     1,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

     2,907       4,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The current tax charge for the period is higher than (2018: higher than) the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2018: 19%). The differences are explained below.

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

£’000

   

Year ended

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation

     (28,565     (74,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current tax at 19% (2018: 19%)

     (5,427     (14,223

Effects of:

    

Non-taxable translation gains or losses

     (113     42  

Other expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     18,066       16,909  

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

     733       38  

Deferred tax not recognized

     (9,464     —    

Utilization of losses for which no deferred tax recognized

     (316     —    

Effective rate of overseas tax

     369       732  

Other

     (941     927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense recognised in the income statement

     2,907       4,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

12   Tax on loss on ordinary activities (continued)

 

In the Spring Budget 2020, the Government announced that from 1 April 2020, the corporation tax rate would remain at 19% (rather than reducing to 17%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. As the proposal to keep the rate at 19% had not been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, its effects are not included in these financial statements.

New tax legislation in the countries in which the Company operates may affect future current and total tax charges.

 

13   Intangible assets

 

     Patents and
Non-Competes
£’000
    Goodwill
£’000
    Other £’000     Total £’000  

Cost

        

At 1 January 2019

     2,338       667,808       1,766       671,912  

Additions

     985       —         395       1,380  

Additions from business combinations

     832       12,404       —         13,236  

Disposals

     (16     —         (1,748     (1,764

Adjustments – purchase price

     —         412       —         412  

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     (167     (82     —         (249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

               3,972             680,542                   413             684,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

        

At 1 January 2019

     1,313       58,190       1,079       60,582  

Charged in year

     883       42,078       66       43,027  

Disposals

     (3     —         (1,079     (1,082

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     (116     (24     —         (140
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

     2,077       100,244       66       102,387  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value at 31 December 2019

     1,895       580,298       347       582,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Patents and
Non-Competes
£’000
    Goodwill
£’000
    Other £’000     Total £’000  

Cost

        

At 1 January 2018

     2,278       672,664       1,407       676,349  

Additions

     —         —         359       359  

Additions from business combinations

     —         1,997       —         1,997  

Adjustments – purchase price

     —         (6,895     —         (6,895

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     60       42       —         102  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     2,338       667,808       1,766       671,912  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

        

At 1 January 2018

     1,171       11,296       687       13,154  

Charged in year

     123       46,894       392       47,409  

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     19       —         —         19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     1,313       58,190       1,079       60,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value at 31 December 2018

     1,025       609,618       687       611,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

13   Intangible assets (continued)

 

The adjustment of £6,895,000 results from a reduction in the purchase price of the 2017 acquisition of Shine Holdco I Limited and subsidiaries, offset by adjustments made to certain fair values of assets and liabilities acquired during the provisional purchase accounting period.

Goodwill and patents are amortized on a straight-line basis over a useful life of 15 years. Non-compete assets are amortized over the length of the non-compete agreement, generally five years. The amortization charge is recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

 

14   Tangible assets

 

     Land and
buildings
£’000
    Equipment
and
machinery
£’000
    Assets in
course of
construction
£’000
   

Other

£’000

   

Total

£’000

 

Cost

          

At 1 January 2019

     416,222       198,982       6,642       4,176       626,022  

Additions through acquisitions

     98,941       22,419       —         42       121,402  

Adjustment, to prior year acquisition

     (470     448       —         —         (22

Other additions

     19,027       20,153       3,261       540       42,981  

Transfers between categories

     1,124       194       (1,318     —         —    

Disposals

     (107,784     (9,058     (126     (210     (117,178

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

     (13,936     (5,658     (2,495     74       (22,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

           413,124             227,480                 5,964                 4,622             651,190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

          

At 1 January 2019

     155,897       89,558       —         2,519       247,974  

Charge for year

     15,472       12,047       —         362       27,881  

Impairment credit

     (1,465     (1,116     —         —         (2,581

Transfers between categories

     —         —         —         —         —    

Disposals

     (16,303     (3,877     —         (191     (20,371

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

     (5,785     (4,967     —         52       (10,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

     147,816       91,645       —         2,742       242,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2019

     265,308       135,835       5,964       1,880       408,987  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Land and
buildings
£’000
    Equipment
and
machinery
£’000
    Assets in
course of
construction
£’000
   

Other

£’000

   

Total

£’000

 

Cost

          

At 1 January 2018

     422,368       189,332       9,715       3,651       625,066  

Additions through acquisitions

     7,570       2,083       —         —         9,653  

Adjustment, to prior year acquisition

     (1,160     4,576       —         —         3,416  

Other additions

     23,094       15,977       —         773       39,844  

Transfers between categories

     1,350       1,176       (2,470     (56     —    

Disposals

     (46,899     (18,124     (618     (247     (65,888

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

     9,899       3,962       15       55       13,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     416,222       198,982       6,642       4,176       626,022  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

14   Tangible assets (continued)

 

     Land and
buildings
£’000
    Equipment
and
machinery
£’000
    Assets in
course of
construction
£’000
    

Other

£’000

   

Total

£’000

 

Accumulated depreciation

           

At 1 January 2018

     151,659       87,862       —          2,527       242,048  

Charge for year

     16,805       10,510       —          377       27,692  

Impairment credit

     (2,805     (2,366     —          —         (5,171

Transfers between categories

     —         145       —          (145     —    

Disposals

     (10,747     (7,309     —          (242     (18,298

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

     985       716       —          2       1,703  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     155,897       89,558       —          2,519       247,974  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2018

           260,325             109,424                 6,642                  1,657             378,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of land, included in land and buildings above, comprises:

 

    

2019

£’000

    

2018

£’000

 

Freehold

     59,228        69,361  

Long leasehold

     1,246        1,246  

Short leasehold

     861        1,089  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             61,335                71,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Besides land and buildings, there were no other tangible assets held under finance leases.

Included in land and buildings is certain assets held for sale as of 31 December 2019. The carrying value of these assets is £29,243,000. In January 2020, the sale of these assets was completed as part of four separate sale and lease back transactions for net cash proceeds of £52,930,000.

 

15   Investments

 

    

31 December
2019

£’000

    

31 December
2018

£’000

 

Deposits and guarantees

     951        924  

Other investments

     434        537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
               1,385                  1,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Directors believe that the carrying value of investments are supported by their underlying net assets.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

16   Subsidiaries and related undertakings

All of the companies included below are consolidated in the Company. All subsidiaries are held indirectly apart from Shine Holdco I Limited. The Company has 100% partnership interests in IMO Autopflege Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH & Co KG (Germany).

 

               Percentage of
ordinary shares held
Subsidiary undertaking   

Country of

incorporation

   Principal activity     

AML (Automobilove myci linky, spol SRO) 7

   Czech Republic    Car wash operator    100.0%

Anduff Car Wash Limited 1

   UK    Car wash operator    100.0%

Anduff Holdings Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Artego Autowasch- und Servicegesellschaft mbH 6

   Austria    Car wash operator    100.0%

Boing Acquisitions Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Boing Midco Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Boing US Holdco Inc 19

   US    Holding company    100.0%

Brossecar Industria e Com. de Escovas Auto Lda 15

   Portugal    Car wash brush
assembler
   100.0%

Cleanland Limited 1

   UK    Property holding
company
   100.0%

Compagnie Parisienne de Services SAS 8

   France    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO Autolavados SAU 13

   Spain    Car wash operator    100.0%

Hiperlavado Castellon SA 13

   Spain    Dormant    100.0%

Neptune Iberica SA 13

   Spain    Dormant    100.0%

IMO-Auto-Lavagens SA12

   Portugal    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO Autopflege Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH 18

   Germany    Dormant    100.0%

IMO Autopflege GmbH 18

   Germany    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO Car Wash Australasia Pty Ltd 17

   Australia    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO Car Wash Group Limited 1

   UK    Holding Company    100.0%

IMO Denmark ApS 14

   Denmark    Car wash operator    75.0%

IMO Denmark Holdings Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

IMO Deutschland Holding GmbH 18

   Germany    Holding company    100.0%

IMO Group Holdings Pty Ltd 17

   Australia    Holding company    100.0%

IMO Holding GmbH 18

   Germany    Holding company    100.0%

IMO Hungary Autómosó Kft 9

   Hungary    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO Polska Sp. z. o. o 11

   Poland    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US South LLC 19

   US    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US Alabama LLC 19

   US    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US Georgia LLC 19

   US    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US Ohio LLC 19

   US    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US Utah LLC 19

   US    Car wash operator    100.0%

IMO US West LLC 19

IMO US Development, LLC 19

   US

US

   Car wash operator

Development

   100.0%

100.0%

Express Management Arkansas 19

   US    Development    100.0%

 

F-85


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

16   Subsidiaries and related undertakings (continued)

 

               Percentage of
ordinary shares held
Subsidiary undertaking   

Country of

incorporation

   Principal activity     

International Car Wash Group Financing PLC 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

International Car Wash Group Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

IPIC BV 10

   Netherlands    Holding company    100.0%

IPIC Luxembourg Sarl 4

   Luxembourg    Car wash operator    100.0%

IPIC Nederland BV 10

   Netherlands    Car wash operator    100.0%

Le Roseau SA4

   Luxembourg    Holding company    100.0%

Manufacture des Brosses du Marais Poitevin SAS 16

   France    Car wash brush producer    100.0%

Mid-South Supply and Development Company LLC 19

   US    Maintenance and
construction
   96.9%

Milburn Productions Limited 1

   UK    Property holding company    100.0%

Neptune Benelux SA5

   Belgium    Property holding company    100.0%

Rose FinanceCo PLC 1

   UK    Dormant    100.0%

Rose HoldCo Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Rose MidCo Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

IMO France SNC 8

   France    Property holding company    100.0%

Shine Nominee Limited 1

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Shine Holdco I Limited 2

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Shine Holdco II Limited 2

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Shine Holdco III Limited 2

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Shine Acquisition Co Limited 2

   UK    Holding company    100.0%

Shine Acquisition Co Sarl 3

   Luxembourg    Holding company    100.0%

Sodeal SA5

   Belgium    Car wash operator    100.0%

Toman Handels- und Beteiligungsverwaltungs- GmbH 18

   Germany    Dormant    100.0%

Toman Handels- und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH 18

   Germany    Procurement    100.0%

Topas Chemie GmBH 18

   Germany    Dormant    100.0%

 

1

Address of registered office is 35-37 Amersham Hill, High Wycombe, Bucks, HP13 6NU, UK

2 

Address of registered office is 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, EC2N 2AX, UK

3 

Address of registered office is 46A, Avenue J F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

4 

Address of registered office is 296-298 Route de Longwy L-1940 Luxembourg

5 

Address of registered office is Assesteenweg 25-29, 1740 Ternat, Belgium

6 

Address of registered office is IZ NÖ-Süd, Str. 2, Obj. M6, 2351 Wr. Neudorf, Austria

7 

Address of registered office is Na Radosti 399, 155 21 Praha 5-Zličín, Czechia

8

Address of registered office is 12 Rue Louis Lecuyer, 92000 Nanterre, France

9

Address of registered office is 1103 Budapest, Gyömrői út 87., Hungary

10 

Address of registered office is IQ EQ Netherlands N.V., Hoogoorddreef 15 1101 BA Amsterdam, Netherlands

 

F-86


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

16   Subsidiaries and related undertakings (continued)

 

11 

Address of registered office is Baczyńskiego 25E, 41-203 Sosnowiec, Poland

12 

Address of registered office is Cabouco, Apartado 16, 3350-909 Vila Nova de Poiares, Portugal

13 

Address of registered office is Calle Valencia, nº 359, 4º 1ª, 08009 Barcelona, Spain

14 

Address of registered office is August Bournonvilles Passage 1, 1055 København K, Denmark

15 

Address of registered office is Rua do Cabouco, nº 70A, 3350-079 Vila Nova de Poiares, Portugal

16 

Address of registered office is ZA Montplaisir, 79220 Champdeniers-Saint-Denis, France

17 

Address of registered office is Unit 1 87-89 Whiting Street Artarmon New South Wales, 2064, Australia

18 

Address of registered office is Friedrich-Ebert-Str. 144, 45473 Mülheim Ruhr, Germany

19 

Address of registered office is 6300 South Syracuse Way, Centennial, CO 80111 United States

 

17   Stocks

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

    

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Equipment and spare parts

     6,854        7,338  

Production inventory

     644        740  

Consumables

     3,115        3,382  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             10,613                11,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There is no significant difference between the replacement cost of the stock and its carrying amount.

Included in stock are write-downs of consumables and equipment of £475,000 (2018: £46,000) relating to slow moving and obsolete stock.

 

18   Debtors

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

    

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Trade debtors

     1,558        2,002  

Current accounts – operators

     684        635  

Corporation tax recoverable

     780        866  

Prepayments and accrued income

     4,940        5,995  

VAT

     1,501        1,333  

Other debtors

     690        4,986  

Fair value of swap

     7,638        3,942  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             17,791                19,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade debtors are stated after provisions for impairment of £193,000 (2018: £205,000).

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

19   Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

    

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Bank loans (note 21)

     4,218        4,384  

Obligations under finance lease liabilities (note 22)

     426        415  

Trade creditors

     9,054        12,586  

Taxation and social security

     3,671        2,605  

Other creditors

     3,593        3,012  

Accruals and deferred income

     114,246        75,355  

Preference shares

     467,255        469,629  

Superpreference shares

     20,000        20,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           622,463              587,986  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights attaching to the shares are as follows:

Preference shares

The shares are non-voting shares.

The shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at an annual rate of 8% on the subscription price per share compounded annually from the issue date of the shares which shall accrue daily and be calculated in respect of the period to such date assuming a 365-day year.

On winding up – after payment of any outstanding amounts to the holders of superpreference shares, the holders of the shares shall be entitled to the sum equal to the subscription price of the shares, after which the holders of the shares shall be entitled to the sum of any dividend accrued but unpaid. The shares confer the right of redemption on a winding up of the Company or making any dividend or other distribution on a reduction or return of capital or upon an exit (a “Waterfall Event”).

Superpreference shares

The shares are non-voting shares.

The shares are entitled to a fixed cumulative superpreferential dividend at an annual rate of 8% on the subscription price per share compounded semi-annually from the issue date of the shares which shall accrue daily and be calculated in respect of the period to such date assuming a 365-day year.

On winding-up of the Company, distribution shall first be made to the holders of the shares for any unpaid accrued dividends whether or not such dividends have been declared, and then for an amount equal to the subscription price of the shares. The shares shall be redeemed on the earlier of the date falling 6 months after the maturity of the first and second lien debt (“Senior Debt” or the ‘‘Term Loans’’), or a sale or transfer of substantially all of the consolidated assets and business of the Company.

 

F-88


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

20   Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

    

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Bank loans (note 21)

     520,205        539,535  

Obligations under finance leases (note 22)

     2,114        2,623  

Other creditors

     3,821        2,068  

Fair value of swap

     5,255        —    

Accruals and deferred income

     11,263        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           542,658              544,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21   Bank loans

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

    

31 December 2018

£’000

 

Current

     

Bank loans

     4,218        4,384  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Bank loans

     520,205        539,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current debt is analysed as follows:

     

Falling due between one and five years

     387,859        12,762  

Falling due in more than five years

     132,346        526,773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           520,205              539,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On 3 October 2017, the Company raised $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of first and second lien debt (the ‘‘Term loans’’), as part of the financing for the acquisition of International Car Wash Group Limited by Shine Acquisition Co Limited. The aggregate principal amount comprises $475,000,000 first lien debt and $175,000,000 second lien debt. On April 10, 2018, the Company raised an additional $70,000,000 first lien debt as part of a refinancing transaction.

Shine Acquisition Co Sarl (“Lux borrower”), a subsidiary of Shine Acquisition Co Limited, borrowed $370,000,000 comprising $265,000,000 first lien debt and $105,000,000 second lien debt. Boing US Holdco Inc. (“US borrower”), borrowed $210,000,000 first lien debt and $70,000,000 second lien debt. On April 10, 2018, Shine Acquisition Co Limited borrowed an additional $11,100,000 first lien debt and Boing US HoldCo Inc. borrowed an additional $58,900,000 first lien debt as part of the aforementioned refinancing transaction.

First lien debt is repayable on 3 October 2024 and interest is charged at 3.25% plus US LIBOR and payable at either one-, two-, three- or six-monthly intervals. The loan is subject to quarterly repayments of 0.25% of the original principal. Second lien debt is repayable on 3 October 2025 and interest is charged at 7.50% plus US LIBOR and payable at either one-, two, three- or six-monthly intervals.

As part of the financing for the acquisition a $75,000,000 revolving credit facility (“RCF”) was also put in place. It is available until 3 October 2022 and secured as part of the first lien. At 31 December 2019, the draw down on the RCF loan was nil (2018: nil). Subsequent to year-end, but prior to the issuance of these financial statements, Boing US Holdco, Inc. drew $51,000,000 on the RCF to partially fund new site acquisitions in the US, leaving $24,000,000 undrawn.

Bank loans are secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the Company.

 

F-89


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

22   Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Finance leases relate to manufacturing equipment, buildings and motor vehicles. The Company has options to purchase the equipment for a nominal amount at the conclusion of the lease agreements. Interest rates underlying all obligations under finance leases are fixed at respective contract rates ranging from 5.5% to 7.5%.

Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows:

 

    

31 December 2019

Minimum lease

payments

£’000

    

31 December 2018

Minimum lease

payments

£’000

 

Less than one year

     426        415  

Between one and five years

     1,162        1,257  

Over five years

     952        1,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
               2,540                  3,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets which have a carrying value of £2,395,000 (2018: £2,865,000). The Directors consider that the carrying value of the obligations under finance leases approximate to their fair value.

 

23   Deferred tax liability

 

    

31 December
2019

£’000

 
 

 

   

31 December
2018

£’000

 
 

 

At beginning of year

     11,526       10,188  

(Credited) / charged to the income statement:

    

Additional amounts provided

     (126     1,412  

Unwinding of previously provided amount

     —         (205

Effect of tax rate change

     —         21  

Reclassification from current tax

     —         18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (126     1,246  

Exchange differences

     (252     92  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     11,148       11,526  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the amounts shown above there are unprovided deferred tax assets of £19,339,000 (2018: £10,319,000). These amounts are unprovided because it is considered more unlikely than likely that the assets will be realised.

 

F-90


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

23   Deferred tax liability (continued)

 

The elements of the deferred taxation provision are as follows:

 

    

31 December 2019

Provided

£’000

   

31 December 2019

Unprovided

£’000

   

31 December 2018

Provided

£’000

   

31 December 2018

Unprovided

£’000

 

Difference between accumulated depreciation and amortization and capital allowances

     12,011       (4,285     6,409       (4,979

Other timing differences

     (863     (85     5,467       (349

Tax losses

     —         (14,969     (350     (4,991
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     11,148       (19,339     11,526       (10,319
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

New tax legislation in the countries in which the Company operates may affect the future value of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

A reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 17% (effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016, and the UK unrecognised deferred tax assets as at 31 December 2019 have been calculated based on this rate.

The March 2020 Budget announced that a rate of 19% would continue to apply with effect from 1 April 2020, and this change was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. This will increase the UK companies future current tax charge accordingly and increase the UK unrecognised deferred tax asset.

 

24   Other liabilities

 

    

Legal

dispute

£’000

   

Restoration

provision

£’000

   

Other

provisions

£’000

   

Total

£’000

 

At 1 January 2019

     1,609       11,242       2,208       15,059  

Additions during period

     —         56       56       112  

Utilised during period

     —         (246     (376     (622

Credit for the period

     (726     (475     (876     (2,077

Interest

     4       452       20       476  

Exchange difference

     (36     (333     (12     (381
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

     851       10,696       1,020       12,567  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

Legal

dispute

£’000

   

Restoration

provision

£’000

   

Other

provisions

£’000

    

Total

£’000

 

At 1 January 2018

     1,737       11,480       1,918        15,135  

Re-assessment

     —         (20     —          (20

Utilised during period

     (142     (889     25        (1,006

(Credit)/charge for the period

     —         154       165        319  

Interest

     —         480       94        574  

Exchange difference

     14       37       6        57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     1,609       11,242       2,208        15,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

24   Other liabilities (continued)

 

The amount provided for legal disputes relates to claims against the Company incurred in the normal course of business. From time to time, the Company may be engaged in litigation and disputes in the ordinary course of business. The Directors do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The restoration provision relates to the estimated costs of restoring leased sites to their original state upon expiry of the leases. Other provisions relate primarily to future payments under onerous leases.

To reflect the time value of money, significant provisions are discounted at an estimate of a risk free rate. The expected utilization of the provisions as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, respectively, is as follows:

 

    

Legal

dispute

£’000

    

Restoration

provision

£’000

    

Other

provisions

£’000

    

Total

£’000

 

Less than one year

     —          163        110        273  

Between one and five years

     —          977        468        1,445  

Over five years

     851        9,556        442        10,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2019

     851        10,696        1,020        12,567  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    

Legal

dispute

£’000

    

Restoration

provision

£’000

    

Other

provisions

£’000

    

Total

£’000

 

Less than one year

     49        202        300        551  

Between one and five years

     —          1,002        951        1,953  

Over five years

     1,560        10,038        957        12,555  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2018

     1,609        11,242        2,208        15,059  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25   Pension liabilities

 

    

31 December 2019

£’000

   

31 December 2018

£’000

 

At beginning of year

     5,308       5,410  

Current service cost

     54       54  

Pension payments

     (303     (301

Other finance cost

     113       109  

Actuarial (loss) gain

     611       (16

Foreign exchange

     (343     46  

Deferred tax charge

     (216     6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     5,224       5,308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Further disclosure on the movements during the period on the pension liability appears in note 30.

 

F-92


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

26   Acquisitions

During 2019, the Company acquired 37 car wash sites in the United States (2018: 4). Under the acquisition method of accounting, the resulting goodwill of £12,404,000 (2018: £1,997,000) was capitalized and will be written off over 15 years, the period over which the Directors estimate the value of the business to exceed the value of the underlying assets.

The net assets acquired at the acquisition dates are as follows:

 

    

2019

£’000

   

2018

£’000

 

Cash

     78       —    

Tangible assets

     121,402       9,653  

Intangible assets

     832       —    

Accrued liabilities

     (369     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

     121,943       9,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash consideration

Deferred consideration

Costs directly attributable to the business combination

    

129,920

3,045

1,382

 

 

 

   

11,222

—  

428

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consideration

     134,347       11,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill on acquisition

     12,404       1,997  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities related to 2019 acquisitions has been determined on a provisional basis at this stage because the value of certain liabilities, while estimated with reasonable accuracy, remains uncertain. The revaluation adjustments are made to reflect the fair value of net assets acquired and consist primarily of revaluation of properties as required by FRS 102. The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities related to 2018 acquisitions is final.

For the year ended 31 December 2019, the acquired business contributed turnover of £7,284,000 (2018: £2,705,000) and a gross profit of £3,875,000 (2018: £1,985,000), reported in the consolidated income statement.

 

27   Called up share capital

 

                            31 December
2019
     31 December
2018
 
                            £’000      £’000  

Allotted, called up and fully paid

 

Equity:

       861,033          (2018: 861,033    ‘A1’ ordinary shares of £0.10 each      86        86  

Equity:

       36,185          (2018: 40,732    ‘A2’ ordinary shares of £0.10 each      3        4  

Equity:

       22,272          (2018: 40,000    ‘B1’ ordinary shares of £1.60 each      36        64  

Equity:

       57,500          (2018: 59,500    ‘B2’ ordinary shares of £0.10 each      6        6  
               

 

 

    

 

 

 
                  131        160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share capital

For rights attached to the superpreference and preference shares, refer to note 19.

 

F-93


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

Consolidated financial statements

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

27   Called up share capital (continued)

 

Shares were allocated and issued during the year as follows:

B2 ordinary shares of £0.10: 6,000 shares for consideration of £1.60 per share.

B2 ordinary shares of £0.10: 2,500 shares for consideration of £50.05 per share.

The following shares were repurchased during the year:

A2 ordinary shares of £0.10: 126 shares at £46.61per share.

A2 ordinary shares of £0.10: 4,421 shares at £1.00 per share.

B1 ordinary shares of £0.10: 17,728 shares at £1.60 per share.

B2 ordinary shares of £0.10: 10,500 shares at £1.60 per share.

The rights attaching to the shares are as follows:

A1 Ordinary shares

The shares are voting shares.

Dividends may only be declared after the payment of any dividend accrued on the superpreference and preference shares.

Capital may only be paid out after any capital due to the holders of the superpreference and preference shares. The shares confer no rights of redemption.

A2 Ordinary shares

The shares are non-voting shares.

Dividends may only be declared after the payment of any dividend accrued on the superpreference and preference shares. Capital may only be paid out after any capital due to the holders of the superpreference and preference shares. The shares confer no rights of redemption.

B1 Ordinary shares

The shares are voting shares.

Dividends may only be declared after the payment of any dividend accrued on the superpreference and preference shares. Capital may only be paid out after any capital due to the holders of the superpreference and preference shares. The shares confer no rights of redemption.

B2 Ordinary shares

The shares are non-voting shares.

 

F-94


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

Consolidated financial statements

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

27   Called up share capital (continued)

 

Dividends may only be declared after the payment of any dividend accrued on the superpreference and preference shares. Capital may only be paid out after any capital due to the holders of the superpreference and preference shares.

The shares confer no rights of redemption.

 

28   Commitments

At the end of the period the Company had capital commitments of £nil (2018: £nil) for which provision has been made and of £2,269,000 (2018: £1,143,000) for which no provision has been made.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Company completed 83 sale leaseback transactions (2018: 26) resulting in cash proceeds, net of related expenses of £151,963,000 (2018: £47,175,000) and a net gain on the disposal of land and buildings of £53,604,000 (2018: £5,345,000). In conjunction with the sale leaseback transactions, the Company simultaneously entered into lease agreements ranging from 20 – 25 years.

The Company’s total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

     31 December 2019      31 December 2018  
     Land
and
buildings
     Other     

Land
and

buildings

     Other  
     £’000      £’000      £’000      £’000  

Within one year

     34,638        742        23,664        664  

Within two to five years

     138,505        673        78,775        635  

After more than five years

     355,851        —          146,068        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           528,994                  1,415              248,507                  1,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29   Financial instruments

The Company has the following financial instruments:

 

     31 December
2019
     31 December
2018
 
     £’000      £’000  

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss :

     

Derivative instruments – cross currency swap

     7,638        3,942  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortized cost:

     

Trade debtors

     2,242        2,637  

Other debtors

     1,470        5,852  

Investment in short term deposits

     54        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,766        8,515  

 

F-95


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

29   Financial instruments (continued)

 

     31 December
2019
     31 December
2018
 
     £’000      £’000  

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

     

Senior loans

     (523,474      (542,805

Other loans

     (949      (1,114

Finance leases

     (2,540      (3,038

Trade creditors

     (9,054      (12,586

Accruals and deferred income

     (115,579      (77,960

Other creditors

     (7,414      (5,080

Preference shares and superpreference shares

     (487,255      (489,629
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1,146,265      (1,132,212

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income:

     

Derivative instruments – interest rate swap

     (5,255      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow interest rate risk

The Company has mitigated its exposure to interest rate risk through the impact of rate changes on interest-bearing borrowings by arranging fixed rates of interest. The interest rates and terms of repayment of the Company’s borrowings are disclosed in note 21 to the financial statements. The Company’s policy is to obtain the most favourable interest rates available for its borrowings.

Interest is paid on assets being purchased through finance leases. All finance leases have a fixed rate of interest which applies for the duration of the agreement. Therefore, there will be no effect to the interest payable in the event of future interest rate changes.

Except for the Company’s revolving credit facility and US bank loans, the Company has no significant interest-bearing assets and liabilities.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company entered into cross-currency and interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign exchange risk and interest rate risks for US dollar denominated bank loans that bear variable interest rates.

Cross currency swaps

In October 2017, the Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to mitigate the interest rate risk and exchange rate risk associated with the variable interest, USD-denominated senior loans raised by Shine Acquisition Co. SARL. The cross-currency interest rate swaps have a total notional amount of $234,780,000 and terminate in October 2021. Throughout the term of the swap agreements, the Company pays interest at a fixed rate and receives interest at LIBOR on a quarterly basis. As of 31 December 2019, the fair value of the cross-currency swaps was £7,638,000 (2018: £3,942,000). During 2019, a hedging gain of £3,696,000 was recognized in profit or loss (2018: £5,667,000) for the changes in fair value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps.

 

F-96


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

Consolidated financial statements

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

29   Financial instruments (continued)

 

Interest rate swap

In April 2019, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the variable interest senior loans. Under the swap agreements, the Company pays interest at a fixed rate and receives interest at LIBOR on a monthly basis. The interest rate swap agreements have a total notional amount of $300,000,000 and terminate in May 2023. As of 31 December 2019, the fair value of the swaps was £5,255,000. Cash flows for interest payments on both the hedged loans and the interest rate swaps are paid monthly. During 2019, a hedging loss of £5,255,000 was recorded in other comprehensive income for changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps.

 

30   Pension schemes

The Company operates several defined contribution pension schemes. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions payable by the company to the schemes and amounted to £42,000 (2018: £51,000). At the end of the year there were £42,000 (2018: £27,500) of outstanding contributions. There were no prepaid contributions at the end of the year. In addition, contributions amounting to £nil (2018: £10,000) were made to personal pension schemes in respect of directors.

TOMAN Handels-und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH and its subsidiaries operate a defined benefit scheme in Germany. A full actuarial valuation was carried out at 31 December 2019 by a qualified independent actuary. The funding deficit as at 31 December 2019 was £6,485,000 (2018: £6,353,000). In line with common German practice, the scheme is unfunded; therefore, no assets exist, and the funding deficit represents the present value of the scheme liabilities.

The major assumptions used in this valuation were:

 

     31 December
2019
     31 December
2018
 
     %      %  

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

     1.50        1.50  

Discount rate applied to pensions in payment

     1.01        1.73  

Discount rate applied to deferred pensions

     1.49        2.22  

The actuarial valuation was not affected by assumptions for increases in salaries or general inflation since such factors do not change the pension amounts for which the scheme is liable.

The assumptions used by the actuary are chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the timescale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice.

 

F-97


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

Consolidated financial statements

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

30   Pension schemes (continued)

 

Scheme liabilities

The present value of the scheme’s liabilities, which are derived from cash flow projections over long periods and thus inherently uncertain, were:

 

    

Value at

31 December 2019

    

Value at

31 December 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

Present value of scheme liabilities

     (6,485      (6,353
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deficit in the scheme – pension liability

     (6,485      (6,353

Related deferred tax asset

     1,261        1,045  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension liability

               (5,224)        (5,308
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movement in deficit during the period

 

    

Year ended

31 December 2019

    

Year ended

31 December to 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

At beginning of year

     (6,353      (6,451

Current service cost

     (54      (54

Pension payments

     303        300  

Other finance cost

     (113      (109

Actuarial (loss) gain

     (611      16  

Foreign exchange

     343        (55
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deficit in the scheme at the end of the year

               (6,485)        (6,353
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The exchange gain arising on the revaluation of the deficit is included in foreign currency translation shown in the consolidated statement of total recognised gains and losses.

Analysis of other pension costs charged in arriving at operating profit

 

     Year ended
31 December 2019
    

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

Current service cost

                   (54)        (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysis of amounts included in other finance costs

 

     Year ended
31 December 2019
    

Year ended

31 December 2018

 
     £’000      £’000  

Interest on pension scheme liabilities

                   (113)        (109
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

Consolidated financial statements

Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

30   Pension schemes (continued)

 

Analysis of amount recognised in consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

 

     Year ended
31 December
2019
   

Year ended

31 December
2018

 
     £’000     £’000  

Experience losses arising on scheme liabilities

     (611     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial (loss) / gain recognised in consolidated statement of total recognised gains and losses

                 (611)                     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

History of experience gains and losses

 

    

Year ended

31 December
2019

   

Year ended

31 December
2018

 

Experience (losses) and gains on scheme liabilities:

    

Amount (£’000)

     (611     16  

Percentage of period end present value of scheme liabilities

     (9.4%     0.3

Total amount recognised in consolidated statement of changes in equity:

    

Amount (£’000)

     (611     16  

Percentage of period end present value of scheme liabilities

     (9.4%     0.3

 

31   Employee Benefit Trust and employee share schemes

The Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) from time to time, acquires the beneficial interest of certain shares in the Company, which is held on behalf of employees and (ii) retains residual cash balances resulting from transfers of those beneficial interests (previously acquired by the EBT from departing employees) to new and/or existing employees. Such balances can be used to repay the Revolving Loan Facility Agreement entered into between Boing US Holdco, Inc. and the EBT to facilitate the acquisition of beneficial interests in shares of the Company from departing employees.

 

32   Immediate and ultimate parent Company

The Company’s immediate and ultimate parent Company is RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, a limited liability Company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

 

33   Related party transactions

On 3 October 2017, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (“Consulting Agreement”) with an affiliated entity, Roark Capital Management LLC, which acts as an advisor to related entities and collectively owns a controlling interest in the Company. The Consulting Agreement expires on 3 October 2027, subject to certain renewal provisions, Under the terms of the Consulting Agreement, the Company is required to pay an annual fee with certain escalations based on the terms of the Consulting Agreement. The Company incurred expenses of $1,648,000 (2018: $1,600,000) in accordance with the Consulting Agreement during the year.

 

F-99


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

34   Post balance sheet events

As detailed in the Directors report, on 11 March 2020, the World Health Organisation declared the coronavirus a pandemic. The Directors consider the coronavirus to be a non-adjusting post balance sheet event. While the impact of the coronavirus on the Company remains uncertain the Directors note that should there be a significant reduction in future revenue as a result of the requirement to temporarily close a large number of the Company’s sites for a prolonged period of time then this would result in an indicator of impairment which could potentially result in an impairment of Intangible assets and Tangible assets in future accounting periods.

Subsequent to year end, the Company acquired 25 car wash locations in the US, primarily consisting of real and personal property, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $134,671,000. The Company is in the process of completing its preliminary purchase accounting.

On 3 August 2020, Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiaries were acquired by Driven Investor LLC (“Driven Brands”), a US domiciled company. Driven Brands, together with its subsidiaries, is one of the largest franchisors in the auto aftermarket services industry with approximately 4,200 locations in 15 countries, inclusive of the acquisition of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited.

 

35   GAAP reconciliation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 102, which differs in certain respects from the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The effects of the application of US GAAP to Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (“Shine” or “the Company”) results are set out below.

Net income (loss) reconciliation :

 

           

31 December

2019

    

31 December

2018

 
            £’000      £’000  

Net income (loss) in conformity with UK GAAP

        (31,472      (79,285
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustments on account of:

        

Historical goodwill amortization

     (a      42,054        46,894  

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

     (b      (7,832      (9,373

Transaction costs in goodwill

     (c      (681      (664

Failed sale leasebacks

     (d      (54,382      (5,344

Interest rate swap

     (e      (5,255      —    

Preference shares

     (f      41,108        38,240  

Income tax

     (g      3,237        1,809  

Timing of termination payment

     (h      (1,532      —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impact of all adjustments

        16,717        71,562  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) in conformity with US GAAP

        (14,755      (7,723

Non-controlling interest

        65        89  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company in conformity with US GAAP

        (14,690      (7,634
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-100


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

35   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

Shareholders’ equity reconciliation :

 

           

31 December

2019

    

31 December

2018

 
            £’000      £’000  

Total shareholders’ equity in conformity with UK GAAP

        (135,850      (103,635
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustments on account of:

        

Historical goodwill amortization

     (a      100,243        58,189  

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

     (b      (17,204      (9,373

Transaction costs in goodwill

     (c      (22,580      (21,899

Failed sale leasebacks

     (d      (58,426      (6,389

Interest rate swap

     (e      —          —    

Preference shares

     (f      88,788        47,399  

Income tax

     (g      5,065        1,826  

Timing of termination payment

     (h      (1,532      —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impact of all adjustments

        94,354        69,753  

Total shareholders’ equity in conformity with US GAAP

        (41,496      (33,882

Non-controlling interest

        (365      (363
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the parent company in conformity with US GAAP

        (41,861      (34,245
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-101


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

35   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

Cash flow statement reconciliation :

 

           

31 December

2019

    

31 December

2018

 
            £’000      £’000  

Operating activities

        

Net cash provided by operating activities in conformity with UK GAAP

        64,698        60,723  

Reclassification related to failed sale leaseback arrangements

     (d      1,722        235  

Reclassification of interest on loan notes, bank loans and RCF

     (i      (32,099 )       (35,405

Reclassification of gain on derivative financial instruments

     (e      3,696        5,667  

Reclassification of finance lease interest expense

     (i      (207 )       (402
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities in conformity with US GAAP

        37,810        30,818  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing activities

        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities in conformity with UK GAAP

     

 

(20,582

) 

  

 

3,252

 

Failed sale leaseback

     (d      (155,283 )       (52,510
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities in conformity with US GAAP

        (175,865 )       (49,258
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing activities

        

Net cash (used in) financing activities in conformity with UK GAAP

        (46,182 )       (36,961

Failed sale leaseback

     (d      155,283        52,510  

Reclassification related to failed sale leaseback arrangements

     (d      (1,722 )       (235

Reclassification of interest on loan notes, bank loans and RCF

     (i      32,099        35,405  

Reclassification of gain on derivative financial instruments

     (e      (3,696 )       (5,667

Reclassification of finance lease interest expense

     (i      207        402  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in conformity with US GAAP

        135,989        45,454  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash from UK to US GAAP

        —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a)

Goodwill amortization

Under FRS 102, goodwill is presumed to have a finite useful economic life and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Accordingly, the Company amortised goodwill on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

US GAAP prohibits the amortisation of goodwill and instead requires that goodwill be tested at least annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators exist. Amortisation expense recognised under FRS 102 was reversed under US GAAP.

 

b)   Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

Under FRS 102, revaluation of assets is allowed. Fixed assets are stated at cost or a revalued amount less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Previously recognized impairment losses may be reversed under FRS 102.

 

F-102


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

35   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

b)   Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals (continued)

 

Under US GAAP, fixed assets are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is prohibited. The impact of fixed asset impairment reversals under FRS 102 was reversed under US GAAP.

 

c)

Business combinations—transaction costs

FRS 102 allows transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination to be capitalized as part of the cost of the purchase consideration.

Under US GAAP, transaction costs incurred in conjunction with a business combination are expensed in the period in which the costs are incurred.

 

d)

Sale leaseback transactions

The Company entered into sale and leaseback transactions that resulted in operating leases under FRS 102. Under FRS 102, sale and operating leaseback transactions resulted in the derecognition of the asset’s carrying value and the immediate recognition of gain or loss, if the transaction was established at fair value, or deferred gain or loss if the transaction price differed from the fair value. Any deferred gain or loss was amortized over the lease term.

Under US GAAP, ASC 840, Leases (“ASC 840”), the majority of the Company’s arrangements are treated as a failed sale leaseback transaction due to the Company’s continuing involvement in the asset and are accounted for under the financing method. As such, the assets are not derecognized, and the Company records a financing liability for the proceeds under US GAAP. The remaining arrangements are considered successful sale leasebacks as they did not have continuing involvement. Those gains are deferred and amortized over the lease term under US GAAP.

 

e)

Interest rate swaps

The Company entered into interest rate swaps that qualified for hedge accounting under FRS 102. The portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedge instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss.

The interest rate swaps that qualified for hedge accounting under FRS 102 do not qualify for hedge accounting under US GAAP ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). Gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income under FRS 102 was reversed and recognised in profit or loss under US GAAP.

 

f)   Preferred shares

Under FRS 102, preferred shares are recognised as a financial liability if an issuer has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to settle the shares or does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. The Company’s shares have certain redemption provisions that are outside the control of the issuer, therefore the Company does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. Accordingly, the Company recorded its preferred shares as a liability with accrued dividends charged to profit or loss as interest expense.

Under US GAAP, ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), preferred shares that are redeemable upon the occurrence of an uncertain event outside of the Company’s control are classified as

 

F-103


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

35   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

f)   Preferred shares (continued)

 

mezzanine equity instead of as a financial liability. Uncertain events that would trigger a redemption are not probable of occurrence as of any balance sheet date. Accordingly, the shares are currently not probable of becoming redeemable, and as such the shares are not remeasured. Further, as dividends have not been declared on the shares, no dividend liability has been accrued and interest expense as recognized under UK GAAP has been reversed under US GAAP.

 

g)

Income taxes

FRS 102 allows the use of enacted or “substantively” enacted tax rates as of the balance sheet date to measure the deferred tax impact on timing differences to reflect an entity’s expectation as to the manner in which it will recover an asset or settle a liability.

Under US GAAP ASC 740, Deferred Taxes (“ASC 740”), deferred taxes were measured using the applicable enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset is expected to be realized.

Under FRS 102, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent realization is probable. Under US GAAP, a valuation allowance is recognized against deferred tax assets, if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax asset will not be realised. Under US GAAP, the amount of required valuation allowance was measured based on an assessment of the future realisation of the tax benefit of existing deductible temporary differences and carryforwards considering all available evidence, both positive and negative.

 

h)

Timing of termination payment

Under FRS 102, a reserve for termination benefits is created only when the entity is demonstrably committed to terminate employment before the normal retirement date or to offer voluntary redundancy.

Under US GAAP ASC 712, Compensation – Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits (“ASC 712”), termination benefits are recognized when it is probable that the benefits will be paid, and the cost of the benefits can be reasonably estimated.

 

i)

Classification and presentation

Under UK GAAP, interest paid may be classified as an operating activity or financing activity within the statement of cash flows, so long as the presentation is consistent from period to period. The Company has elected to present interest paid as a financing activity under UK GAAP.

Under US GAAP, interest paid in connection with financing obligations and to lenders and other creditors is included within operating activities.

 

F-104


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Consolidated income statements (unaudited)

for the six months ended 30 June 2020

 

          Six Months Ended
30 June 2020
    Six Months Ended
30 June 2019
 
     Notes    £’000     £’000  

Turnover

        130,617       129,555  

Cost of sales

        (77,864     (70,546
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        52,753       59,009  

Administrative expenses – excluding profit on disposal

   5      (61,115     (53,711

Profit on disposal of tangible assets

   5, 8      25,410       6,310  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total administrative expenses

        (35,705     (47,401
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        17,048       11,608  

Interest receivable and similar income

        269       323  

Interest payable and similar expenses

        (44,110     (34,570
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation

        (26,793     (22,639

Tax on loss on ordinary activities

   6      (1,423     (1,454
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

        (28,216     (24,093
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period attributable to:

Shareholders of the parent company

        (28,176     (24,065

Non-controlling interest

        (40     (28
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (28,216     (24,093
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive
income (unaudited)
       
for the six months ended 30 June 2020         Six Months Ended
30 June 2020
    Six Months Ended
30 June 2019
 
          £’000     £’000  

Loss for the period

        (28,216     (24,093
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive expense:

       

Exchange loss on translation of foreign subsidiaries

        (4,806     (9,837

Movement in cashflow hedge

        (4,233     (4,975
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense for the period

        (37,255     (38,905
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense attributable to:

       

Shareholders of the parent company

        (37,215     (38,877

Non-controlling interest

        (40     (28
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (37,255     (38,905
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-105


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Consolidated balance sheets

as at 30 June 2020

 

           

30 June 2020

(unaudited)

    31 December 2019  
     Notes      £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Fixed assets

           

Intangible assets

     7          566,519         582,540  

Tangible assets

     8          422,123         408,987  

Investments

          1,826         1,385  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
          990,468         992,912  

Current assets

           

Stocks

        11,532         10,613    

Debtors

     11        17,602         17,791    

Current asset investments

     11        73         54    

Restricted cash

        —           922    

Cash at bank and in hand

        69,824         35,918    
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total current assets

        99,031         65,298    

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

     9, 11        (647,222       (622,463  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net current liabilities

          (548,191       (557,165
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets less current liabilities

          442,277         435,747  

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

     9, 11          (584,872       (542,658

Provisions for liabilities

Deferred tax liability

          (10,582       (11,148

Other liabilities

Pension liability

         

(13,254

(6,768


     

(12,567

(5,224


       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net liabilities

          (173,199       (135,850
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Capital and reserves

           

Called up share capital

          128         131  

Share premium account

          992         1,086  

Accumulated losses

          (166,281       (138,105

Foreign exchange reserve

          1,122         5,928  

Hedging reserve

          (9,488       (5,255
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Equity attributable to parent’s shareholders

          (173,527       (136,215
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

          328         365  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

          (173,199       (135,850
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-106


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Consolidated statements of changes in equity (unaudited)

for the six months ended 30 June 2020

 

    Called up
share
capital
(£’000)
    Share
premium
account
(£’000)
    Hedging
reserve
(£’000)
    Foreign
exchange
reserve
(£’000)
    Accumulated
losses

(£’000)
    Non-
controlling
interest
(£’000)
    Total
(£’000)
 

Balance at 31 December 2018

    160       981       —         —         (105,139     363       (103,635

Loss for the period

    —         —         —         —         (24,065     (28     (24,093

Other comprehensive income (expense):

    —         —         (4,975     —         —         —         (4,975

Fair value movement on cash flow hedge

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exchange loss on translation of foreign subsidiaries

    —         —         —         (9,837     —         —         (9,837
 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense for the period

    —         —         (4,975     (9,837     (24,065     (28     (38,905

Issued share capital in period

    1       9       —         —         —         —         10  

Reduction of share capital in period

    (1     (10     —         —         —         —         (11

Transfer of accumulated foreign exchange reserve movements 1

    —         —         —         1,226       (1,226     —         —    

Increase in non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         —         39       39  
 

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2019

    160       980       (4,975     (8,611     (130,430     374       (142,502

 

    Called up
share
capital
(£’000)
    Share
premium
account
(£’000)
    Hedging
reserve
(£’000)
    Foreign
exchange
reserve
(£’000)
    Accumulated
losses

(£’000)
    Non-
controlling
interest
(£’000)
    Total
(£’000)
 

Balance at 31 December 2019

    131       1,086       (5,255     5,928       (138,105     365       (135,850

Loss for the period

    —         —         —         —         (28,176     (40     (28,216

Other comprehensive income (expenses):

    —         —         (4,233     —         —         —         (4,233

Fair value movement on cash flow hedge

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exchange loss on translation of foreign subsidiaries

    —         —         —         (4,806     —         —         (4,806
 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive expense for the period

    —         —         (4,233     (4,806     (28,176     (40     (37,255

Issued share capital in period

    —         11       —         —         —         —         11  

Reduction of share capital in period

    (3     (105     —         —         —         —         (108

Increase in non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         —         3       3  
 

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2020

    128       992       (9,488     1,122       (166,281     328       (173,199

 

1

In previous years, the foreign exchange translation difference was reported as part of Accumulated losses. To increase transparency, foreign exchange translation differences have now moved to a separate reserve and hence the prior year balance transferred.

 

F-107


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Consolidated cash flow statement (unaudited)

for the six months ended 30 June 2020

 

           

Six months ended

30 June 2020

   

Six months ended

30 June 2019

 
     Notes      £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Cash inflow from operating activities

           

Operating profit

        17,048         11,608    

Adjustments for:

           

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation

     5, 7, 8        36,545         31,388    

Net profit on sale of fixed assets

     8        (25,410       (6,310  

Difference between pension charge and payment

        —           —      
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
            28,183           36,686        

Movements in working capital:

           

Decrease (increase) in stocks

        (447       (1,144  

Decrease (increase) in debtors

        1,063         5,875    

Increase (decrease) in creditors

        2,920         (3,489  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Cash generated from operating activities

        31,719         37,928    

Tax paid

        (1,885       (140  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash from operating activities

          29,834         37,788  

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Acquisition of car wash sites

     10        (33,139       (11,162  

Proceeds from sale of tangible assets

     8        57,990         17,194    

Payments for tangible assets

     8        (10,139       (20,072  

Interest received and net realised exchange gains

        4         290    
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities

          14,716         (13,750

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Proceeds from issue of new share capital

        11         10    

Redemption of share capital

        (108       (11  

Redemption of preference shares

        —           (1,841  

Repayments of long-term loans

     9        (2,245       (2,153  

Interest element of finance lease payments

        (93       (58  

Repayments of obligations under finance lease liabilities

        (224       (142  

Movement on cash deposits

        (131       (33  

Other financing costs

        —           —      

Interest paid and net realised exchange loss

        (16,176       (21,969  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net cash used in financing activities

          (18,966       (26,197

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

          25,584         (2,159

Effect of exchange rate on cash

          7,400         (533

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

          36,840         38,386  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

                  69,824                 35,694  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-108


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

1   General information

Shine Holdco (UK) Limited is a private company limited by shares and incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 2AX.

The Company acts as a holding company. The principal activities of its subsidiaries are the construction, ownership and operation of car wash installations.

 

2   Statement of compliance

The consolidated interim financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiary companies (collectively, the “Company”) have been prepared in compliance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102, ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland’ (‘FRS 102’) and the Companies Act 2006.

The consolidated unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in compliance with Financial Reporting Standard 104, “Interim Financial Reporting.”

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019. There have been no material changes to the significant accounting policies in the six months ended 30 June 2020, with the exception of the policy for taxes on income, which in the interim period is accrued using the effective tax rate that would be applicable to expected total income for the financial year.

 

3.1

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, as modified by the recognition of certain financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in Note 4, “Critical Accounting Judgments and Estimation Uncertainty,” to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

 

3.3

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. A subsidiary is an entity that is controlled by the Company. The results of subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated income statement from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Control is established when the Company has the power to govern the operating and financial policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, the Company takes into consideration potential voting rights that are currently exercisable.

All intra-company transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

 

F-109


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.4   Going concern

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the Directors consider to be appropriate for the following reasons.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global coronavirus outbreak a pandemic (referred to as herein as COVID-19). Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company’s operating performance was in line with expectations until mid-March 2020. As a result of the multiple impacts of COVID-19 experienced through the date of approval of this report, the Company’s operating performance has declined compared to forecasted amounts.

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts to 31 December 2021, which indicate that, taking account of reasonably possible downsides and the anticipated impact of COVID-19 on the operations and its financial resources, the Company will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due for that period.

The Directors have considered further potential implications of COVID-19 by modelling two severe but plausible downside scenarios. These scenarios were developed using the impact experienced during the first lock-down in Q2 2020 during which the Company continued to trade, despite restrictions in certain countries resulting in site shutdowns for a limited period.

The first scenario considers the impact of a further six-week lock-down period between November 2020 and March 2021 in addition to a deterioration in trade for the remainder of the forecast period. This scenario does this by reflecting the revenue and contribution reductions experienced during the previous lock-down for the period to 31 December 2020 (between 25% and 35% depending on location), followed by reductions of 10% for the remainder of the forecast period. This scenario also reflects a cessation in acquisition and sale and leaseback activity from January 2021 and reductions in corporate and field expenses.

The second scenario utilises the same assumptions as the first scenario, however, also models the impact of a more severe impact to revenue and contribution during the period to 31 December 2020 (between 50% and 100% depending on location), followed by a tiered reduction for the first six months of 2021 (between 10% and 75% depending on location), which is then followed finally by the 10% reduction for the remainder of the forecast period.

While the longer-term impact of the coronavirus pandemic on the Company remains uncertain, we are confident that the Company is well positioned to withstand a significant reduction in revenue should this occur. The Company maintains a substantial unrestricted cash on hand balance that is sufficient to meet its obligations in the period to 31 December 2021. In addition, the Company has access to a $75,000,000 Revolving Facility and is able to satisfy the related financial covenant test under the terms of its credit agreement, which requires a Net First Lien Ratio (“NFLR”) of 5.85 to 1 when the RCF is drawn in excess of 30%.

 

F-110


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

3   Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

3.4   Going concern (continued)

 

The second scenario has been modelled as a worst-case severe downside scenario. Even in this scenario, the forecasts indicate the Company would remain in compliance with the financial covenant requirements and will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Additionally, the Company has a flexible cost structure that has allowed it to react quickly to reduce expenses, defer discretionary capital expenditure, utilize government incentives to defer payments, furlough employees and successfully negotiate extended payment terms from key vendors. The Company has strong controls in place for the management of working capital and will consider utilisation of governmental support schemes if relevant and applicable.

Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Company will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

 

4   Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty

The Company’s critical accounting judgments and estimation uncertainty are described in Note 4, “Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty,” to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019. There have been no material changes to the critical accounting judgments and estimation uncertainty in the six months ended 30 June 2020. Impairment assessments have been considered using a consistent forecast with the going concern assessment (note 3) and no impairment was deemed necessary.

 

5   Operating profit

 

    

Six months

ended

30 June 2020

    

Six months

ended

30 June 2019

 
     £’000      £’000  

This is stated after charging / (crediting):

     

Depreciation of tangible assets (note 7)

     13,379        14,193  

Gain on sale of tangible assets - net

     25,410        6,310  

Amortisation of goodwill and other intangible assets (note 6)

     23,166        19,508  

Reversal of tangible asset impairment

     —          (2,313

Hire of land and buildings – operating leases

     19,666        13,739  

Stock recognised as an expense

     4,322        4,080  

During the six months ended 30 June 2020, the Company completed 32 sale leaseback transactions (2019: 12) resulting in cash proceeds, net of related expenses of £57,990,000 (2019: £17,194,000) and a net gain on the disposal of land and buildings of £27,326,000 (2019: £5,139,000). In conjunction with the sale leaseback transactions, the Company simultaneously entered into lease agreements ranging from 20 – 25 years.

 

6   Tax on loss on ordinary activities

The effective tax rate for the six months ended 30 June 2020 was 4.4% (2019: 4.8%), driven primarily by non-deductible expenses in Germany.

 

F-111


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

6   Tax on loss on ordinary activities (continued)

 

In the Spring Budget 2020, the Government announced that from 1 April 2020, the corporation tax rate would remain at 19% (rather than reducing to 17%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. New tax legislation in the countries in which the Company operates may affect future current and total tax charges.

 

7   Intangible assets

 

 

     Patents and
Non-Competes
    Goodwill     Other     Total  
     £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Cost

        

At 1 January 2020

     3,972       680,542       413       684,927  

Additions

     8       —         —         8  

Additions from business combinations

     —         3,553       —         3,553  

Adjustments – purchase price

     (794     2,987       —         2,193  

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     265       1,245       —         1,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

     3,451       688,327       413       692,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

        

At 1 January 2020

     (2,077     (100,244     (66     (102,387

Charged in period

     (230     (22,856     (80     (23,166

Disposals

     93       —         —         93  

Effects of movement in foreign exchange

     (172     (40     —         (212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

     (2,386     (123,140     (146     (125,672
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value at 30 June 2020

     1,065       565,187       267       566,519  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value at 31 December 2019

             1,895               580,298               347               582,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill and patents are amortized on a straight-line basis over a useful life of 15 years. Non-compete assets are amortized over the length of the non-compete agreement, generally five years. The amortization charge is recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

During the six months ended 30 June 2020, an additional £2,987,000 was recorded to goodwill as a result of adjustments made during the provisional purchase accounting period to the fair values of certain assets and liabilities acquired during 2019.

 

F-112


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

8

Tangible assets

 

    Land and
buildings
    Equipment
and
machinery
    Assets in
course of
construction
    Other     Total  
    £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000     £’000  

Cost

         

At 1 January 2020

    413,124       227,480       5,964       4,622       651,190  

Additions through acquisitions

    28,616       1,845       —         —         30,461  

Adjustment, to prior year acquisition

    466       339       —         —         805  

Other additions

    1,697       1,378       3,392       123       6,590  

Transfers between categories

    4,353       3,142       (7,495     —         —    

Disposals

    (41,709     (1,085     —         (71     (42,865

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

    24,358       13,680       388       246       38,672  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

    430,905       246,779       2,249       4,920       684,853  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

         

At 1 January 2020

    (147,816     (91,645     —         (2,742     (242,203

Charge for period

    (7,654     (5,585     —         (140     (13,379

Disposals

    6,530       1,140       —         36       7,706  

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

    (8,943     (5,759     —         (152     (14,854
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2020

    (157,883     (101,849     —         (2,998     (262,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at 30 June 2020

    273,022       144,930       2,249       1,922       422,123  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2019

          265,308             135,835               5,964               1,880             408,987  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of land, included in land and buildings above, comprises:

 

    

30 June

2020

    

31 December

2019

 
     £’000      £’000  

Freehold

     43,656        59,228  

Long leasehold

     1,171        1,246  

Short leasehold

     857        861  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           45,684              61,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in land and buildings are certain assets held for sale as of 30 June 2020. The carrying value of these assets is £7,018,000. In July 2020, the sale of these assets was completed as part of two separate sale and lease back transactions for net cash proceeds of £7,769,000.

 

F-113


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

9

Bank loans

 

    

30 June

2020

    

31 December

2019

 
     £’000      £’000  

Current

     

Bank loans

     4,516        4,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Bank loans

     556,546        520,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current debt is analysed as follows:

     

Falling due between one and five years

     414,857        387,859  

Falling due in more than five years

     141,689        132,346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
           556,546              520,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has a $75,000,000 revolving credit facility (“RCF”). It is available until 3 October 2022 and secured as part of the first lien. At 30 June 2020, the draw down on the RCF loan was nil (2019: nil).

 

10   Acquisitions

During the six months ended June 2020, the Company acquired six car wash sites in the United States .Under the acquisition method of accounting, the resulting goodwill of £3,553,000 was capitalized and will be written off over 15 years, the period over which the Directors estimate the value of the business to exceed the value of the underlying assets.

The net assets acquired at the acquisition dates are as follows:

 

     30 June 2020  
     £’000  

Cash

     5  

Tangible assets

     30,461  

Intangible assets

     8  

Accrued liabilities

     (64
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

     30,410  
  

 

 

 

Cash consideration

Deferred consideration

Costs directly attributable to the business combination

    

33,021

824

118

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total consideration

             33,963  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill on acquisition

     3,553  
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities has been determined on a provisional basis at this stage because the value of certain liabilities, while estimated with reasonable accuracy, remains uncertain. The revaluation adjustments are made to reflect the fair value of net assets acquired and consist primarily of revaluation of properties as required by FRS 102.

 

F-114


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

10   Acquisitions (continued)

 

For the six months ended 30 June 2020, the acquired business contributed turnover of £365,000 and a gross profit of £207,000 reported in the consolidated income statement.

 

11

Financial instruments

The Company has the following financial instruments:

 

    

30 June

2020

    31 December
2019
 
     £’000     £’000  

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss :

    

Derivative instruments - cross currency swap

     7,756       7,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortized cost:

    

Trade debtors

     1,830       2,242  

Other debtors

     1,595       1,470  

Investment in short term deposits

     73       54  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,498       3,766  

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

    

Senior loans

     (560,102     (523,474

Other loans

     (960     (949

Finance leases

     (2,494     (2,540

Preference shares

     (487,255     (487,255

Trade creditors

     (7,102     (9,054

Accruals and deferred income

     (142,074     (115,579

Other creditors

     (7,383     (7,414
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,207,370     (1,146,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income:

    

Derivative instruments - interest rate swap

     (9,488     (5,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

12

Related party transactions

On 3 October 2017, the Company entered into a consulting agreement (“Consulting Agreement”) with an affiliated entity, Roark Capital Management LLC, which acts as an advisor to related entities and collectively owns a controlling interest in the Company. The Consulting Agreement expires on 3 October 2027, subject to certain renewal provisions. Under the terms of the Consulting Agreement, the Company is required to pay an annual fee with certain escalations based on the terms of the Consulting Agreement. For the six months ended 30 June 2020, the Company incurred expenses of $848,000 (2019: $824,000) in accordance with the Consulting Agreement during the period.

 

F-115


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

13   Post balance sheet events

Subsequent to 30 June 2020, the Company acquired 19 car wash locations in the US, primarily consisting of real and personal property, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $92,300,000. The Company is in the process of completing its preliminary purchase accounting.

On 3 August 2020, Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiaries were acquired by Driven Investor LLC (“Driven Brands”), a US domiciled company. Driven Brands, together with its subsidiaries, is one of the largest franchisors in the auto aftermarket services industry with approximately 4,200 locations in 15 countries, inclusive of the acquisition of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited.

 

14   GAAP reconciliation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the FRS 102. FRS 102 differs in certain respects from the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The effects of the application of US GAAP to Shine Holdco (UK) Limited (“Shine” or “the Company”) results are set out below.

Net income (loss) reconciliation :

 

           

30 June

2020

   

30 June

2019

 
            £’000     £’000  

Net income (loss) in conformity with UK GAAP

        (28,216     (24,093
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments on account of:

       

Historical goodwill amortization

     (a      22,896       19,503  

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

     (b      —         —    

Transaction costs in goodwill

     (c      (516     (119

Failed sale leasebacks

     (d      (27,672     (5,444

Interest rate swap

     (e      (4,233     (4,975

Preference shares

     (f      21,737       20,047  

Income tax

     (g      2       3  

Timing of termination payment

     (h      1,532       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impact of all adjustments

        13,746       29,015  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) in conformity with US GAAP

        (14,470     4,922  

Non-controlling interest

        40       28  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the shareholders of the parent company in conformity with US GAAP

              (14,430               4,950  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-116


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

14   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

Shareholders’ equity reconciliation :

 

           

30 June

2020

   

30 June

2019

 
            £’000     £’000  

Total shareholders’ equity in conformity with UK GAAP

        (173,199     (142,502
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments on account of:

       

Historical goodwill amortization

     (a      123,139       77,692  

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

     (b      (17,204     (9,373

Transaction costs in goodwill

     (c      (23,096     (22,017

Failed sale leasebacks

     (d      (91,188     (11,967

Preference shares

     (f      110,526       67,716  

Income tax

     (g      5,067       1,829  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impact of all adjustments

        107,244       103,880  

Total shareholders’ equity in conformity with US GAAP

        (65,955     (38,622

Non-controlling interest

        (328     (374
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to shareholders’ of the parent company in conformity with US GAAP

        (66,283     (38,996
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow statement reconciliation :

 

            30 June
2020
    30 June
2019
 
            £’000     £’000  

Operating activities

       

Net cash provided by operating activities in conformity with UK GAAP

        29,834       37,788  

Reclassification related to failed sale leaseback arrangements

     (d      2,729       584  

Reclassification of interest on loan notes, bank loans and RCF

     (i      (16,176     (21,969

Reclassification of gain on derivative financial instruments

     (e      118       299  

Reclassification of finance lease interest expense

     (i      (93     (58
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities in conformity with US GAAP

        16,412       16,644  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities in conformity with UK GAAP

        14,716       (13,750

Failed sale leaseback

     (d      (60,489     (18,011
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities in conformity with US GAAP

        (45,773     (31,761
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

       

Net cash (used in) financing activities in conformity with UK GAAP

        (18,966     (26,197

Failed sale leaseback

     (d      60,489       18,011  

Reclassification related to failed sale leaseback arrangements

     (d      (2,729     (584

Reclassification of interest on loan notes, bank loans and RCF

     (i      16,176       21,969  

Reclassification of gain on derivative financial instruments

     (e      (118     (299

Reclassification of finance lease interest expense

     (i      93       58  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in conformity with US GAAP

        54,945       12,958  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash from UK to US GAAP

        —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

14   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

a)

Goodwill amortization

Under FRS 102, goodwill is presumed to have a finite useful economic life and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Accordingly, the Company amortized goodwill on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

US GAAP prohibits the amortisation of goodwill and instead requires that goodwill be tested at least annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators exist. Amortisation expense recognised under FRS 102 was reversed under US GAAP.

 

b)

Reversal of fixed asset impairment reversals

Under FRS 102, revaluation of assets is allowed. Fixed assets are stated at cost or a revalued amount less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Previously recognized impairment losses may be reversed under FRS 102.

Under US GAAP, fixed assets are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is prohibited. The impact of fixed asset impairment reversals under FRS 102 was reversed under US GAAP.

 

c)

Business combinations - transaction costs

FRS 102 allows transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination to be capitalized as part of the cost of the purchase consideration.

Under US GAAP, transaction costs incurred in conjunction with a business combination are expensed in the period in which the costs are incurred.

 

d)

Sale leaseback transactions

The Company entered into sale and leaseback transactions that resulted in operating leases under FRS 102. Under FRS 102, sale and operating leaseback transactions resulted in the derecognition of the asset’s carrying value and the immediate recognition of gain or loss, if the transaction was established at fair value, or deferred gain or loss if the transaction price differed from the fair value. Any deferred gain or loss was amortized over the lease term.

Under US GAAP, ASC 840, Leases (“ASC 840”), the majority of the Company’s arrangements are treated as a failed sale leaseback transaction due to the Company’s continuing involvement in the asset and are accounted for under the financing method. As such, the assets are not derecognized, and the Company records a financing liability for the proceeds under US GAAP. The remaining arrangements are considered successful sale leasebacks as they did not have continuing involvement. Those gains are deferred and amortized over the lease term under US GAAP.

 

F-118


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

14   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

e)

Interest rate swaps

The Company entered into interest rate swaps that qualified for hedge accounting under FRS 102. The portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedge instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss.

The interest rate swaps that qualified for hedge accounting under FRS 102 do not qualify for hedge accounting under US GAAP ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). Gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income under FRS 102 was reversed and recognised in profit or loss under US GAAP.

The accounting treatment under both FRS 102 and US GAAP results in the same impact to shareholders’ equity, therefore, this item is excluded from the GAAP reconciliation of shareholders’ equity.

 

f)

Preferred shares

Under FRS 102, preferred shares are recognised as a financial liability if an issuer has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to settle the shares or does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. The Company’s shares have certain redemption provisions that are outside the control of the issuer, therefore the Company does not have the unconditional right to avoid making payments to the holders of the shares. Accordingly, the Company recorded its preferred shares as a liability with accrued dividends charged to profit or loss as interest expense.

Under US GAAP, ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), preferred shares that are redeemable upon the occurrence of an uncertain event outside of the Company’s control are classified as mezzanine equity instead of as a financial liability. Uncertain events that would trigger a redemption are not probable of occurrence as of any balance sheet date. Accordingly, the shares are currently not probable of becoming redeemable, and as such the shares are not remeasured. Further, as dividends have not been declared on the shares, no dividend liability has been accrued and interest expense as recognized under UK GAAP has been reversed under US GAAP.

 

g)

Income taxes

FRS 102 allows the use of enacted or “substantively” enacted tax rates as of the balance sheet date to measure the deferred tax impact on timing differences to reflect an entity’s expectation as to the manner in which it will recover an asset or settle a liability.

Under US GAAP ASC 740, Deferred Taxes (“ASC 740”), deferred taxes were measured using the applicable enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset is expected to be realized.

Under FRS 102, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent realization is probable. Under US GAAP, a valuation allowance is recognized against deferred tax assets, if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax asset will not be realised. Under US GAAP, the amount of required valuation allowance was measured based on an assessment of the future realisation of the tax benefit of existing deductible temporary differences and carryforwards considering all available evidence, both positive and negative.

 

F-119


Table of Contents
Shine Holdco (UK) Limited
Unaudited consolidated interim financial statements
Six months ended 30 June 2020

 

Notes to the financial statements (continued)

 

14   GAAP reconciliation (continued)

 

h)

Timing of termination payment

Under FRS 102, a reserve for termination benefits is created only when the entity is demonstrably committed to terminate employment before the normal retirement date or to offer voluntary redundancy.

Under US GAAP ASC 712, Compensation – Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits (“ASC 712”), termination benefits are recognized when it is probable that the benefits will be paid, and the cost of the benefits can be reasonably estimated.

As all termination payments under both FRS 102 and US GAAP were recognized by June 30, 2020, there is no impact to shareholders’ equity in the GAAP reconciliation.

 

i)

Classification and presentation

Under UK GAAP, interest paid may be classified as an operating activity or financing activity within the statement of cash flows, so long as the presentation is consistent from period to period. The Company has elected to present interest paid as a financing activity under UK GAAP.

Under US GAAP, interest paid in connection with financing obligations and to lenders and other creditors is included within operating activities.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

                 Shares

LOGO

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Morgan Stanley

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan

Barclays

Credit Suisse

Baird

Piper Sandler

William Blair

 

                , 2021

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and estimates of all other expenses to be paid by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the registration statement:

 

SEC registration fee

   $            

Stock exchange listing fee

         

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

         

Printing expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Blue Sky fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         

Miscellaneous

         
  

 

 

 

Total

   $      

 

*

To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed actions, suits, or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise. The registrant’s bylaws provide for indemnification by the registrant of its directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions, or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered will provide for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Under the Stockholders Agreement, we will agree to indemnify our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates from any losses arising directly or indirectly out of our Principal Stockholders’ actual, alleged or deemed control or ability to influence control of us or the actual or alleged act or omission of any director nominated by our Principal Stockholders, including any act or omission in connection with this offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold or granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed for such sales and grants. Such information is rounded to the nearest whole number.

On July 6, 2020, we completed transactions pursuant to which we converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. In connection with the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests converted into shares of common stock. Driven Investor LLC, our direct parent company, received all of our common stock in exchange for our equity interests. On August 3, 2020, as part of the ICWG Acquisition, we issued 430 shares to our direct parent, Driven Investor LLC, in exchange for all of the equity interests of RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, the direct parent of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, a holding company of all of the assets and liabilities of ICWG.

The Master Issuer has issued several series of Securitization Senior Notes pursuant to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture. The Canadian Co-Issuer has co-issued, with the Master Issuer, one series of Securitization Senior Notes pursuant to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture and as of July 6, 2020 became the co-issuer of each other series of Securitization Senior Notes issued by the Master Issuer under the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture. The Securitization Senior Notes include:

 

   

the Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on April 24, 2018, with an initial principal amount of $275 million, for which Barclays Capital Inc. acted as initial purchaser;

 

   

the Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on March 19, 2019, with an initial principal amount of $300 million, for which Barclays Capital Inc. acted as initial purchaser;

 

   

the Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on September 17, 2019, with an initial principal amount of $275 million, for which Barclays Capital Inc. acted as initial purchaser;

 

   

the Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1, issued on December 11, 2019, which allow for draws of up to $115 million pursuant to the Securitization VFN Facility and under the Series 2019-3 Securitization Class A-1 Notes using various credit instruments, including a letter of credit sub-facility of up to $50 million and a swingline sub-facility of up to $25 million, and under which $59 million was outstanding as of December 28, 2019;

 

   

the Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on July 6, 2020, with an initial principal amount of $175 million, for which Barclays Capital Inc. acted as the initial purchaser; and

 

   

the Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on December 14, 2020, with an initial principal amount of $450 million, for which Barclays Capital Inc. acted as the initial purchaser.

Except as otherwise noted above, these transactions were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as they were transactions by an issuer that did not involve a public offering of securities.

In connection with the Reorganization, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will issue                  shares of restricted stock and                  options to members of our senior management. The shares of restricted stock and options described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

See the Index to the consolidated financial statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement. All schedules not identified above have been omitted because they are not required, are inapplicable, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes contained in this registration statement.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 10, 2020, by and among RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC and Driven Investor LLC
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Driven Brands Holdings Inc.
  3.2    Form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Driven Brands Holdings Inc., to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  3.3    Bylaws of Driven Brands Holdings Inc.
  3.4    Form of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Driven Brands Holdings Inc., to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  4.1    Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary
  4.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
  4.3    Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
  4.4    Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
  4.5    Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian co-issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
  4.6    Amendment No. 5 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of December  14, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian co-issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
  4.7    Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2018-1 securities intermediary
  4.8    First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as co-issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2018-1 securities intermediary
  4.9    Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-1 securities intermediary
  4.10    First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as co-issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-1 securities intermediary
  4.11    Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-2 securities intermediary
  4.12    First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as co-issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-2 securities intermediary
  4.13    Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of December 11, 2019, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-3 securities intermediary


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  4.14    First Supplement to Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as co-issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2019-3 securities intermediary
  4.15    Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July  6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian co-issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2020-1 securities intermediary
  4.16    Series 2020-2 Supplement, dated as of December  14, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian co-issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and Series 2020-2 securities intermediary
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to the validity of the securities being offered
10.1    Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class  A-1 Notes), dated as of December  11, 2019, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Funding, LLC party thereto, Driven Brands, Inc., the conduit investors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto, the funding agents party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as swingline lender and administrative agent
10.2    Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Brands, Inc., Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Funding, LLC party thereto, Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation party thereto, the conduit investors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto, the funding agents party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as swingline lender and administrative agent
10.3    Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April  24, 2018, by and among Driven Funding Holdco, LLC and certain subsidiaries of Driven Funding Holdco, LLC party thereto in favor of Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.4    Assumption Agreement to Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and among ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.5   

Assumption and Amendment Agreement to Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Funding Holdco, LLC party thereto, Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation and certain subsidiaries of Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation party thereto, in favor of Citibank, N.A., as trustee

10.6    Deed of Movable Hypothec, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation and certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation party thereto, in favor of Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.7    Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of April  24, 2018, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Funding, LLC party thereto, Take 5 LLC, Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., Driven Brands, Inc., as manager, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.8    Amendment and Joinder to Management Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Funding, LLC party thereto, Take 5 LLC, Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., Driven Brands, Inc., as manager, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.9    Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Funding, LLC party thereto, Take 5 LLC, Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., Driven Brands, Inc., as manager, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.10    Canadian Management Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation, certain subsidiaries of Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation party thereto, Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as manager, and Citibank, N.A., as trustee
10.11*    Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.12*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.13    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
10.14    Form of Income Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Driven Brands Holdings Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.15    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Jonathan Fitzpatrick and Driven Brands, Inc., dated as of April 17, 2015
10.16*    Employment Agreement by and between Tiffany Mason and Driven Brands Shared Services LLC, dated as of February 17, 2020
10.17*    Letter of Employment by and between Daniel R. Rivera and Driven Brands, Inc., dated as of November 7, 2012
10.18*    Driven Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2018
10.19    First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017, as amended and restated on April 10, 2018, by and among Shine Holdco  III Limited, Shine Acquisition Co Limited, Shine Acquisition Co. S.á.r.l., Boing US Holdco, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time
10.20    Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017, as amended and restated on April 10, 2018, by and among Shine Holdco  III Limited, Shine Acquisition Co Limited, Shine Acquisition Co. S.á.r.l., Boing US Holdco, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time
10.21*    Driven Brands Holdings Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.22*    Driven Brands Holdings Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.23*    Form of Nonqualified Option Award Agreement for use under the Driven Brands Holdings Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Top-Up Options)
10.24*    Driven Investor LLC Equity Incentive Plan
10.25*    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for use under the Driven Investor LLC Equity Incentive Plan
21.1*    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent auditors
23.3    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

23.4*    Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in signature page)

 

*

To be filed by amendment.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Charlotte, North Carolina, on the 22nd day of December, 2020.

 

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Fitzpatrick

  Name: Jonathan Fitzpatrick
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Scott O’Melia and Robby Edmiston, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jonathan Fitzpatrick

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   December 22, 2020

/s/ Tiffany Mason

Tiffany Mason

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 22, 2020

/s/ Neal Aronson

Neal Aronson

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Michael Thompson

Michael Thompson

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Chadwick Hume

Chadwick Hume

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Cathy Halligan

Cathy Halligan

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Rick Puckett

Rick Puckett

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Karen Stroup

Karen Stroup

   Director   December 22, 2020

/s/ Peter Swinburn

Peter Swinburn

   Director   December 22, 2020

Exhibit 1.1

 ] Shares

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

COMMON STOCK (PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE)

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ● ], 2021


[ ● ], 2021

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Driven Brands Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) [ ● ] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Firm Shares”). The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ● ] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Additional Shares”) if and to the extent that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as representatives of the offering (collectively, the “Representatives”), shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such Additional Shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “Common Stock.”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), including a preliminary prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet


requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (a “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Applicable Time” means [●] [a/p]m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement, “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “preliminary prospectus” shall mean each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted information pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “broadly available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1.    Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a)    The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b)    (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus at the Applicable Time does not, and at the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 4 and Section 2, respectively), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale

 

2


Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information specified in Section 8(b).

(c)    The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d)    The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e)    Each significant subsidiary of the Company as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (each, a “Significant Subsidiary”) has been duly incorporated, organized or formed, is validly existing as a corporation or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation (to the extent that the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction), has the corporate or

 

3


other business entity power and authority to conduct its business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent that the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent that such concepts are applicable in such jurisdiction) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except for liens pursuant to the Securitization Senior Notes Indenture and the Car Wash Senior Credit Agreements (as defined in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus).

(f)    This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g)    The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters, in all material respects, to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h)    The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i)    The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of the Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been validly waived.

(j)    The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iv) or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), where such contravention would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company, as a whole, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or court is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or waived or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or foreign jurisdictions or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

4


(k)    There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(l)    There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

(m)    Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(n)    The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other

 

5


approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(p)    There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(q)    Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(r)    (i) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, affiliate, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.

(s)    The operations of the Company and each of its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes

 

6


of jurisdictions where the Company and each of its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(t)    (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any director or officer thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:

(A)    the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or

(B)    located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

(i)    The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(C)    to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(D)    in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(ii)    for the past five years (or if Company has owned a subsidiary for a shorter period, for the duration of such ownership), the Company and each of its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(u)    Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (excluding any draw on the VFN Facility or Car Wash Revolving

 

7


Credit Facility described in the Prospectus), (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the exercise or settlement of equity awards or warrants or grants of equity awards or forfeiture of equity awards outstanding as of such respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case granted pursuant to the equity compensation plans described in the Time of Sale Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(v)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(w)    (i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or otherwise have the right to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them and in the manner set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, except where the failure to own, possess or acquire any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of third party Intellectual Property Rights which, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, no third

 

8


party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property Rights in such a way which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(x)    Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries uses or distributes or has used or distributed any software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (“Open Source Software”) in a manner that requires or has required (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be (A) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (C) redistributed at no charge except, in each case, which individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(y)    Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) the Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance with the Company and its subsidiaries’ internal and external privacy policies, contractual obligations, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority, in each case, relating to the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Data Security Obligations” and such data “Data”), (ii) the Company has not received any written notification of or complaint regarding non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation, and (iii) there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation.

(z)    Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, there has been no breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ businesses (“Breach”) and the Company and its subsidiaries have not been notified of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such Breach.

(aa)    Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, or, to

 

9


the knowledge of the Company, is imminent and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors.

(bb)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as in the Company’s reasonable judgment are customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(cc)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to have such certificates authorizations and permits would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(dd)    (i) The financial statements of the Company included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes thereto, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby except for any normal year-end adjustments in the Company’s quarterly financial statements, (ii) the financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.K. GAAP and reconciled to U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented, except for any normal year-end adjustments in Shine Holdco (UK) Limited’s interim financial statements and other than as

 

10


described therein and (iii) the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the basis described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. The other financial information included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived, in each case in all material respects.

(ee)    (i) Grant Thornton LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and delivered its report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), (ii) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and delivered its report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent certified public accounting firm with respect to Shine Holdco (UK) Limited under Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and its rulings and interpretations; and (iii) KPMG International Limited, which expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent certified public accounting firm with respect to Shine Holdco (UK) Limited under Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and its rulings and interpretations.

(ff)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of

 

11


financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(gg)    Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(hh)    The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which, singly or in the aggregate, has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(ii)     From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the Closing Date, the Company has been and will be an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

(jj)    The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication with any person other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are reasonably believed to be accredited

 

12


investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act other than those listed on Schedule III hereto. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B of the Securities Act.

(kk)    As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2.    Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $[ ● ] a share (the “Purchase Price”).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [ ● ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. The Representatives may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “Option Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

13


3.    Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable. The Company is further advised by the Representatives that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[ ● ] a share (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain dealers selected by the Representatives at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ● ] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ● ] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4.    Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in immediately available funds in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ● ], 2021, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ● ], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in immediately available funds in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [ ● ], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Representatives on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

5.    Conditions to the Underwriters Obligations. The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ● ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

14


The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a)    Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(iii)    no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission;

(iv)    there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and

(v)    there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b)    The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c)    The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(d)    The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

15


(e)    The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(f)    The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between the Representatives and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company specified in Schedule IV hereto, relating to restrictions on sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date hereof (the “Lock-up Agreements”), shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(g)    The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Representatives on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(vi)    a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(vii)    an opinion and negative assurance letter of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof;

(viii)    an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;

(ix)    a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and

 

16


(x)    such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

6.    Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)    To furnish to the Representatives, upon request and without charge, as many copies of the Registration Statement as the representatives may reasonably request (including exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Representatives in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b)    Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c)    To furnish to the Representatives a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner.

(d)    Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e)    If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be) required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in

 

17


the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f)    If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses the Representatives will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g)    To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(h)    To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; provided, however, that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statement to its security holders to the extent it is filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

 

18


(i)    Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 1(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum (such fees and expenses of counsel in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000), (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (such fees and expenses of counsel in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (with the Underwriters agreeing to pay all costs and expenses related to their participation in investor presentations or any “road show’ undertaking in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares), including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the

 

19


performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 8 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 10 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and all travel and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them in connection with participation in investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares; provided that this clause (x) does not include the cost of any chartered aircraft, which shall be paid 50% by the Company as described in clause (xiii).

(j)    Reserved.

(k)    If at any time following the distribution of any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(l)    The Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing Certification.

The Company also covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) publicly file or confidentially submit any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; provided that

 

20


confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statements under the Securities Act may be made if and only if no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made during the Restricted Period.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof as described in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, (C) grants of options, restricted stock or other equity awards and the issuance of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants of the Company pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (D) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 to register Common Stock issuable pursuant to any employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans referred to in clause (C) above, (E) the issuance of Common Stock or other securities to effect the Reorganization described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (F) Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, or the entrance into an agreement to issue Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, in connection with any merger, joint venture, strategic alliances, commercial or other collaborative transaction or the acquisition or license of the business, property, technology or other assets of another individual or entity or the assumption of an employee benefit plan in connection with a merger or acquisition; provided that the aggregate number of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock that the Company may issue or agree to issue pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed [10%] of the total outstanding share capital of the Company immediately following the issuance of the Shares; and provided further that the recipients thereof provide to the Representatives a signed lock up letter substantially in the form of the lock-up letter described in Section 5(f).

If (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and (ii) any one of BofA Securities, Inc. or Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions on the transfer of Shares set forth in a Lock-up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

7.    Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

 

21


8.    Indemnity and Contribution.

(a)    The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriters through the Representatives consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.

(b)    Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter through the Representatives consists of the information contained in the [ ● ] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

(c)    In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the

 

22


indemnifying party”) in writing, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement, and the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, except as provided in the following sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such reasonable fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request for reimbursement and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request or contested the reasonableness of such fees in good faith prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have

 

23


been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d)    To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e)    The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to

 

24


the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

9.    Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Representatives to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to or on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

10.    Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such

 

25


non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (other than, with respect to a defaulting Undewriter, by reason of default by such Underwriter), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the documented fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

11.    Entire Agreement.

(a)    This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Underwriters with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

 

26


(b)    The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

12.    Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

For purposes of this Section a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

13.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14.    Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

27


15.    Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

16.    Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the Representatives in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; BofA Securities at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730); and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Driven Brands Holdings Inc., 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202, Attention: General Counsel.

 

28


17.    If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 


Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and
the several Underwriters named in
Schedule I hereto.

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   BofA Securities, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

  

Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

  

Number of Shares to be
Purchased if Maximum
Option Exercised

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

BofA Securities, Inc.

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Barclays Capital Inc.

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Piper Sandler & Co.

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

   [ ● ]    [ ● ]

Total:

  

[ ● ]

  

[ ● ]

  

 

  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1.

Preliminary Prospectus issued [ ● ], 2021

 

2.

[identify any free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3.

[free writing prospectus containing a description of the terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4.

[orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

1.

Testing-the-Water [telephone conference][presentation] [date]

 

III-2


SCHEDULE IV

Lock-up Agreement Parties

The following persons shall execute a lock-up agreement in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto:

[●]

 

IV-2


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

            , 20    

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

As representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Driven Brands Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “Underwriters”), of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company (the “Common Stock”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and (ii) any one of BofA Securities, Inc. or Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Restricted Period”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose

 

A-1


of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering;

(b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as a bona fide gift or, if the undersigned is an individual, to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or immediate family members of the undersigned;

(c) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, distributions of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned;

(d) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock;

(e) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

(f) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by will or intestacy;

(g) transfers to the Company, as permitted or required under any benefit plan described in the registration statement relating to the Public Offering (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus, any agreement pursuant to which such shares of Common Stock were issued, as in effect as of the date of, and which such agreement is described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in all material respects, or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock;

 

A-2


(h) the exercise of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

(i) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting or settlement event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of outstanding equity awards, which securities or equity awards have been issued pursuant to an equity incentive plan of the Company described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, on a “cashless” or “net” basis only in an amount necessary to cover tax withholding obligations or the exercise price of options of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise;

(j) transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of Common Stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for securities of the Company or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company that, in each case, has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of stock in connection with any such transaction, or vote any stock in favor of any such transaction); provided that all shares of Common Stock subject to this agreement that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this agreement; and provided, further, that it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Common Stock subject to this agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions herein;

(k) the shares to be sold to the Underwriters by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, if applicable; or

(l) Transfers or transactions to effect the Reorganization described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus;

provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (e) and (f) above, each donee, transferee or pledgee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c), (f) and (g) no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer, distribution or subsequent sales of such Common Stock during the Restricted Period, (C) in the case of clauses (h), (i) and (l) above, that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting, conversion, exchange or settlement shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in this agreement, (D) in the case of clause (d) above (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the

 

A-3


Restricted Period and (E) any filing or announcement by the Company or the undersigned relating to a transfer or distribution under clauses (e), (f), (h), (i) or (j) above shall note the applicable circumstances that cause such clause to apply and explain that the filing or announcement relates solely to transfers or distributions falling within the category described in the relevant clause. For the purpose of clause (j), “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the undersigned shall be permitted to make one or more demand for or exercise of rights with respect to any confidential or non-public submission for registration of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock (provided that, in the case of any such confidential or non-public submission, (i) no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (ii) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made and (iii) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly available registration statement during the Restricted Period).

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

A-4


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this agreement upon the earlier to occur, if any, of (i) April 30, 2021, in the event the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date, (ii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, the date the Company files an application to withdraw the Registration Statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, the date either the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, notifies the other(s) in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, or (iv) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

            , 20    

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) of              shares of common stock, $     par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up agreement dated             , 20     (the “Lock-up Agreement”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated             , 20    , with respect to              shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Agreement, but only with respect to the Shares, effective             , 20    ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

B-1


Very truly yours,

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BofA Securities, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

cc: Company


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

[Date]

Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that [Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC], as lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [ ● ] shares of its common stock are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to              shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on             , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

RC IV CAYMAN ICW LLC,

RC IV ICW MERGER SUB LLC

AND

DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC

DATED AS OF JULY 10, 2020

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

 

Certain Definitions

     1  

ARTICLE 2 THE MERGER

     7  

Section 2.1

 

Merger

     7  

Section 2.2

 

Closing of the Merger

     7  

Section 2.3

 

Effective Time

     7  

Section 2.4

 

Effects of the Merger

     8  

Section 2.5

 

Governing Documents

     8  

Section 2.6

 

Managers and Officers of the Surviving Entity

     8  

Section 2.7

 

Effect of the Merger on the Equity Securities of the Merging Entities

     8  

Section 2.8

 

Additional Actions

     9  

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RC IV ICW AND THE COMPANY

     9  

Section 3.1

 

Organization and Qualification

     9  

Section 3.2

 

Authority

     9  

Section 3.3

 

Capitalization

     10  

Section 3.4

 

Consents and Approvals; No Violations

     10  

Section 3.5

 

Taxes

     11  

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DRIVEN

     12  

Section 4.1

 

Organization

     12  

Section 4.2

 

Authority

     13  

Section 4.3

 

Capitalization

     13  

Section 4.4

 

Consents and Approvals; No Violations

     13  

Section 4.5

 

Taxes

     14  

ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS

     15  

Section 5.1

 

Conduct of Business of Shine

     15  

Section 5.2

 

Conduct of Business of Driven

     15  

Section 5.3

 

Tax Matters

     16  

Section 5.4

 

Access to Information

     16  

Section 5.5

 

Efforts to Consummate

     17  

Section 5.6

 

Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

     18  

Section 5.7

 

Transfer Taxes

     19  

Section 5.8

 

No Public Disclosure

     19  

Section 5.9

 

Section 280G Approval

     19  


ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

     20  

Section 6.1

  

Conditions to the Obligations of RC IV ICW, the Company and Driven

     20  

Section 6.2

  

Other Conditions to the Obligations of Driven

     20  

Section 6.3

  

Other Conditions to the Obligations of RC IV ICW and the Company

     21  

Section 6.4

  

Frustration of Closing Conditions

     22  

ARTICLE 7 NO SURVIVAL

     22  

Section 7.1

  

No Survival

     22  

Section 7.2

  

No Liability

     22  

ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

     22  

Section 8.1

  

Termination

     22  

Section 8.2

  

Notice of Termination

     23  

Section 8.3

  

Effect of Termination

     23  

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     24  

Section 9.1

  

Entire Agreement; Assignment

     24  

Section 9.2

  

Notices

     24  

Section 9.3

  

Governing Law

     25  

Section 9.4

  

Fees and Expenses

     25  

Section 9.5

  

Construction; Interpretation

     26  

Section 9.6

  

Time of the Essence; Computation of Time

     26  

Section 9.7

  

Exhibit and Schedules

     26  

Section 9.8

  

Parties in Interest

     26  

Section 9.9

  

Severability

     26  

Section 9.10

  

Amendment

     27  

Section 9.11

  

Extension; Waiver

     27  

Section 9.12

  

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

     27  

Section 9.13

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     27  

Section 9.14

  

Jurisdiction and Venue

     28  

Section 9.15

  

Waivers; Terminations

     28  

Section 9.16

  

Release of Claims

     29  

Section 9.17

  

Remedies

     31  


SCHEDULES

Schedule 3.3

 

-

  

Capitalization of the Company

Schedule 4.3

 

-

  

Capitalization of Driven

Schedule 5.1

 

-

  

Conduct of Business of Shine

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

 

-

  

Managers and Officers of the Surviving Entity

Exhibit B

 

-

  

Form of Plan of Merger

Exhibit C

 

-

  

Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Surviving Entity


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”), dated as of July 10, 2020, is made by and among RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC, a limited liability company registered in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, a limited liability company registered in the Cayman Islands (the “RC IV ICW”), and Driven Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Driven”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article 1.

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, RC IV ICW, Driven and Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, a limited company governed by the laws of England (“Shine”), are entering into that certain Transaction Framework Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Framework Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the parties hereto are entering into this Agreement;

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement, RC IV ICW is the owner of certain of the equity securities of Shine;

WHEREAS, following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time, the Company and RC IV ICW and the members each thereof intend to effect an internal restructuring, whereby the Company shall acquire all of the equity interests in RC IV ICW (the “ICW Restructuring”);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and in accordance with the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law, the Company and Driven desire that the Company be merged with and into Driven, with Driven surviving; and

WHEREAS, the board of managers of Driven, the managing member of the Company and the managing member of RC IV ICW have, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, (i) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) declared that it is in the best interests of their respective equityholders to enter into this Agreement and consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated in this Agreement and (iii) recommended to their respective equityholders that they adopt this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

280G Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.


Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the applicable Person or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) employees of any Company Group Member, in their capacities as such, are not Affiliates of any Company Group Member, (ii) independent operators of any Company Group Member, in their capacities as such, are not Affiliates of any Company Group Member, (iii) employees of the Driven Group Members, in their capacities as such, are not Affiliates of any Driven Group Member and (iv) franchisees of any Driven Group Member, in their capacities as such, are not Affiliates of any Driven Group Member.

Agents” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, such Person’s officers, directors, employees, accountants, consultants, investment bankers, legal counsel, agents and other advisors and representatives.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Ancillary Documents” means the agreements, documents, instruments, and/or certificates contemplated by this Agreement to be executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Framework Agreement, the Reverse Confidentiality Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.

Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in each of New York, New York, and London, United Kingdom, are open for the general transaction of business.

Cayman LLC Law” means the Limited Liability Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended.

Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Company Group” means, collectively, RC IV ICW, the Company and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

Company Group Member” means any member of the Company Group.

Company Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, condition, circumstance, occurrence or effect that (a) has, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition, business, or results of operations of the Company Group Members, taken as a whole or (b) would prevent,

 

2


materially delay or materially impede the ability of any of the Company Group Members to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Ancillary Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided, however, that for purposes of clause (a), any change, event, condition, circumstance, occurrence or effect to the extent arising from or related to the following shall not be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (i) conditions affecting the United Kingdom economy (or the economy of any other geographic region where any Company Group Member conducts business) or any foreign economy generally, (ii) any national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United Kingdom in hostilities whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any civil unrest or military or terrorist attack upon the United Kingdom, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United Kingdom, (iii) changes to financial, banking or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any publicly-traded security or any market index), (iv) any changes in weather, meteorological conditions or climate, outbreaks of disease or the occurrence of any natural disasters (including hurricanes, storms, tornados, flooding, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, wildfires or similar occurrences) affecting the business of the Company Group Members, (v) changes in accounting requirements or principles (including UK GAAP) after the date of this Agreement, (vi) changes in any laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental Entity after the date of this Agreement, (vii) any change that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which the Company Group Members operate, (viii) any change in the price or availability of oil, gasoline, commodities or raw materials, (ix) any failure by Shine to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions for any period ending on or after the date of this Agreement (it being understood that the facts or occurrences giving rise to such failure may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect so long as such facts or occurrences are not otherwise excluded by the other clauses hereof), (x) the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic or the related responses of Governmental Entities with respect thereto or (xi) the taking of any action expressly contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Ancillary Documents (other than the obligation to act in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice as required by, and subject to, Section 5.1), including the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided, further, that with respect to a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (x) such matter shall only be excluded to the extent that such matter does not have a disproportionate effect on any of the Company Group Members relative to other entities operating businesses substantially similar to the business of the relevant Company Group Members, as applicable.

Confidentiality Agreement” means the confidentiality agreement, dated as of May 7, 2020, by and between RC Driven Holdings LLC and RC IV ICW.

DLLCA” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended.

Driven” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Driven Group” means Driven and each of its Subsidiaries.

Driven Group Member” means any member of the Driven Group.

 

3


Driven LLCA” means that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of Driven, dated as of April 17, 2015, as amended or restated from time to time.

Driven Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, condition, circumstance, occurrence or effect that (a) has, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition, business, or results of operations of the Driven Group Members, taken as a whole or (b) would prevent, materially delay or materially impede the ability of any of the Driven Group Members to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Ancillary Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided, however, that for purposes of clause (a), any change, event, condition, circumstance, occurrence or effect to the extent arising from or related to the following shall not be taken into account in determining whether a Driven Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (i) conditions affecting the United States economy (or the economy of any other geographic region where any Driven Group Member conducts business) or any foreign economy generally, (ii) any national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any civil unrest or military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States, (iii) changes to financial, banking or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any publicly-traded security or any market index), (iv) any changes in weather, meteorological conditions or climate, outbreaks of disease or the occurrence of any natural disasters (including hurricanes, storms, tornados, flooding, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, wildfires or similar occurrences) affecting the business of the Driven Group Members, (v) changes in accounting requirements or principles (including US GAAP) after the date of this Agreement, (vi) changes in any laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental Entity after the date of this Agreement, (vii) any change that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which the Driven Group Members operate, (viii) any change in the price or availability of oil, gasoline, commodities or raw materials, (ix) any failure by Driven to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions for any period ending on or after the date of this Agreement (it being understood that the facts or occurrences giving rise to such failure may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Driven Material Adverse Effect so long as such facts or occurrences are not otherwise excluded by the other clauses hereof), (x) the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic or the related responses of Governmental Entities with respect thereto or (xi) the taking of any action expressly contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Ancillary Documents (other than the obligation to act in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice as required by, and subject to, Section 5.1), including the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided, further, that with respect to a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (x) such matter shall only be excluded to the extent that such matter does not have a disproportionate effect on any of the Driven Group Members relative to other entities operating businesses substantially similar to the business of the relevant Driven Group Members.

Driven Release” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(b).

Driven Releasees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(b).

 

4


Driven Releasors” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(b).

Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

equity security” means (a) any shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, (b) any ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation, including membership interests and partnership interests, (c) any warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities, subscriptions, rights (including any preemptive or similar rights), calls or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing and (d) any other rights that derive their value from any of the foregoing, including stock appreciation rights, phantom equity rights and profits interests.

Framework Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Governing Documents” means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs. The “Governing Documents” of a corporation are its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the “Governing Documents” of a limited partnership are its limited partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, the “Governing Documents” of a Delaware limited liability company are its operating agreement and certificate of formation and the “Governing Documents” of a Cayman Islands limited liability company are its limited liability company agreement and certificate of registration.

Governmental Entity” means any United States, United Kingdom, Cayman Islands or other (i) federal, state, local, municipal or other government, (ii) governmental or quasi-governmental entity of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal), (iii) governmental body exercising any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, regulatory, or taxing authority or power or (iv) arbitral tribunal having valid authority with respect to the matter in question.

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ICW Restructuring” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Insurance Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(b).

Liability” means any liability, debt, obligation, loss, damage, claim, cost or expense.

Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Merger Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Merger Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Outside Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(d).

 

5


Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, unincorporated organization or association, trust, joint venture, association or other similar entity, whether or not a legal entity or a Governmental Entity.

Plan of Merger” means the written plan of merger referred to in Section 46(3) of the Cayman LLC Law, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

RC IV ICW” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

RC IV ICW Release” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(a).

RC IV ICW Releasees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(a).

RC IV ICW Releasors” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16(a).

Reverse Confidentiality Agreement” means the confidentiality agreement, dated as of June 8, 2020, by and between RC Driven Holdings LLC and Shine.

Roark Fund” means each of Roark Capital Partners III LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Roark Capital Partners IV LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Roark Fund LPAC” means, with respect to each Roark Fund, the limited partner advisory committee of such Roark Fund.

Schedules” means the disclosure schedules delivered concurrently with the execution of this Agreement.

Shine” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Shine Superpreference Shares” means the preference shares of even name in the share capital of Shine having the rights and entitlements as described in its articles of association.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity in which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or other equity or ownership interests, the holder of which is generally entitled to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such legal entity. The term “Subsidiary” shall include all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary.

Surviving Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Tax” means any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, real property gains, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, environmental (under Section 59A of the Code), customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee, withholding or other tax, of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalties or additions to tax in respect of the foregoing (whether disputed or not).

 

6


Tax Return” means any return, statement, schedule, declaration, report, claim for refund, elections, disclosures, estimates, information return or other document (including any related or supporting schedule, statement or information and including any amendment thereof) filed or required to be filed in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax of any party or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.

Transaction Documents” means the agreements, documents, instruments, and/or certificates contemplated by this Agreement to be executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Transfer Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury, as amended.

UK GAAP” means United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles.

US GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Waived 280G Benefits” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.

ARTICLE 2

THE MERGER

Section 2.1    Merger. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and on the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, at the Closing, the Company shall merge with and into Driven in accordance with the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law (the “Merger”), and the separate existence of the Company shall cease and Driven shall continue as the surviving entity of the Merger (the “Surviving Entity”) and shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of the Company in accordance with the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law.

Section 2.2    Closing of the Merger. The closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the second (2nd) Business Day after satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Article 6 (not including conditions which are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction of such conditions on the Closing Date or waiver by the party entitled to waive such conditions) or, if later, the second (2nd) Business Day following expiry of the Driven Offer (as defined in the Framework Agreement), at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, unless another time, date or place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The “Closing Date” shall be the date on which the Closing is consummated.

Section 2.3    Effective Time. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the parties hereto shall cause those documents required to be filed by the applicable provisions of the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law with respect to the Merger, including the Plan of Merger and accompanying declarations and all attachments thereto (together, the “Merger Documents”), to be properly executed and filed with the Secretary of State

 

7


of the State of Delaware and the Cayman Islands Registrar of Limited Liability Companies in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law, and shall take all such other actions as may be required by applicable law to make the Merger effective as promptly as practicable. The Merger shall become effective at the time that the Plan of Merger is registered by each of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Cayman Islands Registrar of Limited Liability Companies or at such later date and time permitted by the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law, as applicable, as may be agreed to by the parties and specified in the Merger Documents (the “Effective Time”).

Section 2.4    Effects of the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement, the Merger Documents and the applicable provisions of the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company shall vest in the Surviving Entity, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions, disabilities and duties of the Company shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions, disabilities and duties of the Surviving Entity.

Section 2.5    Governing DocumentsIn accordance with Section 18-2019(f) of the DLLCA, at the Effective Time and without any action on the part of any Person, the limited liability company agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C shall be adopted as the limited liability company agreement of the Surviving Entity in effect as of and immediately following the Effective Time.

Section 2.6    Managers and Officers of the Surviving Entity. The Persons set forth on Exhibit A shall be the initial manager and officers (as applicable) of the Surviving Entity, each to hold office in accordance with the Surviving Entity’s Governing Documents until such Person’s successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Section 2.7    Effect of the Merger on the Equity Securities of the Merging Entities.

(a)    Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of any holder of equity securities thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, (i) all of the limited liability company interests in the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished and be exchanged and converted into 208,195.27 Class A Common Units of Driven, which number of Class A Common Units is subject to adjustment pursuant to clause 3.3 and/or clause 3.5 of the Framework Agreement (the “Merger Consideration”); provided, that in the event that either the Company, Shine or Driven issues any equity securities following the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration shall be equitably adjusted to reflect the increased total number of Shine equity securities or Driven equity securities (as applicable) issued during such period, and (ii) each limited liability company interest in Driven outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically convert into one limited liability company interest in the Surviving Entity.

(b)    No Further Ownership Rights in Equity Securities of the Company. The consideration paid in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been paid in full

 

8


satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the equity securities of the Company in issue immediately prior to the Effective Time, and, from and after the Effective Time, the holders of equity securities of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to their equity securities of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement and by the DLLCA and the Cayman LLC Law. At and after the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the surviving entity of the equity securities of the Company in issue immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 2.8    Additional Actions. If, at any time after the Effective Time, the Surviving Entity shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances or any other actions or things are reasonably necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the Surviving Entity its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets of the parties to the Merger or otherwise to carry out this Agreement, the officers of the Surviving Entity shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the parties to the Merger, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to take and do, in the name and on behalf of the parties to the Merger, all such other actions and things as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm any and all right, title and interest in, to and under such rights, properties or assets in the Surviving Entity or otherwise to carry out this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RC IV ICW AND THE COMPANY

RC IV ICW and the Company hereby represent and warrant on a joint and several basis to Driven as follows:

Section 3.1    Organization and Qualification.

(a)    Each of RC IV ICW and the Company is a limited liability company duly organized or registered, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Each of RC IV ICW and the Company has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its material properties and to carry on its businesses as presently conducted.

(b)    Each of RC IV ICW and the Company is qualified or licensed to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the property and assets currently owned, leased or operated by it, or the nature of the business currently conducted by it, makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2    Authority. Each of RC IV ICW and the Company has the requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, is (or will be) a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, is (or will be) a party and the performance by RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary

 

9


organizational action on the part of RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable. This Agreement has been (and each of the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, will be a party will be at or prior to the Closing) duly executed and delivered by RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, and constitutes (or, in the case of the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, is (or will be) a party, will constitute when executed) a valid, legal and binding agreement of RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable (assuming that this Agreement has been and the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, is (or will be) a party are or will be duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other Persons party thereto at or prior to the Closing), enforceable against RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding thereof may be brought.

Section 3.3    Capitalization.

(a)    Schedule 3.3 sets forth, as of the date hereof, the aggregate number of issued and outstanding equity securities of RC IV ICW and the Company. As of the date hereof, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of RC IV ICW and the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3 and as provided in each of RC IV ICW’s and Company’s respective Governing Documents, as of the date hereof, there are no (i) other equity securities of RC IV ICW or the Company issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding, (ii) obligations of RC IV ICW or the Company to issue any equity securities, (iii) outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profits interests or similar rights with respect to the equity securities of RC IV ICW or the Company and (iv) outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness the holders of which have the right to vote (or are convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire securities having the right to vote) with any holder of equity securities of RC IV ICW or the Company on any matter. Except as provided in RC IV ICW’s or the Company’s respective Governing Documents, no Person has any right of first offer, right of first refusal or preemptive right in connection with any future offer, sale or issuance of equity securities of RC IV ICW or the Company.

(b)    The Company was formed solely for the purpose of holding equity securities of Shine and prior to the Effective Time will have engaged in no other business activities and will have no assets, liabilities or obligations of any nature other than (i) as expressly contemplated herein or in any other Ancillary Document and (ii) liabilities and obligations incidental to its formation and the maintenance of its existence.

Section 3.4    Consents and Approvals; No Violations. Assuming the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties of Driven set forth in Article 4, no notices to, filings with, or authorizations, consents or approvals of any Person or Governmental Entity are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by any Company Group Member of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company is (or will be) a party or the consummation by RC IV ICW or the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for (i) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act and any other applicable antitrust

 

10


laws, (ii) the filing of the Merger Documents for the Merger, (iii) those the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (iv) those that may be required solely by reason of Driven’s (as opposed to any other third party’s) participation in the transactions contemplated hereby, (v) the approval of the managing member of each of RC IV ICW and the Company to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby that have been obtained prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement or (vi) applicable requirements, if any, of federal securities laws or state “blue sky” laws. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by RC IV ICW or the Company of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to which RC IV ICW or the Company is (or will be) a party nor the consummation by RC IV ICW or the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does (or will) (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of any Company Group Member’s Governing Documents, (b) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, law, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over any Company Group Member or any of their respective properties or assets, or (c) except as contemplated by this Agreement, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets of any Company Group Member, which in the case of any of clauses (b) through (c) above, would prevent or materially delay the Closing.

Section 3.5    Taxes.

(a)    Each of the Company and RC IV ICW has timely prepared and filed (or has had so prepared and filed on its behalf) with the appropriate taxing authorities all material Tax Returns required to be filed with respect to the Company or RC IV ICW, as applicable, and has timely paid (or has had paid on its behalf), except for those Taxes being disputed in good faith or for which adequate reserves have been established in the respective books and records of the Company or RC IV ICW in accordance with UK GAAP, all material Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), including Taxes the Company or RC IV ICW, as applicable, is obligated to withhold.

(b)    All Tax Returns filed with respect to each of the Company and RC IV ICW are true, complete and correct in all material respects.

(c)    Neither the Company nor RC IV ICW is currently the subject of a Tax audit, examination or other proceeding by any taxing authority that would reasonably be expected to result in liability for a material amount of Taxes.

(d)    Neither the Company nor RC IV ICW has consented to extend the time, or is the beneficiary of any extension of time, in which any material Tax may be assessed or collected by any taxing authority (other than any extension which is no longer in effect), and no request for any such extension is currently pending.

(e)    The Company is and has at all times since its formation been properly classified as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes. As of the date hereof and at all times since its formation, RC IV ICW is and has been properly classified as a partnership for U.S. federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes. Following the ICW Restructuring, RC IV ICW shall be properly classified as a disregarded entity, or as a partnership, for U.S. federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes.

 

11


EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 3 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT (IN EACH CASE, AS MODIFIED BY THE SCHEDULES), NO COMPANY GROUP MEMBER MAKES AND NO COMPANY GROUP MEMBER HAS MADE OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF RC IV ICW AND THE COMPANY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO DRIVEN OR ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MANAGERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA), INCLUDING AS TO THE CONDITION, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE COMPANY GROUP MEMBERS’ BUSINESSES OR THEIR ASSETS, AND EACH COMPANY GROUP MEMBER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, USAGE, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE COMPANY GROUP MEMBERS’ ASSETS, ANY PART THEREOF, THE WORKMANSHIP THEREOF, AND THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, WHETHER LATENT OR PATENT, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT SUCH SUBJECT ASSETS ARE BEING ACQUIRED “AS IS, WHERE IS” ON THE CLOSING DATE, AND IN THEIR PRESENT CONDITION, AND DRIVEN SHALL RELY SOLELY ON ITS OWN EXAMINATION AND INVESTIGATION THEREOF AS WELL AS THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RC IV ICW AND THE COMPANY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 3 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND RC IV ICW AND SHINE SET FORTH IN THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DRIVEN

Driven hereby represents and warrants to RC IV ICW and the Company as follows:

Section 4.1    Organization.

(a)    Driven is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, except where the failure to have such power or authority would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)    Driven is qualified or licensed to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the property and assets currently owned, leased or operated by it, or the nature of the business currently conducted by it, makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Driven Material Adverse Effect.

 

12


Section 4.2    Authority. Driven has the requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to which it is (or will be) a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to which Driven is (or will be) a party and the performance by Driven of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been (or with respect to the Ancillary Documents to which Driven will be a party at or prior to the Closing) duly authorized by all necessary organizational action on the part of Driven and no other proceeding (including by their respective equityholders) on the part of Driven is necessary to authorize this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to which is (or will be) parties or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been (and the Ancillary Documents to which Driven is party will be at or prior to the Closing) duly executed and delivered by Driven and constitutes (or, in the case of the Ancillary Documents, will constitute when executed) a valid, legal and binding agreement of Driven (assuming that this Agreement has been and the Ancillary Documents to which Driven is (or will be) party, are or will be duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other Persons party thereto at or prior to the Closing), enforceable against Driven in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding thereof may be brought.

Section 4.3    Capitalization. Schedule 4.3 sets forth, as of the date hereof, the aggregate number of issued and outstanding equity securities of Driven. As of the date hereof, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Driven are duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable. There is a sufficient amount of equity securities of Driven authorized to allow Driven to issue all of the Merger Consideration. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 and as provided in the Governing Documents of Driven, as of the date hereof, there are no (i) other equity securities of Driven issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding, (ii) obligations of Driven to issue any equity securities, (iii) outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profits interests or similar rights with respect to the equity securities of Driven and (iv) outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness the holders of which have the right to vote (or are convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire securities having the right to vote) with the equityholders of Driven on any matter. Except as provided in the Governing Documents of Driven, no Person has any right of first offer, right of first refusal or preemptive right in connection with any future offer, sale or issuance of equity securities of Driven.

Section 4.4    Consents and Approvals; No Violations. Assuming the truth and accuracy of RC IV ICW’s and the Company’s representations and warranties set forth in Article 3, no notices to, filings with, or authorizations, consents or approvals of any Person or Governmental Entity are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by Driven of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to which Driven is a party or the consummation by Driven of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for (i) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act and any other applicable antitrust laws, (ii) those which have been obtained on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) the approval of Sponsor (as defined in the Driven LLCA) (iv) applicable requirements, if any, of federal securities laws or state “blue sky” laws. Assuming the truth and accuracy of the Company’s representations and warranties set forth in Article 3, neither the execution, delivery or performance by Driven of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to

 

13


which Driven is (or will be) a party nor the consummation by Driven of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does (or will) (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of Driven’s Governing Documents, (b) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Driven is a party or by which Driven or any of its properties or assets may be bound, or (c) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, law, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity applicable to Driven or any of its properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, for violations which would not prevent or materially delay the Closing.

Section 4.5    Taxes. As of the date hereof and at all times since its formation, Driven is and has properly been classified as a partnership for U.S. federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes.

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 4 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT (IN EACH CASE, AS MODIFIED BY THE SCHEDULES), NO DRIVEN GROUP MEMBER MAKES AND NO DRIVEN GROUP MEMBER HAS MADE OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. DRIVEN, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EVERY OTHER DRIVEN GROUP MEMBER, EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO RC IV ICW OR THE COMPANY OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MANAGERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA), INCLUDING AS TO THE CONDITION, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE DRIVEN GROUP MEMBERS’ BUSINESSES OR THEIR ASSETS, AND DRIVEN, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EVERY OTHER DRIVEN GROUP MEMBER, SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, USAGE, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE DRIVEN GROUP MEMBERS’ ASSETS, ANY PART THEREOF, THE WORKMANSHIP THEREOF, AND THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, WHETHER LATENT OR PATENT, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT SUCH SUBJECT ASSETS ARE BEING ACQUIRED “AS IS, WHERE IS” ON THE CLOSING DATE, AND IN THEIR PRESENT CONDITION, AND EACH OF RC IV ICW AND THE COMPANY SHALL RELY SOLELY ON ITS OWN EXAMINATION AND INVESTIGATION THEREOF AS WELL AS THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DRIVEN SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 4 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT.

 

14


ARTICLE 5

COVENANTS

Section 5.1    Conduct of Business of Shine. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, from and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall and shall cause each other Company Group Member to, except as consented to in writing by Driven (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (a) conduct its business in all material respects in the ordinary course consistent with past practice (including any conduct that is reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto) (which ordinary course of business consistent with past practices shall include the acquisition and sale-leaseback transactions set forth on Schedule 5.1, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the conduct of such acquired businesses); provided, that during any period of full or partial suspension of operations related to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, Shine may, in connection with the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, take such actions as are reasonably necessary (i) to protect the health and safety of the Company Group Members’ employees and other individuals having business dealings with the Company Group Members or (ii) to respond to third-party supply or service disruptions caused by the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic; provided, further, that following any such suspension, to the extent that Company Group Members took any actions pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso that caused deviations from its business being conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, to resume conducting its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects as soon as reasonably practicable, (b) not make or declare any dividend or distribution in respect of its equity securities, except dividends and distributions by a Company Group Member to any other Company Group Member, (c) not incur, or become obligated to incur, any stay bonuses, retention agreements, guaranteed cash payments or similar payments and (d) not issue any new securities (other than (i) as consented to in writing by Driven (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (ii) any issuance and allotment of Shine securities pursuant to the exercise of any rights under and in accordance with the Shine Stock Option Plan (as defined in the Framework Agreement)).

Section 5.2    Conduct of Business of Driven. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, from and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, Driven shall and shall cause each other Driven Group Member to, except as consented to in writing by the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (a) conduct its business in all material respects in the ordinary course consistent with past practice (including any conduct that is reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto) (which ordinary course of business consistent with past practices shall include any acquisitions consistent with the current business of the Driven Group Members (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), any indebtedness incurred in connection therewith and the conduct of such acquired business); provided, that during any period of full or partial suspension of operations related to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, Driven may, in connection with the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, take such actions as are reasonably necessary (i) to protect the health and safety of the Driven Group Members’ employees and other individuals having business dealings with the Driven Group Members or (ii) to respond to third-party supply or service disruptions caused by the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic; provided, further, that following any such suspension, to the extent that Driven Group Members took any actions pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso that caused deviations from its

 

15


business being conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, to resume conducting its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects as soon as reasonably practicable, (b) not make or declare any dividend or distribution in respect of its equity securities, except dividends and distributions by a Driven Group Member to any other Driven Group Member, (c) not incur, or become obligated to incur, any stay bonuses, retention agreements, guaranteed cash payments or similar payments and (d) not issue any new securities (other than as consented to in writing by RC IV ICW (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)).

Section 5.3    Tax Matters.

(a)    The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and state and local Tax purposes, as applicable), that the transactions contemplated hereby are intended to be treated as a contribution of equity securities in Shine to Driven in exchange for the Merger Consideration in a transaction described in Section 721(a) of the Code. The parties shall file their U.S. federal, state and local Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing unless otherwise required by a change in law after the date hereof or a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code.

(b)    Prior to the Closing, Driven shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and sworn under penalty of perjury, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-11T(d)(2) certifying that fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the gross assets of Driven does not consist of “U.S. real property interests” (as used in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-11T), or that ninety percent (90%) or more of the value of the gross assets of Driven does not consist of “U.S. real property interests” plus “cash or cash equivalents” (as used in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-11T).

(c)    Prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Driven a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and sworn under penalty of perjury, in the form of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c), certifying that Shine is not a United States real property holding corporation and a notice to be mailed (together with a copy of the certificate) to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

Section 5.4    Access to Information. From and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, each party hereto shall provide to each other party hereto and its authorized representatives during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice reasonable access to all books and records of such party (in a manner so as to not interfere with the normal business operations of such party). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each party hereto may restrict the foregoing access and shall not be required to provide any information or access (a) that such party reasonably believes could violate applicable Law, rules or regulations or the terms of any applicable agreement (including confidentiality obligations) or cause forfeiture of attorney/client privilege or an attorney work-product privilege or (b) in the event any applicable Governmental Entity restricts or advises against providing physical access due to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic (in which case each party acknowledges that electronic copies of such books and records shall suffice). The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the Reverse Confidentiality Agreement, as applicable, shall apply to any information provided pursuant to this Section 5.4.

 

16


Section 5.5    Efforts to Consummate.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of the Company and Driven shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including (i) the satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in Article 6, (ii) delivery at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date of the redemption notice, and any instruments in connection therewith, with respect to the right of Shine to elect to redeem all Shine Superpreference Shares that are outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, the articles of association of Shine and the other Governing Documents of Shine and (iii) consummation of the ICW Restructuring). Each of the Company and Driven shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain consents of all Governmental Entities necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party hereto shall make an appropriate filing, if necessary, pursuant to the HSR Act and any applicable foreign antitrust or competition laws with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement promptly (and in any event, within three (3) Business Days in connection with any filings required pursuant to the HSR Act) after the date of this Agreement (and such filing shall request “early termination” of any applicable waiting periods), and shall supply as promptly as practicable to the appropriate Governmental Entities any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR Act and any foreign antitrust or competition laws. Each of the Company and Driven agrees to promptly take all actions that are necessary or reasonably advisable or as may be required by any Governmental Entity to expeditiously consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any party hereto be required to take any of the following actions: (i) selling, licensing or otherwise disposing of, or holding separate and agreeing to sell, license or otherwise dispose of, any entities, assets or facilities, (ii) terminating, amending or assigning existing relationships or contractual rights or obligations or (iii) amending, assigning or terminating existing licenses or other agreements or entering into such new licenses or other agreements.

(b)    Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Driven Group Member or any Company Group Member or permit any Company Group Member (without the prior consent of Driven) to litigate with any Governmental Entity or any other Person regarding the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c)    Each party hereto shall promptly notify the other parties hereto of any communication it or its Affiliates receives from any Governmental Entity relating to the matters that are the subject of this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by law, permit the other parties hereto to review in advance any proposed communication by it to any Governmental Entity. No party hereto shall agree to participate in any meeting with any Governmental Entity in respect of any filings, investigation or other inquiry unless it consults with the other parties hereto in advance or is otherwise required by law and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Entity, gives the other parties hereto the opportunity to attend and participate at such meeting. Each party hereto

 

17


will provide the other parties hereto with copies of all material correspondence, filings or communications between it or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity or members of its staff, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In addition, subject to applicable law, the parties hereto shall consult and cooperate with each other in advance in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, and proposals made or submitted to any Governmental Entity regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by or on behalf of any party hereto.

Section 5.6    Indemnification; Directors and Officers Insurance.

(a)    Each of Driven and the Company agrees that all rights to indemnification or exculpation now existing in favor of the directors, managers, officers, employees and agents of (i) the Company, (ii) Driven and (iii) each Company Group Member, as provided in such entity’s Governing Documents or otherwise in effect as of the date hereof with respect to any matters occurring prior to the Closing Date, shall survive the Closing and shall continue in full force and effect and that such entity will perform and discharge such entity’s obligations to provide such indemnity and exculpation after the Closing. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, such indemnification shall be mandatory rather than permissive, and Driven shall cause the applicable Company Group Member to advance expenses in connection with such indemnification as provided in such Company Group Member’s Governing Documents or other applicable agreements. The indemnification and liability limitation or exculpation provisions of the Company Group Members’ Governing Documents shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified after the Effective Time in any manner that would be less favorable than the rights currently set forth therein of individuals who, as of the Closing Date or at any time prior to the Closing Date, were directors, officers, employees or agents of any Company Group Member, unless such modification is required by applicable law.

(b)    Driven shall purchase through an insurance broker designated by Driven (in its sole discretion) and maintain in effect beginning on the Closing and for a period of six years thereafter without any lapses in coverage, “tail” policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the benefit of those Persons who are covered by any Company Group Member’s or Driven Group Member’s, as applicable, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies as of the date hereof or at the Closing with respect to matters occurring prior to the Closing; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each such policy, Driven shall not be required to pay more than 300% of the most recent aggregate annual premiums paid by Shine or Driven, as applicable, for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage maintained by the Company Group Members or Driven Group Members, as applicable, as of the date hereof (with respect to each such policy, the “Insurance Cap”). Each such policy shall provide coverage that is at least equal to the coverage provided under the Company Group Members’ or the Driven Group Members’, as applicable, current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; provided, that, in each case, Driven may substitute therefor policies of at least the same coverage containing terms and conditions which are no less advantageous to the beneficiaries thereof so long as such substitution does not result in gaps or lapses in coverage with respect to matters occurring prior to the Closing Date; provided, further, that, with respect to each policy, if such policy is not available at a cost not greater than the Insurance Cap for such policy, then Driven shall obtain as much coverage as is possible under substantially similar policies at a cost up to, but not to exceed, such Insurance Cap.

 

18


(c)    The directors, officers, employees and agents of each Company Group Member entitled to the indemnification, liability limitation, exculpation and insurance set forth in this Section 5.6 are intended to be third party beneficiaries of this Section 5.6. This Section 5.6 shall survive the Closing and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of Driven.

Section 5.7    Transfer Taxes. Driven shall be liable for, and shall pay, in a due and timely manner any sales, use, value added, documentary, stamp duty, gross receipts, registration, transfer, transfer gain, conveyance, excise, recording, license and other similar Taxes (“Transfer Taxes”) arising out of or in connection with or attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Driven shall prepare all Tax Returns in respect of Transfer Taxes and the other parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in the preparation and filing of such returns.

Section 5.8    No Public Disclosure.Prior to the Closing, no press release or public announcement related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall be issued or made by any party hereto (nor will any party permit any of its advisors or Affiliates to do any thereof) without the prior approval of Driven and RC IV ICW; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) press releases or public announcements which, in the reasonable opinion of counsel, are required by applicable law, in which case Driven and RC IV ICW, as the case may be, shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such press release, announcement or communication prior to its issuance, distribution or publication, (b) disclosure made in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (c) customary disclosures by any party hereto or any Affiliate thereof which is a private equity or other investment fund to its investors or potential investors who are subject to customary confidentiality restrictions.

Section 5.9    Section 280G Approval. The Company shall, or shall cause Shine to, as soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement and in no event later than 10 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, (i) use its reasonable best efforts to secure from each Person who has a right to any payments or benefits or potential right to any payments or benefits that would be deemed to constitute “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) a waiver, subject to the approval described in clause (ii), of such Person’s rights to all of such parachute payments that are equal to or in excess of three times such Person’s “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) less one dollar (the “Waived 280G Benefits”) and (ii) solicit the approval of the stockholders of Shine, to the extent and in the manner required under Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Waived 280G Benefits. No later than five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall, or shall cause Shine to, deliver to Driven (and to Driven’s legal counsel) a written certification that either (A) the requisite vote was obtained with respect to the Waived 280G Benefits (the “280G Approval”) or (B) the 280G Approval was not obtained and, as a consequence, any Waived 280G Benefits have not been and shall not be made or provided, and any previously paid or provided Waived 280G Benefits shall be returned or recovered. Not less than three Business Days prior to distributing any material relating to such vote (including any waivers,

 

19


consents or disclosure statements), the Company shall, or shall cause Shine to, provide Driven with drafts of such materials (which shall be subject to Driven’s reasonable review and comment) along with its analysis under Section 280G of the Code. Nothing in this Section 5.9 shall be construed as requiring any specific outcome to the vote described herein.

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

Section 6.1    Conditions to the Obligations of RC IV ICW, the Company and Driven. The obligations of RC IV ICW, the Company and Driven to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction (or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by the party for whose benefit such condition exists) of the following conditions:

(a)    any applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and any other applicable antitrust laws relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or been terminated;

(b)    no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect; and

(c)    each Roark Fund LPAC shall have approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 6.2    Other Conditions to the Obligations of Driven. The obligations of Driven to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by Driven of the following further conditions:

(a)    each of the representations and warranties of RC IV ICW and the Company set forth in Article 3 hereof shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to any limitation indicated by the words “Company Material Adverse Effect,” “in all material respects,” “in any material respect,” “material” or “materially” and other similar phrases) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing, as though made as of such time, except (i) to the extent such representations and warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall be true and correct as of the specified date and (ii) to the extent that the facts, events and circumstances that cause such representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 to not be true and correct as of such dates have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    each of the representations and warranties set forth on Annex 3 of the Framework Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to any limitation indicated by the words “in all material respects,” “in any material respect,” “material” or “materially” and other similar phrases) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing, as though made as of such time, except (i) to the extent such representations and warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall be true and correct as of the specified date and (ii) to the extent that the facts, events and circumstances that

 

20


cause such representations and warranties set forth on Annex 3 of the Framework Agreement to not be true and correct as of such dates have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    RC IV ICW and the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by RC IV ICW and the Company under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date;

(d)    RC IV ICW, the Company and Shine shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by RC IV ICW, the Company or Shine, as applicable, under the Framework Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date; and

(e)    since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.3    Other Conditions to the Obligations of RC IV ICW and the Company. The obligations of RC IV ICW and the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by RC IV ICW and the Company of the following further conditions:

(a)    each of the representations and warranties of Driven set forth in Article 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to any limitation indicated by the words “Driven Material Adverse Effect,” “in all material respects,” “in any material respect,” “material” or “materially” and other similar phrases) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing as though made on and as of such time, except to the extent such representations and warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the specified date, in each case, except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct has not had and would not be reasonably expected to have a Driven Material Adverse Effect and

(b)    each of the representations and warranties set forth on Annex 4 of the Framework Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (without giving effect to any limitation indicated by the words “in all material respects,” “in any material respect,” “material” or “materially” and other similar phrases) as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Closing, as though made as of such time, except (i) to the extent such representations and warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall be true and correct as of the specified date and (ii) to the extent that the facts, events and circumstances that cause such representations and warranties set forth on Annex 4 of the Framework Agreement to not be true and correct as of such dates have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Driven Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    Driven shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

21


(d)    Driven shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by it under the Framework Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date; and

(e)    since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any Driven Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.4    Frustration of Closing Conditions. No party hereto may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article 6 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such party’s failure to use reasonable best efforts to cause the Closing to occur, as required by (and subject to the limitations of) Section 5.5.

ARTICLE 7

NO SURVIVAL

Section 7.1    No Survival. None of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered hereunder, including any rights arising out of any inaccuracy or breach of such representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements, shall survive the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, except for those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms are to be performed by a party after the Closing, but only to the extent such covenants and agreements are to be performed after the Closing; provided, that nothing in this Section 7.1 shall be construed to modify, limit or supersede Section 8.3.

Section 7.2    No Liability. Without limiting the foregoing Section 7.1 and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Transaction Document to the contrary, none of RC IV ICW, the Company or Driven and their respective Affiliates, including after the Closing, the Surviving Entity, shall have any recourse under this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement or any Transaction Document in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents against, and no liability of any nature in respect of the obligations of any party under this Agreement or any Transaction Document shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by, any equityholder of the Company or Driven or any of their respective past, present or future Affiliates, owners, managers, members, general or limited partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives, whether pursuant to any legal action, the enforcement of any assessment or by virtue of any applicable law.

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

Section 8.1    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)    by mutual written consent of Driven and the Company;

(b)    by Driven, if any of the representations or warranties of RC IV ICW or the Company set forth in Article 3 shall not be true and correct or if the Company has failed to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement of the Company set forth in this Agreement (including

 

22


an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in Section 6.2(a) or Section 6.2(b) would not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof is delivered to the Company; provided, that Driven shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) if Driven is then in material violation or breach of any of its covenants, obligations, representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement;

(c)    by the Company, if any of the representations or warranties of Driven set forth in Article 4 shall not be true and correct or if Driven has failed to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement on the part of Driven set forth in this Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof is delivered to Driven; provided, that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) if the Company is then in material violation or breach of any of its covenants, obligations, representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement;

(d)    by Driven, if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or prior to January 6, 2021 (the “Outside Date”); provided, however, that Driven may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(d) if the failure to consummate the Merger on or before the Outside Date is the result of a breach by Driven of its representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this Agreement;

(e)    by the Company or Shine, if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or prior to the Outside Date; provided, however, that neither the Company nor Shine may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(e) if the failure to effect the Merger on or before the Outside Date is the result of a breach by RC IV ICW or the Company of either of their respective representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this Agreement; or

(f)    by the Company or Driven, if any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree or ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided, that the party hereto seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(f) shall have complied in all material respects with its obligations and covenants under this Agreement in seeking to remove such order, decree, ruling, judgment or injunction.

Section 8.2    Notice of Termination. Any party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 shall give written notice of such termination to the other parties to this Agreement.

Section 8.3    Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, this entire Agreement shall forthwith become void (and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of RC IV ICW, the Company or Driven or their respective officers, directors or equityholders) with the exception of the provisions of this Section 8.3 and Article 9; provided, however, that no party hereto will be relieved of any liability for any willful

 

23


breach of this Agreement prior to such termination. For purposes of this Section 8.3, “willful breach” shall mean an action or omission taken or omitted to be taken that the breaching party intentionally takes (or fails to take) and knows would, or would reasonably be expected to, cause a material breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1    Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the Framework Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and none of the parties hereto are relying on any such prior agreements or understandings. Each of the parties hereto has relied on the results of its own independent investigation and verification and the representations and warranties, covenants and other agreements of the other parties hereto expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement and the Framework Agreement or any exhibit, schedule or certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Framework Agreement. Such representations and warranties constitute the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and each of the parties hereto understands, acknowledges and agrees that all other representations and warranties of any kind or nature expressed or implied are specifically disclaimed by the parties hereto and have not relied, and are not relying, on any such other representations and warranties. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of Driven and the Company. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement not in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.1 shall be void ab initio.

Section 9.2    Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, E-mail (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other parties hereto as follows:

To Driven, the Surviving Company or to the Company (after the Closing):

c/o Driven Investor LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention:        Scott O’Melia

E-mail:            scott.omelia@drivenbrands.com

and

c/o Roark Capital Acquisition LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Attention:        Stephen D. Aronson

E-mail:            sda@roarkcapital.com

 

24


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention:        Jeffrey D. Marell; Sarah Stasny

E-mail:            jmarell@paulweiss.com; sstasny@paulweiss.com

To RC IV ICW or the Company (prior to the Closing):

c/o RC IV Cayman ICW LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Attention:        Paul Ginsberg

E-mail:            pginsberg@roarkcapital.com

and

c/o Roark Capital Acquisition LLC

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Attention:        Stephen D. Aronson

E-mail:            sda@roarkcapital.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

White & Case LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020-1095

Attention:        John Reiss; Patrick Sarch

E-mail:            jreiss@whitecase.com; patrick.sarch@whitecase.com

or to such other address as the Person to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above.

Section 9.3    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 9.4    Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, in the event (i) the Merger is consummated, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, shall be paid by Driven, or (ii) the Closing does not occur, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, shall be paid by the party hereto incurring such fees or expenses.

 

25


Section 9.5    Construction; Interpretation. The term “this Agreement” means this Agreement together with all Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms hereof. The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. No party hereto, nor its respective counsel, shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement for purposes of construing or enforcing the provisions hereof, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Person by virtue of its authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated to the contrary herein by the context or use thereof: (i) the words, “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules and Exhibits, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement; (ii) masculine gender shall also include the feminine and neutral genders, and vice versa; (iii) words importing the singular shall also include the plural, and vice versa; (iv) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (v) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”.

Section 9.6    Time of the Essence; Computation of Time. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including.” Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge of any duty hereunder shall fall upon a day that is not a Business Day, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

Section 9.7    Exhibit and Schedules. All Exhibits and Schedules or other documents expressly incorporated into this Agreement, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full in this Agreement. Any item or matter referenced by a particular section in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been disclosed with respect to every other section in this Agreement if the relevance of such disclosure to such other section is readily apparent.

Section 9.8    Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party and its successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) RC IV ICW, the Company (prior to the Closing) and the holders of equity securities of Shine are third party beneficiaries of Section 7.1 and (ii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of each of the Company, Driven and each Company Group Member, each prior to the Closing, are third party beneficiaries of Section 5.6.

Section 9.9    Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any term or

 

26


other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 9.10    Amendment. Prior to the Closing, subject to applicable law and Section 9.11, this Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Company and Driven. After the Closing, subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended or modified only by written agreement executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Surviving Entity and Driven. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except as provided in the immediately preceding two sentences and any purported amendment by any party or parties hereto effected in a manner which does not comply with this Section 9.10 shall be void.

Section 9.11    Extension; Waiver. The Company may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of Driven contained herein, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Driven contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered by Driven pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance by Driven with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Driven may, at any time, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the Company contained herein, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of RC IV ICW or the Company contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered by RC IV ICW or the Company pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance by the Company with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of any party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.

Section 9.12    Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 9.13    Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties to this Agreement each hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the transactions related hereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity, or otherwise. The parties to this Agreement each hereby agrees and consents that any such claim, demand, action, or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a

 

27


jury and that the parties to this Agreement may file an original counterpart of a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

Section 9.14    Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the parties hereto (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address of the party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 9.2. Nothing in this Section 9.14, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. Each party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

Section 9.15    Waivers; Terminations.

(a)    Recognizing that Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP has acted as legal counsel to the Driven Group Members prior to the Closing, and that Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP intends to act as legal counsel to Driven and its Affiliates (which will include the Driven Group Members) after the Closing, the Company hereby waives, on its own behalf and agrees to cause its Affiliates to waive, any conflicts that may arise in connection with Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP representing Driven and its Affiliates after the Closing to the extent such representation relates to any Company Group Member or the transactions contemplated herein (including in respect of litigation). In addition, all communications involving attorney-client confidences between Driven or the Driven Group Members and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP in the course of the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be attorney-client confidences that belong solely to Driven or the Driven Group Members (and not the Company or the Company Group Members). Accordingly, the Company Group Members shall not have access to the files of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP relating to its engagement, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon and after the Closing, (i) Driven shall be the sole holders of the attorney-client privilege with respect to such engagement, and none of the Company Group Members shall be a holder thereof, (ii) to the extent that files of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP in respect of such engagement constitute property of the client, only Driven (and not the Driven Group Members) shall hold such property rights and (iii) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP shall have no duty whatsoever to reveal or disclose any such attorney-client communications or files to any of the Driven Group Members by reason of any attorney-client relationship between Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP and any of the Driven Group Members or otherwise, provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Closing, a Driven Group Member may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of any such attorney-client communications or files to any third party (other than the Driven Group Members).

 

28


(b)    Recognizing that White & Case LLP has acted as legal counsel to the Company and the Company Group Members prior to the Closing, and that White & Case LLP intends to act as legal counsel to the Company Group Members and their Affiliates (which will include the Company Group Members) after the Closing, Driven hereby waives, on its own behalf and agrees to cause its Affiliates to waive, any conflicts that may arise in connection with White & Case LLP representing the Company Group Members and their Affiliates after the Closing to the extent such representation relates to any Company Group Member or the transactions contemplated herein (including in respect of litigation). In addition, all communications involving attorney-client confidences between the Company, the Company Group Members or White & Case LLP in the course of the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be attorney-client confidences that belong solely to the Company Group Members (and not the Driven Group Members). Accordingly, the Driven Group Members shall not have access to the files of White & Case LLP relating to its engagement, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon and after the Closing, (i) the Company Group Members shall be the sole holders of the attorney-client privilege with respect to such engagement, and none of the Driven Group Members shall be a holder thereof, (ii) to the extent that files of White & Case LLP in respect of such engagement constitute property of the client, only the Company Group Members (and not the Driven Group Members) shall hold such property rights and (iii) White & Case LLP shall have no duty whatsoever to reveal or disclose any such attorney-client communications or files to any of the Company Group Members by reason of any attorney-client relationship between White & Case LLP and any of Company Group Members or otherwise, provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Closing, a Company Group Member may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of any such attorney-client communications or files to any third party (other than the Driven Group Members).

Section 9.16    Release of Claims.

(a)    Each of RC IV ICW and the Company, for itself and all its equityholders and each of their respective successors, assigns and heirs and all Persons claiming under or through it or any of them (collectively, the “RC IV ICW Releasors”), hereby releases and forever discharges, effective at the Effective Time, without the need for any further action, any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, judgments, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred) of whatsoever kind or nature, whether at law or in equity, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, suspected and unsuspected, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, disclosed and undisclosed, and whether due or to become due, for damages actual and consequential, contingent or liquidated or otherwise, past, present and future that he, she or it ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have against Driven or its past and present parent and subsidiary companies, other equityholders thereof and all of their respective current and former directors, officers, partners, members, managers, shareholders, employees, agents, counsel, assigns and Affiliates (collectively, “RC IV ICW Releasees”), whether directly or derivatively, arising contemporaneously with or prior to the consummation of the Merger, or on account of or arising out of any act, omission, transaction, matter, cause or event

 

29


occurring contemporaneously with or up to and including the Effective Time, including, without limitation, (a) any liability arising out of any action of the managing member of RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, related to approval, negotiation or evaluation of the Merger and adoption of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, (b) any liability arising from or relating to RC IV ICW or the Company or their respective business, operations, assets or liabilities, (c) any liability arising from or relating to the equity securities of RC IV ICW or the Company, (d) any liability arising from or relating to any and all agreements and obligations relating to RC IV ICW or the Company, as applicable, entered into or incurred on, prior to or as of the Effective Time, and (e) any liability in respect of any event occurring or circumstances existing on, prior to or as of the Effective Time relating to any of the foregoing matters (the “RC IV ICW Release”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the RC IV ICW Release shall not include any claims, actions, causes of action, proceedings, suits, rights or demands brought by or asserted by any of RC IV ICW Releasors with respect to any of the following, or any liabilities, damages, costs, losses, debts or expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs incurred) arising out of or resulting from any of the following: (i) any rights such RC IV ICW Releasor may have in his, her or its capacity as an employee or consultant of any Company Group Member (which includes without limitation any rights the RC IV ICW Releasor may have under an employment agreement, offer letter or consulting agreement with any Company Group Member), or (ii) the right to the payment of the Merger Consideration. Each of RC IV ICW and the Company, on behalf of itself and the RC IV ICW Releasors, hereby irrevocably (x) covenants to refrain, from and after the Effective Time, from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced, any claim or proceeding of any kind against any RC IV ICW Releasee before any court, administrative agency or other forum by reason of any matters released hereby, and (y) expressly waives the benefit of any statute or rule of law, which, if applied to the RC IV ICW Release, would otherwise exclude from its binding effect any claim not known by the undersigned as of the Effective Time.

(b)    Driven, for itself and all its equityholders and each of their respective successors, assigns and heirs and all Persons claiming under or through it or any of them (collectively, the “Driven Releasors”), hereby releases and forever discharges, effective at the Effective Time, without the need for any further action, any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, judgments, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred) of whatsoever kind or nature, whether at law or in equity, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, suspected and unsuspected, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, disclosed and undisclosed, and whether due or to become due, for damages actual and consequential, contingent or liquidated or otherwise, past, present and future that he, she or it ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have against RC IV ICW or the Company or their respective past and present parent and subsidiary companies, other equityholders thereof and all of their respective current and former directors, officers, partners, members, managers, shareholders, employees, agents, counsel, assigns and Affiliates (collectively, “Driven Releasees”), whether directly or derivatively, arising contemporaneously with or prior to the consummation of the Merger, in each case on account of or arising out of the approval, negotiation or evaluation of the Merger and adoption of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder (the “Driven Release”). Driven, on behalf of itself and the Driven Releasors, hereby irrevocably (x) covenants to refrain, from and after the Effective Time, from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or

 

30


commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced, any claim or proceeding of any kind against any Driven Releasee before any court, administrative agency or other forum by reason of any matters released hereby, and (y) expressly waives the benefit of any statute or rule of law, which, if applied to the Driven Release, would otherwise exclude from its binding effect any claim not known by the undersigned as of the Effective Time.

Section 9.17    Remedies.

(a)    The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of it hereunder to consummate this Agreement) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to the valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 8, the sole recourse for each of the Company, RC IV ICW or Driven shall be to seek an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which the Company, any Company equityholder, Driven, any Driven equityholder or RC IV ICW is entitled at law or in equity.

(b)    Each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on the basis that (i) there is adequate remedy at law or (ii) an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity. Any party hereto seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such order or injunction.

*    *    *    *    *

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the day and year first above written.

 

RC IV CAYMAN ICW LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen Aronson

  Name:   Stephen Aronson
  Title:   Manager
RC IV ICW MERGER SUB LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen Aronson

  Name:   Stephen Aronson
  Title:   Manager

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]


DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen Aronson

  Name:   Stephen Aronson
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]


Exhibit A

Managers and Officers of the Surviving Entity

Managers:

Neal Aronson

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

Rick Puckett

John Snodgrass

Peter Swinburn

Mike Thompson

Chad Hume

Officers:

 

Jonathan Fitzpatrick

  

CEO & President

Scott O’Melia

  

EVP & Secretary

Tiffany Mason

  

EVP & CFO


Exhibit B

Form of Plan of Merger

[See attached.]


PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger is made on              2020 by RC IV Cayman ICW LLC, a limited liability company registered in the Cayman Islands, with its registered office at 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands (the “RC IV ICW”), RC IV ICW Merger Sub LLC, a limited liability company registered in the Cayman Islands, with its registered office at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands (the “Merging Company”) and Driven Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its registered office at [                    ] (the “Surviving Company”) pursuant to the provisions of the Limited Liability Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Law”) and the applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America (Delaware Law”).

Reference is made to that certain agreement and plan of merger (the “Merger Agreement“) dated as of              2020 by and among RC IV ICW, the Merging Company and the Surviving Company, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1

The Surviving Company and the Merging Company (the “Constituent Companies”) are the constituent entities (as defined under Cayman Law and Delaware Law).

 

2

The surviving entity (as defined under Cayman Law and Delaware Law) that results from the merger of the Constituent Companies (the “Merger”) is the Surviving Company.

 

3

The registered office of each of the Constituent Companies is set out in the preamble to this Plan of Merger.

 

4

It is intended that the Merger shall take effect on the date the Merger Agreement and this Plan of Merger is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, United States of America and registered by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (the “Effective Date”).

 

5

The Surviving Company has, immediately prior to the Effective Date, two classes of units, designated as Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units.

 

6

The Merging Company has, immediately prior to the Effective Date, one class of LLC interests.

 

7

On the Effective Date, the rights, the property of every description, including choses in action, and the business, undertaking, goodwill, benefits, immunities and privileges of each of the Constituent Companies shall immediately vest in the Surviving Company and the Surviving Company shall be liable for and subject, in the same manner as the Constituent Companies, to all mortgages, charges or security interests, and all contracts, obligations, claims, debts and liabilities of each of the Constituent Companies.

 

8

The terms and conditions of the Merger, including the manner and basis of converting the LLC interests in the Merging Company into Class A Common Units in the Surviving Company, are as described in the Merger Agreement.


9

The LLC interests of the Surviving Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, are the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units in the Surviving Company) shall have such rights as are set out in the limited liability company agreement of the Surviving Company (the “Constitutional Documents”).

 

10

The Constitutional Documents of the Surviving Company (the equivalent of a registration statement (as defined in the Cayman Law) for the purposes of section 51(12)(b) of the Cayman Law) immediately prior to the Merger shall be its Constitutional Documents after the Merger, without amendment.

 

11

No manager of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company will receive any amount or benefit paid or payable consequent upon the Merger.

 

12

Neither Constituent Company has any secured creditors.

 

13

The names and addresses of the managers of the Surviving Company as at the Effective Date are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Neal Aronson    All of 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta,
Mike Thompson    Georgia 30309-3521, USA
Chad Hume   
Jonathan Fitzpatrick   
Rick Puckett   
John Snodgrass   
Peter Swinburn   

 

14

This Plan of Merger has been approved in accordance with Delaware Law and Cayman Law by the respective members and managers of both Constituent Companies and all consents (if any) required pursuant to the Cayman Law have been obtained.

 

15

Each of the Constituent Companies agrees and undertakes that it will, and will procure that a member of its respective managers will, provide and execute such certificates, documents, declarations, undertakings and confirmations, as may be required pursuant to Delaware Law or Cayman Law in order to consummate the Merger.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

2


Each of the undersigned, being a manager of each of the parties hereto, has executed this Plan of Merger, which may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, on the date first above written.

 

RC IV CAYMAN ICW LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
RC IV ICW MERGER SUB LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit C

Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Surviving Entity

[See attached.]


 

 

 

 

DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [●], 2020

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, IN ADDITION TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

CERTAIN OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO VESTING PROVISIONS, REPURCHASE OPTIONS, ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, OFFSET RIGHTS AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS SET FORTH HEREIN AND/OR IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS, A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I     DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II     ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     13  

2.1

 

Formation of LLC

     13  

2.2

 

Limited Liability Company Agreement

     14  

2.3

 

Name

     14  

2.4

 

Purpose

     14  

2.5

 

Principal Office; Registered Office

     14  

2.6

 

Term

     15  

2.7

 

No State-Law Partnership

     15  

ARTICLE III     MEMBERS; UNITS

     15  

3.1

 

Powers of Members

     15  

3.2

 

Additional Members

     15  

3.3

 

Substituted Members

     16  

3.4

 

Withdrawal and Resignation of Members

     16  

3.5

 

Property

     17  

3.6

 

Units; Authorized Units

     17  

3.7

 

Unit Ownership Ledger; Capital Contributions

     17  

3.8

 

Class D Common Units

     18  

3.9

 

Issuance of Additional Units and Interests

     19  

3.10

 

Adjustments to Common Units

     20  

3.11

 

Purchase of Units by the Company

     20  

3.12

 

Preemptive Rights

     20  

ARTICLE IV     CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

     24  

4.1

 

Capital Accounts; Generally

     24  

4.2

 

Negative Capital Accounts

     25  

4.3

 

Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In Kind

     25  

4.4

 

Transfer of Capital Accounts

     25  

4.5

 

Adjustments to Book Value

     25  

4.6

 

Compliance With Section 1.704- 1(b)

     26  

4.7

 

Loans from Members

     26  

ARTICLE V     DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

     26  

5.1

 

Distributions

     26  

5.2

 

Allocations

     28  

5.3

 

Special Allocations

     29  

5.4

 

Offsetting Allocations

     30  

5.5

 

Allocations upon Transfer or Issuance of Units

     31  

5.6

 

Allocations for Income Tax Purposes

     31  

5.7

 

Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member

     32  

 

- i -


ARTICLE VI     MANAGEMENT

     32  

6.1

 

Authority of Board

     32  

6.2

 

Composition of the Board

     36  

6.3

 

Board Actions; Meetings

     37  

6.4

 

Delegation of Authority; Committees; Subsidiaries

     39  

6.5

 

Officers

     39  

6.6

 

Standard of Care; Fiduciary Duties

     40  

6.7

 

Members Actions

     41  

6.8

 

Lack of Authority

     41  

ARTICLE VII     LIMITED LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION

     42  

7.1

 

Limitation of Liability; Observance of Formalities; Return of Distributions

     42  

7.2

 

No Right of Partition

     42  

7.3

 

Exculpation of Managers

     42  

7.4

 

Right to Indemnification for Managers and Officers

     43  

7.5

 

Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest

     45  

7.6

 

Confidentiality

     46  

ARTICLE VIII     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS; INSPECTION

     47  

8.1

 

Records and Accounting

     47  

8.2

 

Reports

     48  

8.3

 

Transmission of Communications

     48  

ARTICLE IX     TAX MATTERS

     48  

9.1

 

Preparation of Tax Returns

     48  

9.2

 

Tax Elections

     48  

9.3

 

Tax Controversies

     48  

9.4

 

Code §83 Safe Harbor Election

     50  

ARTICLE X     TRANSFER OF UNITS

     51  

10.1

 

Generally

     51  

10.2

 

Tag Along Rights

     51  

10.3

 

Approved Sale

     52  

10.4

 

Effect of Assignment

     54  

10.5

 

Additional Restrictions on Transfer

     55  

10.6

 

Transfer Fees and Expenses

     56  

10.7

 

Void Transfers

     56  

10.8

 

Initial Public Offering

     57  

ARTICLE XI     DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     58  

11.1

 

Dissolution

     58  

11.2

 

Liquidation and Termination

     58  

11.3

 

Securityholders Agreement

     59  

11.4

 

Cancellation of Certificate

     59  

11.5

 

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

     60  

11.6

 

Return of Capital

     60  

11.7

 

Hart-Scott-Rodino

     60  

 

- ii -


ARTICLE XII     VALUATION

     60  

12.1

 

Valuation of Units

     60  

12.2

 

Valuation of Securities

     60  

12.3

 

Valuation of Other Assets

     61  

ARTICLE XIII     GENERAL PROVISIONS

     61  

13.1

 

Amendments

     61  

13.2

 

Title to the Company Assets

     61  

13.3

 

Remedies

     62  

13.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     62  

13.5

 

Severability

     62  

13.6

 

Counterparts; Binding Agreement

     62  

13.7

 

Descriptive Headings; Interpretation

     63  

13.8

 

Applicable Law

     63  

13.9

 

Addresses and Notices

     64  

13.10

 

Creditors

     64  

13.11

 

No Waiver

     65  

13.12

 

Further Action

     65  

13.13

 

Offset Against Amounts Payable

     65  

13.14

 

Entire Agreement

     65  

13.15

 

Delivery by Electronic Means

     65  

13.16

 

Survival

     65  

13.17

 

Certain Acknowledgments

     66  

13.18

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     66  

SCHEDULES

Unit Ownership Ledger

 

- iii -


DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2020, of DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into by the Company.

The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Act by filing a Certificate of Formation with respect thereto with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 9, 2015 (the “Certificate”). In connection with the consummation of the merger of the Company contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of [●], 2020, between the Company and RC IV Cayman ICW Merger Sub LLC (the “Merger”), the Company is adopting this Agreement as the limited liability company agreement of the Company in order to establish the relationship among the Members.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Additional Member” means a Person validly admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 3.2.

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means with respect to any Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, the amount by which the balance in such Capital Account is less than zero. For this purpose, such Person’s Capital Account balance shall be (i) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)( 4), (5) and (6), and (ii) increased for any amount such Person is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to minimum gain).

Admission Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a).

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such particular Person, where “control” means the possession. directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities. by contract or otherwise.

 

1


Agreement” means this limited liability company agreement, as it may be amended, modified and/or waived from time to time.

Annual Tax Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Applicable Matters” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8.

Applicable Tax Rate” means, with respect to the applicable calendar year, the rate that is the greater of (x) 40.0% and (y) the rate determined in good faith by the Board and Sponsor to be the sum of the highest maximum marginal federal, state and local income Tax rates then applicable to any holder or indirect holder of Common Units (or its partners or members, as applicable) based on the information available to the Board (taking into account the character of such Taxable income and any deductibility of state and local income Tax for federal income Tax purposes), and including the so-called net investment income tax under Code Section 1411.

Approved Business Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(i).

Approved Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a).

Assignee” means a Person to whom Units have been Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, as applicable. but who has not become a Member pursuant to Section 3.3.

Assumed Equity Plan” means each equity incentive compensation plan assumed by the Company with the approval of the Board in connection with the acquisition of equity interests or assets of another entity.

Base Rate” means, as of any date of determination, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

Board” means the board of managers of the Company established pursuant to Section 6.2, which shall have the power and authority described in this Agreement.

Book Value” means, with respect to any Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income Tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted (in the case of permitted adjustments, to the extent the Company makes such permitted adjustments (as determined by the Board)) by Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g); provided that in the case of permitted adjustments, the Company chooses to make such adjustments; provided further that the Book Value of any asset contributed to the Company shall be equal to the Fair Market Value.

Business” means the business carried on by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, including merchant acquiring, credit and debit card transaction processing and other businesses and activities ancillary thereto.

Business Opportunities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

2


Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Article IV and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Capital Contributions” means any cash or cash equivalents or the Fair Market Value of other property that a Member contributes or is deemed to have contributed to the Company with respect to any Unit pursuant to Sections 3.7 and 3.8 or Section 4.4, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company for such Member in connection with such contribution and net of any liabilities to which the assets contributed by such Member are subject. All Capital Contributions shall be reflected on the Unit Ownership Ledger.

Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Formation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Chosen Court” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8.

Chosen Courts” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8.

Class A Common Unit” means a unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Class A Common Unit in this Agreement.

Class B Common Unit” means a unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Class B Common Unit in this Agreement.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended from time to time.

Common Units” means the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units.

Company” means DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Company Income Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Company Minimum Gain” means the partnership minimum gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

Company Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting Equity Securities of such entity.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

Corporate Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.8(a).

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. § 18- 101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

Disposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b)(xiii).

 

3


Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Member with respect to such Member’s Units, whether in cash, property or securities and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption, repurchase or otherwise; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be deemed to be a Distribution hereunder: (i) any redemption or repurchase by the Company of any securities of the Company in connection with the termination of employment of an employee of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company, (ii) any subdivision (by unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units, (iii) any repurchase of Units pursuant to any right of first refusal or repurchase right in favor of the Company, (iv) any exchange or conversion of securities of the Company in which the Percentage Ownership of each Member immediately prior to such exchange or conversion is the same as the Percentage Ownership of such Member immediately after such exchange or conversion, and (v) Tax Distributions.

Electing Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Employment Agreement” means any employment agreement, retention agreement, consulting agreement, confidentiality agreement, non-compete agreement, non-solicit agreement, management agreement or any similar agreement to which the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary is a party, each as amended, modified and/or waived from time to time.

Entitled Member” means a Member who (i) is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or (ii) has not breached any non-competition, confidentiality, non-solicitation or similar agreement with the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company.

Equity Agreement” means any agreement entered into by a Management Investor (or natural person that after such acquisition will become a Management Investor) and the Company (and approved by the Board and the Sponsor) in connection with the acquisition or potential acquisition by such Person of Units or the admission of such Person as a Member (including any grant or award agreement under an Assumed Equity Plan that is assumed by the Company (and approved by the Board and the Sponsor)).

Equity Securities” means (i) Units, stock or other equity interests (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Board (subject to Section 6.1(b)), including rights, powers and/or duties different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of Units, stock and other equity interests, and including any profits interests), (ii) obligations, indebtedness, evidences of indebtedness, pledges or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into Units, stock or other equity interests and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units, stock or other equity interests. Unless the context otherwise indicates, the term “Equity Securities” refers to Equity Securities of the Company.

Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, disability, adjudication of incapacity or incompetence, disassociation, Transfer of all of a Member’s Units, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates under this Agreement (or that could terminate under the Delaware Act) the continued status of a Person as a Member.

 

4


Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or equity interest, its fair market value determined according to Article XII.

Family Group” means, with respect to a Person who is a natural person, (i) such natural person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, “relatives”), (ii) such natural person’s executor or personal representative, (iii) any trust. the trustee of which is such natural person or such natural person’s executor or personal representative or such natural person’s spouse and which at all times is and remains solely for the benefit of such natural person and/or such natural person’s relatives (as defined herein), and (iv) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other tax flow-through entity the governing instruments of which provide that such natural person or such natural person’s executor or personal representative shall have the exclusive, nontransferable power to direct the management and policies of such entity and of which the sole record and beneficial owners of stock, partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are limited to such natural person, such natural person’s relatives and/or the trusts described in clause (iii) above.

First Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a).

Fiscal Quarter” means each calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30. September 30 and December 31 or such other quarterly accounting period as may be established by the Board.

Fiscal Year” means the 12-month period ending on December 31, or such other annual accounting period as may be established by the Board.

Forfeiture Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g).

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Governmental Entity” means any federal, state, regional. county. city, local. municipal, foreign or other government or quasi-governmental entity or authority or any department, branch, agency, commission, board, subdivision, bureau. agency, official, political subdivision or other instrumentality of any of the foregoing, any administrative or regulatory body obtaining authority from any of the foregoing, or any entity exercising executive, legislative. judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government, or any court, tribunal. judicial or arbitral body.

Grossed-Up Amount” means with respect to any Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b), the sum of (a) the amount of such Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b), and (b) the sum of the Participation Thresholds of all Participating Class B Common Units immediately prior to such Distribution.

HSR Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.

ICWG Management Agreement” means that certain Management Advisory and Consulting Services, dated as of October 3, 2017, between Roark Capital Management, LLC and Shine Topco (UK) Limited.

 

5


Incentive Equity Plan” means the Company’s Incentive Equity Plan and each Assumed Equity Plan.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

Insolvency Event” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the commencement by such Person of any case, Proceeding or other action (i) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent entity, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to such Person or such Person’s debts, or (ii) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian. conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or such Person making a general assignment for the benefit of such Person’s creditors; (b) there being commenced against such Person any case, Proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (a) above; (c) there being commenced against such Person any case, Proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of such Person’s assets; (d) entering into an arrangement for the benefit of creditors with respect to such Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries or a duly authorized officer of such Person agreeing in writing that such Person does not have the ability to pay its debts or obligations when due; or (e) such Person taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (a) through and including (d) above.

IRR” means the annual percentage rate which, when used as a discount rate to determine the net present value of Sponsor Cash Outflows and Sponsor Cash Inflows (which, for the avoidance of doubt, in each case are calculated from the date of the Closing), results in a net present value of zero.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

IRS Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(a).

Laws” means any constitutional provision, federal. state, local, municipal or foreign statute, law, ordinance, regulation. rule, code, order, principle of common law or judgment enacted, promulgated. issued, enforced or entered by any Governmental Entity, or other requirement (including pursuant to any settlement, consent decree or determination of or settlement under any arbitration) or rule of law assessment or any legally binding regulatory policy statement, binding guidance, binding directive or decree of any Governmental Entity.

Liquidation Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

“Liquidation FMV” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

Liquidation Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

Losses” means items of Company loss and deduction determined according to Article IV.

 

6


Majority Holder” means any Member, together with such Member’s Affiliates, whose Percentage Ownership is equal to or greater than 50% or that holds, has control over, has a beneficial interest in or is otherwise entitled to more than 50% of the Profits.

Management Investors” means a Person that may from time to time be listed under the subheading titled “Management Investors” on the Unit Ownership Ledger attached hereto and any other Member who acquires Equity Securities after the date hereof and enters into an Equity Agreement or Employment Agreement after the date hereof and is designated as a “Management Investor” by the Board and Sponsor; provided, that, except as provided in the immediately following proviso, no Person shall be a “Management Investor” in respect of any Class A Common Units issued to such Person in exchange for equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited; provided, further, that for purposes of Section 3.14, holders of Class A Common Units issued to Persons in exchange for equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited shall be deemed “Management Investors” with respect to such Class A Common Units.

Manager” means, at any given time, a Person on the Board, who, for purposes of the Delaware Act, will be deemed a “manager” (as defined in the Delaware Act) but will be subject to the rights, obligations, limitations and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Material Contracts” means contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, credit agreements, indentures, bonds. notes. mortgages, licenses, commitments or other obligations (written or oral) that are binding and enforceable on the parties thereto, in each case that are material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries or the Business.

Member” means each of the Persons listed as a Member on the Unit Ownership Ledger attached hereto, and any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member; but in each case only for so long as such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of one or more Units. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company.

Membership Interest” means, with respect to a Member, all interest of such Member in the Company, including, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, such Member’s right (based on the type and class or series of Unit or Units held by such Member), as and if applicable, (A) to a distributive share of Profits, Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of the Company, (B) to a distributive share of the assets of the Company pursuant to Section 11.2, and (C) to any and all other benefits to which such Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act (including the right to appoint Manager(s) pursuant to Section 6.2(a) and, with respect to a Member that is a Sponsor, certain rights of Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.1(b)).

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Minority Holder” means any Member, together with such Member’s Affiliates, whose Percentage Ownership is less than 50% or that holds, has control over, has a beneficial interest in or is otherwise entitled to less than 50% of the Profits.

New Securities” means, at any time of determination, any Equity Securities of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company not issued or outstanding at

 

7


such time of determination; provided, that “New Securities” shall not include (i) Equity Securities issued by the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company prior to the date hereof, (ii) Equity Securities issued by the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company in connection with any subdivision of securities (including any reverse split) or any recapitalization, reorganization or reclassification of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company, (iii) Equity Securities (A) issued in any sale transaction or merger of the Company, (B) issued as consideration for the acquisition of another Person or the assets of another Person (whether by merger, recapitalization, business combination or otherwise) or (C) issued to any Member to the extent attributable to the exercise of preemptive rights by direct or indirect owners of such Member that are not part of the Sponsor Group or (iv) Equity Securities issued upon the direct or indirect conversion, exchange or exercise of Equity Securities.

Offeree” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).

Other Business” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

Participating Class B Common Unit” means, with respect to any Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1 (b), a Class B Common Unit that has a Participation Threshold that is less than the amount determined by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the amount of such Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and (ii) the aggregate Participation Thresholds of all such outstanding Class B Common Units that have an equal or lesser Participation Threshold by (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate number of outstanding Class A Common Units, and (ii) the aggregate number of outstanding Class B Common Units that have an equal or lesser Participation Threshold.

Participating Units” means with respect to any Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b), the sum of (i) the number of outstanding Class A Common Units, and (ii) the number of Participating Class B Common Units.

Participation Threshold” means with respect to each outstanding Class B Common Unit, an amount determined, and adjusted from time to time, in accordance with Section 3.8(b).

Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a).

Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provision of state or local tax laws.

Percentage Ownership” means, with respect to any Member, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the number of outstanding Units held by all Members, in each case whether such Units are Vested Units or Unvested Units.

Performance-Vesting Options” means options to acquire Class A Common Units that are subject to performance-based vesting criteria pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan and/or the applicable Equity Agreement.

 

8


Performance-Vesting Units” means Class B Common Units that are subject to performance-based vesting criteria pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan and/or the applicable Equity Agreement.

Permitted Transferee” means, (i) with respect to any Person who is a natural person, a member of such Person’s Family Group, (ii) with respect to any Person that is an entity, such Person’s Affiliates.

Person” means a natural person, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.

Post-Termination Covenants” means any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, non-disparagement, or other agreement that is effective following termination of an Employment Agreement.

Pro Rata Basis” means, with respect to each Member, and as determined with respect to any particular expense, liability or obligation incurred (or amount of proceeds withheld or reserved) in connection with any Transfer of Equity Securities pursuant to Section 10.2 or any Approved Sale pursuant to Section 10.3, the amount such Member’s proceeds would be reduced as a percentage of the aggregate reduction in proceeds to applicable Members assuming the Company’s Total Equity Value implied by such Transfer or Approved Sale were being distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 5.1(b) in connection with such Transfer or in accordance with Section 5.1(c) in connection with such Approved Sale, as applicable, and as if such expense, liability or obligation were incurred and satisfied (or such amount of proceeds were withheld or reserved) prior to such distribution, as determined by the Board and Sponsor.

Pro Rata Share” means with respect to each Unit, the proportionate amount such Unit would receive if an amount equal to the Total Equity Value were distributed to all Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), as applicable, which amount shall take into account (x) whether such Unit is a Participating Unit and (y) any reduction with respect to the Participation Threshold of such Unit pursuant to Section 3.8(b).

Proceeding” means any suit, countersuit, action, cause of action (whether at law or in equity), arbitration, audit, hearing, litigation, claim, counterclaim, complaint, defenses, administrative or similar proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, judicial or investigative, whether formal or informal, whether public or private) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Entity.

Profits” means items of Company income and gain determined according to Article IV.

Public Offering” means any bona fide underwritten offering of common equity securities of a Person (or any successor thereto, whether by merger, conversion, consolidation. recapitalization. reorganization or otherwise) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms S-1 or S3 (or any successor forms adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission); provided that the following shall not be considered a Public Offering: (i) any issuance of common equity securities in

 

9


connection with and as consideration for a merger or acquisition and (ii) any issuance of common equity securities or rights to acquire common equity securities to employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries or others as part of an incentive or compensation plan. agreement or arrangement or on Form S-8. Unless otherwise indicated herein, “Public Offering” shall refer to a Public Offering of the common equity securities of the Company (or its successor), any Company Subsidiary or any Member substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Securities.

Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).

Qualified Lender” means any bona fide third-party lender with capital in excess of $10 billion whose primary business is the making of loans.

Qualified Public Offering” means the first underwritten Public Offering (i) in which the lead underwriter is an internationally recognized investment banking firm, and (ii) that results in the shares of the Company (or its successor), any Company Subsidiary or any Member substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Securities, in each case, being traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ stock market or other recognized stock exchange upon the launch of such initial Public Offering.

Redemption Notices” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c).

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(f).

Repurchase Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).

Restricted Person” means. as of any time of determination, any Member other than the Sponsor Group and any Manager other than Sponsor Managers.

Sale Transaction” means either (i) the sale, lease, Transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of securities of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries), to any Person for value, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or (ii) a transaction or series of transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of securities by the holders of securities of the Company) with any Person the result of which is that the Members immediately prior to such transaction are (after giving effect to such transaction) no longer, in the aggregate, the “beneficial owners” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than 50% of the Units on an as-converted fully-diluted basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no such transaction or series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization. sale of securities or otherwise) in connection with a Public Offering shall be deemed a Sale Transaction, and (b) a Sale Transaction shall not include any such transaction effected by the issuance of Equity Securities by the Company or any Company Subsidiary without any subsequent redemptions of other Equity Securities of the Company or such Company Subsidiary.

Second Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(b).

 

10


Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Selling Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Specified Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

Sponsor” means, as determined from time to time, the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Equity.

Sponsor Cash Inflows” means, as of any date of determination, all cash payments or other Distributions (other than Tax Distributions) actually received by the Sponsor Group and its Affiliates on or prior to such date with respect to debt or Equity Securities of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company prior to such date by the Sponsor Group (whether such payments are received from the Company, Company Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company or any third party). Sponsor Cash Inflows will include any fees payable to Roark Capital Management, LLC or another Sponsor Affiliate under a management services agreement, transaction services agreement, or other similar agreement (but excluding any out of pocket expenses reimbursed under any such management services agreement or transaction services agreement); provided, that “Sponsor Cash Inflows” shall not include any such fees paid pursuant to the ICWG Management Agreement prior to, on or following the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Sponsor Cash Inflows” shall not include any such payments or Distributions to RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC or its equityholders.

Sponsor Cash Outflows” means as of any date of determination, all cash payments and cash investments made by the Sponsor Group and its Affiliates (i) to acquire the Class A Common Units, and (ii) to and in the Company, Company Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company to acquire Equity Securities and/or debt of the Company, Company Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company, including all Capital Contributions made by (or deemed to have been made by) the Sponsor Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Sponsor Cash Outflows” shall not include any such payments or investments by RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC or its equityholders.

Sponsor Equity” means, at any time of determination, (i) the Class A Common Units purchased by Sponsor Group, (ii) any Units or Equity Securities initially issued to or acquired by the Sponsor Group at any time and from time to time, and (iii) any securities issued. directly or indirectly, with respect to the foregoing securities by way of a Unit split, Unit dividend, or other division of securities, or in connection with a combination of securities, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, in each case, whether then held by the Sponsor Group or a Transferee of the Sponsor Group.

Sponsor Group” means RC Driven Holdco LLC and its Affiliates.

 

11


Sponsor Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

Strategic Relationship” means any business relationship that is material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, or the Business, including with respect to the prospects of the Business, sources of capital of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, and potential acquirers of the Company’s or any of the Company Subsidiaries’ assets (including by merger, consolidation or acquisition of equity).

Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership. association or business entity of which such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof owns at least 10% of the outstanding Equity Securities of such entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall include entities (whenever formed) that become Subsidiaries after the date hereof.

Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.3.

Tag Along Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).

Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal. state, local or foreign income. gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, surplus line, excess, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp. occupation, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock. social security, unemployment, disability. payroll, license, employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever, including any transferee liability and any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Taxable Period” means any interim accounting period within a Taxable Year established by the Board and which is permitted or required by Code Section 706.

Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Tax Distribution Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for federal income Tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 9.2.

Third Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).

Time-Vesting Options” means options to acquire Class A Common Units that are subject to solely time-based vesting criteria pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan and/or the applicable Equity Agreement.

Time-Vesting Units” means Class B Common Units that are subject to solely time-based vesting criteria pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan and/or the applicable Equity Agreement.

 

12


Total Equity Value” means, at any time or with respect to any transaction or potential transaction, the aggregate proceeds which would be received by the holders of Units if: (i) all of the assets of the Company were sold at their Fair Market Value to an unrelated third-party on arm’s-length terms (including price), with neither the seller nor the buyer being under compulsion to buy or sell such assets; (ii) the Company satisfied and paid in full all of its obligations and liabilities (including all Taxes, costs and expenses incurred and imposed on the Company or any Company Subsidiary (as opposed to its direct or indirect owners) in connection with such transaction and any amounts agreed by the Board and Sponsor to be reserved after the actions in clause (i) and clause (ii) with respect to any contingent or other liabilities); and (iii) such net sale proceeds were then distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), as applicable, all as determined by the Board and Sponsor in their respective good faith discretion.

Transfer” means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a participation interest in, grant of a security interest or other direct or indirect disposition or encumbrance of an interest (whether with or without consideration, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) or the acts thereof or an offer or agreement to do the foregoing. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” have the correlative meanings.

Treasury Regulations” means the income Tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date hereof. Such term shall be deemed to include any future amendments to such regulations and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations.

Unit” means a unit of a Member or an Assignee representing a fractional part of the Membership Interests in Profits, Losses and Distributions and shall include Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units; provided that any class, group or series of Units issued shall have the relative rights, powers and obligations set forth in this Agreement.

Unit Ownership Ledger” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

Unvested Units” means, with respect to any Units that are subject to vesting pursuant to the applicable Equity Agreement pursuant to which they were issued, any Units other than Vested Units.

Vested Units” means any Units that are not subject to vesting or, with respect to Units that are subject to vesting pursuant to the applicable Equity Agreement pursuant to which they were issued, any Units that have vested in accordance with the terms of the applicable Equity Agreement pursuant to which they were issued.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

2.1     Formation of LLC.

The Company was formed on April 9, 2015 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act by the filing of the Certificate. The Company shall continue until dissolution and termination of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article XI. At any time that the

 

13


Board and Sponsor have jointly approved an amendment or restatement to the Certificate of Formation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, any officer is hereby authorized, as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act, to promptly execute, deliver and file such amendment or reinstatement in accordance with the Delaware Act. The Members hereby agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the Delaware Act.

2.2     Limited Liability Company Agreement.

The Company has executed this Agreement in connection with its adoption pursuant to the Merger in order to set forth the agreements governing the relations among the Members. The Members agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6 the rights, powers and obligations of the Members with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and. except where the Delaware Act provides that such rights, powers and obligations specified in the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect and such rights, powers and obligations are not set forth in this Agreement, the Delaware Act; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else to the contrary, Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply to or be incorporated into this Agreement and each Member expressly waives any and all rights under such Sections of the Delaware Act. This Agreement alone shall constitute the sole “limited liability company agreement” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company.

2.3     Name.

The name of the Company is DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC. The Board may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Board.

2.4     Purpose.

The purpose and business of the Company shall be to manage and direct the Business, operations and affairs of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and to engage in any other lawful acts or activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Act. The Company shall have any and all powers which are necessary or desirable to carry out the purpose and Business of the Company, to the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability companies under the Delaware Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.5     Principal Office; Registered Office.

The principal office of the Company shall be located at such place inside or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time designate, and all business and activities of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred at its principal office. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Board deems advisable. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered

 

14


agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

2.6     Term.

The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue until the Company shall be terminated and dissolved in accordance with the provisions of Article XI.

2.7     No State-Law Partnership.

The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last two sentences of this Section 2.7, and neither this Agreement nor any other agreement or document entered into by the Company or any Member relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. Except as provided in Section 10.8, the Members intend for the Company to be treated for federal and, if applicable, state or local income Tax purposes as (i) a partnership for any period during which it has two or more Members, and (ii) a disregarded entity for any period during which it has a single Member. Each Member and the Company shall file all Tax returns and shall otherwise take (and not omit to take) all Tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment (and not take any action or position inconsistent with such treatment).

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS; UNITS

3.1     Powers of Members.

Each Member shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to such Member pursuant to (a) the express terms of this Agreement or (b) the terms of the Delaware Act that grant rights or powers to Members with respect to matters not otherwise addressed by this Agreement, or delegated to the Board pursuant to (and subject to the limitations herein, including any consent required under Section 6.1(b)) this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Delaware Act, the Members shall not have the authority to bind the Company by virtue of their status as Members.

3.2     Additional Members.

Subject to the approval of the Board and the prior written consent of Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.1(b), compliance with Sections 3.9 and 3.11 and except as otherwise provided in an Equity Agreement, any Person that is not a Member (a) that subscribes for Units in accordance with this Agreement, (b) that makes a Capital Contribution in connection with such subscription and issuance and (c) that duly and validly executes this Agreement (or a counterpart of this Agreement or a joinder thereto) shall be admitted as a Member and bound as such by this

 

15


Agreement effective as of the date of issuance of such Units (or, if later, the payment of any associated Capital Contribution) without the need for any further action by any Person, and the Company shall cause the Unit Ownership Ledger to be amended and updated to reflect such issuance and admission (which amendment and update shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement for any other purpose).

3.3     Substituted Members.

In connection with the Transfer of Units of a Member permitted by and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article X and, if applicable, an Equity Agreement, the Transferee in such Transfer shall become a Substituted Member on the later of (a) the effective date of such Transfer and (b) the date on which the Board approves such Transferee as a Substituted Member, and the Company shall cause the Unit Ownership Ledger to be amended and updated to reflect such issuance and admission (which amendment and update shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement for any other purpose); provided however, in connection with the Transfer of Units (i) by any holder of Sponsor Equity or (ii) of a Member to a Permitted Transferee permitted under the terms of this Agreement and, if applicable, an Equity Agreement, the Transferee shall automatically, and without any further action required by the Company, the Transferee, any Member, the Board or any Manager, become a Substituted Member on the effective date of such Transfer and the Company shall cause the Unit Ownership Ledger to be amended and updated to reflect such issuance and admission (which amendment and update shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement for any other purpose).

3.4     Withdrawal and Resignation of Members.

No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XI without the prior written consent of the Board and Sponsor (which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of each of the Board or Sponsor), except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Transfer of all of a Member’s Units in a Transfer permitted by this Agreement and (if applicable) an Equity Agreement (and, if applicable, the Transferee becoming a Substitute Member with respect to such Units), subject to the provisions of Section 10.4, such Member shall automatically cease to be a Member without any further action on behalf of any Person and the Company shall cause the Unit Ownership Ledger to be amended and updated to reflect such withdrawal and resignation (and any related admission as a Substituted Member) (which amendment and update shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement for any other purpose). If either (i) the Board and Sponsor approve the withdrawal or resignation of a Member, or (ii) a Member Transfers all of such Member’s Units in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 3.4, notwithstanding any provision of the Delaware Act, the withdrawing, resigning or Transferring Member, as the case may be, shall not be entitled to any Distribution as a result thereof unless otherwise provided expressly herein or in an Equity Agreement between the Company and such Member. In the case of any Transfer by a Member of less than all of such Member’s Units, the Company shall reduce such Member’s Capital Account (and, other than with respect to Sponsor Equity as set forth herein, corresponding voting and other rights hereunder, if applicable) proportionately for all purposes hereunder effective as of the effective time of such Transfer.

 

16


3.5     Property.

A Member’s Units shall for all purposes be personal property. A Member shall have no interest in specific Company property, including any property contributed to the Company by such Member as part of any Capital Contribution by such Member.

3.6     Units; Authorized Units.

The Membership Interests of any Member shall be represented solely by issued and outstanding Units (which may include fractional Units), and which, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, may be divided into one or more types, classes or series, with each type or class or series having the rights and privileges, including voting rights, if any, set forth in this Agreement. The total Units which the Company has authority to issue consist entirely of 750,000 Class A Common Units, and 68,500 Class B Common Units. Subject to Section 6.1(b) and Section 3.8, the Board may authorize additional Units from time to time, which additional Units the Board shall cause to be reflected on the Unit Ownership Ledger. The outstanding Units as of the date hereof are, and future issuances or redemptions shall be, recorded on the attached Unit Ownership Ledger.

3.7     Unit Ownership Ledger; Capital Contributions.

The Company shall create and maintain a ledger (the “Unit Ownership Ledger”), setting forth the name and address of each Member, the number of each class of Units held of record by each such Member, the date and amount of the Capital Contributions made (or deemed to have been made) with respect to each class of Units and the Participation Thresholds of the applicable Class B Common Units. The Company will not be required to provide any Member with the information on the Unit ownership of any other Member. Upon any change in the number or ownership of outstanding Units (whether upon an issuance of Units, a Transfer of Units, a cancellation of Units or otherwise), the Company shall amend and update the Unit Ownership Ledger, and any such amendment or update shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement for any purpose. Any reference in this Agreement to the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be deemed a reference to the Unit Ownership Ledger as amended and in effect from time to time. Absent manifest error, the ownership interests recorded on the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be conclusive record of the Units that have been issued and are outstanding and the other information required to be set forth thereon. Each Member named in the Unit Ownership Ledger has made (or shall be deemed to have made), Capital Contributions as set forth in the Unit Ownership Ledger in exchange for the Units specified in the Unit Ownership Ledger opposite such Member’s name. No Member shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions without the prior written consent of such Member. Upon written request from a Member, the Company shall issue to such Member a notice of entitlement relating to the number of each class of Units held of record by such Member.

 

17


3.8    Class B Common Units.

(a)    Grant of Units.

The Company may issue Class B Common Units to existing or new employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company or any Company Subsidiary only pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan as approved by the Board.

(i)    Class B Common Units shall be issued pursuant to Equity Agreements, which Equity Agreements shall comply with such Incentive Equity Plan and shall contain such provisions as the Board, in consultation with Sponsor, shall determine, which may include (i) the forfeiture of, or the right of the Company and/or such other Persons as designated by the Board to repurchase all, or less than all, of such Class B Common Units issued to such Person in the event such Person ceases to be an employee, officer, Manager, director or consultant of or to perform other services for the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or upon such other terms and conditions as determined by the Board and consistent in all respects with the Incentive Equity Plan and (ii) provisions regarding vesting of such Class B Common Units, including upon the happening of certain events, upon the passage of a specified period of time, upon the fulfillment of certain conditions or upon the achievement by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries of certain performance goals. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, any Member who receives Class B Common Units that are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Code Section 83) shall make a timely and effective election under Code Section 83(b) with respect to such Units. This Section 3.8(a)(i), together with any Equity Agreements pursuant to which Class B Common Units may be issued, is intended to qualify as a compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act and the issuance of any Class B Common Units pursuant to this Section 3.8(a)(i) is intended to qualify for the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 701; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict or limit the Company’s ability to issue any Class B Common Units pursuant to any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act available to the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Equity Agreement to the contrary, in connection with any restructuring, merger, refinancing, conversion, Sale Transaction, Public Offering or other strategic transaction, the Company may terminate and cancel without any payment or other consideration with respect thereto any Class B Common Unit that immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction(s) has a Pro Rata Share equal to zero.

(b)    Participation Threshold. On the date of each grant of a Class B Common Unit pursuant to this Section 3.8, the Board shall establish an initial “Participation Threshold” amount with respect to each Class B Common Unit granted on such date. The Participation Threshold with respect to a Class B Common Unit shall be equal to or greater than the Pro Rata Share of each Class A Common Unit in the event of a liquidation pursuant to Section 11.2(b), on the date of grant of such Class B Common Unit (immediately prior to its issuance), provided that, absent approval of the Board and Sponsor, the Participation Threshold for any Class B Common Unit issued after the date hereof shall not be less than the Participation Threshold of the Class B Common Units issued on the date hereof, as adjusted pursuant to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.8(b). The Board may designate a series number for Class B Common Units that have the same Participation Threshold, which Participation Threshold may differ from the Participation

 

18


Threshold of other series of Class B Common Units. Each Class B Common Unit’s Participation Threshold shall be adjusted (in the discretion of and as determined by the Board, but not below zero) after the grant of such Class B Common Unit in the following manner:

(i)    In the event of any Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or 5.1(c), the Participation Threshold of each Class B Common Unit outstanding at the time of such Distribution shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount that a Class A Common Unit receives in such Distribution (with such reductions occurring immediately after the determination of the portion of such distribution, if any, that such Class B Common Units are entitled to receive). The Board may also apply Section 5.1(b) by breaking a single distribution into two or more distributions treated as separate Distributions occurring in order (and if such approach is taken, the adjustments to Participation Thresholds pursuant to this Section 3.8(b)(i) shall be made after each separate distribution and before the next distribution).

(ii)    No adjustments shall be made in connection with (A) any non pro rata redemption or repurchase by the Company or forfeiture of any Units not issued to the Sponsor Group or (B) any Capital Contribution in exchange for newly issued Units.

(iii)    If the Company at any time subdivides (by any Unit split or otherwise) the Common Units into a greater number of Units, the Participation Threshold of each Class B Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Company at any time combines (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) the Common Units into a smaller number of Units, the Participation Threshold of each Class B Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.8 to the contrary, the Board and Sponsor shall in their good faith discretion have the power to amend the provisions of this Section 3.8 to achieve the economic results intended by this Agreement, including that the Class B Common Units are profits interests when issued for United States federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 93-27 and Rev. Proc. 2001-43 or any future IRS guidance.

(c)    The Participation Thresholds of each Member’s Class B Common Units shall be set forth on the Unit Ownership Ledger, and the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be amended by the Board (without the requirement of an additional approval from any Member) from time to time by the Company as necessary to reflect any adjustments to the Participation Thresholds of outstanding Class B Common Units required pursuant to this Section 3.8.

3.9    Issuance of Additional Units and Interests.

Subject to Section 6.1(b), the Company may create, authorize and/or issue Units (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Board, including rights, powers or obligations different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of Units). Subject to Section 6.1(b), the Company shall determine the consideration payable to the Company in connection with the issuance of additional Units, if any. In connection with any such issuance of Units (whether on or after the date hereof), the Person who acquires such Units shall execute a joinder or counterpart to this Agreement, accepting and agreeing to be bound by all terms and conditions hereof. Each Person who acquires Units from the Company (other than in exchange

 

19


for outstanding Units held by such Person) shall be required in exchange for such Units to make a Capital Contribution in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Units, as determined by the Board and Sponsor.

3.10     Adjustments to Common Units.

If the Company at any time subdivides (by any Unit split or otherwise) the Class A Common Units into a greater number of Units, the Company shall also subdivide each Class B Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision based upon the same ratio. If the Company at any time subdivides (by any Unit split or otherwise) the Class B Common Units into a greater number of Units, the Company shall also subdivide each Class A Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision based upon the same ratio. If the Company at any time combines (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) the Class A Common Units into a smaller number of Units, the Company shall also combine each Class B Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such combination based upon the same ratio. If the Company at any time combines (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) the Class B Common Units into a smaller number of Units, the Company shall also combine each Class A Common Unit outstanding immediately prior to such combination based upon the same ratio.

3.11     Purchase of Units by the Company.

Subject to Section 6.1(b) and compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, the Board may cause the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire Units; provided that this provision shall not in and of itself obligate any Member to sell any Units to the Company. So long as any Units are owned by the Company, such Units will not be considered outstanding for any purpose. If the Company redeems Class A Common Units from the Sponsor Group, then it will redeem Class A Common Units from the other Members on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Class A Common Units held by each Member).

3.12     Preemptive Rights.

(a)     If the Company or any Company Subsidiary offers to issue or sell any New Securities to any member of the Sponsor Group (“Offeree”), then the Company (or such Company Subsidiary) shall offer to sell to each Entitled Member on the terms set forth in this Section 3.12 a portion of such New Securities equal to (x) the number of such New Securities being offered multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate number of outstanding Class A Common Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding Class A Common Units held by all Members.

(b)     In order to exercise its purchase rights hereunder, an Entitled Member must, within 20 calendar days after delivery to such Entitled Member of written notice from the Company describing in reasonable detail the New Securities being offered, the purchase price thereof (which may be a price range), the payment terms and the maximum amount and percentage of the offering such Entitled Member is entitled to purchase hereunder, deliver a written notice to the Company exercising such Entitled Member’s purchase rights pursuant to this Section 3.12 and stating therein the quantity or percentage of New Securities to be purchased by such Entitled Member.

 

20


(c)     If any Entitled Member fails to exercise the above rights with respect to any particular New Securities within such 20-day period (and the Company has provided each Exercising Member written notice that such Exercising Member is entitled to purchase a portion of any Excess New Securities pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 3.12(b) and such Exercising Member has been given a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed five business days after receipt of such notice) to elect to do so) the Company shall have 180 days thereafter to sell such New Securities, for cash or cash equivalent (as determined in good faith by the Board and Sponsor) consideration at a price not more favorable and upon general terms not materially more favorable, than as specified in the Company’s notice to the Entitled Members. Any New Securities not sold within such 180-day period shall not thereafter be issued or sold without first being reoffered to the Entitled Members pursuant to this Section 3.12.

(d)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.12 the Company may comply with the provisions of this Section 3.12 by first selling to such Offeree, subject to the conditions contained in the following sentence, all of the New Securities contemplated to be issued and sold by the Company and promptly thereafter offering to sell to the Entitled Members the number of such New Securities such Entitled Members are entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 3.12(a). If any Entitled Member purchases securities from the Company pursuant to this Section 3.12(d), upon the request of the Board, the Offeree may, in its discretion, sell to the Company for a price per Unit equal to the original cost thereof (plus any accrued and unpaid preferred yield thereon, if applicable) the same number and class of Units acquired by the Offeree that are purchased by such Person(s) exercising their rights under this Section 3.12, provided that if the Offeree elects not to sell such securities back to the Company pursuant to this sentence, each Person exercising their rights under this Section 3.12 shall be entitled to purchase an amount of additional New Securities from the Company so that such Person’s Percentage Ownership vis-à-vis such Offeree is the same as it would have been had the Offeree sold such Units back to the Company pursuant to this sentence.

(e)     The rights of all Members under this Section 3.12 shall terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and, with respect to any Sale Transaction, the date that such Member is no longer a Member (i.e., owns no Units).

3.13     Repurchase Rights. If, following a Management Investor’s termination of employment with the Company or any Company Subsidiary, such Management Investor breaches in any material respect any of the Post-Termination Covenants in any Employment Agreement, and such Management Investor fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of the breach from Company, Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to repurchase all Class A Common Units owned by such Management Investor (or any permitted transferee of such Management Investor), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.13.

(a)     Exercise of Right of Repurchase. At any time within the ninety (90) days following written notice to the Management Investor of such Management Investor’s material breach of any of any Post-Termination Covenant in an Employment Agreement, the Company and/or its designee(s) may, by giving written notice to such Management Investor (the “Repurchase Notice”), elect to purchase all of the Management Investor’s Class A Common Units, at a purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Unit(s) as of the date of the termination of such Management Investor’s employment, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

21


(b)     Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its designee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Management Investor to the Company or any Company Subsidiary (or, in the case of repurchase by a designee, to the designee), or by any combination thereof, in each case within 30 days after delivery of the Repurchase Notice, in the manner and at the times set forth therein.

3.14     Redemption Rights. If a Sale Transaction or Public Offering has not occurred prior to April 17, 2023, then each Management Investor will be entitled to deliver redemption notices to the Company in accordance with, and subject to the provisions of, this Section 3.14.

(a)     The first redemption notice may delivered in writing by the Management Investor to the Company during the thirty (30) day period beginning April 17, 2023 (the “First Redemption Notice”). The Management Investor may elect to cause the Company to purchase up to one-third of his Class A Common Units and one-third of his vested Class B Common Units with the First Redemption Notice.

(b)     If a Sale Transaction or Public Offering has not occurred prior to April 17, 2024, then the Management Investor may deliver to the Company in writing a redemption notice (the “Second Redemption Notice”) during the thirty (30) day period beginning April 17, 2024. The Management Investor may elect to cause the Company to purchase up to 50% of his Class A Common Units and 50% of his vested Class B Common Units with the Second Redemption Notice.

(c)     If a Sale Transaction or Public Offering has not occurred prior to April 17, 2025, then the Management Investor may deliver in writing a redemption notice (the “Third Redemption Notice”) to the Company during the thirty (30) day period beginning April 17, 2025. The Management Investor may elect to cause the Company to purchase up to the remainder of his Class A Common Units and his vested Class B Common Units with the Third Redemption Notice. The First Redemption Notice, Second Redemption Notice and Third Redemption Notice are referred to collectively as “Redemption Notices”.

(d)     If the Management Investor delivers a Redemption Notice, the Company will purchase, and the Management Investor will sell, the Class A Common Units and vested Class B Common Units specified in the Redemption Notice for redemption, at the price specified in paragraph (e), and subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 3.14.

(e)     The price for the redeemed Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units will be determined by the Board. If the Company receives a Redemption Notice, within 30 days following the end of the respective period in which the Management Investors may deliver a Redemption Notice, the Board will analyze the Fair Market Value of the Units, and the Company will notify the Management Investor of the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value of the Units and the resulting amounts that would be payable to the Management Investor for the

 

22


redeemed Units. Within ten days following receipt of the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value, the Management Investor may either confirm the Management Investor’s decision to have the Units redeemed, or withdraw the Redemption Notice.

(f)     Vesting of the Units will be based on the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value under paragraph (e). Solely for purposes of this Section 3.14, 50% of the Performance-Vesting Units will be deemed vested if the Fair Market Value determined by the Board would result in an IRR of at least 17.5%, and 100% of the Performance-Vesting Units will be deemed vested if the Fair Market Value determined by the Board would result in an IRR of at least 24%.

(g)     The Company’s obligation to redeem Units in accordance with a Redemption Notice will be subject to compliance with the terms of the credit facilities of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, and the Board’s determination that the redemption(s) will not have a material adverse effect on the liquidity of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(h)     If the Company is unable to redeem all of the Units specified in Redemption Notices received by the Company from Management Investors, the Company will redeem from each Management Investor on a pro rata basis (based upon the relative number of Units they have requested be redeemed).

(i)     The Management Investor must be continuously employed by the Company or any Company Subsidiary on the date that the Management Investor delivers a Redemption Notice.

(j)     If a Management Investor delivers a Redemption Notice that applies to less than all vested Class B Common Units available for redemption, the election must apply on a pro rata basis to each type of Class B Common Unit (e.g., if a Management Investor delivers a Redemption Notice for one-third of the vested Units, then the Redemption Notice will apply to one-third of the vested Time-Vesting Units, and one third of the Performance-Vesting Units that vest at a 17.5% IRR, and one-third of the Performance-Vesting Units that vest a 24% IRR).

(k)     At the closing of any redemption, the Management Investor will deliver a release of claims in favor of the Company and each of the Company Subsidiaries in form acceptable to the Board, and will deliver good title to the redeemed Units, free of any liens, claims or encumbrances. The parties will enter into a redemption agreement that includes customary representations and warranties, terms and conditions, including warranties of title. The purchase price for the redeemed Units will be payable in cash at closing, subject to Section 3.14(g).

 

23


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

4.1     Capital Accounts; Generally.

(a)     Maintenance of Capital Accounts.

The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Member in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 704(b). In accordance with such Treasury Regulations, the Capital Account of each Member shall equal, as of the date hereof, the Capital Contributions made by such Member on the date hereof. Without limiting the foregoing, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (i) increased by (A) such Member’s Capital Contributions, (B) such Member’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 or Section 5.4, and (C) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member, and (ii) decreased by (A) the amount of money and the fair market value of any Company property distributed to such Member, (B) such Member’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 or Section 5.4, and (C) the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company.

(b)     Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items.

For purposes of computing the amount of any item of the Company income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to Article V and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income Tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:

(i)     the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income Tax purposes;

(ii)     if the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property;

(iii)     items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of the Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property and the amount of such gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members who hold Units immediately prior to the event that causes the calculation of such gain or loss;

(iv)     items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g); and

(v)     to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted Tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital

 

24


Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

4.2     Negative Capital Accounts.

No Member shall be required to pay to any other Member or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Member’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Member shall be entitled to receive interest from the Company in respect of any positive balance in its Capital Account, and no Member shall be liable to pay interest to the Company or any Member in respect of any negative balance in its Capital Account.

4.3     Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In Kind.

To the extent that the Company distributes property in kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a Distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property (determined as of the date of such Distribution) for purposes of Section 5.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value and any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 5.2 through Section 5.4.

4.4     Transfer of Capital Accounts.

The original Capital Account established for each Substituted Member shall be in the same amount as the Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Substituted Member succeeds, at the time such Substituted Member is admitted as a Member. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the Company shall be increased or decreased by means of (a) the Transfer to it of all or less than all of the Units of another Member or (b) the repurchase or forfeiture of Units pursuant to any Equity Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such Transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution or Tax Distribution to a Substituted Member that has succeeded to all or less than all of the interests of any other Member shall include any Capital Contributions or Distributions or Tax Distributions previously made by or to such Transferor on account of such Transferor’s Units Transferred to such Substituted Member.

4.5     Adjustments to Book Value.

The Board may, with the approval of Sponsor, adjust the Book Value of the Company’s assets to Fair Market Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(f), including as of the following times, in connection with: (i) the issuance of Units or a more than de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of the Company’s assets, including money; (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); or (iv) the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest), as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in a Member capacity, or by a new Member acting in a Member capacity or in anticipation of being a Member. Any such increase or decrease in Book Value of an asset shall be allocated as a Profit or Loss to the Capital Accounts of the Members under Section 5.2 (determined immediately prior to the event giving rise to the revaluation).

 

25


4.6     Compliance With Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b). The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. If the Board shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or any Member), are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Board may make such modification. The Board also shall (a) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of the Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(iv)(g), and (b) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

4.7     Loans from Members.

Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Member shall loan funds to the Company in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by such Member to the capital of the Company, the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Member. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

5.1     Distributions.

(a)     Tax Distributions.

To the extent the Company holds funds or other liquid assets that are (A) legally available for distribution by the Company to Members and (B) permitted under the Company’ s credit documents (in each case, as determined by the Board and Sponsor), the Company shall (subject to prior written authorization from the Board) with respect to each Taxable Year distribute to the Members an amount of cash (a “Tax Distribution”) equal to:

(x)     the Company Income Amount with respect to such Taxable Year multiplied by

(y)     a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of all outstanding Units (the “Tax Distribution Percentage”) multiplied by

(z)     the Applicable Tax Rate (or Applicable Tax Rates);

 

26


Provided, however, that the Tax Distribution payable to any Member shall not be less than such Member’s Annual Tax Liability for that Taxable Year, where “Annual Tax Liability” means the amount that is equal to (y) the product of (i) the Applicable Tax Rate and (ii) the net taxable income allocated to, or otherwise includable in the taxable income of, such Member with respect to the Company, including any gain, loss or deduction resulting from the application of Code Section 704(c), Code Section 743, or Code Section 754 allocated to such Member (or its successor-in-interest) for such Taxable Year but excluding any so-called guaranteed payments to such Member pursuant to Code Section 707 for the provision of services.

The “Company Income Amount” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to (i) the net taxable income of the Company for such Taxable Year calculated prior to any deductions for any guaranteed payments under Code Section 707(c) and calculated at the partnership level which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any adjustments under Code Section 743 and shall include any gain realized and allocable under Code Section 704(c). Tax Distributions shall be made quarterly at least ten days in advance of the due date for a corporation’s quarterly estimated U.S. federal income Tax payment and shall be made to the Members pro rata based on the number of Units owned by each Member; provided, however if any Unit is issued during a Taxable Year, the Tax Distribution made with respect to such Unit shall be in proportion to the number of days such Unit is held during the Taxable Period with respect to which the Tax Distribution is being made relative to the number of days for the entire Taxable Period with respect to which the Tax Distribution is being made and the remainder of the Tax Distribution for such year shall be allocated with respect to the other Units pro rata based on the number of Units owned by each Member. Subsequent Tax Distributions shall be adjusted up or down to reflect any variation between the quarterly estimated Tax Distributions actually made and the Tax Distributions that would have been made based on subsequent Tax information. In the event that the funds legally available or permitted under the Company’s credit documents for any Tax Distribution to be made hereunder are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Tax Distribution that would otherwise be required under this Section 5.1(a), the amount of funds that are available shall be distributed to the Members according to their Tax Distribution Percentages. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are legally available or are permitted under the Company’s credit documents for distribution, such funds shall be immediately distributed to the Members according to their Tax Distribution Percentages. If any Member Transfers any portion of its Units during a Taxable Year, the Tax Distribution made with respect to the Transferor and the Transferee with respect to such Transferred Units shall be allocated between the Transferor and the Transferee in proportion to the net taxable income allocated to each person with respect to their ownership of such Transferred Units. If any Tax Distributions are made under this Section 5.1(a), any subsequent Distributions under Section 5.1(b) shall be made to the Members in such a way that, to the extent possible, cumulative Distributions to the Members shall equal the cumulative Distributions the Members would have received under Section 5.1(b) in the absence of this Section 5.1(a).

(b)     Interim Distributions. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 5.1(a) and subject to Section 6.1(b), to the extent the Company holds funds or other liquid assets that are (x) legally available for Distribution and (y) permitted under the Company’s credit documents, the Company may make Distributions at such time, in such amounts and in such form (including in- kind property) as determined and authorized in writing by the Board (with prior approval of Sponsor).

 

27


Distributions (whether in cash or other property) shall be made to the holders of Class A Common Units and Participating Class B Common Units as follows:

(i)     with respect to each Class A Common Unit, an amount equal to the amount determined by dividing the Grossed-Up Amount by the aggregate number of Participating Units, and

(ii)     with respect to each Participating Class B Common Unit, an amount equal to the excess of (x) the amount determined by dividing the Grossed-Up Amount by the aggregate number of Participating Units over (y) the Participation Threshold with respect to such Participating Class B Common Unit.

(c)     Distributions in Connection with a Liquidation, Sale Transaction and Initial Public Offering. All amounts shall be distributed to the holders of Class A Common Units and the Participating Class B Common Units in accordance with Section 5.1(b).

(d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portion of any Distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(b) that would otherwise be made with respect to any Unvested Unit shall not be distributed with respect to such Unvested Unit and shall instead be distributed solely with respect to Vested Units pursuant to Section 5.1 applied as though no Unvested Units were outstanding; provided that, upon any subsequent vesting of such Units, the Company shall, prior to any Distributions to the holders of the Class A Common Units or the previously vested Class B Common Units after such vesting (whether pursuant to Section 5.1(b), Section 5.1(c) or Section 11.2), make a Distribution of any amounts that were not distributed with respect to such Unvested Unit pursuant to this sentence such that on a cumulative basis Distributions with respect to such Unit shall equal the Distributions that would have been made with respect to such Unit if it had been a Vested Unit beginning on the date of its original issue; provided that (i) funds are legally available for Distribution and (ii) such Distribution is permitted under the Company’s credit documents, in any subsequent Distribution; provided further that if such Unvested Unit is repurchased or forfeited (or otherwise becomes incapable of vesting) as contemplated pursuant to the Equity Agreement pursuant to which such Unvested Unit was granted, then such Unvested Unit shall not be entitled to receive or retain any Distributions after the time of such repurchase or forfeiture other than (A) any Tax Distributions that have been made with respect to such Unvested Unit and (B) the amount, if any, paid or payable as consideration to repurchase such Unvested Unit.

5.2     Allocations.

Profits or Losses for any Taxable Year shall be allocated among the Members, to the extent possible, in such a manner that, as of the end of such Taxable Year, (a) the sum of (i) the Capital Account of each Member, (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain (as determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)) and (iii) such Member’s partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2)), shall be equal to (b) the respective net amounts, positive or negative, that would be distributed to them or for which they would be liable to the Company under this Agreement and the Delaware Act, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Book Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of such liquidation pursuant to Section 5.1(c). For purposes of allocating Profits and Losses, and all other items of income, gain, deduction and loss, pursuant to this Section 5.2 (and Sections 5.3 and 5.4, to the extent applicable), all outstanding Class B Common Units shall be treated as Vested Units, including, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining the amount that would be distributed to the holders of the Class B Common Units in the hypothetical distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(c).

 

28


5.3     Special Allocations.

(a)     Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). This Section 5.3(a) is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(b)     If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Member shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to, and subject to the exceptions contained in, Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(t). This Section 5.3(b) intended to be a minimum gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(c)     If any Member that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation, or distribution described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)) as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Section 5.3(a) and Section 5.3(b) but before the application of any other provision of this Article IV, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Member in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. This Section 5.3(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(d)     Nonrecourse deductions, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to the Capital Contributions previously made by such Members.

(e)     To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted Tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such section of the Treasury Regulations.

 

29


(f)     The allocations set forth in Sections 5.3(a) through 5.3(e) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Members intend to allocate Profit and Loss or make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction, and loss shall be reallocated among the Members so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Members to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction, and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Members anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction, and loss) among the Members so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Members is zero. In addition, if in any Taxable Year or Taxable Period there is a decrease in Company Minimum Gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, and application of the Minimum Gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 5.3(a) or Section 5.3(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Members, the Members may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service to waive either or both of such minimum gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such minimum gain chargeback requirements.

(g)     The Members acknowledge that allocations like those described in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) (“Forfeiture Allocations”) may result from the allocations of Profits and Losses provided for in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company is entitled to make Forfeiture Allocations and, once required by applicable final or temporary guidance, allocations of Profits and Losses will be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) or any successor provision or guidance.

(h)     Losses shall not be allocated to a Member if such allocation of Losses would cause the Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. Losses that cannot be allocated to a Member shall be allocated to the other Members; provided, however, that, if no Member may be allocated Losses due to the limitations of this Section 5.3(h), Losses shall be allocated to all holders of Units in accordance with their respective outstanding Units.

5.4     Offsetting Allocations.

If, and to the extent that, any Member is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, deduction or loss as a result of any transaction between such Member and the Company pursuant to Code Sections 83, 482, or 7872 or any similar provision now or hereafter in effect, the Board shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to allocate any corresponding Profit or Loss to the Member who recognizes such item in order to reflect the Members’ economic interest in the Company, provided such allocation complies with Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

30


5.5     Allocations upon Transfer or Issuance of Units.

If any Member Transfers an interest in the Company within a Taxable Year or if any Member acquires an interest from the Company within a Taxable Year, allocations of Profits, Losses and corresponding Tax items shall be made according to an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the date of Transfer or issuance using the interim closing method set forth in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.706-4(c).

5.6     Allocations for Income Tax Purposes.

(a)     Allocations Generally.

Except as provided in Section 5.6(b) below, the income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits of the Company will be allocated, for U.S. federal and applicable state, local and non-U.S. income Tax purposes, among the Members in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits among the Members for computing their Capital Accounts; except that, if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits will be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

(b)     Code Section 704(c) Allocations.

Items of the Company’s taxable income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and its Book Value, using (i) for all property contributed to the capital of the Company, any method allowed by Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder selected by the Board (with the prior written consent of Sponsor). If the Book Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f) subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c), using any method allowed by Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder selected by the Board (with the prior written consent of Sponsor).

(c)     Transfer of Capital Accounts.

In the event that any allocation made pursuant to this Agreement would (but for this Section 5.6(c)) cause the amounts allocated to a Member for U.S. federal and applicable state, local and non-U.S. income Tax purposes to not ultimately be consistent with the cumulative distributions such Member receives (or is entitled to receive), the Company shall, to the extent possible and solely for U.S. federal and applicable state, local and non-U.S. income Tax purposes, allocate its future income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits among the Members in a manner which shall result in the cumulative U.S. federal and applicable state, local and non-U.S. income Tax allocations to each Member being as nearly consistent with the cumulative distributions to each Member as possible.

 

31


(d)     Allocation of Tax Credits, Tax Credit Recapture, Etc.

Allocations of Tax credits, Tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as determined by the Board taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and (viii).

(e)     Effect of Allocations.

Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.6 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal and applicable state, local and non-U.S. Taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, Distributions or other items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

5.7     Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member.

If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding Taxes, state personal property Taxes, and state unincorporated business Taxes), then such Member shall indemnify and contribute to the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). The Board may offset Distributions and Tax Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 5.7 or with respect to any other amounts owed by the Member to the Company or any Company Subsidiary. A Member’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to the Company under this Section 5.7 shall survive the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 5.7, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 5.7.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT

6.1     Authority of Board.

(a)     Generally. Except as otherwise set forth herein (including Section 6.1(b) with respect to actions that require the prior written consent of Sponsor), it is intended that (i) the Board shall conduct, direct and exercise control over the activities of the Company, (ii) all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in and exercised by the Board in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (iii) the Board (subject to the terms of this Agreement including Section 6.1(b)) shall have the sole power to bind or take any action on behalf of the Company, or to exercise any rights and powers (including the rights and powers to take certain actions, give or withhold certain consents or approvals, or make certain determinations, opinions, judgments, or other decisions) granted to the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or other document to which the Company is a party. Each Manager shall be a “manager” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company, but, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Manager acting alone, or with any other Manager or Managers (other than acting as the Board in accordance with Section 6.3), shall have the power to act for or on behalf of, or to bind the Company, and no Manager shall have any rights or powers beyond the rights and powers granted to such Manager in this Agreement. Managers need not be residents of the State of Delaware.

 

32


(b)     Certain Actions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Company Subsidiary (or, for the avoidance of doubt, any Person that immediately after such transaction would be a Company Subsidiary) to, and no Manager shall vote to cause the Company or any Company Subsidiary to, without the prior written consent of (or a prior written waiver from) Sponsor in its sole discretion and in its capacity as a Member:

(i)     alter in any material respect the Business or the operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, in each case as of immediately after the Closing, except where such alterations are contained in the annual business plans approved hereafter by the Board (collectively, the “Approved Business Plans”);

(ii)     approve (A) the annual business plan, including annual operating and capital budgets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries or (B) any subsequent material deviations from any such Approved Business Plan or annual operating budget;

(iii)     alter, amend, repeal or waive (or propose to alter, amend, repeal or waive) by any means (including by merger, consolidation, conversions, Transfer, liquidation, dissolution or any other means) any provision of this Agreement or any other governing or organizational document of the Company or any Company Subsidiary; or commit or agree to do any of the foregoing;

(iv)     (A) increase or decrease the number of representatives on the Board or any Board committee; or (B) amend, modify, reduce, eliminate or otherwise alter or circumscribe, in any way, the rights of certain Persons to designate Managers; or (C) institute, modify, increase or waive any requirement to serve as a Manager on the Board, any committee thereof, including with respect to independence;

(v)     liquidate (including pursuant to Section 11.2), dissolve (including pursuant to Section 11.1), incur or suffer an Insolvency Event or take any other action under Article XI;

(vi)     enter into, amend, alter or waive any material rights with respect to any arrangements, transactions or agreements with (x) any affiliate, Manager, Member, manager, member, partner, director, officer, employee, consultant, advisor, counsel or service provider of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or (y) any affiliate or member of the Family Group of any affiliate, Manager, Member, manager, member, partner, director, officer, employee, consultant, advisor, counsel or service provider of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or other related parties, including any management incentive or compensation plan (other than the Incentive Equity Plan (it being understood that any termination, amendment, increase, modification or waiver of the Incentive Equity Plan (including any increase in the number of Units to be issued thereunder (or the terms of the Units authorized thereunder) following the date hereof will require the prior written consent of Sponsor)); except, with regard to actions that would otherwise be subject to this Section 6.1(b)(vi), those actions which are in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions not less favorable, when considered on the whole, to the Company or such Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, that could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated or unaffiliated third parties;

 

33


(vii)     make or guarantee directly or indirectly, any loans or advances to any employee, executive officer, director, Manager, Member, manager, member, or partner of the Company or a Company Subsidiary;

(viii)     hire, terminate (actually or constructively) or materially alter the responsibilities, compensation or benefits of the chief executive officer (or equivalent) of the Company;

(ix)     (A) change or replace the public accountants or outside auditors of the Company and/or the Company Subsidiaries, except that the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary may, without the prior consent of Sponsor, initially replace the Company’s existing auditors; (B) change any material accounting policy, method, principle or practice used by the Company and/or the Company Subsidiaries; (C) depart from GAAP on any of the Company’s or a Company Subsidiary’s annual and quarterly financial statements; (D) select, retain, amend or terminate (or propose to amend or retain, or threaten to terminate) any retention, engagement, advisory, brokerage, transaction or underwriting arrangement or agreement (or the compensation or payments to be made by, or the obligations of, the Company or the Company Subsidiaries thereunder) with any underwriter, manager, financial advisor, broker or banker to the Company and/or the Company Subsidiaries in connection with a Sale Transaction (or process to effect a Sale Transaction) or initial Public Offering; or (E) enter into, amend, alter or waive any material rights, obligations or terms of, any Material Contract or any Strategic Relationship, in each case which would be reasonably likely to result in a financial impact on the Company or any Company Subsidiary in excess of $5 million;

(x)     create, authorize, assign, grant, sell or issue any Units, Equity Securities or other interests, or instruments comprising, linked to or based on Units, Equity Securities or the profits of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries or that otherwise provide a Person with the benefits of the same (other than issuances of Class A Common Units or Class B Common Units approved by the Board under the Incentive Equity Plan pursuant to Equity Agreements);

(xi)     admit any Person as a Member (or otherwise provide a Person with the benefits thereof) or admit any Person as a Substitute Member (other than any Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 10.1);

(xii)     make any acquisitions or investments (or propose to make acquisitions or make investments), whether in the form of debt or equity, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions and regardless of how such transaction is structured; provided that, without the prior written consent of Sponsor (A) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries may acquire the equity of, or make an investment in, or enter into a joint venture with, entities in the Business, in each case, whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of related transactions, involving or with an aggregate value of less than $25 million, and (B) enter into any acquisition or investment transaction which would be allowed under the provisions of Section 6.1(b)(xii) above;

 

34


(xiii)     dispose of or divest (or propose to dispose of or divest) or exchange or sell any portion of the assets, or Units or Equity Securities of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company (each a “Disposal”), (A) any such property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10 million, in the case of any one such Disposal (whether consummated in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), and (B) any such property with an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $45 million, in the case of all Disposals permitted under this Section 6.1(b)(xv), including any Disposals for which Sponsor consent is required under the preceding clause (A), taken as a whole;

(xiv)     enter into any merger, combination, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation, recapitalization, reorganization, joint venture or partnership, where such transaction, or series of related transactions would be material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries;

(xv)     (A) make any Distribution (for the avoidance of doubt, other than Tax Distributions), declare any dividend on, or repurchase or redeem, any Units or Equity Securities of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except as specifically set forth in the Incentive Equity Plan and the applicable Equity Agreement, or (B) in the Company’s capacity as a manager, director, member, partner, shareholder or interestholder of any Company Subsidiary, directly or indirectly cause or permit any distribution by any Company Subsidiary not in accordance with the terms of such Company Subsidiary’s operating agreement, certificate of incorporation, stockholders agreement or similar governing document consistent with past practices or prior course of conduct;

(xvi)     initiate, defend, prosecute, settle or waive any claim, arbitration, lawsuit or other legal action or Proceeding (or any threatened claim, arbitration, lawsuit or other legal action or Proceeding), to the extent that (A) the amount in dispute or any value otherwise pertaining to any such action would reasonably be expected to exceed $4 million, individually or in the aggregate, (B) any such action involves a Governmental Entity as a party or includes allegations of a criminal nature, or (C) the resolution of which would result in equitable relief being imposed on the Company or any Company Subsidiary, and whether initiated by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, any party hereto, any Affiliates of any party hereto, or by any third party;

(xvii)     change or convert the current legal form or organizational structure of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or change the classifications for Tax purposes of the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

(xviii)     change or adopt any method of allocating Profits, Losses or taxable items of income, loss, credit or deduction that may adversely impact any member of the Sponsor Group (or any direct or indirect member of any member of the Sponsor Group); or

 

35


(xix)     make or guarantee directly or indirectly, any loans or advances to any sales representatives or sales associates of the Company or a Company Subsidiary.

The Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President or the General Counsel of the Company, as applicable, shall promptly and, in any case, prior to making any determination to take any action (or determination that requires omitting to take action) requiring the prior written consent of the Sponsor pursuant to this Agreement, disclose in writing to the holders of Sponsor Equity any such fact, matter, circumstance or other information pertaining to matters requiring the prior written consent of the Sponsor that would be material or relevant to a prudent person in deciding whether or not to consent to any such matter. Pursuant to Section 6.7(b), Sponsor shall have an amount of time reasonable under the circumstances to duly consider such fact, matter, circumstance and other information, which consideration may include consultation with advisors and representatives, or approval from any internal decision making body, in making a determination to provide or withhold its consent or approval in Sponsor’s sole discretion. Any action (or determination that requires omitting to take action) that is ultimately determined to require the prior written consent of the Sponsor pursuant to this Agreement, including this Section 6.1(b), that is taken (or determination made not to act) without such prior written consent shall be void ab initio and shall not be a binding or authorized obligation or determination of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

6.2     Composition of the Board.

(a)     Number and Appointment. The Board shall at all times (unless determined otherwise by the unanimous vote of the Board, subject to Section 6.1(b)(iv)) consist of seven (7) Managers, who shall be appointed by the Sponsor. The initial Managers are NealAronson, Mike Thompson, Chad Hume (each of the preceding three (3) Managers, a “Sponsor Manager”), Jonathan Fitzpatrick, Rick Puckett, John Snodgrass and Peter Swinburn. Jonathan Fitzpatrick will be a member of the Board of the Company (as well as the board of each operating Company Subsidiary) as long as he continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Driven Brands, Inc. Any successor as Chief Executive Officer will be a member of the board of directors of each operating Company Subsidiary.

(b)     Term. Each Manager shall serve until a successor is appointed in accordance with the terms hereof or such Manager’s earlier resignation, death or removal pursuant to Section 6.2(c). A Person shall become a Manager effective upon receipt by the Company of a written notice (or at such later time or upon the happening of some other event specified in such notice) of such Person’s designation from Sponsor. A Manager may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Company. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt by the Company unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

(c)     Removal. Managers may be removed by Sponsor at any time, with or without cause.

(d)     Vacancies. Subject to Section 6.2(b), if any designee under Section 6.2(a) for any reason ceases to serve as a Manager, (i) the resulting vacancy on the Board shall be filled by a Person designated by the Person or Persons then entitled to designate such Manager pursuant

 

36


to Section 6.2(a) above (provided that, if any party fails to designate a person to fill a vacancy on the Board pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.2, such vacant managership shall remain vacant until such managership is filled pursuant to this Section 6.2(d)), and (ii) such designee who ceases to be a Manager shall be removed promptly after such time from each committee of the Board.

(e)     Chairman. The Board may designate one of the Managers to serve as chairman, who shall initially be Jonathan Fitzpatrick. The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board. If the chairman is absent from a meeting of the Board, the Managers shall elect a Manager to serve as chairman for that meeting.

(f)     Reimbursement. The Company shall pay, or shall cause a Company Subsidiary to pay, the costs and expenses (including travel and lodging costs) incurred by each Manager and its Affiliates in the course of such Manager’s service hereunder, including in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board, any board of managers or board of directors, or equivalent, of each Company Subsidiary and/or any of their respective committees, in each case, subject to the Company’s policies and procedures with respect thereto (including the requirement of reasonable documentation thereof) and including the reasonable fees and expenses of accountants, attorneys and other advisors retained by the Manager’s Affiliates to advise the Company or such Manager incurred by such Manager or its Affiliates in rendering any and all of the services hereunder.

(g)     Compensation of Managers. Managers that are not executives of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may receive such other reasonable compensation for serving as Managers as is approved by the Board and Sponsor. Except for reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, Managers that are executives of the Company or any Company Subsidiary shall not be compensated for their services as Managers.

6.3     Board Actions; Meetings.

(a)     Voting. Each Manager shall have one vote on all matters submitted to the Board or any committee thereof (whether the consideration of such matter is taken at a meeting, by written consent or otherwise). The affirmative vote (whether by proxy or otherwise) of the Managers holding at least a majority of the votes of all Managers then serving on the Board (i.e., excluding any vacancies on the Board, the votes of which have not been vested in other Managers) shall be the act of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the Board and Sponsor when establishing any committee, the affirmative vote (whether by proxy or otherwise) of the Managers then serving on such committee holding at least a majority of the votes of all Managers then serving on such committee shall be the act of such committee.

(b)     Meetings; Notice. Meetings of the Board and any committee thereof shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as may be determined by the Board and Sponsor or such committee. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates and at such times as shall be determined by the Board prior to the start of each Fiscal Year, provided that the Board shall not meet less than once per Fiscal Quarter. Information (including any presentation materials, slide decks and financial data) to be provided at such regular meetings shall be provided at least three business days in advance of each such regular meeting. Special meetings of the Board may be called by any one Manager and special meetings of any committee may be

 

37


called by any one Manager on such committee. Notice of each special meeting of the Board or committee stating the date, place, time, purpose and agenda of such meeting shall be given to each Manager (in the case of a Board meeting) or each Manager on such committee (in the case of a committee meeting) by hand, email or fax at least four calendar days (in the case of an in-person meeting) and forty-eight hours (in the case of a telephone conference or similar communications equipment) prior to such meeting. Notice may be waived before or after a meeting or by attendance without protest at such meeting.

(c)     Quorum. The Managers holding a majority of the votes of the Board plus at least one Sponsor Manager shall be necessary to constitute a quorum of the Board for purposes of conducting business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting, then the Managers present at such meeting shall adjourn the meeting until such quorum is present.

(d)     Actions at a Meeting. The actions taken by the Board or any committee at any meeting (as opposed to by written consent), however called and noticed, shall be as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if (but not until), either before, at or after the meeting, the Managers as to whom it was improperly held sign a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The actions by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken by vote of the Board or such committee at a meeting thereof.

(e)     Actions without a Meeting. The actions by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken by written consent (without a meeting and without a vote). Any such action taken by the Board or such committee without a meeting shall be effective only if (i) each Manager receives written notice of such action to be taken at least four calendar days prior to the taking of such action (which prior notice shall be deemed waived, with respect to any Manager, if such consent is executed by such Manager) and (ii) such consent is signed by at least the Managers holding the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of the Board or such committee in which all Managers then serving on the Board or such committee, as the case may be, were present (provided, that any such consent shall be executed by at least one Sponsor Manager). Prompt notice of the taking of any action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent will be given to those Managers who did not consent in writing to such action.

(f)     Communications Equipment and Other Procedures. A meeting of the Board or any committee may be held by telephone conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can be heard and see any presentations for which materials have been made available. With the consent of one Sponsor Manager, the Board and each committee may adopt such other procedures governing meetings and the conduct of business at such meetings as the Board or such committee, as applicable, shall deem appropriate.

(g)     Consent or Approval of the Board. Whenever the approval or consent of the Board is sought or required hereunder or otherwise, such approval or consent shall only be valid if such approval or consent is approved by the affirmative vote (whether by proxy or otherwise) of the Managers holding at least a majority of the votes of all Managers then serving on the Board (i.e., excluding any vacancies on the Board, the votes with respect to which have not been vested in other Managers) subject to the other terms of this Section 6.3.

 

38


6.4     Delegation of Authority; Committees; Subsidiaries.

(a)     The Board may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons (including any Member or officer and including through the creation and establishment of one or more other committees) such authority and duties as the Board may deem advisable, provided that the Board shall not create any “executive” committee (or the functional equivalent of) without the prior written consent of Sponsor. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 6.4 may be revoked at any time by the Board. Meetings and the other rules governing the conduct of the Board set forth in Section 6.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to meetings of audit committee and the compensation committee and any other committee; provided that no Management Investor shall be entitled to participate in discussions of the compensation committee pertaining to his or her own compensation.

(b)     Upon election by Sponsor, the Company shall cause Sections 6.2 and 6.3 to apply mutatis mutandis to any Company Subsidiary, to the extent permissible under the applicable Company Subsidiary’s organizational documents; provided, that such rights shall be determined on a proportionate basis taking into account the Company’s direct and indirect ownership interest in any such Company Subsidiary and Sponsor’s ownership interest in the Company at the time of any such election. In the Company’s capacity as an equityholder or member (including in respect of the Company’s authority in its capacity as an equityholder or member to direct the actions of any manager or director appointed by the Company) or investor, creditor, debtholder, manager, director or similar capacity in any Company Subsidiary, the Company shall act only through the Board, which shall act only in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, including subject to Section 6.1(b).

6.5     Officers.

(a)     Designation and Appointment. The Board may (but need not), from time to time, designate and appoint one or more persons as an officer of the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware, a Member or a Manager. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board may, from time to time, delegate to them consistent with this Agreement. The Board may assign titles to particular officers (including chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, vice president, executive vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer). Unless the Board otherwise decides, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a corporation, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to (i) any specific delegation of authority and duties made to such officer by the Board pursuant to the third sentence of this Section 6.5(a) or (ii) any delegation of authority and duties made to one or more officers pursuant to the terms of Section 6.4 and Section 6.6(b). Each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until such officer’s death or until such officer shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to Section 6.1(b), the salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Board.

(b)     Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Any officer (subject to any contract rights available to the Company, if applicable) may resign as such at any time. Such resignation

 

39


shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board in its discretion at any time; provided however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Board and shall remain vacant until filled by the Board.

(c)     Generally. All rights of the Board set forth in this Agreement, including this Section 6.5, Section 6.7 and any matters delegated to officers pursuant thereto, shall be subject in all respects to Section 6.1(b).

6.6     Standard of Care; Fiduciary Duties.

(a)     Board Standard of Care. Subject to the limitations otherwise set forth herein (including Section 7.5), the Managers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company and the Members fiduciary duties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, duty of loyalty, duty of care and duty of good faith) to the same extent a director of a corporation would owe to such corporation and its stockholders under the laws of the State of Delaware. Whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or to which the Company is a party the Board (or any committee thereof) is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision or determination, the Board (or such committee) shall take such action or make such decision or determination in its sole discretion, subject to the fiduciary duties contemplated by the first sentence of this Section 6.6(a). Whenever the Board (or any committee thereof) is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision or determination, each Manager shall act under the standard set forth in this Section 6.6(a) and, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, shall not be subject to any other or different standards, whether imposed by this Agreement, applicable Law or otherwise. So long as a Manager does not with such action, decision or determination breach this Section 6.6(a) or violate this Agreement, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the Board (or any committee thereof) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company and the Members. Each Member acknowledges and agrees that no Manager shall, as a result of being a Manager (as such), be bound to devote substantially all of his business time and attention to the affairs of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, and that such Manager or such Manager’s Affiliates do and will continue to engage for their own account and for the accounts of others in other business ventures. Each Manager shall be entitled to disclose confidential information to, and discuss with, the Member that appointed such Manager to the Board and such disclosure and discussion shall not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement (including Section 7.6), so long as such disclosure is made in good faith with respect to such Member’s rights as a Member and not with the intent or effect of using such Member to achieve a purpose otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other agreement between such Person and the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

(b)     Officer Standard of Care. The officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company and the Members duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by the officers of a corporation to such corporation and its stockholders under the Delaware Act and the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

40


(c)     Other Duties Excluded. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company and each Member agrees that none of the Members (in their capacity as such) or any of its or their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and the Company Subsidiaries ), officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, agents or representatives (other than any Manager appointed by such Member pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which Manager shall owe the duties set forth in Section 6.6(a)) shall owe any fiduciary duty to the Company or any other Member. Each Member hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act any claim or cause of action against each Member (in their capacity as such) and their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and the Company Subsidiaries), officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, agents or representatives (other than any Manager appointed by such Member pursuant to Section 6.2(a), which Manager shall owe the duties set forth in Section 6.6(a)) for any claims relating to any breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company or its Members or any Company Subsidiary by any such Person; provided that such waiver shall not apply to the extent actions or omissions by a Management Investor in such Person’s capacity as a Manager, officer, director, employee or service provider of or to the Company or any Company Subsidiary were attributable to such Management Investor’s breach of the standard of care set forth in Section 6.6(b) above or a violation of the duties set forth in an Equity Agreement or Employment Agreement. Each Member acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any conflict of interest, each such Member (other than any Management Investor) may act in the best interests of such Person or their Affiliates (other than the Company and the Company Subsidiaries), officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, agents or representatives.

(d)     Effect on Equity Agreements and Employment Agreements. This Section 6.6 shall not in any way affect, limit or modify any Person’s rights, powers, entitlements, liabilities, obligations, duties or responsibilities under any Equity Agreement, Employment Agreement or any other agreement with respect to the provision of services to the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary.

6.7     Members Actions. Except as expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or the consent of any Person required under Section 13.1), no Member shall have any right to vote on, approve or consent to any matter of the Company. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the vote, consent and approval of Members is being waived by the Members (on their behalf and any Substituted Member or Assignee) to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware Act such that wherever the Delaware Act permits actions to be taken without the vote, consent or approval of Members, any group of members or class of members, this Agreement shall be construed to have otherwise provided that such vote, consent or approval may be made by the Board (subject to Section 6.1(b)) without the vote, consent or approval of any Members, group of Members or class of Members.

6.8     Lack of Authority. Except as expressly set forth herein (e.g., rights expressly and specifically granted to Sponsor (including Section 6.1(b)) and rights of certain Persons to appoint Managers to the Board), no Member in its capacity as such has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company (or the Company Subsidiaries or its or their Affiliates) in any manner or way, to bind the Company (or the Company Subsidiaries or its or their Affiliates), or do any act that would be (or could be construed as) binding on the Company (or the Company Subsidiaries or its or their Affiliates), in any manner or way, or to make any expenditures or incur any liabilities or create any obligations on behalf of the Company (or the Company Subsidiaries

 

41


or its or their Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, in its capacity as an equityholder or member (including in respect of the Company’s authority in its capacity as an equityholder or member to direct the actions of any manager or director appointed by the Company) or debtholder, manager, director or similar capacity in any Company Subsidiary, the Company shall act only through the Board, which shall act only in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, including subject to Section 6.1(b).

ARTICLE VII

LIMITED LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1     Limitation of Liability; Observance of Formalities; Return of Distributions.

(a)     Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, the debts, liabilities, commitments and other obligations of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and, unless otherwise expressly set forth in a separate written agreement with such Person, no Member shall have any personal liability whatsoever in its capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other Person, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. No Member shall, in its capacity as such, be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Company or any other Member, it being understood that all such fiduciary duties be, and hereby are, fully and irrevocably eliminated.

(b)     Return of Distributions. A Member or holder of Units will be required to return promptly to the Company any Distribution or Tax Distribution to the extent made to such Member in clear and manifest accounting, clerical, or computational error (as determined by the Board and the Sponsor) if written notice of such error is delivered within 30 days after such Distribution.

7.2     No Right of Partition. No Member or holder of Units shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of Law of any the Company property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company (including all or a portion of the Company Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company).

7.3     Exculpation of Managers. The personal liability of a Manager (other than a Manager that is also an employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary) to any other Manager, the Company or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company or any monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a Manager is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, provided that the personal liability of a Manager for breach of fiduciary duties as a Manager is not eliminated (i) to the extent attributable to such Manager’s fraud or intentional violation of Law and (ii) to the extent such Manager breaches the duty of loyalty or takes any action in contravention of Section 6.1(b). The Managers shall not be liable for errors in judgment except with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.3. Subject to the proviso set forth in the first sentence of this Section 7.3, if the Delaware Act is hereafter amended or interpreted to permit further limitation of the liability of a Manager beyond the foregoing, then this paragraph shall be interpreted to limit the personal liability of such Managers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, as amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only

 

42


to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to limit the personal liability of the Managers to a greater extent than that permitted by said law prior to such amendment and is not inconsistent with the provision in the first sentence of this Section 7.3). In furtherance of, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Manager shall, in such Person’s capacity as a Manager pursuant to this Agreement, be (A) personally liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, including any such debts, obligations or liabilities arising under a judgment, decree or order of a court, (B) obligated to cure any deficit in any Capital Account, (C) required to return all or any portion of any Capital Contribution or (D) required to lend any funds to the Company.

7.4     Right to Indemnification for Managers and Officers.

(a)     Generally. Subject to Section 5.7 and the limitations and conditions as provided in this Article VII, each Person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such Person, or a Person of whom such Person is the legal representative, is or was a Manager or officer of the Company or while a Manager or officer of the Company is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, joint venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar Taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding, and indemnification under this Article VII shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity that initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder; provided that no such Person shall be indemnified for any judgments, penalties, fines, settlements or expenses (i) to the extent attributable to such Person’s fraud or intentional violation of law (or, if the Delaware Act is hereafter amended or interpreted to permit a higher required standard of culpability for conduct subject to indemnification (other than any such amendment as would conflict with the proviso in the first sentence of Section 7.3, to the extent not in violation of such higher required standard)), (ii) in any action (except an action to enforce the indemnification rights set forth in this Section 7.4) brought by such Person, such Person’s Affiliates or the Person of whom such Person is the legal representative or (iii) with respect to a Manager, for any matter that such Manager is not exculpated pursuant to Section 7.3. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability.

(b)     Contract with the Company. The rights granted pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal.

 

43


(c)     Advance Payment. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VII shall include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company the reasonable expenses incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Article VII who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of such Person’s good faith belief that such Person has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Article VII and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.

(d)     Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Company, by adoption of a resolution of the Board (and with the prior written approval of Sponsor), may indemnify and advance expenses to any employees or agents of the Company who are not or were not Managers or officers of the Company and employees or agents of the Company who served at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against liabilities and expenses asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in such a capacity or arising out of their status as such a Person, to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to Managers and officers under this Section 7.4.

(e)     Appearance as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.4, the Company may pay or reimburse expenses incurred by a Manager or officer in connection with the appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding at a time when such Manager or officer is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

(f)     Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 7.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, law, vote of the Board or otherwise.

(g)     Primacy of Obligations. In furtherance of Section 7.4(f), the Company acknowledges that certain Indemnified Persons may have rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Persons other than the Company (collectively, the “Outside Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it (and any of its insurers) is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to such Indemnified Persons are primary and any obligation of the Outside Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Persons are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Indemnified Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement between the Company and such Indemnified Persons), without regard to any rights such Indemnified Persons may have against the respective Outside Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Outside Indemnitors from any and all

 

44


claims against the Outside Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Outside Indemnitors on behalf of any such Indemnified Person with respect to any claim for which such Indemnified Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and the Outside Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of any such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnified Person against the Company. The Company agrees that the Outside Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7.4(g).

(h)     Insurance. The Company shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance, at its or any Company Subsidiary’s expense, to protect any Indemnified Person against any expense, liability or loss of the nature described in Section 7.4(a) above whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Indemnified Person against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of this Section 7.4. Each Manager shall be entitled to the same benefits under such insurance as each other Manager. The Company shall ensure that any such insurance policies comply with Section 7.4(g), including that there be no right of contribution against any Outside Indemnitor and that Outside Indemnitors are subrogated to an Indemnified Person’s rights under such insurance policies.

(i)     Limitation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any indemnity by the Company relating to the matters covered in this Section 7.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of the Company’s assets only, and no Member (unless such Member otherwise agrees in writing or is found in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction to have personal liability on account thereof) shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to help satisfy such indemnity of the Company (except as expressly provided herein).

(j)     Savings Clause. If this Section 7.4 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 7.4 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 7.4 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The indemnification provisions set forth in this Section 7.4 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Company and each of the Persons constituting Indemnified Persons at any time while the provisions of Section 7.4 remain in effect, whether or not such Person continues to serve in such capacity and whether or not such Person is a party hereto. In addition, this Section 7.4 cannot be retroactively amended to adversely affect the rights of any Indemnified Persons arising in connection with any acts, omissions, facts or circumstances occurring prior to such amendment.

7.5     Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest.

(a)     Unless the Board and Sponsor otherwise agree in writing, each Management Investor (for so long as such Management Investor is employed by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries) shall, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates, and, to the extent applicable, cause their respective partners, members, managers and interestholders, to, bring all investment or business opportunities to the Company of which any of the foregoing become aware and which are, or may be, (x) within the scope and investment objectives related to the

 

45


Business or other businesses of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or (y) are otherwise competitive with the Business or other businesses of the Company or any Company Subsidiary. Subject to Section 7.5(b), such investment or business opportunities shall belong solely to the Company and without the prior written consent of the Sponsor, the Board shall not assigned any such investment or business opportunities to any other Person.

(b)     The Members expressly acknowledge and agree that (i) Sponsor and its Affiliates (but excluding the Company and the Company Subsidiaries from the definition of “Affiliates” for purposes of this Section 7.5) and their respective managers, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, employers, representatives and agents (including any representative of Sponsor serving on the Board or on the board of directors or board of managers of the Company Subsidiaries or as an officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Management Investor) (collectively, the “Specified Persons”) are permitted (x) to have and develop, and may presently or in the future have and develop, investments, transactions, business ventures, contractual, strategic or other business relationships, prospective economic advantages or other opportunities (the “Business Opportunities”) in the Business (other than through the Company or any Company Subsidiary) or in businesses that are and may be competitive or complementary with the Company or any Company Subsidiary (an “Other Business”), for their own account or for the account of any Person other than the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any other Member, or (y) to direct any such Business Opportunities to any other Person, in each case, regardless of whether such Business Opportunities are presented to a Specified Person in such Specified Person’s capacity as a Member, Manager or a director or manager on the board of directors or board of managers of any other Company Subsidiary or officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or otherwise, (ii) none of the Specified Persons will be prohibited by virtue of their investments in the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their service as a Manager or service on the Board or board of directors or board of managers of any Company Subsidiary or as an officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or otherwise from pursuing and engaging in any such activities or consummating transactions related thereto, (iii) none of the Specified Persons will be obligated to inform or present the Company or any Company Subsidiary or the Board or the board of directors or board of managers of the Company or any other Company Subsidiary or any other Member of or with any such Business Opportunity, (iv) none of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or the other Members will have or acquire or be entitled to any interest or expectancy or participation (such right to any interest, expectancy or participation, if any, being hereby renounced and waived) in any Business Opportunity as a result of the involvement therein of any of the Specified Persons, and (v) the involvement of any of the Specified Persons in any Business Opportunity will not constitute a conflict of interest or breach of fiduciary duty hereunder including under Sections 6.7 and 7.3 by such Persons with respect to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or the other Members.

(c)     This Section 7.5 shall not in any way affect, limit or modify any liabilities, obligations, duties or responsibilities of any Person under any employment agreement, consulting agreement, confidentiality agreement, noncompete agreement, nonsolicit agreement or any similar agreement with the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

7.6     Confidentiality. Each Restricted Person recognizes and acknowledges that it has and may in the future receive certain confidential and proprietary information and trade

 

46


secrets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and the Affiliates of the Company (including their predecessors, if any) and the Sponsor Group and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Confidential Information”) regarding identifiable, specific and discrete business opportunities being pursued by the Company, the Company Subsidiaries, the Sponsor Group or their Affiliates. Except as otherwise consented to by the Board and Sponsor, each Restricted Person (on behalf of itself and its direct and indirect managers, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and members to the extent that such Restricted Person would be responsible under principles of agency law for the acts of such Persons) agrees that it will not, during or after the term of this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly through an Affiliate or otherwise, take commercial or proprietary advantage of or profit from any Confidential Information or disclose Confidential Information to any Person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except (i) to authorized managers, officers, representatives, agents and employees of the Company and as otherwise may be proper in the course of performing such Restricted Person’s obligations, or enforcing such Restricted Person’s rights, under this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby or (ii) as is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative body or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by law, rule or regulation, provided that the Restricted Person required to make such disclosure shall (A) provide to the Company prompt written notice of such disclosure to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order or confidential treatment and (B) use such Restricted Person’s best efforts to obtain, at the request of the Company, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as the Company shall designate. For purposes of this Section 7.6, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include any information of which (x) a Restricted Person learns from a source other than the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, or any of their respective representatives, employees, agents or other service providers, and in each case which source is not known by such Restricted Person to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or (y) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain other than as a result of disclosure directly or indirectly by such Restricted Person.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS; INSPECTION

8.1     Records and Accounting.

The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 8.2 or pursuant to applicable laws. All matters concerning (a) the determination of the relative amount of allocations and distributions among the Members pursuant to Articles III and V not specifically and expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement, and (b) accounting procedures and determinations, and other determinations not specifically and expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement, shall be determined by unanimous approval of the audit committee, whose determination shall be final and conclusive as to all of the Members absent manifest clerical error.

 

47


8.2     Reports.

(a)     The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to each Member who requests in writing such information from the Company prior to the end of such Fiscal Year, as soon as practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual report containing a statement of changes in the Member’s equity and the Member’s Capital Account balance for such Fiscal Year along with the Unit Ownership Ledger of such Member as of such Fiscal Year end. Promptly upon reasonable request of any Person who is or was a Member, the Company will provide any information such Person needs to determine such Person’s Tax position as a result of ownership of Units.

8.3     Transmission of Communications.

Each Person that owns or controls Units on behalf of, or for the benefit of, another Person or Persons shall be responsible for conveying any report, notice or other communication received from the Company to such other Person or Persons.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

9.1     Preparation of Tax Returns.

The Company shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax returns required to be filed by the Company, including making the elections described in Section 9.2. Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Company’s operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s income Tax returns to be prepared and filed. The Company will use good faith efforts to provide each Member with a Form K-1 within 75 days following the end of each Taxable Year. No Member will take a position on its income Tax return with respect to any item of Company income, gain, deduction, loss or credit that is different from the position taken on the Company’s income Tax return with respect to such item, except to the extent the Member has been advised by its Tax advisor, after consultation with the Company’s Tax advisor, that there is not “substantial authority” for such position, or that the position would require taking a reserve.

9.2     Tax Elections.

The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year unless otherwise required by the Code. Subject to the last two sentences of Section 2.7 and Section 6.1(b)(xvii), the Board shall determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code. Each Member will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to such election. At the request of any Member, the Company shall, to the extent not in effect, make a Code Section 754 election (and any corresponding election for state and local income Tax purposes) in connection with any Transfers of Units or distributions to Members.

9.3     Tax Controversies.

(a)     The “partnership representative” within the meaning of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, will be a Person designated from time to time by the Board and subject to replacement by the Board (any Person who is designated as the “partnership representative” is referred to herein as the “Partnership Representative”). The Partnership Representative will use commercially

 

48


reasonable efforts to inform each Member of all significant U.S. federal tax controversy matters that may come to its attention in its capacity as Partnership Representative by giving notice thereof and will forward to each Member copies of all significant written communications from the IRS it may receive in that capacity in respect of such matter.

(b)     The Partnership Representative will take no action without the authorization of the Board, other than such action as may be required by law, and will take such actions as the Board may authorize and direct. Any cost or expense incurred by the Partnership Representative in connection with its duties, including the preparation for or pursuance of administrative or judicial proceedings, will be paid by the Company.

(c)     The Partnership Representative will not enter into any extension of the period of limitations for making assessments on behalf of the Members without first obtaining the consent of the Board.

(d)     If the Company is subject to any tax liabilities under Section 6225 of the Code (and any similar state and local authority), the Board will allocate among the Members any tax liability imposed under Code Section 6225 in a manner it determines to be fair and equitable taking into account any modifications attributable to a Member pursuant to Code Section 6225(c) (if applicable) and any similar state and local authority. To the extent that a portion of the tax liabilities imposed under Code Section 6225 for a prior year relates to a former Member, the Company may require a former Member to indemnify the Company for its allocable portion of such Tax. Each Member acknowledges that, notwithstanding the Transfer or redemption of all or any portion of its Member Interest, pursuant to this Section 9.3(d) it may remain liable for tax liabilities with respect to its allocable share of income and gain of the Company for the Company’s taxable years (or portions thereof) prior to such Transfer or redemption, as applicable, under Code Section 6225, or any similar state or local provisions. The Members acknowledge and agree that the Partnership Representative will be permitted to take any actions to avoid taxes being imposed on the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

(e)     Any Member that is in dispute with any tax authority in relation to a matter relating to the Company will notify the Partnership Representative within 30 days or as promptly as practicable thereafter following the occurrence of the dispute, and if the Partnership Representative reasonably determines that the matter is of material relevance to the tax position of the Company, such Member will consult in good faith with the Partnership Representative as to how that dispute is to be handled. Any Member that enters into a settlement agreement with respect to any Company item will notify the Partnership Representative of such settlement agreement and its terms within 30 days after the date of settlement. Each Member will provide the Partnership Representative any tax information reasonably requested (including providing information in connection with Code Section 743) so that the Partnership Representative can implement the provisions of this Section 9.3 (including by making any election permitted hereunder), can file any tax return of the Company, and can conduct any tax audit or similar proceeding of the Company.

9.4     Tax Advice and Cooperation. Each Member acknowledges and agrees that it has not received and is not relying upon tax advice from any other party hereto, and that it has and will continue to consult its own tax advisors. Each Member agrees to retain records and information relating to the filing of any tax returns or any audit, litigation or other proceeding

 

49


related to taxes associated with the matters described herein to the extent required by applicable law, and to cooperate to the extent reasonably requested by any other party in connection therewith, including, upon request, providing records and information that are relevant to such matters and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide such additional information as may reasonably be requested by such other party.

9.5     Code §83 Safe Harbor Election.

(a)     By executing this Agreement, each Member authorizes and directs the Company to elect to have the “Safe Harbor” described in the proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in IRS Notice 2005-43 (the “IRS Notice”) or in any successor, guidance or provision apply to any interest in the Company Transferred to a service provider by the Company on or after the effective date of such Revenue Procedure in connection with services provided to the Company. For purposes of making such Safe Harbor election, the Partnership Representative is hereby designated as the “partner who has responsibility for federal income Tax reporting” by the Company and, accordingly, that execution of such Safe Harbor election by the Partnership Representative constitutes execution of a “Safe Harbor Election” in accordance with Section 3.03(1) of the IRS Notice. The Company and each Member hereby agrees to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor described in the IRS Notice, including the requirement that each Member shall prepare and file all federal income Tax returns reporting the income Tax effects of each Unit that qualifies for the Safe Harbor in a manner consistent with the requirements of the IRS Notice.

(b)     Any Member or former Member that fails to comply with requirements set forth in Section 9.4(a) shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each adversely affected Member and former Member from and against any and all losses, liabilities, Taxes, damages, judgments, fines, costs, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (including costs and expenses of suits and proceedings, and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), in each case resulting from such Member’s or former Member’s failure to comply with such requirements. The Board may offset Distributions to which a Member is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company and any other Person under this Section 9.4(b) (and any amount so offset with respect to such Member’s obligation to indemnify a Person other than the Company shall be paid over to such other Person by the Company). A Member’s obligations to comply with the requirements of Section 9.4(a) and to indemnify the Company and any Member or former Member under this Section 9.4(b) shall survive such Member’s ceasing to be a Member and/or the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and, for purposes of this Section 9.4, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company and any Member or former Member may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member or former Member under this Section 9.4(b), including (i) instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three hundred basis points per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter and (ii) specific performance and/or immediate injunctive or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction (without the necessity of showing actual money damages or posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of Section 9.4(a).

 

50


(c)     Each Member authorizes the Board to amend Section 9.4(a) and Section 9.4(b) to the extent necessary to achieve substantially the same Tax treatment with respect to any interest in the Company Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company as set forth in Section 4 of the Notice (e.g., to reflect changes from the rules set forth in the IRS Notice in subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance); provided that such amendment is not materially adverse to any Member (as compared with the after-Tax consequences that would result if the provisions of the IRS Notice applied to all interests in the Company Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company).

ARTICLE X

TRANSFER OF UNITS

10.1     Generally. No Member shall Transfer any record, beneficial or other interest in any Units (or other Equity Securities issued hereafter), except that (i) a Member may Transfer Units pursuant to (A) Section 10.2 (Tag Along), Section 10.3 (Drag Along) or Section 10.8 (Public Offering) in accordance with their terms, (B) the forfeiture and repurchase provisions set forth in any applicable Equity Agreement, or (C) a Transfer of Class A Common Units to a Permitted Transferee; provided that if a Member Transfers any interests in any Units to a Permitted Transferee and such Transferee ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of such Member, then such Transferee shall, prior to ceasing to be a Permitted Transferee, Transfer such interest back to the Member who made such Transfer in the first instance; (ii) any holder of Sponsor Equity (and no other Member) may Transfer Units to the Sponsor Group or any of the Sponsor Group’s Affiliates or limited partners or Persons that could become limited partners of the Sponsor Group (any Transfer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii), a “Permitted Transfer”); and (iii) any holder of Sponsor Equity (and no other Member) may Transfer Units to any Person.

10.2     Tag Along Rights.

(a)     Participation Right. In the event of a Transfer of Equity Securities by the Sponsor Group in connection with (i) a Sale Transaction or (ii) any such Transfer which constitutes a Transfer of greater than 25% of the Sponsor Equity owned by the Sponsor Group as of the date hereof (other than Permitted Transfers and except to the extent a Transfer also constitutes or is in connection with an Approved Sale pursuant to which the Members are required to Transfer Units pursuant to Section 10.3(a), in which case the terms of Section 10.3 shall exclusively govern such Transfer) (any such transaction, a “Tag Along Sale”), each Member may elect to participate in such Tag Along Sale on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Sponsor Group (the “Selling Members”) by giving written notice of such election to the Selling Members within 10 days after receiving notice from the Selling Members of the proposed Tag Along Sale (such Members delivering such notice, collectively, the “Electing Members”). The aggregate consideration to be paid in connection with a Tag Along Sale shall be allocated among each Unit included therein based on such Unit’s Pro Rata Share which shall be determined based on the Total Equity Value implied by the price offered in the Tag Along Sale. Each Electing Member shall be entitled to sell in the contemplated Tag Along Sale up to a number of Units proposed to be Transferred by the Selling Members equal to the product of (x) the number of Units to be sold in the contemplated Tag Along Sale and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Vested Units held by such Electing Member, and the denominator of which is the total number of outstanding Vested Units, provided that in no event shall any Member be entitled to Transfer any Unvested Units.

 

51


(b) Participation Procedure; Conditions. With respect to any Tag Along Sale subject to Section 10.2(a), each Selling Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the Transferee to the participation of the Electing Members in such contemplated Tag Along Sale, and no Selling Member shall Transfer any of its Units to any prospective Transferee pursuant to such Tag Along Sale if such prospective Transferee(s) declines to allow the participation of the Electing Members on the terms provided herein, unless in connection with such Tag Along Sale, one or more of the Selling Members or their Affiliates purchase the number of Units from each Electing Member which such Electing Member would have been entitled to sell pursuant to Section 10.2(a) at the same price and on the same terms and conditions on which such Units would have been sold to the Transferee(s) pursuant to this Section 10.2. Each Electing Member Transferring Units pursuant to a Tag Along Sale shall pay its share (determined on a Pro Rata Basis) of the expenses incurred by the Selling Members in connection with such Transfer and shall be obligated to join in any indemnification or other obligation the Selling Members have agreed to in connection with such Tag Along Sale (including any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Member, such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a Member regarding such Member’s title to and ownership of Units); provided that, unless the prospective Transferees permit an Electing Member to give a guarantee, letter of credit or other mechanism (which shall be dealt with on an individual basis), (x) any escrow or other holdback of proceeds of any such transaction shall be withheld on a Pro Rata Basis among all Electing Members and Selling Members and (y) any indemnification obligations among the Members that are outside of such escrow shall be several (and not joint).

(c)     Termination. This Section 10.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect from the earlier to occur of a Sale Transaction and a Public Offering; provided that any termination pursuant to a Sale Transaction shall not affect the obligations of Members in connection with such Sale Transaction.

10.3     Approved Sale.

(a)     Approved Sale. At any time the Board approves a Sale Transaction or causes the Company to enter into a Sale Transaction or to begin a process that could result in or lead to a Sale Transaction (in each case, an “Approved Sale” and the party approving such Sale Transaction or process, the “Approving Party”), the Company and each Member shall (including in such Member’s capacity as a Manager or by causing any Manager appointed by such Member to) consent to and raise no objections against, and not otherwise impede or delay, such Approved Sale; provided that, in the case of any Approved Sale in which the Board is the Approving Party, the Company will use reasonable best efforts to (A) provide 10 days’ prior notice to the Sponsor of its approval of a Sale Transaction and (B) at the request of the Sponsor and with respect to the Sponsor Equity, structure the Sale Transaction as a purchase of Sponsor Equity or a direct or indirect equity interest in the holder of Sponsor Equity. In furtherance of the foregoing, if the Approved Sale is structured as a (x) merger, conversion or consolidation or sale of assets, each Member shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights (if any are applicable) in connection with such merger, conversion or consolidation or sale of assets or (y) sale of Units or other Equity Securities, each Member shall agree to sell and Transfer, and shall sell and Transfer,

 

52


all (or such lesser portion reflecting such Person’s proportionate interest in the aggregate portion of the Total Equity Value being sold or disposed of in such Approved Sale) of such Member’s Units and other Equity Securities on the terms and conditions approved by the Approving Party. The Company and each Member shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale (whether in such Person’s capacity as a Member, Manager, officer or otherwise), including executing and delivering any and all agreements, instruments, consents, waivers, including any applicable purchase agreement, stockholders agreement, indemnification agreement and contribution agreement, taking into consideration any changes in the conduct of business from the Closing through the date of such Sale Transaction (it being understood that no member of the Sponsor Group shall be required to become bound by any non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreements containing other restrictive covenants) the terms and conditions of which shall be reasonably determined by the Approving Party. In any Approved Sale (whether initiated pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 10.3(a)), Sponsor shall (with the prior consent of the Board, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) select the financial advisor, investment bank, accounting firm and any other third-party advisor to advise the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale Transaction (or process to effect a Sale Transaction).

(b)     Conditions. The obligations of the Members with respect to an Approved Sale are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) the consideration payable upon consummation of such Approved Sale to all Members shall be allocated among the Members based upon the Pro Rata Share represented by the Units Transferred by such Member pursuant to such Approved Sale; and (ii) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, all of the Members shall receive (or shall have the option to receive) the same form of consideration for such class of Unit; provided that, in the event that securities are part of the consideration payable to the Members in connection with such Approved Sale, the Approving Party may in its discretion cause each Member that is not an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined under the Securities Act), and each such Member hereby agrees to accept, in lieu of such securities, cash consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of such securities as of the closing of such Approved Sale (as determined by the Approving Party in good faith); (iii) no Management Investor or any holder of Class A Common Units issued in exchange for equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited shall be obligated to agree, in his capacity as a Member, to any non-compete or non-solicit covenants without such Member’s consent (other than any such non-compete or non-solicit covenants to which such Management Investor or holder of Class A Common Units was already contractually obligated); (iv) the representations and warranties given directly by a Management Investor in his capacity as a Member shall be limited to representations and warranties regarding such Management Investor’s authority, title to and ownership of its Units and enforceability against such Management Investor; and (v) if the Sponsor Group is “rolling over” any of its equity interests in connection with such Approved Sale, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the acquirer in such Approved Sale to provide customary tag-along and drag-along right provisions to Management Investors and holders of Class A Common Units issued in exchange for equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Holdco.

(c)     Indemnification; Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Members shall be obligated to join in any indemnification obligation the Approving Party has agreed to in connection with such Approved Sale (including any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Member, such as indemnification with respect to representations and

 

53


warranties given by a Member regarding such Member’s title to and ownership of Units); provided that unless a prospective Transferee permits a Member to give a guarantee, letter of credit or other mechanism (which shall be dealt with on an individual basis), (x) any escrow of proceeds of any such transaction shall be withheld on a Pro Rata Basis among all Members and (y) any indemnification obligations among the Members that are outside of the escrow shall be several (and not joint) and in no event shall a Member’s indemnification obligation exceed the net proceeds received by such Member in connection with such Approved Sale. Each Member shall enter into any indemnification or contribution or other agreement reasonably requested by the Approving Party, as the case may be, that is in compliance with this Section 10.3(c). Each Member shall pay its Pro Rata Share of the expenses incurred by the Members pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all Members (including the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with enforcing or implementing the terms and provisions of this Section 10.3). Expenses incurred by any Member solely on its own behalf (including the fees and disbursements of counsel, advisors and other Persons retained by such holder in connection with the Approved Sale) will not be considered costs incurred for the benefit of all Members and, to the extent not paid by the Company, will be the responsibility of such Member.

(d)     Purchaser Representative. In any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each Member shall, at the request of the Company (with the prior approval of Sponsor), appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act) designated by the Company (with the prior approval of Sponsor). If any Member so appoints a purchaser representative, the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative. However, if any Member declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such Member shall appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company and Sponsor), and such Member shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(e)     No Grant of Dissenters Rights or Appraisal Rights. In no manner shall this Section 10.3 be construed to grant to any Member any dissenters rights or appraisal rights or give any Member any right to vote in any transaction structured as a merger or consolidation (it being understood that the Members have waived any rights under Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act pursuant to Section 2.2). Each Member expressly grants to the Approving Party the sole right to approve or consent to a merger, conversion, consolidation, sale of assets or Sale Transaction without approval or consent of the Members or the Members.

10.4     Effect of Assignment.

(a)     Termination of Rights. Subject to Section 10.4(c), any Member who Transfers any Units or other interest in the Company shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Units or other interest in the Company and shall no longer have any rights or privileges of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest in the Company; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, unless and until the Assignee is admitted as a Substituted Member in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 (the date on which such Assignee is admitted as a Substitute Member, the “Admission Date”): (i) such Transferor shall retain all of the duties,

 

54


liabilities and obligations of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest, including any obligation (together with its Assignee pursuant to Section 10.4(c)) to make and return Capital Contributions on account of such Units or other interest pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, if any; and (ii) the Board may, in its sole discretion, and in the event a holder of Sponsor Equity is the Transferor, the Board will, reinstate all or any portion of the rights and privileges of such Member with respect to such Units or other interest for any period of time prior to the Admission Date. Nothing contained herein shall relieve any Transferor of Units or other interest in the Company from any liability of such Transferor to the Company or the other Members with respect to such Units or other interest in the Company that may exist on the Admission Date or that is otherwise specified in the Delaware Act and incorporated into this Agreement or for any liability to the Company or any other Person or for any breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such Transferor (in its capacity as a Member) contained herein or in any Equity Agreement or other agreement pursuant to which such Member acquired Units.

(b)     Deemed Agreement. Any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units or other interest in the Company, or enjoys or seeks to enjoy the rights and benefits thereof, irrespective of whether such Person has accepted and adopted in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed by the acceptance of the rights and benefits thereof (or, if applicable, the benefits of any Equity Agreement or Employment Agreement), to have knowingly and willingly irrevocably agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement that any predecessor in such Units or other interest in the Company of such Person was subject to or by which such predecessor was bound.

(c)     Assignee’s Rights. A Transfer of Units permitted hereunder shall be effective as of the date of assignment and compliance with the conditions to such Transfer set forth in this Agreement and the Company shall cause such Transfer to be recorded on the books and records of the Company (including the Unit Ownership Ledger). Unless and until an Assignee becomes a Member pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof or is an Assignee of a holder of Sponsor Equity (in which case, the Assignee will become a Member with respect to the Assigned Units as of the effective date of the assignment automatically without any action required by any other Person), the Assignee shall not be entitled to any of the rights or privileges granted to a Member hereunder or under applicable law, other than the rights and privileges specifically granted to Assignees pursuant to this Agreement; provided that, without relieving the Transferor from any such limitations or obligations, such Assignee shall be bound by any limitations and obligations of a Member contained herein by which a Member or other Member would be bound on account of the ownership of Units by the Assignee (including the obligations set forth in Article X).

10.5     Additional Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)     Restrictions. Units are Transferable only pursuant to (i) Public Offerings, (ii) Rule 144 or Rule 144A of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any similar rules then in force) if such rule is available and (iii) other legally available means of Transfer permitted by this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Transfer of a Unit shall be permitted (without the prior written consent of the Board and Sponsor) if such Transfer would cause the Company to be treated as a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 or (C) would cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA.

 

55


(b)     Execution of Counterpart. Except in connection with an Approved Sale, each Transferee of Equity Securities shall, as a condition prior to such Transfer, execute and deliver to the Company a joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D or counterpart to this Agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Board pursuant to which such Transferee shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)     Notice. In connection with the proposed Transfer of any Units or other interest in the Company (other than Sponsor Equity), the holder of such Units or other interest in the Company will deliver prior written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer or proposed Transfer.

(d)     Legal Opinion. No Transfer of Units or other interest in the Company (other than Sponsor Equity) may be made unless in the opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Board (which opinion requirement may be waived by the Board), such Transfer would not violate any federal securities laws or any state or provincial securities or “blue sky” laws (including any investor suitability standards) applicable to the Company or the interest to be Transferred, or cause the Company to be required to register as an “Investment Company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and otherwise does not violate Section 10.5(a). Unless waived by the Board in its sole discretion, such opinion of counsel shall be delivered in writing to the Company on or prior to the date of the Transfer.

(e)     No Avoidance of Provisions. No Restricted Person shall directly or indirectly (i) permit the Transfer of all or any portion of the direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Member (whether through Transfers or issuances of its own equity, assignments by operation of law by merger or consolidation of such holder into another entity or dissolution or liquidation of such Member) or (ii) seek to avoid the provisions of this Agreement by issuing, or permitting the issuance of, any direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Member, in any such case in a manner which would fail to comply with this Article X if such Member had Transferred Units or other interest in the Company directly, unless such Member first complies with the terms of this Agreement.

10.6     Transfer Fees and Expenses.

Except as provided in Sections 10.2 and 10.3, the Transferor and Transferee of any Units or other interest in the Company shall be jointly and severally obligated to reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with any Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether or not such proposed Transfer is consummated.

10.7     Void Transfers.

Any Transfer by any Member of any Units or other interest in the Company in contravention of this Agreement or which would cause the Company to not be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company, any Member or any other party. No purported Assignee shall have any right to any Profits, Losses or Distributions.

 

56


10.8     Initial Public Offering.

(a)     Conversion to Corporate Form. The Board and Sponsor may approve, and upon such approval each Manager shall approve and cause the Company to effect pursuant to this Section 10.8, an initial Public Offering or process that could result in or lead to an initial Public Offering (an “Approved IPO”). In the event of an initial Public Offering, each Member (including in such Person’s capacity as a Manager or by causing any Manager appointed by it to) consents to such Public Offering and shall raise no objections against and each Member shall take all reasonable actions in connection with the consummation of such initial Public Offering as requested by the Board and Sponsor. In connection with an initial Public Offering, the Board and Sponsor may either (i) cause the Company to contribute all or substantially all of its assets to a corporation in a transaction qualified under Code Section 351(a), (ii) elect to have all Members contribute their Units to a corporation, in a transaction qualifying under Code Section 351(a), as long as the Fair Market Value of the shares of the corporation received by all Members is equal to the Fair Market Value of the Units Transferred, (iii) cause the Company to distribute some or all of the shares of capital stock of one or more Company Subsidiaries to the Members, (iv) cause the Company to Transfer its assets, liabilities and operations to a corporation in exchange for any combination of cash, debt or capital stock in such corporation, (v) cause a corporation to be admitted as a Member, with such corporation purchasing interests in the Company from the Company or Members (as determined by the Board (with consent of the Sponsor)) with the proceeds of a Public Offering of the corporation’s stock; or (vi) otherwise cause the Company to convert into a corporation, by way of merger, consolidation, tax election or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in an Approved IPO, each Member (whether in such Person’s capacity as a Manager, Member, including by causing any Manager appointed by such Person to) consents to such actions and shall raise no objections against and each Member shall, at the request of the Board (with consent of the Sponsor), take all actions necessary or desirable to effect such actions (including whether by conversion to a subchapter C corporation, merger, admittance of a Member in connection with clause (v) above, recapitalization or reorganization, sale of securities or otherwise), giving effect to the same economic, voting and corporate governance provisions contained herein (a “Corporate Conversion”). In connection with such Corporate Conversion, to the extent applicable, (x) this Section 10.8 to apply mutatis mutandis to any successor to the Company in connection with the sale to the public of any equity of such entity as described in this Section 10.8 and (y) each holder of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units will be entitled to receive a percentage of the shares of common stock of the corporate successor outstanding immediately following the Corporate Conversion equal to the percentage that such Member would have received of the total amount distributed to all Members had the Company liquidated and distributed such common stock in accordance with Article XI on the day of the Corporate Conversion. In connection with such Corporate Conversion, each Member hereby agrees to enter into a securityholders agreement with the corporate successor and each other Member which contains restrictions on the Transfer of such capital stock and other provisions (including with respect to the governance and control of such corporate successor) in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article VI and Article X).

(b)     Holdback Agreement. No Member shall effect any public sale or distribution of any Units or of any capital stock or Equity Securities of the Company or any successor thereto (i) in the case of the underwritten initial Public Offering, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of such Public Offering and (ii) in the case of any other underwritten Public Offering, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of such Public Offering, in each case, except as part of such underwritten Public Offering or unless otherwise permitted by the Board and Sponsor.

 

57


ARTICLE XI

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

11.1     Dissolution.

The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members. Subject to Section 6.1(b), the Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first of the following to occur:

(a)     the election by the Board that the Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be would up;

(b)     a reasonable period of time (taking into account, among other matters, the need to determine, pay or discharge, or make adequate provision for the payment or discharge of, contingent liabilities) after the earlier of (i) the consummation of a transaction or a series of related transactions that constitute a Sale Transaction under clause (i) of the definition thereof and (ii) the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of all of the Company Subsidiaries; and

(c)     the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article XI, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

11.2     Liquidation and Termination.

On the dissolution of the Company, the Board and Sponsor jointly may designate a Person to act as liquidator or may appoint one or more representatives, Members or other Persons as liquidator(s). The liquidator(s) shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Delaware Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as the Company’s expense. Until final Distribution, the liquidator(s) shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Board. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

(a)     The liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from the Company’s funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine).

(b)     As promptly as practicable after dissolution, the liquidators shall (i) determine the Fair Market Value (the “Liquidation FMV”) of the Company’s remaining assets (the “Liquidation Assets”) in accordance with Article XII hereof, (ii) determine the amounts to be distributed to each Member in accordance with Section 5.1(c), and (iii) deliver to each Member a

 

58


statement (the “Liquidation Statement”) setting forth the Liquidation FMV and the amounts and recipients of such Distributions, which Liquidation Statement shall be final and binding on all Members. As soon as the Liquidation FMV and the proper amounts of Distributions have been determined in accordance with Section 5.1(c), the liquidators shall promptly distribute the Company’s Liquidation Asset to the applicable holders of Units in accordance with Section 5.1(c). In making such distributions, the liquidator(s) shall allocate each type of Liquidation Assets (i.e., cash or cash equivalents, securities) among the Members ratably based upon the aggregate amounts to be distributed with respect to the Units held by each such holder; provided that the liquidator(s) may allocate each type of Liquidation Asset so as to give effect to and take into account the relative priorities of the different Units; provided further that, in the event that any securities are part of the Liquidation Assets, each Member that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act may, in the sole discretion of the liquidator(s) , receive, and agrees to accept, in lieu of such securities, cash consideration with an equivalent value to such securities as determined by the liquidator(s). Any non-cash Liquidation Assets will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Sections 5.2 and 5.3. If any Member’s Capital Account is not equal to the amount to be distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 11.2(b), Profits and Losses for the Fiscal Year in which the Company is dissolved shall be allocated among the Members in such a manner as to cause, to the extent possible, each Member’s Capital Account to be equal to the amount to be distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 11.2(b). The distribution of cash and/or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member of its interest in the Company and all the Company property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.

11.3     Securityholders Agreement.

To the extent that units or other Equity Securities of any Company Subsidiary are distributed to any Members and unless otherwise agreed to by the liquidator(s), such Members hereby agree to enter into a securityholders agreement with such Company Subsidiary and each other Member which contains rights and restrictions in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article VI and Article X).

11.4     Cancellation of Certificate.

On completion of the distribution of the Company assets as provided herein, the Company shall be terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time) and/or the liquidator(s) (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 11.4.

 

59


11.5     Reasonable Time for Winding Up.

A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 11.2 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

11.6     Return of Capital.

The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from the Company assets).

11.7     Hart-Scott-Rodino.

If the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) is applicable to any Member, the dissolution of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting period (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Member.

ARTICLE XII

VALUATION

12.1     Valuation of Units.

The “Fair Market Value” of each Unit shall be the fair value of each such Unit determined in good faith by the Board (with the prior written approval of Sponsor) based on such Unit’s Pro Rata Share as of the date of valuation.

12.2     Valuation of Securities.

The “Fair Market Value” of any other securities means the average of the closing prices of the sales of the securities on all securities exchanges on which the securities may at the time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the NASDAQ System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over a period of 21 days consisting of the day as of which the Fair Market Value is being determined and the 20 consecutive business days prior to such day. If at any time the securities are not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value of each such security shall be equal to the fair value thereof as of the date of valuation as determined by the Board (with the prior written approval of Sponsor) in good faith on the basis of an orderly sale to a willing, unaffiliated buyer in an arm’s-length transaction, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value as the Board and Sponsor determine relevant (and giving effect to any transfer taxes payable or discounts in connection with such sale).

 

60


12.3     Valuation of Other Assets.

The “Fair Market Value” of all other non-cash assets shall mean the fair value for such assets as between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction occurring on the date of valuation as determined by the Board (with the prior written approval of Sponsor ), taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value the Board (with the prior written approval of Sponsor) deems relevant (and giving effect to any Transfer Taxes payable or discounts the Board (with the prior written approval of Sponsor) deems relevant in connection with such sale).

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1     Amendments.

Subject to (i) the right of the Board to amend this Agreement as pursuant to Section 9.4(c), (ii) Section 6.1(b) and (iii) Section 7.4 regarding certain indemnification rights, this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived with the written consent of the Board and Sponsor, and such amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding upon and effective as to each other Member. No course of dealing or oral agreement between or among the Members (or between the Members and the Company) shall be effective to modify, amend, limit, restrict, eliminate replace, alter or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Member or the Company or any other Person under or by reason of this Agreement or the Delaware Act. However, without the consent of each existing Member adversely affected thereby, the Sponsor shall not amend this Agreement so as to (a) require any Member to make any additional contribution to the capital of the Company; (b) require any Member to restore any negative balance in its capital account or otherwise to contribute any capital to the Company; (c) adversely amend the distribution rights in Article (V) with respect to equity interests held by such Member (excluding the impact of any new class of equity interests issued in accordance with this Agreement); (d) require such Member to forfeit or transfer any Units other than as already contemplated by this Agreement; or (e) amend the definition of “Management Investor” or Section 3.14, in each case in a manner that would adversely affect the rights of holders of Class A Common Units issued in exchange for equity of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited in respect of the provisions of Section 3.14. No amendment to Section 3.11 (Purchase of Units by the Company), Section 3.12 (Preemptive Right), Article 5 (Distributions), Section 7.5, Section 8.2 (Reports), Article (X) (Transfer of Units), Section 13.1 (Amendment), any defined terms referenced in any of the foregoing sections and subsections, or any other amendment that would otherwise circumvent the provisions of the foregoing sections and subsections, in each case in a manner that would adversely affect in any material respect any Management Investor, shall be made without such Management Investor’s prior written consent. Without the consent of a majority in interest of the Members other than the Sponsor Group, the Sponsor shall not amend Section 3.12 (Preemptive Right), Section 8.2 (Reports), Section 10.2 (Tag Along Rights) or Section 10.3 (Approved Sale) in a manner that materially and disproportionately adversely affects such Members relative to the Sponsor Group.

13.2     Title to the Company Assets.

The Company’s assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets or any portion thereof Legal title to any or all of such assets may be held in the name of the Company

 

61


or one or more nominees, as the Board may determine. The Board hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All the Company assets shall he recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such assets is held.

13.3     Remedies.

Each Member and the Company shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies which such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such Person has under any law or in equity. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

13.4     Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and whether or not expressly set forth in any particular provision herein, any holder of Sponsor Equity may, without the consent of any other Member or Manager, assign such Person’s rights to any of such Person’s Affiliates.

13.5     Severability.

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or if such term or provision could be drawn more narrowly so as not to be illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall be so narrowly drawn, as to such jurisdiction, without invalidating the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

13.6     Counterparts; Binding Agreement.

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and effective as to each Person who (a) executes this Agreement in the appropriate space provided in the signature pages hereto notwithstanding the fact that other Persons who have not executed this Agreement may be listed on the signature pages hereto and (b) may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of or joinder to this Agreement.

 

62


13.7     Descriptive Headings; Interpretation.

The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument (including this Agreement) means such agreement, document or instrument as validly amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Whenever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict. The phrases “prior consent of Sponsor,” “approval of Sponsor,” “prior approval of Sponsor” and similar phrases, wherever used, shall in each instance mean the prior written consent of Sponsor. Wherever in this Agreement it is indicated that a determination or decision is to be made by “the Board and Sponsor,” such determination or decision shall be a joint decision such that the Board (in accordance with Section 6.3) and Sponsor must jointly agree or jointly consent to such determination or decision. Whenever in this Agreement a Member is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision or determination, such Member shall take such action or make such decision or determination in such Member’s sole discretion, unless another standard is expressly set forth herein. Whenever in this Agreement a Member is permitted or required to take by any valid means any action or to make a decision or determination in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, each Member shall be entitled to consider, solely its own interests (and not the interests of any other Person) or, at its election, any such other interests and factors as such Member desires (including the interests of such Member’s Affiliates, employers, partners and their respective Affiliates), or any combination thereof.

13.8     Applicable Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Delaware Act and the other laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Any dispute relating hereto shall be heard first in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and, if applicable, in any state or federal court located in the State of Delaware in which appeal from the Court of Chancery may validly be taken under the laws of the State of Delaware (each a “Chosen Court” and collectively, the “Chosen Courts”), and the parties, and any Member or holder of Units pursuant to this Agreement, by acceptance of the rights and benefits thereof, agree to the

 

63


exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Chosen Courts. Such Persons further agree that any Proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, the other Agreements referred to herein, the Membership Interests, Units, the Company, the Members, a Manager, or the transactions contemplated hereby or by any matters related to the foregoing (the “Applicable Matters”) shall be brought exclusively in a Chosen Court, and that any Proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any other Applicable Matter shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of Delaware, and each of the foregoing Persons hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such Chosen Courts in any such Proceeding and irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that such Person may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such Chosen Court or that any such Proceeding brought in any such Chosen Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Such Persons further covenant not to bring a Proceeding with respect to the Applicable Matters (or that could affect any Applicable Matter) other than in such Chosen Court and not to challenge or enforce in another jurisdiction a judgment of such Chosen Court. Process in any such Proceeding may be served on any Person with respect to such Applicable Matters anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such Chose Court. Without limiting the foregoing, each such Person agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 13.9 shall be deemed effective service of process on such Person.

13.9     Addresses and Notices.

All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) faxed or emailed to the recipient (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if faxed or emailed before 5:00 p.m. Atlanta, Georgia time on a business day, and otherwise on the next business day, or (c) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice to the Board or the Company shall be deemed given thereto if received by the chairman of the Board at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.5.

13.10     Creditors.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan, any direct or indirect interest in Profits, Losses, Distributions, or the Company’s capital or property other than its rights as a secured creditor expressly set forth in such a separate written agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Indemnified Persons are intended third- party beneficiaries of Section 7.4 and shall be entitled to enforce such provision (as it may be in effect from time to time).

 

64


13.11     No Waiver.

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

13.12     Further Action.

The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, in each case as may be requested by the Board.

13.13     Offset Against Amounts Payable.

To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member (other than any holder of Sponsor Equity) or any Affiliate or related Person thereof, any amounts that such Member or such Affiliate or related Person owes to the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be offset or deducted from that sum before payment.

13.14     Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the Members and the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter herein and therein, and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

13.15     Delivery by Electronic Means.

This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a fax machine or by an attachment to email, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall reexecute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a fax machine or an attachment to an email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

13.16     Survival.

Each of Sections 3.7, 5.7, 6.6, 7.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 9.3, 11.6 and Article XIII shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with its terms notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Company.

 

65


13.17     Certain Acknowledgments.

13.18     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

*    *    *    *    *

 

66


The undersigned have executed or caused to he executed on their behalf this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
DRIVEN INVESTOR LLC
By:  

                                                                                   

Name:
Its:
SPONSOR:
DRIVEN EQUITY LLC
By:  

                                                                                   

Name:
Its:

Signature Page to Limited Liability Company Agreement of Driven Investor LLC

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.

FIRST: The name of this corporation (the “Corporation”) shall be Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock with the par value of $0.01 per share.

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

 

   Mailing Address
Scott O’Melia    440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte NC 28202

SIXTH: Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or this certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) shall so require.

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the personal liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director is hereby eliminated.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation through bylaw provisions, agreements with such directors, officers, employees and agents, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL.


Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article NINTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee or agent existing at the time of any acts or omissions of such director, officer, employee or agent occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

TENTH: Neither any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, firm, association, or other entity (an “Entity”), nor any other acts of the Corporation with relation to any other Entity will, in the absence of fraud, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be invalidated or otherwise affected by the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation are pecuniarily or otherwise interested in, or are directors, officers, partners, or members of, such other Entity (such directors, officers, and Entities, each a “Related Person”). Any Related Person may be a party to, or may be pecuniarily or otherwise interested in, any contract or transaction of the Corporation, provided that the fact that such person is a Related Person is disclosed or is known to the Board or a majority of directors present at any meeting of the Board at which action upon any such contract or transaction is taken, and any director of the Corporation who is also a Related Person may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which any such contract or transaction is authorized and may vote thereat to authorize any such contract or transaction, with like force and effect as if such person were not a Related Person. Any director of the Corporation may vote upon any contract or any other transaction between the Corporation and any subsidiary or affiliated entity without regard to the fact that such person is also a director or officer of such subsidiary or affiliated entity.

Any contract, transaction or act of the Corporation or of the directors that is ratified at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or at any special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation called for such purpose, will, insofar as permitted by applicable law, be as valid and as binding as though ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation; provided, however, that any failure of the stockholders to approve or ratify any such contract, transaction or act, when and if submitted, will not be deemed in any way to invalidate the same or deprive the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees, of its or their right to proceed with such contract, transaction or act.

Subject to any express agreement that may from time to time be in effect, each of (x) any director or officer of the Corporation who is also an officer, director, employee, partner, managing director or other affiliate of Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”) or any of its respective affiliates (collectively, the “Managers”) and (y) the Managers and their affiliates, may, and shall have no duty not to, in each case on behalf of the Managers or their affiliates (the persons and entities in clauses (x) and (y), each a “Covered Manager Person”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) carry on and conduct, whether directly, or as a partner in any partnership, or as a joint venturer in any joint venture, or as an officer, director or stockholder of any corporation, or as a participant in any syndicate, pool, trust or association, any business of any kind, nature or

 

2


description, whether or not such business is competitive with or in the same or similar lines of business as the Corporation, (ii) do business with any client, customer, vendor or lessor of any of the Corporation or its affiliates, and (iii) make investments in any kind of property in which the Corporation may make investments. To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation to participate in any business of the Managers or their affiliates, and waives any claim against a Covered Manager Person and shall indemnify a Covered Manager Person against any claim that such Covered Manager Person is liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of such person’s or entity’s participation in any such business.

In the event that a Covered Manager Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may constitute a corporate opportunity for both (x) the Covered Manager Person, in his or her Roark-related capacity, or Roark or its affiliates and (y) the Corporation, the Covered Manager Person shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have any duty to offer or communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation. To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in such corporate opportunity and waives any claim against each Covered Manager Person and shall indemnify a Covered Manager Person against any claim that such Covered Manager Person is liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Covered Manager Person (i) pursues or acquires any corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of any affiliate, (ii) directs, recommends, sells, assigns, or otherwise transfers such corporate opportunity to another person or (iii) does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, provided, however, in each case, that any corporate opportunity which is expressly offered to a Covered Manager Person in writing solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Corporation shall belong to the Corporation.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article TENTH as well as each other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation.

This Article TENTH may not be amended, modified or repealed without the prior written consent of each of the Managers.

ELEVENTH: The powers of the incorporator are to terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The name and mailing address of the persons who are to serve as the initial directors of the Corporation, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified, are set forth below:

 

3


Name

 

   Mailing Address
Jonathan Fitzpatrick    440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte NC 28202
Scott O’Melia    440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte NC 28202

TWELFTH: The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this Certificate of Incorporation as of this 6th day of July, 2020.

 

/s/ Scott O’Melia

By:    Scott O’Melia

Title: Incorporator

 

[Signature Page to Driven Brands Holdings, Inc. – Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Corporation (the “Corporation”) is Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•], which shall be divided into two classes as follows:

[•] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and

[•] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).


I. Capital Stock.

A. Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

B. Each holder of record of Common Stock, as such, shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock which is outstanding in his, her or its name on the books of the Corporation on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

C. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

D. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation which are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

E. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

 

2


F. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

A. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when the Principal Stockholders (as defined below) do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: this Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

B. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when the Principal Stockholders (as defined below) do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

3


ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below), any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors to their respective class.

B. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted to the Principal Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below)) pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of [the IPO Date], by and among the Corporation and the Principal Stockholders (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the

 

4


stockholders; provided, however, that at any time when the Principal Stockholders do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

C. Subject to rights granted to the Principal Stockholders under the Stockholders Agreement, any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided, however, that at any time when the Principal Stockholders do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

D. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

E. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 

5


ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

B. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

A. At any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. At any time when the Principal Stockholders do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

 

6


B. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of the Principal Stockholders.

C. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, members, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the Principal Stockholders and their Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers and/or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Principal Stockholders and their Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, (iii) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) but who are affiliated with the Principal Stockholders or their Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iv) the Corporation may engage in material business transactions with the Principal Stockholders and their Affiliates and the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Principal Stockholders, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

7


B. None of (i) the Principal Stockholders or any of their Affiliates or any of their respective principals, members, directors, partners, stockholders, officers, employees or other representatives or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section (D) of this Article IX. Subject to said Section (D) of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and shall be deemed to have fully satisfied and fulfilled such person’s duties to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to any such corporate opportunity and to have acted in accordance with the standard of care set forth in the DGCL, or any successor statute, or law that is otherwise applicable to such Identified Persons under Delaware law.

C. The Corporation and its Affiliates do not have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Identified Person, or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the Corporation agrees that each of the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Corporation or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Corporation.

D. The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation as reasonably determined by such persons, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

 

8


E. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

F. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Principal Stockholders, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Principal Stockholders, controls the Principal Stockholders or is under common control with the Principal Stockholders and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

G. This Article IX shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws or applicable law.

H. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

I. For so long as the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own any of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, any modification, supplement, edit or other change or amendment to this Article IX shall require the approval of each Principal Stockholder Designee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

9


ARTICLE X

DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

A. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

1. prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

2. upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

3. at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

C. For purposes of this Article X, references to:

1. “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

2. “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

10


3. “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section (B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (c)-(e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

11


(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

4. “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article X, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

5. “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include or be deemed to include, in any case, (a) the Principal Stockholders, any Principal Stockholders Direct Transferee, any Principal Stockholders Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group”, or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

12


6. “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten or more persons; or

(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

7. “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

8. “Principal Stockholders Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from either the Principal Stockholders or any of their affiliates or successors or any “group”, or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

13


9. “Principal Stockholders Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from any Principal Stockholders Direct Transferee or any other Principal Stockholders Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

10. “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

11. “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

A. If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

B. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consents to the provisions of this Article XI(B).

 

14


C. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consents to the provisions of this Article XI(C).

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officer this ___ day of ___________, 2021.

 

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.01    Registered Office. The address of the registered office of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be further amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.02    Other Offices. The Corporation may have a principal or other office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as shall be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01    Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2.02    Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

Section 2.03    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.


Section 2.04    Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, notice, stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records books of the Corporation.

Section 2.05    Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. The chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of an adjourned meeting need be given except as required by law. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 2.06    Required Vote. At all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected, a plurality of the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote for the election of such directors shall be sufficient to elect such directors. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its stockholders, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

Section 2.07    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting.

Section 2.08    Action Without a Meeting. Unless prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by or on behalf of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than a unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of the holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

2


Section 2.09    Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.01    General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.02    Number of Directors. The total number of directors shall be as determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.03 of these Bylaws, and each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, by the stockholders entitled to vote.

Section 3.03    Vacancies on Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy resulting from the death, resignation, removal or disqualification of any director or other cause, or any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director. Each director so appointed shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor has been duly elected qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification.

Section 3.04    Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 3.05    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3


Section 3.06    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors.

Section 3.07    Telephonic Participation. All or any one or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation in a meeting pursuant to such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.08    Quorum; Required Vote. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors; provided, that in no event shall a quorum be less than one-third of the total number of directors if there were no vacancies. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.09    Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions or transmissions are filed with the minutes or proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 3.10    Resignation. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission thereof to the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall be effective when the resignation is delivered, unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.11    Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation (if any) to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to the stockholders or adopting, amending of repealing the Bylaws. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

4


Section 3.12    Fees and Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.01    Officers. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and may include a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer or a President, or both, a Chief Financial Officer, and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be chosen from among the directors. All officers elected by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof. In addition, the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may from time to time elect, or the Chief Executive Officer may appoint, such other officers (including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurers and Controllers) and such agents, as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or such committee or by the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

Section 4.02    Term of Office. Each principal officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and shall qualify, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification.

Section 4.03    Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors. Any officer or agent appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may also be removed by him or her whenever, in his or her judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his or her successor or his or her earlier death, resignation, removal or disqualification, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract.

 

5


Section 4.04    Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission thereof to the Corporation. The resignation of any officer shall be effective when the resignation is delivered, unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.05    Vacancies. A vacancy in any office may be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for appointment to such office.

Section 4.06    Powers and Duties. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the officers shall each have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer without limiting the foregoing:

(a)    Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and he or she shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. Unless there shall have been elected one or more Presidents of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation.

(c)    President. Each President shall have such general powers and duties of supervision and management as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

(d)    Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

(e)    Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or a President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He or she shall render to the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, each President and the Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he or she shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and the Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

 

6


(f)    Secretary. The Secretary, if present, shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof and of the stockholders and keep the minutes thereof in a book or books to be provided for that purpose. He or she shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; he or she shall have charge of the stock records of the Corporation; he or she shall see that all reports, statements and other documents required by law are properly kept and filed; and in general, he or she shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01    Certificates. At the option of the Board of Directors, the stock of the Corporation may be (i) uncertificated, evidenced by entries into the corporation’s stock ledger or other appropriate corporate books and records, as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

Section 5.02    Transfers of Stock. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. In the case of certificated shares of stock, transfers shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender for cancellation of certificate(s) for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. In the case of uncertificated shares of stock, transfers shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5.03    Record Owners. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders of the Corporation and the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its stock ledger as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote and to receive notice, and otherwise to exercise all of the rights and powers of an owner of such shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

7


Section 5.04    Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.05    Last, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Certificates. As a condition to the issue of a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued and alleged to have been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Corporation may require the owner of any such certificate, or such owner’s legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct or to otherwise indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 5.06    Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 6.01    Proceedings Other Than Those Brought by the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

8


Section 6.02    Proceedings Brought by the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

Section 6.03    Indemnification and Expenses. To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 6.01 or Section 6.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

Section 6.04    Authorization for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 6.01 or Section 6.02 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 or Section 6.02. Such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders. The Corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article VI.

Section 6.05    Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VI.

Section 6.06    Indemnification of Expenses not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

9


Section 6.07    Directors and Officers Insurance. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

Section 6.08    Corporation Defined, Effects of Merger or Consolidation. For the purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 6.09    Other Enterprises Defined. For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this section.

Section 6.10    Cessation of Director or Officer Status. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 6.11    Proceeding Initiated by Individual. The Corporation shall be required by these Bylaws to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by any person having indemnification rights under this Article VI has been received by the Corporation, such person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that such person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

10


ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 7.01    Amendments by Stockholders. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be added by the stockholders.

Section 7.02    Amendments by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFINITIONS

Section 8.01    Definitions. Terms used in these Bylaws and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 9.01    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9.02    Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation

Section 9.03    Payment of Dividends; Directors’ Duties. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may abolish any such reserve.

Section 9.04    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the event for which notice was so required, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

11


Section 9.05    Contracts. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on the behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board of Directors may determine. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, each President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, each President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his or her jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power

Section 9.06    Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Entities. All stock and other securities of other entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted (including by written consent), and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person or persons authorized to do so by resolution of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or Secretary.

 

12

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1.01 Registered Office. The registered office and registered agent of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of the Principal Stockholders (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of the Principal Stockholders.


SECTION 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (these “Bylaws”), (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders as a corporation with a class of equity security registered under the Exchange Act (as defined below), for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be received (A) no earlier than 120 days before such annual meeting and (B) no later than the later of 90 days before such annual meeting and the tenth day after the day on which the notice of such annual meeting was first made by mail or public announcement); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 100 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.03 shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

2


(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

  (a)

as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director:

 

  (i)

all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and

 

  (ii)

complete and accurate responses to a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary of the Corporation upon written request);

 

  (b)

as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;

 

  (c)

as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

 

  (i)

the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner,

 

  (ii)

the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner,

 

  (iii)

a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination,

 

3


  (iv)

a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination,

 

  (v)

a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and

 

  (vi)

any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (d)

a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and

 

  (e)

a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be:

 

  (i)

to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation,

 

  (ii)

to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation, and/or

 

4


  (iii)

to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is 15 days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than 15 days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of 15 days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than 15 days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The proponent persons shall also provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation within five business days of such request.

 

5


(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement or (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General.

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of

 

6


stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect with respect to the Principal Stockholders, the Principal Stockholders (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

7


SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2.05 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

SECTION 2.06 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the

 

8


meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

SECTION 2.07 Chairman of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, a person designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

SECTION 2.08 Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

SECTION 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 2.10 Adjournment. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to convene, adjourn, and reconvene the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

9


SECTION 2.11 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 3.01 Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the

 

10


Board of Directors, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of their members to preside.

SECTION 3.03 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

SECTION 3.04 Removal. Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement and applicable law.

SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law and subject to the Stockholders Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

SECTION 3.06 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board of Directors or as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by the Board of Directors and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be also called by the Principal Stockholders at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and shall be at such places and times as the Principal Stockholders shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least 24 hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) notice of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

11


SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

SECTION 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

12


SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

SECTION 3.10 Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 3.11 Compensation. The Board of Directors, or any committee thereof designated with such authority, shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

SECTION 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

SECTION 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a principal financial officer, a principal accounting officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

13


SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.03 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities.

SECTION 4.04 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any are appointed, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.05 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.06 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

14


SECTION 4.07 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.08 Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.09 Contracts and Other Documents. The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

SECTION 4.10 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.11 Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

 

15


SECTION 4.12 Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.

SECTION 4.13 Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

ARTICLE V

Stock

SECTION 5.01 Shares With Certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

SECTION 5.02 Shares Without Certificates. If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 5.03 Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital

 

16


stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

SECTION 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

SECTION 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

17


Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which

 

18


the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (a) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (b) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

SECTION 6.01 Notice. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”). Such advancement shall be unconditional, unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to indemnitee’s ability to repay any expenses advanced; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon

 

20


delivery to the Corporation of an unsecured undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.

SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (a) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (b) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL, and in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

21


SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons, including the Stockholders Agreement, as applicable) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Corporation’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Corporation. The Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B), entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B).

 

22


For purposes of this Section 7.04(B), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

SECTION 7.05 Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Corporation and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Corporation to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Corporation, and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Corporation or any subsidiary shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this Article VII in entering into or continuing the service without being required to give notice thereof to the Corporation. Such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

SECTION 7.06 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

23


SECTION 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 7.08 Successful Defense. In the event that any proceeding to which a indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against the indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such proceeding for purposes of Section 145(c) of the DGCL. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01 Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

SECTION 8.02 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

SECTION 8.03 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last Saturday of each year, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.

SECTION 8.04 Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

SECTION 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

24


ARTICLE IX

Amendments

SECTION 9.01 Amendments. The Board of Directors is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when the Principal Stockholders do not beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

25

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Securities Intermediary

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Article I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1  

Section 1.2

 

Cross-References

     2  

Section 1.3

 

Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication

     2  

Section 1.4

 

Rules of Construction

     2  

Article II THE NOTES

     3  

Section 2.1

 

Designation and Terms of Notes

     3  

Section 2.2

 

Notes Issuable in Series

     3  

Section 2.3

 

Series Supplement for Each Series

     7  

Section 2.4

 

Execution and Authentication

     8  

Section 2.5

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     9  

Section 2.6

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     10  

Section 2.7

 

Noteholder List

     11  

Section 2.8

 

Transfer and Exchange

     11  

Section 2.9

 

Persons Deemed Owners

     12  

Section 2.10

 

Replacement Notes

     12  

Section 2.11

 

Treasury Notes

     13  

Section 2.12

 

Book-Entry Notes

     13  

Section 2.13

 

Definitive Notes

     15  

Section 2.14

 

Cancellation

     15  

Section 2.15

 

Principal and Interest

     16  

Section 2.16

 

Tax Treatment

     16  

Article III SECURITY

     16  

Section 3.1

 

Grant of Security Interest

     16  

Section 3.2

 

Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected

     18  

Section 3.3

 

Performance of Collateral Documents

     18  

Section 3.4

 

Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees

     19  

Section 3.5

 

Authorization to File Financing Statements

     19  

Article IV REPORTS

     20  

Section 4.1

 

Reports and Instructions to Trustee

     20  

Section 4.2

 

Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement

     22  

Section 4.3

 

Rule 144A Information

     22  

Section 4.4

 

Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders

     22  

Section 4.5

 

Manager

     23  

Section 4.6

 

No Constructive Notice

     23  

 

i


Article V ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

     24  

Section 5.1

 

Management Accounts

     24  

Section 5.2

 

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account

     25  

Section 5.3

 

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account

     25  

Section 5.4

 

Cash Trap Reserve Account

     26  

Section 5.5

 

Collection Account

     27  

Section 5.6

 

Collection Account Administrative Accounts

     27  

Section 5.7

 

Company Location Accounts

     28  

Section 5.8

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     29  

Section 5.9

 

Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts

     31  

Section 5.10

 

Collections and Investment Income

     31  

Section 5.11

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates

     35  

Section 5.12

 

Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     38  

Section 5.13

 

Determination of Quarterly Interest

     50  

Section 5.14

 

Determination of Quarterly Principal

     50  

Section 5.15

 

Prepayment of Principal

     50  

Section 5.16

 

Retained Collections Contributions

     50  

Section 5.17

 

Interest Reserve Letters of Credit

     51  

Section 5.18

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     52  

Article VI DISTRIBUTIONS

     52  

Section 6.1

 

Distributions in General

     52  

Article VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     53  

Section 7.1

 

Existence and Power

     53  

Section 7.2

 

Company and Governmental Authorization

     53  

Section 7.3

 

No Consent

     53  

Section 7.4

 

Binding Effect

     54  

Section 7.5

 

Litigation

     54  

Section 7.6

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     54  

Section 7.7

 

Tax Filings and Expenses

     54  

Section 7.8

 

Disclosure

     55  

Section 7.9

 

Investment Company Act

     55  

Section 7.10

 

Regulations T, U and X

     55  

Section 7.11

 

Solvency

     55  

Section 7.12

 

Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries

     55  

Section 7.13

 

Security Interests

     56  

Section 7.14

 

Transaction Documents

     57  

Section 7.15

 

Non-Existence of Other Agreements

     57  

Section 7.16

 

Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws

     57  

 

ii


Section 7.17

 

Other Representations

     57  

Section 7.18

 

Insurance

     57  

Section 7.19

 

Environmental Matters

     58  

Section 7.20

 

Intellectual Property

     58  

Section 7.21

 

Payments on the Notes

     59  

Article VIII COVENANTS

     59  

Section 8.1

 

Payment of Notes

     59  

Section 8.2

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     59  

Section 8.3

 

Payment and Performance of Obligations

     60  

Section 8.4

 

Maintenance of Existence

     60  

Section 8.5

 

Compliance with Laws

     60  

Section 8.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records

     60  

Section 8.7

 

Actions under the Transaction Documents

     61  

Section 8.8

 

Notice of Defaults and Other Events

     61  

Section 8.9

 

Notice of Material Proceedings

     62  

Section 8.10

 

Further Requests

     62  

Section 8.11

 

Further Assurances

     62  

Section 8.12

 

Liens

     63  

Section 8.13

 

Other Indebtedness

     63  

Section 8.14

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     64  

Section 8.15

 

Mergers

     64  

Section 8.16

 

Asset Dispositions

     64  

Section 8.17

 

Acquisition of Assets

     64  

Section 8.18

 

Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc

     65  

Section 8.19

 

Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307

     65  

Section 8.20

 

Charter Documents

     65  

Section 8.21

 

Investments

     66  

Section 8.22

 

No Other Agreements

     66  

Section 8.23

 

Other Business

     66  

Section 8.24

 

Maintenance of Separate Existence

     66  

Section 8.25

 

Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP

     68  

Section 8.26

 

Insurance

     69  

Section 8.27

 

Litigation

     69  

Section 8.28

 

Environmental

     69  

Section 8.29

 

Derivatives Generally

     70  

Section 8.30

 

Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands

     70  

Section 8.31

 

Tax Lien Reserve Amount

     71  

Section 8.32

 

Bankruptcy Proceedings

     71  

Section 8.33

 

Take 5 Accounts

     71  

 

iii


Article IX REMEDIES

     72  

Section 9.1

 

Rapid Amortization Events

     72  

Section 9.2

 

Events of Default

     72  

Section 9.3

 

Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default

     75  

Section 9.4

 

Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling

     78  

Section 9.5

 

Limited Recourse

     78  

Section 9.6

 

Optional Preservation of the Collateral

     78  

Section 9.7

 

Waiver of Past Events

     78  

Section 9.8

 

Control by the Control Party

     79  

Section 9.9

 

Limitation on Suits

     79  

Section 9.10

 

Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment

     80  

Section 9.11

 

The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     80  

Section 9.12

 

Undertaking for Costs

     81  

Section 9.13

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     81  

Section 9.14

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     81  

Section 9.15

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     81  

Section 9.16

 

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     81  

Article X THE TRUSTEE

     82  

Section 10.1

 

Duties of the Trustee

     82  

Section 10.2

 

Rights of the Trustee

     85  

Section 10.3

 

Individual Rights of the Trustee

     87  

Section 10.4

 

Notice of Events of Default and Defaults

     88  

Section 10.5

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     88  

Section 10.6

 

Replacement of the Trustee

     89  

Section 10.7

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     90  

Section 10.8

 

Eligibility Disqualification

     90  

Section 10.9

 

Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee

     90  

Section 10.10

 

Representations and Warranties of Trustee

     91  

Article XI CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

     92  

Section 11.1

 

Controlling Class Representative

     92  

Section 11.2

 

Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative

     94  

Section 11.3

 

Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative

     94  

Section 11.4

 

Control Party

     95  

Section 11.5

 

Note Owner List

     96  

Article XII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     97  

Section 12.1

 

Termination of the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ Obligations

     97  

Section 12.2

 

Application of Trust Money

     100  

Section 12.3

 

Repayment to the Issuer

     100  

Section 12.4

 

Reinstatement

     100  

 

iv


Article XIII AMENDMENTS

     100  

Section 13.1

 

Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders

     100  

Section 13.2

 

With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders

     102  

Section 13.3

 

Supplements

     103  

Section 13.4

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     103  

Section 13.5

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     104  

Section 13.6

 

The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     104  

Section 13.7

 

Amendments and Fees

     104  

Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS

     104  

Section 14.1

 

Notices

     104  

Section 14.2

 

Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders

     107  

Section 14.3

 

Officer’s Certificate as to Conditions Precedent

     107  

Section 14.4

 

Statements Required in Certificate

     107  

Section 14.5

 

Rules by the Trustee

     108  

Section 14.6

 

Benefits of Indenture

     108  

Section 14.7

 

Payment on Business Day

     108  

Section 14.8

 

Governing Law

     108  

Section 14.9

 

Successors

     108  

Section 14.10

 

Severability

     108  

Section 14.11

 

Counterpart Originals

     108  

Section 14.12

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     109  

Section 14.13

 

No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities

     109  

Section 14.14

 

Recording of Indenture

     109  

Section 14.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     109  

Section 14.16

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     109  

Section 14.17

 

Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio

     110  

Section 14.18

 

Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral

     112  

Section 14.19

 

Amendment and Restatement

     112  

 

v


ANNEXES

Annex A

 

Base Indenture Definitions List

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

 

Form of Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Exhibit B

 

Form of Quarterly Noteholders’ Report

Exhibit C

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit D-1

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

Exhibit D-2

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

Exhibit D-3

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

Exhibit E-1

 

Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

Exhibit E-2

 

Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

Exhibit E-3

 

Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

Exhibit F

 

Form of Investor Request Certification

Exhibit G

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit H

 

Form of CCR Election Notice

Exhibit I

 

Form of CCR Nomination for Controlling Class Representative

Exhibit J

 

Form of CCR Ballot for Controlling Class Representative

Exhibit K

 

Form of CCR Acceptance Letter

Exhibit L

 

Form of Note Owner Certificate

SCHEDULES

Schedule 7.3

 

Consents

Schedule 7.7

 

Proposed Tax Assessments

Schedule 7.18

 

Insurance

Schedule 7.20

 

Pending Actions or Proceedings Relating to the Securitization IP

Schedule 8.11

 

Non-Perfected Liens

Schedule 8.14

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

vi


AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Original Base Indenture”) to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of notes (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the Original Base Indenture in the manner set forth herein, and to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of Notes in the manner provided in this Base Indenture and in supplements to this Base Indenture and the Series Supplements hereto; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture and all other things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer as hereinafter provided;

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to the amendment and restatement of the Original Indenture as set forth in this Amended and Restated Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee has received the Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel as described in Section 13.5 of the Original Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders (in accordance with the priorities set forth herein and in any Series Supplement), as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1    Definitions.

(a)    Capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Base Indenture Definitions List”), as such Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b)    Any terms used in the Indenture (including, without limitation, for purposes of Article III) that are defined in the UCC and pertaining to Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC, unless otherwise defined in the Indenture.


Section 1.2    Cross-References.

Unless otherwise specified, references in the Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.3    Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication.

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4    Rules of Construction.

In the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(b)    reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, as the case may be, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(c)    reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(d)    reference to any Requirement of Law means such Requirement of Law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

(e)    “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(f)    the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both”, not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either ... or” construction;

(g)    reference to any contract or agreement, including any Transaction Document, means such contract or agreement as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and

(h)    with respect to the determination of any period of time, except as otherwise specified, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”.

 

2


ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1    Designation and Terms of Notes.

(a)    Each Series of Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the applicable Series Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs as selected by the Issuer, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the applicable Series Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officer of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by execution of such Notes by such Authorized Officer. All Notes of any Series shall, except as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and in this Base Indenture, be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Base Indenture is unlimited. The Notes of each Series shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

(b)    With respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of any Class A-1 Notes, whether or not any of the following shall have been specifically provided for in the applicable provision of the Indenture Documents, the following shall be true (except to the extent that the Series Supplement with respect to such Class of Notes or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement provides otherwise):

(i)    for purposes of any provision of any Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction, waiver or the like to be given by such Class on any date, with respect to the related Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the relevant principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes to be used in tabulating the percentage of such Class voting, consenting, directing, waiving or the like will be deemed to be the related Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount;

(ii)    for purposes of any provisions of any Indenture Document relating to termination, discharge or the like, such Class shall continue to be deemed Outstanding unless and until all commitments to extend credit under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been terminated thereunder and the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class shall have been reduced to zero; and

(iii)    notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, a Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement may provide for different treatment of commitments of a Noteholder of a Class A-1 Note subject to such Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that has failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, that has provided written notification that it does not intend to make a payment required to be made by it thereunder when due or that has become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Section 2.2    Notes Issuable in Series.

(a)    The Notes may be issued in one or more Series. Each Series of Notes shall be created by a Series Supplement.

 

3


(b)    So long as each of the certifications described in clause (iii)(I) and clause (vi) below are true and correct as of the applicable Series Closing Date, Notes of a new Series may from time to time be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request at least five (5) Business Days (except in the case of the issuance of the Series of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) in advance of the related Series Closing Date (which Company Request will be revocable by the Issuer upon notice to the Trustee no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Series Closing Date) and upon performance or delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Control Party, and receipt by the Trustee and the Control Party, of the following:

(i)    a Company Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such new Series by the Trustee and specifying the designation of such new Series, the Initial Principal Amount (or the method for calculating the Initial Principal Amount) of such new Series to be authenticated and the Note Rate with respect to such new Series;

(ii)    a Series Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.3 executed by the Issuer and the Trustee and specifying the Principal Terms of such new Series;

(iii)    in the case of any Additional Notes, if there is one or more Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) on the applicable Series Closing Date (unless all Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of the Additional Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date):

(A)    no Cash Trapping Period is in effect or will commence as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(B)    written confirmation from either the Manager or the Issuer that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes has been satisfied;

(C)    no Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(D)    no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(E)    the New Series Pro Forma DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(F)    the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio as of the applicable Series Closing Date are each less than or equal to 7.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes;

(G)    the anticipated repayment date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes);

 

4


(H)    the legal final maturity date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the legal final maturity of any Class of Notes then Outstanding;

(I)    one or more Officer’s Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date, certifying to the matters set forth in clauses (A) through (H) above and to the effect that:

(1)    all conditions precedent with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes provided in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement and, if applicable, the related Note Purchase Agreement and any other related note purchase agreement executed in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes have been satisfied or waived;

(2)    the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is in full force and effect as to such Additional Notes;

(3)    each of the parties to the Transaction Documents with respect to such Additional Notes has covenanted and agreed in the Transaction Documents that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; and

(4)    all representations and warranties of the Issuer in this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct, and will continue to be true and correct after giving effect to such issuance on the Series Closing Date, in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects);

(J)    the proposed issuance does not alter or change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding or the Series Supplement relating thereto without such consents as are required under this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement;

(K)    all costs, fees and expenses with respect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes or relating to the actions taken in connection with such issuance that are required to be paid on the applicable Series Closing Date have been paid or will be paid from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes; and

(L)    if such new Series of Notes includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such new Series of Notes include the Subordinated Debt Provisions to the extent applicable.

(iv)    a Tax Opinion, dated the applicable Series Closing Date; provided that, if there are no Notes Outstanding or if all Series of Notes Outstanding will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date, only the opinions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of “Tax Opinion” will be required to be given in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

 

5


(v)    one or more Opinions of Counsel, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, dated the applicable Series Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(A)    all of the instruments described in this Section 2.2(b) furnished to the Trustee and the Control Party conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement and such new Series of Notes are permitted to be authenticated by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(B)    the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms;

(C)    such new Series of Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer, and, when such Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms;

(D)    none of the Securitization Entities is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) thereof;

(E)    the Lien and the security interests created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on the Collateral remain perfected as required by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and such Lien and security interests extend to any assets transferred to the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

(F)    based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each Securitization Entity as a debtor in bankruptcy would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the Manager;

(G)    neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) conflicts with the Charter Documents of the Issuer, (ii) constitutes a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement to which the Issuer is a party (which agreements may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion), or (iii) contravenes any order or decree that is applicable to the Issuer (which orders and decrees may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion);

(H)    neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuer of its payment obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) violates any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction or (ii) requires the consent, approval, licensing or authorization of, or any filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority under any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction except for those consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations already obtained and those filings, recordings and registrations already made;

(I)    there is no action, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or administrative agency that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or assets of the Securitization Entities;

 

6


(J)    unless such Notes are being offered pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of such Notes by the Issuer to the initial purchaser thereof or by the initial purchaser to the initial investors in such Notes to register such Notes under the Securities Act; and

(K)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture (except that no such Opinion of Counsel relating to the satisfaction of conditions precedent shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(vi)    one or more Officer’s Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date to the effect that:

(A)    the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms; and

(B)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture; and

(vii)    such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Trustee may reasonably require.

(c)    Upon satisfaction, or waiver by the Control Party (as directed by the Controlling Class Representative) (which waiver shall be in writing), of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, as provided above, such Additional Notes upon execution thereof by the Issuer.

(d)    With regard to any new Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.2, the proceeds from such issuance may only be used to repay (i) Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes have been repaid and (ii) Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have been repaid; provided that at any time on or after the Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes, the proceeds from the issuance of Subordinated Notes may only be used to repay Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or all Outstanding Classes of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

(e)    The issuance of Additional Notes shall not be subject to the consent of the Holders of any Series of Notes Outstanding. Additional Notes may be issued for any purpose consistent with the Transaction Documents, including acquisitions and refinancings of acquisitions by the Securitization Entities.

Section 2.3    Series Supplement for Each Series.

In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series, the parties hereto shall execute a Series Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such new Series of Notes, which may include, without limitation:

(a)    its name or designation;

 

7


(b)    the Initial Principal Amount with respect to such Series;

(c)    the Note Rate with respect to such Series or each Class of such Series and the applicable Default Rate;

(d)    the Series Closing Date;

(e)    the Series Anticipated Repayment Date, if any;

(f)    the Series Legal Final Maturity Date;

(g)    the principal amortization schedule with respect to such Series, if any;

(h)    each Rating Agency rating such Series;

(i)    the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(j)    the names of the Series Distribution Accounts and any other Series Accounts to be used with respect to such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such account and the use of moneys therein;

(k)    the method of allocating amounts deposited into any Series Distribution Account with respect to such Series;

(l)    whether the Notes of such Series will be issued in multiple Classes or Subclasses and the rights and priorities of each such Class or Subclass;

(m)    any deposit of funds to be made in any Base Indenture Account or any Series Account on the Series Closing Date;

(n)    whether the Notes of such Series may be issued as either Definitive Notes or Book-Entry Notes and any limitations imposed thereon;

(o)    whether the Notes of such Series include Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Subordinated Notes;

(p)    whether the Notes of such Series include Class A-1 Notes or subfacilities of Class A-1 Notes issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

(q)    any other relevant terms of such Series of Notes (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series).

Section 2.4    Execution and Authentication.

(a)    The Notes shall, upon issuance pursuant to Section 2.2, be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. The signature of such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. If an Authorized Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

8


(b)    At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes of any particular Series (issued pursuant to Section 2.2) executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Company Orders for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee, in accordance with such Company Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

(c)    No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for below, duly executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of a Trust Officer (and the Luxembourg agent (the “Luxembourg Agent”) if applicable, if the Notes of the Series to which such Note belongs are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange). Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Base Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Notes of a Series issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory”

(d)    Each Note shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 together with a written statement to the Trustee and the Servicer (which need not comply with Section 14.3) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Issuer, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.5    Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a)    The Issuer shall (i) maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) appoint a paying agent (which shall satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 10.8(a)) (the “Paying Agent”) at whose office or agency Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (including the name and address of each such Noteholder) and of their transfer and exchange. The Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the commitment of each Noteholder, if applicable, and the principal amount owing to each Noteholder from time to time. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” shall include any co-registrars. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or the Registrar without prior notice to any Noteholder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as the Registrar and the Paying Agent and shall send copies of all notices and demands received by the Trustee (other than those sent by the Issuer to the Trustee and those addressed to the

 

9


Issuer) in connection with the Notes to the Issuer. Upon any resignation or removal of the Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Registrar or, in the absence of such appointment, the Issuer shall assume the duties of the Registrar.

(b)    The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. Such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Base Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee hereby agrees to act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with this Base Indenture until the Issuer shall appoint a replacement Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable.

Section 2.6    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

(a)    The Issuer will cause the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is not the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, that the Paying Agent will:

(i)    hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii)    give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has Actual Knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii)    at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent;

(iv)    immediately resign as the Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Trustee hereunder at the time of its appointment; and

(v)    comply with all requirements of the Code and other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

(b)    The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee in trust upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held in trust by the Paying Agent. Upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(c)    Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer upon delivery of a Company Request. The Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money paid to the Issuer shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer,

 

10


cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London and Luxembourg (if the related Series of Notes has been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange), if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other commercially reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7    Noteholder List.

(a)    The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Registrar to the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees that none of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders in the Note Register.

(b)    The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each Quarterly Payment Date and at such other time as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

Section 2.8    Transfer and Exchange.

(a)    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass) and a like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so transferred. At the option of any Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Series and Class in authorized denominations of like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so exchanged, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Registrar maintained for such purpose. Whenever Notes of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(b)    Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing with a medallion signature guarantee and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require to document the identities and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee. The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

11


(c)    All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(d)    The preceding provisions of this Section 2.8 notwithstanding, (i) the Trustee, the Issuer or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note of any Series for a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days preceding the selection of any Series of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, and (ii) no assignment or transfer of a Note or any commitment in respect thereof shall be effective until such assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Note Register and in the books and records of the Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(e)    No service charge shall be payable for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Registrar or the Trustee, as the case may be, may require payment by the Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

(f)    Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, registration of transfer of Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such applicable Series Supplement are satisfied. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8 and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13, the typewritten Note or Notes representing Book-Entry Notes for any Series may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Series, or to a successor Clearing Agency for such Series selected or approved by the Issuer or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency, only if in accordance with this Section 2.8 and Section 2.12.

(g)    If the Notes of any Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be, shall send to the Issuer upon any transfer or exchange of any such Note information reflected in the copy of the register for the Notes maintained by the Registrar or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be.

Section 2.9    Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (other than purposes in which the vote or consent of a Note Owner is expressly required pursuant to this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement), whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.10    Replacement Notes.

(a)    If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless. then, provided that the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, upon its request, the Trustee or an

 

12


authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven (7) days shall be, due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b)    Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.10, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Registrar) connected therewith.

(c)    Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and such replacement Note shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued under the Indenture (in accordance with the priorities and other terms set forth herein and in each applicable Series Supplement).

(d)    The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the required Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, as the case may be, have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned, legally or beneficially, by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which a Trust Officer has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. Absent written notice to a Trust Officer of such ownership, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual Note Owners.

Section 2.12    Book-Entry Notes.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided in any applicable Series Supplement, the Notes of each Class of each Series, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes and delivered to the depository (or its custodian) specified in such Series Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency on behalf of such Series or such Class. The Notes of each Class of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Note Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Note Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series (“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13:

(i)    the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

 

13


(ii)    the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder or under the applicable Series Supplement) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii)    to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.12 conflict with any other provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control with respect to each such Class or Series of the Notes;

(iv)    subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, the rights of Note Owners of each such Class or Series of Notes shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency; and

(v)    subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, whenever the Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the Outstanding Principal Amount of a Series or Class of a Series of Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or their related Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Outstanding Notes or such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes Outstanding, as the case may be, and has delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

(b)    Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(c)    Whenever notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under the Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee and the Issuer shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency.

 

14


Section 2.13    Definitive Notes.

(a)    The Notes of any Series or Class of any Series, to the extent provided in the related Series Supplement, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. All Class A-1 Notes of any Series shall be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. The applicable Series Supplement shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Definitive Notes and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b)    With respect to the Notes of any Series issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes, if (i) (A) the Issuer advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency with respect to any such Series of Notes is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the Issuer are unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event, with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, Note Owners holding a beneficial interest in excess of 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Notes advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Note Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Series. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Notes of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, and deliver an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may each conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series of Notes, all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder and under the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 2.14    Cancellation.

The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Immediately upon the delivery of any Notes by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14, the security interest of the Secured Parties in such Notes shall automatically be deemed to be released by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at its expense to evidence such automatic release. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Except as provided in any Note Purchase Agreement executed and delivered in connection with the issuance of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it for destruction pursuant to a Company Order. No cancelled Notes may be reissued. No provision of this Base Indenture or any Supplement that relates to prepayment procedures, penalties, fees, make-whole payments or any other related matters shall be applicable to any Notes cancelled pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.14.

 

15


Section 2.15    Principal and Interest.

(a)    The principal of and premium, if any, on each Series of Notes shall be due and payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Series Supplement and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b)    Each Series of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the applicable Series Supplement and such interest shall be due and payable for such Series on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Quarterly Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Quarterly Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

(d)    Pursuant to the authority of the Paying Agent under Section 2.6(a)(v), except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the extent that the Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such exception by the Issuer or the applicable Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall make all payments of interest on the Notes net of any applicable withholding taxes and Noteholders shall be treated as having received as payments of interest any amounts withheld with respect to such withholding taxes.

Section 2.16    Tax Treatment.

The Issuer has structured this Base Indenture and the Notes have been (or will be) issued with the intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity, and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Note by acceptance of its Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to treat the Notes (or beneficial interests therein) for all purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

ARTICLE III

SECURITY

Section 3.1    Grant of Security Interest.

(a)    To secure the Obligations, the Issuer hereby pledges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Collateral”):

(i)    the Equity Interests of any Person (including, without limitation, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties) owned by the Issuer and all rights as a member, shareholder or partner of each such Person under the Charter Documents of each such Person;

 

16


(ii)    the Accounts and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to the Accounts;

(iii)    any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

(iv)    the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of the Issuer;

(v)    the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of the Issuer under each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which it is a party;

(vi)    to the extent contributed to the Issuer, all real and personal property of any Securitization-Owned Locations;

(vii)    any and all other property of the Issuer now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including, without limitation, the rights to receive payments under short-term notes in respect of delinquent royalty payments from Franchisees), chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights; and

(viii)    all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Issuer shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, and (3) the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders; and (D) any cash collateral deposited by any Non-Securitization Entities with the Issuer to secure such Non-Securitization Entities’ obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as the Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Issuer for any amounts due by such Non-Securitization Entities to the Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such Non-Securitization Entities have not paid to the Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions.

(b)    The foregoing grant is made in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplements, all as provided in this Base Indenture. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Base Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Base Indenture. The Indenture Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of this Base Indenture).

 

17


(c)    The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

Section 3.2    Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected.

(a)    Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Indenture Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Issuer acknowledges that the Manager, on behalf of the applicable Service Recipients, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement, nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions and waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuer under the Collateral Documents, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under the Collateral Documents, (ii) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions and approvals, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuer under any IP License Agreement to which the Issuer is a party and (iii) to take any other actions required or permitted under the terms of the Management Agreement.

(b)    The grant of the security interest by the Issuer in the Indenture Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall not (i) relieve the Issuer from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Issuer.

(c)    The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or such other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, any Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement.

Section 3.3    Performance of Collateral Documents.

Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document or (b) a Franchise Document (only if a Manager Termination Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Issuer’s expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as permitted under this Base Indenture as the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the

 

18


performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to the Issuer, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) the Issuer refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the Issuer, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Base Indenture which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Base Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the Issuer and the Secured Parties.

Section 3.4    Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees.

The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax, and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture, any other Transaction Document or any Indenture Collateral. The Issuer shall pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

Section 3.5    Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a)    The Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Indenture Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP (to the extent set forth in Section 8.25(c)), to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture. The Issuer authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Indenture Collateral includes (a) “all assets” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Indenture Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or (b) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. The Issuer agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Servicer’s request. The Issuer also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Secured Parties of any financing statement with respect to the Indenture Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b)    The Issuer acknowledges that the Indenture Collateral includes certain rights of the Issuer as a secured party under the Transaction Documents. The Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements filed to perfect such security interests and authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings as it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

 

19


ARTICLE IV

REPORTS

Section 4.1    Reports and Instructions to Trustee.

(a)    Weekly Manager’s Certificate. By 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the day prior to each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and the Servicer a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A specifying the allocation of Collections on the following Weekly Allocation Date (each, a “Weekly Manager’s Certificate”); provided that such Weekly Manager’s Certificate shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Weekly Manager’s Certificates delivered after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for Collections in respect of any Take 5 Company Locations, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Take 5 Company Locations shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments until the first Weekly Allocation Date that occurs after the date that is 21 days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that the first Weekly Manager’s Certificate that includes the Take 5 Company Locations shall include allocations of any amounts in respect of the Take 5 Company Locations received during the period from the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the last day of the relevant Weekly Collection Period.

(b)    Quarterly Noteholders’ Report. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B with respect to each Series of Notes (each, a “Quarterly Noteholders’ Report”), including the Manager’s statement specified in such exhibit, to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Servicer and each Paying Agent, with a copy to the Back-Up Manager.

(c)    Quarterly Compliance Certificates. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that, except as provided in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.8, no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (each, a “Quarterly Compliance Certificate”).

(d)    Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notices. On the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) written notice of any Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event with respect to any Class or Series of Notes that occurred with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (any such notice, a “Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice”).

(e)    Annual Accountants Reports. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or around December 31, 2017, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency the reports of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager required to be delivered to the Issuer by the Manager pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Management Agreement.

 

20


(f)    Securitization Entity Financial Statements. The Manager on behalf of the Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year), which financial statements shall be accompanied by supplemental schedules consolidating each of the Securitization Entities; provided, that solely with respect to the quarterly financial statements to be delivered for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2018, (x) the applicable balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows shall be prepared for the Securitization Entities other than Take 5 Properties and (y) the Manager shall deliver a separate balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for Driven Sister Holdings, LLC and a supplementary schedule with an estimated balance sheet and statement of operations for Take 5 Properties; and

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Securitization Entities and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(g)    Manager Financial Statements. The Manager on behalf of the Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i)    so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the Manager, as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Manager as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows of the Manager for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Manager as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Manager for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Manager and the results of its operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(h)    Additional Information. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position, results of operations or business of Parent or any Securitization Entity as the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager or the Back-Up Manager may reasonably request, subject to Requirements of Law and to the confidentiality provisions of the Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party.

 

21


(i)    Instructions as to Withdrawals and Payments. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager), written instructions to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account, as contemplated herein and in any Series Supplement; provided that such written instructions (other than those contained in Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer; provided, further, that such written instructions shall be subject in all respects to the confidentiality provisions of any Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

(j)    Copies to each Rating Agency. The Issuer shall deliver, or shall cause the Manager to deliver, a copy of each report, certificate or instruction, as applicable, described in this Section 4.1 to each Rating Agency at its address as listed in or otherwise designated pursuant to Section 14.1 or in the applicable Series Supplement, including any e-mail address.

Section 4.2    Annual Noteholders Tax Statement.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2018, the Paying Agent shall furnish, upon written request, to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Noteholder a statement prepared by the Issuer containing such information as the Issuer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns (each such statement, an “Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement”); provided that such obligations to distribute the Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code or other applicable tax law as from time to time in effect.

Section 4.3    Rule 144A Information.

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder or Note Owner, and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Note Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Note Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder, owner or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.4    Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders.

(a)    This Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Series Supplement, the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) shall be made available to (a) each Rating Agency pursuant to Section 4.1(j) above and (b) the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Note Owners and the other Noteholders (but not to prospective investors) in a password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) or on a third-party investor information platform or such other address as the Issuer may specify from time to time. Assistance in using the Trustee’s internet website can be obtained by calling the Trustee’s customer service desk at (888) 855-9695 or such other telephone number as the Trustee may specify from time to time. The Trustee or any

 

22


such third-party platform, as the case may be, shall require each party (other than the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and any Rating Agency) accessing such password-protected area to register as a Noteholder and to make the applicable representations and warranties described below in an Investor Request Certification (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may take the form of an electronic submission). The Trustee and any such third-party platform may disclaim responsibility for any information distributed by it for which the Trustee or such third-party, as the case may be, was not the original source. Each time a Noteholder accesses such internet website, it will be deemed to have confirmed such representations and warranties as of the date thereof. The Trustee or any such third-party platform shall provide the Servicer and the Manager with copies of such Investor Request Certifications, including the identity, contact information, e-mail address and telephone number of such Noteholders, upon request, but shall have no responsibility for any of the information contained therein. The Trustee shall have the right to change the way any such information is made available in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the Noteholders and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes.

(b)    The Trustee shall (or shall request that the Manager) make available, upon reasonable advance notice and at the expense of the requesting party, copies of the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) to any Noteholder (or any Note Owner) and to any prospective investor that provides the Trustee with an Investor Request Certification to the effect that such party (i) is a Noteholder (or Note Owner) or prospective investor, as applicable, (ii) understands that the materials contain confidential information, (iii) is requesting the information solely for use in evaluating such party’s investment or potential investment, as applicable, in the Notes and will keep such information strictly confidential (provided that such party may disclose such information only (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process), and (iv) is not a Competitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a recipient of such materials may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

Section 4.5    Manager.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Noteholders by their acceptance of the Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Noteholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to verify, reconfirm or recalculate any information or material contained in any of the reports, financial statements or other information delivered to it pursuant to this Article IV or the Management Agreement. All distributions, allocations, remittances and payments to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent hereunder or under any Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be made based solely upon the most recently delivered written reports and instructions provided to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, by the Manager.

Section 4.6    No Constructive Notice.

Delivery of reports, information, Officer’s Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officer’s

 

23


Certificates and documents will not constitute constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including any Securitization Entity’s, the Manager’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate described above).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1    Management Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Management Accounts. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (i) the Issuer has established in the name of and for the benefit of the Issuer (A) the Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts, (B) the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account, (C) the Insurance Proceeds Account and (D) the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox, (ii) Take 5 Properties has established in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties each of the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts; (iii) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has established in the name of and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Spire Supply Securitization Account and (iv) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has established in the name of Take 5 Properties and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Oil Fleet Lockbox. Such accounts and lock-boxes, as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and at all times thereafter, shall be (A) pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that only the Qualified Institution holding a Lock-Box Account shall have access to the items deposited therein. Each Management Account shall be an Eligible Account and, in addition, from time to time, the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity may establish additional accounts for the purpose of depositing Collections therein (each such account and any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b), an “Additional Management Account”); provided that each such Additional Management Account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(b)    Administration of the Management Accounts. The Issuer (or the Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf) may invest any amounts held in the Management Accounts in Eligible Investments, and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the applicable Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in any Management Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document, the Issuer and the Manager shall not transfer any funds into any such investment account until such time as an Account Control Agreement is entered into with respect thereto (if such account is not established with the Trustee), it being agreed that the execution and delivery of such Account Control Agreement shall not be required as a condition precedent to the issuance of Notes on any Closing Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Management Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. Prior to any Sub-Manager acting on behalf of any Securitization Entity in accordance with this Section, it will provide to the Trustee all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee.

 

24


(c)    Earnings from the Management Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Management Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    No Duty to Monitor. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the amounts of deposits into or withdrawals from any Management Account.

Section 5.2    Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account”). The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.3    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer has established with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account”). The Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

 

25


(b)    Administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.4    Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee the Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Cash Trap Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

 

26


Section 5.5    Collection Account.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee the Collection Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Collection Account. All amounts held in the Collection Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Collection Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.11.

Section 5.6    Collection Account Administrative Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Account Administrative Accounts. The following administrative accounts associated with the Collection Account, each of which shall be an Eligible Account, shall be established by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Collection Account Administrative Accounts”), either as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or, in the case of any Collection Account Administrative Accounts with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes, after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date in connection with the initial issuance of any such Notes:

(i)    an account for the deposit of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”);

(ii)    an account for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iii)    an account for the deposit of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iv)    an account for the deposit of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

 

27


(v)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vi)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vii)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(viii)    an account for the deposit of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(ix)    an account for the deposit of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(x)    an account for the deposit of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”); and

(xi)     an account for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses (the “Securitization Operating Expense Account”).

(b)    Administration of the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Collection Account Administrative Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Collection Account Administrative Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.7    Company Location Accounts.

(a)    On or prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Take 5 Properties has established the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts (together with each additional concentration

 

28


account created following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, a “Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Account”) in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties. After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Manager (on behalf of Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account:

(i)    all cash revenues generated by Take 5 Company Locations within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(ii)    all credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards at Take 5 Company Locations; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards.

(b)    Take 5 Properties has established and will be permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in connection with the collection of revenues of Take 5 Company Locations (the “Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts”). Take 5 Properties will be permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all other Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts does not exceed $500,000. Each Take 5 Account opened on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (including, without limitation, the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts) will be required to be (i) in the name of Take 5 Properties and (ii) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(c)    The Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid by Take 5 Company Locations in the ordinary course of business such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of Take 5 Company Locations), repair, remodeling and maintenance expenses, insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, advertising fees allocable to such Take 5 Company Locations and lease and other occupancy expenses litigation and settlement costs relating to the Managed Assets and Pass-Through Amounts; provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

Section 5.8    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding any Base Indenture Account held in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Trustee Accounts”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Trustee Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5.8.

 

29


(b)    The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    the Trustee Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “New York UCC”) will or may be credited;

(ii)    the Trustee Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    all securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Trustee Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Trustee Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)    all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Base Indenture will be promptly credited to the appropriate Trustee Account;

(v)    each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Trustee Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset under Article 8 of the New York UCC;

(vi)    if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Trustee Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or any other Person;

(vii)    the Trustee Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement; for purposes of all applicable UCCs, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the Trustee Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Trustee Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5.8(b)(vi); and

(ix)    except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties, the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities in the Trustee Accounts, neither the Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Trustee Accounts or any Financial Asset credited thereto; if the Securities Intermediary or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance

 

30


or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Trustee Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trustee Accounts and in all Proceeds thereof, and (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts; provided that at all other times the Issuer shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts.

Section 5.9    Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Series Accounts. To the extent specified in the Series Supplement with respect to any Series of Notes, the Trustee may establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative accounts of any such Series Account in accordance with the terms of such Series Supplement.

(b)    Legacy Accounts. In the case of any mandatory or optional redemption in full of any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture, on the Notes Discharge Date with respect to such Class or Series of Notes, the Issuer may (but is not required to) elect to have all or any portion of the funds held in any Legacy Account with respect to such Class or Series of Notes transferred to the applicable distribution account for such Class or Series of Notes, for application toward the prepayment of such Class or Series of Notes. If the Issuer does not elect to have such funds so transferred, or if the Issuer elects to have only a portion of such funds so transferred, any funds remaining in the applicable Legacy Account after the applicable Notes Discharge Date shall be deposited into the Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments. When the balance of any Legacy Account has been reduced to zero, the Trustee may close such account. The Trustee shall make the distributions and transfers and shall close any accounts as contemplated by this Section 5.9 pursuant to instructions delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee.

Section 5.10    Collections and Investment Income.

(a)    Deposits to the Concentration Account. Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other Securitization Entities or the Take 5 Company Locations and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i)    all Franchisee Payments shall be deposited directly to the Concentration Account or made to a Lock-Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments made to a Lock-Box Account shall be deposited to the Concentration Account within two (2) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(ii)    within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount;

(iii)    on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts and/or draws on the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes;

 

31


(iv)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, all amounts received under the IP License Agreements, other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Issuer to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the Concentration Account; and

(vi)    within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts or to the Collection Account.

(b)    Withdrawals from the Concentration Account. The Manager may (and in the case of sub-clause (v) below, shall) withdraw available amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account to make the following payments and deposits:

(i)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the Concentration Account that the Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the Concentration Account in error;

(ii)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations);

(iii)    as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees (other than any Maaco Net Advertising Commissions) deposited in the Concentration Account to the Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(iv)    on a daily basis, as necessary to pay Product Sourcing Obligations (x) consisting of repayment of rebate obligations and (y) other such obligations, to the extent such other obligations are not paid in an amount in excess of Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the Concentration Account; and

(v)    on a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the preceding Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Concentration Account to the Collection Account (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include any Investment Income with respect thereto and the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amount, if applicable, then on deposit in the Concentration Account) for application to make payments and deposits in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. If any Service Recipient disposes of property pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of this Base Indenture, (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof do not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds as determined by the Manager, on behalf of the related Service Recipient, such proceeds (net of the amounts described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Asset

 

32


Disposition Proceeds” and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such proceeds are received; and (ii) to the extent such amounts constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds (including without limitation, any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Refranchising Asset Disposition), such amounts will be promptly deposited (and in any event within (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds in excess of $25,000 and (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof by the applicable Service Recipients (or the Manager on their behalf) to the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient or the Manager on its behalf, the Service Recipients may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Rapid Amortization Period, (A) all amounts withdrawn from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account shall be withdrawn substantially in accordance with a Quarterly Fiscal Period budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and (B) withdrawals of any amounts from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account in excess in any material respect of amounts set forth in the Quarterly Fiscal Period budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the Manager to the Control Party, the Trustee, and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager); provided that (A) with respect to the aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds from Refranchising Asset Dispositions of Take 5 Company Locations (such proceeds, “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds”) in excess of the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap in any fiscal year if, after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition and any proposed reinvestment of the related Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in Eligible Assets (excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account for netting purposes, as applicable), at the time of such proposed reinvestment (I) the pro forma Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than the Senior Leverage Ratio of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (II) the pro forma DSCR is less than the DSCR as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, such Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date) and (B) the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year will otherwise be subject to reinvestment as set forth in this paragraph. To the extent such Asset Disposition Proceeds have not been so reinvested in Eligible Assets within such one-year period (each such period, an “Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and deposit such amount to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the Collection Account. In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected not to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds, such Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be deposited to the Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(d)    Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Account. All Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by or on behalf of any Service Recipient in respect of the Collateral shall be promptly deposited (and in any event within five (5) Business Days following receipt thereof) to the Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient (as notified by the Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Service Recipients may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the Manager has repaired

 

33


or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to any Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets. To the extent such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have not been so reinvested within such one-year period (each such period, a “Casualty Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and deposit such amounts to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the Collection Account. In the event that such Service Recipient has elected not to reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall instead be deposited to the Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(e)    Deposits to the Collection Account. The Manager (or, with respect to clause (viii) below, the Trustee) will deposit or cause to be deposited to the Collection Account the following amounts, in each case, promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i)    the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Concentration Account and deposited to the Collection Account pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.10(b)(v);

(ii)    Indemnification Amounts within two (2) Business Days following either (i) the receipt by the Manager of such amounts if Parent is not the Manager or (ii) if Parent is the Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the Manager under the Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iii)    Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining in the Insurance Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Casualty Reinvestment Period and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds;

(iv)    Asset Disposition Proceeds remaining in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and Asset Disposition Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds;

(v)    Release Prices immediately upon receipt of the proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition;

(vi)    all amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, upon the occurrence of an Interest Reserve Release Event;

(vii)    any other amounts required to be deposited to the Collection Account hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents; and

 

34


(viii)    amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any of its rights under the Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IX hereof, upon receipt thereof;

(f)    Investment Income. On a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) (i) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts (other than the Collection Account) to the Collection Account and (ii) shall transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Management Accounts to the Collection Account, in each case for application as Collections on that Weekly Allocation Date.

(g)    Payment Instructions. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Management Agreement, the Issuer shall cause the Manager to instruct (i) each Franchisee obligated at any time to make any payment pursuant to any Franchise Document to make such payment to the Concentration Account or a related Lock-Box Account and (ii) any Person (not an Affiliate of the Issuer) obligated at any time to make any payments with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Securitization IP, to make such payment to the Concentration Account, the Collection Account or a related Lock-Box Account, as determined by the Issuer or the Manager.

(h)    Misdirected Collections. The Issuer agrees that if any Collections shall be received by the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity in an account other than an Account or in any other manner, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity with any of their other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity for, and, within one (1) Business Day of the identification of such payment, paid over to, the Trustee, with any necessary endorsement. The Trustee shall withdraw from the Collection Account any monies on deposit therein that the Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Servicer are not Retained Collections and pay such amounts to or at the direction of the Manager. All monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture shall be immediately deposited in the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article V.

Section 5.11    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates. On each Weekly Allocation Date (unless the Issuer shall have failed to deliver by 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the day prior to such Weekly Allocation Date the Weekly Manager’s Certificate relating to such Weekly Allocation Date, in which case the application of Retained Collections relating to such Weekly Allocation Date shall occur on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such Weekly Manager’s Certificate is delivered), the Trustee shall, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate, withdraw the amount on deposit in the Collection Account as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Allocation Date in respect of such preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in the following order of priority (the “Priority of Payments”):

(i)    first, solely with respect to any funds on deposit in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date consisting of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, in the following order of priority: (A) to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (C) on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all related Class A-1 Notes

 

35


on a pro rata basis, then (D) to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis (other than the Class A-1 Notes) in alphanumerical order of designation, then (E) to make an allocation to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation, and then (F) to make an allocation to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation;

(ii)    second, (A) to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), and then (C) to pay the Servicer all Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(iii)    third, to pay Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any;

(iv)    fourth, to pay the Weekly Management Fee to the Manager;

(v)    fifth, pro rata, (A) to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount with respect to the annual period in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs after giving effect to all deposits previously made to the Securitization Operating Expense Account in such annual period, to be distributed pro rata based on the amount of each type of Securitization Operating Expense payable on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to this priority (v), and (B) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Trustee for payment of the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(vi)    sixth, to deposit to the applicable Indenture Trust Account, ratably according to the amounts required to be deposited as set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) below, the following amounts until the amounts required to be deposited pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) below are deposited in full: (A) to allocate to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount and (B) to allocate to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount;

(vii)    seventh, to pay to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(viii)    eighth, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(ix)    ninth, to deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, an amount equal to any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount and any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount for each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in alphanumerical order of designation;

 

36


(x)    tenth, to allocate to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, an amount equal to the sum of (1) (only to the extent that the related Series Non-Amortization Test, if any, is not satisfied) any Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, (2) any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, (3) amounts then known by the Manager that will become due under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of letters of credit issued under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (4) in respect of any Series of Class A-1 Notes for which the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the outstanding principal amount of such Series;

(xi)    eleventh, to pay any Supplemental Management Fee, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee;

(xii)    twelfth, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes, if the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such date, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to allocate to such Class A-1 Notes of such Series on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining related Class A-1 Note Commitments in respect thereof) until the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A-1 Notes of such Series will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account allocable to such Class A-1 Notes;

(xiii)    thirteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, and such Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Cash Trapping Period, to deposit into the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xiv)    fourteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate (x) first, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to each class of Senior Notes, first, to the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining Class A-1 Note Commitments) and then, second, to each remaining Class of Senior Notes on a pro rata basis until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and then (y) second, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to the Senior Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

(xv)    fifteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, if any;

 

37


(xvi)    sixteenth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, an amount equal to the Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount in respect of the Subordinated Notes;

(xvii)    seventeenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xviii)    eighteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to the Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

(xix)    nineteenth, to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses (together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount after giving effect to priority (v) above;

(xx)    twentieth, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxi)    twenty-first, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxii)    twenty-second, to allocate to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiii)    twenty-third, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiv)    twenty-fourth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxv)    twenty-fifth, to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Account(s) an amount equal to any unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration; and

(xxvi)    twenty-sixth, to pay the Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer.

Section 5.12    Quarterly Payment Date Applications.

(a)    Senior Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly

 

38


Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to cover any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period) to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (a “Senior Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(b)    Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If, after giving effect to all Debt Service Advances made in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date remains greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest as reduced by such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Notes shall be paid to the Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

 

39


(c)    Debt Service Advances. If the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date pursuant to Section 5.12(b) is greater than zero, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Servicing Agreement, by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding such Quarterly Payment Date, the Servicer shall make a Debt Service Advance in such amount unless the Servicer notifies the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee by such time that it has, reasonably and in good faith, determined such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. If the Servicer fails to make such Debt Service Advance (unless the Servicer has, reasonably and in good faith, determined that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) would be a Nonrecoverable Advance), pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Trustee shall make the Debt Service Advance unless it determines that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. In determining whether any Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer. All Debt Service Advances shall be deposited into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account.

(d)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, up to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount accrued and unpaid with respect to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (a “Commitment Fees Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and tenth the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, to be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(e)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to the next

 

40


succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments on the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(d) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount as reduced by such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Class A-1 Notes shall be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Class of Class A-1 Notes based upon the amount of Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(f)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii) and 5.12(d)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(g)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior

 

41


Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(f) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(h)    Senior Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes in the amounts distributed to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Notes (excluding any Principal Release Amounts), in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur on the following Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), Section 5.12(d)(ii) and Section 5.12(f)(ii)), if any, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes (after giving effect to the application of the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account referred to in the foregoing clause (i)), sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class.

(iii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of

 

42


funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(f)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the amount of unpaid Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class.

(iv)    If any payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above requires the deposit of funds (the “Cash Collateral”) with the applicable L/C Provider to serve as collateral and act as security to guarantee any obligations of the Issuer relating to any related letters of credit (the “Collateralized Letters of Credit”), then upon the expiration of the Collateralized Letters of Credit (x) so long as any Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be deposited into the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (y) if no Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be returned to the Issuer.

(v)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) may elect on any Weekly Allocation Date that either (i) the Residual Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) amounts in respect of an equity contribution to the Issuer not constituting a Retained Collections Contribution may be deposited directly into the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account for the purpose of making an Optional Scheduled Principal Payment on the next Quarterly Payment Date, and the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to so deposit and withdraw such amount.

(i)    Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xiv), (xv), and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

 

43


(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to the amount of unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Class.

(j)    Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date and no Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii) and 5.12(i)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

 

44


(k)    Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(j) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(l)    Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii) and 5.12(j)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional

 

45


Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to the amount of unpaid Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes of such Class.

(m)    Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii) and 5.12(l)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(n)    Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative

 

46


account owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii), 5.12(l)(ii) and 5.12(m)(ii)) from the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(o)    Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each Class of Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(p)    Amounts on Deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date (A) preceding any Quarterly Payment Date that is a Cash Trapping Release Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date from funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the applicable Cash Trapping Release Amount and (B) preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (including a Rapid Amortization Period due to an Event of Default), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date all funds then on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(ii)), and, in each case, deposit such funds into the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

47


(ii)    So long as no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account and apply such funds on the following Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority, (A) unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon), (B) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon), (C) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts, (D) Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and (E) pro rata, any required payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes (including any payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes required after the occurrence of any Class A-1 Renewal Date), in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment of the foregoing amounts in accordance with this Section 5.12, including any withdrawals from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)).

(iii)    Amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account will also be available to make an optional prepayment of the Notes.

(iv)    If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of each such Class.

(v)    If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of each such Class.

 

48


(vi)    In the event of (x) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Senior Notes or (y) any reduction in any Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw the Interest Reserve Release Amount, if any, from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account on the applicable Quarterly Payment Date and to deposit such amount into the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(vii)    On any date on which no Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(viii)    On any date on which no Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(q)    Principal Release Amount.

(i)    If a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default is continuing, the Principal Release Amount shall remain on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and shall be applied in the order set forth in Section 5.12(h)(i) for amounts allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account.

(ii)    If (x) no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing and (y) if any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred, the related Class A-1 Notes have been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and apply such funds on such Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority, (A) to the Trustee, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (B) to the Servicer, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (C) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (D) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts and (E) Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof as described in this Section 5.12. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

(iii)    If no Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, but a Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes have not been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to the extent necessary to pay the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

 

49


(r)    Securitization Operating Expense Account. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Securitization Operating Expense Account after giving effect to any deposits thereto pursuant to the Priority of Payments on such date and apply such funds to pay any Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable.

(s)    Optional Prepayments. The Issuer shall have the right to optionally prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Class of Notes, in whole or in part in accordance with the related Series Supplement; provided that all optional prepayments must be applied first, to Senior Notes, second, to Senior Subordinated Notes and third, to Subordinated Notes. The Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on each applicable optional prepayment date, including each such prepayment date that does not occur on a Quarterly Payment Date, the prepayment amount on deposit in the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.13    Determination of Quarterly Interest.

Quarterly payments of interest and fees on each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.14    Determination of Quarterly Principal.

Quarterly payments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.15    Prepayment of Principal.

Mandatory prepayments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, if not otherwise described herein.

Section 5.16    Retained Collections Contributions.

During the period commencing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer may (but is not required to) designate Retained Collections Contributions to be included in Net Cash Flow, but not more than $2,000,000 in any Quarterly Fiscal Period or more than $4,000,000 during any period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods or more than $10,000,000 from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date; provided that any Retained Collections Contributions shall be excluded from the amount of Net Cash Flow for purposes of calculating the New Series Pro Forma DSCR in connection with the issuance of any new Series. The amount of any Retained Collections Contribution included in Net Cash Flow for the purpose of calculating the DSCR shall be retained in the Collection Account until the Weekly Allocation Date on which either (i) the DSCR for the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Weekly Allocation Date is at least 1.50:1.00 without giving effect to the inclusion of such Retained Collections Contribution or (ii) such Retained Collections Contribution is required to pay any shortfall in the amounts payable under priorities (ii) through (xxv) of the Priority of Payments, to the extent of any shortfall on such Weekly Allocation Date. The Issuer may not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded by the proceeds of a draw under any Class A-1 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, Series 2015-1

 

50


Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments shall not constitute Retained Collections Contributions.

Section 5.17    Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.

(a)    The Issuer may, in lieu of funding (or as partial replacement for funding) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and/or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in the amounts required hereunder, maintain one or more Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, each in a face amount equal to the amounts required to be funded in respect of such account(s) had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, for allocation or payment on the following Quarterly Payment Date, such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, on such Quarterly Calculation Date and second, from amounts available to be drawn under any applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

(b)    Each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (i) shall name the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, as the beneficiary thereof; (ii) shall allow the Trustee (or the Control Party on its behalf) to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12; (iii) shall have an expiration date of no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) specified in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit was issued; and (iv) shall indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable.

(c)    If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(d)    If, on any day, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider which has issued an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB+” (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Provider and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior

 

51


Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

Section 5.18    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.

If, at any time, any Management Account or any of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Collection Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, an “Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Ineligible Account, (B) with the exception of any Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (C) in the case of a Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (D) in the case of a Management Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all items deposited in the lock-box related to such Ineligible Account to a new lock-box related to such new Eligible Account, and (E) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such Ineligible Account is required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee. In the event that any of the Collection Account, any Management Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account becomes an Ineligible Account, the Manager shall, promptly following the establishment of such related new Eligible Account, notify each Franchisee of a change in payment instructions, if any.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1    Distributions in General.

(a)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that the final principal payment due on a Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

(b)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes shall be made from amounts allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments among each Class of Notes in alphanumerical order (i.e., A-1, A-2, B-1, B-2 and not A-1, B-1, A-2, B-2) and pro rata among Holders of Notes within each Class of the same alphanumerical designation;

 

52


provided that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes having the same alphabetical designation shall be pari passu with each other with respect to the distribution of Collateral proceeds resulting from the exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default.

(c)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts owed to the Noteholders of any Class of Notes pursuant to the instructions of the Issuer whether set forth in a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, Company Order or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

Section 7.1    Existence and Power.

Each Service Recipient (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.2    Company and Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Service Recipient of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Service Recipient’s limited liability company, corporate or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Service Recipient, except for Liens created by this Base Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Service Recipient is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Service Recipient.

Section 7.3    No Consent.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Service Recipient of any Transaction Document to which it

 

53


is a party or for the performance of any of the Service Recipients’ obligations hereunder or thereunder, other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Service Recipient prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with Section 7.13 or Section 8.25, or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4    Binding Effect.

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which a Service Recipient is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Service Recipient enforceable against such Service Recipient in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

Section 7.5    Litigation.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against or affecting any Service Recipient or of which any property or assets of such Service Recipient is the subject before any court or arbitrator or any other Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would affect the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement or materially adversely affect the performance by the Service Recipients of their obligations hereunder or thereunder or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability in respect of (or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability in respect of) any Pension Plan. No Securitization Entity has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws. Each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

Section 7.7    Tax Filings and Expenses.

Each Securitization Entity has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state, local and foreign Tax returns and all other Tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Issuer, are required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, such Securitization Entity (whether information returns or not), and has paid, or caused to be paid, all Taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Securitization Entity or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate

 

54


reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 7.7, the Issuer is not aware of any proposed Tax assessments against any Driven Brands Entity. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any Securitization Entity, nor does any Securitization Entity have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies. Each Securitization Entity has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign entity authorized to do business in each state and each foreign country in which it is required to so qualify, except to the extent that the failure to pay such fees and expenses is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.8    Disclosure.

All certificates, reports, statements, notices, documents and other information furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders by or on behalf of the Service Recipients pursuant to any provision of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be), and give the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, to the effect specified herein.

Section 7.9    Investment Company Act.

Neither the Issuer nor any other Securitization Entity is, or is controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.

Section 7.10    Regulations T, U and X.

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof) in such a way that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof. No Securitization Entity owns or is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.11    Solvency.

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, each Securitization Entity is solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable state law, and no Securitization Entity is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and no Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to any Securitization Entity.

Section 7.12    Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries.

(a)    All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of the Issuer are directly owned by Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

55


(b)    All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Funding Holdco are directly owned by Parent, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Parent free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 7.13    Security Interests.

(a)    The Issuer and each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Other than any real property contributed to the Issuer, the Indenture Collateral consists of securities, loans, investments, accounts, commercial tort claims, inventory, equipment, fixtures, health care insurance receivables, chattel paper, money, deposit accounts, instruments, financial assets, documents, investment property, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and other supporting obligations (in each case, as defined in the UCC). This Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected (except as described on Schedule 8.11 or as permitted under Section 8.25(c)) and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Issuer and the Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Issuer and the Guarantors have caused, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement, or, in the case of Intellectual Property, shall take all additional action necessary to perfect such first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) consistent with the obligations and time periods set forth in Section 8.25(c).

(b)    Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, none of the Issuer or any Guarantor has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements and filings with the USPTO, the USCO and the CIPO) to protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States (and, with respect to the Canadian Intellectual Property, Canada) has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d), except as described on Schedule 8.11. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement authorized by the Issuer or any Guarantor and listing the Issuer or such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by the Issuer or such Guarantor in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and neither the Issuer or any Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c)    All authorizations in this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

 

56


Section 7.14    Transaction Documents.

The Indenture Documents, the Account Agreements, the Depository Agreements and the other Transaction Documents are in full force and effect. There are no outstanding defaults thereunder nor have events occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

Section 7.15    Non-Existence of Other Agreements.

Other than as permitted by Section 8.22, (a) no Securitization Entity is a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (b) no Securitization Entity is subject to any material obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, Contingent Obligations. No Securitization Entity has engaged in any activities since its formation (other than those incidental to its formation, the authorization and the issuance of any Series of Notes, the execution of the Transaction Documents to which such Securitization Entity is a party and the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by such agreements).

Section 7.16    Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws.

No Service Recipient is in violation of (a) its Charter Documents, (b) any Requirement of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or (c) any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient except, solely with respect to clauses (b) and (c), to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17    Other Representations.

All representations and warranties of each Service Recipient made in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date), and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

Section 7.18    Insurance.

The Securitization Entities maintain the insurance coverages (or self-insure for such risks) described on Schedule 7.18 hereto, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Securitization Entities are in full force and effect, and the Securitization Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects. None of the Securitization Entities has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such insurance is primary coverage, all premiums therefor due on or before the date hereof have been paid in full, and the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Securitization Entities than the terms and conditions of insurance maintained by their Affiliates that are not Securitization Entities.

 

57


Section 7.19    Environmental Matters.

(a)    None of the Service Recipients is subject to any liabilities or obligations pursuant to any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i)    The Service Recipients (x) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (y) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and have obtained all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (z) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits.

(ii)    Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Service Recipient, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (x) give rise to liability of any Service Recipient under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Service Recipient, (y) interfere with any Service Recipient’s continued operations or (z) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by any Service Recipient.

(iii)    There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including, without limitation, any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Service Recipient is, or to the knowledge of any Service Recipient will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of any Service Recipient, threatened.

(iv)    No Service Recipient has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party, under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or any other Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

(v)    No Service Recipient has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

Section 7.20    Intellectual Property.

(a)    All of the registrations and applications included in the Securitization IP are subsisting, unexpired and have not been abandoned in any applicable jurisdiction except where such expiration or abandonment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, (i) the use of the Securitization IP and the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) to the Issuer’s knowledge, the Securitization IP is not being infringed or

 

58


violated by any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there is no action or proceeding pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, no action or proceeding is pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that seeks to limit, cancel or challenge the validity of any Securitization IP, or the use thereof, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)    The Issuer has not made and will not hereafter make any assignment, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or transfer of any of the Securitization IP other than Permitted Liens, Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions under Section 8.12 and Section 8.16.

Section 7.21    Payments on the Notes.

Payments on the Notes will not depend primarily on cash flow from self-liquidating financial assets within the meaning of Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

Section 8.1    Payment of Notes.

(a)    The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, subject to Section 2.15(d), on the Notes when due pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, amounts properly withheld under the Code or any applicable state, local or foreign law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.

(b)    By acceptance of its Notes, each Noteholder agrees that the failure to provide the Paying Agent with appropriate tax certifications (which includes (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for United States persons (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or any applicable successor form, or (ii) an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 for Persons other than United States persons, or any applicable successor form) may result in amounts being withheld from payments to such Noteholder under this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and that amounts withheld pursuant to applicable laws shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer as provided in the foregoing clause (a).

Section 8.2    Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a)    The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, the Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served, and where, at any time when the Issuer is obligated to make a payment of principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes, the Notes may be surrendered for payment. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Servicer with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

 

59


(b)    The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Issuer.

Section 8.3    Payment and Performance of Obligations.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, pay and discharge and fully perform, at or before maturity, all of their respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and other governmental claims levied or imposed upon any Service Recipient or upon the income, properties or operations of any Service Recipient, judgments, settlement agreements and all obligations of each Service Recipient under the Collateral Documents, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and without derogation from the material obligations of the Issuer hereunder and the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement regarding the protection of the Collateral from Liens (other than Permitted Liens)), and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4    Maintenance of Existence.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, maintain its existence as a limited liability company or corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization and duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company or corporation licensed under the laws of each state in which the failure to so qualify would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient (other than any Future Securitization Entity or Service Recipient that is a corporation) to, be treated as a disregarded entity within the meaning of United States Treasury regulation section 301.7701-2(c)(2), and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Service Recipient (other than any Future Securitization Entity or Servicer Recipient that is a corporation) to, be classified as a corporation or as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.5    Compliance with Laws.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law with respect to the Issuer or such other Service Recipient except where such non-compliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that such non-compliance will not result in a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Collateral or any criminal liability on the part of any Service Recipient, the Manager or the Trustee.

Section 8.6    Inspection of Property; Books and Records.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions, business and activities in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them to act as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to

 

60


discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit and inspection by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them, shall be reimbursable as Securitization Operating Expenses per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute Securitization Operating Expenses.

Section 8.7    Actions under the Transaction Documents.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action that would permit any Driven Brands Entity or any other Person party to a Transaction Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any Transaction Document.

(b)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action which would permit any other Person party to a Franchise Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under such Franchise Document or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, such Franchise Document if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

(c)    The Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege available to it with respect to any obligor under a Collateral Document or under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral, take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by any such obligor of its obligations to the Issuer or such other Service Recipient or give any consent, request, notice, direction or approval with respect to any such obligor if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

(d)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1, the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver, supplement, termination or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents.

(e)    Upon the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event under the Management Agreement, (i) the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, terminate the Manager and appoint any successor Manager in accordance with the Management Agreement and (ii) the Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, terminate the Manager and appoint one or more successor Managers in accordance with the Management Agreement if and when so directed by the Control Party.

Section 8.8    Notice of Defaults and Other Events.

Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) upon becoming aware of (i) any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, (ii) any Rapid Amortization Event, (iii) any Potential Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Default, (v) any Event of

 

61


Default or (vi) any default under any Transaction Document, the Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding notice thereof, together with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the Issuer. The Issuer shall, at its expense, promptly provide to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee such additional information as the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the matters so reported, and the actions so taken or contemplated to be taken.

Section 8.9    Notice of Material Proceedings.

Without limiting Section 8.27 or Section 8.25(b), promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon the determination by either the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of Parent that the commencement or existence of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding with respect to any Driven Brands Entity would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency.

Section 8.10    Further Requests.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly furnish to the Trustee such other information as, and in such form as, the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Series Supplement.

Section 8.11    Further Assurances.

(a)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Servicer, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements or amendments under the UCC in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25(c) or Section 8.25(d). The Issuer and the Guarantors intend the security interests granted pursuant to the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in favor of the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of the Collateral, and the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens and except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25). If the Issuer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 8.11(a), then the Servicer may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Servicer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Issuer upon the Servicer’s demand therefor. The Servicer is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b)    If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Permitted Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

 

62


(c)    Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a central filing of a UCC financing statement), any Franchisee promissory notes or any real property.

(d)    If during any Quarterly Fiscal Period the Issuer or any Guarantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims (as such term is defined in the New York UCC) and such commercial tort claim or claims (when added to any past commercial tort claim or claims that were obtained by any Securitization Entity prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period that are still outstanding) have an aggregate value equal to or greater than $5,000,000 as of the last day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall notify the Servicer on or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date that it has obtained such an interest and shall sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Servicer granting a security interest under this Base Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, in and to such commercial tort claim or claims whether obtained during such Quarterly Fiscal Period or prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

(e)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

(f)    On or before April 30 of each calendar year, commencing with April 30, 2019, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer (with a copy to the Back-Up Manager) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the United States and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments or other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required, subject to clause (c) above, to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the Collateral in the United States until April 30 in the following calendar year.

Section 8.12    Liens.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including the Collateral), other than (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.13    Other Indebtedness.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, assume, incur, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other

 

63


Transaction Documents, (ii) any guarantee by any Securitization Entity of the obligations of any other Securitization Entity or (iii) any purchase money Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.14    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Service Recipient or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Service Recipient shall establish, sponsor, maintain, contribute to, incur any obligation to contribute to or incur any liability in respect of any Pension Plan, other than as set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Service Recipient shall incur any material contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws and other than any Welfare Plan set forth on Schedule 8.14.

Section 8.15    Mergers.

On and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), other than any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other Securitization Entity or any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent.

Section 8.16    Asset Dispositions.

(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of its property (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including any Equity Interests of any other Securitization Entity, except in the case of (i) Permitted Asset Dispositions and (ii) Permitted Brand Dispositions.

(b)    In connection with any Permitted Brand Disposition, the applicable Securitization Entities (or the Manager on their behalf) will deposit the related Release Price to the Collection Account. The Release Price will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, and any applicable Prepayment Consideration shall be due in connection with such mandatory prepayment.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Manager nor any of the Securitization Entities will be permitted to sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Driven Securitization Brands other than pursuant to a Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 8.17    Acquisition of Assets.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law.

 

64


Section 8.18    Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.

The Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its limited liability company interests; provided that, so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or would result therefrom, the Issuer may declare and pay distributions to the extent permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Issuer’s Charter Documents. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, pay any wages or salaries or other compensation to its officers, directors, managers or other agents except out of earnings computed in accordance with GAAP or except for the fees paid to its Independent Managers. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interest in or issued by such Securitization Entity or set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or as consented to by the Control Party. The Issuer may draw on Class A-1 Note Commitments with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes for general corporate purposes of the Securitization Entities and the Non-Securitization Entities, including to fund any acquisition by any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity; provided that the Issuer shall not draw on such Class A-1 Note Commitments to pay dividends on Parent shares or to repurchase Parent shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Large Franchisor Exemption Amount contributed to such Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date to such Non-Securitization Affiliate.

Section 8.19    Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, change its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 or 9-307 of the applicable UCC) or its legal name without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity desires to so change its location or change its legal name, the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, make any required filings, and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer (i) an Officer’s Certificate confirming that all required filings have been made, subject to Section 8.11(c), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC in respect of the new location or new legal name of the Issuer or other Securitization Entity and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

Section 8.20    Charter Documents.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, amend, or consent to the amendment of, any of its Charter Documents to which it is a party as a member or shareholder unless, prior to such amendment, the Control Party shall have consented thereto and the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment; provided that the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities shall be permitted to amend their Charter Documents without having to meet the Rating Agency Condition to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein or if such amendments could not reasonably be deemed to be disadvantageous to any Noteholder in the reasonable judgment of the Control Party. The Control Party may rely on an Officer’s Certificate to make such determination. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer) of any amendment of any Charter Document of any Securitization Entity.

 

65


Section 8.21    Investments.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, make, incur or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any other Person if such investment when made on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement, other than investments in (a) the Accounts, (b) any Franchisee promissory notes, (c) any other Securitization Entity or (d) the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi).

Section 8.22    No Other Agreements.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument (other than any Transaction Document, any Franchise Document, any other document expressly permitted by a Series Supplement or the Transaction Documents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, any documents relating to the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi) or any documents or agreements incidental thereto) if such agreement when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.23    Other Business.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction, other than the incurrence and payment of ordinary course operating expenses, the issuing and selling of the Notes and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing or any other transaction which when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.24    Maintenance of Separate Existence.

(a)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents:

(i)    maintain its own deposit and securities account or accounts, separate from those of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities, Take 5 Oil and Take 5) (such Affiliates, the “Non-Securitization Affiliates”), with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Securitization Entities will not be diverted to any Person who is not a Securitization Entity or for other than the use of the Securitization Entities, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates other than as provided in the Transaction Documents;

(ii)    ensure that all transactions between it and any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates, whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis, it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and the transactions described in the proviso to the following clause (vi) meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

(iii)    to the extent that it requires an office to conduct its business, (x) conduct its business from an office at a separate address from that of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that segregated offices in the same building shall constitute separate

 

66


addresses for purposes of this clause (iii); or (y) to the extent that it has a shared office with any Non-Securitization Affiliate, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses;

(iv)    issue separate financial statements from all of its Non-Securitization Affiliates prepared at least quarterly and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(v)    conduct its affairs in its own name and in accordance with its Charter Documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary limited liability company or corporate formalities (as applicable), including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special meetings appropriate to authorize all of its actions, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

(vi)    not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that the Securitization Entities may, pursuant to any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, cause letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities if the Issuer receives a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such letter of credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such letter of credit plus 25 basis points per annum, it being understood that such fee is an arm’s length fair market fee;

(vii)    take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct in all material respects with respect to it and (y) comply in all material respects with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to it;

(viii)    maintain at least two Independent Managers on its board of managers or board of directors, as the case may be;

(ix)    to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, remove or replace any Independent Manager only for Cause and only after providing the Trustee and the Control Party with at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of (A) any proposed removal of such Independent Manager and (B) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Manager, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Manager set forth in its Charter Documents; and

(x)    (A) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee and the Control Party a copy of the executed agreement with respect to the appointment of any replacement Independent Manager and (B) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee, the Control Party and each Noteholder written notice of the identity and contact information for each Independent Manager on an annual basis and at any time such information changes.

(b)    The Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Issuer referenced in the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date are true and correct with respect to itself and each other Securitization Entity, and that the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein.

 

67


Section 8.25    Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP.

(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, take or omit to take any action with respect to the maintenance, enforcement and defense of any SPV Franchising Entity’s rights in and to the Securitization IP that would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement if such action were taken or omitted by the Manager on behalf of any Securitization Entity.

(b)    The Issuer will notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer in writing within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Issuer’s first knowing or having reason to know that any application or registration relating to any material Securitization IP (now or hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated to the public domain, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO or any court but excluding office actions in the course of prosecution and any non-final determinations (other than in an adversarial proceeding) of the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO) regarding the validity or any Securitization Entity’s ownership of any material Securitization IP, its right to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c)    With respect to the Securitization IP, the Issuer (a) caused each SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor) to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (b) caused CARSTAR Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, or (c) will cause Take 5 Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto with respect to Trademarks, Exhibit D-2 hereto with respect to Patents and Exhibit D-3 hereto with respect to Copyrights, or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Control Party, and any other instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary or, in the Control Party’s opinion, desirable to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights included in the Securitization IP in the United States and Canada.

(d)    If the Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, the Issuer or such Guarantor (i) shall give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof and (ii) upon reasonable request of the Control Party, solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada, in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within ninety (90) days), shall execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the United States or Canada, as applicable, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

(e)    In the event that any material Securitization IP is infringed upon, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the applicable SPV Franchising Entity upon becoming aware of such infringement, misappropriation or dilution shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party in writing. The applicable SPV Franchising Entity will take all reasonable and appropriate actions, at its expense, to

 

68


protect or enforce such Securitization IP, including, if reasonable, suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and seeking an injunction (including, if appropriate, temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief) against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, unless the failure to take such actions on behalf of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement; provided that if the applicable SPV Franchising Entity decides not to take any action with respect to an infringement, misappropriation or dilution that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such SPV Franchising Entity shall deliver written notice to the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for its decision not to act, and none of the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party will be required to take any actions on its behalf to protect or enforce the Securitization IP against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided, further, that the Manager will be required to act if failure to do so would constitute a breach of the Managing Standard.

(f)    With respect to licenses of third-party Intellectual Property entered into after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Manager acting on behalf of the Securitization Entities, as applicable), the Securitization Entities (or the Manager on their behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include terms permitting the grant by the Securitization Entities of a security interest therein to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to allow the Manager (and any successor Manager) the right to use such Intellectual Property in the performance of its duties under the Management Agreement.

Section 8.26    Insurance.

The Issuer shall cause the Manager to list each Service Recipient as an “additional insured” or “loss payee” on any insurance maintained by the Manager for the benefit of such Service Recipient pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Section 8.27    Litigation.

If Parent is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall, on each Quarterly Payment Date, provide a written report to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency that sets forth all outstanding litigation, arbitration or other proceedings against any Driven Brands Entity that would have been required to be disclosed in Parent’s annual reports, quarterly reports and other public filings which Parent would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if Parent were subject to such Sections.

Section 8.28    Environmental.

The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly notify the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and each Rating Agency, in writing, upon receipt of any written notice pursuant to which any Service Recipient becomes aware from any source (including but not limited to a governmental entity) relating in any way to any possible material liability of any Service Recipient pursuant to any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to:

(a)    (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and obtain all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) comply with all of their Environmental Permits; and

 

69


(b)    undertake all investigative and remedial action required by Environmental Laws with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in or about any real property owned, leased or operated by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, (ii) interfere with the Issuer’s or any of its Affiliates’ continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates.

Section 8.29    Derivatives Generally.

Without the prior written consent of the Control Party, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into any derivative contract, swap, option, hedging contract, forward purchase contract or other similar agreement or instrument (other than forward purchase agreements entered into by the Issuer with third-party vendors on behalf of the Driven Securitization Brands in the ordinary course of business) if any such contract, agreement or instrument requires the Issuer to expend any financial resources to satisfy any payment obligations owed in connection therewith.

Section 8.30    Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands.

(a)    The Issuer, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Future Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to Take 5 Properties any future Take 5 Company Locations and (y) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to one or more Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States. At the time any Future Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into any Future Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “SPV Franchising Entities”, “Driven Securitization Brands” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Future Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

(b)    Each Future Securitization Entity shall be a Delaware limited liability company or a Delaware corporation (so long as the use of such corporate form is reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party) and shall have adopted Charter Documents substantially similar to the Charter Documents of the Securitization Entities that are Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware corporations, as applicable, as in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. If the Issuer desires to create, incorporate, form or otherwise organize a Future Securitization Entity that does not comply with the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuer shall first obtain the prior written consent of the Control Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c)    The Issuer shall cause each Future Securitization Entity to promptly execute an assumption agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (each, an “Assumption Agreement”) pursuant to which such Future Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the other Guarantors.

 

70


(d)    Upon the execution and delivery of an Assumption Agreement as required in clause (c) above, any Future Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, will assume all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder.

(e)    After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer may restructure the ownership of the Securitization Entities or create new Securitization Entities so long as such entities remain Securitization Entities.

Section 8.31    Tax Lien Reserve Amount.

Upon receipt of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount by the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer will remit such amount to a collateral deposit account established with and controlled by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the obligation of the Securitization Entities to have the related asserted lien released; provided that the Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the IRS on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a Securitization Entity of notice that the IRS intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the IRS upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to Parent).

Section 8.32    Bankruptcy Proceedings.

The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy proceeding against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, timely filing an answer and any other appropriate pleading objecting to (i) the institution of any proceeding to have any Service Recipient, as the case may be, adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or (ii) the filing of any petition seeking relief, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition or in respect of any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, under applicable bankruptcy law or any other applicable law).

Section 8.33    Take 5 Accounts.

(a)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall cause all cash revenues, credit card and debit card proceeds of the Take 5 Company Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) at Take 5 Company Locations, in each case to the extent not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account, to promptly be deposited into a Take 5 Account.

(b)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall, on each Business Day, cause all available funds in excess of $500,000 posted to Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are (x) not zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement and (y) not subject to Account Control Agreements, to be remitted to a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account or another Take 5 Account subject to an Account Control Agreement on such Business Day.

 

71


ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1    Rapid Amortization Events.

The Notes will be subject to rapid amortization in whole and not in part following the occurrence of any of the following events as declared by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by written notice to the Issuer (with a copy to the Manager and the Trustee) (each, a “Rapid Amortization Event”); provided that a Rapid Amortization Event described in clause (d) will occur automatically without any declaration thereof by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative):

(a)    the failure to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.20:1.00 as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date;

(b)    the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event;

(c)    the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(d)    the Issuer has not repaid or refinanced any Series of Notes (or Class thereof) in full on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date relating to such Series of Notes or Class; or

(e)    Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $640,000,000; provided that such threshold may be decreased in connection with a Permitted Brand Disposition, subject to approval by the Control Party and receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation.

Section 9.2    Events of Default.

If any one of the following events shall occur (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a)    the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of a failure to pay such interest when due resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission); provided that failure to pay any contingent interest on any Series of Notes on any Quarterly Payment Date (including on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default;

(b)    the Issuer (i) defaults in the payment of any principal of any Notes on the Series Legal Final Maturity Date for such Notes or as and when due in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment or (ii) fails to make any other principal payments due from funds available in the Collection Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Weekly Allocation Date; provided that, in the case of a failure to pay principal under either clause (i) or (ii) resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee receives written notice or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission; provided, further, that the failure to pay any Prepayment Consideration on any prepayment of principal made during any Rapid Amortization Period occurring prior to the related Series Anticipated Repayment Date will not be an Event of Default;

 

72


(c)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants (other than those covered by clause (a) or clause (b) above) (including any covenant to pay any amount other than interest on or principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the Priority of Payments), or any of its representations or warranties contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party proves to be incorrect in any material respect as of the date made or deemed to be made, and such default, failure or breach continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days (or, solely with respect to a failure to comply with (i) any obligation to deliver a notice, financial statement, report or other communication within the specified time frame set forth in the applicable Transaction Document, such failure continues for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days after the specified time frame for delivery has elapsed or (ii) Section 8.7, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.32, or 8.33 such failure continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days), in each case, following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient of such breach or failure and the default caused thereby or written notice to such Service Recipient by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such default, breach or failure; provided that no Event of Default will occur pursuant to this clause (c) if, with respect to any such representation deemed to have been false in any material respect when made which can be remedied by making a payment of an Indemnification Amount, (i) the relevant Contributor or the Manager, as applicable, has paid the required Indemnification Amount in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) such Indemnification Amount has been deposited into the Collection Account;

(d)    the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to any Securitization Entity;

(e)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.10:1.00;

(f)    the SEC or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that any Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or is under the “control” of a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

(g)    any of the Transaction Documents or any material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions thereof) or Parent or any Service Recipient so asserts in writing;

(h)    other than with respect to Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000, the Trustee ceases to have for any reason a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in which perfection can be achieved under the UCC or other applicable law in the United States to the extent required by the Transaction Documents or any Service Recipient or any Affiliate thereof so asserts in writing;

(i)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any material provision of its organizational documents, or any Securitization Entity fails to comply with any provision of Section 8.24 or any affirmative covenant in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement relating to legal separateness of the Securitization Entity, which failure is reasonably likely to cause the contribution of the Collateral to such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements to fail to constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to the Contribution Agreements or is reasonably likely to cause a court of competent jurisdiction to disregard the separate existence of such Securitization Entity relative to any Person other than another Securitization Entity and, in each case,

 

73


such failure continues for more than thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient or written notice to such Service Recipient from the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such failure;

(j)    a final non-appealable ruling has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the contribution of the Collateral (other than any immaterial Collateral and any Collateral that has been disposed of to the extent permitted or required under the Transaction Documents) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement does not constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to such agreement;

(k)    an outstanding final non-appealable judgment exceeding $5,000,000 (when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding final non-appealable judgments) (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) is rendered against any Securitization Entity, and either (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there is any period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, will not be in effect;

(l)    the failure of (i) Parent to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Funding Holdco or (ii) Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer;

(m)    other than as permitted under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the SPV Franchising Entities collectively fail to have good title to any material portion of the Securitization IP or the Service Recipients collectively fail to have good title in or to the Contributed Franchise Agreements or the New Franchise Agreements or any material portion of the assets required to operate the Securitization-Owned Locations and the Take 5 Company Locations;

(n)    (i) any Securitization Entity engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Pension Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Pension Plan and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iii) any Lien in an amount equal to at least $1,000,000 in favor of the PBGC or a Pension Plan arises on the assets of any Securitization Entity and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iv) a Reportable Event occurs with respect to, or proceedings commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee is appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Single Employer Plan terminates for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (vi) any Securitization Entity incurs, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party is likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vii) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Pension Plan or an Employee Benefit Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Securitization Entity; or

(o)    the IRS files notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to the assets of any Securitization Entity and such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days, unless (i) Parent has provided evidence that payment to satisfy the full amount of the asserted liability has been provided to the IRS, and the IRS has released such asserted lien within sixty (60) days of such payment, or (ii) such lien or the asserted liability is being contested in good faith and Parent has contributed to Funding Holdco funds in the amount necessary to satisfy the asserted liability (the “Tax Lien Reserve Amount”), which such funds are set aside and remitted to a collateral deposit account as provided in Section 8.31;

 

74


then (i) in the case of any event described in each clause above (except for clause (d) thereof) that has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and on behalf of the Noteholders, by written notice to the Issuer, will declare the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to be immediately due and payable and, upon any such declaration, such Outstanding Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) in the case of any event described in clause (d) above that has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

If any Securitization Entity obtains Actual Knowledge that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Securitization Entity shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party. Promptly following the Trustee’s receipt of written notice hereunder of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall send a copy thereof to the Issuer, the Servicer, each Rating Agency, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as hereinafter provided in this Article IX, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (a) all overdue installments of interest and principal on the Notes (excluding principal amounts due solely as a result of the acceleration) and (b) all unpaid taxes, administrative expenses and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or the Servicer under the Transaction Documents and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and Advances of the Trustee and the Servicer, their agents and counsel, and any unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Rate), Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees or Workout Fees and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Any Default or Event of Default described in clause (d) above and any acceleration resulting therefrom will not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Any other Default or Event of Default may be waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee.

Section 9.3    Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a)    Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable, (ii) the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or (iii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Series of Notes Outstanding when due and payable, the Issuer will, to the extent of funds available, upon demand of the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall

 

75


be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Rate and any default rate, as applicable, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b)    Proceedings To Collect Money. In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c)    Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall take one or more of the following actions:

(i)    proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable law;

(ii)    (A) direct the Issuer to exercise (and the Issuer agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against any party to any Collateral Document arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to the Issuer, and any right of the Issuer to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) the Issuer refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under the Indenture thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action);

(iii)    institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee will not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property will instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

(iv)    sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Trustee will provide notice to the Issuer and each Holder of Subordinated Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of the Collateral.

 

76


(d)    Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder, under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture) or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(i)    any of the Trustee, any Noteholder and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

(ii)    the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, bill of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii)    all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Securitization Entity of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Securitization Entity and its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Securitization Entity or its successors or assigns; and

(iv)    the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for his or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and his or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer therefor, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(e)    Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations, shall be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; provided that, unless otherwise provided in this Article IX, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes, notwithstanding the provisions of Article V, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(f)    Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and similar laws as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

(g)    Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

77


(h)    Power of Attorney. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute and irrevocable power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

Section 9.4    Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling. To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Issuer for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a)    agrees that neither it nor any such Person will step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b)    waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c)    waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

(d)    consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

Section 9.5    Limited Recourse.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Securitization Entities to the Noteholders and any other Secured Parties under or in relation to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Noteholders or any other Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Securitization Entity to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 9.5, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

Section 9.6    Optional Preservation of the Collateral.

If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 following an Event of Default, and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

Section 9.7    Waiver of Past Events.

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of each Series of Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 9.2 and subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of

 

78


the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default described in any clause of Section 9.2 (except Section 9.2(d)) and its consequences; provided that, before any waiver may be effective, the Trustee and the Servicer must have received any reimbursement then due or payable in respect of unreimbursed Advances (including interest thereon) or any other amounts then due to the Servicer or the Trustee hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents; provided, further, that the Control Party shall provide written notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. A Default or an Event of Default described in Section 9.2(d) shall not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Potential Rapid Amortization Event or any existing Rapid Amortization Event; provided that a Rapid Amortization Event pursuant to clause (d) of Section 9.1 relating to a particular Series of Notes (or Class thereof) shall not be permitted to be waived by any party unless each affected Noteholder has consented to such waiver.

Section 9.8    Control by the Control Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding in respect of any enforcement of the Collateral, in respect of any enforcement of Liens on the Collateral or conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee and to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

(a)    such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, the Servicing Standard or the Indenture;

(b)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

(c)    such direction shall be in writing;

provided, further, that, subject to Section 10.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided herein.

Section 9.9    Limitation on Suits.

Any other provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Holder of Notes may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document only if:

(a)    the Noteholder gives to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b)    the Noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative to pursue the remedy;

 

79


(c)    such Noteholder or Noteholders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative against any loss, liability or expense;

(d)    the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it;

(e)    during such sixty (60) day period, the Majority of Senior Noteholders do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request; and

(f)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) has consented to the pursuit of such remedy.

A Noteholder may not use the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

Section 9.10    Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

Section 9.11    The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Noteholders and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders or any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party in any such proceeding.

 

80


Section 9.12    Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9, the Control Party or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

Section 9.13    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder or other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.14    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.15    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any Holder of any Note or any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article IX or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

Section 9.16    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

81


ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1    Duties of the Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall (except in the case of the receipt of directions with respect to such matter from the Control Party in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document in which event the Trustee’s sole responsibility will be to act or refrain from acting in accordance with such directions) exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction taken, or not taken, by it upon the deemed occurrence of an Event of Default, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Manager Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event of which a Trust Officer has not received written notice; provided, further, that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction due to the acts or failure to act of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in connection with any Event of Default, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event, or for acting or refraining from acting due to any direction or lack of direction from the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative. The preceding sentence shall not have the effect of insulating the Trustee from liability arising out of the Trustee’s negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Indenture; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished by the Issuer under the Indenture.

(b)    Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge:

(i)    the Trustee undertakes to perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and no others, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture or any other Transaction Document against the Trustee; and

(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture and any other applicable Transaction Document; provided that, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision of the Indenture are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such certificates or opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture and shall promptly notify the party of any non-conformity.

 

82


(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)    this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section 10.1;

(ii)    the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proven that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii)    the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Control Party or the requisite Noteholders in accordance with this Base Indenture relating to the time, method and place for conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Base Indenture or any other circumstances in which such direction is required or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture; and

(iv)    the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event, Potential Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event or the commencement and continuation of a Cash Trapping Period until such time as the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge or shall have received written notice thereof, and in the absence of such Actual Knowledge or receipt of such notice the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred or is continuing.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, no provision of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or exercise of its rights or powers hereunder or thereunder, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any risk, loss, liability or expense.

(e)    In the event that the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Registrar, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be obligated as soon as practicable upon Actual Knowledge thereof and receipt of appropriate records and information, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.

(f)    Subject to Section 10.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(g)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.

(h)    The Trustee shall not be responsible (i) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (ii) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful

 

83


misconduct on the part of the Trustee, (iii) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (iv) for the validity of the title of the Securitization Entities to the Collateral, (v) for insuring the Collateral or (vi) for the payment of Taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral, except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents by the Securitization Entities or Service Recipients.

(i)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the Indenture at the direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the requisite percentage of Noteholders, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, under the Indenture.

(j)    The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Base Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redeposition of any thereof; (ii) to see to any insurance; (iii) except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e), to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind; or (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Manager, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k)    The Trustee shall not be personally liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the performance of its duties under the Indenture.

(l)    (i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Trustee shall make Debt Service Advances to the extent and in the manner set forth in Section 5.12(c) hereof; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the Trustee will not be responsible for advancing any principal on the Senior Notes, any make-whole prepayment consideration, any Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses, any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees, any Post-ARD Additional Interest or any reserve amounts or any interest or principal payable on, or any other amount due with respect to, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes.

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Debt Service Advance shall be required to be made hereunder by the Trustee if the Trustee determines such Debt Service Advance (including interest thereon) would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance. The determination by the Trustee that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance, or that any proposed Debt Service Advance, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance, shall be made by the Trustee in its reasonable good faith judgment. The Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer that an Advance is or would be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders. The Trustee may update or change its nonrecoverability determination at any time, and may decide that a requested Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance that was previously deemed to be a Nonrecoverable Advance shall have become recoverable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances made by the Trustee and any accrued interest thereon will be paid strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments, even if the Trustee determines that any such advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance after such Advance has been made.

 

84


(iii)    The Trustee shall be entitled to receive interest at the Advance Interest Rate accrued on the amount of each Debt Service Advance made thereby (with its own funds) for so long as such Debt Service Advance is outstanding. Such interest with respect to any Debt Service Advance made pursuant to this Section 10.1(l) shall be payable out of Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.2    Rights of the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1:

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, instrument, report, consent, order, document or other paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)    The Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such non-affiliated agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is appointed with due care; provided that the Trustee shall have received the consent of the Servicer prior to the appointment of any agent, custodian or nominee performing any material obligation of the Trustee hereunder.

(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith and willful misconduct which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture or the other applicable Transaction Documents.

(e)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation hereto or thereto, at the request, order or direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, unless the Trustee has been offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes. If the Trustee is so requested or determines in its own discretion to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Service Recipients, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the Issuer, and the Trustee shall incur no liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

85


(g)    The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Base Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall be not be liable in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct for the performance of such act.

(h)    In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the e-mail communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

(j)    The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God, earthquakes, fires, floods, wars, civil or military disturbances, sabotage, epidemics, riots, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents, labor disputes, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

(l)    All rights of action and claims under this Base Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payments to the Trustee provided for in Section 10.5, be distributed in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(m)    The Trustee may request written direction from any applicable party any time the Indenture provides that the Trustee may be directed to act.

(n)    Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order.

(o)    Whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, the Manager or the Servicer and shall incur no liability for its reliance thereon.

(p)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the books or records of, or for any acts or omissions of, DTC, any transfer agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), Clearstream, Euroclear, any calculation agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), or any agent appointed by it with due care or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity).

 

86


(q)    The Trustee and its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. The Trustee does not guarantee the performance of any Eligible Investments.

(r)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Servicer or the Issuer. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer or the Issuer to provide timely written investment direction.

(s)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate nor shall it be responsible or liable for any calculation of the DSCR, the Interest-Only DSCR, the New Series Pro Forma DSCR or the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

(t)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each case, with respect to its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u)    The Trustee shall be afforded, in each Transaction Document, all of the rights, powers, immunities and indemnities granted to it in this Base Indenture as if such rights, powers, immunities and indemnities were specifically set out in each such Transaction Document.

(v)    For any purpose under the Transaction Documents, the Trustee may conclusively assume without incurring liability therefor that no Notes are held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them unless a Trust Officer has received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office that any Notes are so held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them.

(w)    The Trustee shall not have any responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the terms of an engagement of Independent Auditors by the Issuer (or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer) or the terms of any agreed upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the same, to execute any acknowledgment or other agreement with the Independent Auditors required for the Trustee to receive any of the reports or instructions provided herein, which acknowledgment or agreement may include, among other things, (i) acknowledgment that the Issuer had agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Auditors are sufficient for the Issuer’s purposes, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the Independent Auditors, and (iii) restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Auditors (including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in respect of the Independent Auditors that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it.

Section 10.3    Individual Rights of the Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate of the Securitization Entities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

87


Section 10.4    Notice of Events of Default and Defaults.

If an Event of Default, a Default, a Rapid Amortization Event or a Potential Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing and if the Trustee has Actual Knowledge thereof, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer, any Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency with notice of such Event of Default, Default, Rapid Amortization Event or Potential Rapid Amortization Event, to the extent that the Notes of such Series are Book-Entry Notes by telephone and facsimile and otherwise by first class mail.

Section 10.5    Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)    The Issuer shall promptly pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of the Indenture and services hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party as the Trustee and the Issuer shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. The Issuer shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.

(b)    The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any loss, liability, claim, expense (including taxes, other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee), damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with (i) the activities of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and (ii) the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding, claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Servicer, the Control Party or any Noteholder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, the preservation of any of its rights to, or the realization upon, any of the Collateral, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.5(b); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not indemnify the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence by the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee, as the case may be.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

 

88


Section 10.6    Replacement of the Trustee.

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.6.

(b)    The Trustee may, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Issuer, the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency, resign at any time from its office and be discharged from the trust hereby created; provided that no such resignation of the Trustee will be effective until a successor Trustee has assumed the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The Control Party or the Issuer may remove the Trustee, or any Noteholder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee, if at any time:

(i)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.8;

(ii)    the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii)    the Trustee fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(iv)    the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly, with the prior written consent of the Control Party, appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Majority of Controlling Class Members (with the prior written consent of the Control Party) may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

(c)    If a successor Trustee is not appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee is not delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, at the direction of the Control Party, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(d)    If the Trustee after written request by the Servicer or any Noteholder fails to comply with Section 10.8, the Servicer or such Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Servicer and the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all of the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is a party. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, so long as all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

(f)    No successor Trustee may accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor is qualified and eligible under this Base Indenture, a Rating Agency Notification has been provided and the Control Party has provided its consent with respect to such appointment.

 

89


Section 10.7    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Subject to Section 10.8, if the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, so long as (i) written notice of such consolidation, merger or conversion shall be provided to the Issuer, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) the resulting or successor corporation is eligible to be a Trustee under Section 10.8.

Section 10.8    Eligibility Disqualification.

(a)    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall (i) be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, (ii) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, (iv) be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer and (v) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “BBB+” by Standard & Poor’s.

(b)    At any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 10.8(a), the Trustee shall resign immediately after written request to do so by the Issuer or by the Control Party at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 10.9    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power, upon notice to the Control Party, the Issuer and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent, and may execute and deliver all instruments, to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, for all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.9, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 10.8 or shall be otherwise acceptable to the Servicer. No notice to the Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.6. No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Servicer and the Issuer unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

(b)    Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i)    the Notes of each Series shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee;

(ii)    all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is

 

90


not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(iii)    no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, and such appointment shall not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute any such trustee or co-trustee as an agent of the Trustee; and

(iv)    the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c)    Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document which the Trustee is a party relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Issuer.

(d)    Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

Section 10.10    Representations and Warranties of Trustee.

The Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Noteholders that:

(a)    the Trustee is a national banking association, organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;

(b)    the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to authenticate the Notes, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and any such other Transaction Document and to authenticate the Notes;

(c)    this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and

 

91


(d)    the Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as a trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.8(a).

ARTICLE XI

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

Section 11.1    Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    Within five (5) Business Days following the occurrence of a CCR Re-Election Event or Annual Election Date, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Controlling Class Members, in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto, through the Applicable Procedures of the applicable Clearing Agency with respect to Book-Entry Notes and to the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes and shall post a notice to the Trustee’s password-protected internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (together with a copy thereof to the Manager and the Issuer), announcing that there will be an election of a Controlling Class Representative and soliciting nominations for Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election Notice”). During any CCR Election Period or any communications with respect thereto, both the Trustee and the Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to rely on the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for all Book-Entry Notes and the information contained in the Note Register from all Definitive Notes notices and communications.

(b)    Each Controlling Class Member will be allowed to nominate one CCR Candidate by submitting a nomination directly to the Trustee in writing in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto (a “CCR Nomination”) within the period specified in such notice, which will be thirty (30) Business Days after the date of the CCR Election Notice (such period, the “CCR Nomination Period”). Each Controlling Class Member submitting a CCR Nomination shall represent that as of a date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice as determined by the Trustee, it was the Note Owner or Noteholder, as applicable, of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by it in the CCR Nomination; and (ii) the CCR Candidate that it has nominated pursuant to such CCR Nomination is either (A) a Controlling Class Member or (B) an Eligible Third-Party Candidate; provided that, for purposes of such nomination and determining the CCR Candidates pursuant to Section 11.1(c), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series.

(c)    Based upon the CCR Nominations that are received by the Trustee by the end of the CCR Nomination Period, (i) the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Members that no nominations have been received and that the election will not be held, (ii) the Trustee shall prepare and send to each applicable Controlling Class Member a ballot in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto (the “CCR Ballot”) naming the top three candidates based upon the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of Controlling Class Members nominating such candidate (or, if fewer than three (3) candidates are nominated, the CCR Ballot will list all candidates), or (iii) in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations are received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the current Controlling Class Representative will remain the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Date. Each Controlling Class Member shall, in its sole discretion, indicate its vote for Controlling Class Representative by returning a completed CCR Ballot directly to the Trustee within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the CCR Ballot (a “CCR Election Period”). Each Controlling Class Member returning a completed CCR Ballot will also be required to confirm that, as of the date of the CCR Ballot (the “CCR Voting Record Date”), such Controlling Class Member was the owner or beneficial owner of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by such Controlling Class Member in the CCR Ballot; provided

 

92


that, for purposes of such certification and the tabulation of votes pursuant to Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series.

(d)    At the end of the CCR Election Period, the Trustee will tabulate the votes; provided that, for purposes of such tabulation of votes pursuant to this Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. If a CCR Candidate receives votes from Controlling Class Members holding beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class (or any beneficial interest therein) that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date), such CCR Candidate shall be appointed the Controlling Class Representative. Notes of the Controlling Class held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer will not be considered Outstanding for such voting purposes. If the CCR Election Period results in a tie, the Controlling Class Representative shall be the CCR Candidate chosen by the Manager from among the CCR Candidates with the highest votes. In the event that the foregoing procedures do not result in an election of a Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members that no Controlling Class Representative has been appointed. Until a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to the terms set forth in this Article XI, (i) the Control Party shall exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with the Servicing Standard and (ii) any deliverable or notice that is required to be provided to the Controlling Class Representative under a Transaction Document shall be delivered to the Control Party.

(e)    In the event that a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to Section 11.1(d), the Trustee shall forward an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto (a “CCR Acceptance Letter”) to such Controlling Class Representative. No Person shall be appointed Controlling Class Representative unless it executes such CCR Acceptance Letter within fifteen (15) Business Days of its receipt thereof, pursuant to which it shall (i) agree to act as the Controlling Class Representative, (ii) provide its name and contact information and permit such information to be shared with the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members and (iii) represent and warrant that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. Within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such CCR Acceptance Letter, the Trustee shall promptly forward copies thereof, or provide notice of the identity and contact information of the new Controlling Class Representative, to the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members.

(f)    Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative or from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, as applicable, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the identity of the new Controlling Class Representative.

(g)    The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in all actions taken or not taken by it with respect to, (i) the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for delivery of the CCR Election Notices and the CCR Ballots to Note Owners of Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Persons submitting CCR Nominations, CCR Ballots and CCR Acceptance Letters.

 

93


(h)    The Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) shall be entitled to rely on the identity of the Controlling Class Representative provided by the Trustee with respect to any obligation or right hereunder or under any other Transaction Document that the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) may have to deliver information or otherwise communicate with the Controlling Class Representative or any of the Noteholders of the Controlling Class, with no liability to it for such reliance.

(i)    The Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee, upon request, any memoranda delivered to the Trustee by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement; provided that it shall have first executed a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager, and such confidentiality agreement remains in effect. Any such memoranda shall be deemed to contain confidential information.

Section 11.2    Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative. The Controlling Class Representative may at any time resign as such by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and to each Noteholder of the Controlling Class. As of any Record Date, a Majority of Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to remove any existing Controlling Class Representative by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and such existing Controlling Class Representative. No resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative shall be effective until a successor Controlling Class Representative has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.1 or until the end of the CCR Election Period following such resignation or removal; provided that any Controlling Class Representative that has been removed pursuant to this Section 11.2 may subsequently be nominated as a CCR Candidate and appointed as Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1; provided, further, that an existing Controlling Class Representative shall cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of a CCR Election Period, even if no successor is re-elected pursuant to Section 11.1, unless such Controlling Class Representative is elected during such CCR Election Period (except that, in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations are received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the current Controlling Class Representative will remain the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Date). In addition to the foregoing, within two (2) Business Days of the selection, resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Servicer and the parties to this Base Indenture of such event.

Section 11.3    Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    The Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability to the Noteholders for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to the Indenture or for errors in judgment; provided that the Controlling Class Representative shall not be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Indenture. Each Noteholder acknowledges and agrees, by its acceptance of its Notes or interests therein, that (i) the Controlling Class Representative may have special relationships and interests that conflict with those of Noteholders of one or more Classes of Notes, or that conflict with other Noteholders, (ii) the Controlling Class Representative may act solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interest, (iii) the Controlling Class Representative does not have any duties to Noteholders other than the Controlling Class Members, (iv) the Controlling Class Representative may take actions that favor the interests of the Controlling Class Members over the interests of Noteholders of one or more other Classes of Notes, or that favor its own interests over those of other Noteholders or other Controlling Class Members, (v) the Controlling Class Representative shall not be deemed to have been grossly negligent or reckless, or to have acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misfeasance, by reason of its having acted solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interests, and (vi) the Controlling

 

94


Class Representative shall have no liability whatsoever for having so acted pursuant to clauses (i) through (v), and no Note Owner or Noteholder may take any action whatsoever against the Controlling Class Representative for having so acted or against any director, officer, employee, agent or principal thereof for having so acted.

(b)    Any and all expenses of the Controlling Class Representative for acting in its capacity as Controlling Class Representative shall be borne by the Controlling Class Members, pro rata according to their respective Outstanding Principal Amounts of Notes of the Controlling Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is made against the Controlling Class Representative in an action to which the Servicer and/or the Trustee are also named parties and, in the sole judgment of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative had acted in good faith, without gross negligence or willful misconduct, with regard to the subject of such claim, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee shall be required to assume the defense (with any costs incurred in connection therewith being deemed to be reimbursable as a Collateral Protection Advance) of any such claim against the Controlling Class Representative, so long as there is no potential for the Servicer or the Trustee to be an adverse party in the same action as regards the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 11.4    Control Party.

(a)    Pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Control Party is authorized to consent to and implement, subject to the Servicing Standard, any Consent Request that does not require the consent of any Noteholder, including the Controlling Class Representative.

(b)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the consent or direction of the Controlling Class Representative, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request, form a Consent Recommendation and then promptly deliver such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative (if a Controlling Class Representative exists at such time). Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the Controlling Class Representative consents to a Consent Request, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Controlling Class Representative to obtain such consent. Notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary, if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of such Consent Request and the related Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative or if there is no Controlling Class Representative at such time (including, without limitation, following the resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative), the Control Party is authorized (but not required) to take action in response to such Consent Request in accordance with the Servicing Standard, whether or not the Indenture or any other Transaction Document indicates that the Control Party is required to act with the consent or at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to any specific matter relating to such Consent Request, other than with respect to the waiver of any Servicer Termination Events.

(c)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of Section 13.2, the consent of any affected Noteholders or 100% of the Noteholders, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request and shall formulate and present a Consent Recommendation to the Trustee, which shall forward such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder, as applicable. Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the consent of each Noteholder that is required to consent to any such Consent Request has been obtained and the Control Party is provided with notice of such consents being obtained by the Trustee, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Trustee to identify and deliver to the Trustee for delivery by the Trustee to such Noteholders such additional information and Consent Recommendations as may be appropriate in accordance with the Servicing Standard to obtain such consent.

 

95


(d)    The Control Party shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Control Party determines, in accordance with the Servicing Standard, not to implement a Consent Request or has not received the requisite consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders, if applicable, to implement a Consent Request. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Trustee has not received the requisite consent of the required percentage of Noteholders to implement a Consent Request.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no advice, direction or objection from or by the Controlling Class Representative may (i) require or cause the Trustee or the Control Party to violate applicable law, the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Servicing Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, with respect to the Control Party, the Control Party’s obligation to act in accordance with the Servicing Standard, (ii) expose the Control Party or the Trustee, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or partners, to any material claim, suit or liability, or (iii) materially expand the scope of the Servicer’s responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement or the Trustee’s responsibility under this Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Control Party will not be required to follow any such advance, direction or objection. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Controlling Class Representative shall not be able to prevent the Control Party from transferring the ownership of all or any portion of the Collateral if any Advance by the Servicer has been outstanding for twelve (12) months (or longer) and the Control Party determines in accordance with the Servicing Standard that such transfer of ownership would be in the best interests of the Noteholders (taken as a whole).

(f)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consent Request affecting the rights of the Noteholders of any Class A-1 Notes will also require the consent of the related Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

Section 11.5    Note Owner List.

(a)    To facilitate communication among Note Owners, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative, a Note Owner may elect, but is not required, to notify the Trustee of its name, address and other contact information, which will be kept in a register maintained by the Trustee.

(b)    Any Note Owners holding beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes that wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes may request in writing that the Trustee deliver a notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding. If such a request is made and is accompanied by (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L certifying that such Note Owners hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes (each, a “Note Owner Certificate”) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and (ii) a copy of the communication which such Note Owners propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Note Owners for its costs and expenses, shall, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the request, transmit the requested communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding and give the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative notice that such request and transmission has been made. The Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever with respect to any requested communication other than to transmit it in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof and to give notice of such request and transmission to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative.

 

96


ARTICLE XII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1    Termination of the Issuers and Guarantors Obligations.

(a)    Satisfaction and Discharge. The Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, all commitments to extend credit under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated and all payments by the Issuer thereunder have been paid or otherwise provided for; except that (i) the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Sections 12.2 and 12.3 and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, will execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of, and discharge under, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b)    Indenture Defeasance. The Issuer may terminate all of its obligations under the Indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in respect thereof and release all Collateral so long as:

(i)    the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes (including additional interest that accrues after an anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture, the Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document; provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes and such other sums;

(ii)    all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated on or before the date of such deposit;

(iii)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to Noteholders not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of such deposit, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of such deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit; and

 

97


(v)    an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer by the Issuer to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantor’s guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13, (iv) this Section 12.1(b) and (v) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(c)    Series Defeasance. Except as may be provided to the contrary in any Series Supplement, the Issuer, solely in connection with an optional prepayment in full, a mandatory prepayment in full or a redemption in full of all Outstanding Notes of a particular Series (the “Defeased Series”) or in connection with the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of a particular Series of Notes, may terminate all Series Obligations with respect to such Series of Notes and all Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in respect of such Series of Notes as of any Business Day (the “Series Defeasance Date”) so long as:

(i)    the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay without duplication:

(1)    all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, commitment fees, administrative expenses, Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series (including additional interest that accrues after the anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) any other Series Obligations that will be due and payable by the Issuer solely with respect to the Defeased Series as of the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity Date, as applicable, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document with respect to the Defeased Series;

(2)    all Weekly Management Fees, Supplemental Management Fees, unreimbursed Advances (and outstanding interest thereon) and Manager Advances (and outstanding interest thereon), all fees, indemnities, reimbursements and expenses due to the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, and all Successor Manager Transition Expenses and Successor Servicer Transition Expenses, in each case that will be due and payable as of the following Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(3)    all Securitization Operating Expenses, all Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses for the Defeased Series, all Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amounts for the Defeased Series, in each case, that are due and unpaid as of the Series Defeasance Date to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager;

provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date,

 

98


redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity of the Defeased Series, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes of such Series and such other sums;

(ii)    all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements with respect to the Defeased Series shall have been terminated on or before the Series Defeasance Date;

(iii)    the Issuer delivers notice of prepayment, redemption or maturity of such Series of Notes in full to the Noteholders of the Defeased Series, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Series Defeasance Date, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)    after giving effect to the deposit, if any other Series of Notes is Outstanding, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(v)    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the defeasance was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of the Defeased Series over other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding other creditors;

(vi)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit;

(vii)    such defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other Indenture Document;

(viii)    the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding, if any, other than the Defeased Series; and

(ix)    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Series, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Series and thereafter such Defeased Series shall be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for purposes of (1) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (2) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 and (3) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement of such Series Obligations.

(d)    After the conditions set forth in Section 12.1(a) have been met, or after the irrevocable deposit is made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein have been met, the Trustee upon request of the Securitization Entities shall reassign (without recourse upon, or any warranty whatsoever by, the Trustee) and deliver all Collateral and documents then in the custody or possession of the Trustee promptly to the applicable Securitization Entities.

 

99


Section 12.2    Application of Trust Money.

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Servicer, the Trustee and the Issuer shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities through the Paying Agent in accordance with this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the other sums referred to above. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.3    Repayment to the Issuer.

(a)    The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.14, return any cancelled Notes held by them at any time.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.6(c), the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.4    Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any funds received under this Article XII by reason of any proceeding, order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and in respect of the Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred, until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such funds or property in accordance with this Article XII. If the Issuer or Guarantors make any payment of principal, premium or interest on any Notes or any other sums under the Indenture Documents while such obligations have been reinstated, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners or other Secured Parties who received such funds or property from the Trustee to receive such payment in respect of the Notes.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1    Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, the Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto (or, in the case of clause (viii) below, amend, modify or supplement any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i)    to create a new Series of Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(b);

(ii)    to add to the covenants of the Securitization Entities for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of

 

100


less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties any right or power herein conferred upon the Securitization Entities; provided that the Issuer will not, pursuant to this Section 13.1(a)(ii), surrender any right or power it has under the Transaction Documents;

(iii)    to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Trustee any property or assets as security for the Obligations;

(iv)    to correct any manifest error or defect or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provisions herein or in any Series Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein or with any related offering memorandum;

(v)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(vi)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder or thereunder by more than one Trustee;

(vii)    to correct or supplement any provision in this Base Indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(viii)    to correct or supplement any provision in any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(ix)    to comply with Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(x)    to facilitate the transfer of Notes in accordance with applicable Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(xi)    to take any action necessary or helpful to avoid the imposition, under and in accordance with applicable law, of any Tax, including withholding Tax;

(xii)    to add provisions in respect of hedging and enhancement mechanics, including the addition of swap and hedge counterparties as Secured Parties under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the payment of hedge and enhancement payments (other than termination payments) on a pari passu basis with interest on the Senior Notes and the payment of hedge termination and other amounts due to swap and hedge counterparties prior to the payment of unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration;

(xiii)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of Franchise Documents or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the Managing Standard; or

 

101


(xiv)    to provide for mechanical provisions in respect of the issuance of Subordinated Notes;

provided that, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, such action could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, the Trustee, the Servicer or any other Secured Party.

(b)    Upon the request of the Issuer and receipt by the Control Party and the Trustee of the documents described in Section 2.2 and delivery by the Control Party of its consent thereto to the extent required by Section 2.2, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any Series Supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such Series Supplement which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Base Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.2    With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    In addition to any amendments, modifications and waivers permitted under Section 13.1, the provisions of this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement and any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party (unless otherwise provided in such Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing in a Supplement and consented to in writing by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

(i)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series of Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any Supplement under this Section 13.2 or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or defaults hereunder or thereunder and their consequences provided for herein and therein or for any other action hereunder or thereunder, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder;

(ii)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents with respect to any material portion of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents), terminate the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents on any material portion of the Collateral at any time subject thereto or deprive any Secured Party of any material portion of the security provided by the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party;

(iii)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other Obligations (or reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or rate of interest on any Note or any other Obligations); (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder; (C) change the provisions of the Priority of Payments; (D) change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Notes and the other Obligations or the interest thereon is payable; (E) impair the right to institute suit

 

102


for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes and the other Obligations owing to Noteholders on or after the respective due dates thereof, (F) subject to the ability of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive certain events as set forth in Section 9.7, amend or otherwise modify any of the specific language of the following definitions: “Default”, “Event of Default”, “Outstanding”, “Potential Rapid Amortization Event” or “Rapid Amortization Event” (as defined in this Base Indenture or any applicable Series Supplement) or (G) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 13.2, in each case, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party; and

(iv)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would change the time periods with respect to any requirement to deliver to Noteholders notice with respect to any repayment, prepayment or redemption shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder.

(b)    No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Secured Party in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(c)    The express requirement, in any provision hereof, that the Rating Agency Condition be satisfied as a condition to the taking of a specified action shall not be amended, modified or waived by the parties hereto without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition.

Section 13.3    Supplements.

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be set forth in a Supplement, a copy of which shall be delivered to each Rating Agency, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency of any amendment or modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no less than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the related Supplement; provided that such Supplement need not be in final form at the time such notice is given. The initial effectiveness of each Supplement shall be subject to the delivery to the Control Party and the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect thereto have been satisfied. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, each Series Supplement may be amended as provided in such Series Supplement.

Section 13.4    Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The Issuer may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

 

103


Section 13.5    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.6    The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article XIII if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing such Supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and, subject to Section 10.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

Section 13.7    Amendments and Fees.

The Issuer, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall negotiate any amendments, waivers or modifications to the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed. The Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Issuer only for the reasonable counsel fees incurred by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in reviewing and approving any amendment or in providing any consents, and, except as provided in the Servicing Agreement, neither the Control Party nor the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to any additional compensation in connection with any amendments or consents to this Base Indenture or to any Transaction Document.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1    Notices.

(a)    Any notice or communication by the Issuer, the Manager or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail (provided that any e-mail notice to the Trustee shall be in the form of an attachment of a .pdf or similar file), posted on a password protected internet website for which the recipient has granted access or mailed by first-class

 

104


mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

If to the Issuer:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to the Issuer with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

If to the Manager:

Driven Brands, Inc.

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to the Manager with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

 

105


If to the Back-Up Manager:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3 Times Square, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Robert J. Darefsky

Facsimile: (212) 499-3636

If to the Servicer:

Midland Loan Services,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association

10851 Mastin Street

Building 82, Suite 700

Overland Park, KS 66210

Attention: President

Facsimile: (913) 253-9709

If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Phone: (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s e-mail)

If to any Rating Agency:

To the address set forth in the applicable Series Supplement

(b)    The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided that the Issuer may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(c)    Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first-class mail shall be deemed given five (5) days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier, (v) when posted on a password-protected internet website shall be deemed delivered after notice of such posting has been provided to the recipient and (vi) delivered by e-mail shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice.

(d)    Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document.

(e)    If the Issuer delivers a notice or communication to Noteholders, it shall deliver a copy to the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee at the same time.

 

106


(f)    Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

(g)    Notwithstanding any other provision herein, for so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the Manager, any notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information required to be delivered by the Manager to the Issuer, or by the Issuer to the Manager, shall be deemed to have been delivered to both the Issuer and the Manager if the Manager has prepared or is otherwise in possession of such notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information, and in no event shall the Manager or the Issuer be in breach of any delivery requirements hereunder for constructive delivery pursuant to this Section 14.1(g).

Section 14.2    Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders.

Noteholders may communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or the Notes.

Section 14.3    Officers Certificate as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the Issuer to the extent requested by the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee shall furnish to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer and the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.4), stating that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture or such other Transaction Documents relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel confirming the same. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

Section 14.4    Statements Required in Certificate.

Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall include:

(a)    a statement that the Person giving such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements contained in such certificate are based;

 

107


(c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to reach an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)    a statement as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.5    Rules by the Trustee.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

Section 14.6    Benefits of Indenture.

Except as set forth in a Series Supplement, nothing in this Base Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

Section 14.7    Payment on Business Day.

In any case where any Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 14.8    Governing Law.

THIS BASE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 14.9    Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in the Indenture, the Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party shall bind its successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Issuer may not assign its obligations or rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, except with the written consent of the Servicer. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.10    Severability.

In case any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11    Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

108


Section 14.12    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13    No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities.

Each of the Noteholders, the Trustee and the other Secured Parties hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.13 shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that any such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee takes action in violation of this Section 14.13, each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contesting the filing of such a petition by any such Noteholder or Secured Party or the Trustee against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raising the defense that such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 14.13 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any Noteholder or any other Secured Party or the Trustee in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity.

Section 14.14    Recording of Indenture.

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense.

Section 14.15    Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

Section 14.16    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

109


(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 14.1 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.16 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

Section 14.17    Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio.

(a)    Driven Brands Leverage Ratio.

(i)    In the event that the Driven Brands Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA used therein), investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that any of the Driven Brands Entities has either determined to make or made during the preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods or subsequent to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods and on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, a “pro forma event”) shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or

 

110


initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Driven Brands Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(b)    Senior Leverage Ratio.

(i)    In the event that the Securitization Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Senior Notes subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Senior Notes, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Senior Notes as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Senior Notes under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Senior Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Net Cash Flow used therein), any pro forma event shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Net Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Securitization Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(c)    Calculations to be Made in Good Faith. For purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Manager. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Manager as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in the definition thereof, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

 

111


Section 14.18    Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral.

After consummation of any Permitted Asset Disposition or any Permitted Brand Disposition, all Liens with respect to such property created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be automatically released, and, upon written request of the Issuer, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Securitization Entities any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Securitization Entities at their expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the property disposed of in connection with such Permitted Asset Disposition or Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 14.19    Amendment and Restatement.

The execution and delivery of this Base Indenture shall constitute an amendment, replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Base Indenture. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Base Indenture and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. The Issuer hereby reaffirms all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Base Indenture and this Base Indenture and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

112


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary have caused this Base Indenture to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN – BASE INDENTURE]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN – BASE INDENTURE]


CONSENT OF CONTROL PARTY AND SERVICER:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and as Servicer, hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary of the foregoing Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association
By:   /s/ David A. Eckels
  Name:   David A. Eckels
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


ANNEX A

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

1-800-Radiator Brand” means the 1-800-Radiator & A/C® name and 1-800-Radiator & A/C Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

1-800-Radiator Franchisor” means 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

2015 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of July 31, 2015, including, without limitation, the contribution to the applicable Securitization Entities of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2016 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to CARSTAR Franchisor of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2018 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties and SPV Product Sales Holder of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

Account Agreement” means each agreement governing the establishment and maintenance of any Management Account or any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account to the extent that any such account is not held at the Trustee.

Account Control Agreement” means each control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Trustee is granted the right to control deposits and withdrawals from, or otherwise to give instructions or entitlement orders in respect of, a deposit and/or securities account and any lock-box related thereto.

Accounts” means, collectively, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts and any other account subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Actual Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of (i) in the case of Parent, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, or the Chief Marketing Officer; (ii) in the case of any Securitization Entity, any manager or director (as applicable) or officer of such Securitization Entity who is also an officer of Parent described in clause (i) above; (iii) in the case of the Manager or any Securitization Entity with respect to a relevant matter or event, an Authorized Officer of the Manager or such Securitization Entity, as applicable, directly responsible for managing the relevant asset or for administering the transactions relevant to such matter or event; (iv) with respect to the Trustee, an Authorized Officer of the Trustee responsible for administering the transactions relevant to the applicable matter or event; or (v) with respect to any other Person, any member of senior management of such Person.


Additional Management Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Additional Notes” means any Series of Notes issued by the Issuer after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (a) plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; (ii) federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes; (iii) other non-operating expenses; (iv) losses attributable to asset dispositions; (v) losses attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (vi) impairment losses on assets (including intangible assets and goodwill); (vii) depreciation and amortization expense; (viii) costs, expenses or charges incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests, any recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful); (ix) costs, expenses or charges incurred for any acquisition, disposition, refranchising transactions, discontinued operations, reorganization, restructuring and realignment initiatives (in each case, whether or not successful); (x) non-cash stock based compensation expense; (xi) management fees to Sponsor or its affiliates; (xii) board of directors fees and expenses; (xiii) severance, relocation, retention, signing, recruiting and similar expenses, (xiv) closed store expenses and lease buy-out expenses, (xv) proceeds from insurance in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption and (xvi) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash expenses or items, and (b) minus, without duplication, the following to the extent added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) gains attributable to asset dispositions; (ii) gains attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (iii) other non-operating income; and (iv) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash items; provided, however, that, with respect to the Securitization Entities, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party.

Advance” means a Collateral Protection Advance or a Debt Service Advance.

Advance Interest Rate” means a rate equal to the sum of (i) Prime Rate plus (ii) 3.00% per annum.

Advertising Co-op Funds” means Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of Parent (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations).

Advertising Fees” means any fees payable by Franchisees to fund existing or future local, regional or national marketing and advertising activities for the applicable Driven Securitization Brands (including, without limitation, any initial advertising deposits).

Advertising Fund Accounts” means the seven (7) accounts maintained by the Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Meineke Brand, Maaco Brand, Econo Lube Brand, Merlin Brand, the Carstar Brand, the Take 5 Brand and 1-800-Radiator Brand, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the Manager from time to time.

Aero Colours Brand” means the Aero Colours® name and Aero Colours Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

2


Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership or beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the meaning of “control”.

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

After-Acquired Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (i) the SPV Franchising Entities other than CARSTAR Franchisor or Take 5 Franchisor after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and (iii) Take 5 Franchisor or SPV Product Sales Holder after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, in each case, pursuant to the IP License Agreements or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Manager-Developed IP and all Licensee-Developed IP.

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount” means the sum of the Outstanding Principal Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes.

Allocated Amount” means, as of any date of determination with respect to either (i) any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or (ii) any Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, an amount equal to the product of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Notes on such date of determination and (2) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods attributable to such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or such Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, as applicable, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero, (y) with respect to (i) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $460,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2015, (ii) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $45,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2016, (iii) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018 and (iv) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location arising after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitized Assets, based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any New Franchise Agreement that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the

 

3


Securitized Assets, such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average of all collected Franchisee Payments under such New Franchise Agreements during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the date such New Franchise Agreement was included in the Securitized Assets.

Annual Election Date” means June 1st of every calendar year beginning on June 1, 2018 unless a Controlling Class Representative has been elected or re-elected on or after January 1st of that same calendar year, in which case, the Annual Election Date will be deemed to not occur during such calendar year.

Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of the Base Indenture.

Applicable Procedures” means the provisions of the rules and procedures of DTC, the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as in effect from time to time.

Asset Disposition Proceeds” means (i) the proceeds of any disposition (including all cash and cash equivalents received as payments of the purchase price for such disposition, including, without limitation, any cash or cash equivalents received in respect of deferred payment, or monetization of a note receivable, received as consideration for such disposition) pursuant to clauses (i) or (x) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of the Indenture, minus (ii) (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable property and that is required to be repaid in connection with such disposition (other than Indebtedness under the Notes) to the extent such principal amount is actually repaid, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with such disposition, as certified by the Manager, and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two (2) years of such disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; provided, that the proceeds of Refranchising Asset Dispositions shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds to the extent that that the Senior Leverage Ratio, calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition (but excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account for netting purposes), is less than 4.50:1.00. The proceeds of any Permitted Asset Disposition pursuant to any of the remaining clauses of the definition thereof (net of the amounts described in the foregoing clause (ii) and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds and instead will be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such amounts are received. For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds resulting from the purchase and sale of operating locations (or potential operating locations) acquired by one or more Non-Securitization Entities (and not owned or financed by a Securitization Entity or otherwise contributed to the Collateral) and not otherwise required to be part of the Collateral will not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds or Collections.

Asset Disposition Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to the Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

 

4


Authorized Officer” means, with respect to (i) any Securitization Entity, any officer who is authorized to act for such Securitization Entity in matters relating to such Securitization Entity, including an Authorized Officer of the Manager authorized to act on behalf of such Securitization Entity; (ii) Parent, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the Manager, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, and the Chief Marketing Officer or any other officer of Parent who is directly responsible for managing the Contributed Franchise Business or otherwise authorized to act for the Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question; (iii) the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer; (iv) the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is duly authorized to act for the Servicer with respect to the relevant matter; or (v) the Control Party, any officer of the Control Party who is duly authorized to act for the Control Party with respect to the relevant matter. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

AutoQual Brand” means the AutoQual® name and AutoQual Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Senior Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and (b) the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Senior Notes.

Back-Up Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Back-Up Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Manager, the Trustee and the Back-Up Manager, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Back-Up Manager” means FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as back-up manager under the Back-Up Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Back-Up Manager Fees” means all reimbursements paid to the Back-Up Manager for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and all fees paid based on the Back-Up Manager’s current rates per hour, in each case incurred by the Back-Up Manager in performing services under the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” means the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, as codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Base Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap”.

Base Indenture” means the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among the Issuer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements.

 

5


Base Indenture Account” means any account or accounts authorized and established pursuant to the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, each account established pursuant to Article V of the Base Indenture.

Base Indenture Definitions List” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Base Indenture.

Book-Entry Notes” means beneficial interests in the Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series, ownership and transfers of which will be evidenced or made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that, after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer permitted and Definitive Notes are issued to the Note Owners, such Definitive Notes will replace Book-Entry Notes.

Branded Location” means each store location, service center or distribution center or vehicle operated under any of the Driven Securitization Brands.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of New York, New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of any successor Trustee is located if so required by such successor.

Canadian Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of Canada.

Canadian IP License Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Franchisor Holdco, as licensor, and Pro Oil Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License”), (ii) the 1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, as licensor, and Radiator Express Canada, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License”), (iii) the Meineke Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Meineke Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Meineke Canadian Franchisor License”), and (iv) the Maaco Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Maaco Franchisor, as licensor, and Maaco Canada Partnership, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Maaco Canadian Franchisor License”).

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the obligations of a Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Transaction Documents, the amount of such obligations will be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x).

 

6


Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x), an amount equal to the amount by which (i) $500,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Securitization Operating Expenses already paid during such period; provided that during any period that the Back-Up Manager is required to provide Warm Back-Up Management Duties or Hot Back-Up Management Duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, may increase the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount as calculated above in order to take account of any increased fees and expenses associated with the provision of such services.

Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carstar Brand” means the Carstar® name and Carstar Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

CARSTAR Franchisor” means CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

 

7


Carstar License Agreement” means the Carstar License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Carstar Master License Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Master License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc., as ultimately contributed to CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as ultimately assigned to CARSTAR Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Cash Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trapping Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date while a Cash Trapping Period is in effect, an amount equal to the product of (i) the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage and (ii) the amount of funds available in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date after payment of priorities (i) through (xii) of the Priority of Payments (but with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date on or after a Cash Trapping Release Date, net of the Cash Trapping Release Amount released on such Cash Trapping Release Date); provided that, for any Weekly Allocation Date following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, the Cash Trapping Amount will be zero.

Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” means a DSCR equal to 1.75:1.00.

Cash Trapping Event” means, as of any Quarterly Payment Date, that the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

Cash Trapping Percentage” means, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date during a Cash Trapping Period, a percentage equal to (i) 50%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.75:1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.50 :1.00 and (ii) 100%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.50:1.00.

Cash Trapping Period” means any period that begins on any Quarterly Payment Date on which a Cash Trapping Event occurs and ends on the first Quarterly Payment Date subsequent to the occurrence of such Cash Trapping Event on which the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is equal to or exceeds the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

Cash Trapping Release Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which any Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing, the full amount on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account and (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50% and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, 50% of the aggregate amount deposited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account during the most recent period in which the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, after having been reduced ratably for any withdrawals made from the Cash Trap Reserve Account during such period for any other purpose.

Cash Trapping Release Date” means any Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are released from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.12(p) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer, in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

 

8


Casualty Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture.

Cause” means, with respect to any Independent Manager, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Manager constituting fraud, dishonesty, negligence, misconduct or other deliberate action which causes injury to the applicable Securitization Entity or an act by such Independent Manager involving moral turpitude or a serious crime or (ii) that such Independent Manager no longer meets the definition of “Independent Manager” as set forth in the applicable Securitization Entity’s Charter Documents.

CCR Acceptance Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Ballot” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Candidate” means any nominee submitted to the Trustee on a CCR Nomination pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election” means an election of a Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Re-election Event” means any of the following events: (i) an additional Series of Notes of the Controlling Class is issued, (ii) the Controlling Class changes, (iii) the Trustee receives written notice of the resignation or removal of any acting Controlling Class Representative, (iv) the Trustee receives a demand for an election for a Controlling Class Representative from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, which election will be at the expense of such Controlling Class Members (including Trustee expenses), (v) the Trustee receives written notice that an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the acting Controlling Class Representative, (vi) there is no Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party requests an election be held, or (vii) an Annual Election Date occurs; provided that, with respect to a CCR Re-election Event that occurs as a result of clause (iv), (vi) or (vii), there will be deemed to be no CCR Re-election Event if it would result in more than two (2) CCR Re-election Events occurring in a single calendar year.

CCR Voting Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Charter Document” means, with respect to any entity and at any time, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, operating agreement, by-laws, memorandum of association, articles of association and any other similar document, as applicable to such entity in effect at such time.

CIPO” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor Canadian federal office.

 

9


Class” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, any one of the classes of Notes of such Series as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person identified as the “Class A-1 Administrative Agent” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Lender” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as such pursuant to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person(s) acting in such capacity pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Commitment” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Commitments and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the obligation of each Class A-1 Lender in respect of such Class A-1 Notes to fund advances pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2105-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, any note purchase agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-1” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period (except with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, in which case such amount will be (A) with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date occurring on August 14, 2015, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 50% of the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (B) with respect to all subsequent Weekly Allocation Dates, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 10% of the Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the extent not previously applied), (ii) the Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account pursuant to Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture to cover any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period.

 

10


Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the commitment fees payable to the Noteholders of such Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as an “Interest Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate maximum principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes as identified in the applicable Series Supplement as reduced by any permanent reductions of commitments with respect to such Class A-1 Notes and any cancellations of repurchased Class A-1 Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of commitment fees due and payable, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such commitment fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such commitment fees will be used to calculate the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” or “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees”.

Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the date identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

 

11


Class A-2 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-2” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto or Euroclear or Clearstream.

Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Luxembourg.

Closing Date Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (x) Meineke Car Care Centers, LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, Skidpad Enterprises, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC, LLC, Maaco Canada Partnership, LP, Pro Oil Canada Partnership, LP, Parent and the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor) as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (y) CARSTAR Holdings Corp., CARSTAR, Inc., CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc. and CARSTAR Franchisor as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, and (z) Take 5, Take 5 Franchising LLC, Take 5 Oil, T5 Holding Corporation, Driven Sister Holdings LLC, Take 5 Franchisor, SPV Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, in each case, covering, relating to or embodied in (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code also refer to any successor sections.

Collateral” means, collectively, the Indenture Collateral, the “Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any property subject to any other Indenture Document that grants a Lien to secure any Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Franchise Documents and the Transaction Documents.

Collateral Exclusions” means the following property of the Issuer: (a) any real property constituting a lease and any other lease, license or other contract or permit, in each case solely to the extent that the grant of a lien or security interest in the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture (i) is prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (ii) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Issuer therein or (iii) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the New York UCC or any other applicable law, (b) the Excepted Securitization IP Assets and (c) the Excluded Amounts.

 

12


Collateral Protection Advance” means any advance of (a) payments of taxes, rent, assessments, insurance premiums and other costs and expenses necessary to protect, preserve or restore the Collateral and (b) payments of any expenses of any Securitization Entity, to the extent not previously paid pursuant to a Manager Advance, in each case made by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement in accordance with the Servicing Standard, or by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

Collateralized Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

Collection Account” means account number 114871 entitled “Collection Account” maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

Collection Account Administrative Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the Securitization Entities during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i)    all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates and payments received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates and vendor listing fees, in each case deposited into the Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii)    sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations;

(iii)    cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations;

(iv)    without duplication of the foregoing clause (i), all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)    all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the Concentration Account or the Collection Account;

(vi)    any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii)    any equity contributions made to the Issuer (provided that Parent may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii)    to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix)    any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

Commitment Fees Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture.

 

13


Company Order” and “Company Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Paying Agent.

Competitor” means any Person that is a direct or indirect franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept (including a Franchisee); provided that (i) a Person will not be a Competitor solely by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of less than 5% of the Equity Interests in a “Competitor” and (ii) a Person will not be a “Competitor” if such Person has policies and procedures that prohibit such Person from disclosing or making available any confidential information that such Person may receive as a Noteholder or prospective investor in the Notes, to individuals involved in the business of buying, selling, holding or analyzing the Equity Interests of a “Competitor” or in the business of being a franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept.

Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

Consent Recommendation” means the action recommended by the Control Party to any Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative in writing with respect to any Consent Request that requires the consent, waiver or direction of such Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative, as applicable.

Consent Request” means any request for a direction, waiver, amendment, consent or certain other action under the Transaction Documents.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, consolidated interest expense, whether paid or accrued, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, net costs under interest rate hedging agreements, amortization of discount, that portion of interest obligations with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, including all Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person, commitment fees and acceleration of fees and expenses payable in connection with Indebtedness.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries (whether positive or negative), determined in accordance with GAAP, for such period.

Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, declared but unpaid dividends, letter of credit or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof or (b) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof. “Contingent Obligation” will include (x) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another and (y) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security

 

14


therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency of any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause (y) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation will be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Contributed Assets” means all assets contributed under the Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Development Agreements” means, collectively, all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Existing Contribution Agreements and all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that were contributed to Take 5 Franchisor on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Agreements” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the 2016-1 Closing Date in respect of Branded Locations in the United States that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Existing Contribution Agreements and all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in respect of Branded Locations that will be contributed to Take 5 Franchisor on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Business” means the business of franchising the Branded Locations in the United States and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contributed Franchise Business does not include the Non-Contributed Property.

Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Software” means the FACTS software, the M.Key software, the Polaris software and the proprietary software owned by 1-800 Radiator & A/C or its Subsidiaries as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Contribution Agreements” means, collectively (in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time):

(i)     the First-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

15


(ii)     the First-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iii)    the First Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iv)     the Second-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(v)     the Second-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(vi)     the Second Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(vii)     the Third-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(viii)    the Third-Tier Driven Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(ix)    the Third-Tier Radiator Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and 1-800-Radiator Franchisor;

(x)    the Third-Tier Radiator Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Radiator Product Sales Holder;

(xi)    the Third-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and CARSTAR Franchisor;

(xii)     the Third Tier Take 5 Franchise Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xiii)    the Third Tier Take 5 Company Location Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xiv)    the Third Tier Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xv)    the Fourth-Tier Drive N Style Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Drive N Style Franchisor;

(xvi)    the Fourth-Tier Econo Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Econo Lube Franchisor;

(xvii)    the Fourth-Tier Maaco Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Maaco Franchisor;

 

16


(xviii)    the Fourth-Tier Meineke Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Meineke Franchisor;

(xix)    the Fourth-Tier Merlin Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Merlin Franchisor; and

(xx)    the Fourth Tier Take 5 Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor.

Contributor” means any Non-Securitization Entity that contributed assets to the Securitization Entities on or before the Closing Date.

Controlled Group” means any group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control that is treated as a single employer for purposes of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.

Control Party” means, at any time, the Servicer, who will direct the Trustee to act or will act on behalf of the Trustee in connection with Consent Requests.

Controlling Class” means the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding among all Series. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the “Controlling Class” will be the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and the Series 2018-1 Notes.

Controlling Class Member” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note of the Controlling Class, a Note Owner of such Book-Entry Note and, with respect to a Definitive Note of the Controlling Class, a Noteholder of such Definitive Note (excluding, in each case, any Securitization Entity or Affiliate thereof).

Controlling Class Representative” means, at any time during which one or more Series of Notes is Outstanding, the representative, if any, that has been elected pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture by the Majority of Controlling Class Members; provided that, if no Controlling Class Representative has been elected or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within the time period specified in Section 11.4 of the Base Indenture, the Control Party will be entitled to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to such Consent Request, other than with respect to Servicer Termination Events, in accordance with the Servicing Standard.

Copyrights” means all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) in unpublished and published works.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, Citibank, N.A., 480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands and (b) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands, call: (888) 855-9695 to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, each Rating Agency and the Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

 

17


Debt Service” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the sum of (A) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest plus (B) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount plus (C) the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount plus (D) with respect to each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments that would be due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date, as ratably reduced by the aggregate amount of any payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, after giving effect to any optional or mandatory prepayment of principal of any such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any repurchase and cancellation of such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes, but without giving effect to any reductions available due to satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test on such Quarterly Payment Date. For the purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Debt Service will be deemed to be the sum of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of the definition of “Debt Service” multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is 90 and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed during the period commencing on and including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on but excluding the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (as calculated on the basis of a 360 day-year consisting of twelve 30-day months), plus (B) the amount referred to in clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”, assuming for purposes of this calculation only that a scheduled principal payment is made on the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Debt Service Advance” means any advance made by the Servicer (or, if the Servicer fails to do so, the Trustee) in respect of the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount on any Quarterly Payment Date.

Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that with notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Defeased Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Depository Agreement” means, with respect to a Series or Class of a Series of Notes having Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency governing the deposit of such Notes with the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement.

Development Agreements” means all development agreements for Branded Locations pursuant to which a Franchisee, developer or other Person obtains the rights to develop one or more Branded Locations and all master license agreements pursuant to which a Franchisee also is authorized to grant subfranchises.

Disposed Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Disposed Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Dollar” and the symbol “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States.

 

18


Driven Brands Entities” means, collectively, Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, now existing or hereafter created.

Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Indebtedness of the Driven Brands Entities (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Driven Brands Entities credited to the Interest Reserve Account(s) in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Cash Trap Reserve Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Manager or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period and (z) the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Non-Securitization Entities as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period (in each case, excluding any unrestricted cash or cash equivalents contributed to the Driven Brands Entities solely with the intent of satisfying such condition in bad faith and immediately redistributed to the parent companies of the Driven Brands Entities) to (b) Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA of the Driven Brands Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(a) of the Base Indenture.

Driven Brands License Agreement” means the amended and restated Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Driven Brands System” means the system of stores, service centers and distribution centers operating under the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada.

Driven Brands System-Wide Sales” means, with respect to any Quarterly Calculation Date, aggregate Gross Sales (which shall be permitted to include estimated Gross Sales of up to 10% of the total) (prior to adjustment on account of any costs, expenses, fees or royalties) for all franchise and company-owned locations subject to the Securitization Transaction for the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

Driven Securitization Brands” means the Meineke Brand, the Maaco Brand, the Econo Lube Brand, the Pro Oil Brand, the Drive N Style Brand, the Merlin Brand, the 1-800-Radiator Brand, the Carstar Brand and the Take 5 Brand.

Drive N Style Brand” means (i) the Drive N Style® name and Drive N Style Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing, (ii) the Aero Colours Brand and (iii) the AutoQual Brand (but, in each case, excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Drive N Style Franchisor” means Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

DSCR” means an amount calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents by (ii) the Debt Service

 

19


due during such period; provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four Quarterly Calculation Dates:

(a)    “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands (other than the Take 5 Brand) for the four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017, December 30, 2017 and March 31, 2018, will be deemed to be increased by Net Cash Flow for the Take 5 Brand in the amount of: $8,148,243, $9,449,643, $9,937,251 and $10,224,192, respectively; Net Cash Flow in respect to the Take 5 Brand for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date will include the Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the Manager during that period; and

(b)     “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period;

provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR, for any period during which one or more Permitted Acquisitions occurs, such Permitted Acquisition (and all other Permitted Acquisitions that have been consummated during the applicable period) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

Econo Lube Brand” means the Econo Lube N’ Tune® name and Econo Lube N’ Tune Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Econo Lube Franchisor” means Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Econo Lube License Agreement” means the Econo Lube License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Econo Lube Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Franchisor, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Eligible Account” means (a) a segregated identifiable trust account established in the trust department of a Qualified Trust Institution or (b) a separately identifiable deposit or securities account established at a Qualified Institution.

Eligible Assets” means any asset used or useful to the Securitization Entities in the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands, including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the Securitization Entities.

Eligible Investments” means (a) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) whose short-term debt is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) by S&P and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least

 

20


$1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and (d) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the relevant Person making such investment, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act, which have the highest rating obtainable from S&P, and the portfolios of which are invested primarily in investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Eligible Investments must either (A) be at all times available for withdrawal or liquidation at par (or for commercial paper issued at a discount, at the applicable purchase price) or (B) mature on or prior to the Business Day prior to the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

Eligible Third-Party Candidate” means an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Issuer that is not (i) a Competitor, (ii) a Franchisee, (iii) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (iv) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative.

Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by any Securitization Entity, or with respect to which any Securitization Entity has any liability.

Environmental Law” means any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, binding guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), or employee health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means any (a) membership interest in any limited liability company, (b) general or limited partnership interest in any partnership, (c) common, preferred or other stock interest in any corporation, (d) share, participation, unit or other interest in the property or enterprise of an issuer that evidences ownership rights therein, (e) ownership or beneficial interest in any trust or (f) option, warrant or other right to convert any interest into or otherwise receive any of the foregoing.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor thereto, as operator of the Euroclear System.

Event of Bankruptcy” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if:

 

21


(a)    a case or other proceeding is commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such case or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person is entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or

(b)    such Person commences a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(c)    the board of directors or board of managers (or similar body) of such Person votes to implement any of the actions set forth in clause (b) above.

Event of Default” means any of the events set forth in Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture.

Excepted Securitization IP Assets” means (i) any right to use third-party Intellectual Property pursuant to a license to the extent such rights are not able to be pledged; and (ii) any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of an assignment or security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(c) or (d); provided that at such time as the grant and/or enforcement of the assignment or security interest would not cause such application to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned, such Trademark application will not be considered an “Excepted Securitization IP Asset”.

Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid exceed (b) the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Amounts” means (i) Advertising Fees (net of Maaco Net Advertising Commissions) including, without limitation, any such Advertising Fees transferred to the Advertising Fund Accounts; (ii) amounts in respect of sales taxes and other comparable taxes (if any) that are due and payable to a Governmental Authority or other unaffiliated third party; (iii) statutory foreign taxes (if any) included in Collections but required to be remitted to a Governmental Authority; (iv) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager in respect of fees or expenses payable to unaffiliated third parties for services provided to Franchisees, including, without limitation, bona fide third-party repairs and maintenance fees, advertising agency fees and production costs, and software licensing and subscription fees; (v) fees and expenses paid by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in connection with registering, maintaining and enforcing the Securitization IP and paying third-party Intellectual Property licensing and subscription fees; (vi) any proceeds from or collections in respect of Non-Contributed Property; (vii) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager relating to corporate services provided by the Manager, including, without limitation, gift card administration and employee training, to the extent such services are not provided by

 

22


the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement; (viii) gift card redemption amounts and initial sale proceeds of gift cards; (ix) account expenses and fees paid to the banks at which the Management Accounts are held; (x) tenant improvement allowances and similar amounts received from landlords (if any); (xi) payments to certain developers (if any); (xii) Product Sourcing Obligations; (xiii) proceeds of directors and officers insurance; (xiv) actual or estimated franchise fee commissions; (xv) hotel and travel costs in connection with software and other Franchisee employee training programs; (xvi) Franchisee Payments in respect of rent, equipment deposits or short-term notes (to the extent they do not constitute delinquent royalty payments) and costs associated with sublease revenue (including payment of lease obligations) in respect of Take 5 Company Locations; (xvii) payments from fleet customers in respect of services performed by Franchisees, (xviii) any other amounts deposited into the Concentration Account that are not required to be deposited into the Collection Account; (xix) insurance company rebates and other payments payable to franchisees in connection with franchisee insurance referrals; (xx) any portion of a supplier rebate required to be remitted to a Franchisee of the Take 5 Brand, (xxi) any costs and expenses associated with distribution margin and (xxii) revenues (if any) received with respect to Take 5 Company Locations that are due and payable to Governmental Authorities or other unaffiliated third parties as sales taxes, other comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (the items set forth in clause (xxii) collectively, “Pass-Through Amounts”).

Excluded IP” means (i) any Software licensed to or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity and (ii) any proprietary software owned by a Non-Securitization Entity (other than the Contributed Software).

Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(b) of the Base Indenture.

Extension Period” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the period from the Series Anticipated Repayment Date (or any previously extended Series Anticipated Repayment Date) with respect to such Series or Class to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Series or Class as extended in connection with the provisions of the applicable Series Supplement.

FDIC” means the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Series Legal Final Maturity Date with respect to the last Series of Notes Outstanding.

Financial Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

Fiscal Quarter Percentage” means 10%.

Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement whereby a Franchisee agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which a Franchisee is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

Franchise Documents” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements (including master franchise agreements and related service or license agreements), Development Agreements and agreements related thereto, together with any modifications, amendments, extensions or replacements of the foregoing.

Franchised Canadian Locations” means the Branded Locations in Canada that are owned and operated by Franchisees that are unaffiliated with Parent and its Affiliates pursuant to a Franchise Agreement that is granted by a Non-Securitization Entity.

 

23


Franchisee” means any Person that is a franchisee under a Franchise Agreement.

Franchisee Payments” means all amounts payable to any SPV Franchising Entity by or on behalf of Franchisees pursuant to the Franchise Documents, including, without limitation, franchise fees, Maaco Net Advertising Commissions, Advertising Fees, software and systems licensing and maintenance revenue, referral, renewal and transfer fees (if any), amounts in respect of product and equipment sales (including rebates or other amounts), franchise royalty payments, and amounts paid by Franchisees on short-term notes, fees in respect to the administration of insurance programs, other than, in any case, Excluded Amounts.

Franchisor Holdco” means Driven Systems LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Funding Holdco” means Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Future Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Securitization Entity” means any entity that becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Funding Holdco, the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents and is designated by the Manager as a “Future Securitization Entity” pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect from time to time; provided that, for purposes of computing each of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio (including any financial and accounting terms included in the components thereof), GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation or any political subdivision of the foregoing, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Government Securities” means readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and as to which obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

 

24


Gross Sales” means, with respect to any franchise or company-owned location, the total amount of revenue received from the sale of all products and performance of all services (except Manager-approved promotional items) and all other income of every kind and nature (including gift certificates when redeemed but not when purchased, in the case of Securitization-Owned Locations that are not Take 5 Company Locations, and including the initial sale of gift cards, in the case of Take 5 Company Locations), whether for cash or credit and regardless of collection in the case of credit; provided that Gross Sales shall not include (i) any sales taxes or other taxes, in each case collected from customers for transmittal to the appropriate taxing authority, or (ii) revenues that are not subject to royalties in accordance with the related franchise agreement or other applicable agreement.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantors” means, collectively, Funding Holdco, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, the other SPV Franchising Entities, Take 5 Properties and any Future Securitization Entities.

Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Improvements” means any additions, modifications, developments, variations, refinements, enhancements or improvements that are derivative works as defined and recognized by applicable Requirements of Law.

Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money in any form, including net obligations in respect of derivatives, and (b) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price for property or services, which purchase price is (i) due more than one year from the date of the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (other than (x) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (y) an earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and (z) liabilities associated with client prepayments and deposits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity, (ii) amounts payable under third party license agreements and third-party supply agreements or similar trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with the Managing Standard or (iii) that portion of obligations with respect to any lease of any property, whether real, personal or mixed and whether or not classified as Capitalized Lease Obligations and whether or not such lease is pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not such sale-leaseback transaction is accounted for under the financing method).

“Indemnification Amount” means (i) with respect to any Securitization Asset, an amount equal to the Allocated Note Amount for such asset and (ii) with respect to any Securitization IP, any amount required to reimburse the applicable Securitization Entity for the expenses related to defending or enforcing its rights in such Securitization IP.

Indenture” means the Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms.

 

25


Indenture Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

Indenture Documents” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, collectively, the Base Indenture, the related Series Supplements, the Notes of such Series, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the related Account Control Agreements, any related Note Purchase Agreements and any other agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of the Notes of such Series or the pledge of Collateral under any of the foregoing.

Initial Driven Brands License Agreement” means the Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee.

Indenture Trust Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Collection Account Administrative Accounts, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Securitization Operating Expense Account, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Series Distribution Accounts and such other accounts as the Trustee may establish from time to time pursuant to its authority to establish additional accounts pursuant to the Indenture.

Independent” means, as to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers and any member thereof or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person and (ii) is not connected with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if, in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above, the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

Independent Auditors” means the firm of Independent accountants appointed pursuant to the Management Agreement or any successor Independent accountant.

Independent Manager” means, with respect to any limited liability company or corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., Stewart Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such Person and that provides professional independent managers and other corporate services

 

26


in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(i)     a member (other than as a special member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such Person, the member or shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent manager or special member of such Person or an Affiliate of such Person that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such Person (except for a Securitization Entity) and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such independent manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

(ii)     a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to such Person, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such Person or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii)     a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv)     a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies clause (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of any Person shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of such Person; provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent director or manager of any Affiliate of such Person in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than 5% of such individual’s annual income for that year.

Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18 of the Base Indenture.

Initial Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of such Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Insolvency” means liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization or conservation; and when used as an adjective, “Insolvent”.

Insolvency Law” means any applicable federal, state or foreign law relating to liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization, conservation or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by the Securitization Entities (a) by reason of theft, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities under any policy of insurance (other than liability insurance) in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of any non-temporary condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Securitization Entities in respect thereof and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any disposition of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable by the Securitization Entities’ consolidated group as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” will not include

 

27


any proceeds of policies of insurance not relating to theft, physical destruction or damage in respect of the properties or assets of the Securitization Entities, and therefore will exclude such items as business interruption insurance and other insurance procured in the ordinary course of business, which shall be treated as ordinary Collections.

Insurance Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all rights in intellectual property of any type throughout the world, including (i) all Trademarks; (ii) all Patents; (iii) all Software; (iv) all Copyrights; (v) all Trade Secrets; (vi) all social media account names or identifiers (e.g., Twitter® handle or Facebook® account name); (vii) all Improvements of or to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all registrations, applications for registration or issuances, recordings, renewals and extensions relating to any of the foregoing.

Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred and ending on but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date; provided that the initial Interest Accrual Period for any Series will commence on and include the Series Closing Date and end on the date specified in the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that, for any Series, the Interest Accrual Period immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date on which the last payment on the Notes of such Series is to be made will end on such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, further, that, solely with respect to any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Interest Accrual Period specified in the applicable Series Supplement and Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Interest-Only DSCR” means the DSCR calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”.

Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable.

Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount over (ii) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, in each case, for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

Interest Reserve Release Event” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, an event allowing funds to be released from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, identified as an Interest Reserve Release Event with respect to such Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investment Income” means the investment income earned on a specified account during a specified period, in each case net of all losses and expenses allocable thereto.

Investment Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the applicable UCC.

 

28


Investments” means, with respect to any Person(s), all investments by such Person(s) in other Persons in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding (x) accounts receivable, (y) trade credit and advances to customers and (z) commission, travel, moving and other similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of such Person(s) (including Affiliates) made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

Investor Request Certification” means a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Base Indenture.

IP License Agreements” means each Canadian IP License Agreement, the Driven Brands License Agreement, the Econo Lube License Agreement, the Carstar License Agreement, the Carstar Master License Agreement and the Take 5 License Agreement.

Large Franchisor Exemption Amount” means any cash amount contributed (and reasonably documented) to any Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate in order, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, to satisfy the minimum net worth requirement a franchisor must maintain in order to take advantage of an exemption that may be available under state franchise registration laws when (i) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company maintains a certain minimum net worth based on its most recent consolidated audited financial statements and (ii) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company (and, in certain cases, its predecessor) possess certain franchising and/or operating experience involving a minimum number of units over a certain period of time.

L/C Downgrade Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of the Base Indenture.

L/C Provider” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the party identified as the “L/C Provider” or the “L/C Issuing Bank,” as the context requires, in the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Legacy Account” means, on or after the date that any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Base Indenture is no longer Outstanding, any account maintained by the Trustee to which funds have been allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments for the payment of interest, fees or other amounts in respect of such Class or Series of Notes.

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement” means a reimbursement agreement, by and among the Parent and the Issuer, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, which permits letters of credit to be issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities and that provide that the Issuer will receive a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such Letter of Credit plus an agreed-upon margin.

Licensee-Developed IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of any licensee under any IP License Agreement related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

 

29


Lien” means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person which secures payment or performance of any obligation, and will include any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor, or other security interest of any kind, whether arising under a security agreement, mortgage, lease, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention or security title, financing or similar statement, or arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Liquidation Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Lock-Box Accounts” means the accounts and the related lock-boxes established at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association for purposes of collecting Franchisee Payments and amounts from Franchisees that constitute Excluded Amounts.

Luxembourg Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c) of the Base Indenture.

Maaco Brand” means the Maaco® name and Maaco Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Maaco Franchisor” means Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Maaco Net Advertising Commissions” means certain fees, commissions and other expenses due to Printz Advertising (the in-house advertising agency of the Maaco Brand) in respect of advertising and marketing services provided by Printz Advertising or the Manager (or its subsidiaries) to Maaco Franchisees in an amount equal to 15% of all Advertising Fees received from Maaco Franchisees (such percentage subject to adjustment from time to time at the discretion of the Manager).

Majority of Controlling Class Members” means, (x) except as set forth in clause (y), with respect to the Controlling Class Members (or, if specified, any subset thereof) and as of any day of determination, Controlling Class Members that hold in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein as of such day of determination (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity) and (y) with respect to the election of a Controlling Class Representative, Controlling Class Members that hold beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein, in each case, that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date).

Majority of Noteholders” means Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Majority of Senior Noteholders” means Senior Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes

 

30


Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Senior Notes other than Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Senior Notes or beneficial interests in Senior Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Managed Assets” means the assets that the Manager has agreed to manage and service pursuant to the Management Agreement in accordance with the standards and the procedures described therein.

Managed Documents” means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the Managed Assets, including, without limitation, the Contribution Agreements, the Franchise Documents and the IP License Agreements.

Management Accounts” means, collectively, the Concentration Account, the Lock-Box Accounts, the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account, the Insurance Proceeds Account, the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts, the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox, the Oil Fleet Lockbox, the Spire Supply Securitization Account, any additional Securitized-Owned Location Concentration Accounts and such other accounts as may be established by the Manager from time to time pursuant to the Management Agreement that the Manager designates as a “Management Account” for purposes of the Management Agreement, so long as each such other account is subject to an Account Control Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Advertising Fund Accounts).

Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Manager, the Securitization Entities and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Manager” means Driven Brands, Inc., as manager under the Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Manager Advance” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Manager-Developed IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of the Manager related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Manager Termination Event” means the occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.1(a) of the Management Agreement.

Managing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect” means:

(a)     with respect to the Manager, a material adverse effect on (i) its results of operations, business, properties or financial condition, taken as a whole, (ii) its ability to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) the Collateral, taken as a whole, or (iv) the ability of the Securitization Entities to perform in any material respect their obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(b)    with respect to the Collateral, a material adverse effect with respect to (i) any Driven Securitization Brand in any jurisdiction that is material to the business of the Securitization

 

31


Entities or with respect to the Securitization IP, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, or the security interest in the rights thereto granted by the Securitization Entities under the terms of the Transaction Documents or (ii) the Securitization Assets, taken as a whole, or the Collateral, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, the ownership thereof by the Securitization Entities (as applicable) or the Lien of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Collateral;

(c)    with respect to any Securitization Entity, a materially adverse effect on the results of operations, business, properties or financial condition of such Securitization Entity, taken as a whole, or the ability of such Securitization Entity to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents; or

(d)    with respect to any Person or matter, a material impairment to the rights of or benefits available to, taken as a whole, the Securitization Entities, the Trustee or the Noteholders under any Transaction Document or the enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document;

provided that where “Material Adverse Effect” is used in any Transaction Document without specific reference, such term will have the meaning specified in clauses (a) through (d), as the context may require.

Materials of Environmental Concern” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products (virgin or unused), polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity and any other materials or substances of any kind, whether or not any such material or substance is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Meineke Brand” means the Meineke® name and Meineke Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Meineke Franchisor” means Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Merlin Brand” means the Merlin® and 200,000 Miles® names and Merlin and 200,000 Miles Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Merlin Franchisor” means Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of the Issuer’s fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Take 5

 

32


Company Location Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of Take 5 Franchisor’s, Take 5 Properties’, Take 5’s and Take 5 Oil’s fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of Take 5 Franchisor’s, Take 5 Properties’, Take 5’s and Take 5 Oil’s fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Take 5 Company Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Company Locations.

Multiemployer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA.

Net Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date and the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount (not less than zero) equal to:

(a)    the Retained Collections with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(b)    the amount (without duplication) equal to the sum of (i) the Securitization Operating Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to priority (v) of the Priority of Payments; (ii) the Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid on each Weekly Allocation Date to the Manager with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; (iii) the Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees paid to the Servicer on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (iv) the amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(c)    the amount, if any, by which equity contributions included in such Retained Collections exceeds the relevant amount of Retained Collections Contributions permitted to be included in Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture;

provided that funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account will not constitute Retained Collections for purposes of this definition.

New Company-Owned Location Assets” means all assets contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by Take 5 Properties and Take 5 and Take 5 Oil (solely with respect to the Retained Take 5 Branded Locations as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), in each case following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

New Development Agreements” means all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements entered into by an SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor or Take 5 Franchisor) following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, CARSTAR Franchisor following the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Take 5 Franchisor following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

 

33


New Franchise Agreements” means all Franchise Agreements and related agreements entered into by an SPV Franchising Entity following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, in its capacity as franchisor for Branded Locations (including all renewals of Franchise Agreements and related agreements contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date).

New Series Pro Forma DSCR” means, at any time of determination and with respect to the issuance of any Additional Notes, the ratio calculated by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents (or, at the election of the Manager, if financial statements have not yet been delivered for the final quarter of such period, the Manager’s internal records for such final quarter, plus the financial statements delivered for the three immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods) by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period, in each case on a pro forma basis, calculated as if (a) such Additional Notes had been outstanding and any assets acquired with the proceeds of such Additional Notes had been acquired at the commencement of such period and (b) any existing Indebtedness that has been paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled during such period, or any existing Indebtedness that will be paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled using the proceeds of such issuance, were so paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled as of the commencement of such period.

New York UCC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

Non-Contributed Property” means the following property of the Non-Securitization Entities:

 

  (a)

any real property or real estate leases not elected to be contributed to the Securitization Entities;

 

  (b)

the ownership interest of Parent in each of its Subsidiaries (other than the Securitization Entities);

 

  (c)

any employment, consulting or independent contractor agreements with respect to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Non-Securitization Entities after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date;

 

  (d)

vendor, supplier, distribution, sponsorship and other third-party agreements for which any requisite consent has not been obtained as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; and

 

  (e)

any contract or other agreement in respect of inventory repurchase or buy-back obligations on the part of 1-800-Radiator or any Non-Securitization Entity affiliate thereof.

Nonrecoverable Advance” means any portion of an Advance previously made and not previously reimbursed, or proposed to be made, which, together with any then-outstanding Advances, and the interest accrued or that would reasonably be expected to accrue thereon, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, would not be ultimately recoverable from subsequent payments or collections from any funds on deposit in the Collection Account or funds reasonably expected to be deposited in the Collection Account following such date of determination, giving due consideration to allocations and disbursements of funds in such accounts and the limited assets of the Securitization Entities.

 

34


Non-Securitization Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 8.24 of the Base Indenture.

Non-Securitization Entity” means any Driven Brands Entity that is not a Securitization Entity.

Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Note Owner Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.5(b) of the Base Indenture.

Note Purchase Agreements” means each Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2015-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2016-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2018-1 Note Purchase Agreement and each other note purchase agreement pursuant to which Notes are purchased.

Note Rate” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the annual rate at which interest (other than contingent additional interest) accrues on the Notes of such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes (or the formula on the basis of which such rate will be determined) as stated in the applicable Series Supplement.

Note Register” means the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture, providing for the registration of the Notes and transfers and exchanges thereof, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may prescribe.

Noteholder” and “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals to the Base Indenture.

Notes Discharge Date” means, with respect to any Class or Series of Notes, the first date on which such Class or Series of Notes is no longer Outstanding.

Obligations” means (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Issuer on the Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any other Indenture Document or the Servicing Agreement or of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (c) the obligation of the Issuer to pay to the Trustee all fees and expenses payable to the Trustee under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the party delivering such certificate.

Oil Fleet Lockbox” means the lockbox account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Control Party. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Securitization Entities, Parent, the Manager or the Back-Up Manager, as the case may be.

 

35


Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payment of principal made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement, to the extent the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for any Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the Issuer, in an amount not to exceed the related Scheduled Principal Payment that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the related Series Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any time, all of the Notes of any one or more Series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except:

(i)    Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii)    Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders of such Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided that, if such Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a holder in due course or a Protected Purchaser;

(iv)    Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(v)    Notes which have been repurchased by a Driven Brands Entity and thereafter cancelled;

provided that (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Notes owned by the Securitization Entities or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the Manager or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not a Securitization Entity or any other obligor or the Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which the Manager or an Affiliate of the Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Parent” means Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Pass-Through Amounts” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excluded Amounts”.

 

36


Patents” means all United States and non-U.S. patents and inventions claimed thereunder, patent applications, industrial designs, divisionals, continuations, extensions, continuations-in-part, provisionals, reexaminations and reissues thereof.

Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under Section 4002 of ERISA.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which any company in the same Controlled Group as the Issuer has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (i) in respect of a Future Brand or (ii) of one or more independent operators with the intent of selling such operator to a new Franchisee under a Driven Securitization Brand.

Permitted Asset Disposition” means each of the following:

(i)    any franchising or refranchising disposition to a Franchisee of a Securitization-Owned Location or a Take 5 Company Owned Location that operates under a Driven Securitization Brand and any Refranchising Asset Disposition, unless, in each case, such location is or was a Post-Issuance Acquired Location;

(ii)    any disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, and any abandonment, cancellation or lapse of Securitization IP registrations or applications that, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Manager, are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain;

(iii)    any disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(iv)    any disposition of equipment or real property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price or other payment obligations in respect of similar replacement property or other Eligible Assets (including, without limitation, credit against rental obligations under a real estate lease) or (y) the proceeds thereof are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property or other Eligible Assets in accordance with the Base Indenture;

(v)    any ordinary course licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities and to the Manager in connection with the performance of its Services under the Management Agreement;

(vi)    any licenses of Securitization IP under the IP License Agreements;

(vii)    any licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the franchising of Branded Locations in Canada, pursuant to the payment of a fair market royalty;

(viii)    any licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the franchising of Branded Location in Canada, pursuant to the payment of a fair market royalty;

(ix)    any non-exclusive licenses of Securitization IP (i) granted in the ordinary course of business, (ii) that when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement acting in accordance with the Managing Standard and (iii) that would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as a whole);

 

37


(x)    any decision to abandon, fail to pursue, settle, or otherwise resolve any claim or cause of action to enforce or seek remedy for the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any Securitization IP, or other remedy against any third party, in each such case, where it is not commercially reasonable to pursue such claim or remedy in light of the cost, potential remedy, or other factors; provided that such action (or failure to act) would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as whole);

(xi)    any dispositions pursuant to the sale or sale-leaseback of company-owned real property of any Securitization Entity;

(xii)    any dispositions of equipment leased to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil;

(xiii)    any dispositions of property of any Securitization Entity to any other Securitization Entity to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to, any licenses of Securitization IP;

(xiv)    any leases or subleases of real property to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Take 5, Take 5 Oil or Parent to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents and not otherwise constituting Refranchising Asset Dispositions;

(xv)    any dispositions of property relating to reassignments of assets in exchange for the payment of Indemnification Amounts;

(xvi)    any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business, in each case that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xvii)    any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of property to which the Control Party has given the relevant Securitization Entity prior written consent;

(xviii)    any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) including any Refranchising Asset Disposition of a Post-Issuance Acquired Location;

(xiv)    any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) of any Branded Locations which are (A) acquired by the Securitization Entities with funds from the Asset Dispositions Proceeds Account and (B) subsequently disposed of in an Refranchising Asset Disposition, regardless of the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time of such disposition; and

(xv)    any other sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of property not directly or indirectly constituting any asset dispositions permitted by clauses (a) through (r) above and so long as such disposition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager does not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement and does not exceed an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 per annum;

 

38


it being understood that any delivery to the Trustee of any Note, at any time and in any amount, by the Issuer, together with any cancellation thereof pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture, shall be deemed to be a Permitted Asset Disposition.

Permitted Brand Disposition” means (other than pursuant to clause (xiii) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition”) any sale, transfer, lease, license, liquidation or other disposition of one or more of the Driven Securitization Brands (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including related assets or any Equity Interests of a related Securitization Entity (the “Disposed Brand Assets”) and any related license, sale, transfer or other disposition of the related Securitization IP (the “Disposed Brand IP”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a)    the Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, will have provided the Control Party and the Trustee with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof;

(b)    no Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Period shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Permitted Brand Disposition;

(c)    after giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and the related mandatory prepayment of the Notes, the DSCR calculated on a pro forma basis as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date (i) would have been equal to or greater than the DSCR as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and (ii) would be greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(d)    the sum of the Allocated Amount of the Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP in connection with such Permitted Brand Disposition and the Allocated Amounts of all other Disposed Brand Assets and Disposed Brand IP disposed of since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date would not exceed 50% of the sum of the aggregate Allocated Amounts on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the aggregate Allocated Amounts of all Future Brands and related assets (“Future Brand Assets”) and related intellectual property (“Future Brand IP”) on the respective date(s) on which each of such Future Brands were added to the Collateral; and

(e)    the Issuer or the other relevant Securitization Entity deposits an amount equal to the Release Price for such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP into the Collection Account for allocation in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens for (i) Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent or (ii) Taxes, assessments or other charges being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens created or permitted under the Transaction Documents in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (c)(i) Liens existing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations were terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) Liens existing on the Series 2016-1 Closing, which were released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations are terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and (iii) Liens existing on the Series 2018-1 Closing, which will be released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations are terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; (d) encumbrances in the nature of (i) a ground lessor’s fee interest, (ii) zoning restrictions, (iii) easements, covenants, and

 

39


rights of way whether or not shown by the public records, and overlaps, encroachments and any matters not of record which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or a personal inspection of the property, (iv) title to any portion of any premises lying within the right of way or boundary of any public road or private road, (v) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens on rented premises, (vi) restrictions on transfers or assignment of leases or licenses of Intellectual Property, which, in each case (as described in clauses (d)(i) through (vi) above), do not detract from the value of the encumbered property or impair the use thereof in the business of any Securitization Entity, (vii) contractual transfer restrictions in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and thereafter any such contractual transfer restriction so long as the inclusion of such contractual transfer restriction in any contract entered into on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement, (viii) the interest of a lessee in property leased to a Franchisee and (ix) any licenses or sublicenses granted in the Securitization IP under any Franchise Agreement, any IP License Agreement or any license of Securitization IP permitted under the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition”; (e) deposits or pledges made (i) in connection with casualty insurance maintained in accordance with the Transaction Documents, (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts or leases, (iii) to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds or (iv) to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business of any Securitization Entity; (f) Liens of carriers, warehouses, mechanics and similar Liens, in each case securing obligations (i) that are not yet due and payable or not overdue for more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof or (ii) being contested in good faith by any Securitization Entity in appropriate proceedings (so long as such Securitization Entity shall, in accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto); (g) restrictions under federal, state or foreign securities laws on the transfer of securities; (h) any liens arising under law or pursuant to documentation governing permitted accounts in connection with the Securitization Entities’ cash management system; (i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (j) Liens arising in connection with any Capitalized Lease Obligation or sale-leaseback transaction or in connection with any Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted under the Indenture; (k) Liens on any asset of a franchised location existing at the time such franchised location is repurchased or leased from a Franchisee; (l) Liens not securing Indebtedness that attach to any Collateral in an aggregate outstanding amount not exceeding $750,000 at any time; (m) Liens on Collateral that has been pledged pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement with respect to letters of credit issued thereunder and (n) Liens arising in connection with the terms of any product supply agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan” means (i) any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) any “plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code and (iii) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include assets of a plan described in clause (i) or clause (ii) for purposes of Title I of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code.

Post-ARD Additional Interest” means any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) all reasonable expenses payable by the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in connection with any obligations of the Trustee in connection with such Event of Default that are in excess of the Capped Securitization

 

40


Operating Expense Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of such expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurred in the annual period (measured from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the anniversary thereof and from each anniversary thereof to the next succeeding anniversary thereof) in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs.

Post-Issuance Acquired Location” means any Securitization-Owned Location that is acquired after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date from a person that is not a Franchisee, a Securitization Entity or a Take 5 Company Location of Take 5 or Take 5 Oil operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and that operates or is intended to operate under a Driven Securitization Brand (other than any distribution center that is used in the product sourcing operations of the Securitization Entities that is not intended to become a 1-800 Radiator franchise), unless the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) elects not to designate such location as a “Post-Issuance Acquired Location”.

Potential Manager Termination Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

Potential Rapid Amortization Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Rapid Amortization Event.

Prepayment Consideration” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the premium to be paid on certain prepayments of principal with respect to such Series of Notes, identified as a “Prepayment Consideration” pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by the Manager and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate.

Principal Release Amount” means, with respect to any Series and any Quarterly Payment Date on which the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied, the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts with respect to such Series that have been allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to the Priority of Payments prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Principal Terms” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Priority of Payments” means the allocation and payment obligations described in Section 5.11 of the Base Indenture as supplemented by the allocation and payment obligations with respect to each Series of Notes described in each Series Supplement.

Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the applicable UCC.

Product Sourcing Obligations” means costs of goods sold attributable to the products or equipment sold to Franchisees or locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Securitization-Owned Locations, Retained Take 5 Branded Locations or third parties, which resulted in Product Sourcing Payments (representing the payments to be made under or in connection with any agreement or other arrangement to purchase manufactured products and equipment from suppliers, for re-sale) and rebates required to be paid or repaid in connection with product sourcing requirements.

Product Sourcing Payments” means, collectively, (i) amounts received in respect of product and equipment sales to Securitization-Owned Locations, Retained Take 5 Branded Location,

 

41


locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities and third parties, (ii) Franchisee Payments in respect of product and equipment sales and (iii), in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), rebates or other amounts received in respect of such sales.

pro forma event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.17 of the Base Indenture.

Pro Oil Brand” means the Pro Oil Change® name and Pro Oil Change Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 8-303 of the UCC.

Qualified Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times has the Required Rating and, in the case of any such institution organized under the laws of the United States of America, whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Qualified Trust Institution” means an institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times (i) is authorized under such laws to act as a trustee or in any other fiduciary capacity, (ii) has capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and (iii) has a long term deposits rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P.

Quarterly Calculation Date” means the date two (2) Business Days prior to each Quarterly Payment Date. Any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring in the same calendar month as such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Fiscal Period means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended on or prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

Quarterly Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Fiscal Period” means each of the following quarterly fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (i) four 13-week fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 52-week fiscal years and (ii) three 13-week fiscal periods and one 14-week fiscal period of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 53-week fiscal years. The last day of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities is the last Saturday in December. References to “weeks” mean Parent’s fiscal weeks, which begin on each Sunday and end on each Saturday.

Quarterly Noteholders’ Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Payment Date” means, unless otherwise specified in any Series Supplement for the related Series of Notes, the 20th day of each of April, July, October and January in respect of each respective immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on October 20, 2015. Any reference to a Quarterly Fiscal Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to an Interest Accrual Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Interest Accrual Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

 

42


Radiator Product Sales Holder” means 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Rapid Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture.

Rapid Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the date on which a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of the waiver of the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture and the date on which there are no Notes Outstanding.

Rating Agency”, with respect to any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes and any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition in the Indenture or in any other Transaction Document, a condition that is satisfied if the Manager has notified the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the Manager has provided each Rating Agency and the Servicer with a written notification setting forth in reasonable detail such event or action and has actively solicited (by written request and by request via e-mail and telephone) a Rating Agency Confirmation from each Rating Agency, and each Rating Agency has either provided the Manager with a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such event or action or informed the Manager that it declines to review such event or action; provided that:

(i)    except in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions of clause (ii) below will apply in all cases, the Rating Agency Condition in respect of any Rating Agency shall be required to be satisfied in connection with any such event or action only if the Manager determines in its sole discretion (and provides an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee evidencing such determination) that the policies of such Rating Agency permit it to deliver such Rating Agency Confirmation;

(ii)    the Rating Agency Condition shall not be required to be satisfied in respect of any Rating Agency if the Manager provides an Officer’s Certificate (along with copies of all written requests for such Rating Agency Confirmation and copies of all related e-mail correspondence) to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that:

(A)     the Manager has not received any response from such Rating Agency after the Manager has repeated such active solicitation (by request via telephone and by e-mail) on or about the tenth (10th) Business Day and the fifteenth (15th) Business Day following the date of delivery of the initial solicitation;

(B)     the Manager has no reason to believe that such event or action would result in such Rating Agency withdrawing its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or assigning credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (1) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (2) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); and

 

43


(C)     solely in connection with any issuance of Additional Notes, either:

(1)     a Rating Agency Confirmation will have been obtained; or

(2)    each Rating Agency then rating the Notes has rated such Additional Notes no lower than the lower of (x) the then-current credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency or (y) the initial credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications) to each Outstanding Series of Notes ranking on the same priority as such Additional Notes, or, if no Outstanding Series of Notes ranks on the same priority as such Additional Notes, the Control Party shall have provided its written consent to the issuance of such Additional Notes.

Rating Agency Confirmation” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes, a confirmation from a Rating Agency that a proposed event or action will not result in (i) a withdrawal of its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (ii) the assignment of credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (A) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (B) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); provided that, solely in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes, a Rating Agency Confirmation of S&P will be required for each Series of Notes then rated by S&P at the time of such issuance of Additional Notes.

Rating Agency Notification” means, with respect to any prospective action or occurrence, a written notification to each Rating Agency setting forth in reasonable detail such action or occurrence.

Record Date” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the close of business on the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such Quarterly Payment Date occurs.

Refranchising Asset Disposition” means any disposition of property in connection with any refranchising pursuant to any sale, transfer or other disposition of the operations and assets of a Take 5 Company Location (as opposed to a disposition of fee simple real estate or a real estate lease, including in connection with a refranchising asset disposition) to a Franchisee.

Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

Release Price” means, with respect to any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP, an amount calculated by the Manager equal to 125% of the Allocated Amount of such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP.

Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event” means any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

Required Rating” means (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating from S&P of at least “A-2” and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P.

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person or any of its property, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and bylaws, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person or any of its property, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of any arbitrator or Governmental

 

44


Authority, in each case applicable to, or binding upon, such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject, whether federal, state, local or foreign (including usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, state franchise laws and retail installment sales acts).

Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxv) of the Priority of Payments.

Retained Collections” means, with respect to any specified period of time, the amount equal to (i) Collections received over such period minus, without duplication, (ii) the Excluded Amounts over such period. Funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve Account will not constitute Retained Collections.

Retained Collections Contribution” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, any cash contribution made to the Issuer at any time prior to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date to be included in Net Cash Flow in accordance with Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture.

“Retained Take 5 Branded Location” means a Take 5 Branded Location for which Take 5 or Take 5 Oil is the sole lessee with respect to a Take 5 Company Location and for which the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount and Monthly Take 5 Company Location True-Up Amounts are contributed to the Securitization Entities.

Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” represents Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted (i) to include the full year impact of cost savings initiatives that have already been implemented during the period presented, (ii) to include a full year of royalties from Franchise Agreements executed during the period presented, net of the royalties from Franchise Agreements terminated during the period presented, (iii) to include the full year impact for incremental royalties for certain Franchisees that are on temporary royalty abatement and product discount programs during the period presented, (iv) to include a full year of license royalties from Take 5 Company Locations and other company-owned locations owned by a Non-Securitization Entity, (v) to include a full year of EBITDA for Take 5 Company Locations that are temporarily closed for conversion into Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations during the period presented, and (vi) for all Take 5 Company Locations opened as or converted to Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations within the prior two years of the end of the period presented, to include the expected EBITDA that will be achieved after being opened as Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations for two years. Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to give pro forma effect to any transactions in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities 1933 Act, as amended (“Regulation S-X”), and the adjustments made to calculate Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA may not be permissible under Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

Securitization Asset” means (A) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity and any applicable Future Securitization Entity (i) all contributed franchise and development agreements and all Franchisee Payments thereon; (ii) all new franchise and development agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands and all Franchisee Payments thereon in connection with the Driven Securitization Brands; (iii) all rights to enter into new franchise and development agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands; and (iv) any and all other real (subject to mortgage and recording requirements to be set forth in the Base Indenture) or personal property of every nature, now or hereafter transferred, mortgaged, pledged or assigned as security for payment or performance of any obligation of the Franchisees or other Persons, as applicable, to such SPV Franchising Entity under its respective Franchise Agreements and all guarantees of such obligations and the rights evidenced by or reflected in the Franchise Agreements, including without limitation any Driven

 

45


Securitization Brands developed or acquired after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and elected to be contributed to a Securitization Entity, and (B) with respect to SPV Product Sales Holder and Radiator Product Sales Holder, all contracts and other agreements in respect of the product and equipment sales business of the Driven Securitization Brands in existence prior to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and any contracts and other agreements to be entered into in respect of such business following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, including (i) the Spire Supply Assets and any Take 5 Company Location supply agreements and (ii) in respect of Future Brands.

Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a) of the Base Indenture.

S&P” or “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Scheduled Principal Payments” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payments scheduled to be made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement that reduce the amount of principal Outstanding with respect to such Series or Class on a periodic basis that are identified as “Scheduled Principal Payments” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, as of the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the occurrence of the following event: the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account after the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(d) of the Base Indenture.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties” means (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Noteholders, (iii) the Servicer, (iv) the Control Party, (v) the Manager, (vi) the Back-Up Manager and (vii) the Class A-1 Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Entities” means, collectively, the Issuer and the Guarantors.

Securitization IP” means, collectively, the Closing Date Securitization IP and the After-Acquired Securitization IP, except that “Securitization IP” will not include, solely for purposes of the licenses granted under the IP License Agreements, any rights to use licensed third-party Intellectual Property to the extent that such rights are not sublicensable without the consent of or any payment to such third party, or any other action by the licensee thereof, unless such consent has been obtained or payment has been made.

Securitization Operating Expense Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

46


Securitization Operating Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities and payable to third parties in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Securitization Entities and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (other than those paid for from the Concentration Account as described in the Indenture), including (i) accrued and unpaid taxes (other than federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes), filing fees and registration fees payable by and attributable to the Securitization Entities to any federal, state, local or foreign Governmental Authority; (ii) fees and expenses payable to (A) the Trustee under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) the Back-Up Manager as Back-Up Manager Fees, (C) any Rating Agency and (D) independent certified public accountants (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any incremental auditor costs) and external legal counsel; (iii) the indemnification obligations of the Securitization Entities under the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (including any interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate, if applicable); and (iv) independent director and manager fees.

Securitization-Owned Location” means any company-owned location owned by a Securitization Entity.

Securitization Transaction” means, collectively, the 2015 Securitization Transaction, the 2016 Securitization Transaction and the 2018 Securitization Transaction.

Securitized Assets” means all assets owned by the Securitization Entities, including, but not limited to, the Collateral.

Senior Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) is senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Subordinated Debt.

Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) the aggregate principal amount of each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (y) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Manager or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date and (z) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit with respect to the Senior Notes as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period to (b) Net Cash Flow of the Securitization Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Interest Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Notes of any Series.

Senior Notes” or “Class A Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Notes) is senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Notes to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Subordinated Notes and any Subordinated Notes.

 

47


Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period, (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account pursuant to Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture to cover any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period. For the avoidance of doubt, as of each Weekly Allocation Date, if the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes due and payable with respect to the Offered Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date will be zero.

Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due and payable on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

 

48


Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments” means, for any Quarterly Payment Date, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due and payable on all such Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of any Class A-1 Notes), an amount equal to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date (with the interest and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on the next Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith estimate of the Manager of the actual drawn amount of the Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), it being understood that the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under such Class A-1 Notes. The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount will increase or decrease in accordance with any increase or reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes or any reduction in the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Senior Notes that is identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees (including fronting fees) due and payable on issued but undrawn letters of credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Senior Notes pursuant to the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest or letter of credit fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest or letter of credit fees will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly

 

49


Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Post-ARD Additional Interest”, “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses”, “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” or “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount” in any Series Supplement shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Notes that is identified as “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and any Post-ARD Additional Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and any other Series of Class A-2 Notes); provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, (1) the amount, if any, by which (a) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account plus (ii) any other funds on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts that are available to pay the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Indenture, plus (2) any Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates.

Senior Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “B” through “L” of the alphabet.

Senior Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes of any Series.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

50


Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means the administrative Agent under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes” means the Series 2015-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1, issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2015-1 Supplement.

 

51


Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2015-1 Supplement.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer and Barclays Bank PLC.

Series 2015-1 Closing Date” means July 31, 2015.

Series 2015-1 Notes” means, collectively, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2015-1 Supplement” means the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2015-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2016-1 Closing Date” means May 20, 2016.

Series 2016-1 Supplement” means the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2016-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2018-1 Closing Date” means April 24, 2018.

Series 2018-1 Supplement” means the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series” or “Series of Notes” means each series of Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to the Base Indenture and the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Account” means any account or accounts established pursuant to a Series Supplement for the benefit of a Series of Notes (or any Class thereof).

Series Anticipated Repayment Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the “Anticipated Repayment Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Closing Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the date of issuance of such Series of Notes, as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Defeasance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Series Distribution Account” means, with respect to any Series of Notes or any Class of any Series of Notes, an account established to receive distributions to be paid to the Noteholders of such Series of Notes or such Class pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means, with respect to any Series, the “Series Legal Final Maturity Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Non-Amortization Test” for any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement or, if not specified therein, means a test that will be satisfied on any

 

52


Quarterly Payment Date if the level of both the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date.

Series Obligations” means, with respect to a Series of Notes, (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Issuer on such Series of Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Series of Notes and (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Indenture Document, in each case, solely with respect to such Series of Notes.

Series Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Service Recipients” means the Securitization Entities, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil.

Servicer” means Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Services” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Servicing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Manager, the Servicer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicing Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Single Employer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Software” means all rights in computer programs, including in both source code and object code therefor, together with related documentation and explanatory materials and databases, including any Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets therein.

Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions” means the provisions contained in the legal opinion(s) delivered in connection with the issuance of each Series of Notes relating to the non-substantive consolidation of the Securitization Entities with any of Parent, the Manager or any other Non-Securitization Affiliate.

Spire Supply Securitization Account” means the account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Sponsor” means Roark Capital Partners III LP.

SPV Franchising Entities” means, collectively, Franchisor Holdco, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor, CARSTAR Franchisor and, on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Take 5 Franchisor.

 

53


SPV Product Sales Holder” means Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Subclass” means, with respect to any Class of any Series of Notes, any one of the subclasses of Notes of such Class as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Sub-Manager” means any sub-manager appointed pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement to provide Services thereunder, so long as the Manager remains primarily and directly liable for the performance of its obligations under the Management Agreement notwithstanding any such sub-managing arrangement.

Subordinated Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class B” through “Class Z” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) subordinates the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Debt.

Subordinated Debt Provisions” means, with respect to the issuance of any Series of Notes that includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such Subordinated Debt will include the following provisions: (a) if there is an Extension Period in effect with respect to the Senior Debt issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the principal of any Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be repaid out of the Priority of Payments unless such Senior Debt is no longer Outstanding, (b) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Series 2018-1 Closing Date is refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt and any such Subordinated Debt having a Series Anticipated Repayment Date on or before the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt is not refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt, such Subordinated Debt will begin to amortize on the date that the Senior Debt is refinanced pursuant to a scheduled principal payment schedule to be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, (c) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Series 2018-1 Closing Date is not refinanced on or prior to the Quarterly Payment Date following the seventh anniversary of the Series 2018-1, such Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be refinanced and (d) any and all Liens on the Collateral created in favor of any holder of Subordinated Debt in connection with the issuance thereof will be expressly junior in priority to all Liens on the Collateral in favor of any holder of Senior Debt.

Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “M” through “Z” of the alphabet.

Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Subordinated Notes of any Series.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

54


Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(k) of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Subordinated Notes.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by the parent or (b) that is, at the time any determination is being made, otherwise controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Successor Manager” means any successor to the Manager selected by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) upon the resignation or removal of the Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement.

Successor Manager Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a Successor Manager in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Manager under the Management Agreement.

 

55


Successor Servicer Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a successor Servicer in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement.

Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Article XIII of the Base Indenture.

Supplemental Management Fee” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by the Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of the Manager’s obligations under the Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by the Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Take 5 Assets” means all of the assets associated with owning and operating the Take 5 Company Locations (such as furnishings, automotive repair equipment, automotive parts and computer equipment), other than (i) any employee agreements, (ii) any supplier, vendor or distribution agreements and (iii) the portion of the Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand (other than the right to use such Securitization IP granted to Take 5 Properties pursuant to the Take 5 License Agreement).

Take 5” means Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.

Take 5 Accounts” means the Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements) and accounts established after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of Take 5 Properties in connection with the collection of revenues by Take 5 Company Locations.

Take 5 Brand” means the Take 5 Oil Change® name and Take 5 Oil Change® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Take 5 Branded Locations” means, collectively, each Branded Location using the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 Company Location” means (i) the company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the

 

56


Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, certain company-owned locations not operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date but which are expected to be converted into Take 5 Branded Locations following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), (ii) all Take 5 Company Locations that are acquired or opened by Take 5 Properties after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (iii) all company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or for which a lease has been executed in connection with the opening of a new location as of such date), in each case that will not be contributed to Take 5 Properties and will be owned by Take 5 or Take 5 Oil, but will contribute Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Profits Amounts and Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amounts to Take 5 Properties.

Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts” means (i) that certain account maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association for the benefit of Take 5 Properties, (ii) that certain account maintained at Whitney Bank for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and (iii) at any time on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, any other accounts established and in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties with respect to the Take 5 Company Locations.

Take 5 Franchisor” means Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a newly formed special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Franchisor Holdco.

Take 5 IP” means the portion of the Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 License Agreement” means the Take 5 License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Take 5 Properties, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Take 5 Oil” means Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Take 5 Properties” means Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a newly formed, special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap” means, for each fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, $10,000,000 (the “Base Amount”); provided that if the aggregate Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018) is less than the sum of (x) Base Amount and (y) any shortfall added to the Base Amount in any prior fiscal year, the amount of such difference will be added to the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap for each succeeding fiscal year.

Tax” means (i) any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, environmental, customs duties, capital stock,

 

57


profits, documentary, property, franchise, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, fine, assessment or addition thereto, and (ii) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) above.

Tax Lien Reserve Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(o) of the Base Indenture.

Tax Opinion” means an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters to be delivered in connection with the issuance of each new Series of Notes to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) the issuance of such new Series of Notes will not affect adversely the United States federal income tax characterization of any Series of Notes Outstanding or Class thereof that was (based upon an Opinion of Counsel) treated as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) except with respect to any Future Securitization Entity (including Future Securitization Entities organized with the consent of the Control Party pursuant to Section 8.30(b) of the Base Indenture) that will be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, the Issuer organized in the United States, the other Securitization Entity organized in the United States, and the other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in the United States (i) will as of the date of issuance be treated as a disregarded entity and (ii) will not as of the date of issuance be classified as a corporation or as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation and (c) such new Series of Notes will as of the date of issuance be treated as debt.

Tax Payment Deficiency” means any Tax liability of Parent (or, if Parent is not the taxable parent entity of Funding Holdco, such other taxable parent entity) (including Taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of the Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect Subsidiaries that the Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Parent (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

Trademarks” means all United States, state and non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, designs, logos, slogans and other indicia of source or origin, whether registered or unregistered, registrations and pending applications to register the foregoing, internet domain names, and all goodwill of any business connected with the use thereof or symbolized thereby.

Trade Secrets” means all trade secrets and other confidential or proprietary information, including with respect to unpatented inventions, operating procedures, know how, inventory methods, customer service methods, financial control methods and training techniques.

Transaction Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Account Control Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Back-Up Management Agreement, the Contribution Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreements, the IP License Agreements, the Charter Documents of each Securitization Entity, each Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and any additional document identified as a “Transaction Document” in the Series Supplement for any Series of Notes Outstanding and any other material agreements entered into, or certificates delivered, pursuant to the foregoing documents.

Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporate Trust Office, or any trust officer, or any officer customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any such officer, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, and also any officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

 

58


Trustee Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the specified jurisdiction or any applicable jurisdiction, as the case may be.

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its 50 states and the District of Columbia. For the avoidance of doubt, “United States” and “U.S.” shall not include any territories, possessions or commonwealths of the United States of America.

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

USCO” means the U.S. Copyright Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

U.S. Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of the United States.

USPTO” means the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

Warm Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Weekly Allocation Date” means the fifth (5th) Business Day following the last day of each Weekly Collection Period, commencing on August 14, 2015.

Weekly Collection Period” means, with respect to Collections, each weekly period commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time) on each Sunday per week and ending at 11:59 p.m. (local time) on each Saturday per week. References to “local time” refer to the local time at the Branded Location or other location receiving the relevant Collections.

Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

Weekly Manager’s Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Weekly Cash Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, debit card proceeds and proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) generated by Securitization-Owned Locations over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) paid in cash out of funds in deposit in the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

Weekly Cash Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, debit card proceeds and proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) generated by Take 5 Company Locations over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) paid in cash out of funds in deposit in the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Company Locations over such period.

 

59


Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the Issuer, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Securitization- Owned Location Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil, the lesser of (or, at the option of the Issuer, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locations.

Weekly Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Take 5 Company Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Company Locations.

Welfare Plan” means any “employee welfare benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

Workout Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, by means of facsimile, telex, telecopier device, telegraph or cable.

 

60


Exhibit A

FORM OF WEEKLY MANAGER’S CERTIFICATE

(See attached.)

 

A-1


 

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

 

   Confidential      

 

 

Weekly Allocation Date                                    

 

Dates / Periods

 
 

Next Quarterly Payment Date

       
 

Quarterly Fiscal Period

 

Beginning Date

                          

Ending Date

       
 

Weekly Collection Period

 

Beginning Date

       

Ending Date

       
 

Weekly Allocation Date

       

Retained Collections

 

Weekly Collection Period

 

Retained Collections attributable to:

 

Repair & Maintenance Franchise Fees & Royalties

  $                     —    

Paint & Collision Franchise Fees & Royalties

  $ —    

Distribution Franchise Fees & Royalties

  $ —    

Quick Lube Franchise Fees & Royalties

 

Canadian License Income

  $ —    

P&C Product Distribution Margin

  $ —    

Distribution Product Distribution Margin

  $ —    

Quick Lube Distribution Margin

 

Spire Supply Distribution Margin

 

Take 5 Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount

 

Excluded Amounts Deposited in Lockbox

  $ —    

Other Securitization Collections

 

M.Key Maintenance Revenue (R&M)

  $ —    

Net Advertising Revenue (P&C)

  $ —    

Distribution Local Marketing Fees

  $ —    

Note Payments

  $ —    

Technology Fee - CARSTAR

  $ —    

State Farm Program - CARSTAR

  $ —    

Nationwide Program - CARSTAR

  $ —    

Other Securitization Collections

  $ —    

Less: Excluded Amounts

 

Fleet Payments

  $ —    

Advertising Fund Contributions

  $ —    

Equipment Payments

  $ —    

Rent Payments

  $ —    

Vendor Payments

  $ —    

Excluded for Commissions

  $ —    

Other Excluded Amounts

  $ —    

Total Excluded Collections during Weekly Collection Period

  $ —    

Total Retained Collections during Weekly Collection Period

  $ —    

Manager Advances during Weekly Collection Period

  $ —    

Weekly Management Fee Amount

 
    —    

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [                    ]

    —    

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [                    ]

    —    

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [                    ]

    —    

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [                    ]

    —    

Base Annual Management Fee

  $ —    

Fee for every $100,000 of aggregate Retained Collections

  $ —    

Aggregate Retained Collections for the the preceding four (4) most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Periods

  $ —    

Step-Up for every $100,000 of aggregate Retained Collections

  $ —    
  $ —    

Annual inflation factor

 

Management Fee Pre-Inflation Adjustment

  $ —    

Inflation Adjustment:

  $ —    

Deal Year

 

Inflation Adjustment

 

Weekly Management Fee Amount

  $ —    

 

Page 1 of 3


 

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

 

   Confidential      

 

Weekly Allocation Date                                        

 

Weekly Allocation of Funds

 

Funds Available

 

Weekly Collection Period

 

Retained Collections

  $ —    
       

 

 

 

Manager Advances

  $ —    
       

 

 

 

Triggers

 

Cash Trapping Event

                              

Rapid Amortization Event

       

Weekly Allocation

 

Weekly Collection Period

 

i.

      Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds:  
     a.      Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer   $                     —    
       

 

 

 
     b.      Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     c.      If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay and   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      permanently reduce the commitments under all Variable Funding Notes     —    
       

 

 

 
     d.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Notes   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     e.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     f.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Subordinated Notes   $ —    
       

 

 

 

ii.

     a.      Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     b.      Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     c.      Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees to the Servicer   $ —    
       

 

 

 

iii.

      Successor Manager Transition Expenses   $ —    
       

 

 

 

iv.

      Weekly Management Fee to the Manager   $ —    
       

 

 

 

v.

     a.      Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     b.      Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount to the Trustee   $ —    
       

 

 

 

vi.

     a.      Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     b.      Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

vii.

      Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount to the Class A-1 Administrative Agent   $ —    
       

 

 

 

viii.

      Senior Subordinated Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

ix.

      Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount to the Interest Reserve Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

x.

      Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account (If the Series Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied for the applicable Senior Notes Outstanding)   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xi.

      Supplemental Management Fee   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xii.

      If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, all amounts remaining in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to  
       

 

 

 
      allocate to the Variable Funding Notes until the outstanding principal amount of the Variable Funding Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xiii.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, and during a Cash Trapping Period, Cash Trapping Amount to the Cash Trap Reserve Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xiv.

     a.      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Senior Notes, first to the Class A-1 Notes pro rata   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      and then second to each remaining Class of Senior Notes pro rata, until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
       

 

 

 
     b.      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Senior Subordinated Notes  
       

 

 

 
      until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xv.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xvi.

      Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to Interest Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xvii.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xviii.

      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Subordinated Notes until the         
       

 

 

 
      outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xix.

      Securitization Operating Expenses in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xx.

      Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxi.

      Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxii.

      Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxiii.

      Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxiv.

      Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxv.

      Unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment premiums to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
       

 

 

 

xxvi.

      Residual Amount to the Issuer   $ —    
       

 

 

 
      Discretionary accrual for Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses to be held in the Collection Account   $    

 

Page 2 of 3


 

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

 

   Confidential      

 

 

Weekly Allocation Date                                    

 

Allocations to Series of Notes Outstanding

 
  Weekly Collection Period

 

    

 

i.

  

Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds

                          
    

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $                     —    
    

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
    

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
    

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
 

ii.

  

Senior Notes Accrued Weekly Interest Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Weekly Interest

  $ —    
      

 

 

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

  $ —    
    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

  $ —    
    

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

  $ —    
 

iii.

  

Variable Funding Note Accrued Weekly Commitment Fee Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Weekly Commitment Fees

  $ —    
      

 

 

 
 

iv.

  

Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

  $ —    
 

v.

  

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

  $ —    
    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

  $ —    
    

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

  $ —    
 

vi.

  

Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Series 2015-1 Class A-1 during Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Amortization Period

 
    

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $ —    
 

vii.

  

Cash Trapping Amount

 
    

Outstanding Series Cash Trapping Amount

  $ —    
 

viii.

  

Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Senior Notes during Rapid Amortization Period

 
    

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $ —    
    

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
    

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
    

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
 

ix.

  

Excess Class A-1 Administrative Expenses Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

  $ —    
 

x.

  

Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts

  $ —    
 

xi.

  

Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

 
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
    

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
 

xii.

  

Senior Notes Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

 
    

Series 2015-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

  $ —    
    

Series 2016-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

  $ —    
    

Series 2018-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

  $ —    

Reserve Accounts Related to Series of Notes Outstanding

 
 

Weekly Collection Period

 

 

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount at beginning of Weekly Collection Period

  $ —    
      

 

 

 
  Less Withdrawals Related to:

 

  i.   

Accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are insufficient for such purpose

  $ —    
  ii.   

Accrued and unpaid Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Amount to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Account are insufficient for such purpose, in each case with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date

  $ —    
  iii.   

Release related to reduction in Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount

  $ —    
  iv.   

Withdrawal related to when Notes mature

  $ —    
    

Plus Deposits Related to:

 
    

Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount deposited pursuant to (ix) of Priority of Payments

  $ —    
      

 

 

 
  Available Interest Reserve Account Amount at the end of Weekly Collection Period   $ —    
      

 

 

 
  Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at beginning of Weekly Collection Period   $ —    
    

Less Withdrawals Related to:

 
    

If Rapid Amortization Event, Event of Default, or VFN Renewal Date has not occurred and VFN has not been paid in full:

 
    

Reimburse Advances

  $ —    
    

Reimburse Manager Advances

  $ —    
    

Pro rata, Class A-2 Notes (on any outstanding Series) Quarterly Interest Amounts, Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts

  $ —    
    

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts

  $ —    
    

Any required payments of principal on the Variable Funding Notes

  $ —    
    

Cash Trapping Release Amount

  $ —    
    

Amount withdrawn following Rapid Amortization Event

  $ —    
    

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2015-1 Notes

  $ —    
    

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2016-1 Notes

  $ —    
    

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Notes

  $ —    
    

Plus Deposits:

 
    

Cash Trapping Amounts deposited pursuant to (xiii) of Priority of Payments

  $ —    
      

 

 

 
 

Available Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at the end of Weekly Collection Period

  $ —    

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Weekly Manager’s Certificate

this                                                                                                                                                                                 

Driven Brands, Inc. as Manager on behalf of the Co-Issuers and certain subsidiaries thereto,

by:                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Page 3 of 3


Exhibit B

FORM OF QUARTERLY NOTEHOLDERS’ REPORT

(See attached.)

 

B-1


  

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

   Confidential      

 

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on    

               —                                                                       
 

and ending on    

   —        

 

Dates / Periods

                                        
           

Quarterly Payment Date

              —    

Quarterly Fiscal Period

           

Beginning Date

              —    

Ending Date

              —    

System Data

           
     Repair & Maintenance      Paint & Collision      Distribution      Total  

Domestic Franchised Locations

           

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic Franchised Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

International Franchised Locations

     —          —          

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International Franchised Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Total Franchised Locations

     —          —          —          —    

Company-Owned Locations

           

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Company-Owned Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    
     Domestic      International      Company Owned      Total System  

Same Store Sales for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Same Store Sales for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

     —          —          —          —    
     Domestic      International      Company Owned      Total System  

System-Wide Sales for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

     —          —          —          —    

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [                ]

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total System-Wide Sales for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

     —          —          —          —    

Retained Collections

           

Quarterly Fiscal Period

           

Retained Collections attributable to:

           

Repair & Maintenance Royalties

            $ —    

Paint & Collision Royalties

            $ —    

Distribution Royalties

            $ —    

Canadian License Income

            $ —    

P&C Product Distribution Margin

            $ —    

Distribution Product Distribution Margin

            $ —    

Repair & Maintenance Franchise Fees

            $ —    

Paint & Collision Franchise Fees

            $ —    

Distribution Franchise Fees

            $ —    

Other Securitization Collections

            $ —    
           

 

 

 

Total Retained Collections during Quarterly Fiscal Period

            $ —    

Manager Advances during Quarterly Fiscal Period

            $ —    

Management Fee Amount

           

 

Page 1 of 5


  

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

   Confidential      

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on        —     
and ending on                    —                                           

 

Management Fee Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $                         —    

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [            ]

        $ —    

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [            ]

        $ —    

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [            ]

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Total Management Fee Amount for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    

Covenants and Debt Services

       

Calculation of DSCR

       

Net Cash Flow for current Quarterly Payment Date

       

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Less:

       

Capped Securitization Operating Expenses paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Amount by which equity contributions exceeds permitted Retained Collections Contributions

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Net Cash Flow for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [            ]

        $ —    

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [            ]

        $ —    

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [            ]

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Total Net Cash Flow for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    

Debt Service / Payments to Noteholders for current Quarterly Payment Date

       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Total Debt Service for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Total Debt Service for preceding 3 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Total Debt Service for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    
          —    

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for preceding 3 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

        $ —    

 

Debt Service Coverage Ratios  

Quarterly Payment Date

  Interest-Only DSCR     DSCR  
  Current Quarterly Payment Date     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    
Leverage Ratios  

Quarterly Payment Date

  Senior Securitization Leverage Ratio     Driven Brands Leverage Ratio  
  Current Quarterly Payment Date     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    
  Quarterly Payment Date Ending [            ]     —         —    

 

DSCR Triggers   

DSCR Triggers

   DSCR Trigger Level      Event Triggered      Commencement Date  
   Cash Trapping Period      < 1.75x        —          —    
   Cash Trapping Period - 50%      < 1.75x        —          —    
   Cash Trapping Period - 100%      < 1.50x        —          —    
   Rapid Amortization Event      < 1.20x        —          —    
   Manager Termination Event (Interest-Only DSCR)      < 1.20x        —          —    
   Event of Default (Interest-Only DSCR)      < 1.10x        —          —    
Potential Events                       Event Occurred  

Potential Rapid Amortization Event

           —    

Potential Manager Termination Event

           —    

Cash Trapping Percentage

           

Cash Trapping Percentage during Quarterly Fiscal Period

           —    

Cash Trapping Percentage following current Quarterly Payment Date

           —    

 

Page 2 of 5


  

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

   Confidential      

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on    

                 —                     

and ending on    

     —         

Cash Trapping Release Amounts

       

Cash Trapping Release Date - 50%

          —    

Cash Trapping Release Date - 100%

          —    

Aggregate amount on deposit in the Cash Trapping Reserve Account

       

(a) Aggregate amount on deposit from periods with a Cash Trapping Percentage equal to 50%

        $                         —  

(b) Aggregate amount on deposit from periods with a Cash Trapping Percentage equal to 100%

        $ —    

Cash Trapping Release Amount

        $ —    

Asset Disposition Proceeds

       

Aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds as of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Plus: Additional Disposition Proceeds related to the Collateral

        $ —    

Less: Reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds

        $ —    

Aggregate Disposition Proceeds as of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Debt Service Amount

       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Series 2015-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Debt Service Amount

       

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

        $ —    
       

 

 

 

Series 2016-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

        $ —    
Extension Periods           Commenced     Commencement Date  

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 first renewal period

        —         —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 second renewal period

        —         —    
Non-Amortization Test           Commenced     Commencement Date  

Series 2015-1 Non-Amortization Period

        —         —    

Series 2016-1 Non-Amortization Period

        —         —    

Outstanding Principal Balances

       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Advances Outstanding

       

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Swingline Notes outstanding

       

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 L/C Notes outstanding

       

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

       

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

       

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Prepayments

       

Amount of Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Prepayments

       

Amount of Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

        $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

        $ —    

Priority of Payments

       

Funds Available

       

Quarterly Fiscal Period

       

Retained Collections

        $ —    

Manager Advances

        $ —    

Triggers

       

 

 

Page 3 of 5


  

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

   Confidential      

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on    

                 —                                              

                                     

and ending on    

     —        

 

 

Cash Trapping Event

    —    
          

Rapid Amortization Event

    —    

Priority of Payments during Quarterly Fiscal Period

                              
 

Quarterly Fiscal Period

 
  i.       Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds:  
       a.      Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer   $                     —    
       b.      Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager   $     
       c.      If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay and   $     
        permanently reduce the commitments under all Variable Funding Notes     —    
       d.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Notes   $     
       e.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes   $     
       f.      Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Subordinated Notes   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  ii.      a.      Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer   $ —    
       b.      Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager   $     
       c.      Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees to the Servicer   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  iii.       Successor Manager Transition Expenses   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  iv.       Weekly Management Fee to the Manager   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  v.      a.      Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Account   $ —    
       b.      Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount to the Trustee   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  vi.      a.      Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —    
       b.      Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  vii.       Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount to the Class A-1 Administrative Agent   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  viii.       Senior Subordinated Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  ix.       Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount to the Interest Reserve Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  x.       Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account (If the Series Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied for the applicable Senior Notes Outstanding)   $ —    
        Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xi.       Supplemental Management Fee   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xii.       If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, all amounts remaining in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to   $ —    
        allocate to the Variable Funding Notes until the outstanding principal amount of the Variable Funding Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xiii.       If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, and during a Cash Trapping Period, Cash Trapping Amount to the Cash Trap Reserve Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xiv.      a.      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Senior Notes, first to the Class A-1 Notes pro rata and then     —    
        second to each remaining Class of Senior Notes pro rata, until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
       b.      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Senior Subordinated Notes     —    
        until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xv.       If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
        If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xvi.       Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to Interest Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xvii.       If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
        If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xviii.       If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Account to the Principal Payment Account to Subordinated Notes until the     —    
        outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xix.       Securitization Operating Expenses in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xx.       Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxi.       Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxii.       Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxiii.       Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxiv.       Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxv.       Unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment premiums to the Principal Payment Account   $ —    
         

 

 

 
  xxvi.       Residual Amount to the Issuer   $ —    
Allocations to Series of Notes Outstanding  
  Quarterly Fiscal Period  
  i.       Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds  
       

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $ —    
       

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
       

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
  ii.       Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest

  $ —    
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

  $ —    
       

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

  $ —    
  iii.       Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees

  $ —    
  iv.       Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

  $ —    
  v.       Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

  $ —    
       

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

  $ —    
  vi.      

Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Series 2015-1 Class A-1 during Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Amortization Period

 
       

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $ —    
  vii.       Cash Trapping Amount  
       

Outstanding Series Cash Trapping Amount

  $ —    
  viii.       Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Senior Notes during Rapid Amortization Period  
       

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

  $ —    
       

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
       

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

  $ —    
  ix.       Excess Class A-1 Administrative Expenses Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

  $ —    
  x.       Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Other Amounts

  $ —    
  xi.       Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount  
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
       

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
       

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

  $ —    
  xii.       Senior Notes Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums  
       

Series 2015-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

  $ —    
       

Series 2016-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

  $ —    
Reserve Accounts Related to Series of Notes Outstanding  
  Quarterly Fiscal Period  
  Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount at beginning of Quarterly Fiscal Period   $ —    
 

Less Withdrawals Related to:

 
  i.      

Accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are insufficient for such purpose

  $ —    
  ii.      

Accrued and unpaid Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Amount to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Account are insufficient for such purpose, in each case with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date

  $ —    
  iii.      

Release related to reduction in Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount

  $ —    
  iv.      

Withdrawal related to when Notes mature

  $ —    
        Plus Deposits Related to:  
       

Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount deposited pursuant to (ix) of Priority of Payments

  $ —    
         

 

 

 
  Available Interest Reserve Account Amount at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period   $ —    
  Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at beginning of Quarterly Fiscal Period   $ —    
        Less Withdrawals Related to:  
       

If Rapid Amortization Event, Event of Default, or VFN Renewal Date has not occurred and VFN has not been paid in full:

 
       

Reimburse Advances

  $ —    
       

Reimburse Manager Advances

  $ —    
       

Pro rata, Class A-2 Notes (on any outstanding Series) Quarterly Interest Amounts, Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts

  $ —    
       

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts

  $ —    
       

Any required payments of principal on the Variable Funding Notes

  $ —    
       

Cash Trapping Release Amount

  $ —    
       

Amount withdrawn following Rapid Amortization Event

  $ —    
       

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2015-1 Notes

  $ —    
       

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2016-1 Notes

  $ —    

 

Page 4 of 5


  

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

   Confidential      

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on                    —                  
and ending on        —     

 

Plus Deposits:

                                  

Cash Trapping Amounts deposited pursuant to (xiii) of Priority of Payments

      $ —    
     

 

 

 

Available Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

      $ —    

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Quarterly Noteholder Report

this                                                                                                                                                                        

Driven Brands, Inc. as Manager on behalf of the Co-Issuers and certain subsidiaries thereto,

by:                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Page 5 of 5


Exhibit D-1

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(c) or (d), provided that at such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]1.

 

 

1 

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

D-1-1


Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.    The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

 

D-1-3


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

   Class      App. No.      App. Date      Reg. No.      Reg. Date      Owner      Status  
                    

 

D-1-4


Exhibit D-2

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.    The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee

 

D-2-1


and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

D-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

   App. No.      Filing
Date
     Patent No.      Issue Date      Owner      Status  
                 

 

D-2-4


Exhibit D-3

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;    

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Grant, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1. The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee

 

D-3-1


and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

D-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

   Reg. No.      Reg. Date      Owner      Status  
           

 

D-3-4


Exhibit E-1

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the PTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (c) or (d), provided that at such time

 

E-1-1


that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, cancelled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]32.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.    The parties intend that the Trademark Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

 

3 

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

E-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

 

E-1-3


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

   Class      App.
No.
     App.
Date
     Reg. No.      Reg.
Date
     Owner      Status  
                    

 

E-1-4


Exhibit E-2

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

 

E-2-1


1.    The parties intend that the Patent Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

E-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

   App. No.      Filing Date      Patent No.      Issue Date      Owner      Status  
                 

 

E-2-4


Exhibit E-3

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                ], by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202 (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

 

E-3-1


1.    The parties intend that the Copyright Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:     Name:
  Title:

Supplemental Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

E-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

   Reg. No.      Reg. Date      Owner      Status  
           

 

E-3-4


Exhibit F

FORM OF INVESTOR REQUEST CERTIFICATION

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary, the undersigned hereby certifies and agrees to the following conditions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

1.    The undersigned is a [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser] of Series [                ] [        ]% [Fixed Rate Senior Secured] Notes, Class [                ] (the “Notes”).

2.    In the case that the undersigned is a Note Owner, the undersigned is a beneficial owner of the Notes. In the case that the undersigned is a prospective purchaser, the undersigned has been designated by a Noteholder or a Note Owner as a prospective transferee of Notes.

3.    The undersigned is requesting all information and copies of all documents that the Trustee is required to deliver to such Noteholder, Note Owner or prospective purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture. In the case that the undersigned is a Noteholder or a Note Owner, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture, the undersigned is also requesting access for the undersigned to the password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) relating to the Notes.

4.    The undersigned is requesting such information solely for use in evaluating the undersigned’s investment, or potential investment in the case of a prospective purchaser, in the Notes.

5.    The undersigned is not a Competitor.

6.    The undersigned understands that the information it has requested contains confidential information.

7.    In consideration of the Trustee’s disclosure to the undersigned, the undersigned will keep the information strictly confidential, and such information will not be disclosed by the undersigned without the prior written consent of the Trustee or used for any purpose other than evaluating the undersigned’s investment or possible investment in the Notes; provided that the undersigned shall be permitted to disclose such information (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information which have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as

 

F-1


confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

 

F-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused its name to be signed hereto by its duly authorized officer.

[Name of [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser]]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

 

 

F-3


Exhibit H

FORM OF CCR ELECTION NOTICE

[date]

 

Notice Date:

                         , 20      

Notice Record

                         , 20      

Date: Responses

                         , 20      

Due By:

  

Re:     Election for Controlling Class Representative

To:     The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

   CUSIP    ISIN    Common Code
        
        
        

Dear Series [                ] Class [                ] Noteholder:

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by the Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (the “Series Supplement”) among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplement, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture, you are hereby notified that:

 

  1.

There will be an election for a Controlling Class Representative.

 

  2.

If you wish to make a nomination, please do so by submitting a completed nomination form in the form of Exhibit I to the Base Indenture by [insert thirty (30) calendar days] to the below address:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attention: Anthony Bausa

Email: Anthony.bausa@citi.com

[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-1


Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

Driven Brands, Inc., as manager

 

H-2


Exhibit I

FORM OF CCR NOMINATION FOR CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

I hereby submit the following nomination for election as the Controlling Class Representative:

Nominee:                                                      

By my signature below, I, (please print name)                                                                           , hereby certify that:

(1)    As of [insert the Closing Date for Initial CCR Election][insert other date for any subsequent CCR Election that is not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice], I was the (please check one):

☐    Note Owner

☐    Noteholder

of the [Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes][Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount] of the Controlling Class set forth below.

$                                                                 

(2)    The candidate that I nominated above for election as Controlling Class Representative is (please check one):

☐    a Controlling Class Member

☐    an Eligible Third-Party Candidate

[Signature Page Follows]

 

I-1


By:  

 

Name:  
Date submitted:  

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

COUNTY OF [                ]

I certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: [                ]

 

Date:   

 

              

 

         Official Signature of notary
        

 

         Notary’s printed or typed name, Notary Public

 

I-2


Exhibit J

FORM OF CCR BALLOT

FOR CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

CITIBANK, N.A.

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

NOTE: THIS NOTICE CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT IS OF INTEREST TO THE REGISTERED AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE SUBJECT NOTES. IF APPLICABLE, ALL DEPOSITORIES, CUSTODIANS AND OTHER INTERMEDIARIES RECEIVING THIS NOTICE ARE REQUESTED TO EXPEDITE RE-TRANSMITTAL TO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE NOTES IN A TIMELY MANNER.

 

Notice Date:

                     , 20      

Notice Record

                     , 20      

Date: Responses

                     , 20      

Due By:

  

To:    The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

   CUSIP      ISIN      Common Code  
        
        
        

Re: Election for Controlling Class Representative

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by the Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (the “Series Supplement”) among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture, please indicate your vote by submitting the attached Exhibit A with respect to your vote for Controlling Class Representative within thirty (30) calendar days in the case of any subsequent election to my attention by email to anthony.bausa@citi.com.

 

J-1


Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Ballot for Controlling Class Representative

 

J-2


EXHIBIT A

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

 

Notice Date:

                     , 20      

Notice Record

                     , 20      

Date: Responses

                     , 20      

Due By:

  

Please indicate your vote by checking the “Yes” or “No” box next to each candidate. You may only select “Yes” below for a single candidate.

The election outcome will be determined by reference to the number of votes actually submitted and received by the Trustee by the end of the CCR Election Period. Abstentions shall not be considered in the determination of the election outcome.

 

Yes

   No    Nominee    CUSIP    Outstanding Principal
Amount/Class A-1 Notes
Voting Amount

      [Nominee 1]      

      [Nominee 2]      

      [Nominee 3]      

By my signature below, I, (please print name)            *, hereby certify that as of the date hereof I am an owner or beneficial owner of the [Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes][Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount] of the Controlling Class set forth below:

$        

 

*

If the beneficial owner of a book-entry position is completing this, please indicate your DTC custodian’s information below. (To avoid duplication of your vote, please do not respond additionally via your custodian.)

Bank:                                                      DTC #                

[Signature Page Follows]

 

J-1


By:  

 

Name:  
Date submitted:  

 

 

J-2


Exhibit K

FORM OF CCR ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[date]

 

                                     

                                     

                                     

Re:     Acceptance Letter for Controlling Class Representative

To:     [                ]

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by the Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (the “Series Supplement”) among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby (i) agrees to act as the Controlling Class Representative and (ii) provides its name and contact information in the space provided below and permits such information to be shared with the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members. In addition, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby represents and warrants that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-1


Very truly yours,
                                                                                        ,
as Controlling Class Representative
By:                                                                                  
Name:  
Title:  
Contact  
Information:  
Address:  
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
Telephone:                                                                     
Facsimile:                                                                      
E-mail:                                                                            

 

K-2


Exhibit L

FORM OF NOTE OWNER CERTIFICATE

Sent via email/fax to: [                    ]

 

Re:

Request to Communicate with Note Owners

Reference is made to Section 11.5(b) of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

The undersigned hereby certify that they are Note Owners who collectively hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes.

The undersigned wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes and hereby request that the Trustee deliver the enclosed notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding.

The undersigned agree to indemnify the Trustee for its costs and expenses in connection with the delivery of the enclosed notice or communication.

 

Dated:                                                                             

Signed:                                                                           

Printed Name:                                                                

Dated:                                                                             

Signed:                                                                          

Printed Name:                                                                

Enclosure(s): [                    ]

 

L-1


Schedule 7.3

Consents

None.

 

Schedule 7.3-1


Schedule 7.7

Proposed Tax Assessments

None.

 

Schedule 7.7-1


Schedule 7.18

Insurance

 

Policy

  

Provider

  

Policy Number

  

Expiration Date

Property    Sompo International    ARL30000493800    11/1/2018
Property - Terrorism    Beazley    W20B63170101    11/1/2018
General Liability    Liberty Mutual    TB2-Z51-291156-067    11/1/2018

Workers’ Compensation/

Employer’s Liability

   Liberty Mutual    WC7-Z51-291156-087    11/1/2018
Automobile Liability    Liberty Mutual    AS2-Z51-291156-077    11/1/2018
Garagekeeper’s Liability    Liberty Mutual    AS2-Z51-291156-077    11/1/2018
Umbrella    Zurich    AUC 1064541-00    11/1/2018
1st Excess    Liberty Mutual    ECO (18) 57377824    11/1/2018
2nd Excess    C.N.A.    6056852329    11/1/2018
3rd Excess    Fireman’s Fund    MHX 00048937031    11/1/2018
Environmental - Driven Brands, Inc.    XL Insurance    PEC003889602    8/12/2020
Environmental - Take 5 LLC    AWAC    0309-7484    8/12/2020
Foreign Liability    AIG    WS11010669    11/1/2018
Directors & Officers Liability    AIG    16152389    11/1/2018
Employment Practices Liability (EPL)    AIG    16152389    11/1/2018
Fiduciary Liability    AIG    16152389    11/1/2018
Crime    AIG    16152389    11/1/2018
Cyber    Beazley    W1D96A170101    11/1/2018
Property (Canada)    Sompo International    B0775CPR63517    11/1/2018
General Liability (Canada)    Liberty Mutual    KE1-Z51-291451-077    11/1/2018
Automobile Liability (Canada)    Liberty Mutual    AC1-Z51-291451-057 Ontario    11/1/2018
      AQ1-Z51-291451-137 Quebec   
      AH1-Z51-291451-127 All Other   
Garage Auto (Canada)    Liberty Mutual    AZ1-Z51-291451-067    11/1/2018

 

Schedule 7.18-1


Schedule 7.20

Pending Actions or Proceedings Relating to the Securitization IP

None.

 

Schedule 7.20-1


Schedule 8.11

Non-Perfected Liens

None.

 

Schedule 8.11-1


Schedule 8.14

Employee Benefit Plans

None.

 

Schedule 8.14-1

Exhibit 4.2

Execution

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated and effective as of March 19, 2019 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among (i) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the issuer (the “Issuer”) and (ii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as the trustee under the Indenture referred to below (together with its successor and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Indenture (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto, the “Base Indenture”), and the Series 2015-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of April 24, 2018 and the Series 2019-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-1 Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture and any additional Series Supplements thereto entered into from time to time, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuer issued the Series 2018-1 Notes referred to therein and pursuant to which the Issuer will issue the Series 2019-1 Notes referred to therein;

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend the Base Indenture in certain respects, as hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture permits the Base Indenture to be amended in certain circumstances solely with the written consent of the Control Party; and

WHEREAS, the Base Indenture shall be amended in the manner set forth herein with the written consent of the Control Party set forth on the signature page hereof pursuant to Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Amendments to the Base Indenture. The Base Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a)    The proviso in Section 3.1(a) of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Issuer shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall

 

1


not include, more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, (3) the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders, (4) each Pre-Funding Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Account and (5) each Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Reserve Account; and (D) any cash collateral deposited by any Non-Securitization Entities with the Issuer to secure such Non-Securitization Entities’ obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as the Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Issuer for any amounts due by such Non-Securitization Entities to the Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such Non-Securitization Entities have not paid to the Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions.”

(b)    Upon the System-Wide Sales Trigger Date, the proviso in Section 9.1(e) of the Base Indenture shall hereby be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(e) Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $1,500,000,000; provided that such threshold may be increased or decreased at the request of the Issuer subject to approval by the Control Party and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.”

(c)    Upon the System-Wide Sales Trigger Date, the following sentence will be added at the end of Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture:

“Any changes to Section 9.1(e) of the Indenture related to approval of changes to the Driven Brands System-Wide Sales will be approved by the Control Party at the direction of the Issuer and will not require any further consent or review by the Control Party, and the Control Party’s approval will be deemed to be consistent with the Servicing Standard.”

 

2


(d)    Clause (iii) of the definition of “Collateral Exclusions” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) the Excluded Amounts; provided, further, that the Issuer and the Guarantors will not be required to pledge more than 65% of the voting equity interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign subsidiary of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; provided, further, that the security interest in each Interest Reserve Account, Pre-Funding Account and Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the related property will only be for the benefit of the holders of the applicable Series and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the holders of such Series.”

(e)    Clause (iv) of the definition of “Collections” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iv)     without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties of Take 5 Company Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations that are not Securitization- Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;”

(f)    The definition of “DSCR” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“The debt service coverage ratio means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the amount obtained by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four (4) immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period (excluding any interest that would otherwise be payable reserved in a Pre-Funding Reserve Account, whether in cash or available to be drawn under any letter of credit in respect of the Pre-Funding Reserve Account); provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four (4) Quarterly Calculation Dates:

(a)     “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands for the three (3) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended March 31, 2018, June 30, 2018 and September 29, 2018, will be deemed to be increased in accordance with the below proviso by Net Cash Flow for the Take 5 Company Locations acquired in a Permitted Acquisition by Take 5 Properties SPV LLC in the amount of: $ 1,149,408, $1,087,887 and $1,106,196, respectively; Net Cash Flow in respect of the Take 5 Company Locations acquired in such Permitted Acquisition for the Quarterly

 

3


Fiscal Period immediately preceding the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2019-1 Closing Date will include the Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for such Take 5 Company Locations for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the Series 2019-1 Closing Date based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the Manager during that period; and

(b)     “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 2019-1 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR, for any period during which one or more Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition occurs, such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable (and all other Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable, that have been consummated during the applicable period) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable, shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

(g)    The definition of “Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Indebtedness of the Driven Brands Entities (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (v) the cash and cash equivalents of the Driven Brands Entities credited to the Interest Reserve Account(s) in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Cash Trap Reserve Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Manager or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (x) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (y) the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Non-Securitization Entities as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period (in each case, excluding any unrestricted cash or cash equivalents contributed to the Driven Brands Entities solely with the intent

 

4


of satisfying such condition in bad faith and immediately redistributed to the parent companies of the Driven Brands Entities) and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre-Funding Reserve Account to (b) Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA of the Driven Brands Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(a) of the Base Indenture.”

(h)    The definition of “IP License Agreements” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

IP License Agreements” means each Canadian IP License Agreement, the Driven Brands License Agreement, the Econo Lube License Agreement, the Carstar License Agreement, the Carstar Master License Agreement, the Take 5 License Agreement and any Intellectual Property license agreement whereby the Issuer or any of the SPV Franchising Entities grants a license permitting a third-party to use the “Super-Lube” brand that is included in the Securitization IP.”

(i)    The definition of “Senior Leverage Ratio” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) the aggregate principal amount of each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Manager or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit with respect to the Senior Notes as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre-Funding Reserve Account to (b) Net Cash Flow of the Securitization Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(b) of the Base Indenture.”

 

5


(j)    The definition of “Take 5 Brand” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Take 5 Brand” means (i) the Take 5 Oil Change® name, Take 5 Oil Change® Trademarks, and (ii) Super-Lube® name and Super-Lube®, Trademarks, in each case whether alone or in combination with any other words or symbols, all operations manuals including franchise operations manuals, marketing materials, advertisements and franchise documents and similar works of authorship and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).”

(k)    The definition of “Post-Issuance Acquired Location” set forth in Annex A of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Post-Issuance Acquired Location” means any Securitization-Owned Location that is acquired after the Series Closing Date of the most recent then-issued Series of Notes from a person that is not a Franchisee, a Securitization Entity or a Take 5 Company Location that operated under the Take 5 Brand and not acquired using the proceeds of any Pre-Funding Account that operates or is intended to operate under a Driven Securitization Brand (other than any distribution center that is used in the product sourcing operations of the Securitization Entities that is not intended to become a 1-800 Radiator franchise), unless the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) elects not to designate such location as a “Post-Issuance Acquired Location”.”

(l)    The following new definition of “Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means the acquisition of (i) assets related to a Driven Securitization Brand (including franchise locations of such brand) and brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand, so long as the applicable Series Pre-Funded Acquisition Conditions are met and (ii) a Future Brand or other brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are not expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand and will be contributed as Collateral at the time of such acquisition, so long as in addition to the conditions in (i) above, a Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained.”

(m)    The following new definition of “Pre-Funding Account” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Pre-Funding Account” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, a Series Account designated as a “Pre-Funding Account” in respect of such Series pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.”

 

6


(n)    The following new definition of “Pre-Funding Period” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Pre-Funding Period” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, the specified period of time during which the funds therein may be used pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.”

(o)    The following new definition of “Pre-Funding Reserve Account” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Pre-Funding Reserve Account” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, a Series Account which shall reserve for each applicable Series of Notes funds equal to the amount of interest that will accrue on such Series of Notes for the period commencing on the Series Closing Date for such Series of Notes and ending on the first Quarterly Payment Date in which the Pre-Funding Period ends for such Series of Notes on a portion of such Series of Notes equal to the amount then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account for such Series of Notes at the applicable Note Rate(s) for such Series of Notes.”

(p)    The following new definition of “Series 2016-1 Notes” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Series 2016-1 Notes” means the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(q)    The following new definition of “Series 2018-1 Notes” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Series 2018-1 Notes” means the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(r)    The following new definition of “System-Wide Sales Trigger Date” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

System-Wide Sales Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have consented to the amendment of the definition of “Rapid Amortization Event” as set forth in this Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

2.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the signatories hereto.

3.    Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and each reference to the Base Indenture and words of similar import in the Base Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Base Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be

 

7


further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Base Indenture other than as set forth herein. This Amendment may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. This Amendment constitutes a Supplement pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Base Indenture.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

5.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

6.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Issuer, or the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Amendment, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
       By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

    Name:   Anthony Bausa
    Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CONSENT OF SERVICER, CONTROL PARTY AND CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE:

In accordance with Section 2.4 of the Servicing Agreement, Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and in its capacity as Control Party to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative (pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture), hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuers and the Trustee of this Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,
as Control Party
By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

  Name:   David A. Eckels
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture

Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated and effective as of June 15, 2019 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among (i) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the issuer (the “Issuer”) and (ii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as the trustee under the Indenture referred to below (together with its successor and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Indenture.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto, the “Base Indenture”), and the Series 2015-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of April 24, 2018 and the Series 2019-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019 (each such Series Supplement, together with the Base Indenture and any additional Series Supplements thereto entered into from time to time, the “Indenture”).

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of amendments set forth in Section 1(a) of this Amendment;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee, solely with the written consent of the Control Party, may make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of amendments set forth in Sections 1(b) and (c) of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend the Base Indenture in certain respects, as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Amendments to the Base Indenture. The Base Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a)    The definition of “Canadian IP License Agreements” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:)

 

1


add to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Canadian IP License Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Franchisor Holdco, as licensor, and Pro Oil Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License”), (ii) the 1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, as licensor, and Radiator Express Canada, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License”), (iii) the Meineke Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Meineke Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Meineke Canadian Franchisor License”) , (iv) the Maaco Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Maaco Franchisor, as licensor, and Maaco Canada Partnership, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Maaco Canadian Franchisor License”) and (v) the Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License Agreement, dated June 7, 2019, between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Take 5 Canada Partnership, LP, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License”).

(b)    Section 8.17 of the Base Indenture is hereby amended to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary in this Section 8.17, in the case of clause (ii) above, the Issuer and each Securitization Entity will be in compliance with this Section 8.17, if the Issuer and each Securitization Entity uses commercially reasonable efforts to comply with clause (ii).

 

2


(c)    Section 8.30(a) of the Base Indenture is hereby amended to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

The Issuer, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Future Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to Take 5 Properties any future Take 5 Company Locations located in the United States and (y) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to one or more Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States. At the time any Future Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into any Future Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “SPV Franchising Entities”, “Driven Securitization Brands” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Future Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

2.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the signatories hereto.

3.    Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and each reference to the Base Indenture and words of similar import in the Base Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Base Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Base Indenture other than as set forth herein. This Amendment may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. This Amendment constitutes a Supplement pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Base Indenture. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be finding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

5.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

6.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Issuer, or the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Amendment, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction

 

3


Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

7.    Representations and Warranties. Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
    By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CONSENT OF SERVICER, CONTROL PARTY AND CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE:

In accordance with Section 2.4 of the Servicing Agreement, Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and in its capacity as Control Party to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative (pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture), hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuers and the Trustee of this Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,
as Control Party
By:  

/s/ Alan H. Torgler

  Name:   Alan H. Torgler
  Title:   Vice President Servicing Officer

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture

Exhibit 4.4

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated and effective as of September 17, 2019 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among (i) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the issuer (the “Issuer”) and (ii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as the trustee under the Indenture referred to below (together with its successor and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Indenture.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 and Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019 (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto, the “Base Indenture”), and the Series 2015-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019 and the Series 2019-2 Supplement thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019 (each such Series Supplement, together with the Base Indenture and any additional Series Supplements thereto entered into from time to time, the “Indenture”).

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of amendments set forth in Section 1(a) through (k) of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend the Base Indenture in certain respects, as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Amendments to the Base Indenture. The Base Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

(a)    The definition of “Allocated Note Amount” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and

 

1


to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero, (y) with respect to (i) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $460,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2015, (ii) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $45,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2016, (iii) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $250,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (iv) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset in existence on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $300,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (v) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset in existence on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2019 and (vi) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset arising after the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitized Assets, based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any New Franchise Agreement that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the Securitized Assets, such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average of all collected Franchisee Payments under such New Franchise Agreements during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the date such New Franchise Agreement was included in the Securitized Assets.

(b)    The definition of “Contributed Development Agreements” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Contributed Development Agreements” means, collectively, all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing

 

2


Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and the Series 2019-2 Closing Date that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and following the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and on or prior to the Series 2019-2 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

(c)    The definition of “Contributed Franchise Agreements” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Contributed Franchise Agreements” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and the Series 2019-2 Closing Date in respect of Branded Locations in the United States that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and following the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and on or prior to the Series 2019-2 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

(d)    The definition of “Contribution Agreements” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Contribution Agreements” means, collectively (in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time):

 

  (i)

the First-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (ii)

the First-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (iii)

the First Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (iv)

the First Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated of February 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (v)

the First Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

3


  (vi)

the First Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (vii)

the First Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (viii)

the First Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

  (ix)

the Second-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (x)

the Second-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xi)

the Second Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xii)

the Second Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xiii)

the Second Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xiv)

the Second Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xv)

the Second Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xvi)

the Second Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

  (xvii)

the Third-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

 

  (xviii)

the Third-Tier Driven Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

 

  (xix)

the Third-Tier Radiator Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and 1-800-Radiator Franchisor;

 

  (xx)

the Third-Tier Radiator Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Radiator Product Sales Holder;

 

  (xxi)

the Third-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and CARSTAR Franchisor;

 

4


  (xxii)

the Third Tier Take 5 Franchise Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

 

  (xxiii)

the Third Tier Take 5 Company Location Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxiv)

the Third Tier Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

 

  (xxv)

the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco;

 

  (xxvi)

the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxvii)

the Third Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxviii)

the Third Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxix)

the Third Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxx)

the Third Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

  (xxxi)

the Fourth-Tier Drive N Style Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Drive N Style Franchisor;

 

  (xxxii)

the Fourth-Tier Econo Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Econo Lube Franchisor;

 

  (xxxiii)

the Fourth-Tier Maaco Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Maaco Franchisor;

 

  (xxxiv)

the Fourth-Tier Meineke Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Meineke Franchisor;

 

  (xxxv)

the Fourth-Tier Merlin Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Merlin Franchisor;

 

  (xxxvi)

the Fourth Tier Take 5 Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor;

 

  (xxxvii)

the Fourth Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor; and

 

5


  (xxxviii)

All future contribution agreements of a similar nature to those described in items (i) though (xxxvii), above, entered into in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

(e)    Clause (a) of the definition of “DSCR” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

“(a)     “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands for the three (3) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended December 29, 2018, March 30, 2019 and June 29, 2019, will be deemed to be $45,027,287, $47,921,085 and $54,650,956, respectively, to give effect to the Pre-Series 2019-1 Closing Date Acquisitions and Pre Series 2019-2 Closing Date Acquisitions. Net Cash Flow acquired in such acquisitions for the Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2019-2 Closing Date will include the Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for such acquisitions for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the Manager during that period; and”

(f)    Clause (b) of the definition of “DSCR” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

“(b)     “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 2019-2 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period.”

(g)    The definition of “Note Purchase Agreements” is hereby amended to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

“Note Purchase Agreements” means each Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2015-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2016-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2018-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-2 Note Purchase Agreement and each other note purchase agreement pursuant to which Notes are purchased.

 

6


(h)    The definition of “Future Brand” is hereby amended to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date nor does “Future Brand” include any Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand.

(i)    The definition of “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Notes that is identified as “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and any Post-ARD Additional Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and any other Series of Class A-2 Notes); provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”. For purposes of the transactions contemplated in connection with the offer and sale of the Series 2019-2 Senior Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 post-renewal date additional interest, the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interests, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest will be included under this definition.

(j)    The following new definition of “Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand” is hereby added to Annex A of the Base Indenture in the correct alphabetical order therefor:

Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand” means any name or Trademark acquired by Parent that is intended to be used on a short-term, temporary basis until such time as such name or Trademark is converted to the Take 5 Brand.”

 

7


(k)    Section 8.25(d) of the Base Indenture is hereby amended to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined text) as follows:

If the Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires (other than for a Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand) an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, the Issuer or such Guarantor (i) shall give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof and (ii) upon reasonable request of the Control Party, solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada, in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within ninety (90) days), shall execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the United States or Canada, as applicable, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

2.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the signatories hereto.

3.    Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and each reference to the Base Indenture and words of similar import in the Base Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Base Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Base Indenture other than as set forth herein. This Amendment may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. This Amendment constitutes a Supplement pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Base Indenture. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be finding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

5.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

8


6.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Issuer, or the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Amendment, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

7.    Representations and Warranties. Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
    By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture]


CONSENT OF SERVICER, CONTROL PARTY AND CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE:

In accordance with Section 2.4 of the Servicing Agreement, Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and in its capacity as Control Party to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative (pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture), hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuers and the Trustee of this Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,

as Control Party

By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

  Name:   David A. Eckels
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture]

Exhibit 4.5

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated and effective as of July 6, 2020 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among (i) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a co-issuer (the “Issuer”), (ii) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian Corporation, as a co-issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as the trustee under the Indenture referred to below (together with its successor and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Indenture.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, and Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto, the “Base Indenture”), and the Series 2015-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019 and the Series 2019-2 Supplement thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019 (each such Series Supplement as may be amended from time to time, together with the Base Indenture and any additional Series Supplements thereto entered into from time to time, the “Indenture”).

WHEREAS, (x) Section 13.1(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of certain amendments set forth in this Amendment, and (y) Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of amendments set forth in this Amendment (other than those described in clause (x) above).

WHEREAS, the Control Party has granted its consent to this Amendment, as evidenced by its signature and subject to the limitations set forth on its signature page hereto.

WHEREAS, the Canadian Co-Issuer desires to become a Co-Issuer under the Base Indenture, and the Co-Issuers desire to amend the Base Indenture in certain respects, as hereinafter set forth.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Amendments to the Base Indenture. The Base Indenture, including all annexes and exhibits attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Base Indenture attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment, with certain of such amendments taking effect upon the Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date.

2.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the signatories hereto.

3.    Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and each reference to the Base Indenture and words of similar import in the Base Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Base Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Base Indenture other than as set forth herein. This Amendment may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. This Amendment constitutes a Supplement pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Base Indenture. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be finding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

5.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile, email, electronic signature or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

6.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Issuer, or the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Amendment, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

 

2


7.    Representations and Warranties. Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as Canadian Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
    By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

    Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
    Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CONSENT OF SERVICER, CONTROL PARTY AND CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE:

In accordance with Section 2.4 of the Servicing Agreement, Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and in its capacity as Control Party to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative (pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture), hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuers and the Trustee of this Amendment (but for the avoidance of doubt, will be deemed not to consent to any provisions of this Amendment (including any provisions in the Indenture) to which it is not required to consent under the Base Indenture or Indenture). The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that the amendment of the Indenture pursuant to this Amendment materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party, Servicer, and Controlling Class Representative

 

By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

Name:   David A. Eckels
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


EXHIBIT A


EXECUTION VERSION—CONFORMED THROUGH SUPPLEMENT NO. 3

CONFORMED THROUGH SUPPLEMENT NO. 4

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer,

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Canadian Co-Issuer,

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Securities Intermediary

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

Article I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     12  

            Section 1.1

   Definitions      12  

            Section 1.2

   Cross-References      12  

            Section 1.3

   Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication      2  

            Section 1.4

   Rules of Construction      2  

Article II THE NOTES

     23  

            Section 2.1

   Designation and Terms of Notes      23  

            Section 2.2

   Notes Issuable in Series      34  

            Section 2.3

   Series Supplement for Each Series      79  

            Section 2.4

   Execution and Authentication      810  

            Section 2.5

   Registrar and Paying Agent      910  

            Section 2.6

   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      911  

            Section 2.7

   Noteholder List      1012  

            Section 2.8

   Transfer and Exchange      1112  

            Section 2.9

   Persons Deemed Owners      1214  

            Section 2.10

   Replacement Notes      1214  

            Section 2.11

   Treasury Notes      1315  

            Section 2.12

   Book-Entry Notes      1315  

            Section 2.13

   Definitive Notes      1416  

            Section 2.14

   Cancellation      1517  

            Section 2.15

   Principal and Interest      1517  

            Section 2.16

   Tax Treatment      1618  

Article III SECURITY

     1618  

            Section 3.1

   Grant of Security Interest      1618  

            Section 3.2

   Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected      1721  

            Section 3.3

   Performance of Collateral Documents      1821  

            Section 3.4

   Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees      1922  

            Section 3.5

   Authorization to File Financing Statements      1922  

            Section 3.6

   ULC Shares      23  

Article IV REPORTS

     1924  

            Section 4.1

   Reports and Instructions to Trustee      1924  

            Section 4.2

   Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement      2227  

            Section 4.3

   Rule 144A Information      2228  

            Section 4.4

   Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders      2228  

            Section 4.5

   ManagerManagers      2329  

            Section 4.6

   No Constructive Notice.      2329  

Article V ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

     2329  

            Section 5.1

   Management Accounts      2329  

            Section 5.2

   Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts      2531  

            Section 5.3

   Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts.      2532  

            Section 5.4

   Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts      2633  

 

i


          Page  

            Section 5.5

   Collection AccountAccounts      2634  

            Section 5.6

   Collection Account Administrative Accounts      2735  

            Section 5.7

   Company LocationSecuritization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts; Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts; Claims Management Concentration Accounts.      2838  

            Section 5.8

   Trustee as Securities Intermediary      2942  

            Section 5.9

   Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts      3143  

            Section 5.10

   Collections and; Investment Income 31; Currency Conversions      44  

            Section 5.11

   Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates      3554  

            Section 5.12

   Quarterly Payment Date Applications      3860  

            Section 5.13

   Determination of Quarterly Interest      5076  

            Section 5.14

   Determination of Quarterly Principal      5076  

            Section 5.15

   Prepayment of Principal      5076  

            Section 5.16

   Retained Collections Contributions      5076  

            Section 5.17

   Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.      5076  

            Section 5.18

   Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.      5177  

Article VI DISTRIBUTIONS

     5278  

            Section 6.1

   Distributions in General      5278  

Article VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     5379  

            Section 7.1

   Existence and Power      5379  

            Section 7.2

   Company and Governmental Authorization      5379  

            Section 7.3

   No Consent      5379  

            Section 7.4

   Binding Effect      5480  

            Section 7.5

   Litigation      5480  

            Section 7.6

   Employee Benefit Plans      5480  

            Section 7.7

   Tax Filings and Expenses      5480  

            Section 7.8

   Disclosure      5581  

            Section 7.9

   Investment Company Act      5581  

            Section 7.10

   Regulations T, U and X      5581  

            Section 7.11

   Solvency      5581  

            Section 7.12

   Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries      5582  

            Section 7.13

   Security Interests      5682  

            Section 7.14

   Transaction Documents      5783  

            Section 7.15

   Non-Existence of Other Agreements      5783  

            Section 7.16

   Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws      5783  

            Section 7.17

   Other Representations      5783  

            Section 7.18

   Insurance      5784  

            Section 7.19

   Environmental Matters      5784  

            Section 7.20

   Intellectual Property      5885  

            Section 7.21

   Payments on the Notes      5985  

Article VIII COVENANTS

     5985  

            Section 8.1

   Payment of Notes      5985  

            Section 8.2

   Maintenance of Office or Agency      5986  

            Section 8.3

   Payment and Performance of Obligations      6086  

 

ii


          Page  

            Section 8.4

   Maintenance of Existence      6086  

            Section 8.5

   Compliance with Laws      6087  

            Section 8.6

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records      6087  

            Section 8.7

   Actions under the Transaction Documents      6187  

            Section 8.8

   Notice of Defaults and Other Events      6189  

            Section 8.9

   Notice of Material Proceedings      6289  

            Section 8.10

   Further Requests      6289  

            Section 8.11

   Further Assurances      6289  

            Section 8.12

   Liens      6391  

            Section 8.13

   Other Indebtedness      6391  

            Section 8.14

   Employee Benefit Plans      6491  

            Section 8.15

   Mergers      6492  

            Section 8.16

   Asset Dispositions      6492  

            Section 8.17

   Acquisition of Assets.      6493  

            Section 8.18

   Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.      6593  

            Section 8.19

   Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307      6594  

            Section 8.20

   Charter Documents      6594  

            Section 8.21

   Investments      6694  

            Section 8.22

   No Other Agreements      6695  

            Section 8.23

   Other Business      6695  

            Section 8.24

   Maintenance of Separate Existence      6695  

            Section 8.25

   Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP      6897  

            Section 8.26

   Insurance      6998  

            Section 8.27

   Litigation      6999  

            Section 8.28

   Environmental      6999  

            Section 8.29

   Derivatives Generally      7099  

            Section 8.30

   Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands      70100  

            Section 8.31

   Tax Lien Reserve Amount      70101  

            Section 8.32

   Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.      71101  

            Section 8.33

   Take 5 Accounts.      71  

Article IX REMEDIES

     71102  

            Section 9.1

   Rapid Amortization Events      71102  

            Section 9.2

   Events of Default      72103  

            Section 9.3

   Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default      75106  

            Section 9.4

   Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling      77109  

            Section 9.5

   Limited Recourse      78109  

            Section 9.6

   Optional Preservation of the Collateral      78110  

            Section 9.7

   Waiver of Past Events      78110  

            Section 9.8

   Control by the Control Party      79110  

            Section 9.9

   Limitation on Suits      79111  

            Section 9.10

   Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment      79111  

            Section 9.11

   The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      80111  

            Section 9.12

   Undertaking for Costs      80112  

            Section 9.13

   Restoration of Rights and Remedies      80112  

 

iii


          Page  

            Section 9.14

   Rights and Remedies Cumulative      81112  

            Section 9.15

   Delay or Omission Not Waiver      81112  

            Section 9.16

   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws      81113  

Article X THE TRUSTEE

     81113  

            Section 10.1

   Duties of the Trustee      81113  

            Section 10.2

   Rights of the Trustee      84116  

            Section 10.3

   Individual Rights of the Trustee      87119  

            Section 10.4

   Notice of Events of Default and Defaults      87119  

            Section 10.5

   Compensation and Indemnity      87119  

            Section 10.6

   Replacement of the Trustee      88120  

            Section 10.7

   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.      89121  

            Section 10.8

   Eligibility Disqualification      89121  

            Section 10.9

   Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee      90122  

            Section 10.10

   Representations and Warranties of Trustee      91123  

Article XI CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

     91123  

            Section 11.1

   Controlling Class Representative.      91123  

            Section 11.2

   Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative      94126  

            Section 11.3

   Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.      94127  

            Section 11.4

   Control Party.      95127  

            Section 11.5

   Note Owner List.      96129  

Article XII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     97129  

            Section 12.1

   Termination of the Issuer’sCo-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ Obligations      97129  

            Section 12.2

   Application of Trust Money      100132  

            Section 12.3

   Repayment to the IssuerCo-Issuers      100133  

            Section 12.4

   Reinstatement      100133  

Article XIII AMENDMENTS

     100133  

            Section 13.1

   Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders      100133  

            Section 13.2

   With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders      102135  

            Section 13.3

   Supplements      103136  

            Section 13.4

   Revocation and Effect of Consents      103136  

            Section 13.5

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes      104137  

            Section 13.6

   The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.      104137  

            Section 13.7

   Amendments and Fees.      104137  

Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS

     104137  

            Section 14.1

   Notices.      104137  

            Section 14.2

   Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders      107141  

            Section 14.3

   Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate as to Conditions Precedent      107141  

            Section 14.4

   Statements Required in Certificate      107141  

            Section 14.5

   Rules by the Trustee      108141  

            Section 14.6

   Benefits of Indenture      108141  

            Section 14.7

   Payment on Business Day      108142  

            Section 14.8

   Governing Law      108142  

            Section 14.9

   Successors      108142  

 

iv


          Page  

            Section 14.10

   Severability      108142  

            Section 14.11

   Counterpart Originals      108142  

            Section 14.12

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.      109142  

            Section 14.13

   No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities      109142  

            Section 14.14

   Recording of Indenture      109143  

            Section 14.15

   Waiver of Jury Trial      109143  

            Section 14.16

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      109143  

            Section 14.17

   Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio      110144  

            Section 14.18

   Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral.      112146  

            Section 14.19

   FX Agent      146  

            Section 14.1914.20

   Amendment and Restatement.      112146  

            Section 14.21

   Currency Indemnity.      146  

            Section 14.22

   Hypothecary Representative      147  

            Section 14.23

   Electronic Signatures and Transmission      147  

 

v


ANNEXES
Annex A    Base Indenture Definitions List
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A    Form of Weekly Manager’s Certificate
Exhibit B    FX Exchange Report
Exhibit C    Form of Quarterly Noteholders’ Report
Exhibit C    [Reserved]
Exhibit D-1    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit D-2    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit D-3    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit E-1    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit E-2    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit E-3    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit F    Form of Investor Request Certification
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H    Form of CCR Election Notice
Exhibit I    Form of CCR Nomination for Controlling Class Representative
Exhibit J    Form of CCR Ballot for Controlling Class Representative
Exhibit K    Form of CCR Acceptance Letter
Exhibit L    Form of Note Owner Certificate
SCHEDULES
Schedule 7.3    Consents
Schedule 7.7    Proposed Tax Assessments
Schedule 7.18                Insurance
Schedule 7.20    Pending Actions or Proceedings Relating to the Securitization IP
Schedule 8.11    Non-Perfected Liens
Schedule 8.14    Employee Benefit Plans

 

vi


AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation amalgamated under the laws of Canada (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereofApril 24, 2018, the “Original Base Indenture”), to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of notes (the “Notes”) and amended and restated the Original Base Indenture on April 24, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to July 6, 2020, the “Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture pursuant to Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture in the manner set forth herein, and to add the Canadian Co-Issuer as a party to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture as a co-issuer and a co-issuer of each Series of Notes previously issued in the manner provided in this Base Indenture, and to provide for the issuance on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and from time to time thereafter of one or more series of Notes in the manner provided in this Base Indenture and in supplements to this Base Indenture and the Series Supplements hereto; and

WHEREAS, the Issuereach Co-Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture (and the Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture) and all other things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuersuch Co-Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer as hereinafter provided;

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to the amendment and restatement of the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture as set forth in thisthe Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture and the IssuerControl Party and the Trustee hashave received the Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate of the IssuerCo-Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel as described in Section 13.513.6 of the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders (in accordance with the priorities set forth herein and in any Series Supplement), as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1 Definitions.

(a) Capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Base Indenture Definitions List”), as such Base Indenture Definitions List may beas amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, the “Base Indenture Definitions List”).

(b) Any terms used in the Indenture (including, without limitation, for purposes of Article III) that are defined in the UCC or the PPSA and pertaining to Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, as the context may require, unless otherwise defined in the Indenture.

Section 1.2 Cross-References.

Unless otherwise specified, references in the Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.3 Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication.

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4 Rules of Construction.

In the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(b) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, as the case may be, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(c) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(d) reference to any Requirement of Law means such Requirement of Law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

 

2


(e) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(f) the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both”, not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either ... or” construction;

(g) reference to any contract or agreement, including any Transaction Document, means such contract or agreement as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and

(h) with respect to the determination of any period of time, except as otherwise specified, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”.;

(i) without derogation of the joint and several liability of the Co-Issuers under the Indenture and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Canadian Co-Issuer, as to itself and the other Canadian Securitization Entities (as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date), herein or any other Transaction Document shall be made as of, and from, respectively, the Series 2020-1 Closing Date;

(j) except to the extent otherwise specified in this Base Indenture, for purposes of measuring the quantum of Canadian Dollars that would be expressed in U.S. Dollars on a Weekly Allocation Date, it shall be assumed that any such Canadian Dollar amounts are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date, based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate;

(k) except to the extent otherwise specified in this Base Indenture, for purposes of measuring the quantum of Canadian Dollars that would be expressed in U.S. Dollars for purposes of computing financial ratios it shall be assumed that any such Canadian Dollar amounts are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of the applicable date of measurement and based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such date.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1 Designation and Terms of Notes.

(a) Each Series of Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the applicable Series Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs as selected by the IssuerCo-Issuers, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the applicable Series Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officer of the Issuereach Co-Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by execution of such Notes by such Authorized Officer. All Notes of any Series shall, except as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and in this Base Indenture, be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Base Indenture is unlimited. The Notes of each Series shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

3


(b) With respect to the Series 20152019-13 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement entered into by the IssuerCo-Issuers in connection with the issuance of any Class A-1 Notes, whether or not any of the following shall have been specifically provided for in the applicable provision of the Indenture Documents, the following shall be true (except to the extent that the Series Supplement with respect to such Class of Notes or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement provides otherwise):

(i) for purposes of any provision of any Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction, waiver or the like to be given by such Class on any date, with respect to the related Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the relevant principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes to be used in tabulating the percentage of such Class voting, consenting, directing, waiving or the like will be deemed to be the related Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount;

(ii) for purposes of any provisions of any Indenture Document relating to termination, discharge or the like, such Class shall continue to be deemed Outstanding unless and until all commitments to extend credit under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been terminated thereunder and the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class shall have been reduced to zero; and

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, a Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement may provide for different treatment of commitments of a Noteholder of a Class A-1 Note subject to such Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that has failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, that has provided written notification that it does not intend to make a payment required to be made by it thereunder when due or that has become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Section 2.2 Notes Issuable in Series.

(a) The Notes may be issued in one or more Series. Each Series of Notes shall be created by a Series Supplement.

(b) So long as each of the certifications described in clause (iii)(I) and clause (vi) below are true and correct as of the applicable Series Closing Date, Notes of a new Series may from time to time be executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request at least five (5) Business Days (except in the case of the issuance of the Series of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) in advance of the related Series Closing Date (which Company Request will be revocable by the IssuerCo-Issuers upon notice to the Trustee no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Series Closing Date) and upon performance or delivery by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee and the Control Party, and receipt by the Trustee and the Control Party, of the following:

(i) a Company Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such new Series by the Trustee and specifying the designation of such new Series, the Initial Principal Amount (or the method for calculating the Initial Principal Amount) of such new Series to be authenticated and the Note Rate with respect to such new Series;

 

4


(ii) a Series Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.3 executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee and specifying the Principal Terms of such new Series;

(iii) in the case of any Additional Notes, if there is one or more Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) on the applicable Series Closing Date (unless all Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of the Additional Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date):

(A) no Cash Trapping Period is in effect or will commence as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(B) written confirmation from either the Manager or the IssuerCo-Issuers or their respective Managers that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes has been satisfied;

(C) no Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(D) no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(E) the New Series Pro Forma DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(F) the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio as of the applicable Series Closing Date are each less than or equal to 7.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes;

(G) the anticipated repayment date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes);

(H) the legal final maturity date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the legal final maturity of any Class of Notes then Outstanding;

(I) one or more Officer’sOfficers’ Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuereach Co-Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date, certifying to the matters set forth in clauses (A) through (H) above and to the effect that:

(1) all conditions precedent with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes provided in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement and, if applicable, the related Note Purchase Agreement and any other related note purchase agreement executed in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes have been satisfied or waived;

 

5


(2) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement isAgreements are in full force and effect as to such Additional Notes;

(3) each of the parties to the Transaction Documents with respect to such Additional Notes has covenanted and agreed in the Transaction Documents that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or, state or Canadian bankruptcy or insolvency or similar law; and

(4) all representations and warranties of the IssuerCo-Issuers in this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct, and will continue to be true and correct after giving effect to such issuance on the Series Closing Date, in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects);

(J) the proposed issuance does not alter or change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding or the Series Supplement relating thereto without such consents as are required under this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement;

(K) all costs, fees and expenses with respect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes or relating to the actions taken in connection with such issuance that are required to be paid on the applicable Series Closing Date have been paid or will be paid from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes; and

(L) if such new Series of Notes includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such new Series of Notes include the Subordinated Debt Provisions to the extent applicable.

(iv) a Tax Opinion, dated the applicable Series Closing Date; provided that, if there are no Notes Outstanding or if all Series of Notes Outstanding will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date, only the opinions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of “Tax Opinion” will be required to be given in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

(v) one or more Opinions of Counsel, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, dated the applicable Series Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(A) all of the instruments described in this Section 2.2(b) furnished to the Trustee and the Control Party conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement and such new Series of Notes are permitted to be authenticated by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

 

6


(B) the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuereach Co-Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, enforceable against the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in accordance with its terms;

(C) such new Series of Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuereach Co-Issuer, and, when such Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, enforceable against the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in accordance with their terms;

(D) none of the Securitization Entities is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) thereof;

(E) the Lien and the security interests created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements on the Collateral remain perfected as required by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, and such Lien and security interests extend to any assets transferred to the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

(F) (x) based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each U.S. Securitization Entity as a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding in the United States would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the U.S. Manager, and (y) based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each Canadian Securitization Entity as a debtor in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding in Canada would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the Canadian Manager;

(G) neither the execution and delivery by the Issuereach Co-Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer of its respective obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) conflicts with the Charter Documents of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, (ii) constitutes a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement to which the Issuersuch Co-Issuer is a party (which agreements may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion), or (iii) contravenes any order or decree that is applicable to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (which orders and decrees may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion);

(H) neither the execution and delivery by the Issuereach Co-Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer of its respective payment obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) violates any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction or (ii) requires the consent, approval, licensing or authorization of, or any filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority under any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction except for those consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations already obtained and those filings, recordings and registrations already made;

(I) there is no action, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or administrative agency that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or assets of the Securitization Entities;

 

7


(J) unless such Notes are being offered pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of such Notes by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the initial purchaser thereof or by the initial purchaser to the initial investors in such Notes to register such Notes under the Securities Act; and

(K) all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture (except that no such Opinion of Counsel relating to the satisfaction of conditions precedent shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(vi) one or more Officer’sOfficers’ Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuereach Co-Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date to the effect that:

(A) the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuersuch Co-Issuers and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, enforceable against the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in accordance with its terms; and

(B) all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture; and

(vii) such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Trustee may reasonably require.

(c) Upon satisfaction, or waiver by the Control Party (as directed by the Controlling Class Representative) (which waiver shall be in writing), of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, as provided above, such Additional Notes upon execution thereof by the IssuerCo-Issuers.

(d) With regard to any new Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.2, the proceeds from such issuance may only be used to repay (i) Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes have been repaid and (ii) Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have been repaid; provided that at any time on or after the Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes, the proceeds from the issuance of Subordinated Notes may only be used to repay Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or all Outstanding Classes of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

(e) The issuance of Additional Notes shall not be subject to the consent of the Holders of any Series of Notes Outstanding. Additional Notes may be issued for any purpose consistent with the Transaction Documents, including acquisitions and refinancings of acquisitions by the Securitization Entities.

 

8


Section 2.3 Series Supplement for Each Series.

In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series, the parties hereto shall execute a Series Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such new Series of Notes, which may include, without limitation:

(a) its name or designation;

(b) the Initial Principal Amount with respect to such Series;

(c) the Note Rate with respect to such Series or each Class of such Series and the applicable Default Rate;

(d) the Series Closing Date;

(e) the Series Anticipated Repayment Date, if any;

(f) the Series Legal Final Maturity Date;

(g) the principal amortization schedule with respect to such Series, if any; (h) each Rating Agency rating such Series; (i) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(j) the names of the Series Distribution Accounts and any other Series Accounts to be used with respect to such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such account and the use of moneys therein;

(k) the method of allocating amounts deposited into any Series Distribution Account with respect to such Series;

(l) whether the Notes of such Series will be issued in multiple Classes or Subclasses and the rights and priorities of each such Class or Subclass;

(m) any deposit of funds to be made in any Base Indenture Account or any Series Account on the Series Closing Date and whether any such Base Indenture Account or Series Account shall be U.S. Dollar-denominated or Canadian Dollar-denominated;

(n) whether the Notes of such Series may be issued as either Definitive Notes or Book-Entry Notes and any limitations imposed thereon;

(o) whether the Notes of such Series include Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Subordinated Notes;

(p) whether the Notes of such Series include Class A-1 Notes or subfacilities of Class A-1 Notes issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

(q) any other relevant terms of such Series of Notes (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series).

 

9


Section 2.4 Execution and Authentication.

(a) The Notes shall, upon issuance pursuant to Section 2.2, be executed on behalf of the Issuereach Co-Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer and delivered by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. The signature of such Authorized OfficerOfficers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. If an Authorized Officer of the Issuera Co-Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers may deliver Notes of any particular Series (issued pursuant to Section 2.2) executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Company Orders for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee, in accordance with such Company Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

(c) No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for below, duly executed by the Trustee by the manual, facsimile, or electronic signature of a Trust Officer (and the Luxembourg agent (the “Luxembourg Agent”) if applicable, if the Notes of the Series to which such Note belongs are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange). Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Base Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Notes of a Series issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:
Title: Authorized Signatory”

(d) Each Note shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the IssuerCo-Issuers, and a Co-Issuer (or the IssuerCo-Issuers) shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 together with a written statement to the Trustee and the Servicer (which need not comply with Section 14.3) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the IssuerCo-Issuers, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.5 Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall (i) maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) appoint a paying agent (which shall satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 10.8(a)) (the

 

10


Paying Agent”) at whose office or agency Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (including the name and address of each such Noteholder) and of their transfer and exchange. The Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the commitment of each Noteholder, if applicable, and the principal amount owing to each Noteholder from time to time. The IssuerCo-Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” shall include any co-registrars. The IssuerCo-Issuers may change the Paying Agent or the Registrar without prior notice to any Noteholder. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as the Registrar and the Paying Agent and shall send copies of all notices and demands received by the Trustee (other than those sent by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee and those addressed to the IssuerCo-Issuers) in connection with the Notes to the IssuerCo-Issuers. Upon any resignation or removal of the Registrar, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Registrar or, in the absence of such appointment, the Issuer (on behalf of itself and as agent for the Canadian Co-Issuer) shall assume the duties of the Registrar.

(b) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. Such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Base Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Issuer failsCo-Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or the Co-Issuers fail to maintain a Paying Agent, the Trustee hereby agrees to act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with this Base Indenture until the IssuerCo-Issuers shall appoint aone or more replacement Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable.

Section 2.6 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers will cause the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is not the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, that the Paying Agent will:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Trustee notice of any defaultDefault by the IssuerCo-Issuers of which it has Actual Knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such defaultDefault, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent;

(iv) immediately resign as the Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Trustee hereunder at the time of its appointment; and

(v) comply with all requirements of the Code, the Tax Act and other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

 

11


(b) The IssuerCo-Issuers may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee in trust upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held in trust by the Paying Agent. Upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(c) Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the IssuerCo-Issuers upon delivery of a Company Request, which payment shall be made to each Co-Issuer based on its contribution of such funds. The Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the IssuerCo-Issuers for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the IssuerCo-Issuers), and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money paid to the IssuerCo-Issuers shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers, cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, in newspapers published in the English or French language, customary published on each Business Day and of general circulation in Toronto or Montreal, respectively, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London and Luxembourg (if the related Series of Notes has been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange), if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the IssuerCo-Issuers. The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers, any other commercially reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7 Noteholder List.

(a) The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Registrar to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees that none of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Issuereither Co-Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders in the Note Register.

(b) The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each Quarterly Payment Date and at such other time as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

Section 2.8 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met,

 

12


the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and, after the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass) and a like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so transferred. At the option of any Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Series and Class in authorized denominations of like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so exchanged, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Registrar maintained for such purpose. Whenever Notes of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and, after the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(b) Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing with a medallion signature guarantee and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require to document the identities and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

(c) All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuereach Co-Issuer, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(d) The preceding provisions of this Section 2.8 notwithstanding, (i) the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note of any Series for a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days preceding the selection of any Series of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, and (ii) no assignment or transfer of a Note or any commitment in respect thereof shall be effective until such assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Note Register and in the books and records of the Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(e) No service charge shall be payable for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Registrar or the Trustee, as the case may be, may require payment by the Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

(f) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, registration of transfer of Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such applicable Series Supplement are satisfied. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8 and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13, the typewritten Note or Notes representing Book-Entry Notes for any Series may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Series, or to a successor Clearing Agency for such Series selected or approved by the IssuerCo-Issuers or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency, only if in accordance with this Section 2.8 and Section 2.12.

 

13


(g) If the Notes of any Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be, shall send to the IssuerCo-Issuers upon any transfer or exchange of any such Note information reflected in the copy of the register for the Notes maintained by the Registrar or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be.

Section 2.9 Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (other than purposes in which the vote or consent of a Note Owner is expressly required pursuant to this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement), whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent nor the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.10 Replacement Notes.

(a) If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee harmless., then, provided that the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and, upon its request, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven (7) days shall be, due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the IssuerCo-Issuers may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b) Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.10, the IssuerCo-Issuers may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Registrar) connected therewith.

(c) Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers and such replacement Note shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued under the Indenture (in accordance with the priorities and other terms set forth herein and in each applicable Series Supplement).

 

14


(d) The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the required Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, as the case may be, have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned, legally or beneficially, by the Issuera Co- Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuera Co-Issuer shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which a Trust Officer has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. Absent written notice to a Trust Officer of such ownership, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual Note Owners.

Section 2.12 Book-Entry Notes.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in any applicable Series Supplement, the Notes of each Class of each Series, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes and delivered to the depository (or its custodian) specified in such Series Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency on behalf of such Series or such Class. The Notes of each Class of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Note Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Note Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series (“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13:

(i) the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

(ii) the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder or under the applicable Series Supplement) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.12 conflict with any other provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control with respect to each such Class or Series of the Notes;

(iv) subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, the rights of Note Owners of each such Class or Series of Notes shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions,

 

15


notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency; and

(v) subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, whenever the Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the Outstanding Principal Amount of a Series or Class of a Series of Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or their related Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Outstanding Notes or such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes Outstanding, as the case may be, and has delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

(b) Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(c) Whenever notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under the Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency.

Section 2.13 Definitive Notes.

(a) The Notes of any Series or Class of any Series, to the extent provided in the related Series Supplement, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. All Class A-1 Notes of any Series shall be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. The applicable Series Supplement shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Definitive Notes and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b) With respect to the Notes of any Series issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes, if (i) (A) the Issuer advisesCo-Issuers advise the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency with respect to any such Series of Notes is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the IssuerCo-Issuers are unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event, with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, Note Owners holding a beneficial interest in excess of 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Notes advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, in each case, the Trustee shall notify all Note Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Series. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Notes of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, and deliver an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the IssuerCo-Issuers nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may each

 

16


conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series of Notes, all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder and under the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 2.14 Cancellation.

The IssuerCo-Issuers may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuera Co-Issuer or an Affiliate thereof may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Immediately upon the delivery of any Notes by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14, the security interest of the Secured Parties in such Notes shall automatically be deemed to be released by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at itsCo-Issuers at their expense to evidence such automatic release. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Except as provided in any Note Purchase Agreement executed and delivered in connection with the issuance of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the IssuerCo-Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it hasthe Co-Issuers have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the IssuerCo-Issuers shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to iteither Co-Issuer for destruction pursuant to a Company Order. No cancelled Notes may be reissued. No provision of this Base Indenture or any Supplement that relates to prepayment procedures, penalties, fees, make-whole payments or any other related matters shall be applicable to any Notes cancelled pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.14.

Section 2.15 Principal and Interest.

(a) The principal of and premium, if any, on each Series of Notes shall be due and payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Series Supplement and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b) Each Series of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the applicable Series Supplement and such interest shall be due and payable for such Series on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c) Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Quarterly Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Quarterly Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

(d) Pursuant to the authority of the Paying Agent under Section 2.6(a)(v), except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the extent that the Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such exception by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the applicable Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall make all payments of interest on the Notes net of any applicable withholding taxes and Noteholders shall be treated as having received as payments of interest any amounts withheld with respect to such withholding taxes.

 

17


(e) For the purpose of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada) as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the yearly rate of interest to which any rate of interest payable under the Indenture that is calculated on any basis other than a full calendar year is equivalent may be determined by multiplying such rate by a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the calendar year in which such yearly rate of interest is to be ascertained and the denominator of which is the number of days comprising such other basis. The rates of interest stipulated in the Indenture or in any of the Notes as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer shall not apply to any interest calculation under the Indenture or under the Notes.

(f) If any provision of the Indenture would oblige the Co-Issuers to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Noteholder in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by Requirements of Law or would result in a receipt by that Noteholder of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by Requirements of Law or so result in a receipt by that Noteholder of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Noteholder which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

Section 2.16 Tax Treatment.

The Issuer hasCo-Issuers have structured this Base Indenture and the Notes have been (or will be) issued with the intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable tax law in the United States as indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers or, if the Issuera Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity for applicable tax purposes, such other entity, and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Note by acceptance of its Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to treat the Notes (or beneficial interests therein) for all purposes of federal, state, provincial, territorial and local and other income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers or, if the Issuera Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity for applicable tax purposes, such other entity.

ARTICLE III

SECURITY

Section 3.1 Grant of Security Interest.

(a) To secure theits Obligations, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (as of the date such Co-Issuer became party to this Base Indenture) hereby pledges, mortgages, charges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Issuer’ssuch Co-Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Collateral”):

 

18


(i) the Equity Interests of any Person (including, without limitation, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and, Take 5 Properties) owned by the Issuer, FUSA Properties, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management and the Canadian Securitization Entity GPs) owned by such Co-Issuer and all rights as a member, shareholder or partner of each such Person under the Charter Documents of each such Person;

(ii) the Accounts of such Co-Issuer and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to thesuch Accounts;

(iii) any rights in and to any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

(iv) the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer;

(v) the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer under each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which it is a party;

(vi) to the extent contributed to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, all real and personal property of any Securitization-Owned Locations;

(vii) any and all other property of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including, without limitation, the rights to receive payments under short-term notes in respect of delinquent royalty payments from Franchisees), chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, futures accounts, documents, documents of title, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights; and

(viii) all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of any of the IssuerCo-Issuers that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes (other than the Canadian Securitization Entities); (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Series Distribution AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Series Distribution AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, (3) the Series Distribution AccountAccounts with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders, (4) each Pre-Funding Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Account and (5) each Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable

 

19


Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Reserve Account; and (D) any cash collateral deposited by any Non-Securitization Entities with the Issuera Co-Issuer to secure such Non-Securitization Entities’ obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as the Issuersuch Co-Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Issuersuch Co-Issuer for any amounts due by such Non-Securitization Entities to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such Non-Securitization Entities have not paid to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions. If the grant of the security interests hereunder by the Canadian Co-Issuer with respect to any contract, Intellectual Property or Permit would result in the termination or breach of such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit or is otherwise prohibited or ineffective (whether by the terms thereof or under applicable law), then such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit shall not be subject to the security interests granted hereunder but shall be held in trust by the Canadian Co-Issuer for the benefit of the Trustee (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) and, on the exercise by the Trustee of any of its rights or remedies under this Base Indenture following an Event of Default shall be assigned by the Canadian Co-Issuer as directed by the Trustee; provided that: (x) the security interests granted hereunder shall attach to such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit, or applicable portion thereof, immediately at such time as the condition causing such termination or breach is remedied, and (y) if a term in a contract that prohibits or restricts the grant of the security interests granted hereunder in the whole of an Account or Chattel Paper forming part of the Indenture Collateral is unenforceable against the Trustee under applicable law, then the exclusion from the security interests set out above shall not apply to such Account or Chattel Paper. In addition, the security interests granted hereunder do not attach to consumer goods (as defined in the PPSA) or extend to the last day of the term of any lease or agreement for lease of real property. Such last day shall be held by the Canadian Co-Issuer in trust for the Trustee (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) and, on the exercise by the Trustee of any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, shall be assigned by the Canadian Co-Issuer as directed by the Trustee. For greater certainty, no Intellectual Property in any trade-mark, get-up or trade dress is presently assigned to the Trustee by sole virtue of the grant of the security interests contained herein.

(b) The foregoing grant is made by each Co-Issuer in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance by the Co-Issuers with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplements, all as provided in this Base Indenture. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Base Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Base Indenture. The Indenture Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of this Base Indenture).

(c) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

(d) Each Co-Issuer confirms that value has been given by the Secured Parties to such Co-Issuer, that such Co-Issuer has rights in its Indenture Collateral existing at the date of this Base Indenture and that such Co-Issuer and the Trustee have not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the security interests granted pursuant to Section 3.1(a) to any of the Indenture Collateral of such Co-Issuer. The security interests granted pursuant to Section 3.1(a) with respect to the Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer created by this Base Indenture shall have effect and be deemed to be effective whether or not the Obligations of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any part thereof are owing or in existence

 

20


before or after or upon the date of this Base Indenture. Neither the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture nor the provision of any financial accommodation by any Secured Party shall oblige any Secured Party to make any financial accommodation or further financial accommodation available to the Canadian Co-Issuer or any other Person.

Section 3.2 Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected.

(a) Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Indenture Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Issuereach Co-Issuer acknowledges that the U.S. Manager, on behalf of the applicableIssuer and the Service Recipients organized in the United States or any State thereof, and the Canadian Manager, on behalf of the Canadian Co-Issuer and the Service Recipients organized in Canada or any province or territory thereof, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Management Agreement, nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions and waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer under the Collateral Documents, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer under the Collateral Documents, (ii) to give, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions and approvals, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer under any IP License Agreement to which the Issuersuch Co-Issuer is a party and (iii) to take any other actions required or permitted under the terms of the applicable Management Agreement.

(b) The grant of the security interest by the Issuereach Co-Issuer in the Indenture Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall not (i) relieve the Issuersuch Co-Issuer from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’ssuch Co-Issuer’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’ssuch Co-Issuer’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer.

(c) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer hereby, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of such Co-Issuer, the Issuerother Co-Issuer or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or such other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, any Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement.

Section 3.3 Performance of Collateral Documents.

Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document or (b) a Franchise Document (only if a

 

21


Manager Termination Event with respect to the Manager of the related Co-Issuer or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Issuer’sCo-Issuers’ expense, the Issuereach Co-Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as permitted under this Base Indenture as the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) the Issuereither Co-Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) the Issuerany such Co-Issuer refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Base Indenture which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Base Indenture to direct the Issuereither Co-Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Secured Parties.

Section 3.4 Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees.

The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax, and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture, any other Transaction Document or any Indenture Collateral. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall, jointly and severally, pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

Section 3.5 Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements, financing change statements, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Indenture Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP (to the extent set forth in Section 8.25(c)), to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, financing change statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Indenture Collateral includes (a) “all assets” , “all present and after-acquired personal property” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Indenture Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or (b) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Servicer’s request. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Secured Parties of any financing statement and/or financing change statement with respect to the Indenture Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

22


(b) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer acknowledges that the Indenture Collateral includes certain rights of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer as a secured party under the Transaction Documents. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements and/or financing change statements filed to perfect such security interests and authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings as it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

(c) Each Co-Issuer acknowledges receipt of an executed copy of this Base Indenture and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives the right to receive a copy of any financing statement or financing change statement registered in connection with this Base Indenture or any verification statement issued with respect to any such financing statement or financing change statement.

Section 3.6 ULC Shares.

The Canadian Co-Issuer acknowledges that certain of the Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer may in the future consist of ULC Shares, and that neither the Trustee nor any other Secured Party shall under any circumstances prior to realization thereon be a “member” or a “shareholder”, as applicable, of a ULC for the purposes of any ULC Laws. Therefore, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, where the Canadian Co-Issuer is the registered owner of ULC Shares which are Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall remain the sole registered owner of such ULC Shares until such time as such ULC Shares are effectively transferred into the name of the Trustee or its designee, any other Secured Party, or any other Person on the books and records of the applicable ULC. Accordingly, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall be entitled to receive and retain for its own account any dividend on or other distribution, if any, with respect to such ULC Shares (except for any dividend or distribution comprised of Canadian Collections required to be deposited to the Accounts in accordance with the terms hereof) and shall have the right to vote such ULC Shares and to control the direction, management and policies of the applicable ULC to the same extent as the Canadian Co-Issuer would if such ULC Shares were not pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant hereto. Nothing in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document is intended to, and nothing in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall, constitute the Trustee, any other Secured Party, or any other Person other than the Canadian Co-Issuer, a member or shareholder of a ULC for the purposes of any ULC Laws (whether listed or unlisted, registered or beneficial), until such time as notice is given to such the Canadian Co-Issuer and further steps are taken pursuant hereto or thereto so as to register the Trustee or its designee, any other Secured Party, or such other Person, as specified in such notice, as the holder of the ULC Shares. To the extent any provision hereof would have the effect of constituting the Trustee, its designee or any other Secured Party as a member or a shareholder, as applicable, of any ULC prior to such time, such provision shall be severed herefrom and shall be ineffective with respect to ULC Shares which are Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer without otherwise invalidating or rendering unenforceable this Base Indenture or invalidating or rendering unenforceable such provision insofar as it relates to Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer which is not ULC Shares. Except upon the exercise of rights of the Trustee to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of ULC Shares in accordance with this Base Indenture, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall not cause or permit, or enable any ULC in which it holds ULC Shares to cause or permit, the Trustee, its designee or any other Secured Party to: (a) be registered as a shareholder or member of such ULC; (b) have any notation entered in their favor in the share register of such ULC; (c) be held out as shareholders or members of such ULC; (d) receive, directly or indirectly, any dividends, property or other distributions from such ULC by reason of the grant of a security interest over the ULC Shares in favor of the Trustee; or (e) act as a shareholder of such ULC, or exercise any rights of a shareholder including the right to attend a meeting of shareholders of such ULC or to vote its ULC Shares.

 

23


ARTICLE IV

REPORTS

Section 4.1 Reports and Instructions to Trustee.

(a) Weekly Manager’s Certificate. By 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the day prior to eachfourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) the sixth (6th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish,in each case, the Managers will provide to the Trustee and the Servicer a certificatecertificates substantially in the applicable form of Exhibit A specifying the allocation of Collections on the following Weekly Allocation Date (each, a “Weekly Manager’s Certificate”); provided that such Weekly Manager’s Certificate shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Weekly Manager’s CertificatesCertificate delivered after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for U.S. Collections in respect of any Take 5 Company Locations, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Take 5 Company Locations shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments, until the first Weekly Allocation Date that occurs after the date that is 21 days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that (x) the first Weekly Manager’s Certificate that includes the Take 5 Company Locations shall include allocations of any amounts in respect of the Take 5 Company Locations received during the period from the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the last day of the relevant Weekly Collection Period. and (y) the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for Canadian Collections, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Canadian Collections shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments, until the first Weekly Allocation Date following the first full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that at the election of the Managers pursuant to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for the applicable Weekly Collection Period, the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Following the end of the first Weekly Collection Period with respect to Canadian Collections described in clause (y) of the previous sentence, the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for the following Weekly Allocation Date will provide that all U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections remaining in the Collection Accounts after giving effect to Section 5.11(b) for the Weekly Allocation Dates occurring during such Weekly Collection Period will be allocated or paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments on a pro forma basis in the manner set forth in the Series Supplement for the Series 2020-1 Notes as if such U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections had been available for distribution on such previous Weekly Allocation Dates (and taking into account any allocations or payments previously made pursuant to priorities (i)-(iii) and (v) of the Priority of Payments on such Weekly Allocation Dates).

(b) FX Exchange Reports. By 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, the Managers will provide to the Trustee and the Servicer a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B directing the FX Agent to settle a Currency Conversion that will result in a specified amount of U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections (each, a “FX Exchange Report”) on such Weekly Allocation Date. The FX Exchange Reports will be deemed confidential information and will not be disclosed by the Trustee to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the Co-Issuers.

 

24


(c) (b) Quarterly Noteholders’ Report. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the ManagerManagers to furnish, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit BC with respect to each Series of Notes (each, a “Quarterly Noteholders’ Report”), including the Manager’s statement specified in such exhibittogether with any applicable FX Exchange Report in respect of such Quarterly Payment Date, to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Servicer and each Paying Agent, with a copy to the Back-Up Manager.

(d)  (c) Quarterly Compliance Certificates. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the ManagerManagers to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate to the effect that, except as provided in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.8, no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (each, a “Quarterly Compliance Certificate”).

(e)  (d) Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notices. On the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the ManagerManagers to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) written notice of any Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event with respect to any Class or Series of Notes that occurred with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (any such notice, a “Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice”).

(f)  (e) Annual Accountants’ Reports. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or around December 3130, 2017, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the applicable Manager to furnish, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency the reports of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager required to be delivered to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer by the applicable Manager pursuant to Section 3.3 of the applicable Management Agreement.

(g)  (f) Securitization Entity Financial Statements. The ManagerManagers on behalf of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of thesuch U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year), which financial statements shall be accompanied by supplemental schedules consolidating each of the Securitization Entities; provided, that solely with respect to the quarterly financial statements to be delivered for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2018, (x) the applicable balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows shall be prepared for the U.S. Securitization Entities other than Take 5 Properties and (y) the U.S. Manager shall deliver a separate balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for Driven Sister Holdings, LLC and a supplementary schedule with an estimated balance sheet and statement of operations for Take 5 Properties; and

 

25


(ii) as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of thesuch U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the applicable Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of thesuch U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(h) (g) Manager Financial Statements. The

(i) So long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Manager on behalf of the U.S. Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(A) (i) so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the Manager, as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Manager as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows of the U.S. Manager for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

(B) (ii) as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Manager as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the U.S. Manager for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the U.S. Manager and the results of its operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(ii) So long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager and a direct or indirect parent of the Canadian Manager, the U.S. Manager shall provide, as agent of the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities, to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the financial statements described in Section 4.1(h)(i)(A)-(B).

 

26


(iii) If Driven Brands, Inc. no longer serves as the U.S. Manager or is no longer a direct or indirect parent of the Canadian Manager, then so long as Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. is the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding financial statements consistent with the requirements of Section 4.1(h)(i)(A)-(B) as-applied to the Canadian Manager.

(i) (h) Additional Information. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position, results of operations or business of Parent or any U.S. Securitization Entity, in the case of the Issuer, or any Canadian Securitization Entity, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, as the Trustee, the Servicer, the applicable Manager of such Co-Issuer or the Back-Up Manager may reasonably request, subject to Requirements of Law and to the confidentiality provisions of the Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party.

(j)  (i) Instructions as to Withdrawals and Payments. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the ManagerManagers and the Back-Up Manager), written instructions to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection AccountAccounts and any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account, as contemplated herein and in any Series Supplement; provided that such written instructions (other than those contained in Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any other Person without the prior written consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers; provided, further, that such written instructions shall be subject in all respects to the confidentiality provisions of any Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

(k) (j) Copies to each Rating Agency. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall deliver, or shall cause theits respective Manager to deliver, a copy of each report, certificate or instruction, as applicable, described in this Section 4.1 to each Rating Agency at its address as listed in or otherwise designated pursuant to Section 14.1 or in the applicable Series Supplement, including any e-mail address.

Section 4.2 Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2018 (and beginning with calendar year 2021 with respect to any covenant of the Canadian Co-Issuer), the Paying Agent shall furnish, upon written request, to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Noteholder a statement prepared by the IssuerCo-Issuers containing such information as the Issuer deemsCo-Issuers deem necessary or desirable to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns (each such statement, an “Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement”); provided that such obligations to distribute the Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code or other applicable tax law as from time to time in effect.

 

27


Section 4.3 Rule 144A Information.

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree to provide to any Noteholder or Note Owner, and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Note Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Note Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder, owner or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.4 Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders.

(a) This Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, each Series Supplement, the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(fg) and Section 4.1(gh) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(ef) shall be made available to (a) each Rating Agency pursuant to Section 4.1(jk) above and (b) the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Note Owners and the other Noteholders (but not to prospective investors) in a password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) or on a third-party investor information platform or such other address as the IssuerCo-Issuers may specify from time to time. Assistance in using the Trustee’s internet website can be obtained by calling the Trustee’s customer service desk at (888) 855-9695 or such other telephone number as the Trustee may specify from time to time. The Trustee or any such third-party platform, as the case may be, shall require each party (other than the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and any Rating Agency) accessing such password-protected area to register as a Noteholder and to make the applicable representations and warranties described below in an Investor Request Certification (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may take the form of an electronic submission). The Trustee and any such third-party platform may disclaim responsibility for any information distributed by it for which the Trustee or such third-party, as the case may be, was not the original source. Each time a Noteholder accesses such internet website, it will be deemed to have confirmed such representations and warranties as of the date thereof. The Trustee or any such third-party platform shall provide the Servicer and the ManagerManagers with copies of such Investor Request Certifications, including the identity, contact information, e-mail address and telephone number of such Noteholders, upon request, but shall have no responsibility for any of the information contained therein. The Trustee shall have the right to change the way any such information is made available in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the Noteholders and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes.

(b) The Trustee shall (or shall request that the ManagerManagers) make available, upon reasonable advance notice and at the expense of the requesting party, copies of the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(fg) and Section 4.1(gh) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(ef) to any Noteholder (or any Note Owner) and to any prospective investor that provides the Trustee with an Investor Request Certification to the effect that such party (i) is a Noteholder (or Note Owner) or prospective investor, as applicable, (ii) understands that the materials contain confidential information, (iii) is requesting the information solely for use in evaluating such party’s investment or potential investment, as applicable, in the Notes and will keep such information strictly confidential (provided that such party may disclose such information only (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process), and (iv) is not a Competitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a recipient of such materials may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any

 

28


kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

Section 4.5 ManagerManagers.

Pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement, theeach Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer. The Noteholders by their acceptance of the Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Managers or the applicable Manager in lieu of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the applicable Co-Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Noteholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to verify, reconfirm or recalculate any information or material contained in any of the reports, financial statements or other information delivered to it pursuant to this Article IV or the applicable Management Agreement. All distributions, allocations, remittances and payments to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent hereunder or under any Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be made based solely upon the most recently delivered written reports and instructions provided to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, by the applicable Manager (or Managers).

Section 4.6 No Constructive Notice.

Delivery of reports, information, Officer’s Certificates, Officers’ Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officer’s Certificates, Officers’ Certificates and documents will not constitute constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including any Securitization Entity’s, theany Manager’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate described above).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1 Management Accounts.

(a) Establishment of the Management Accounts. As of the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, the U.S. Manager and Canadian Manager, respectively, have caused (i) the Issuer has establishedand the Canadian Co-Issuer to establish in the name of and for the benefit of, respectively, the Issuer (A) theand the Canadian Co-Issuer, (A) for the Issuer, the U.S. Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts for the U.S. Securitization Entities and for the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts of the Canadian Co-Issuer, (B) the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts of the respective Co-Issuers, (C) the Insurance Proceeds AccountAccounts of the respective Co-Issuers, and (D) for the Issuer, the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox,; (ii) Take 5 Properties has establishedeach other Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LP to establish in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties each of the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts; (iii)itself, the related Lock-Box Account for an applicable Driven Securitization Brand with operations in Canada; (iii) each Securitization Entity that owns Securitization-Owned Locations to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts for an applicable Driven Securitization Brand; (iv) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has establishedto establish in the name of and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Spire Supply Securitization Account and; (ivv) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has establishedto establish

 

29


in the name of Take 5 Properties and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Oil Fleet Lockbox; (vi) Driven Canada Product Sourcing to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and (vii) Driven Canada Claims Management to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Claims Management Concentration Accounts and the Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account. Such accounts and lock-boxes, as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or as of such later date of establishment of such account) and at all times thereafter, shall be (A) pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements and (B) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that only the Qualified Institution holding a Lock-Box Account shall have access to the items deposited therein. Each Management Account shall be an Eligible Account and, in addition, from time to time, the Issuer or, the Canadian Co-Issuer, and any other Securitization Entity (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) may establish additional accounts for the purpose of depositing Collections therein (each such account and any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b), and excluding the Advertising Fund Accounts and any other Account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture, an “Additional Management Account”); provided that each such Additional Management Account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer, or such other Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(b) Administration of the Management Accounts. The Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf) may invest any amounts held in the applicable Management Accounts in Eligible Investments, and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf), on behalf of itself or as such agent, as applicable, into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the applicable Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in any Management Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document, the Issuer and theno Co-Issuer or Manager shall not transfer any funds into any such investment account pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) until such time as an Account Control Agreement is entered into with respect thereto (if such account is not established with the Trustee), it being agreed that the execution and delivery of such Account Control Agreement shall not be required as a condition precedent to the issuance of Notes on any Series Closing Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Management Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, or the other Securitization Entities, respectively). No Co-Issuer (or other Securitization Entity) shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. Prior to any Sub-Manager acting on behalf of any U.S. Securitization Entity or Canadian Securitization Entity, as applicable, in accordance with this Section, it will provide to the Trustee all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee.

(c) Earnings from the Management Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Management Accounts shall be deemed

 

30


to be Investment Income on depositof the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, or the other Canadian Securitization Entities, as applicable, for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d) No Duty to Monitor. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the amounts of deposits into or withdrawals from any Management Account.

Section 5.2 Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts.

(a) Establishment of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account attributable to the Issuer (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes”). As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co-Issuer has established with the Trustee an account attributable to the Canadian Co-Issuer (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes” and together with the Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes, the “Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts”). The Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts shall be an Eligible AccountAccounts.

(b) Administration of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts. All amounts held in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or theor the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereofAccounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d) Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. On any Weekly Allocation Date when a deposit would otherwise be made to a Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) may direct the Trustee pursuant to the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate to withdraw any Senior Notes

 

31


Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of either Co-Issuer and transfer such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of the other Co-Issuer and the allocation pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments and calculation of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the transferee Co-Issuer shall be deemed to occur after giving effect to such transfer of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. Until such time as any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount is paid to any applicable third party (as opposed to transfers between Indenture Trust Accounts of the Co-Issuers pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate), the applicable Co-Issuer will hold such amount as agent on behalf of the other Co-Issuer. Following payment of any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to a third party, such amount shall be treated as an intercompany loan with an interest rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard. For greater certainty, any payment out of a Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account in respect of which a deposit has been made under this Section 5.2(b) shall be deemed to be paid first out of amounts allocated to such account out of such Co-Issuer’s own Collections and second out of any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount transferred from the other Co-Issuer.

Section 5.3 Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts.

(a) Establishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer has establishedAccounts. Upon the issuance of any Senior Subordinated Notes, each of the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer shall establish with the Trustee an account (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accountand the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” and together with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts”). The Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts shall be an Eligible AccountAccounts.

(b) Administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts. All amounts held in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereofAccounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

 

32


(c) Earnings from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d) Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. On any Weekly Allocation Date when a deposit would otherwise be made to a Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) may direct the Trustee pursuant to the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate to withdraw any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of either Co-Issuer and transfer such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of the other Co-Issuer and the allocation pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments and calculation of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the transferee Co-Issuer shall be deemed to occur after giving effect to such transfer of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. Until such time as any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount is paid to any applicable third party (as opposed to transfers between Indenture Trust Accounts of the Co-Issuers pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate), the applicable Co-Issuer will hold such amount as agent on behalf of the other Co-Issuer. Following payment of any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount, such amount shall be treated as an intercompany loan with an interest rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard. For greater certainty, any payment out of a Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in respect of which a deposit has been made under this Section 5.3(b) shall be deemed to be paid first out of amounts allocated to such account out of such Co-Issuer’s own Collections and second out of any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount transferred from the other Co-Issuer.

Section 5.4 Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts.

(a) Establishment of the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account designated as the Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account”). As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co-Issuer has established with the Trustee an account designated as the Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” and together with the Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account, the “Cash Trap Reserve Accounts”). The Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts shall be an Eligible AccountAccounts.

(b) Administration of the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts. All amounts held in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C)

 

33


if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereofAccounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.5 Collection AccountAccounts.

(a) Establishment of Collection AccountAccounts. As of the Series 20152020-1 Closing Date, the IssuerTrustee has established with the Trustee the(i) two (2) segregated trust accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars designated as the “U.S. Collection Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held (x) one of which will hold U.S. Collections (the “Issuer U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections”) and (y) the other of which will hold any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and any other Canadian Collections denominated in U.S. Dollars (the “Canadian Co-Issuer U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount”) and (ii) one (1) segregated trust accounts denominated in Canadian Dollars designated as the “Canadian Co-Issuer Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections” in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties which will hold Canadian Collections (including any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount that will not be settled in U.S. Dollars). On or after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Trustee shall establish, maintain, and administer one (1) segregated trust account denominated in Canadian Dollars which will hold any Canadian Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount. The Collection AccountAccounts shall be an Eligible AccountAccounts.

(b) Administration of the Collection AccountAccounts. All amounts held in the Collection Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Collection Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection AccountAccounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the applicable Collection Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereofAccounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Collection Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer,

 

34


respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Collection AccountAccounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection AccountAccounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.11.

Section 5.6 Collection Account Administrative Accounts.

(a) Establishment of Collection Account Administrative Accounts. The following administrative accounts associated with the Collection AccountAccounts, each of which shall be an Eligible Account, shall be established by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Collection Account Administrative Accounts”), either as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or, in the case of any Collection Account Administrative Accounts with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes, after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date in connection with the initial issuance of any such Notes or in the case of any Collection Account Administrative Accounts with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or thereafter:

(i) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD), the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts”), in each case for the deposit of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount;

(ii) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount;

(i) an account for the deposit of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”);

(ii) an account for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iii) an accountaccounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Subordinated

 

35


Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iv) an accountaccounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(v) an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(v) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes;

(vi) an accountaccounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vii) an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vii) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes, if any;

 

36


(viii) an accountaccounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” and together with the Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes, the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(ix) an account for the deposit ofaccounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any ( Account”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” and together with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the “Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts”);

(ix) (x) , in each case, an account for the deposit of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”); and

(xi) an account for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses (the “Securitization Operating Expense Account”).

(x) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” and together with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any; and

(xi) accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Securitization Operating Expense Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Securitization Operating Expense Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Securitization Operating Expense Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses.

(b) Administration of the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Collection Account Administrative Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly AllocationCalculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the applicable Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereofremain uninvested. All income or

 

37


other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the relatedapplicable Collection Account Administrative Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the relatedapplicable Collection Account Administrative Account. The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c) Earnings from the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d) Currency Conversions between certain Collection Account Administrative Accounts. On the Business Day following the tenth (10th) Weekly Allocation Date in each Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Trustee shall, pursuant to the FX Exchange Report appended to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such tenth (10th) Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw any Canadian Dollar-denominated amounts from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, Interest Payment Account, and Principal Payment Account for the Canadian Co-Issuer, transfer such amount to the FX Agent for a Currency Conversion and, following settlement of such Currency Conversion, deposit (or cause the FX Agent to deposit) the amount so converted in the corresponding U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, Interest Payment Account and Principal Payment Account of the Canadian Co-Issuer.

Section 5.7 Company LocationSecuritization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts; Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts; Claims Management Concentration Accounts.

(a) Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts.

(i) (a) On or prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations have established the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts (including the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account established by Take 5 Properties on or prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date,). Each Securitization-Owned Location Account (that is not a Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, including the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox and the Management Accounts in the name of Take 5 Properties has established the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts (together with each additional concentration account created followingopened as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, a “Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Account”) in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties. After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the) opened on and after the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations is required to be (A) in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity and (B) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement (including a Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account). After the opening of any such Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, the applicable Manager (on behalf of Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oilany applicable Securitization Entities or other Service Recipients) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into a Take 5 Companythe applicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account:

 

38


(A) (i) all cash revenues generated by Take 5 Companythe applicable Securitization-Owned Locations within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(B) (ii) all credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards at Take 5 Companythe applicable Securitization-Owned Locations; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into a Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within two (2) Business Days for Securitization-Owned Locations located in the United States and three (3) Business Days for Securitization-Owned Locations located in Canada following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards.

(ii) (b) Take 5 PropertiesEach Securitization Entity that owns Securitization-Owned Locations has established and will be permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the earliest applicable Series 2018-1 Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement, in connection with the collection of revenues of Take 5 Companysuch Securitization-Owned Locations (the “Existing Local Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Accounts”). Take 5 Properties Each such Securitization Entity will be permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement, including the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox or any other Lock-Box Account of the Issuer or in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all other Existing Local Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Accounts does not exceed $500,000. Each Take 5 Account opened on and after; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing requirement, no Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Account for the Fix Auto Brand shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement or in compliance with the foregoing conditions until one hundred twenty (120) days following the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date (including, without limitation, the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts) will be.

(iii) The applicable Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid by the applicable Securitization-Owned Locations in the ordinary course of business, such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of Securitization-Owned Locations), repair, remodeling and maintenance expenses, insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, advertising fees allocable to such Securitization-Owned Locations and lease and other occupancy expenses, litigation and settlement costs relating to the Managed Assets, Pass-Through Amounts and, without duplication, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts; provided that, after

 

39


the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

(iv) The Canadian Manager may, at any time, acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, permanently remove the designation of “Excluded Location” in respect of any company-owned location under a particular Driven Securitization Brand (including any individual brand comprising the Uniban Brand) or other brand described in clause (i) of the definition of “Excluded Location”, and as of such date of designation, such company-owned locations of such Driven Securitization Brand or other brand will be treated in the same manner as a newly acquired Securitization-Owned Location (or any analogous concept for the relevant Collateral) and the related assets (including any account for the collection of revenue) will constitute Securitization Assets.

(b) Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and Claims Management Concentration Accounts

(i) On or prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management have established the Canadian Product Sourcing Concentration Account and the Canadian Claims Management Concentration Account. Each Product Sourcing Account and Claims Management Account (that is not a Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account) opened on or after an applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to Securitization Entities that own a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business is required to be (iA) in the name of Take 5 Propertiesthe applicable Securitization Entity and (iiB) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement. (including a Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account, as applicable).    After the opening of any such Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, the applicable Manager (on behalf of any applicable Securitization Entities or other Service Recipients) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the applicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account:

(A) all cash revenues generated by the applicable Product Sourcing Business or applicable Claims Management Business within three (3) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(B) all credit card and debit card proceeds generated by the applicable Product Sourcing Business or applicable Claims Management Business; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into an applicable Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any such Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within three (3) Business Days following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds.

 

40


(ii) Each Securitization Entity that owns a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business has established and is permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement in connection with the collection of their respective revenues (the “Existing Local Product Sourcing Amounts” and the “Existing Local Claims Management Accounts” respectively, and collectively, the “Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts”). Each Securitization Entity that owns a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business may establish and is permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts in respect of Canadian Securitization Entities does not exceed CAN$3,000,000 and in respect of any applicable U.S. Securitization Entities does not exceed $3,000,000 or such other amount approved by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing requirements, no Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Account in respect of Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement or in compliance with the foregoing conditions until one hundred twenty (120) days following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(iii) (c) The applicable Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid by Take 5 Company Locationsin respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business in the ordinary course of business, such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of Take 5 Company Locations), repair, remodeling and maintenance expenses,the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business), insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, advertising fees allocable to such Take 5 Company Locations and lease and other occupancy expenses, and litigation and settlement costs relating to the applicable Managed Assets and Pass-Throughother Excluded Amounts, including insurance company rebates and other fees and payment payable to Franchisees, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations or third parties and Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts; provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from the Take 5 Company Locationany Product Sourcing Concentration AccountsAccount or Claims Management Concentration Account shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any Take 5 Company Locationsuch Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget

 

41


will be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

Section 5.8 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding any Base Indenture Account held in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Trustee Accounts”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Trustee Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5.8.

(b) The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) the Trustee Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “New York UCC”) and each applicable STA will or may be credited;

(ii) the Trustee Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and each applicable STA and the Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA;

(iii) all securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Trustee Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Trustee Account be registered in the name of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer;

(iv) all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Base Indenture will be promptly credited to the appropriate Trustee Account;

(v) each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Trustee Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset under Article 8 of the New York UCC and each applicable STA;

(vi) if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Trustee Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or any other Person;

(vii) the Trustee Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement; for purposes of all applicable UCCs and STAs and all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the Trustee Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

 

42


(viii) the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Trustee Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuereither Co-Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5.8(b)(vi); and

(ix) except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the other Securitization Entities in the Trustee Accounts, neither the Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Trustee Accounts or any Financial Asset credited thereto; if the Securities Intermediary or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Trustee Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and the IssuerCo-Issuers thereof.

(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trustee Accounts and in all Proceeds thereof, and (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts; provided that at all other times the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the applicable Trustee Accounts.

Section 5.9 Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts.

(a) Establishment of Series Accounts. To the extent specified in the Series Supplement with respect to any Series of Notes, the Trustee may establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative accounts of any such Series Account in accordance with the terms of such Series Supplement.

(b) Legacy Accounts. In the case of any mandatory or optional redemption in full of any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture, on the Notes Discharge Date with respect to such Class or Series of Notes, the Issuereither or both Co-Issuers may (but isare not required to) elect to have all or any portion of the funds held in any Legacy Account with respect to such Class or Series of Notes transferred to the applicable distribution account for such Class or Series of Notes, for application toward the prepayment of such Class or Series of Notes. If the Issuer doesCo-Issuers do not elect to have such funds so transferred, or if the Issuer elects toCo-Issuers elect to have only a portion of such funds so transferred, any funds remaining in the applicable Legacy Account after the applicable Notes Discharge Date shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments. When the balance of any Legacy Account has been reduced to zero, the Trustee may close such account. The Trustee shall make the distributions and transfers and shall close any accounts as contemplated by this Section 5.9 pursuant to instructions delivered by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee.

 

43


Section 5.10 Collections and; Investment Income; Currency Conversions.

(a) Deposits to the Concentration Accounts.

(i) (a) Deposits to the Concentration Account. Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the U.S. Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other U.S. Securitization Entities or theany applicable Take 5 Company Locations located in the United States and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(A) (i) all Franchisee Payments owed to the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities shall be deposited directly to the U.S. Concentration Account or made to a Lock-Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments owed to the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities made to a Lock-Box Account shall be deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account within two (2) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(B) (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the Weekly Estimated Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits Amount;

(C) (iii) on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts, and/or draws on the Series 20152019-13 Class A-1 Notes;

(D) (iv) within three (3) Business Days of receipt, all amounts received under theany IP License AgreementsAgreement (including any Canadian IP License Agreement entered into with a Canadian Securitization Entity), other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the applicable Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the applicable Securitization IP;

(E) (v) within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Issuer (directly or indirectly) to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the U.S. Concentration Account; and

(F) (vi) within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections with respect to the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts of the U.S. Securitization Entities or to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections.

(ii) Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the Canadian Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other Canadian Securitization Entities and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

 

44


(A) all Franchisee Payments owed to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities will be deposited directly to the Canadian Concentration Account or made to a Lock-Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments owed to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities made to a Lock-Box Account will be deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account within three (3) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(B) within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week, the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount and Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount;

(C) on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount and the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts, Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and Claims Management Concentration Accounts;

(D) within three (3) Business Days of receipt all amounts received under any IP License Agreement, other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the applicable Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the applicable Securitization IP;

(E) within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Canadian Co-Issuer or any other Canadian Securitization Entity (in each case, directly or indirectly) to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the Canadian Concentration Account; and

(F) within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections with respect to the operations of the Driven Securitization Brands in Canada not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts of the Canadian Securitization Entities or to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections.

(b) Withdrawals from the Concentration Account. The Manager may (and in the case of sub-clause (v) below, shall) withdraw available amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account to make the following payments and deposits:Accounts.

(i) The U.S. Manager may (and in the case of sub-clauses (E) and (F) below, shall) withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) available amounts on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account (and the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections in the case of clause (F)) to make the following payments and deposits:

(A) (i) on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account that the U.S. Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account in error;

 

45


(B) (ii) on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations) deposited therein;

(C) (iii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees (other than any Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States) deposited in the U.S. Concentration Account to the U.S. Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(D) (iv) on a daily basis, as necessary to pay Product Sourcing Obligations (x) consisting of repayment of rebate obligations and (y) other such obligations, to the extent such other obligations are not paidattributable to and in an amount in excess ofnot to exceed Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account; and (excluding, in each case, any Product Sourcing Obligations and Product Sourcing Payments of the U.S. Product Sourcing Business);

(E) (v) on a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly AllocationCalculation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the precedingrelated Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include any Investment Income with respect thereto and the Weekly Estimated Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, if applicable, then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account) for application to make payments and deposits in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.; and

(F) for each Weekly Calculation Date relating to a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, on the Business Day following the deposit described in sub-clause (E) above for the related Weekly Collection Period, any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount with respect to such related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections to, following settlement of the respective Currency Conversion for such U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount pursuant to an FX Exchange Report not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following such related Weekly Calculation Date, the Canadian Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(ii) The Canadian Manager may (and in the case of sub-clauses (E) and (F) below, will be required to) withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) available amounts on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account (and the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections in the case of clause (F)) to make the following payments and deposits:

(A) on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account that the Canadian Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account in error;

 

46


(B) on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations) deposited therein;

(C) as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees deposited in the Canadian Concentration Account to the Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to any applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(D) on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay Product Sourcing Obligations attributable to and in an amount not to exceed Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account (excluding, in each case, any Product Sourcing Obligations and Product Sourcing Payments of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business);

(E) on a weekly basis at or prior to 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Calculation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount plus the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount, and the Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount plus the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, in each case if applicable, then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account) for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; and

(F) for each Weekly Calculation Date relating to a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, on the Business Day following the deposit described in clause (E) above for the related Weekly Collection Period, any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount with respect to such related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections to, following settlement of the respective Currency Conversion for such Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount pursuant to an FX Exchange Report not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following such related Weekly Calculation Date, the U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(c) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts.

(i) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. If any Service Recipient disposes of property pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition (other than pursuant to clause (xix) of the definition thereof) or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of this Base Indenture, (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof do not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds as determined by the applicable Manager, on behalf of the related Service Recipient, such proceeds (net of the, notwithstanding such proceeds not constituting Asset Disposition Proceeds, amounts described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds” and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original

 

47


cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such proceeds are received; and (ii) to the extent such amounts constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds (including without limitation, any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Refranchising Asset Disposition), such amounts will be promptly deposited (and in any event within (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds in excess of $25,000 and (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof by the applicable Service Recipients (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) to the applicable Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient or the applicable Manager on its behalf, thesuch Service Recipients may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Rapid Amortization Period, (A) all amounts withdrawn from the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts shall be withdrawn substantially in accordance with a Quarterly Fiscal Period budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and (B) withdrawals of any amounts from the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts in excess in any material respect of amounts set forth in the Quarterly Fiscal Period budget willshall be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party, the Trustee, and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager); provided that (A) with respect to the aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds from Refranchising Asset Dispositions of Take 5 Company Locations (such proceeds, “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds”) in excess of the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap in any fiscal year if, after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition and any proposed reinvestment of the related Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in Eligible Assets (excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts for netting purposes, as applicable), at the time of such proposed reinvestment (I) the pro forma Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than the Senior Leverage Ratio of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (II) the pro forma DSCR is less than the DSCR as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, such Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date) and (B) the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year will otherwise be subject to reinvestment as set forth in this paragraph. To the extent such Asset Disposition Proceeds have not been so reinvested in Eligible Assets within such one-year period (each such period, an “Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period”), the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and deposit such amount to the applicable Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the applicable Collection Account. In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected not to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds, such Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be deposited to the applicable Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

 

48


(ii) The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold Asset Disposition Proceeds attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such Asset Disposition Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 5.10(c)(i). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such Asset Disposition Proceeds, for such other Canadian Securitization Entity to reinvest any such proceeds in accordance with Section 5.10(c)(i) or to allow the Canadian Co-Issuer to make a loan to the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.10(c)(iii).

(iii) Immediately prior to any application of such Asset Disposition Proceeds in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such Asset Disposition Proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related Asset Disposition Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Asset Disposition Proceeds of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(d) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Accounts.

(i) (d) Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Account. All Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by or on behalf of any Service Recipient in respect of the Collateral shall be promptly deposited (and in any event within five (5) Business Days following receipt thereof) to the applicable Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient (as notified by the applicable Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the applicable Service Recipients may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the applicable Manager has repaired or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the applicable Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to any

 

49


Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets. To the extent such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have not been so reinvested within such one-year period (each such period, a “Casualty Reinvestment Period”), the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and deposit such amounts to the applicable Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the applicable Collection Account. In the event that such Service Recipient has elected not to reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall instead be deposited to the applicable Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(ii) The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 5.10(d)(i). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, for such other Canadian Securitization Entity to reinvest any such proceeds in accordance with Section 5.10(d)(i) or to allow the Canadian Co-Issuer to make a loan to the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.10(d)(iii).

(iii) Immediately prior to any application of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(e) Deposits to the Collection AccountAccounts. The ManagerManagers (or, with respect to clause (viii) below, the Trustee or the Control Party, as applicable) will deposit or cause to be deposited to the applicable Collection Account the following amounts, in each case, promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

 

50


(i) the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Concentration AccountAccounts and deposited to the Collection AccountAccounts pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.10(b)(vi)(E) and Section 5.10(b)(ii)(E);

(ii) Indemnification Amounts within two (2) Business Days following (A) with respect to the U.S. Manager, either (iI) the receipt by the U.S. Manager of such amounts if Parent is not the U.S. Manager or (iiII) if Parent is the U.S. Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the U.S. Manager under the U.S. Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document and (B) with respect to the Canadian Manager, either (I) the receipt by the Canadian Manager of such amounts if the Initial Canadian Manager is not the Canadian Manager or (II) if the Initial Canadian Manager is the Canadian Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the Canadian Manager under the Canadian Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iii) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining in the applicable Insurance Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds;

(iv) Asset Disposition Proceeds remaining in the applicable Asset Disposition Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and such Asset Disposition Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds;

(v) Release Prices immediately upon receipt of the proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition;

(vi) all amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, as applicable, upon the occurrence of an Interest Reserve Release Event;, provided (x) that amounts withdrawn from the Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deposited directly to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections and (y) amounts withdrawn from the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall, at the instruction of the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf) pursuant to an FX Exchange Report, be converted into Canadian Dollars and transferred to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections;

(vii) any other amounts required to be deposited to the Collection AccountAccounts hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents; and

(viii) amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any of its rights under the Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IX hereof, upon receipt thereof;

 

51


(f) Investment Income. On a weekly basis at or prior toBy no later than (i) 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day before each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issueras applicable, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) (ix) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts (other than the Collection Account) to the applicable Collection Account and (iiy) shall transfer any Investment Income in respect of Eligible Investments denominated in U.S. Dollars on deposit in the Management Accounts to the applicable Collection Account, and (ii) 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Calculation Date, as applicable, the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf) shall transfer any Investment Income in respect of Eligible Investments denominated in Canadian Dollars on deposit in the Management Accounts to the applicable Collection Account, in each case for application as Collections on thaton the related Weekly Allocation Date (following, as applicable, the settlement of the requisite portion of any Investment Income pursuant to a Currency Conversion).

(g) Payment Instructions. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable Management Agreement, the Issuereach Co-Issuer shall cause the applicable Manager to instruct (i) each Franchisee obligated at any time to make any payment pursuant to any Franchise Document to make such payment to the applicable Concentration Account or a related Lock-Box Account and (ii) any Person (not an Affiliate of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer) obligated at any time to make any payments with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Securitization IP, to make such payment to the applicable Concentration Account, the applicable Collection Account or a related Lock-Box Account or another applicable Management Account, as determined by the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer or the applicable Manager.

(h) Misdirected Collections. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer agrees that if any Collections (other than Excluded Amounts) shall be received by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or any other applicable Securitization Entity in an account other than an Account or in any other manner, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such other Securitization Entity with any of their other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such other Securitization Entity for, and, within one (1) Business Day of the identification of such payment, paid over to, the Trustee, with any necessary endorsement. The Trustee shall withdraw from the applicable Collection Account any monies on deposit therein that the applicable Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Servicer are not Retained Collections and pay such amounts to or at the direction of thesuch Manager. All monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture shall be immediately deposited in the applicable Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article V.

(i) Currency Conversion Election Period.

(i) For each of the first ten (10) Weekly Allocation Dates with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period (each such period with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an “Initial Currency Conversion Election Period”) and, except for the eleventh (11th) Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, for each Weekly Allocation Date following the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (each such period with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an “Extended Currency Conversion Election Period”) that is not, in each case, a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) may elect, in the manner described in the next paragraph and in their reasonable discretion, for U.S. Collections, including any U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S.

 

52


Shortfall Payment Amount, and Canadian Collections, including any Canadian Direct Payment Amounts, any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, on deposit in the Collection Accounts to be applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date either (x) without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion (as defined below) (each such Weekly Allocation Date, a “Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date”) or (y) following the settlement of the requisite portion of such Collections pursuant to a Currency Conversion (each such Weekly Allocation Date, a “Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date”). The Co-Issuers may not elect for any Weekly Allocation Date to be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date if (i) a Cash Trapping Period, Manager Termination Event, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the related Weekly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Weekly Allocation Date, (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such related Weekly Calculation Date, (iii) such Weekly Allocation Date is the eleventh (11th) Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the related Quarterly Fiscal Period or (iv) such Weekly Allocation Date is a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date. Each Weekly Allocation Date for which the election described above is unavailable will automatically be a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date. Except for Canadian Direct Payment Amounts, all payments (but not all allocations) made pursuant to the Priority of Payments will be denominated in U.S. Dollars.

(ii) On the fourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of each Weekly Collection Period (each a “Weekly Calculation Date), the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) will elect for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date to be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date by furnishing, or causing the Managers to furnish (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), to the Trustee the FX Exchange Report at or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Calculation Date (each a “Currency Conversion Weekly Calculation Date Election Time”). If the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers) have not delivered a FX Exchange Report by the Currency Conversion Weekly Calculation Date Election Time, the following Weekly Allocation Date will be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date and the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) will furnish, or cause the Managers to furnish (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), to the Trustee the Weekly Manager’s Certificate at or prior to 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Calculation Date.

(iii) For each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of such Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the fifth (5th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period) (for each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, the “Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time”), the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered by the Managers for such Currency

 

53


Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the U.S. Collections, including any U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, and Canadian Collections, including any Canadian Direct Payment Amounts, any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, on deposit in the Collection Accounts (without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion) in respect of the preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date will specify the payment or allocation pursuant to the Priority of Payments of any Canadian Allocation Amount (without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion) based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such Weekly Allocation Date.

(iv) For each Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, following the preceding Weekly Calculation Date, the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the FX Exchange Reports delivered by the Managers for such Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the Canadian Allocation Amount or any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount on deposit in the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections or the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections, as applicable, transfer such amount to the FX Agent for a Currency Conversion and, following settlement of such Currency Conversion not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of such Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the sixth (6th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period), notify the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) of the Spot Rate and deposit (or cause the FX Agent to deposit) in the U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation Amount and Shortfall Payment Amount or the Canadian Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, as applicable, an amount equal to the U.S. Dollar-equivalent of such Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount or Canadian Dollar-equivalent of such U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, as applicable, converted at the Spot Rate. Following the Currency Conversion for any Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, and at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of any Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the seventh (7th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period) (for each Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, the “Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Time” and, together with the Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time, each, a “Weekly Allocation Time”), the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered by the Managers for such Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the U.S. Collections, U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and Canadian Collections on deposit in the Collection Accounts in respect of the preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

Section 5.11 Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates.

(a) On each Weekly Allocation Date, which may be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, following the immediately preceding Weekly Collection Period (unless the IssuerCo-Issuers shall have failed to deliver by 4:30 p.m.

 

54


(New York City time) on the dayBusiness Day prior to such Weekly Allocation Date the Weekly Manager’s Certificate relating to such Weekly Allocation Date, in which case the application of Retained Collections relating to such Weekly Allocation Date shall occur on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such Weekly Manager’s Certificate is delivered), the Trustee shall, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate, withdraw the amount on deposit in the U.S. Collection Account as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on suchAccounts (including any U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any other U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount) and the Canadian Collection Accounts (including any Canadian Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount), as applicable, as of the applicable Weekly Allocation Date in respect of such preceding Weekly Collection PeriodTime for allocation or payment in the following order of priority (except with respect to priority (ix)) in accordance with the Co-Issuers’ Allocable Shares (the “Priority of Payments”):

(i) first, solely with respect to any funds on deposit in the Collection AccountAccounts on such Weekly Allocation Date consisting of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, in the following order of priority: (A) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) from the U.S. Collection Accounts to reimburse the U.S. Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) and from the Canadian Collection Accounts to reimburse the Canadian Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (C) from the applicable Collection Account, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all related Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis, then (D) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis (other than the Class A-1 Notes) in alphanumerical order of designation, then (E) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation, and then (F) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation;

(ii) second, (A) from the U.S. Collection Accounts to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to reimburse the U.S. Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to reimburse the Canadian Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), and then (C) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the Servicer all applicable Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date;

 

55


(iii) third, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any, to any Successor Manager of the U.S. Manager and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay any Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any, to any Successor Manager of the Canadian Manager;

(iv) fourth, to payfrom the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Weekly Management Fee allocable to the U.S. Manager and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager;

(v) fifth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, or Canadian Collection Accounts in respect of any Canadian Direct Payment Amount, pro rata, (A) to deposit to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount with respect to the annual period in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs after giving effect to all deposits previously made to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account in such annual period, to be distributed pro rata based on the amount of each type of Securitization Operating Expense payable on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to this priority (v), and (B) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Trustee for payment of the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date;1

(vi) sixth, from the applicable Collection Account, to deposit to the applicable Indenture Trust Account, ratably according to the amounts required to be deposited as set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) below, the following amounts until the amounts required to be deposited pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) below are deposited in full: (A) to allocate to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount and (B) to allocate to the applicable Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount;

(vii) seventh, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(viii) eighth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

 

 

1 

Upon the Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date, priority (v) of the Priority of Payments will be amended, automatically, without any need for any further action, to delete the letter designating sub-clause (A), delete clause (B) in its entirety and the word “and” preceding it and append the following proviso to end of priority (v): “provided, that the deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account of an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Trustee and all indemnities payable to the Servicer will not be subject to the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.”

 

56


(ix) ninth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of each Co-Issuer and the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of each Co-Issuer, an amount equal to any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of such Co-Issuer and any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of such Co-Issuer for each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in alphanumerical order of designation;

(x) tenth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of each Co-Issuer, an amount equal to the sum of (1) (only to the extent that the related Series Non-Amortization Test, if any, is not satisfied) any Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, (2) any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal PaymentsPayment Deficiency Amount, (3) any amounts then known by the ManagerManagers that will become due under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of letters of credit issued under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (4) in respect of any Series of Class A-1 Notes for which the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the outstanding principal amount of such Series;

(xi) eleventh, to pay anyfrom the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the U.S. Manager, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee; allocable to the U.S. Manager, and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager;

(xii) twelfth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes, if the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such date, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection AccountAccounts to the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts to allocate to such Class A-1 Notes of such Series on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining related Class A-1 Note Commitments in respect thereof) until the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A-1 Notes of such Series will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts allocable to such Class A-1 Notes;

(xiii) thirteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, and such Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Cash Trapping Period, to deposit into the U.S. Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Issuer’s Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date and to deposit into the Canadian Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xiv) fourteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate (x) first, 100% of the

 

57


amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection AccountAccounts to the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts to each classClass of Senior Notes, first, to the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining Class A-1 Note Commitments) and then, second, to each remaining Class of Senior Notes on a pro rata basis until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, and then (y) second, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection AccountAccounts to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to theAccounts to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts;

(xv) fifteenth, from the applicable Collection Account, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal PaymentsPayment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xvi) sixteenth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts for each Class of Subordinated Notes, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount in respect of the Subordinated Notes;

(xvii) seventeenth, from the applicable Collection Account, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal PaymentsPayment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xviii) eighteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection AccountAccounts to the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to theAccounts to each Class of Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts;

(xix) nineteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, or Canadian Collection Accounts in respect of any Canadian Direct Payment Amount, to deposit to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses (together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount after giving effect to priority (v) above;

(xx) twentieth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

 

58


(xxi) twenty-first, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of theany Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxii) twenty-second, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, any Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiii) twenty-third, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, any Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiv) twenty-fourth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, any Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxv) twenty-fifth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Account(s)Accounts an amount equal to any unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration; and

(xxvi) twenty-sixth, to pay the Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer.

(xxvi) twenty-sixth, from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to deposit to the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and the Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account, respectively, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid rent, tenancy costs or other similar costs and expenses of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business and the Canadian Claims Management Business, together with any such amounts that are expected to be payable prior to the last day of the immediately following fiscal month;

(xxvii) twenty seventh, in the case of available funds with respect to the U.S. Collection Accounts, to the Canadian Residual Account the amount of any Shortfall Payments (and any accrued interest thereon specified in the Allocation Agreement) made by the Canadian Co-Issuer on any prior Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date or any other date and not previously reimbursed, and in the case of available funds with respect to the Canadian Collection Accounts, to the Issuer the amount of any Shortfall Payments (and any accrued interest thereon specified in the Allocation Agreement) made by the Issuer on any prior Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date or any other date and not previously reimbursed;

(xxviii) twenty eighth, from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager; and

 

59


(xxix) twenty-ninth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the U.S. Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer, and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the Canadian Residual Amount to the Canadian Residual Account.

(b) If the Managers elect for the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections to end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date in the manner described in Section 4.1(a), on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs prior to the end of such first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, U.S. Collections will be applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments to make allocations or payments pursuant to priorities (i)-(iii) and priority (v) of the Priority of Payments and U.S. Collections for such Weekly Collection Period will otherwise remain in the U.S. Collection Accounts.

(c) Pursuant to the Allocation Agreement, each Co-Issuer will be obligated to make Shortfall Payments on behalf of the other Co-Issuer, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, all Collections (other than Excluded Amounts) constitute Collateral for the Notes and in no event will any amounts be released to any Securitization Entity from any Collection Account on any Payment Date, except as and only to the extent specifically provided for in priorities (v), (xix), (xxvi) and (xxvii), if any payments specified in priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments set forth above remain unpaid on such Payment Date.

(d) Pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii), the Canadian Co-Issuer shall receive and hold in the Canadian Concentration Account any amounts owed to the Canadian Securitization Entities as agent on their respective behalf, provided that the Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 (“Inter-Canada Transactions”) which may result in the Canadian Co-Issuer holding such amounts on its own behalf. Pursuant to Section 5.10(b)(ii) and Section 5.11, to the extent any payments made pursuant to the Priority of Payments are obligations of any of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management, such payments shall be made by the Canadian Co-Issuer on behalf of the applicable obligor and with funds of such obligor to the extent of available funds (and, thereafter, with any other Retained Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments). To the extent funds of the Canadian Securitization Entities (other than the Canadian Co-Issuer) are held in an Indenture Trust Account of the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Issuer, as applicable), the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Issuer) shall hold such funds as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entities until (i) such funds are paid to a third party, other than on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities as described in the preceding sentence, at which time such funds will be deemed to have been paid by the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity to the Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with the Charter Documents of such Canadian Securitization Entity (and, if applicable, loaned to the Issuer by the Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with this Indenture and the Allocation Agreement); (ii) the ownership of such funds by the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity is transferred to the Canadian Co-Issuer by virtue of an Inter-Canada Transaction (in which case, if held by the Issuer, such funds will be held as agent for the Canadian Co-Issuer); or (iii) such Canadian Securitization Entity is reimbursed in accordance with this Indenture.

Section 5.12 Quarterly Payment Date Applications.

(a) Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to cover its

 

60


Allocable Share of any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period) to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Senior Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall) from of such Co-Issuer), from the following Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in theeach Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in thesuch Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (Managers (each acting on behalf of the Issuer) to payapplicable Co-Issuer) to pay in accordance with their respective Allocable Share, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees of any Co-Issuer to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Interest Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall of such Co-Issuer) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer mutatis mutandis.

(b) Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If, after giving effect to all Debt Service Advances made in accordance with Section 5.12(ac) on such Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date remains greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest as

 

61


reduced by such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Notes shall be paid to the Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(c) Debt Service Advances. If the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date pursuant to Section 5.12(b) is greater than zero, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Servicing Agreement, by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding such Quarterly Payment Date, the Servicer shall make a Debt Service Advance in such amount unless the Servicer notifies the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee by such time that it has, reasonably and in good faith, determined such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. If the Servicer fails to make such Debt Service Advance (unless the Servicer has, reasonably and in good faith, determined that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) would be a Nonrecoverable Advance), pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Trustee shall make the Debt Service Advance unless it determines that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. In determining whether any Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer. All Debt Service Advances shall be deposited into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of the applicable Co-Issuer.

(d) Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount accrued and unpaid with respect to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon such Allocable Share of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Commitment Fees Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall) from of such Co-Issuer) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and tenth the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, to be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount of such Co-Issuer, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount of such Co-Issuer payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount. On each Quarterly Payment Date,

 

62


the funds on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in thesuch Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (Managers (each acting on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees of any Co-Issuer to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Commitment Fees Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall of such Co-Issuer) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(e) Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments on the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(d) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount as reduced by such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Class A-1 Notes shall be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Class of Class A-1 Notes based upon the amount of Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(f) Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such

 

63


insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii) and 5.12(d)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in thesuch Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (Managers (each acting on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(g) Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Manager on itstheir behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(f) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

 

64


(h) Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes in the amounts distributed to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Notes (excluding any Principal Release Amounts), in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii) If a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur on the following Quarterly Payment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the amounts on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from theany Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), Section 5.12(d)(ii) and Section 5.12(f)(ii)), if any, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes (after giving effect to the application of the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts referred to in the foregoing clause (i)), sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class. Any amount withdrawn from a Cash Trap Reserve Account of a Co-Issuer in accordance with this clause (ii) and applied to reduce the other Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes shall be deemed to be loaned to such other Co-Issuer with interest at a rate determined by the lending Co-Issuer’s Manager in accordance with its Managing Standard.

(iii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to theeach Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the

 

65


Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Senior Principal Shortfall”) to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account and the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(f)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

(iv) If any payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above requires the deposit of funds (the “Cash Collateral”) with the applicable L/C Provider to serve as collateral and act as security to guarantee any obligations of the Issuer either Co-Issuer relating to any related letters of credit (the “Collateralized Letters of Credit”), then upon the expiration of the Collateralized Letters of Credit (x) so long as any Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account by the applicable Co-Issuer to be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (y) if no Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be returned to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer that deposited such Cash Collateral.

(v) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) may elect on any Weekly Allocation Date that either (i) the U.S. Residual Amount or Canadian Residual Amount, as applicable, for such Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) amounts in respect of an equity contribution to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer not constituting a Retained Collections Contribution may be deposited directly into the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Account for the purpose of making an Optional Scheduled Principal Payment on the next Quarterly Payment Date, and the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to so deposit and withdraw such amount.

(i) Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the

 

66


following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xiv), (xv), and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to theeach Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

 

67


(j) Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date and no Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (towith respect to each C-Issuer, a “Subordinated Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii) and 5.12(i)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Interest Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the applicable of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(k) Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(j) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Subordinated

 

68


Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(l) Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to theits respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to theeach Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Subordinated Principal Shortfall” (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii) and 5.12(j)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each

 

69


Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

(m) Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to theits respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii) and 5.12(l)(ii)) from the following Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of

 

70


funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co Issuer’s such Accounts mutatis mutandis.

(n) Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to theits respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution AccountsAccount.

(ii) If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of its Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii), 5.12(l)(ii) and 5.12(m)(ii)) from thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.Account. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co Issuer’s such Accounts mutatis mutandis.

 

71


(o) Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to thesuch Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each Class of Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.Account. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(p) Amounts on Deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts.

(i) On each Quarterly Calculation Date (A) preceding any Quarterly Payment Date that is a Cash Trapping Release Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date from funds on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the applicable Cash Trapping Release Amount (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and deposit such funds into the applicable Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (B) preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (including a Rapid Amortization Period due to an Event of Default), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date all funds then on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(ii)), and, in each case, deposit such funds into the applicable U.S. Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(ii) So long as no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw funds on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account and apply such funds on the following Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of

 

72


priority in accordance with the Allocable Share of the respective Co-Issuer (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon), (B) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon), (C) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts, (D) Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and (E) pro rata, any required payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes (including any payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes required after the occurrence of any Class A-1 Renewal Date), in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment of the foregoing amounts in accordance with this Section 5.12, including any withdrawals from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)).

(iii) Amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts will also be available to make an optional prepayment of the Notes on behalf of the respective Co-Issuer.

(iv) If the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) determinesdetermine, with respect to any Series of Senior Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts an amount equal to such insufficiency (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share to the extent of funds available, and to the extent funds are not available, without regard to each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share) (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts is insufficient, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of each such Class.

(v) If the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) determinesdetermine, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share to the extent of funds available, and to the extent funds are not available, without regard to each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share) (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts is insufficient, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of each such Class.

 

73


(vi) In the event of (xw) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Senior Notes or, (yx) any reduction in any Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its(y) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes or (z) any other Interest Reserve Release Event, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw theeach Co-Issuer’s Interest Reserve Release Amount, if any, from theits respective Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account on the applicable Quarterly Payment Date and to deposit such amount into the applicable Co-Issuer’s Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections, respectively, for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments. (and in the case of the amount withdrawn from the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, instruct the FX Agent to convert such amount from U.S. Dollars to Canadian Dollars prior to depositing it into the applicable Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections pursuant to an FX Exchange Report).

(vii) On any date on which no Senior Notes are Outstanding, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in theany Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the applicable Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections based on the Co-Issuer that contributed such funds (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(viii) On any date on which no Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in theany Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the applicable Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections based on the Co-Issuer that contributed such funds (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(q) Principal Release Amount.

(i) If a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default is continuing, the Principal Release Amount shall remain on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts and shall be applied in the order set forth in Section 5.12(h)(i) for amounts allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts.

(ii) If (x) no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing and (y) if any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred, the related Class A-1 Notes have been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and apply such funds on such Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority (and

 

74


any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) to the Trustee, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (B) to the Servicer, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (C) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (D) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts and (E) Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof as described in this Section 5.12. The IssuerSuch Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

(iii) If no Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, but a Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes have not been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, the Issuereach Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to the extent necessary to pay thesuch Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof. The Issuer (or theIf the funds on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, then the Co-Issuers (or their Manager on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (following the withdrawal of such other Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes). Each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of thesuch Co-Issuer’s Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

(r) Securitization Operating Expense AccountAccounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Securitization Operating Expense AccountAccounts after giving effect to any deposits thereto pursuant to the Priority of Payments on such date and apply such funds to pay any Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable.

(s) Optional Prepayments. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the right to optionally prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Class of Notes, in whole or in part in accordance with the related Series Supplement; provided that all optional prepayments must be applied first, to Senior Notes, second, to Senior Subordinated Notes and third, to Subordinated Notes. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on each applicable optional prepayment date, including each such prepayment date that does not occur on a Quarterly Payment Date, the prepayment amount on deposit in the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

 

75


Section 5.13 Determination of Quarterly Interest.

Quarterly payments of interest and fees on each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.14 Determination of Quarterly Principal.

Quarterly payments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.15 Prepayment of Principal.

Mandatory prepayments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, if not otherwise described herein.

Section 5.16 Retained Collections Contributions.

During the period commencing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the Final Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers may (but isare not required to) designate Retained Collections Contributions to be included in Net Cash Flow, but not more than $2,000,000 in any Quarterly Fiscal Period or more than $4,000,000 during any period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods or more than $10,000,000 from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the Final Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date; provided that any Retained Collections Contributions shall be excluded from the amount of Net Cash Flow for purposes of calculating the New Series Pro Forma DSCR in connection with the issuance of any new Series. The amount of any Retained Collections Contribution included in Net Cash Flow for the purpose of calculating the DSCR shall be retained in the Collection Account until the Weekly Allocation Date on which either (i) the DSCR for the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Weekly Allocation Date is at least 1.50:1.00 without giving effect to the inclusion of such Retained Collections Contribution or (ii) such Retained Collections Contribution is required to pay any shortfall in the amounts payable under priorities (ii) through (xxvxxviii) of the Priority of Payments, to the extent of any shortfall on such Weekly Allocation Date. The IssuerCo-Issuers may not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded by the proceeds of a draw under any Class A-1 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments and, Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, and Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments shall not constitute Retained Collections Contributions.

Section 5.17 Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, in lieu of funding (or as partial replacement for funding) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and/or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts in the amounts required hereunder, maintain one or more Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, each in a face amount equal to the amounts required to be funded in respect of such account(s) had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuerany Co-Issuer (or the respective Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes

 

76


Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, for allocation or payment on the following Quarterly Payment Date, such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, on such Quarterly Calculation Date and second, from amounts available to be drawn under any applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

(b) Each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (i) shall name the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, as the beneficiary thereof; (ii) shall allow the Trustee (or the Control Party on its behalf) to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12; (iii) shall have an expiration date of no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) specified in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit was issued; and (iv) shall indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable.

(c) If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuereach Co-Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into theits respective Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of each such Co-Issuer on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(d) If, on any day, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider which has issued an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB+” (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Provider and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the applicable Co-Issuer on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

Section 5.18 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.

If, at any time, any Management Account or any of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts, the Collection AccountAccounts or any Collection Account Administrative Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, an “Ineligible Account”), the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Ineligible Account, (B)

 

77


with the exception of any Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (C) in the case of a Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (D) in the case of a Management Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all items deposited in the lock-box related to such Ineligible Account to a new lock-box related to such new Eligible Account, and (E) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such Ineligible Account is required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee. In the event that any of the Collection Account, any Management Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account becomes an Ineligible Account, the applicable Manager shall, promptly following the establishment of such related new Eligible Account, notify each applicable Franchisee and any other relevant third-party payor of a change in payment instructions, if any.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Distributions in General.

(a) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that the final principal payment due on a Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

(b) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes shall be made from amounts allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments among each Class of Notes in alphanumerical order (i.e., A-1, A-2, B-1, B-2 and not A-1, B-1, A-2, B-2) and pro rata among Holders of Notes within each Class of the same alphanumerical designation; provided that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes having the same alphabetical designation shall be pari passu with each other with respect to the distribution of Collateral proceeds resulting from the exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default.

(c) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts owed to the Noteholders of any Class of Notes pursuant to the instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers whether set forth in a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, Company Order or otherwise.

 

78


ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The IssuerCo-Issuers hereby representsrepresent and warrantswarrant, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

Section 7.1 Existence and Power.

Each Service Recipient (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business (and licensed as a foreign entity to the extent applicable) and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate, limited partnership or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.2 Company and Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance by the IssuerCo-Issuers of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer(or with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, any Supplement to the Base Indenture or any Series Supplement) and by the Co-Issuers and each other Service Recipient of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Service Recipient’s limited liability company, corporate, limited partnership or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate or, limited partnership or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Service Recipient, except for Liens created by this Base Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Service Recipient is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Service Recipient.

Section 7.3 No Consent.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by the IssuerCo-Issuers of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer(or with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, any Supplement to the Base Indenture or any Series Supplement) and by the Co-Issuers and each other Service Recipient of any Transaction Document to which it is a party or for the performance of any of the Service Recipients’ obligations hereunder or thereunder, other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Service Recipient prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities) or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities) in accordance with Section 7.13 or Section 8.25, or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document, the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

79


Section 7.4 Binding Effect.

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which a Service Recipient is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Service Recipient enforceable against such Service Recipient in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

Section 7.5 Litigation.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against or, to the knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, threatened against or affecting any Service Recipient or of which any property or assets of such Service Recipient is the subject before any court or arbitrator or any other Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would affect the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement or materially adversely affect the performance by the Service Recipients of their obligations hereunder or thereunder or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6 Employee Benefit Plans.

No Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability in respect of (or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability in respect of) any Pension Plan. No Securitization Entity has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws. Each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification. No Canadian Securitization Entity has sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or otherwise incurred liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

Section 7.7 Tax Filings and Expenses.

Each Securitization Entity has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign Tax returns and all other Tax returns which, to the knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, are required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, such Securitization Entity (whether information returns or not), and has paid, or caused to be paid, all Taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Securitization Entity or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP. As of the

 

80


Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities), except as set forth on Schedule 7.7, the Issuer isCo-Issuers are not aware of any proposed Tax assessments against any Driven Brands Entity. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any Securitization Entity, nor does any Securitization Entity have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies. Each Securitization Entity has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign entity authorized to do business in each state, province, territory and each foreign country in which it is required to so qualify, except to the extent that the failure to pay such fees and expenses is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.8 Disclosure.

All certificates, reports, statements, notices, documents and other information furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders by or on behalf of the Service Recipients pursuant to any provision of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be), and give the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuerany Co-Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, to the effect specified herein.

Section 7.9 Investment Company Act.

Neither the IssuerCo-Issuer nor any other Securitization Entity is, or is controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.

Section 7.10 Regulations T, U and X.

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof) in such a way that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof. No Securitization Entity owns or is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.11 Solvency.

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, each U.S. Securitization Entity is solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable state law, no Canadian Securitization Entity is bankrupt or an insolvent person within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act and any other applicable federal, provincial or territorial law, and no Securitization Entity is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and no Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to any Securitization Entity.

 

81


Section 7.12 Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries.

(a) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of the Issuer are directly owned by Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Canadian Co-Issuer are directly owned by Canadian Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Canadian Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Funding Holdco are directly owned by Parent, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Parent free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Canadian Funding Holdco are directly owned by Canco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Canco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 7.13 Security Interests.

(a) The IssuerEach of the Co-Issuers and each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Other than any real property contributed to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Indenture Collateral consists of securities, loans, investments, accounts, commercial tort claims, inventory, equipment, fixtures, health care insurance receivables, chattel paper, money, deposit accounts, instruments, financial assets, documents, documents of title investment property, general intangibles, intangibles, letter of credit rights, and other supporting obligations (in each case, as defined in the UCC and PPSA, as applicable). This Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected (except as described on Schedule 8.11 or as permitted under Section 8.25(c)) and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuereach Co-Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors have caused, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements and other instruments in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement, (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities), or, in the case of Intellectual Property, shall take all additional action necessary to perfect such first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) consistent with the obligations and time periods set forth in Section 8.25(c).

(b) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, none of the Issuer orno Co-Issuer nor any Guarantor has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements, PPSA financing statements and/or financing change statements and filings with the USPTO, the USCO and the CIPO) to perfect, preserve, protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States (and, with

 

82


respect to the Canadian Intellectual Property, Canada) has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d), except as described on Schedule 8.11. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement or financing change statement authorized by the Issuerany Co-Issuer or any Guarantor and listing the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and neither the Issuer orAgreements, and no Co-Issuer nor any Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c) All authorizations in this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, financing change statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

Section 7.14 Transaction Documents.

The Indenture Documents, the Account Agreements, the Depository Agreements and the other Transaction Documents are in full force and effect. There are no outstanding defaults thereunder nor have events occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

Section 7.15 Non-Existence of Other Agreements.

Other than as permitted by Section 8.22, (a) no Securitization Entity is a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (b) no Securitization Entity is subject to any material obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, Contingent Obligations. No U.S. Securitization Entity has engaged in any activities since its formation (other than those incidental to its formation, the authorization and the issuance of any Series of Notes, the execution of the Transaction Documents to which such Securitization Entity is a party and the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by such agreements).

Section 7.16 Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws.

No Service Recipient is in violation of (a) its Charter Documents, (b) any Requirement of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or (c) any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient except, solely with respect to clauses (b) and (c), to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17 Other Representations.

All representations and warranties of each Service Recipient made in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date), and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

 

83


Section 7.18 Insurance.

The Securitization Entities maintain the insurance coverages (or self-insure for such risks) described on Schedule 7.18 hereto, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Securitization Entities are in full force and effect, and the Securitization Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects. None of the Securitization Entities has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such insurance is primary coverage, all premiums therefor due on or before the date hereof have been paid in full, and the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Securitization Entities than the terms and conditions of insurance maintained by their Affiliates that are not Securitization Entities.

Section 7.19 Environmental Matters.

(a) None of the Service Recipients is subject to any liabilities or obligations pursuant to any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) The Service Recipients (x) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (y) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and have obtained all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (z) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits.

(ii) Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Service Recipient, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (x) give rise to liability of any Service Recipient under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Service Recipient, (y) interfere with any Service Recipient’s continued operations or (z) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by any Service Recipient.

(iii) There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including, without limitation, any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Service Recipient is, or to the knowledge of any Service Recipient will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of any Service Recipient, threatened.

(iv) No Service Recipient has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party, under or relating to the U.S. federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or any other Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

 

84


(v) No Service Recipient has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

Section 7.20 Intellectual Property.

(a) All of the registrations and applications included in the Securitization IP are subsisting, unexpired and have not been abandoned in any applicable jurisdiction except where such expiration or abandonment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, (i) the use of the Securitization IP and the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) to the Issuer’seach Co-Issuer’s knowledge, the Securitization IP is not being infringed or violated by any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there is no action or proceeding pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, no action or proceeding is pending or, to the Issuer’sany Co-Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that seeks to limit, cancel or challenge the validity of any Securitization IP, or the use thereof, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The IssuerNo Co-Issuer has not made and will not hereafter make any assignment, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or transfer of any of the Securitization IP other than Permitted Liens, Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions under Section 8.12 and Section 8.16.

Section 7.21 Payments on the Notes.

Payments on the Notes will not depend primarily on cash flow from self-liquidating financial assets within the meaning of Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

Section 8.1 Payment of Notes.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, subject to Section 2.15(d), on the Notes when due pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, amounts properly withheld under the Code, the Tax Act or any applicable federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.

 

85


(b) By acceptance of its Notes, each Noteholder agrees that the failure to provide the Paying Agent with appropriate tax certifications (which includes (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for United States persons (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or any applicable successor form, or (ii) an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 for Persons other than United States persons, or any applicable successor form) may result in amounts being withheld from payments to such Noteholder under this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and that amounts withheld pursuant to applicable laws shall be considered as having been paid by the IssuerCo-Issuers as provided in the foregoing clause (a).

Section 8.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, the Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the IssuerCo-Issuers in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served, and where, at any time when the Issuer isCo-Issuers are obligated to make a payment of principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes, the Notes may be surrendered for payment. The IssuerCo-Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the IssuerCo-Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Servicer with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

(b) The IssuerCo-Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The IssuerCo-Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The IssuerCo-Issuers hereby designatesdesignate the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

Section 8.3 Payment and Performance of Obligations.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, pay and discharge and fully perform, at or before maturity, all of their respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and other governmental claims levied or imposed upon any Service Recipient or upon the income, properties or operations of any Service Recipient, judgments, settlement agreements and all obligations of each Service Recipient under the Collateral Documents, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and without derogation from the material obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers hereunder and the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements regarding the protection of the Collateral from Liens (other than Permitted Liens)), and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4 Maintenance of Existence.

The IssuerEach Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, maintain its existence as a limited liability company or, corporation or limited partnership validly existing and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of its statejurisdiction of organization and duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company or corporation(and licensed to the extent applicable) under the laws of each statejurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would be reasonably likely to result in a

 

86


Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service RecipientU.S. Securitization Entity (other than any such Future Securitization Entity or Service Recipientorganized in the United States that is a corporation) to, be treated as a disregarded entity within the meaning of United States Treasury regulation section 301.7701-2(c)(2), and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Service RecipientU.S. Securitization Entity (other than any such Future Securitization Entity or Servicer Recipientorganized in the United States that is a corporation) to, be classified as a corporation or as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.5 Compliance with Laws.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law with respect to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such other Service Recipient except where such non-compliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that such non-compliance will not result in a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Collateral or any criminal liability on the part of any Service Recipient, the ManagerManagers or the Trustee.

Section 8.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions, business and activities in accordance with GAAP. The IssuerEach Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them to act as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit to either Co-Issuer and inspection by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them, shall be reimbursable as Securitization Operating Expenses of the Co-Issuers (allocated based upon their Allocable Share at the time of such one visit) per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute Securitization Operating Expenses of the Co-Issuers (allocated based upon their Allocable Share at the time of such visit).

Section 8.7 Actions under the Transaction Documents.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuerno Co-Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action that would permit any Driven Brands Entity or any other Person party to a Transaction Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any Transaction Document.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuerno Co-Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action which would permit any other Person party to a Franchise Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under such Franchise Document or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, such Franchise Document if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

 

87


(c) The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege available to it with respect to any obligor under a Collateral Document or under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral, take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by any such obligor of its obligations to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such other Service Recipient or give any consent, request, notice, direction or approval with respect to any such obligor if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1, the Issuer will not, nor will permit any otherEach Co-Issuer agrees that it will not, and will cause each Service Recipient that is a Subsidiary of such Co-Issuer not to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents.; provided, however, that each Co-Issuer and each Service Recipient may agree to any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any such term of any Transaction Document without any such consent (x) to the extent permitted under the terms of such other Transaction Documents, (y) solely with respect to any Indenture Document, as contemplated by Section 13.1 or (z) with respect to any Transaction Document that is not an Indenture Document, as follows:

(i) to add to the covenants of any Securitization Entity for the benefit of the Secured Parties or to add to the covenants of any Driven Brands Entity for the benefit of any Securitization Entity;

(ii) to terminate any Transaction Document if any party thereto (other than a Service Recipient) becomes, in the reasonable judgment of the Co-Issuers, unable to pay its debts as they become due, even if such party has not yet defaulted on its obligations under the Transaction Document, so long as the Co-Issuers enter into a replacement agreement with a new party within 90 days of the termination of the Transaction Document;

(iii) to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under the Transaction Documents as the parties thereto may deem necessary or desirable, which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof and which shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, or any other Secured Party; provided that an Officers’ Certificate shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer to such effect; or

(iv) to make conforming changes related to the joinder or addition of new Service Recipients or Future Securitization Entities.

For the avoidance of doubt, the prior written consent of the Control Party shall not be required for any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that all affected Noteholders have provided consent, either directly or indirectly through the purchase of Notes that include such terms.

(e) Upon the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event under thea Management Agreement, (i) the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other applicable Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, terminate the applicable Manager

 

88


and appoint any successor Manager in accordance with thesuch Management Agreement and (ii) the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other applicable Service Recipient to, terminate the applicable Manager and appoint one or more successor Managers in accordance with thesuch Management Agreement if and when so directed by the Control Party.

Section 8.8 Notice of Defaults and Other Events.

Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) upon becoming aware of (i) any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, (ii) any Rapid Amortization Event, (iii) any Potential Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Default, (v) any Default, (vi) any Event of Default or (vivii) any other default under any other Transaction Document, the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding notice thereof, together with an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, at itstheir expense, promptly provide to the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee such additional information as the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the matters so reported, and the actions so taken or contemplated to be taken.

Section 8.9 Notice of Material Proceedings.

Without limiting Section 8.27 or Section 8.25(b), promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon the determination by either the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of Parent that the commencement or existence of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding with respect to any Driven Brands Entity would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency.

Section 8.10 Further Requests.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly furnish to the Trustee such other information as, and in such form as, the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Series Supplement.

Section 8.11 Further Assurances.

(a) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Servicer, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the filing of any financing orstatements, financing change statements, continuation statements or amendments or other instruments under the UCC or PPSA in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and by the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25(c) or Section 8.25(d). The IssuerEach Co-Issuer and the Guarantors intendintends the security interests granted pursuant to the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements in favor of the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of the Collateral, and the Issuersuch Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, take all actions

 

89


necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens and except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25). If the Issuereither Co-Issuer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 8.11(a), then the Servicer may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Servicer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Issuersuch Co-Issuer upon the Servicer’s demand therefor. The Servicer is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments, financing change statements or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b) If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Permitted Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a central filing of a UCC or PPSA financing statement), any Franchisee promissory notes or any real property.

(d) If during any Quarterly Fiscal Period the Issuer or any U.S. Guarantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims (as such term is defined in the New York UCC) and such commercial tort claim or claims (when added to any past commercial tort claim or claims that were obtained by any U.S. Securitization Entity prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period that are still outstanding) have an aggregate value equal to or greater than $5,000,000 as of the last day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or such U.S. Guarantor shall notify the Servicer on or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date that it has obtained such an interest and shall sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Servicer granting a security interest under this Base Indenture or the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, in and to such commercial tort claim or claims whether obtained during such Quarterly Fiscal Period or prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

(e) The IssuerCo-Issuers will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

(f) On or before April 30 of each calendar year, commencing with April 30, 2019, the Issuer (or April 30, 2021 with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer), the Co-Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer (with a copy to the Back-Up Manager) (x) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, solely with respect to the U.S. Securitization Entities, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the United States and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest and (y) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, solely with respect to the Canadian Securitization

 

90


Entities, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, financing change statements, continuation statements, financing change statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements under the laws of the provinces of Ontario and Québec and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of (or render opposable against third parties) such Lien and security interest. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements, financing change statements, continuation statements and amendments or other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required, subject to clause (c) above, to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Base Indenture and the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the Collateral in the United States or the laws of the provinces of Ontario and Québec, as the case may be, until April 30 in the following calendar year.

Section 8.12 Liens.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including the Collateral), other than (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.13 Other Indebtedness.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, assume, incur, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder, including Indebtedness between the Securitization Entities, or under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Transaction Documents or the Allocation Agreement, including the incurrence of indebtedness from one Canadian Securitization Entity to another Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or the other provisions of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts and Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amounts, (ii) any guarantee by any Securitization Entity of the obligations of any other Securitization Entity, including any guarantee of a Securitization Entity established pursuant to the Allocation Agreement or (iii) any purchase money Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.14 Employee Benefit Plans.

No Service Recipient or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Service Recipient shall establish, sponsor, maintain, contribute to, incur any obligation to contribute to or incur any liability in respect of any Pension Plan, other than as set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Service Recipient shall incur any material contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws and other than any Welfare Plan set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Canadian Securitization Entity shall sponsor, maintain, contribute to or otherwise incur liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

 

91


Section 8.15 Mergers.

On and after the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, the Issuerno Co-Issuers will not, and will notit permit any other Securitization Entity to, merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Person (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), other than any merger or consolidation of any U.S. Securitization Entity with any other U.S. Securitization Entity or any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent or any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Canadian Securitization Entity with any other Canadian Securitization Entity or any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent.

Section 8.16 Asset Dispositions.

(a) The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, andnor will notit permit any other applicable Securitization Entity to, sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of its property (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including any Equity Interests of any other applicable Securitization Entity, except in the case of (i) Permitted Asset Dispositions and (ii) Permitted Brand Dispositions.

(b) In connection with any Permitted Brand Disposition, the applicable Securitization Entities (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) will deposit the related Release Price to the applicable Collection Account. The Release Price will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, and any applicable Prepayment Consideration shall be due in connection with such mandatory prepayment.

(i) The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 8.16(b). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition.

(ii) Immediately prior to any application of such proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Residual Amount of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

 

92


(c) For the avoidance of doubt, neither the ManagerManagers nor any of the Securitization Entities will be permitted to sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Driven Securitization Brands other than pursuant to a Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 8.17 Acquisition of Assets. The IssuerCo-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or PPSA or any other applicable law. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary in this Section 8.17, in the case of clause (ii) above, the Issuereach Co-Issuer and each Securitization Entity will be in compliance with this Section 8.17, if theeach Issuer and each Securitization Entity uses commercially reasonable efforts to comply with clause (ii).

Section 8.18 Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc. The Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its limited liability company interests and the Canadian Co-Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its shares; provided that, in each case, so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or would result therefrom, the IssuerCo-Issuers may declare and pay distributions to the extent permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Issuer’sapplicable law and their respective Charter Documents. The Issuer will not, and will not, including in respect of any Permitted Asset Disposition described in clause (xix) of the definition thereof and any amount on deposit in the Canadian Residual Account. No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity that is a Subsidiary of such Co-Issuer to, pay any wages or salaries or other compensation to its officers, directors, managers or other agents except out of earnings computed in accordance with GAAP or except for the fees paid to its Independent Managers. The Issuer or to the extent required by the Canadian Management Agreement. The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interest in or issued by such Securitization Entity or set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or as consented to by the Control Party. The IssuerCo-Issuers may draw on Class A-1 Note Commitments with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes for general corporate purposes of the Securitization Entities and the Non-Securitization Entities, including to fund any acquisition by any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity; provided that the Issuer shall not draw on such Class A-1 Note Commitments to pay dividends on Parent shares or to repurchase Parent shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each applicable Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Large Franchisor Exemption Amount contributed to such Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate on or prior to theany applicable Series 2018-1 Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to a Future Securitization Entity to such Non-Securitization Affiliate., (b) each U.S. Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount to any other U.S. Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Funding Holdco solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, Section 8.31(a) and (c) each Canadian Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution (i) to any other Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or any other provision

 

93


of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of the distribution of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts, and (ii) to any other Canadian Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Canadian Funding Holdco in respect of any Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount to any Canadian Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Canadian Funding Holdco solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, Section 8.31(b).

Section 8.19 Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307.

The IssuerCo-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, change its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 or 9-307 of the applicable UCC with respect to any U.S. Securitization Entity or the PPSA with respect to any Canadian Securitization Entity) or its legal name (including, with respect to any Canadian Securitization Entity, adding a French only name, combined French/English name and/or English/French name) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any other Securitization Entity desires to so change its location or change its legal name, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, make any required filings, and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name the Issuersuch Co-Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer (i) an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate confirming that all required filings have been made, subject to Section 8.11(c), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC or PPSA in respect of the new location or new legal name of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or other Securitization Entity and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

Section 8.20 Charter Documents.

The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, andnor will notit permit any other Securitization Entity to, amend, or consent to the amendment of, any of itsthe Charter Documents to which it is a party as a member or, shareholder, general partner, or limited partner, as applicable, unless, prior to such amendment, the Control Party shall have consented thereto and the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers and the other Securitization Entities shall be permitted to amend their Charter Documents without having to meet the Rating Agency Condition to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein or if such amendments could not reasonably be deemed to be disadvantageous to any Noteholder in the reasonable judgment of the Control Party. The Control Party may rely on an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate to make such determination. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer) of any amendment of any Charter Document of any Securitization Entity.

Section 8.21 Investments.

The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, andnor will notit permit any other Securitization Entity to, make, incur or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any other Person if such investment when made on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement, other than investments in (a) the Accounts, (b) any Franchisee promissory notes, (c) any other Securitization Entity, including investments by any Canadian Securitization Entity in any other Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or any other provision of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in

 

94


accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts and Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amounts or (d) the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi).

Section 8.22 No Other Agreements.

The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, andnor will notit permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument (other than any Transaction Document, any Franchise Document, any other document expressly permitted by a Series Supplement or the Transaction Documents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, any documents relating to the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi) or any documents or agreements incidental thereto) if such agreement when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.23 Other Business.

The IssuerNo Co-Issuer will not, andnor will notit permit any other Securitization Entity to, engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction, other than the incurrence and payment of ordinary course operating expenses, the issuing and selling of the Notes and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing or any other transaction which when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.24 Maintenance of Separate Existence.

(a) The IssuerEach of the Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents:

(i) maintain its own deposit and securities account or accounts, separate from those of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities, Take 5 Oil and Take 5) (such Affiliates, the “Non-Securitization Affiliates”), with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Securitization Entities will not be diverted to any Person who is not a Securitization Entity or for other than the use of the Securitization Entities, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates other than as provided in the Transaction Documents;

(ii) ensure that all transactions between it and any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates, whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis, it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and the transactions described in the proviso to the following clause (vi) meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

(iii) to the extent that it requires an office to conduct its business, (x) conduct its business from an office at a separate address from that of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that segregated offices in the same building shall constitute separate addresses for purposes of this clause (iii); or (y) to the extent that it has a shared office with any Non-Securitization Affiliate, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses;

 

95


(iv) issue separate financial statements from all of its Non-Securitization Affiliates prepared at least quarterly and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(v) conduct its affairs in its own name and in accordance with its Charter Documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary limited liability company, partnership or corporate formalities (as applicable), including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special meetings appropriate to authorize all of its actions, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

(vi) not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that the Securitization Entities may, pursuant to any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, cause letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities if the Issuerin the United States or Canada, as applicable, if the applicable Co-Issuer receives a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such letter of credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such letter of credit plus 25 basis points per annum, it being understood that such fee is an arm’s length fair market fee;

(vii) take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct in all material respects with respect to it and (y) comply in all material respects with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to it;

(viii) maintain at least two (2) Independent Managers on its board of managers or board of directors, as the case may be, and with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, one (1) of whom is a Canadian resident;

(ix) to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, remove or replace any Independent Manager only for Cause and only after providing the Trustee and the Control Party with at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of (A) any proposed removal of such Independent Manager and (B) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Manager, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Manager set forth in its Charter Documents; and

(x) (A) provide, or cause the applicable Manager to provide, to the Trustee and the Control Party a copy of the executed agreement with respect to the appointment of any replacement Independent Manager and (B) provide, or cause the applicable Manager to provide, to the Trustee, the Control Party and each Noteholder written notice of the identity and contact information for each Independent Manager on an annual basis and at any time such information changes.

(b) The Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other U.S. Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Issuer referenced in the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date or such other date when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the U.S. Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement are true and correct with respect to itself and each other U.S. Securitization Entity, and that the Issuer will, and will cause

 

96


each other U.S. Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein. in accordance with Section 8.24(a)(vii). The Canadian Co-Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other Canadian Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Canadian Co-Issuer referenced in the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date (beginning with the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) or such other date when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Canadian Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement are true and correct with respect to itself and each other Canadian Securitization Entity, and that the Canadian Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Canadian Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein in accordance with Section 8.24(a)(vii).

Section 8.25 Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, take or omit to take any action with respect to the maintenance, enforcement and defense of any SPV Franchisingapplicable Securitization Entity’s rights in and to the Securitization IP that would constitute a breach by the applicable Manager of the applicable Management Agreement if such action were taken or omitted by thesuch Manager on behalf of any applicable Securitization Entity.

(b) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer will notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer in writing within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Issuer’ssuch Co-Issuer’s first knowing or having reason to know that any application or registration relating to any material Securitization IP (now or hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated to the public domain, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO or any court but excluding office actions in the course of prosecution and any non-final determinations (other than in an adversarial proceeding) of the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO) regarding the validity or any Securitization Entity’s ownership of any material Securitization IP, its right to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c) With respect to the Securitization IP, (i) the Issuer (a) caused each applicable U.S. SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor) to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (bii) the Issuer caused CARSTAR Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, or (c) will causeiii) the Issuer caused Take 5 Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (iv) the Issuer caused ABRA Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after October 4, 2019, and (v) the Issuer will cause FUSA Franchisor and the Canadian Co-Issuer will cause the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management, as applicable, to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto with respect to Trademarks, Exhibit D-2 hereto with respect to Patents and Exhibit D-3 hereto with respect to Copyrights, or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Control Party, and any other instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary or, in the Control Party’s opinion, desirable to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights included in the Securitization IP in the United States and Canada.

(d) If the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires (other than for a Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand) an

 

97


application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer or such Guarantor (i) shall give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof and (ii) upon reasonable request of the Control Party, solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada, in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within ninety (90) days), shall execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements in the United States or Canada, as applicable, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

(e) In the event that any material Securitization IP is infringed upon, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the applicable SPV FranchisingSecuritization Entity upon becoming aware of such infringement, misappropriation or dilution shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party in writing. The applicable SPV FranchisingSecuritization Entity will take all reasonable and appropriate actions, at its expense, to protect or enforce such Securitization IP, including, if reasonable, suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and seeking an injunction (including, if appropriate, temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief) against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, unless the failure to take such actions on behalf of the applicable SPV FranchisingSecuritization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement; provided that if the applicable SPV FranchisingSecuritization Entity decides not to take any action with respect to an infringement, misappropriation or dilution that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such SPV FranchisingSecuritization Entity shall deliver written notice to the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for its decision not to act, and none of the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party will be required to take any actions on its behalf to protect or enforce the Securitization IP against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided, further, that the applicable Manager will be required to act if failure to do so would constitute a breach of the applicable Managing Standard.

(f) With respect to licenses of third-party Intellectual Property entered into after the Series 2018(i) the Series 2015-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) the Series 2016-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, (iii) the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (iv) the Series 2020-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to the applicable Manager acting on behalf of the Securitization Entities, as applicable), the Securitization Entities (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include terms permitting the grant by the Securitization Entities of a security interest therein to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to allow the applicable Manager (and any successor Manager) the right to use such Intellectual Property in the performance of its duties under the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.26 Insurance.

The IssuerCo-Issuers shall cause the applicable Manager to list each applicable Service Recipient as an “additional insured” or “loss payee” on any insurance maintained by thesuch Manager for the benefit of such Service Recipient pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement.

 

98


Section 8.27 Litigation.

If Parent or any of its parent entities is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the IssuerCo-Issuer shall, on each Quarterly Payment Date, provide a written report to the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency that sets forth all outstanding litigation, arbitration or other proceedings against any Driven Brands Entity that would have been required to be disclosed in Parent’s annual reports, quarterly reports and other public filings which Parent would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if Parentsuch entity were subject to such Sections.

Section 8.28 Environmental.

The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly notify the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and each Rating Agency, in writing, upon receipt of any written notice pursuant to which any Service Recipient becomes aware from any source (including but not limited to a governmental entity) relating in any way to any possible material liability of any Service Recipient pursuant to any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to:

(a) (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and obtain all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) comply with all of their Environmental Permits; and

(b) undertake all investigative and remedial action required by Environmental Laws with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in or about any real property owned, leased or operated by the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates, (ii) interfere with the Issuer’seither Co-Issuer’s or any of its respective Affiliates’ continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by the Issuereither Co-Issuer or any of their its Affiliates.

Section 8.29 Derivatives Generally.

Without the prior written consent of the Control Party, the IssuerThe Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into any derivative contract, swap, option, hedging contract, forward purchase contract or other similar agreement or instrument without the prior written consent of the Control Party (other than forward purchase agreements entered into by the Issuera Co-Issuer with third-party vendors on behalf of the Driven Securitization Brands in the ordinary course of business) if any such contract, agreement or instrument requires the Issuereither Co-Issuer to expend any financial resources (other than amounts available to the Co-Issuers pursuant to priority (xxix) of the Priority of Payments) to satisfy any payment obligations owed in connection therewith.

 

99


Section 8.30 Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Future Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the ManagerManagers, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if anySecuritization-Owned Locations (other than in the circumstances described in clause (x) below which shall be required) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the applicable Manager (on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to Take 5 Propertiesthe applicable Securitization Entities any future Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Locations (1) located in the United States for the Take 5 Brand or Fix Auto Brand or (2) located in Canada for the CARSTAR Brand or Take 5 Brand, and (y) the applicable Manager (on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to one or more applicable Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States or Canada, respectively. At the time any Future Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into any Future Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “SPV Franchising Entities”, “Driven Securitization Brands” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Future Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

(b) Each Future Securitization Entity shall be a Delaware limited liability company or, a Delaware corporation, a Canadian corporation, or an Ontario limited partnership (so long as the use of such corporate form is reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party) and shall have adopted Charter Documents substantially similar to the Charter Documents of the Securitization Entities that are Delaware limited liability companies or, Delaware corporations, Canadian corporations, or Ontario limited partnerships, as applicable, as in existence on the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date. If the Issuereither Co-Issuer desires to create, incorporate, form or otherwise organize a Future Securitization Entity that does not comply with the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuersuch Co-Issuer shall first obtain the prior written consent of the Control Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall cause each Future Securitization Entity to promptly execute an assumption agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A to the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, in the case of any Future Securitization Entity organized as a Canadian corporation or Ontario limited partnership, the form attached to the Canadian Collateral Agreement (each, an “Assumption Agreement”) pursuant to which such Future Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the other Guarantors and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement with the other Canadian Guarantors.

(d) Upon the execution and delivery of an Assumption Agreement as required in clause (c) above, any Future Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement, with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and “Pledgor”, respectively, and, without limiting the generality of the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement, will assume all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and “Pledgor” thereunder.

(e) After the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers may restructure the ownership of the Securitization Entities or create new Securitization Entities so long as such entities remain Securitization Entities.

 

100


(f) After the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Co-Issuers shall deliver, or shall cause the applicable Manager to deliver, to each Rating Agency any Opinion of Counsel regarding “true sale” or “true contribution” matters prepared in connection with the formation of any Future Securitization Entity that is party to a Contribution Agreement to the extent reasonably requested or reasonably anticipated to be reasonably requested by such Rating Agency.

Section 8.31 Tax Lien Reserve Amount.

(a) Upon receipt of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount by the Issuer or any U.S. Guarantor, the Issuer will remit such amount to a collateral deposit account established with and controlled by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the obligation of the Securitization Entities to have the related asserted lien released; provided that the Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the U.S. Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the IRS on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a U.S. Securitization Entity of notice that the IRS intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any such Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the IRS upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to Parent).

(b) In the event a Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount is contributed to any Canadian Securitization Entity, such amount will be held by the Canadian Co-Issuer on behalf of itself or as agent for any other Canadian Guarantor and held in an account in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, solely in its capacity as trustee, as security for the obligation of the Canadian Securitization Entities to have the asserted lien released; provided that the Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Canadian Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Canadian Co-Issuer and any applicable Canadian Guarantor (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) on behalf of the applicable Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Canadian Co-Issuer and any applicable Canadian Guarantor (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a Canadian Securitization Entity of notice that the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any such Canadian Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to the Canadian Manager).

Section 8.32 Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.

The IssuerEach Co-Issuer shall, and shall cause each other applicable Service Recipient to, promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, timely filing an answer and any other appropriate pleading objecting to (i) the institution of any proceeding to have any such Service Recipient, as the case may be, adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or (ii) the filing of any petition seeking relief, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition or in respect of any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law or any other applicable law).

 

101


Section 8.33 Take 5 Accounts.

(a) Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall cause all cash revenues, credit card and debit card proceeds of the Take 5 Company Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) at Take 5 Company Locations, in each case to the extent not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account, to promptly be deposited into a Take 5 Account.

(b) Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall, on each Business Day, cause all available funds in excess of $500,000 posted to Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are (x) not zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement and (y) not subject to Account Control Agreements, to be remitted to a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account or another Take 5 Account subject to an Account Control Agreement on such Business Day.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1 Rapid Amortization Events.

The Notes will be subject to rapid amortization in whole and not in part following the occurrence of any of the following events as declared by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers (with a copy to the ManagerManagers and the Trustee) (each, a “Rapid Amortization Event”); provided that a Rapid Amortization Event described in clause (d) will occur automatically without any declaration thereof by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative):

(a) the failure to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.20:1.00 as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date;

(b) the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event;

(c) the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(d) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have not repaid or refinanced any Series of Notes (or Class thereof) in full on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date relating to such Series of Notes or Class; or

(e) Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $640,000,000; provided that such threshold may be decreased in connection with a Permitted Brand Disposition subject to approval by the Control Party and receipt of athe Rating Agency Confirmation.12

 

 

12 

Upon the System-Wide Sales Trigger Date, the proviso in Section 9.1(e) of the Base Indenture shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows and the following sentence shall succeed Section 9.1(e):

(e) Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $1,500,000,000;

 

102


Section 9.2 Events of Default.

If any one of the following events shall occur (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Issuerany Co-Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of a failure to pay such interest when due resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission); provided that failure to pay any contingent interest on any Series of Notes on any Quarterly Payment Date (including on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default;

(b) the Issuerany Co-Issuer (i) defaults in the payment of any principal of any Notes on the Series Legal Final Maturity Date for such Notes or as and when due in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment or (ii) fails to make any other principal payments due from funds available in the Collection AccountAccounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Weekly Allocation Date; provided that, in the case of a failure to pay principal under either clause (i) or (ii) resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee receives written notice or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission; provided, further, that the failure to pay any Prepayment Consideration on any prepayment of principal made during any Rapid Amortization Period occurring prior to the related Series Anticipated Repayment Date will not be an Event of Default;

(c) any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants (other than those covered by clause (a) or clause (b) above) (including any covenant to pay any amount other than interest on or principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the Priority of Payments), or any of its representations or warranties contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party proves to be incorrect in any material respect as of the date made or deemed to be made, and such default, failure or breach continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days (or, solely with respect to a failure to comply with (i) any obligation to deliver a notice, financial statement, report or other communication within the specified time frame set forth in the applicable Transaction Document, such failure continues for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days after the specified time frame for delivery has elapsed or (ii) Section 8.7, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.32, or 8.33 such failure continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days), in each case, following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient of such breach or failure and the default caused thereby or written notice to such Service Recipient by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such default, breach or failure; provided that no Event of Default will occur pursuant to this clause (c) if, with respect to any such representation deemed to have been false in any material respect when made which can be remedied by making a payment of an Indemnification Amount, (i) the relevant Contributor or the Manager, as applicable, has paid the required Indemnification Amount in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) such Indemnification Amount has been deposited into the applicable Collection Account;

 

 

provided that such threshold may be increased or decreased at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers subject to approval by the Control Party and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

Any changes to Section 9.1(e) of the Indenture related to approval of changes to the Driven Brands System-Wide Sales will be approved by the Control Party at the direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers and will not require any further consent or review by the Control Party, and the Control Party’s approval will be deemed to be consistent with the Servicing Standard.

 

103


(d)    the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to any Securitization Entity;

(e)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.10:1.00;

(f)    the SEC or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that any Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or is under the “control” of a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

(g)    any of the Transaction Documents or any material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions thereof) or Parent or any Service Recipient so asserts in writing;

(h)    other than with respect to Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000, the Trustee ceases to have for any reason a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in which perfection can be achieved under the UCC, the PPSA, or other applicable law in the United States or Canada to the extent required by the Transaction Documents or any Service Recipient or any Affiliate thereof so asserts in writing;

(i)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any material provision of its organizational documents, or any Securitization Entity fails to comply with any provision of Section 8.24 or any affirmative covenant in the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements relating to legal separateness of the Securitization Entity, which failure is reasonably likely to cause the contribution or sale of the Collateral to such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements to fail to constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to the Contribution Agreements or is reasonably likely to cause a court of competent jurisdiction to disregard the separate existence of such Securitization Entity relative to any Person other than another Securitization Entity and, in each case, such failure continues for more than thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient or written notice to such Service Recipient from the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such failure;

(j)    a final non-appealable ruling has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the contribution of the Collateral (other than any immaterial Collateral and any Collateral that has been disposed of to the extent permitted or required under the Transaction Documents) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement does not constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to such agreement;

(k)    an outstanding final non-appealable judgment exceeding $5,000,000 (when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding final non-appealable judgments) (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) is rendered against any Securitization Entity, and either (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there is any period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, will not be in effect;

 

104


(l)    the failure of (i) Parent to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Funding Holdco or to indirectly own 100% of the Equity Interests of Canadian Funding Holdco or (ii) Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer; or Canadian Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Canadian Co-Issuer; provided, that a Permitted Brand Disposition of the Equity Interests of all Canadian Securitization Entities shall not result in an Event of Default under clause (i) or (ii);

(m)    other than as permitted under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the SPV Franchising Entities collectively fail to have good title to any material portion of the Securitization IP or the Service Recipients collectively fail to have good title in or to the Contributed Franchise Agreements or the New Franchise Agreements or any material portion of the assets required to operate the Securitization-Owned Locations and the Take 5 Company Locations, the Product Sourcing Business or the Claims Management Business;

(n)    (i) any Securitization Entity engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Pension Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Pension Plan and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iii) any Lien in an amount equal to at least $1,000,000 in favor of the PBGC or a Pension Plan arises on the assets of any Securitization Entity and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iv) a Reportable Event occurs with respect to, or proceedings commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee is appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Single Employer Plan terminates for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (vi) any Securitization Entity incurs, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party is likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan or, (vii) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Pension Plan or an Employee Benefit Plan, or (viii) a Securitization Entity terminates, winds-up, or fails to comply with applicable laws with respect to a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, sponsored by such Securitization Entity; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viiviii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Securitization Entity; or

(o)    the IRS files notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to the assets of any U.S. Securitization Entity and such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days, unless (i) Parent has provided evidence that payment to satisfy the full amount of the asserted liability has been provided to the IRS, and the IRS has released such asserted lien within sixty (60) days of such payment, or (ii) such lien or the asserted liability is being contested in good faith and Parent has contributed to Funding Holdco funds in the amount necessary to satisfy the asserted liability (the “Tax Lien Reserve Amount”), which such funds are set aside and remitted to a collateral deposit account as provided in Section 8.31;3

then (i) in the case of any event described in each clause above (except for clause (d) thereof) that has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the

 

 

3 Upon the Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date, the definition of “Event of Default” will be amended, automatically, without any need for any further action, to delete the word “or” from the end of clause (n) of the definition of “Event of Default”, replace the period appended to the end of clause (o) of the definition of “Event of Default”, and add a new clause (p) to the definition of “Event of Default” as follows:

“(p) Any Advance Period shall have occurred and be continuing for ninety (90) or more consecutive days.”

 

105


Controlling Class Representative) and on behalf of the Noteholders, by written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers, will declare the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to be immediately due and payable and, upon any such declaration, such Outstanding Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) in the case of any event described in clause (d) above that has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

If any Securitization Entity obtains Actual Knowledge that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Securitization Entity shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party. Promptly following the Trustee’s receipt of written notice hereunder of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall send a copy thereof to the Issuereach Co-Issuer, the Servicer, each Rating Agency, the Controlling Class Representative, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as hereinafter provided in this Article IX, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by written notice to the Issuereach Co-Issuer and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if (i) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (a) all overdue installments of interest and principal on the Notes (excluding principal amounts due solely as a result of the acceleration) and (b) all unpaid taxes, administrative expenses and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or the Servicer under the Transaction Documents and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and Advances of the Trustee and the Servicer, their agents and counsel, and any unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees or Workout Fees and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Any Default or Event of Default described in clause (d) above and any acceleration resulting therefrom will not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Any other Default or Event of Default may be waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee.

Section 9.3     Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a)    Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenantsCo-Issuers covenant that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable, (ii) the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or (iii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Series of Notes Outstanding when due and payable, the Issuer willCo-Issuers shall, to the extent of funds available, upon demand of the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Rate and any default rate, as applicable, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

 

106


(b)    Proceedings To Collect Money. In case the IssuerCo-Issuers shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the IssuerCo-Issuers and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the IssuerCo-Issuers, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c)    Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall take one or more of the following actions:

(i) proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable law;

(ii) (A) direct the Issuereach Co-Issuer to exercise (and the Issuereach such Co-Issuer agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer against any party to any Collateral Document arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer, and any right of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) the Issuersuch Co-Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) the Issuersuch Co-Issuer refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under the Indenture thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct the Issuersuch Co-Issuer to take such action);

(iii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee will not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property will instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

(iv) sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Trustee will provide notice to the Issuereach Co-Issuer and each Holder of Subordinated Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of the Collateral.

 

107


(d)    Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder, under theeither Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture) or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of the Indenture, theeither Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Transaction Document:

(i) any of the Trustee, any Noteholder and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

(ii) the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, bill of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii) all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Securitization Entity of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Securitization Entity and its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Securitization Entity or its successors or assigns; and

(iv) the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for his or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and his or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer therefor, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(e)    Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements shall be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations, shall be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments (without regard to the Allocable Share); provided that, unless otherwise provided in this Article IX, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes, notwithstanding the provisions of Article V, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(f)    Receiver. With respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may appoint by instrument in writing one or more Receivers of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any or all of its Indenture Collateral with such rights, powers and authority (including any or all of the rights, powers and authority of the Trustee under this Base Indenture) as may be provided for in the instrument of appointment or any supplemental instrument, and remove and replace any such Receiver from time to time. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any Receiver appointed by the Trustee shall (for purposes relating to responsibility for the Receiver’s acts or omissions) be considered to be the agent of the Canadian Co-Issuer and not of the trustee or any of the other Secured Parties.

 

108


(g)    Court-Appointed Receiver. With respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction an order for the appointment of a Receiver of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any or all of its Indenture Collateral.

(h)    (f) Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, PPSA and similar laws as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

(i)    (g) Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(j)    (h) Power of Attorney. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuereach Co-Issuer hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute and irrevocable power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

Section 9.4     Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling. To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Issuereach Co-Issuer for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a)    agrees that neither it nor any such Person will step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b)    waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c)    waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements; and

(d)    consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

Section 9.5     Limited Recourse.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Securitization Entities to the Noteholders and any other Secured Parties under or in relation to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or

 

109


otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Noteholders or any other Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Securitization Entity to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 9.5, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

Section 9.6    Optional Preservation of the Collateral.

If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 following an Event of Default, and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

Section 9.7    Waiver of Past Events.

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of each Series of Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 9.2 and subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default described in any clause of Section 9.2 (except Section 9.2(d)) and its consequences; provided that, before any waiver may be effective, the Trustee and the Servicer must have received any reimbursement then due or payable in respect of unreimbursed Advances (including interest thereon) or any other amounts then due to the Servicer or the Trustee hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents; provided, further, that the Control Party shall provide written notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. A Default or an Event of Default described in Section 9.2(d) shall not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Potential Rapid Amortization Event or any existing Rapid Amortization Event; provided that a Rapid Amortization Event pursuant to clause (d) of Section 9.1 relating to a particular Series of Notes (or Class thereof) shall not be permitted to be waived by any party unless each affected Noteholder has consented to such waiver.

Section 9.8    Control by the Control Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding in respect of any enforcement of the Collateral, in respect of any enforcement of Liens on the Collateral or conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee and to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

(a)    such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, the Servicing Standard or the Indenture;

(b)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

 

110


(c)    such direction shall be in writing;

provided, further, that, subject to Section 10.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided herein.

Section 9.9    Limitation on Suits.

Any other provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Holder of Notes may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document only if:

(a)    the Noteholder gives to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b)    the Noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative to pursue the remedy;

(c)    such Noteholder or Noteholders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative against any loss, liability or expense;

(d)    the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it;

(e)    during such sixty (60) day period, the Majority of Senior Noteholders do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request; and

(f)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) has consented to the pursuit of such remedy.

A Noteholder may not use the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

Section 9.10    Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

Section 9.11    The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Noteholders and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the IssuerCo-Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), itstheir creditors or itstheir property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by

 

111


each Noteholder and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders or any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party in any such proceeding.

Section 9.12    Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9, the Control Party or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

Section 9.13    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder or other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.14    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.15    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any Holder of any Note or any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of

 

112


Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article IX or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

Section 9.16    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The IssuerEach Co-Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document; and the Issuereach Co-Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1    Duties of the Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall (except in the case of the receipt of directions with respect to such matter from the Control Party in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document in which event the Trustee’s sole responsibility will be to act or refrain from acting in accordance with such directions) exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction taken, or not taken, by it upon the deemed occurrence of an Event of Default, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Manager Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event of which a Trust Officer has not received written notice; provided, further, that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction due to the acts or failure to act of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in connection with any Event of Default, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event, or for acting or refraining from acting due to any direction or lack of direction from the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative. The preceding sentence shall not have the effect of insulating the Trustee from liability arising out of the Trustee’s negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Indenture; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished by the Issuerany Co-Issuer under the Indenture.

 

113


(b)    Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and no others, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture or any other Transaction Document against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture and any other applicable Transaction Document; provided that, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision of the Indenture are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such certificates or opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture and shall promptly notify the party of any non-conformity.

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section 10.1;

(ii) the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proven that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Control Party or the requisite Noteholders in accordance with this Base Indenture relating to the time, method and place for conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Base Indenture or any other circumstances in which such direction is required or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture; and

(iv) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event, Potential Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event or the commencement and continuation of a Cash Trapping Period until such time as the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge or shall have received written notice thereof, and in the absence of such Actual Knowledge or receipt of such notice the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred or is continuing.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, no provision of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or exercise of its rights or powers hereunder or thereunder, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any risk, loss, liability or expense.

 

114


(e)    In the event that the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Registrar, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be obligated as soon as practicable upon Actual Knowledge thereof and receipt of appropriate records and information, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.

(f)    Subject to Section 10.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(g)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.

(h)    The Trustee shall not be responsible (i) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (ii) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, (iii) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (iv) for the validity of the title of the Securitization Entities to the Collateral, (v) for insuring the Collateral or (vi) for the payment of Taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral, except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents by the Securitization Entities or Service Recipients.

(i)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the Indenture at the direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the requisite percentage of Noteholders, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, under the Indenture.

(j)    The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Base Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement, financing change statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redeposition of any thereof; (ii) to see to any insurance; (iii) except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e), to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind; or (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Managereither or both Co- Issuers, either or both Managers, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k)    The Trustee shall not be personally liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the performance of its duties under the Indenture.

(l)    (i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Trustee shall make Debt Service Advances to the extent and in the manner set forth in Section 5.12(c) hereof and Collateral Protection Advances to the extent the Servicer fails to make such Collateral Protection Advances; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other

 

115


Transaction Document to the contrary, the Trustee will not be responsible for advancing any principal on the Senior Notes, any make-whole prepayment consideration, any Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses, any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees, any Post-ARD Additional Interest or any reserve amounts or any interest or principal payable on, or any other amount due with respect to, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance shall be required to be made hereunder by the Trustee if the Trustee determines such Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance (including interest thereon) would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance. The determination by the Trustee that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance, or that any proposed Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance, shall be made by the Trustee in its reasonable good faith judgment. The Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer that an Advance is or would be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders. The Trustee may update or change its nonrecoverability determination at any time, and may decide that a requested Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance that was previously deemed to be a Nonrecoverable Advance shall have become recoverable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances made by the Trustee and any accrued interest thereon will be paid strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments, even if the Trustee determines that any such advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance after such Advance has been made.

(iii) The Trustee shall be entitled to receive interest at the Advance Interest Rate accrued on the amount of each Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance made thereby (with its own funds) for so long as such Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance is outstanding. Such interest with respect to any Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance made pursuant to this Section 10.1(l) shall be payable out of Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.2    Rights of the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1:

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Officers’ Certificate, certificate of a Manager, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, instrument, report, consent, order, document or other paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)    The Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such non-affiliated agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is appointed with due care; provided that the Trustee shall have received the consent of the Servicer prior to the appointment of any agent, custodian or nominee performing any material obligation of the Trustee hereunder.

(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith and willful misconduct which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture or the other applicable Transaction Documents.

 

116


(e)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation hereto or thereto, at the request, order or direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, unless the Trustee has been offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes. If the Trustee is so requested or determines in its own discretion to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Service Recipients, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the IssuerCo-Issuers, and the Trustee shall incur no liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g)    The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Base Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall be not be liable in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct for the performance of such act.

(h)    In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the e-mail communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

(j)    The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God, earthquakes, fires, floods, wars, civil or military disturbances, sabotage, epidemics, riots, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents, labor disputes, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

 

117


(l)    All rights of action and claims under this Base Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payments to the Trustee provided for in Section 10.5, be distributed in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(m)    The Trustee may request written direction from any applicable party any time the Indenture provides that the Trustee may be directed to act.

(n)    Any request or direction of the Issuerany Co-Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order.

(o)    Whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, theor Officers’ Certificate of each applicable Co- Issuer, any applicable Manager or the Servicer and shall incur no liability for its reliance thereon.

(p)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the books or records of, or for any acts or omissions of, DTC, any transfer agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), Clearstream, Euroclear, any calculation agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), or any agent appointed by it with due care or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity).

(q)    The Trustee and its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. The Trustee does not guarantee the performance of any Eligible Investments.

(r)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Servicer or the Issueras specified herein. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer or the IssuerCo- Issuers to provide timely written investment direction.

(s)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate nor shall it be responsible or liable for any calculation of the DSCR, the Interest-Only DSCR, the New Series Pro Forma DSCR or the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

(t)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each case, with respect to its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u)    The Trustee shall be afforded, in each Transaction Document, all of the rights, powers, immunities and indemnities granted to it in this Base Indenture as if such rights, powers, immunities and indemnities were specifically set out in each such Transaction Document.

 

118


(v)    For any purpose under the Transaction Documents, the Trustee may conclusively assume without incurring liability therefor that no Notes are held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, theany Manager or any Affiliate of any of them unless a Trust Officer has received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office that any Notes are so held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, theany Manager or any Affiliate of any of them.

(w)    The Trustee shall not have any responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the terms of an engagement of an Independent Auditors by the Issuer (or theAuditor by any Co-Issuer (or any respective Manager on behalf of the Issuera Co-Issuer) or the terms of any agreed upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the same, to execute any acknowledgment or other agreement with the Independent Auditors required for the Trustee to receive any of the reports or instructions provided herein, which acknowledgment or agreement may include, among other things, (i) acknowledgment that the Issuer hadeach Co-Issuer has agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Auditors are sufficient for the Issuer’ssuch Co-Issuer’s purposes, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the Independent Auditors, and (iii) restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Auditors (including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in respect of the Independent Auditors that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it.

Section 10.3    Individual Rights of the Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate of the Securitization Entities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

Section 10.4    Notice of Events of Default and Defaults.

If an Event of Default, a Default, a Rapid Amortization Event or a Potential Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing and if the Trustee has Actual Knowledge thereof, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Noteholders, the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuereach Co-Issuer, any Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency with notice of such Event of Default, Default, Rapid Amortization Event or Potential Rapid Amortization Event, to the extent that the Notes of such Series are Book-Entry Notes by telephone and facsimile and otherwise by first class mail.

Section 10.5    Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)    The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, promptly pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of the Indenture and services hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party as the Trustee and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders

 

119


services after an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are post-filing expenses and intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act or the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act.

(b)    The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any loss, liability, claim, expense (including taxes, other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee), damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with (i) the activities of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and (ii) the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuera Co-Issuer or otherwise, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding, claim (whether asserted by the Issuereither Co-Issuer, the Servicer, the Control Party or any Noteholder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, the preservation of any of its rights to, or the realization upon, any of the Collateral, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.5(b); provided, however, that the IssuerCo- Issuers shall not indemnify the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence by the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee, as the case may be.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

Section 10.6    Replacement of the Trustee.

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.6.

(b)    The Trustee may, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Noteholders, the Servicer, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency, resign at any time from its office and be discharged from the trust hereby created; provided that no such resignation of the Trustee will be effective until a successor Trustee has assumed the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The Control Party or the IssuerCo-Issuers may remove the Trustee, or any Noteholder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee, if at any time:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.8;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii) the Trustee fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

120


If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall promptly, with the prior written consent of the Control Party, appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Majority of Controlling Class Members (with the prior written consent of the Control Party) may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the IssuerCo-Issuers.

(c)    If a successor Trustee is not appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee is not delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, at the direction of the Control Party, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the IssuerCo- Issuers, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(d)    If the Trustee after written request by the Servicer or any Noteholder fails to comply with Section 10.8, the Servicer or such Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all of the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is a party. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, so long as all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6, the Issuer’sCo-Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

(f)    No successor Trustee may accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor is qualified and eligible under this Base Indenture, a Rating Agency Notification has been provided and the Control Party has provided its consent with respect to such appointment.

Section 10.7    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Subject to Section 10.8, if the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, so long as (i) written notice of such consolidation, merger or conversion shall be provided to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) the resulting or successor corporation is eligible to be a Trustee under Section 10.8.

Section 10.8    Eligibility Disqualification.

(a)    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall (i) be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, (ii) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, (iv) be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer and (v) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “BBB+” by Standard & Poor’s.

 

121


(b)    At any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 10.8(a), the Trustee shall resign immediately after written request to do so by the IssuerCo- Issuers or by the Control Party at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 10.9    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power, upon notice to the Control Party, the IssuerCo-Issuers and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent, and may execute and deliver all instruments, to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, for all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.9, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 10.8 or shall be otherwise acceptable to the Servicer. No notice to the Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.6. No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

(b)    Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) the Notes of each Series shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee;

(ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(iii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, and such appointment shall not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute any such trustee or co-trustee as an agent of the Trustee; and

(iv) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c)    Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a

 

122


party, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document which the Trustee is a party relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers.

(d)    Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

Section 10.10    Representations and Warranties of Trustee.

The Trustee represents and warrants to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Noteholders that:

(a)    the Trustee is a national banking association, organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;

(b)    the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to authenticate the Notes, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and any such other Transaction Document and to authenticate the Notes;

(c)    this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and

(d)    the Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as a trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.8(a).

ARTICLE XI

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

Section 11.1    Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    Within five (5) Business Days following the occurrence of a CCR Re-Election Event or Annual Election Date, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Controlling Class Members, in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto, through the Applicable Procedures of the applicable Clearing Agency with respect to Book-Entry Notes and to the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes and shall post a notice to the Trustee’s password-protected internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (together with a copy thereof to the ManagerManagers and the IssuerCo-Issuers), announcing that there will be an election of a Controlling Class Representativea CCR Election and soliciting nominations of candidates for the Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election Notice”). During any CCR Election Period or any communications with respect thereto, both the Trustee and the Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to rely on the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for all Book-Entry Notes and the information contained in the Note Register from all Definitive Notes notices and communications.

 

123


(b)    Each Controlling Class Member will be allowed to nominate itself or one Eligible Third Party Candidate (as defined below) as a CCR Candidate (and will not be permitted to nominate any other Person as a CCR Candidate) by submitting a nomination directly to the Trustee in writing in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto (a “CCR Nomination”) within the period specified in such notice, which will be thirtyfive (305) Business Days after the date of the CCR Election Notice (such period, the “CCR Nomination Period”). A candidate does not have to be a Controlling Class Member, but if it is not a Controlling Class Member, it must certify that (i) it is an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Co-Issuers and (ii) not (w) a Competitor, (x) a Franchisee, (y) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (z) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative (the candidate described in clauses (i) and (ii), an “Eligible Third-Party Candidate”). Each Controlling Class Member submitting a CCR Nomination shall represent that as of a date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice as determined by the Trustee,, (i) it was the Note Owner or Noteholder, as applicable, of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by it in theits CCR Nomination; and (ii) the CCR Candidate that it has nominated pursuant to such CCR Nomination is either (A)is a Controlling Class Member or (B) an Eligible Third-Party Candidate; provided that, for purposes of such nomination and determining the CCR Candidates pursuant to Section 11.1(c), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series.. CCR Nominations may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Election Notice, and no originals or medallion signature guarantees shall be required, and the Trustee will be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in relying on, CCR Nominations submitted in such manner. Each nomination shall include a contact for the CCR Candidate that will be available to answer any questions raised by a Noteholder or Note Owner. Such contact information will be posted on the Trustee’s internet website.

(c)    Based upon the CCR Nominations that are received by the Trustee by the endlast day of the CCR Nomination Period, (i) if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is no Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo- Issuers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Members that no nominationsCCR Nominations have been received and that the electionno CCR Election will not be held, (ii) if one or more CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall prepare and send to each applicable Controlling Class Member a ballot in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto (the “CCR Ballot”) naming the top three candidates based upon the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of Controlling Class Members nominating such candidate (or, if fewer than three (3) candidates are nominated, the CCR Ballot will list all candidates), or (iii) in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations areNomination has been received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the currentby the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative will remainat such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Datewill be deemed re- elected and will continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative; provided that, for purposes of such nomination and determining the CCR Candidates pursuant to Section 11.1(c), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. Each Controlling Class Member shallmay, in its sole discretion, indicate its vote for Controlling Class Representativea CCR Candidate in a CCR Election by returning a completed CCR Ballot directly to the Trustee within tenfive (105) Business Days after the date of the CCR Ballot (a “CCR Election Period”). Each Controlling Class Member returning a completed CCR Ballot will also be required to confirm certifying that, as of the date of the CCR Ballot (the “CCR Voting Record Date”), such Controlling Class Member was the owner or beneficial owner of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by such Controlling Class

 

124


Member in the CCR Ballot, and including a notarization or medallion signature guarantee; provided that, for purposes of such certification and the tabulation of votes pursuant to Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. CCR Ballots may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Ballots.

(d)    At the end of the CCR Election Period, the Trustee will tabulate the votes; provided that, for purposes of such tabulation of votes pursuant to this Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. If a CCR Candidate receives votes from the Majority of Controlling Class Members holding beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class (or any beneficial interest therein) that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date), such CCR Candidate shall be appointedwill be elected the Controlling Class Representative. Notes of the Controlling Class held by the Issuera Co-Issuer or any Affiliate of the IssuerCo-Issuers will not be considered Outstanding for such voting purposes. If the CCR Election Period results in a tie,two CCR Candidates both receive votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf pursuant to the Management Agreements) shall select the Controlling Class Representative shall be the CCR Candidate chosen by the Manager from among thesuch CCR Candidates with the highest votes. In the event that the foregoing procedures do not result in an election of areceiving votes from Controlling Class Representative,Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount. If no CCR Candidate receives 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Trustee shall notify the ManagerManagers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members that noappointed Controlling Class Representative has been appointedwill not be elected. Until a CCR Re-election Event occurs and a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to the terms set forth in this Article XI, (i) the Control Party shall exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with the Servicing Standard and (ii) any deliverable or notice that is required to be provided to the Controlling Class Representative under a Transaction Document shall be delivered to the Control Party. The prior Controlling Class Representative (if any) will cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of any CCR Election Period following a CCR Re-election Event (so long as a CCR Election is held at such time) unless it is re-elected as Controlling Class Representative after such CCR Election Period as described above, even if no candidate is elected as a successor Controlling Class Representative at the end of such CCR Election Period. Following a CCR Re-election Event, the Trustee shall repeat the election procedures described above.

(e)    In the event that a Controlling Class RepresentativeIf a CCR Candidate is elected or chosen pursuant to Section 11.1(d), the Trustee shall forward an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto (a “CCR Acceptance Letter”) to such Controlling Class Representative. No Personelected CCR Candidate for execution. No elected CCR Candidate shall be appointed Controlling Class Representative unless it executes such CCR Acceptance Letter within fifteen (15) Business Days of its receipt thereof, pursuant to which it shall (i) agree to act as the Controlling Class Representative, (ii) provide its name and contact information and permit such information to be shared with the ManagerManagers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members and (iii) represent and warrant that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. Within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such CCR Acceptance Letter, the Trustee shall promptly forward copies thereof, or provide notice of the identity and contact information of the new Controlling Class Representative, to the ManagerRepresentative’s name and address, to the Managers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members.

 

125


(f)    Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative or from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, as applicable, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the identityname and address of the new Controlling Class Representative.

(g)    The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in all actions taken or not taken by it with respect to, (i) the email information provided by the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies (and the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes) for delivery of the CCR Election Notices and the CCR Ballots to Note Owners of Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Persons submitting CCR Nominations, CCR Ballots and CCR Acceptance Letters.

(h)    The Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) shall be entitled to rely on the identity of the Controlling Class Representative provided by the Trustee with respect to any obligation or right hereunder or under any other Transaction Document that the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) may have to deliver information or otherwise communicate with the Controlling Class Representative or any of the Noteholders of the Controlling Class, with no liability to it for such reliance.

(i)    The Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee, upon request, any memoranda delivered to the Trustee by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement; provided that it shall have first executed a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the ManagerManagers, and such confidentiality agreement remains in effect. Any such memoranda shall be deemed to contain confidential information.

Section 11.2    Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative. The Controlling Class Representative may at any time resign as such by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and to each Noteholder of the Controlling Class. As of any Record Date, a Majority of Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to remove any existing Controlling Class Representative by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and such existing Controlling Class Representative. No resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative shall be effective until a successor Controlling Class Representative has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.1 or until the end of the CCR Election Period (or, if no CCR Election Period has occurred after a CCR Nomination Period, until the end of the related CCR Nomination Period) following such resignation or removal; provided that any Controlling Class Representative that has been removed pursuant to this Section 11.2 may subsequently be nominated as a CCR Candidate and appointed as Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1; provided, further, that an existing Controlling Class Representative shall cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of a CCR Election Period, even if no successor is re-elected pursuant to Section 11.1, unless such Controlling Class Representative is elected during such CCR Election Period (except that, in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations areNomination has been received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the currentby the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative will remainat such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Datewill be deemed re-elected and will continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative). In addition to the foregoing, within two (2) Business Days of the selection, resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Servicer and the parties to this Base Indenture of such event.

 

126


Section 11.3    Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    The Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability to the Noteholders for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to the Indenture or for errors in judgment; provided that the Controlling Class Representative shall not be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Indenture. Each Noteholder acknowledges and agrees, by its acceptance of its Notes or interests therein, that (i) the Controlling Class Representative may have special relationships and interests that conflict with those of Noteholders of one or more Classes of Notes, or that conflict with other Noteholders, (ii) the Controlling Class Representative may act solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interest, (iii) the Controlling Class Representative does not have any duties to Noteholders other than the Controlling Class Members, (iv) the Controlling Class Representative may take actions that favor the interests of the Controlling Class Members over the interests of Noteholders of one or more other Classes of Notes, or that favor its own interests over those of other Noteholders or other Controlling Class Members, (v) the Controlling Class Representative shall not be deemed to have been grossly negligent or reckless, or to have acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misfeasance, by reason of its having acted solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interests, and (vi) the Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability whatsoever for having so acted pursuant to clauses (i) through (v), and no Note Owner or Noteholder may take any action whatsoever against the Controlling Class Representative for having so acted or against any director, officer, employee, agent or principal thereof for having so acted.

(b)    Any and all expenses of the Controlling Class Representative for acting in its capacity as Controlling Class Representative shall be borne by the Controlling Class Members (and not by any other party), pro rata according to their respective Outstanding Principal Amounts of Notes of the Controlling Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is made against the Controlling Class Representative in an action to which the Servicer and/or the Trustee are also named parties and, in the sole judgment of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative had acted in good faith, without gross negligence or willful misconduct, with regard to the subject of such claim, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee shall be required to assume the defense (with any costs incurred in connection therewith being deemed to be reimbursable as a Collateral Protection Advance) of any such claim against the Controlling Class Representative, so long as there is no potential for the Servicer or the Trustee to be an adverse party in the same action as regards the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 11.4    Control Party.

(a)    Pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Control Party is authorized to consent to and implement, subject to the Servicing Standard, any Consent Request that does not require the consent of any Noteholder, including the Controlling Class Representative.

(b)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the consent or direction of the Controlling Class Representative, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request, form a Consent Recommendation and then promptly deliver such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative (if a Controlling Class Representative exists at such time). Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the Controlling Class Representative consents to a Consent Request, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Controlling Class Representative to obtain such consent. Notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary, if at any time there is no Controlling Class Representative (including prior to the CCR Election Period resulting from the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Notes and prior to the election and appointment of a substitute Controlling

 

127


Class Representative following the resignation or removal of a Controlling Class Representative) or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within ten (10) Business Days following deliveryafter receipt of such Consent Request and the related Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative or if there is no Controlling Class Representative at such time (including, without limitation, following the resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative), the Control Party is authorized (but not required) to take action in response toconsent and implement such Consent Request in accordance with the Servicing Standard, whether or not the Indenture or any other Transaction Document indicates that the Control Party is required to act with the consent or at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to any specific matter relating to such Consent Request, other than with respect to the waiver of any Servicer Termination Events.

(c)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of Section 13.2, the consent of any affected Noteholders or 100% of the Noteholders, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request and shall formulate and present a Consent Recommendation to the Trustee, which shall forward such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder, as applicable. Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the consent of each Noteholder that is required to consent to any such Consent Request has been obtained and the Control Party is provided with notice of such consents being obtained by the Trustee, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Trustee to identify and deliver to the Trustee for delivery by the Trustee to such Noteholders such additional information and Consent Recommendations as may be appropriate in accordance with the Servicing Standard to obtain such consent.

(d)    The Control Party shall promptly notify the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Controlling Class Representative if the Control Party determines, in accordance with the Servicing Standard, not to implement a Consent Request or has not received the requisite consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders, if applicable, to implement a Consent Request. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Control Party, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Controlling Class Representative if the Trustee has not received the requisite consent of the required percentage of Noteholders to implement a Consent Request.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no advice, direction or objection from or by the Controlling Class Representative may (i) require or cause the Trustee or the Control Party to violate applicable law, the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Servicing Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, with respect to the Control Party, the Control Party’s obligation to act in accordance with the Servicing Standard, (ii) expose the Control Party or the Trustee, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or partners, to any material claim, suit or liability, or (iii) materially expand the scope of the Servicer’s responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement or the Trustee’s responsibility under this Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Control Party will not be required to follow any such advance, direction or objection. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Controlling Class Representative shall not be able to prevent the Control Party from transferring the ownership of all or any portion of the Collateral if any Advance by the Servicer has been outstanding for twelve (12) months (or longer) and the Control Party determines in accordance with the Servicing Standard that such transfer of ownership would be in the best interests of the Noteholders (taken as a whole).

 

128


(f)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consent Request affecting the rights of the Noteholders of any Class A-1 Notes will also require the consent of the related Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

Section 11.5    Note Owner List.

(a)    To facilitate communication among Note Owners, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative, a Note Owner may elect, but is not required, to notify the Trustee of its name, address and other contact information, which will be kept in a register maintained by the Trustee.

(b)    Any Note Owners holding beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes that wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes may request in writing that the Trustee deliver a notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding. If such a request is made and is accompanied by (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L certifying that such Note Owners hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes (each, a “Note Owner Certificate”) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and (ii) a copy of the communication which such Note Owners propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Note Owners for its costs and expenses, shall, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the request, transmit the requested communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding and give the Issuereach Co-Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative notice that such request and transmission has been made. The Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever with respect to any requested communication other than to transmit it in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof and to give notice of such request and transmission to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative.

ARTICLE XII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1    Termination of the Issuer’sCo-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ Obligations.

(a)    Satisfaction and Discharge. The Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, all commitments to extend credit under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated and all payments by the IssuerCo-Issuers thereunder have been paid or otherwise provided for; except that (i) the Issuer’sCo-Issuers’ obligations under Section 10.5 and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Sections 12.2 and 12.3 and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, will execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of, and discharge under, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements.

 

129


(b)    Indenture Defeasance. The IssuerCo-Issuers may terminate all of itstheir obligations under the Indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements in respect thereof and release all Collateral so long as:

(i) the IssuerCo-Issuers irrevocably depositsdeposit in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the IssuerCo-Issuers, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes (including additional interest that accrues after an anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture, the Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document; provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuereither Co-Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes and such other sums;

(ii) all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated on or before the date of such deposit;

(iii) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to Noteholders not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of such deposit, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of such deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit; and

(v) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantor’s guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13, (iv) this Section 12.1(b) and (v) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements.

 

130


(c)    Series Defeasance. Except as may be provided to the contrary in any Series Supplement, the IssuerCo-Issuers, solely in connection with an optional prepayment in full, a mandatory prepayment in full or a redemption in full of all Outstanding Notes of a particular Series (the “Defeased Series”) or in connection with the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of a particular Series of Notes, may terminate all Series Obligations with respect to such Series of Notes and all Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements in respect of such Series of Notes as of any Business Day (the “Series Defeasance Date”) so long as:

(i) the IssuerCo-Issuers irrevocably depositsdeposit in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the IssuerCo-Issuers, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay without duplication:

(A)    (1) all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, commitment fees, administrative expenses, Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series (including additional interest that accrues after the anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) any other Series Obligations that will be due and payable by the IssuerCo-Issuers solely with respect to the Defeased Series as of the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity Date, as applicable, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document with respect to the Defeased Series;

(B)    (2) all Weekly Management Fees, Supplemental Management Fees, unreimbursed Advances (and outstanding interest thereon) and Manager Advances (and outstanding interest thereon), all fees, indemnities, reimbursements and expenses due to the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, and all Successor Manager Transition Expenses and Successor Servicer Transition Expenses, in each case that will be due and payable as of the following Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(C)    (3) all Securitization Operating Expenses, all Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses for the Defeased Series, all Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amounts for the Defeased Series, in each case, that are due and unpaid as of the Series Defeasance Date to the Actual Knowledge of theeither Manager;

provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity of the Defeased Series, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuereither Co-Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes of such Series and such other sums;

(ii) all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements with respect to the Defeased Series shall have been terminated on or before the Series Defeasance Date;

(iii) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver notice of prepayment, redemption or maturity of such Series of Notes in full to the Noteholders of the Defeased Series, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee, the Control Party, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Series Defeasance Date, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv) after giving effect to the deposit, if any other Series of Notes is Outstanding, the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

131


(v) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate stating that the defeasance was not made by the IssuerCo-Issuers with the intent of preferring the holders of the Defeased Series over other creditors of the Issuerany Co- Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding other creditors;

(vi) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit;

(vii)    such defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other Indenture Document;

(viii)    the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding, if any, other than the Defeased Series; and

(ix) the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Series, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Series and thereafter such Defeased Series shall be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for purposes of (1) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (2) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 and (3) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements of such Series Obligations.

(d)    After the conditions set forth in Section 12.1(a) have been met, or after the irrevocable deposit is made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein have been met, the Trustee upon request of the Securitization Entities shall reassign (without recourse upon, or any warranty whatsoever by, the Trustee) and deliver all Collateral and documents then in the custody or possession of the Trustee promptly to the applicable Securitization Entities.

Section 12.2    Application of Trust Money.

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Servicer, the Trustee and the Issuereither Co- Issuer shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities through the Paying Agent in accordance with this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the other sums referred to above. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

 

132


Section 12.3    Repayment to the IssuerCo-Issuers.

(a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the IssuerCo-Issuers upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.14, return any cancelled Notes held by them at any time.

(b) Subject to Section 2.6(c), the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the IssuerCo-Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due.

(c) The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.4    Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any funds received under this Article XII by reason of any proceeding, order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’sCo-Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and in respect of the Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred, until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such funds or property in accordance with this Article XII. If the IssuerCo-Issuers or Guarantors make any payment of principal, premium or interest on any Notes or any other sums under the Indenture Documents while such obligations have been reinstated, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners or other Secured Parties who received such funds or property from the Trustee to receive such payment in respect of the Notes.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1    Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, the Issuereach Co-Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto (or, in the case of clause (viii) below, amend, modify or supplement any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Indenture Document), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to create a new Series of Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(b);

(ii) to add to the covenants of the Securitization Entities for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties any right or power herein conferred upon the Securitization Entities; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers will not, pursuant to this Section 13.1(a)(ii), surrender any right or power it has under the Transaction Documents;

 

133


(iii) to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Trustee any property or assets as security for the Obligations;

(iv) to correct any manifest error or defect or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provisions herein or in any Series Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein or with any related offering memorandum;

(v) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder or thereunder by more than one Trustee;

(vii)    to correct or supplement any provision in this Base Indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(viii)    to correct or supplement any provision in any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(ix) to comply with Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(x) to facilitate the transfer of Notes in accordance with applicable Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(xi) to take any action necessary or helpful to avoid the imposition, under and in accordance with applicable law, of any Tax, including withholding Tax;

(xii)    to add provisions in respect of hedging and enhancement mechanics, including the addition of swap and hedge counterparties as Secured Parties under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the payment of hedge and enhancement payments (other than termination payments) on a pari passu basis with interest on the Senior Notes and the payment of hedge termination and other amounts due to swap and hedge counterparties prior to the payment of unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration;

(xiii)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of Franchise Documents or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard; or

 

134


(xiv)    to provide for mechanical provisions in respect of the issuance of Subordinated Notes;

provided that, as evidenced by an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, such action could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, the Trustee, the Servicer or any other Secured Party.

(b)    Upon the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers and receipt by the Control Party and the Trustee of the documents described in Section 2.2 and delivery by the Control Party of its consent thereto to the extent required by Section 2.2, the Trustee shall join with the IssuerCo-Issuers in the execution of any Series Supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such Series Supplement which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Base Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.2    With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    In addition to any amendments, modifications and waivers permitted under Section 13.1, the provisions of this Base Indenture, theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement and any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party (unless otherwise provided in such Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing in a Supplement and consented to in writing by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

(i) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series of Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any Supplement under this Section 13.2 or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or defaults hereunder or thereunder and their consequences provided for herein and therein or for any other action hereunder or thereunder, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder;

(ii) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the Lien created by the Indenture, theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents with respect to any material portion of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents), terminate the Lien created by the Indenture, theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents on any material portion of the Collateral at any time subject thereto or deprive any Secured Party of any material portion of the security provided by the Lien created by the Indenture, theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party;

(iii) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other Obligations (or reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or rate of interest on any Note or any other Obligations); (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder; (C) change the

 

135


provisions of the Priority of Payments; (D) change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Notes and the other Obligations or the interest thereon is payable; (E) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes and the other Obligations owing to Noteholders on or after the respective due dates thereof, (F) subject to the ability of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive certain events as set forth in Section 9.7, amend or otherwise modify any of the specific language of the following definitions: “Default”, “Event of Default”, “Outstanding”, “Potential Rapid Amortization Event” or “Rapid Amortization Event” (as defined in this Base Indenture or any applicable Series Supplement) or (G) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 13.2, in each case, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party; and

(iv) any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would change the time periods with respect to any requirement to deliver to Noteholders notice with respect to any repayment, prepayment or redemption shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder.

(b)    No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Secured Party in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(c)    The express requirement, in any provision hereof, that the Rating Agency Condition be satisfied as a condition to the taking of a specified action shall not be amended, modified or waived by the parties hereto without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition.

Section 13.3    Supplements.

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture, the Notes or theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be set forth in a Supplement, a copy of which shall be delivered to each Rating Agency, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager and the IssuerCo-Issuers. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency of any amendment or modification to the Indenture, the Notes or theany Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no less than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the related Supplement; provided that such Supplement need not be in final form at the time such notice is given. The initial effectiveness of each Supplement shall be subject to the delivery to the Control Party and the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect thereto have been satisfied. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, each Series Supplement may be amended as provided in such Series Supplement.

Section 13.4    Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The IssuerCo-Issuers may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

 

136


Section 13.5    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The IssuerCo-Issuers, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.6    The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article XIII if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing such Supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and, subject to Section 10.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate of the IssuerCo-Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied, and that it will be valid and binding upon the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

Section 13.7    Amendments and Fees.

The IssuerCo-Issuers, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall negotiate any amendments, waivers or modifications to the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed. The Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the IssuerCo-Issuers only for the reasonable counsel fees incurred by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in reviewing and approving any amendment or in providing any consents, and, except as provided in the Servicing Agreement, neither the Control Party nor the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to any additional compensation in connection with any amendments or consents to this Base Indenture or to any Transaction Document.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1    Notices.

(a)    Any notice or communication by the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail (provided that any e-mail notice to the Trustee shall be in the form of an attachment of a .pdf or similar file), posted on a password protected internet website for which the recipient has granted access or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

 

137


If to the Issuer:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to the U.S. Manager at the address for notice set forth below

If to the Canadian Co-Issuer:

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to the Canadian Manager at the address for notice set forth below

If to the Issuereither Co-Issuer with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

 

138


If to the U.S. Manager:

Driven Brands, Inc.

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to the Canadian Manager:

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc.

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Driven Brands, Inc., as Parent

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to theeither Manager with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

If to the Back-Up Manager:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3 Times Square, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Robert J. Darefsky

Facsimile: (212) 499-3636

If to the Servicer:

Midland Loan Services,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association

10851 Mastin Street

Building 82, Suite 700

Overland Park, KS 66210

Attention: President

Facsimile: (913) 253-9709

 

139


If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Phone: (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s e-mail)

If to any Rating Agency:

To the address set forth in the applicable Series Supplement

(b)    The IssuerCo-Issuers or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(c)    Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first-class mail shall be deemed given five (5) days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier, (v) when posted on a password-protected internet website shall be deemed delivered after notice of such posting has been provided to the recipient and (vi) delivered by e-mail shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice.

(d)    Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document.

(e)    If the Issuer deliversCo-Issuers deliver a notice or communication to Noteholders, itthey shall deliver a copy to the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee at the same time.

(f)    Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

(g)    Notwithstanding any other provision herein, for so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. is the Canadian Manager, any notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information required to be delivered by the

 

140


Manager to the Issuer, or by the Issuer to the ManagerManagers to either Co-Issuer, or by either Co- Issuer to the Managers, shall be deemed to have been delivered to both the Issuer and the Manager if the ManagerCo-Issuers and the Managers if either Driven Brands, Inc. or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as applicable, has prepared or is otherwise in possession of such notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information, and in no event shall the ManagerManagers or the IssuerCo-Issuers be in breach of any delivery requirements hereunder for constructive delivery pursuant to this Section 14.1(g).

Section 14.2    Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders.

Noteholders may communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or the Notes.

Section 14.3     Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the IssuerCo-Issuers to the extent requested by the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee shall furnish to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer and the Trustee (a) an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate of the IssuerCo-Issuers in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.4), stating that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture or such other Transaction Documents relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel confirming the same. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

Section 14.4    Statements Required in Certificate.

Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall include:

(a)    a statement that the Person giving such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements contained in such certificate are based;

(c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to reach an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)    a statement as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.5    Rules by the Trustee.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

Section 14.6    Benefits of Indenture.

Except as set forth in a Series Supplement, nothing in this Base Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

 

141


Section 14.7    Payment on Business Day.

In any case where any Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 14.8    Governing Law.

THIS BASE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 14.9    Successors.

All agreements of the Issuerany Co-Issuer in the Indenture, the Notes and each other Transaction Document to which itsuch Co-Issuer is a party shall bind itstheir respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Issuerno Co-Issuer may not assign its respective obligations or rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, except with the written consent of the Servicer. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.10    Severability.

In case any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11    Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 14.12    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13    No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities.

Each of the Noteholders, the Trustee and the other Secured Parties hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or, state, provincial bankruptcy or insolvency or similar law; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.13 shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other

 

142


Transaction Document. In the event that any such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee takes action in violation of this Section 14.13, each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or in the insolvency proceeding or otherwise properly contesting the filing of such a petition by any such Noteholder or Secured Party or the Trustee against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raising the defense that such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 14.13 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any Noteholder or any other Secured Party or the Trustee in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity.

Section 14.14    Recording of Indenture.

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the IssuerCo-Issuers and at its expense.

Section 14.15    Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

Section 14.16    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.

Each of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits and attorns for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Issuerany Co-Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 14.1 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.16 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

143


Section 14.17     Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio.

(a)    Driven Brands Leverage Ratio.

(i) In the event that the Driven Brands Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the ManagerManagers may elect pursuant to an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii) For purposes of making the computation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA used therein), investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that any of the Driven Brands Entities has either determined to make or made during the preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods or subsequent to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods and on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, a “pro forma event”) shall, at the discretion of the ManagerManagers, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Driven Brands Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the ManagerManagers, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

 

144


(b)    Senior Leverage Ratio.

(i) In the event that the Securitization Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Senior Notes subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Senior Notes, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the ManagerManagers may elect pursuant to an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Senior Notes as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Senior Notes under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii) For purposes of making the computation of the Senior Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Net Cash Flow used therein), any pro forma event shall, at the discretion of the ManagerManagers, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Net Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Securitization Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the ManagerManagers, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(c)    Calculations to be Made in Good Faith. For purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the ManagerManagers. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the ManagerManagers as set forth in an Officer’sOfficers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in the definition thereof, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

 

145


Section 14.18    Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral. After consummation of any Permitted Asset Disposition or any Permitted Brand Disposition, all Liens with respect to such property created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be automatically released, and, upon written request of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Securitization Entities any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Securitization Entities at their expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the property disposed of in connection with such Permitted Asset Disposition or Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 14.19    FX Agent.

Citibank, N.A. is hereby initially appointed as the FX Agent. No resignation or removal of the FX Agent and no appointment of a successor FX Agent will be effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor FX Agent. The FX Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Co-Issuers, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency. The Co-Issuers may remove the FX Agent at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency. Upon receiving any notice of resignation or providing any notice of removal, the Co-Issuers, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), will promptly appoint a successor FX Agent pursuant to the procedures described in the Base Indenture and the Trustee and the Co-Issuers, and the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to the extent applicable, will endeavor to enter into any requisite amendments to the Base Indenture and, if any, the other Transaction Documents to account for Citibank, N.A. no longer being appointed as both Trustee and FX Agent.

Section 14.20    Section 14.19 Amendment and Restatement.

The execution and delivery of this Base Indenture on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall constitute an amendment, replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Base Indenture. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Base Indenture and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. TheAs of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer hereby reaffirms all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Base Indenture and this Base Indenture and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

Section 14.21    Currency Indemnity.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment against the Canadian Co-Issuer in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, it becomes necessary to convert into a particular currency (the “Judgment Currency”) any amount due under this Base Indenture or under any other Transaction Document in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the “Currency Due”), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose “rate of exchange” means the Spot Rate. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the judgment is given and the date of receipt by the Trustee of

 

146


the amount due, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall, on the date of receipt by the Trustee, pay such additional amounts, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount received by the Trustee on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt by the Trustee is the amount then due under this Agreement or such other Transaction Document in the Currency Due. If the amount of the Currency Due which the Trustee is so able to purchase is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Co-Issuers shall jointly and severally indemnify and save the Trustee and the Noteholders harmless from and against all loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or under any judgment or order.

Section 14.22     Hypothecary Representative

The Trustee is hereby appointed and accepts its appointment as the hypothecary representative (fondé de pouvoir) of all present and future Secured Parties as contemplated by article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec to enter into, to take and to hold, on behalf of and for the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, any hypothec granted on property pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec and to exercise such powers and duties which are conferred upon the Trustee under any deed of hypothec or herein or under any other agreement. Any Person who becomes a Secured Party will be deemed to have consented to and confirmed the Trustee as hypothecary representative and to have ratified as of the date such Person becomes a Secured Party all actions taken by the hypothecary representative. For greater certainty, the purchase of any Note by any Noteholder shall constitute ratification by such Noteholder of the appointment of the Trustee constituted hereunder and the incurrence of any debt by the Securitization Entities with the other Secured Parties pursuant to the applicable Transaction Document shall constitute such ratification by such Secured Party of such appointment constituted hereunder. The execution by the Trustee, acting as hypothecary representative, prior to the execution of this Base Indenture of any deeds of hypothec, pledges or other similar documents is hereby ratified and confirmed. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of An Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Quebec), the Trustee may acquire and be the holder of any bond, note or other title of indebtedness issued by the Co-Issuers. The Trustee, acting as hypothecary representative for the Secured Parties, shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and exclusions from liability as are prescribed in favor of Trustee in this Base Indenture, which shall apply mutatis mutandis. Without limitation, the provisions of the Base Indenture regarding the resignation or removal of the Trustee shall apply mutatis mutandis to the resignation or removal and appointment of a successor to the Trustee acting as hypothecary representative for the Secured Parties.

Section 14.23     Electronic Signatures and Transmission.

For purposes of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any Supplement thereto, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission

 

147


and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or Supplement that a document, including any Note, is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Base Indenture, Series Supplement or Supplement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

148


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary have caused this Base Indenture to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:                                                                                   
Name:
Title:

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING

CORPORATION, as Canadian Co-Issuer

By:                                                                                   
Name:
Title:

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and, as Securities Intermediary, and as FX Agent
By:                                                                                   
Name:  
Title:  

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


The Servicer and Control Party hereby consent to this amendment and restatement of the Original Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC

Bank, National Association, as Servicer and Control Party

  By:                                                                                   
            Name:
            Title:

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


ANNEX A

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

1-800-Radiator Brand” means the 1-800-Radiator & A/C® name and 1-800-Radiator & A/C Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

1-800-Radiator Franchisor” means 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

2015 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of July 31, 2015, including, without limitation, the contribution to the applicable Securitization Entities of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2016 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to CARSTAR Franchisor of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2018 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties and SPV Product Sales Holder of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“2019 Securitization Transactions” means, collectively, the 2019-1 Securitization Transaction, the 2019-2 Securitization Transaction and the 2019-3 Securitization Transaction.

“2019-1 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-1 Closing Date.

“2019-2 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

“2019-3 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

“2020 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to FUSA Franchisor and FUSA Properties of the applicable Contributed Assets, certain Non- Securitization Entities becoming a Canadian Securitization Entity, the creation of certain other Canadian Securitization Entities, the contribution to certain of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“ABRA Brand” means the ABRA® name and ABRA trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“ABRA Franchisor” means ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Driven Brands – Base Indenture

 

A-1


Account Agreement” means each agreement governing the establishment and maintenance of any Management Account or any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account to the extent that any such account is not held at the Trustee.

Account Control Agreement” means each control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Trustee is, or was, granted the right to control deposits and withdrawals from, or otherwise to give instructions or entitlement orders in respect of, a deposit and/or securities account and any lock-box related thereto.

Accounts” means, collectively, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts and any other account subject to an Account Control Agreement.; provided that no Advertising Fund Accounts or any other account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture, disbursement account shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Actual Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of (i) in the case of Parent, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, or the Chief MarketingRevenue Officer; (ii) in the case of any Securitization Entity, any manager or director (as applicable) or officer of such Securitization Entity who is also an officer of Parent described in clause (i) above; (iii) in the case of theany Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP or any Securitization Entity managed by such Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP, with respect to a relevant matter or event, an Authorized Officer of thesuch Manager, such Canadian Securitization Entity GP or such Securitization Entity, as applicable, directly responsible for managing the relevant asset or for administering the transactions relevant to such matter or event; (iv) with respect to the Trustee, an Authorized Officer of the Trustee responsible for administering the transactions relevant to the applicable matter or event; or (v) with respect to any other Person, any member of senior management of such Person.

Additional Management Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Additional Notes” means any Series of Notes issued by the IssuerCo-Issuers after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (as to which the Canadian Co-Issuer became jointly and severally liable as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date).

Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (a) plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; (ii) federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and other foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes; (iii) other non-operating expenses; (iv) losses attributable to asset dispositions; (v) losses attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (vi) impairment losses on assets (including intangible assets and goodwill); (vii) depreciation and amortization expense; (viii) costs, expenses or charges incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests, any recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful); (ix) costs, expenses or charges incurred for any acquisition, disposition, refranchising transactions, discontinued operations, reorganization, restructuring and realignment initiatives (in each case, whether or not successful); (x) non-cash stock based compensation expense; (xi) management fees to Sponsor or its affiliates; (xii) board of directors fees and expenses; (xiii) severance, relocation, retention, signing, recruiting and similar expenses, (xiv) closed store expenses and lease buy-out expenses, (xv) proceeds from insurance in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption and (xvi) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash expenses

 

A-2


or items, and (b) minus, without duplication, the following to the extent added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) gains attributable to asset dispositions; (ii) gains attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (iii) other non-operating income; and (iv) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash items; provided, however, that, with respect to the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, may amend the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party.

Advance” means a Collateral Protection Advance or a Debt Service Advance. The Allocable Share of the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer of any Advances shall be based on the amount a Co-Issuer receives of such Advance (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Advance Interest Rate” means a rate equal to the sum of (i) Prime Rate plus (ii) 3.00% per annum.

“Advance Period” means the period commencing on the date the Servicer makes an Advance and ending on the date the Servicer is reimbursed in full (from amounts other than Advances) for all outstanding Advances with interest thereon.

Advertising Co-op Funds” means Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of Parentthe applicable Manager (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations).

Advertising Fees” means any fees payable by Franchisees to fund existing or future local, regional or national marketing and advertising activities for the operations of the applicable Driven Securitization Brands in the United States or Canada (including, without limitation, any initial advertising deposits).

Advertising Fund Accounts” means the seven (7) accounts maintainedestablished by the U.S. Manager (the “U.S. Advertising Fund Accounts”) and the Canadian Manager (the “Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts”) for advertising payments collected in respect of the Meineke Brand, Maaco Brand, Econo Lube Brand, Merlin Brand, the Carstar Brand, the Take 5 Brand and 1-800-Radiator Brand, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the Manager from time to time.Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada, respectively.

Aero Colours Brand” means the Aero Colours® name and Aero Colours Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership or beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the meaning of “control”.

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

A-3


After-Acquired Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (i) the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities other than CARSTAR Franchisor or, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor, or FUSA Franchisor after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and, (iii) Take 5 Franchisor or SPV Product Sales Holder after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (iv) ABRA Franchisor after October 4, 2019 or (v) FUSA Franchisor, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, in each case, pursuant to the IP License Agreements or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Manager-Developed IP and all Licensee-Developed IP.

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount” means the sum of the Outstanding Principal Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes.

“Allocable Share” has the meaning set forth in the Allocation Agreement. The Allocable Share shall be calculated and reset by the Managers from time to time in accordance with the Allocation Agreement upon notice to the Trustee and the Servicer, which may be in any Officers’ Certificate, Weekly Manager’s Certificate, Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or Quarterly Compliance Certificate.

Allocated Amount” means, as of any date of determination with respect to either (i) any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or (ii) any Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, an amount equal to the product of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Notes on such date of determination and (2) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods attributable to such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or such Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, as applicable, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero, (y) with respect to (i) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $460,000,000410,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2015, (ii) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $45,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2016, (iii) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (iv) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Ownedassets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location Asset in existence on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $300,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (v) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization- Ownedassets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location Asset in existence on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral

 

A-4


included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2019 and, (vi) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Locationassets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $115,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the third Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2019, (vii) any Securitization Asset arising or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $175,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2020 and (viii) any Securitization Asset arising after the Series 20192020-21 Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitized AssetsSecuritization Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any New Franchise Agreement that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the SecuritizedSecuritization Assets, such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average of all collected Franchisee Payments under such New Franchise Agreements during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the date such New Franchise Agreement was included in the SecuritizedSecuritization Assets.

“Allocation Agreement” means the Allocation Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, between the Co-Issuers, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Notwithstanding any reference to the Allocation Agreement or allocation of amounts between the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer are jointly and severally liable for the Obligations.

“Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes, Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes and Series 2019-3 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes, Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes and Series 2019-3 Notes have consented to the amendment of the definition of Event of Default and priority (v) of the Priority of Payments as set forth in Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture.

Annual Election Date” means June 1st of every calendar year beginning on June 1, 2018 unless a Controlling Class Representative has been elected or re-elected on or after January 1st of that same calendar year, in which case, the Annual Election Date will be deemed to not occur during such calendar year.

Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of the Base Indenture.

Applicable Procedures” means the provisions of the rules and procedures of DTC, the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as in effect from time to time.

Asset Disposition Proceeds” means (i) the proceeds of any disposition (including all cash and cash equivalents received as payments of the purchase price for such disposition, including, without limitation, any cash or cash equivalents received in respect of deferred payment, or monetization of a note receivable, received as consideration for such disposition) pursuant to clauses (i) or (x) of the

 

A-5


definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of the Indenture, minus (ii) (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable property and that is required to be repaid in connection with such disposition (other than Indebtedness under the Notes) to the extent such principal amount is actually repaid, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with such disposition, as certified by the applicable Manager, and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two (2) years of such disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; provided, that the proceeds of Refranchising Asset Dispositions shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds to the extent that that the Senior Leverage Ratio, calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition (but excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts for netting purposes), is less than 4.50:1.00. The proceeds of any Permitted Asset Disposition pursuant to any of the remaining clauses of the definition thereof (net of the amounts described in the foregoing clause (ii) and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds and instead will be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such amounts are received. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Asset Disposition Proceeds directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds resulting from the purchase and sale of operating locations (or potential operating locations) acquired by one or more Non-Securitization Entities (and not owned or financed by a Securitization Entity or otherwise contributed to the Collateral) or the sale of Excluded Locations and, in each case, not otherwise required to be part of the Collateral will not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds or Collections.

Asset Disposition Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuereach Co-Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the applicable Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to the Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuereach Co-Issuer by the applicable Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the applicable Management Agreement.

Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

Authorized Officer” means, with respect to (i) any Securitization Entity, any officer who is authorized to act for such Securitization Entity in matters relating to such Securitization Entity, including an Authorized Officer of the applicable Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP authorized to act on behalf of such Securitization Entity; (ii) Parent, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the U.S. Manager, or the Canadian Manager, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the Canadian Manager, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, and the Chief MarketingRevenue Officer or any other officer of Parent or the Canadian Manager, as applicable, who is directly responsible for managing the Contributed Franchise Businessapplicable Securitization Assets or otherwise authorized to act for thesuch Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, thesuch Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question; (iii) the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer; (iv) the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is duly authorized to act for the Servicer with respect to the relevant matter;

 

A-6


or (v) the Control Party, any officer of the Control Party who is duly authorized to act for the Control Party with respect to the relevant matter. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

AutoQual Brand” means the AutoQual® name and AutoQual Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date and any Co-Issuer, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Senior Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer of the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Senior Notes. (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount).

Back-Up Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Back-Up Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and the Back-Up Manager, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Back-Up Manager” means FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as back-up manager under the Back-Up Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Back-Up Manager Fees” means all reimbursements paid to the Back-Up Manager for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and all fees paid based on the Back-Up Manager’s current rates per hour, in each case incurred by the Back-Up Manager in performing services under the Back-Up Management Agreement. Back-Up Manager Fees shall be paid by the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

“Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Bankruptcy Code” means the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, as codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Court” means a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or Canada, as applicable, presiding over a bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding.

Base Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap”.

 

A-7


Base Indenture” means the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among the Issuer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements.

Base Indenture Account” means any account or accounts authorized and established pursuant to the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, each account established pursuant to Article V of the Base Indenture.

Base Indenture Definitions List” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Base Indenture.

Book-Entry Notes” means beneficial interests in the Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series, ownership and transfers of which will be evidenced or made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that, after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer permitted and Definitive Notes are issued to the Note Owners, such Definitive Notes will replace Book-Entry Notes.

Branded Location” means each store location, service center or, distribution center, warehouse or vehicle center operated under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, including as the context requires, any Product Sourcing Business.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of New York, New York, Toronto, Ontario or Montreal, Québec or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of any successor Trustee is located if so required by such successor.

“Canada” means Canada, including its 10 provinces and three territories.

“Canadian Allocation Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount in Canadian Dollars equal to the U.S. Dollar-equivalent (whether settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion or calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate) of the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of priorities (i)(A) and (i)(C) through (F), (ii)(A) and (ii)(C), (v) (without regard for any amount paid under priority (v) in Canadian Dollars) through (x), (xii) through (xxv) (without regard for any amount paid under priority (xix) in Canadian Dollars) and (xxvii) of the Priority of Payments.

“Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, the Canadian Allocation Amount, together with any Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, and with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date means the Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount.

“Canadian CARSTAR” means Carstar Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Canadian CARSTAR GP” means Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian CARSTAR.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Canadian Co-Issuer in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

 

A-8


“Canadian Claims Management Business” means the Claims Management Business operated by one or more Canadian Securitization Entities (including, without limitation, Driven Canada Claims Management) as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-9


“Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Collection Account” means collectively, account number 12821176 entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections” for the holding of Canadian Collections (including any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount that will not be settled in U.S. Dollars) and an account to be established entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount” for the holding of any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, each maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

“Canadian Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the Canadian Securitization Entities in each case during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i)        all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates, payments and fees received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates, vendor listing fees and claims management services, in each case deposited into the Canadian Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii)        sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iii)       cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds generated by any Product Sourcing Business, any Claims Management Business, Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iv)      without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties from Canadian Securitization Entities and Securitization-Owned Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations, including certain Take 5 Company Locations, that are not Securitization- Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)       all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the applicable Concentration Account or the applicable Collection Account;

(vi)       any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

 

A-10


(vii)       any equity contributions made to the Canadian Co-Issuer (directly or indirectly) (provided that a Non-Securitization Entity may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii)     to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix)       any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

“Canadian Concentration Account” means one or more accounts maintained in the name of the Canadian Co-Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Canadian Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii) of the Base Indenture or any successor accounts established for the Canadian Co-Issuer by the Canadian Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Canadian Management Agreement, designated individually or collectively, as the context may require.

“Canadian Defined Benefit Plan” means a “registered pension plan”, as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which is or was sponsored, administered o contributed to, or required to be contributed to by, a Canadian Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Canadian Securitization Entity under which such Canadian Securitization Entity or member of a Controlled Group that includes a Canadian Securitization Entity has any actual or potential liability, and which contains a “defined benefit provision”, as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

“Canadian Direct Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date any amount in Canadian Dollars (x) due to the Canadian Manager (or any Successor Manager thereof) pursuant to priorities (i)(B), (ii)(B), (iii), (iv), (xi) or (xxviii), (y) due to the Back-Up Manager or other third parties in Canadian Dollars pursuant to priorities (v), (xix) or (xxvi) or (z) to be paid to the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to priorities (xxvii) or (xxix).

“Canadian Dollars” or “CAN$” means the lawful currency of Canada.

“Canadian Advertising Accounts” means the twelve (12) accounts maintained by the Canadian Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Driven Securitization Brands in Canada, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the Canadian Manager from time to time.

“Canadian Funding Holdco” means Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.

Canadian Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of Canada.

Canadian IP License Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Franchisor Holdco, as licensor, and Pro Oil Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License”), (ii) the 1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, as licensor, and Radiator Express Canada, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “1- 800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License”), (iiiii) the Meineke Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Meineke Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Meineke Franchisor (as assignee of Meineke Canada, Partnership L.P.), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Meineke Canadian Franchisor License”), and (iviii) the

 

A-11


Maaco Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Maaco Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Maaco Franchisor (as assignee of Maaco Canada Partnership, LP), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Maaco Canadian Franchisor License”) and (viv) the Amended and Restated Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License Agreement, dated June 7, 2019as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Take 5 (as assignee of Take 5 Canada Partnership, LP), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License”).

“Canadian Maaco Franchisor” means Maaco Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP” means Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Maaco Franchisor.

“Canadian Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Securitization Entities and the Trustee, solely for the purposes of Section 2.15 thereof, Carstar Canada Partnership, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Canadian Manager” means Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as manager under the Canadian Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

“Canadian Meineke Franchisor” means Meineke Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP” means Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Meineke Franchisor.

“Canadian Product Sourcing Business” means the Product Sourcing Business operated by one or more Canadian Securitization Entities (including, without limitation, Driven Canada Product Sourcing) as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

“Canadian Residual Account” means an account maintained in the name of and for the benefit of the Canadian Co-Issuer, or any other Canadian Securitization Entity, to which the Canadian Residual Amount, or a portion thereof attributable to such other Canadian Securitization Entity, will be paid on each Weekly Allocation Date. The Canadian Residual Amount, and any amount on deposit therein, will not be pledged as Collateral.

“Canadian Securitization Entity GPs” means Driven Canada Claims Management GP and, together with Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Take 5 GP, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP and Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, for their respective limited partnerships.

“Canadian Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the Canadian Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments.

 

A-12


“Canadian Securitization Entities” means the Canadian Co-Issuer and the Canadian Guarantors and each Future Securitization Entity organized in Canada, or any province or territory thereof.

“Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date, any Shortfall Payment paid or allocated by the Canadian Co-Issuer.

“Canadian Take 5” means Take 5 Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Canadian Take 5 GP” means Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Take 5.

“Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount” means an amount necessary to satisfy any lien with regard to a Canadian Securitization Entity with respect to which the CRA, or any other applicable Canadian or provincial or territorial taxing authority, files notice pursuant to applicable law and provided such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the obligations of a Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Transaction Documents, the amount of such obligations will be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x).; provided, that the portion of such amount attributable to Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x), an amount equal to the amount by which (i) $500,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Securitization Operating Expenses already paid during such period; provided, however, that the amount of attributable Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amounts of the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively, over any such period shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement); provided, further, that during any period that the Back-Up Manager is required to provide Warm Back-Up Management Duties or Hot Back-Up Management Duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, such amount shall automatically be increased by an additional $500,000 solely in order to provide for reimbursement of any

 

A-13


increased fees and expenses incurred by the Back-up Manager associated with the provision of such services and the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, may further increase the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount as calculated above in order to take account of any increased fees and expenses associated with the provision of such services.

Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

 

A-14


Carstar Brand” means the Carstar® name and Carstar Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

CARSTAR Franchisor” means CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Carstar License Agreement” means the Carstar License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Carstar Master License Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Master License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor (as assignee of CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc., as ultimately contributed to CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as ultimately assigned to CARSTAR Canada,) and Canadian CARSTAR (as assignee of Carstar Canada Partnership L.P.), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Cash Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

“Cash Trap Reserve Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trapping Amount” means, the amount deposited on behalf of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account for any Weekly Allocation Date while a Cash Trapping Period is in effect, an amount equal to the product of (i) the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage and (ii) the amount of funds available in the applicable Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date after payment of priorities (i) through (xii) of the Priority of Payments (but with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date on or after a Cash Trapping Release Date, net of the Cash Trapping Release Amount released on such Cash Trapping Release Date); provided that, for any Weekly Allocation Date following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, the Cash Trapping Amount will be zero.

Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” means a DSCR equal to 1.75:1.00.

Cash Trapping Event” means, as of any Quarterly Payment Date, that the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

Cash Trapping Percentage” means, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date during a Cash Trapping Period, a percentage equal to (i) 50%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.75:1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.501.50:1.00 and (ii) 100%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.50:1.00.

Cash Trapping Period” means any period that begins on any Quarterly Payment Date on which a Cash Trapping Event occurs and ends on the first Quarterly Payment Date subsequent to the occurrence of such Cash Trapping Event on which the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is equal to or exceeds the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

Cash Trapping Release Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which any Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing, the full amount on deposit in the Cash

 

A-15


Trap Reserve AccountAccounts and (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50% and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, 50% of the aggregate amount deposited to the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts during the most recent period in which the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, after having been reduced ratably for any withdrawals made from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts during such period for any other purpose.

Cash Trapping Release Date” means any Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are released from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(p) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer, in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

Casualty Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture.

Cause” means, with respect to any Independent Manager, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Manager constituting fraud, dishonesty, negligence, misconduct or other deliberate action which causes injury to the applicable Securitization Entity or an act by such Independent Manager involving moral turpitude or a serious crime or (ii) that such Independent Manager no longer meets the definition of “Independent Manager” as set forth in the applicable Securitization Entity’s Charter Documents.

CCR Acceptance Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Ballot” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Candidate” means any nominee submitted to the Trustee on a CCR Nomination pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election” means an election of a Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Re-election Event” means any of the following events: (i) an additional Series of Notes of the Controlling Class is issued, (ii) the Controlling Class changes, (iii) the Trustee receives written notice of the resignation or removal of any acting Controlling Class Representative, (iv) the Trustee receives a demand for an election for a Controlling Class Representative from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, which election will be at the expense of such Controlling Class Members (including Trustee expenses), (v) the Trustee receives written notice that an Event of Bankruptcy has

 

A-16


occurred with respect to the acting Controlling Class Representative, (vi) there is no Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party requests an election be held, or (vii) an Annual Election Date occurs; provided that, with respect to a CCR Re-election Event that occurs as a result of clause (iv), (vi) or (vii), there will be deemed to be no CCR Re-election Event will be deemed to have occurred if it would result in more than two (2) CCR Re-election Events occurring in a single calendar year.

CCR Voting Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Management AgreementAgreements.

Charter Document” means, with respect to any entity and at any time, the certificate of incorporation or amalgamation, certificate of formation, declaration of limited partnership, operating agreement, limited partnership agreement, by-laws, memorandum of association, articles of association, articles and any other similar document, as applicable to such entity in effect at such time.

CIPO” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor Canadian federal office.

“Claims Management Accounts” means the Existing Local Claims Management Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements), the Claims Management Concentration Account, and accounts established after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity in connection with the collection of revenues by such Securitization Entity.

“Claims Management Business” means assets related to managing insurance claims in respect of services performed by Franchisees, locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties, together with any other business incidental thereto.

Class” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, any one of the classes of Notes of such Series as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the Series 20152019-1 Class A-13 Notes, the Series 20152019-13 Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person identified as the “Class A-1 Administrative Agent” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Lender” means (i) with respect to the Series 20152019-1 Class A-13 Notes, Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as such pursuant to the Series 20152019- 13 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person(s) acting in such capacity pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Commitment” means (i) with respect to the Series 20152019-1 Class A-13 Notes, the Series 20152019-13 Class A-1 Note Commitments (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplement) and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the obligation of each Class A-1 Lender in respect of such Class A-1 Notes to fund advances pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

A-17


Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Series 20152019-1 Class A-13 Notes, the Series 21052019-13 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, any note purchase agreement entered into by the IssuerCo-Issuers in connection with the issuance of such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-1” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period (except with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, in which case such amount will be (A) with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date occurring on August 14, 2015, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 50% of the Class A 1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (B) with respect to all subsequent Weekly Allocation Dates, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 10% of the Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the extent not previously applied), (ii) the Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture to cover any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period. (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account of such Co-Issuer for such Interest Accrual Period shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees solely for purposes of calculating the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

A-18


Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the commitment fees payable to the Noteholders of such Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the relatedapplicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as anaClass A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate maximum principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes as identified in the applicable Series Supplement as reduced by any permanent reductions of commitments with respect to such Class A-1 Notes and any cancellations of repurchased Class A-1 Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of commitment fees due and payable, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such commitment fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such commitment fees will be used to calculate the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” or “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees”.

Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the date identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

Class A-2 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-2” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

 

A-19


Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto or Euroclear or Clearstream.

Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Luxembourg.

Closing Date Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (xv) Meineke Car Care Centers, LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, Skidpad Enterprises, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC, LLC, Maaco Canada Partnership, LP, Pro Oil Canada Partnership, LP, Parent and the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor) as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (yw) CARSTAR Holdings Corp., CARSTAR, Inc., CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc. and CARSTAR Franchisor as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, and (zx ) Take 5, Take 5 Franchising LLC, Take 5 Oil, T5 Holding Corporation, Driven Sister Holdings LLC, Take 5 Franchisor, SPV Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (y) Driven Brands, Inc. and ABRA Franchisor as of October 4, 2019 and (z) 79411 USA, LLC, Parent, 10055522 Canada Inc., 9404287 Canada Inc., Neuromage Inc., Groupe Vitro Plus, Inc., Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, FUSA Franchisor and FUSA Properties as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, in each case, covering, relating to or embodied in (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code also refer to any successor sections.

Collateral” means, collectively, the Indenture Collateral, the “Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements and any property subject to any other Indenture Document that grants a Lien to secure any Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Franchise Documents and the Transaction Documents.

Collateral Exclusions” means the following property of the IssuerCo-Issuers: (a) any real property constituting a lease and any other lease, license or other contract or permit, in each case solely to the extent that the grant of a lien or security interest in the Issuer’sany Co-Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture (i) is prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (ii) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer therein or (iii) the Excluded Amounts; provided, further, that the Issuer and the Guarantors will not be required to pledge more than 65% of the voting equity interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign subsidiary of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; provided, further, that the security interest in each Interest Reserve Account, Pre-Funding Account and Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the related property will only be for the benefit of the holders of the applicable Series and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the holders of such Serieswould otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a

 

A-20


right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the New York Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law, (b) the Excepted Securitization IP Assets and; (c) the Excluded AmountsLocations, (d) the Excluded Amounts, (e) the Canadian Residual Account and any amount on deposit therein, and (f) any amounts distributed to the Issuer pursuant to priority (xxix) of the Priority of Payments.

Collateral Protection Advance” means any advance of (a) payments of taxes, rent, assessments, insurance premiums and other related costs and expenses necessary to protect, preserve or restore the applicable Collateral and (b) payments of any expenses of any Securitization EntitySecuritization Operating Expenses (excluding (i) any indemnification obligations, (ii) business and/or asset-related operating expenses, (iii) fees and expenses of external legal counsel that are not directly related to the maintenance or preservation of the Collateral and (iv) damages, costs, or expenses relating to fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, violations of law, bodily injury, property damage or misappropriation of funds), to the extent not previously paid pursuant to aan applicable Manager Advance, in each case made by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement in accordance with the Servicing Standard, or by the Trustee (if the Servicer fails to do so) pursuant to the Indenture.

Collateralized Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

Collection Account” means account number 114871 entitled “Collection Account” maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

“Collection Accounts” means, collectively, the U.S. Collection Account and the Canadian Collection Account.

Collection Account Administrative Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Collections” means the U.S. Collections together with the Canadian Collections.

Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the Securitization Entities during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i) all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates and payments received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates and vendor listing fees, in each case deposited into the Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii) sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations;

(iii) cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations;

(iv) without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties of Take 5 Company Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations that are not Securitization-Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

 

A-21


(v) all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the Concentration Account or the Collection Account;

(vi) any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii) any equity contributions made to the Issuer (provided that Parent may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix) any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

Commitment Fees Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture.

“Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Company Order” and “Company Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuereach applicable Co-Issuer by any Authorized Officer of the Issuersuch Co-Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Paying Agent.

Competitor” means any Person that is a direct or indirect franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept (including a Franchisee); provided that (i) a Person will not be a Competitor solely by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of less than 5% of the Equity Interests in a “Competitor” and (ii) a Person will not be a “Competitor” if such Person has policies and procedures that prohibit such Person from disclosing or making available any confidential information that such Person may receive as a Noteholder or prospective investor in the Notes, to individuals involved in the business of buying, selling, holding or analyzing the Equity Interests of a “Competitor” or in the business of being a franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept.

Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

“Concentration Accounts” means the U.S. Concentration Account and the Canadian Concentration Account.

Consent Recommendation” means the action recommended by the Control Party to any Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative in writing with respect to any Consent Request that requires the consent, waiver or direction of such Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative, as applicable.

 

A-22


Consent Request” means any request for a direction, waiver, amendment, consent or certain other action under the Transaction Documents.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, consolidated interest expense, whether paid or accrued, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, net costs under interest rate hedging agreements, amortization of discount, that portion of interest obligations with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, including all Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person, commitment fees and acceleration of fees and expenses payable in connection with Indebtedness.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries (whether positive or negative), determined in accordance with GAAP, for such period.

Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, declared but unpaid dividends, letter of credit or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof or (b) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof. “Contingent Obligation” will include (x) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another and (y) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency of any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause (y) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation will be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Contributed Assets” means all assets contributed under the Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Development Agreements” means, collectively, all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of theeach applicable Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and the 2019-2 Closing Dateor each other date of contribution, that were contributed to ana SPV Franchising Entity on theas of such Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and following the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and on or prior to the Series 2019-2or such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

 

A-23


Contributed Franchise Agreements” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of theeach applicable Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and the Series 2019-2 Closing Dateor other date of contribution, in respect of Branded Locations in the United States and Canada that were contributed to ana SPV Franchising Entity on theas of such Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and following the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and on or prior to the Series 2019-2 Closing Dateor such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Business” means the business of franchising the Branded Locations in the United States or in Canada and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contributed Franchise Business does not include the Non-Contributed Property.

Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Daterelating to a Securitization-Owned Location existing as of each applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, that were contributed to a Securitization Entity as of such Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Software” means the CRX Software, the FACTS software, the M.Key software, the Polaris software and the proprietary software owned by 1-800 Radiator & A/C or its Subsidiaries as of the Series 20182015-1 Closing Date and the Canadian Co-Issuer as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Contribution Agreements” means, collectively (in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time):

(i) the First-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(ii) the First-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iii) the First Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iv) the First Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated of February 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(v) the First Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(vi) the First Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

 

A-24


(vii) the First Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(viii) the First Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(ix) the Second-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(x) the Second-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xi) the Second Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xii) the Second Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xiii) the Second Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xiv) the Second Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xv) the Second Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xvi) the Second Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xvii) the Third-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xviii) the Third-Tier Driven Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xix) the Third-Tier Radiator Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and 1-800-Radiator Franchisor;

(xx) the Third-Tier Radiator Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Radiator Product Sales Holder;

(xxi) the Third-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and CARSTAR Franchisor;

(xxii) the Third Tier Take 5 Franchise Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xxiii) the Third Tier Take 5 Company Location Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

A-25


(xxiv) the Third Tier Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xxv) the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco;

(xxvi) the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxvii) the Third Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxviii) the Third Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxix) the Third Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxx) the Third Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxxi) the Fourth-Tier Drive N Style Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Drive N Style Franchisor;

(xxxii) the Fourth-Tier Econo Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Econo Lube Franchisor;

(xxxiii) the Fourth-Tier Maaco Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Maaco Franchisor;

(xxxvi) the Fourth-Tier Meineke Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Meineke Franchisor;

(xxxv) the Fourth-Tier Merlin Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Merlin Franchisor;

(xxxvi) the Fourth Tier Take 5 Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor;

(xxxvii) the Fourth Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor; and

(xxxviii) the First Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(xxxix) the Second Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xl) the Third Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Franchisor Holdco and the Issuer;

 

A-26


(xli) the Fourth Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Franchisor Holdco and ABRA Franchisor;

(xlii) the First Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xliii) the Second Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xliv) the Third Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xlv) the First Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xlvi) the Second Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xlvii) the Third Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xlviii) the Master First Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xlix) the Master Second Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(l) the Master Third Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Take 5 Properties SPV LLC;

(li) the Fix Auto Pre-Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Association of Collision Repairers, LLC, Auto Center Auto Bond, LLC, Caulfield-Bickett, LLC, 79411 USA , LLC, , FUSA, LLC and Parent;

(lii) the First Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(liii) the Second Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(liv) the Third Tier Fix Auto Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco;

(lv) the Third Tier Fix Auto Properties Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and FUSA Properties;

(lvi) the Third Tier Fix Auto Product Supply Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(lvii) the Fourth Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and FUSA Franchisor;

 

A-27


(lviii) the Canadian Co-Issuer Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2020, by and between 12008432 Canada Inc. (“Canco”) and Canadian Funding Holdco;

(lix) contribution agreements between the Canadian Co-Issuer and each of Go Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, and Driven Canada Claims Management; and

(xxxviii) Alllx) all future contribution agreements of a similar nature to those described in items (i) though (xxxviilix), above, entered into in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

Contributor” means any Non-Securitization Entity that contributed assets to the Securitization Entities on or before thea Series Closing Date or another date of contribution pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

Controlled Group” means any group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control that is treated as a single employer for purposes of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.

Control Party” means, at any time, the Servicer, who will direct the Trustee to act or will act on behalf of the Trustee in connection with Consent Requests.

Controlling Class” means the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding among all Series, for which purpose the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will be treated as a single Class for so long as the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes remain Outstanding. As of the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, the “Controlling Class” will be the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and, the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Notes, and the Series 2020-1 Notes.

Controlling Class Member” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note of the Controlling Class, a Note Owner of such Book-Entry Note and, with respect to a Definitive Note of the Controlling Class, a Noteholder of such Definitive Note (excluding, in each case, any Securitization Entity or Affiliate thereof).

Controlling Class Representative” means, at any time during which one or more Series of Notes is Outstanding, the representative, if any, that has been elected pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture by the Majority of Controlling Class Members; provided that, if no Controlling Class Representative has been elected or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within the time period specified in Section 11.4 of the Base Indenture, the Control Party will be entitled to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to such Consent Request, other than with respect to Servicer Termination Events, in accordance with the Servicing Standard.

Copyrights” means all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) in unpublished and published works.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, Citibank, N.A., 480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands and (b) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands, call: (888) 855-9695 to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, each Rating Agency and the Issuereach Co-Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

 

A-28


“CRA” means the Canada Revenue Agency.

“Currency Conversion” means the settlement, based on the applicable Spot Rate, of (i) a Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount in U.S. Dollars or (ii) a U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount in Canadian Dollars.

“Currency Conversion Election Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Currency Conversion Opt-Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date” means, with respect to a Weekly Allocation Date, that due to a lack of Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer or a lack of U.S. Collections of the Issuer, as applicable, any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, are required to fund a shortfall of the aggregate amounts payable or allocable pursuant to (x) priorities (i)-(vii) or (xix) of the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period or (y) priorities (i)-(xxviii) of the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date within the Extended Currency Conversion Election Period.

“Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(f) of the Base Indenture.

“Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(f) of the Base Indenture.

Debt Service” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the sum of (A) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest plus (B) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount plus (C) the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount plus (D) with respect to each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments that would be due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date, as ratably reduced by the aggregate amount of any payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, after giving effect to any optional or mandatory prepayment of principal of any such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any repurchase and cancellation of such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes, but without giving effect to any reductions available due to satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test on such Quarterly Payment Date. For the purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, Debt Service will be deemed to be the sum of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of the definition of “Debt Service” multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is 90 and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed during the period commencing on and including the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date and ending on but excluding the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date (as calculated on the basis of a 360 day-year consisting of twelve 30-day months), plus (B) the amount referred to in clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”, assuming for purposes of this calculation only that a scheduled principal payment on the Series 2020-1 Notes is made on the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date.

 

A-29


Debt Service Advance” means any advance made by the Servicer (or, if the Servicer fails to do so, the Trustee) in respect of the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount on any Quarterly Payment Date.

“Deemed Spot Rate” has the meaning set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Spot Rate.”

Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that with notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Defeased Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Depository Agreement” means, with respect to a Series or Class of a Series of Notes having Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency governing the deposit of such Notes with the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement.

Development Agreements” means all development agreements for Branded Locations pursuant to which a Franchisee, developer or other Person obtains the rights to develop one or more Branded Locations and all master license agreements pursuant to which a Franchisee also is authorized to grant subfranchises.

Disposed Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Disposed Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

“Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand” means the Docteur du Pare-Brise® name and Docteur du Pare-Brise Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Dollar” and the symbol “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States.

Driven Brands Entities” means, collectively, Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, now existing or hereafter created.

Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Indebtedness of the Driven Brands Entities (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (v) the cash and cash equivalents of the Driven Brands Entities credited to the Interest Reserve Account(s)Accounts in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts as

 

A-30


of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the ManagerManagers or constitute the U.S. Residual Amount or Canadian Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (x) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (y) the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Non-Securitization Entities as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period (in each case, excluding any unrestricted cash or cash equivalents contributed to the Driven Brands Entities solely with the intent of satisfying such condition in bad faith and immediately redistributed to the parent companies of the Driven Brands Entities) and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre-Funding Reserve Account to (b) Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA of the Driven Brands Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(a) of the Base Indenture.

Driven Brands License Agreement” means the amended and restated Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing DateOctober 4, 2019, by and between the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement” means the Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Canadian Co-Issuer, Go Glass Franchisor and Star Auto Glass Franchisor, as licensors, and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Driven Brands System” means the system of stores, service centers and distribution centers operating under the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada.

Driven Brands System-Wide Sales” means, with respect to any Quarterly Calculation Date, aggregate Gross Sales (which shall be permitted to include estimated Gross Sales of up to 10% of the total) (prior to adjustment on account of any costs, expenses, fees or royalties) for all franchise and company-owned locations subject to the Securitization Transaction for the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

“Driven Canada Claims Management” means Driven Canada Claims Management LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Driven Canada Claims Management GP” means Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Driven Canada Claims Management LP.

“Driven Canada Product Sourcing” means Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP” means Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP.

Driven Securitization Brands” means the Meineke Brand, the Maaco Brand, the Econo Lube Brand, the Pro Oil Brand, the Drive N Style Brand, the Merlin Brand, the 1-800-Radiator Brand, the Carstar Brand and, the Take 5 Brand., the ABRA Brand, the Fix Auto Brand, the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Go Glass Brand, the Star Auto Glass Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand,

 

A-31


the other Uniban Brands and, for purposes of Permitted Brand Dispositions and Permitted Asset Dispositions, the Canadian Product Sourcing Business, the U.S. Product Sourcing Business, the Canadian Claims Management Business and the U.S. Product Sourcing Business.

Drive N Style Brand” means (i) the Drive N Style® name and Drive N Style Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing, (ii) the Aero Colours Brand and (iii) the AutoQual Brand (but, in each case, excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Drive N Style Franchisor” means Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

DSCR” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the amount obtained by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four (4) immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period (excluding any interest that would otherwise be payable reserved in a Pre-Funding Reserve Account, whether in cash or available to be drawn under any letter of credit in respect of the Pre-Funding Reserve AccountAccounts); provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four (4) Quarterly Calculation Dates following the 2020-1 Closing Date:

(a)       “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands for the three (3) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended December 29, 2018, March 30September 28, 2019 and June 29, December 28, 2019, and March 28, 2020 will be deemed to be $45,027,287, $47,921,085 and $54,650,95669,254,532, $57,962,049 and $59,564,936, respectively, to give effect to the Pre-Series 2019-3 Closing Date Contributions and the Pre-Series 2020-1 Closing Date Acquisitions and Pre Series 2019-2 Closing Date AcquisitionsContributions for any pre-contribution portion of the applicable fiscal period. Net Cash Flow acquired in such acquisitions for the Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 20192020- 21 Closing Date will include the Manager’sManagers’ good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for such acquisitions for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the Series 20192020- 21 Closing Date based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the ManagerManagers during that period; and

(b)       “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 20192020-21 Class A-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 20192020- 21 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 20192020-21 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period;

provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR, for any period during which one or more Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition occurs, such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable (and all other Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable, that have been consummated during the applicable period), shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable, shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

Econo Lube Brand” means the Econo Lube N’ Tune® name and Econo Lube N’ Tune Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

A-32


Econo Lube Franchisor” means Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Econo Lube License Agreement” means the Econo Lube License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Econo Lube Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Franchisor, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Eligible Account” means (a) a segregated identifiable trust account established in the trust department of a Qualified Trust Institution or (b) a separately identifiable deposit or securities account established at a Qualified Institution.

Eligible Assets” means any asset used or useful to the Securitization Entities in the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands, the Product Sourcing Business, and the Claims Management Business, including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the Securitization Entities.

Eligible Investments” means (a) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System or is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, (ii) whose short-term debt is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) by S&P and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America, Canada or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America or Canada, as applicable, is pledged in support thereof; (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America, Canada or any province or territory thereof, and in each case, and rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and (d) (i) if denominated in U.S. Dollars, investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the relevant Person making such investment, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) if denominated in Canadian Dollars, investments in money market funds, in each case, which have the highest rating obtainable from S&P, and the portfolios of which are invested primarily in investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Eligible Investments must either (A) be at all times available for withdrawal or liquidation at par (or for commercial paper issued at a discount, at the applicable purchase price) or (B) mature on or prior to the Business Day prior to the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.Calculation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts in any Indenture Trust Account denominated in Canadian Dollars will remain uninvested.

Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means the acquisition of (i) assets related to a Driven Securitization Brand (including franchise locations of such brand) and brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand, so long as the applicable Series Pre-Funded Acquisition Conditions are met and (ii) a Future Brand or other brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are not expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand and will be contributed as Collateral at the time of such acquisition, so long as in addition to the conditions in (i) above, athe Rating Agency Confirmation is obtainedCondition is satisfied.

 

A-33


Eligible Third-Party Candidatemeans an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Issuer that is not (i) a Competitor, (ii) a Franchisee, (iii) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (iv) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative.has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

Employee Benefit Plan” means any “ employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by any Securitization Entity, or with respect to which any Securitization Entity has any liability.

Environmental Law” means any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, binding guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including common law) of any international authority, foreign (other than Canadian) government, the United States, Canada, or any state, provincial, territorial, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), or employee health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means any (a) membership interest in any limited liability company, (b) general or limited partnership interest in any partnership, (c) common, preferred or other stock interest in any corporation, (d) share, participation, unit or other interest in the property or enterprise of an issuer that evidences ownership rights therein, (e) ownership or beneficial interest in any trust or (f) option, warrant or other right to convert any interest into or otherwise receive any of the foregoing.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor thereto, as operator of the Euroclear System.

Event of Bankruptcy” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if:

(a)       a case, application, petition or other proceeding is commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts including any applicable corporations legislation to the extent the relief sought under such corporations legislation relates to or involves the compromise, settlement, adjustment or arrangement of debt, and such case or proceeding, application, petition continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person is entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or

(b)       such Person commences a voluntary case, application, petition or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or

 

A-34


other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by aan interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager, monitor, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(c)       the board of directors or, board of managers, or general partner (or similar body) of such Person votes to implement any of the actions set forth in clause (b) above.

Event of Default” means any of the events set forth in Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture.

Excepted Securitization IP Assets” means (i) any right to use third-party Intellectual Property pursuant to a license to the extent such rights are not able to be pledged; and (ii) any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of an assignment or security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(c) or (d); provided that at such time as the grant and/or enforcement of the assignment or security interest would not cause such application to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned, such Trademark application will not be considered an “ Excepted Securitization IP Asset”.

“Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Canadian Management Agreement.

Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid exceed (b) the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Amounts” means (i) Advertising Fees (net of Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States) including, without limitation, any such Advertising Fees transferred to the Advertising Fund Accounts; (ii) amounts in respect of income, withholding or other taxes required to be paid by the Canadian Securitization Entities or any other sales taxes and other comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (if any) that are due and payable to a Governmental Authority or other unaffiliated third party; (iii) statutory foreign taxes (if any) included in Collections but required to be remitted to a Governmental Authority; (iv) amounts paid by Franchisees to thea Manager in respect of fees or expenses payable to unaffiliated third parties for services provided to Franchisees, including, without limitation, bona fide third-party repairs and maintenance fees, advertising agency fees and production costs, and software licensing and subscription fees; (v) fees and expenses paid by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in connection with registering, maintaining and enforcing the Securitization IP and paying third-partyto other Securitization Entities or third parties Intellectual Property licensing and subscription fees; (vi) any proceeds from or collections in respect of Non-Contributed Property; (vii) amounts paid by Franchisees to thea Manager relating to corporate services provided by thesuch Manager, including, without limitation, gift card administration and employee training, to the extent such services are not provided by thesuch Manager pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement; (viii) gift card redemption amounts and initial sale proceeds of gift cards; (ix) account expenses and fees paid to the banks at which the Management Accounts are held; (x) tenant improvement allowances and similar amounts received from landlords (if any); (xi) payments to certain developers (if any); (xii) Product Sourcing Obligations; (xiii) proceeds of directors and officers insurance; (xiv) actual or estimated franchise fee commissions; (xv) hotel and travel costs in connection

 

A-35


with software and other Franchisee employee training programs; (xvi) Franchisee Payments in respect of rent, or equipment deposits or short-term notes (to the extent they do not constitute delinquent royalty payments) and costs associated with sublease revenue (including payment of lease obligations) in respect of Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Locations; (xvii) payments from fleet customers in respect of services performed by Franchisees, (xviii) any other amounts deposited into the Concentration AccountAccounts that are not required to be deposited into the Collection AccountAccounts; (xix) insurance company rebates and other fees and payments payable to franchiseesFranchisees, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations or third-parties in connection with franchisee insurance referrals and claims management; (xx) any portion of a supplier rebate required to be remitted to a Franchisee of the Take 5 Brand, Excluded Location, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities or third-parties, (xxi) any costs and expenses associated with distribution margin andor supplier rebates, (xxii) revenues (if any) received with respect to Take 5 Company Locations that are due and payable to Governmental Authorities or other unaffiliated third parties as sales taxes, other and comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (the items set forth in clause (xxii) collectively, “ Pass-Through Amounts”) and (xxiii) amounts that would constitute Retained Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer with respect to an Excluded Location.

Excluded IP” means (i) any Software licensed to or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity and (ii) any proprietary software owned by a Non-Securitization Entity (other than the Contributed Software).

“Excluded Location” means the following locations and businesses, together with their respective revenue and any account (and the amount on deposit therein) in which such revenue is collected and the related assets used in the operation of their respective businesses: (i) the company-owned locations for the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand and certain other Uniban Brands (and, in each case, any future company-owned locations for such Driven Securitization Brands or brands acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) and (ii) the distribution center company-owned locations previously owned by Vitretech Inc. and 9404244 Canada Inc., respectively, immediately prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and owned by the Canadian Co-Issuer in Canada on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

“Excluded Operating Expenses” means any operating expenses comprised of Pass-Through Amounts excluded from any applicable determination of revenue, and, with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, Weekly Management Fees, Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fees and any lease or similar expenses to the extent payable pursuant to priority (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments.

Existing Local Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(ba)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Extension Period” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the period from the Series Anticipated Repayment Date (or any previously extended Series Anticipated Repayment Date) with respect to such Series or Class to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Series or Class as extended in connection with the provisions of the applicable Series Supplement.

FDIC” means the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Series Legal Final Maturity Date with respect to the last Series of Notes Outstanding.

 

A-36


Financial Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

Fiscal Quarter Percentage” means 10%.

“Fix Auto Brand” means the Fix Auto® name and Fix Auto Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement, including any FUSA Properties Franchise Agreement, whereby a Franchisee agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which a Franchisee is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

Franchise Documents” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements (including master franchise agreements and related service or license agreements), Development Agreements and agreements related thereto, together with any modifications, amendments, extensions or replacements of the foregoing.

Franchised Canadian Locations” means the Branded Locations in Canada that are owned and operated by Franchisees that are unaffiliated with Parent and its Affiliates pursuant to a Franchise Agreement that is granted by a Non-Securitization Entity or Canadian Securitization Entity.

Franchisee” means any Person that is a franchisee under a Franchise Agreement.

Franchisee Payments” means all amounts payable to any SPV Franchising Entity by or on behalf of Franchisees pursuant to the Franchise Documents, including, without limitation, franchise fees, Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States, Advertising Fees, software and systems licensing and maintenance revenue, referral, renewal and transfer fees (if any), amounts in respect of product and equipment sales (including rebates or other amounts), franchise royalty payments, and amounts paid by Franchisees on short-term notes, fees in respect toof the administration of insurance programs, other than, in any case, Excluded Amounts.

Franchisor Holdco” means Driven Systems LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Funding Holdco” means Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

“FUSA Franchisor” means FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

“FUSA Properties” means FUSA Properties SPV, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“FUSA Properties Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement whereby FUSA Properties, as a Franchisee, agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which FUSA Properties is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliatesAffiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (including on October 4, 2019 and the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “ Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date nor does “ Future Brand” include any Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand.

 

A-37


Future Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Securitization Entity” means any entity that becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Funding Holdco, the Issuer or Canadian Funding Holdco, any Co-Issuer or Franchisor Holdco after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents and is designated by the applicable Manager as a “Future Securitization Entity” pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

“FX Agent” means Citibank, N.A. or any successor FX Agent appointed pursuant to Section 14.19.

“FX Exchange Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) of the Base Indenture

GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect from time to time; provided that, for purposes of computing each of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio (including any financial and accounting terms included in the components thereof), GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date.

“Go Glass Brand” means the Go Glass® name and Go Glass Trademarks, including the Go Glass & Accessories® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Go Glass Franchisor” means Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP, a newly formed special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

“Go Glass Franchisor GP” means Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Go Glass Franchisor.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or, Canada, any other nation or any political subdivision of the foregoing, whether state, provincial, territorial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Government Securities” means readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and as to which obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

 

A-38


Gross Sales” means, with respect to any franchise or company-owned location, the total amount of revenue received from the sale of all products and performance of all services (except applicable Manager-approved promotional items) and all other income of every kind and nature (including gift certificates when redeemed but not when purchased, in the case of Securitization-Owned Locations that are not Take 5 Company Locations, and including the initial sale of gift cards, in the case of Take 5 Company Locations), whether for cash or credit and regardless of collection in the case of credit; provided that Gross Sales shall not include (i) any sales taxes or other taxes, in each case collected from customers for transmittal to the appropriate taxing authority, or (ii) revenues that are not subject to royalties in accordance with the related franchise agreement or other applicable agreement.

Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements” means (a) the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. (the “U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) and (b) the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”).

Guarantors” means, collectively, (x) Funding Holdco, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, the other U.S. SPV Franchising Entities, Take 5 Properties, FUSA Properties and any Future Securitization Entities. organized in the United States or any State thereof (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”), and (y) Canadian Funding Holdco, the Canadian Securitization Entity GPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, and any Future Securitization Entities organized in Canada or any province or territory thereof (collectively, the “ Canadian Guarantors”).

Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Improvements” means any additions, modifications, developments, variations, refinements, enhancements or improvements that are derivative works as defined and recognized by applicable Requirements of Law.

Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money in any form, including net obligations in respect of derivatives, and (b) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price for property or services, which purchase price is (i) due more than one year from the date of the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (other than (x) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (y) an earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and (z) liabilities associated with client prepayments and deposits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity, (ii) amounts payable under third party license agreements and third-party supply agreements or similar trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with the applicable Managing Standard or (iii) that portion of obligations with respect to any lease of any property, whether real, personal or mixed and whether or not classified as Capitalized Lease Obligations and whether or not such lease is pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not such sale-leaseback transaction is accounted for under the financing method).

Indemnification Amount” means (i) with respect to any Securitization Asset, an amount equal to the Allocated Note Amount for such asset and (ii) with respect to any Securitization IP, any amount required to reimburse the applicable Securitization Entity for the expenses related to defending or

 

A-39


enforcing its rights in such Securitization IP. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Indemnification Amount directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Indenture” means the Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms.

Indenture Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

Indenture Documents” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, collectively, the Base Indenture, the related Series Supplements, the Notes of such Series, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, the related Account Control Agreements, any related Note Purchase Agreements and any other agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of the Notes of such Series or the pledge of Collateral under any of the foregoing.

Initial Driven Brands License Agreement” means the Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee.

Indenture Trust Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Collection Account Administrative Accounts, the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts, the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, the Securitization Operating Expense AccountAccounts, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts, the Series Distribution Accounts and such other accounts as the Trustee may establish from time to time pursuant to its authority to establish additional accounts pursuant to the Indenture.

Independent” means, as to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers and any member thereof or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person and (ii) is not connected with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if, in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above, the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

Independent Auditors” means the firm of Independent accountants appointed pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement or any successor Independent accountant.

 

A-40


Independent Manager” means, with respect to any limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., Stewart Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers or independent directors, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such Person and that provides professional independent managers or independent directors and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(i) a member (other than as a special member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such Person, the member or shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent manager or special member of such Person or an Affiliate of such Person that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such Person (except for a Securitization Entity) and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such independent manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

(ii) a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to such Person, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such Person or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii) a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv) a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies clause (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of any Person shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of such Person; provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent director or manager of any Affiliate of such Person in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than 5% of such individual’s annual income for that year.

Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18 of the Base Indenture.

Initial Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of such Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Insolvency” means liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization or conservation; and when used as an adjective, “Insolvent”.

Insolvency Law” means any applicable federal, state or foreign law relating to liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization, conservation or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

A-41


Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by the Securitization Entities (a) by reason of theft, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities under any policy of insurance (other than liability insurance) in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of any non-temporary condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Securitization Entities in respect thereof and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any disposition of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable by the Securitization Entities’ consolidated group, with respect to the U.S. Securitization Entities, or at an entity-level, with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” will not include any proceeds of policies of insurance not relating to theft, physical destruction or damage in respect of the properties or assets of the Securitization Entities, and therefore will exclude such items as business interruption insurance and other insurance procured in the ordinary course of business, which shall be treated as ordinary Collections.

Insurance Proceeds AccountAccounts” means (x) the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the U.S. Manager causes amounts received by a U.S. Securitization Entity to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the U.S. Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the U.S. Management Agreement and (y) the account maintained in the name of the Canadian Co-Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Canadian Manager causes amounts received by a Canadian Securitization Entity to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Canadian Co-Issuer by the Canadian Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Canadian Management Agreement.

Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all rights in intellectual property of any type throughout the world, including (i) all Trademarks; (ii) all Patents; (iii) all Software; (iv) all Copyrights; (v) all Trade Secrets; (vi) all social media account names or identifiers (e.g., Twitter® handle or Facebook® account name); (vii) all Improvements of or to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all registrations, applications for registration or issuances, recordings, renewals and extensions relating to any of the foregoing.

“Inter-Canada Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11(d) of the Base Indenture.

Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred and ending on but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date; provided that the initial Interest Accrual Period for any Series will commence on and include the Series Closing Date and end on the date specified in the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that, for any Series, the Interest Accrual Period immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date on which the last payment on the Notes of such Series is to be made will end on such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, further, that, solely with respect to any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Interest Accrual Period specified in the applicable Series Supplement and Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

A-42


Interest-Only DSCR” means the DSCR calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”.

Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable.

Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, with respect to a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of (i) the Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount of such Co-Issuer over (ii) such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, in each case, for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

Interest Reserve Release Event” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, an event allowing funds to be released from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, as applicable, identified as an Interest Reserve Release Event with respect to such Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investment Income” means the investment income earned on a specified account during a specified period, in each case net of all losses and expenses allocable thereto.

Investment Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the applicable UCC.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person(s), all investments by such Person(s) in other Persons in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding (x) accounts receivable, (y) trade credit and advances to customers and (z) commission, travel, moving and other similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of such Person(s) (including Affiliates) made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

Investor Request Certification” means a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Base Indenture.

IP License Agreements” means each Canadian IP License Agreement, the Driven Brands License Agreement, the Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement, the Econo Lube License Agreement, the Carstar License Agreement, the Carstar Master License Agreement, the Take 5 License Agreement and any Intellectual Property license agreement whereby the Issuer or any of the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities grants a license permitting a third-party to use the “Super-Lube” brand that is included in the Securitization IP.

“Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

 

A-43


“Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Large Franchisor Exemption Amount” means any cash amount contributed (and reasonably documented) to any Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate in order, in the reasonable judgment of the U.S. Manager, to satisfy the minimum net worth requirement a franchisor must maintain in order to take advantage of an exemption that may be available under state franchise registration laws when (i) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company maintains a certain minimum net worth based on its most recent consolidated audited financial statements and (ii) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company (and, in certain cases, its predecessor) possess certain franchising and/or operating experience involving a minimum number of units over a certain period of time.

L/C Downgrade Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of the Base Indenture.

L/C Provider” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the party identified as the “L/C Provider” or the “L/C Issuing Bank,” as the context requires, in the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Legacy Account” means, on or after the date that any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Base Indenture is no longer Outstanding, any account maintained by the Trustee to which funds have been allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments for the payment of interest, fees or other amounts in respect of such Class or Series of Notes.

 

A-44


Letter of Credit Reimbursement AgreementAgreements” means a reimbursement agreement, by and among the Parent and the Issuer, or by and among the Canadian Manager and the Canadian Co-Issuer, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, which permits letters of credit to be issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities and that provide that the Issuersuch Co-Issuer will receive a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuersuch Co-Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such Letter of Credit plus an agreed-upon margin.

Licensee-Developed IP” means all applicable Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of any licensee under any IP License Agreement related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Lien” means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person which secures payment or performance of any obligation, and will include any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor, or other security interest of any kind, whether arising under a security agreement, mortgage, lease, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention or security title, financing or similar statement, or arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Liquidation Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Lock-Box Accounts” means the accounts and theany related lock-boxes established at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in the case of the U.S. Securitization Entities, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Desjardins Group, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, for purposes of collecting Franchisee Payments and amounts from Franchisees that constitute Excluded Amounts.

Luxembourg Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c) of the Base Indenture.

Maaco Brand” means the Maaco® name and Maaco Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Maaco Franchisor” means Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Maaco Net Advertising Commissions” means certain fees, commissions and other expenses due to Printz Advertising (the in-house advertising agency of the Maaco Brand) in respect of advertising and marketing services provided by Printz Advertising or the applicable Manager (or its subsidiaries) to Maaco Franchisees in an amount equal to 15% of all Advertising Fees received from Maaco Franchisees (such percentage subject to adjustment from time to time at the discretion of thesuch Manager).

 

A-45


Majority of Controlling Class Members” means, (x) except as set forth in clause (y), with respect to the Controlling Class Members (or, if specified, any subset thereof) and as of any day of determination, Controlling Class Members that hold in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein as of such day of determination (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity) and (y) with respect to the election of a Controlling Class Representative, Controlling Class Members that hold beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein, in each case, that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and, in each case of clauses (y)(i) and (ii), with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date) (such sum described in clause (y), the “CCR Voting Amount”).

Majority of Noteholders” means Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Majority of Senior Noteholders” means Senior Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Senior Notes other than Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Senior Notes or beneficial interests in Senior Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Managed Assets” means the assets that theeach Manager has agreed to manage and service pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement in accordance with the standards and the procedures described therein.

Managed Documents” means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the applicable Managed Assets, including, without limitation, theany Contribution Agreements, theAgreement, Franchise Documents and theDocument or IP License AgreementsAgreement.

Management Accounts” means, collectively, the Concentration AccountAccounts, the Lock-Box Accounts, the Asset Disposition Proceeds AccountAccounts, the Insurance Proceeds Account, the Take 5 CompanyAccounts, the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts (including any additional Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts opened following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date), the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox, the Oil Fleet Lockbox, the Spire Supply Securitization Account, any additional Securitized-Owned Location Concentration Accounts opened following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts, the Claims Management Concentration Accounts, and such other accounts as may be established by thea Manager from time to time pursuant to the its Management Agreement that thesuch Manager designates as a “Management Account” for purposes of thesuch Management Agreement, so long as each such other account is subject to an Account Control Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Advertising Fund Accounts). and any other Account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture).

 

A-46


Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Manager, the Securitization Entities and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Manager” means Driven Brands, Inc., as manager under the Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Manager Advancewith respect to either the U.S. Manager or the Canadian Manager, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Manager-Developed IP” means all applicable Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of thea Manager related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Manager Termination Event” means, with respect to either Manager, the occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.1(a) of the applicable Management Agreement.

Managing Standardwith respect to the U.S. Manager, has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Management Agreement, and with respect to the Canadian Manager, has the meaning set forth in the Canadian Management Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect” means:

(a) with respect to the ManagerManagers, collectively, a material adverse effect on (i) itstheir results of operations, business, properties or financial condition, taken as a whole, (ii) itstheir ability to conduct itstheir respective business or to perform in any material respect itstheir respective obligations under the applicable Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document, taken as a whole, (iii) the Collateral, taken as a whole, or (iv) the ability of the Securitization Entities to perform in any material respect their obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(b) with respect to the Collateral, a material adverse effect with respect to (i) any Driven Securitization Brand in any jurisdiction that is material to the business of the Securitization Entities or with respect to the Securitization IP, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, or the security interest in the rights thereto granted by the Securitization Entities under the terms of the Transaction Documents or (ii) the Securitization Assets, taken as a whole, or the Collateral, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, the ownership thereof by the Securitization Entities (as applicable) or the Lien of the Indenture or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Collateral;

(c) with respect to any Securitization Entity, a materiallymaterial adverse effect on the results of operations, business, properties or financial condition of such Securitization Entity, taken as a whole, or the ability of such Securitization Entity to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents; or

 

A-47


(d) with respect to any Person or matter, a material impairment to the rights of or benefits available to, taken as a whole, the Securitization Entities, the Trustee or the Noteholders under any Transaction Document or the enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document;

provided that where “Material Adverse Effect” is used in any Transaction Document without specific reference, such term will have the meaning specified in clauses (a) through (d), as the context may require.

Materials of Environmental Concern” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products (virgin or unused), polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity and any other materials or substances of any kind, whether or not any such material or substance is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Meineke Brand” means the Meineke® name and Meineke Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Meineke Franchisor” means Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Merlin Brand” means the Merlin® and 200,000 Miles® names and Merlin and 200,000 Miles Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Merlin Franchisor” means Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

“Monthly Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the applicable Claims Management Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Claims Management Business over such period.

Monthly Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of the Issuer’sapplicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits AmountAmounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

 

A-48


“Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

“Monthly Product Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business over such period.

Monthly Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of Take 5 Franchisor’s, Take 5 Properties’, Take 5’s and Take 5 Oil’sthe applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profits AmountAmounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amountsapplicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

Monthly Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to eachany applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of Take 5 Franchisor’s, Take 5 Properties’, Take 5’s and Take 5 Oil’s fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Take 5 Company Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Company Locations.the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

 

A-49


Multiemployer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA.

Net Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date and the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount (not less than zero) equal to:

(a) the Retained Collections with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (provided, that, Retained Collections in respect of Canadian Collections for a Weekly Allocation Date will be calculated based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled in U.S. Dollars on such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such Weekly Allocation Date); minus

(b) the amount (without duplication) equal to the sum of (i) the Securitization Operating Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to priority (v) of the Priority of Payments; (ii) the Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid on each Weekly Allocation Date to the ManagerManagers with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; (iii) the Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees paid to the Servicer on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (iv) the amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(c) the amount, if any, by which equity contributions included in such Retained Collections exceeds the relevant amount of Retained Collections Contributions permitted to be included in Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture;

provided that funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts will not constitute Retained Collections for purposes of this definition.

New Company-Owned Location Assets” means all assets contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by Take 5 Properties and Take 5 and Take 5 Oil (solely with respect to the Retained Take 5 Branded Locations as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), in each case following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date., a Securitization Entity following the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

New Development Agreements” means all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements entered into by ana SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor or Take 5 Franchisor) following the earliest applicable Series 2015-1 Closing Date, CARSTAR Franchisor following the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Take 5 Franchisor following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

New Franchise Agreements” means all Franchise Agreements and related agreements entered into by ana SPV Franchising Entity following the earliest applicable Series 2015-1 Closing Date, in itsor such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement, in each case, in such SPV Franchising Entity’s capacity as franchisor for Branded Locations (including all renewals of Franchise Agreements and related agreements contributed to ana SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Datepursuant to the Contribution Agreements).

 

A-50


New Series Pro Forma DSCR” means, at any time of determination and with respect to the issuance of any Additional Notes, the ratio calculated by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents (or, at the election of the ManagerManagers, if financial statements have not yet been delivered for the final quarter of such period, the Manager’sManagers’ internal records for such final quarter, plus the financial statements delivered for the three immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods) by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period, in each case on a pro forma basis, calculated as if (a) such Additional Notes had been outstanding and any assets acquired with the proceeds of such Additional Notes had been acquired at the commencement of such period and (b) any existing Indebtedness that has been paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled during such period, or any existing Indebtedness that will be paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled using the proceeds of such issuance, were so paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled as of the commencement of such period.

New York UCC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

“Non-Contributed Property” means the following property of the Non-Securitization Entities:

(a) any real property or real estate leases not elected to be contributed to the Securitization Entities;

(b) the ownership interest of Parent in each of its Subsidiaries (other than the Securitization Entities) and in the Equity Interests of Gauthier Auto Glass Limited, 2559275 Ontario Inc., At-Pac Auto Parts Inc., 9197-4592 Quebec Inc. and 2373404 Ontario Inc.;

(c) any employment, consulting or independent contractor agreements with respect to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Non-Securitization Entities after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date;

(d) any vendor, supplier, distribution, sponsorship and other third-party agreements for which any requisite consent has not been obtained as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; and

(e) any contract or other agreement in respect of inventory repurchase or buy-back obligations on the part of 1-800-Radiator or any Non-Securitization Entity affiliate thereof.; and

(f) assets related to the management of certain of the Canadian Securitization Entities and transferred to the Canadian Manager immediately prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Nonrecoverable Advance” means any portion of an Advance previously made and not previously reimbursed, or proposed to be made, which, together with any then-outstanding Advances, and the interest accrued or that would reasonably be expected to accrue thereon, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, would not be ultimately recoverable from subsequent payments or collections from any funds on deposit in the Collection AccountAccounts or funds reasonably expected to be deposited in the Collection AccountAccounts following such date of determination, giving due consideration to allocations and disbursements of funds in such accounts and the limited assets of the Securitization Entities.

 

A-51


Non-Securitization Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 8.24 of the Base Indenture.

Non-Securitization Entity” means any Driven Brands Entity that is not a Securitization Entity, and includes, without limitation, Gauthier Auto Glass Limited, 2559275 Ontario Inc., At-Pac Auto Parts Inc., 9197-4592 Quebec Inc. and 2373404 Ontario Inc.

Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Note Owner Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.5(b) of the Base Indenture.

Note Purchase Agreements” means each Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2015-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2016-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2018-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-2 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Note Purchase Agreement and each other note purchase agreement pursuant to which Notes are purchased.

Note Rate” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the annual rate at which interest (other than contingent additional interest) accrues on the Notes of such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes (or the formula on the basis of which such rate will be determined) as stated in the applicable Series Supplement.

Note Register” means the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture, providing for the registration of the Notes and transfers and exchanges thereof, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may prescribe.

Noteholder” and “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals to the Base Indenture.

Notes Discharge Date” means, with respect to any Class or Series of Notes, the first date on which such Class or Series of Notes is no longer Outstanding.

Obligations” means (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the IssuerCo-Issuers on the Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any other Indenture Document or the Servicing Agreement or of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements and (c) the obligation of the Issuereach Co-Issuer to pay to the Trustee all fees and expenses payable to the Trustee under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

Officer’s Certificate” or “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the party or each party delivering such certificate.

 

A-52


Oil Fleet Lockbox” means the lockbox account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Control Party. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Securitization Entities, Parent, thea Manager or the Back-Up Manager, as the case may be.

Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payment of principal made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement, to the extent the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for any Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the IssuerCo-Issuers, in an amount not to exceed the related Scheduled Principal Payment that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the related Series Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any time, all of the Notes of any one or more Series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except:

(i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders of such Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided that, if such Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a holder in due course or a Protected Purchaser;

(iv) Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(v) Notes which have been repurchased by a Driven Brands Entity and thereafter cancelled;

provided that (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Notes owned by the Securitization Entities or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Notes held in any accounts with respect to which theany Manager or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not a Securitization Entity or any other obligor or theany Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which theany Manager or an Affiliate of theany Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

 

A-53


Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Parent” means Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Pass-Through Amounts” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Excluded Amounts”.

Patents” means all United States and non-U.S. patents and inventions claimed thereunder, patent applications, industrial designs, divisionals, continuations, extensions, continuations-in-part, provisionals, reexaminations and reissues thereof.

Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under Section 4002 of ERISA.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which any company in the same Controlled Group as the Issuerany Co-Issuer has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

“Permits” means, with respect to any Person, all permits, licenses, waivers, exemptions, consents, certificates, authorizations, approvals, franchises, rights-of-way, easements and entitlement that such Person has, requires or is required to have, to own, possess or operate any of its property or to operate and carry on any part of its business.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (i) in respect of a Future Brand or (ii) of one or more independent operators with the intent of selling such operator to a new Franchisee under a Driven Securitization Brand.

Permitted Asset Disposition” means each of the following:

(i) any franchising or refranchising disposition to a Franchisee of a Securitization- Owned Location or a Take 5 Company Owned Location that operates under a Driven Securitization Brand and any Refranchising Asset Disposition, unless, in each case, such location is or was a Post- Issuance Acquired Location;

(ii) any disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, and any abandonment, cancellation or lapse of Securitization IP registrations or applications that, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the applicable Manager, are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain;

(iii) any disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any disposition of equipment or real property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price or other payment obligations in respect of similar replacement property or other Eligible Assets (including, without limitation, credit against rental obligations under a real estate lease) or (y) the proceeds thereof are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property or other Eligible Assets in accordance with the Base Indenture;

 

A-54


(v) any ordinary course licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities and to theeither Manager in connection with the performance of its Services under the applicable Management Agreement;

(vi) any licenses of Securitization IP under the IP License Agreements;

(vii) any licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the franchising of Branded Locations in Canada, pursuant to the payment of a fair market royalty;

(viii) any licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the franchising of Branded Location in Canada, pursuant to the payment of a fair market royalty;

(ixviii) any non-exclusive licenses of Securitization IP (ia) granted in the ordinary course of business, (iib) that when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and (iiic) that would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as a whole);

(xix) any decision to abandon, fail to pursue, settle, or otherwise resolve any claim or cause of action to enforce or seek remedy for the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any Securitization IP, or other remedy against any third party, in each such case, where it is not commercially reasonable to pursue such claim or remedy in light of the cost, potential remedy, or other factors; provided that such action (or failure to act) would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as whole);

(xix) any dispositions pursuant to the sale or sale-leaseback of company-owned real property of any Securitization Entity;

(xiixi) any dispositions of equipment leased to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Excluded Locations, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil or used in the Product Sourcing Business or the Claims Management Business;

(xiiixii) any dispositions of property of any Securitization Entity to any other Securitization Entity to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to, any licenses of Securitization IP;

(xivxiii) any leases or subleases of real property to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Take 5Excluded Locations, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil or Parent to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents and not otherwise constituting Refranchising Asset Dispositions;

(xvxiv) any dispositions of property relating to reassignments of assets in exchange for the payment of Indemnification Amounts;

(xvixv) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business, in each case that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xviixvi) any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of property to which the Control Party has given the relevant Securitization Entity prior written consent;

 

A-55


(xviiixvii) any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) including or any Refranchising Asset Disposition) of a Post-Issuance Acquired Location;

(xivxviii) any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) of any Branded Locations which are (A) acquired by the Securitization Entities with funds from the Asset Dispositions Proceeds Account and (B) subsequently disposed of in an Refranchising Asset Disposition, regardless of the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time of such disposition; and

(xix) any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of any Excluded Location (or its assets) and the Specified Employment Assets; and

(xvxx) any other sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of property not directly or indirectly constituting any asset dispositions permitted by clauses (ai) through (rxix) above and so long as such disposition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager does not constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement and does not exceed an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 per annum;

it being understood that any delivery to the Trustee of any Note, at any time and in any amount, by the Issuer, together with any cancellation thereof pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture, shall be deemed to be a Permitted Asset Disposition.

Permitted Brand Disposition” means (other than pursuant to clause (xiiixii) of the definition of “ Permitted Asset Disposition”) any sale, transfer, lease, license, liquidation or other disposition of the U.S. operations of one or more of the Driven Securitization Brands (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including related assets or any Equity Interests of a related Securitization Entity (the “ Disposed Brand Assets”) and any related license, sale, transfer or other disposition of the related Securitization IP (the “ Disposed Brand IP”), executed in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the applicable Manager, on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer, will have provided the Control Party and the Trustee with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof;

(b) no Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Period shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Permitted Brand Disposition;

(c) after giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and the related mandatory prepayment of the Notes, the DSCR calculated on a pro forma basis as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date (i) would have been equal to or greater than the DSCR as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and (ii) would be greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(d) the sum of the Allocated Amount of the Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP in connection with such Permitted Brand Disposition and the Allocated Amounts of all other Disposed Brand Assets and Disposed Brand IP disposed of since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date would not exceed 50% of the sum of the aggregate Allocated Amounts on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the aggregate Allocated Amounts of all Future Brands and related assets (“ Future Brand Assets”) and related intellectual property (“ Future Brand IP”) on the respective date(s) on which each of such Future Brands were added to the Collateral; and

 

A-56


(e) the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer or the other relevant Securitization Entity deposits an amount equal to the Release Price for such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP into the applicable Collection Account for allocation in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments.; and

(f) with respect to any Driven Securitization Brand that operates in both the United States and in Canada, after giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition, either (i) such Driven Securitization Brand no longer operates in either the United States or Canada or (ii) the applicable Securitization Entities have entered into a license agreement permitting such Securitization Entities to continue to use the applicable Securitization IP in whichever of the United States or Canada the Securitization Entities will continue to operate.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens for (i) Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent, including such Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent of the Canadian Securitization Entities existing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or (ii) Taxes, assessments or other charges being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens created or permitted under the Transaction Documents in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (c)(i) Liens existing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations were terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) Liens existing on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations are terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and; (iii) Liens existing on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, which will bewere released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations arewere terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; (iv) Liens existing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date, or which existed on the date of amalgamation of certain Canadian Non-Securitization Entities (the “ Amalgamated Canadian Non-Securitization Entities”) to form the Canadian Co-Issuer so long as the existence of such Lien on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date would not constitute a breach by the Canadian Manager of the applicable Management Agreement; (d) encumbrances in the nature of (i) a ground lessor’s fee interest, (ii) zoning restrictions, (iii) easements, covenants, and rights of way whether or not shown by the public records, and overlaps, encroachments and any matters not of record which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or a personal inspection of the property, (iv) title to any portion of any premises lying within the right of way or boundary of any public road or private road, (v) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens on rentedencumbering personal property on leased premises to secure the payment of rent, (vi) restrictions on transfers or assignment of leases or licenses of Intellectual Property, which, in each case (as described in clauses (d)(i) through (vi) above), do not detract from the value of the encumbered property or impair the use thereof in the business of any Securitization Entity, (vii) contractual transfer restrictions in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter any such contractual transfer restriction so long as the inclusion of such contractual transfer restriction in any contract entered into on behalf of any Securitization Entity by thea Manager would not constitute a breach by thesuch Manager of the applicable Management Agreement, (viii) the interest of a lessee in property leased to a Franchisee and (ix) any licenses or sublicenses granted in the Securitization IP under any Franchise Agreement, any IP License Agreement or any license of Securitization IP permitted under the definition of “ Permitted Asset Disposition”; (e) deposits or pledges made (i) in connection with casualty insurance maintained in accordance with the Transaction Documents, (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts or

 

A-57


leases, (iii) to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds or (iv) to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business of any Securitization Entity; (f) Liens of carriers, warehouses, mechanics and similar Liens, in each case securing obligations (i) that are not yet due and payable or not overdue for more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof or (ii) being contested in good faith by any Securitization Entity in appropriate proceedings (so long as such Securitization Entity shall, in accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto); (g) restrictions under federal, state, provincial or other foreign securities laws on the transfer of securities; (h) any liens arising under law or pursuant to documentation governing permitted accounts in connection with theany Securitization Entities’Entity’s cash management system; (i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (j) Liens arising in connection with any Capitalized Lease Obligation or sale-leaseback transaction or in connection with any Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted under the Indenture; (k) Liens on any asset of a franchised locationBranded Location existing at the time such franchised locationBranded Location is repurchased or leased from a Franchisee; (l) Liens not securing Indebtedness that attach to any Collateral in an aggregate outstanding amount not exceeding $750,000 at any time; (m) Liens on Collateral that has been pledged pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement with respect to letters of credit issued thereunder and (n) Liens arising in connection with the terms of any product supply agreement, including Liens granted to Distributor pursuant to a Franchise Agreement or Development Agreement, or claims management agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan” means (i) any “ employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) any “ plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code and (iii) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include assets of a plan described in clause (i) or clause (ii) for purposes of Title I of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code.

Post-ARD Additional Interest” means any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) all reasonable expenses payable by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in connection with any obligations of the Trustee in connection with such Event of Default that are in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of such expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurred in the annual period (measured from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the anniversary thereof and from each anniversary thereof to the next succeeding anniversary thereof and the portion of such amount attributable to Securitization Operating Expenses of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement) in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs.

Post-Issuance Acquired Location” means any Securitization-Owned Location or asset in respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business that is acquired after the Series Closing Date of the most recent then-issued Series of Notes from a person that is not a

 

A-58


Franchisee, a Securitization Entity or aso long as such Securitization-Owned Location or asset (i) was not acquired from a Franchisee or a Securitization Entity, (ii) is not a Take 5 Company Location that operated under the Take 5 Brand and (iii) was not acquired using the proceeds of any Pre-Funding Account that operates or isto operate or intended to operate under a Driven Securitization Brand (other than any distribution center that is used in the product sourcing operations of the Securitization Entities that is not intended to become a 1-800-Radiator franchise), unless the applicable Manager (on behalf of the Issuerapplicable Co-Issuer) elects not to designate such location as a “ Post-Issuance Acquired Location”.

Potential Manager Termination Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

Potential Rapid Amortization Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Rapid Amortization Event.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), as in effect in the Province of Ontario, and all regulations thereunder; provided that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies with respect to the interests of a secured party, including a transferee of an account or chattel paper, is governed by the personal property security laws or laws relating to movable property of any jurisdiction other than the Province of Ontario, including, the Province of Quebec, the term “PPSA” shall include those personal property security laws or laws relating to movable property in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Pre-Funding Account” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, a Series Account designated as a “ Pre-Funding Account” in respect of such Series pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Pre-Funding Period” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, the specified period of time during which the funds therein may be used pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Pre-Funding Reserve Account” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, a Series Account which shall reserve for each applicable Series of Notes funds equal to the amount of interest that will accrue on such Series of Notes for the period commencing on the Series Closing Date for such Series of Notes and ending on the first Quarterly Payment Date in which the Pre-Funding Period ends for such Series of Notes on a portion of such Series of Notes equal to the amount then on deposit in theeach respective Pre-Funding Account for such Series of Notes at the applicable Note Rate(s) for such Series of Notes.

Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand” means any name or Trademark acquired by Parent that is intended to be used on a short-term, temporary basis until such time as such name or Trademark is converted to the Take 5 Brand.

Prepayment Consideration” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the premium to be paid on certain prepayments of principal with respect to such Series of Notes, identified as a “ Prepayment Consideration” pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

 

A-59


Prime Rate” means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by the ManagerManagers and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate.

Principal Release Amount” means, with respect to any Series and any Quarterly Payment Date on which the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied, the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts with respect to such Series that have been allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Principal Terms” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Priority of Payments” means the allocation and payment obligations described in Section 5.11 of the Base Indenture as supplemented by the allocation and payment obligations with respect to each Series of Notes described in each Series Supplement.

Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the applicable UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

“Product Sourcing Accounts” means the Existing Local Product Sourcing Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements), the Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts, and accounts established after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity in connection with the collection of revenues by such Securitization Entity.

“Product Sourcing Business” means assets related to distributing aftermarket automotive glass products or equipment to Franchisees, locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties, together with any other business incidental thereto.

Product Sourcing Obligations” means costs of goods sold attributable to the products or equipment sold to Franchisees or locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Securitization-OwnedExcluded Locations, Retained Take 5 BrandedSecuritization-Owned Locations or third parties, which resulted in Product Sourcing Payments (representing the payments to be made under or in connection with any agreement or other arrangement to purchase manufactured products and equipment from suppliers, for re-sale) and rebates required to be paid or repaid in connection with product sourcing requirements.

Product Sourcing Payments” means, collectively, (i) amounts received in respect of product and equipment sales to Securitization-Owned Locations, Retained Take 5 Branded Location,Excluded Locations, and locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities and third parties, (ii) Franchisee Payments in respect of product and equipment sales and (iii), in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), rebates or other amounts received in respect of such sales, provided that Product Sourcing Payments shall not include amounts attributable to the Product Sourcing Business.

pro forma event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.17 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-60


Pro Oil Brand” means the Pro Oil Change® name and Pro Oil Change Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 8-303 of the UCC.

Qualified Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times has the Required Rating and, in the case of any such institution organized under the laws of the United States of America, whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Qualified Trust Institution” means an institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times (i) is authorized under such laws to act as a trustee or in any other fiduciary capacity, (ii) has capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and (iii) has a long term deposits rating of not less than “ BBB+” by S&P.

Quarterly Calculation Date” means the date two (2) Business Days prior to each Quarterly Payment Date. Any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring in the same calendar month as such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Fiscal Period means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended on or prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

Quarterly Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(cd) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Fiscal Period” means each of the following quarterly fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (i) four 13-week fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 52-week fiscal years and (ii) three 13-week fiscal periods and one 14-week fiscal period of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 53-week fiscal years. The last day of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities is the last Saturday in December. References to “weeks” mean Parent’s fiscal weeks, which begin on each Sunday and end on each Saturday.

Quarterly Noteholders’ Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(bc) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Payment Date” means, unless otherwise specified in any Series Supplement for the related Series of Notes, the 20th day of each of April, July, October and January in respect of each respective immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on October 20, 2015. Any reference to a Quarterly Fiscal Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to an Interest Accrual Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Interest Accrual Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Radiator Product Sales Holder” means 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

A-61


Rapid Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture.

Rapid Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the date on which a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of the waiver of the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture and the date on which there are no Notes Outstanding.

Rating Agency”, with respect to any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes and any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition in the Indenture or in any other Transaction Document, a condition that is satisfied if the Manager hasManagers have notified the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the Manager hasManagers have provided each Rating Agency and the Servicer with a written notification setting forth in reasonable detail such event or action and has actively solicited (by written request and by request via e-mail and telephone) a Rating Agency Confirmation from each Rating Agency, and each Rating Agency has either provided the ManagerManagers with a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such event or action or informed the ManagerManagers that it declines to review such event or action; provided that:

(i) except in connection with (x) the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions of clause (ii) below will apply in all cases, and (y) a Rating Agency Confirmation from Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC (“ KBRA”) with respect to any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken (other than the issuance of Additional Notes), as to which the conditions of clause (iii) below will apply in all cases, the Rating Agency Condition in respect of any Rating Agency shall be required to be satisfied in connection with any such event or action only if the Manager determines in itsManagers determine in their sole discretion (and provides an Officer’sprovide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee evidencing such determination) that the policies of such Rating Agency permit it to deliver such Rating Agency Confirmation;

(ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall not be required to be satisfied in respect of any Rating Agency if the Manager provides an Officer’sManagers provide an Officers’ Certificate (along with copies of all written requests for such Rating Agency Confirmation and copies of all related e-mail correspondence) to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that:

(A) the Manager hasManagers have not received any response from such Rating Agency after the Manager hasManagers have repeated such active solicitation (by request via telephone and by e-mail) on or about the tenth (10th) Business Day and the fifteenth (15th) Business Day following the date of delivery of the initial solicitation;

(B) the Manager hasManagers have no reason to believe that such event or action would result in such Rating Agency withdrawing its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or assigning credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (1) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (2) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); and

(C) solely in connection with any issuance of Additional Notes, either:

 

A-62


(1) a Rating Agency Confirmation will have been obtained; or

(2) each Rating Agency then rating the Notes has rated such Additional Notes no lower than the lower of (x) the then-current credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency or (y) the initial credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications) to each Outstanding Series of Notes ranking on the same priority as such Additional Notes, or, if no Outstanding Series of Notes ranks on the same priority as such Additional Notes, the Control Party shall have provided its written consent to the issuance of such Additional Notes.; and

(iii) the Rating Agency Condition will not be required to be satisfied in respect of KBRA (except in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions in clause (ii)(C) will apply) if the Managers provide an Officers’ Certificate (along with copies of all written notices for such Rating Agency Confirmation) to each Co-Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that the Managers have notified KBRA at least ten (10) Business Days prior to taking such event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken.

Rating Agency Confirmation” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes, a confirmation from a Rating Agency that a proposed event or action will not result in (i) a withdrawal of its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (ii) the assignment of credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (A) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (B) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); provided that, solely in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes, a Rating Agency Confirmation of S&P will be required for each Series of Notes then rated by S&P at the time of such issuance of Additional Notes.

Rating Agency Notification” means, with respect to any prospective action or occurrence, a written notification to each Rating Agency setting forth in reasonable detail such action or occurrence.

“Receiver” means an interim receiver, a receiver, a manager or a receiver and manager.

Record Date” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the close of business on the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such Quarterly Payment Date occurs.

Refranchising Asset Disposition” means any disposition of property in connection with any refranchising pursuant to any sale, transfer or other disposition of the operations and assets of a Securitization-Owned Location or other Take 5 Company Location (as opposed to a disposition of fee simple real estate or a real estate lease, including in connection with a refranchising asset disposition) to a Franchisee.

“Refranchising Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

“Refranchising Proceeds Cap” means, for each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations, $10,000,000 (the “ Base Amount”); provided that if the aggregate Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018) is less than the sum of (x) Base Amount and (y) any shortfall added to the Base Amount in any prior fiscal year, the amount of such difference will be added to the Refranchising Proceeds Cap for each succeeding fiscal year.

 

A-63


Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

Release Price” means, with respect to any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP, an amount calculated by the applicable Manager equal to 125% of the Allocated Amount of such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Release Price directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event” means any “ reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

Required Rating” means (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating from S&P of at least “ A-2” and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “ BBB+” by S&P.

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person or any of its property, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association or declaration of limited partnership and bylaws, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person or any of its property, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to, or binding upon, such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject, whether federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign (in addition to Canada) (including usury laws, the Criminal Code (Canada) the Federal Truth in Lending Act, state or provincial franchise laws and retail installment sales acts).

Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxv) of the Priority of Payments.collectively or as the context requires, the U.S. Residual Amount and the Canadian Residual Amount.

Retained Collections” means, with respect to any specified period of time, the amount equal to (i) Collections received over such period(other than (x) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, and debit card proceeds generated by the Product Sourcing Business, the Claims Management Business or Securitization-Owned Locations and (y) any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Securitization-Owned Locations) received over such period plus, without duplication, (a) the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount and the Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount, in each case, with respect to such period plus (b) the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount and the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, in each case, with respect to such period, minus, without duplication, (ii) the Excluded Amounts over such period. Funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts will not constitute Retained Collections.

 

A-64


Retained Collections Contribution” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, any cash contribution made to the IssuerCo-Issuers at any time prior to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date to be included in Net Cash Flow in accordance with Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture.

“Retained Take 5 Branded Location” means a Take 5 Branded Location for which Take 5 or Take 5 Oil is the sole lessee with respect to a Take 5 Company Location and for which the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount and Monthly Take 5 Company Location True-Up Amounts are contributed to the Securitization Entities.

Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” represents Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted (i) to include the full year impact of cost savings initiatives that have already been implemented during the period presented, (ii) to include a full year of royalties from Franchise Agreements executed during the period presented, net of the royalties from Franchise Agreements terminated during the period presented, (iii) to include the full year impact for incremental royalties for certain Franchisees that are on temporary royalty abatement and product discount programs during the period presented, (iv) to include a full year of license royalties from Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Locations and other company-owned locations owned by a Non-Securitization Entity, (v) to include a full year of EBITDA for Take 5 Company Locations that are temporarily closed for conversion into Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations during the period presented, and (vi) for all Take 5 Company Locations opened as or converted to Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations within the prior two years of the end of the period presented, to include the expected EBITDA that will be achieved after being opened as Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations for two years. Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to give pro forma effect to any transactions in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities 1933 Act, as amended (“ Regulation S-X”), and the adjustments made to calculate Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA may not be permissible under Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

“S&P” or “ Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

“Scheduled Principal Payments” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payments scheduled to be made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement that reduce the amount of principal Outstanding with respect to such Series or Class on a periodic basis that are identified as “ Scheduled Principal Payments” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, as of the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the occurrence of the following event: the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts after the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

“Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Parties” means (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Noteholders, (iii) the Servicer, (iv) the Control Party, (v) the Managers, (vi) the Back-Up Manager and (vii) the Class A-1 Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-65


“Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Asset” means (A) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity and any applicable Future Securitization Entity (iI) all contributed franchise and development agreementsContributed Franchise Agreements and Contributed Development Agreements and all Franchisee Payments thereon; (iiII) all new franchise and development agreementsNew Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands and all Franchisee Payments thereon in connection with the Driven Securitization Brands; (iiiIII) all rights to enter into new franchise and development agreementsNew Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands; and (ivIV) any and all other real (subject to mortgage and recording requirements to be set forth in the Base Indenture) or personal property of every nature, now or hereafter transferred, mortgaged, pledged or assigned as security for payment or performance of any obligation of the Franchisees or other Persons, as applicable, to such SPV Franchising Entity under its respective Franchise Agreements or Development Agreements and all guarantees of such obligations and the rights evidenced by or reflected in the Franchise Agreements, or Development Agreements including without limitation any Driven Securitization Brands developed or acquired after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and elected to be contributed to a Securitization Entity, and; (B) with respect to SPV Product Sales Holder and Radiator Product Sales Holder, all contracts and other agreements in respect of the product and equipment sales business of the Driven Securitization Brands in existence prior to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and any contracts and other agreements to be entered into in respect of such business following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, including (i) the Spire Supply Assets and any Take 5 Company Location supply agreements and (ii) in respect of Future Brands.; (C) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity, SPV Product Sales Holder and Radiator Product Sales Holder, all material contracts contributed to such entities in connection with the Securitization Transaction or in respect of Future Brands, all related payments thereon and all rights to enter into additional such contracts; (D) with respect to Take 5 Properties and FUSA Properties, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the Take 5 Brand located in the United States contributed on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the Fix Auto Brand located in the United States contributed on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, all future Securitization-Owned Locations for the Take 5 Brand and Fix Auto Brand located in the United States acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and, in each case, the related Securitization-Owned Location Assets; (E) with respect to Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management, all contracts, other agreements and other assets in respect of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business and the Canadian Claims Management Business, respectively, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter acquired; (F) with respect to Canadian CARSTAR, and Canadian Take 5, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the respective Canadian Securitization Entities for the CARSTAR Brand, and Take 5 Brand located in Canada on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, all future Securitization-Owned Locations for such Driven Securitization Brands located in Canada acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and, in each case, the related Securitization-Owned Location Assets; and in each case together with all payments, proceeds and accrued and future rights to payment thereon, and together with all other assets of the Securitization Entities (other than the Collateral Exclusions).

Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a) of the Base Indenture.

S&P” or “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

A-66


Scheduled Principal Payments” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payments scheduled to be made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement that reduce the amount of principal Outstanding with respect to such Series or Class on a periodic basis that are identified as “ Scheduled Principal Payments” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, as of the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the occurrence of the following event: the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account after the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(d) of the Base Indenture.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties” means (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Noteholders, (iii) the Servicer, (iv) the Control Party, (v) the Manager, (vi) the Back-Up Manager and (vii) the Class A-1 Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Entities” means, collectively, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors.

Securitization IP” means, collectively, the Closing Date Securitization IP and the After-Acquired Securitization IP, except that “ Securitization IP” will not include, solely for purposes of the licenses granted under the IP License Agreements, any rights to use licensed third-party Intellectual Property to the extent that such rights are not sublicensable without the consent of or any payment to such third party, or any other action by the licensee thereof, unless such consent has been obtained or payment has been made.

Securitization Operating Expense AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Operating Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities and payable to third parties in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Securitization Entities and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (other than those paid for from the Concentration Account as described in the IndentureAccounts), including (i) accrued and unpaid taxes (other than federal, state, provincial, local and foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes, including taxes required to be paid directly by the Canadian Securitization Entities), filing fees and registration fees payable by and attributable to the Securitization Entities to any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign Governmental Authority; (ii) fees and expenses payable to (A) the Trustee under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) the Back-Up Manager as Back-Up Manager Fees, (C) any Rating Agency and (D) independent certified public accountants (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any incremental auditor costs) and external legal counsel; (iii) the indemnification obligations of the Securitization Entities under the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (including any interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate, if applicable); and (iv) independent director and managerIndependent Manager fees.

 

A-67


Securitization-Owned Location” means any company-owned location owned by a Securitization Entity. and the other Take 5 Company Locations; provided, that where the context refers to the ownership or operation of a company-owned location (or the ownership of the assets thereof) by a Securitization Entity, Securitization-Owned Locations shall be deemed not to refer to any Take 5 Company Locations (or the assets thereof) that are not owned by a Securitization Entity.

“Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Transaction” means, collectively, the 2015 Securitization Transaction, the 2016 Securitization Transaction and, the 2018 Securitization Transaction, the 2019 Securitization Transactions and the 2020 Securitization Transaction.

Securitized Assets” means all assets owned by the Securitization Entities, including, but not limited to, the Collateral.

Senior Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the IssuerCo-Issuers that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “ Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) is senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Subordinated Debt.

Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) the aggregate principal amount of each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the ManagerManagers or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit with respect to the Senior Notes as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre-Funding Reserve Account to (b) Net Cash Flow of the Securitization Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Interest Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Notes of any Series.

Senior Notes” or “Class A Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer that by itsand the Canadian Co-Issuer, including the Canadian Co-Issuer becoming a co-issuer on the previous Series of Notes as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date that by their terms (through itstheir alphabetical designation as “ Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Notes) isare senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Notes to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Subordinated Notes and any Subordinated Notes.

 

A-68


Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period, (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture to cover any applicable Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period. (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Interest Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of such Co-Issuer shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for purposes of calculating the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled

 

A-69


Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of such Co-Issuer shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for purposes of calculating the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, as of each Weekly Allocation Date, if the Series 20182020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes due and payable with respect to the OfferedSeries 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date will be zero.

Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due and payable on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments” means, for any Quarterly Payment Date, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due and payable on all such Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes. (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount).

“Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes (which shall be deemed to equal, for such

 

A-70


Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount) over such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of any Class A-1 Notes), an amount equal to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date (with the interest and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on the next Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith estimate of the ManagerManagers of the actual drawn amount of the Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), it being understood that the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under such Class A-1 Notes. The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount will increase or decrease in accordance with any increase or reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes or any reduction in the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and shall be calculated with respect to each Co-Issuer in accordance with its Allocable Share.

Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Senior Notes that is identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees (including fronting fees) due and payable on issued but undrawn letters of credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Senior Notes pursuant to the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest or letter of credit fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest or letter of credit fees will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Post-ARD Additional Interest”, “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses”, “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” or “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount” in any Series Supplement shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Notes that is identified as “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Series 20192020-21 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and any Post-ARD Additional Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and any other Series of Class A-2 Notes); provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination

 

A-71


in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”. For purposes of the transactions contemplated in connection with the offer and sale of the Series 20192020-21 Senior Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 post-renewal date additional interest, the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interests, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest and, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Post-ARD Additional Interest and the Series 2020-1 Post-ARD Additional Interest will be included under this definition.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, (1) the amount, if any, by which (a) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts plus (ii) any other funds on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts that are available to pay the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Indenture, plus (2) any Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates. (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

“Senior Principal Shortfall” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(h)(iii) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the IssuerCo-Issuers that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “B” through “L” of the alphabet.

Senior Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes of any Series.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-72


Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account DeficitExcess Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes. (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount) over such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

“Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

 

A-73


Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means the administrative Agent under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(i)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Series 2015-1 Class A-12 Notes ” means the Series 2015-1 Variable Funding5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-12, issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2015-1 Supplement.

“Series 2015-1 Closing Date” means July 31, 2015.

“Series 2015-1 Notes” means the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 NotesSupplement” means the Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued onSupplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2015-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture asand as further amended, supplemented by the Series 2015-1 Supplementor otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2016-1 Closing Date” means May 20, 2016.

“Series 2016-1 Notes” means the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes.

“Series 2016-1 Supplement” means the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2016-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2018-1 Closing Date” means April 24, 2018.

“Series 2018-1 Notes” means the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 20152018-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase AgreementSupplement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 20152018-1 Class A-1 Notes)Supplement, dated as of the Series 20152018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer and Barclays Bank PLC, the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 20152019-1 Closing Date” means July 31March 19, 20152019.

Series 20152019-1 Notes” means, collectively, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes and the Series 2015-2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

 

A-74


“Series 2019-1 Supplement” means the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2019-2 Closing Date” means September 17, 2019.

“Series 2019-2 Notes” means the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2015-12019-2 Supplement” means the Series 2015-12019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 31September 17, 20152019, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2015-12019-2 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 20162019-3 Class A-1 Closing Date” means May 20, 2016Administrative Agent” means the administrative Agent under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 20162019-3 Class A-1 Notes” means the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes2013-3 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1, issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

“Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the Securitization Entities and Barclays Bank PLC, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2019-3 Closing Date” means December 11, 2019.

“Series 2019-3 Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1, issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2016-12019-3 Supplement” means the Series 2016-12019-3 Supplement, dated as of May 20December 11, 20162019, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2016-12019-3 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 20182020-1 Closing Date” means April 24, 2018.July 6, 2020

Series 20182020-1 Notes” means the Series 20182020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 20182020-1 Supplement” means the Series 20182020-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 20182020-1 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 20182020-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series” or “Series of Notes” means each series of Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to the Base Indenture and the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Account” means any account or accounts established pursuant to a Series Supplement for the benefit of a Series of Notes (or any Class thereof).

 

A-75


Series Anticipated Repayment Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the “Anticipated Repayment Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Closing Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the date of issuance of such Series of Notes, as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Defeasance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Series Distribution Account” means, with respect to any Series of Notes or any Class of any Series of Notes, an account established to receive distributions to be paid to the Noteholders of such Series of Notes or such Class pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means, with respect to any Series, the “Series Legal Final Maturity Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Non-Amortization Test” for any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement or, if not specified therein, means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date if the level of both the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date

immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date.

Series Obligations” means, with respect to a Series of Notes, (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the IssuerCo-Issuers on such Series of Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Series of Notes and (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Indenture Document, in each case, solely with respect to such Series of Notes.

“Series Pre-Funded Acquisition Conditions” are set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Service Recipients” means the, (x) with respect to the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Securitization Entities, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil and (y) with respect to the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Securitization Entities.

Servicer” means Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Services” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Servicing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the Trustee, asand as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicing Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

 

A-76


“Shortfall Payment” means, without duplication, (i) any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are applied to fund a shortfall of the amount payable or allocable pursuant to the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date due to a lack of Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer or U.S. Collections of the Issuer, as applicable, (ii) any payments or allocations of the Issuer on account of U.S. Dollar-denominated expenses of the Canadian Co-Issuer that are applied to fund a shortfall pursuant to the Priority of Payments for a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date due to a lack of U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer, (iii) any payments from the funds of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are made to fund a shortfall on account of the other Co-Issuer on a Quarterly Payment Date due to a lack of funds in any Indenture Trust Account of a Co-Issuer and (iv) any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are applied to fund a shortfall on account of the other Co-Issuer for any other purpose not set forth in clauses (i)-(iii). Shortfall Payments paid (except for Canadian Direct Payment Amounts paid to a third party pursuant to the Priority of Payments or pursuant to priority (v) or (xix) of the Priority of Payments) or allocated on a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date may initially be denominated in a different currency than the currency of such payment or obligation.

Single Employer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Software” means all rights in computer programs, including in both source code and object code therefor, together with related documentation and explanatory materials and databases, including any Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets therein.

“Spot Rate” means (a) with respect to any currency exchange between USD and CAD following the delivery of the FX Exchange Report, and the related calculations made pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the applicable spot rate available through the FX Agent’s banking facilities (or, if the FX Agent has notified the Trustee, the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and the Co-Issuers that it will no longer provide such services or if Citibank, N.A. or one of its Affiliates is no longer the FX Agent, through such other source agreed to by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Co-Issuers and the Trustee in writing) and (b) for all other purposes, the CAD-USD spot rate, or the USD-CAD spot rate, as applicable, that appeared on the BFIX page of Bloomberg Professional Service (or any successor thereto) (or such other recognized service or publication agreed to by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Co-Issuers for purposes of determining currency spot rates in the ordinary course of its business from time to time) for such currency at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the immediately preceding Business Day (the Spot Rate determined pursuant to this clause (b), the “Deemed Spot Rate”). With respect to Citibank, N.A. acting as FX Agent, the Spot Rate determined pursuant to clause (a) of this definition shall equal the then-current CAD-USD spot rate, or the USD-CAD spot rate, as applicable, as appearing on the BFIX page of Bloomberg Professional Service (or any successor thereto) plus 0.04%. The determination of the Spot Rate pursuant to clause (a) of this definition shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

“Star Auto Glass Brand” means the Star Auto Glass® name and Star Auto Glass Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Star Auto Glass Franchisor” means Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

 

A-77


“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP” means Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Star Auto Glass Franchisor.

Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions” means the provisions contained in the legal opinion(s) delivered in connection with the issuance of each Series of Notes relating to the non-substantive consolidation of the Securitization Entities with any of Parent, the Manager or any other Non-Securitization Affiliate.

“Specified Employment Assets” means the employee contracts and assets related to the employees, and services provided thereby, of the Canadian Securitization Entities.

Spire Supply Securitization Account” means the account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Sponsor” means Roark Capital Partners III LP.

SPV Franchising Entities” means, collectively, (a) Franchisor Holdco, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor, CARSTAR Franchisor and, on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Take 5 Franchisor., ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor (the “U.S. SPV Franchising Entities”) and (b) Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor (the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs”), together with their respective Canadian Securitization Entity GPs and the Canadian Co-Issuer, in its capacity as franchisor for the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, Uniglass Brand, VitroPlus Brand and certain of the other Uniban Brands (collectively, the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”).

SPV Product Sales Holder” means Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“STA” means the Securities Transfer Act or similar legislation (including, without limitation, the Civil Code of Québec) of any Canadian jurisdictions the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with Lien on any “security”, “financial asset”, “security entitlement”, “certificated security” and “uncertificated security”, and includes all regulations from time to time made under such legislation.

Subclass” means, with respect to any Class of any Series of Notes, any one of the subclasses of Notes of such Class as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Sub-Manager” means any sub-manager appointed pursuant to the terms of thea Management Agreement to provide Services thereunder, so long as the applicable Manager remains primarily and directly liable for the performance of its obligations under thesuch Management Agreement notwithstanding any such sub-managing arrangement.

Subordinated Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class B” through “Class Z” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) subordinates the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Debt.

Subordinated Debt Provisions” means, with respect to the issuance of any Series of Notes that includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such Subordinated Debt will include the following

 

A-78


provisions: (a) if there is an Extension Period in effect with respect to the Senior Debt issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the principal of any Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be repaid out of the Priority of Payments unless such Senior Debt is no longer Outstanding, (b) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date is refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt and any such Subordinated Debt having a Series Anticipated Repayment Date on or before the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt is not refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt, such Subordinated Debt will begin to amortize on the date that the Senior Debt is refinanced pursuant to a scheduled principal payment schedule to be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, (c) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date and, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date is not refinanced on or prior to the Quarterly Payment Date following the seventh anniversary of the Series 20182019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date, as applicable, such Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be refinanced and (d) any and all Liens on the Collateral created in favor of any holder of Subordinated Debt in connection with the issuance thereof will be expressly junior in priority to all Liens on the Collateral in favor of any holder of Senior Debt.

“Subordinated Interest Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(j) of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the IssuerCo-Issuers that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “M” through “Z” of the alphabet.

Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Subordinated Notes of any Series. “Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(k) of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-79


Subordinated Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Subordinated Notes.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

“Subordinated Principal Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(l)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by the parent or (b) that is, at the time any determination is being made, otherwise controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Successor Manager” means any successor to thea Manager selected by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) upon the resignation or removal of thesuch Manager pursuant to the terms of the applicable Management Agreement.

Successor Manager Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a Successor Manager in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of thea Manager under the applicable Management Agreement.

Successor Servicer Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a successor Servicer in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement.

 

A-80


Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Article XIII of the Base Indenture.

Supplemental Management Fee” means, with respect to each Manager, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by thesuch Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of thesuch Manager’s obligations under the applicable Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by thesuch Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

System-Wide Sales Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have consented to the amendment of the definition of “Rapid Amortization Event” as set forth in Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restatedthis Base Indenture.

Take 5 Assets” means all of the assets associated with owning and operating the Take 5 Company Locations (such as furnishings, automotive repair equipment, automotive parts and computer equipment), other than (i) any employee agreements, (ii) any supplier, vendor or distribution agreements and (iii) the portion of the Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand (other than the right to use such Securitization IP granted to Take 5 Properties pursuant to the Take 5 License Agreement).

Take 5” means Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.

Take 5 Accounts” means the Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements) and accounts established after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of Take 5 Properties in connection with the collection of revenues by Take 5 Company Locations.

Take 5 Brand” means (i) the Take 5 Oil Change® name, and Take 5 Oil Change® Trademarks, and (ii) Super-Lube® name and Super-Lube®, Trademarks, in each case whether alone or in combination with any other words or symbols, all operations manuals including franchise operations manuals, marketing materials, advertisements and franchise documents and similar works of authorship and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

A-81


Take 5 Branded Locations” means, collectively, each Branded Location using the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 Company Location” means (i) the company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that willwere be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, certain company-owned locations not operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date but which are expected to bewere converted into Take 5 Branded Locations following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), (ii) all Take 5 Company Locations that are acquired or opened by Take 5 Properties after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, and (iii) all company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or for which a lease has been executed in connection with the opening of a new location as of such date), in each case that will not bethat were contributed to Take 5 Properties and will be owned by Take 5 or Take 5 Oil, but will contribute Weekly Estimated Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits Amounts and Monthly Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amounts to Take 5 Properties.

Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts” means (i) that certain account maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association for the benefit of Take 5 Properties, (ii) that certain account maintained at Whitney Bank for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and (iii) at any time on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, any other accounts established and in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties with respect to the Take 5 Company Locations.

Take 5 Franchisor” means Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a newly formed special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Franchisor Holdco.

Take 5 IP” means the portion of the Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 License Agreement” means the Take 5 License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Take 5 Properties, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Take 5 Oil” means Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Take 5 Properties” means Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a newly formed, special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer, which owns the Securitization-Owned Locations and related Securitization-Owned Location Assets for the Take 5 Brand contributed thereto on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

 

A-82


Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap” means, for each fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, $10,000,000 (the “Base Amount”); provided that if the aggregate Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018) is less than the sum of (x) Base Amount and (y) any shortfall added to the Base Amount in any prior fiscal year, the amount of such difference will be added to the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap for each succeeding fiscal year.

Tax” means (i) any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, profits, documentary, property, franchise, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, fine, assessment or addition thereto, and (ii) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) above.

“Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended, and any successor statute or regulations of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Tax Lien Reserve Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(o) of the Base Indenture.

Tax Opinion” means an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, to be delivered in connection with the issuance of each new Series of Notes to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) the issuance of such new Series of Notes will not affect adversely the United States federal income tax characterization of any Series of Notes Outstanding or Class thereof that was (based upon an Opinion of Counsel) treated as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) except with respect to any Future Securitization Entity (including Future Securitization Entities organized with the consent of the Control Party pursuant to Section 8.30(b) of the Base Indenture) that will be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, the Issuer organized in the United States, the othereach Securitization Entity organized in the United States, and theany other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in the United States (i) will as of the date of issuance be treated as a disregarded entity and (ii) will not as of the date of issuance be classified as a corporation or as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation and (c) such new Series of Notes will as of the date of issuance be treated as debt.

Tax Payment Deficiency” means any Tax liability of Parent (or, if Parent is not the taxable parent entity of Funding Holdco or Canadian Funding Holdco, such other taxable parent entity) (including Taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of federal, state, provincial, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of the Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect Subsidiaries that the applicable Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Parent (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

Trademarks” means all United States, state and, Canadian, provincial, territorial and other non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, designs, logos, slogans and other indicia of source or origin, whether registered or unregistered, registrations and pending applications toregister the foregoing, internet domain names, and all goodwill of any business connected with the use thereof or symbolized thereby.

 

A-83


Trade Secrets” means all trade secrets and other confidential or proprietary information, including with respect to unpatented inventions, operating procedures, know how, inventory methods, customer service methods, financial control methods and training techniques.

Transaction Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantee and Collateral AgreementAgreements, each Account Control Agreement, the Management AgreementAgreements, the Servicing Agreement, the Back-Up Management Agreement, the Contribution Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreements, the IP License Agreements, the Charter Documents of each Securitization Entity, each Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and any additional document identified as a “Transaction Document” in the Series Supplement for any Series of Notes Outstanding and any other material agreements entered into, or certificates delivered, pursuant to the foregoing documents; provided that no Allocation Agreement shall be a Transaction Document.

Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporate Trust Office, or any trust officer, or any officer customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any such officer, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, and also any officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

Trustee Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the specified jurisdiction or any applicable jurisdiction, as the case may be.

“ULC” means an unlimited company, unlimited liability corporation or unlimited liability company.

“ULC Laws” means the Companies Act (Nova Scotia), the Business Corporations Act (Alberta), the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) and any other present or future laws governing ULCs.

“ULC Shares” means shares or other equity interests in the capital stock of a ULC.

“Uniban Brands” includes, as the context requires, the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Go Glass Brand, the Star Auto Glass Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand and certain other Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of such Trademarks constituting Closing Date Securitization IP or After-Acquired Securitization IP of the Canadian Co-Issuer (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand), and, in each case of such Driven Securitization Brand or such other Trademarks, relating to or embodied in the sale of glass under such Driven Securitization Brand or other Trademark.

“Uniglass Brand” means the Uniglass® name and Uniglass Trademarks, including the Uniglass Express® and Uniglass Plus® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

A-84


United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its 50 states and the District of Columbia. For the avoidance of doubt, “United States” and “U.S.” shall not include any territories, possessions or commonwealths of the United States of America.

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

USCO” means the U.S. Copyright Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

“U.S. Advertising Accounts” means the nine (9) accounts maintained by the U.S. Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the U.S. Manager from time to time

“U.S. Claims Management Business” means the Claims Management Business operated by one or more U.S. Securitization Entities.

“U.S. Collection Account” means collectively, account number 114871 entitled “Issuer U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections” for the holding of U.S. Collections and account number 12545400 entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount” for the holding of any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and any other Canadian Collections denominated in U.S. Dollars, each maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

“U.S. Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the U.S. Securitization Entities in each case during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i) all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates, payments and fees received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates, vendor listing fees and claims management services, in each case deposited into the applicable Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii) sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iii) cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds generated by any Product Sourcing Business, any Claims Management Business, Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iv) without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties from Securitization-Owned Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations, including certain Take 5 Company Locations, that are not Securitization-Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v) all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of

 

A-85


the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the applicable Concentration Account or the applicable Collection Account;

(vi) any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii) any equity contributions made to the Issuer (directly or indirectly) (provided that a Non-Securitization Entity may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix) any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

“U.S. Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the U.S. Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(i) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the U.S. Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the U.S. Management Agreement.

“U.S. Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of the United States.

“U.S. Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Securitization Entities and the Trustee, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“U.S. Manager” means Driven Brands, Inc., as manager under the U.S. Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

U.S. Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of the United StatesProduct Sourcing Business” means the Product Sourcing Business operated by one or more U.S. Securitization Entities.

USPTO” means the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

Warm Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Weekly Allocation Date” means the fifth (5th)  Business Day following the last day of each Weekly Collection Period, commencing on August 14, 2015.

Weekly Collection Period” means, with respect to Collections, each weekly period commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time) on each Sunday per week and ending at 11:59 p.m. (local time) on each Saturday per week. References to “local time” refer to the local time at the Branded Location or other location receiving the relevant Collections.

“U.S. Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the U.S. Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments.

 

A-86


“U.S. Securitization Entities” means the Issuer and the U.S. Guarantors and each Future Securitization Entity organized in the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

“U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount” with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date means any Shortfall Payment paid or allocated by the Issuer.

“VitroPlus Brand” means the VitroPlus® name and VitroPlus Trademarks, including the Vitro Express® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Voting Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Equity Interests of such Person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar body of such Person.

WeeklyWarm Back-Up Management FeeDuties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

“Weekly Allocation Date” means each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, as applicable.

Weekly Manager’s CertificateAllocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 4.15.10(ai)(iv) of the Base Indenture.

“Weekly Calculation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(i)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

“Weekly Cash Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by the operation of the applicable Claims Management Business over such period minus (b) all operating expenses of such applicable Claims Management Business (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts) paid in cash out of funds on deposit in the Claims Management Concentration Account in connection with the operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business over such period.

Weekly Cash Securitization-Owned LocationProduct Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, and debit card proceeds and proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by Securitization-Owned Locationsthe Product Sourcing Business over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Throughapplicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts) paid in cash out of funds inon deposit in the Securitization-Owned LocationProduct Sourcing ConcentrationAccountsAccount in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locationsapplicable Product Sourcing Business over such period.

 

A-87


Weekly Cash Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oilthe applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by Take 5 Companysuch Securitization-Owned Locations over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Throughapplicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts) paid in cash out of funds inon deposit in the Take 5 Companyapplicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Companysuch Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

“Weekly Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the operation of the applicable Claims Management Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts, but in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of such applicable Claims Management Business.

“Weekly Collection Period” means, with respect to Collections, each weekly period commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time) on each Sunday per week and ending at 11:59 p.m. (local time) on each Saturday per week; provided that the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will commence at 12:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the first full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. At the election of the Managers pursuant to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such Weekly Collection Period, the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. References to “local time” refer to the local time at the Branded Location or other location receiving the relevant Collections.

Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the Issuerapplicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Securitization-Owned LocationClaims Management Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oilthe applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the Issuerapplicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Take 5 Company LocationProduct

 

A-88


Sourcing Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Take 5 Company LocationProduct Sourcing Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

“Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

“Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

“Weekly Manager’s Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Weekly Securitization-Owned LocationProduct Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Securitization-Owned Locationsthe operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts, but in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locationssuch applicable Product Sourcing Business.

Weekly Take 5 CompanySecuritization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oilthe applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Take 5 Companysuch Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding Pass-Through Amountsapplicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Take 5 Companysuch Securitization-Owned Locations.

Welfare Plan” means any “employee welfare benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

Workout Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, by means of facsimile, telex, telecopier device, telegraph or cable.

 

A-89


Exhibit A

FORM OF WEEKLY MANAGER’S CERTIFICATE

(See attached.)

 

A-1


Confidential

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

Weekly Collection Period                        
    Issuer Collection Account     Issuer Collection Acount     Co-Issuer Collection Account     Co-Issuer Collection Account  
    USD     CAD     CAD     USD  
                Weekly Allocation Date     6/26/2026  
Type of Weekly Allocation Date?               Opt-Out Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date  

Retained Collections

  $ —         —         —         —    

Manager Advances

    —         —         —         —    

FX Exchange

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available Retained Collections

    —         —         —         —    

Triggers

       

Cash Trapping Event

          No  

Rapid Amortization Event

          No  

Weekly Allocation

       

 

Weekly Collection Period                        
              Issuer Collection Account     Issuer Collection Acount     Co-Issuer Collection Account     Co-Issuer Collection Account  
              USD     CAD     CAD     USD  

i.

      Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds        
   a.    Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s   $ —         —         —         —    
   c.    If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all Variable Funding Notes   $ —         —         —         —    
   d.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Note   $ —         —         —         —    
   e.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Note   $ —         —         —         —    
   f.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Subordinated Note   $ —         —         —         —    

ii.

   a.    Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s   $ —         —         —         —    
   c.    Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    

iii.

      Successor Manager Transition Expenses   $ —         —         —         —    

iv.

      Weekly Management Fee to the Managers   $ —         —         —         —    

v.

   a.    Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount to the Trustee   $ —         —         —         —    

vi.

   a.    Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    

vii.

      Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount to the Class A-1 Administrative Agen   $ —         —         —         —    

viii.

      Senior Subordinated Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    

ix.

      Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount to the Interest Reserve Account   $ —         —         —         —    

x.

      Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts (If the Series Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied for the applicable Senior Notes Outstanding)   $ —         —         —         —    
      Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xi.

      Supplemental Management Fee   $ —         —         —         —    

xii.

      If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, all amounts remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts t allocate to the Variable Funding Notes until the outstanding principal amount of the Variable Funding Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Da   $ —         —         —         —    

xiii.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, and during a Cash Trapping Period, Cash Trapping Amount to the Cash Trap Reserve Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xiv.

   a.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Notes, first to the Class A-1 Notes pro ra   $ —         —         —         —    
      and then second to each remaining Class of Senior Notes pro rata, until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Subordinated Notes until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    

xv.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    

xvi.

      Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to Interest Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xvii.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xviii.

      If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Subordinated Notes until the outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    

xix.

      Securitization Operating Expenses in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xx.

      Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —         —         —         —    

xxi.

      Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agent   $ —         —         —         —    

xxii.

      Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xxiii.

      Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxiv.

      Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxv.

      Unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment premiums to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxvi.

      To the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account previously accrued and unpaid rent, tenancy costs or other similar costs and expenses of the Canadian Product Sourcing Businss and the Canadian Claims Management Business   $ —         —         —         —    

xxvii.

      To the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer any Shortfall Payments (and any interest theron specified in the Allocation Agreement) not previously re-imbursed   $ —         —         —         —    

xxviii.

      Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager   $ —         —         —         —    

xxix.

      U.S. Residual Amount to the Issuer Account and Canadian Residual Amount to the Canadian Residual Account   $ —         —         —         —    

 

 

Page 2 of 4


Confidential

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                        Weekly Allocation Date      6/26/2026  
Type of Weekly Allocation Date?    Opt-Out Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date  
Allocations to Series of Notes Outstanding                       
Weekly Collection Period                       
          Issuer      Co-Issuer      Co-Issuer      Total  
          (USD)      (CAD)      (USD)      (USD)  

i.

   Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds            
  

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —                —    
  

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —                —    
  

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —                —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —                —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —                —    
  

Allocated to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

   $ —                —    

ii.

   Senior Notes Accrued Weekly Interest Amount            
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Weekly Interest

   $ —                —    

iii.

   Variable Funding Note Accrued Weekly Commitment Fee Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Weekly Commitment Fees

   $ —                —    

iv.

   Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

   $ —                —    

v.

  

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

           
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    

vi.

   Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Series 2019-3 Class A-1 during Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Amortization Period            
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

   $ —                —    

vii.

   Cash Trapping Amount            
  

Outstanding Series Cash Trapping Amount

   $ —             —          —    

viii.

   Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Senior Notes during Rapid Amortization Period            
  

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —             —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

   $ —             —          —    

ix.

   Excess Class A-1 Administrative Expenses Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

   $ —          —          —          —    

x.

   Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Other Amounts

   $ —          —          —          —    

xi.

   Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount            
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $             —          —    
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —             —          —    

xii.

   Senior Notes Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums            
  

Series 2015-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2016-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2018-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2019-2 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —                —    
  

Series 2020-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —             —          —    

 

Page 3 of 4


Confidential

Weekly Manager’s Certificate

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                   Weekly Allocation
Date
     6/26/2026  
Type of Weekly Allocation Date?                  Opt-Out Currency
Conversion Weekly Allocation Date
 
Reserve Accounts Related to Series of Notes Outstanding                            
Weekly Collection Period                            
     Issuer Senior Interest      Co-Issuer Senior Interest                
     Reserve Account      Reserve Account                
     (USD)      (USD)                

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount at beginning of Weekly Collection Period Less Withdrawals Related to:

   $ —          —          

i. Accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are insufficient for such purpose

   $ —          —          

ii. Accrued and unpaid Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Amount to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Account are insufficient for such purpose, in each case with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —          —          

iii. Release related to reduction in Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount

   $ —          —          

iv. Withdrawal related to when Notes mature Plus Deposits Related to:

   $ —          —          

Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount deposited pursuant to (ix) of Priority of Payments

   $ —          —          
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Available Interest Reserve Account Amount at the end of Weekly Collection Period

   $ —          —          
     Issuer Cash Trap      Co-Issuer Cash Trap                
     Reserve Account      Reserve Account                
     (USD)      (USD)                

Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at beginning of Weekly Collection Period

   $ —          —          

Less Withdrawals Related to:

           

If Rapid Amortization Event, Event of Default, or VFN Renewal Date has not occurred and VFN has not been paid in full:

           

Reimburse Advances

   $ —          —          

Reimburse Manager Advances

   $ —          —          

Pro rata, Class A-2 Notes (on any outstanding Series) Quarterly Interest Amounts, Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts

   $ —          —          

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts

   $ —          —          

Any required payments of principal on the Variable Funding Notes

   $ —          —          

Cash Trapping Release Amount

   $ —          —          

Amount withdrawn following Rapid Amortization Event

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2015-1 Notes

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2016-1 Notes

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Notes

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Notes

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Notes

   $ —          —          

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Notes

           

Plus Deposits:

           

Cash Trapping Amounts deposited pursuant to (xiii) of Priority of Payments

   $ —          —          
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Available Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at the end of Weekly Collection Period

   $ —          —          

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Weekly Manager’s Certificate
        this June 25, 2026                                                                                 
Driven Brands, Inc. as the U.S. Manager on behalf of the Issuer and certain subsidiaries thereto,
by:  
Printed Name: [ ]  

                                                             

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. as the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Co-Issuer and certain subsidiaries thereto,
by:  
Printed Name: [ ]  

                                                             

 

Page 4 of 4


Exhibit B

FORM OF FX EXCHANGE REPORT

(See attached.)

 

B-1


Confidential

FX Exchange Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

   Weekly FX Request Date      6/25/2020  
   FX Settlement Date      6/29/2020  
   Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date      6/29/2020  
Dates / Periods       

Next Quarterly Payment Date

     7/20/2020  

Quarterly Fiscal Period

  

Beginning Date

     3/29/2020  

Ending Date

     6/27/2020  

Weekly Collection Period

  

Beginning Date

     6/14/2020  

Ending Date

     6/20/2020  

Weekly FX Settlement Date

     6/29/2020  

Weekly Allocation Date

     6/29/2020  
Canadian Collection Account       
Weekly Collection Period Funds deposited in the Canadian Collection Account    CAD  

Retained Collections:

   $ —    

Manager Advances during Weekly Collection Period

     —    
     

 

 

 

Total Funds

   $ —    
Weekly FX Exchange    USD  

The Canadian Manager directs the Trustee to Exchange CAD to USD

   $ —    

Transfer funds from the Canadian Collection (CAD—Act # [ ]) to the Canadian Collection (USD—Act # [ ])

  
Amounts within the Priority of Payments to be Satisfied by the Co-Issuer with Exchanged CAD Funds on the Upcoming Weekly Allocation
Date
      
Priority of Payments    USD  

i.

  

   Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds:

  
  

a.  Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer

   $ —    
  

b. Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s)

   $ —    
  

c.  If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all Variable Funding Notes

   $ —    
  

d. Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Notes

   $ —    
  

e.  Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes

   $ —    
  

f.  Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Subordinated Notes

   $ —    

ii.

  

a.  Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Servicer

   $ —    
  

b. Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s)

   $ —    
  

c.  Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees to the Servicer

   $ —    

iii.

  

   Successor Manager Transition Expenses

   $ —    

iv.

  

   Weekly Management Fee to the Managers

   $ —    

v.

  

a.  Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts

   $ —    
  

b. Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount to the Trustee

   $ —    

vi.

  

a.  Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Accounts

   $ —    

 

Page 1 of 2


Confidential

FX Exchange Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

     Weekly FX Request Date      6/25/2020  
     FX Settlement Date      6/29/2020  
     Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date      6/29/2020  
  b.    Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account    $ —    

vii.

     Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount to the Class A-1 Administrative Agent    $ —    

viii.

     Senior Subordinated Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Accounts    $ —    

ix.

     Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount to the Interest Reserve Accounts    $ —    

x.

    

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts (If the Series Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied for the applicable Senior Notes Outstanding)

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts

   $

$

—  

—  

 

 

xi.

     Supplemental Management Fee    $ —    

xii.

     If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, all amounts remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to allocate to the Variable Funding Notes until the outstanding principal amount of the Variable Funding Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date    $ —    

xiii.

     If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, and during a Cash Trapping Period, Cash Trapping Amount to the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts    $ —    

xiv.

  a.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Notes, first to the Class A-1 Notes pro rata and then second to each remaining Class of Senior Notes pro rata, until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date    $ —    
  b.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Subordinated Notes until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date    $ —    

xv.

     If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts    $ —    
     If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts    $ —    

xvi.

     Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to Interest Payment Accounts    $ —    

xvii.

     If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts    $ —    
     If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts    $ —    

xviii.

     If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Subordinated Notes until the outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date    $ —    

xix.

     Securitization Operating Expenses in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts    $ —    

xx.

     Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents    $ —    

xxi.

     Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents    $ —    

xxii.

     Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Accounts    $ —    

xxiii.

     Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts    $ —    

xxiv.

     Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts    $ —    

xxv.

     Unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment premiums to the Principal Payment Accounts    $ —    

xxvi.

     To the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account previously accrued and unpaid rent, tenancy costs or other similar costs and expenses of the Canadian Product Sourcing Businss and the Canadian Claims Management Business    $ —    

xxvii.

     To the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer any Shortfall Payments (and any interest theron specified in the Allocation Agreement) not previously re-imbursed    $ —    

xxviii.

     Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager    $ —    

xxix.

     U.S. Residual Amount to the Issuer Account and Canadian Residual Amount to the Canadian Residual Account    $ —    

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Weekly Fx Exchange Certificate

 

this 6/25/2020                                                                     

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. as the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Co-Issuer and certain subsidiaries thereto,

 

by:                                                                                       

Printed Name: [TBD]                                                                         

 

Page 2 of 2


Exhibit B

FORM OF QUARTERLY NOTEHOLDERS’ REPORT

(See attached.)

 

C-1


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                                 For the Quarterly
Fiscal Period
starting on
 
                                 and ending on  

Dates / Periods

              

Quarterly Payment Date

              

Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Beginning Date

              

Ending Date

              

System Data

              
Domestic Franchised Locations    Maintenance      Paint, Collision
and Glass
     Platform
Services
     Total         

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Domestic Franchised Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

International Franchised Locations

              

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total International Franchised Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Total Franchised Locations

              

Company-Owned Locations

              

Locations at the end of prior Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Opening during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Closing during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Acquired during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Refranchised (Net) during Quarterly Fiscal Period

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Company-Owned Locations at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

              
            Franchised      Company
Owned
     Total
System
        

Same Store Sales for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 9/28/2019

              

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 6/29/2019

              

Same Store Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 3/30/2019

              

Same Store Sales for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

              
            Franchised      Company
Owned
     Total
System
        

System-Wide Sales for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

              

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 9/28/2019

              

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 6/29/2019

              

System-Wide Sales for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending 3/30/2019

              

Total System-Wide Sales for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

              

 

Retained Collections                                   
Quarterly Fiscal Period                                   
Retained Collections attributable to:    Issuer
Collection
Account
     Issuer
Collection
Acount
     Co-Issuer
Collection
Account
     Co-Issuer
Collection
Account
     Total  
     USD      CAD      CAD      USD      USD  

Paint, Collision and Glass Franchise Fees & Royalties

   $                

Maintenance Fees & Royalties

   $                

Platform Services Franchise Fees & Royalties

   $                

Maintenance Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount

   $                

Paint, Collision and Glass Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount

   $                

Paint, Collision and Glass Franchise Distribution Margin

   $                

Maintenance Distribution Margin

   $                

Platform Services Distribution Margin

   $                

Canadian License Income

   $                

Paint, Collision and Glass Claims Management Business Profit Amounts

   $                

Paint, Collision and Glass Product Sourcing Business Profit Amounts

   $                

Excluded Amounts Deposited in Lockbox

   $                

Other Securitization Collections

   $                

Investment Income

   $                

Total Retained Collections during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $                

Plus: Foreign Exchange Amounts

   $                

Less: Foreign Exchange Amounts

   $                

Manager Advances during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —                

 

Page 1 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                   For the Quarterly
Fiscal Period
starting on
 
                   and ending on  
Management Fee Amount                     
     US (USD)      CA (CA)      Total USD  

Management Fee Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [ ]

   $          

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [ ]

   $          

Management Fee Amount for Quarterly Fiscal Period ending [ ]

   $          
  

 

 

       

Total Management Fee Amount for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods

   $          
Covenants and Debt Services                     

Calculation of DSCR

        

Net Cash Flow for current Quarterly Payment Date

        

Retained Collections for Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Less:

        

Capped Securitization Operating Expenses paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid during Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Amount by which equity contributions exceeds permitted Retained Collections Contributions

   $          
  

 

 

       

Net Cash Flow for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [ ]

   $          

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [ ]

   $          

Net Cash Flow for Quarterly Fiscal Period Ending: [ ]

   $          

Total Net Cash Flow for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods(8)

   $          

Debt Service / Payments to Noteholders for current Quarterly Payment Date

        

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 20120-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $          

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fee

   $          

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $          

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $          

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $          

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $          

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

        

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $          
  

 

 

       

Total Debt Service for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Total Debt Service for preceding 3 Quarterly Fiscal Periods(9)

   $          
  

 

 

       

Total Debt Service for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods(9)

   $          

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $          

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for preceding 3 Quarterly Fiscal Periods(9)

   $          
  

 

 

       

Total Interest-Only Debt Service for trailing 4 Quarterly Fiscal Periods(9)

   $          

 

Debt Service Coverage Ratios    Quarterly Payment Date    Interest-Only
DSCR
     DSCR  
  

Current Quarterly Payment Date

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 9/28/2019

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 6/29/2019

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 3/30/2019

     
Leverage Ratios    Quarterly Payment Date    Senior
Securitization
Leverage Ratio
     Driven Brands
Leverage Ratio
 
  

Current Quarterly Payment Date

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 9/28/2019

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 6/29/2019

     
  

Quarterly Payment Date Ending 3/30/2019

     

 

DSCR Triggers    DSCR Triggers    DSCR Trigger
Level
   Event
Triggered
   Commencement
Date
 
   Cash Trapping Period    < 1.75x    No      N/A  
   Cash Trapping Period - 50%    < 1.75x    No      N/A  
   Cash Trapping Period - 100%    < 1.50x    No      N/A  
   Rapid Amortization Event    < 1.20x    No      N/A  
   Manager Termination Event (Interest-Only DSCR)    < 1.20x    No      N/A  
   Event of Default (Interest-Only DSCR)    < 1.10x    No      N/A  

 

Page 2 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on

and ending on

 
Potential Events    Event Occurred  

Potential Rapid Amortization Event

     No  

Potential Manager Termination Event

     No  

Cash Trapping Percentage

  

Cash Trapping Percentage during Quarterly Fiscal Period

     N/A  

Cash Trapping Percentage following current Quarterly Payment Dat

     N/A  

Cash Trapping Release Amounts

  

Cash Trapping Release Date - 50%

     N/A  

Cash Trapping Release Date - 100%

     N/A  

Aggregate amount on deposit in the Cash Trapping Reserve Account

  

(a) Aggregate amount on deposit from periods with a Cash Trapping Percentage equal to 50%

   $ N/A  

(b) Aggregate amount on deposit from periods with a Cash Trapping Percentage equal to 100%

   $ N/A  

Cash Trapping Release Amount

   $ N/A  

Asset Disposition Proceeds

  

Aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds as of prior Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —    

Plus: Additional Disposition Proceeds related to the Collateral

   $ —    

Less: Reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Aggregate Disposition Proceeds as of current Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —    

Refranchising Proceeds

  

Aggregate Refranchising Proceeds as of prior Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —    

Plus: Additional Refranchising Proceeds related to the Collateral

   $ —    

Less: Reinvested Refranchising Proceeds

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Aggregate Refranchising Proceeds as of current Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —    

Refranchising Proceeds Cap

  

Base Amount

   $ —    

Aggregate Shortfall Added to the Base Amount in any prior Fiscal Year

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Refranchising Proceeds Cap

   $ —    

Series 2015-1 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2015-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2016-1 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2016-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2018-1 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2018-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2019-1 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2019-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2019-2 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2019-2 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2019-3 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2019-2 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

Series 2020-1 Debt Service Amount

  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Interest

   $ —    

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Series 2020-1 Debt Service Amount for current Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —    

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest

   $ N/A  

 

Page 3 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

Extension Periods    Commenced    Commencement Date      For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on
and ending on
        

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 first renewal period

   No      N/A        
Non-Amortization Test    Commenced    Commencement Date                

Series 2015-1 Non-Amortization Period

   No      N/A        

Series 2016-1 Non-Amortization Period

   No      N/A        

Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Period

   No      N/A        

Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Period

   No      N/A        

Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Period

   No      N/A        

Outstanding Principal Balances

           

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Advances Outstanding

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes outstanding

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes outstanding

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Dat

      $ —          

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Outstanding Principal Amount

           

As of prior Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

As of current Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2015-1 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

Series 2016-1 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

Series 2018-1 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

Series 2019-1 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

Series 2019-2 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

Series 2020-1 Prepayments

           

Amount of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on Quarterly Payment Date

      $ —          

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Premium, if any

      $ —          

 

Page 4 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

               

For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on

and ending on

       

Priority of Payments

       

Funds Available

       
Quarterly Fiscal Period                        
    Issuer Collection Account     Issuer Collection Acount     Co-Issuer Collection Account     Co-Issuer Collection Account  
    USD     CAD     CAD     USD  

Retained Collections

  $          

Manager Advances

  $          

FX Exchange

  $          

Available Retained Collections

  $          

Triggers

       

Cash Trapping Event

    No        

Rapid Amortization Event

    No        

Priority of Payments during Quarterly Fiscal Period

       

 

Quarterly Fiscal Period                        
              Issuer Collection Account     Issuer Collection Acount     Co-Issuer Collection Account     Co-Issuer Collection Account  
              USD     CAD     CAD     USD  

i.

      Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds        
   a.    Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s   $ —         —         —         —    
   c.    If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay an   $ —         —         —         —    
      permanently reduce the commitments under all Variable Funding Notes        
   d.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Note   $ —         —         —         —    
   e.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Note   $ —         —         —         —    
   f.    Amounts to the Principal Payment Account necessary to prepay the outstanding principal amount of all Subordinated Note   $ —         —         —         —    

ii.

   a.    Reimbursement of Advances first to the Trustee, then to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Reimbursement of Manager Advances to the Manager(s   $ —         —         —         —    
   c.    Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees to the Service   $ —         —         —         —    

iii.

      Successor Managers Transition Expenses   $ —         —         —         —    

iv.

      Weekly Management Fee to the Manager   $ —         —         —         —    

v.

   a.    Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Account   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount to the Trustee   $ —         —         —         —    

vi.

   a.    Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accou   $ —         —         —         —    

vii.

      Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount to the Class A-1 Administrative Agent   $ —         —         —         —    

viii.

      Senior Subordinated Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to the Interest Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    

ix.

      Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount to the Interest Reserve Account   $ —         —         —         —    

x.

      Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts (If the Series Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied for the applicable Senior Notes Outstanding)   $ —         —         —         —    
      Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xi.

      Supplemental Management Fee   $ —         —         —         —    

xii.

      If the Variable Funding Notes have not been repaid after its Renewal Date, all amounts remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts t   $ —         —         —         —    
      allocate to the Variable Funding Notes until the outstanding principal amount of the Variable Funding Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Da   $ —         —         —         —    

xiii.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, and during a Cash Trapping Period, Cash Trapping Amount to the Cash Trap Reserve Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xiv.

   a.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Notes, first to the Class A-1 Notes pro rata and the   $ —         —         —         —    
      second to each remaining Class of Senior Notes pro rata, until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    
   b.    If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Senior Subordinated Notes   $ —         —         —         —    
      until the outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    

xv.

      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xvi.

      Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount to Interest Payment Account   $ —         —         —         —    

xvii.

   If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    
      If no Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xviii.

   If a Rapid Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing, all remaining in the Collection Accounts to the Principal Payment Accounts to Subordinated Notes until the   $ —         —         —         —    
      outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date   $ —         —         —         —    

xix.

      Securitization Operating Expenses in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount to the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xx.

      Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agents   $ —         —         —         —    

xxi.

      Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts to Class A-1 Administrative Agent   $ —         —         —         —    

xxii.

   Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Accoun   $ —         —         —         —    

xxiii.

   Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxiv.

   Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxv.

      Unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment premiums to the Principal Payment Accounts   $ —         —         —         —    

xxvi.

   To the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account previously accrued and unpaid rent, tenancy costs or other similar costs and expenses of the Canadian Product Sourcing Businss and the Canadian Claims Management Business   $ —         —         —         —    

xxvii.

   To the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer any Shortfall Payments (and any interest theron specified in the Allocation Agreement) not previously re-imbursed   $ —         —         —         —    

xxviii.

   Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager   $ —         —         —         —    

xxix.

   U.S. Residual Amount to the Issuer Account and Canadian Residual Amount to the Canadian Residual Account   $ —         —         —         —    

 

 

Page 5 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                        For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on
and ending on
        

Allocations to Series of Notes Outstanding

           

Quarterly Fiscal Period

           
          Issuer      Co-Issuer      Co-Issuer      Total  
          (USD)      (CAD)      (USD)      (USD)  
i.    Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds            
  

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

           
ii.    Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amoun            
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Weekly Interest

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Weekly Interest

           
iii.    Variable Funding Note Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fee Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees

   $ —          —          —          —    
iv.    Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

   $ —          —          —          —    
v.   

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

           
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount

           
vi.    Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Class A-1 Notes during Class A-1 Amortization Period            
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
vii.    Cash Trapping Amount            
  

Outstanding Series Cash Trapping Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
viii.    Allocation of funds for payment of principal on Senior Notes during Rapid Amortization Period            
  

Allocated to Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Allocated to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

   $ —          —          —          —    
ix.    Excess Class A-1 Administrative Expenses Amount            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses

   $ —          —          —          —    
x.    Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts            
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Other Amounts

   $ —          —          —          —    
xi.    Senior Notes Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount            
  

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-ARD Accrued Additional Interest Amount

   $ —          —          —          —    
xii.    Senior Notes Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums            
  

Series 2015-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2016-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2018-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2019-2 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    
  

Series 2020-1 Unpaid Premiums and Make-Whole Prepayment Premiums

   $ —          —          —          —    

 

 

Page 6 of 7


Confidential

Quarterly Noteholder Report

Driven Brands Funding, LLC & Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

 

 

 

                For the Quarterly Fiscal Period starting on
and ending on
 

Reserve Accounts Related to Series of Notes Outstanding Quarterly Fiscal Period

     
         Issuer Senior Interest      Co-Issuer Senior Interest  
         Reserve Account      Reserve Account  
         (USD)      (USD)  

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount at beginning of Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —          —    

Less Withdrawals Related to:

     

i.

 

Accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are insufficient for such purpose

   $ —          —    

ii.

 

Accrued and unpaid Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Amount to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Variable Funding Note Commitment Fees Account are insufficient for such purpose, in each case with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date

   $ —          —    

iii.

 

Release related to reduction in Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount

   $ —          —    

iv.

 

Withdrawal related to when Notes mature

   $ —          —    
 

Plus Deposits Related to:

     
 

Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount deposited pursuant to (ix) of Priority of Payment

   $ —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available Interest Reserve Account Amount at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —          —    
         Issuer Cash Trap      Co-Issuer Cash Trap  
         Reserve Account      Reserve Account  
         (USD)      (USD)  

Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at beginning of Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —          —    
 

Less Withdrawals Related to:

     
 

If Rapid Amortization Event, Event of Default, or VFN Renewal Date has not occurred and VFN has not been paid in full:

     
 

Reimburse Advances

   $ —          —    
 

Reimburse Manager Advances

   $ —          —    
 

Pro rata, Class A-2 Notes (on any outstanding Series) Quarterly Interest Amounts, Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts

   $ —          —    
 

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts

   $ —          —    
 

Any required payments of principal on the Variable Funding Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Cash Trapping Release Amount

   $ —          —    
 

Amount withdrawn following Rapid Amortization Event

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2015-1 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2016-1 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Optional Prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Notes

   $ —          —    
 

Plus Deposits:

     
 

Cash Trapping Amounts deposited pursuant to (xiii) of Priority of Payments

   $ —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available Cash Trapping Amounts on deposit in Cash Trap Reserve Account at the end of Quarterly Fiscal Period

   $ —          —    

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Weekly Manager’s Certificate

                        this                                                                                                    

Driven Brands, Inc. as the U.S. Manager on behalf of the Issuer and certain subsidiaries thereto,

by:  

Printed Name: [ ]

                                                                                                                                                                                                      

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. as the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Co-Issuer and certain subsidiaries thereto,

by:  

Printed Name: [ ]

 

                                          

 

Page 7 of 7


Exhibit D-1

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company__], a [    ], located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed

 

D-C-1-1


with the USPTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(c) or (d), provided that at such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]24 .

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and betweenas amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1. The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2. Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

 

24

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

D-1-2


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

 

D-1-4


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

  

Class

  

App. No.

  

App. Date

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

  

Owner

  

Status

                    

 

D-1-5


Exhibit D-2

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [_____], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company__], a [    ] [    ] located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and betweenas amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3

 

D-2-1


thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1. The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2. Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

D-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

  

App. No.

  

Filing Date

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Owner

  

Status

                 

 

D-2-4


Exhibit D-3

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company__], a [    ] [    ] located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Grant, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and betweenas amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto,

 

D-3-1


dated as of [    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1. The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2. Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

D-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

  

Owner

  

Status

           

 

D-3-4


Exhibit E-1

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company            ] by and between [    ], a [    ] [    ] located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for

 

E-1-1


registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the PTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (c) or (d), provided that at such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, cancelled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]35.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended on [    ], 2020, by and betweenamong Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1. 1. The parties intend that the Trademark Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2. 2. Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3. 3. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

35 

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

E-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks

 

E-1-3


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

  

Class

  

App. No.

  

App. Date

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

  

Owner

  

Status

                    

 

E-1-4


Exhibit E-2

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], 2018, by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company__], a [    ] [    ] located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended on [    ], 2020, by and betweenamong Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as

 

E-2-1


Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

4. 1.The parties intend that the Patent Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

5. 2.Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

6. 3.THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

E-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

  

App. No.

  

Filing Date

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Owner

  

Status

                 

 

E-2-4


Exhibit E-3

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], by and between [SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], a Delaware limited liability company            ] by and between [    ], a [    ] [    ] located at 440 S. Church Street, Suite 700, Charlotte, NC 28202[    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and betweenas amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by

 

E-3-1


Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

7. 1.The parties intend that the Copyright Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

8. 2.Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

9. 3.THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Supplemental Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

E-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

  

Owner

  

Status

           

 

E-3-4


Exhibit F

FORM OF INVESTOR REQUEST CERTIFICATION

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian Co-Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary, the undersigned hereby certifies and agrees to the following conditions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

1. The undersigned is a [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser] of Series [            ] [        ]% [Fixed Rate Senior Secured] Notes, Class [    ] (the “Notes”).

2. In the case that the undersigned is a Note Owner, the undersigned is a beneficial owner of the Notes. In the case that the undersigned is a prospective purchaser, the undersigned has been designated by a Noteholder or a Note Owner as a prospective transferee of Notes.

3. The undersigned is requesting all information and copies of all documents that the Trustee is required to deliver to such Noteholder, Note Owner or prospective purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture. In the case that the undersigned is a Noteholder or a Note Owner, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture, the undersigned is also requesting access for the undersigned to the password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) relating to the Notes.

4. The undersigned is requesting such information solely for use in evaluating the undersigned’s investment, or potential investment in the case of a prospective purchaser, in the Notes.

5. The undersigned is not a Competitor.

6. The undersigned understands that the information it has requested contains confidential information.

7. In consideration of the Trustee’s disclosure to the undersigned, the undersigned will keep the information strictly confidential, and such information will not be disclosed by the undersigned without the prior written consent of the Trustee or used for any purpose other than evaluating the undersigned’s investment or possible investment in the Notes; provided that the undersigned shall be permitted to disclose such information (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information which have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax

 

F-1


treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused its name to be signed hereto by its duly authorized officer.

[Name of [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser]]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

Date:

 

 

 

F-2


Exhibit H

FORM OF CCR ELECTION NOTICE

[date]

 

Notice Date:                     , 20    
Notice Record Date:                     , 20    
Responses Due By:                     , 20    

 

Re:

  Election for Controlling Class Representative

To:

  The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

  

CUSIP

  

ISIN

  

Common Code

        
        
        

Dear Series [            ] Class [    ] Noteholder:

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by theeach Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (thethereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, aSeries Supplement”) among the Issuer,Co-Issuers and the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplement, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture, you are hereby notified that:

 

  1.

There will be an election for a Controlling Class Representative.

 

  2.

If you wish to make a nomination, please do so by submitting a completed nomination form in the form of Exhibit I to the Base Indenture by [insert thirty (30) calendar days] to the below address:

 

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attention: Anthony Bausa

Email: Anthony.bausa@citi.com

 

H-1


[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-2


Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

cc:   Driven Brands Funding, LLC
  Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation
  Driven Brands, Inc., as managerU.S. Manager
  Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as Canadian Manager

 

H-3


Exhibit I

FORM OF CCR NOMINATION FOR CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

I hereby submit the following nomination for election as the Controlling Class Representative:

Nominee:                                                                  

By my signature below, I, (please print name)                                                      , hereby certify that:

(1) As of [insert the Closing Date for Initial CCR Election][insert other date for any subsequent CCR Election that is not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice], I was the (please check one):

☐ Note Owner

OR

☐ Noteholder

of the

☐ [Outstanding Principal Amountx of CUSIP [                ] in the amount of $[                ]]

OR

of the [Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes][Series [             ] Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount] of the Controlling Class set forth below.Amountx in the amount of $[                ]]

$                                                            

(2) The candidate that I nominated above for election as Controlling Class Representative is (please check one):

☐ a Controlling Class Member

an Eligible Third-Party Candidate

(3) Contact Information for candidate nominated (it being acknowledged that such contact information will be posted on the Trustee’s internet website).

x “Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement. “Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

I-1


By:

 

 

Name:

 

Date submitted:

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

COUNTY OF [        ]

I certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: [        ]

 

Date:

 

 

  

 

 

Official Signature of notary

  
 

 

 
 

Notary’s printed or typed name, Notary Public

 

 

I-2


Exhibit J

FORM OF CCR BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

CITIBANK, N.A.

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

NOTE: THIS NOTICE CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT IS OF INTEREST TO THE REGISTERED AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE SUBJECT NOTES. IF APPLICABLE, ALL DEPOSITORIES, CUSTODIANS AND OTHER INTERMEDIARIES RECEIVING THIS NOTICE ARE REQUESTED TO EXPEDITE RE-TRANSMITTAL TO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE NOTES IN A TIMELY MANNER.

 

Notice Date:                             , 20        
Notice Record Date:                             , 20        
Responses Due By:                             , 20        

 

To:

  

The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

  

CUSIP

  

ISIN

  

Common Code

                         

                                                                                                   
        
        
        

Re: Election for Controlling Class Representative

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by theeach Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (thethereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, aSeries Supplement”) among the Issuer,Co-Issuers and the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture, please indicate your vote by submitting the attached Exhibit A with respect to your vote for Controlling Class Representative within thirty (30) calendar days in the case of any subsequent election to my attention by email to anthony.bausa@citi.com.

 

J-1


Very truly yours,

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Ballot for Controlling Class Representative

 

J-2


EXHIBIT A

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

 

Notice Date:

                        , 20        

Notice Record Date:

                        , 20        

Responses Due By:

                        , 20        

Please indicate your vote by checking the “Yes” or “No” box next to each candidate. You may only select “Yes” below for a single candidate.

The election outcome will be determined by reference to the number of votes actually submitted and received by the Trustee by the end of the CCR Election Period. Abstentions shall not be considered in the determination of the election outcome.

 

Yes    No    Nominee    All Book-Entry Notes: List
CUSIP and Outstanding
Principal Amountx
   All Definitive Notes or Class A-1
Notes: List
Outstanding
Principal Amount/ or Class A-1
Notes Voting Amount, as
applicablex
     

[Nominee 1]

     
     

[Nominee 2]

     
     

[Nominee 3]

     

By my signature below, I, (please print name)                                              *, hereby certify that as of the date hereof I am an owner or beneficial owner of the [Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes][Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount] of the Controlling Class set forth below:

$                                             

*If the beneficial owner of a book-entry position is completing this, please indicate your DTC custodian’s information below. (To avoid duplication of your vote, please do not respond additionally via your custodian.)

 

Bank:                                           

DTC #             

x “Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement. “Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

J-1


By:  

 

Name:  
Date submitted:  

 

 

J-2


Exhibit K

FORM OF CCR ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[date]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Re:  Acceptance Letter for Controlling Class Representative

  

To:  [                 ]

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A.,a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by theeach Series Supplement heretofor executed and delivered (thethereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, aSeries Supplement”) among the Issuer,Co-Issuers and the Trustee and Citibank, as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby (i) agrees to act as the Controlling Class Representative and (ii) provides its name and contact information in the space provided below and permits such information to be shared with the ManagerManagers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members. In addition, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby represents and warrants that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-1


   Very truly yours,
                                                                ,
   as Controlling Class Representative
   By:                                                                  
   Name:
   Title:
   Contact Information:
   Address:
                                                                            
                                                                            
   Telephone:                                                       
   Facsimile:                                                        
   E-mail:                                                             

 

K-2


Exhibit L

FORM OF NOTE OWNER CERTIFICATE

Sent via email/fax to: [                    ]

Re: Request to Communicate with Note Owners

Reference is made to Section 11.5(b) of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian Co-Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

The undersigned hereby certify that they are Note Owners who collectively hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes.

The undersigned wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes and hereby request that the Trustee deliver the enclosed notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding.

The undersigned agree to indemnify the Trustee for its costs and expenses in connection with the delivery of the enclosed notice or communication.

 

              Dated:                                                      
             Signed:                                                      
  Printed Name:                                                      
              Dated:                                                      
             Signed:                                                      
  Printed Name:                                                      

Enclosure(s): [            ]

 

K-1

Exhibit 4.6

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated and effective (subject to Section 2 below) as of December 14, 2020 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among (i) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a co-issuer (the “Issuer”), (ii) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, as a co-issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as the trustee under the Indenture referred to below (together with its successor and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Indenture.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Co-Issuers (including the Canadian Co-Issuer as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, and Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof and exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto, the “Base Indenture” and together with each Series Supplement entered into on or prior to the date hereof and any additional Series Supplements thereto entered into from time to time, the “Indenture”).

WHEREAS, Section 8.7(d) and Sections 13.1(a)(i), 13.1(a)(iv) and 13.1(a)(vii) of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the types of amendments set forth in Section 1 of this Amendment.

WHEREAS, Section 8.7(d) and Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, without the consent of the Control Party, and with the consent of each affected Noteholder, may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Base Indenture, including the type of amendment set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment.

WHEREAS, with respect to the amendments set forth in Section 2 hereof which will be effective as of the Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date, (a) the Holders of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (as defined in the Series 2020-2 Supplement, dated as of the date hereof, to the Base Indenture referenced herein) have, by their purchase of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, consented to the amendment set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment and (b) any Holders of Additional Notes will consent to the amendment set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment by their purchase thereof. Therefore, effective as of the Amendment No. 5 Trigger

 

1


Date, all Holders of the Notes will have consented to the amendment set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment such that the separate consent of the Control Party is not also required pursuant to Section 8.7(d) and Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture.

WHEREAS, the Co-Issuers desire to amend the Base Indenture in certain respects, as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Amendments to the Base Indenture Pursuant to Section 8.7(d) and Sections 13.1(a)(i), 13.1(a)(iv) and 13.1(a)(vii). Effective upon the execution hereof and the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 13.3 and 13.6 of the Base Indenture, the Co-Issuers and the Trustee agree that the Base Indenture is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Base Indenture attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:) and add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text) pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of Section 8.7(d) and Sections 13.1(a)(i), 13.1(a)(iv) and 13.1(a)(vii) of the Base Indenture, with the amendment described in Section 2 below taking effect upon the Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 2 of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Base Indenture.

2.    Amendment to the Base Indenture pursuant to Section 8.7(d) and Section 13.2(a). Upon, and subject to, the occurrence of the Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date, the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, by their purchase of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, agree to amend Section 2.2(b)(iii)(G) of the Base Indenture to delete such clause in its entirety and replace such clause with the word “[Reserved]” pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of Section 8.7(d) and Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture. “Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes, Series 2019-3 Notes and Series 2020-1 Notes have been repaid (and the Class A-1 Note Commitments related to the Series 2019-3 Notes have been terminated) or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes, Series 2019-3 Notes and Series 2020-1 Notes have consented to the amendment to the conditions to the issuance of Additional Notes to remove the requirement that the anticipated repayment date for any new Class of Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes).

3.    Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and each reference to the Base Indenture and words of similar import in the Base Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Base Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Base Indenture other than as set forth herein. This Amendment may not be

 

2


amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. This Amendment constitutes a Supplement pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Base Indenture. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

5.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile, email, electronic signature or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

6.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Co-Issuers, or the validity or sufficiency of this Amendment and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for any provisions thereof. In entering into this Amendment, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

7.    Representations and Warranties. Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as Canadian Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Anthony Bausa

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


Exhibit A

 

Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Base Indenture


CONFORMED THROUGH SUPPLEMENT NO. 45

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer,

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Canadian Co-Issuer,

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Securities Intermediary

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Article I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     2  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     2  

Section 1.2

 

Cross-References

     2  

Section 1.3

 

Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication

     2  

Section 1.4

 

Rules of Construction

     2  

Article II THE NOTES

     3  

Section 2.1

 

Designation and Terms of Notes

     3  

Section 2.2

 

Notes Issuable in Series

     4  

Section 2.3

 

Series Supplement for Each Series

     9  

Section 2.4

 

Execution and Authentication

     10  

Section 2.5

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     10  

Section 2.6

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     11  

Section 2.7

 

Noteholder List

     12  

Section 2.8

 

Transfer and Exchange

     12  

Section 2.9

 

Persons Deemed Owners

     14  

Section 2.10

 

Replacement Notes

     14  

Section 2.11

 

Treasury Notes

     14  

Section 2.12

 

Book-Entry Notes

     15  

Section 2.13

 

Definitive Notes

     16  

Section 2.14

 

Cancellation

     17  

Section 2.15

 

Principal and Interest

     17  

Section 2.16

 

Tax Treatment

     18  

Article III SECURITY

     18  

Section 3.1

 

Grant of Security Interest

     18  

Section 3.2

 

Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected

     20  

Section 3.3

 

Performance of Collateral Documents

     21  

Section 3.4

 

Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees

     22  

Section 3.5

 

Authorization to File Financing Statements

     22  

Section 3.6

 

ULC Shares

     23  

Article IV REPORTS

     23  

Section 4.1

 

Reports and Instructions to Trustee

     23  

Section 4.2

 

Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement

     27  

Section 4.3

 

Rule 144A Information

     27  

Section 4.4

 

Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders

     27  

Section 4.5

 

Managers

     28  

Section 4.6

 

No Constructive Notice

     29  

Article V ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

     29  

Section 5.1

 

Management Accounts

     29  

Section 5.2

 

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts

     30  

Section 5.3

 

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts

     31  

Section 5.4

 

Cash Trap Reserve Accounts

     33  

 

i


Section 5.5

 

Collection Accounts

     33  

Section 5.6

 

Collection Account Administrative Accounts

     34  

Section 5.7

 

Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts; Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts; Claims Management Concentration Accounts

     37  

Section 5.8

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     40  

Section 5.9

 

Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts

     42  

Section 5.10

 

Collections; Investment Income; Currency Conversions

     42  

Section 5.11

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates

     53  

Section 5.12

 

Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     59  

Section 5.13

 

Determination of Quarterly Interest

     73  

Section 5.14

 

Determination of Quarterly Principal

     73  

Section 5.15

 

Prepayment of Principal

     74  

Section 5.16

 

Retained Collections Contributions

     74  

Section 5.17

 

Interest Reserve Letters of Credit

     7474  

Section 5.18

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     7575  

Article VI DISTRIBUTIONS

     76  

Section 6.1

 

Distributions in General

     76  

Article VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     76  

Section 7.1

 

Existence and Power

     76  

Section 7.2

 

Company and Governmental Authorization

     77  

Section 7.3

 

No Consent

     7777  

Section 7.4

 

Binding Effect

     77  

Section 7.5

 

Litigation

     78  

Section 7.6

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     78  

Section 7.7

 

Tax Filings and Expenses

     7778  

Section 7.8

 

Disclosure

     79  

Section 7.9

 

Investment Company Act

     79  

Section 7.10

 

Regulations T, U and X

     79  

Section 7.11

 

Solvency

     7979  

Section 7.12

 

Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries

     79  

Section 7.13

 

Security Interests

     80  

Section 7.14

 

Transaction Documents

     81  

Section 7.15

 

Non-Existence of Other Agreements

     81  

Section 7.16

 

Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws

     81  

Section 7.17

 

Other Representations

     8181  

Section 7.18

 

Insurance

     8181  

Section 7.19

 

Environmental Matters

     82  

Section 7.20

 

Intellectual Property

     82  

Section 7.21

 

Payments on the Notes

     83  

Article VIII COVENANTS

     83  

Section 8.1

 

Payment of Notes

     83  

Section 8.2

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     83  

Section 8.3

 

Payment and Performance of Obligations

     84  

 

ii


Section 8.4

 

Maintenance of Existence

     84  

Section 8.5

 

Compliance with Laws

     84  

Section 8.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records

     84  

Section 8.7

 

Actions under the Transaction Documents

     85  

Section 8.8

 

Notice of Defaults and Other Events

     8686  

Section 8.9

 

Notice of Material Proceedings

     87  

Section 8.10

 

Further Requests

     87  

Section 8.11

 

Further Assurances

     87  

Section 8.12

 

Liens

     89  

Section 8.13

 

Other Indebtedness

     89  

Section 8.14

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     89  

Section 8.15

 

Mergers

     8989  

Section 8.16

 

Asset Dispositions

     89  

Section 8.17

 

Acquisition of Assets

     9091  

Section 8.18

 

Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.

     91  

Section 8.19

 

Legal Name, Location

     92  

Section 8.20

 

Charter Documents

     92  

Section 8.21

 

Investments

     92  

Section 8.22

 

No Other Agreements

     9293  

Section 8.23

 

Other Business

     93  

Section 8.24

 

Maintenance of Separate Existence

     93  

Section 8.25

 

Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP

     95  

Section 8.26

 

Insurance

     96  

Section 8.27

 

Litigation

     96  

Section 8.28

 

Environmental

     97  

Section 8.29

 

Derivatives Generally

     97  

Section 8.30

 

Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands

     97  

Section 8.31

 

Tax Lien Reserve Amount

     98  

Section 8.32

 

Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings

     99  

Article IX REMEDIES

     100  

Section 9.1

 

Rapid Amortization Events

     100  

Section 9.2

 

Events of Default

     101  

Section 9.3

 

Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default

     104  

Section 9.4

 

Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling

     107  

Section 9.5

 

Limited Recourse

     107  

Section 9.6

 

Optional Preservation of the Collateral

     107  

Section 9.7

 

Waiver of Past Events

     108  

Section 9.8

 

Control by the Control Party

     108  

Section 9.9

 

Limitation on Suits

     109  

Section 9.10

 

Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment

     109  

Section 9.11

 

The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     109  

Section 9.12

 

Undertaking for Costs

     110  

Section 9.13

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     110  

Section 9.14

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     110  

Section 9.15

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     110  

Section 9.16

 

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     111  

 

iii


Article X THE TRUSTEE

     110111  

Section 10.1

 

Duties of the Trustee

     110111  

Section 10.2

 

Rights of the Trustee

     114  

Section 10.3

 

Individual Rights of the Trustee

     117  

Section 10.4

 

Notice of Events of Default and Defaults

     116117  

Section 10.5

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     117  

Section 10.6

 

Replacement of the Trustee

     117118  

Section 10.7

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     119  

Section 10.8

 

Eligibility Disqualification

     119  

Section 10.9

 

Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee

     119  

Section 10.10

 

Representations and Warranties of Trustee

     121  

Article XI CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

     121  

Section 11.1

 

Controlling Class Representative

     121  

Section 11.2

 

Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative

     124  

Section 11.3

 

Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative

     124  

Section 11.4

 

Control Party

     125  

Section 11.5

 

Note Owner List

     126  

Article XII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     127  

Section 12.1

 

Termination of the Co-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ Obligations

     127  

Section 12.2

 

Application of Trust Money

     130  

Section 12.3

 

Repayment to the Co-Issuers

     130  

Section 12.4

 

Reinstatement

     130  

Article XIII AMENDMENTS

     130  

Section 13.1

 

Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders

     130  

Section 13.2

 

With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders

     132  

Section 13.3

 

Supplements

     133  

Section 13.4

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     134  

Section 13.5

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     134  

Section 13.6

 

The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     134  

Section 13.7

 

Amendments and Fees

     134  

Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS

     135  

Section 14.1

 

Notices

     135  

Section 14.2

 

Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders

     138  

Section 14.3

 

Officers’ Certificate as to Conditions Precedent

     138  

Section 14.4

 

Statements Required in Certificate

     138  

Section 14.5

 

Rules by the Trustee

     138  

Section 14.6

 

Benefits of Indenture

     138  

Section 14.7

 

Payment on Business Day

     139  

Section 14.8

 

Governing Law

     139  

Section 14.9

 

Successors

     139  

Section 14.10

 

Severability

     139  

 

iv


Section 14.11

 

Counterpart Originals

     139  

Section 14.12

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     139  

Section 14.13

 

No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities

     139  

Section 14.14

 

Recording of Indenture

     140  

Section 14.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     140  

Section 14.16

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     140  

Section 14.17

 

Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio

     141  

Section 14.18

 

Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral

     141143  

Section 14.19

 

FX Agent

     142143  

Section 14.20

 

Amendment and Restatement

     142144  

Section 14.21

 

Currency Indemnity

     142144  

Section 14.22

 

Hypothecary Representative

     143144  

Section 14.23

 

Electronic Signatures and Transmission

     143145  

 

v


ANNEXES
Annex A    Base Indenture Definitions List
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A    Form of Weekly Manager’s Certificate
Exhibit B    FX Exchange Report
Exhibit C    Form of Quarterly Noteholders’ Report
Exhibit D-1    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit D-2    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit D-3    Form of Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit E-1    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks
Exhibit E-2    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents
Exhibit E-3    Form of Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights
Exhibit F    Form of Investor Request Certification
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H    Form of CCR Election Notice
Exhibit I    Form of CCR Nomination for Controlling Class Representative
Exhibit J    Form of CCR Ballot for Controlling Class Representative
Exhibit K    Form of CCR Acceptance Letter
Exhibit L    Form of Note Owner Certificate
SCHEDULES
Schedule 7.3    Consents
Schedule 7.7    Proposed Tax Assessments
Schedule 7.18    Insurance
Schedule 7.20    Pending Actions or Proceedings Relating to the Securitization IP
Schedule 8.11    Non-Perfected Liens
Schedule 8.14    Employee Benefit Plans

 

vi


AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, as further amended by Amendment No. 5 thereto, dated as of December 14, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation amalgamated under the laws of Canada (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co- Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to April 24, 2018, the “Original Base Indenture”), to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of notes (the “Notes”) and amended and restated the Original Base Indenture on April 24, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to July 6, 2020, the “Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amendamended the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture pursuant to Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture in the manner set forth herein, and to add the Canadian Co-Issuer as a party to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture as a co-issuer and a co-issuer of each Series of Notes previously issued in the manner provided in this Base Indenture, and the Co-Issuers desire to further amend the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture pursuant to Amendment No. 5 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture in the manner set forth herein, and to provide for the issuance on the Series 2020-12 Closing Date and from time to time thereafter of one or more series of Notes in the manner provided in this Base Indenture and in supplements to this Base Indenture and the Series Supplements hereto; and

WHEREAS, each Co-Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture (and the Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture and the Amendment No. 5 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture) and all other things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of such Co-Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and such Co-Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by such Co-Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by such Co-Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Co-Issuer as hereinafter provided; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party haspreviously consented to the amendment of the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture as set forth in the Amendment No. 4 to the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture and the Control Party and Trustee have received the Officers’ Certificate of the Co-Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel as described in Section 13.6 of the Original Amended and Restated Base Indenture;.


NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders (in accordance with the priorities set forth herein and in any Series Supplement), as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1    Definitions.

(a)     Capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, the “Base Indenture Definitions List”).

(b)     Any terms used in the Indenture (including, without limitation, for purposes of Article III) that are defined in the UCC or the PPSA and pertaining to Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, as the context may require, unless otherwise defined in the Indenture.

Section 1.2    Cross-References.

Unless otherwise specified, references in the Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.3    Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication.

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4    Rules of Construction.

In the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)     the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(b)     reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, as the case may be, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(c)     reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(d)     reference to any Requirement of Law means such Requirement of Law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

 

2


(e)     “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(f)     the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both”, not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either . or” construction;

(g)     reference to any contract or agreement, including any Transaction Document, means such contract or agreement as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

(h)     with respect to the determination of any period of time, except as otherwise specified, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”;

(i)     without derogation of the joint and several liability of the Co-Issuers under the Indenture and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Canadian Co-Issuer, as to itself and the other Canadian Securitization Entities (as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date), herein or any other Transaction Document shall be made as of, and from, respectively, the Series 2020-1 Closing Date;

(j)     except to the extent otherwise specified in this Base Indenture, for purposes of measuring the quantum of Canadian Dollars that would be expressed in U.S. Dollars on a Weekly Allocation Date, it shall be assumed that any such Canadian Dollar amounts are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date, based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate;

(k)     except to the extent otherwise specified in this Base Indenture, for purposes of measuring the quantum of Canadian Dollars that would be expressed in U.S. Dollars for purposes of computing financial ratios it shall be assumed that any such Canadian Dollar amounts are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of the applicable date of measurement and based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such date.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1    Designation and Terms of Notes.

(a)     Each Series of Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the applicable Series Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs as selected by the Co-Issuers, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the applicable Series Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officer of each Co-Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by execution of such Notes by such Authorized Officer. All Notes of any Series shall, except as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and in this Base Indenture, be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Base Indenture is unlimited. The Notes of each Series shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

3


(b)     With respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement entered into by the Co-Issuers in connection with the issuance of any Class A-1 Notes, whether or not any of the following shall have been specifically provided for in the applicable provision of the Indenture Documents, the following shall be true (except to the extent that the Series Supplement with respect to such Class of Notes or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement provides otherwise):

(i)     for purposes of any provision of any Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction, waiver or the like to be given by such Class on any date, with respect to the related Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the relevant principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes to be used in tabulating the percentage of such Class voting, consenting, directing, waiving or the like will be deemed to be the related Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount;

(ii)     for purposes of any provisions of any Indenture Document relating to termination, discharge or the like, such Class shall continue to be deemed Outstanding unless and until all commitments to extend credit under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been terminated thereunder and the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class shall have been reduced to zero; and

(iii)     notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, a Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement may provide for different treatment of commitments of a Noteholder of a Class A-1 Note subject to such Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that has failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, that has provided written notification that it does not intend to make a payment required to be made by it thereunder when due or that has become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Section 2.2    Notes Issuable in Series.

(a)     The Notes may be issued in one or more Series. Each Series of Notes shall be created by a Series Supplement.

(b)     So long as each of the certifications described in clause (iii)(I) and clause (vi) below are true and correct as of the applicable Series Closing Date, Notes of a new Series may from time to time be executed by the Co-Issuers and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request at least five (5) Business Days (except in the case of the issuance of the Series of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) in advance of the related Series Closing Date (which Company Request will be revocable by the Co-Issuers upon notice to the Trustee no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Series Closing Date) and upon performance or delivery by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee and the Control Party, and receipt by the Trustee and the Control Party, of the following:

(i)     a Company Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such new Series by the Trustee and specifying the designation of such new Series, the Initial Principal Amount (or the method for calculating the Initial Principal Amount) of such new Series to be authenticated and the Note Rate with respect to such new Series;

 

4


(ii)     a Series Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.3 executed by the Co-Issuers and the Trustee and specifying the Principal Terms of such new Series;

(iii)     in the case of any Additional Notes, if there is one or more Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) on the applicable Series Closing Date (unless all Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of the Additional Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date):

(A)     no Cash Trapping Period is in effect or will commence as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(B)     written confirmation from either the Co-Issuers or their respective Managers that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes has been satisfied;

(C)     no Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(D)     no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(E)     the New Series Pro Forma DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(F)     the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio as of the applicable Series Closing Date are each less than or equal to 7.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes;1

(G)     the anticipated repayment date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes);1

(H)     the legal final maturity date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the legal final maturity of any Class of Notes then Outstanding;

 

 

1 

Upon the Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date, clause (G) of this Section 2.2(b)(iii) will be amended, automatically, without any need for any further action, to replace such clause with the word “[Reserved]”

 

5


(I)     one or more Officers’ Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of each Co-Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date, certifying to the matters set forth in clauses (A) through (H) above and to the effect that:

(1)     all conditions precedent with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes provided in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement and, if applicable, the related Note Purchase Agreement and any other related note purchase agreement executed in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes have been satisfied or waived;

(2)     the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements are in full force and effect as to such Additional Notes;

(3)     each of the parties to the Transaction Documents with respect to such Additional Notes has covenanted and agreed in the Transaction Documents that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal, state or Canadian bankruptcy or insolvency or similar law; and

(4)     all representations and warranties of the Co-Issuers in this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct, and will continue to be true and correct after giving effect to such issuance on the Series Closing Date, in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects);

(J)     the proposed issuance does not alter or change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding or the Series Supplement relating thereto without such consents as are required under this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement;

(K)     all costs, fees and expenses with respect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes or relating to the actions taken in connection with such issuance that are required to be paid on the applicable Series Closing Date have been paid or will be paid from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes; and

(L)     if such new Series of Notes includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such new Series of Notes include the Subordinated Debt Provisions to the extent applicable.

(iv)     a Tax Opinion, dated the applicable Series Closing Date; provided that, if there are no Notes Outstanding or if all Series of Notes Outstanding will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date, only the opinions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of “Tax Opinion” will be required to be given in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

 

6


(v)     one or more Opinions of Counsel, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, dated the applicable Series Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(A)     all of the instruments described in this Section 2.2(b) furnished to the Trustee and the Control Party conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement and such new Series of Notes are permitted to be authenticated by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(B)     the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Co-Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of such Co-Issuer, enforceable against such Co-Issuer in accordance with its terms;

(C)     such new Series of Notes have been duly authorized by each Co- Issuer, and, when such Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of such Co-Issuer, enforceable against such Co-Issuer in accordance with their terms;

(D)     none of the Securitization Entities is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) thereof;

(E)     the Lien and the security interests created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements on the Collateral remain perfected as required by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, and such Lien and security interests extend to any assets transferred to the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

(F)    (x) based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each U.S. Securitization Entity as a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding in the United States would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the U.S. Manager, and (y) based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each Canadian Securitization Entity as a debtor in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding in Canada would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the Canadian Manager;

(G)     neither the execution and delivery by each Co-Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by such Co-Issuer of its respective obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) conflicts with the Charter Documents of such Co-Issuer, (ii) constitutes a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement to which such Co-Issuer is a party (which agreements may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion), or (iii) contravenes any order or decree that is applicable to such Co-Issuer (which orders and decrees may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion);

(H)     neither the execution and delivery by each Co-Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by such Co-Issuer of its respective payment obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) violates any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction or (ii) requires the consent, approval, licensing or authorization of, or any filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority under any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction except for those consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations already obtained and those filings, recordings and registrations already made;

 

7


(I)    there is no action, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or administrative agency that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or assets of the Securitization Entities;

(J)    unless such Notes are being offered pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of such Notes by the Co-Issuers to the initial purchaser thereof or by the initial purchaser to the initial investors in such Notes to register such Notes under the Securities Act; and

(K)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture (except that no such Opinion of Counsel relating to the satisfaction of conditions precedent shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(vi)    one or more Officers’ Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of each Co-Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date to the effect that:

(A)    the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Co-Issuers and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of such Co-Issuer, enforceable against such Co-Issuer in accordance with its terms; and

(B)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture; and

(vii)    such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Trustee may reasonably require.

(c)    Upon satisfaction, or waiver by the Control Party (as directed by the Controlling Class Representative) (which waiver shall be in writing), of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, as provided above, such Additional Notes upon execution thereof by the Co-Issuers.

(d)    With regard to any new Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.2, the proceeds from such issuance may only be used to repay (i) Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes have been repaid and (ii) Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have been repaid; provided that at any time on or after the Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes, the proceeds from the issuance of Subordinated Notes may only be used to repay Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or all Outstanding Classes of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

(e)    The issuance of Additional Notes shall not be subject to the consent of the Holders of any Series of Notes Outstanding. Additional Notes may be issued for any purpose consistent with the Transaction Documents, including acquisitions and refinancings of acquisitions by the Securitization Entities.

 

8


Section 2.3    Series Supplement for Each Series.

In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series, the parties hereto shall execute a Series Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such new Series of Notes, which may include, without limitation:

(a)    its name or designation;

(b)    the Initial Principal Amount with respect to such Series;

(c)    the Note Rate with respect to such Series or each Class of such Series and the applicable Default Rate;

(d)    the Series Closing Date;

(e)    the Series Anticipated Repayment Date, if any;

(f)    the Series Legal Final Maturity Date;

(g)    the principal amortization schedule with respect to such Series, if any;

(h)    each Rating Agency rating such Series;

(i)    the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(j)    the names of the Series Distribution Accounts and any other Series Accounts to be used with respect to such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such account and the use of moneys therein;

(k)    the method of allocating amounts deposited into any Series Distribution Account with respect to such Series;

(l)    whether the Notes of such Series will be issued in multiple Classes or Subclasses and the rights and priorities of each such Class or Subclass;

(m)    any deposit of funds to be made in any Base Indenture Account or any Series Account on the Series Closing Date and whether any such Base Indenture Account or Series Account shall be U.S. Dollar-denominated or Canadian Dollar-denominated;

(n)    whether the Notes of such Series may be issued as either Definitive Notes or Book-Entry Notes and any limitations imposed thereon;

(o)    whether the Notes of such Series include Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Subordinated Notes;

(p)    whether the Notes of such Series include Class A-1 Notes or subfacilities of Class A-1 Notes issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

(q)    any other relevant terms of such Series of Notes (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series).

 

9


Section 2.4    Execution and Authentication.

(a)    The Notes shall, upon issuance pursuant to Section 2.2, be executed on behalf of each Co-Issuer by an Authorized Officer of such Co-Issuer and delivered by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. The signature of such Authorized Officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. If an Authorized Officer of a Co-Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b)    At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the Co-Issuers may deliver Notes of any particular Series (issued pursuant to Section 2.2) executed by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Company Orders for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee, in accordance with such Company Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

(c)    No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for below, duly executed by the Trustee by the manual, facsimile, or electronic signature of a Trust Officer (and the Luxembourg agent (the “Luxembourg Agent”) if applicable, if the Notes of the Series to which such Note belongs are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange). Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Base Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Notes of a Series issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                             

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory”

(d)    Each Note shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Co-Issuers, and a Co-Issuer (or the Co-Issuers) shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 together with a written statement to the Trustee and the Servicer (which need not comply with Section 14.3) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Co-Issuers, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.5    Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a)    The Co-Issuers shall (i) maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) appoint a paying agent (which shall satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 10.8(a)) (the “Paying Agent”) at whose office or agency Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the

 

10


Notes (including the name and address of each such Noteholder) and of their transfer and exchange. The Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the commitment of each Noteholder, if applicable, and the principal amount owing to each Noteholder from time to time. The Co-Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” shall include any co-registrars. The Co-Issuers may change the Paying Agent or the Registrar without prior notice to any Noteholder. The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as the Registrar and the Paying Agent and shall send copies of all notices and demands received by the Trustee (other than those sent by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee and those addressed to the Co-Issuers) in connection with the Notes to the Co-Issuers. Upon any resignation or removal of the Registrar, the Co-Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Registrar or, in the absence of such appointment, the Issuer (on behalf of itself and as agent for the Canadian Co-Issuer) shall assume the duties of the Registrar.

(b)    The Co-Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. Such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Base Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Co-Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or the Co-Issuers fail to maintain a Paying Agent, the Trustee hereby agrees to act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with this Base Indenture until the Co-Issuers shall appoint one or more replacement Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable.

Section 2.6    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

(a)    The Co-Issuers will cause the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is not the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, that the Paying Agent will:

(i)     hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii)     give the Trustee notice of any Default by the Co-Issuers of which it has Actual Knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii)     at any time during the continuance of any such Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent;

(iv)     immediately resign as the Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Trustee hereunder at the time of its appointment; and

(v)     comply with all requirements of the Code, the Tax Act and other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

(b)    The Co-Issuers may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay to

 

11


the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee in trust upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held in trust by the Paying Agent. Upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(c)    Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Co-Issuers upon delivery of a Company Request, which payment shall be made to each Co-Issuer based on its contribution of such funds. The Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Co-Issuers for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Co-Issuers), and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money paid to the Co-Issuers shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Co-Issuers, cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, in newspapers published in the English or French language, customary published on each Business Day and of general circulation in Toronto or Montreal, respectively, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London and Luxembourg (if the related Series of Notes has been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange), if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Co- Issuers. The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Co-Issuers, any other commercially reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7    Noteholder List.

(a)    The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Registrar to the Co- Issuers, the Managers, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Co-Issuers, the Managers, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees that none of the Trustee, the Registrar, either Co-Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders in the Note Register.

(b)    The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Co-Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each Quarterly Payment Date and at such other time as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

Section 2.8    Transfer and Exchange.

(a)    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Co-Issuers shall execute and, after the Co-Issuers have executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass) and a like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so transferred. At the option of any Noteholder, Notes

 

12


may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Series and Class in authorized denominations of like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so exchanged, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Registrar maintained for such purpose. Whenever Notes of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Co-Issuers shall execute and, after the Co-Issuers have executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(b)    Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Co-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing with a medallion signature guarantee and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require to document the identities and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee. The Co-Issuers shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

(c)    All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes shall be the valid obligations of each Co-Issuer, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(d)    The preceding provisions of this Section 2.8 notwithstanding, (i) the Trustee, the Co-Issuers or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note of any Series for a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days preceding the selection of any Series of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, and (ii) no assignment or transfer of a Note or any commitment in respect thereof shall be effective until such assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Note Register and in the books and records of the Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(e)    No service charge shall be payable for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Registrar or the Trustee, as the case may be, may require payment by the Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

(f)    Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, registration of transfer of Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such applicable Series Supplement are satisfied. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8 and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13, the typewritten Note or Notes representing Book-Entry Notes for any Series may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Series, or to a successor Clearing Agency for such Series selected or approved by the Co-Issuers or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency, only if in accordance with this Section 2.8 and Section 2.12.

(g)    If the Notes of any Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be, shall send to the Co-Issuers upon any transfer or exchange of any such Note information reflected in the copy of the register for the Notes maintained by the Registrar or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be.

 

13


Section 2.9    Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent and the Co-Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (other than purposes in which the vote or consent of a Note Owner is expressly required pursuant to this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement), whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent nor the Co-Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.10    Replacement Notes.

(a)    If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Co-Issuers and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold the Co-Issuers and the Trustee harmless, then, provided that the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, the Co-Issuers shall execute and, upon its request, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven (7) days shall be, due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Co-Issuers may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Co-Issuers and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Co-Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b)    Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.10, the Co- Issuers may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Registrar) connected therewith.

(c)    Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Co-Issuers and such replacement Note shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued under the Indenture (in accordance with the priorities and other terms set forth herein and in each applicable Series Supplement).

(d)    The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the required Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series or any Class of any Series

 

14


of Notes, as the case may be, have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned, legally or beneficially, by a Co-Issuer or any Affiliate of a Co-Issuer shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which a Trust Officer has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. Absent written notice to a Trust Officer of such ownership, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual Note Owners.

Section 2.12    Book-Entry Notes.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided in any applicable Series Supplement, the Notes of each Class of each Series, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes and delivered to the depository (or its custodian) specified in such Series Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency on behalf of such Series or such Class. The Notes of each Class of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Note Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Note Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series (“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13:

(i)     the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

(ii)     the Co-Issuers, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder or under the applicable Series Supplement) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii)     to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.12 conflict with any other provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control with respect to each such Class or Series of the Notes;

(iv)     subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, the rights of Note Owners of each such Class or Series of Notes shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency; and

(v)     subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, whenever the Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the Outstanding Principal Amount of a Series or Class of a

 

15


Series of Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or their related Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Outstanding Notes or such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes Outstanding, as the case may be, and has delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

(b)    Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(c)    Whenever notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under the Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee and the Co-Issuers shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency.

Section 2.13    Definitive Notes.

(a)    The Notes of any Series or Class of any Series, to the extent provided in the related Series Supplement, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. All Class A-1 Notes of any Series shall be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. The applicable Series Supplement shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Definitive Notes and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b)    With respect to the Notes of any Series issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes, if (i) (A) the Co-Issuers advise the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency with respect to any such Series of Notes is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the Co-Issuers are unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event, with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, Note Owners holding a beneficial interest in excess of 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Notes advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, in each case, the Trustee shall notify all Note Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Series. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Notes of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Co-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, and deliver an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Co-Issuers nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may each conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series of Notes, all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder and under the applicable Series Supplement.

 

16


Section 2.14    Cancellation.

The Co-Issuers may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate thereof may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Immediately upon the delivery of any Notes by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14, the security interest of the Secured Parties in such Notes shall automatically be deemed to be released by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Co-Issuers any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Co-Issuers at their expense to evidence such automatic release. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Except as provided in any Note Purchase Agreement executed and delivered in connection with the issuance of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the Co-Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Co-Issuers have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the Co-Issuers shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to either Co-Issuer for destruction pursuant to a Company Order. No cancelled Notes may be reissued. No provision of this Base Indenture or any Supplement that relates to prepayment procedures, penalties, fees, make-whole payments or any other related matters shall be applicable to any Notes cancelled pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.14.

Section 2.15    Principal and Interest.

(a)    The principal of and premium, if any, on each Series of Notes shall be due and payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Series Supplement and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b)    Each Series of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the applicable Series Supplement and such interest shall be due and payable for such Series on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Quarterly Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Quarterly Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

(d)    Pursuant to the authority of the Paying Agent under Section 2.6(a)(v), except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the extent that the Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such exception by the Co-Issuers or the applicable Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall make all payments of interest on the Notes net of any applicable withholding taxes and Noteholders shall be treated as having received as payments of interest any amounts withheld with respect to such withholding taxes.

(e)    For the purpose of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada) as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the yearly rate of interest to which any rate of interest payable under the Indenture that is calculated on any basis other than a full calendar year is equivalent may be determined by multiplying such rate by a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the calendar year in which such yearly rate of interest is to be ascertained and the denominator of which is the number of days comprising such other basis. The rates of interest stipulated in the Indenture or in any of the

 

17


Notes as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest as-applied to the Canadian Co-Issuer shall not apply to any interest calculation under the Indenture or under the Notes.

(f)    If any provision of the Indenture would oblige the Co-Issuers to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Noteholder in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by Requirements of Law or would result in a receipt by that Noteholder of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by Requirements of Law or so result in a receipt by that Noteholder of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Noteholder which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

Section 2.16    Tax Treatment.

The Co-Issuers have structured this Base Indenture and the Notes have been (or will be) issued with the intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable tax law in the United States as indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or, if a Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity for applicable tax purposes, such other entity, and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Note by acceptance of its Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to treat the Notes (or beneficial interests therein) for all purposes of federal, state, provincial, territorial and local and other income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or, if a Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity for applicable tax purposes, such other entity.

ARTICLE III

SECURITY

Section 3.1     Grant of Security Interest.

(a)    To secure its Obligations, each Co-Issuer (as of the date such Co-Issuer became party to this Base Indenture) hereby pledges, mortgages, charges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Co-Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Co- Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Collateral”):

(i)    the Equity Interests of any Person (including, without limitation, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, Take 5 Properties, FUSA Properties, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management and the Canadian Securitization Entity GPs) owned by such Co-Issuer and all rights as a member, shareholder or partner of each such Person under the Charter Documents of each such Person;

(ii)    the Accounts of such Co-Issuer and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to such Accounts;

 

18


(iii)    any rights in and to any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

(iv)    the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of such Co-Issuer;

(v)    the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of such Co-Issuer under each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which it is a party;

(vi)    to the extent contributed to such Co-Issuer, all real and personal property of any Securitization-Owned Locations;

(vii)    any and all other property of such Co-Issuer now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including, without limitation, the rights to receive payments under short-term notes in respect of delinquent royalty payments from Franchisees), chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, futures accounts, documents, documents of title, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights; and

(viii)    all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Co-Issuers shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of any of the Co-Issuers that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes (other than the Canadian Securitization Entities); (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Series Distribution Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Series Distribution Accounts with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, (3) the Series Distribution Accounts with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders, (4) each Pre- Funding Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Account and (5) each Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the applicable Noteholders identified in the Series Supplement establishing such Pre-Funding Reserve Account; and (D) any cash collateral deposited by any Non-Securitization Entities with a Co-Issuer to secure such Non-Securitization Entities’ obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as such Co-Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse such Co-Issuer for any amounts due by such Non-Securitization Entities to such Co-Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such Non-Securitization Entities have not paid to such Co-Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions. If the grant of the security interests hereunder by the Canadian Co-Issuer with respect to any contract, Intellectual Property or Permit would result in the termination or breach of such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit or is otherwise

 

19


prohibited or ineffective (whether by the terms thereof or under applicable law), then such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit shall not be subject to the security interests granted hereunder but shall be held in trust by the Canadian Co-Issuer for the benefit of the Trustee (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) and, on the exercise by the Trustee of any of its rights or remedies under this Base Indenture following an Event of Default shall be assigned by the Canadian Co-Issuer as directed by the Trustee; provided that: (x) the security interests granted hereunder shall attach to such contract, Intellectual Property or Permit, or applicable portion thereof, immediately at such time as the condition causing such termination or breach is remedied, and (y) if a term in a contract that prohibits or restricts the grant of the security interests granted hereunder in the whole of an Account or Chattel Paper forming part of the Indenture Collateral is unenforceable against the Trustee under applicable law, then the exclusion from the security interests set out above shall not apply to such Account or Chattel Paper. In addition, the security interests granted hereunder do not attach to consumer goods (as defined in the PPSA) or extend to the last day of the term of any lease or agreement for lease of real property. Such last day shall be held by the Canadian Co-Issuer in trust for the Trustee (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) and, on the exercise by the Trustee of any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, shall be assigned by the Canadian Co-Issuer as directed by the Trustee. For greater certainty, no Intellectual Property in any trade-mark, get-up or trade dress is presently assigned to the Trustee by sole virtue of the grant of the security interests contained herein.

(b)    The foregoing grant is made by each Co-Issuer in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance by the Co-Issuers with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplements, all as provided in this Base Indenture. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Base Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Base Indenture. The Indenture Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of this Base Indenture).

(c)    The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

(d)    Each Co-Issuer confirms that value has been given by the Secured Parties to such Co-Issuer, that such Co-Issuer has rights in its Indenture Collateral existing at the date of this Base Indenture and that such Co-Issuer and the Trustee have not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the security interests granted pursuant to Section 3.1(a) to any of the Indenture Collateral of such Co- Issuer. The security interests granted pursuant to Section 3.1(a) with respect to the Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer created by this Base Indenture shall have effect and be deemed to be effective whether or not the Obligations of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any part thereof are owing or in existence before or after or upon the date of this Base Indenture. Neither the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture nor the provision of any financial accommodation by any Secured Party shall oblige any Secured Party to make any financial accommodation or further financial accommodation available to the Canadian Co-Issuer or any other Person.

Section 3.2    Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected.

(a)    Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Indenture Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, each Co-Issuer acknowledges that the U.S. Manager, on behalf of the Issuer and the Service Recipients organized in the United States or any State thereof, and the Canadian Manager, on behalf of the Canadian Co-Issuer and the Service Recipients organized in Canada or any province or territory thereof, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Management Agreement, nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke

 

20


such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions and waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by such Co-Issuer under the Collateral Documents, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of such Co- Issuer under the Collateral Documents, (ii) to give, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions and approvals, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by such Co-Issuer under any IP License Agreement to which such Co-Issuer is a party and (iii) to take any other actions required or permitted under the terms of the applicable Management Agreement.

(b)    The grant of the security interest by each Co-Issuer in the Indenture Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall not (i) relieve such Co-Issuer from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Co-Issuer’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Co-Issuer’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of such Co-Issuer or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Co-Issuer.

(c)    Each Co-Issuer hereby, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of such Co-Issuer, the other Co-Issuer or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or such other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, any Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement.

Section 3.3     Performance of Collateral Documents.

Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document or (b) a Franchise Document (only if a Manager Termination Event with respect to the Manager of the related Co-Issuer or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Co- Issuers’ expense, each Co-Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as permitted under this Base Indenture as the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to such Co-Issuer, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to such Co-Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) either Co-Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) any such Co-Issuer refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee

 

21


in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the Co-Issuers, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Base Indenture which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Base Indenture to direct either Co-Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the Co- Issuers and the Secured Parties.

Section 3.4    Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees.

Each Co-Issuer shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax, and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture, any other Transaction Document or any Indenture Collateral. Each Co-Issuer shall, jointly and severally, pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

Section 3.5    Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a)    Each Co-Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements, financing change statements, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Indenture Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP (to the extent set forth in Section 8.25(c)), to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture. Each Co-Issuer authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, financing change statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Indenture Collateral includes “all assets” , “all present and after-acquired personal property” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Indenture Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. Each Co-Issuer agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Servicer’s request. Each Co-Issuer also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Secured Parties of any financing statement and/or financing change statement with respect to the Indenture Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b)    Each Co-Issuer acknowledges that the Indenture Collateral includes certain rights of such Co-Issuer as a secured party under the Transaction Documents. Each Co-Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements and/or financing change statements filed to perfect such security interests and authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings as it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

(c)    Each Co-Issuer acknowledges receipt of an executed copy of this Base Indenture and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives the right to receive a copy of any financing statement or financing change statement registered in connection with this Base Indenture or any verification statement issued with respect to any such financing statement or financing change statement.

 

22


Section 3.6    ULC Shares.

The Canadian Co-Issuer acknowledges that certain of the Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer may in the future consist of ULC Shares, and that neither the Trustee nor any other Secured Party shall under any circumstances prior to realization thereon be a “member” or a “shareholder”, as applicable, of a ULC for the purposes of any ULC Laws. Therefore, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, where the Canadian Co-Issuer is the registered owner of ULC Shares which are Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall remain the sole registered owner of such ULC Shares until such time as such ULC Shares are effectively transferred into the name of the Trustee or its designee, any other Secured Party, or any other Person on the books and records of the applicable ULC. Accordingly, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall be entitled to receive and retain for its own account any dividend on or other distribution, if any, with respect to such ULC Shares (except for any dividend or distribution comprised of Canadian Collections required to be deposited to the Accounts in accordance with the terms hereof) and shall have the right to vote such ULC Shares and to control the direction, management and policies of the applicable ULC to the same extent as the Canadian Co-Issuer would if such ULC Shares were not pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant hereto. Nothing in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document is intended to, and nothing in this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall, constitute the Trustee, any other Secured Party, or any other Person other than the Canadian Co-Issuer, a member or shareholder of a ULC for the purposes of any ULC Laws (whether listed or unlisted, registered or beneficial), until such time as notice is given to such the Canadian Co-Issuer and further steps are taken pursuant hereto or thereto so as to register the Trustee or its designee, any other Secured Party, or such other Person, as specified in such notice, as the holder of the ULC Shares. To the extent any provision hereof would have the effect of constituting the Trustee, its designee or any other Secured Party as a member or a shareholder, as applicable, of any ULC prior to such time, such provision shall be severed herefrom and shall be ineffective with respect to ULC Shares which are Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer without otherwise invalidating or rendering unenforceable this Base Indenture or invalidating or rendering unenforceable such provision insofar as it relates to Indenture Collateral of the Canadian Co-Issuer which is not ULC Shares. Except upon the exercise of rights of the Trustee to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of ULC Shares in accordance with this Base Indenture, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall not cause or permit, or enable any ULC in which it holds ULC Shares to cause or permit, the Trustee, its designee or any other Secured Party to: (a) be registered as a shareholder or member of such ULC; (b) have any notation entered in their favor in the share register of such ULC; (c) be held out as shareholders or members of such ULC; (d) receive, directly or indirectly, any dividends, property or other distributions from such ULC by reason of the grant of a security interest over the ULC Shares in favor of the Trustee; or (e) act as a shareholder of such ULC, or exercise any rights of a shareholder including the right to attend a meeting of shareholders of such ULC or to vote its ULC Shares.

ARTICLE IV

REPORTS

Section 4.1    Reports and Instructions to Trustee.

(a)    Weekly Manager’s Certificate. By 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on (i) the fourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) the sixth (6th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, in each case, the Managers will provide to the Trustee and the Servicer certificates substantially in the applicable form of Exhibit A specifying the allocation of Collections on the following Weekly Allocation Date (each, a

 

23


Weekly Manager’s Certificate”); provided that such Weekly Manager’s Certificate shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the Co-Issuers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for U.S. Collections in respect of any Take 5 Company Locations, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Take 5 Company Locations shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments, until the first Weekly Allocation Date that occurs after the date that is 21 days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that (x) the first Weekly Manager’s Certificate that includes the Take 5 Company Locations shall include allocations of any amounts in respect of the Take 5 Company Locations received during the period from the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the last day of the relevant Weekly Collection Period and (y) the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for Canadian Collections, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Canadian Collections shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments, until the first Weekly Allocation Date following the first full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that at the election of the Managers pursuant to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for the applicable Weekly Collection Period, the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Following the end of the first Weekly Collection Period with respect to Canadian Collections described in clause (y) of the previous sentence, the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for the following Weekly Allocation Date will provide that all U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections remaining in the Collection Accounts after giving effect to Section 5.11(b) for the Weekly Allocation Dates occurring during such Weekly Collection Period will be allocated or paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments on a pro forma basis in the manner set forth in the Series Supplement for the Series 2020-1 Notes as if such U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections had been available for distribution on such previous Weekly Allocation Dates (and taking into account any allocations or payments previously made pursuant to priorities (i)-(iii) and (v) of the Priority of Payments on such Weekly Allocation Dates).

(b)     FX Exchange Reports. By 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of a Weekly Collection Period for a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, the Managers will provide to the Trustee and the Servicer a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B directing the FX Agent to settle a Currency Conversion that will result in a specified amount of U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections (each, a “FX Exchange Report”) on such Weekly Allocation Date. The FX Exchange Reports will be deemed confidential information and will not be disclosed by the Trustee to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the Co-Issuers.

(c)    Quarterly Noteholders’ Report. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Co-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Managers to furnish, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit C with respect to each Series of Notes (each, a “Quarterly Noteholders’ Report”), together with any applicable FX Exchange Report in respect of such Quarterly Payment Date, to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Servicer and each Paying Agent, with a copy to the Back-Up Manager.

(d)    Quarterly Compliance Certificates. On or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Co-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Managers to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that, except as provided in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.8, no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (each, a “Quarterly Compliance Certificate”).

 

24


(e)    Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notices. On the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Co-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Managers to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) written notice of any Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event with respect to any Class or Series of Notes that occurred with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (any such notice, a “Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice”).

(f)    Annual Accountants’ Reports. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or around December 30, 2017, each of the Co-Issuers shall furnish, or cause the applicable Manager to furnish, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency the reports of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager required to be delivered to such Co-Issuer by the applicable Manager pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement.

(g)    Securitization Entity Financial Statements. The Managers on behalf of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of such U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); provided, that solely with respect to the quarterly financial statements to be delivered for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2018, (x) the applicable balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows shall be prepared for the U.S. Securitization Entities other than Take 5 Properties and (y) the U.S. Manager shall deliver a separate balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for Driven Sister Holdings, LLC and a supplementary schedule with an estimated balance sheet and statement of operations for Take 5 Properties; and

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of such U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the applicable Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of such U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

 

25


(h)    Manager Financial Statements.

(i)    So long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Manager on behalf of the U.S. Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(A)    as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Manager as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows of the U.S. Manager for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

(B)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the U.S. Manager as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the U.S. Manager for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the U.S. Manager and the results of its operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(ii)    So long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager and a direct or indirect parent of the Canadian Manager, the U.S. Manager shall provide, as agent of the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities, to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the financial statements described in Section 4.1(h)(i)(A)-(B).

(iii)    If Driven Brands, Inc. no longer serves as the U.S. Manager or is no longer a direct or indirect parent of the Canadian Manager, then so long as Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. is the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding financial statements consistent with the requirements of Section 4.1(h)(i)(A)-(B) as-applied to the Canadian Manager.

(i)    Additional Information. Each Co-Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position, results of operations or business of Parent or any U.S. Securitization Entity, in the case of the Issuer, or any Canadian Securitization Entity, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, as the Trustee, the Servicer, the applicable Manager of such Co-Issuer or the Back-Up Manager may reasonably request, subject to Requirements of Law and to the confidentiality provisions of the Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party.

 

26


(j)    Instructions as to Withdrawals and Payments. Each Co-Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Managers and the Back-Up Manager), written instructions to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Accounts and any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account, as contemplated herein and in any Series Supplement; provided that such written instructions (other than those contained in Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Co- Issuers; provided, further, that such written instructions shall be subject in all respects to the confidentiality provisions of any Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

(k)    Copies to each Rating Agency. Each Co-Issuer shall deliver, or shall cause its respective Manager to deliver, a copy of each report, certificate or instruction, as applicable, described in this Section 4.1 to each Rating Agency at its address as listed in or otherwise designated pursuant to Section 14.1 or in the applicable Series Supplement, including any e-mail address.

Section 4.2    Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2018 (and beginning with calendar year 2021 with respect to any covenant of the Canadian Co-Issuer), the Paying Agent shall furnish, upon written request, to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Noteholder a statement prepared by the Co-Issuers containing such information as the Co-Issuers deem necessary or desirable to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns (each such statement, an “Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement”); provided that such obligations to distribute the Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code or other applicable tax law as from time to time in effect.

Section 4.3    Rule 144A Information.

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Co-Issuers agree to provide to any Noteholder or Note Owner, and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Note Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Note Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder, owner or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.4    Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders.

(a)    This Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, each Series Supplement, the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(g) and Section 4.1(h) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(f) shall be made available to (a) each Rating Agency pursuant to Section 4.1(k) above and (b) the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Note Owners and the other Noteholders (but not to prospective investors) in a password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) or on a third-party investor information platform or such other address as the Co-Issuers may specify from time to time. Assistance in using the Trustee’s internet website can be obtained by calling the Trustee’s customer service desk at (888) 855-

 

27


9695 or such other telephone number as the Trustee may specify from time to time. The Trustee or any such third-party platform, as the case may be, shall require each party (other than the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and any Rating Agency) accessing such password-protected area to register as a Noteholder and to make the applicable representations and warranties described below in an Investor Request Certification (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may take the form of an electronic submission). The Trustee and any such third-party platform may disclaim responsibility for any information distributed by it for which the Trustee or such third-party, as the case may be, was not the original source. Each time a Noteholder accesses such internet website, it will be deemed to have confirmed such representations and warranties as of the date thereof. The Trustee or any such third-party platform shall provide the Servicer and the Managers with copies of such Investor Request Certifications, including the identity, contact information, e-mail address and telephone number of such Noteholders, upon request, but shall have no responsibility for any of the information contained therein. The Trustee shall have the right to change the way any such information is made available in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the Noteholders and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes.

(b)    The Trustee shall (or shall request that the Managers) make available, upon reasonable advance notice and at the expense of the requesting party, copies of the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(g) and Section 4.1(h) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(f) to any Noteholder (or any Note Owner) and to any prospective investor that provides the Trustee with an Investor Request Certification to the effect that such party (i) is a Noteholder (or Note Owner) or prospective investor, as applicable, (ii) understands that the materials contain confidential information, (iii) is requesting the information solely for use in evaluating such party’s investment or potential investment, as applicable, in the Notes and will keep such information strictly confidential (provided that such party may disclose such information only (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process), and (iv) is not a Competitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a recipient of such materials may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

Section 4.5    Managers.

Pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement, each Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer. The Noteholders by their acceptance of the Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Managers or the applicable Manager in lieu of the Co-Issuers or the applicable Co-Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Noteholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to verify, reconfirm or recalculate any information or material contained in any of the reports, financial statements or other information delivered to it pursuant to this Article IV or the applicable Management Agreement. All distributions, allocations, remittances and payments to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent hereunder or under any Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be made based solely upon the most recently delivered written reports and instructions provided to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, by the applicable Manager (or Managers).

 

28


Section 4.6    No Constructive Notice.

Delivery of reports, information, Officer’s Certificates, Officers’ Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officer’s Certificates, Officers’ Certificates and documents will not constitute constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including any Securitization Entity’s, any Manager’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate described above).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1    Management Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Management Accounts. As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the U.S. Manager and Canadian Manager, respectively, have caused (i) the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer to establish in the name of and for the benefit of, respectively, the Issuer and the Canadian Co- Issuer, (A) for the Issuer, the U.S. Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts for the U.S. Securitization Entities and for the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts of the Canadian Co-Issuer, (B) the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts of the respective Co-Issuers, (C) the Insurance Proceeds Accounts of the respective Co-Issuers, and (D) for the Issuer, the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox; (ii) each other Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LP to establish in the name of and for the benefit of itself, the related Lock-Box Account for an applicable Driven Securitization Brand with operations in Canada; (iii) each Securitization Entity that owns Securitization-Owned Locations to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Accounts for an applicable Driven Securitization Brand; (iv) Driven Product Sourcing LLC to establish in the name of and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Spire Supply Securitization Account; (v) Driven Product Sourcing LLC to establish in the name of Take 5 Properties and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Oil Fleet Lockbox; (vi) Driven Canada Product Sourcing to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and (vii) Driven Canada Claims Management to establish in the name of and for its benefit one or more Claims Management Concentration Accounts and the Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account. Such accounts and lock-boxes, as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or as of such later date of establishment of such account) and at all times thereafter, shall be (A) pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and (B) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that only the Qualified Institution holding a Lock-Box Account shall have access to the items deposited therein. Each Management Account shall be an Eligible Account and, in addition, from time to time, the Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer, and any other Securitization Entity (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) may establish additional accounts for the purpose of depositing Collections therein (each such account and any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b), and excluding the Advertising Fund Accounts and any other Account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture, an “Additional Management Account”); provided that each such Additional Management Account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer, or such other Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement.

 

29


(b)    Administration of the Management Accounts. The Issuer or the Canadian Co- Issuer (or the applicable Manager or Sub-Manager on its behalf) may invest any amounts held in the applicable Management Accounts in Eligible Investments, and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager or Sub-Manager on its behalf), on behalf of itself or as such agent, as applicable, into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the applicable Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in any Management Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document, no Co-Issuer or Manager shall transfer any funds into any such investment account pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) until such time as an Account Control Agreement is entered into with respect thereto (if such account is not established with the Trustee), it being agreed that the execution and delivery of such Account Control Agreement shall not be required as a condition precedent to the issuance of Notes on any Series Closing Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Management Account (and the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, or the other Securitization Entities, respectively). No Co-Issuer (or other Securitization Entity) shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. Prior to any Sub-Manager acting on behalf of any U.S. Securitization Entity or Canadian Securitization Entity, as applicable, in accordance with this Section, it will provide to the Trustee all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee.

(c)    Earnings from the Management Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Management Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, or the other Canadian Securitization Entities, as applicable, for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    No Duty to Monitor. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the amounts of deposits into or withdrawals from any Management Account.

Section 5.2    Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account attributable to the Issuer (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes”). As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co-Issuer has established with the Trustee an account attributable to the Canadian Co-Issuer (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes” and together with the Issuer Interest Reserve Account for Senior Notes, the “Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts”). The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts.

 

30


(b)    Administration of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. All amounts held in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by such Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. On any Weekly Allocation Date when a deposit would otherwise be made to a Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) may direct the Trustee pursuant to the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate to withdraw any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of either Co- Issuer and transfer such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of the other Co-Issuer and the allocation pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments and calculation of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the transferee Co-Issuer shall be deemed to occur after giving effect to such transfer of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. Until such time as any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount is paid to any applicable third party (as opposed to transfers between Indenture Trust Accounts of the Co-Issuers pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate), the applicable Co-Issuer will hold such amount as agent on behalf of the other Co-Issuer. Following payment of any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to a third party, such amount shall be treated as an intercompany loan with an interest rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard. For greater certainty, any payment out of a Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account in respect of which a deposit has been made under this Section 5.2(b) shall be deemed to be paid first out of amounts allocated to such account out of such Co-Issuer’s own Collections and second out of any such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount transferred from the other Co-Issuer.

Section 5.3    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. Upon the issuance of any Senior Subordinated Notes, each of the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer shall establish with the Trustee an account (denominated in U.S. Dollars) in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the

 

31


Senior Subordinated Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” and the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” and together with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts”). The Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts.

(b)    Administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. All amounts held in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by such Co- Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by such Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. On any Weekly Allocation Date when a deposit would otherwise be made to a Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) may direct the Trustee pursuant to the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate to withdraw any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of either Co-Issuer and transfer such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of the other Co-Issuer and the allocation pursuant to priority (ix) of the Priority of Payments and calculation of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the transferee Co-Issuer shall be deemed to occur after giving effect to such transfer of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount. Until such time as any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount is paid to any applicable third party (as opposed to transfers between Indenture Trust Accounts of the Co-Issuers pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate), the applicable Co-Issuer will hold such amount as agent on behalf of the other Co-Issuer. Following payment of any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount, such amount shall be treated as an intercompany loan with an interest rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard. For greater certainty, any payment out of a Co- Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in respect of which a deposit has been made under this Section 5.3(b) shall be deemed to be paid first out of amounts allocated to such account out of such Co-Issuer’s own Collections and second out of any such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount transferred from the other Co-Issuer.

 

32


Section 5.4    Cash Trap Reserve Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account designated as the Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account”). As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co-Issuer has established with the Trustee an account designated as the Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” and together with the Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account, the “Cash Trap Reserve Accounts”). The Cash Trap Reserve Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts.

(b)    Administration of the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts. All amounts held in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by such Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account (and the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the applicable Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.5    Collection Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Accounts. As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Trustee has established (i) two (2) segregated trust accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars designated as the “U.S. Collection Account” in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (x) one of which will hold U.S. Collections (the “Issuer U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections”) and (y) the other of which will hold any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and any other Canadian Collections denominated in U.S. Dollars (the “Canadian Co-Issuer U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount”) and (ii) one (1) segregated trust accounts denominated in Canadian Dollars designated as the “Canadian Co-Issuer Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections” in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties which will hold Canadian Collections (including any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount that will not be settled in U.S. Dollars). On or after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Trustee shall establish, maintain, and administer one (1) segregated trust account denominated in Canadian Dollars which will hold any Canadian Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount. The Collection Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts.

 

33


(b)    Administration of the Collection Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Collection Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by such Co- Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by such Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the applicable Collection Accounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Collection Account (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.11.

Section 5.6    Collection Account Administrative Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Account Administrative Accounts. The following administrative accounts associated with the Collection Accounts, each of which shall be an Eligible Account, shall be established by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Collection Account Administrative Accounts”), either as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or, with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes, after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date in connection with the initial issuance of any such Notes or in the case of any Collection Account Administrative Accounts with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or thereafter:

(i)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Class A- 1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD), the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts”), in each case for the deposit of the Class A- 1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount;

(ii)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount;

 

34


(iii)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any;

(iv)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD), the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any;

(v)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes;

(vi)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any;

(vii)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes, if any;

 

35


(viii)     accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” and together with the Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes, the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest;

(ix)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” and together with the Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post- ARD Additional Interest Account, the “Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any;

(x)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”) and U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” and together with the Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any; and

(xi)    accounts denominated in U.S. Dollars for the Issuer (the “Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account”), U.S. Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Securitization Operating Expense Account (USD)”), and Canadian Dollars for the Canadian Co-Issuer (the “Canadian Securitization Operating Expense Account (CAD)” and, collectively, with the Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and the Canadian Co- Issuer Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (USD), the “Securitization Operating Expense Accounts”), in each case, for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses.

(b)    Administration of the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (other than any Canadian Dollar-denominated Collection Account Administrative Account) shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by such Co-Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the applicable Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the applicable Collection Account Administrative Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the applicable Collection Account Administrative Account (and the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively). No Co-Issuer shall direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Accounts in accordance with Section 5.10.

 

36


(d)    Currency Conversions between certain Collection Account Administrative Accounts. On the Business Day following the tenth (10th) Weekly Allocation Date in each Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Trustee shall, pursuant to the FX Exchange Report appended to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such tenth (10th) Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw any Canadian Dollar-denominated amounts from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, Interest Payment Account, and Principal Payment Account for the Canadian Co-Issuer, transfer such amount to the FX Agent for a Currency Conversion and, following settlement of such Currency Conversion, deposit (or cause the FX Agent to deposit) the amount so converted in the corresponding U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, Interest Payment Account and Principal Payment Account of the Canadian Co-Issuer.

Section 5.7    Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts; Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts; Claims Management Concentration Accounts.

(a)    Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts.

(i)    On or prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations have established the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts (including the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account established by Take 5 Properties on or prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date). Each Securitization-Owned Location Account (that is not a Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, including the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox and the Management Accounts in the name of Take 5 Properties opened as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date) opened on and after the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations is required to be (A) in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity and (B) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement (including a Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account). After the opening of any such Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, the applicable Manager (on behalf of any applicable Securitization Entities or other Service Recipients) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the applicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account:

(A)    all cash revenues generated by the applicable Securitization- Owned Locations within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(B)    all credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards at the applicable Securitization-Owned Locations; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into a Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within two (2) Business Days for Securitization-Owned Locations located in the United States and three (3) Business Days for Securitization-Owned Locations located in Canada following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards.

(ii)    Each Securitization Entity that owns Securitization-Owned Locations has established and will be permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a

 

37


Contribution Agreement, in connection with the collection of revenues of such Securitization-Owned Locations (the “Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Accounts”). Each such Securitization Entity will be permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement, including the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox or any other Lock-Box Account of the Issuer or in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all other Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Accounts does not exceed $500,000; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing requirement, no Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Account for the Fix Auto Brand shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement or in compliance with the foregoing conditions until one hundred twenty (120) days following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(iii)    The applicable Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid by the applicable Securitization-Owned Locations in the ordinary course of business, such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of Securitization-Owned Locations), repair, remodeling and maintenance expenses, insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, advertising fees allocable to such Securitization-Owned Locations and lease and other occupancy expenses, litigation and settlement costs relating to the Managed Assets, Pass-Through Amounts and, without duplication, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts; provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

(iv)    The Canadian Manager may, at any time, acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, permanently remove the designation of “Excluded Location” in respect of any company-owned location under a particular Driven Securitization Brand (including any individual brand comprising the Uniban Brand) or other brand described in clause (i) of the definition of “Excluded Location”, and as of such date of designation, such company-owned locations of such Driven Securitization Brand or other brand will be treated in the same manner as a newly acquired Securitization-Owned Location (or any analogous concept for the relevant Collateral) and the related assets (including any account for the collection of revenue) will constitute Securitization Assets.

 

38


(b)    Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and Claims Management Concentration Accounts

(i)    On or prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management have established the Canadian Product Sourcing Concentration Account and the Canadian Claims Management Concentration Account. Each Product Sourcing Account and Claims Management Account (that is not a Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account) opened on or after an applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to Securitization Entities that own a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business is required to be (A) in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity and (B) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement (including a Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account, as applicable). After the opening of any such Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account, the applicable Manager (on behalf of any applicable Securitization Entities or other Service Recipients) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the applicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account:

(A)     all cash revenues generated by the applicable Product Sourcing Business or applicable Claims Management Business within three (3) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(B)     all credit card and debit card proceeds generated by the applicable Product Sourcing Business or applicable Claims Management Business; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into an applicable Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any such Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within three (3) Business Days following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds.

(ii)     Each Securitization Entity that owns a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business has established and is permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement in connection with the collection of their respective revenues (the “Existing Local Product Sourcing Amounts” and the “Existing Local Claims Management Accounts” respectively, and collectively, the “Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts”). Each Securitization Entity that owns a Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business may establish and is permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Accounts in respect of Canadian Securitization Entities does not exceed CAN$3,000,000 and in respect of any applicable U.S. Securitization Entities does not exceed $3,000,000 or such other amount approved by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class

 

39


Representative); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing requirements, no Existing Local Product Sourcing and Claims Management Account in respect of Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement or in compliance with the foregoing conditions until one hundred twenty (120) days following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(iii)    The applicable Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid in respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business in the ordinary course of business, such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business), insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, lease and other occupancy expenses, and litigation and settlement costs relating to the applicable Managed Assets and other Excluded Amounts, including insurance company rebates and other fees and paymentpayments payable to Franchisees, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations or third parties and Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts; provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from any Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any such Product Sourcing Concentration Account or Claims Management Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

Section 5.8    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding any Base Indenture Account held in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Trustee Accounts”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Trustee Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5.8.

(b)    The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    the Trustee Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA will or may be credited;

(ii)    the Trustee Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and each applicable STA and the Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA;

 

40


(iii)    all securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Trustee Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Trustee Account be registered in the name of the applicable Co-Issuer, payable to the order of the applicable Co-Issuer or specially indorsed to the applicable Co-Issuer;

(iv)    all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Base Indenture will be promptly credited to the appropriate Trustee Account;

(v)    each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Trustee Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset under Article 8 of the New York UCC and each applicable STA;

(vi)    if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Trustee Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or any other Person;

(vii)    the Trustee Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement; for purposes of all applicable UCCs and STAs and all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the Trustee Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Trustee Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC and each applicable STA) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with either Co-Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5.8(b)(vi); and

(ix)    except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties, the Co-Issuers and the other Securitization Entities in the Trustee Accounts, neither the Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Trustee Accounts or any Financial Asset credited thereto; if the Securities Intermediary or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Trustee Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and the Co-Issuers thereof.

 

41


(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trustee Accounts and in all Proceeds thereof, and (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts; provided that at all other times the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the applicable Trustee Accounts.

Section 5.9    Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts.

(a)     Establishment of Series Accounts. To the extent specified in the Series Supplement with respect to any Series of Notes, the Trustee may establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative accounts of any such Series Account in accordance with the terms of such Series Supplement.

(b)    Legacy Accounts. In the case of any mandatory or optional redemption in full of any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture, on the Notes Discharge Date with respect to such Class or Series of Notes, either or both Co-Issuers may (but are not required to) elect to have all or any portion of the funds held in any Legacy Account with respect to such Class or Series of Notes transferred to the applicable distribution account for such Class or Series of Notes, for application toward the prepayment of such Class or Series of Notes. If the Co-Issuers do not elect to have such funds so transferred, or if the Co-Issuers elect to have only a portion of such funds so transferred, any funds remaining in the applicable Legacy Account after the applicable Notes Discharge Date shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments. When the balance of any Legacy Account has been reduced to zero, the Trustee may close such account. The Trustee shall make the distributions and transfers and shall close any accounts as contemplated by this Section 5.9 pursuant to instructions delivered by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee.

Section 5.10    Collections; Investment Income; Currency Conversions.

(a)    Deposits to the Concentration Accounts.

(i)    Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the U.S. Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other U.S. Securitization Entities or any applicable Take 5 Company Locations located in the United States and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(A)    all Franchisee Payments owed to the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities shall be deposited directly to the U.S. Concentration Account or made to a Lock- Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments owed to the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities made to a Lock-Box Account shall be deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account within two (2) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(B)    within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week, the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount;

(C)    on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts, and/or draws on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

 

42


(D)     within three (3) Business Days of receipt, all amounts received under any IP License Agreement (including any Canadian IP License Agreement or other IP License Agreement entered into with a Canadian Securitization Entity), other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the applicable Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the applicable Securitization IP;

(E)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Issuer (directly or indirectly) to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the U.S. Concentration Account; and

(F)    within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections with respect to the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts of the U.S. Securitization Entities or to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections.

(ii)    Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the Canadian Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other Canadian Securitization Entities and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(A)    all Franchisee Payments owed to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities will be deposited directly to the Canadian Concentration Account or made to a Lock-Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments owed to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities made to a Lock-Box Account will be deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account within three (3) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(B)    within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week, the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount and Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount;

(C)    on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount and the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts, Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts and Claims Management Concentration Accounts;

(D)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt all amounts received under any IP License Agreement, other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the applicable Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the applicable Securitization IP;

 

43


(E)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Canadian Co-Issuer or any other Canadian Securitization Entity (in each case, directly or indirectly) to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the Canadian Concentration Account; and

(F)    within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections with respect to the operations of the Driven Securitization Brands in Canada not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts of the Canadian Securitization Entities or to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections.

(b)    Withdrawals from the Concentration Accounts.

(i)    The U.S. Manager may (and in the case of sub-clauses (E) and (F) below, shall) withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) available amounts on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account (and the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections in the case of clause (F)) to make the following payments and deposits:

(A)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account that the U.S. Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the U.S. Concentration Account in error;

(B)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations) deposited therein;

(C)    as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees (other than any Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States) deposited in the U.S. Concentration Account to the U.S. Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(D)    on a daily basis, as necessary to pay Product Sourcing Obligations attributable to and in an amount not to exceed Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account (excluding, in each case, any Product Sourcing Obligations and Product Sourcing Payments of the U.S. Product Sourcing Business);

(E)    on a weekly basis at or prior to 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Calculation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, if applicable, then on deposit in the U.S. Concentration Account) for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; and

(F)    for each Weekly Calculation Date relating to a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, on the Business Day following the deposit

 

44


described in sub-clause (E) above for the related Weekly Collection Period, any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount with respect to such related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections to, following settlement of the respective Currency Conversion for such U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount pursuant to an FX Exchange Report not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following such related Weekly Calculation Date, the Canadian Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(ii)    The Canadian Manager may (and in the case of sub-clauses (E) and (F) below, will be required to) withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) available amounts on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account (and the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections in the case of clause (F)) to make the following payments and deposits:

(A)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account that the Canadian Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the Canadian Concentration Account in error;

(B)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations) deposited therein;

(C)    as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees deposited in the Canadian Concentration Account to the Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to any applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(D)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay Product Sourcing Obligations attributable to and in an amount not to exceed Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account (excluding, in each case, any Product Sourcing Obligations and Product Sourcing Payments of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business);

(E)    on a weekly basis at or prior to 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Calculation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the related Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include the Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount plus the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount, and the Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount plus the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, in each case if applicable, then on deposit in the Canadian Concentration Account) for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; and

(F)    for each Weekly Calculation Date relating to a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, on the Business Day following the deposit described in clause (E) above for the related Weekly Collection Period, any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount with respect to such related Weekly

 

45


Collection Period then on deposit in the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections to, following settlement of the respective Currency Conversion for such Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount pursuant to an FX Exchange Report not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following such related Weekly Calculation Date, the U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount for application in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(c)     Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts.

(i)    If any Service Recipient disposes of property pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition (other than pursuant to clause (xix) of the definition thereof), or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of this Base Indenture, (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof do not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds as determined by the applicable Manager, on behalf of the related Service Recipient, such proceeds (net of, notwithstanding such proceeds not constituting Asset Disposition Proceeds, amounts described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds” and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)), further net of the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such proceeds are received; and (ii) to the extent such amounts constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds (including without limitation, any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Refranchising Asset Disposition), such amounts will be promptly deposited (and in any event within (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds in excess of $25,000 and (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof by the applicable Service Recipients (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) to the applicable Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient or the applicable Manager on its behalf, such Service Recipients may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Rapid Amortization Period, (A) all amounts withdrawn from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts shall be withdrawn substantially in accordance with a Quarterly Fiscal Period budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and (B) withdrawals of any amounts from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts in excess in any material respect of amounts set forth in the Quarterly Fiscal Period budget shall be subject to (i) the delivery by the applicable Manager to the Control Party, the Trustee, and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager); provided that (A) with respect to the aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds from Refranchising Asset Dispositions (such proceeds, “Refranchising Proceeds”) in excess of the Refranchising Proceeds Cap in any fiscal year if, after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition and any proposed reinvestment of the related Refranchising Proceeds in Eligible Assets (excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts for netting purposes, as applicable), at the time of such proposed reinvestment (I) the pro forma Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than the Senior Leverage Ratio of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (II) the pro forma DSCR is less than the DSCR as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, such

 

46


Refranchising Proceeds will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date) and (B) the Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year will otherwise be subject to reinvestment as set forth in this paragraph. To the extent such Asset Disposition Proceeds have not been so reinvested in Eligible Assets within such one-year period (each such period, an “Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period”), the applicable Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and deposit such amount to the applicable Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the applicable Collection Account. In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected not to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds, such Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be deposited to the applicable Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(ii)    The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold Asset Disposition Proceeds attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such Asset Disposition Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 5.10(c)(i). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such Asset Disposition Proceeds, for such other Canadian Securitization Entity to reinvest any such proceeds in accordance with Section 5.10(c)(i) or to allow the Canadian Co-Issuer to make a loan to the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.10(c)(iii).

(iii)    Immediately prior to any application of such Asset Disposition Proceeds in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such Asset Disposition Proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co- Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related Asset Disposition Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Asset Disposition Proceeds of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(d)    Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Accounts.

(i)    All Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by or on behalf of any Service Recipient in respect of the Collateral shall be promptly deposited (and in any event within five (5) Business Days following receipt thereof) to the

 

47


applicable Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient (as notified by the applicable Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the applicable Service Recipients may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the applicable Manager has repaired or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the applicable Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to any Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets. To the extent such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have not been so reinvested within such one-year period (each such period, a “Casualty Reinvestment Period”), the applicable Co- Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and deposit such amounts to the applicable Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the applicable Collection Account. In the event that such Service Recipient has elected not to reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall instead be deposited to the applicable Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(ii) The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 5.10(d)(i). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, for such other Canadian Securitization Entity to reinvest any such proceeds in accordance with Section 5.10(d)(i) or to allow the Canadian Co-Issuer to make a loan to the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.10(d)(iii).

(iii) Immediately prior to any application of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by

 

48


the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(e)     Deposits to the Collection Accounts. The Managers (or, with respect to clause (viii) below, the Trustee or the Control Party, as applicable) will deposit or cause to be deposited to the applicable Collection Account the following amounts, in each case, promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i)     the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Concentration Accounts and deposited to the Collection Accounts pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.10(b)(i)(E) and Section 5.10(b)(ii)(E);

(ii)     Indemnification Amounts within two (2) Business Days following (A) with respect to the U.S. Manager, either (I) the receipt by the U.S. Manager of such amounts if Parent is not the U.S. Manager or (II) if Parent is the U.S. Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the U.S. Manager under the U.S. Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document and (B) with respect to the Canadian Manager, either (I) the receipt by the Canadian Manager of such amounts if the Initial Canadian Manager is not the Canadian Manager or (II) if the Initial Canadian Manager is the Canadian Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the Canadian Manager under the Canadian Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iii) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining in the applicable Insurance Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds;

(iv)     Asset Disposition Proceeds remaining in the applicable Asset Disposition Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and such Asset Disposition Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds;

(v)     Release Prices immediately upon receipt of the proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition;

(vi)     all amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, as applicable, upon the occurrence of an Interest Reserve Release Event, provided (x) that amounts withdrawn from the Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deposited directly to the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections and (y) amounts withdrawn from the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall, at the instruction of the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf) pursuant to an FX Exchange Report, be converted into Canadian Dollars and transferred to the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections;

 

49


(vii)     any other amounts required to be deposited to the Collection Accounts hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents; and

(viii)     amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any of its rights under the Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IX hereof, upon receipt thereof;

(f)     Investment Income. By no later than (i) 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day before each Weekly Allocation Date, as applicable, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) (x) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts (other than the Collection Account) to the applicable Collection Account and (y) shall transfer any Investment Income in respect of Eligible Investments denominated in U.S. Dollars on deposit in the Management Accounts to the applicable Collection Account, and (ii) 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Calculation Date, as applicable, the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf) shall transfer any Investment Income in respect of Eligible Investments denominated in Canadian Dollars on deposit in the Management Accounts to the applicable Collection Account, in each case for application on the related Weekly Allocation Date (following, as applicable, the settlement of the requisite portion of any Investment Income pursuant to a Currency Conversion).

(g)     Payment Instructions. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable Management Agreement, each Co-Issuer shall cause the applicable Manager to instruct (i) each Franchisee obligated at any time to make any payment pursuant to any Franchise Document to make such payment to the applicable Concentration Account or a related Lock-Box Account and (ii) any Person (not an Affiliate of the applicable Co-Issuer) obligated at any time to make any payments with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Securitization IP, to make such payment to the applicable Concentration Account, the applicable Collection Account or a related Lock-Box Account or another applicable Management Account, as determined by the applicable Co-Issuer or the applicable Manager.

(h)     Misdirected Collections. Each Co-Issuer agrees that if any Collections (other than Excluded Amounts) shall be received by such Co-Issuer or any other applicable Securitization Entity in an account other than an Account or in any other manner, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by such Co-Issuer or such other Securitization Entity with any of their other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by such Co-Issuer or such other Securitization Entity for, and, within one (1) Business Day of the identification of such payment, paid over to, the Trustee, with any necessary endorsement. The Trustee shall withdraw from the applicable Collection Account any monies on deposit therein that the applicable Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Servicer are not Retained Collections and pay such amounts to or at the direction of such Manager. All monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture shall be immediately deposited in the applicable Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article V.

(i)     Currency Conversion Election Period.

(i)     For each of the first ten (10) Weekly Allocation Dates with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period (each such period with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an “Initial Currency Conversion Election Period”) and, except for the eleventh (11th) Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly

 

50


Fiscal Period, for each Weekly Allocation Date following the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (each such period with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an “Extended Currency Conversion Election Period”) that is not, in each case, a Currency Conversion Opt- Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) may elect, in the manner described in the next paragraph and in their reasonable discretion, for U.S. Collections, including any U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, and Canadian Collections, including any Canadian Direct Payment Amounts, any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, on deposit in the Collection Accounts to be applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date either (x) without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion (as defined below) (each such Weekly Allocation Date, a “Currency Conversion Opt- Out Weekly Allocation Date”) or (y) following the settlement of the requisite portion of such Collections pursuant to a Currency Conversion (each such Weekly Allocation Date, a “Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date”). The Co-Issuers may not elect for any Weekly Allocation Date to be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date if (i) a Cash Trapping Period, Manager Termination Event, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the related Weekly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Weekly Allocation Date, (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such related Weekly Calculation Date, (iii) such Weekly Allocation Date is the eleventh (11th) Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the related Quarterly Fiscal Period or (iv) such Weekly Allocation Date is a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date. Each Weekly Allocation Date for which the election described above is unavailable will automatically be a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date. Except for Canadian Direct Payment Amounts paid to the Canadian Manager or a third party, in each case, pursuant to the Priority of Payments or pursuant to priority (v) or (xix) of the Priority of Payments, all payments (but not all allocations) made pursuant to the Priority of Payments will be denominated in U.S. Dollars.

(ii)     On the fourth (4th) Business Day following the last day of each Weekly Collection Period (each a “Weekly Calculation Date), the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) will elect for the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date to be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date by furnishing, or causing the Managers to furnish (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), to the Trustee the FX Exchange Report at or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Calculation Date (each a “Currency Conversion Weekly Calculation Date Election Time”). If the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers) have not delivered a FX Exchange Report by the Currency Conversion Weekly Calculation Date Election Time, the following Weekly Allocation Date will be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date and the Co-Issuers (or their respective Managers, acting in good faith and in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) will furnish, or cause the Managers to furnish (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), to the Trustee the Weekly Manager’s Certificate at or prior to 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Calculation Date.

 

51


(iii)     For each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of such Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the fifth (5th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period) (for each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, the “Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time”), the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered by the Managers for such Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the U.S. Collections, including any U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, and Canadian Collections, including any Canadian Direct Payment Amounts, any Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, on deposit in the Collection Accounts (without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion) in respect of the preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date will specify the payment or allocation pursuant to the Priority of Payments of any Canadian Allocation Amount (without subjecting any such Collections to an immediate Currency Conversion) based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such Weekly Allocation Date.

(iv)     For each Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, following the preceding Weekly Calculation Date, the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the FX Exchange ReportsReport delivered by the Managers for such Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount or any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount on deposit in the Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections or the U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections, as applicable, transfer such amount to the FX Agent for a Currency Conversion and, following settlement of such Currency Conversion not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of such Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the sixth (6th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period), notify the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) of the Spot Rate and deposit (or cause the FX Agent to deposit) in the U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation Amount and Shortfall Payment Amount or the Canadian Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, as applicable, an amount equal to the U.S. Dollar-equivalent of such Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount or Canadian Dollar-equivalent of such U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, as applicable, converted at the Spot Rate. Following the Currency Conversion for any Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, and at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the Weekly Calculation Date in respect of any Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date (which will be the seventh (7th) Business Day following the last day of the previous Weekly Collection Period) (for each Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, the “Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Time” and, together with the Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time, each, a “Weekly Allocation Time”), the Trustee will, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered by the Managers for such

 

52


Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, withdraw the U.S. Collections, U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and Canadian Collections on deposit in the Collection Accounts in respect of the preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

Section 5.11     Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates.

(a)     On each Weekly Allocation Date, which may be a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, following the immediately preceding Weekly Collection Period (unless the Co-Issuers shall have failed to deliver by 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to such Weekly Allocation Date the Weekly Manager’s Certificate relating to such Weekly Allocation Date, in which case the application of Retained Collections relating to such Weekly Allocation Date shall occur on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such Weekly Manager’s Certificate is delivered), the Trustee shall, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate, withdraw the amount on deposit in the U.S. Collection Accounts (including any U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation Amount and any other U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount) and the Canadian Collection Accounts (including any Canadian Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount), as applicable, as of the applicable Weekly Allocation Time for allocation or payment in the following order of priority (except with respect to priority (ix)) in accordance with the Co-Issuers’ Allocable Shares (the “Priority of Payments”):

(i)     first, solely with respect to any funds on deposit in the Collection Accounts on such Weekly Allocation Date consisting of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, in the following order of priority: (A) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) from the U.S. Collection Accounts to reimburse the U.S. Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) and from the Canadian Collection Accounts to reimburse the Canadian Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (C) from the applicable Collection Account, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all related Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis, then (D) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis (other than the Class A-1 Notes) in alphanumerical order of designation, then (E) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation, and then (F) from the applicable Collection Account, to make an allocation to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation;

 

53


(ii)     second, (A) from the U.S. Collection Accounts to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to reimburse the U.S. Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to reimburse the Canadian Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), and then (C) from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the Servicer all applicable Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(iii)     third, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any, to any Successor Manager of the U.S. Manager and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay any Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any, to any Successor Manager of the Canadian Manager;

(iv)     fourth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Weekly Management Fee allocable to the U.S. Manager and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager;

(v)     fifth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, or Canadian Collection Accounts in respect of any Canadian Direct Payment Amount, pro rata, (A) to deposit to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount with respect to the annual period in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs after giving effect to all deposits previously made to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account in such annual period, to be distributed pro rata based on the amount of each type of Securitization Operating Expense payable on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to this priority (v), and (B) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Trustee for payment of the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date;12

(vi)     sixth, from the applicable Collection Account, to deposit to the applicable Indenture Trust Account, ratably according to the amounts required to be deposited as set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) below, the following amounts until the amounts required to be deposited pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) below are deposited in full: (A) to allocate to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount and (B) to allocate to the applicable Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount;

 

 

12  

Upon the Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date, priority (v) of the Priority of Payments will be amended, automatically, without any need for any further action, to delete the letter designating sub-clause (A), delete clause (B) in its entirety and the word “and” preceding it and append the following proviso to end of priority (v): “provided, that the deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account of an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Trustee and all indemnities payable to the Servicer will not be subject to the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.”

 

54


(vii)     seventh, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(viii)     eighth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(ix)     ninth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account of each Co-Issuer and the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account of each Co-Issuer, an amount equal to any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of such Co-Issuer and any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of such Co-Issuer for each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in alphanumerical order of designation;

(x)     tenth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of each Co-Issuer, an amount equal to the sum of (1) (only to the extent that the related Series Non-Amortization Test, if any, is not satisfied) any Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, (2) any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount, (3) any amounts then known by the Managers that will become due under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of letters of credit issued under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (4) in respect of any Series of Class A-1 Notes for which the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the outstanding principal amount of such Series;

(xi)     eleventh, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the U.S. Manager, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the U.S. Manager, and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the portion of the Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager;

(xii)     twelfth, from the U.S.applicable Collection AccountsAccount , on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes, if the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such date, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection Accounts to the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts to allocate to such Class A-1 Notes of such Series on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining related Class A-1 Note Commitments in respect thereof) until the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A-1 Notes of such Series will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts allocable to such Class A-1 Notes;

 

55


(xiii)    thirteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, and such Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Cash Trapping Period, to deposit into the U.S. Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Issuer’s Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date and to deposit into the Canadian Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xiv)    fourteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate (x) first, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection Accounts to the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts to each Class of Senior Notes, first, to the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining Class A-1 Note Commitments) and then, second, to each remaining Class of Senior Notes on a pro rata basis until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts, and then (y) second, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection Accounts to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts;

(xv)    fifteenth, from the applicable Collection Account, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xvi)    sixteenth, from the applicable Collection Account, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts for each Class of Subordinated Notes, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(xvii)    seventeenth, from the applicable Collection Account, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xviii)    eighteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the U.S. Collection Accounts to the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts to each Class of Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the applicable Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts;

 

56


(xix)    nineteenth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, or Canadian Collection Accounts in respect of any Canadian Direct Payment Amount, to deposit to the applicable Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses (together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount after giving effect to priority (v) above;

(xx)    twentieth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxi)    twenty-first, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, any Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxii)    twenty-second, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, any Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiii)    twenty-third, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, any Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiv)    twenty-fourth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, any Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxv)    twenty-fifth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Accounts an amount equal to any unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration;

(xxvi)    twenty-sixth, from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to deposit to the Canadian Product Sourcing Lease Expense Account and the Canadian Claims Management Lease Expense Account, respectively, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid rent, tenancy costs or other similar costs and expenses of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business and the Canadian Claims Management Business, together with any such amounts that are expected to be payable prior to the last day of the immediately following fiscal month;

(xxvii)    twenty seventh, in the case of available funds with respect to the U.S. Collection Accounts, to the Canadian Residual Account the amount of any Shortfall Payments (and any accrued interest thereon specified in the Allocation Agreement) made by the Canadian Co-Issuer on any prior Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date or any other date and not previously reimbursed, and in the case of available funds with respect to the Canadian Collection Accounts, to the Issuer the amount of any Shortfall Payments (and any accrued interest thereon specified in the Allocation Agreement) made by the Issuer on any prior Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date or any other date and not previously reimbursed;

 

57


(xxviii)    twenty eighth, from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee allocable to the Canadian Manager; and

(xxix)    twenty-ninth, from the U.S. Collection Accounts, to pay the U.S. Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer, and from the Canadian Collection Accounts, to pay the Canadian Residual Amount to the Canadian Residual Account.

(b)    If the Managers elect for the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections to end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date in the manner described in Section 4.1(a), on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs prior to the end of such first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, U.S. Collections will be applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments to make allocations or payments pursuant to priorities (i)- (iii) and priority (v) of the Priority of Payments and U.S. Collections for such Weekly Collection Period will otherwise remain in the U.S. Collection Accounts.

(c)    Pursuant to the Allocation Agreement, each Co-Issuer will be obligated to make Shortfall Payments on behalf of the other Co-Issuer, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, all Collections (other than Excluded Amounts) constitute Collateral for the Notes and in no event will any amounts be released to any Securitization Entity from any Collection Account on any Payment Date, except as and only to the extent specifically provided for in priorities (v), (xix), (xxvi) and (xxvii), if any payments specified in priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments set forth above remain unpaid on such Payment Date.

(d)    Pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii), the Canadian Co-Issuer shall receive and hold in the Canadian Concentration Account any amounts owed to the Canadian Securitization Entities as agent on their respective behalf, provided that the Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 (“Inter-Canada Transactions”) which may result in the Canadian Co-Issuer holding such amounts on its own behalf. Pursuant to Section 5.10(b)(ii) and Section 5.11, to the extent any payments made pursuant to the Priority of Payments are obligations of any of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management, such payments shall be made by the Canadian Co-Issuer on behalf of the applicable obligor and with funds of such obligor to the extent of available funds (and, thereafter, with any other Retained Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments). To the extent funds of the Canadian Securitization Entities (other than the Canadian Co-Issuer) are held in an Indenture Trust Account of the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Issuer, as applicable), the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Issuer) shall hold such funds as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entities until (i) such funds are paid to a third party or the Canadian Manager, other than on behalf of the Canadian Securitization Entities as described in the preceding sentence, at which time such funds will be deemed to have been paid by the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity to the Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with the Charter Documents of such Canadian Securitization Entity (and, if applicable, loaned to the Issuer by the Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with this Indenture and the Allocation Agreement); (ii) the ownership of such funds by the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity is transferred to the Canadian Co-Issuer by virtue of an Inter-Canada Transaction (in which case, if held by the Issuer, such funds will be held as agent for the Canadian Co-Issuer); or (iii) such Canadian Securitization Entity is reimbursed in accordance with this Indenture.

 

58


Section 5.12    Quarterly Payment Date Applications.

(a)    Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to cover its Allocable Share of any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period) to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co- Issuer, a “Senior Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall of such Co-Issuer), from the following Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date, the funds on deposit in each Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Managers (each acting on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer) to pay in accordance with their respective Allocable Share, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees of any Co-Issuer to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Interest Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall of such Co-Issuer) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer mutatis mutandis.

(b)    Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Notes

 

59


Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If, after giving effect to all Debt Service Advances made in accordance with Section 5.12(c) on such Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date remains greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest as reduced by such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Notes shall be paid to the Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(c)    Debt Service Advances. If the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date pursuant to Section 5.12(b) is greater than zero, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Servicing Agreement, by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding such Quarterly Payment Date, the Servicer shall make a Debt Service Advance in such amount unless the Servicer notifies the Co-Issuers, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee by such time that it has, reasonably and in good faith, determined such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. If the Servicer fails to make such Debt Service Advance (unless the Servicer has, reasonably and in good faith, determined that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) would be a Nonrecoverable Advance), pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Trustee shall make the Debt Service Advance unless it determines that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. In determining whether any Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer. All Debt Service Advances shall be deposited into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of the applicable Co-Issuer.

(d)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount accrued and unpaid with respect to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon such Allocable Share of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Commitment Fees Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall of such Co-Issuer) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes

 

60


Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and tenth the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, to be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount of such Co-Issuer, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount of such Co-Issuer payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date, the funds on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Managers (each acting on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer) to pay in accordance with their respective Allocable Share, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees of any Co-Issuer to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Commitment Fees Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall of such Co- Issuer) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(e)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments on the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(d) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount as reduced by such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Class A-1 Notes shall be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Class of Class A-1 Notes based upon the amount of Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(f)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of

 

61


the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii) and 5.12(d)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Managers (each acting on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer) to pay in accordance with their respective Allocable Share, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of any Co-Issuer on the Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the application of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(g)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Manager on their behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(f) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same

 

62


alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(h)    Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes in the amounts distributed to such Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Notes (excluding any Principal Release Amounts), in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur on the following Quarterly Payment Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the amounts on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), Section 5.12(d)(ii) and Section 5.12(f)(ii)), if any, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes (after giving effect to the application of the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts referred to in the foregoing clause (i)), sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class. Any amount withdrawn from a Cash Trap Reserve Account of a Co- Issuer in accordance with this clause (ii) and applied to reduce the other Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes shall be deemed to be loaned to such other Co-Issuer with interest at a rate determined by the lending Co-Issuer’s Manager in accordance with its Managing Standard.

(iii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to each Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s

 

63


Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, such Co- Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Senior Principal Shortfall”) to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(f)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

(iv)    If any payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above requires the deposit of funds (the “Cash Collateral”) with the applicable L/C Provider to serve as collateral and act as security to guarantee any obligations of either Co-Issuer relating to any related letters of credit (the “Collateralized Letters of Credit”), then upon the expiration of the Collateralized Letters of Credit (x) so long as any Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account by the applicable Co-Issuer to be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (y) if no Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be returned to such Co-Issuer that deposited such Cash Collateral.

(v)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, each of the Co-Issuers (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) may elect on any Weekly Allocation Date that either (i) the U.S. Residual Amount or Canadian Residual Amount, as applicable, for such Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) amounts in respect of an equity contribution to such Co-Issuer not constituting a Retained Collections Contribution may be deposited directly into the applicable Senior Notes Principal Payment Account for the purpose of making an Optional Scheduled Principal Payment on the next Quarterly Payment Date, and such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to so deposit and withdraw such amount.

 

64


(i)    Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to such Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xiv), (xv), and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to each Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal

 

65


to any remaining deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

(j)    Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date and no Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (with respect to each C-Issuer, a “Subordinated Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii) and 5.12(i)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post- ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount of such Co-Issuer, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection and the amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Account on behalf of such Co-Issuer in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Interest Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the first sentence of this subsection and following the applicable of such sentence to such Accounts of the other Co-Issuer, mutatis mutandis.

(k)    Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(j) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be

 

66


distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(l)    Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to its respective U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to such Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to each Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (with respect to each Co-Issuer, a “Subordinated Principal Shortfall” (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii) and 5.12(j)(ii)) from the following U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the amount of unpaid Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the

 

67


case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes of such Class. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Subordinated Principal Shortfall, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s U.S. Dollar-denominated Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co-Issuer’s such Accounts, mutatis mutandis.

(m)    Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to its respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii) and 5.12(l)(ii)) from the following Accounts of such Co-Issuer: first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct

 

68


the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co Issuer’s such Accounts mutatis mutandis.

(n)    Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to its respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post- ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of its Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii), 5.12(l)(ii) and 5.12(m)(ii)) from such Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Accounts in the order described in the previous sentence and following the application of such sentence to the other Co Issuer’s such Accounts mutatis mutandis.

 

69


(o)    Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to such Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, up to its Allocable Share of the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each Class of Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account. If on any Quarterly Calculation Date, the funds on deposit in any Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account in accordance with the previous sentence are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s shortfall in the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, then the Co-Issuers (or their Managers on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s respective Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(p)    Amounts on Deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts and the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date (A) preceding any Quarterly Payment Date that is a Cash Trapping Release Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date from funds on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the applicable Cash Trapping Release Amount (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and deposit such funds into the applicable Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (B) preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (including a Rapid Amortization Period due to an Event of Default), the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date all funds then on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(ii)), and, in each case, deposit such funds into the applicable U.S. Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(ii)    So long as no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw funds on deposit in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account and apply such funds on the following Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority in accordance with the Allocable Share of the respective Co-Issuer (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon), (B) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon), (C) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts, (D) Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and (E) pro rata, any required payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes (including any payments of principal

 

70


on the Class A-1 Notes required after the occurrence of any Class A-1 Renewal Date), in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment of the foregoing amounts in accordance with this Section 5.12, including any withdrawals from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)).

(iii)    Amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts will also be available to make an optional prepayment of the Notes on behalf of the respective Co-Issuer.

(iv)    If the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) determine, with respect to any Series of Senior Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts an amount equal to such insufficiency (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share to the extent of funds available, and to the extent funds are not available, without regard to each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share) (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts is insufficient, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of each such Class.

(v)    If the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) determine, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Co- Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share to the extent of funds available, and to the extent funds are not available, without regard to each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share) (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts is insufficient, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of each such Class.

(vi)    In the event of (w) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Senior Notes, (x) any reduction in any Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, (y) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes or (z) any other Interest Reserve Release Event, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw each Co-Issuer’s Interest Reserve Release

 

71


Amount, if any, from its respective Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account on the applicable Quarterly Payment Date and to deposit such amount into the applicable Co-Issuer’s Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections, respectively, for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments (and in the case of the amount withdrawn from the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, instruct the FX Agent to convert such amount from U.S. Dollars to Canadian Dollars prior to depositing it into the applicable Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections pursuant to an FX Exchange Report).

(vii)    On any date on which no Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Co- Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the applicable Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections based on the Co-Issuer that contributed such funds (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(viii)    On any date on which no Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the applicable Collection Account for U.S. Collections or Canadian Collections based on the Co-Issuer that contributed such funds (including any requisite settlement of a Currency Conversion to Canadian Dollars in respect of the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to a FX Exchange Report) and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(q)    Principal Release Amount.

(i)    If a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default is continuing, the Principal Release Amount shall remain on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts and shall be applied in the order set forth in Section 5.12(h)(i) for amounts allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts.

(ii)    If (x) no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing and (y) if any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred, and the related Class A-1 Notes have been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and apply such funds on such Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) to the Trustee, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (B) to the Servicer, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (C) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (D) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts and (E) Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof as described in this Section 5.12. Such Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

 

72


(iii)    If no Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, but a Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes have not been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to the extent necessary to pay such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof. If the funds on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are insufficient to pay such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, then the Co- Issuers (or their Manager on their respective behalf) will instruct the Trustee in writing (to the extent of funds available) to withdraw an amount equal to any remaining such deficiency from the other Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (following the withdrawal of such other Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes). Each Co-Issuer (or the applicable Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of such Co-Issuer’s Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

(r)    Securitization Operating Expense Accounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts after giving effect to any deposits thereto pursuant to the Priority of Payments on such date and apply such funds to pay any Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable.

(s)    Optional Prepayments. The Co-Issuers shall have the right to optionally prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Class of Notes, in whole or in part in accordance with the related Series Supplement; provided that all optional prepayments must be applied first, to Senior Notes, second, to Senior Subordinated Notes and third, to Subordinated Notes. The Co-Issuers shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on each applicable optional prepayment date, including each such prepayment date that does not occur on a Quarterly Payment Date, the prepayment amount on deposit in the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.13    Determination of Quarterly Interest.

Quarterly payments of interest and fees on each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.14     Determination of Quarterly Principal.

Quarterly payments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

73


Section 5.15    Prepayment of Principal.

Mandatory prepayments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, if not otherwise described herein.

Section 5.16    Retained Collections Contributions.

During the period commencing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Co-Issuers may (but are not required to) designate Retained Collections Contributions to be included in Net Cash Flow, but not more than $2,000,000 in any Quarterly Fiscal Period or more than $4,000,000 during any period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods or more than $10,000,000 from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date; provided that any Retained Collections Contributions shall be excluded from the amount of Net Cash Flow for purposes of calculating the New Series Pro Forma DSCR in connection with the issuance of any new Series. The amount of any Retained Collections Contribution included in Net Cash Flow for the purpose of calculating the DSCR shall be retained in the Collection Account until the Weekly Allocation Date on which either (i) the DSCR for the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Weekly Allocation Date is at least 1.50:1.00 without giving effect to the inclusion of such Retained Collections Contribution or (ii) such Retained Collections Contribution is required to pay any shortfall in the amounts payable under priorities (ii) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments, to the extent of any shortfall on such Weekly Allocation Date. The Co-Issuers may not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded by the proceeds of a draw under any Class A-1 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, and Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payments and any similar Optional Scheduled Principal Payments as defined in or under any applicable Series Supplement shall not constitute Retained Collections Contributions.

Section 5.17    Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.

(a)    The Co-Issuers may, in lieu of funding (or as partial replacement for funding) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts and/or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts in the amounts required hereunder, maintain one or more Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, each in a face amount equal to the amounts required to be funded in respect of such account(s) had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date any Co-Issuer (or the respective Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account for allocation or payment on the following Quarterly Payment Date, such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account on such Quarterly Calculation Date and second, from amounts available to be drawn under any applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

(b)    Each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (i) shall name the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, as the beneficiary thereof; (ii) shall allow the Trustee (or the Control Party on its behalf) to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be

 

74


required to be withdrawn from the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12; (iii) shall have an expiration date of no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) specified in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit was issued; and (iv) shall indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(c)    If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and each Co-Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into its respective Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of each such Co-Issuer on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(d)    If, on any day, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider which has issued an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB+” (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Provider and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount of the applicable Co-Issuer on such date, as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

Section 5.18    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.

If, at any time, any Management Account or any of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts, the Collection Accounts or any Collection Account Administrative Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, an “Ineligible Account”), the applicable Co-Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Ineligible Account, (B) with the exception of any Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (C) in the case of a Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (D) in the case of a Management Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all items deposited in the lock-box related to such Ineligible Account to a new lock-box related to such new Eligible Account, and (E) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such Ineligible Account is required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in accordance with the

 

75


terms of the Indenture, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee. In the event that any Collection Account, any Management Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account becomes an Ineligible Account, the applicable Manager shall, promptly following the establishment of such related new Eligible Account, notify each applicable Franchisee and any other relevant third-party payor of a change in payment instructions, if any.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1    Distributions in General.

(a)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that the final principal payment due on a Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

(b)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes shall be made from amounts allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments among each Class of Notes in alphanumerical order (i.e., A-1, A-2, B-1, B-2 and not A-1, B-1, A-2, B-2) and pro rata among Holders of Notes within each Class of the same alphanumerical designation; provided that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes having the same alphabetical designation shall be pari passu with each other with respect to the distribution of Collateral proceeds resulting from the exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default.

(c)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts owed to the Noteholders of any Class of Notes pursuant to the instructions of the Co-Issuers whether set forth in a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, Company Order or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Co-Issuers hereby represent and warrant, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

Section 7.1    Existence and Power.

Each Service Recipient (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business (and licensed as a foreign entity to the extent applicable) and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the

 

76


laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate, limited partnership or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.2    Company and Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Co-Issuers of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement (or with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, any Supplement to the Base Indenture or any Series Supplement) and by the Co-Issuers and each other Service Recipient of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Service Recipient’s limited liability company, corporate, limited partnership or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate, limited partnership or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Service Recipient, except for Liens created by this Base Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Service Recipient is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Service Recipient.

Section 7.3    No Consent.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by the Co-Issuers of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement (or with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, any Supplement to the Base Indenture or any Series Supplement) and by the Co-Issuers and each other Service Recipient of any Transaction Document to which it is a party or for the performance of any of the Service Recipients’ obligations hereunder or thereunder, other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Service Recipient prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities) or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities) in accordance with Section 7.13 or Section 8.25, or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document, the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4    Binding Effect.

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which a Service Recipient is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Service Recipient enforceable against such Service Recipient in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

 

77


Section 7.5    Litigation.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against or, to the knowledge of the Co-Issuers, threatened against or affecting any Service Recipient or of which any property or assets of such Service Recipient is the subject before any court or arbitrator or any other Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would affect the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement or materially adversely affect the performance by the Service Recipients of their obligations hereunder or thereunder or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability in respect of (or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability in respect of) any Pension Plan. No Securitization Entity has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws. Each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification. No Canadian Securitization Entity has sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or otherwise incurred liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

Section 7.7    Tax Filings and Expenses.

Each Securitization Entity has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign Tax returns and all other Tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Co- Issuers, are required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, such Securitization Entity (whether information returns or not), and has paid, or caused to be paid, all Taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Securitization Entity or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities), except as set forth on Schedule 7.7, the Co-Issuers are not aware of any proposed Tax assessments against any Driven Brands Entity. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any Securitization Entity, nor does any Securitization Entity have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies. Each Securitization Entity has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign entity authorized to do business in each state, province, territory and foreign country in which it is required to so qualify, except to the extent that the failure to pay such fees and expenses is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

78


Section 7.8     Disclosure.

All certificates, reports, statements, notices, documents and other information furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders by or on behalf of the Service Recipients pursuant to any provision of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be), and give the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by any Co- Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, to the effect specified herein.

Section 7.9     Investment Company Act.

Neither Co-Issuer nor any other Securitization Entity is, or is controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.

Section 7.10     Regulations T, U and X.

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof) in such a way that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof. No Securitization Entity owns or is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.11     Solvency.

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, each U.S. Securitization Entity is solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable state law, no Canadian Securitization Entity is bankrupt or an insolvent person within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act and any other applicable federal, provincial or territorial law, and no Securitization Entity is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and no Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to any Securitization Entity.

Section 7.12     Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries.

(a)     All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of the Issuer are directly owned by Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Canadian Co-Issuer are directly owned by Canadian Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Canadian Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b)     All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Funding Holdco are directly owned by Parent, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Parent free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

79


All of the issued and outstanding shares of Canadian Funding Holdco are directly owned by Canco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Canco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 7.13     Security Interests.

(a)     Each of the Co-Issuers and each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Other than any real property contributed to the Co-Issuers, the Indenture Collateral consists of securities, loans, investments, accounts, commercial tort claims, inventory, equipment, fixtures, health care insurance receivables, chattel paper, money, deposit accounts, instruments, financial assets, documents, documents of title investment property, general intangibles, intangibles, letter of credit rights, and other supporting obligations (in each case, as defined in the UCC and PPSA, as applicable). This Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected (except as described on Schedule 8.11 or as permitted under Section 8.25(c)) and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from each Co-Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have caused, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements and other instruments in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement (or the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities), or, in the case of Intellectual Property, shall take all additional action necessary to perfect such first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) consistent with the obligations and time periods set forth in Section 8.25(c).

(b)     Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, no Co-Issuer nor any Guarantor has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements, PPSA financing statements and/or financing change statements and filings with the USPTO, the USCO and the CIPO) to perfect, preserve, protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States and Canada has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d), except as described on Schedule 8.11. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement or financing change statement authorized by any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor and listing such Co-Issuer or such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by such Co-Issuer or such Guarantor in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, and no Co-Issuer nor any Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c)     All authorizations in this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, financing change statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

 

80


Section 7.14     Transaction Documents.

The Indenture Documents, the Account Agreements, the Depository Agreements and the other Transaction Documents are in full force and effect. There are no outstanding defaults thereunder nor have events occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

Section 7.15     Non-Existence of Other Agreements.

Other than as permitted by Section 8.22, (a) no Securitization Entity is a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (b) no Securitization Entity is subject to any material obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, Contingent Obligations. No U.S. Securitization Entity has engaged in any activities since its formation (other than those incidental to its formation, the authorization and the issuance of any Series of Notes, the execution of the Transaction Documents to which such Securitization Entity is a party and the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by such agreements).

Section 7.16     Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws.

No Service Recipient is in violation of (a) its Charter Documents, (b) any Requirement of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or (c) any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient except, solely with respect to clauses (b) and (c), to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17     Other Representations.

All representations and warranties of each Service Recipient made in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date), and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

Section 7.18     Insurance.

The Securitization Entities maintain the insurance coverages (or self-insure for such risks) described on Schedule 7.18 hereto, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Securitization Entities are in full force and effect, and the Securitization Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects. None of the Securitization Entities has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such insurance is primary coverage, all premiums therefor due on or before the date hereof have been paid in full, and the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Securitization Entities than the terms and conditions of insurance maintained by their Affiliates that are not Securitization Entities.

 

81


Section 7.19     Environmental Matters.

(a)     None of the Service Recipients is subject to any liabilities or obligations pursuant to any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i)     The Service Recipients (x) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (y) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and have obtained all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (z) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits.

(ii)     Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Service Recipient, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (x) give rise to liability of any Service Recipient under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Service Recipient, (y) interfere with any Service Recipient’s continued operations or (z) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by any Service Recipient.

(iii)     There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including, without limitation, any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Service Recipient is, or to the knowledge of any Service Recipient will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of any Service Recipient, threatened.

(iv)     No Service Recipient has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party, under or relating to the U.S. federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or any other Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

(v)     No Service Recipient has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

Section 7.20     Intellectual Property.

(a)     All of the registrations and applications included in the Securitization IP are subsisting, unexpired and have not been abandoned in any applicable jurisdiction except where such expiration or abandonment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, (i) the use of the Securitization IP and the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a

 

82


Material Adverse Effect, (ii) to each Co-Issuer’s knowledge, the Securitization IP is not being infringed or violated by any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there is no action or proceeding pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)     Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, no action or proceeding is pending or, to any Co-Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that seeks to limit, cancel or challenge the validity of any Securitization IP, or the use thereof, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)     No Co-Issuer has made and will not hereafter make any assignment, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or transfer of any of the Securitization IP other than Permitted Liens, Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions under Section 8.12 and Section 8.16.

Section 7.21     Payments on the Notes.

Payments on the Notes will not depend primarily on cash flow from self-liquidating financial assets within the meaning of Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

Section 8.1     Payment of Notes.

(a)     The Co-Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, subject to Section 2.15(d), on the Notes when due pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, amounts properly withheld under the Code, the Tax Act or any applicable federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.

(b)     By acceptance of its Notes, each Noteholder agrees that the failure to provide the Paying Agent with appropriate tax certifications (which includes (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for United States persons (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or any applicable successor form, or (ii) an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 for Persons other than United States persons, or any applicable successor form) may result in amounts being withheld from payments to such Noteholder under this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and that amounts withheld pursuant to applicable laws shall be considered as having been paid by the Co-Issuers as provided in the foregoing clause (a).

Section 8.2     Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a)     The Co-Issuers will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, the Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Co-Issuers in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served, and where, at any time when the Co-Issuers are obligated to make a payment of principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes, the Notes may be surrendered for payment. The Co-Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of the location, and any change in the location,

 

83


of such office or agency. If at any time the Co-Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Servicer with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

(b)     The Co-Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Co-Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Co-Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Co-Issuers.

Section 8.3     Payment and Performance of Obligations.

The Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, pay and discharge and fully perform, at or before maturity, all of their respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and other governmental claims levied or imposed upon any Service Recipient or upon the income, properties or operations of any Service Recipient, judgments, settlement agreements and all obligations of each Service Recipient under the Collateral Documents, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and without derogation from the material obligations of the Co-Issuers hereunder and the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements regarding the protection of the Collateral from Liens (other than Permitted Liens)), and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4     Maintenance of Existence.

Each Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, maintain its existence as a limited liability company, corporation or limited partnership validly existing and in good standing (or its equivalent) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and duly qualified (and licensed to the extent applicable) under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer will, and will cause each other U.S. Securitization Entity (other than any such Future Securitization Entity organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that is a corporation) to, be treated as a disregarded entity within the meaning of United States Treasury regulation section 301.7701-2(c)(2), and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other U.S. Securitization Entity (other than any such Future Securitization Entity organized in the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that is a corporation) to, be classified as a corporation or as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.5     Compliance with Laws.

The Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law with respect to such Co-Issuer or such other Service Recipient except where such non-compliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that such non-compliance will not result in a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Collateral or any criminal liability on the part of any Service Recipient, the Managers or the Trustee.

Section 8.6     Inspection of Property; Books and Records.

The Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions,

 

84


business and activities in accordance with GAAP. Each Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them to act as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit to either Co-Issuer and inspection by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them, shall be reimbursable as Securitization Operating Expenses of the Co-Issuers (allocated based upon their Allocable Share at the time of such one visit) per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute Securitization Operating Expenses of the Co-Issuers (allocated based upon their Allocable Share at the time of such visit).

Section 8.7     Actions under the Transaction Documents.

(a)     Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), no Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action that would permit any Driven Brands Entity or any other Person party to a Transaction Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any Transaction Document.

(b)     Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), no Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action which would permit any other Person party to a Franchise Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under such Franchise Document or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, such Franchise Document if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

(c)     No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege available to it with respect to any obligor under a Collateral Document or under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral, take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by any such obligor of its obligations to such Co-Issuer or such other Service Recipient or give any consent, request, notice, direction or approval with respect to any such obligor if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

(d)     Each Co-Issuer agrees that it will not, and will cause each Service Recipient that is a Subsidiary of such Co-Issuer not to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that each Co-Issuer and each Service Recipient may agree to any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any such term of any Transaction Document without any such consent (x) to the extent permitted under the terms of such other Transaction Documents, (y) solely with

 

85


respect to any Indenture Document, as contemplated by Section 13.1 or (z) with respect to any Transaction Document that is not an Indenture Document, as follows:

(i)     to add to the covenants of any Securitization Entity for the benefit of the Secured Parties or to add to the covenants of any Driven Brands Entity for the benefit of any Securitization Entity;

(ii)     to terminate any Transaction Document if any party thereto (other than a Service Recipient) becomes, in the reasonable judgment of the Co- Issuers, unable to pay its debts as they become due, even if such party has not yet defaulted on its obligations under the Transaction Document, so long as the Co- Issuers enter into a replacement agreement with a new party within 90 days of the termination of the Transaction Document;

(iii)     to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under the Transaction Documents as the parties thereto may deem necessary or desirable, which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof and which shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, or any other Secured Party; provided that an Officers’ Certificate shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer to such effect; or

(iv)     to make conforming changes related to the joinder or addition of new Service Recipients or Future Securitization Entities.

For the avoidance of doubt, the prior written consent of the Control Party shall not be required for any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents to the extent that all affected Noteholders have provided consent, either directly or indirectly through the purchase of Notes that include such terms.

(e)     Upon the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event under a Management Agreement, (i) the applicable Co-Issuer will not, nor will it permit any other applicable Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, terminate the applicable Manager and appoint any successor Manager in accordance with such Management Agreement and (ii) the applicable Co- Issuer will, and will cause each other applicable Service Recipient to, terminate the applicable Manager and appoint one or more successor Managers in accordance with such Management Agreement if and when so directed by the Control Party.

Section 8.8     Notice of Defaults and Other Events.

Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) upon becoming aware of (i) any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, (ii) any Rapid Amortization Event, (iii) any Potential Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Manager Termination Event, (v) any Default, (vi) any Event of Default or (vii) any other default under any other Transaction Document, the applicable Co-Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding notice thereof, together with an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the such Co-Issuer. The Co-Issuers shall, at their expense, promptly provide to the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee such additional information as the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the matters so reported, and the actions so taken or contemplated to be taken.

 

86


Section 8.9     Notice of Material Proceedings.

Without limiting Section 8.27 or Section 8.25(b), promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon the determination by either the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of Parent that the commencement or existence of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding with respect to any Driven Brands Entity would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Co-Issuers shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency.

Section 8.10     Further Requests.

The Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly furnish to the Trustee such other information as, and in such form as, the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Series Supplement.

Section 8.11     Further Assurances.

(a)     Each Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Servicer, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statements, financing change statements, continuation statements or amendments or other instruments under the UCC or PPSA in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25(c) or Section 8.25(d). Each Co-Issuer and the Guarantors intends the security interests granted pursuant to the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements in favor of the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of the Collateral, and such Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens and except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25). If either Co-Issuer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 8.11(a), then the Servicer may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Servicer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Co-Issuer upon the Servicer’s demand therefor. The Servicer is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments, financing change statements or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b)     If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Permitted Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

(c)     Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the Co- Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a filing of a UCC or PPSA financing statement), any Franchisee promissory notes or any real property.

 

87


(d)    If during any Quarterly Fiscal Period the Issuer or any U.S. Guarantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims (as such term is defined in the New York UCC) and such commercial tort claim or claims (when added to any past commercial tort claim or claims that were obtained by any U.S. Securitization Entity prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period that are still outstanding) have an aggregate value equal to or greater than $5,000,000 as of the last day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or such U.S. Guarantor shall notify the Servicer on or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date that it has obtained such an interest and shall sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Servicer granting a security interest under this Base Indenture or the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, in and to such commercial tort claim or claims whether obtained during such Quarterly Fiscal Period or prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

(e)    The Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

(f)    On or before April 30 of each calendar year, commencing with April 30, 2019 (or April 30, 2021 with respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer), the Co-Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer (with a copy to the Back-Up Manager) (x) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, solely with respect to the U.S. Securitization Entities, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest and (y) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, solely with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, financing change statements, continuation statements, financing change statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements under the laws of the provinces of Ontario and Québec and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of (or render opposable against third parties) such Lien and security interest. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements, financing change statements, continuation statements and amendments or other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required, subject to clause (c) above, to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Base Indenture and the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the Collateral in the United States or the laws of the provinces of Ontario and Québec, as the case may be, until April 30 in the following calendar year.

 

88


Section 8.12    Liens.

The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including the Collateral), other than (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.13    Other Indebtedness.

The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, assume, incur, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder, including Indebtedness between the Securitization Entities, or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Transaction Documents or the Allocation Agreement, including the incurrence of indebtedness from one Canadian Securitization Entity to another Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or the other provisions of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts and Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amounts, (ii) any guarantee by any Securitization Entity of the obligations of any other Securitization Entity, including any guarantee of a Securitization Entity established pursuant to the Allocation Agreement or (iii) any purchase money Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.14    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Service Recipient or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Service Recipient shall establish, sponsor, maintain, contribute to, incur any obligation to contribute to or incur any liability in respect of any Pension Plan, other than as set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Service Recipient shall incur any material contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws and other than any Welfare Plan set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Canadian Securitization Entity shall sponsor, maintain, contribute to or otherwise incur liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

Section 8.15    Mergers.

On and after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, no Co-Issuers will, and will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Person (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), other than any merger or consolidation of any U.S. Securitization Entity with any other U.S. Securitization Entity or any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent or any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Canadian Securitization Entity with any other Canadian Securitization Entity or any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent.

Section 8.16    Asset Dispositions.

(a)    No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other applicable Securitization Entity to, sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of its property (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including any Equity Interests of any other applicable Securitization Entity, except in the case of (i) Permitted Asset Dispositions and (ii) Permitted Brand Dispositions.

 

89


(b)    In connection with any Permitted Brand Disposition, the applicable Securitization Entities (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) will deposit the related Release Price to the applicable Collection Account. The Release Price will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, and any applicable Prepayment Consideration shall be due in connection with such mandatory prepayment.

(i)    The Canadian Co-Issuer will hold proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition attributable to another Canadian Securitization Entity as agent for such Canadian Securitization Entity until such proceeds are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments or reinvested in Eligible Assets in accordance with Section 8.16(b). The Canadian Co-Issuer may enter into transactions with the other Canadian Securitization Entities to the extent permitted by Section 8.13, Section 8.18 and Section 8.21 to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments (as determined by the Canadian Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) in order to acquire any such proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition.

(ii)    Immediately prior to any application of such proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall be permitted to disregard the requirements of the Priority of Payments and deem a portion of such proceeds as a payment of the Residual Amount to the Issuer or the Canadian Residual Account, as applicable, so long as (x) the recipient Co-Issuer immediately thereafter uses such Residual Amount to make a loan to the other Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 8.13 with interest at a rate determined by the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, (y) after giving effect to such payment of such Residual Amount and such loan, the related proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition are applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments by the Co-Issuers as if such loaned amount was Residual Amount of the recipient Co-Issuer and (z) the deemed payment of such Residual Amount is disregarded for purposes of the Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Managers nor any of the Securitization Entities will be permitted to sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Driven Securitization Brands other than pursuant to a Permitted Brand Disposition.

 

90


Section 8.17    Acquisition of Assets. The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or PPSA or any other applicable law. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary in this Section 8.17, in the case of clause (ii) above, each Co-Issuer and each Securitization Entity will be in compliance with this Section 8.17, if each Issuer and each Securitization Entity uses commercially reasonable efforts to comply with clause (ii).

Section 8.18    Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.The Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its limited liability company interests and the Canadian Co-Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its shares; provided that, in each case, so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or would result therefrom, the Co-Issuers may declare and pay distributions to the extent permitted under applicable law and their respective Charter Documents, including in respect of any Permitted Asset Disposition described in clause (xix) of the definition thereof and any amount on deposit in the Canadian Residual Account and any Residual Amount paid to the Issuer pursuant to the Priority of Payments. No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity that is a Subsidiary of such Co-Issuer to, pay any wages or salaries or other compensation to its officers, directors, managers or other agents except out of earnings computed in accordance with GAAP or except for the fees paid to its Independent Managers or to the extent required by the Canadian Management Agreement. The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interest in or issued by such Securitization Entity or set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or as consented to by the Control Party. The Co- Issuers may draw on Class A-1 Note Commitments with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes for general corporate purposes of the Securitization Entities and the Non-Securitization Entities, including to fund any acquisition by any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity; provided that the Issuer shall not draw on such Class A-1 Note Commitments to pay dividends on Parent shares or to repurchase Parent shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each applicable Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Large Franchisor Exemption Amount contributed to such Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate on or prior to any applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, with respect to a Future Securitization Entity to such Non- Securitization Affiliate, (b) each U.S. Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount to any other U.S. Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Funding Holdco solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, Section 8.31(a) and (c) each Canadian Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution (i) to any other Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or any other provision of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of the distribution of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts, and (ii) to any other Canadian Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Canadian Funding Holdco in respect of any Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount to any Canadian Securitization Entity or the direct parent of Canadian Funding Holdco solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, Section 8.31(b).

 

91


Section 8.19    Legal Name, Location.

The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, change its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 or 9-307 of the applicable UCC with respect to any U.S. Securitization Entity or the PPSA with respect to any Canadian Securitization Entity) or its legal name (including, with respect to any Canadian Securitization Entity, adding a French only name, combined French/English name and/or English/French name) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that either Co-Issuer or any other Securitization Entity desires to so change its location or change its legal name, such Co-Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, make any required filings, and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name such Co-Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer (i) an Officers’ Certificate confirming that all required filings have been made, subject to Section 8.11(c), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC or PPSA in respect of the new location or new legal name of such Co-Issuer or other Securitization Entity and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

Section 8.20    Charter Documents.

No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, amend, or consent to the amendment of, any of the Charter Documents to which it is a party as a member, shareholder, general partner, or limited partner, as applicable, unless, prior to such amendment, the Control Party shall have consented thereto and the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment; provided that the Co-Issuers and the other Securitization Entities shall be permitted to amend their Charter Documents without having to meet the Rating Agency Condition to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein or if such amendments could not reasonably be deemed to be disadvantageous to any Noteholder in the reasonable judgment of the Control Party. The Control Party may rely on an Officers’ Certificate to make such determination. The Co-Issuers shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer) of any amendment of any Charter Document of any Securitization Entity.

Section 8.21    Investments.

No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, make, incur or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any other Person if such investment when made on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement, other than investments in (a) the Accounts, (b) any Franchisee promissory notes, (c) any other Securitization Entity, including investments by any Canadian Securitization Entity in any other Canadian Securitization Entity to the extent necessary or helpful to give effect to the Priority of Payments or any other provision of this Base Indenture, and without any derogation thereof (as determined by the Canadian Manager acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard), including in respect of Asset Disposition Proceeds, other proceeds of Permitted Asset Dispositions, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Indemnification Amounts and Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amounts or (d) the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi).

 

92


Section 8.22    No Other Agreements.

No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument (other than any Transaction Document, any Franchise Document, any other document expressly permitted by a Series Supplement or the Transaction Documents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, any documents relating to the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi) or any documents or agreements incidental thereto) if such agreement when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.23    Other Business.

No Co-Issuer will, nor will it permit any other Securitization Entity to, engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction, other than the incurrence and payment of ordinary course operating expenses, the issuing and selling of the Notes and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing or any other transaction which when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.24    Maintenance of Separate Existence.

(a)    Each of the Co-Issuers will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents:

(i)    maintain its own deposit and securities account or accounts, separate from those of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities, Take 5 Oil and Take 5) (such Affiliates, the “Non-Securitization Affiliates”), with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Securitization Entities will not be diverted to any Person who is not a Securitization Entity or for other than the use of the Securitization Entities, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates other than as provided in the Transaction Documents;

(ii)    ensure that all transactions between it and any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates, whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis, it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and the transactions described in the proviso to the following clause (vi) meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

(iii)    to the extent that it requires an office to conduct its business, (x) conduct its business from an office at a separate address from that of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that segregated offices in the same building shall constitute separate addresses for purposes of this clause (iii); or (y) to the extent that it has a shared office with any Non-Securitization Affiliate, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses;

(iv)    issue separate financial statements from all of its Non-Securitization Affiliates prepared at least quarterly and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(v)    conduct its affairs in its own name and in accordance with its Charter Documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary limited liability company, partnership or corporate formalities (as applicable), including, but not limited to, holding all

 

93


regular and special meetings appropriate to authorize all of its actions, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

(vi)    not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of any of its Non- Securitization Affiliates; provided that the Securitization Entities may, pursuant to any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, cause letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non- Securitization Entities in the United States or Canada, as applicable, if the applicable Co- Issuer receives a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such letter of credit in an amount equal to the cost to such Co-Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such letter of credit plus 25 basis points per annum, it being understood that such fee is an arm’s length fair market fee;

(vii)    take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct in all material respects with respect to it and (y) comply in all material respects with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to it;

(viii)    maintain at least two (2) Independent Managers on its board of managers or board of directors (other than with respect to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management, the respective Canadian Securitization Entity GP for which maintains at least two (2) Independent Managers on its board of directors), as the case may be, and with respect to the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities, one (1) of whomwhich Independent Manager is a Canadian resident;

(ix)    to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, remove or replace any Independent Manager only for Cause and only after providing the Trustee and the Control Party with at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of (A) any proposed removal of such Independent Manager and (B) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Manager, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Manager set forth in its Charter Documents; and

(x)    (A) provide, or cause the applicable Manager to provide, to the Trustee and the Control Party a copy of the executed agreement with respect to the appointment of any replacement Independent Manager and (B) provide, or cause the applicable Manager to provide, to the Trustee, the Control Party and each Noteholder written notice of the identity and contact information for each Independent Manager on an annual basis and at any time such information changes.

(b)    The Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other U.S. Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Issuer referenced in the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date or such other date when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the U.S. Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement are true and correct with respect to itself and each other U.S. Securitization Entity, and that the Issuer will, and will cause each other U.S. Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein in accordance with

 

94


Section 8.24(a)(vii). The Canadian Co-Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other Canadian Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Canadian Co-Issuer referenced in the opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date (beginning with the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) or such other date when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Canadian Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement are true and correct with respect to itself and each other Canadian Securitization Entity, and that the Canadian Co-Issuer will, and will cause each other Canadian Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein in accordance with Section 8.24(a)(vii).

Section 8.25    Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP.

(a)    The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, take or omit to take any action with respect to the maintenance, enforcement and defense of any applicable Securitization Entity’s rights in and to the Securitization IP that would constitute a breach by the applicable Manager of the applicable Management Agreement if such action were taken or omitted by such Manager on behalf of any applicable Securitization Entity.

(b)    Each Co-Issuer will notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer in writing within fifteen (15) Business Days of such Co-Issuer’s first knowing or having reason to know that any application or registration relating to any material Securitization IP (now or hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated to the public domain, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO or any court but excluding office actions in the course of prosecution and any non-final determinations (other than in an adversarial proceeding) of the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO) regarding the validity or any Securitization Entity’s ownership of any material Securitization IP, its right to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c)    With respect to the Securitization IP, (i) the Issuer caused each applicable U.S. SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor) to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) the Issuer caused CARSTAR Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, (iii) the Issuer caused Take 5 Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (iv) the Issuer caused ABRA Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after October 4, 2019, and (v) the Issuer will cause FUSA Franchisor and the Canadian Co-Issuer will cause the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management, as applicable, to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto with respect to Trademarks, Exhibit D-2 hereto with respect to Patents and Exhibit D-3 hereto with respect to Copyrights, or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Control Party, and any other instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary or, in the Control Party’s opinion, desirable to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights included in the Securitization IP in the United States and Canada.

(d)    If either Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires (other than for a Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand) an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, such Co-Issuer or such Guarantor (i) shall give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof and (ii) upon reasonable request of the Control Party, solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada, in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within ninety (90) days), shall

 

95


execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements in the United States or Canada, as applicable, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

(e)     In the event that any material Securitization IP is infringed upon, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the applicable Securitization Entity upon becoming aware of such infringement, misappropriation or dilution shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party in writing. The applicable Securitization Entity will take all reasonable and appropriate actions, at its expense, to protect or enforce such Securitization IP, including, if reasonable, suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and seeking an injunction (including, if appropriate, temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief) against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, unless the failure to take such actions on behalf of the applicable Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement; provided that if the applicable Securitization Entity decides not to take any action with respect to an infringement, misappropriation or dilution that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Securitization Entity shall deliver written notice to the Trustee, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for its decision not to act, and none of the Trustee, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party will be required to take any actions on its behalf to protect or enforce the Securitization IP against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided, further, that the applicable Manager will be required to act if failure to do so would constitute a breach of the applicable Managing Standard.

(f)     With respect to licenses of third-party Intellectual Property entered into after (i) the Series 2015-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) the Series 2016-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, (iii) the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and, (iv) October 4, 2019 by the Securitization Entities as of October 4, 2019 and (v) the Series 2020-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, toby the applicable Manager acting on behalf of the Securitization Entities, as applicable), the Securitization Entities (or the applicable Manager on their behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include terms permitting the grant by the Securitization Entities of a security interest therein to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to allow the applicable Manager (and any successor Manager) the right to use such Intellectual Property in the performance of its duties under the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.26    Insurance.

The Co-Issuers shall cause the applicable Manager to list each applicable Service Recipient as an “additional insured” or “loss payee” on any insurance maintained by such Manager for the benefit of such Service Recipient pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement.

Section 8.27    Litigation.

If Parent or any of its parent entities is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Co-Issuer shall, on each Quarterly Payment Date, provide a written report to the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency that sets forth all outstanding

 

96


litigation, arbitration or other proceedings against any Driven Brands Entity that would have been required to be disclosed in Parent’s annual reports, quarterly reports and other public filings which Parent would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if such entity were subject to such Sections.

Section 8.28    Environmental.

The Co-Issuers shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly notify the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and each Rating Agency, in writing, upon receipt of any written notice pursuant to which any Service Recipient becomes aware from any source (including but not limited to a governmental entity) relating in any way to any possible material liability of any Service Recipient pursuant to any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Co- Issuers shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to:

(a)    (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and obtain all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) comply with all of their Environmental Permits; and

(b)    undertake all investigative and remedial action required by Environmental Laws with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in or about any real property owned, leased or operated by either Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of either Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to either Co-Issuer or any of its respective Affiliates, (ii) interfere with either Co-Issuer’s or any of its respective Affiliates’ continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by either Co-Issuer or any of their its Affiliates.

Section 8.29    Derivatives Generally.

The Co-Issuers will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into any derivative contract, swap, option, hedging contract, forward purchase contract or other similar agreement or instrument without the prior written consent of the Control Party (other than forward purchase agreements entered into by a Co-Issuer with third-party vendors on behalf of the Driven Securitization Brands in the ordinary course of business) if any such contract, agreement or instrument requires either Co-Issuer to expend any financial resources (other than amounts available to the Co- Issuers pursuant to priority (xxix) of the Priority of Payments) to satisfy any payment obligations owed in connection therewith.

Section 8.30    Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands.

(a)    The Co-Issuers, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Future Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the Managers, in respect of (i) Securitization-Owned Locations (other than in the circumstances described in clause (x) below which shall be required) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the applicable Manager (on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer or

 

97


Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to the applicable Securitization Entities any future Securitization-Owned Locations (1) located in the United States for the Take 5 Brand or Fix Auto Brand or (2) located in Canada for the CARSTAR Brand or Take 5 Brand, and (y) the applicable Manager (on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to one or more applicable Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the applicable Manager in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States or Canada, respectively. At the time any Future Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into any Future Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “SPV Franchising Entities”, “Driven Securitization Brands” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Future Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

(b)    Each Future Securitization Entity shall be a Delaware limited liability company, a Delaware corporation, a Canadian corporation, or an Ontario limited partnership (so long as the use of such form is reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party) and shall have adopted Charter Documents substantially similar to the Charter Documents of the Securitization Entities that are Delaware limited liability companies, Delaware corporations, Canadian corporations, or Ontario limited partnerships, as applicable, as in existence on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. If either Co-Issuer desires to create, incorporate, form or otherwise organize a Future Securitization Entity that does not comply with the immediately preceding sentence, such Co-Issuer shall first obtain the prior written consent of the Control Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c)    Each Co-Issuer shall cause each Future Securitization Entity to promptly execute an assumption agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A to the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, in the case of any Future Securitization Entity organized as a Canadian corporation or Ontario limited partnership, the form attached to the Canadian Collateral Agreement (each, an “Assumption Agreement”) pursuant to which such Future Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the other Guarantors and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement with the other Canadian Guarantors.

(d)    Upon the execution and delivery of an Assumption Agreement as required in clause (c) above, any Future Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement, with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and “Pledgor”, respectively, and, without limiting the generality of the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and, as applicable, the Canadian Collateral Agreement, will assume all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and “Pledgor” thereunder.

(e)    After the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Co-Issuers may restructure the ownership of the Securitization Entities or create new Securitization Entities so long as such entities remain Securitization Entities.

(f)    After the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Co-Issuers shall deliver, or shall cause the applicable Manager to deliver, to each Rating Agency any Opinion of Counsel regarding “true sale” or “true contribution” matters prepared in connection with the formation of any Future Securitization Entity that is party to a Contribution Agreement to the extent reasonably requested or reasonably anticipated to be reasonably requested by such Rating Agency.

Section 8.31    Tax Lien Reserve Amount.

(a)    Upon receipt of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount by the Issuer or any U.S. Guarantor, the Issuer will remit such amount to a collateral deposit account established with and

 

98


controlled by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the obligation of the Securitization Entities to have the related asserted lien released; provided that the Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the U.S. Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the IRS on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a U.S. Securitization Entity of notice that the IRS intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any such Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the IRS upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to Parent).

(b)    In the event a Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount is contributed to any Canadian Securitization Entity, such amount will be held by the Canadian Co-Issuer on behalf of itself or as agent for any other Canadian Guarantor and held in an account in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, solely in its capacity as trustee, as security for the obligation of the Canadian Securitization Entities to have the asserted lien released; provided that the Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Canadian Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Canadian Co-Issuer and any applicable Canadian Guarantor (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) on behalf of the applicable Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Canadian Co-Issuer and any applicable Canadian Guarantor (or the Canadian Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a Canadian Securitization Entity of notice that the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any such Canadian Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the CRA (or any other applicable regulatory authority) upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to the Canadian Manager).

Section 8.32    Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.

Each Co-Issuer shall, and shall cause each other applicable Service Recipient to, promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, timely filing an answer and any other appropriate pleading objecting to (i) the institution of any proceeding to have any such Service Recipient, as the case may be, adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or (ii) the filing of any petition seeking relief, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition or in respect of any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law or any other applicable law).

Section 8.33    Take 5 Accounts.

(a)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall cause all cash revenues, credit card and debit card proceeds of the Take 5 Company Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) at Take 5 Company Locations, in each case to the extent not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account, to promptly be deposited into a Take 5 Account.

 

99


(b)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall, on each Business Day, cause all available funds in excess of $500,000 posted to Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are (x) not zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement and (y) not subject to Account Control Agreements, to be remitted to a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account or another Take 5 Account subject to an Account Control Agreement on such Business Day.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1    Rapid Amortization Events.

The Notes will be subject to rapid amortization in whole and not in part following the occurrence of any of the following events as declared by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by written notice to the Co-Issuers (with a copy to the Managers and the Trustee) (each, a “Rapid Amortization Event”); provided that a Rapid Amortization Event described in clause (d) will occur automatically without any declaration thereof by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative):

(a)    the failure to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.20:1.00 as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date;

(b)    the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event;

(c)    the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(d)    the Co-Issuers have not repaid or refinanced any Series of Notes (or Class thereof) in full on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date relating to such Series of Notes or Class; or

(e)    Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $640,000,000; provided that such threshold may be decreased in connection with a Permitted Brand Disposition subject to approval by the Control Party and receipt of the Rating Agency Confirmation.23

 

 

23  

Upon the System-Wide Sales Trigger Date, the proviso in Section 9.1(e) of the Base Indenture shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows and the following sentence shall succeed Section 9.1(e):

(e)    Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $1,500,000,000; provided that such threshold may be increased or decreased at the request of the Co-Issuers subject to approval by the Control Party and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

Any changes to Section 9.1(e) of the Indenture related to approval of changes to the Driven Brands System-Wide Sales will be approved by the Control Party at the direction of the Co-Issuers and will not require any further consent or review by the Control Party, and the Control Party’s approval will be deemed to be consistent with the Servicing Standard.

 

100


Section 9.2    Events of Default.

If any one of the following events shall occur (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a)    any Co-Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of a failure to pay such interest when due resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission); provided that failure to pay any contingent interest on any Series of Notes on any Quarterly Payment Date (including on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default;

(b)    any Co-Issuer (i) defaults in the payment of any principal of any Notes on the Series Legal Final Maturity Date for such Notes or as and when due in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment or (ii) fails to make any other principal payments due from funds available in the Collection Accounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Weekly Allocation Date; provided that, in the case of a failure to pay principal under either clause (i) or (ii) resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee receives written notice or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission; provided, further, that the failure to pay any Prepayment Consideration on any prepayment of principal made during any Rapid Amortization Period occurring prior to the related Series Anticipated Repayment Date will not be an Event of Default;

(c)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants (other than those covered by clause (a) or clause (b) above) (including any covenant to pay any amount other than interest on or principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the Priority of Payments), or any of its representations or warranties contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party proves to be incorrect in any material respect as of the date made or deemed to be made, and such default, failure or breach continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days (or, solely with respect to a failure to comply with (i) any obligation to deliver a notice, financial statement, report or other communication within the specified time frame set forth in the applicable Transaction Document, such failure continues for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days after the specified time frame for delivery has elapsed or (ii) Section 8.7, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.32, or 8.33 such failure continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days), in each case, following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient of such breach or failure and the default caused thereby or written notice to such Service Recipient by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such default, breach or failure; provided that no Event of Default will occur pursuant to this clause (c) if, with respect to any such representation deemed to have been false in any material respect when made which can be remedied by making a payment of an Indemnification Amount, (i) the relevant Contributor or Manager, as applicable, has paid the required Indemnification Amount in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) such Indemnification Amount has been deposited into the applicable Collection Account;

(d)    the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to any Securitization Entity;

(e)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.10:1.00;

(f)    the SEC or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that any Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or is under the “control” of a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

 

101


(g)    any of the Transaction Documents or any material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions thereof) or Parent or any Service Recipient so asserts in writing;

(h)    other than with respect to Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000, the Trustee ceases to have for any reason a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in which perfection can be achieved under the UCC, the PPSA, or other applicable law in the United States or Canada to the extent required by the Transaction Documents or any Service Recipient or any Affiliate thereof so asserts in writing;

(i)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any material provision of its organizational documents, or any Securitization Entity fails to comply with any provision of Section 8.24 or any affirmative covenant in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements relating to legal separateness of the Securitization Entity, which failure is reasonably likely to cause the contribution or sale of the Collateral to such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements to fail to constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to the Contribution Agreements or is reasonably likely to cause a court of competent jurisdiction to disregard the separate existence of such Securitization Entity relative to any Person other than another Securitization Entity and, in each case, such failure continues for more than thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient or written notice to such Service Recipient from the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such failure;

(j)     a final non-appealable ruling has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the contribution of the Collateral (other than any immaterial Collateral and any Collateral that has been disposed of to the extent permitted or required under the Transaction Documents) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement does not constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to such agreement;

(k)    an outstanding final non-appealable judgment exceeding $5,000,000 (when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding final non-appealable judgments) (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) is rendered against any Securitization Entity, and either (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there is any period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, will not be in effect;

(l)    the failure of (i) Parent to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Funding Holdco or to indirectly own 100% of the Equity Interests of Canadian Funding Holdco or (ii) Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer or Canadian Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Canadian Co-Issuer; provided, that a Permitted Brand Disposition of the Equity Interests of all Canadian Securitization Entities shall not result in an Event of Default under clause (i) or (ii);

(m)    other than as permitted under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the SPV Franchising Entities collectively fail to have good title to any material portion of the Securitization IP or the Service Recipients collectively fail to have good title in or to the Contributed Franchise Agreements or the New Franchise Agreements or any material portion of the assets required to operate the Securitization-Owned Locations and the Take 5 Company Locations, the Product Sourcing Business or the Claims Management Business;

 

102


(n)    (i) any Securitization Entity engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Pension Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Pension Plan and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iii) any Lien in an amount equal to at least $1,000,000 in favor of the PBGC or a Pension Plan arises on the assets of any Securitization Entity and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iv) a Reportable Event occurs with respect to, or proceedings commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee is appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Single Employer Plan terminates for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (vi) any Securitization Entity incurs, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party is likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan, (vii) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Pension Plan or an Employee Benefit Plan, or (viii) a Securitization Entity terminates, winds-up, or fails to comply with applicable laws with respect to a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan, sponsored by such Securitization Entity; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Securitization Entity; or

(o)    the IRS files notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to the assets of any U.S. Securitization Entity and such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days, unless (i) Parent has provided evidence that payment to satisfy the full amount of the asserted liability has been provided to the IRS, and the IRS has released such asserted lien within sixty (60) days of such payment, or (ii) such lien or the asserted liability is being contested in good faith and Parent has contributed to Funding Holdco funds in the amount necessary to satisfy the asserted liability (the “Tax Lien Reserve Amount”), which such funds are set aside and remitted to a collateral deposit account as provided in Section 8.31;34

then (i) in the case of any event described in each clause above (except for clause (d) thereof) that has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and on behalf of the Noteholders, by written notice to the Co-Issuers, will declare the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to be immediately due and payable and, upon any such declaration, such Outstanding Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) in the case of any event described in clause (d) above that has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

 

 

34  

Upon the Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date, the definition of “Event of Default” will be amended, automatically, without any need for any further action, to delete the word “or” from the end of clause (n) of the definition of “Event of Default”, replace the period appended to the end of clause (o) of the definition of “Event of Default”, and add a new clause (p) to the definition of “Event of Default” as follows:

“(p)     Any Advance Period shall have occurred and be continuing for ninety (90) or more consecutive days.”

 

103


If any Securitization Entity obtains Actual Knowledge that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Securitization Entity shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party. Promptly following the Trustee’s receipt of written notice hereunder of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall send a copy thereof to each Co-Issuer, the Servicer, each Rating Agency, the Controlling Class Representative, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as hereinafter provided in this Article IX, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by written notice to each Co-Issuer and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if (i) the Co-Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (a) all overdue installments of interest and principal on the Notes (excluding principal amounts due solely as a result of the acceleration) and (b) all unpaid taxes, administrative expenses and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or the Servicer under the Transaction Documents and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and Advances of the Trustee and the Servicer, their agents and counsel, and any unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees or Workout Fees and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Any Default or Event of Default described in clause (d) above and any acceleration resulting therefrom will not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Any other Default or Event of Default may be waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee.

Section 9.3     Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a)    Payment of Principal and Interest. The Co-Issuers covenant that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable, (ii) the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or (iii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Series of Notes Outstanding when due and payable, the Co-Issuers shall, to the extent of funds available, upon demand of the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Rate and any default rate, as applicable, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b)    Proceedings To Collect Money. In case the Co-Issuers shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Co-Issuers and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Co-Issuers, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

 

104


(c)    Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall take one or more of the following actions:

(i)    proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable law;

(ii)    (A) direct each Co-Issuer to exercise (and each such Co-Issuer agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of such Co-Issuer against any party to any Collateral Document arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to such Co-Issuer, and any right of such Co-Issuer to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) such Co-Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) such Co-Issuer refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under the Indenture thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct such Co-Issuer to take such action);

(iii)    institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee will not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property will instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

(iv)    sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Trustee will provide notice to each Co-Issuer and each Holder of Subordinated Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of the Collateral.

(d)    Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder, under either Guarantee and Collateral Agreements (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture) or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of the Indenture, either Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Transaction Document:

(i)    any of the Trustee, any Noteholder and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

 

105


(ii)    the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, bill of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii)    all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Securitization Entity of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Securitization Entity and its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Securitization Entity or its successors or assigns; and

(iv)     the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for hisits or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and hisits or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer therefor, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(e)    Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements shall be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations, shall be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments (without regard to the Allocable Share); provided that, unless otherwise provided in this Article IX, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes, notwithstanding the provisions of Article V, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(f)    Receiver. With respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may appoint by instrument in writing one or more Receivers of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any or all of its Indenture Collateral with such rights, powers and authority (including any or all of the rights, powers and authority of the Trustee under this Base Indenture) as may be provided for in the instrument of appointment or any supplemental instrument, and remove and replace any such Receiver from time to time. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any Receiver appointed by the Trustee shall (for purposes relating to responsibility for the Receiver’s acts or omissions) be considered to be the agent of the Canadian Co- Issuer and not of the trustee or any of the other Secured Parties.

(g)    Court-Appointed Receiver. With respect to the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction an order for the appointment of a Receiver of the Canadian Co-Issuer or any or all of its Indenture Collateral.

(h)    Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, PPSA and similar laws as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

106


(i)    Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(j)    Power of Attorney. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Co- Issuer hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute and irrevocable power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

Section 9.4    Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Co-Issuer for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a)    agrees that neither it nor any such Person will step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b)    waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c)    waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements; and

(d)    consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

Section 9.5    Limited Recourse.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Securitization Entities to the Noteholders and any other Secured Parties under or in relation to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Noteholders or any other Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Securitization Entity to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 9.5, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

Section 9.6    Optional Preservation of the Collateral.

If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 following an Event of Default, and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

 

107


Section 9.7    Waiver of Past Events.

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of each Series of Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 9.2 and subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default described in any clause of Section 9.2 (except Section 9.2(d)) and its consequences; provided that, before any waiver may be effective, the Trustee and the Servicer must have received any reimbursement then due or payable in respect of unreimbursed Advances (including interest thereon) or any other amounts then due to the Servicer or the Trustee hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents; provided, further, that the Control Party shall provide written notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. A Default or an Event of Default described in Section 9.2(d) shall not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Potential Rapid Amortization Event or any existing Rapid Amortization Event; provided that a Rapid Amortization Event pursuant to clause (d) of Section 9.1 relating to a particular Series of Notes (or Class thereof) shall not be permitted to be waived by any party unless each affected Noteholder has consented to such waiver.

Section 9.8    Control by the Control Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding in respect of any enforcement of the Collateral, in respect of any enforcement of Liens on the Collateral or conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee and to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

(a)    such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, the Servicing Standard or the Indenture;

(b)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

(c)    such direction shall be in writing;

provided, further, that, subject to Section 10.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided herein.

 

108


Section 9.9    Limitation on Suits.

Any other provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Holder of Notes may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document only if:

(a)    the Noteholder gives to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b)    the Noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative to pursue the remedy;

(c)    such Noteholder or Noteholders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative against any loss, liability or expense;

(d)    the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it;

(e)    during such sixty (60) day period, the Majority of Senior Noteholders do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request; and

(f)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) has consented to the pursuit of such remedy.

A Noteholder may not use the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

Section 9.10    Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

Section 9.11    The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Noteholders and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Co-Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders or any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,

 

109


payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party in any such proceeding.

Section 9.12    Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9, the Control Party or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

Section 9.13    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder or other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.14    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.15    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any Holder of any Note or any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article IX or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

 

110


Section 9.16    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

Each Co-Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document; and each Co-Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1    Duties of the Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall (except in the case of the receipt of directions with respect to such matter from the Control Party in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document in which event the Trustee’s sole responsibility will be to act or refrain from acting in accordance with such directions) exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction taken, or not taken, by it upon the deemed occurrence of an Event of Default, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Manager Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event of which a Trust Officer has not received written notice; provided, further, that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction due to the acts or failure to act of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in connection with any Event of Default, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event, or for acting or refraining from acting due to any direction or lack of direction from the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative. The preceding sentence shall not have the effect of insulating the Trustee from liability arising out of the Trustee’s negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Indenture; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished by any Co-Issuer under the Indenture.

(b)    Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge:

(i)     the Trustee undertakes to perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and no others, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture or any other Transaction Document against the Trustee; and

 

111


(ii)     in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture and any other applicable Transaction Document; provided that, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision of the Indenture are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such certificates or opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture and shall promptly notify the party of any non-conformity.

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)     this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section 10.1;

(ii)     the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proven that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii)     the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Control Party or the requisite Noteholders in accordance with this Base Indenture relating to the time, method and place for conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Base Indenture or any other circumstances in which such direction is required or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture; and

(iv)     the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event, Potential Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event or the commencement and continuation of a Cash Trapping Period until such time as the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge or shall have received written notice thereof, and in the absence of such Actual Knowledge or receipt of such notice the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred or is continuing.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, no provision of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or exercise of its rights or powers hereunder or thereunder, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any risk, loss, liability or expense.

(e)    In the event that the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Registrar, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be obligated as soon as practicable upon Actual Knowledge thereof and receipt of appropriate records and information, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.

 

112


(f)    Subject to Section 10.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(g)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.

(h)    The Trustee shall not be responsible (i) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (ii) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, (iii) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (iv) for the validity of the title of the Securitization Entities to the Collateral, (v) for insuring the Collateral or (vi) for the payment of Taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral, except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents by the Securitization Entities or Service Recipients.

(i)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the Indenture at the direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the requisite percentage of Noteholders, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, under the Indenture.

(j)    The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Base Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement, financing change statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redeposition of any thereof; (ii) to see to any insurance; (iii) except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e), to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind; or (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of either or both Co-Issuers, either or both Managers, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k)    The Trustee shall not be personally liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the performance of its duties under the Indenture.

(l)    (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Trustee shall make Debt Service Advances to the extent and in the manner set forth in Section 5.12(c) hereof and Collateral Protection Advances to the extent the Servicer fails to make such Collateral Protection Advances; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the Trustee will not be responsible for advancing any principal on the Senior Notes, any make-whole prepayment consideration, any Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses, any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees, any Post-ARD Additional Interest or any reserve amounts or any interest or principal payable on, or any other amount due with respect to, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes.

 

113


(ii)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance shall be required to be made hereunder by the Trustee if the Trustee determines such Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance (including interest thereon) would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance. The determination by the Trustee that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance, or that any proposed Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance, shall be made by the Trustee in its reasonable good faith judgment. The Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer that an Advance is or would be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders. The Trustee may update or change its nonrecoverability determination at any time, and may decide that a requested Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance that was previously deemed to be a Nonrecoverable Advance shall have become recoverable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances made by the Trustee and any accrued interest thereon will be paid strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments, even if the Trustee determines that any such advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance after such Advance has been made.

(iii)     The Trustee shall be entitled to receive interest at the Advance Interest Rate accrued on the amount of each Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance made thereby (with its own funds) for so long as such Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance is outstanding. Such interest with respect to any Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance made pursuant to this Section 10.1(l) shall be payable out of Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.2    Rights of the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1:

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Officers’ Certificate, certificate of a Manager, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, instrument, report, consent, order, document or other paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)    The Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such non-affiliated agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is appointed with due care; provided that the Trustee shall have received the consent of the Servicer prior to the appointment of any agent, custodian or nominee performing any material obligation of the Trustee hereunder.

(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith and willful misconduct which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture or the other applicable Transaction Documents.

(e)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation hereto or thereto, at the

 

114


request, order or direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, unless the Trustee has been offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes. If the Trustee is so requested or determines in its own discretion to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Service Recipients, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the Co-Issuers, and the Trustee shall incur no liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g)    The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Base Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall be not be liable in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct for the performance of such act.

(h)    In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the e-mail communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

(j)    The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God, earthquakes, fires, floods, wars, civil or military disturbances, sabotage, epidemics, riots, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents, labor disputes, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

(l)    All rights of action and claims under this Base Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payments to the Trustee provided for in Section 10.5, be distributed in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

115


(m)    The Trustee may request written direction from any applicable party any time the Indenture provides that the Trustee may be directed to act.

(n)    Any request or direction of any Co-Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order.

(o)    Whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate or Officers’ Certificate of each applicable Co-Issuer, any applicable Manager or the Servicer and shall incur no liability for its reliance thereon.

(p)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the books or records of, or for any acts or omissions of, DTC, any transfer agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), Clearstream, Euroclear, any calculation agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), or any agent appointed by it with due care or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity).

(q)    The Trustee and its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. The Trustee does not guarantee the performance of any Eligible Investments.

(r)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction as specified herein. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer or the Co-Issuers to provide timely written investment direction.

(s)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate nor shall it be responsible or liable for any calculation of the DSCR, the Interest-Only DSCR, the New Series Pro Forma DSCR or the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

(t)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each case, with respect to its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u)    The Trustee shall be afforded, in each Transaction Document, all of the rights, powers, immunities and indemnities granted to it in this Base Indenture as if such rights, powers, immunities and indemnities were specifically set out in each such Transaction Document.

(v)    For any purpose under the Transaction Documents, the Trustee may conclusively assume without incurring liability therefor that no Notes are held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, any Manager or any Affiliate of any of them unless a Trust Officer has received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office that any Notes are so held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, any Manager or any Affiliate of any of them.

 

116


(w)    The Trustee shall not have any responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the terms of an engagement of an Independent Auditor by any Co-Issuer (or any respective Manager on behalf of a Co-Issuer) or the terms of any agreed upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the same, to execute any acknowledgment or other agreement with the Independent Auditors required for the Trustee to receive any of the reports or instructions provided herein, which acknowledgment or agreement may include, among other things, (i) acknowledgment that each Co-Issuer has agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Auditors are sufficient for such Co-Issuer’s purposes, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the Independent Auditors, and (iii) restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Auditors (including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in respect of the Independent Auditors that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it.

Section 10.3    Individual Rights of the Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate of the Securitization Entities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

Section 10.4    Notice of Events of Default and Defaults.

If an Event of Default, a Default, a Rapid Amortization Event or a Potential Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing and if the Trustee has Actual Knowledge thereof, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, each Co-Issuer, any Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency with notice of such Event of Default, Default, Rapid Amortization Event or Potential Rapid Amortization Event, to the extent that the Notes of such Series are Book-Entry Notes by telephone and facsimile and otherwise by first class mail.

Section 10.5    Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)    The Co-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, promptly pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of the Indenture and services hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party as the Trustee and the Co-Issuers shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Co-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. The Co-Issuers shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are post-filing expenses and intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act or the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act.

(b)    The Co-Issuers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any loss, liability, claim, expense (including taxes, other than taxes based upon, measured by

 

117


or determined by the income of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee), damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with (i) the activities of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and (ii) the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of a Co- Issuer or otherwise, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding, claim (whether asserted by either Co-Issuer, the Servicer, the Control Party or any Noteholder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, the preservation of any of its rights to, or the realization upon, any of the Collateral, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.5(b); provided, however, that the Co-Issuers shall not indemnify the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence by the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee, as the case may be.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

Section 10.6    Replacement of the Trustee.

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.6.

(b)    The Trustee may, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Co- Issuers, the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency, resign at any time from its office and be discharged from the trust hereby created; provided that no such resignation of the Trustee will be effective until a successor Trustee has assumed the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The Control Party or the Co-Issuers may remove the Trustee, or any Noteholder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee, if at any time:

(i)     the Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.8;

(ii)     the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii)     the Trustee fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(iv)     the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Co-Issuers shall promptly, with the prior written consent of the Control Party, appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Majority of Controlling Class Members (with the prior written consent of the Control Party) may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Co-Issuers.

(c)    If a successor Trustee is not appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee is not delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, at the direction of the Control Party, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Co-Issuers, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

118


(d)    If the Trustee after written request by the Servicer or any Noteholder fails to comply with Section 10.8, the Servicer or such Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Servicer and the Co-Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all of the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is a party. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, so long as all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6, the Co-Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

(f)    No successor Trustee may accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor is qualified and eligible under this Base Indenture, a Rating Agency Notification has been provided and the Control Party has provided its consent with respect to such appointment.

Section 10.7    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Subject to Section 10.8, if the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, so long as (i) written notice of such consolidation, merger or conversion shall be provided to the Co-Issuers, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) the resulting or successor corporation is eligible to be a Trustee under Section 10.8.

Section 10.8    Eligibility Disqualification.

(a)    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall (i) be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, (ii) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, (iv) be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer and (v) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “BBB+” by Standard & Poor’s.

(b)    At any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 10.8(a), the Trustee shall resign immediately after written request to do so by the Co-Issuers or by the Control Party at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 10.9    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power, upon notice to the Control Party, the Co-Issuers and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent, and may execute and deliver all instruments, to appoint one or more Persons to act

 

119


as co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, for all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.9, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 10.8 or shall be otherwise acceptable to the Servicer. No notice to the Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.6. No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Servicer and the Co-Issuers unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

(b)    Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i)     the Notes of each Series shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee;

(ii)     all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(iii)     no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, and such appointment shall not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute any such trustee or co-trustee as an agent of the Trustee; and

(iv)     the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c)    Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document which the Trustee is a party relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Co-Issuers.

(d)    Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

 

120


Section 10.10    Representations and Warranties of Trustee.

The Trustee represents and warrants to the Co-Issuers and the Noteholders that:

(a)    the Trustee is a national banking association, organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;

(b)    the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to authenticate the Notes, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and any such other Transaction Document and to authenticate the Notes;

(c)    this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and

(d)    the Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as a trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.8(a).

ARTICLE XI

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

Section 11.1    Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    Within five (5) Business Days following the occurrence of a CCR Re-Election Event or Annual Election Date, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Controlling Class Members, in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto, through the Applicable Procedures of the applicable Clearing Agency with respect to Book-Entry Notes and to the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes and shall post a notice to the Trustee’s password-protected internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (together with a copy thereof to the Managers and the Co-Issuers), announcing that there will be a CCR Election and soliciting nominations of candidates for the Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election Notice”). During any CCR Election Period or any communications with respect thereto, both the Trustee and the Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to rely on the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for all Book-Entry Notes and the information contained in the Note Register from all Definitive Notes notices and communications.

(b)    Each Controlling Class Member will be allowed to nominate itself or one Eligible Third Party Candidate (as defined below) as a CCR Candidate (and will not be permitted to nominate any other Person as a CCR Candidate) by submitting a nomination directly to the Trustee in writing in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto (a “CCR Nomination”) within the period specified in such notice, which will be five (5) Business Days after the date of the CCR Election Notice (such period, the “CCR Nomination Period”). A candidate does not have to be a Controlling Class Member, but if it is not a Controlling Class Member, it must certify that (i) it is an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Co-Issuers and (ii) not (w) a Competitor, (x) a Franchisee, (y) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (z) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative (the candidate described in

 

121


clauses (i) and (ii), an “Eligible Third-Party Candidate”). Each Controlling Class Member submitting a CCR Nomination shall represent that as of a date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice, (i) it was the Note Owner or Noteholder, as applicable, of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified in its CCR Nomination and (ii) the CCR Candidate is a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. CCR Nominations may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Election Notice, and no originals or medallion signature guarantees shall be required, and the Trustee will be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in relying on, CCR Nominations submitted in such manner. Each nomination shall include a contact for the CCR Candidate that will be available to answer any questions raised by a Noteholder or Note Owner. Such contact information will be posted on the Trustee’s internet website.

(c)    Based upon the CCR Nominations that are received by the Trustee by the last day of the CCR Nomination Period, (i) if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is no Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Managers, the Co-Issuers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Members that no CCR Nominations have been received and that no CCR Election will be held, (ii) if one or more CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall prepare and send to each applicable Controlling Class Member a ballot in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto (the “CCR Ballot”) naming the top three candidates based upon the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of Controlling Class Members nominating such candidate (or, if fewer than three (3) candidates are nominated, the CCR Ballot will list all candidates), or (iii) if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative at such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative will be deemed re-elected and will continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative; provided that, for purposes of such nomination and determining the CCR Candidates pursuant to Section 11.1(c), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. Each Controlling Class Member may, in its sole discretion, indicate its vote for a CCR Candidate in a CCR Election by returning a completed CCR Ballot directly to the Trustee within five (5) Business Days after the date of the CCR Ballot (a “CCR Election Period”) certifying that, as of the date of the CCR Ballot (the “CCR Voting Record Date”), such Controlling Class Member was the owner or beneficial owner of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by such Controlling Class Member in the CCR Ballot, and including a notarization or medallion signature guarantee; provided that, for purposes of such certification and the tabulation of votes pursuant to Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. CCR Ballots may be submitted by Controlling Class Members to the Trustee in pdf format via email at the email address for such purpose set forth in the CCR Ballots.

(d)    At the end of the CCR Election Period, the Trustee will tabulate the votes; provided that, for purposes of such tabulation of votes pursuant to this Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. If a CCR Candidate receives votes from the Majority of Controlling Class Members, such CCR Candidate will be elected the Controlling Class Representative. Notes of the Controlling Class held by a Co-Issuer or any Affiliate of the Co-Issuers will not be considered Outstanding for such voting purposes. If two CCR Candidates both receive votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf pursuant to the Management Agreements) shall select the Controlling Class Representative from among such CCR Candidates receiving votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount. If no CCR Candidate receives 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Trustee shall notify the Managers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the

 

122


Controlling Class Members that appointed Controlling Class Representative will not be elected. Until a CCR Re-election Event occurs and a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to the terms set forth in this Article XI, (i) the Control Party shall exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with the Servicing Standard and (ii) any deliverable or notice that is required to be provided to the Controlling Class Representative under a Transaction Document shall be delivered to the Control Party. The prior Controlling Class Representative (if any) will cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of any CCR Election Period following a CCR Re-election Event (so long as a CCR Election is held at such time) unless it is re-elected as Controlling Class Representative after such CCR Election Period as described above, even if no candidate is elected as a successor Controlling Class Representative at the end of such CCR Election Period. Following a CCR Re-election Event, the Trustee shall repeat the election procedures described above.

(e)    If a CCR Candidate is elected or chosen pursuant to Section 11.1(d), the Trustee shall forward an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto (a “CCR Acceptance Letter”) to such elected CCR Candidate for execution. No elected CCR Candidate shall be appointed Controlling Class Representative unless it executes such CCR Acceptance Letter within fifteen (15) Business Days of its receipt thereof, pursuant to which it shall (i) agree to act as the Controlling Class Representative, (ii) provide its name and contact information and permit such information to be shared with the Managers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members and (iii) represent and warrant that it is a Controlling Class Member or Eligible Third-Party Candidate. Within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such CCR Acceptance Letter, the Trustee shall promptly forward copies thereof, or provide the new Controlling Class Representative’s name and address, to the Managers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members.

(f)    Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the Co-Issuers, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the name and address of the new Controlling Class Representative.

(g)    The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in all actions taken or not taken by it with respect to, (i) the email information provided by the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies (and the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes) for delivery of the CCR Election Notices and the CCR Ballots to Note Owners of Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Persons submitting CCR Nominations, CCR Ballots and CCR Acceptance Letters.

(h)    The Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) shall be entitled to rely on the identity of the Controlling Class Representative provided by the Trustee with respect to any obligation or right hereunder or under any other Transaction Document that the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) may have to deliver information or otherwise communicate with the Controlling Class Representative or any of the Noteholders of the Controlling Class, with no liability to it for such reliance.

(i)    The Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee, upon request, any memoranda delivered to the Trustee by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement; provided that it shall have first executed a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managers, and such confidentiality agreement remains in effect. Any such memoranda shall be deemed to contain confidential information.

 

123


Section 11.2    Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative. The Controlling Class Representative may at any time resign as such by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and to each Noteholder of the Controlling Class. As of any Record Date, a Majority of Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to remove any existing Controlling Class Representative by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and such existing Controlling Class Representative. No resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative shall be effective until a successor Controlling Class Representative has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.1 or until the end of the CCR Election Period (or, if no CCR Election Period has occurred after a CCR Nomination Period, until the end of the related CCR Nomination Period) following such resignation or removal; provided that any Controlling Class Representative that has been removed pursuant to this Section 11.2 may subsequently be nominated as a CCR Candidate and appointed as Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1; provided, further, that an existing Controlling Class Representative shall cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of a CCR Election Period, even if no successor is re-elected pursuant to Section 11.1, unless such Controlling Class Representative is elected during such CCR Election Period (except that, if no CCR Nomination has been received by the Trustee and there is a Controlling Class Representative at such time, the Person serving as the Controlling Class Representative will be deemed re-elected and will continue to serve as the Controlling Class Representative). In addition to the foregoing, within two (2) Business Days of the selection, resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Servicer and the parties to this Base Indenture of such event.

Section 11.3    Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    The Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability to the Noteholders for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to the Indenture or for errors in judgment; provided that the Controlling Class Representative shall not be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Indenture. Each Noteholder acknowledges and agrees, by its acceptance of its Notes or interests therein, that (i) the Controlling Class Representative may have special relationships and interests that conflict with those of Noteholders of one or more Classes of Notes, or that conflict with other Noteholders, (ii) the Controlling Class Representative may act solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interest, (iii) the Controlling Class Representative does not have any duties to Noteholders other than the Controlling Class Members, (iv) the Controlling Class Representative may take actions that favor the interests of the Controlling Class Members over the interests of Noteholders of one or more other Classes of Notes, or that favor its own interests over those of other Noteholders or other Controlling Class Members, (v) the Controlling Class Representative shall not be deemed to have been grossly negligent or reckless, or to have acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misfeasance, by reason of its having acted solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interests, and (vi) the Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability whatsoever for having so acted pursuant to clauses (i) through (v), and no Note Owner or Noteholder may take any action whatsoever against the Controlling Class Representative for having so acted or against any director, officer, employee, agent or principal thereof for having so acted.

(b)    Any and all expenses of the Controlling Class Representative for acting in its capacity as Controlling Class Representative shall be borne by the Controlling Class Members (and not by any other party), pro rata according to their respective Outstanding Principal Amounts of Notes of the Controlling Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is made against the Controlling Class Representative in an action to which the Servicer and/or the Trustee are also named parties and, in the sole judgment of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative had acted in good faith, without gross negligence or willful misconduct, with regard to the subject of such claim, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee shall be required to assume the defense (with any costs incurred in connection therewith being

 

124


deemed to be reimbursable as a Collateral Protection Advance) of any such claim against the Controlling Class Representative, so long as there is no potential for the Servicer or the Trustee to be an adverse party in the same action as regards the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 11.4    Control Party.

(a)    Pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Control Party is authorized to consent to and implement, subject to the Servicing Standard, any Consent Request that does not require the consent of any Noteholder, including the Controlling Class Representative.

(b)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the consent or direction of the Controlling Class Representative, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request, form a Consent Recommendation and then promptly deliver such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative (if a Controlling Class Representative exists at such time). Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the Controlling Class Representative consents to a Consent Request, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Controlling Class Representative to obtain such consent. Notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary, if at any time there is no Controlling Class Representative (including prior to the CCR Election Period resulting from the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Notes and prior to the election and appointment of a substitute Controlling Class Representative following the resignation or removal of a Controlling Class Representative) or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such Consent Request and the related Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative or if there is no Controlling Class Representative at such time (including, without limitation, following the resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative), the Control Party is authorized (but not required) to consent and implement such Consent Request in accordance with the Servicing Standard, whether or not the Indenture or any other Transaction Document indicates that the Control Party is required to act with the consent or at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to any specific matter relating to such Consent Request, other than with respect to the waiver of any Servicer Termination Events.

(c)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of Section 13.2, the consent of any affected Noteholders or 100% of the Noteholders, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request and shall formulate and present a Consent Recommendation to the Trustee, which shall forward such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder, as applicable. Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the consent of each Noteholder that is required to consent to any such Consent Request has been obtained and the Control Party is provided with notice of such consents being obtained by the Trustee, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Trustee to identify and deliver to the Trustee for delivery by the Trustee to such Noteholders such additional information and Consent Recommendations as may be appropriate in accordance with the Servicing Standard to obtain such consent.

(d)    The Control Party shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Co-Issuers and the Controlling Class Representative if the Control Party determines, in accordance with the Servicing Standard, not to implement a Consent Request or has not received the requisite consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders, if applicable, to implement a Consent Request. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Control Party, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Co-Issuers and the Controlling Class Representative if the Trustee has not received the requisite consent of the required percentage of Noteholders to implement a Consent Request.

 

125


(e)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no advice, direction or objection from or by the Controlling Class Representative may (i) require or cause the Trustee or the Control Party to violate applicable law, the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Servicing Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, with respect to the Control Party, the Control Party’s obligation to act in accordance with the Servicing Standard, (ii) expose the Control Party or the Trustee, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or partners, to any material claim, suit or liability, or (iii) materially expand the scope of the Servicer’s responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement or the Trustee’s responsibility under this Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Control Party will not be required to follow any such advance, direction or objection. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Controlling Class Representative shall not be able to prevent the Control Party from transferring the ownership of all or any portion of the Collateral if any Advance by the Servicer has been outstanding for twelve (12) months (or longer) and the Control Party determines in accordance with the Servicing Standard that such transfer of ownership would be in the best interests of the Noteholders (taken as a whole).

(f)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consent Request affecting the rights of the Noteholders of any Class A-1 Notes will also require the consent of the related Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

Section 11.5    Note Owner List.

(a)    To facilitate communication among Note Owners, the Managers, the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative, a Note Owner may elect, but is not required, to notify the Trustee of its name, address and other contact information, which will be kept in a register maintained by the Trustee.

(b)    Any Note Owners holding beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes that wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes may request in writing that the Trustee deliver a notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding. If such a request is made and is accompanied by (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L certifying that such Note Owners hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes (each, a “Note Owner Certificate”) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and (ii) a copy of the communication which such Note Owners propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Note Owners for its costs and expenses, shall, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the request, transmit the requested communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding and give each Co-Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative notice that such request and transmission has been made. The Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever with respect to any requested communication other than to transmit it in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof and to give notice of such request and transmission to the Co-Issuers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative.

 

126


ARTICLE XII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1    Termination of the Co-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ Obligations.

(a)    Satisfaction and Discharge. The Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, the Co-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, all commitments to extend credit under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated and all payments by the Co-Issuers thereunder have been paid or otherwise provided for; except that (i) the Co-Issuers’ obligations under Section 10.5 and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Sections 12.2 and 12.3 and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, will execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of, and discharge under, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements.

(b)    Indenture Defeasance. The Co-Issuers may terminate all of their obligations under the Indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements in respect thereof and release all Collateral so long as:

(i)     the Co-Issuers irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Co-Issuers, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes (including additional interest that accrues after an anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture, the Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document; provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by either Co-Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes and such other sums;

(ii)     all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated on or before the date of such deposit;

(iii)     the Co-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to Noteholders not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of such deposit, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of such deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)     the Co-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit; and

 

127


(v)    an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer by the Co-Issuers to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantor’s guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13, (iv) this Section 12.1(b) and (v) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements.

(c)    Series Defeasance. Except as may be provided to the contrary in any Series Supplement, the Co-Issuers, solely in connection with an optional prepayment in full, a mandatory prepayment in full or a redemption in full of all Outstanding Notes of a particular Series (the “Defeased Series”) or in connection with the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of a particular Series of Notes, may terminate all Series Obligations with respect to such Series of Notes and all Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements in respect of such Series of Notes as of any Business Day (the “Series Defeasance Date”) so long as:

(i)    the Co-Issuers irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Co-Issuers, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay without duplication:

(A)    all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, commitment fees, administrative expenses, Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series (including additional interest that accrues after the anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) any other Series Obligations that will be due and payable by the Co-Issuers solely with respect to the Defeased Series as of the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity Date, as applicable, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document with respect to the Defeased Series;

(B)    all Weekly Management Fees, Supplemental Management Fees, unreimbursed Advances (and outstanding interest thereon) and Manager Advances (and outstanding interest thereon), all fees, indemnities, reimbursements and expenses due to the Trustee, the Managers, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, and all Successor Manager Transition Expenses and Successor Servicer Transition Expenses, in each case that will be due and payable as of the following Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(C)    all Securitization Operating Expenses, all Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses for the Defeased Series, all Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amounts for the Defeased Series, in each case, that are due and unpaid as of the Series Defeasance Date to the Actual Knowledge of either Manager;

provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date,

 

128


redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity of the Defeased Series, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by either Co-Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes of such Series and such other sums;

(ii)    all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements with respect to the Defeased Series shall have been terminated on or before the Series Defeasance Date;

(iii)    the Co-Issuers deliver notice of prepayment, redemption or maturity of such Series of Notes in full to the Noteholders of the Defeased Series, the Managers, the Trustee, the Control Party, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Series Defeasance Date, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)    after giving effect to the deposit, if any other Series of Notes is Outstanding, the Co-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(v)    the Co-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the defeasance was not made by the Co-Issuers with the intent of preferring the holders of the Defeased Series over other creditors of any Co-Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding other creditors;

(vi)    the Co-Issuers deliver notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit;

(vii)    such defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other Indenture Document;

(viii)    the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding, if any, other than the Defeased Series; and

(ix)    the Co-Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Series, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Series and thereafter such Defeased Series shall be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for purposes of (1) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (2) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 and (3) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements of such Series Obligations.

 

129


(d)    After the conditions set forth in Section 12.1(a) have been met, or after the irrevocable deposit is made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein have been met, the Trustee upon request of the Securitization Entities shall reassign (without recourse upon, or any warranty whatsoever by, the Trustee) and deliver all Collateral and documents then in the custody or possession of the Trustee promptly to the applicable Securitization Entities.

Section 12.2    Application of Trust Money.

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Servicer, the Trustee and either Co-Issuer shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities through the Paying Agent in accordance with this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the other sums referred to above. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.3    Repayment to the Co-Issuers.

(a)    The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Co-Issuers upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.14, return any cancelled Notes held by them at any time.

(b) Subject to Section 2.6(c), the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Co- Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.4    Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any funds received under this Article XII by reason of any proceeding, order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Co-Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and in respect of the Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred, until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such funds or property in accordance with this Article XII. If the Co-Issuers or Guarantors make any payment of principal, premium or interest on any Notes or any other sums under the Indenture Documents while such obligations have been reinstated, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners or other Secured Parties who received such funds or property from the Trustee to receive such payment in respect of the Notes.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1    Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, each Co-Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto (or, in the case of clause (viii) below, amend,

 

130


modify or supplement any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Indenture Document), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i)    to create a new Series of Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(b);

(ii)    to add to the covenants of the Securitization Entities for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties any right or power herein conferred upon the Securitization Entities; provided that the Co-Issuers will not, pursuant to this Section 13.1(a)(ii), surrender any right or power it has under the Transaction Documents;

(iii)    to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Trustee any property or assets as security for the Obligations;

(iv)    to correct any manifest error or defect or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provisions herein or in any Series Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein or with any related offering memorandum;

(v)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(vi)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder or thereunder by more than one Trustee;

(vii)    to correct or supplement any provision in this Base Indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(viii)    to correct or supplement any provision in any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(ix)    to comply with Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(x)    to facilitate the transfer of Notes in accordance with applicable Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(xi)    to take any action necessary or helpful to avoid the imposition, under and in accordance with applicable law, of any Tax, including withholding Tax;

 

131


(xii)    to add provisions in respect of hedging and enhancement mechanics, including the addition of swap and hedge counterparties as Secured Parties under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the payment of hedge and enhancement payments (other than termination payments) on a pari passu basis with interest on the Senior Notes and the payment of hedge termination and other amounts due to swap and hedge counterparties prior to the payment of unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration;

(xiii)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of Franchise Documents or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard; or

(xiv)    to provide for mechanical provisions in respect of the issuance of Subordinated Notes;

provided that, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, such action could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, the Trustee, the Servicer or any other Secured Party.

(b)    Upon the request of the Co-Issuers and receipt by the Control Party and the Trustee of the documents described in Section 2.2 and delivery by the Control Party of its consent thereto to the extent required by Section 2.2, the Trustee shall join with the Co-Issuers in the execution of any Series Supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such Series Supplement which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Base Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.2    With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)     In addition to any amendments, modifications and waivers permitted under Section 13.1, the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement and any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party (unless otherwise provided in such Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing in a Supplement and consented to in writing by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

(i)     any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series of Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any Supplement under this Section 13.2 or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or defaults hereunder or thereunder and their consequences provided for herein and therein or for any other action hereunder or thereunder, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder;

(ii)     any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the Lien created by the Indenture, any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents with respect to any material portion of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents), terminate the Lien created by the

 

132


Indenture, any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents on any material portion of the Collateral at any time subject thereto or deprive any Secured Party of any material portion of the security provided by the Lien created by the Indenture, any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party;

(iii)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other Obligations (or reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or rate of interest on any Note or any other Obligations); (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder; (C) change the provisions of the Priority of Payments; (D) change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Notes and the other Obligations or the interest thereon is payable; (E) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes and the other Obligations owing to Noteholders on or after the respective due dates thereof, (F) subject to the ability of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive certain events as set forth in Section 9.7, amend or otherwise modify any of the specific language of the following definitions: “Default”, “Event of Default”, “Outstanding”, “Potential Rapid Amortization Event” or “Rapid Amortization Event” (as defined in this Base Indenture or any applicable Series Supplement) or (G) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 13.2, in each case, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party; and

(iv)     any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would change the time periods with respect to any requirement to deliver to Noteholders notice with respect to any repayment, prepayment or redemption shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder.

(b)    No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Secured Party in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(c)    The express requirement, in any provision hereof, that the Rating Agency Condition be satisfied as a condition to the taking of a specified action shall not be amended, modified or waived by the parties hereto without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition.

Section 13.3    Supplements.

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be set forth in a Supplement, a copy of which shall be delivered to each Rating Agency, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager and the Co-Issuers. The Co-Issuers shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency of any amendment or modification to the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no less than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the related Supplement; provided that such Supplement need not be in final form at the time such notice is given. The initial effectiveness of each Supplement shall be subject to the delivery to the Control Party and the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect thereto have been satisfied. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, each Series Supplement may be amended as provided in such Series Supplement.

 

133


Section 13.4     Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The Co-Issuers may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.5     Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Co-Issuers, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.6     The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article XIII if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing such Supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and, subject to Section 10.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate of the Co-Issuers and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Co- Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

Section 13.7     Amendments and Fees.

The Co-Issuers, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall negotiate any amendments, waivers or modifications to the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed. The Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Co-Issuers only for the reasonable counsel fees incurred by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in reviewing and approving any amendment or in providing any consents, and, except as provided in the Servicing Agreement, neither the Control Party nor the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to any additional compensation in connection with any amendments or consents to this Base Indenture or to any Transaction Document.

 

134


ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1     Notices.

(a)     Any notice or communication by the Co-Issuers, the Managers or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail (provided that any e-mail notice to the Trustee shall be in the form of an attachment of a .pdf or similar file), posted on a password protected internet website for which the recipient has granted access or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

If to the Issuer:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to the U.S. Manager at the address for notice set forth below

If to the Canadian Co-Issuer:

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to the Canadian Manager at the address for notice set forth below

If to either Co-Issuer with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

 

135


If to the U.S. Manager:

Driven Brands, Inc.

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to the Canadian Manager:

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc.

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Driven Brands, Inc., as Parent

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

If to either Manager with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

If to the Back-Up Manager:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

3 Times Square, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Robert J. Darefsky

Facsimile: (212) 499-3636

If to the Servicer:

Midland Loan Services,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association

10851 Mastin Street

Building 82, Suite 700

Overland Park, KS 66210

Attention: President

Facsimile: (913) 253-9709

 

136


If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Phone: (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s e-mail)

If to any Rating Agency:

To the address set forth in the applicable Series Supplement

(b)     The Co-Issuers or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided that the Co-Issuers may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(c)     Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first-class mail shall be deemed given five (5) days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier, (v) when posted on a password-protected internet website shall be deemed delivered after notice of such posting has been provided to the recipient and (vi) delivered by e-mail shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice.

(d)     Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document.

(e)     If the Co-Issuers deliver a notice or communication to Noteholders, they shall deliver a copy to the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee at the same time.

(f)     Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

(g)     Notwithstanding any other provision herein, for so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the U.S. Manager or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. is the Canadian Manager, any notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information required to be delivered by the

 

137


Managers to either Co-Issuer, or by either Co-Issuer to the Managers, shall be deemed to have been delivered to both the Co-Issuers and the Managers if either Driven Brands, Inc. or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as applicable, has prepared or is otherwise in possession of such notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information, and in no event shall the Managers or the Co-Issuers be in breach of any delivery requirements hereunder for constructive delivery pursuant to this Section 14.1(g).

Section 14.2    Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders.

Noteholders may communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or the Notes.

Section 14.3    Officers’ Certificate as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Co-Issuers to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the Co-Issuers to the extent requested by the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee shall furnish to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer and the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate of the Co-Issuers in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.4), stating that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture or such other Transaction Documents relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel confirming the same. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Co-Issuers.

Section 14.4    Statements Required in Certificate.

Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall include:

(a)    a statement that the Person giving such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements contained in such certificate are based;

(c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to reach an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)    a statement as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.5    Rules by the Trustee.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

Section 14.6    Benefits of Indenture.

Except as set forth in a Series Supplement, nothing in this Base Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

 

138


Section 14.7    Payment on Business Day.

In any case where any Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 14.8    Governing Law.

THIS BASE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5- 1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 14.9    Successors.

All agreements of any Co-Issuer in the Indenture, the Notes and each other Transaction Document to which such Co-Issuer is a party shall bind their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Co-Issuer may assign its respective obligations or rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, except with the written consent of the Servicer. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.10    Severability.

In case any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11    Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 14.12    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13    No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities.

Each of the Noteholders, the Trustee and the other Secured Parties hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal, state, provincial bankruptcy or insolvency or similar law; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.13 shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other

 

139


Transaction Document. In the event that any such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee takes action in violation of this Section 14.13, each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or in the insolvency proceeding or otherwise properly contesting the filing of such a petition by any such Noteholder or Secured Party or the Trustee against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raising the defense that such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 14.13 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any Noteholder or any other Secured Party or the Trustee in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity.

Section 14.14    Recording of Indenture.

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Co-Issuers and at its expense.

Section 14.15    Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE CO-ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

Section 14.16    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.

Each of the Co-Issuers and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits and attorns for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c)     agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to any Co-Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 14.1 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.16 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

140


Section 14.17    Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio.

(a)     Driven Brands Leverage Ratio.

(i)     In the event that the Driven Brands Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Managers may elect pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness (including all or a portion of the commitments under any acquisition debt financing commitment arrangement (including customary bridge-to-bond or bridge-to- securitization commitments) with respect to Indebtedness not yet incurred, and the term “incur” and derivations thereof shall include the obtaining of any such commitment for such financing and any replacement or refinancing thereof for all purposes of this Section 14.17(a) and the Transaction Documents) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA used therein), investments, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that any of the Driven Brands Entities has either determined to make or made during the preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods or subsequent to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods and on or prior to or simultaneously with or subsequent to the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, a “pro forma event”) shall, at the discretion of the Managers, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Driven Brands Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion

 

141


of the Managers, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(b)    Senior Leverage Ratio.

(i)     In the event that the Securitization Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Senior Notes subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made, then the Senior Leverage Ratio is made, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Senior Notes, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Managers may elect pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Senior Notes (including all or a portion of the commitments under any acquisition debt financing commitment arrangement (including customary bridge-to-bond or bridge-to-securitization commitments) with respect to Senior Notes not yet incurred, and the term “incur” and derivations thereof shall include the obtaining of any such commitment for such financing and any replacement or refinancing thereof for purposes of this Section 14.17(b) and the Transaction Documents) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Senior Notes under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Senior Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Net Cash Flow used therein), any pro forma event shall, at the discretion of the Managers, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Net Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Securitization Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Managers, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, payments of debt, dividends, distributions or similar payments, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

 

142


(c)    Calculations to be Made in Good Faith. For purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Managers. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Managers as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to each of the Trustee and the Control Party (with respect to which the Trustee and the Control Party shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” and/or “Net Cash Flow”, as applicable, as set forth in the definition thereof, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. When calculating the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio or the Senior Leverage Ratio described in this Section 14.17 in connection with any commitment in respect of any Indebtedness relating to an acquisition, the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio or the Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall, at the discretion of the Managers, be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including such incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds therefrom) as if they occurred at the beginning of the period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date of determination; provided that (x) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio or the Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall not be tested again at the time of the consummation of such acquisition or related transactions and (y) any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered into for purposes of subsequently calculating the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio or the Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such acquisition.

Section 14.18    Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral After consummation of any Permitted Asset Disposition or any Permitted Brand Disposition, all Liens with respect to such property created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be automatically released, and, upon written request of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Securitization Entities any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Securitization Entities at their expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the property disposed of in connection with such Permitted Asset Disposition or Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 14.19    FX Agent.

Citibank, N.A. is hereby initially appointed as the FX Agent. No resignation or removal of the FX Agent and no appointment of a successor FX Agent will be effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor FX Agent. The FX Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Co-Issuers, the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency. The Co-Issuers may remove the FX Agent at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Servicer, the Managers, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency. Upon receiving any notice of resignation or providing any notice of removal, the Co-Issuers, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), will promptly appoint a successor FX Agent pursuant to the procedures described in the Base Indenture and the Trustee and the Co-Issuers, and the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to the extent applicable, will endeavor to enter into any requisite amendments to the Base Indenture and, if any, the other Transaction Documents to account for Citibank, N.A. no longer being appointed as both Trustee and FX Agent.

 

143


Section 14.20    Amendment and Restatement.

The execution and delivery of this Base Indenture on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall constitute an amendment, replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Base Indenture. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Base Indenture and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer hereby reaffirms all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Base Indenture and this Base Indenture and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

Section 14.21    Currency Indemnity.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment against the Canadian Co-Issuer in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, it becomes necessary to convert into a particular currency (the “Judgment Currency”) any amount due under this Base Indenture or under any other Transaction Document in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the “Currency Due”), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose “rate of exchange” means the Spot Rate. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the judgment is given and the date of receipt by the Trustee of the amount due, the Canadian Co-Issuer shall, on the date of receipt by the Trustee, pay such additional amounts, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount received by the Trustee on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt by the Trustee is the amount then due under this Agreement or such other Transaction Document in the Currency Due. If the amount of the Currency Due which the Trustee is so able to purchase is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Co-Issuers shall jointly and severally indemnify and save the Trustee and the Noteholders harmless from and against all loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or under any judgment or order.

Section 14.22    Hypothecary Representative

The Trustee is hereby appointed and accepts its appointment as the hypothecary representative (fondé de pouvoir) of all present and future Secured Parties as contemplated by article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec to enter into, to take and to hold, on behalf of and for the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, any hypothec granted on property pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec and to exercise such powers and duties which are conferred upon the Trustee under any deed of hypothec or herein or under any other agreement. Any Person who becomes a Secured Party will be deemed to have consented to and confirmed the Trustee as hypothecary representative and to have

 

144


ratified as of the date such Person becomes a Secured Party all actions taken by the hypothecary representative. For greater certainty, the purchase of any Note by any Noteholder shall constitute ratification by such Noteholder of the appointment of the Trustee constituted hereunder and the incurrence of any debt by the Securitization Entities with the other Secured Parties pursuant to the applicable Transaction Document shall constitute such ratification by such Secured Party of such appointment constituted hereunder. The execution by the Trustee, acting as hypothecary representative, prior to the execution of this Base Indenture of any deeds of hypothec, pledges or other similar documents is hereby ratified and confirmed. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of An Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Quebec), the Trustee may acquire and be the holder of any bond, note or other title of indebtedness issued by the Co-Issuers. The Trustee, acting as hypothecary representative for the Secured Parties, shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and exclusions from liability as are prescribed in favor of Trustee in this Base Indenture, which shall apply mutatis mutandis. Without limitation, the provisions of the Base Indenture regarding the resignation or removal of the Trustee shall apply mutatis mutandis to the resignation or removal and appointment of a successor to the Trustee acting as hypothecary representative for the Secured Parties.

Section 14.23    Electronic Signatures and Transmission.

For purposes of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any Supplement thereto, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or Supplement that a document, including any Note, is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Base Indenture, Series Supplement or Supplement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

145


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary have caused this Base Indenture to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as Canadian Co-Issuer
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee, as Securities Intermediary, and as FX Agent
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


The Servicer and Control Party hereby consent to this amendment and restatement of the Original Base Indenture.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and Control Party
         By:  

        

    Name:
    Title:

 

Driven Brands – Base Indenture


ANNEX A

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

1-800-Radiator Brand” means the 1-800-Radiator & A/C® name and 1-800-Radiator & A/C Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

1-800-Radiator Franchisor” means 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

2015 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of July 31, 2015, including, without limitation, the contribution to the applicable Securitization Entities of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2016 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to CARSTAR Franchisor of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2018 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties and SPV Product Sales Holder of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

2019 Securitization Transactions” means, collectively, the 2019-1 Securitization Transaction, the 2019-2 Securitization Transaction and the 2019-3 Securitization Transaction.

2019-1 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-1 Closing Date.

2019-2 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

2019-3 Securitization Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

“2020 Securitization Transactions” means, collectively, the 2020-1 Securitization Transaction and the 2020-2 Securitization Transaction.

2020-1 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to FUSA Franchisor and FUSA Properties of the applicable Contributed Assets, certain Non- Securitization Entities becoming a Canadian Securitization Entity, the creation of certain other Canadian Securitization Entities, the contribution to certain of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management of the applicable Contributed Assets and the use of proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“2020-2 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2020-2 Closing Date.

 

A-1


ABRA Brand” means the ABRA® name and ABRA trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

ABRA Franchisor” means ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Account Agreement” means each agreement governing the establishment and maintenance of any Management Account or any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account to the extent that any such account is not held at the Trustee.

Account Control Agreement” means each control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Trustee is, or was, granted the right to control deposits and withdrawals from, or otherwise to give instructions or entitlement orders in respect of, a deposit and/or securities account and any lock-box related thereto.

Accounts” means, collectively, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts and any other account subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that no Advertising Fund Accounts or any other account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture, disbursement account shall be required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement.

Actual Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of (i) in the case of Parent, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, or the Chief Revenue Officer; (ii) in the case of any Securitization Entity, any manager or director (as applicable) or officer of such Securitization Entity who is also an officer of Parent described in clause (i) above; (iii) in the case of any Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP or any Securitization Entity managed by such Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP, with respect to a relevant matter or event, an Authorized Officer of such Manager, such Canadian Securitization Entity GP or such Securitization Entity, as applicable, directly responsible for managing the relevant asset or for administering the transactions relevant to such matter or event; (iv) with respect to the Trustee, an Authorized Officer of the Trustee responsible for administering the transactions relevant to the applicable matter or event; or (v) with respect to any other Person, any member of senior management of such Person.

Additional Management Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Additional Notes” means any Series of Notes issued by the Co-Issuers after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (as to which Series of Notes issued prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co-Issuer became jointly and severally liable as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as to which Series of Notes issued on or following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Canadian Co- Issuer co-issued or will co-issue).

Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (a) plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; (ii) federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and other foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes; (iii) other non-operating expenses; (iv) losses attributable to asset dispositions; (v) losses attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (vi) impairment losses on assets (including intangible assets and

 

A-2


goodwill); (vii) depreciation and amortization expense; (viii) costs, expenses or charges incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests, any recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful); (ix) costs, expenses or charges incurred for any acquisition, disposition, refranchising transactions, discontinued operations, reorganization, restructuring and realignment initiatives (in each case, whether or not successful); (x) non-cash stock based compensation expense; (xi) management fees to Sponsor or its affiliates; (xii) board of directors fees and expenses; (xiii) severance, relocation, retention, signing, recruiting and similar expenses, (xiv) closed store expenses and lease buy-out expenses, (xv) proceeds from insurance in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption and (xvi) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash expenses or items, and (b) minus, without duplication, the following to the extent added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) gains attributable to asset dispositions; (ii) gains attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (iii) other non-operating income; and (iv) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash items; provided, however, that, with respect to the Securitization Entities, the Managers, in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard, may amend the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party.

Advance” means a Collateral Protection Advance or a Debt Service Advance. The Allocable Share of the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer of any Advances shall be based on the amount a Co-Issuer receives of such Advance (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Advance Interest Rate” means a rate equal to the sum of (i) Prime Rate plus (ii) 3.00% per annum.

Advance Period” means the period commencing on the date the Servicer makes an Advance and ending on the date the Servicer is reimbursed in full (from amounts other than Advances) for all outstanding Advances with interest thereon.

Advertising Co-op Funds” means Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of the applicable Manager (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations).

Advertising Fees” means any fees payable by Franchisees to fund existing or future local, regional or national marketing and advertising activities for the operations of the applicable Driven Securitization Brands in the United States or Canada (including, without limitation, any initial advertising deposits).

Advertising Fund Accounts” means the accounts established by the U.S. Manager (the “U.S. Advertising Fund Accounts”) and the Canadian Manager (the “Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts”) for advertising payments collected in respect of the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada, respectively.

Aero Colours Brand” means the Aero Colours® name and Aero Colours Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership or beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the meaning of “control”.

 

A-3


Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

After-Acquired Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (i) the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities other than CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor, or FUSA Franchisor after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, (iii) Take 5 Franchisor or SPV Product Sales Holder after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (iv) ABRA Franchisor after October 4, 2019 or (v) FUSA Franchisor, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPsEntities, Driven Canada Product Sourcing or Driven Canada Claims Management after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, in each case, pursuant to the IP License Agreements or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Manager- Developed IP and all Licensee-Developed IP.

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount” means the sum of the Outstanding Principal Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes.

Allocable Share” has the meaning set forth in the Allocation Agreement. The Allocable Share shall be calculated and reset by the Managers from time to time in accordance with the Allocation Agreement upon notice to the Trustee and the Servicer, which may be in any Officers’ Certificate, Weekly Manager’s Certificate, Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or Quarterly Compliance Certificate.

Allocated Amount” means, as of any date of determination with respect to either (i) any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or (ii) any Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, an amount equal to the product of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Notes on such date of determination and (2) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods attributable to such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or such Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, as applicable, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero, (y) with respect to (i) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $410,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2015, (ii) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $45,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2016, (iii) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (ivii) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $300,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018, (viii) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded

 

A-4


Location in existence on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2019, (viiv) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $115,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the third Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2019, (viiv ) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $175,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2020, (vi) any Securitization Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $450,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the third Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2020 and (viiivii) any Securitization Asset arising after the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitization Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any New Franchise Agreement that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the Securitization Assets, such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average of all collected Franchisee Payments under such New Franchise Agreements during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the date such New Franchise Agreement was included in the Securitization Assets.

Allocation Agreement” means the Allocation Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, between the Co-Issuers, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Notwithstanding any reference to the Allocation Agreement or allocation of amounts between the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer are jointly and severally liable for the Obligations.

Amendment No. 4 Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes, Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes and Series 2019-3 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes, Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes and Series 2019-3 Notes have consented to the amendment of the definition of Event of Default and priority (v) of the Priority of Payments as set forth in Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture.

“Amendment No. 5 Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes, Series 2019-3 Notes and Series 2020- 1 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2018-1 Notes, Series 2019-1 Notes, Series 2019-2 Notes, Series 2019-3 Notes and Series 2020-1 Notes have consented to the amendment to the conditions to the issuance of Additional Notes to remove the requirement that the anticipated repayment date for any new Class of Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes).

 

A-5


Annual Election Date” means June 1st of every calendar year beginning on June 1, 2018 unless a Controlling Class Representative has been elected or re-elected on or after January 1st of that same calendar year, in which case, the Annual Election Date will be deemed to not occur during such calendar year.

Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of the Base Indenture.

Applicable Procedures” means the provisions of the rules and procedures of DTC, the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as in effect from time to time.

Asset Disposition Proceeds” means (i) the proceeds of any disposition (including all cash and cash equivalents received as payments of the purchase price for such disposition, including, without limitation, any cash or cash equivalents received in respect of deferred payment, or monetization of a note receivable, received as consideration for such disposition) pursuant to clauses (i) or (x) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of the Indenture, minus (ii) (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable property and that is required to be repaid in connection with such disposition (other than Indebtedness under the Notes) to the extent such principal amount is actually repaid, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with such disposition, as certified by the applicable Manager, and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two (2) years of such disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; provided, that the proceeds of Refranchising Asset Dispositions shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds to the extent that that the Senior Leverage Ratio, calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition (but excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts for netting purposes), is less than 4.50:1.00. The proceeds of any Permitted Asset Disposition pursuant to any of the remaining clauses of the definition thereof (net of the amounts described in the foregoing clause (ii) and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds and instead will be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such amounts are received. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Asset Disposition Proceeds directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds resulting from the purchase and sale of operating locations (or potential operating locations) acquired by one or more Non-Securitization Entities (and not owned or financed by a Securitization Entity or otherwise contributed to the Collateral) or the sale of Excluded Locations and, in each case, not otherwise required to be part of the Collateral will not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds or Collections.

Asset Disposition Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of each Co-Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the applicable Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to the Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for each Co-Issuer by the applicable Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the applicable Management Agreement.

Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-6


Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

Authorized Officer” means, with respect to (i) any Securitization Entity, any officer who is authorized to act for such Securitization Entity in matters relating to such Securitization Entity, including an Authorized Officer of the applicable Manager or Canadian Securitization Entity GP authorized to act on behalf of such Securitization Entity; (ii) Parent, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the U.S. Manager, or the Canadian Manager, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the Canadian Manager, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, and the Chief Revenue Officer or any other officer of Parent or the Canadian Manager, as applicable, who is directly responsible for managing the applicable Securitization Assets or otherwise authorized to act for such Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, such Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question; (iii) the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer; (iv) the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is duly authorized to act for the Servicer with respect to the relevant matter; or (v) the Control Party, any officer of the Control Party who is duly authorized to act for the Control Party with respect to the relevant matter. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

AutoQual Brand” means the AutoQual® name and AutoQual Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date and any Co-Issuer, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Senior Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer of the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Senior Notes (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount).

Back-Up Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Back-Up Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Co-Issuers, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Managers, the Trustee and the Back-Up Manager, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Back-Up Manager” means FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as back-up manager under the Back-Up Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Back-Up Manager Fees” means all reimbursements paid to the Back-Up Manager for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and all fees paid based on the Back-Up Manager’s current rates per hour, in each case incurred by the Back-Up Manager in performing services under the Back-Up Management Agreement. Back-Up Manager Fees shall be paid by the Issuer and Canadian Co-Issuer in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

 

A-7


Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Bankruptcy Code” means the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, as codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Bankruptcy Court” means a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or Canada, as applicable, presiding over a bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding.

Base Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Refranchising Proceeds Cap”.

Base Indenture Account” means any account or accounts authorized and established pursuant to the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, each account established pursuant to Article V of the Base Indenture.

Base Indenture Definitions List” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Base Indenture.

Book-Entry Notes” means beneficial interests in the Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series, ownership and transfers of which will be evidenced or made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that, after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer permitted and Definitive Notes are issued to the Note Owners, such Definitive Notes will replace Book-Entry Notes.

Branded Location” means each store location, service center, distribution center, warehouse or vehicle center operated under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, including as the context requires, any Product Sourcing Business.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of New York, New York, Toronto, Ontario or Montreal, Québec or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of any successor Trustee is located if so required by such successor.

Canada” means Canada, including its 10 provinces and three territories.

Canadian Allocation Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount in Canadian Dollars equal to the U.S. Dollar-equivalent (whether settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion or calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate) of the Canadian Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of priorities (i)(A) and (i)(C) through (F), (ii)(A) and (ii)(C), (v) (without regard for any amount paid under priority (v) in Canadian Dollars) through (x), (xii) through (xxv) (without regard for any amount paid under priority (xix) in Canadian Dollars) and (xxvii) of the Priority of Payments.

Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, the Canadian Allocation Amount, together with any Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount, and with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date (or any other applicable date) means the Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount.

Canadian CARSTAR” means Carstar Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

 

A-8


Canadian CARSTAR GP” means Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian CARSTAR.

Canadian Co-Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Canadian Co-Issuer in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

Canadian Claims Management Business” means the Claims Management Business operated by one or more Canadian Securitization Entities (including, without limitation, Driven Canada Claims Management) as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-9


Canadian Co-Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (CAD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Co-Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account (USD)” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Collection Account” means collectively, account number 12821176 entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer Canadian Collection Account for Canadian Collections” for the holding of Canadian Collections (including any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount that will not be settled in U.S. Dollars) and an account to be established entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer Collection Account for the U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount” for the holding of any U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount, each maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

Canadian Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the Canadian Securitization Entities in each case during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i)     all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates, payments and fees received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates, vendor listing fees and claims management services, in each case deposited into the Canadian Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii)     sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iii)     cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds generated by any Product Sourcing Business, any Claims Management Business, Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iv)     without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties from Canadian Securitization Entities and Securitization-Owned Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations, including certain Take 5 Company Locations, that are not Securitization- Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)     all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of

 

A-10


the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the applicable Concentration Account or the applicable Collection Account;

(vi)     any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii)     any equity contributions made to the Canadian Co-Issuer (directly or indirectly) (provided that athe applicable Non-Securitization Entity may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii)     to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix)    any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

Canadian Concentration Account” means one or more accounts maintained in the name of the Canadian Co-Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Canadian Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii) of the Base Indenture or any successor accounts established for the Canadian Co-Issuer by the Canadian Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Canadian Management Agreement, designated individually or collectively, as the context may require.

Canadian Defined Benefit Plan” means a “registered pension plan”, as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which is or was sponsored, administered o contributed to, or required to be contributed to by, a Canadian Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Canadian Securitization Entity under which such Canadian Securitization Entity or member of a Controlled Group that includes a Canadian Securitization Entity has any actual or potential liability, and which contains a “defined benefit provision”, as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

Canadian Direct Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date any amount in Canadian Dollars (x) due to the Canadian Manager (or any Successor Manager thereof) pursuant to priorities (i)(B), (ii)(B), (iii), (iv), (xi) or (xxviii), (y) due to the Back-Up Manager or other third parties in Canadian Dollars pursuant to priorities (v), (xix) or (xxvi) or (z) to be paid to the Canadian Co-Issuer pursuant to priorities (xxvii) or (xxix).

Canadian Dollars” or “CAN$” means the lawful currency of Canada.

Canadian Advertising Accounts” means the twelve (12) accounts maintained by the Canadian Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Driven Securitization Brands in Canada, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the Canadian Manager from time to time.

Canadian Funding Holdco” means Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.

Canadian Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of Canada.

Canadian IP License Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the 1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, as licensor, and Radiator Express Canada, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License”), (ii) the Meineke

 

A-11


Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Meineke Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Meineke Franchisor (as assignee of Meineke Canada Partnership L.P.), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Meineke Canadian Franchisor License”), (iii) the Maaco Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Maaco Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Maaco Franchisor (as assignee of Maaco Canada Partnership, LP), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Maaco Canadian Franchisor License”) and (iv) the Amended and Restated Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License Agreement, dated as of the SeriesJune 29, 2020-1 Closing Date, between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Canadian Take 5 (as assignee of Take 5 Canada Partnership, LP), as licensee, and the other parties thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Take 5 Canadian Franchisor License”).

Canadian Maaco Franchisor” means Maaco Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP” means Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Maaco Franchisor.

Canadian Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Securitization Entities and the Trustee, solely for the purposes of Section 2.15 thereof, Carstar Canada Partnership, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Canadian Manager” means Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as manager under the Canadian Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Canadian Meineke Franchisor” means Meineke Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP” means Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Meineke Franchisor.

Canadian Product Sourcing Business” means the Product Sourcing Business operated by one or more Canadian Securitization Entities (including, without limitation, Driven Canada Product Sourcing) as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

Canadian Residual Account” means an account maintained in the name of and for the benefit of the Canadian Co-Issuer, or any other Canadian Securitization Entity, to which the Canadian Residual Amount, or a portion thereof attributable to such other Canadian Securitization Entity, will be paid on each Weekly Allocation Date. The Canadian Residual Amount, and any amount on deposit therein, will not be pledged as Collateral.

Canadian Securitization Entity GPs” means Driven Canada Claims Management GP and, together with Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Take 5 GP, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP and Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, for their respective limited partnerships.

Canadian Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the Canadian Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments.

 

A-12


Canadian Securitization Entities” means the Canadian Co-Issuer and the Canadian Guarantors and each Future Securitization Entity organized in Canada, or any province or territory thereof.

Canadian Shortfall Payment Amount” means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date (or any other applicable date), any Shortfall Payment paid or allocated by the Canadian Co-Issuer.

Canadian Take 5” means Take 5 Canada SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Canadian Take 5 GP” means Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Canadian Take 5.

Canadian Tax Lien Reserve Amount” means an amount necessary to satisfy any lien with regard to a Canadian Securitization Entity with respect to which the CRA, or any other applicable Canadian or provincial or territorial taxing authority, files notice pursuant to applicable law and provided such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the obligations of a Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Transaction Documents, the amount of such obligations will be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x); provided, that the portion of such amount attributable to Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x), the amount by which (i) $500,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Securitization Operating Expenses already paid during such period; provided, however, that the amount of attributable Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amounts of the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively, over any such period shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in

 

A-13


accordance with the Allocation Agreement); provided, further, that during any period that the Back-Up Manager is required to provide Warm Back-Up Management Duties or Hot Back-Up Management Duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, such amount shall automatically be increased by an additional $500,000 solely in order to provide for reimbursement of any increased fees and expenses incurred by the Back-up Manager associated with the provision of such services and the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, may further increase the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount as calculated above in order to take account of any increased fees and expenses associated with the provision of such services.

Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Interest Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency

 

A-14


Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)) was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

Carstar Brand” means the Carstar® name and Carstar Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

CARSTAR Franchisor” means CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Carstar License Agreement” means the Carstar License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Carstar Master License Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Master License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor (as assignee of CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc.) and Canadian CARSTAR (as assignee of Carstar Canada Partnership L.P.), as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Cash Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trap Reserve Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a) of the Base Indenture.

Cash Trapping Amount” means the amount deposited on behalf of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer in the applicable Cash Trap Reserve Account for any Weekly Allocation Date while a Cash Trapping Period is in effect equal to the product of (i) the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage and (ii) the amount of funds available in the applicable Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date after payment of priorities (i) through (xii) of the Priority of Payments (but with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date on or after a Cash Trapping Release Date, net of the Cash Trapping Release Amount released on such Cash Trapping Release Date); provided that, for any Weekly Allocation Date following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, the Cash Trapping Amount will be zero.

Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” means a DSCR equal to 1.75:1.00.

Cash Trapping Event” means, as of any Quarterly Payment Date, that the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

Cash Trapping Percentage” means, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date during a Cash Trapping Period, a percentage equal to (i) 50%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.75:1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.50:1.00 and (ii) 100%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.50:1.00.

Cash Trapping Period” means any period that begins on any Quarterly Payment Date on which a Cash Trapping Event occurs and ends on the first Quarterly Payment Date subsequent to the occurrence of such Cash Trapping Event on which the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is equal to or exceeds the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

 

A-15


Cash Trapping Release Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which any Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing, the full amount on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts and (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50% and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, 50% of the aggregate amount deposited to the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts during the most recent period in which the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, after having been reduced ratably for any withdrawals made from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts during such period for any other purpose.

Cash Trapping Release Date” means any Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are released from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts pursuant to Section 5.12(p) of the Base Indenture.

Casualty Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture.

Cause” means, with respect to any Independent Manager, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Manager constituting fraud, dishonesty, negligence, misconduct or other deliberate action which causes injury to the applicable Securitization Entity or an act by such Independent Manager involving moral turpitude or a serious crime or (ii) that such Independent Manager no longer meets the definition of “Independent Manager” as set forth in the applicable Securitization Entity’s Charter Documents.

CCR Acceptance Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Ballot” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Candidate” means any nominee submitted to the Trustee on a CCR Nomination pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election” means an election of a Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Nomination Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

CCR Re-election Event” means any of the following events: (i) an additional Series of Notes of the Controlling Class is issued, (ii) the Controlling Class changes, (iii) the Trustee receives written notice of the resignation or removal of any acting Controlling Class Representative, (iv) the Trustee receives a demand for an election for a Controlling Class Representative from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, which election will be at the expense of such Controlling Class Members (including Trustee expenses), (v) the Trustee receives written notice that an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the acting Controlling Class Representative, (vi) there is no Controlling Class

 

A-16


Representative and the Control Party requests an election be held, or (vii) an Annual Election Date occurs; provided that, with respect to a CCR Re-election Event that occurs as a result of clause (iv), (vi) or (vii), no CCR Re-election Event will be deemed to have occurred if it would result in more than two (2) CCR Re-election Events occurring in a single calendar year.

CCR Voting Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreements.

Charter Document” means, with respect to any entity and at any time, the certificate of incorporation or amalgamation, certificate of formation, declaration of limited partnership, operating agreement, limited partnership agreement, by-laws, memorandum of association, articles of association, articles and any other similar document, as applicable to such entity in effect at such time.

CIPO” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor Canadian federal office.

Claims Management Accounts” means the Existing Local Claims Management Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements), the Claims Management Concentration Account, and accounts established after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity in connection with the collection of revenues by such Securitization Entity.

Claims Management Business” means assets related to managing insurance claims in respect of services performed by Franchisees, locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties, together with any other business incidental thereto.

Class” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, any one of the classes of Notes of such Series as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person identified as the “Class A-1 Administrative Agent” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Lender” means (i) with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes, Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as such pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person(s) acting in such capacity pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Commitment” means (i) with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplement) and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the obligation of each Class A-1 Lender in respect of such Class A-1 Notes to fund advances pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, any note purchase agreement entered into by the Co-Issuers in connection with the issuance of such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” in the applicable Series Supplement.

 

A-17


Class A-1 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-1” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period, (ii) the Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts pursuant to Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture to cover any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account of such Co-Issuer for such Interest Accrual Period shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees solely for purposes of calculating the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the commitment fees payable to the Noteholders of such Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-18


Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate maximum principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes as identified in the applicable Series Supplement as reduced by any permanent reductions of commitments with respect to such Class A-1 Notes and any cancellations of repurchased Class A-1 Notes.

Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of commitment fees due and payable, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such commitment fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such commitment fees will be used to calculate the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” or “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees”.

Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the date identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

Class A-2 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-2” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto or Euroclear or Clearstream.

Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Luxembourg.

Closing Date Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (v) Meineke Car Care Centers, LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, Skidpad Enterprises, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC, LLC, Maaco Canada Partnership, LP, Pro Oil Canada Partnership, LP, Parent and the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor) as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (w) CARSTAR Holdings Corp., CARSTAR,

 

A-19


Inc., CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc. and CARSTAR Franchisor as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, (x) Take 5, Take 5 Franchising LLC, Take 5 Oil, T5 Holding Corporation, Driven Sister Holdings LLC, Take 5 Franchisor, SPV Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (y) Driven Brands, Inc. and ABRA Franchisor as of October 4, 2019 and (z) 79411 USA, LLC, Parent, 10055522 Canada Inc., 9404287 Canada Inc., Neuromage Inc., Groupe Vitro Plus, Inc., Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPsEntities, FUSA Franchisor and FUSA Properties as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, in each case, covering, relating to or embodied in (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code also refer to any successor sections.

Collateral” means, collectively, the Indenture Collateral, the “Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and any property subject to any other Indenture Document that grants a Lien to secure any Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Franchise Documents and the Transaction Documents.

Collateral Exclusions” means the following property of the Co-Issuers: (a) any real property constituting a lease and any other lease, license or other contract or permit, in each case solely to the extent that the grant of a lien or security interest in any Co-Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture (i) is prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (ii) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of such Co-Issuer therein or (iii) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the New York Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or any other applicable law, (b) the Excepted Securitization IP Assets; (c) the Excluded Locations, (d) the Excluded Amounts, (e) the Canadian Residual Account and any amount on deposit therein, and (f) any amounts distributed to the Issuer pursuant to priority (xxix) of the Priority of Payments.

Collateral Protection Advance” means any advance of (a) payments of taxes, rent, assessments, insurance premiums and other related costs and expenses necessary to protect, preserve or restore the applicable Collateral and (b) payments of any Securitization Operating Expenses (excluding (i) any indemnification obligations, (ii) business and/or asset-related operating expenses, (iii) fees and expenses of external legal counsel that are not directly related to the maintenance or preservation of the Collateral and (iv) damages, costs, or expenses relating to fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, violations of law, bodily injury, property damage or misappropriation of funds), to the extent not previously paid pursuant to an applicable Manager Advance, in each case made by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement in accordance with the Servicing Standard, or by the Trustee (if the Servicer fails to do so) pursuant to the Indenture.

Collateralized Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-20


Collection Accounts” means, collectively, the U.S. Collection Account and the Canadian Collection Account.

Collection Account Administrative Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Collections” means the U.S. Collections together with the Canadian Collections.

Commitment Fees Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture.

Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Company Order” and “Company Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of each applicable Co-Issuer by any Authorized Officer of such Co-Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Paying Agent.

Competitor” means any Person that is a direct or indirect franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept (including a Franchisee); provided that (i) a Person will not be a Competitor solely by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of less than 5% of the Equity Interests in a “Competitor” and (ii) a Person will not be a “Competitor” if such Person has policies and procedures that prohibit such Person from disclosing or making available any confidential information that such Person may receive as a Noteholder or prospective investor in the Notes, to individuals involved in the business of buying, selling, holding or analyzing the Equity Interests of a “Competitor” or in the business of being a franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept.

Concentration Accounts” means the U.S. Concentration Account and the Canadian Concentration Account.

Consent Recommendation” means the action recommended by the Control Party to any Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative in writing with respect to any Consent Request that requires the consent, waiver or direction of such Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative, as applicable.

Consent Request” means any request for a direction, waiver, amendment, consent or certain other action under the Transaction Documents.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, consolidated interest expense, whether paid or accrued, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, net costs under interest rate hedging agreements, amortization of discount, that portion of interest obligations with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, including all Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person, commitment fees and acceleration of fees and expenses payable in connection with Indebtedness.

 

A-21


“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries (whether positive or negative), determined in accordance with GAAP, for such period.

Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, declared but unpaid dividends, letter of credit or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof or (b) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof. “Contingent Obligation” will include (x) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another and (y) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency of any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause (y) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation will be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

Contributed Assets” means all assets contributed under the Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Development Agreements” means, collectively, all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of each applicable Series Closing Date, or each other date of contribution, that were contributed to a SPV Franchising Entity as of such Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Agreements” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of each applicable Series Closing Date, or other date of contribution, in respect of Branded Locations in the United States and Canada that were contributed to a SPV Franchising Entity as of such Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Franchise Business” means the business of franchising the Branded Locations in the United States or in Canada and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contributed Franchise Business does not include the Non-Contributed Property.

Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets relating to a Securitization-Owned Location existing as of each applicable Series Closing Date, or such

 

A-22


other date of contribution, that were contributed to a Securitization Entity as of such Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, or following the most recent Series Closing Date, or such other date of contribution, pursuant to the applicable Contribution Agreements.

Contributed Software” means the CRX Software, the FACTS software, the M.Key software, the Polaris software and the proprietary software owned by 1-800 Radiator & A/C or its Subsidiaries as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the Canadian Co-Issuer as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Contribution Agreements” means, collectively (in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time):

(i)    the First-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(ii)    the First-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iii)    the First Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iv)    the First Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated of February 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(v)    the First Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(vi)    the First Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(vii)    the First Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(viii)    the First Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(ix)    the Second-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(x)    the Second-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xi)    the Second Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xii)    the Second Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xiii)    the Second Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

 

A-23


(xiv)    the Second Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xv)    the Second Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xvi)    the Second Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xvii)    the Third-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xviii)    the Third-Tier Driven Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xix)    the Third-Tier Radiator Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and 1-800-Radiator Franchisor;

(xx)    the Third-Tier Radiator Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Radiator Product Sales Holder;

(xxi)    the Third-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016- 1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and CARSTAR Franchisor;

(xxii)    the Third Tier Take 5 Franchise Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xxiii)    the Third Tier Take 5 Company Location Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxiv)    the Third Tier Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xxv)    the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco;

(xxvi)    the Third Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxvii)    the Third Tier Kwik Kar Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxviii)    the Third Tier Bolton Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxix)    the Third Tier Express Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xxx)    the Third Tier Fast Track Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

 

A-24


(xxxi)    the Fourth-Tier Drive N Style Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Drive N Style Franchisor;

(xxxii)    the Fourth-Tier Econo Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Econo Lube Franchisor;

(xxxiii)    the Fourth-Tier Maaco Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Maaco Franchisor;

(xxxvi)    the Fourth-Tier Meineke Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Meineke Franchisor;

(xxxv)    the Fourth-Tier Merlin Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Merlin Franchisor;

(xxxvi)    the Fourth Tier Take 5 Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor;

(xxxvii)    the Fourth Tier Super-Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2019, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor;

(xxxviii)    the First Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(xxxix)    the Second Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(xl)    the Third Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Franchisor Holdco and the Issuer;

(xli)    the Fourth Tier ABRA Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between Franchisor Holdco and ABRA Franchisor;

(xlii)    the First Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xliii)    the Second Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xliv)    the Third Tier Freedom Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xlv)    the First Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xlvi)    the Second Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(xlvii)    the Third Tier Precision Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

 

A-25


(xlviii)     the Master First Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., and Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC;

(xlix)     the Master Second Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Funding HoldCo LLC and Driven Brands Funding, LLC;

(l)     the Master Third Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, by and between Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Take 5 Properties SPV LLC;

(li)     the Fix Auto Pre-Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Association of Collision Repairers, LLC, Auto Center Auto Bond, LLC, Caulfield- Bickett, LLC, 79411 USA , LLC, , FUSA, LLC and Parent;

(lii)     the First Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(liii)     the Second Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(liv)     the Third Tier Fix Auto Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco;

(lv)     the Third Tier Fix Auto Properties Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and FUSA Properties;

(lvi)     the Third Tier Fix Auto Product Supply Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(lvii)     the Fourth Tier Fix Auto Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and FUSA Franchisor;

(lviii)     the Canadian Co-Issuer Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2020, by and between 12008432 Canada Inc. (“Canco”) and Canadian Funding Holdco;

(lix)     contribution agreements between the Canadian Co-Issuer and each of Go Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, and Driven Canada Claims Management; and

(lx)     all future contribution agreements of a similar nature to those described in items (i) though (lix), above, entered into in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

Contributor” means any Non-Securitization Entity that contributed assets to the Securitization Entities on or before a Series Closing Date or another date of contribution pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

Controlled Group” means any group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control that is treated as a single employer for purposes of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.

Control Party” means, at any time, the Servicer, who will direct the Trustee to act or will act on behalf of the Trustee in connection with Consent Requests.

 

A-26


Controlling Class” means the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding among all Series, for which purpose the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will be treated as a single Class for so long as the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes remain Outstanding. As of the Series 2020- 12 Closing Date, the “Controlling Class” will be the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Notes, and the Series 2020-1 Notes and the Series 2020-2 Notes.

Controlling Class Member” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note of the Controlling Class, a Note Owner of such Book-Entry Note and, with respect to a Definitive Note of the Controlling Class, a Noteholder of such Definitive Note (excluding, in each case, any Securitization Entity or Affiliate thereof).

Controlling Class Representative” means, at any time during which one or more Series of Notes is Outstanding, the representative, if any, that has been elected pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture by the Majority of Controlling Class Members; provided that, if no Controlling Class Representative has been elected or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within the time period specified in Section 11.4 of the Base Indenture, the Control Party will be entitled to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to such Consent Request, other than with respect to Servicer Termination Events, in accordance with the Servicing Standard.

Copyrights” means all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) in unpublished and published works.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, Citibank, N.A., 480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands and (b) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands, call: (888) 855-9695 to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, each Rating Agency and each Co-Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

CRA” means the Canada Revenue Agency.

Currency Conversion” means the settlement, based on the applicable Spot Rate, of (i) a Canadian Dollar-denominated Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount in U.S. Dollars or (ii) a U.S. Dollar-denominated U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount in Canadian Dollars.

Currency Conversion Election Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

Currency Conversion Opt-Out Excluded Weekly Allocation Date” means, with respect to a Weekly Allocation Date, that due to a lack of Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer or a lack of U.S. Collections of the Issuer, as applicable, any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, are required to fund a shortfall of the aggregate amounts payable or allocable pursuant to (x) priorities (i)-(vii) or (xix) of the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period or (y) priorities (i)-(xxviii) of the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date within the Extended Currency Conversion Election Period.

 

A-27


Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(f) of the Base Indenture.

Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(a) of the Base Indenture.

Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(f) of the Base Indenture.

Debt Service” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the sum of (A) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest plus (B) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount plus (C) the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount plus (D) with respect to each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments that would be due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date, as ratably reduced by the aggregate amount of any payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, after giving effect to any optional or mandatory prepayment of principal of any such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any repurchase and cancellation of such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes, but without giving effect to any reductions available due to satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test on such Quarterly Payment Date. For the purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to the Series 2020-1 Notes and the Series 2020-2 Notes, Debt Service will be deemed to be the sum of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of the definition of “Debt Service” multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is 90 and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed during the period commencing on and including the applicable Series 2020-1 Closing Date and ending on but excluding the first Quarterly Payment Date after thesuch Series 2020-1 Closing Date (as calculated on the basis of a 360 day-year consisting of twelve 30-day months), plus (B) the amount referred to in clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”, assuming for purposes of this calculation only that a scheduled principal payment on the Series 2020-1 Notes or the Series 2020-2 Notes, as applicable, is made on the first Quarterly Payment Date after the applicable Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Debt Service Advance” means any advance made by the Servicer (or, if the Servicer fails to do so, the Trustee) in respect of the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount on any Quarterly Payment Date.

Deemed Spot Rate” has the meaning set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Spot Rate.”

Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that with notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Defeased Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-28


Depository Agreement” means, with respect to a Series or Class of a Series of Notes having Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency governing the deposit of such Notes with the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement.

Development Agreements” means all development agreements for Branded Locations pursuant to which a Franchisee, developer or other Person obtains the rights to develop one or more Branded Locations and all master license agreements pursuant to which a Franchisee also is authorized to grant subfranchises.

Disposed Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Disposed Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand” means the Docteur du Pare-Brise® name and Docteur du Pare-Brise Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Dollar” and the symbol “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States.

Driven Brands Entities” means, collectively, Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, now existing or hereafter created.

Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Indebtedness of the Driven Brands Entities (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (v) the cash and cash equivalents of the Driven Brands Entities credited to the Interest Reserve Accounts in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Managers or constitute the U.S. Residual Amount or Canadian Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (x) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (y) the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Non-Securitization Entities as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period (in each case, excluding any unrestricted cash or cash equivalents contributed to the Driven Brands Entities solely with the intent of satisfying such condition in bad faith and immediately redistributed to the parent companies of the Driven Brands Entities) and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre- Funding Reserve Account to (b) Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA of the Driven Brands Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(a) of the Base Indenture.

Driven Brands License Agreement” means the amended and restated Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2019, by and between the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

A-29


Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement” means the Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and between the Canadian Co-Issuer, Go Glass Franchisor and Star Auto Glass Franchisor, as licensors, and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Driven Brands System” means the system of stores, service centers and distribution centers operating under the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada.

Driven Brands System-Wide Sales” means, with respect to any Quarterly Calculation Date, aggregate Gross Sales (which shall be permitted to include estimated Gross Sales of up to 10% of the total) (prior to adjustment on account of any costs, expenses, fees or royalties) for all franchise and company-owned locations subject to the Securitization Transaction for the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

Driven Canada Claims Management” means Driven Canada Claims Management LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Driven Canada Claims Management GP” means Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Driven Canada Claims Management LP.

Driven Canada Product Sourcing” means Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP” means Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP.

Driven Securitization Brands” means the Meineke Brand, the Maaco Brand, the Econo Lube Brand, the Pro Oil Brand, the Drive N Style Brand, the Merlin Brand, the 1-800-Radiator Brand, the Carstar Brand, the Take 5 Brand, the ABRA Brand, the Fix Auto Brand, the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Go Glass Brand, the Star Auto Glass Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand, the other Uniban Brands and, for purposes of Permitted Brand Dispositions and Permitted Asset Dispositions, the Canadian Product Sourcing Business, the U.S. Product Sourcing Business, the Canadian Claims Management Business and the U.S. Product Sourcing Business.

Drive N Style Brand” means (i) the Drive N Style® name and Drive N Style Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing, (ii) the Aero Colours Brand and (iii) the AutoQual Brand (but, in each case, excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Drive N Style Franchisor” means Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

DSCR” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the amount obtained by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four (4) immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period (excluding any interest reserved in a Pre-Funding Reserve Account, whether in cash or available to be drawn under any letter of credit in respect of the Pre-Funding Reserve Accounts);

 

A-30


provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four (4) Quarterly Calculation Dates following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date:

(a)     “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands for the threefour (34) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended September 28, 2019, December 28, 2019, and March 28, 2020, June 27, 2020 and September 26, 2020 will be deemed to be $69,254,532,(or have otherwise equaled) $57,962,049 and, $59,564,936, $48,524,971 and $87,176,556, respectively, to give effect to the Pre-Series 2019-3 Closing Date Contributions and the Pre-Series 2020-1 Closing Date Contributions for anyapplicable acquisitions made by, and contributions to, the Securitization Entities for any pre-acquisition or pre-contribution portion of the applicable fiscal period.Net Cash Flow acquired in such acquisitions for theor contributions for any Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2020-1 Closing Date will include the Managers’ good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for such acquisitions or contributions for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the applicable Series 2020-1 Closing Date or other date of acquisition or contribution based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the Managers during that period; and

(b)     “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-Notes and the Series 2020-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the applicable Series 2020-1 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including thesuch Series 2020-1 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and

(c)      “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2015-1 Notes and Series 2016-1 Notes repaid on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 2020-2 Closing Date shall be deemed to be zero;

provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR, for any period during which one or more Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition occurs, such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable (and all other Permitted Acquisitions or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition that have been consummated during the applicable period), shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, as applicable, shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

Econo Lube Brand” means the Econo Lube N’ Tune® name and Econo Lube N’ Tune Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Econo Lube Franchisor” means Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Econo Lube License Agreement” means the Econo Lube License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Econo Lube Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Franchisor, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Eligible Account” means (a) a segregated identifiable trust account established in the trust department of a Qualified Trust Institution or (b) a separately identifiable deposit or securities account established at a Qualified Institution.

Eligible Assets” means any asset used or useful to the Securitization Entities in the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands, the Product Sourcing Business, and the Claims Management Business, including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the Securitization Entities.

 

A-31


Eligible Investments” means (a) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System or is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, (ii) whose short-term debt is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) by S&P and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America, Canada or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America or Canada, as applicable, is pledged in support thereof; (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America, Canada or any province or territory thereof, and in each case, and rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and (d) (i) if denominated in U.S. Dollars, investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the relevant Person making such investment, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) if denominated in Canadian Dollars, investments in money market funds, in each case, which have the highest rating obtainable from S&P, and the portfolios of which are invested primarily in investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Eligible Investments must either (A) be at all times available for withdrawal or liquidation at par (or for commercial paper issued at a discount, at the applicable purchase price) or (B) mature on or prior to the Business Day prior to the immediately succeeding Weekly Calculation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts in any Indenture Trust Account denominated in Canadian Dollars will remain uninvested.

Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means the acquisition of (i) assets related to a Driven Securitization Brand (including franchise locations of such brand) and brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand, so long as the applicable Series Pre-Funded Acquisition Conditions are met and (ii) a Future Brand or other brands or other assets (including franchise and company-owned locations) that are not expected to be converted to a Driven Securitization Brand and will be contributed as Collateral at the time of such acquisition, so long as in addition to the conditions in (i) above, the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Eligible Third-Party Candidate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by any Securitization Entity, or with respect to which any Securitization Entity has any liability.

Environmental Law” means any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, binding guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including common law) of any international authority, foreign (other than Canadian) government, the United States, Canada, or any state, provincial, territorial, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning

 

A-32


protection of the environment or of human health (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), or employee health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means any (a) membership interest in any limited liability company, (b) general or limited partnership interest in any partnership, (c) common, preferred or other stock interest in any corporation, (d) share, participation, unit or other interest in the property or enterprise of an issuer that evidences ownership rights therein, (e) ownership or beneficial interest in any trust or (f) option, warrant or other right to convert any interest into or otherwise receive any of the foregoing.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor thereto, as operator of the Euroclear System.

Event of Bankruptcy” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if:

(a)     a case, application, petition or other proceeding is commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts including any applicable corporations legislation to the extent the relief sought under such corporations legislation relates to or involves the compromise, settlement, adjustment or arrangement of debt, and such case or proceeding, application, petition continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person is entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or

(b)     such Person commences a voluntary case, application, petition or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager, monitor, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(c)     the board of directors, board of managers, or general partner (or similar body) of such Person votes to implement any of the actions set forth in clause (b) above.

Event of Default” means any of the events set forth in Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture.

Excepted Securitization IP Assets” means (i) any right to use third-party Intellectual Property pursuant to a license to the extent such rights are not able to be pledged; and (ii) any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of an assignment or security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(c) or (d); provided that at such time as the grant and/or

 

A-33


enforcement of the assignment or security interest would not cause such application to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned, such Trademark application will not be considered an “Excepted Securitization IP Asset”.

Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Canadian Management Agreement.

Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid exceed (b) the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Amounts” means (i) Advertising Fees (net of Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States) including, without limitation, any such Advertising Fees transferred to the Advertising Fund Accounts; (ii) amounts in respect of income, withholding or other taxes required to be paid by the Canadian Securitization Entities or any other sales taxes and comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (if any) that are due and payable to a Governmental Authority or other unaffiliated third party; (iii) statutory foreign taxes (if any) included in Collections but required to be remitted to a Governmental Authority; (iv) amounts paid by Franchisees to a Manager in respect of fees or expenses payable to unaffiliated third parties for services provided to Franchisees, including, without limitation, bona fide third-party repairs and maintenance fees, advertising agency fees and production costs, and software licensing and subscription fees; (v) fees and expenses paid by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in connection with registering, maintaining and enforcing the Securitization IP and paying to other Securitization Entities or third parties Intellectual Property licensing and subscription fees; (vi) any proceeds from or collections in respect of Non-Contributed Property; (vii) amounts paid by Franchisees to a Manager relating to corporate services provided by such Manager, including, without limitation, gift card administration and employee training, to the extent such services are not provided by such Manager pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement; (viii) gift card redemption amounts and initial sale proceeds of gift cards; (ix) account expenses and fees paid to the banks at which the Management Accounts are held; (x) tenant improvement allowances and similar amounts received from landlords (if any); (xi) payments to certain developers (if any); (xii) Product Sourcing Obligations; (xiii) proceeds of directors and officers insurance; (xiv) actual or estimated franchise fee commissions; (xv) hotel and travel costs in connection with software and other Franchisee employee training programs; (xvi) Franchisee Payments in respect of rent or equipment deposits and costs associated with sublease revenue (including payment of lease obligations) in respect of Securitization-Owned Locations; (xvii) payments from fleet customers in respect of services performed by Franchisees, (xviii) any other amounts deposited into the Concentration Accounts that are not required to be deposited into the Collection Accounts; (xix) insurance company rebates and other fees and payments payable to Franchisees, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations or third-parties in connection with insurance referrals and claims management; (xx) any portion of a supplier rebate required to be remitted to a Franchisee, Excluded Location, locations owned by Non-Securitization Entities or third-parties, (xxi) any costs and expenses associated with distribution margin or supplier rebates, (xxii) revenues (if any) that are due and payable to Governmental Authorities or other unaffiliated third parties as sales taxes and comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (the items set forth in clause (xxii) collectively, “Pass-Through Amounts”) and (xxiii) amounts that would constitute Retained Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer with respect to an Excluded Location.

 

A-34


Excluded IP” means (i) any Software licensed to or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity and (ii) any proprietary software owned by a Non-Securitization Entity (other than the Contributed Software).

Excluded Location” means the following locations and businesses, together with their respective revenue and any account (and the amount on deposit therein) in which such revenue is collected and the related assets used in the operation of their respective businesses: (i) the company-owned locations for the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand and certain other Uniban Brands (and, in each case, any future company-owned locations for such Driven Securitization Brands or brands acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) and (ii) the distribution center company-owned locations previously owned by Vitretech Inc. and 9404244 Canada Inc., respectively, immediately prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and owned by the Canadian Co-Issuer in Canada on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Excluded Operating Expenses” means any operating expenses comprised of Pass- Through Amounts excluded from any applicable determination of revenue, and, with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, Weekly Management Fees, Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fees and any lease or similar expenses to the extent payable pursuant to priority (xxvi) of the Priority of Payments.

Existing Local Securitization-Owned Location Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Extension Period” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the period from the Series Anticipated Repayment Date (or any previously extended Series Anticipated Repayment Date) with respect to such Series or Class to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Series or Class as extended in connection with the provisions of the applicable Series Supplement.

FDIC” means the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Series Legal Final Maturity Date with respect to the last Series of Notes Outstanding.

Financial Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

Fiscal Quarter Percentage” means 10%.

Fix Auto Brand” means the Fix Auto® name and Fix Auto Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement, including any FUSA Properties Franchise Agreement, whereby a Franchisee agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which a Franchisee is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

Franchise Documents” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements (including master franchise agreements and related service or license agreements), Development Agreements and agreements related thereto, together with any modifications, amendments, extensions or replacements of the foregoing.

 

A-35


Franchised Canadian Locations” means the Branded Locations in Canada that are owned and operated by Franchisees that are unaffiliated with Parent and its Affiliates pursuant to a Franchise Agreement that is granted by a Non-Securitization Entity or Canadian Securitization Entity.

Franchisee” means any Person that is a franchisee under a Franchise Agreement.

Franchisee Payments” means all amounts payable to any SPV Franchising Entity by or on behalf of Franchisees pursuant to the Franchise Documents, including, without limitation, franchise fees, Maaco Net Advertising Commissions in the United States, Advertising Fees, software and systems licensing and maintenance revenue, referral, renewal and transfer fees (if any), amounts in respect of product and equipment sales (including rebates or other amounts), franchise royalty payments, and amounts paid by Franchisees on short-term notes, fees in respect of the administration of insurance programs, other than, in any case, Excluded Amounts.

Franchisor Holdco” means Driven Systems LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Funding Holdco” means Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

FUSA Franchisor” means FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

FUSA Properties” means FUSA Properties SPV, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

FUSA Properties Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement whereby FUSA Properties, as a Franchisee, agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which FUSA Properties is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its Affiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (including on October 4, 2019 and the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date nor does “Future Brand” include any Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand.

Future Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

Future Securitization Entity” means any entity that becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Funding Holdco or Canadian Funding Holdco, any Co-Issuer or Franchisor Holdco after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents and is designated by the applicable Manager as a “Future Securitization Entity” pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-36


FX Agent” means Citibank, N.A. or any successor FX Agent appointed pursuant to Section 14.19.

FX Exchange Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) of the Base Indenture

GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect from time to time; provided that, for purposes of computing each of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio (including any financial and accounting terms included in the components thereof), GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date.

Go Glass Brand” means the Go Glass® name and Go Glass Trademarks, including the Go Glass & Accessories® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Go Glass Franchisor” means Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP, a newly formed special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Go Glass Franchisor GP” means Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Go Glass Franchisor.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, Canada, any other nation or any political subdivision of the foregoing, whether state, provincial, territorial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Government Securities” means readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and as to which obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

Gross Sales” means, with respect to any franchise or company-owned location, the total amount of revenue received from the sale of all products and performance of all services (except applicable Manager-approved promotional items) and all other income of every kind and nature (including gift certificates when redeemed but not when purchased, in the case of Securitization-Owned Locations that are not Take 5 Company Locations, and including the initial sale of gift cards, in the case of Take 5 Company Locations), whether for cash or credit and regardless of collection in the case of credit; provided that Gross Sales shall not include (i) any sales taxes or other taxes, in each case collected from customers for transmittal to the appropriate taxing authority, or (ii) revenues that are not subject to royalties in accordance with the related franchise agreement or other applicable agreement.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreements” means (a) the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) and (b) the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian GuarantorsSecuritization Entities in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”).

 

A-37


Guarantors” means, collectively, (x) Funding Holdco, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, the other U.S. SPV Franchising Entities, Take 5 Properties, FUSA Properties and any Future Securitization Entities organized in the United States or any State thereof (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”), and (y) Canadian Funding Holdco, the Canadian Securitization Entity GPs, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs, and any Future Securitization Entities organized in Canada or any province or territory thereof (collectively, the “Canadian Guarantors”).

Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Improvements” means any additions, modifications, developments, variations, refinements, enhancements or improvements that are derivative works as defined and recognized by applicable Requirements of Law.

Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money in any form, including net obligations in respect of derivatives, and (b) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price for property or services, which purchase price is (i) due more than one year from the date of the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (other than (x) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (y) an earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and (z) liabilities associated with client prepayments and deposits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity, (ii) amounts payable under third party license agreements and third-party supply agreements or similar trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with the applicable Managing Standard or (iii) that portion of obligations with respect to any lease of any property, whether real, personal or mixed and whether or not classified as Capitalized Lease Obligations and whether or not such lease is pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not such sale-leaseback transaction is accounted for under the financing method).

Indemnification Amount” means (i) with respect to any Securitization Asset, an amount equal to the Allocated Note Amount for such asset and (ii) with respect to any Securitization IP, any amount required to reimburse the applicable Securitization Entity for the expenses related to defending or enforcing its rights in such Securitization IP. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co- Issuer, as applicable, of any Indemnification Amount directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

Indenture” means the Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms.

Indenture Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

Indenture Documents” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, collectively, the Base Indenture, the related Series Supplements, the Notes of such Series, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, the related Account Control Agreements, any related Note Purchase Agreements and any other agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of the Notes of such Series or the pledge of Collateral under any of the foregoing.

 

A-38


Indenture Trust Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Accounts, the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Accounts, the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts, the Securitization Operating Expense Accounts, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts, the Series Distribution Accounts and such other accounts as the Trustee may establish from time to time pursuant to its authority to establish additional accounts pursuant to the Indenture.

Independent” means, as to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers and any member thereof or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person and (ii) is not connected with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if, in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above, the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

Independent Auditors” means the firm of Independent accountants appointed pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement or any successor Independent accountant.

Independent Manager” means, with respect to any limited liability company, limited partnership or corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., Stewart Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers or independent directors, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such Person and that provides professional independent managers or independent directors and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(i)    a member (other than as a special member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such Person, the member or shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent manager or special member of such Person or an Affiliate of such Person that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such Person (except for a Securitization Entity) and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such independent manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

 

A-39


(ii)    a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to such Person, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such Person or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii)    a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv)    a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies clause (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of any Person shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of such Person; provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent director or manager of any Affiliate of such Person in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than 5% of such individual’s annual income for that year.

Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18 of the Base Indenture.

Initial Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of such Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Insolvency” means liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization or conservation; and when used as an adjective, “Insolvent”.

Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by the Securitization Entities (a) by reason of theft, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities under any policy of insurance (other than liability insurance) in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of any non-temporary condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Securitization Entities in respect thereof and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any disposition of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable by the Securitization Entities’ consolidated group, with respect to the U.S. Securitization Entities, or at an entity-level, with respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” will not include any proceeds of policies of insurance not relating to theft, physical destruction or damage in respect of the properties or assets of the Securitization Entities, and therefore will exclude such items as business interruption insurance and other insurance procured in the ordinary course of business, which shall be treated as ordinary Collections.

Insurance Proceeds Accounts” means (x) the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the U.S. Manager causes amounts received by a U.S.

 

A-40


Securitization Entity to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the U.S. Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the U.S. Management Agreement and (y) the account maintained in the name of the Canadian Co- Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Canadian Manager causes amounts received by a Canadian Securitization Entity to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Canadian Co-Issuer by the Canadian Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Canadian Management Agreement.

Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all rights in intellectual property of any type throughout the world, including (i) all Trademarks; (ii) all Patents; (iii) all Software; (iv) all Copyrights; (v) all Trade Secrets; (vi) all social media account names or identifiers (e.g., Twitter® handle or Facebook® account name); (vii) all Improvements of or to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all registrations, applications for registration or issuances, recordings, renewals and extensions relating to any of the foregoing.

Inter-Canada Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11(d) of the Base Indenture.

Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred and ending on but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date; provided that the initial Interest Accrual Period for any Series will commence on and include the Series Closing Date and end on the date specified in the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that, for any Series, the Interest Accrual Period immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date on which the last payment on the Notes of such Series is to be made will end on such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, further, that, solely with respect to any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Interest Accrual Period specified in the applicable Series Supplement and Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Interest-Only DSCR” means the DSCR calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”.

Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable.

Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, with respect to a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of (i) the Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount of such Co-Issuer over (ii) such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, in each case, for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

Interest Reserve Release Event” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, an event allowing funds to be released from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, as applicable, identified as an Interest Reserve Release Event with respect to such Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investment Income” means the investment income earned on a specified account during a specified period, in each case net of all losses and expenses allocable thereto.

 

A-41


Investments” means, with respect to any Person(s), all investments by such Person(s) in other Persons in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding (x) accounts receivable, (y) trade credit and advances to customers and (z) commission, travel, moving and other similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of such Person(s) (including Affiliates) made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

Investor Request Certification” means a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Base Indenture.

IP License Agreements” means each Canadian IP License Agreement, the Driven Brands License Agreement, the Driven Brands Canadian License Agreement, the Econo Lube License Agreement, the Carstar License Agreement, the Carstar Master License Agreement, the Take 5 License Agreement and any Intellectual Property license agreement whereby any of the U.S. SPV Franchising Entities grants a license permitting a third-party to use the “Super-Lube” brand.

Issuer Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

Issuer Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Securitization Operating Expense Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Interest Payment Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Post-ARD Additional Interest Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Principal Payment Account for Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Issuer Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-42


Issuer Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Large Franchisor Exemption Amount” means any cash amount contributed (and reasonably documented) to any Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate in order, in the reasonable judgment of the U.S. Manager, to satisfy the minimum net worth requirement a franchisor must maintain in order to take advantage of an exemption that may be available under state franchise registration laws when (i) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company maintains a certain minimum net worth based on its most recent consolidated audited financial statements and (ii) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company (and, in certain cases, its predecessor) possess certain franchising and/or operating experience involving a minimum number of units over a certain period of time.

L/C Downgrade Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of the Base Indenture.

L/C Provider” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the party identified as the “L/C Provider” or the “L/C Issuing Bank,” as the context requires, in the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Legacy Account” means, on or after the date that any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Base Indenture is no longer Outstanding, any account maintained by the Trustee to which funds have been allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments for the payment of interest, fees or other amounts in respect of such Class or Series of Notes.

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreements” means a reimbursement agreement, by and among the Parent and the Issuer, or by and among the Canadian Manager and the Canadian Co- Issuer, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, which permits letters of credit to be issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities and that provide that such Co-Issuer will receive a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the cost to such Co-Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such Letter of Credit plus an agreed-upon margin.

Licensee-Developed IP” means all applicable Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of any licensee under any IP License Agreement related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Lien” means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person which secures payment or performance of any obligation, and will include any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor, or other security interest of any kind, whether arising under a security agreement, mortgage, lease, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention or security title, financing or similar statement, or arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Liquidation Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

 

A-43


Lock-Box Accounts” means the accounts and any related lock-boxes established at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in the case of the U.S. Securitization Entities, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Desjardins Group, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, for purposes of collecting Franchisee Payments and amounts from Franchisees that constitute Excluded Amounts.

Luxembourg Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(c) of the Base Indenture.

Maaco Brand” means the Maaco® name and Maaco Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Maaco Franchisor” means Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Maaco Net Advertising Commissions” means certain fees, commissions and other expenses due to Printz Advertising (the in-house advertising agency of the Maaco Brand) in respect of advertising and marketing services provided by Printz Advertising or the applicable Manager (or its subsidiaries) to Maaco Franchisees in an amount equal to 15% of all Advertising Fees received from Maaco Franchisees (such percentage subject to adjustment from time to time at the discretion of such Manager).

Majority of Controlling Class Members” means, (x) except as set forth in clause (y), with respect to the Controlling Class Members (or, if specified, any subset thereof) and as of any day of determination, Controlling Class Members that hold in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein as of such day of determination (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity) and (y) with respect to the election of a Controlling Class Representative, Controlling Class Members that hold beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes of the Controlling Class (other than Class A-1 Notes) or any beneficial interest therein, in each case, that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and, in each case of clauses (y)(i) and (ii), with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date) (such sum described in clause (y), the “CCR Voting Amount”).

Majority of Noteholders” means Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Notes or beneficial interests in Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

Majority of Senior Noteholders” means Senior Noteholders holding in excess of 50% of the sum of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of each Series of Senior Notes other than Class A-1 Notes (excluding any Senior Notes or beneficial interests in Senior Notes held by any Securitization Entity or any Affiliate of any Securitization Entity).

 

A-44


Managed Assets” means the assets that each Manager has agreed to manage and service pursuant to the applicable Management Agreement in accordance with the standards and the procedures described therein.

Managed Documents” means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the applicable Managed Assets, including, without limitation, any Contribution Agreement, Franchise Document or IP License Agreement.

Management Accounts” means, collectively, the Concentration Accounts, the Lock-Box Accounts, the Asset Disposition Proceeds Accounts, the Insurance Proceeds Accounts, the Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts (including any additional Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts opened following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date), the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox, the Oil Fleet Lockbox, the Spire Supply Securitization Account, any additional Securitized-Owned Location Concentration Accounts opened following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts, the Claims Management Concentration Accounts, and such other accounts as may be established by a Manager from time to time pursuant to the its Management Agreement that such Manager designates as a “Management Account” for purposes of such Management Agreement, so long as each such other account is subject to an Account Control Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Advertising Fund Accounts and any other Account of a Securitization Entity for the holding or disbursement of Excluded Amounts or other amounts constituting operating expenses of Securitization-Owned Locations, a Product Sourcing Business or a Claims Management Business and permitted to be paid under this Base Indenture).

Manager Advance” with respect to either the U.S. Manager or the Canadian Manager, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Manager-Developed IP” means all applicable Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of a Manager related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.

Manager Termination Event” means, with respect to either Manager, the occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.1(a) of the applicable Management Agreement.

Managing Standard” with respect to the U.S. Manager, has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Management Agreement, and with respect to the Canadian Manager, has the meaning set forth in the Canadian Management Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect” means:

(a)    with respect to the Managers, collectively, a material adverse effect on (i) their results of operations, business, properties or financial condition, taken as a whole, (ii) their ability to conduct their respective business or to perform in any material respect their respective obligations under the applicable Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document, taken as a whole, (iii) the Collateral, taken as a whole, or (iv) the ability of the Securitization Entities to perform in any material respect their obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(b)    with respect to the Collateral, a material adverse effect with respect to (i) any Driven Securitization Brand in any jurisdiction that is material to the business of the Securitization Entities or with respect to the Securitization IP, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof,

 

A-45


the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, or the security interest in the rights thereto granted by the Securitization Entities under the terms of the Transaction Documents or (ii) the Securitization Assets, taken as a whole, or the Collateral, taken as a whole, the enforceability of the terms thereof, the likelihood of the payment of the amounts required with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the value thereof, the ownership thereof by the Securitization Entities (as applicable) or the Lien of the Indenture or the applicable Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Collateral;

(c)    with respect to any Securitization Entity, a material adverse effect on the results of operations, business, properties or financial condition of such Securitization Entity, taken as a whole, or the ability of such Securitization Entity to conduct its business or to perform in any material respect its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents; or

(d)    with respect to any Person or matter, a material impairment to the rights of or benefits available to, taken as a whole, the Securitization Entities, the Trustee or the Noteholders under any Transaction Document or the enforceability of any material provision of any Transaction Document;

provided that where “Material Adverse Effect” is used in any Transaction Document without specific reference, such term will have the meaning specified in clauses (a) through (d), as the context may require.

Materials of Environmental Concern” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products (virgin or unused), polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity and any other materials or substances of any kind, whether or not any such material or substance is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Meineke Brand” means the Meineke® name and Meineke Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Meineke Franchisor” means Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Merlin Brand” means the Merlin® and 200,000 Miles® names and Merlin and 200,000 Miles Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Merlin Franchisor” means Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

Monthly Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the applicable Claims Management Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Claims Management Business over such period.

 

A-46


Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Claims Management Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Claims Management Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Monthly Product Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business over such period.

Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Product Sourcing Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of the Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount” means, with respect to any applicable Weekly Allocation Date, the sum of (a) the amount by which (i) the Monthly

 

A-47


Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount with respect to the relevant four-week or five-week fiscal period of the applicable Securitization Entities’ fiscal year exceeds (ii) the aggregate Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amounts with respect to such period referred to in clause (i) plus (b) the unpaid amount of all Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profit True-Up Amounts for all prior Weekly Allocation Dates.

Multiemployer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA.

Net Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date and the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount (not less than zero) equal to:

(a)    the Retained Collections with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (provided, that, Retained Collections in respect of Canadian Collections for a Weekly Allocation Date will be calculated based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled in U.S. Dollars on such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate as of such Weekly Allocation Date); minus

(b)    the amount (without duplication) equal to the sum of (i) the Securitization Operating Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to priority (v) of the Priority of Payments; (ii) the Weekly Management Fees and Supplemental Management Fees paid on each Weekly Allocation Date to the Managers with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; (iii) the Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees paid to the Servicer on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; and (iv) the amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses paid on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period; minus

(c)    the amount, if any, by which equity contributions included in such Retained Collections exceeds the relevant amount of Retained Collections Contributions permitted to be included in Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture;

provided that funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Accounts will not constitute Retained Collections for purposes of this definition.

New Company-Owned Location Assets” means all assets contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by, a Securitization Entity following the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

New Development Agreements” means all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements entered into by a SPV Franchising Entity following the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement.

New Franchise Agreements” means all Franchise Agreements and related agreements entered into by a SPV Franchising Entity following the earliest applicable Series Closing Date, or such other date, when the related assets for such Driven Securitization Brand were contributed to the Securitization Entities pursuant to a Contribution Agreement, in each case, in such SPV Franchising Entity’s capacity as franchisor for Branded Locations (including all renewals of Franchise Agreements and related agreements contributed to a SPV Franchising Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements).

 

A-48


New Series Pro Forma DSCR” means, at any time of determination and with respect to the issuance of any Additional Notes, the ratio calculated by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents (or, at the election of the Managers, if financial statements have not yet been delivered for the final quarter of such period, the Managers’ internal records for such final quarter, plus the financial statements delivered for the three immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods) by (ii) the Debt Service due during such period, in each case on a pro forma basis, calculated as if (a) such Additional Notes had been outstanding and any assets acquired with the proceeds of such Additional Notes had been acquired at the commencement of such period and (b) any existing Indebtedness that has been paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled during such period, or any existing Indebtedness that will be paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled using the proceeds of such issuance, were so paid, prepaid or repurchased and cancelled as of the commencement of such period.

New York UCC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

Non-Contributed Property” means the following property of the Non-Securitization Entities:

 

  (a)

any real property or real estate leases not elected to be contributed to the Securitization Entities;

 

  (b)

the ownership interest of Parent in each of its Subsidiaries (and non-Subsidiary affiliates (in each case, other than the Securitization Entities) and in, including the Equity Interests of Gauthier Auto Glass Limited, 2559275 Ontario Inc., At-Pac Auto Parts Inc., 9197-4592 Quebec Inc. and 2373404 Ontario Inc.;

 

  (c)

any employment, consulting or independent contractor agreements with respect to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Non-Securitization Entities after the applicable Series 2015-1 Closing Date (or such other date of contribution) related to the relevant Driven Securitization Brand;

 

  (d)

any vendor, supplier, distribution, sponsorship and other third-party agreements for which any requisite consent has not been obtained as of the applicable Series 2018-1 Closing Date (or such other date of contribution) related to the relevant Driven Securitization Brand;

 

  (e)

any contract or other agreement in respect of inventory repurchase or buy-back obligations on the part of 1-800-Radiator or any Non-Securitization Entity; and

 

  (f)

assets related to the management of certain of the Canadian Securitization Entities and transferred to the Canadian Manager immediately prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Nonrecoverable Advance” means any portion of an Advance previously made and not previously reimbursed, or proposed to be made, which, together with any then-outstanding Advances, and the interest accrued or that would reasonably be expected to accrue thereon, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, would not be ultimately recoverable from subsequent payments or collections from any funds on deposit in the Collection Accounts or funds reasonably expected to be deposited in the Collection Accounts following such date of determination, giving due consideration to allocations and disbursements of funds in such accounts and the limited assets of the Securitization Entities.

 

A-49


Non-Securitization Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 8.24 of the Base Indenture.

Non-Securitization Entity” means any Driven Brands Entity that is not a Securitization Entity, and includes, without limitation, Gauthier Auto Glass Limited, 2559275 Ontario Inc., At-Pac Auto Parts Inc., 9197-4592 Quebec Inc. and 2373404 Ontario Inc.

Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Note Owner Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.5(b) of the Base Indenture.

Note Purchase Agreements” means each Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2015-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2016-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2018-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-2 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2020-2 Note Purchase Agreement and each other note purchase agreement pursuant to which Notes are purchased.

Note Rate” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the annual rate at which interest (other than contingent additional interest) accrues on the Notes of such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes (or the formula on the basis of which such rate will be determined) as stated in the applicable Series Supplement.

Note Register” means the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture, providing for the registration of the Notes and transfers and exchanges thereof, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may prescribe.

Noteholder” and “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals to the Base Indenture.

Notes Discharge Date” means, with respect to any Class or Series of Notes, the first date on which such Class or Series of Notes is no longer Outstanding.

Obligations” means (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Co-Issuers on the Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any other Indenture Document or the Servicing Agreement or of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and (c) the obligation of each Co-Issuer to pay to the Trustee all fees and expenses payable to the Trustee under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

A-50


Officer’s Certificate” or “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the party or each party delivering such certificate.

Oil Fleet Lockbox” means the lockbox account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Control Party. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Securitization Entities, Parent, a Manager or the Back-Up Manager, as the case may be.

Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payment of principal made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement, to the extent the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for any Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the Co-Issuers, in an amount not to exceed the related Scheduled Principal Payment that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the related Series Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any time, all of the Notes of any one or more Series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except:

(i)    Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii)    Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders of such Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided that, if such Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a holder in due course or a Protected Purchaser;

(iv)    Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(v)    Notes which have been repurchased by a Driven Brands Entity and thereafter cancelled;

provided that (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Notes owned by the Securitization Entities or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Notes held in any accounts with respect to which any Manager or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not a Securitization Entity or any other obligor or any Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which any Manager or an Affiliate of any Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

 

A-51


Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Parent” means Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Pass-Through Amounts” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excluded Amounts”.

Patents” means all United States and non-U.S. patents and inventions claimed thereunder, patent applications, industrial designs, divisionals, continuations, extensions, continuations- in-part, provisionals, reexaminations and reissues thereof.

Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under Section 4002 of ERISA.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which any company in the same Controlled Group as any Co-Issuer has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

Permits” means, with respect to any Person, all permits, licenses, waivers, exemptions, consents, certificates, authorizations, approvals, franchises, rights-of-way, easements and entitlement that such Person has, requires or is required to have, to own, possess or operate any of its property or to operate and carry on any part of its business.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (i) in respect of a Future Brand or (ii) of one or more independent operators with the intent of selling such operator to a new Franchisee under a Driven Securitization Brand.

Permitted Asset Disposition” means each of the following:

(i)    any franchising or refranchising disposition to a Franchisee of a Securitization- Owned Location or a Take 5 Company Location that operates under a Driven Securitization Brand and any Refranchising Asset Disposition, unless, in each case, such location is or was a Post-Issuance Acquired Location;

(ii)    any disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, and any abandonment, cancellation or lapse of Securitization IP registrations or applications that, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the applicable Manager, are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain;

(iii)    any disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(iv)    any disposition of equipment or real property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price or other payment obligations in respect of similar replacement property or other Eligible Assets (including, without limitation, credit against rental obligations under a real estate lease) or (y) the proceeds thereof are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property or other Eligible Assets in accordance with the Base Indenture;

 

A-52


(v)    any ordinary course licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities and to either Manager in connection with the performance of its Services under the applicable Management Agreement;

(vi)    any licenses of Securitization IP under the IP License Agreements;

(vii)    any licenses of Securitization IP to the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the franchising of Branded Locations in Canada, pursuant to the payment of a fair market royalty;

(viii)    any non-exclusive licenses of Securitization IP (a) granted in the ordinary course of business, (b) that when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager would not constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement acting in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and (c) that would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as a whole);

(ix)    any decision to abandon, fail to pursue, settle, or otherwise resolve any claim or cause of action to enforce or seek remedy for the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any Securitization IP, or other remedy against any third party, in each such case, where it is not commercially reasonable to pursue such claim or remedy in light of the cost, potential remedy, or other factors; provided that such action (or failure to act) would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the Securitization IP (taken as whole);

(x)    any dispositions pursuant to the sale or sale-leaseback of company-owned real property of any Securitization Entity;

(xi)    any dispositions of equipment leased to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Excluded Locations, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil or used in the Product Sourcing Business or the Claims Management Business;

(xii)    any dispositions of property of any Securitization Entity to any other Securitization Entity to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to, any licenses of Securitization IP;

(xiii)    any leases or subleases of real property to Franchisees, Securitization-Owned Locations, Excluded Locations, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil or Parent to the extent not otherwise prohibited under the Transaction Documents and not otherwise constituting Refranchising Asset Dispositions;

(xiv)    any dispositions of property relating to reassignments of assets in exchange for the payment of Indemnification Amounts;

(xv)    any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business, in each case that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xvi)    any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of property to which the Control Party has given the relevant Securitization Entity prior written consent;

 

A-53


(xvii)    any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising or any Refranchising Asset Disposition) of a Post-Issuance Acquired Location;

(xviii)    any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition (including franchising or refranchising) of any Branded Locations which are (A) acquired by the Securitization Entities with funds from the Asset Dispositions Proceeds Account and (B) subsequently disposed of in an Refranchising Asset Disposition, regardless of the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time of such disposition;

(xix)    any sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of any Excluded Location (or its assets) and the Specified Employment Assets; and

(xx)    any other sale, lease, license, liquidation, transfer or other disposition of property not directly or indirectly constituting any asset dispositions permitted by clauses (i) through (xix) above and so long as such disposition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the applicable Manager does not constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement and does not exceed an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 per annum;

it being understood that any delivery to the Trustee of any Note, at any time and in any amount, by the Issuer, together with any cancellation thereof pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Base Indenture, shall be deemed to be a Permitted Asset Disposition.

Permitted Brand Disposition” means (other than pursuant to clause (xii) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition”) any sale, transfer, lease, license, liquidation or other disposition of the U.S. or Canadian operations of one or more of the Driven Securitization Brands (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including related assets or any Equity Interests of a related Securitization Entity (the “Disposed Brand Assets”) and any related license, sale, transfer or other disposition of the related Securitization IP (the “Disposed Brand IP”), executed in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard and subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a)    the applicable Manager, on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer, will have provided the Control Party and the Trustee with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof;

(b)    no Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Period shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Permitted Brand Disposition;

(c)    after giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and the related mandatory prepayment of the Notes, the DSCR calculated on a pro forma basis as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date (i) would have been equal to or greater than the DSCR as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition and (ii) would be greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(d)    the sum of the Allocated Amount of the Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP in connection with such Permitted Brand Disposition and the Allocated Amounts of all other Disposed Brand Assets and Disposed Brand IP disposed of since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date would not exceed 50% of the sum of the aggregate Allocated Amounts on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the aggregate Allocated Amounts of all Future Brands and related assets (“Future Brand Assets”) and related intellectual property (“Future Brand IP”) on the respective date(s) on which each of such Future Brands were added to the Collateral;

 

A-54


(e)    the applicable Co-Issuer or the other relevant Securitization Entity deposits an amount equal to the Release Price for such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP into the applicable Collection Account for allocation in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments; and

(f)    with respect to any Driven Securitization Brand that operates in both the United States and in Canada, after giving effect to such Permitted Brand Disposition, either (i) such Driven Securitization Brand no longer operates in either the United States or Canada or (ii) the applicable Securitization Entities have entered into a license agreement permitting such Securitization Entities to continue to use the applicable Securitization IP in whichever of the United States or Canada the Securitization Entities will continue to operate.

Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens for (i) Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent, including such Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent of the Canadian Securitization Entities existing on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or (ii) Taxes, assessments or other charges being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established, and are being maintained, in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens created or permitted under the Transaction Documents in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (c)(i) Liens existing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations were terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) Liens existing on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations are terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date; (iii) Liens existing on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, which were released on such date; provided that applicable intellectual property recordations need not have been terminated of record on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date so long as such intellectual property recordations were terminated of record within sixty (60) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; (iv) Liens existing on the Series 2020- 1 Closing Date, which were released on such date, or which existed on the date of amalgamation of certain Canadian Non-Securitization Entities (the “Amalgamated Canadian Non-Securitization Entities”) to form the Canadian Co-Issuer so long as the existence of such Lien on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date would not constitute a breach by the Canadian Manager of the applicable Management Agreement; (d) encumbrances in the nature of (i) a ground lessor’s fee interest, (ii) zoning restrictions, (iii) easements, covenants, and rights of way whether or not shown by the public records, and overlaps, encroachments and any matters not of record which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or a personal inspection of the property, (iv) title to any portion of any premises lying within the right of way or boundary of any public road or private road, (v) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens encumbering personal property on leased premises to secure the payment of rent, (vi) restrictions on transfers or assignment of leases or licenses of Intellectual Property, which, in each case (as described in clauses (d)(i) through (vi) above), do not detract from the value of the encumbered property or impair the use thereof in the business of any Securitization Entity, (vii) contractual transfer restrictions in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Series 2020-2 Closing Date and thereafter any such contractual transfer restriction so long as the inclusion of such contractual transfer restriction in any contract entered into on behalf of any Securitization Entity by a Manager would not constitute a breach by such Manager of the applicable Management Agreement, (viii) the interest of a lessee in property leased to a Franchisee and (ix) any licenses or sublicenses granted in the Securitization IP under any Franchise Agreement, any IP License Agreement or any license of Securitization IP permitted under the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition”; (e) deposits or pledges made (i) in connection with casualty insurance maintained in accordance with the Transaction Documents, (ii) to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts or

 

A-55


leases, (iii) to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds or (iv) to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business of any Securitization Entity; (f) Liens of carriers, warehouses, mechanics and similar Liens, in each case securing obligations (i) that are not yet due and payable or not overdue for more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof or (ii) being contested in good faith by any Securitization Entity in appropriate proceedings (so long as such Securitization Entity shall, in accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto); (g) restrictions under federal, state, provincial or other foreign securities laws on the transfer of securities; (h) any liens arising under law or pursuant to documentation governing permitted accounts in connection with any Securitization Entity’s cash management system; (i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (j) Liens arising in connection with any Capitalized Lease Obligation or sale-leaseback transaction or in connection with any Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted under the Indenture; (k) Liens on any asset of a Branded Location existing at the time such Branded Location is repurchased or leased from a Franchisee; (l) Liens not securing Indebtedness that attach to any Collateral in an aggregate outstanding amount not exceeding $750,000 at any time; (m) Liens on Collateral that has been pledged pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement with respect to letters of credit issued thereunder and (n) Liens arising in connection with the terms of any product supply agreement, including Liens granted to Distributor pursuant to a Franchise Agreement or Development Agreement, or claims management agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan” means (i) any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) any “plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code and (iii) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include assets of a plan described in clause (i) or clause (ii) for purposes of Title I of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code.

Post-ARD Additional Interest” means any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) all reasonable expenses payable by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in connection with any obligations of the Trustee in connection with such Event of Default that are in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of such expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurred in the annual period (measured from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the anniversary thereof and from each anniversary thereof to the next succeeding anniversary thereof and the portion of such amount attributable to Securitization Operating Expenses of the U.S. Securitization Entities and Canadian Securitization Entities, respectively, shall be based on their respective Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement) in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs.

Post-Issuance Acquired Location” means any Securitization-Owned Location or asset in respect of the applicable Product Sourcing Business or Claims Management Business that is acquired after the Series Closing Date of the most recent then-issued Series of Notes so long as such Securitization-Owned Location or asset (i) was not acquired from a Franchisee or a Securitization Entity,

 

A-56


(ii) is not a Take 5 Company Location that operated under the Take 5 Brand and (iii) was not acquired using the proceeds of any Pre-Funding Account to operate or intended to operate under a Driven Securitization Brand (other than any distribution center that is used in the product sourcing operations of the Securitization Entities that is not intended to become a 1-800-Radiator franchise), unless the applicable Manager (on behalf of the applicable Co-Issuer) elects not to designate such location as a “Post-Issuance Acquired Location”.

Potential Manager Termination Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

Potential Rapid Amortization Event” means any occurrence or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a Rapid Amortization Event.

PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), as in effect in the Province of Ontario, and all regulations thereunder; provided that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies with respect to the interests of a secured party, including a transferee of an account or chattel paper, is governed by the personal property security laws or laws relating to movable property of any jurisdiction other than the Province of Ontario, including, the Province of Quebec, the term “PPSA” shall include those personal property security laws or laws relating to movable property in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Pre-Funding Account” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, a Series Account designated as a “Pre-Funding Account” in respect of such Series pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Pre-Funding Period” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, the specified period of time during which the funds therein may be used pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Pre-Funding Reserve Account” means, with respect to any Pre-Funding Account, a Series Account which shall reserve for each applicable Series of Notes funds equal to the amount of interest that will accrue on such Series of Notes for the period commencing on the Series Closing Date for such Series of Notes and ending on the first Quarterly Payment Date in which the Pre-Funding Period ends for such Series of Notes on a portion of such Series of Notes equal to the amount then on deposit in each respective Pre-Funding Account for such Series of Notes at the applicable Note Rate(s) for such Series of Notes.

Pre-Take 5 Conversion Brand” means any name or Trademark acquired by Parent that is intended to be used on a short-term, temporary basis until such time as such name or Trademark is converted to the Take 5 Brand.

Prepayment Consideration” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the premium to be paid on certain prepayments of principal with respect to such Series of Notes, identified as a “Prepayment Consideration” pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by the Managers and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate.

 

A-57


Principal Release Amount” means, with respect to any Series and any Quarterly Payment Date on which the related Series Non-Amortization Test is satisfied, the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts with respect to such Series that have been allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Principal Terms” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Priority of Payments” means the allocation and payment obligations described in Section 5.11 of the Base Indenture as supplemented by the allocation and payment obligations with respect to each Series of Notes described in each Series Supplement.

Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the applicable UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

Product Sourcing Accounts” means the Existing Local Product Sourcing Accounts (whether or not subject to Account Control Agreements), the Product Sourcing Concentration Accounts, and accounts established after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date at local or regional banks’ in the name of the applicable Securitization Entity in connection with the collection of revenues by such Securitization Entity.

Product Sourcing Business” means assets related to distributing aftermarket automotive glass products or equipment to Franchisees, locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties, together with any other business incidental thereto.

Product Sourcing Obligations” means costs of goods sold attributable to the products or equipment sold to Franchisees or locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties, which resulted in Product Sourcing Payments (representing the payments to be made under or in connection with any agreement or other arrangement to purchase manufactured products and equipment from suppliers, for re-sale) and rebates required to be paid or repaid in connection with product sourcing requirements.

Product Sourcing Payments” means, collectively, (i) amounts received in respect of product and equipment sales to Securitization-Owned Locations, Excluded Locations, and locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities and third parties, (ii) Franchisee Payments in respect of product and equipment sales and (iii), in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), rebates or other amounts received in respect of such sales, provided that Product Sourcing Payments shall not include amounts attributable to the Product Sourcing Business.

pro forma event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.17 of the Base Indenture.

Pro Oil Brand” means the Pro Oil Change® name and Pro Oil Change Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 8-303 of the UCC.

 

A-58


Qualified Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times has the Required Rating and, in the case of any such institution organized under the laws of the United States of America, whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Qualified Trust Institution” means an institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction with a branch or agency located in the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities that at all times (i) is authorized under such laws to act as a trustee or in any other fiduciary capacity, (ii) has capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and (iii) has a long term deposits rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P.

Quarterly Calculation Date” means the date two (2) Business Days prior to each Quarterly Payment Date. Any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring in the same calendar month as such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to a Quarterly Calculation Date relating to a Quarterly Fiscal Period means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended on or prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

Quarterly Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Fiscal Period” means each of the following quarterly fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (i) four 13-week fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 52-week fiscal years and (ii) three 13-week fiscal periods and one 14-week fiscal period of the Securitization Entities in connection with each of their 53-week fiscal years. The last day of the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities is the last Saturday in December. References to “weeks” mean Parent’s fiscal weeks, which begin on each Sunday and end on each Saturday.

Quarterly Noteholders’ Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Quarterly Payment Date” means, unless otherwise specified in any Series Supplement for the related Series of Notes, the 20th day of each of April, July, October and January in respect of each respective immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on October 20, 2015. Any reference to a Quarterly Fiscal Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Quarterly Fiscal Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, and any reference to an Interest Accrual Period relating to a Quarterly Payment Date means the Interest Accrual Period most recently ended prior to such Quarterly Payment Date.

Radiator Product Sales Holder” means 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

Rapid Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture.

Rapid Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the date on which a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and ending on the earlier to occur of the waiver of the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture and the date on which there are no Notes Outstanding.

 

A-59


Rating Agency”, with respect to any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes and any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken requiring satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition in the Indenture or in any other Transaction Document, a condition that is satisfied if the Managers have notified the Co-Issuers, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the Managers have provided each Rating Agency and the Servicer with a written notification setting forth in reasonable detail such event or action and has actively solicited (by written request and by request via e-mail and telephone) a Rating Agency Confirmation from each Rating Agency, and each Rating Agency has either provided the Managers with a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such event or action or informed the Managers that it declines to review such event or action; provided that:

(i)    except in connection with (x) the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions of clause (ii) below will apply in all cases, and (y) a Rating Agency Confirmation from Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC (“KBRA”) with respect to any event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken (other than the issuance of Additional Notes), as to which the conditions of clause (iii) below will apply in all cases, the Rating Agency Condition in respect of any Rating Agency shall be required to be satisfied in connection with any such event or action only if the Managers determine in their sole discretion (and provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee evidencing such determination) that the policies of such Rating Agency permit it to deliver such Rating Agency Confirmation;

(ii)    the Rating Agency Condition shall not be required to be satisfied in respect of any Rating Agency if the Managers provide an Officers’ Certificate (along with copies of all written requests for such Rating Agency Confirmation and copies of all related e-mail correspondence) to the Co-Issuers, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that:

(A)    the Managers have not received any response from such Rating Agency after the Managers have repeated such active solicitation (by request via telephone and by e-mail) on or about the tenth (10th) Business Day and the fifteenth (15th) Business Day following the date of delivery of the initial solicitation;

(B)    the Managers have no reason to believe that such event or action would result in such Rating Agency withdrawing its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or assigning credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (1) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (2) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); and

(C)    solely in connection with any issuance of Additional Notes, either:

(1)    a Rating Agency Confirmation will have been obtained; or

(2)    each Rating Agency then rating the Notes has rated such Additional Notes no lower than the lower of (x) the then-current credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency or (y) the initial credit rating assigned by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications) to each Outstanding Series of Notes ranking on the same priority as such Additional Notes, or, if no Outstanding Series of Notes ranks on the same priority as such Additional Notes, the Control Party shall have provided its written consent to the issuance of such Additional Notes; and

 

A-60


(iii)    the Rating Agency Condition will not be required to be satisfied in respect of KBRA (except in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes, as to which the conditions in clause (ii)(C) will apply) if the Managers provide an Officers’ Certificate (along with copies of all written notices for such Rating Agency Confirmation) to each Co-Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee certifying that the Managers have notified KBRA at least ten (10) Business Days prior to taking such event or action to be taken or proposed to be taken.

Rating Agency Confirmation” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series of Notes, a confirmation from a Rating Agency that a proposed event or action will not result in (i) a withdrawal of its credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (ii) the assignment of credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes below the lower of (A) the then-current credit ratings on such Outstanding Series of Notes or (B) the initial credit ratings assigned to such Outstanding Series of Notes by such Rating Agency (in each case, without negative implications); provided that, solely in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes, a Rating Agency Confirmation of S&P will be required for each Series of Notes then rated by S&P at the time of such issuance of Additional Notes.

Rating Agency Notification” means, with respect to any prospective action or occurrence, a written notification to each Rating Agency setting forth in reasonable detail such action or occurrence.

Receiver” means an interim receiver, a receiver, a manager or a receiver and manager.

Record Date” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the close of business on the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such Quarterly Payment Date occurs.

Refranchising Asset Disposition” means any disposition of property in connection with any refranchising pursuant to any sale, transfer or other disposition of the operations and assets of a Securitization-Owned Location or other Take 5 Company Location (as opposed to a disposition of fee simple real estate or a real estate lease, including in connection with a refranchising asset disposition) to a Franchisee.

Refranchising Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

Refranchising Proceeds Cap” means, for each fiscal year of the Securitization Entities that own Securitization-Owned Locations, $10,000,000 (the “Base Amount”); provided that if the aggregate Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018) is less than the sum of (x) Base Amount and (y) any shortfall added to the Base Amount in any prior fiscal year, the amount of such difference will be added to the Refranchising Proceeds Cap for each succeeding fiscal year.

Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) of the Base Indenture.

Release Price” means, with respect to any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP, an amount calculated by the applicable Manager equal to 125% of the Allocated Amount of such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP. The Allocable Share of the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, of any Release Price directly attributable to, in the case of the Issuer, the U.S. Securitization Entities, or, in the case of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Securitization Entities, will be 100% (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement).

 

A-61


Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event” means any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Single Employer Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

Required Rating” means (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating from S&P of at least “A-2” and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “BBB+” by S&P.

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person or any of its property, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association or declaration of limited partnership and bylaws, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person or any of its property, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to, or binding upon, such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject, whether federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign (in addition to Canada) (including usury laws, the Criminal Code (Canada) the Federal Truth in Lending Act, state or provincial franchise laws and retail installment sales acts).

Residual Amount” means, collectively or as the context requires, the U.S. Residual Amount and the Canadian Residual Amount.

Retained Collections” means, with respect to any specified period of time, the amount equal to (i) Collections (other than (x) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, and debit card proceeds generated by the Product Sourcing Business, the Claims Management Business or Securitization-Owned Locations and (y) any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Securitization-Owned Locations) received over such period plus, without duplication, (a) the Weekly Estimated Securitization- Owned Location Profits Amount, the Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount and the Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount, in each case, with respect to such period plus (b) the Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amount, the Monthly Product Sourcing Profits True-up Amount and the Monthly Claims Management Profits True-up Amount, in each case, with respect to such period, minus, without duplication, (ii) the Excluded Amounts over such period. Funds released from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts will not constitute Retained Collections.

Retained Collections Contribution” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, any cash contribution made to the Co-Issuers at any time prior to the Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date to be included in Net Cash Flow in accordance with Section 5.16 of the Base Indenture.

“Retained Take 5 Branded Location” means a Take 5 Branded Location for which Take 5 or Take 5 Oil is the sole lessee with respect to a Take 5 Company Location and for which the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount and Monthly Take 5 Company Location True-Up Amounts are contributed to the Securitization Entities.

Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” represents Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted (i) to include the full year impact of cost savings initiatives that have already been implemented during the period presented, (ii) to include a full year of royalties from Franchise Agreements executed during the period presented, net of the royalties from Franchise Agreements terminated during the period presented, (iii) to include the full year impact for incremental royalties for certain Franchisees that are on temporary

 

A-62


royalty abatement and product discount programs during the period presented, (iv) to include a full year of license royalties from Securitization-Owned Locations and other company-owned locations owned by a Non-Securitization Entity, (v) to include a full year of EBITDA for Take 5 Company Locations that are temporarily closed for conversion into Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations during the period presented, and (vi) for all Take 5 Company Locations opened as or converted to Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations within the prior two years of the end of the period presented, to include the expected EBITDA that will be achieved after being opened as Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations for two years. Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to give pro forma effect to any transactions in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities 1933 Act, as amended (“Regulation S-X”), and the adjustments made to calculate Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA may not be permissible under Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

S&P” or “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Scheduled Principal Payments” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, any payments scheduled to be made pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement that reduce the amount of principal Outstanding with respect to such Series or Class on a periodic basis that are identified as “Scheduled Principal Payments” in the applicable Series Supplement.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event” means, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, as of the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the occurrence of the following event: the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts after the last Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties” means (i) the Trustee, (ii) the Noteholders, (iii) the Servicer, (iv) the Control Party, (v) the Managers, (vi) the Back-Up Manager and (vii) the Class A-1 Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Asset” means (A) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity and any applicable Future Securitization Entity (I) all Contributed Franchise Agreements and Contributed Development Agreements and all Franchisee Payments thereon; (II) all New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands and all Franchisee Payments thereon in connection with the Driven Securitization Brands; (III) all rights to enter into New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements for operating locations of the Driven Securitization Brands; and (IV) any and all other real (subject to mortgage and recording requirements to be set forth in the Base Indenture) or personal property of every nature, now or hereafter transferred, mortgaged, pledged or assigned as security for payment or performance of any obligation of the Franchisees or other Persons, as applicable, to such SPV Franchising Entity under its respective Franchise Agreements or Development Agreements and all guarantees of such obligations and the rights

 

A-63


evidenced by or reflected in the Franchise Agreements, or Development Agreements including without limitation any Driven Securitization Brands developed or acquired after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and elected to be contributed to a Securitization Entity; (B) with respect to SPV Product Sales Holder and Radiator Product Sales Holder, all contracts and other agreements in respect of the product and equipment sales business of the Driven Securitization Brands in existence prior to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and any contracts and other agreements to be entered into in respect of such business following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, including (i) the Spire Supply Assets and any Take 5 Company Location supply agreements and (ii) in respect of Future Brands; (C) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity, SPV Product Sales Holder and Radiator Product Sales Holder, all material contracts contributed to such entities in connection with the Securitization Transaction or in respect of Future Brands, all related payments thereon and all rights to enter into additional such contracts; (D) with respect to Take 5 Properties and FUSA Properties, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the Take 5 Brand located in the United States contributed on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the Fix Auto Brand located in the United States contributed on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, all future Securitization-Owned Locations for the Take 5 Brand and Fix Auto Brand located in the United States acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and, in each case, the related Securitization-Owned Location Assets; (E) with respect to Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management, all contracts, other agreements and other assets in respect of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business and the Canadian Claims Management Business, respectively, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and thereafter acquired; (F) with respect to Canadian CARSTAR, and Canadian Take 5, the Securitization-Owned Locations of the respective Canadian Securitization Entities for the CARSTAR Brand, and Take 5 Brand located in Canada on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, all future Securitization-Owned Locations for such Driven Securitization Brands located in Canada acquired, opened or converted after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and, in each case, the related Securitization-Owned Location Assets; and in each case together with all payments, proceeds and accrued and future rights to payment thereon, and together with all other assets of the Securitization Entities (other than the Collateral Exclusions).

Securitization Entities” means, collectively, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

Securitization IP” means, collectively, the Closing Date Securitization IP and the After- Acquired Securitization IP, except that “Securitization IP” will not include, solely for purposes of the licenses granted under the IP License Agreements, any rights to use licensed third-party Intellectual Property to the extent that such rights are not sublicensable without the consent of or any payment to such third party, or any other action by the licensee thereof, unless such consent has been obtained or payment has been made.

Securitization Operating Expense Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Operating Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities and payable to third parties in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Securitization Entities and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (other than those paid for from the Concentration Accounts), including (i) accrued and unpaid taxes (other than federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes, including taxes required to be paid directly by the Canadian Securitization Entities), filing fees and registration fees payable by and attributable to the Securitization Entities to any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign Governmental Authority; (ii) fees and expenses payable to (A) the Trustee under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) the Back-Up Manager as Back-Up Manager Fees, (C) any Rating Agency and (D) independent certified public accountants (including, for the avoidance of

 

A-64


doubt, any incremental auditor costs) and external legal counsel; (iii) the indemnification obligations of the Securitization Entities under the Transaction Documents to which they are a party (including any interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate, if applicable); and (iv) Independent Manager fees.

Securitization-Owned Location” means any company-owned location owned by a Securitization Entity and the other Take 5 Company Locations; provided, that where the context refers to the ownership or operation of a company-owned location (or the ownership of the assets thereof) by a Securitization Entity, Securitization-Owned Locations shall be deemed not to refer to any Take 5 Company Locations (or the assets thereof) that are not owned by a Securitization Entity.

Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a) of the Base Indenture.

Securitization Transaction” means, collectively, the 2015 Securitization Transaction, the 2016 Securitization Transaction, the 2018 Securitization Transaction, the 2019 Securitization Transactions and the 2020 Securitization TransactionTransactions.

Senior Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Co-Issuers that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) is senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Subordinated Debt.

Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) the aggregate principal amount of each Class of Senior Notes Outstanding (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts and the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Managers or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit with respect to the Senior Notes as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period and (z) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in any Pre-Funding Account and any Pre-Funding Reserve Account to (b) Net Cash Flow of the Securitization Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Interest Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Notes of any Series.

Senior Notes” or “Class A Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Issuer and the Canadian Co-Issuer, including the Canadian Co-Issuer becoming a co-issuer on the previous Series of Notes as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date that by their terms (through their alphabetical designation as “Class A” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Notes) are senior in the right to receive interest and principal on such Notes to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Subordinated Notes and any Subordinated Notes.

 

A-65


Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period, (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts pursuant to Section 5.12(a) of the Base Indenture to cover any applicable Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Interest Payment Account isare settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Senior Notes Interest Payment Account of such Co-Issuer shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for purposes of calculating the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period and (ii) the Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (b) the amount, if any (and not less than zero), by which (i) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for the Quarterly Payment Date in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the applicable Series Closing Date) with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (assuming, for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account isare settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars (based

 

A-66


on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of a Co-Issuer with respect to the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds, as of any Weekly Allocation Date, its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the aggregate amount previously allocated to such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account of such Co-Issuer shall be deemed to equal its Allocable Share of such Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments for purposes of calculating the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, as of each Weekly Allocation Date, if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable with respect to the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2of Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date will be zero.

Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due and payable on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued on all such Senior Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period.

Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments” means, for any Quarterly Payment Date, with respect to all Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due and payable on all such Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co- Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount).

Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in such Co- Issuer’s Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount) over such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

 

A-67


Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of any Class A-1 Notes), an amount equal to the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date (with the interest and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on the next Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith estimate of the Managers of the actual drawn amount of the Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), it being understood that the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under such Class A-1 Notes. The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount will increase or decrease in accordance with any increase or reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes or any reduction in the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and shall be calculated with respect to each Co-Issuer in accordance with its Allocable Share.

Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Senior Notes that is identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees (including fronting fees) due and payable on issued but undrawn letters of credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Senior Notes pursuant to the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest or letter of credit fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest or letter of credit fees will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Post-ARD Additional Interest”, “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses”, “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” or “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount” in any Series Supplement shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Notes that is identified as “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Series 2020-12 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and any Post-ARD Additional Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and any other Series of Class A-2 Notes); provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”. For purposes of the transactions contemplated in connection with the offer and sale of the Series 2020-1

 

A-68


Senior2 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 post-renewal date additional interestPost-Renewal Date Additional Interest, the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional InterestsInterest , the Series 2016-1 Class A-2Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and , the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest, the Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and any similar Post-ARD Additional Interest as defined in or under any applicable Series Supplement will be included under this definition.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Notes.

Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Notes Outstanding, (1) the amount, if any, by which (a) the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts plus (ii) any other funds on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts that are available to pay the Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Indenture, plus (2) any Senior Notes Aggregate Scheduled Principal Payments due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any such Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

Senior Principal Shortfall” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(h)(iii) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Co-Issuers that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “B” through “L” of the alphabet.

Senior Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes of any Series.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Senior Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

 

A-69


Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount over the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in thesuch Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountsAccount and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes. (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount).

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Excess Amount” means, as of any date of determination for a Co-Issuer, the excess, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in such Co-Issuer’s Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and (b) the amount available to such Co-Issuer under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes (which shall be deemed to equal, for such Co-Issuer, the product of the amount available under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and the respective Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the applicable Managing Standard) of such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount) over such Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

 

A-70


Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Senior Subordinated Principal Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(i)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2015-1 5.216% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2015-1 Supplement.

Series 2015-1 Closing Date” means July 31, 2015.

Series 2015-1 Notes” means the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2015-1 Supplement” means the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2015-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2016-1 6.125% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2016-1 Supplement.

Series 2016-1 Closing Date” means May 20, 2016.

Series 2016-1 Notes” means the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2016-1 Supplement” means the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2016-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Closing Date” means April 24, 2018.

Series 2018-1 Notes” means the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2018-1 Supplement” means the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

A-71


“Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Closing Date” means March 19, 2019.

Series 2019-1 Notes” means the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2019-1 Supplement” means the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Closing Date” means September 17, 2019.

Series 2019-2 Notes” means the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2019-2 Supplement” means the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means the administrative Agent under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes” means the Series 2013-3 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1, issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the Securitization Entities and Barclays Bank PLC, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-3 Closing Date” means December 11, 2019.

Series 2019-3 Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1, issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Supplement” means the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of December 11, 2019, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2020-1 Supplement.

 

A-72


Series 2020-1 Closing Date” means July 6, 2020

Series 2020-1 Notes” means the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-1 Supplement” means the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes” means the Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2, issued on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Series 2020-2 Supplement.

“Series 2020-2 Closing Date” means December 14, 2020.

“Series 2020-2 Notes” means the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

“Series 2020-2 Supplement” means the Series 2020-2 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series” or “Series of Notes” means each series of Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to the Base Indenture and the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Account” means any account or accounts established pursuant to a Series Supplement for the benefit of a Series of Notes (or any Class thereof).

Series Anticipated Repayment Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the “Anticipated Repayment Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Closing Date” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the date of issuance of such Series of Notes, as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Defeasance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

Series Distribution Account” means, with respect to any Series of Notes or any Class of any Series of Notes, an account established to receive distributions to be paid to the Noteholders of such Series of Notes or such Class pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means, with respect to any Series, the “Series Legal Final Maturity Date” set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Non-Amortization Test” for any Series of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement or, if not specified therein, means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date if the level of both the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date.

Series Obligations” means, with respect to a Series of Notes, (a) all principal, interest, premiums and make-whole payments, if any, at any time and from time to time, owing by the Co-Issuers on such Series of Notes or owing by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on such Series of Notes and (b) the payment and performance of all other obligations, covenants and liabilities of the Issuer or the Guarantors arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Indenture Document, in each case, solely with respect to such Series of Notes.

 

A-73


Series Pre-Funded Acquisition Conditions” are set forth in the related Series Supplement.

Series Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Section 2.3 of the Base Indenture.

Service Recipients” means, (x) with respect to the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Securitization Entities, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil and (y) with respect to the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Securitization Entities.

Servicer” means Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Services” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Servicing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Co- Issuers, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Managers, the Servicer and the Trustee, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicing Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Servicing Standard” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Shortfall Payment” means, without duplication, (i) any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are applied to fund a shortfall of the amount payable or allocable pursuant to the Priority of Payments for a Weekly Allocation Date due to a lack of Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer or U.S. Collections of the Issuer, as applicable, (ii) any payments or allocations of the Issuer on account of U.S. Dollar-denominated expenses of the Canadian Co-Issuer that are applied to fund a shortfall pursuant to the Priority of Payments for a Currency Conversion Opt- Out Weekly Allocation Date due to a lack of U.S. Dollar-denominated Canadian Collections of the Canadian Co-Issuer, (iii) any payments from the funds of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are made to fund a shortfall on account of the other Co-Issuer on a Quarterly Payment Date due to a lack of funds in any Indenture Trust Account of a Co-Issuer and (iv) any payments or allocations of the Issuer or Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, that are applied to fund a shortfall on account of the other Co-Issuer for any other purpose not set forth in clauses (i)-(iii). Shortfall Payments paid (except for Canadian Direct Payment Amounts paid to the Canadian Manager or a third party, in each case, pursuant to the Priority of Payments or pursuant to priority (v) or (xix) of the Priority of Payments) or allocated on a Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date may initially be denominated in a different currency than the currency of such payment or obligation.

Single Employer Plan” means any Pension Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Software” means all rights in computer programs, including in both source code and object code therefor, together with related documentation and explanatory materials and databases, including any Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets therein.

 

A-74


Spot Rate” means (a) with respect to any currency exchange between USD and CAD following the delivery of the FX Exchange Report, and the related calculations made pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the applicable spot rate available through the FX Agent’s banking facilities (or, if the FX Agent has notified the Trustee, the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and the Co-Issuers that it will no longer provide such services or if Citibank, N.A. or one of its Affiliates is no longer the FX Agent, through such other source agreed to by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Co-Issuers and the Trustee in writing) and (b) for all other purposes, the CAD-USD spot rate, or the USD-CAD spot rate, as applicable, that appeared on the BFIX page of Bloomberg Professional Service (or any successor thereto) (or such other recognized service or publication agreed to by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Co-Issuers for purposes of determining currency spot rates in the ordinary course of its business from time to time) for such currency at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the immediately preceding Business Day (the Spot Rate determined pursuant to this clause (b), the “Deemed Spot Rate”). With respect to Citibank, N.A. acting as FX Agent, the Spot Rate determined pursuant to clause (a) of this definition shall equal the then-current CAD-USD spot rate, or the USD-CAD spot rate, as applicable, as appearing on the BFIX page of Bloomberg Professional Service (or any successor thereto) plus 0.04%. The determination of the Spot Rate pursuant to clause (a) of this definition shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Star Auto Glass Brand” means the Star Auto Glass® name and Star Auto Glass Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Star Auto Glass Franchisor” means Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV LP, a special purpose Ontario limited partnership.

Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP” means Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a special purpose Canadian corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer, and the general partner of Star Auto Glass Franchisor.

Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions” means the provisions contained in the legal opinion(s) delivered in connection with the issuance of each Series of Notes relating to the non-substantive consolidation of the Securitization Entities with any of Parent, the Manager or any other Non-Securitization Affiliate.

Specified Employment Assets” means the employee contracts and assets related to the employees, and services provided thereby, of the Canadian Securitization Entities.

Spire Supply Securitization Account” means the account established by Driven Product Sourcing LLC for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC and maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Sponsor” means Roark Capital Partners III LP.

SPV Franchising Entities” means, collectively, (a) Franchisor Holdco, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor, CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, ABRA Franchisor and FUSA Franchisor (the “U.S. SPV Franchising Entities”) and (b) Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor (the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entity LPs”), together with their respective Canadian Securitization Entity GPs and the Canadian Co-Issuer, in its capacity as franchisor for the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, Uniglass Brand, VitroPlus Brand and certain of the other Uniban Brands (collectively, the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”).

 

A-75


SPV Product Sales Holder” means Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

STA” means the Securities Transfer Act or similar legislation (including, without limitation, the Civil Code of Québec) of any Canadian jurisdictions the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with Lien on any “security”, “financial asset”, “security entitlement”, “certificated security” and “uncertificated security”, and includes all regulations from time to time made under such legislation.

Subclass” means, with respect to any Class of any Series of Notes, any one of the subclasses of Notes of such Class as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

Sub-Manager” means any sub-manager appointed pursuant to the terms of a Management Agreement to provide Services thereunder, so long as the applicable Manager remains primarily and directly liable for the performance of its obligations under such Management Agreement notwithstanding any such sub-managing arrangement.

Subordinated Debt” means any issuance of Indebtedness under the Indenture by the Issuer that by its terms (through its alphabetical designation as “Class B” through “Class Z” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Indebtedness) subordinates the right to receive interest and principal on such Indebtedness to the right to receive interest and principal on any Senior Debt.

Subordinated Debt Provisions” means, with respect to the issuance of any Series of Notes that includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such Subordinated Debt will include the following provisions: (a) if there is an Extension Period in effect with respect to the Senior Debt issued on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date and Series 2020-2 Closing Date, the principal of any Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be repaid out of the Priority of Payments unless such Senior Debt is no longer Outstanding, (b) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date and Series 2020-2 Closing Date is refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt and any such Subordinated Debt having a Series Anticipated Repayment Date on or before the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt is not refinanced on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date of such Senior Debt, such Subordinated Debt will begin to amortize on the date that the Senior Debt is refinanced pursuant to a scheduled principal payment schedule to be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, (c) if the Senior Debt issued on the 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date, Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Series 2019- 1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date and Series 2020-2 Closing Date is not refinanced on or prior to the Quarterly Payment Date following the seventh anniversary of the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, Series 2019-2 Closing Date, Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and Series 2020-1 Closing Date and Series 2020-2 Closing Date, as applicable, such Subordinated Debt will not be permitted to be refinanced and (d) any and all Liens on the Collateral created in favor of any holder of Subordinated Debt in connection with the issuance thereof will be expressly junior in priority to all Liens on the Collateral in favor of any holder of Senior Debt.

Subordinated Interest Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(j) of the Base Indenture.

 

A-76


Subordinated Notes” means any issuance of Notes under the Indenture by the Co- Issuers that are part of a Class with an alphanumerical designation that contains any letter from “M” through “Z” of the alphabet.

Subordinated Noteholder” means any Holder of Subordinated Notes of any Series.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period and any Subordinated Notes, the amount defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(k) of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of interest due and payable, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, on the Subordinated Notes that is identified as the “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement (other than any Post-ARD Additional Interest).

Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of interest accrued with respect to such Interest Accrual Period on each such Class of Subordinated Notes that is identified as “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest will be used to calculate the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as a “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Class of Subordinated Notes Outstanding, any Scheduled Principal Payments with respect to such Class of Subordinated Notes.

 

A-77


Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount”, with respect to any Series of Subordinated Notes, has the meaning specified in the related Series Supplement.

Subordinated Principal Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(l)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by the parent or (b) that is, at the time any determination is being made, otherwise controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Successor Manager” means any successor to a Manager selected by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) upon the resignation or removal of such Manager pursuant to the terms of the applicable Management Agreement.

Successor Manager Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a Successor Manager in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of a Manager under the applicable Management Agreement.

Successor Servicer Transition Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by a successor Servicer in connection with the termination, removal and replacement of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement.

Supplement” means a supplement to the Base Indenture complying (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Article XIII of the Base Indenture.

Supplemental Management Fee” means, with respect to each Manager, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by such Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of such Manager’s obligations under the applicable Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by such Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

A-78


System-Wide Sales Trigger Date” means the earlier of (i) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes have been repaid or (ii) when all Holders of the Series 2015-1 Notes, Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes have consented to the amendment of the definition of “Rapid Amortization Event” as set forth in Amendment No. 1 to this Base Indenture.

Take 5” means Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.

Take 5 Brand” means (i) the Take 5 Oil Change® name and Take 5 Oil Change® Trademarks, and (ii) Super-Lube® name and Super-Lube®, Trademarks, in each case whether alone or in combination with any other words or symbols, all operations manuals including franchise operations manuals, marketing materials, advertisements and franchise documents and similar works of authorship and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

Take 5 Branded Locations” means, collectively, each Branded Location using the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 Company Location” means (i) the company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date were be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Third Tier Take 5 and SpireCompany Location Assets Contribution Agreement (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, certain company-owned locations not operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date but which were converted into Take 5 Branded Locations following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), (ii) all Take 5 Company Locations that are acquired or opened by Take 5 Properties after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (iii) all company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that were contributed to Take 5 Properties, but contribute Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amounts and Monthly Securitization-Owned Location Profits True-up Amounts to Take 5 Properties.

Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts” means (i) that certain account maintained at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association for the benefit of Take 5 Properties, (ii) that certain account maintained at Whitney Bank for the benefit of Take 5 Properties and (iii) at any time on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, any other accounts established and in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties with respect to the Take 5 Company Locations.

Take 5 Franchisor” means Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Franchisor Holdco.

Take 5 IP” means the portion of the Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 License Agreement” means the Take 5 License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Take 5 Franchisor, as licensor, and Take 5 Properties, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

 

A-79


Take 5 Oil” means Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Take 5 Properties” means Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a newly formed, special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer, which owns the Securitization-Owned Locations and related Securitization-Owned Location Assets for the Take 5 Brand contributed thereto on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and thereafter.

Tax” means (i) any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, profits, documentary, property, franchise, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, fine, assessment or addition thereto, and (ii) any transferee liability in respect of any items described in clause (i) above.

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended, and any successor statute or regulations of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

Tax Lien Reserve Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(o) of the Base Indenture.

Tax Opinion” means an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, to be delivered in connection with the issuance of each new Series of Notes to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) the issuance of such new Series of Notes will not affect adversely the United States federal income tax characterization of any Series of Notes Outstanding or Class thereof that was (based upon an Opinion of Counsel) treated as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) except with respect to any Future Securitization Entity (including Future Securitization Entities organized with the consent of the Control Party pursuant to Section 8.30(b) of the Base Indenture) that will be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, each Securitization Entity organized in the United States and any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in the United States (i) will as of the date of issuance be treated as a disregarded entity and (ii) will not as of the date of issuance be classified as a corporation or as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation and (c) such new Series of Notes will as of the date of issuance be treated as debt.

Tax Payment Deficiency” means any Tax liability of Parent (or, if Parent is not the taxable parent entity of Funding Holdco or Canadian Funding Holdco, such other taxable parent entity) (including Taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of federal, state, provincial, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of the Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect Subsidiaries that the applicable Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Parent (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

Trademarks” means all United States, state, Canadian, provincial, territorial and other non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, designs, logos, slogans and other indicia of source or origin, whether registered or unregistered, registrations and pending applications to register the foregoing, internet domain names, and all goodwill of any business connected with the use thereof or symbolized thereby.

 

A-80


Trade Secrets” means all trade secrets and other confidential or proprietary information, including with respect to unpatented inventions, operating procedures, know how, inventory methods, customer service methods, financial control methods and training techniques.

Transaction Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, each Account Control Agreement, the Management Agreements, the Servicing Agreement, the Back-Up Management Agreement, the Contribution Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreements, the IP License Agreements, the Charter Documents of each Securitization Entity, each Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and any additional document identified as a “Transaction Document” in the Series Supplement for any Series of Notes Outstanding and any other material agreements entered into, or certificates delivered, pursuant to the foregoing documents; provided that no Allocation Agreement shall be a Transaction Document.

Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporate Trust Office, or any trust officer, or any officer customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any such officer, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, and also any officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

Trustee Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) of the Base Indenture.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the specified jurisdiction or any applicable jurisdiction, as the case may be.

ULC” means an unlimited company, unlimited liability corporation or unlimited liability company.

ULC Laws” means the Companies Act (Nova Scotia), the Business Corporations Act (Alberta), the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) and any other present or future laws governing ULCs.

ULC Shares” means shares or other equity interests in the capital stock of a ULC.

Uniban Brands” includes, as the context requires, the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Go Glass Brand, the Star Auto Glass Brand, the Uniglass Brand, the VitroPlus Brand and certain other Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of such Trademarks constituting Closing Date Securitization IP or After-Acquired Securitization IP of the Canadian Co-Issuer (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand), and, in each case of such Driven Securitization Brand or such other Trademarks, relating to or embodied in the sale of glass under such Driven Securitization Brand or other Trademark.

Uniglass Brand” means the Uniglass® name and Uniglass Trademarks, including the Uniglass Express® and Uniglass Plus® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

A-81


United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, its 50 states and the District of Columbia. For the avoidance of doubt, “United States” and “U.S.” shall not include any territories, possessions or commonwealths of the United States of America.

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

USCO” means the U.S. Copyright Office and any successor U.S. Federal office. “U.S. Advertising Accounts” means the nine (9) accounts maintained by the U.S. Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the U.S. Manager from time to time

U.S. Claims Management Business” means the Claims Management Business operated by one or more U.S. Securitization Entities.

U.S. Collection Account” means collectively, account number 114871 entitled “Issuer U.S. Collection Account for U.S. Collections” for the holding of U.S. Collections and account number 12545400 entitled “Canadian Co-Issuer U.S. Collection Account for the Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount” for the holding of any Canadian Allocation and Shortfall Payment Amount and any other Canadian Collections denominated in U.S. Dollars, each maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

U.S. Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the U.S. Securitization Entities in each case during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i)    all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates, payments and fees received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates, vendor listing fees and claims management services, in each case deposited into the applicable Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii)    sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iii)    cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds generated by any Product Sourcing Business, any Claims Management Business, Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations and other Securitization-Owned Locations;

(iv)    without duplication of clause (i) above, all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees (including synthetic company-owned royalties from Securitization-Owned Locations and synthetic royalties from other company-owned locations, including certain Take 5 Company Locations, that are not Securitization-Owned Locations) and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)    all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of

 

A-82


the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the applicable Concentration Account or the applicable Collection Account;

(vi)    any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii)    any equity contributions made to the Issuer (directly or indirectly) (provided that athe applicable Non-Securitization Entity may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii)    to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix)    any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

U.S. Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the U.S. Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(i) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the U.S. Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the U.S. Management Agreement.

U.S. Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of the United States.

U.S. Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Securitization Entities and the Trustee, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

U.S. Manager” means Driven Brands, Inc., as manager under the U.S. Management

Agreement, and any successor thereto.

U.S. Product Sourcing Business” means the Product Sourcing Business operated by one or more U.S. Securitization Entities.

USPTO” means the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any successor U.S. Federal office.

U.S. Residual Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which the amount allocated to the U.S. Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date exceeds the sum of the amounts to be paid and/or allocated on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (xxviii) of the Priority of Payments.

U.S. Securitization Entities” means the Issuer and the U.S. Guarantors and each Future Securitization Entity organized in the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Shortfall Payment Amount” with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date or Quarterly Payment Date (or any other applicable date) means any Shortfall Payment paid or allocated by the Issuer.

VitroPlus Brand” means the VitroPlus® name and VitroPlus Trademarks, including the Vitro Express® Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

A-83


Voting Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Equity Interests of such Person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar body of such Person.

Warm Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

Weekly Allocation Date” means each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, as applicable.

Weekly Allocation Time” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(i)(iv) of the Base Indenture.

Weekly Calculation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(i)(ii) of the Base Indenture.

Weekly Cash Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by the operation of the applicable Claims Management Business over such period minus (b) all operating expenses of such applicable Claims Management Business (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts, which, in each case, shall be deemed to be paid when paid or reserved) paid in cash out of funds on deposit in the Claims Management Concentration Account in connection with the operation of the applicable Product SourcingClaims Management Business over such period.

Weekly Cash Product Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by the Product Sourcing Business over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts, which, in each case, shall be deemed to be paid when paid or reserved) paid in cash out of funds on deposit in the Product Sourcing Concentration Account in connection with the operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business over such period.

Weekly Cash Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) cash revenues, credit card proceeds, and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) generated by such Securitization-Owned Locations over such period minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual

 

A-84


payment of such Excluded Amounts, which, in each case, shall be deemed to be paid when paid or reserved) paid in cash out of funds on deposit in the applicable Securitization-Owned Location Concentration Accounts in connection with the operation of such Securitization-Owned Locations over such period.

Weekly Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the operation of the applicable Claims Management Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Pass- Through Amounts, but in the case of Driven Canada Claims Management, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Claims Management, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of such applicable Claims Management Business.

Weekly Collection Period” means, with respect to Collections, each weekly period commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time) on each Sunday per week and ending at 11:59 p.m. (local time) on each Saturday per week; provided that the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will commence at 12:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the first full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. At the election of the Managers pursuant to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate for such Weekly Collection Period, the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections will end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly fiscal period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. References to “local time” refer to the local time at the Branded Location or other location receiving the relevant Collections.

Weekly Estimated Claims Management Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Claims Management Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Claims Management Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Estimated Product Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Product Sourcing Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Product Sourcing Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Estimated Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the lesser of (or, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, the greater of) (x) an estimate of the Weekly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount for such period and (y) an estimate of the Weekly Cash Securitization- Owned Location Profits Amount for such period, in each case, as set forth in the relevant Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

Weekly Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

 

A-85


Weekly Manager’s Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

Weekly Product Sourcing Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of the operation of the applicable Product Sourcing Business minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts, but in the case of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, including Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of Driven Canada Product Sourcing, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of such applicable Product Sourcing Business.

Weekly Securitization-Owned Location Profits Amount” means, with respect to each fiscal week of the applicable Securitization Entities, the amount (not less than zero) equal to (a) all revenue (excluding applicable Pass-Through Amounts) accrued over such period in respect of all such Securitization-Owned Locations minus (b) all operating expenses (excluding applicable Excluded Operating Expenses, but including, in the case of the Canadian Securitization Entities, Excluded Amounts described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition thereof and, at the option of the applicable Securitization Entity, any such Excluded Amount required or reasonably expected to be payable at or prior to the immediately following four (4) Quarterly Payment Dates or for which a reserve is maintained on account of quarterly or annual payment of such Excluded Amounts which, in each case, will be deemed to be accrued when paid or reserved) accrued over such period in connection with the operation of such Securitization-Owned Locations.

Welfare Plan” means any “employee welfare benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

Workout Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.

written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, by means of facsimile, telex, telecopier device, telegraph or cable.

 

A-86


Exhibit A

FORM OF WEEKLY MANAGER’S CERTIFICATE

(See attached.)

 

A-1


Exhibit B

FORM OF FX EXCHANGE REPORT

(See attached.)

 

B-1


Exhibit B

FORM OF QUARTERLY NOTEHOLDERS’ REPORT

(See attached.)

 

B-1


Exhibit D-1

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                    ] by and between [                    ], a [                    ], located at [                    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or

 

D-1-1


amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051(c) or (d), provided that at such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]45.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.    The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

 

 

45  

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

D-1-2


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-1-4


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

 

Class

 

App. No.

 

App. Date

 

Reg. No.

 

Reg. Date

 

Owner

 

Status

             

 

D-1-5


Exhibit D-2

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                    ] by and between [                    ], a [                    ] [                    ] located at [                    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [                    ],

 

D-2-1


2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.    The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.    Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.    THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.    This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

D-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

 

App. No.

 

Filing

Date

 

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

 

Owner

 

Status

           

 

D-2-4


Exhibit D-3

FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                    ] by and between [                    ], a [                    ] [                    ] located at [                    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Grant, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [                    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven

 

D-3-1


Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.     The parties intend that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.     Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.     THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.     This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

D-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

D-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

   Reg. No.        Reg. Date        Owner        Status  
                 


Exhibit E-1

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], by and between [                    ] by and between [                    ], a [                    ] [                    ] located at [                    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] trademarks and service marks set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, including the associated registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Trademarks”) and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by such Trademarks; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Trademarks and the goodwill connected with the use of or symbolized by the Trademarks, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Trademark Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor[; provided that the grant of security interest hereunder shall not include any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with

 

E-1-1


the PTO pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 USC Section 1051 (c) or (d), provided that at such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not cause such Trademark to be invalidated, cancelled, voided or abandoned such Trademark application will not be excluded from the Notice]56.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended on [                    ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.     The parties intend that the Trademark Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Trademark Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Trademark Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.     Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Trademark Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.     THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.     This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

 

56

Note to Draft: Bracketed text to apply with respect to US grants only.

 

E-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1-3


Schedule 1

Trademarks

 

Mark

   Class        App.
No.
       App.
Date
       Reg. No.        Reg.
Date
       Owner        Status  
                                

 

E-1-4


Exhibit E-2

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [                    ] by and between [                    ], a [                    ] [                    ] located at [                    ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust –Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Patents, and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Patent Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended on [            ], 2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

E-2-1


1.     The parties intend that the Patent Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Patent Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Patent Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USPTO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.     Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Patent Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.     THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.     This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents

 

E-2-3


Schedule 1

Patents

 

Title

   App. No.      Filing
Date
     Patent No.      Issue Date      Owner      Status  
                 

 

E-2-4


Exhibit E-3

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS (the “Notice”) is made and entered into as of [            ], by and between [    ] by and between [            ], a [            ] [            ] located at [            ] (“Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Grantor is the owner of the [United States] [Canadian] copyright registrations set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Copyrights”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among Grantor and the other Guarantors in favor of the Trustee (as amended on July 6, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) [and the Deed of Hypothec, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Canadian Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Canadian Collateral Agreement”)], to secure the Obligations, Grantor has granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain intellectual property of Grantor, including the Copyrights and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation or other violation thereof, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Grantor agreed to execute and deliver to the Trustee this Notice for purposes of filing the same with the [United States Copyright Office (“USCO”)] [Canadian Intellectual Property Office (“CIPO”)] to confirm, evidence and perfect the security interest in the Copyright Collateral granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein, to secure the Obligations, Grantor hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Grantor.

Capitalized terms used in this Notice (including the preamble and the recitals hereto), and not defined in this Notice, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex A attached to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [                    ],

 

E-3-1


2020, by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation, and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”).

1.     The parties intend that the Copyright Collateral subject to this Notice is to be considered as After-Acquired Securitization IP under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that this Notice is for recordation purposes. The terms of this Notice shall not modify the applicable terms and conditions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which govern the Trustee’s interest in the Copyright Collateral and which shall control in the event of any conflict. Grantor hereby acknowledges the sufficiency and completeness of this Notice to create a security interest in the Copyright Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and Grantor hereby requests the [USCO] [CIPO] to file and record this Notice together with the annexed Schedule 1.

2.     Grantor and the Trustee hereby acknowledge and agree that the grant of security interest in, to and under the Copyright Collateral made hereby may be terminated only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

3.     THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD LEAD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.     This Notice may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

E-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first written above.

 

[SPV FRANCHISING ENTITY], as Grantor
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:

Supplemental Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights

 

E-3-3


Schedule 1

Copyrights

 

Title

   Reg. No.      Reg. Date      Owner      Status  
                                                                                                               

 

E-3-4


Exhibit F

FORM OF INVESTOR REQUEST CERTIFICATION

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian Co-Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary, the undersigned hereby certifies and agrees to the following conditions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

1.     The undersigned is a [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser] of Series [            ] [        ]% [Fixed Rate Senior Secured] Notes, Class [                    ] (the “Notes”).

2.     In the case that the undersigned is a Note Owner, the undersigned is a beneficial owner of the Notes. In the case that the undersigned is a prospective purchaser, the undersigned has been designated by a Noteholder or a Note Owner as a prospective transferee of Notes.

3.     The undersigned is requesting all information and copies of all documents that the Trustee is required to deliver to such Noteholder, Note Owner or prospective purchaser, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture. In the case that the undersigned is a Noteholder or a Note Owner, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture, the undersigned is also requesting access for the undersigned to the password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at www.sf.citidirect.com (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) relating to the Notes.

4.     The undersigned is requesting such information solely for use in evaluating the undersigned’s investment, or potential investment in the case of a prospective purchaser, in the Notes.

5.     The undersigned is not a Competitor.

6.     The undersigned understands that the information it has requested contains confidential information.

7.     In consideration of the Trustee’s disclosure to the undersigned, the undersigned will keep the information strictly confidential, and such information will not be disclosed by the undersigned without the prior written consent of the Trustee or used for any purpose other than evaluating the undersigned’s investment or possible investment in the Notes; provided that the undersigned shall be permitted to disclose such information (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information which have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax

 

F-1


treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused its name to be signed hereto by its duly authorized officer.

[Name of [Noteholder][Note Owner][prospective purchaser]]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

                                                              

 

F-2


Exhibit H

FORM OF CCR ELECTION NOTICE

[date]

 

Notice Date:

                , 20                            

Notice Record Date:

                , 20       

Responses Due By:

                , 20       

 

  Re:

Election for Controlling Class Representative

To: The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

  

CUSIP

  

ISIN

  

Common Code

        
        
        

Dear Series [                    ] Class [                    ] Noteholder:

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by each Series Supplement thereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Series Supplement”) among the Co-Issuers and the Trustee. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplement, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture, you are hereby notified that:

 

  1.

There will be an election for a Controlling Class Representative.

 

  2.

If you wish to make a nomination, please do so by submitting a completed nomination form in the form of Exhibit I to the Base Indenture by [insert thirty (30) calendar days] to the below address:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attention: Anthony Bausa

Email: Anthony.bausa@citi.com

 

H-1


[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-2


Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

Driven Brands, Inc., as U.S. Manager

Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as Canadian Manager

 

H-3


Exhibit I

FORM OF CCR NOMINATION FOR CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

I hereby submit the following nomination for election as the Controlling Class Representative: Nominee:                     

By my signature below, I, (please print name) ,                                          hereby certify that:

(1)     As of [insert the Closing Date for Initial CCR Election][insert other date for any subsequent CCR Election that is not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice], I was the (please check one):

☐   Note Owner

OR

☐   Noteholder

of the

☐   [Outstanding Principal Amount× of CUSIP [                    ] in the amount of $[                    ]]

OR

☐   [Series [                    ] Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount× in the amount of $[                    ]]

(2)     The candidate that I nominated above for election as Controlling Class Representative is (please check one):

☐   a Controlling Class Member

☐   an Eligible Third-Party Candidate

(3)     Contact Information for candidate nominated (it being acknowledged that such contact information will be posted on the Trustee’s internet website).

× “ Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement. “ Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

I-1


By:    
Name:  
Date submitted:    

STATE OF NEW YORK

COUNTY OF [    ]

I     certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: [                    ]

 

Date:  

 

                

 

Official Signature of notary

 

 

Notary’s printed or typed name, Notary Public

 

I-2


Exhibit J

FORM OF CCR BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

CITIBANK, N.A.

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

NOTE: THIS NOTICE CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT IS OF INTEREST TO THE REGISTERED AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE SUBJECT NOTES. IF APPLICABLE, ALL DEPOSITORIES, CUSTODIANS AND OTHER INTERMEDIARIES RECEIVING THIS NOTICE ARE REQUESTED TO EXPEDITE RE-TRANSMITTAL TO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE NOTES IN A TIMELY MANNER.

 

Notice Date:                 , 20       
Notice Record Date:                 , 20                            
Responses Due By:                 , 20       

 

To:

The Controlling Class Members described below:

 

CLASS

   CUSIP      ISIN      Common Code  
        
        
        

Re: Election for Controlling Class Representative

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [                    ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co- Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by each Series Supplement thereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Series Supplement”) among the Co- Issuers and the Trustee. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture, please indicate your vote by submitting the attached Exhibit A with respect to your vote for Controlling Class Representative within thirty (30) calendar days in the case of any subsequent election to my attention by email to anthony.bausa@citi.com.

 

J-1


Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

BALLOT FOR

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

 

Notice Date:                 , 20                                                     
Notice Record Date:                 , 20       
Responses Due By:                 , 20       

Please indicate your vote by checking the “Yes” or “No” box next to each candidate. You may only select “Yes” below for a single candidate.

The election outcome will be determined by reference to the number of votes actually submitted and received by the Trustee by the end of the CCR Election Period. Abstentions shall not be considered in the determination of the election outcome.

 

Yes

  

No

  

Nominee

  

All Book-Entry Notes: List

CUSIP and Outstanding

Principal Amount×

  

All Definitive Notes or Class A-1

Notes: List Outstanding

Principal Amount or Class A-1

Notes Voting Amount, as

applicable×

     

[Nominee 1]

     

     

[Nominee 2]

     

     

[Nominee 3]

     

By my signature below, I, (please print name)                     *, hereby certify that as of the date hereof I am an owner or beneficial owner of the [Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes][Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount] of the Controlling Class set forth below:

$            

 

*

If the beneficial owner of a book-entry position is completing this, please indicate your DTC custodian’s information below. (To avoid duplication of your vote, please do not respond additionally via your custodian.)

Bank:                              DTC #             

× “Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Series of Notes, the amount calculated in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement. “Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

J-1


By:    
Name:  
Date submitted:    

 

J-2


Exhibit K

FORM OF CCR ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[date]

 

                    

                    

                    

 

  Re:

Acceptance Letter for Controlling Class Representative

 

  To:

[                    ]

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, as supplemented by each Series Supplement thereto (each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Series Supplement”) among the Co-Issuers and the Trustee. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture and the Series Supplements, as applicable.

Pursuant to Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby (i) agrees to act as the Controlling Class Representative and (ii) provides its name and contact information in the space provided below and permits such information to be shared with the Managers, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members. In addition, the undersigned, as the [elected][appointed] Controlling Class Representative, hereby represents and warrants that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-1


Very truly yours,  

 

  ,
as Controlling Class Representative  
By:  

                    

Name:  
Title:  
Contact Information:  
Address:  

 

 

Telephone:  

 

Facsimile:  

 

E-mail:  

 

 

K-2


Exhibit L

FORM OF NOTE OWNER CERTIFICATE

Sent via email/fax to: [                    ]

Re: Request to Communicate with Note Owners

Reference is made to Section 11.5(b) of the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as further amended by Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of [            ], 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as Canadian Co-Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A to the Base Indenture.

The undersigned hereby certify that they are Note Owners who collectively hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes.

The undersigned wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes and hereby request that the Trustee deliver the enclosed notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding.

The undersigned agree to indemnify the Trustee for its costs and expenses in connection with the delivery of the enclosed notice or communication.

 

Dated:  

                    

Signed:  

 

Printed Name:  

 

Dated:  

 

Signed:  

 

Printed Name:  

 

Enclosure(s): [                    ]

 

L-1

Exhibit 4.7

Execution Version

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of April 24, 2018

to

BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereof)

 

 

$275,000,000 Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT      1
DESIGNATION      1
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1
ARTICLE II [Reserved]      2
ARTICLE III SERIES 2018-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS      2

Section 3.1

  Allocations with Respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      2

Section 3.2

  Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications      2

Section 3.3

  Certain Distributions from Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      3

Section 3.4

  [Reserved]      3

Section 3.5

  Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Interest      3

Section 3.6

  Payment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Principal      4

Section 3.7

  [Reserved]      8

Section 3.8

  Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      8

Section 3.9

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      9

Section 3.10

  Manager      10

Section 3.11

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      10
ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES      11

Section 4.1

  [Reserved]      11

Section 4.2

  Issuance of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      11

(b)

  Global Notes      11

Section 4.3

  [Reserved]      12

Section 4.4

       12

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      12

Section 4.5

  Note Owner Representations and Warranties      17

Section 4.6

  Limitation on Liability      19
ARTICLE V GENERAL      19

Section 5.1

  Information      19

Section 5.2

  Exhibits      20

 

i


Section 5.3

  Ratification of Base Indenture      20

Section 5.4

  Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:      20

Section 5.5

  Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies      21

Section 5.6

  Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party      21

Section 5.7

  Counterparts      21

Section 5.8

  Governing Law      21

Section 5.9

  Amendments      21

Section 5.10

  Termination of Series Supplement      21

Section 5.11

  Entire Agreement      21
ANNEXES     
Annex A   Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List   
EXHIBITS     
Exhibit A-2-1   Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note   
Exhibit A-2-2   Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note   
Exhibit A-2-3   Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note   
Exhibit B-2   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S   
Exhibit B-3   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S   
Exhibit B-4   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, Regulation S to Rule 144A   

 

ii


SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of April 24, 2018 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended through and including the date hereof, and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series of Notes shall be designated as Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, one (1) Class of Notes of such Series shall be issued: Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2018-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1     Allocations with Respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. Such letter of credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes and the Series 2016-1 Notes.

Section 3.2     Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account all amounts relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)     Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b)     [Reserved].

(c)     [Reserved].

(d)     [Reserved].

(e)     Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account for payment of principal on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f)     Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

2


(g)     Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h)     [Reserved].

(i)     [Reserved].

(j)     [Reserved].

(k)     Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)     Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(m)     Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Section 3.3     Certain Distributions from Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date, commencing on July 20, 2018.

Section 3.4     [Reserved].

Section 3.5     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a)     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note

 

3


Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, commencing on July 20, 2018; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b)     Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i)     Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 1.95%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii)     Payment of Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c)     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) July 20, 2018.

Section 3.6     Payment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a)     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

 

4


(b)     Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2018-1 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2025 (such date, the “Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c)     Payment of Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d)     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)     [Reserved]

(ii)     [Reserved]

(iii)     During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e)     Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2018-1 Prepayment”), the Issuer shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f)     Optional Prepayment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the Issuer shall have the option to prepay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the Issuer shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that

 

5


any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account that is allocable to the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay (A) the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee, the Servicer and the Manager, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The Issuer may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g)     Notices of Prepayments.

(i)     Except in the case of any Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the Issuer shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2018-1 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Issuer, such notice to the affected Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2018-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The Issuer shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Issuer shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2018-1

 

6


Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Issuer if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date. The Issuer shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii)     In the case of any Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount.

(h)     Series 2018-1 Prepayments. On each Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment, the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The Issuer shall pay the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i)     Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(j)     Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The Issuer shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment made with Asset Disposition Proceeds or Release Prices, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k)     Series 2018-1 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2018-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a

 

7


Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date and any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l)     Series 2018-1 Notices of Final Payment. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2018-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the Issuer shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2018-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Issuer indicating that the Series 2018-1 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2018-1 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2018-1 Final Payment.

Section 3.7     [Reserved].

Section 3.8     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

(a)     Establishment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(b)     [Reserved]

(c)     [Reserved]

(d)     Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any,

 

8


representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral”).

(e)     Termination of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Section 3.9     Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)     The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)     The Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)     All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)     All property delivered to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account;

(v)     Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)     If at any time the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

 

9


(vii)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)     The Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)     Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, neither the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Issuer thereof.

(c)     At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the Issuer shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

Section 3.10     Manager. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11     Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2018-1

 

10


Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1     [Reserved].

Section 4.2     Issuance of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to the Issuer or its Affiliates or (A) in each case, to Persons who are not Competitors and (B) in the United States, to Persons who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b)     Global Notes.

(i)     Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii)     Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be

 

11


referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c)     Definitive Notes. The Series 2018-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2018-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3     [Reserved].

Section 4.4     Transfer Restrictions of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)     A Series 2018-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2018-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b)     The transfer by a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c)     If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary

 

12


Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d)     If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given by the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e)     If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in

 

13


accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f)     In the event that a Series 2018-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2018-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2018-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2018-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g)     Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend: THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT

BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE

 

14


ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO

 

15


A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i)     The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)     The Series 2018-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE

 

16


DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(k)     The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer (or the Manager, on its behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5     Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)     With respect to any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b)     With respect to any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)     It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

 

17


(d)     It understands that the Issuer, the Manager and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)     It understands that the Manager, the Issuer and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)     It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(g)     It understands that (i) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and (iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k)     Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l)     If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Issuer, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series

 

18


2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an Independent Fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; (d) is either (1) a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Advisers Act or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency of the United States, (2) an insurance carrier that is qualified under the laws of more than one state of the United States to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of such a Plan, (3) an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, (4) a broker-dealer registered under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or (5) an Independent Fiduciary that holds or has under management or control total assets of at least $50 million; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(m)     It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

(n)     It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6     Limitation on Liability. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1     Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)     the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes;

 

19


(iii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)     [Reserved];

(vii)     whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Issuer, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)     the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)     the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)     the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)     the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2     Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3     Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4     Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

 

20


If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

845 Third Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5     Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Issuer shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6     Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.7     Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8     Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9     Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.10     Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2018-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2018-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.11     Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:  

             /s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN - SUPPLEMENT TO THE BASE INDENTURE]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and
as Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary
By:  

            /s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name: Jacqueline Suarez
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN - SUPPLEMENT TO THE BASE INDENTURE]

Exhibit 4.8

Execution Version

FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Supplement”), by and between DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, each, a “Co-Issuer” and, collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), to the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (the “Series Supplement”), by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary, which supplements the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Annex A to the Series Supplement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Series Supplement in accordance with Section 5.9 of the Series Supplement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Indenture Documents, including the types of amendments set forth in this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has granted its consent to this Supplement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Series Supplement.

The Series Supplement, including all annexes attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Series Supplement attached as Exhibit A to this Supplement.

Section 2. Binding Effect. This Supplement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

Section 3. Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


Section 4. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5. Amendments. This Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 6. Entire Agreement. This Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 7. Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Co-Issuers, or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplement and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Supplement, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

Section 8. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Co-Issuers represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Supplement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Co-Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

[First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name: Jacqueline Suarez
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

[First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement]


MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to this Supplement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Supplement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that this Supplement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and Servicer
By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

  Name: David A. Eckels
  Title: Senior Vice President

[First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement]


EXHIBIT A

[Attached]


EXECUTION VERSIONEXHIBIT A

TO FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT

 

 

Section 1.1 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC and

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as IssuerCo-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of April 24, 2018

to

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

 

 

(as amended through and including the date hereofSeries 2020-1 Closing Date)

 

 

$275,000,000 Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 

[First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement]


Section 1.2 Table of Contents

 

         Page  
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT      1  
DESIGNATION      1  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1  
ARTICLE II [Reserved]        2  
ARTICLE III SERIES 2018-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS      2  

Section 3.1

  Allocations with Respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      2  

Section 3.2

  Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications      2  

Section 3.3

  Certain Distributions from Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      5  

Section 3.4

  [Reserved]      5  

Section 3.5

  Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Interest      5  

Section 3.6

  Payment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Principal      7  

Section 3.7

  [Reserved]      15  

Section 3.8

  Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      15  

Section 3.9

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      16  

Section 3.10

  Manager      10Managers20  
ARTICLE 2

 

Section 3.11

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      1020  
ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES      20  

Section 4.1

  [Reserved]      20  

Section 4.2

  Issuance of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      20  

(b)

  Global Notes.      20  

Section 4.3

  [Reserved]      20  

Section 4.4

       20  

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes      20  

 

i


Section 4.5

  Note Owner Representations and Warranties      34  

Section 4.6

  Limitation on Liability      37  
ARTICLE V GENERAL      1937  

Section 5.1

  Information      1937  

Section 5.2

  Exhibits      2039  

 

ii


Section 5.3

  Ratification of Base Indenture      2039  

Section 5.4

  Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:      2039  

Section 5.5

  Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies      40  

Section 5.6

  Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party      40  

Section 5.7

  Counterparts      41  

Section 5.8

  Governing Law      41  

Section 5.9

  Amendments      2141  

Section 5.10

  Termination of Series Supplement      2141  

Section 5.11

  Entire Agreement      2141  

 

Section 2.1

  ANNEXES

Annex A

  Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List

Section 2.2

  EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-2-1

  Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-2-2 Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Exhibit A-2-3 Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Exhibit B-2 Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes,

Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S
Exhibit B-3   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S
Exhibit B-4   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, Regulation S to Rule 144A

 

iii


SERIES 2018-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of April 24, 2018 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”) and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended through and including the date hereofby the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019 and the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series of Notes shall be designated as Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, one (1) Class of Notes of such Series shall bewere issued: Series 2018-1 4.739% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”.


ARTICLE 3

ARTICLE I

Section 3.1 DEFINITIONS All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2018-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the IssuerCo-Issuers.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

Section 3.2 SERIES 2018-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS With respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrangearranged for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts , or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. Such letter of credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes and the Series 2016-1 Notes.

Section 3.2 Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts all amounts relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a) Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b) [Reserved].

 

2


(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts for payment of principal on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f) Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

3


(g) Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) [Reserved].

(j) [Reserved].

(k) Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l) Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

4


(m) Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts , as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date, commencing on July 20, 2018.

ARTICLE 4

Section 3.4

Section 3.5 [Reserved].

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following

 

5


Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, commencing on July 20, 2018; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b) Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i) Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 1.95%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii) Payment of Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof

(I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

 

6


(c) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) July 20, 2018.

Section 3.6 Payment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

 

7


(b) Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2018-1 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2025 (such date, the “Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c) Payment of Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e) Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2018-1 Prepayment”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that

 

8


no such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f) Optional Prepayment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to prepay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment

 

9


Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or

(y) such prepayment is a Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration (calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement)) required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts that is allocable to the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the following amounts, calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shallCo-Issuers reimburse, in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement) the Trustee, the Servicer and the ManagerManagers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The IssuerCo-Issuers may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g) Notices of Prepayments.

(i) Except in the case of any Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2018-1 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers, such notice to the affected Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers . In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2018-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount and (C)

 

10


the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the IssuerCo-Issuers s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the IssuerCo-Issuers if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

 

11


(ii) In the case of any Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount.

(h) Series 2018-1 Prepayments. On each Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment, the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i) Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

 

12


(j) Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The

 

13


IssuerCo-Issuers shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment made with Asset Disposition Proceeds or Release Prices, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k) Series 2018-1 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2018-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date and any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l) Series 2018-1 Notices of Final Payment. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2018-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2018-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the IssuerCo-Issuers indicating that the Series 2018-1 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2018-1 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2018-1 Final Payment.

 

14


ARTICLE 5

Section 3.7

Section 3.8 [Reserved].

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

(a) Establishment of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

 

15


(b) [Reserved]

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby grantsgrant a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfersassign, pledge, grant, transfer and setsset over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the IssuerCo-Issuerss right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral”).

(e) Termination of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Section 3.9 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b) The Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

 

16


(ii) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii) All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the IssuerCo-Issuers, payable to the order of the IssuerCo-Issuers or specially indorsed to the IssuerCo-Issuers;

 

17


(iv) All property delivered to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account;

(v) Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi) If at any time the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the IssuerCo-Issuers, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii) The Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the IssuerCo-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix) Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, neither the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers thereof.

 

18


(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

 

19


Section 3.10 ManagerManagers . Pursuant to the Management AgreementAgreements , the Manager hasManagers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers . The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the ManagerManagers in lieu of the IssuerCo-Issuers . Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE 6 ARTICLE IV

Section 6.1 FORM OF SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1 [Reserved].

Section 4.2 Issuance of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to the a Co-Issuer or its Affiliates or (A) in each case, to Persons who are not Competitors and (B) in the United States, to Persons who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

 

20


The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes.

(i) Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2

 

21


and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii) Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”).

The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c) Definitive Notes. The Series 2018-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2018-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

ARTICLE 7

Section 4.3 [Reserved].

Section 4.4 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

 

22


(a) A Series 2018-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2018-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b) The transfer by a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the IssuerCo-Issuers as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

23


(c) If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d) If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given

 

24


by the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

25


(e) If a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f) In the event that a Series 2018-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2018-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2018-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2018-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

 

26


(g) Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

 

27


(h) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

28


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE

 

29


REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

 

30


(i) The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR

 

31


(B) THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS , AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j) The Series 2018-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

32


(k) The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the IssuerCo-Issuers that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Manager,Managers on itstheir behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global

 

33


Note has been removed from a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5 Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a) With respect to any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b) With respect to any sale of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c) It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(d) It understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers , the ManagerManagers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e) It understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

 

34


(f) It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(g) It understands that (i) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and

(iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

 

35


(h) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k) Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l) If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an Independent Fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; (d) is either (1) a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Advisers Act or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency of the United States, (2) an insurance carrier that is qualified under the laws of more than one state of the United States to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of such a Plan, (3) an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, (4) a broker-dealer registered under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or (5) an Independent Fiduciary that holds or has under management or control total assets of at least $50 million; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

 

36


(m) It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

(n) It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6 Limitation on Liability. None of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE 8 ARTICLE V

Section 8.1 GENERAL Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Section 5.1 IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i) the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes;

 

37


(iv) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi) [Reserved];

(vii) whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii) the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix) the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

 

38


(x) the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi) the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts , in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2 Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3 Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4 Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

 

39


If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.LLC 845 Third Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5 Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6 Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

 

40


Section 5.7 Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8 Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE Section 8.2 GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9 Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.10 Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2018-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2018-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 8.3 [Signature Pages Follow]

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as the Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

            Section 8.4 DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as the Canadian Co-Issuer

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


 

CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


ANNEX A

ARTICLE 9 SERIES 2018-1

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Capital Stock” means:

(i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of the Series 2018-1

Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving


effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

“Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Investors (as defined therein), the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (as defined therein) and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2015-1 Supplement.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, IncLLC.

Management Group” means the group consisting of the directors, officers and other management personnel of Parent and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or who became members of the Leadership Team, or officers, directors, management personnel, employees or consultants of Parent and its Subsidiaries following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date (other than in connection with a transaction that would otherwise be a Change of Control if such persons were not included in the definition of “Permitted Holders”).

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of April 17, 2018, prepared by the Issuer.

Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series

 

45


2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by the IssuerCo-Issuers or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other obligor upon the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the ManagerManagers or any Affiliate thereof exercisesexercise discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or thea Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which thea Manager or an Affiliate of thesuch Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Par Call Amount” means prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the initial Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Permitted Holder Group” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Holders”.

Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsors, (ii) the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of

 

46


Parent or thea Manager and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or thea Manager, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Parent or thea Manager (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2018-1 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2018-1 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2018-1 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2018-1 Prepayment.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified IPO” means an underwritten public offering of the Equity Interests of Parent or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent entity controlled by one or more Permitted Holders prior to the date of such offering and formed for purposes of acting as issuer under such offering, which generates gross cash proceeds of at least $50,000,000.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in the Series 2018-1 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Reference Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test”.

 

47


Refinancing Prepayment” means any prepayment of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes made with funds obtained from any additional Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Securitization Entities).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. “Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Remaining Par Call Amount” means, as of any date of determination, prior to giving effect to any prepayments made on such date, the difference (not less than zero) between (x) the Par Call Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes prepaid on any date before such date of determination, including optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Release Prices and Asset Disposition Proceeds and prepayments made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event, but excluding any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2018-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and cancellations of repurchased Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and Refinancing Prepayments). For the avoidance of doubt, the “Remaining Par Call Amount” with respect to any Refinancing Prepayments will be deemed to be equal to zero.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2015-1 Supplement” means the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2015-1 Securities Intermediary (as defined therein), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2018-1 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 3.2(d) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture.

 

48


Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2018, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Securitization Entities as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 4.739% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.

Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Closing Date” means April 24, 2018. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2018-1 Default Rate” means, with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Default Rate” shall be deemed to be the “Default Rate”.

Series 2018-1 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2018-1 Final Payment is made.

Series 2018-1 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2018-1 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, which is $275,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

 

49


Series 2018-1 Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes over (ii) the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2018-1 Interest Reserve Release Event” means any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Interest Reserve Release Event” shall be deemed to be an “Interest Reserve Release Event”.

Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” means April 20, 2048. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the ManagerManagers on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers equal to (A) (i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes that the IssuerCo-Issuers would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the 18th month prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid multiplied by (B) a fraction not less than zero the numerator of which is (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid minus (y) any Remaining Par Call Amount and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (A)(i) above, such present value shall be determined by the ManagerManagers using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

 

50


Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2018-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of both the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2018-1 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2018-1 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of the Series Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of the Series Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2018-1 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2018-1 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

 

51


Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

ARTICLE 10 “Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2018-1 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided that no Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will be due and payable on the Quarterly Payment Date on July 20, 2018; provided, further, that a Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2018-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2018-1 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.

Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

 

52


Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount exceeds (b) the Series 2018-1 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts Amount on such date; provided, however, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date that occurs during the Quarterly Collection Period immediately preceding the Series 2018-1 Final Payment Date or the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount shall be zero.

Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto), an amount equal to the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, the aggregate amount of Series 2018-1 Quarterly Interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes (other than any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest); provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest shall be used to calculate the Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Series 2018-1 Supplement; provided, further, that any amount deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” for purposes of the Base Indenture shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2018-1 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2018-1 Supplement” means the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2018-1 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of the Series 2018-1

Supplement.

Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar body of such Person.

 

53


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT A-1

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-1-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ARTICLE 11

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. R-[ ]    up to $[         ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: 26208L

AC2 ISIN Number:

US26208LAC28

Common Code: [        ]

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2018-1 [ ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [      ] DOLLARS ($[                                                                                 ] as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on April 20, 2048 (the “Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment

 

A-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing July 20, 2018 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including April 20, 2018 to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-1-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

         

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-1-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

         

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2018-1 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (such Base Indenture, as further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (the “Series 2018-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2018-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-1-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-1-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2018-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

 

A-1-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-1-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not a Plan (including, without limitation, an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity or otherwise) or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-1-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                            , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                                                                1 
 
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-1-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN RULE 144A

GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is $[ ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date    Amount of
Increase (or
Decrease) in the
Principal
Amount of this
Rule 144A
Global Note
   Remaining Principal
Amount of this Rule
144A Global Note
following the Increase
or Decrease
   Signature of
Authorized
Officer of Trustee
or Registrar

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-1-14


EXHIBIT A-2

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON”. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON”

 

A-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN

 

A-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. S-[ ]

   up to $[         ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U2646L AC0

ISIN Number:

USU2646LAC01

Common Code: [         ]

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2018-1 [         ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [         ] DOLLARS ($[                     ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on April 20, 2048 (the “Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class

 

A-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing July 20, 2018 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to

(i) initially, the period from and including April 20, 2018 to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                         

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

         

Name:
Title:

 

A-2-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

         

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2018-1 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (such Base Indenture, as further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (the “Series 2018-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2018-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-2-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2018-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

 

A-2-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-14


Exhibit to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not a Plan (including, without limitation, an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity or otherwise) or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-15


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                            , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                                                                1 
 
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-16


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is $[ ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date    Amount of
Increase (or
Decrease) in the
Principal
Amount of this
Temporary
Regulation S
Global Note
   Remaining Principal
Amount of
this Temporary
Regulation S Global
Note following
the Increase or
Decrease
   Signature of
Authorized
Officer of Trustee or
Registrar

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-2-17


EXHIBIT A-3

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-3-1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-3-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON”. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-3-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. U-[ ]

   up to $[         ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U2646L

AC0 ISIN Number:

USU2646LAC01

Common Code: [         ]

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2018-1 [        ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                         ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on April 20, 2048 (the “Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing July 20, 2018 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to

 

A-3-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(i) initially, the period from and including April 20, 2018 to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2018-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-3-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Temporary Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2018-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-3-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

         

Name: Title:  

 

A-3-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

         

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-3-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2018-1 [    ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (such Base Indenture, as further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ], 2018 (the “Series 2018-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2018-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2018-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-3-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-3-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2018-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the

 

A-3-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-3-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not a Plan (including, without limitation, an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity or otherwise) or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-3-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

 

 

                                                                                                  , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                                                                 1 

 

   
  Signature Guaranteed:
 

                          

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-3-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2018-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note is $[ ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date   

Amount of

Increase (or Decrease)

in the Principal

Amount of this

Permanent Regulation

S Global Note

  

Remaining Principal

Amount of this

Permanent Regulation

S Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

   Signature
of Authorized
Officer of Trustee or
Registrar

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-3-14


EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard,

30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[ ] Series 2018-1 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ]24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach a “Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ]24, 2018, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series                          2018-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No. 26208L AC2) in the name of [                        ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-1-1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and the Offering Memorandum, dated April [                 ]17, 2018], relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2. at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

 

B-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferee confirms that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be;

7. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

8. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

10. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

11. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

 

B-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor

13. it is not a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a Benefit Plan Investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

 

B-1-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

14. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent

 

B-1-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an Independent Fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; (d) is either (1) a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Advisers Act or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency of the United States, (2) an insurance carrier that is qualified under the laws of more than one state of the United States to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of such a Plan, (3) an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, (4) a broker-dealer registered under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or (5) an Independent Fiduciary that holds or has under management or control total assets of at least $50 million; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

15. it is:

        (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

        (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The representations made pursuant to clause 6 above shall be deemed to be made on each day from the date the Transferee acquires any interest in any Note through and including the date on which such Transferee disposes of its interest in the applicable Note. The Transferee agrees to provide prompt written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee of any change of the status of the Transferee that would cause it to breach the representations made in clause 6 above. The Transferee further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee, the Registrar and the Initial Purchaser and their respective affiliates from any cost, damage or loss incurred by them as a result of the inaccuracy or breach of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements in this clause and clause 6 above. Any purported transfer of the Notes (or interest therein) that does not comply with the requirements of this clause and clause 6 above shall be null and void ab initio.

 

B-1-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

 

B-1-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

 

[Name of Transferee]
               By:  

                 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Dated:                                                            

     

Taxpayer Identification Number:

      Address for Notices:
                                                                                              

                                                                   

 

     
     

Wire Instructions for Payments:

                      Tel:                                                  
     

Fax:                                                                   

     

Attn:                                                                  

Bank:                                                      

     

Address:                                                                  

     

Bank ABA #:                                                          

     

Account No.:                                                          

     

FAO:                                                                      

     

Attention:                                              

     

Registered Name (if Nominee):

     
                                                                                              

 

cc: 

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte,

NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-1-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 11.1 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-1-9


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN PERMANENT REGULATION S

GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard,

30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[        ] Series 2018-1 [        ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ]24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach aCo-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [ ]24, 2018, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series                      2018-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No. 26208L AC2) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-2-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and the Offering Memorandum, dated April [         ]17, 2018], relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2. at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

 

B-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

7. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

8. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book- entry depositories;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

10. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

11. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

 

B-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a Benefit Plan Investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

13. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an Independent Fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

 

B-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; (d) is either (1) a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Advisers Act or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency of the United States, (2) an insurance carrier that is qualified under the laws of more than one state of the United States to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of such a Plan, (3) an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, (4) a broker-dealer registered under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or (5) an Independent Fiduciary that holds or has under management or control total assets of at least $50 million; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

14. it is:

        (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

        (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

 

[Name of Transferee]
               By:  

                 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Dated:                                                            

     

Taxpayer Identification Number:

      Address for Notices:
                                                                                              

                                                                   

 

     
     

Wire Instructions for Payments:

                      Tel:                                                  
     

Fax:                                                                   

     

Attn:                                                                  

Bank:                                                      

     

Address:                                                                  

     

Bank ABA #:                                                          

     

Account No.:                                                          

     

FAO:                                                                      

     

Attention:                                              

     

Registered Name (if Nominee):

     
                                                                                              

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

A-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 11.2 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte,

NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

EXHIBIT B-3

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES OR PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL

NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard,

30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[            ] Series 2018-1 [            ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April [         ]24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach aCo-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2018-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of April [         ]24, 2018, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series                      2018-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of [an interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note with DTC][an interest in an Permanent Regulation S Global Note with DTC] (CUSIP (CINS) No. U2646L AC0) in the name of [                                        ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-3-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred in accordance with (i) the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and in the Offering Memorandum, dated April [         ]17, 2018], relating to the Notes and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and that the Transferee is purchasing the Notes for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and any such account represent, warrant and agree that either it is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. it is (a) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, (b) aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and (c) acquiring such Notes for its own account or for the account of another person who is a Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercise sole investment discretion;

 

B-3-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

2. it is not formed for the purpose of investing in the Notes, except where each beneficial owner is a Qualified Institutional Buyer;

3. it will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

4. it understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

5. it understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

6. it will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

7. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

8. it is not a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a Benefit Plan Investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a Benefit Plan Investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

 

B-3-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

9. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an Independent Fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; (d) is either (1) a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Advisers Act or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency of the United States, (2) an insurance carrier that is qualified under the laws of more than one state of the United States to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of such a Plan, (3) an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in

 

B-3-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, (4) a broker-dealer registered under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or (5) an Independent Fiduciary that holds or has under management or control total assets of at least $50 million; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

10. it is:

        (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

        (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to any matter covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents and agrees to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-3-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

 

[Name of Transferee]
               By:  

                 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Dated:                                                            

     

Taxpayer Identification Number:

      Address for Notices:
                                                                                              

                                                                   

 

     
     

Wire Instructions for Payments:

                      Tel:                                                  
     

Fax:                                                                   

     

Attn:                                                                  

Bank:                                                      

     

Address:                                                                  

     

Bank ABA #:                                                          

     

Account No.:                                                          

     

FAO:                                                                      

     

Attention:                                              

     

 

B-3-6


Registered Name (if Nominee):

     
                                                                                              

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte,

NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Section 11.3 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church

Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General

Counsel Facsimile:

(704) 376-7905

Exhibit 4.9

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of March 19, 2019

to

BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereof)

 

 

$300,000,000 Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

 

Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

     2  

Section 3.2

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     2  

Section 3.3

 

Certain Distributions from Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     3  

Section 3.4

 

[Reserved]

     3  

Section 3.5

 

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Interest

     3  

Section 3.6

 

Payment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Principal

     4  

Section 3.7

 

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Accounts

     8  

Section 3.8

 

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 -Funding Account

     10  

Section 3.9

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     11  

Section 3.10

 

Manager

     13  

Section 3.11

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     13  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     13  

Section 4.1

 

[Reserved]

     13  

Section 4.2

 

Issuance of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

     13  

Section 4.3

 

[Reserved]

     15  

Section 4.4

 

Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes

     15  

Section 4.5

 

Note Owner Representations and Warranties

     20  

Section 4.6

 

Limitation on Liability

     22  

 

i


ARTICLE V GENERAL

     22  

Section 5.1

 

Information

     22  

Section 5.2

 

Exhibits

     23  

Section 5.3

 

Ratification of Base Indenture

     23  

Section 5.1

 

Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     23  

Section 5.2

 

Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     23  

Section 5.3

 

Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     23  

Section 5.4

 

Counterparts

     24  

Section 5.5

 

Governing Law

     24  

Section 5.6

 

Amendments

     24  

Section 5.7

 

Termination of Series Supplement

     24  

Section 5.8

 

Entire Agreement

     24  

ANNEXES

 

Annex A    Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List
EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A-2-1    Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit A-2-2    Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit A-2-3    Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note
Exhibit B-2    Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes,
Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S
Exhibit B-3    Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes,
Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S
Exhibit B-4    Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes,
Regulation S to Rule 144A
Exhibit B-5    Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit B-6    Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request

 

ii


SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2019 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series of Notes shall be designated as Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, one (1) Class of Notes of such Series shall be issued: Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2019-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. Such letter of credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account all amounts relating to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)    Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    [Reserved].

(e)    Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account for payment of principal on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f)    Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

2


(g)    Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h)    [Reserved].

(i)    [Reserved].

(j)    [Reserved].

(k)    Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)    Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(m)    Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Section 3.3    Certain Distributions from Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2019-1 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.4    [Reserved].

Section 3.5    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2019-1 Closing Date until the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but

 

3


unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b)    Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i)    Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2019-1 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 2.15%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii)    Payment of Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) April 20, 2019.

Section 3.6    Payment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

(b)    Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2019-1 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2026 (such date, the “Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c)    Payment of Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition

 

4


thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)    [Reserved]

(ii)    [Reserved]

(iii)    During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e)    Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2019-1 Prepayment”), the Issuer shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f)    Optional Prepayment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the Issuer shall have the option to prepay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the Issuer shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid

 

5


is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account that is allocable to the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay (A) the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee, the Servicer and the Manager, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The Issuer may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g)    Notices of Prepayments.

(i)    Except in the case of any Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the Issuer shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2019-1 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Issuer, such notice to the affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2019-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The Issuer shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Issuer shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Issuer if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date. The Issuer shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

 

6


(ii)    In the case of any Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount.

(h)    Series 2019-1 Prepayments. On each Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment, the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The Issuer shall pay the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(j)    Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 20191 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The Issuer shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k)    Series 2019-1 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2019-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of

 

7


the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date and any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l)    Series 2019-1 Notices of Final Payment. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-1 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2019-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the Issuer shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2019-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Issuer indicating that the Series 2019-1 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2019-1 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-1 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Accounts.

(a)    On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to, among other things, make an initial deposit to the Series Pre-Funding Account for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account”) in an amount equal to $90,000,000.

(b)    On or before fifteen (15) Business Days following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall deliver a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre- Funding Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager. Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate delivered in accordance with this Section 3.7(b), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow is not lower than $171,436,800. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate.

(c)    At any one or more times during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, upon the delivery of a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request to the Trustee at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Date set forth in such Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request, the Issuer shall be permitted to direct the Trustee to withdraw the amount specified in the Pre-Funding Release Request on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account to either (i) to remit funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in such Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request to fund a Series 2019-1 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition or (ii) for deposit into the Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date indicated in such Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request.

(d)    Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that after

 

8


giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application of such proceeds for a Series 2019-1 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow (calculated as of the immediately preceding LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date) pro forma for such acquisition is not lower than $171,436,800. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the Issuer may elect to calculate such ratio on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and such trailing twelve-month period comprises the most recent trailing twelve-month period for which a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate has been provided (so long as the Manager does not reasonably expect such calculations to materially deteriorate in the next Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate if such acquisition is being consummated after the most recently ended Monthly Fiscal Period but prior to the date the related Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate is required to be delivered). The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(e)    Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow (calculated as of the immediately preceding LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date) is not lower than $171,436,800. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the Issuer may elect to calculate such ratio on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(f)    On or before the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall establish a Pre-Funding Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account”). The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account. All amounts held in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account will remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Base Indenture.

 

9


(g)    On each Quarterly Payment Date during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, where on any related Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines that there is a Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Base Indenture, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee to make the following withdrawals from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Series 2019-1 Series Pre-Funding Reserve for deposit into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts: (i) from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, an amount equal to the product of (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve an amount equal to the positive difference between (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.7(g)(i).

(h)    On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (the “Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit”) under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount. Such letter of credit shall not replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes and shall be for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Notes only. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.7(g), such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and second, from amounts available to be drawn under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit.

(i)    Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the amounts on the deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit exceeds the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) may request a release of funds from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit, as applicable, to be deposited into the Collection Account to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

(j)    On the first Quarterly Calculation Date following the end of the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer will instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all funds, if any, that remain in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and shall pay the applicable 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration.

Section 3.8    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 -Funding Account.

(a)    Establishment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

 

10


(b)    Establishment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(c)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts”), including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral”).

(d)    Termination of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts.

(i)    On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

(ii)    On or after the date on which all amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Accounts have been withdrawn and distributed in accordance with this Series Supplement, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall close the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall be cancelled.

Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding any of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts shall be the “Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

 

11


(b)    The Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    Each of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)    Each of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)    All property delivered to the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account;

(v)    Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)    If at any time the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account, the applicable Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)    The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the related Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    No Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)    Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts, neither any Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset credited

 

12


thereto. If any Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Issuer thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times the Issuer shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts.

Section 3.10    Manager. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1    [Reserved].

Section 4.2    Issuance of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to the Issuer or its Affiliates or (A) in each case, to Persons who are not Competitors and (B) in the United States, to Persons who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

 

13


The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b)    Global Notes.

(i)    Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii)    Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c)    Definitive Notes. The Series 2019-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2019-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

 

14


Section 4.3    [Reserved].

Section 4.4    Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    A Series 2019-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2019-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b)    The transfer by a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c)    If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d)    If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such

 

15


exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given by the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e)    If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f)    In the event that a Series 2019-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2019-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that

 

16


are not Series 2019-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2019-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g)    Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h)    The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING

 

17


FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY,

 

18


REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i)    The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)    The Series 2019-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

19


(k)    The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer (or the Manager, on its behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5    Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)    With respect to any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b)    With respect to any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)    It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(d)    It understands that the Issuer, the Manager and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)    It understands that the Manager, the Issuer and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)    It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(g)    It understands that (i) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB

 

20


in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and (iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k)    Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l)    If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Issuer, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(m)    It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

 

21


(n)    It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6    Limitation on Liability. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1    Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)    the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)    [Reserved];

(vii)    whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Issuer, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)    the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)    the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)    the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

 

22


(xi)    the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.1    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

805 Third Ave., 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.2    Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Issuer shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.3    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

 

23


Section 5.4    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.5    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.6    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.7    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.8    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Driven – Supplement to Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and

as Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary

By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Driven – Supplement to Base Indenture

Exhibit 4.10

Execution Version

FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Supplement”), by and between DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, each, a “Co-Issuer” and, collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), to the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019 (the “Series Supplement”), by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary, which supplements the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Annex A to the Series Supplement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Series Supplement in accordance with Section 5.9 of the Series Supplement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Indenture Documents, including the types of amendments set forth in this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has granted its consent to this Supplement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.    Amendments to Series Supplement.

The Series Supplement, including all annexes attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Series Supplement attached as Exhibit A to this Supplement.

Section 2.    Binding Effect. This Supplement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

Section 3.     Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 4.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).


Section 5.    Amendments. This Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 6.    Entire Agreement. This Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 7.    Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Co-Issuers, or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplement and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Supplement, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

Section 8.    Representations and Warranties. Each of the Co-Issuers represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Supplement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Co-Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as a Co-Issuer

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING

CORPORATION,

as a Co-Issuer

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

[First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name: Jacqueline Suarez
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

[First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement]


MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to this Supplement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Supplement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that this Supplement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and Servicer
        By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

  Name: David A. Eckels
  Title: Senior Vice President

[First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement]


EXHIBIT A

[Attached]


ARTICLE 1

EXECUTION COPYEXHIBIT A TO FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT

 

 

(a) DRIVEN BRANDS

FUNDING, LLC and DRIVEN BRANDS

CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as IssuerCo-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of March 19, 2019

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereofSeries 2020-1 Closing Date)

 

 

$300,000,000 Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

[First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement]


33835312.v14-3/18/1937071593

[First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement]


(b) Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

  Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes      2  

Section 3.2

  Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications      2  

Section 3.3

  Certain Distributions from Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account      3  

Section 3.4

  [Reserved]      3  

Section 3.5

  Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Interest      3  

Section 3.6

  Payment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Principal      4  

Section 3.7

  Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Accounts.      8  

Section 3.8

  Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 -Funding Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account.      1011  

Section 3.9

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      1112  

Section 3.10

  ManagerManagers      13  

Section 3.11

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      13  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     1314  

Section 4.1

  [Reserved]      1314  

Section 4.2

  Issuance of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes      1314  

Section 4.3

  [Reserved]      1415  

Section 4.4

       1415  

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes      1415  

Section 4.5

  Note Owner Representations and Warranties      20  

Section 4.6

  Limitation on Liability      2122  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     22  

Section 5.1

  Information      22  

Section 5.2

  Exhibits      23  

 

i


         Page  

Section 5.3

  Ratification of Base Indenture      23  

Section 5.1

  Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies      23  

Section 5.2

  Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies      2324  

Section 5.3

  Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party      2324  

 

ii


         Page  

Section 5.4

  Counterparts      2324  

Section 5.5

  Governing Law      2324  

Section 5.6

  Amendments      24  

Section 5.7

  Termination of Series Supplement      24  

Section 5.8

  Entire Agreement      24  

ANNEXES

Annex A    Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List

(c)    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-2-1    Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-2-2    Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Exhibit A-2-3 Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Exhibit B-2 Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes,

Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S

 

Exhibit B-3

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S

 

Exhibit B-4

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, Regulation S to Rule 144A

Exhibit B-5    Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate Exhibit B-6 Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request

 

iii


SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2019 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”) and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and betweenamong the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of the date hereof, and asMarch 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019 and the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series of Notes shall be designated as Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, one (1) Class of Notes of such Series shall bewere issued: Series 2019-1 4.641% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”.

Section 1.2    ARTICLE I

(a)    DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series


2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the IssuerCo-Issuers.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

(b)    SERIES 2019-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrangearranged for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. Such letter of credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts all amounts relating to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a) Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

 

2


(d) [Reserved].

(e) Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts for payment of principal on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f) Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the

 

3


Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(g) Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) [Reserved].

(j) [Reserved].

(k) Series 2019-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l) Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

4


(m) Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2019-1 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 1.3 [Reserved].

Section 3.4

Section 3.5 Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2019-1 Closing Date until the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day

 

5


of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b) Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i) Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2019-1 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 2.15%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii) Payment of Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest

 

6


shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) April 20, 2019.

Section 3.6 Payment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

 

7


(b) Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2019-1 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2026 (such date, the “Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c) Payment of Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e) Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2019-1 Prepayment”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated

 

8


Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f) Optional Prepayment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to prepay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section

 

9


3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration (calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement)) required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts that is allocable to the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the following amounts, calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shallCo-Issuers reimburse, in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement) the Trustee, the Servicer and the ManagerManagers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The IssuerCo-Issuers may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g) Notices of Prepayments.

(i) Except in the case of any Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2019-1 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers , such notice to the affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2019-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option, by

 

10


written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the IssuerCo-Issuers’s discretion, be subject to the

 

11


satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the IssuerCo-Issuers if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii) In the case of any Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount.

(h) Series 2019-1 Prepayments. On each Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment, the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i) Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

 

12


(j) Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 20191 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted

 

13


Asset Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k) Series 2019-1 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2019-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date and any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l) Series 2019-1 Notices of Final Payment. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-1 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2019-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2019-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the IssuerCo-Issuers indicating that the Series 2019-1 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2019-1 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-1 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Accounts.

(a) On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall apply the net proceeds from

 

14


the offering and sale of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to, among other things, make an initial deposit to the Series Pre-Funding Account for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account”) in an amount equal to $90,000,000.

(b) On or before fifteen (15) Business Days following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall deliver a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre- Funding Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager. Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate delivered in accordance with this Section 3.7(b), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow is not lower than $171,436,800.

 

15


The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate.

(c)     At any one or more times during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, upon the delivery of a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request to the Trustee at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Date set forth in such Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be permitted to direct the Trustee to withdraw the amount specified in the Pre-Funding Release Request on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account to either (i) to remit funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in such Series 2019-1

Pre-Funding Release Request to fund a Series 2019-1 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition or (ii) for deposit into the Collection AccountAccounts for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date indicated in such Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request.

(d)     Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that after giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application of such proceeds for a Series 2019-1 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow (calculated as of the immediately preceding LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date) pro forma for such acquisition is not lower than $171,436,800. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers may elect to calculate such ratio on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and such trailing twelve-month period comprises the most recent trailing twelve-month period for which a Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate has been provided (so long as the Manager doesManagers do not reasonably expect such calculations to materially deteriorate in the next Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate if such acquisition is being consummated after the most recently ended Monthly Fiscal Period but prior to the date the related Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate is required to be delivered).

The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(e)     Pursuant to each Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) LTM Net Cash Flow (calculated as of the immediately preceding LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date) is not lower than $171,436,800. In determining the Driven

 

16


Brands Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers may elect to calculate such ratio on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(f)     On or before the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall establish a Pre-Funding Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account”). The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account. All amounts held in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the

 

17


written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account will remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Base Indenture.

(g)     On each Quarterly Payment Date during the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, where on any related Quarterly Calculation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) determinesdetermine that there is a Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Base Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee to make the following withdrawals from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and the Series 2019-1 Series Pre-Funding Reserve for deposit into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts: (i) from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, an amount equal to the Issuer’s Allocable Share of the product of (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share, to the extent of available funds) an amount equal to the positive difference between

(A)     the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.7(g)(i).

(h)     On the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (the “Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit”) under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such letter of credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount. Such letter of credit shall not replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and Series 2018-1 Notes and shall be for the benefit of the

 

18


Series 2019-1 Notes only. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.7(g), such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and second, from amounts available to be drawn under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit.

(i)     Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the amounts on the deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit exceeds the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve

 

19


Letter of Credit exceeds the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount, the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) may request a release of funds from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit, as applicable, to be deposited into the Collection AccountAccounts to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

(j)     On the first Quarterly Calculation Date following the end of the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer will instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all funds, if any, that remain in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and shall pay the applicable 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration.

Section 1.4    Section 3.8 Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 -Funding Account.

(a)     Establishment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(b)     Establishment of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(c)     Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-1 Class A-2

 

20


Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby grantsgrant a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfersassign, pledge, grant, transfer and setsset over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the IssuerCo-Issuerss right, title and interest in and to the following, as applicable (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts”), including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral”).

(d) Termination of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts.

 

21


(i)     On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

(ii)     On or after the date on which all amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Accounts have been withdrawn and distributed in accordance with this Series Supplement, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) shall close the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall be cancelled.

Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)     The Trustee or other Person holding any of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts shall be the “Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is not the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)     The Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)     Each of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)     Each of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)     All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities

 

22


account maintained in the name of such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account be registered in the name of the IssuerCo-Issuers, payable to the order of the IssuerCo-Issuers or specially indorsed to the IssuerCo-Issuers;

(iv)     All property delivered to the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account;

(v)     Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)     If at any time the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account, the applicable Series 2019-1

 

23


Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the IssuerCo-Issuers , any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)     The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the related Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)     No Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the IssuerCo-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)     Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts, neither any Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If any Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the ManagerManagers , the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers thereof.

(c)     At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts.

 

24


Section 3.10    ManagerManagers. Pursuant to the Management AgreementAgreements, the Manager hasManagers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the ManagerManagers in lieu of the IssuerCo-Issuers. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the

 

25


Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

Section 1.5    ARTICLE IV

(a)    FORM OF SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1 [Reserved].

Section 4.2 Issuance of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a) The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date by the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to the a Co-Issuer or its Affiliates or (A) in each case, to Persons who are not Competitors and (B) in the United States, to Persons who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes.

(i) Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede

 

26


& Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii) Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf

 

27


of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”).

The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c) Definitive Notes. The Series 2019-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2019-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 1.6    Section 4.3 [Reserved].

Section 1.7    Section 4.4 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a) A Series 2019-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2019-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b) The transfer by a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its

 

28


own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the IssuerCo-Issuers as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c) If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be

 

29


credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d) If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given by the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e) If a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer

 

30


such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation

 

31


S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f) In the event that a Series 2019-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchangedfor Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2019-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2019-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2019-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g) Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h) The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

 

32


THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT

 

33


A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE

 

34


FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

 

35


[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i) The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR

 

36


(B) THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933

 

37


ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)     The Series 2019-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(k)     The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the IssuerCo-Issuers that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers, on itstheir behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

38


Section 4.5    Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)     With respect to any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to

 

39


it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b)     With respect to any sale of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)     It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(d)     It understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)     It understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)     It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(g)     It understands that (i) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the IssuerCo-Issuers or an Affiliate of the IssuerCo-Issuers, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and

 

40


(iv)     it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j)     It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

 

41


(k)     Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l)     If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c)     is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(m)     It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

(n)     It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

 

42


Section 4.6     Limitation on Liability. None of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

Section 1.8    ARTICLE V

(a)    GENERAL Information On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Section 5.1 IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

 

43


(i)     the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)     the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)     [Reserved];

(vii)     whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)     the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)     the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)     the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)     the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve

 

44


AccountAccounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

45


Section 5.1    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1     of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.LLC 805 Third Ave., 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.2     Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.3    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and

 

46


Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.4    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.5    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE (b)    GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.6    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.7    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

 

47


Section 5.8    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

(c)    

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as the Issuer

By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

 

(d) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as the Canadian Co-Issuer
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:


ARTICLE 2    ANNEX A

Section 2.1    SERIES 2019-1 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of the Series    2019-1 Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.


DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, IncLLC.

LTM Net Cash Flow” will be calculated in the same manner as Net Cash Flow, except LTM Net Cash Flow will be measured with respect to the last Weekly Collection Period of the most recently ended Monthly Fiscal Period for which the Weekly Manager’s Certificate has been delivered (the “LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date”) and the immediately preceding twelve Monthly Fiscal Periods from such date.

LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “LTM Net Cash Flow” in this Series 2019-1 Supplemental Definitions List.

Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of March 12, 2019, prepared by the Issuer.

Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for “cancellation;

(ii)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

 

29


(v)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi)    Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by the IssuerCo-Issuers or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other obligor upon the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the ManagerManagers or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or thea Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which thea Manager or an Affiliate of thesuch Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Par Call Amount” means prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the initial Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2019-1 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-1 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2019-1 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-1 Prepayment.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

30


Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in the Series 2019-1 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Refinancing Prepayment” means any prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes made with funds obtained from any additional Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Securitization Entities).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Remaining Par Call Amount” means, as of any date of determination, prior to giving effect to any prepayments made on such date, the difference (not less than zero) between (x) the Par Call Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes prepaid on any date before such date of determination, including optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Release Prices and Asset Disposition Proceeds and prepayments made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event, but excluding any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and cancellations of repurchased Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and Refinancing Prepayments). For the avoidance of doubt, the “Remaining Par Call Amount” with respect to any Refinancing Prepayments will be deemed to be equal to zero.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2019-1 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2019-1 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Investors (as defined therein), the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (as defined therein) and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

31


Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2019, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Securitization Entities as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 4.641% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(c) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Closing Date” means March 19, 2019. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2019-1 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means any Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition acquired with amounts in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

Series 2019-1 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes.

 

32


Series 2019-1 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2019-1 Final Payment is made.

Series 2019-1 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2019-1 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, which is $300,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” means April 2049. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the ManagerManagers on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers equal to (A) (i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes that the IssuerCo-Issuers would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the 18th month prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid multiplied by (B) a fraction not less than zero the numerator of which is (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid minus (y) any Remaining Par Call Amount and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (A)(i) above, such present value shall be determined by the ManagerManagers using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. Solely with respect to any prepayments of the Series 2019-1 Notes with amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account, the amount of Series 2019-1 Class A-2

 

33


Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due and payable shall equal the lower of (a) the product of (i) the Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at the time of such prepayment and (ii) 101% and (b) the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration that would otherwise be payable with respect to such Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2019-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-1 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate” means an Officer’s Certificate of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers or itstheir behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-5 to the Series 2019-1 Series Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of both the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00:1.00 as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2019-1 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means each principal payment made on each Quarterly Payment Date to the extent the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for such Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the IssuerCo-Issuers, in an amount not to exceed the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request” means a written request of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-6 to the Series 2019-1 Series Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount” means the amount of interest that will accrue on the portion of the principal amount of the Offered Notes equal to the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date based on the Note Rate for the Offered Notes for the period commencing on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and ending on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2020.

 

34


Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Period” means the period commencing on the Series 2019-1 Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the date that all amounts have been withdrawn from the Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Account, (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (c) the commencement of a Rapid Amortization Period and (d) the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2020.

Series 2019-1 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2019-1 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of the Series Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of the Series Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2019-1 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2019-1 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-1 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

 

35


Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

Section 2.2    “Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2019-1 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided, that a Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2019-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-1 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.

Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Series 2019-1 Supplement” means the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2019-1 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2019-1 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar body of such Person.

 

36


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT A-2-1

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

 

Section 2.3    A-2-1-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS

 

A-2-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. R-[    ]          up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number:

26208LAD0 ISIN

Number:US26208LAD01

Common Code: [        ]

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-1 [        ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [    ] DOLLARS ($[                                                                                 ] as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2049 (the “Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable

 

A-2-1-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing April 22, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2019-1 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-1-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-1-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                         

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-1-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:    
Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-1-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-1 [    ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (the “Series 2019-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-1-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-2-1-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the

 

A-2-1-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-1-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-1-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                         1
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-1-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN RULE 144A

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is $[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date    Amount of Increase (or
Decrease) in the Principal
Amount of this Rule 144A
Global Note
   Remaining Principal Amount of
this Rule 144A Global Note
following the Increase or
Decrease
   Signature of Authorized
Officer of Trustee or
Registrar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

A-2-1-15


EXHIBIT A-2-2

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-2-1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-2-2-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON”

 

A-2-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN

 

A-2-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

No. S-[    ]                                                                                                            up to $[            ]                     

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP                     

Number:U2646LAD8 ISIN                     

Number: USU2646LAD83                     

Common Code: [            ]                     

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-1 [            ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                         ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2049 (the “Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Temporary

 

A-2-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing April 22, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2019-1 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-2-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                         

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-2-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

         

Name:  
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-2-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-1 [    ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (the “Series 2019-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-2-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-2-2-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the

 

A-2-2-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-2-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-2-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                   

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                         , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

By:                                          1
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-2-15


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is $[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date    Amount of Increase (or
Decrease) in the Principal
Amount of this
Temporary Regulation
S Global Note
   Remaining Principal Amount of
this Temporary Regulation
S Global Note
following the Increase
or Decrease
   Signature of Authorized
Officer of Trustee or
Registrar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

A-2-2-16


EXHIBIT A-2-3

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-3-1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-2-3-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS

 

A-2-3-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-3-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS

A-2 NOTE

 

No. U-[    ]          up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number:

U2646LAD8 ISIN

Number: USU2646LAD83

Common Code: [        ]

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-1 [        ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                                                                 ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2049 (the “Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such

 

A-2-3-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing April 22, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2019-1 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-3-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-1 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-3-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                         

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-3-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-3-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-1 [    ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (the “Series 2019-1 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-1 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-3-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

 

A-2-3-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-1 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the

 

A-2-3-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-3-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-3-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                               , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                         1
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-3-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN PERMANENT REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note is $[    ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date   

Amount of Increase
(or Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this
Permanent Regulation S
Global Note

   Remaining Principal
Amount of this
Permanent Regulation S
Global Note following the
Increase or Decrease
   Signature of Authorized
Officer of Trustee or Registrar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

A-2-3-16


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TRANSFER

CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington

Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[        ]

Series 2019-1 [        ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco- issuers (theeach a Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No.26208LAD0) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-2- 1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and the Offering Memorandum, dated March 12, 2019], relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

 

  1.

the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

  2.

at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

 

B-2- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferee confirms that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be;

7. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

8. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

10. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

11. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

Competitor;

 

B-2- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a

13. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

14. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent

 

B-2- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and

(2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

15. it is:

            (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

            (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The representations made pursuant to clause 6 above shall be deemed to be made on each day from the date the Transferee acquires any interest in any Note through and including the date on which such Transferee disposes of its interest in the applicable Note. The Transferee agrees to provide prompt written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee of any change of the status of the Transferee that would cause it to breach the representations made in clause 6 above. The Transferee further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee, the Registrar and the Initial Purchaser and their respective affiliates from any cost, damage or loss incurred by them as a result of the inaccuracy or breach of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements in this clause and clause 6 above. Any purported transfer of the Notes (or interest therein) that does not comply with the requirements of this clause and clause 6 above shall be null and void ab initio.

 

B-2- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-2- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:

 

Dated:                        

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:      Address for Notices:

 

    

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:      Tel:                                                                                       
     Fax:                                                                                       
     Attn:                                                                                       
Bank:                                                                                            
Address:                                                                                            
Bank ABA #:                                                                                            
Account No.:                                                                                            
FAO:                                                                                            
Attention:                                                                                           
Registered Name (if Nominee):                                                                                            

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2- 7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(a) Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2- 8


EXHIBIT B-3

FORM OF TRANSFER

CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN PERMANENT REGULATION S

GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[        ]

Series 2019-1 [        ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach a Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No. 26208LAD0) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-3- 1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and the Offering Memorandum, dated March 12, 2019], relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

 

  1.

the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

  2.

at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

 

B-3- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

7. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

8. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book- entry depositories;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

10. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes; Competitor;

11. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a

 

B-3- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

13. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

 

B-3- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and

(2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

14. it is:

            (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

            (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-3- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
       By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:            Address for Notices:

 

     

 

Wire Instructions for          Tel:   

 

Payments:          Fax:   

 

               Attn:   

 

Bank:   

 

           
Address:   

 

           
Bank ABA #:   

 

           
Account No.:   

 

           
FAO:   

 

           
   Attention:   

 

           
   Registered Name (if Nominee):            

 

           

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-3- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(b) Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-3- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT B-4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES OR PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL

NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $[        ] Series 2019-1 [        ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach aCo-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-1 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of [an interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note with DTC][an interest in an Permanent Regulation S Global Note with DTC] (CUSIP (CINS) No. U2646LAD8) in the name of

 

B-4- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[                                                                                                  ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred in accordance with (i) the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture [and in the Offering Memorandum, dated March 12, 2019], relating to the Notes and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and that the Transferee is purchasing the Notes for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and any such account represent, warrant and agree that either it is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. it is (a) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, (b) aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and (c) acquiring such Notes for its own account or for the account of another person who is a Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercise sole investment discretion;

 

B-4- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

2. it is not formed for the purpose of investing in the Notes, except where each beneficial owner is a Qualified Institutional Buyer;

3. it will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

4. it understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

5. it understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

6. it will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

7. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

8. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

9. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor

 

B-4- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, and

(2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes; and

10. it is:

 

B-4- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

            (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

            (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to any matter covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents and agrees to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-4- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
       By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:            Address for Notices:

 

     

 

Wire Instructions for          Tel:   

 

Payments:          Fax:   

 

               Attn:   

 

Bank:

  

 

           
Address:   

 

           
Bank ABA #:   

 

           
Account No.:   

 

           
FAO:   

 

           
   Attention:   

 

           
   Registered Name (if Nominee):            

 

           

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-4- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(c) Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-4- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT B-5

(d) SERIES 2019-1 PRE-FUNDING MONTHLY OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

This Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate is furnished in connection with (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (theand Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (each a Co-Issuerand collectively, the “Co-Issuers) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary (the “Trustee”) and (ii) the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated March 19, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “2019-1 Series Supplement”), by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2019-1 Series Supplement.

The undersigned officer of the IssuerCo-Issuers does hereby certify to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-up Manager that for the Monthly Fiscal Period indicated in Schedule A:

 

  1)

Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is no greater than 7.00x; and

 

  2)

LTM Net Cash Flow is not lower than $171,436,800

Calculations supporting the above statements (1) and (2) are attached in Schedule A.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate on as of the date first written above.

 

B-5- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the a Co-Issuer
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

(e) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as a Co-Issuer
By:                                                                                              
        Name:
        Title:

 

B-5- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(f) Schedule A to Exhibit B-5

[Attached]

 

B-5- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT B-6

(g) SERIES 2019-1 PRE-FUNDING RELEASE REQUEST

[DATE]

This Series 2019-1 Pre-Funding Release Request is furnished in connection with (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019 (, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (theand Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (each a Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary (the “Trustee”) and (ii) the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “2019-1 Series Supplement”), by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2019-1 Series Supplement.

The undersigned officer of the IssuerCo-Issuers does hereby certify to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-up Manager:

1) After giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application:

(a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x; and

(b) LTM Net Cash Flow (calculated as of the immediately preceding LTM Net Cash Flow Calculation Date) pro forma for such acquisition is not lower than $171,436,800.

Calculations supporting the above statements (a) and (b) are attached in Schedule A.

2) Check one that applies:

 

B-6- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

 

The acquisition is an Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition and in connection with such Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, funds should be remitted to:

 

  Name of the seller:  

 

  
  Wire Instructions:     

 

 

The funds should be transferred to the Collection Account for the next applicable Weekly Allocation Date listed below:

 

  Weekly Allocation Date:  

 

  
  Wire Instructions:     

 

B-6- 1


DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the a Co-Issuer

(h)

By:                                                                                              
        Name:
        Title:

(i) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as a Co-Issuer
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 4.11

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of September 17, 2019

to

BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereof)

 

 

$275,000,000 Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

 

Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

     2  

Section 3.2

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     2  

Section 3.3

 

Certain Distributions from Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     3  

Section 3.4

 

[Reserved]

     3  

Section 3.5

 

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Interest

     3  

Section 3.6

 

Payment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Principal

     4  

Section 3.7

 

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account

     8  

Section 3.8

 

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account

     11  

Section 3.9

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     12  

Section 3.10

 

Manager

     13  

Section 3.11

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     13  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     14  

Section 4.1

 

[Reserved]

     14  

Section 4.2

 

Issuance of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

     14  

Section 4.3

 

[Reserved]

     15  

Section 4.4

 

Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes

     15  

Section 4.5

 

Note Owner Representations and Warranties

     20  

Section 4.6

 

Limitation on Liability

     22  

 

i


ARTICLE V GENERAL

     22  

Section 5.1

 

Information

     22  

Section 5.2

 

Exhibits

     23  

Section 5.3

 

Ratification of Base Indenture

     23  

Section 5.4

 

Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     23  

Section 5.5

 

Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     23  

Section 5.6

 

Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     24  

Section 5.7

 

Counterparts

     24  

Section 5.8

 

Governing Law

     24  

Section 5.9

 

Amendments

     24  

Section 5.10

 

Termination of Series Supplement

     24  

Section 5.11

 

Entire Agreement

     24  

ANNEXES

 

Annex A

  

Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions  List

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A-2-1

  

Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-2-2

  

Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-2-3

  

Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit B-2

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes,

  

Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S

Exhibit B-3

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes,

  

Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S

Exhibit B-4

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes,

  

Regulation S to Rule 144A

Exhibit B-5

  

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit B-6

  

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request

 

ii


SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of September 17, 2019 (this “Series 2019-2 Supplement” or this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019 and the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated as the Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” or the “Series 2019-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, which Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List is made a part of this Series Supplement together with the Exhibits to this Series Supplement. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2019-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes and the Series 2019-1 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account all amounts relating to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)    Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    [Reserved].

(e)    Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account for payment of principal on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and the related Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments;

 

2


provided, that there will be no allocation from the Collection Account of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2019. No Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts will be made on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2019.

(g)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h)    [Reserved].

(i)    [Reserved].

(j)    [Reserved].

(k)    Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(m)    Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Section 3.3    Certain Distributions from Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2019-2 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.4    [Reserved].

Section 3.5    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Interest.

(a)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2019-2 Closing Date until the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following

 

3


Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b)    Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i)    Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2019-2 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 2.49%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii)    Payment of Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) October 20, 2019.

Section 3.6    Payment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

 

4


(b)    Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2019-2 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2026 (such date, the “Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c)    Payment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2020, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)    [Reserved]

(ii)    [Reserved]

(iii)    During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2019-2 Prepayment”), the Issuer shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f)    Optional Prepayment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the Issuer shall have the option to prepay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date in the

 

5


applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the Issuer shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account that is allocable to the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay (A) the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee, the Servicer and the Manager, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The Issuer may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g)    Notices of Prepayments.

(i)    Except in the case of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the Issuer shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Issuer, such notice to the affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The Issuer shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Issuer shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to

 

6


(A) each affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Issuer if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date. The Issuer shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii)    In the case of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the Issuer shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount.

(h)    Series 2019-2 Prepayments. On each Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The Issuer shall pay the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(j)    Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The Issuer shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

7


(k)    Series 2019-2 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date for each Series 2019-2 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date and any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l)    Series 2019-2 Notices of Final Payment. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2019-2 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the Issuer shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2019-2 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Issuer indicating that the Series 2019-2 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2019-2 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-2 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

(a)    On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to, among other things, make an initial deposit to the Series Pre-Funding Account for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account”) in an amount equal to $75,000,000.

(b)    On or before fifteen (15) Business Days following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall deliver a Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager. Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate delivered in accordance with this Section 3.7(b), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that (i) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (ii) the Senior Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.50x except to the extent otherwise calculated as set forth therein. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate.

(c)    At any one or more times during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, upon the delivery of a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request to the Trustee at least three (3) Business Days

 

8


prior to the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Date set forth in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request, the Issuer shall be permitted to direct the Trustee to withdraw the amount specified in the Pre-Funding Release Request on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account to either (i) to remit funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request to fund a Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition or (ii) for deposit into the Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date indicated in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request.

(d)    Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that after giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application of such proceeds for a Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 6.50x. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the Issuer may elect to calculate such ratios on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and such trailing twelve-month period comprises the most recent trailing twelve-month period for which a Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate has been provided (so long as the Manager does not reasonably expect such calculations to materially deteriorate in the next Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate if such acquisition is being consummated after the most recently ended Monthly Fiscal Period but prior to the date the related Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate is required to be delivered). The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(e)    Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.50x. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the Issuer may elect to calculate such ratios on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(f)    On or before the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall establish a Pre-Funding Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account”). The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account. All amounts held in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not

 

9


later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account will remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Base Indenture.

(g)    On each Quarterly Payment Date during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, where on any related Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines that there is a Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Base Indenture, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee to make the following withdrawals from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account for deposit into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts: (i) from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, an amount equal to the product of (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve an amount equal to the positive difference between (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.7(g)(i).

(h)    On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (the “Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit”) under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in order to satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount. Such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall not replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 and the Series 2019-1 Notes and shall be for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Notes only. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.7(g), such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and second, from amounts available to be drawn under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit.

(i)    Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the amounts on the deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit exceeds the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) may request a release of funds from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit, as applicable, to be deposited into the Collection Account to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

(j)    On the first Quarterly Calculation Date following the end of the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer will instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all funds, if any, that remain in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and shall pay the applicable 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration.

 

10


Section 3.8    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

(a)    Establishment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(b)    Establishment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders an account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(c)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts”), including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral”).

(d)    Termination of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts.

(i)    On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

(ii)    On or after the date on which all amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account have been withdrawn and distributed in accordance with this Series Supplement, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall close the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall be cancelled.

 

11


Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding any of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts shall be the “Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary in respect of any of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)    The Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    Each of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)    Each of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)    All property delivered to the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account;

(v)    Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)    If at any time the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account, the applicable Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)    The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the related Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    No Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not

 

12


enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)    Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts, neither any Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If any Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Issuer thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times the Issuer shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts.

Section 3.10    Manager. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

 

13


ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1    [Reserved].

Section 4.2    Issuance of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to (A) the Issuer or its Affiliates, (B) in the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are not U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b)    Global Notes.

(i)    Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii)    Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c)    Definitive Notes. The Series 2019-2 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for

 

14


purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2019-2 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3    [Reserved].

Section 4.4    Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    A Series 2019-2 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2019-2 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b)    The transfer by a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c)    If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

15


(d)    If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given by the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e)    If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

16


(f)    In the event that a Series 2019-2 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2019-2 Global Notes, such other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2019-2 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Issuer and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2019-2 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g)    Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h)    The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT

 

17


A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1)

 

18


DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i)    The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)    The Series 2019-2 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

19


(k)    The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer (or the Manager, on its behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5    Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)    With respect to any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b)    With respect to any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)    It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(d)    It understands that the Issuer, the Manager and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)    It understands that the Manager, the Issuer and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)    It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

 

20


(g)    It understands that (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and (iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k)    Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l)    If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Issuer, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

 

21


(m)    It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

(n)    It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6    Limitation on Liability. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1    Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)    the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)    [Reserved];

(vii)    whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Issuer, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)    the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

 

22


(ix)    the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)    the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)    the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

805 Third Ave., 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5    Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Issuer shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

 

23


Section 5.6    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.7    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.10    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-2 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-2 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.11    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Supplement to Amended and Restated Base Indenture]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and
as Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Supplement to Amended and Restated Base Indenture]


ANNEX A

SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

EU Change of Control” means a Change of Control which is incompatible, under the reasonable advice of counsel to the Manager, with the obligations of the EU Retention Holder set forth in the EU Risk Retention Letter.

EU Retention Holder” means the Manager.

EU Risk Retention Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, by the EU Retention Holder in favor of the Issuer, the Trustee (for the benefit of the Noteholders) and the Initial Purchaser relating to the covenants and agreements made by the Manager in connection with compliance with certain relevant provisions under the EU Securitization Regulation.

EU Securitization Regulation” means the European Union legislation comprising Regulation (EU) 2017/2402, as amended, and certain related regulatory technical standards, implementing technical standards and official guidance thereunder.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of September 10, 2019, prepared by the Issuer.

Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for “cancellation;

(ii)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;


(iii)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi)    Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by the Issuer or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other obligor upon the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the Manager or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or the Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which the Manager or an Affiliate of the Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Par Call Amount” means prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the initial Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment.


Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in this Series 2019-2 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Refinancing Prepayment” means any prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made with funds obtained from any additional Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Securitization Entities).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Remaining Par Call Amount” means, as of any date of determination, prior to giving effect to any prepayments made on such date, the difference (not less than zero) between (x) the Par Call Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes prepaid on any date before such date of determination, including optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Release Prices and Asset Disposition Proceeds and prepayments made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event, but excluding any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and cancellations of repurchased Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and Refinancing Prepayments). For the avoidance of doubt, the “Remaining Par Call Amount” with respect to any Refinancing Prepayments will be deemed to be equal to zero.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.


Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Investors (as defined therein), the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (as defined therein) and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2019, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Manager, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 3.981% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(c) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Closing Date” means September 17, 2019. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means any Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition acquired with amounts in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

Series 2019-2 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2019-2 Final Payment is made.

Series 2019-2 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, which is $275,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” means October 2049. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the Manager on behalf of the Issuer equal to (I)(A)(i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that the Issuer would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the 18th month prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2


Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid multiplied by (B) a fraction not less than zero the numerator of which is (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid minus (y) any Remaining Par Call Amount and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid or (II) solely in the case of a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes following an EU Change of Control on account of a good-faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, 1.0% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (I)(A)(i) above, such present value shall be determined by the Manager using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. Solely with respect to any prepayments of the Series 2019-2 Notes with amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account, the amount of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due and payable shall equal the lower of (a) the product of (i) the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at the time of such prepayment and (ii) 101% and (b) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration that would otherwise be payable with respect to such Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-2 Clas A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2019-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate” means an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (or the Manager or its behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-5 to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of both the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00x as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2019-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means each principal payment made on each Quarterly Payment Date to the extent the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for such Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the Issuer, in an amount not to exceed the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.


Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request” means a written request of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-6 to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount” means the amount of interest that will accrue on the portion of the principal amount of the Offered Notes equal to the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on the Note Rate for the Offered Notes for the period commencing on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020.

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period” means the period commencing on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the date that all amounts have been withdrawn from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account, (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (c) the commencement of a Rapid Amortization Period and (d) the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each


Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2019-2 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2020, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided, that a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.

Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


Series 2019-2 Supplement” means this Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series Supplement” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Exhibit 4.12

Execution Version

FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Supplement”), by and between DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, each, a “Co-Issuer” and, collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), to the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019 (the “Series Supplement”), by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary, which supplements the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Annex A to the Series Supplement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Series Supplement in accordance with Section 5.9 of the Series Supplement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Indenture Documents, including the types of amendments set forth in this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has granted its consent to this Supplement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Series Supplement.

The Series Supplement, including all annexes attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Series Supplement attached as Exhibit A to this Supplement.

Section 2. Binding Effect. This Supplement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

Section 3. Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 4. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).


Section 5. Amendments. This Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 6. Entire Agreement. This Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 7. Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Co-Issuers, or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplement and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Supplement, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

Section 8. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Co-Issuers represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Supplement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Co-Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name: Jacqueline Suarez
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

 

[First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement]


MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to this Supplement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Supplement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that this Supplement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and Servicer
       By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

    Name: David A. Eckels
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

[First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement]


EXHIBIT A

[Attached]


EXECUTION VERSIONEXHIBIT A

TO FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT

 

 

Section 1.1 DRIVEN BRANDS

FUNDING, LLC and DRIVEN BRANDS

CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as IssuerCo-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of September 17, 2019

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereofSeries 2020-1 Closing Date)

 

 

$275,000,000 Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 

 

34755375 37071595

 

[First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement]


Section 1.2 Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

  Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes      2  

Section 3.2

  Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications      2  

Section 3.3

  Certain Distributions from Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account      3  

Section 3.4

  [Reserved]      34  

Section 3.5

  Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Interest      34  

Section 3.6

  Payment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Principal      45  

Section 3.7

  Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account      816  

Section 3.8

  Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account      20  

Section 3.9

  Trustee as Securities Intermediary      22  

Section 3.10

  ManagerManagers      1326  

ARTICLE 2

  

Section 3.11

  Replacement of Ineligible Accounts      1326  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     1326  

Section 4.1

  [Reserved]      1326  

Section 4.2

  Issuance of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes      1326  

Section 4.3

  [Reserved]      28  

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes      28  

Section 4.4

  Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes      28  

 

i


Section 4.5

  Note Owner Representations and Warranties      2040  

Section 4.6

  Limitation on Liability      43  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     2244  

Section 5.1

  Information      2244  

Section 5.2

  Exhibits      2346  

 

ii


Section 5.3

  Ratification of Base Indenture      2346  

Section 5.4

  Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies      2346  

Section 5.5

  Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies      2347  

Section 5.6

  Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party      47  

Section 5.7

  Counterparts      48  

Section 5.8

  Governing Law      48  

Section 5.9

  Amendments      2448  

Section 5.10

  Termination of Series Supplement      2448  

Section 5.11

  Entire Agreement      2448  

Section 2.1 ANNEXES

Annex A Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List

Section 2.2 EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-2-1 Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-2-2 Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Exhibit A-2-3 Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Exhibit B-2 Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes,

Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S

Exhibit B-3 Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S

Exhibit B-4 Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, Regulation S to Rule 144A

Exhibit B-5 Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate Exhibit B-6 Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request

 

iii


SERIES 2019-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of September 17, 2019 (this “Series 2019-2 Supplement” or this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”) and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019 and, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of the date hereofSeptember 17, 2019 and the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes (as defined in Annex A of the Base Indenture) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated as the Series 2019-2 3.981% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” or the “Series 2019-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall bewere issued on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

ARTICLE 3 ARTICLE I

Section 3.1 DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, which Series 2019-2 Supplemental Definitions List is made a part of this Series Supplement together with the Exhibits to this Series Supplement. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base


Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the IssuerCo-Issuers .

ARTICLE 4 ARTICLE II

Section 4.1 [RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2019-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrangearranged for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts , or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes and the Series 2019-1 Notes.

Section 3.2 Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts all amounts relating to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

 

2


(a) Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period (after giving effect to any extensions), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts for payment of principal on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

 

3


(f) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and the related Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments; provided, that there will be no allocation from the Collection Account of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2019. No Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts will be made on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2019.

(g) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) [Reserved].

(j) [Reserved].

(k) [Reserved].

Series 2019-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

4


(l) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(m) Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2019-2 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

 

5


Section 3.5 Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Interest.

(a) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2019-2 Closing Date until the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b) Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i) Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2019-2 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus

(B) 5.00%, plus (C) 2.49%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date.

 

6


(ii) Payment of Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof

(I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) October 20, 2019.

 

 

7


Payment of Series 2019-2 Class

(a) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

(b) Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2019-2 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2026 (such date, the “Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c) Payment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2020, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

8


(e) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2019-2 Prepayment”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional

 

 

9


Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; and (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

(f) Optional Prepayment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to prepay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration (calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement)) required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts that is allocable to the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the following amounts, calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Issuer shallCo-Issuers reimburse, in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement) the Trustee, the Servicer and the ManagerManagers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The IssuerCo-Issuers may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement.

(g) Notices of Prepayments.

(i) Except in the case of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of

 

10


Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment the IssuerCo-Issuers , such notice to the affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the related Prepayment

 

11


Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw, or amend the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date set forth in, any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the IssuerCo-Issuers’ s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the IssuerCo-Issuers’ s obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the IssuerCo-Issuers if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii) In the case of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount.

(h) Series 2019-2 Prepayments. On each Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date on which such prior to the related Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

 

12


(i) Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date and (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments.

 

13


(j) Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions or Permitted Asset Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k) Series 2019-2 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date for each Series 2019-2 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date and any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l) Series 2019-2 Notices of Final Payment. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2019-2 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment in full, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2019-2 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series

 

14


2019-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the IssuerCo-Issuers indicating that the Series 2019-2 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2019-2 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-2 Final Payment.

 

15


Section 3.7 Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

(a) On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall applyapplied the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to, among other things, make an initial deposit to the Series Pre-Funding Account for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account”) in an amount equal to $75,000,000.

(b) On or before fifteen (15) Business Days following the last day of each Monthly Fiscal Period during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall deliver a Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager. Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate delivered in accordance with this Section 3.7(b), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that (i) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (ii) the Senior Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.50x except to the extent otherwise calculated as set forth therein. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate.

(c) At any one or more times during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, upon the delivery of a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request to the Trustee at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Date set forth in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be permitted to direct the Trustee to withdraw the amount specified in the Pre-Funding Release Request on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account to either (i) to remit funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request to fund a Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition or (ii) for deposit into the Collection AccountAccounts for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date indicated in such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request.

(d) Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that after giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application of such proceeds for a Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 6.50x. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(i) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers may elect to calculate such ratios on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and such trailing twelve-month period comprises the most recent trailing twelve-month period for which a Series 2019-2 Monthly

 

16


Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate has been provided (so long as the Manager doesManagers do not reasonably expect such calculations to materially deteriorate in the next Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate if such acquisition is being consummated after the most recently ended Monthly Fiscal Period but prior to the date the related Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate is required to be delivered). The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(e) Pursuant to each Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request delivered in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall certify that (a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.50x. In determining the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and

 

17


the Senior Leverage Ratio solely for the purpose of the calculation in accordance with Section 3.7(c)(ii) hereof, the IssuerCo-Issuers may elect to calculate such ratios on a trailing-twelve-month basis so long as such calculation is provided in accordance with the applicable Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request. The Trustee shall have no obligation to review, reconcile or confirm any of the information contained in a Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon for the purpose of any the remittances and/or transfers described therein.

(f) On or before the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall establishestablished a Pre-Funding Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account”). The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account. All amounts held in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account will remain uninvested. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Base Indenture.

(g) On each Quarterly Payment Date during the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period, where on any related Quarterly Calculation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) determinesdetermine that there is a Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Base Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee to make the following withdrawals from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account for deposit into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts: (i) from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, an amount equal to the

 

18


Issuer’s Allocable Share of the product of (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes as of such Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share, to the extent of available funds) an amount equal to the positive difference between (A) the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount and (B) the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.7(g)(i).

(h) On the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrangearranged for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (the “Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of

 

19


Credit ”) under the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in order to satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount. Such Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall not replace any pre-existing deposits or letters of credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 and the Series 2019-1 Notes and shall be for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Notes only. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.7(g), such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and second, from amounts available to be drawn under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit.

(i) Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the amounts on the deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit exceeds the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount, the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) may request a release of funds from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account or available under the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit, as applicable, to be deposited into the Collection AccountAccounts to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

(j) On the first Quarterly Calculation Date following the end of the Series 2019-2

Pre-Funding Period, the Issuer will instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all funds, if any, that remain in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and shall pay the applicable 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration.

Section 3.8 A-2 Pre-Funding Account. Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and Series 2019-2 Class

(a) Establishment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class

A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

 

20


(b) Establishment of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders an account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2

Pre-Funding Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(c) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby grantsgrant a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfersassign, pledge, grant, transfer and setsset over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the IssuerCo-Issuers’s right, title and interest in and to the following, as applicable (whether now or

 

21


hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account and Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account (the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts”), including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral”).

 

  (d)

Termination of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts.

(i) On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

(ii) On or after the date on which all amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account have been withdrawn and distributed in accordance with this Series Supplement, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the U.S. Manager on its behalf) shall close the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account and the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Letter of Credit shall be cancelled.

Section 3.9 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding any of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts shall be the “Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary in respect of any of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is not the Trustee, the

 

22


IssuerCo-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

 

  (b)

The Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) Each of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii) Each of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii) All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset

 

23


credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account be registered in the name of the IssuerCo-Issuers, payable to the order of the IssuerCo-Issuers or specially indorsed to the IssuerCo-Issuers;

(iv) All property delivered to the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the appropriate Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account;

(v) Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi) If at any time the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account, the applicable Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the IssuerCo-Issuers, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii) The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the related Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii) No Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the IssuerCo-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

 

24


(ix) Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts, neither any Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If any Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers thereof.

(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts; provided, however, that at all other times the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts.

 

25


Section 3.10 ManagerManagers. Pursuant to the Management AgreementAgreements , the Manager hasManagers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers . The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the ManagerManagers in lieu of the IssuerCo-Issuers . Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and

(C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE 5 ARTICLE IV

Section 5.1 FORM OF SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1 [Reserved].

Section 4.2 Issuance of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

 

26


(a) The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date by the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to (A) the a Co-Issuer or its Affiliates, (B) in the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are not U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

 

  (b)

Global Notes.

(i) Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and

 

27


deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii) Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”).

The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c) Definitive Notes. The Series 2019-2 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2019-2 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3 [Reserved].

Section 4.4 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

 

28


(a) A Series 2019-2 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2019-2 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b) The transfer by a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not

 

29


a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the IssuerCo-Issuers as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c) If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d) If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for,

 

30


such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto given by the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

 

31


(e) If a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-4 hereto given by such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f) In the event that a Series 2019-2 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2019-2 Global Notes, such other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2019-2 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2019-2 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

 

32


(g) Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

 

33


(h) The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM

 

34


DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE

 

35


REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HASCO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS ALSO HASHAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

 

36


(i) The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR

 

37


(B) THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS , AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j) The Series 2019-2 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE A CO-ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

38


(k) The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the IssuerCo-Issuers that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Manager,Managers on itstheir behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note or Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does

 

39


not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5 Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a) With respect to any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b) With respect to any sale of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c) It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(d) It understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e) It understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

 

40


(f) It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(g) It understands that (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the IssuerCo-Issuers, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and

(iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

 

41


(h) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j) It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k) Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l) If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none

 

42


of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(m) It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

(n) It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6 Limitation on Liability. None of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by

 

43


DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the

IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

ARTICLE 6         ARTICLE V

 

Section 6.1 GENERAL

Section 5.1 Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the

IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i) the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release

(vi) Prices;

(vii) [Reserved]; whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, any Potential

 

44


Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii) the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix) the number of franchised locations, Take 5 Company Locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x) the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi) the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

 

45


Any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2 Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3 Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4 Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard     &     Poor’s

Ratings       Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

 

46


Attention: Structured Credit

Surveillance             Group             E-mail:

servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating

Agency, Inc.LLC 805 Third Ave.

, 29th Floor                                    

New York,

NY 10022 Attention: ABS

Surveillance                         

                                 E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5 Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6 Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

 

47


Section 5.7 Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section5.8 Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE Section 6.2 GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9 Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.10 Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-2 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-2 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 6.3 [Signature Pages Follow]

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:  

                              

Name:  
Title:  

 

Section 6.4 DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as the Canadian Co-Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  


ANNEX A

ARTICLE 7 SERIES 2019-2

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.


Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto. “EU Change of Control” means a Change of Control which is incompatible, under the reasonable advice of counsel to the Manager, with the obligations of the EU Retention Holder set forth in the EU Risk Retention Letter.

EU Retention Holder” means the Manager.

EU Risk Retention Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, by the EU Retention Holder in favor of the Issuer, the Trustee (for the benefit of the Noteholders) and the Initial Purchaser relating to the covenants and agreements made by the Manager in connection with compliance with certain relevant provisions under the EU Securitization Regulation.

EU Securitization Regulation” means the European Union legislation comprising Regulation (EU) 2017/2402, as amended, and certain related regulatory technical standards, implementing technical standards and official guidance thereunder.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.LLC

Monthly Fiscal Period” means the following fiscal periods of the Securitization Entities: (a) with respect to each 52-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities, the first 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods in each Quarterly Fiscal Period and (b) with respect to each 53-week fiscal year of the Securitization Entities (i) one 5-week fiscal period and the remaining two four-week fiscal periods for each of the first three Quarterly Fiscal Periods in such fiscal year, and (ii) an initial 5-week fiscal period, the subsequent four-week fiscal period, and the final 5-week fiscal period in the fourth Quarterly Fiscal Period of such fiscal year.

Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of September 10, 2019, prepared by the Issuer.

Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for “cancellation;

(ii) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;


(iii) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by the IssuerCo-Issuers or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other obligor upon the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the ManagerManagers or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or thea Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which thea Manager or an Affiliate of thesuch Manager exercises discretionary voting authority.

Par Call Amount” means prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the initial Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2019-2 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-2 Prepayment.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture. “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in this Series 2019-2 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Refinancing Prepayment” means any prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes made with funds obtained from any additional Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Securitization Entities).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Remaining Par Call Amount” means, as of any date of determination, prior to giving effect to any prepayments made on such date, the difference (not less than zero) between (x) the Par Call Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes prepaid on any date before such date of determination, including optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Release Prices and Asset Disposition Proceeds and prepayments made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event, but excluding any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and cancellations of repurchased Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and Refinancing Prepayments). For the avoidance of doubt, the “Remaining Par Call Amount” with respect to any Refinancing Prepayments will be deemed to be equal to zero.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2019-2 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.


Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Investors (as defined therein), the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Noteholders (as defined therein) and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Accounts Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2019, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Manager, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 3.981% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(c) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Closing Date” means September 17, 2019. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2019-2 Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition” means any Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition acquired with amounts in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Pre-Funding Account.

Series 2019-2 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2019-2 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2019-2 Final Payment is made.

Series 2019-2 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2019-2 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, which is $275,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” means October 2049. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the ManagerManagers on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers equal to (I)(A)(i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes that the IssuerCo-Issuers would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the 18th month prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount


of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid multiplied by (B) a fraction not less than zero the numerator of which is (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid minus (y) any Remaining Par Call Amount and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid or (II) solely in the case of a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes following an EU Change of Control on account of a good-faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, 1.0% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (I)(A)(i) above, such present value shall be determined by the ManagerManagers using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. Solely with respect to any prepayments of the Series 2019-2 Notes with amounts on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account, the amount of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due and payable shall equal the lower of (a) the product of (i) the Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at the time of such prepayment and (ii) 101% and (b) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration that would otherwise be payable with respect to such Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-2 ClasClass A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2019-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2019-2 Monthly Pre-Funding Officer’s Certificate” means an Officer’s Certificate of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers or itstheir behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-5 to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of both the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00x as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2019-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means each principal payment made on each Quarterly Payment Date to the extent the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for such Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the IssuerCo-Issuers , in an amount not to exceed the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.


Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request” means a written request of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-6 to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Reserve Amount” means the amount of interest that will accrue on the portion of the principal amount of the Offered Notes equal to the amount on deposit in the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date based on the Note Rate for the Offered Notes for the period commencing on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020.

Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Period” means the period commencing on the Series 2019-2 Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the date that all amounts have been withdrawn from the Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Account, (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (c) the commencement of a Rapid Amortization Period and (d) the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2019-2 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2019-2 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each


Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2019-2 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-2 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-2 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

ARTICLE 8 “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2020, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2019-2 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided, that a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2019-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2019-2 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.


Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Series 2019-2 Supplement” means this Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2019-2 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee and the Series 2019-2 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series Supplement” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of this Series 2019-2 Supplement.


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT A-2-1

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-1- 1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

34809899 36979386.v5

 

A-2-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ARTICLE 9

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS

 

A-2-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-1-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. R-[    ]

  up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: 26208L AE8

ISIN Number: US26208LAE83

Common Code:

205383808 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-2 [        ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                                             ] as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2049 (the “Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing October 21, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from

 

A-2-1-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

and including the Series 2019-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”).

Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-1-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-1-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as Issuer
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-1-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                                      

Name:  
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-1-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-2 [    ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 (the “Series 2019-2 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-1-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

A-2-1-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

 

A-2-1-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-1-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-1-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints,

 

 

attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

 

  1 
     
   
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-1-15


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN RULE 144A

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is

$[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date

 

Amount of

Increase (or

Decrease) in the

Principal

Amount of this

Rule 144A Global

Note

 

Remaining Principal

Amount of this Rule

144A Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

 

Signature

of Authorized

Officer of Trustee

or Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-2-1-16


EXHIBIT A-2-2

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-2- 1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-2-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON”

 

A-2-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN

 

A-2-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. S-[    ]

  up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U2646L AE6

ISIN Number: USU2646LAE66

Common Code:

205383859 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-2 [        ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                                             ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2049 (the “Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day

 

A-2-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing October 21, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2019-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-2-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-2-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-2-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title: Authorized Signatory
 

 

A-2-2-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-2 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 (the “Series 2019-2 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-2-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

A-2-2-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

 

A-2-2-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof

 

A-2-2-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-2-15


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                            , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

 

  1 
Signature Guaranteed:    

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-2-16


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is $[ ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date

 

Amount of

Increase (or

Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this

Temporary Regulation

S Global Note

 

Remaining Principal

Amount of this

Temporary Regulation S

Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

 

Signature

of Authorized

Officer of Trustee

or Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-2-2-17


EXHIBIT A-2-3

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

 

A-2-3- 1


EACH PERSON (IF NOT THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION,

 

A-2-3-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE ISSUER ALSO HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS

 

A-2-3-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-3-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

No. U-[            ]

   up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U2646L AE6

ISIN Number: USU2646LAE66

Common             Code:         

205383859 DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-2 [                ]% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [        ] DOLLARS ($[                                                                 ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2049 (the “Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing October 21, 2019 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such

 

A-2-3-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2019-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-3-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2019-2 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust—Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Issuer hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-3-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-3-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-3-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Issuer designated as its Series 2019-2 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019 (the “Series 2019-2 Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer. In addition, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to pay the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

A-2-3-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

A-2-3-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Issuer and each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

 

A-2-3-12


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

A-2-3-13


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer.

The Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-3-14


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                             , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

 

  1 
     
Signature Guaranteed:    

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-3-15


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN PERMANENT REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2019-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note is $[ ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date  

Amount of

Increase (or

Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this

Permanent Regulation

S Global Note

 

Remaining Principal

Amount of this

Permanent Regulation

S Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

 

Signature of Authorized

Officer of Trustee or

Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-2-3-16


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington

Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $275,000,000 Series 2019-2 [        ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach aCo-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [    ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No.26208LAD0) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note in the name of [        ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-2- 1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Memorandum, dated September 10, 2019, relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2. at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

 

B-2- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferee confirms that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be;

7. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

8. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

10. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

11. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

 

B-2- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

13. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

 

B-2- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

14. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent

 

B-2- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

15. it is:

         (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

         (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The representations made pursuant to clause 6 above shall be deemed to be made on each day from the date the Transferee acquires any interest in any Note through and including the date on which such Transferee disposes of its interest in the applicable Note. The Transferee agrees to provide prompt written notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee of any change of the status of the Transferee that would cause it to breach the representations made in clause 6 above. The Transferee further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee, the Registrar and the Initial Purchaser and their respective affiliates from any cost, damage or loss incurred by them as a result of the inaccuracy or breach of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements in this clause and clause 6 above. Any purported transfer of the Notes (or interest therein) that does not comply with the requirements of this clause and clause 6 above shall be null and void ab initio.

 

B-2- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-2- 7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:                   Address for Notices:

 

    

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:

     Tel:                                                                                                       
Bank:                                                                                                                   Fax:                                                                                                      
Address:                                                                                                              Attn:                                                                                                     
Bank ABA #:                                                                                                      
Account No.:                                                                                                      
FAO:                                                                                                                  
Attention:                                                                                                            
Registered Name (if Nominee):     

 

    

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2- 8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.1 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2- 9


EXHIBIT B-3

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTES TO INTERESTS IN PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

$275,000,000 Series 2019-2 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”) Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach a “Co-Issuerand collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [         ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No. 26208LAD0) in the name of [                                     ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note in the name of [         ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-3- 1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Memorandum, dated September 10, 2019, relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2. at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United

 

B-3- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

3. no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4. the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

5. the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6. the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

7. the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

8. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book- entry depositories;

9. the Transferee understands that the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

10. the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

11. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

 

B-3- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

12. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

13. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

 

B-3- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

14. it is:

         (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

         (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-3- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:                   Address for Notices:

 

    

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:

     Tel:                                                                                                       
Bank:                                                                                                                   Fax:                                                                                                      
Address:                                                                                                              Attn:                                                                                                     
Bank ABA #:                                                                                                      
Account No.:                                                                                                      
FAO:                                                                                                                  
Attention:                                                                                                            
Registered Name (if Nominee):     

 

    

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General

Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-3- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.2 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-3- 7


EXHIBIT B-4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES OR PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington

Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $275,000,000 Series 2019-2 [ ]% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach a Co-Issuerand collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [         ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of [an interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note with DTC][an interest in an Permanent Regulation S Global Note with DTC] (CUSIP (CINS) No. U2646LAD8) in the name of [                                                                      ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in the name of [         ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B-4- 1


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred in accordance with (i) the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and in the Offering Memorandum, dated September 10, 2019, relating to the Notes and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and that the Transferee is purchasing the Notes for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and any such account represent, warrant and agree that either it is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. it is (a) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, (b) aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and (c) acquiring such Notes for its own account or for the account of another person who is a Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercise sole investment discretion;

 

B-4- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

2. it is not formed for the purpose of investing in the Notes, except where each beneficial owner is a Qualified Institutional Buyer;

3. it will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

4. it understands that the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

5. it understands that the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

6. it will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

7. it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

8. it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

9. if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor

 

B-4- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies;

(c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, and

(2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

 

B-4- 4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

10. it is:

         (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

         (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to any matter covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents and agrees to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-4- 5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:                   Address for Notices:

 

    

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:

     Tel:                                                                                                       
Bank:                                                                                                                   Fax:                                                                                                      
Address:                                                                                                              Attn:                                                                                                     
Bank ABA #:                                                                                                      
Account No.:                                                                                                      
FAO:                                                                                                                  
Attention:                                                                                                            
Registered Name (if Nominee):     

 

    

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-4- 6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.3 Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-4- 7


EXHIBIT B-5

Section 9.4 SERIES 2019-2 PRE-FUNDING MONTHLY OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE [DATE]

This Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Monthly Officer’s Certificate is furnished in connection with (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (theand Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (each a Co-Issuerand collectively, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary (the “Trustee”) and (ii) the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated September 17, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the “2019-2 Series Supplement”), by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2019-2 Series Supplement.

The undersigned officer of the IssuerCo-Issuers does hereby certify to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-up Manager that for the Monthly Fiscal Period indicated in Schedule A:

1) Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is not greater than 7.00x; and

2) the Senior Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.50x.

Calculations supporting the above statements (1) and (2) are attached in Schedule A.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate on as of the date first written above.

 

B-5- 1


DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as the a Co-Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-5- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.5 DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

 

as a Co-Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-5- 3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.6 Schedule A to Exhibit B-5

[Attached]

 

B-5- 4


EXHIBIT B-6

Section 9.7 SERIES 2019-2 PRE-FUNDING RELEASE REQUEST [DATE]

This Series 2019-2 Pre-Funding Release Request is furnished in connection with (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (theand Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (each a “Co-Issuerand collectively, the “Co-Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee and securities intermediary (the “Trustee”) and (ii) the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by the First Supplement to Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (the2019-2 Series Supplement”), by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2019-2 Series Supplement.

The undersigned officer of the IssuerCo-Issuers does hereby certify to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-up Manager:

1) After giving pro forma effect to such transfer and application:

(a) the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 7.00x; and

(b) the Senior Leverage Ratio pro forma for such acquisition is not greater than 6.50x.

Calculations supporting the above statements (a) and (b) are attached in Schedule A.

 

B-6- 1


2) Check one that applies:

 

 

The acquisition is an Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition and in connection with such Eligible Pre-Funded Acquisition, funds should be remitted to:

Name of the seller:                     

Wire Instructions:

 

 

The funds should be transferred to the Collection Account for the next applicable Weekly Allocation Date listed below:

Weekly Allocation Date:                     

Wire Instructions:

 

 

B-6- 2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Section 9.8

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as the a Co-Issuer

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Section 9.9

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as a Co-Issuer

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-6- 3

Exhibit 4.13

Execution Version

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of December 11, 2019

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereof)

 

 

$115,000,000 Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

     2  

Section 2.1

 

Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount

     2  

Section 2.2

 

Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount

     3  

Section 2.3

 

Issuances of Additional Class A-1 Notes

     4  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-3 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     4  

Section 3.1

 

Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes

     4  

Section 3.2

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-3 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     4  

Section 3.3

 

Certain Distributions from Series 2019-3 Distribution Account

     6  

Section 3.4

 

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees

     6  

Section 3.5

 

[Reserved]

     8  

Section 3.6

 

Payment of Series 2019-3 Note Principal

     8  

Section 3.7

 

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account

     11  

Section 3.8

 

[Reserved]

     12  

Section 3.9

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     12  

Section 3.10

 

Manager

     13  

Section 3.11

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     13  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 NOTES

     14  

Section 4.1

 

Issuance of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

     14  

Section 4.2

 

[Reserved]

     15  

Section 4.3

 

Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

     15  

 

i


ARTICLE V GENERAL

     18  

Section 5.1

 

Information

     18  

Section 5.2

 

Exhibits

     18  

Section 5.3

 

Ratification of Base Indenture

     19  

Section 5.4

 

Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     19  

Section 5.5

 

Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     19  

Section 5.6

 

Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     19  

Section 5.7

 

Counterparts

     19  

Section 5.8

 

Governing Law

     19  

Section 5.9

 

Amendments

     19  

Section 5.10

 

Termination of Series Supplement

     20  

Section 5.11

 

Entire Agreement

     20  

ANNEXES

 

Annex A    Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List
EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Form of Voluntary Decrease
Exhibit A-1-1    Form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note
Exhibit A-1-2    Form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note
Exhibit A-1-3    Form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note
Exhibit B    Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

 

 

ii


SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 11, 2019 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019 and the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes”). The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall be issued in three (3) Subclasses: (i) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes”), (ii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes”), and (iii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes” and shall be issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-3 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer. The rules of construction set forth in Section 1.4 of the Base Indenture shall apply for all purposes under this Series Supplement.


ARTICLE II

INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF

SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT;

ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

Section 2.1    Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(a)    Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the making of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (i) on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing ratably, at par, an initial aggregate principal amount of $54,499,000 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance”) and (ii) on any Business Day during the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Term that does not occur during a Cash Trapping Period, the Issuer may increase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (such increase referred to as an “Increase”), by drawing ratably (or as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), at par, additional principal amounts on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on such Business Day; provided that at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance and each Increase shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.02 and 2.03 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be ratably (except as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders in their capacity as such) as provided therein. Proceeds from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance and each Increase shall be paid as directed by the Issuer in the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Request or as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Administrative Agent of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance and any Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance or such Increase, as applicable.

(b)    Subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer (i) may cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan”) and (ii) shall cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount to become outstanding by drawing, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided that at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The procedures relating to increases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such increase referred to as a “Subfacility Increase”) through borrowings of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans and issuance or incurrence of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations are set forth in the Class A-1 Note

 

2


Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Administrative Agent of the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount and any Subfacility Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of each such issuance and Subfacility Increase.

Section 2.2    Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(a)    Mandatory Decrease. Whenever a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall have occurred, funds sufficient to decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount by the lesser of (x) the amount necessary, so that after giving effect to such decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date, no such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall exist and (y) the amount that would decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero (each decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(a), a “Mandatory Decrease”) shall be due and payable on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the date on which the Manager or the Issuer obtains knowledge of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Trustee shall distribute each Mandatory Decrease pursuant to the written direction of the Issuer in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, which shall include the calculation of such Mandatory Decrease and distribution instructions in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any associated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such Mandatory Decrease (calculated in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the Collection Account for allocation as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Mandatory Decrease. Upon obtaining Actual Knowledge of such a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, the Issuer promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days, shall deliver written notice (by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF or other similar format file) of the need for any such Mandatory Decreases to the Trustee and the Administrative Agent.

(b)    Voluntary Decrease. Except as provided in Section 2.2(d), on any Business Day, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or otherwise substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, the Issuer may decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (each such decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), a “Voluntary Decrease”) by depositing in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date specified as the decrease date in the prior written notice referred to above and providing a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (which report shall include the calculation of such amounts and instructions for the distributions thereof) an amount (subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.2(b)) up to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount equal to the amount of such Voluntary Decrease; provided, that to the extent the deposit into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account described above is not made by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, the same shall be deemed to be deposited on the following Business Day. Each such Voluntary Decrease shall be in a minimum principal amount as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any associated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such Voluntary Decrease (calculated in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the Collection Account for allocation as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Voluntary Decrease. It shall be a condition to any Voluntary Decrease that the amount on deposit in the Collection Account is sufficient to pay the Trustee, the Servicer and the Manager, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), if any, on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following such Voluntary Decrease.

 

3


(c)    Upon distribution to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account of principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes in connection with each Decrease, the Trustee shall (i) remit such amounts to the Holders of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and (ii) indicate in its books and records such Decrease.

(d)    The Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement sets forth additional procedures relating to decreases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such decrease, together with any Voluntary Decrease or Mandatory Decrease allocated to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders, referred to herein as a “Subfacility Decrease”) through (i) borrowings of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances to repay Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans and Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations or (ii) optional prepayments of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans on same day notice. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Administrative Agent of any Subfacility Decrease, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of such Subfacility Decrease.

Section 2.3    Issuances of Additional Class A-1 Notes. In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Base Indenture, for so long as the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are Outstanding, the issuance of any additional Series of Class A-1 Notes shall also require the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall be deemed to have been given unless an objection is delivered to the Issuer within ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such proposed issuance is delivered to the Administrative Agent).

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2019-3 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes. On the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Notes. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replace any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes and the Series 2019-2 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-3 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall deliver a Weekly Manager’s Certificate to the Trustee, which Weekly Manager’s Certificate will instruct the Trustee to allocate from the Collection Account all amounts relating to the Series 2019-3 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)    Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest and, without duplication, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

4


(b)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to pay to the Administrative Agent from the Collection Account the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(d)    Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

(i)    The Issuer shall maintain an amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

(ii)    On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount (if any) pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments; it being understood that all or a portion of such deposit may be funded with the proceeds of an Increase otherwise permitted hereunder.

(iii)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following a Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event or on which a Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event occurs, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to (i) withdraw the Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Amount, if any, from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and deposit such amounts into the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10(e)(vi) of the Base Indenture and/or (ii) replace any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, and the Trustee or the Control Party, as applicable, shall, at the direction of the Issuer, deliver to the Issuer any such replaced Interest Reserve Letter of Credit simultaneously with the receipt of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit in replacement thereof, whether by way of escrow or otherwise, in each case to the extent that no Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount will be outstanding on the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date.

(e)    Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization and Renewal Date Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period or if the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall not have been repaid in full on or before the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account for payment of principal on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f)    [Reserved].

(g)    [Reserved].

 

5


(h)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Cash Collateral Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account amounts then known by the Manager that will become due under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of Letters of Credit issued under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(i)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Principal Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, if the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(j)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(k)    Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Account the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)    [Reserved].

(m)    Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Section 3.3    Certain Distributions from Series 2019-3 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date, based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account or otherwise, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a), (d) or (h) or otherwise, as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and fees and, to the extent applicable, principal or other amounts on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.4    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees.

(a)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate and L/C Fees. From and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the applicable portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount will accrue (i) interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate and (ii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees at the applicable rates provided therefor in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued interest and fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in

 

6


accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest and fees shall be paid in full on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, on any day when the Commitments are terminated in full or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full, in each case pursuant to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Priority of Payments. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(b)    Undrawn Commitment Fees. From and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, Undrawn Commitment Fees will accrue as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(c)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), if the Series 2019-3 Final Payment has not been made, additional interest will accrue on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) at a rate equal to 5.00% per annum (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate”) in addition to the regular interest that will continue to accrue at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate. All computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed, in accordance with Section 3.01(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be made on a 30/360 Basis. Any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest will be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing will not be an Event of Default and interest will not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be paid in full on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date or otherwise as part of any Series 2019-3 Final Payment by indicating the amount thereof on the related Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or otherwise in written instructions from the Manager to the Trustee.

(d)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Quarterly Calculation Date preceding the following Quarterly Payment Date; provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Series Supplement and pursuant to the Voluntary Decrease pursuant to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, for purposes of the initial Interest Accrual Period under this Series Supplement, (a) accrued and unpaid Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement), which shall be $159,460.11 as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be deemed to have accrued as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest, (b) accrued and unpaid Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes

 

7


Quarterly Commitment Fees (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement), which shall be $6,604.71 as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be deemed to have accrued as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees and (c) accrued and unpaid Series 2015-1 Class A-1 L/C Fees (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement), which shall be $102,903.31, in the form of $99,583.85 of L/C Quarterly Fees (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement) and $3,319.46 of L/C Fronting Fees (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement), as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be deemed to have accrued as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees from, in each case of clauses (a) through (c) of this proviso, the first day of the Interest Accrual Period under the Series 2015-1 Supplement through (but excluding) the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

Section 3.5    [Reserved].

Section 3.6    Payment of Series 2019-3 Note Principal.

(a)    Series 2019-3 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in the Base Indenture, this Section 3.6 and Section 2.2 of this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(b)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date. The initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date will be the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020, unless extended as provided below in this Section 3.6(b).

(i)    First Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, the Manager shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 First Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 First Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date; provided, further, that, in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, and notwithstanding any other requirement of this Series Supplement, the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election shall be deemed to have become effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(ii)    Second Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election has been made and become effective, the Manager shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date; provided, further, that, in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, and notwithstanding any other requirement of this Series Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election shall be deemed to have become effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 shall have become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

 

8


(iii)    Third Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election has been made and become effective, the Manager shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(iv)    Fourth Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election has been made and become effective, the Manager shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(v)    Fifth Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election has been made and become effective, the Manager shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(vi)    Conditions Precedent to Series 2019-3 Extension Elections. It shall be a condition to the effectiveness of each of the Series 2019-3 Extension Elections that as of the date of such 2019-3 Extension Election (a) the DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.25:1.00 (calculated as of the most recent Quarterly Calculation Date), (b) either (1) the rating assigned to any outstanding Series of Class A-2 Notes by any Rating Agency has not been downgraded below “BBB-” or withdrawn or (2) any outstanding Series of Class A-2 Notes have been downgraded or their rating has been withdrawn by such Rating Agency but such downgrade or withdrawal was caused primarily by the bankruptcy, insolvency or other financial difficulty experienced by any entity other than an Affiliate of Parent and (c) all Class A-1 Extension Fees shall have been paid on or prior to the date of such 2019-3 Extension Election. Any notice given pursuant to Sections 3.6(b)(i) through (v) of this Series Supplement shall be irrevocable; provided that if the conditions set forth in this Section 3.6(b)(vi) are not met as of the applicable date of such Series 2019-3 Extension Election, the election set forth in such notice shall automatically be deemed ineffective. For the avoidance of doubt, no consent of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Administrative Agent, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party shall be necessary for the effectiveness of any Series 2019-3 Extension Election.

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    Series 2019-3 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)    [reserved]

 

9


(ii)    [reserved]

(iii)    During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the applicable Classes of Series 2019-3 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. Such payments shall be allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(iv)    If the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall not have been repaid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) on or before the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. Such payments shall be allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(e)    [Reserved].

(f)    [Reserved].

(g)    [Reserved].

(h)    [Reserved].

(i)    [Reserved].

(j)    Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and used to repay the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit.

(k)    [Reserved].

(l)    Series 2019-3 Notices of Final Payment. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date that will be the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date that will be the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Issuer and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Issuer indicating that the Series 2019-3 Final Payment will be

 

10


made and shall specify that such Series 2019-3 Final Payment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-3 Notes, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee and their affiliates, and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-3 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-3 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account.

(a)    Establishment of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account will be established with the Trustee.

(b)    [reserved]

(c)    [reserved]

(d)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the Issuer hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral”).

(e)    Termination of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which (1) all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been paid, (2) all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts have expired or have been cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), (3) all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid and (4) all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments have been terminated in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein (and the proceeds of any other instruments and other property credited thereto) for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments and all Liens, if any, created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Base Indenture with respect to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be automatically released, and the Trustee, upon written request of the Issuer, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at the Issuer’s expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders’ security interest in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral.

 

11


Section 3.8    [Reserved].

Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)    The Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is the account to which Financial Assets will or may be credited;

(ii)    The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is a “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)    All property delivered to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement will be promptly credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account;

(v)    Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)    If at any time the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account, the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)    The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The parties further agree that with respect to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account the law applicable to all the issues in Article 2(1) of The Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary shall be the law of the State of New York;

 

12


(viii)    The Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi); and

(ix)    Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account, neither the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Issuer thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the Issuer shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account.

Section 3.10    Manager. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2019-3 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-3 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders hereunder will be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (a “Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for the Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from the Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

 

13


ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 NOTES

Section 4.1    Issuance of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

(a)     The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-1 hereto, and will be issued to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders) pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Increases or Decreases with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes that are Outstanding accurately reflects all such Increases and Decreases. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-2 hereto, and will be issued to the Swingline Lender pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the Swingline Lender. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Swingline Commitment as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to the Swingline Loans such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases.

(c)    The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-3 hereto, and will be issued to the L/C Provider pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the L/C Provider. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the L/C Commitment as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such

 

14


Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases. All Undrawn L/C Face Amounts shall be deemed to be “principal” outstanding under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for all purposes of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than for purposes of accrual of interest.

(d)    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding that the aggregate face amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, at no time will the principal amount actually outstanding of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes in the aggregate exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(e)    The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be produced in any manner, all as determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The initial sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is limited to Persons who have executed the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-3 A-1 Notes may be resold only to the Issuer, its Affiliates, and Persons who are not Competitors (except that Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be resold to Persons who are Competitors with the written consent of the Issuer) in compliance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Section 4.2    [Reserved].

Section 4.3    Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

(a)    Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note may transfer the same in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note. In exchange for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate

 

15


and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder at such office. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Trustee shall recognize the holders of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

(b)    Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Swingline Lender may transfer the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes in whole but not in part by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note. In exchange for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(b), the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Swingline Lender at such office. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note as a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder.

(c)    Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the L/C Provider may transfer any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

16


substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note. In exchange for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(c), the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the L/C Provider at such office. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such S Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note as a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder.

(d)    Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE (“THIS NOTE”) HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THE ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES), DATED AS OF DECEMBER 11, 2019 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO, DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., AS THE MANAGER, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS PARTY THERETO, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, THE FUNDING AGENTS PARTY THERETO, AND BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

The required legend set forth above shall not be removed from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes except as provided herein.

 

17


ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1    Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)    the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-3 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-3 Notes;

(iii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-3 Notes;

(iv)    [Reserved];

(v)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any fees or other amounts due to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders;

(vii)    whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Issuer, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)    the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)    the number of franchised locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)    the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)    the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2019-3 Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Account, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2019-3 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

 

18


Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

805 Third Avenue, 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5    Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Issuer shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.7    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

 

19


Section 5.10    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-3 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and all Letters of Credit have expired, have been cash collateralized in full pursuant to the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or are deemed to no longer be outstanding in accordance with Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) all fees and expenses and other amounts under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid in full and all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments have been terminated and (iii) the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-3 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-3 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders. In accordance with Section 6.1(a) of the Base Indenture, the final principal payment due on each Series 2019-3 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of such Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the Manager, the Trustee and their Affiliates. In addition to (and notwithstanding) the terms of Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture, upon the payment in full (whether optional or mandatory) or a redemption in full of the Series 2019-3 Notes as provided hereunder as Defeased Notes, the Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture Documents in respect of such Defeased Notes shall be terminated.

Section 5.11    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:  

            /s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary

By:

 

            /s/ Anthony Bausa

 

Name:

 

Anthony Bausa

 

Title:

 

Senior Trust Officer

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


ANNEX A

SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Acquiring Investor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Administrative Agent” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Administrative Agent” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Administrative Agent”.

Administrative Agent Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter.

Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Advance Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Aggregate Unpaids” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Annual Inspection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Application” means an application, in such form as the applicable L/C Issuing Bank may specify from time to time, requesting such L/C Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Base Rate” means, on any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) 1.25% plus (b) the greater of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; provided that any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively; provided, further, that changes in any rate of interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.


Base Rate Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Base Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Change in Law” means (a) any law, rule or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, adopted, issued or occurring after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date or (b) any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any government or political subdivision or agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality thereof, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not a Governmental Authority) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case, whether foreign or domestic (each, an “Official Body”) charged with the administration, interpretation or application thereof, or the compliance with any request or directive of any Official Body (whether or not having the force of law) made, issued or occurring after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

Class A-1 Extension Fees” means the fees payable pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter in connection with the extension of a Commitment Termination Date.

Class A-1 Indemnities” means all amounts payable pursuant to Sections 9.05(b) and (c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investors, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, pursuant to which the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders have agreed to purchase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes from the Issuer, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.”

Class A-1 Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commercial Paper” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, the promissory notes issued in the commercial paper market by or for the benefit of such Conduit Investor.

Commitments” means the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser included in each Investor Group to fund Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and to participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.06 and 2.07, respectively, of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in an aggregate stated amount up to its Commitment Amount.

 

24


Commitment Amount” means, as to each Committed Note Purchaser, the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement opposite such Committed Note Purchaser’s name as its Commitment Amount or, in the case of a Committed Note Purchaser that becomes a party to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement, the amount set forth therein as such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by such Committed Note Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” shall be deemed to be the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount”.

Commitment Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Investor Group, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount bears to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount on such date.

Commitment Term” means the period from and including the Series 2019-3 Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Commitment Termination Date and (b) the date on which the Commitments are terminated or reduced to zero in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitment Termination Date” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of this Series Supplement).

Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Committed Note Purchaser Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Committed Note Purchaser in any Investor Group, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser bears to such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on such date.

Conduit Assignee” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any commercial paper conduit, whose Commercial Paper is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A-2” from S&P and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization”, that is administered by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Investor or any Affiliate of such Funding Agent, in each case, designated by such Funding Agent to accept an assignment from such Conduit Investor of the Investor Group Principal Amount or a portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor pursuant to Section 9.17(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Conduit Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Confidential Information”, for purposes of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

25


CP Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the CP Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

CP Funding Rate” means, with respect to each Conduit Investor, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, for any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper by such Conduit Investor, the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average cost (as determined by the related Funding Agent, and which shall include (without duplication) the fees and commissions of placement agents and dealers, incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Conduit Investor, other borrowings by such Conduit Investor and any other costs associated with the issuance of Commercial Paper) of or related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that are allocated, in whole or in part, by such Conduit Investor or its related Funding Agent to fund or maintain such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances for such Interest Accrual Period (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of the Conduit Investor); provided, however, that if any component of any such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “CP Funding Rate” for such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances for such Interest Accrual Period, the related Funding Agent shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum; provided further, however, that “CP Funding Rate” shall not include any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Conduit Investor to fund or maintain any portion of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances) as a result of any conversion, repayment, Voluntary or Mandatory Decrease or other prepayment or redemption of the principal amount of any CP Advance on the date applicable thereto in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the Base Indenture, but shall include any such loss or expense as a result of (i) any conversion, repayment, Voluntary or Mandatory Decrease or other prepayment or redemption of the principal amount of any CP Advance on a date other than the date applicable thereto in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Base Indenture, (ii) any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance not being funded or maintained as a CP Advance after a request therefor has been made, or (iii) any failure of the Issuer to make a Decrease, prepayment or redemption with respect to any CP Advance after giving notice thereof.

CP Rate” means, on any day during any Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the CP Funding Rate for such Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 2.25%.

Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, the Undrawn Commitment Fees that accrue for such day.

Daily Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, the sum of the following amounts:

(i)    with respect to any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Eurodollar Rate in effect for such Interest Accrual Period and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

(ii)    with respect to any Base Rate Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus

(iii)    with respect to any CP Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the CP Rate in effect for such Interest Accrual Period and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

 

26


(iv)    with respect to any Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Class A-1 Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus

(v)    with respect to any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding on such day, the L/C Quarterly Fees that accrue thereon for such day.

Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the sum of (a) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Base Rate Advances and Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360 and (b) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) any Base Rate Advances included in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable.

Decrease” means a Mandatory Decrease or a Voluntary Decrease, as applicable.

Defaulting Administrative Agent Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Defaulting Investor” means any Investor that has (a) failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement within one (1) Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to make any payment required to be made by it under the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement within one Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder or (c) become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Eligible Conduit Investor” means, at any time, any Conduit Investor whose Commercial Paper at such time is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A-2” from S&P and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization”.

Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for any day during the first Interest Accrual Period, $618.07 and (b) for any day during any other Interest Accrual Period, the average of the Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period.

Estimated Daily Interest Amount” means (a) for any day during the first Interest Accrual Period, $7,283.48 and (b) for any day during any other Interest Accrual Period, the average of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

27


Eurodollar Business Day” means any Business Day on which dealings are also carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London.

Eurodollar Funding Rate” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period on the page of the Reuters screen which displays the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars (such page currently being the LIBOR01 page) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term for a period equal to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “Eurodollar Funding Rate” shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service which displays the rate per annum for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term equivalent to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period in Dollars offered by participants in the London interbank market, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (unless the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain such rates from such banks, in which case it will be deemed that a Eurodollar Funding Rate cannot be ascertained for purposes of Section 3.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement). In respect of any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that is less than one month in duration and if no Eurodollar Funding Rate is otherwise determinable with respect thereto in accordance with the preceding sentence of this definition, the Eurodollar Funding Rate shall be determined through the use of straight-line interpolation by reference to two rates calculated in accordance with the preceding sentence, one of which shall be determined as if the maturity of the Dollar deposits referred to therein were the period of time for which rates are available next shorter than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period and the other of which shall be determined as if such maturity were the period of time for which rates are available next longer than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If any such rate determined pursuant to this definition of “Eurodollar Funding Rate” is below zero, the Eurodollar Funding Rate will be deemed to be zero.

Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

Eurodollar Funding Rate        =    Eurodollar Funding Rate                    

 

(Reserve Adjusted)

  

 

1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

The Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period will be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage in effect two (2) Eurodollar Business Days before the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance, the period commencing on and including the Eurodollar Business Day such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance first becomes a Eurodollar Advance in accordance with Section 3.01(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and ending on but excluding, at the election of Issuer pursuant to such Section 3.01(b), a date (i) one (1) month subsequent to such date, (ii) two (2) months subsequent to such date, (iii) three (3) months subsequent to such date or (iv) six (6) months subsequent to such date; provided, however, that no Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period may end subsequent to the second Business Day

 

28


before the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring immediately prior to the then-current Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date and upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Rapid Amortization Period or any Event of Default, any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Eurodollar Advances of all Investor Groups may be terminated at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (or, if the Class A-1 Notes have been accelerated in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture, immediately), at the election of the Administrative Agent or Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Tranche, by notice to the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party and the Funding Agents, and upon such election the Eurodollar Advances in respect of which interest was calculated by reference to such terminated Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall be converted to Base Rate Advances.

Eurodollar Rate” means, on any day during any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 2.25%.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the maximum aggregate reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) specified under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and then applicable to liabilities or assets constituting “Eurocurrency Liabilities,” as currently defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S. Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Tranche” means any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount funded or maintained with Eurodollar Advances.

FATCA” means (a) Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, (b) any treaty, law, regulation, or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and any other jurisdiction with the purpose (in either case) of facilitating the implementation of (a) above, or (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority in the United States.

Federal Funds Rate” means, for any specified period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the overnight federal funds rates as published in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15(519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day), or if, for any reason, such rate is not available on any day, the rate determined, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which overnight federal funds are being offered in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

F.R.S. Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Foreign Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Funding Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

29


Funding Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Increased Capital Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Tax Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Interest Adjustment Amount” for any Interest Accrual Period shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” for such Interest Accrual Period.

Investor” means any one of the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers, and “Investors” means the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers collectively.

Investor Group” means (i) for each Conduit Investor, collectively, such Conduit Investor, the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) set forth opposite the name of such Conduit Investor on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (or, if applicable, set forth for such Conduit Investor in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to which such Conduit Investor or Committed Note Purchaser becomes a party thereto), any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group) and (ii) for each other Committed Note Purchaser that is not related to a Conduit Investor, collectively, such Committed Note Purchaser, any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group).

Investor Group Increase Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, for any Business Day, the portion of the Increase, if any, actually funded by such Investor Group on such Business Day.

Investor Group Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, (a) when used with respect to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, an amount equal to (i) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount plus (ii) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount outstanding on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and (b) when used with respect to any other date, an amount equal to (i) the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Investor Group on the immediately preceding Business Day (excluding any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility

 

30


Amount included therein) plus (ii) the Investor Group Increase Amount with respect to such Investor Group on such date minus (iii) the amount of principal payments made to such Investor Group on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes on such date plus (iv) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount outstanding on such date.

Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.

L/C Commitment” means the obligation of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, in an aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, together with any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.07(g) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Issuing Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(h) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Obligations” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding at such time and (ii) any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding at such time.

L/C Other Reimbursement Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a)(ii) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Provider” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as provider of any Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

L/C Quarterly Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Reimbursement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Lender Party” means any Investor, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider and “Lender Parties” means the Investors, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, collectively.

Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Mandatory Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount” means, as to each Investor Group existing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount or, in the case of any other Investor Group, the amount set forth as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement by which the members of such Investor Group become parties to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by the members of such Investor Group in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

31


Non-Excluded Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Other Class A-1 Transaction Expenses” means all amounts payable pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement other than Class A-1 Amendment Expenses.

Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and the Commitments with respect to which have terminated; provided that, if such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi)    Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes which have been repurchased by the Issuer or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled.

Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes” means all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2019-3 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-3 Prepayment.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by the Manager and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

 

32


Program Support Agreement” means, with respect to any Investor, any agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider in respect of any Commercial Paper and/or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note of such Investor providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of such Investor, the issuance of one or more insurance policies for which such Investor is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by such Investor to any Program Support Provider of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (or portions thereof or interests therein) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to such Investor in connection with such Investor’s securitization program, together with any letter of credit, insurance policy or other instrument issued thereunder or guaranty thereof (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by a Committed Note Purchaser).

Program Support Provider” means, with respect to any Investor, any financial institutions and any other or additional Person now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, and/or agreeing to make purchases from, such Investor in respect of such Investor’s Commercial Paper and/or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note, and/or agreeing to issue a letter of credit or insurance policy or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with such Investor’s securitization program as it relates to any Commercial Paper issued by such Investor, and/or holding equity interests in such Investor, in each case pursuant to a Program Support Agreement, and any guarantor of any such Person.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2019-3 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in the Series 2019-3 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2019-3 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Refunding Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Reimbursement Obligation” means the obligation of the Issuer to reimburse the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

Sale Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.18(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.2(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture and (b) the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Administrative Agent Fees and Class A-1 Amendment Expenses then due and payable and not previously paid and, if the following Quarterly Payment Date is a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the amount of any Class A-1 Extension Fees due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses.”

 

33


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Request” has the meaning set forth under “Advance Request” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(iv) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth under “Breakage Amount” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount” means, as of any date of determination for any Interest Accrual Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period, (b) if such date of determination occurs on or after the last day of such Interest Accrual Period, the Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, and (c) the amount of any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture) for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period together with any additional interest payable on such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture). For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments” has the meaning set forth under “Commitments” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Term” has the meaning set forth under “Commitment Term” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if, on any date, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceeds the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advances made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, which is $54,499,000.

 

34


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note of the L/C Provider corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amounts of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $16,000,000.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $0.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees” means the L/C Quarterly Fees. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor” has the meaning set forth under “Investor” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth under “Investor Group Supplement” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations” has the meaning set forth under “L/C Obligations” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the CP Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the CP Rate in effect for such day; (b) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Eurodollar Rate in effect for the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that includes such day; (c) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Base Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Base Rate in effect for such day; (d) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount consisting of Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the Base Rate in effect for such day; and (e) with respect to any other amounts that any Transaction Document provides is to bear interest by reference to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate, the Base Rate in effect for such day; in each case, computed on the basis of a year of 360 (or, in the case of the Base Rate, 365 or 366, as applicable) days and the actual number of days elapsed; provided, however, that the Series 2019-3 A-1 Note Rate will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

 

35


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider, the Swingline Lender, and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means $115,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of, or otherwise modified in accordance with, the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Breakage Amount, Class A-1 Indemnities, Increased Capital Costs, Increased Costs, Increased Tax Costs, L/C Other Reimbursement Costs and Other Class A-1 Transaction Expenses then due and payable and not previously paid. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount due and payable on all such Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fee” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fee”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means the Quarterly Payment Date in July 2020 (which date may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of the Series Supplement). For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, if any, minus (b) the amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Decrease, a prepayment, a redemption or otherwise) made on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes on or prior to such date plus (c) any Increases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on or prior to such date and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date plus (d) any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount on such date; provided that, at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the aggregate principal amount of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes outstanding on such date (after giving effect to Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases therein to occur on such date pursuant to the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Series 2019-3 Supplement).

 

36


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Prepayment” means any prepayment in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest” means, as of any date of determination for any Interest Accrual Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period, (b) if such date of determination occurs on or after the last day of such Interest Accrual Period, the Interest Adjustment Amount with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, and (c) the amount of any Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture) for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period together with any additional interest payable on such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture). For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth under “Swingline Loan” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” has the meaning set forth under “Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Closing Date” means December 11, 2019.

Series 2019-3 Default Rate” means, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Default Rate” shall be deemed to be the “Default Rate”.

Series 2019-3 Distribution Account” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account.

Series 2019-3 Extension Elections” means, collectively, the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election and the Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election.

Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(v) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

 

37


Series 2019-3 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes, the expiration or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement of all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), the payment of all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the termination in full of all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments.

Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2019-3 Final Payment is made.

Series 2019-3 First Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(i) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes over (ii) the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event” means (i) any reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount or (ii) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event” shall be deemed to be an “Interest Reserve Release Event”.

Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date” means January 20, 2050. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2019-3 Noteholders” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

Series 2019-3 Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to any date, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

Series 2019-3 Prepayment” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Prepayment.

Series 2019-3 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Class of Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(d)(iv), Section 3.6(j) or Section 3.6(l) of the Series Supplement, which shall be, in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, a repayment following the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

 

38


Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Senior Noteholders” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficiency” means, when used with respect to any date, that on such date the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount exceeds the Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount exceeds (b) the Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount on such date; provided, however, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date that occurs during the Quarterly Fiscal Period immediately preceding the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date or the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount shall be zero.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date (with the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes on the next Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith utilization estimate of the Manager of the actual drawn amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), it being understood that the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; provided that, with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period following the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount shall be an amount equal to $537,620.72.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Series 2019-3 Notes (other than any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in clause (a), with respect to any Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees (including fronting fees) due and payable on issued but undrawn Letters of Credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest or letter of credit fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest or letter of credit fees shall be used to calculate the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Series 2019-3 Supplement; provided, further, that any amount deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”, “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses”, “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” or “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount” for purposes of the Base Indenture shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

 

39


Series 2019-3 Supplement” means the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Specified Rating Agencies” means S&P and KBRA.

STAMP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Subfacility Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Subfacility Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Swingline Commitment” means the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $25,000,000, as such amount may be reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.06(i) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Lender” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as maker of Swingline Loans, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swingline Loan Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Participation Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Undrawn Commitment Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Undrawn L/C Face Amounts” means, at any time, the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired face amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.

Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of any L/C Reimbursement Amounts that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Voluntary Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

 

40

Exhibit 4.14

Execution Version

FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Supplement”), by and between DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, each, a “Co-Issuer” and, collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), to the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (the “Series Supplement”), by and between the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary, which supplements the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as securities intermediary (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Annex A to the Series Supplement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Series Supplement in accordance with Section 5.9 of the Series Supplement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), may at any time, and from time to time, make certain amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Indenture Documents, including the types of amendments set forth in this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has granted its consent to this Supplement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Series Supplement.

The Series Supplement, including all annexes attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Series Supplement attached as Exhibit A to this Supplement.

Section 2. Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount. The Co-Issuers hereby covenant and agree that a portion of the proceeds from issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on the date hereof pursuant to that certain Series 2020-1 Series Supplement to Base Indenture (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes”) will be used to decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes to $44,990,000.00. The Co-Issuers, the Trustee, and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, by its acknowledgement of this Supplement, agree (i) to waive the application of the provisions of Section 2.2(b) of the Series Supplement related to (x) amounts required to be on deposit in the Collection Accounts and (y) the deposit of funds for such decrease being received by the Trustee prior to 10:00 am (New York City time) on the date hereof, and (ii) that the notice or reporting provisions (other than the prior written notice of the applicable Voluntary Decrease) set forth in the Series Supplement will not be applicable with respect to the payment referenced in this Section 2.


The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent, by its acknowledgement of this Supplement, hereby notifies the Trustee that such amounts have been paid and applied as indicated in this Section 2.

Section 3. Binding Effect. This Supplement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

Section 4. Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 6. Amendments. This Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 7. Entire Agreement. This Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

Section 8. Matters relating to the Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Co-Issuers, or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplement and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. In entering into this Supplement, the Trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and obligations of the Trustee under the Base Indenture and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is party and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision thereunder relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee.

Section 9. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Co-Issuers represents and warrants to each other party hereto that this Supplement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Co-Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name: Scott O’Melia
  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

[First Supplement to Series 2019-3 Supplement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name: Jacqueline Suarez
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

[First Supplement to Series 2019-3 Supplement]


MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to this Supplement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Supplement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that this Supplement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and Servicer
    By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

  Name: David A. Eckels
  Title: Senior Vice President

[First Supplement to Series 2019-3 Supplement]


ACKNOWLEDGED TO AND AGREED TO BY:
BARCLAYS BANK, PLC, as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent
    By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

  Name: Benjamin Fernandez
  Title: Managing Director

[First Supplement to Series 2019-3 Supplement]


EXHIBIT A

[Attached]


Execution VersionEXHIBIT A

TO FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT

 

 

(1) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of December 11, 2019

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the date hereofSeries 2020-1 Closing Date)

 

 

$115,000,000 Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1

 

 


(2) Table of Contents

 

     Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

     2  

Section 2.1 Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount

     2  

Section 2.2 Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount

     4  

Section 2.3 Issuances of Additional Class A-1 Notes

     6  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2019-3 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     7  

Section 3.1 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes

     7  

Section 3.2 Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-3 Notes; Quarterly
                            Payment Date Applications

     8  

Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2019-3 Distribution Account

     12  

Section 3.4 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees

     612  

Section 3.5 [Reserved]

     14  

Section 3.6 Payment of Series 2019-3 Note Principal

     14  

Section 3.7 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account

     20  

Section 3.8 [Reserved]

     1122  

Section 3.9 Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     1122  

Section 3.10 Manager

     25  

Section 3.11 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     26  

 

i


ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 NOTES

     1326  

Section 4.1 Issuance of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

     1326  

Section 4.2 [Reserved]

     29  

Section 4.3 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes

     29  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     1734  

Section 5.1 Information

     1734  

Section 5.2 Exhibits

     36  

 

ii


Section 5.3 Ratification of Base Indenture

     1836  

Section 5.4 Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     1836  

Section 5.5 Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     37  

Section 5.6 Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     37  

Section 5.7 Counterparts

     38  

Section 5.8 Governing Law

     38  

Section 5.9 Amendments

     38  

Section 5.10 Termination of Series Supplement

     1938  

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement

     39  

(1) ANNEXES

Annex A Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List

(2) EXHIBITS

Exhibit A Form of Voluntary Decrease

 

Exhibit A-1-1    Form of Amended and Restated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note
Exhibit A-1-2    Form of Amended and Restated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note
Exhibit A-1-3    Form of Amended and Restated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note
Exhibit B    Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes


SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 11, 2019 (this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019 and, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes”). The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall bewere issued in three (3) Subclasses: (i) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes”), (ii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes”), and (iii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes (as referred to herein, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes” and shall be issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(d) ARTICLE I

 

(1)

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the


Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2019-3 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the IssuerCo-Issuers. The rules of construction set forth in Section 1.4 of the Base Indenture shall apply for all purposes under this Series Supplement.

(e) ARTICLE II

(1) INITIAL ISSUANCE, INCREASES AND DECREASES OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL CLASS A-1 NOTES

Section 2.1 Outstanding Principal Amount. Procedures for Issuing and Increasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 (a) Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the making of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (i) on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall causecaused the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing ratably, at par, an initial aggregate principal amount of $54,499,000 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance”) and (ii) on any Business Day during the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Term that does not occur during a Cash Trapping Period, the IssuerCo-Issuers may increase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (such increase referred to as an “Increase”), by drawing ratably (or as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), at par, additional principal amounts on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on such Business Day; provided that at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance was made and each Increase shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.02 and 2.03 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be ratably (except as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders in their capacity as such) as provided therein. Proceeds from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance were paid as directed by the Issuer, and proceeds from each Increase shall be paid as directed by the IssuerCo-Issuers in the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance

 

2


Request or as otherwise set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Administrative Agent of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance andthe Trustee indicated, and upon receipt of written notice from the Co-Issuers or the Administrative Agent of any Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance or such Increase, as applicable.

(b) Subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer (i) maywas permitted to cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount to become outstanding by drawing, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan”) and (ii) shall causecaused the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount to become outstanding by drawing, at par, the initial principal amounts of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.7

 

3


of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided that at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. The procedures relating to increases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such increase referred to as a “Subfacility Increase”) through borrowings of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans and issuance or incurrence of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations are set forth in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Administrative Agent of the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount and any Subfacility Increase, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of each such issuance and Subfacility Increase.

(f) Section 2.2 Procedures for Decreasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(a) Mandatory Decrease. Whenever a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall have occurred, funds sufficient to decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount by the lesser of (x) the amount necessary, so that after giving effect to such decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date, no such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event shall exist and (y) the amount that would decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero (each decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(a), a “Mandatory Decrease”) shall be due and payable on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the date on which thea Manager or the a Co-Issuer obtains knowledge of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Trustee shall distribute each Mandatory Decrease pursuant to the written direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, which shall include the calculation of such Mandatory Decrease and distribution instructions in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any associated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such Mandatory Decrease (calculated in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the applicable Collection AccountAccounts for allocation as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Mandatory Decrease. Upon obtaining Actual Knowledge of such a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event, the IssuerCo-Issuers promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days, shall deliver written notice (by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF or other similar format file) of the need for any such Mandatory Decreases to the Trustee and the Administrative Agent.

 

4


(b) Voluntary Decrease. Except as provided in Section 2.2(d), on any Business Day, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate, Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or otherwise substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, the IssuerCo-Issuers may decrease the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (each such decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), a “Voluntary Decrease”) by depositing in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date specified as the decrease date in the prior written notice referred to above and providing a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (which report shall include the calculation of such amounts and instructions for the distributions thereof) an amount (subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.2(b)) up to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount equal to the amount of such Voluntary Decrease; provided, that to the extent the deposit into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account described above is not made by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, the same shall be deemed to be deposited on the following Business Day. Each such Voluntary Decrease shall be in a minimum principal amount as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase

 

5


Agreement. Any associated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts incurred as a result of such Voluntary Decrease (calculated in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement) shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account(s) as indicated in the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate for allocation as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts pursuant to the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date related to the Weekly Manager’s Certificate indicating such Voluntary Decrease. It shall be a condition to any Voluntary Decrease that the amount on deposit in the Collection AccountAccounts is sufficient to pay the Trustee, the Servicer and the ManagerManagers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), if any, on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following such Voluntary Decrease.

(c) Upon distribution to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account of principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes in connection with each Decrease, the Trustee shall (i) remit such amounts to the Holders of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and (ii) indicate in its books and records such Decrease.

(d) The Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement sets forth additional procedures relating to decreases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount (each such decrease, together with any Voluntary Decrease or Mandatory Decrease allocated to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders, referred to herein as a “Subfacility Decrease”) through (i) borrowings of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances to repay Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans and Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations or (ii) optional prepayments of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans on same day notice. Upon receipt of written notice from the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent of any Subfacility Decrease, the Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the amount of such Subfacility Decrease.

Section 2.3 Issuances of Additional Class A-1 Notes. In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Base Indenture, for so long as the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are Outstanding, the issuance of any additional Series of Class A-1 Notes shall also require the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall be deemed to have been given unless an objection is delivered to the IssuerCo-Issuers within ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such proposed issuance is delivered to the Administrative Agent).

 

6


(g) ARTICLE III

 

(1)

SERIES 2019-3 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1 Allocations with Respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes. On the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrangearranged for the issuance of an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Issuer’s requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts , or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Notes. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replacereplaced any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes and the Series 2019-2 Notes.

 

7


Section 3.2 Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2019-3 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall deliver a Weekly Manager’s Certificate to the Trustee, which Weekly Manager’s Certificate will instruct the Trustee to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts all amounts relating to the Series 2019-3 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a) Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest and, without duplication, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(c) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to pay to the Administrative Agent from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(d) Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

(i) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall maintain an amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount.

(ii) On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount (if any) pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments; it being understood that all or a portion of such deposit may be funded with the proceeds of an Increase otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

8


(iii) On each Quarterly Calculation Date preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following a Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event or on which a Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event occurs, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to (i) withdraw the Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Amount, if any, from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts and deposit such amounts into the applicable Collection AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.10(e)(vi) of the Base Indenture and the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate and/or

(ii) replace any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, and the Trustee or the Control Party, as applicable, shall, at the direction of the IssuerCo-Issuers , deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers any such replaced Interest Reserve Letter of Credit simultaneously with the receipt of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit in replacement thereof, whether by way of escrow or otherwise, in each case to the extent that no Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount will be outstanding on the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date.

 

9


(e) Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization and Renewal Date Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period or if the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall not have been repaid in full on or before the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts for payment of principal on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) [Reserved].

(h) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Cash Collateral Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts amounts then known by the ManagerManagers that will become due under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of Letters of Credit issued under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(i) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Principal Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, if the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(j) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

10


(k) Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection AccountAccounts the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l) [Reserved].

(m) Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

 

11


Section 3.3 Certain Distributions from Series 2019-3 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date, based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment AccountAccounts, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees AccountAccounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts or otherwise, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a), (d) or (h) or otherwise, as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and fees and, to the extent applicable, principal or other amounts on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.4 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Interest and Certain Fees.

(a) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate and L/C Fees. From and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the applicable portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount will accrue (i) interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate and (ii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees at the applicable rates provided therefor in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued interest and fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest and fees shall be paid in full on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, on any day when the Commitments are terminated in full or on any other day on which all of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full, in each case pursuant to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Priority of Payments. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(b) Undrawn Commitment Fees. From and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, Undrawn Commitment Fees will accrue as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Such accrued fees will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture. To the extent any such amount is not paid when due, such unpaid amount will accrue interest at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate.

(c) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), if the Series 2019-3 Final Payment has not been made, additional interest will accrue on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) at a rate equal to 5.00% per annum (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate”) in addition to the regular interest that will continue to accrue at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate. All computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1

 

12


Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed, in accordance with Section 3.01(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be made on a 30/360 Basis. Any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest will be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so made available, and failure to pay any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing

 

13


will not be an Event of Default and interest will not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be paid in full on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date or otherwise as part of any Series 2019-3 Final Payment by indicating the amount thereof on the related Quarterly Noteholders’ Report or otherwise in written instructions from the ManagerManagers to the Trustee.

(d) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall commence on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Quarterly Calculation Date preceding the following Quarterly Payment Date; provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Series Supplement and pursuant to the Voluntary Decrease pursuant to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, accrued and unpaid Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest (as defined in the Series 2015-1 Supplement) from the first day of the Interest Accrual Period under the Series 2015-1 Supplement through (but excluding) the Series 2019-3 Closing Date shall be deemed to have accrued as “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest” during the initial Interest Accrual Period under this Series Supplement.

(h) Section 3.5 [Reserved].

Section 3.6 Payment of Series 2019-3 Note Principal.

(a) Series 2019-3 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in the Base Indenture, this Section 3.6 and Section 2.2 of this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(b) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date. The initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date will be the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020, unless extended as provided below in this Section 3.6(b).

(i) First Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, the ManagerManagers shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 First Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions

 

14


precedent to such Series 2019-3 First Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date; provided, further, that, in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, and notwithstanding any other requirement of this Series Supplement, the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election shall be deemed to have become effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(ii) Second Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election has been made and become effective, the ManagerManagers shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2021 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Second

 

15


Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date; provided, further, that, in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, and notwithstanding any other requirement of this Series Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election shall be deemed to have become effective as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 shall have become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(iii) Third Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election has been made and become effective, the ManagerManagers shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2022 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(iv) Fourth Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election has been made and become effective, the ManagerManagers shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2023 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

(v) Fifth Extension Election. Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement, if the Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election has been made and become effective, the ManagerManagers shall have the option on or before the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2024 to elect (the “Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election”) to extend the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date to the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the Control Party to the effect that the conditions precedent to such Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election have been satisfied; provided that upon such extension, the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2025 shall become the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date.

 

16


(vi) Conditions Precedent to Series 2019-3 Extension Elections. It shall be a condition to the effectiveness of each of the Series 2019-3 Extension Elections that as of the date of such 2019-3 Extension Election (a) the DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.25:1.00 (calculated as of the most recent Quarterly Calculation Date), (b) either (1) the rating assigned to any outstanding Series of Class A-2 Notes by any Rating Agency has not been downgraded below “BBB-” or withdrawn or (2) any outstanding Series of Class A-2 Notes have been downgraded or their rating has been withdrawn by such Rating Agency but such downgrade or withdrawal was caused primarily by the bankruptcy, insolvency or other financial difficulty experienced by any entity other than an Affiliate of Parent and (c) all Class A-1 Extension Fees shall have been paid on or prior to the date of such 2019-3 Extension Election. Any notice given pursuant to Sections 3.6(b)(i)

 

17


through (v) of this Series Supplement shall be irrevocable; provided that if the conditions set forth in this Section 3.6(b)(vi) are not met as of the applicable date of such Series 2019-3 Extension Election, the election set forth in such notice shall automatically be deemed ineffective. For the avoidance of doubt, no consent of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Administrative Agent, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party shall be necessary for the effectiveness of any Series 2019-3 Extension Election.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Series 2019-3 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i) [reserved]

(ii) [reserved]

(iii) During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the applicable Classes of Series 2019-3 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. Such payments shall be allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(iv) If the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall not have been repaid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) on or before the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. Such payments shall be allocated among the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) [Reserved].

(g) [Reserved].

 

18


(h) [Reserved].

(i) [Reserved].

(j) Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment AccountAccounts in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and the related Weekly Manager’s Certificate and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and used to repay the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (in accordance with the order of distribution of principal payments set forth in Section 4.02 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit.

 

19


(k) [Reserved].

(l) Series 2019-3 Notices of Final Payment. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date that will be the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date that will be the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the IssuerCo-Issuers indicating that the Series 2019-3 Final Payment will be made and shall specify that such Series 2019-3 Final Payment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2019-3 Notes, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and their affiliates, and shall specify the place where the Series 2019-3 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2019-3 Final Payment.

Section 3.7 Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account.

(a) Establishment of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account will be established with the Trustee.

(b) [reserved]

(c) [reserved]

(d) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby grantsgrant a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfersassign, pledge, grant, transfer and setsset over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, all of the

 

20


IssuerCo-Issuers’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral”).

 

21


(e) Termination of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which (1) all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been paid, (2) all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts have expired or have been cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), (3) all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid and (4) all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments have been terminated in full, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers (or the ManagerManagers on itstheir behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein (and the proceeds of any other instruments and other property credited thereto) for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments and all Liens, if any, created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Base Indenture with respect to Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall be automatically released, and the Trustee, upon written request of the IssuerCo-Issuers, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the IssuerCo-Issuers at the IssuerCo-Issuers s expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders’ security interest in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral.

(i) Section 3.8 [Reserved].

Section 3.9 Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a) The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b) The Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i) The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is the account to which Financial Assets will or may be credited;

(ii) The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account is a “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

 

22


(iii) All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the IssuerCo-Issuers , payable to the order of the IssuerCo-Issuers or specially indorsed to the IssuerCo-Issuers ;

(iv) All property delivered to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement will be promptly credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account;

(v) Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

 

23


(vi) If at any time the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account, the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the IssuerCo-Issuers, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii) The Series 2019-3 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The parties further agree that with respect to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account the law applicable to all the issues in Article 2(1) of The Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary shall be the law of the State of New York;

(viii) The Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement will not enter into, any agreement with the IssuerCo-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi); and

(ix) Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account, neither the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the IssuerCo-Issuers thereof.

 

24


(c) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2019-3 Distribution Account.

Section 3.10 ManagerManagers. Pursuant to the Management AgreementAgreements, the Manager hasManagers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Series 2019-3 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2019-3 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the ManagerManagers in lieu of the IssuerCo-Issuers . Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders hereunder will be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

 

25


Section 3.11 Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (a “Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account”), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for the Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from the Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

(j) ARTICLE IV

(1) FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 NOTES

Section 4.1 Issuance of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

(a) The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-1 hereto, and will be issued to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders (other than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholders) pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Increases or Decreases with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes that are Outstanding accurately reflects all such Increases and Decreases.The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-2 hereto, and will be issued to the Swingline Lender

 

26


pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the Swingline Lender. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the Swingline Commitment as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to the Swingline Loans such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases.

 

27


(c) The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes will be issued in the form of definitive notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-3 hereto, and will be issued to the L/C Provider pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and shall be duly executed by the IssuerCo-Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 of the Base Indenture. Other than in accordance with this Series Supplement and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes will not be permitted to be transferred, assigned, exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed by the L/C Provider. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes shall bear a face amount equal in the aggregate to up to the L/C Commitment as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and shall be initially issued in an aggregate amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Series Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall record any Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases with respect to Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, such that, subject to Section 4.1(d) of this Series Supplement, the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes that is Outstanding accurately reflects all such Subfacility Increases and Subfacility Decreases. All Undrawn L/C Face Amounts shall be deemed to be “principal” outstanding under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for all purposes of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than for purposes of accrual of interest.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding that the aggregate face amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, at no time will the principal amount actually outstanding of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes in the aggregate exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(e) The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be produced in any manner, all as determined by the Authorized Officers executing such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The initial sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is limited to Persons who have executed the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2019-3 A-1 Notes may be resold only to the a Co-Issuer, or its Affiliates, and Persons who are not Competitors (except that Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be resold to Persons who are Competitors with the written consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers) in compliance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

28


(k) Section 4.2 [Reserved].

Section 4.3 Transfer Restrictions of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

(a) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note may transfer the same in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the

 

29


Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note. In exchange for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(a), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note in part, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder at such office. NeitherNone of the Issuer norCo-Issuers or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Trustee shall recognize the holders of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Swingline Lender may transfer the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes in whole but not in part by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note. In exchange

 

30


for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(b), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the Swingline Lender at such office. Neither None of the Issuer norCo-Issuers or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note as a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder.

 

31


(c) Subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the L/C Provider may transfer any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in whole or in part, in an amount equivalent to an authorized denomination, by surrendering such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, with the form of transfer endorsed on it duly completed and executed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar by, the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, and accompanied by and accompanied by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto; provided that if the holder of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note transfers, in whole or in part, its interest in any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note pursuant to (i) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) an Investor Group Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, then such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not be required to submit a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto upon transfer of its interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note. In exchange for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note properly presented for transfer along with the appropriately completed transfer certificate, Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to the requirements of this Section 4.3(c), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered in compliance with applicable law, to the transferee at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. In the case of the transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in part, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered to the transferor at such office, or send by mail (at the risk of transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. No transfer of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note shall be made unless the request for such transfer is made by the L/C Provider at such office.

Neither None of the Issuer norCo-Issuers or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of transfer instructions and each may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of any transferred Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, the Trustee shall recognize the holder of such S Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note as a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder.

 

32


(d) Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE (This THIS NOTE”) HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) AND DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN ISSUER” AND, TOGETHER WITH THE ISSUER, THE “CO-ISSUERS”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE

 

33


OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THEA CO- ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES), DATED AS OF DECEMBER 11JULY 6, 20192020 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS , THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO, DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., AS THE U.S. MANAGER, DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., AS THE CANADIAN MANAGER, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS PARTY THERETO, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, THE FUNDING AGENTS PARTY THERETO, AND BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

The required legend set forth above shall not be removed from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes except as provided herein.

(l) ARTICLE V

Section 5.1 (1) GENERAL Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i) the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2019-3 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2019-3 Notes;

(iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2019-3 Notes;

 

34


(iv) [Reserved];

(v) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Price;

(vi) the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any fees or other amounts due to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders;

(vii) whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

 

35


(viii) the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix) the number of franchised locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x) the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi) the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Series 2019-3any Class A-1 Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve AccountAccounts , in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2019-3 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2 Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

Section 5.3 Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4 Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

 

36


If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 55 Water

Street New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc.LLC 805 Third Avenue, 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022 Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5 Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6 Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

 

37


Section 5.7 Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8 Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE (2) GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.9 Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.10 Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2019-3 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and all Letters of Credit have expired, have been cash collateralized in full pursuant to the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or are deemed to no longer be outstanding in accordance with Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) all fees and expenses and other amounts under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been paid in full and all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments have been terminated and (iii) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2019-3 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2019-3 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2019-3 Noteholders. In accordance with Section 6.1(a) of the Base Indenture, the final principal

 

38


payment due on each Series 2019-3 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of such Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and their Affiliates. In addition to (and notwithstanding) the terms of Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture, upon the payment in full (whether optional or mandatory) or a redemption in full of the Series 2019-3 Notes as provided hereunder as Defeased Notes, the Obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors under the Indenture Documents in respect of such Defeased Notes shall be terminated.

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

(3) [Signature Pages Follow]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Co-Issuer, the Trustee and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as the Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
(4) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and as Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Driven - Supplement to the Base Indenture


(5) ANNEX A

SERIES 2019-3 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Acquiring Investor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Administrative Agent” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Administrative Agent” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Administrative Agent”.

Administrative Agent Fees” has the meaning set forth in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter.

Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Advance Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Aggregate Unpaids” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Annual Inspection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Application” means an application, in such form as the applicable L/C Issuing Bank may specify from time to time, requesting such L/C Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Base Rate” means, on any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) 1.25% plus (b) the greater of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; provided that any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively; provided, further, that changes in any rate of interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.


Base Rate Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Base Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Change in Law” means (a) any law, rule or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, adopted, issued or occurring after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date or (b) any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any government or political subdivision or agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality thereof, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not a Governmental Authority) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case, whether foreign or domestic (each, an “Official Body”) charged with the administration, interpretation or application thereof, or the compliance with any request or directive of any Official Body (whether or not having the force of law) made, issued or occurring after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

Class A-1 Extension Fees” means the fees payable pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter in connection with the extension of a Commitment Termination Date.

Class A-1 Indemnities” means all amounts payable pursuant to Sections 9.05(b) and (c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Guarantors, the ManagerManagers, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investors, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, pursuant to which the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders have agreed to purchase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes from the Issuer, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.”

Class A-1 Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commercial Paper” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, the promissory notes issued in the commercial paper market by or for the benefit of such Conduit Investor.

Commitments” means the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser included in each Investor Group to fund Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and to participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.06 and 2.07, respectively, of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in an aggregate stated amount up to its Commitment Amount.

 


Commitment Amount” means, as to each Committed Note Purchaser, the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement opposite such Committed Note Purchaser’s name as its Commitment Amount or, in the case of a Committed Note Purchaser that becomes a party to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement, the amount set forth therein as such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by such Committed Note Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fee Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” shall be deemed to be the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount”.

Commitment Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Investor Group, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount bears to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount on such date.

Commitment Term” means the period from and including the Series 2019-3 Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the Commitment Termination Date and (b) the date on which the Commitments are terminated or reduced to zero in accordance with the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Commitment Termination Date” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of this Series Supplement).

Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Committed Note Purchaser Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Committed Note Purchaser in any Investor Group, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser bears to such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on such date.


Conduit Assignee” means, with respect to any Conduit Investor, any commercial paper conduit, whose Commercial Paper is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A-2” from S&P and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization”, that is administered by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Investor or any Affiliate of such Funding Agent, in each case, designated by such Funding Agent to accept an assignment from such Conduit Investor of the Investor Group Principal Amount or a portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor pursuant to Section 9.17(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Conduit Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Confidential Information”, for purposes of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


CP Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the CP Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

CP Funding Rate” means, with respect to each Conduit Investor, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, for any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper by such Conduit Investor, the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average cost (as determined by the related Funding Agent, and which shall include (without duplication) the fees and commissions of placement agents and dealers, incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Conduit Investor, other borrowings by such Conduit Investor and any other costs associated with the issuance of Commercial Paper) of or related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that are allocated, in whole or in part, by such Conduit Investor or its related Funding Agent to fund or maintain such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances for such Interest Accrual Period (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of the Conduit Investor); provided, however, that if any component of any such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “CP Funding Rate” for such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances for such Interest Accrual Period, the related Funding Agent shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum; provided further, however, that “CP Funding Rate” shall not include any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Conduit Investor to fund or maintain any portion of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances) as a result of any conversion, repayment, Voluntary or Mandatory Decrease or other prepayment or redemption of the principal amount of any CP Advance on the date applicable thereto in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the Base Indenture, but shall include any such loss or expense as a result of (i) any conversion, repayment, Voluntary or Mandatory Decrease or other prepayment or redemption of the principal amount of any CP Advance on a date other than the date applicable thereto in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Base Indenture, (ii) any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance not being funded or maintained as a CP Advance after a request therefor has been made, or (iii) any failure of the IssuerCo-Issuers to make a Decrease, prepayment or redemption with respect to any CP Advance after giving notice thereof.

CP Rate” means, on any day during any Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the CP Funding Rate for such Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 2.25%.

Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, the Undrawn Commitment Fees that accrue for such day.


Daily Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period, the sum of the following amounts:

(i) with respect to any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Eurodollar Rate in effect for such Interest Accrual Period and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

(ii) with respect to any Base Rate Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus


(iii) with respect to any CP Advance outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the CP Rate in effect for such Interest Accrual Period and (y) the principal amount of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360; plus

(iv) with respect to any Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the result of (i) the product of (x) the Base Rate in effect for such day and (y) the principal amount of such Class A-1 Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable; plus

(v) with respect to any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding on such day, the L/C Quarterly Fees and L/C Fronting Fees that accrue thereon for such day.

Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amount” means, for any day during any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the sum of (a) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Base Rate Advances and Undrawn L/C Face Amounts included therein) as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 360 and (b) the result of (i) the product of (x) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate and (y) any Base Rate Advances included in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount as of the close of business on such day divided by (ii) 365 or 366, as applicable.

Decrease” means a Mandatory Decrease or a Voluntary Decrease, as applicable.

Defaulting Administrative Agent Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Defaulting Investor” means any Investor that has (a) failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement within one (1) Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to make any payment required to be made by it under the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement within one Business Day of the day such payment is required to be made by such Investor thereunder or (c) become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Eligible Conduit Investor” means, at any time, any Conduit Investor whose Commercial Paper at such time is rated by at least one of the Specified Rating Agencies and is rated at least “A-2” from S&P and/or the equivalent rating of another “nationally-recognized statistical rating organization”.


Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for any day during the first Interest Accrual Period, $[ ]1618.07 and (b) for any day during any other Interest Accrual Period, the average of the Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period.

Estimated Daily Interest Amount” means (a) for any day during the first Interest Accrual Period, $[ ]27,283.48 and (b) for any day during any other Interest Accrual Period, the average of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day during the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period.

 

1 

NTD: Barclays to provide.

2 

NTD: Barclays to provide.


Eurodollar Advance” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance that bears interest at a rate of interest determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate during such time as it bears interest at such rate, as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Eurodollar Business Day” means any Business Day on which dealings are also carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London.

Eurodollar Funding Rate” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period on the page of the Reuters screen which displays the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars (such page currently being the LIBOR01 page) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term for a period equal to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “Eurodollar Funding Rate” shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service which displays the rate per annum for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) with a term equivalent to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period in Dollars offered by participants in the London interbank market, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (unless the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain such rates from such banks, in which case it will be deemed that a Eurodollar Funding Rate cannot be ascertained for purposes of Section 3.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement). In respect of any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that is less than one month in duration and if no Eurodollar Funding Rate is otherwise determinable with respect thereto in accordance with the preceding sentence of this definition, the Eurodollar Funding Rate shall be determined through the use of straight-line interpolation by reference to two rates calculated in accordance with the preceding sentence, one of which shall be determined as if the maturity of the Dollar deposits referred to therein were the period of time for which rates are available next shorter than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period and the other of which shall be determined as if such maturity were the period of time for which rates are available next longer than the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If any such rate determined pursuant to this definition of “Eurodollar Funding Rate” is below zero, the Eurodollar Funding Rate will be deemed to be zero.


Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

Eurodollar Funding Rate

Eurodollar Funding Rate        =         (Reserve Adjusted) 1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

The Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period will be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage in effect two (2) Eurodollar Business Days before the first day of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.


Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance, the period commencing on and including the Eurodollar Business Day such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance first becomes a Eurodollar Advance in accordance with Section 3.01(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and ending on but excluding, at the election of IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to such Section 3.01(b), a date (i) one (1) month subsequent to such date, (ii) two (2) months subsequent to such date, (iii) three (3) months subsequent to such date or (iv) six (6) months subsequent to such date; provided, however, that no Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period may end subsequent to the second Business Day before the Quarterly Calculation Date occurring immediately prior to the then-current Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date and upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Rapid Amortization Period or any Event of Default, any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Eurodollar Advances of all Investor Groups may be terminated at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (or, if the Class A-1 Notes have been accelerated in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture, immediately), at the election of the Administrative Agent or Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Tranche, by notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers , the ManagerManagers , the Control Party and the Funding Agents, and upon such election the Eurodollar Advances in respect of which interest was calculated by reference to such terminated Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall be converted to Base Rate Advances.

Eurodollar Rate” means, on any day during any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period plus (ii) 2.25%.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the maximum aggregate reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) specified under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and then applicable to liabilities or assets constituting “Eurocurrency Liabilities,” as currently defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S. Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period.

Eurodollar Tranche” means any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount funded or maintained with Eurodollar Advances.

FATCA” means (a) Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, (b) any treaty, law, regulation, or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and any other jurisdiction with the purpose (in either case) of facilitating the implementation of (a) above, or (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority in the United States.


Federal Funds Rate” means, for any specified period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the overnight federal funds rates as published in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15(519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day), or if, for any reason, such rate is not available on any day, the rate determined, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which overnight federal funds are being offered in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

F.R.S. Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Foreign Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


Funding Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Funding Agent Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Increased Capital Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Increased Tax Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, the result (whether a positive or negative number) of (a) the aggregate of the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period minus (b) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Interest Adjustment Amount” for any Interest Accrual Period shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” for such Interest Accrual Period.

Investor” means any one of the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers, and “Investors” means the Conduit Investors and the Committed Note Purchasers collectively.


Investor Group” means (i) for each Conduit Investor, collectively, such Conduit Investor, the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) set forth opposite the name of such Conduit Investor on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (or, if applicable, set forth for such Conduit Investor in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement pursuant to which such Conduit Investor or Committed Note Purchaser becomes a party thereto), any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group) and (ii) for each other Committed Note Purchaser that is not related to a Conduit Investor, collectively, such Committed Note Purchaser, any related Program Support Provider(s) and the related Funding Agent (which shall constitute the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder for such Investor Group).

Investor Group Increase Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, for any Business Day, the portion of the Increase, if any, actually funded by such Investor Group on such Business Day.

Investor Group Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Investor Group, (a) when used with respect to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, an amount equal to (i) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount plus (ii) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility


Amount outstanding on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and (b) when used with respect to any other date, an amount equal to (i) the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Investor Group on the immediately preceding Business Day (excluding any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount included therein) plus (ii) the Investor Group Increase Amount with respect to such Investor Group on such date minus (iii) the amount of principal payments made to such Investor Group on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes on such date plus (iv) such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount outstanding on such date.

Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17(c) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, IncLLC.

L/C Commitment” means the obligation of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, in an aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, together with any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.07(g) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Fronting Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(e) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Issuing Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(h) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Obligations” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts outstanding at such time and (ii) any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding at such time.

L/C Other Reimbursement Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a)(ii) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


L/C Provider” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as provider of any Letter of Credit under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

L/C Quarterly Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(d) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

L/C Reimbursement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Lender Party” means any Investor, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider and “Lender Parties” means the Investors, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, collectively.

Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Mandatory Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.


Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount” means, as to each Investor Group existing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount or, in the case of any other Investor Group, the amount set forth as such Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement by which the members of such Investor Group become parties to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, in each case, as such amount may be (i) reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or (ii) increased or reduced by any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement entered into by the members of such Investor Group in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Non-Excluded Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Other Class A-1 Transaction Expenses” means all amounts payable pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement other than Class A-1 Amendment Expenses.

Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and the Commitments with respect to which have terminated; provided that, if such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;


(v) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi) Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes which have been repurchased by the IssuerCo-Issuers or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled.

Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes” means all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.


Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2019-3 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2019-3 Prepayment.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by a commercial bank mutually agreed upon by the ManagerManagers and the Servicer as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Program Support Agreement” means, with respect to any Investor, any agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider in respect of any Commercial Paper and/or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note of such Investor providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of such Investor, the issuance of one or more insurance policies for which such Investor is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by such Investor to any Program Support Provider of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (or portions thereof or interests therein) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to such Investor in connection with such Investor’s securitization program, together with any letter of credit, insurance policy or other instrument issued thereunder or guaranty thereof (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by a Committed Note Purchaser).

Program Support Provider” means, with respect to any Investor, any financial institutions and any other or additional Person now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, and/or agreeing to make purchases from, such Investor in respect of such Investor’s Commercial Paper and/or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note, and/or agreeing to issue a letter of credit or insurance policy or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with such Investor’s securitization program as it relates to any Commercial Paper issued by such Investor, and/or holding equity interests in such Investor, in each case pursuant to a Program Support Agreement, and any guarantor of any such Person.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2019-3 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in the Series 2019-3 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2019-3 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.


Refunding Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Reimbursement Obligation” means the obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers to reimburse the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

Sale Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.18(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts pursuant to Section 3.2(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture and (b) the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Administrative Agent Fees and Class A-1 Amendment Expenses then due and payable and not previously paid and, if the following Quarterly Payment Date is a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, the amount of any Class A-1 Extension Fees due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Expenses” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses.”

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Request” has the meaning set forth under “Advance Request” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(iv) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amount” has the meaning set forth under “Breakage Amount” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount” means, as of any date of determination for any Interest Accrual Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Commitment Fees Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period, (b) if such date of determination occurs on or after the last day of such Interest Accrual Period, the Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, and (c) the amount of any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture) for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period together with any additional interest payable on such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture). For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments” has the meaning set forth under “Commitments” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Term” has the meaning set forth under “Commitment Term” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Excess Principal Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if, on any date, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceeds the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advances made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, which is $54,499,000.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note of the L/C Provider corresponding to the aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amounts of the Letters of Credit issued on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $16,000,000.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes corresponding to the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans made on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, which is $0.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees” means the L/C Quarterly Fees and the L/C Fronting Fees. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor” has the meaning set forth under “Investor” in this Annex A.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor Group Supplement” has the meaning set forth under “Investor Group Supplement” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Obligations” has the meaning set forth under “L/C Obligations” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the CP Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the CP Rate in effect for such day; (b) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Eurodollar Rate in effect for the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period that


includes such day; (c) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances that bear interest on such day at the Base Rate in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Base Rate in effect for such day; (d) with respect to that portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount consisting of Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on such day, the Base Rate in effect for such day; and (e) with respect to any other amounts that any Transaction Document provides is to bear interest by reference to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate, the Base Rate in effect for such day; in each case, computed on the basis of a year of 360 (or, in the case of the Base Rate, 365 or 366, as applicable) days and the actual number of days elapsed; provided, however, that the Series 2019-3 A-1 Note Rate will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes” has the meaning set forth in the “Designation” in the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Guarantors, the ManagerManagers , the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider, the Swingline Lender, and the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means $115,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 of, or otherwise modified in accordance with, the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date, the aggregate amount of any Breakage Amount, Class A-1 Indemnities, Increased Capital Costs, Increased Costs, Increased Tax Costs, L/C Other Reimbursement Costs and Other Class A-1 Transaction Expenses then due and payable and not previously paid. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” shall be deemed to be “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount due and payable on all such Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes with respect to such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fee” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fee”.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means the Quarterly Payment Date in July 2020 (which date may be extended pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of the Series Supplement). For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” shall be deemed to be a “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, if any, minus (b) the amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Decrease, a prepayment, a redemption or otherwise) made on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes on or prior to such date plus (c) any Increases in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement resulting from Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances made on or prior to such date and after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date plus (d) any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount on such date; provided that, at no time may the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the aggregate principal amount of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes and Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes outstanding on such date (after giving effect to Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases therein to occur on such date pursuant to the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Series 2019-3 Supplement).

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest” means, for any Interest Accrual Period commencing on or after the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the Daily Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Prepayment” means any prepayment in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest” means, as of any date of determination for any Interest Accrual Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate of the Estimated Daily Interest Amounts for each day in such Interest Accrual Period, (b) if such date of determination occurs on or after the last day of such Interest Accrual Period, the Interest Adjustment Amount with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, and (c) the amount of any Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture) for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period together with any additional interest payable on such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount (as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b) of the Base Indenture). For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Subfacility Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note is registered in the Note Register.


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth under “Swingline Loan” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes” has the meaning set forth in “Designation” of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” has the meaning set forth under “Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” in this Annex A.

Series 2019-3 Closing Date” means December 11, 2019.

Series 2019-3 Default Rate” means, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Default Rate” shall be deemed to be the “Default Rate”.


Series 2019-3 Distribution Account” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account.

Series 2019-3 Extension Elections” means, collectively, the Series 2019-3 First Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election, the Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election and the Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election.

Series 2019-3 Fifth Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(v) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2019-3 Notes, the expiration or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement of all Undrawn L/C Face Amounts (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement), the payment of all fees and expenses and other amounts then due and payable under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the termination in full of all Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitments.

Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2019-3 Final Payment is made.

Series 2019-3 First Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(i) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Fourth Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iv) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts with respect to the Series 2019-3 Notes over (ii) the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.


Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event” means (i) any reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount or (ii) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Interest Reserve Release Event” shall be deemed to be an “Interest Reserve Release Event”.

Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date” means January 20, 2050. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2019-3 Noteholders” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

Series 2019-3 Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, with respect to any date, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

Series 2019-3 Prepayment” means a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Prepayment.


Series 2019-3 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Class of Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2019-3 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(d)(iv), Section 3.6(j) or Section 3.6(l) of the Series Supplement, which shall be, in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, a repayment following the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2019-3 Second Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(ii) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Series 2019-3 Senior Noteholders” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes” means the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficiency” means, when used with respect to any date, that on such date the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount exceeds the Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount.

Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount exceeds (b) the Series 2019-3 Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount on such date; provided, however, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date that occurs during the Quarterly Fiscal Period immediately preceding the Series 2019-3 Final Payment Date or the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date, the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount shall be zero.


Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (and any Weekly Allocation Date related thereto and any drawing date in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount due on the next Quarterly Payment Date (with the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes on the next Quarterly Payment Date being based on the good faith utilization estimate of the ManagerManagers of the actual drawn amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes as set forth in the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificate), it being understood that the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount may be funded in whole or in part with the proceeds of a drawing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; provided that, with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period following the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount shall be an amount equal to $[ ]537,620.72.3 “Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” means, with respect to each Quarterly Payment Date, (a) the aggregate amount of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Quarterly Interest due and payable, with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period, on the Series 2019-3 Notes (other than any Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest), plus (b) to the extent not otherwise included in

 

3 

Barclays to provide.


clause (a), with respect to any Outstanding Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the aggregate amount of any letter of credit fees (including fronting fees) due and payable on issued but undrawn Letters of Credit, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; provided, that if, on any Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such interest or letter of credit fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such interest or letter of credit fees shall be used to calculate the Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for such Quarterly Payment Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Series 2019-3 Supplement; provided, further, that any amount deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”, “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses”, “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” or “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount” for purposes of the Base Indenture shall under no circumstances be deemed to constitute part of the “Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2019-3 Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2019-3 Supplement” means the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2019-3 Third Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b)(iii) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Specified Rating Agencies” means S&P and KBRA.

STAMP” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

Subfacility Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.


Subfacility Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Series 2019-3

Swingline Commitment” means the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $25,000,000, as such amount may be reduced or increased pursuant to Section 2.06(i) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or reduced pursuant to Section 2.05(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Lender” means Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as maker of Swingline Loans, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swingline Loan Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Swingline Participation Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(f) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.


Undrawn Commitment Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Undrawn L/C Face Amounts” means, at any time, the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired face amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.

Unreimbursed L/C Drawings” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of any L/C Reimbursement Amounts that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Voluntary Decrease” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement.


Section 1.2 Execution Version

(a) EXHIBIT A

FORM OF VOLUNTARY DECREASE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO: Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attention: Agency & TrustSecurities Window – Driven Brands Funding, LLC

Email: Anthony.bausa@citi.com or call (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email address)

and

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as

Control Party

10851 Mastin Street

Overland Park, KS 66210

Email: Brandy.Toepfer@midlandls.com

CC: Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475


Email: david.hufnagel@barclays.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

A-1-1


Reference is made to (a) that certain Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as IssuerCo-Issuers, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the ManagerManagers, the Guarantors, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent and (b) that certain Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (the “Series 2019-3 Supplement”) to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019 and, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements (as defined therein), the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended by AmendmentSupplement No. 1 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018 and Supplement No. 2 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, and (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020) and the Series 2019-32020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, the “Indenture”). Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the Series 2019-3 Supplement.

(c) The undersigned, solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the IssuerCo-Issuers and not in his or her individual capacity, hereby gives the Trustee and the Administrative Agent notice of a Voluntary Decrease and directs that the following amounts be paid on [    ] (the “Voluntary Decrease Date”).

Principal: $                             

Interest: $                             

Breakage Amount (if any): $                             

In furtherance of the above, the Trustee is hereby directed to transfer such amounts from the applicable Collection AccountAccounts to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Voluntary Decrease Date and to distribute such amounts to [                 ] at account number [                 ].

 

A-1-2


For the avoidance of doubt, this repayment is a repayment and is not a permanent reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

 

A-1-3


The undersigned has executed and delivered this payment direction on the                  day of                 ,                 .

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                              

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

ARTICLE 2

 

A-1-4


Section 2.1 Execution Version

EXHIBIT A-1-1

FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 ADVANCE NOTE

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 (THIS “NOTE”), WHICH IS A SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 ADVANCE NOTE, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) AND DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN ISSUER” AND, TOGETHER WITH THE ISSUER, THE “CO-ISSUERS”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THEA CO- ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 11, 2019 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO, DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., AS THE U.S. MANAGER, DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., AS THE CANADIAN MANAGER, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS PARTY THERETO, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, THE FUNDING AGENTS PARTY THERETO, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, AND BARCLAYS BANK PLC, AS SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

A-1-1


THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO INCREASES AND DECREASES AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

REGISTERED

 

No. R-A-[            ]    up to $[    ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

 

  (1)

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 ADVANCE NOTE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (herein referred to, together, as the “IssuerCo-Issuers”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [     ], or its registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [     ] DOLLARS ($[     ]) or such lesser amount as shall equal the portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount evidenced by this Note as provided in the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on January 20, 2050 (the “Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The initial outstanding principal amount of this Note shall equal the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance. Pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the principal amount of this Note may be subject to Increases or Decreases on any Business Day during the Commitment Term, and principal with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be paid earlier than the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date as described in the Indenture. The IssuerCo-Issuers will pay interest on this Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such amounts due on this Note will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date,

 

A-1-1-2


which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2020 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such amounts due on this Note will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including December 11, 2019 to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the following Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the then-current Quarterly Calculation Date; provided that, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance under this Note, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Such amounts due on this Note (and interest on any defaulted payments of amounts due on this Note at the same rate) will be computed in accordance with the Indenture. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture. In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing and the provisions of the Indenture and the Class A-1

 

A-1-1-3


Note Purchase Agreement, the IssuerCo-Issuers further agreesagree to pay to the holder of this Note such holder’s portion of the other fees, costs and expense reimbursements, indemnification amounts and other amounts, if any, due and payable in accordance with the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date and amount of each Increase and Decrease with respect thereto and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate applicable thereto. Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information endorsed. The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

The amounts due on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the IssuerCo-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture. Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & TrustSecurities Window – Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Subject to the following paragraph, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby certifiescertify and declaresdeclare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

A-1-1-4


Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-1-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  
(2) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-1-1-6


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-1-7


[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes of the IssuerCo-Issuers designated as its Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes”) and is one of the Subclass thereof designated as the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements (as defined therein), and, together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018), the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, and the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below), the “Base Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-3 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2019 (the “Series 2019-3 Supplement”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-3 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-3 Supplement together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below) and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, in each case as may be amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, are referred to herein as the “Indenture.” The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the IssuerCo-Issuers . In addition, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all payments of principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes will be made pro rata to the holders of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes entitled thereto based on the amounts due to such holders.

 

A-1-1-8


Amounts due on this Note which are payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

 

A-1-1-9


Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. Amounts payable on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of amounts due on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Unless otherwise specified in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder at the address for such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided, however, that the final principal payment due on a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers , the Trustee and their affiliates.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-3

 

A-1-1-10


Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

 

A-1-1-11


It is the intent of the IssuerCo-Issuers and each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder that, for federal, state, and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, and local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers or, if the any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the IssuerCo-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the IssuerCo-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition and holding of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the a Co-Issuer.

 

A-1-1-12


The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the amounts due on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-1-13


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                  , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

                          

  1 
Signature Guaranteed:  

                     

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

 

A-1-1-14


(3) INCREASES AND DECREASES

 

Date

   Unpaid
Principal
Amount
   Increase    Decrease    Total    Series
2019-3
Class A-1
Note Rate
   Interest
Accrual
Period
   Notation
Made By

 

A-1-1-15


EXHIBIT A-1-2

FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 SWINGLINE NOTE

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 (THIS “NOTE”), WHICH IS A SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 SWINGLINE NOTE, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND. THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THEA CO- ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 11, 2019 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS , THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO, DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., AS THE U.S. MANAGER, DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., AS THE CANADIAN MANAGER, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS PARTY THERETO, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, THE FUNDING AGENTS PARTY THERETO, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, AND BARCLAYS BANK PLC, AS SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

(4) UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

 

 

A-1-2-1


THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO SUBFACILITY INCREASES AND SUBFACILITY DECREASES AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

REGISTERED

 

No. R-S-[   ]

   up to $[         ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

(5) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 SWINGLINE NOTE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (herein referred to, together, as the “IssuerCo-Issuers”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [     ], or its registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [     ] DOLLARS ($[     ]) or such lesser amount as shall equal the portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount evidenced by this Note as provided in the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on January 20, 2050 (the “Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date”). Pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the principal amount of this Note may be subject to Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases on any Business Day during the Commitment Term, and principal with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be paid earlier than the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date as described in the Indenture. The IssuerCo-Issuers will pay interest on this Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such amounts due on this Note will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment

 

A-1-2-2


Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2020 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such amounts due on this Note will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including December 11, 2019 to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the following Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the then-current Quarterly Calculation Date; provided that, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance under this Note, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Such amounts due on this Note (and interest on any defaulted payments of amounts due on this Note at the same rate) will be computed in accordance with the Indenture. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-1-2-3


In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing and the provisions of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the IssuerCo-Issuers further agreesagree to pay to the holder of this Note such holder’s portion of the other fees, costs and expense reimbursements, indemnification amounts and other amounts, if any, due and payable in accordance with the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date and amount of each Subfacility Increase and Subfacility Decrease with respect thereto and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate applicable thereto. Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information endorsed. The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

The amounts due on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the IssuerCo-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture. Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & TrustSecurities Window – Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Subject to the following paragraph, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby certifiescertify and declaresdeclare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

A-1-2-4


Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-2-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  
(6) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-1-2-6


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-2-7


[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes of the IssuerCo-Issuers designated as its Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes”) and is one of the Subclass thereof designated as the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements (as defined therein), and, together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018), the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, and the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below), the “Base Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-3 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2019 (the “Series 2019-3 Supplement”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers , the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-3 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-3 Supplement together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below) and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, in each case as may be amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, are referred to herein as the “Indenture.” The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the IssuerCo-Issuers. In addition, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all payments of principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes will be made pro rata to the holders of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes entitled thereto based on the amounts due to such holders.

 

A-1-2-8


Amounts due on this Note which are payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

 

A-1-2-9


Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. Amounts payable on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of amounts due on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Unless otherwise specified in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder at the address for such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided, however, that the final principal payment due on a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers , the Trustee and their affiliates.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-3

 

A-1-2-10


Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

 

A-1-2-11


It is the intent of the IssuerCo-Issuers and each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder that, for federal, state, and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, and local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers or, if the any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the IssuerCo-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the IssuerCo-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of ERISA ,Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition and holding of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the a Co-Issuer.

 

A-1-2-12


The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the amounts due on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-2-13


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                             , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         

 

By:  

                          

  1 
Signature Guaranteed:  

                     

 

1

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-1-2-14


(7) SUBFACILITY INCREASES AND SUBFACILITY DECREASES

 

Date

   Unpaid
Principal
Amount
   Subfacility
Increase
   Subfacility
Decrease
   Total    Series
2019-3
Class A-1
Note Rate
   Interest
Accrual Period
   Notation
Made By

 

A-1-2-15


EXHIBIT A-1-3

FORM OF SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 L/C NOTE

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 (THIS “NOTE”), WHICH IS A SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 L/C NOTE, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION, AND. THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT”). THIS NOTE AND ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT COMPETITORS (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), UNLESS THEA CO- ISSUER GIVES WRITTEN CONSENT TO SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 11, 2019 (AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, THE “CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO, DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., AS THE U.S. MANAGER, DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., AS THE CANADIAN MANAGER, THE CONDUIT INVESTORS PARTY THERETO, THE COMMITTED NOTE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO, THE FUNDING AGENTS PARTY THERETO, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS L/C PROVIDER, AND BARCLAYS BANK PLC, AS SWINGLINE LENDER AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

(8) UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

 

A-1-3-1


THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO SUBFACILITY INCREASES AND SUBFACILITY DECREASES AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ALL L/C OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO LETTERS OF CREDIT ISSUED BY THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE (WHETHER IN RESPECT OF UNDRAWN L/C FACE AMOUNTS OR UNREIMBURSED L/C DRAWINGS) SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE PRINCIPAL OUTSTANDING UNDER THIS NOTE FOR ALL PURPOSES OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THE INDENTURE AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OTHER THAN, IN THE CASE OF UNDRAWN L/C FACE AMOUNTS, FOR PURPOSES OF ACCRUAL OF INTEREST. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

REGISTERED

 

      No. R-L-[    ]

   up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

(9) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTE, CLASS A-1 SUBCLASS: SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 L/C NOTE

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (herein referred to, together, as the “IssuerCo-Issuers”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS ($[            ]) or such lesser amount as shall equal the portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount evidenced by this Note as provided in the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on January 20, 2050 (the “Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The initial outstanding principal amount of this Note shall equal the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount. Pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the principal amount of this Note may be

 

A-1-3-2


subject to Subfacility Increases or Subfacility Decreases on any Business Day during the Commitment Term, and principal with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes may be paid earlier than the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date as described in the Indenture. The IssuerCo-Issuers will pay (i) interest on this Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate and (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Fees, in each case, for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such amounts due on this Note will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2020 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such amounts due on this Note will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including December 11, 2019 to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the following Quarterly Calculation Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date to but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the then-current Quarterly Calculation Date; provided that, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance under this Note, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual

 

A-1-3-3


Period (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Such amounts due on this Note (and interest on any defaulted payments of amounts due on this Note at the same rate) will be computed in accordance with the Indenture. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall also pay additional interest and fees on this Note at the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest and fees shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture. In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing and the provisions of the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the IssuerCo-Issuers further agreesagree to pay to the holder of this Note such holder’s portion of the other fees, costs and expense reimbursements, indemnification amounts and other amounts, if any, due and payable in accordance with the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date and amount of each Subfacility Increase and Subfacility Decrease with respect thereto and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate applicable thereto. Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information endorsed. The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

The amounts due on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the IssuerCo-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture. Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & TrustSecurities Window – Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

A-1-3-4


Subject to the following paragraph, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby certifiescertify and declaresdeclare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-3-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the IssuerCo-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  
(10) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-1-3-6


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                     

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-3-7


[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes of the IssuerCo-Issuers designated as its Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes”) and is one of the Subclass thereof designated as the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes (herein called the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, and asas further amended by Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements (as defined therein), and, together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018), the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of June 15, 2019, the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below), the “Base Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2019-3 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2019 (the “Series 2019-3 Supplement”), among the Issuer Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-3 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2019-3 Supplement together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015, the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016, the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018, the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Series 2019-2 Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2019, the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as defined below) and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, in each case as may be amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, are referred to herein as the “Indenture.” The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

All L/C Obligations relating to Letters of Credit issued by the holder of this Note (whether in respect of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings) shall be deemed to be principal outstanding under this Note for all purposes of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than, in the case of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts, for purposes of accrual of interest. As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the IssuerCo-Issuers. In addition, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2019-3 Legal Final Maturity Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all payments of principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes will be made pro rata to the holders of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes entitled thereto based on the amounts due to such holders.

 

A-1-3-8


Amounts due on this Note which are payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the

 

A-1-3-9


Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and fees and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and fees and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. Amounts payable on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of amounts due on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Unless otherwise specified in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder at the address for such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided, however, that the final principal payment due on a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, which such surrender shall also constitute a general release by the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder from any claims against the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and their affiliates.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which

 

A-1-3-10


requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2019-3 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

 

A-1-3-11


It is the intent of the IssuerCo-Issuers and each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder that, for federal, state, and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, and local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the IssuerCo-Issuers or, if the any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the IssuerCo-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the IssuerCo-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition and holding of this Note (or any interest herein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the a Co-Issuer.

 

A-1-3-12


The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

A-1-3-13


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers , which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the amounts due on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-1-3-14


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                         , attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         

 

By:  

                          

  1 
Signature Guaranteed:  

                     

 

 

1

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-1-3-15


(11) SUBFACILITY INCREASES AND SUBFACILITY DECREASES

 

Date

   Unpaid
Principal
Amount
   Subfacility
Increase
   Subfacility
Decrease
   Total    Series
2019-3
Class A-1
Note Rate
   Interest
Accrual Period
   Notation
Made By

 

A-1-3-16


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

80 Washington

Boulevard, 30th Floor Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window– Driven Brands Funding, LLC

(12) Email: Anthony.bausa@citi.com or call (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email address)

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 Subclass: Series 2019-3 Class A-1 [Advance][Swingline][L/C] Notes (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, as further amended by Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements (as defined therein), the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended by AmendmentSupplement No. 1 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018 and Supplement No. 2 to the Series 2015-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 2016 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2016-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2018-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2019, and (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Series 2019-2 Supplement (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020), the Supplement (as defined below) and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as issuerco-issuers (theeach a “Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2019-3 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to

 

B- 1


the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2019-3 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture or the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, as applicable.

This certificate relates to U.S.$[     ] aggregate principal amount of Notes registered in the name of [ ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent principal amount of Notes of the same Subclass in the name of

[          ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

 

B- 2


In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) it is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are

being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Trustee that either it is the a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the a Co-Issuer or:

1. it has completed its own diligence investigation of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and has had sufficient access to the agreements, documents, records, officers and directors of the IssuerCo-Issuers to make its investment decision related to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and has had an opportunity to discuss the IssuerCo-Issuers’ s and the ManagerManagers ’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers and their respective representatives;

2. it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

3. it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in paragraph (2) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and it confirms that, to the extent it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for the account of one or more other Persons, (i) it has been duly authorized to make the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements set forth herein on their behalf and (ii) the provisions of this letter constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of it and any other Person for whose account it is acting;

 

B- 3


4. it understands that (i) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the IssuerCo-Issuers, (ii) the IssuerisCo-Issuers are not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and (iii) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement;

5. it will comply with the requirements of paragraph (4) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

 

B- 4


6. it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the applicable form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

7. it will obtain for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs;

8. it is not a Competitor;

1. either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2019-3 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition and holding of the Series 2019-3 Notes (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law; and

9. it is:

                 (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

                 (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto.

The Transferee understands that the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B- 5


[Name of Transferee]
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                             

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:     Address for Notices:

 

   

 

Wire Instructions for Payments:     Tel:  

 

Bank  

 

    Fax:  

 

Address:  

 

    Attn:  

 

 

B- 6


Bank ABA #:                          Account No.:              FAO:

 

   
Attention:  

 

     
Registered Name (if Nominee):      

 

     

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street,

Suite 700

Charlotte,

NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Email: noah.pollack@drivenbrands.com

(13) Driven Brands

Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road

E. Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church

Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General

Counsel Facsimile: (

704)  376-7905

 

B- 7

Exhibit 4.15

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC and

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2020-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of July 6, 2020

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the Series 2020-1 Closing Date)

 

 

$175,000,000 Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2020-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

  

Allocations with Respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

     2  

Section 3.2

  

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     2  

Section 3.3

  

Certain Distributions from Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     4  

Section 3.4

  

[Reserved]

     4  

Section 3.5

  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Interest

     4  

Section 3.6

  

Payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Principal

     5  

Section 3.7

  

[Reserved]

     9  

Section 3.8

  

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     9  

Section 3.9

  

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     10  

Section 3.10

  

Managers

     11  

Section 3.11

  

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     11  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     12  

Section 4.1

  

[Reserved]

     12  

Section 4.2

  

Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

     12  

Section 4.3

  

[Reserved]

     13  

Section 4.4

  

Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes

     13  

Section 4.5

  

Note Owner Representations and Warranties

     18  

Section 4.6

  

Limitation on Liability

     20  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     21  

Section 5.1

  

Information

     21  

Section 5.2

  

Exhibits

     21  

Section 5.3

  

Ratification of Base Indenture

     22  

 

i


Section 5.4

  

Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     22  

Section 5.5

  

Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     22  

Section 5.6

  

Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     22  

Section 5.7

  

Counterparts

     22  

Section 5.8

  

Electronic Signatures and Transmission

     22  

Section 5.9

  

Governing Law

     23  

Section 5.10

  

Amendments

     23  

Section 5.11

  

Termination of Series Supplement

     23  

Section 5.12

  

Entire Agreement

     23  

 

ANNEXES   

Annex A

  

Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List

EXHIBITS   

Exhibit A-1-1

  

Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-1-2

  

Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-1-3

  

Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit B-1

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes,

Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S

Exhibit B-2

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes,

Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S

Exhibit B-3

  

Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes,

  

Regulation S to Rule 144A

 

 

ii


SERIES 2020-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Series 2020-1 Supplement” or this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019 and the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated as the Series 2020-1 3.786% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” or the “Series 2020-1 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, which Series 2020-1 Supplemental Definitions List is made a part of this Series Supplement together with the Exhibits to this Series Supplement. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Co-Issuers.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2020-1 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Issuer shall arrange an amendment to the Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date increasing the stated amount thereunder and joining the Canadian Co-Issuer as an applicant thereunder. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Co-Issuers’ requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Notes and the Series 2019-3 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts all amounts relating to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)    Series 2020-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-1 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b)    The Managers may elect pursuant to the applicable Weekly Manager’s Certificates, for the first Weekly Collection Period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date with respect to any Canadian Collections to end at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Saturday of the second full weekly period following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date. Solely for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs prior to the end of such period, U.S. Collections will be applied pursuant to the Priority of Payments to make allocations or payments pursuant to priorities (i)-(iii) and priorities (v) of the Priority of Payments and U.S. Collections for such Weekly Collection Period will otherwise remain in the U.S. Collection Accounts. On the first Weekly Allocation Date following the end of such period, the Weekly Manager’s Certificates will provide that all remaining U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections in the Collection Accounts for previous Weekly Collection Periods will be allocated or paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments on a pro forma basis as if such U.S. Collections and Canadian Collections had been available for distribution in such Weekly Collections Periods (and taking into account any allocations or payments previously made pursuant to priorities (i)-(iii) and (v) of the Priority of Payments on such Weekly Allocation Dates).

 

2


(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    [Reserved].

(e)    Series 2020-1 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts for payment of principal on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

(f)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and the previous Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments; provided, that there will be no allocation from the Collection Accounts of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts for the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020. No Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amounts will be made on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2020.

(g)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h)    [Reserved].

(i)    [Reserved].

(j)    [Reserved].

(k)    Series 2020-1 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

 

3


(m)    Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers.

Section 3.3    Certain Distributions from Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2020-1 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

Section 3.4    [Reserved].

Section 3.5    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Interest.

(a)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2020-1 Closing Date until the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b)    Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i)    Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2020-1 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 3.35%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii)    Payment of Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (I) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (II) on such

 

4


Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) July 20, 2020.

Section 3.6    Payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

(b)    Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2020-1 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in July 2027 (such date, the “Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date”).

(c)    Payment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)    [Reserved]

(ii)    [Reserved]

(iii)    During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, together with any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

5


(e)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any mandatory prepayment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made during a Rapid Amortization Period pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii) or in connection with any prepayment funded with Asset Disposition Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2020-1 Prepayment”), the Co-Issuers shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; (D) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments; (E) any EU Change of Control; and (F) any cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(f)    Optional Prepayment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the Co-Issuers shall have the option to prepay the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the Co-Issuers shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration (calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement)) required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts that is allocable to the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the following amounts, calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) the Series 2020-1 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Co-Issuers reimburse, in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), the Trustee, the Servicer and the Managers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The Co-Issuers may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement. In the case of an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, the Co-Issuers will deliver written notice to the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes with the option for the Outstanding Principal Amount of their respective Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be repaid in full at par pursuant to Section 3.6(g).

 

6


(g)    Notices of Prepayments.

(i)    Except in the case of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the Co-Issuers shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Co-Issuers, such notice to the affected Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Co-Issuers; provided, further, that in the case of an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, such written notice shall provide the Holders of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes with the option for the Outstanding Principal Amount of their respective Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be repaid in full at par in accordance with the instructions provided in such notice which will require them to exercise such option within five (5) Business Days following receipt of such written notice. In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the Co-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The Co-Issuers shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw or amend the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date set forth in any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Co-Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Co-Issuers shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Co-Issuers’ obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Co-Issuers if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date. The Co-Issuers shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii)    In the case of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the Co-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount.

 

7


(h)    Series 2020-1 Prepayments. On each Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The Co-Issuers shall pay the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date, (iv) prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount no greater than the Par Call Amount, other than any Refinancing Prepayments, (v) any EU Change of Control; and (vi) any cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(j)    Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The Co-Issuers shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with Asset Disposition Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k)    Series 2020-1 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date for each Series 2020-1 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6, if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date and any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

 

8


(l)    Series 2020-1 Notices of Final Payment. The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2020-1 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory prepayment in full, the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2020-1 Final Payment, and in the case of any optional prepayment in full, the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2020-1 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Co-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Co-Issuers indicating that the Series 2020-1 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2020-1 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2020-1 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    [Reserved].

Section 3.8    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

(a)    Establishment of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Co-Issuers hereby grant a security interest in and assign, pledge, grant, transfer and set over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Co-Issuers’ right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral”).

 

9


(d)    Termination of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the Co-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)    The Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)    the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of such Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the Co-Issuers, payable to the order of the Co-Issuers or specially indorsed to the Co-Issuers;

(iv)    All property delivered to the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account;

(v)    Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)    If at any time the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Co-Issuers, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)    The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

 

10


(viii)    No Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the Co-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)    Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account, neither any Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If any Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Managers, the Servicer and the Co-Issuers thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the Co-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

Section 3.10    Managers(a) . Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Managers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the respective Co-Issuer. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Managers in lieu of the Co-Issuers. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account”), the Co-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

 

11


ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1    [Reserved].

Section 4.2    Issuance of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to (A) a Co-Issuer or its Affiliates, (B) in the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are not U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b)    Global Notes.

(i)    Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii)    Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S

 

12


Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c)    Definitive Notes. The Series 2020-1 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2020-1 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3    [Reserved].

Section 4.4    Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    A Series 2020-1 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2020-1 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b)    The transfer by a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Co-Issuers as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c)    If a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto given by the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as

 

13


custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d)    If a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e)    If a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-3 hereto given by such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to

 

14


reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f)    In the event that a Series 2020-1 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2020-1 Global Notes, such other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2020-1 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Co-Issuers and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2020-1 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g)    Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h)    The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION. THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THE SERIES 2020-1 CLASS A-2 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER

 

15


PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] OR [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO

 

16


SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i)    The Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CO-ISSUERS THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND

 

17


POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)    The Series 2020-1 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO A CO-ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(k)    The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Co-Issuers and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Co-Issuers that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Co-Issuers (or the Managers, on their behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note or Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Co-Issuers have reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5    Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)    With respect to any sale of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

 

18


(b)    With respect to any sale of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)    It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(d)    It understands that the Co-Issuers, the Managers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)    It understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)    It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(g)    It understands that (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the Co-Issuers, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, any applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada and (iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(j)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

 

19


(k)    Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any Similar Law.

(l)    If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Co-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

(m)    It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act. In addition, it understands that the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes are subject to certain transfer restrictions and may not be resold in Canada, directly or indirectly, except in reliance on an exemption from applicable prospectus requirements or discretionary relief under the applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada.

(n)    It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6    Limitation on Liability. None of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

 

20


ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1    Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)    the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)    [Reserved];

(vii)    whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Co-Issuers, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)    the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)    the number of franchised locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)    the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)    the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

 

21


Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC

805 Third Ave., 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5    Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Co-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.7    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8    Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Series Supplement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and

 

22


that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Series Supplement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Series Supplement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

Section 5.9    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.10    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.11    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Co-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2020-1 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2020-1 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.12    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING
CORPORATION,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Series 2020-1 Supplement to Base Indenture]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and
as Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez                    

  Name:   Jacqueline Suarez                                
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Series 2020-1 Supplement to Base Indenture]


ANNEX A

SERIES 2020-1 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the voting equity interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary voting equity interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

EU Change of Control” means a Change of Control which is incompatible, under the reasonable advice of counsel to the Managers, with the obligations of the EU Retention Holders set forth in the EU Retention Letter.


EU Retention Holders” means the U.S. Manager and 12008432 Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation.

EU Retention Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by the EU Retention Holders in favor of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee (for the benefit of the Noteholders) and the Initial Purchaser relating to the covenants and agreements made by the Managers in connection with compliance with certain relevant provisions under the EU Securitization Regulation.

EU Securitization Regulation” means the European Union legislation comprising Regulation (EU) 2017/2402, as amended, and certain related regulatory technical standards, implementing technical standards and official guidance thereunder, as in effect as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.

Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of June 26, 2020, prepared by the Co-Issuers.

Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for “cancellation;

(ii)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;

(iv)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which other Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi)    Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other


obligor upon the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the Managers or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or the Managers, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which the Managers or an Affiliate of the Managers exercises discretionary voting authority.

Par Call Amount” means prepayments of principal in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of the initial Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2020-1 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2020-1 Prepayment.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in this Series 2020-1 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Refinancing Prepayment” means any prepayment of principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes made with funds obtained from any additional Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any of its Affiliates (including the Securitization Entities).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.


Remaining Par Call Amount” means, as of any date of determination, prior to giving effect to any prepayments made on such date, the difference (not less than zero) between (x) the Par Call Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes prepaid on any date before such date of determination, including optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Release Prices and Asset Disposition Proceeds and prepayments made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event, but excluding any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, mandatory prepayments due to the distribution of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes and Refinancing Prepayments. For the avoidance of doubt, the “Remaining Par Call Amount” with respect to any Refinancing Prepayments will be deemed to be equal to zero.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2020-1 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, the Managers, the Conduit Investors (as defined therein), the Committed Note Purchasers (as defined therein), the Funding Agents (as defined therein) for each Investor Group (as defined therein), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2020, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Managers, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.


Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 3.786% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Closing Date” means July 6, 2020. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2020-1 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-1 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2020-1 Final Payment is made.

Series 2020-1 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2020-1 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, which is $175,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” means July 2050. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the Managers on behalf of the Co-Issuers equal to (A) (i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes that the Co-Issuers would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Quarterly Payment Date in the 18th month prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”), assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid multiplied by (B) a fraction not less than zero the numerator of which is (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid minus (y) any Remaining Par Call


Amount and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (A)(i) above, such present value shall be determined by the Managers using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2020-1 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of both the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio are each less than or equal to 5.00x as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2020-1 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means each principal payment made on each Quarterly Payment Date to the extent the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for such Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the Co-Issuers, in an amount not to exceed the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Amount that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2020-1 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2020-1 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2020-1 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.


Series 2020-1 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2020-1 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2020-1 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-1 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”.

Series 2020-1 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-1 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts of the Co-Issuers with respect to the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account is settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in October 2020, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2020-1 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes; provided, that a Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2020-1 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to the previous Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2020-1 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.


Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Series 2020-1 Supplement” means this Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-1 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series Supplement” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of this Series 2020-1 Supplement.

Exhibit 4.16

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC and

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuers

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary

SERIES 2020-2 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of December 14, 2020

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

(as amended through and including the Series 2020-2 Closing Date)

 

 

$450,000,000 Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     1  

DESIGNATION

       1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II [Reserved]

     2  

ARTICLE III SERIES 2020-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

     2  

Section 3.1

 

Allocations with Respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes

     2  

Section 3.2

 

Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications

     2  

Section 3.3

 

Certain Distributions from Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     3  

Section 3.4

 

[Reserved]

     4  

Section 3.5

 

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Interest

     4  

Section 3.6

 

Payment of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Principal

     5  

Section 3.7

 

[Reserved]

     9  

Section 3.8

 

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account

     9  

Section 3.9

 

Trustee as Securities Intermediary

     10  

Section 3.10

 

Managers

     11  

Section 3.11

 

Replacement of Ineligible Accounts

     11  

ARTICLE IV FORM OF SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

     12  

Section 4.1

 

[Reserved]

     12  

Section 4.2

 

Issuance of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes

     12  

Section 4.3

 

[Reserved]

     13  

Section 4.4

 

Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes

     13  

Section 4.5

 

Note Owner Representations and Warranties

     18  

Section 4.6

 

Limitation on Liability

     20  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

     21  

Section 5.1

 

Information

     21  

Section 5.2

 

Exhibits

     21  

Section 5.3

 

Ratification of Base Indenture

     22  

 

i


Section 5.4

 

Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies

     22  

Section 5.5

 

Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies

     22  

Section 5.6

 

Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party

     22  

Section 5.7

 

Counterparts

     22  

Section 5.8

 

Electronic Signatures and Transmission

     22  

Section 5.9

 

Governing Law

     23  

Section 5.10

 

Amendments

     23  

Section 5.11

 

Termination of Series Supplement

     23  

Section 5.12

 

Entire Agreement

     23  

 

ANNEXES   

Annex A

  

Series 2020-2 Supplemental Definitions List

EXHIBITS   

Exhibit A-1-1

   Form of Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-1-2

   Form of Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit A-1-3

   Form of Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note

Exhibit B-1

   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes,
Rule 144A to Temporary Regulation S

Exhibit B-2

   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes,
Rule 144A to Permanent Regulation S

Exhibit B-3

   Form of Transferee Certificate – Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes,
Regulation S to Rule 144A

 

ii


SERIES 2020-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 14, 2020 (this “Series 2020-2 Supplement” or this “Series Supplement”), by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and between the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and as Securities Intermediary (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, and the Amendment No. 5 thereto, dated as of the date hereof, and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Sections 2.2 and 13.1 of the Base Indenture provide, among other things, that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a Series Supplement to the Base Indenture for the purpose of authorizing the issuance of one or more Series of Notes upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, all such conditions have been met for the issuance of the Series of Notes authorized hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

DESIGNATION

There is hereby created a Series of Notes to be issued as one (1) Class of Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Series Supplement, and such Series and Class of Notes shall be designated as the Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (as referred to herein, the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes” or the “Series 2020-2 Notes”). For purposes of the Indenture, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes”. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2020-2 Supplemental Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Series 2020-2 Supplemental Definitions List”) as such Series 2020-2 Supplemental Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, which Series 2020-2 Supplemental Definitions List is made a part of this Series Supplement together with the Exhibits to this Series Supplement. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Base Indenture or the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto, as such Base Indenture or Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of the Base Indenture or this Series Supplement (as indicated herein). Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and not to any other Series of Notes issued by the Co-Issuers.


ARTICLE II

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE III

SERIES 2020-2 ALLOCATIONS; PAYMENTS

With respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes only, the following shall apply:

Section 3.1    Allocations with Respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes. On the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, the Co-Issuers shall arrange an amendment to the Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date decreasing the stated amount thereunder. Such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall satisfy the Co-Issuers’ requirement to maintain (i) funds in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts, or (ii) a letter of credit, or a combination thereof, in an aggregate amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, as calculated after giving effect to the issuance of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and repayment of the Series 2015-1 Notes and the Series 2016-1 Notes on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date. Such amended Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall replace any pre-existing deposits or Interest Reserve Letters of Credit in respect of required interest reserve amounts for the Series 2018-1 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Notes and the Series 2020-1 Notes.

Section 3.2    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; Quarterly Payment Date Applications. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts all amounts relating to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments, including the following:

(a)    Series 2020-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Interest pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    [Reserved].

(e)    Series 2020-2 Senior Notes Rapid Amortization Principal Amounts. If any Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Rapid Amortization Period, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts for payment of principal on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes the amounts contemplated by the Priority of Payments for such principal.

 

2


(f)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. On each Weekly Allocation Date, only to the extent that the Series 2020-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied and the previous Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments; provided, that there will be no allocation from the Collection Accounts of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts for the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2021. No Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts will be made on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2021.

(g)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiencies. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts any portion of the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amounts attributable to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(h)    [Reserved].

(i)    [Reserved].

(j)    [Reserved].

(k)    Series 2020-2 Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest deemed to be the “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(l)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate from the Collection Accounts the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration deemed to be “unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration” pursuant to, and to the extent that funds are available therefor in accordance with the provisions of, the Priority of Payments.

(m)    Application Instructions. The Control Party is hereby authorized (but shall not be obligated) to deliver any instruction contemplated in this Section 3.2 that is not timely delivered by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers.

Section 3.3    Certain Distributions from Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On each Quarterly Payment Date based solely upon the most recent Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, remit to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders from the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts and the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12(a) or (h), as applicable, of the Base Indenture, and deposited in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account for the payment of interest and, in each case with respect to the Series 2020-2 Senior Notes, to the extent applicable, principal on such Quarterly Payment Date.

 

3


Section 3.4    [Reserved].

Section 3.5    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Interest.

(a)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. From the Series 2020-2 Closing Date until the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount has been paid in full, the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments of principal made to Noteholders as of the first day of such Interest Accrual Period, or if such day is not a Quarterly Payment Date, as of the following Quarterly Payment Date, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period) shall accrue interest at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for such Interest Accrual Period. Such accrued interest shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, from amounts that are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full. To the extent any interest accruing at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate is not paid when due, such unpaid interest shall accrue interest at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate. All computations of interest at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate shall be made on a 30/360 Basis.

(b)    Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest.

(i)    Post-ARD Additional Interest. From and after the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, if the Series 2020-2 Final Payment has not been made, then additional interest (the “Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount at an annual interest rate (the “Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate”) equal to the rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (I) 5.00% per annum and (II) a per annum rate equal to the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate: (A) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis) on the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to 10 years plus (B) 5.00%, plus (C) 2.64%. In addition, regular interest shall continue to accrue at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate from and after the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date.

(ii)    Payment of Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest. Any Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (A) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (B) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available. The failure to pay any Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing (including on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date) shall not be an Event of Default and interest shall not accrue on any unpaid portion thereof; provided that in any event all accrued but unpaid Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be due and payable in full on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date, on any Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date with respect to a prepayment in full of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or on any other day on which all of the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is required to be paid in full.

(c)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Initial Interest Accrual Period. The initial Interest Accrual Period for the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall commence on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date and end on (but exclude) January 20, 2021.

 

4


Section 3.6    Payment of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Principal.

(a)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Principal Payment at Legal Maturity. The Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. The Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount is not prepayable, in whole or in part, except as set forth in this Section 3.6.

(b)    Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment. The Series 2020-2 Final Payment is anticipated to occur on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2028 (such date, the “Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date”); provided that: (i) if the DSCR is greater than 2.00x as of the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date and the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are repaid or refinanced in full on or before the date that is one (1) calendar year following the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date shall be deemed to be the date on which the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are repaid or refinanced for all purposes under this Series Supplement and the Base Indenture and (ii) if each of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders and Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owners agree to (x) amend or extend the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date, the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date shall be deemed to be such amended or extended date for all purposes under this Series Supplement and the Base Indenture and/or (y) waive the occurrence of the failure of the Co-Issuers to make the Series 2020-2 Final Payment on or prior to the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (which waiver may be provided on, prior to or after the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date), then, in each case, the Co-Issuers shall be deemed not to have failed to repay or refinance the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes in full on or prior to the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date for all purposes under this Series Supplement and the Base Indenture, any related Rapid Amortization Event in respect of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be deemed not to have occurred under this Series Supplement and the Base Indenture and any related Rapid Amortization Period shall be deemed to have ended automatically as a result of the Rapid Amortization Event being deemed not to occur.

(c)    Payment of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts. Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the definition thereof on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2021, as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available, and failure to pay any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts in excess of available amounts in accordance with the foregoing shall not be an Event of Default.

(d)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Mandatory Payments of Principal.

(i)    [Reserved]

(ii)    [Reserved]

(iii)    During any Rapid Amortization Period, principal payments shall be due and payable on each Quarterly Payment Date on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as and when amounts are made available for payment thereof (i) on any related Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (ii) on such Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Base Indenture, in the amount so available; provided, that any Rapid Amortization Event that begins following the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event described in Section 9.1(d) of the Base Indenture in respect of the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date may cease to occur to the extent provided pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 3.6(b).

 

5


(e)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Payments. In connection with any prepayment of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes funded with Asset Disposition Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions pursuant to Section 3.6(j) or in connection with any optional prepayment of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes made pursuant to Section 3.6(f) (each, a “Series 2020-2 Prepayment”), the Co-Issuers shall pay, in the manner described herein, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to the principal portion of the applicable Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount; provided that no such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration shall be payable in connection with (A) any prepayment made on or after the date that is thirty-six (36) months prior to the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date (the “Prepayment Consideration End Date”); (B) any prepayment funded by Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; (C) Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts; (D) mandatory prepayments due to a Rapid Amortization Event; (E) any EU Change of Control; and (F) any cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(f)    Optional Prepayment of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes. Subject to Section 3.6(e) and Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, the Co-Issuers shall have the option to prepay the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes in whole on any Business Day or in part on any Quarterly Payment Date or on any date a mandatory prepayment may be made and that is specified as the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date in the applicable Prepayment Notices; provided that the Co-Issuers shall not make any optional prepayment in part of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6(f) in a principal amount for any single prepayment of less than $1,000,000 on any Quarterly Payment Date (except that any such prepayment may be in a principal amount less than such amount if (x) effected on the same day as any partial mandatory prepayment or repayment pursuant to this Series Supplement or (y) such prepayment is a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payment); provided, further, that no such optional prepayment may be made unless (i) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts (including any amounts to be transferred from the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts pursuant to Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture) that is allocable to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid and any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration (calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement)) required pursuant to Section 3.6(e), in each case, payable on the relevant Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date; (ii) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Payment Accounts that is allocable to the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid is sufficient to pay the following amounts, calculated in accordance with each Co-Issuer’s Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), (A) the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Interest to but excluding the relevant Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date relating to the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount to be prepaid (other than any Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest) and (B) only if such optional prepayment is a prepayment in whole, (x) the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest and (y) all Securitization Operating Expenses, to the extent attributable to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (iii) the Co-Issuers reimburse, in accordance with their Allocable Share (and any Shortfall Payments in respect thereof shall be paid in accordance with the Allocation Agreement), the Trustee, the Servicer and the Managers, as applicable, for any unreimbursed Advances and Manager Advances (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate). The Co-Issuers may prepay a Series of Notes in full at any time regardless of the number of prior optional prepayments or any minimum payment requirement. In the event that Parent or Canco or any of their Affiliates intend to enter into an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, the Co-Issuers will deliver (or their respective Managers will cause to be delivered) written notice to each of the Holders of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that is an EU Applicable Investor in accordance with the EU Retention

 

6


Letter with the option for the Outstanding Principal Amount of its Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to be repaid in full at par pursuant to the EU Retention Letter and Section 3.6(g), without any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the EU Retention Letter.

(g)    Notices of Prepayments.

(i)    Except in the case of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, the Co-Issuers shall give prior written notice (each, a “Prepayment Notice”) at least fifteen (15) Business Days but not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to any Series 2020-2 Prepayment with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement to each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder affected by such Series 2020-2 Prepayment, each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer, the Control Party and the Trustee; provided that at the request of the Co-Issuers, such notice to the affected Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Co-Issuers; provided, further, that in the case of an EU Change of Control on account of a good faith, third-party acquisition negotiated on market terms, such written notice shall be provided to each of the Holders of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that is an EU Applicable Investor in accordance with the EU Retention Letter and Section 3.6(f). In connection with any such Prepayment Notice, the Co-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement. With respect to each such Series 2020-2 Prepayment, the related Prepayment Notice shall, in each case, specify (A) the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be a Business Day, (B) the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount and (C) the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date on which the applicable Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, to be paid in connection therewith shall be calculated. The Co-Issuers shall have the option, by written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Rating Agencies and the affected Noteholders, to withdraw or amend the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date set forth in any Prepayment Notice relating to an optional prepayment at any time up to the second (2nd) Business Day before the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date set forth in such Prepayment Notice. Any such optional prepayment and Prepayment Notice may, in the Co-Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Co-Issuers shall have the option to provide in any Prepayment Notice that the payment of the amounts set forth in Section 3.6(f) and the performance of the Co-Issuers’ obligations with respect to such optional prepayment may be performed by another Person. All Prepayment Notices shall be (i) transmitted by email to (A) each affected Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder to the extent such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder has provided an email address to the Trustee and (B) to each of the Rating Agencies, the Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) sent by registered mail to each affected Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder. A Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Co-Issuers if the Trustee receives written notice of such revocation no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date. The Co-Issuers shall give written notice of such revocation to the Servicer, and at the request of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee shall forward the notice of revocation to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

(ii)    In the case of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payment, on the applicable Weekly Allocation Date the Co-Issuers shall provide a written report to the Trustee directing the Trustee to distribute such prepayment in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement, which report shall specify (A) the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date on which such prepayment shall be made, which in all cases shall be the next applicable Quarterly Payment Date, and (B) the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount.

 

7


(h)    Series 2020-2 Prepayments. On each Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date with respect to any Series 2020-2 Prepayment, the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount and the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, shall be due and payable. The Co-Issuers shall pay the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount together with the applicable Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any, by, to the extent not already deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series Supplement, depositing such amounts in the applicable Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account on or prior to the related Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date to be distributed in accordance with Section 3.6(k) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    Prepayment Consideration Not Payable. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration payable as a result of (i) the application of Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds allocated to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the Priority of Payments, (ii) any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payments or Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amounts, (iii) any prepayment on or after the Prepayment Consideration End Date, (iv) mandatory prepayments due to a Rapid Amortization Event, (v) any EU Change of Control; and (vi) any cancellations of repurchased Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(j)    Indemnification Amounts; Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; Release Prices; Asset Disposition Proceeds. Any Indemnification Amounts, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts in accordance with Section 5.11(i) of the Base Indenture shall be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts in accordance with Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture and deposited in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and used to prepay the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, on the Quarterly Payment Date immediately succeeding such deposit. In connection with any prepayment made with Indemnification Amounts or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.6(j), the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to pay any prepayment consideration. The Co-Issuers shall, however, be obligated to pay any applicable Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of this Series Supplement in connection with any prepayment funded with Asset Disposition Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Brand Dispositions, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 3.6(j); provided, for avoidance of doubt, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default if any such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration is not paid because insufficient funds are available to pay such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(k)    Series 2020-2 Prepayment Distributions. On the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date for each Series 2020-2 Prepayment to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 in respect of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture (except that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, references to the distributions being made on a Quarterly Payment Date shall be deemed to be references to distributions made on such Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date and references to the Record Date shall be deemed to be references to the Prepayment Record Date) and based solely upon the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement, wire transfer to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of record on the preceding Prepayment Record Date on a pro rata basis, based on their respective portion of the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount, the amount deposited in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 3.6 (which may include amounts required by this Section 3.6 of this Series Supplement to be on deposit in other Indenture Trust Accounts prior to transfer to the

 

8


Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account as set forth in the applicable written report provided to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.6(k)), if any, in order to repay the applicable portion of the Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount and pay all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to such Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date and any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration due to Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders payable on such date.

(l)    Series 2020-2 Notices of Final Payment. The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, the Servicer and each of the Rating Agencies on or before the Prepayment Record Date preceding the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2020-2 Final Payment Date; provided, however, that with respect to any Series 2020-2 Final Payment that is made in connection with any mandatory prepayment in full, the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2020-2 Final Payment, and in the case of any optional prepayment in full, the Co-Issuers shall not be obligated to provide any additional notice to the Trustee or the Rating Agencies of such Series 2020-2 Final Payment beyond the notice required to be given in connection with such optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(g) of this Series Supplement. The Trustee shall provide any written notice required under this Section 3.6(l) to each Person in whose name a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is registered at the close of business on such Prepayment Record Date of the Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date that shall be the Series 2020-2 Final Payment Date. Such written notice to be sent to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders shall be made at the expense of the Co-Issuers and shall be mailed by the Trustee within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from the Co-Issuers indicating that the Series 2020-2 Final Payment shall be made and shall specify that such Series 2020-2 Final Payment shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and shall specify the place where the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may be presented and surrendered for such Series 2020-2 Final Payment.

Section 3.7    [Reserved].

Section 3.8    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

(a)    Establishment of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. The Trustee has established and shall maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders an account (the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account. Initially, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be established with the Trustee.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the Obligations with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Co-Issuers hereby grant a security interest in and assign, pledge, grant, transfer and set over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, all of the Co-Issuers’ right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, including any security entitlement with respect thereto; (ii) all funds and other property (including, without limitation, Financial Assets) on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; and (v) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account Collateral”).

 

9


(d)    Termination of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account. On or after the date on which all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes have been paid, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf), shall withdraw from the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account all amounts on deposit therein for distribution pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Section 3.9    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be the “Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary”. If the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary in respect of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account is not the Trustee, the Co-Issuers shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 3.9.

(b)    The Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account is an account to which Financial Assets shall or may be credited;

(ii)    the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    All securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be registered in the name of a Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary, as applicable, indorsed to such Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of such Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary, and in no case shall any Financial Asset credited to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account be registered in the name of the Co-Issuers, payable to the order of the Co-Issuers or specially indorsed to the Co-Issuers;

(iv)    All property delivered to the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be promptly credited to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account;

(v)    Each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset;

(vi)    If at any time the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Co-Issuers, any other Securitization Entity or any other Person;

(vii)    The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement. For

 

10


purposes of all applicable UCCs, the State of New York shall be deemed to the applicable Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction and the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account (as well as the “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    No Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary has entered into, and until termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with “entitlement orders” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person, and such Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Series Supplement shall not enter into, any agreement with the Co-Issuers purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 3.9(b)(vi) of this Series Supplement; and

(ix)    Except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties and the Securitization Entities in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account, neither any Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset credited thereto. If any Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary or, in the case of the Trustee, a Trust Officer has actual knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Managers, the Servicer and the Co-Issuers thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account; provided, however, that at all other times the Co-Issuers shall be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account.

Section 3.10    Managers. Pursuant to each Management Agreement, the Managers have agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the respective Co-Issuer. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders by their acceptance of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Managers in lieu of the Co-Issuers. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders hereunder shall be made available on the Trustee’s website in the manner set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.11    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts. If, at any time, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, a “Series 2020-2 Ineligible Account”), the Co-Issuers shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Series 2020-2 Ineligible Account, (B) following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from such Series 2020-2 Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account and (C) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the

 

11


Secured Parties and, if such new Eligible Account is not established with the Trustee, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee.

ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES

Section 4.1    [Reserved].

Section 4.2    Issuance of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate may be offered and sold in the Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be resold initially only to (A) a Co-Issuer or its Affiliates, (B) in the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or (C) outside the United States, to Persons who are not Competitors who are not U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) (a “U.S. Person”) in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may thereafter be transferred in reliance on Rule 144A and/or Regulation S and in accordance with the procedure described herein.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and DTC shall be the Depository for the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

(b)    Global Notes.

(i)    Rule 144A Global Notes. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance upon Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-1 hereto, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate initial principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate initial principal amount of the corresponding class of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(ii)    Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Permanent Regulation S Global Notes. Any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes offered and sold on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date in reliance upon Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in fully registered form, without coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-2 hereto, registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts at DTC of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated with respect to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note, such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be referred to herein collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes.” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for interests in

 

12


one or more permanent global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1-3 hereto, as hereinafter provided (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the “Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase of aggregate principal amount of the corresponding Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

(c)    Definitive Notes. The Series 2020-2 Global Notes shall be exchangeable in their entirety for one or more definitive notes in registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, for purposes of this Section 4.2 and Section 4.4 of this Series Supplement, the “Definitive Notes”) pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Base Indenture and this Section 4.2(c) in accordance with their terms and, upon complete exchange thereof, such Series 2020-2 Global Notes shall be surrendered for cancellation at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

Section 4.3    [Reserved].

Section 4.4    Transfer Restrictions of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(a)    A Series 2020-2 Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than DTC or a nominee thereof, or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of a successor Depository, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided, however, that this Section 4.4(a) shall not prohibit any transfer of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note that is issued in exchange for a Series 2020-2 Global Note in accordance with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and shall not prohibit any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-2 Global Note effected in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 4.4.

(b)    The transfer by a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made upon the deemed representation of the transferee that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and not a Competitor, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Co-Issuers as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

(c)    If a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Class A-2 Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(c). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant

 

13


(and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto given by the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(d)    If a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto given by the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for Euroclear or Clearstream or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(e)    If a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such exchange or transfer may be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(e). Upon receipt by the Registrar, at the applicable Corporate Trust Office, of (i) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited to a specified Clearing Agency Participant’s account a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a principal amount equal to that of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be so exchanged or transferred, (ii) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account of the Clearing Agency Participant (and the Euroclear or Clearstream account, as the case may be) to be credited with, and the account of the Clearing Agency Participant to be debited for, such beneficial interest and (iii) with

 

14


respect to a transfer of a beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note (but not such Permanent Regulation S Global Note), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B-3 hereto given by such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner holding such beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall instruct the Trustee, as custodian of DTC, to reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions (which shall be the Clearing Agency Participant for DTC) a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note having a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note or such Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, was reduced upon such exchange or transfer.

(f)    In the event that a Series 2020-2 Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes other than Series 2020-2 Global Notes, such other Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may in turn be exchanged (upon transfer or otherwise) for Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that are not Series 2020-2 Global Notes or for a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-2 Global Note (if any is then outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures as may be adopted from time to time by the Co-Issuers and the Registrar, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Section 4.4(a) through Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.4(g) of this Series Supplement (including the certification requirement intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Series 2020-2 Global Note comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures.

(g)    Until the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note, interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes representing such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note may be held only through Clearing Agency Participants acting for and on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream; provided that this Section 4.4(g) shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.4(d) of this Series Supplement. After the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes may be transferred without requiring any certifications other than those set forth in this Section 4.4.

(h)    The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Notes, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear the following legend:

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION. THE SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THE SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT

 

15


A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR FOR OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHOM IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A [TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] [RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE] [PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE] WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

 

16


[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

[IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.]

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH HOLDER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

(i)    The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall also bear the following legend:

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (A) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR (B) A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CO-ISSUERS THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND NOT A “U.S. PERSON” PURCHASING FOR

 

17


THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, EACH OF WHICH IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, OR TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

(j)    The Series 2020-2 Global Notes issued in connection with the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall also bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO A CO-ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(k)    The required legends set forth above shall not be removed from the applicable Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes except as provided herein. The legend required for a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note may be removed from such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note if there is delivered to the Co-Issuers and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Co-Issuers that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note shall not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee at the direction of the Co-Issuers (or the Managers, on their behalf), shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note or Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Rule 144A Global Note has been removed from a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note as provided above, no other Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note shall bear such legend, unless the Co-Issuers have reasonable cause to believe that such other Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

Section 4.5    Note Owner Representations and Warranties. Each Person who becomes a Note Owner of a beneficial interest in a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note pursuant to the Offering

 

18


Memorandum shall be deemed to represent, warrant and agree on the date such Person acquires any interest in any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note as follows:

(a)    With respect to any sale of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, it is a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, and is aware that any sale of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to it shall be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Its acquisition of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes in any such sale shall be for its own account or for the account of another QIB that is not a Competitor.

(b)    With respect to any sale of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes pursuant to Regulation S, at the time the buy order for such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes was originated, it was outside the United States and the offer was made to a Person who is not a U.S. Person, purchasing for their own account or the account of one or more persons, each of which is not a Competitor and not a U.S. Person.

(c)    It shall, and each account for which it is purchasing shall, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(d)    It understands that the Co-Issuers, the Managers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes from one or more book-entry depositories.

(e)    It understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website.

(f)    It shall provide to each person to whom it transfers Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(g)    It understands that (i) the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (iii) such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of the Co-Issuers, (B) in the United States to a Person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and who is not a Competitor, (C) outside the United States to a Person who is not a U.S. Person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S and who is not a Competitor or (D) to a Person that is not a Competitor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, any applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada and any other jurisdiction, in each such case in accordance with the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and any applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada and (iv) it shall, and each subsequent holder of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note of the resale restrictions set forth in clause (iii) above.

(h)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Rule 144A Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(i)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

 

19


(j)    It understands that the certificates evidencing the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes shall bear legends substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.4(h), (i) and (j) of this Series Supplement.

(k)    Either (i) it is not acquiring or holding the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (or any interest therein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any applicable Similar Law.

(l)    If it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Co-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (e) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

(m)    It understands that any subsequent transfer of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and it agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act. In addition, it understands that the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to certain transfer restrictions and may not be resold in Canada, directly or indirectly, except in reliance on an exemption from applicable prospectus requirements or discretionary relief under the applicable securities laws of any province or territory of Canada.

(n)    It is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor.

Section 4.6    Limitation on Liability. None of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC or its nominee or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Rule l44A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note. None of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to any records maintained by the Noteholder with respect to the beneficial holders thereof or payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests held therein.

 

20


ARTICLE V

GENERAL

Section 5.1    Information. On or before each Quarterly Payment Date, the Co-Issuers (or the Managers on their behalf) shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to the Trustee, setting forth, inter alia, the following information with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date:

(i)    the total amount available to be distributed to Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders on such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of interest on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iii)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes;

(iv)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration, if any;

(v)    the amount of such distribution allocable to the payment of any Release Prices;

(vi)    [Reserved];

(vii)    whether, to the Actual Knowledge of the Co-Issuers, any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default, Potential Manager Termination Event or Manager Termination Event has occurred, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date, or any Cash Trapping Period is in effect, as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date;

(viii)    the DSCR for such Quarterly Payment Date and the three Quarterly Payment Dates immediately preceding such Quarterly Payment Date;

(ix)    the number of franchised locations and Securitization-Owned Locations located anywhere in the world that are open for business as of the last day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period;

(x)    the amount of Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as of the related Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(xi)    the amount on deposit in the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Accounts (and the availability under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) and the amount on deposit, if any, in the Cash Trap Reserve Accounts, in each case, as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder may obtain copies of each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

Section 5.2    Exhibits. The annexes, exhibits and schedules attached hereto and listed on the table of contents hereto supplement the annexes, exhibits and schedules included in the Base Indenture.

 

21


Section 5.3    Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Series Supplement, the Base Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Series Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 5.4    Requirements for Notices to the Rating Agencies. For purposes of Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture, the address for any notice or communication by any party to any Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to Rating Agency’s address:

If to S&P:

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,

a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Structured Credit Surveillance Group

E-mail: servicer_reports@sandp.com

If to KBRA:

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC

805 Third Ave., 29th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: ABS Surveillance

E-mail: abssurveillance@kbra.com

Section 5.5    Certain Notices to the Rating Agencies. The Co-Issuers shall provide to each Rating Agency a copy of each Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 5.6    Prior Notice by Trustee to the Controlling Class Representative and Control Party. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee agrees that it shall not exercise any rights or remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event (subject to Section 3.6(b) and Section 3.6(d)(iii) of this Series Supplement) or an Event of Default until after the Trustee has given prior written notice thereof to the Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party and obtained the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

Section 5.7    Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 5.8    Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Series Supplement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or

 

22


databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Series Supplement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Series Supplement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

Section 5.9    Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 5.10    Amendments. This Series Supplement may not be modified or amended except in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture and as described in Section 3.6(b) of this Series Supplement.

Section 5.11    Termination of Series Supplement. This Series Supplement shall cease to be of further effect when (i) all Outstanding Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and (ii) the Co-Issuers have paid all sums payable hereunder; provided that any provisions of this Series Supplement required for the Series 2020-2 Final Payment to be made shall survive until the Series 2020-2 Final Payment is paid to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders.

Section 5.12    Entire Agreement. This Series Supplement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Indenture Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary have caused this Series Supplement to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia                                         

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as a Co-Issuer

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Series 2020-2 Supplement to Base Indenture]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee and
as Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary
By:  

/s/ Anthony Bausa                    

  Name:   Anthony Bausa
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Series 2020-2 Supplement to Base Indenture]


ANNEX A

SERIES 2020-2 SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINITIONS LIST

30/360 Basis” means the accrual of interest calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, DTC.

Cede” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Change of Control” means if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the board of directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive board of director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and any successor thereto.

EU Applicable Investor” means each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that has, on the relevant date, certified to the EU Retention Holders (upon which certification the EU Retention Holders may rely conclusively and without further enquiry) that (a) it itself is subject to the EU Securitization Laws, equivalent European Union legislation applicable to such Series 2020-2 Class A-2


Noteholder, or any equivalent or similar provision of law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom, or it is managed by an institution that is subject to the EU Securitization Laws, equivalent European Union legislation applicable to such manager, or any equivalent or similar provision of law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom, and (b) in each case, such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will be relying on compliance by the EU Retention Holders with the EU Retention Letter.

EU Change of Control” means a Change of Control which is incompatible, under the reasonable advice of counsel to the Managers, with the obligations of the EU Retention Holders set forth in the EU Retention Letter.

EU Retention Holders” means the U.S. Manager and 12008432 Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation.

EU Retention Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, by the EU Retention Holders in favor of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee (for the benefit of the Noteholders) and the Initial Purchaser relating to the covenants and agreements made by the Managers in connection with compliance with certain relevant provisions under the EU Securitization Regulation.

EU Securitization Laws” means the EU Securitization Regulation, together with any supplementary regulatory technical standards, implementing technical standards and any official guidance published in relation thereto by the EU Supervisory Authorities, and implementing laws or regulations.

EU Securitization Regulation” means the European Union legislation comprising Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 (and, except as otherwise stated, means such Regulation as amended).

EU Supervisory Authorities” means, together, the European Banking Authority, the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority, including, in each case, any successor or replacement organization thereto.

Initial Purchaser” means Barclays Capital Inc.

KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.

Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum for the offering of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, dated as of October 29, 2020, prepared by the Co-Issuers.

Outstanding Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes” means, with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, all Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture, except:

(i)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation;

(ii)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account and are available for payment of such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided that, if such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefore reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been defeased in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture;


(iv)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes in exchange for, or in lieu of which, other Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, unless proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are held by a holder in due course or protected purchaser;

(v)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes have been issued as provided in the Indenture; and

(vi)    Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes which have been repurchased by a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate and thereafter cancelled;

provided that, (A) in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Principal Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote under the Indenture, the following Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding: (x) Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes owned by the Driven Brands Entities or any other obligor upon the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any Affiliate of any of them and (y) Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes held in any accounts with respect to which the Managers or any Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary voting authority; provided, further, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or vote, only Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as described under clause (x) or (y) above that a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; and (B) Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes owned in the manner indicated in clause (x) or (y) above that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and that the pledgee is not a Driven Brands Entity or any other obligor or the Managers, an Affiliate thereof, or an account for which the Managers or an Affiliate of the Managers exercises discretionary voting authority.

Permanent Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Consideration End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g)(i) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Prepayment Record Date” means, with respect to the date of any Series 2020-2 Prepayment, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2020-2 Prepayment unless such last day is less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such Series 2020-2 Prepayment, in which case the “Prepayment Record Date” will be the last day of the second calendar month immediately preceding the date of such Series 2020-2 Prepayment.

Priority of Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture.

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” means a Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agencies” means S&P and/or KBRA, as applicable, and any successor or successors thereto. In the event that at any time the rating agencies rating the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes do not include S&P or KBRA, references to rating categories of such former Rating Agency in this Series 2020-2 Supplement shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such


other rating agency as then is rating the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and such former Rating Agency’s published ratings for the type of security in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Notes” means, collectively, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and the Permanent Regulation S Global Notes.

Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S, the period commencing on such Series 2020-2 Closing Date and ending on the 40th day after the Series 2020-2 Closing Date.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(i) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, the Managers, the Conduit Investors (as defined therein), the Committed Note Purchasers (as defined therein), the Funding Agents (as defined therein) for each Investor Group (as defined therein), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent thereunder, as amended on the Series 2020-2 Closing Date and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date” shall be deemed to be an “Anticipated Repayment Date”.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Distribution Account” shall be deemed to be a “Series Distribution Account”.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Owner” means, with respect to a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note that is a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency that holds such Book-Entry Note, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2020, by and among Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchaser, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Managers, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” means 3.237% per annum. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate” shall be deemed to be a “Note Rate”.


Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Closing Date” means December 14, 2020. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Closing Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Closing Date”.

Series 2020-2 Final Payment” means the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on and principal of all Outstanding Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes.

Series 2020-2 Final Payment Date” means the date on which the Series 2020-2 Final Payment is made.

Series 2020-2 Global Notes” means, collectively, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

Series 2020-2 Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount” means the aggregate initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, which is $450,000,000. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Initial Principal Amount”.

Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” means January 2051. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date” shall be deemed to be a “Series Legal Final Maturity Date”.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” means the amount (not less than zero) calculated by the Managers on behalf of the Co-Issuers equal to (i) the discounted present value as of a date not earlier than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date of any relevant prepayment of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (each, a “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date”) of all future installments of interest (excluding any interest required to be paid on the related Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date) on and principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes that the Co-Issuers would otherwise be required to pay on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (or such portion thereof to be prepaid) from the date of such prepayment to and including the Prepayment Consideration End Date, assuming principal payments are made pursuant to the then-applicable schedule of payments (giving effect to any ratable reductions in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments due to optional and mandatory prepayments, including prepayments in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event and cancellations of repurchased Notes prior to the date of such prepayment and assuming no future prepayments are to be made in connection with a Rapid Amortization Event) and the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or portion thereof is paid on the Prepayment Consideration End Date minus (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (or portion thereof) being prepaid. For the purposes of the calculation of the discounted present value in clause (i) above, such present value shall be determined by the Managers using a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a quarterly bond-equivalent basis), on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date, of the United States Treasury Security having a maturity closest to the Prepayment Consideration End Date plus (y) 0.50%. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration” shall be deemed to be a “Prepayment Consideration”.


Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Series 2020-2 Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration”.

Series 2020-2 Non-Amortization Test” means a test that will be satisfied on any Quarterly Payment Date (the “Reference Payment Date”) up to and including the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date only if the level of the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.00x as calculated on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding the Reference Payment Date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Non-Amortization Test” shall be deemed to be a “Series Non-Amortization Test”.

Series 2020-2 Notes” has the meaning specified in the “Designation” of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Optional Scheduled Principal Payment” means each principal payment made on each Quarterly Payment Date to the extent the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test is satisfied for such Quarterly Payment Date, at the election of the Co-Issuers, in an amount not to exceed the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts that would otherwise be due on such Quarterly Payment Date if the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Non-Amortization Test was not satisfied.

Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to (a) the Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (whether pursuant to a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment, a prepayment, a purchase and cancellation, a redemption or otherwise) made to Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders with respect to Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” shall be deemed to be an “Outstanding Principal Amount.”

Series 2020-2 Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Prepayment Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid on any Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to such date.

Series 2020-2 Prepayment Date” means the date on which any prepayment on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes is made pursuant to Section 3.6(d)(iii), Section 3.6(f) or Section 3.6(j) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement, which shall be, with respect to any Series 2020-2 Prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement, the date specified as such in the applicable Prepayment Notice and, with respect to any Series 2020-2 Prepayment in connection with a Rapid Amortization Period, Release Prices or Asset Disposition Proceeds, the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.

Series 2020-2 Quarterly Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) the accrued interest at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, if such day is the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, as of the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal made to such Noteholders as of such day or Quarterly Payment Date, as applicable, and also giving effect to repurchases and cancellations of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes during such Interest Accrual Period), calculated on a 30/360 Basis, and (b) the amount of any accrued and unpaid Series 2020-2 Quarterly Interest from any preceding Interest Accrual Periods. Such accrued interest will be due and


payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date. To the extent that such interest is not paid on any applicable Quarterly Payment Date, such unpaid amount will accrue interest to the extent legally permissible at the Series 2020-2 Default Rate. For purposes of the Base Indenture, “Series 2020-2 Quarterly Interest” shall be deemed to be a “Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount”.

Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest shall be deemed to be “Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amounts”.

Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment” means any payment of principal made pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement. For purposes of the Base Indenture, the “Series 2020-2 Scheduled Principal Payments” shall be deemed to be “Scheduled Principal Payments”.

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payment Deficiency Amount” means the amount, if positive, equal to the difference between (i) the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due and payable, if any, on the related any Quarterly Payment Date plus any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts due but unpaid from any previous Quarterly Payment Dates and (ii) the amount of funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Accounts of the Co-Issuers with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes (assuming for any Weekly Allocation Date within the Initial Currency Conversion Election Period, any Canadian Dollar amounts on deposit in any Senior Notes Principal Payment Account are settled pursuant to a Currency Conversion to U.S. Dollars as of such Weekly Allocation Date (based on the Spot Rate for any Currency Conversion settled for such Weekly Allocation Date or otherwise calculated based on the Deemed Spot Rate)).

Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date commencing with the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in April 2021, an amount equal to 0.25% of the Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount (i.e., based on 1.0% of the Series 2020-2 Initial Principal Amount per annum) of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; provided, that Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts will only be due and payable on a Quarterly Payment Date if (i) the Series 2020-2 Non-Amortization Test is not satisfied with respect to the previous Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) such Quarterly Payment Date is prior to the Series 2020-2 Anticipated Repayment Date; provided, further, that, in connection with any optional prepayment of principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, any prepayment of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes due to payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds or a Rapid Amortization Event or in connection with any repurchase and cancellation of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts for each remaining Quarterly Payment Date will be reduced ratably based on the amount of such prepayment or repurchase relative to the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.

Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Series 2020-2 Supplement” means this Series 2020-2 Supplement, dated as of the Series 2020-2 Closing Date, by and among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Series 2020-2 Securities Intermediary, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.


Series Supplement” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.

U.S. Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of this Series 2020-2 Supplement.


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT A-2-1

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION. THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THIS RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO

 

A-2-1-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH PURCHASER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO A CO-ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

No. R-[    ]    up to $[        ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: 26209X AC5

ISIN Number: US26209XAC56

Common Code: 226015612

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2020-2 3.237% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”) and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of Canada (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [                    ] DOLLARS ($[        ] as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2051 (the “Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Co-Issuers will pay interest on this Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2021 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2020-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Co-Issuers shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Co-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes.

 

A-2-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2020-2 Supplement.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Co-Issuers hereby certify and declare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Co-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-1-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Co-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Co-Issuer

By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuer

By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-1-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-1-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Co-Issuers designated as its Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Series 2020-2 Supplement”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2020-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Co-Issuers. In addition, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Co-Issuers will be obligated to pay the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Co-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent

 

A-2-1-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2020-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Co-Issuers and each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Co-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or, if any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Co-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Co-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to a Co-Issuer.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

A-2-1-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Co-Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-1-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                                                                                  

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

  

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ,

attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

                                                                                  1

 
Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-1-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN RULE 144A

GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is $[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of Increase
(or Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this

Rule 144A Global Note

  

Remaining Principal

Amount of this Rule

144A Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

  

Signature of

Authorized Officer of

Trustee or Registrar

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-2-1-11


EXHIBIT A-2-2

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION. THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

 

A-2-2-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH PURCHASER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

UNTIL FORTY (40) DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”) IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH HOLDER IS EITHER NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS, AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CO-ISSUERS THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A HOLDER THAT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” OR TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES, AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, ONLY (I) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR (II) PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN

 

A-2-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO A CO-ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

              No. S-[        ]

  

up to $[            ]        

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U26488 AB9

ISIN Number: USU26488AB97

Common Code: 226018514

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2020-2 3.237% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”) and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of Canada (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [                    ] DOLLARS ($[        ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2051 (the “Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Co-Issuers will pay interest on this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2021 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2020-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Co-Issuers shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Co-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2020-2 Supplement.

 

A-2-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Co-Issuers hereby certify and declare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Co-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Co-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Co-Issuer

By:  

                                                             

Name:  
Title:  

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuer

By:  

                                                                      

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-2-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                                                         

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-2-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Co-Issuers designated as its Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Series 2020-2 Supplement”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2020-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Co-Issuers. In addition, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Co-Issuers will be obligated to pay the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Co-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent

 

A-2-2-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2020-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Co-Issuers and each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Co-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or, if any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Co-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Co-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to a Co-Issuer.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

A-2-2-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Co-Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-2-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                                                                                                           

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ,

attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:  

                                                                                   1

 
 
Signature Guaranteed:

        

 

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-2-11


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is $[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Temporary Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of Increase

(or Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this

Temporary Regulation S

Global Note

  

Remaining Principal

Amount of this

Temporary Regulation

S Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

  

Signature of

Authorized Officer of

Trustee or Registrar

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-2-2-12


EXHIBIT A-2-3

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION. THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE QUALIFIED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE PUBLIC UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CANADA, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY. NEITHER DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC (THE “ISSUER”) NOR DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION (THE “CANADIAN CO-ISSUER”) HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED (THE “1940 ACT”). THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) IN THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION OR (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“REGULATION S”), ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PERSON EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, NONE OF WHICH ARE A U.S. PERSON, IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE UNITED STATES, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION, AS APPLICABLE, (B) IT IS ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER PERSON WHICH IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS EITHER (X) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (Y) NOT A U.S. PERSON, AND IN EACH CASE WITH RESPECT TO WHICH IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION, (C) IT AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING WILL HOLD AND TRANSFER AT LEAST THE MINIMUM DENOMINATION OF NOTES, (D) IT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CO-ISSUERS MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN ITS NOTES FROM ONE OR MORE BOOK-ENTRY DEPOSITORIES AND (E) IT WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES.

EACH PERSON (IF NOT A CO-ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE CO-ISSUERS) TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE. EACH PERSON TAKING DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A TRANSFER CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE INDENTURE.

 

A-2-3-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING WILL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT AND WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND WILL NOT OPERATE TO TRANSFER ANY RIGHTS TO ANY PERSON CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CONTRARY TO ANY CO-ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY INTERMEDIARY.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED IN THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR NOT TO HAVE BEEN A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER. THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT RESELL THIS NOTE IN CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND ONE DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (A) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES AND (B) THE DATE ON WHICH BOTH THE CO-ISSUERS BECOME REPORTING ISSUERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

IF THIS NOTE WAS ACQUIRED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, AND THE HOLDER IS DETERMINED TO BE A COMPETITOR OR TO HAVE BEEN A “U.S. PERSON” AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE CO-ISSUERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE SUCH HOLDER TO SELL THIS NOTE TO A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A COMPETITOR AND IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON.” THE CO-ISSUERS ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE TO HONOR A TRANSFER TO A PERSON WHO IS A “U.S. PERSON” OR WHO IS A COMPETITOR.

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, EACH PURCHASER COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE (1) YEAR AND ONE (1) DAY AFTER THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE LATEST MATURING NOTE, INSTITUTE AGAINST, OR JOIN WITH ANY OTHER PERSON IN INSTITUTING AGAINST, ANY SECURITIZATION ENTITY ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004, OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO A CO-ISSUER OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2-3-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

FORM OF PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

 

              No. U-[        ]    up to $[        ]        

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN CONDITIONS

CUSIP Number: U26488 AB9        

ISIN Number: USU26488AB97        

Common Code: 226018514        

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2020-2 3.237% FIXED RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-2

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”) and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of Canada (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), for value received, hereby promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, up to the principal sum of [            ] DOLLARS ($[        ]) as provided below and in the Indenture referred to herein. Payments of principal shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture described herein; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due on the Quarterly Payment Date occurring in January 2051 (the “Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date”). The Co-Issuers will pay interest on this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note (this “Note”) at the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note Rate for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Such interest will be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, which will be on the 20th day (or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of each April, July, October and January, commencing January 20, 2021 (each, a “Quarterly Payment Date”). Such interest will accrue for each Quarterly Payment Date with respect to (i) initially, the period from and including the Series 2020-2 Closing Date to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the first Quarterly Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, any period commencing on and including the 20th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred to but excluding the 20th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date (each, an “Interest Accrual Period”). Interest with respect to the Notes (and interest on any defaulted payments of interest or principal) will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In addition, under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture, the Co-Issuers shall also pay additional interest on this Note at the Series 2020-2 Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, and such additional interest shall be computed and shall be payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Co-Issuers with respect to this Note shall be applied as provided in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to mandatory and optional prepayment as set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this Note are exchangeable or transferable in whole or in part for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer of the Notes. Interests in this Note in certain circumstances may also be exchangeable or transferable in whole but not in part for duly executed and issued registered Definitive Notes; provided that such transfer or exchange complies with Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture and Section 4.2(c) of the Series 2020-2 Supplement.

 

A-2-3-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below and on the reverse hereof and made a part hereof, this Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Trustee. A copy of the Indenture may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Agency & Trust - Driven Brands Funding, LLC. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

Subject to the next following paragraph, the Co-Issuers hereby certify and declare that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened prior to the creation of this Note and to constitute it as the valid obligation of the Co-Issuers enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual, facsimile or electronic signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-2-3-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Co-Issuers has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                     

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Co-Issuer

By:

 

                                                                                  

Name:

 

Title:

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING

CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuer

By:

 

                                                                      

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-2-3-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

                                                 

Name:  
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-3-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of the Co-Issuers designated as its Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (herein called the “Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (such Base Indenture, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, is herein called the “Base Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Base Indenture) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) a Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Series 2020-2 Supplement”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. The Base Indenture and the Series 2020-2 Supplement are referred to herein as the “Indenture”. The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented, modified or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented, modified or amended.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are and will be secured by the Collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and in any whole number denomination in excess thereof.

As provided for in the Indenture, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of the Co-Issuers. In addition, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are subject to mandatory prepayment as provided for in the Indenture. In certain circumstances, the Co-Issuers will be obligated to pay the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes Make-Whole Prepayment Consideration in connection with a mandatory or optional prepayment of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes as described in the Indenture. As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Series 2020-2 Legal Final Maturity Date. All payments of principal of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will be made pro rata to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Principal of and interest on this Note which is payable on a Quarterly Payment Date or on any date on which payments are permitted to be made as provided for in the Indenture shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date or Prepayment Record Date, as the case may be.

Interest and additional interest, if any, will each accrue on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes at the rates set forth in the Indenture. The interest and additional interest, if any, will be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture. The amount of interest payable on the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes on each Quarterly Payment Date will be calculated as set forth in the Indenture.

Payments of principal and interest on this Note are subordinated to the payment of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, this Note may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Amounts payable in respect of this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by DTC or its nominee.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Co-Issuers and the Registrar duly executed by, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent

 

A-2-3-7


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require and as may be required by the Series 2020-2 Supplement, and thereupon one or more new Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes of authorized denominations in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by acceptance of a Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing note issued under the Indenture, such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

It is the intent of the Co-Issuers and each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder that, for federal, state, local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes will evidence indebtedness of the Co-Issuers secured by the Collateral. Each Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees to treat this Note (or beneficial interests herein) for all purposes of federal, state, local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or, if any Co-Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

The Indenture permits certain amendments to be made thereto without the consent of the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that certain conditions precedent are satisfied. The Indenture also permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Co-Issuers and the rights of the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the Co-Issuers with the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive compliance by the Co-Issuers with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences without the consent of any Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders. Any such consent or waiver of this Note (or any one or more predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholder and upon all future Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Noteholders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Each purchaser or transferee of this Note (or any interest herein) shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not acquiring or holding this Note (or any interest herein) for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan or a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of this Note (or any interest herein) shall not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, in the case of a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, a non-exempt violation under any applicable Similar Law.

The term “Co-Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to a Co-Issuer.

The Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

A-2-3-8


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Co-Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

A-2-3-9


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:                                                                                                             

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ,

attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

By:                                                                                     1 
 
Signature Guaranteed:
                                                                                          

 

1 

NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

A-2-3-10


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES IN PERMANENT REGULATION S

GLOBAL SERIES 2020-2 CLASS A-2 NOTE

The initial principal balance of this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note is $[        ]. The following exchanges of an interest in this Permanent Regulation S Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note for an interest in a corresponding Rule 144A Global Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Note have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of Increase

(or Decrease) in the

Principal Amount of this

Permanent Regulation S

Global Note

  

Remaining Principal

Amount of this

Permanent Regulation

S Global Note

following the Increase

or Decrease

  

Signature of

Authorized Officer of

Trustee or Registrar

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

A-2-3-11


EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC; Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation $450,000,000 Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No.26209X AC5) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note in the name of [                    ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Memorandum, dated October 29, 2020, relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Co-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or:

1.    the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2.    at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

3.    no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4.    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

 

B-1-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

5.    the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6.    if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferee confirms that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or (3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be;

7.    the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

8.    the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

9.    the Transferee understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

10.    the Transferee understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

11.    the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

12.    it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

13.    it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

14.    if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Co-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction

 

B-1-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

15.            it is:

             (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); or

             (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

The representations made pursuant to clause 6 above shall be deemed to be made on each day from the date the Transferee acquires any interest in any Note through and including the date on which such Transferee disposes of its interest in the applicable Note. The Transferee agrees to provide prompt written notice to the Co-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee of any change of the status of the Transferee that would cause it to breach the representations made in clause 6 above. The Transferee further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Initial Purchaser and their respective affiliates from any cost, damage or loss incurred by them as a result of the inaccuracy or breach of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements in this clause and clause 6 above. Any purported transfer of the Notes (or interest therein) that does not comply with the requirements of this clause and clause 6 above shall be null and void ab initio.

The Transferee understands that the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-1-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

Dated:                                                                                  

 

Registered Name (if Nominee):

 

                                                                                                               

 

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-1-4


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC $450,000,000 Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as may be further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note with DTC (CUSIP (CINS) No. 26209X AC5) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note in the name of [                    ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Memorandum, dated October 29, 2020, relating to the Notes, (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (iii) to a Person who is not a Competitor.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Co-Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee that either the Transferee is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or:

1.    the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

2.    at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States;

3.    no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable;

4.    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Transferee is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act provided by Regulation S;

 

B-2-1


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

5.    the Transferee is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S);

6.    the Transferee is not purchasing such Notes with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in the United States or to a U.S. Person;

7.    the Transferee will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

8.    the Transferee understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book- entry depositories;

9.    the Transferee understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

10.    the Transferee will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

11.    it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

12.    it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

13.    if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Co-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

 

B-2-2


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

14.    it is:

             (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); or

             (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

The Transferee understands that the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-2-3


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

                                                              

Name:  
Title:  

 

Dated:                                                                                  

  
Registered Name (if Nominee):   
                                                                                                                

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2-4


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

EXHIBIT B-3

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

OR PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES

TO INTERESTS IN RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTES

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands

 

Re:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC $450,000,000 Series 2020-2 3.237% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to the Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, Amendment No. 4 to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020, Amendment No. 5 to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 and as further amended, supplemented or modified, the “Base Indenture”), among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”) and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers” and each, a “Co-Issuer”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary, and (ii) the Series 2020-2 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2020 (the “Supplement” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as Series 2020-2 securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them pursuant to the Indenture.

This certificate relates to U.S.$ [        ] aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of [an interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note with DTC][an interest in an Permanent Regulation S Global Note with DTC] (CUSIP (CINS) No. U26488 AB9) in the name of [                    ] [name of transferor] (the “Transferor”), who wishes to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in the name of [                    ] [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that either (A) the Transferee is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or (B) such Notes are being transferred in accordance with (i) the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and in the Offering Memorandum, dated October 29, 2020, relating to the Notes and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and that the Transferee is purchasing the Notes for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the Transferee and any such account represent, warrant and agree that either it is a Co-Issuer or an Affiliate of a Co-Issuer or:

1.    it is (a) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, (b) aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and (c) acquiring such Notes for its own account or for the account of another person who is a Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercise sole investment discretion;

2.    it is not formed for the purpose of investing in the Notes, except where each beneficial owner is a Qualified Institutional Buyer;

3.    it will, and each account for which it is purchasing will, hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of Notes;

 

B-2-5


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

4.    it understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive a list of participants holding positions in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

5.    it understands that the Managers, the Co-Issuers and the Servicer may receive (i) a list of Note Owners that have requested access to the Trustee’s password-protected website or that have voluntarily registered as a Note Owner with the Trustee and (ii) copies of Noteholder confirmations of representations and warranties executed to obtain access to the Trustee’s password-protected website;

6.    it will provide to each person to whom it transfers Notes notices of any restrictions on transfer of such Notes;

7.    it is not a Competitor and is not purchasing for the account or benefit of a Competitor;

8.    it is not a benefit plan investor or Plan that is subject to Similar Law or, if it is a benefit plan investor, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, if it is a Plan that is subject to Similar Law, its acquisition and holding of the Notes (or any interest therein) will not result in a violation of Similar Law, and if the Transferee is a benefit plan investor or Plan, its fiduciary will be deemed to make the same representation and warranty;

9.    if it is using assets of a Plan to acquire or hold the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes or any interest therein, then it further represents that (i) none of the Co-Issuers, the Initial Purchaser, any Guarantor, the Servicer, the Back-up Manager, the Trustee, nor any other party to the Securitization Transaction, nor any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Transaction Parties”) has acted as the Plan’s fiduciary, or has been relied upon for any advice, with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and none of the Transaction Parties shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to the Plan’s decision to acquire, hold, sell, exchange, vote or provide any consent with respect to the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the decision to invest in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes has been made at the recommendation or direction of an independent fiduciary as contemplated by U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c), as amended from time to time, who (a) is independent of the Transaction Parties; (b) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies; (c) is a fiduciary (under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and (d) is aware of and acknowledges that (1) none of the Transaction Parties is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes, and (2) the Transaction Parties have a financial interest in the Plan’s investment in the Series 2020-2 Class A-2 Notes; and

10.    it is:

             (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or

             (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

The Transferee understands that the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to any matter covered hereby, and the Transferee hereby consents and agrees to such reliance and authorization.

 

B-2-6


Exhibits to Supplemental Indenture

 

[Name of Transferee]
By:  

                                                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

Dated:                                                                                  

  
Registered Name (if Nominee):   
                                                                                                                

 

cc:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

with a copy to:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

B-2-7

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

 

 

CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES)

dated as of December 11, 2019

among

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as the Issuer,

DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC,

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC,

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC and

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

each as a Guarantor,

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC.,

as Manager,

CERTAIN CONDUIT INVESTORS,

each as a Conduit Investor,

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

each as a Committed Note Purchaser,

CERTAIN FUNDING AGENTS,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH

as L/C Provider,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Swingline Lender,

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

SECTION 1.01

  Definitions      2  

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES

     2  

SECTION 2.01

  The Initial Advance Notes      2  

SECTION 2.02

  Advances      2  

SECTION 2.03

  Borrowing Procedures      4  

SECTION 2.04

  The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes      6  

SECTION 2.05

  Reduction in Commitments      7  

SECTION 2.06

  Swingline Commitment      9  

SECTION 2.07

  L/C Commitment      11  

SECTION 2.08

  L/C Reimbursement Obligations      15  

SECTION 2.09

  L/C Participations      16  

ARTICLE III INTEREST AND FEES

     18  

SECTION 3.01

  Interest      18  

SECTION 3.02

  Fees      19  

SECTION 3.03

  Eurodollar Lending Unlawful      19  

SECTION 3.04

  Deposits Unavailable      20  

SECTION 3.05

  Increased Costs, etc      21  

SECTION 3.06

  Funding Losses      22  

SECTION 3.07

  Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs      22  

SECTION 3.08

  Taxes      23  

SECTION 3.09

  Change of Lending Office      25  

ARTICLE IV OTHER PAYMENT TERMS

     26  

SECTION 4.01

  Time and Method of Payment      26  

SECTION 4.02

  Order of Distributions      26  

SECTION 4.03

  L/C Cash Collateral      27  

SECTION 4.04

  Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit      27  

ARTICLE V THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS

     28  

SECTION 5.01

  Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent      28  

SECTION 5.02

  Delegation of Duties      28  

SECTION 5.03

  Exculpatory Provisions      28  

SECTION 5.04

  Reliance      29  

SECTION 5.05

  Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers      29  

SECTION 5.06

  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity      29  

SECTION 5.07

  Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent      29  

SECTION 5.08

  Authorization and Action of Funding Agents      30  

SECTION 5.09

  Delegation of Duties      31  

SECTION 5.10

  Exculpatory Provisions      31  

SECTION 5.11

  Reliance      31  

SECTION 5.12

  Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers      31  

SECTION 5.13

  The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity      32  

SECTION 5.14

  Successor Funding Agent      32  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     32  

SECTION 6.01

  The Issuer and Guarantors      32  

SECTION 6.02

  The Manager      34  

 

i


SECTION 6.03

  Lender Parties      34  

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS

     35  

SECTION 7.01

  Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness      35  

SECTION 7.02

  Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit      36  

SECTION 7.03

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      36  

ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS

     37  

SECTION 8.01

  Covenants      37  

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     39  

SECTION 9.01

  Amendments      39  

SECTION 9.02

  No Waiver; Remedies      40  

SECTION 9.03

  Binding on Successors and Assigns      40  

SECTION 9.04

  Survival of Agreement      41  

SECTION 9.05

  Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification      41  

SECTION 9.06

  Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement      43  

SECTION 9.07

  Notices      43  

SECTION 9.08

  Severability of Provisions      43  

SECTION 9.09

  Tax Characterization      44  

SECTION 9.10

  No Proceedings; Limited Recourse      44  

SECTION 9.11

  Confidentiality      45  

SECTION 9.12

  GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE      46  

SECTION 9.13

  JURISDICTION      46  

SECTION 9.14

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      46  

SECTION 9.15

  Counterparts      47  

SECTION 9.16

  Third Party Beneficiary      47  

SECTION 9.17

  Assignment      47  

SECTION 9.18

  Defaulting Investors      48  

SECTION 9.19

  No Fiduciary Duties.      51  

SECTION 9.20

  No Guarantee by Manager      51  

SECTION 9.21

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      51  

SECTION 9.22

  Patriot Act      52  

SECTION 9.23

  Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes      52  

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

SCHEDULE I   Investor Groups and Commitments
SCHEDULE II   Notice Addresses for Lender Parties and Agents
SCHEDULE III   Additional Closing Conditions
SCHEDULE IV   Letters of Credit
EXHIBIT A   Form of Advance Request
EXHIBIT A-1   Form of Swingline Loan Request
EXHIBIT A-2   Reserved
EXHIBIT B   Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT C   Form of Investor Group Supplement
EXHIBIT D   Form of Purchaser’s Letter

 

ii


CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is made by and among:

(a) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”),

(b) DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”);

(c) DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the manager (the “Manager”),

(d) the several commercial paper conduits listed on Schedule I as Conduit Investors and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Conduit Investor” and, collectively, the “Conduit Investors”),

(e) the several financial institutions listed on Schedule I as Committed Note Purchasers and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Committed Note Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Committed Note Purchasers”),

(f) for each Investor Group, the financial institution entitled to act on behalf of the Investor Group set forth opposite the name of such Investor Group on Schedule I as Funding Agent and its permitted successors and assigns (each, the “Funding Agent” with respect to such Investor Group and, collectively, the “Funding Agents”),

(g) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider,

(h) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender, and

(i) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider and the Swingline Lender (together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent”).

BACKGROUND

1. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, are entering into the Series 2019-3 Supplement, of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2019-3


Supplement”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, and the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, and as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Series 2019-3 Supplement and any other Supplement to the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary, pursuant to which the Issuer will issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplement) in accordance with the Indenture.

2. The Issuer wishes to (a) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group, and obtain the agreement of the applicable Investors to make loans from time to time (each, an “Advance” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance” and, collectively, the “Advances” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances”) that will constitute the purchase of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (b) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note to the Swingline Lender and obtain the agreement of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and (c) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note to the L/C Provider and obtain the agreement of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note constitute Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The Manager has joined in this Agreement to confirm certain representations, warranties and covenants made by it in favor of the Trustee and the Noteholders in the Transaction Documents for the benefit of each Lender Party.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Definitions. As used in this Agreement and unless the context requires a different meaning, capitalized terms used but not defined herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement as Annex A or set forth or incorporated by reference in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A, as applicable. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES

SECTION 2.01 The Initial Advance Notes. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall request the Trustee to authenticate the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, which the Issuer shall deliver to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note for each Investor Group shall be dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the related Funding Agent or its nominee, as agent for the related Investors, or in such other name or nominee as such Funding Agent may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for such Investor Group, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, and shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

SECTION 2.02 Advances.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Indenture, each Eligible Conduit Investor, if any, may, in its sole discretion, and, if such Eligible Conduit Investor

 

2


determines that it will not make (or it does not in fact make) an Advance or any portion of an Advance, its related Committed Note Purchaser(s) shall or, if there is no Eligible Conduit Investor with respect to any Investor Group, the Committed Note Purchaser(s) with respect to such Investor Group shall, upon the Issuer’s request delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto (or under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08), make Advances from time to time during the Commitment Term; provided that such Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Eligible Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that if L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans are outstanding as of any date on which Advances will be made pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) and such amounts are not being repaid with the proceeds of such Advances pursuant to Section 2.03, such Advances (or applicable portions thereof) shall be made ratably by each Investor Group that does not include the L/C Provider and/or the Swingline Lender (or, if each Investor Group includes the L/C Provider and/or the Swingline Lender, ratably among such Investor Groups) based on the respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount of such relevant Investor Groups, and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each such Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages until the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group, including the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount attributable to the Investor Group that includes the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender, is held ratably based on their respective Commitment Percentages and thereafter any remaining portion of such Advance and any further Advances will continue to be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each such Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages; provided, further, that if, as a result of any Committed Note Purchaser (a “Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser”) failing to make any previous Advance that such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser was required to make, outstanding Advances are not held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages at the time a request for Advances is made, (x) such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser shall make all of such Advances until outstanding Advances are held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages and (y) further Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that the failure of a Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser to make Advances pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso shall not, subject to the immediately following proviso, relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser of its obligation hereunder, if any, to make Advances in accordance with Section 2.03(b)(i); provided, further, that no Advance shall be required or permitted to be made by any Investor on any date to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance, (i) the related Investor Group Principal Amount would exceed the related Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount (subject to Section 2.03(b)(ii)) or (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, at no time will a Conduit Investor be obligated to make Advances hereunder. If at any time any Conduit Investor is not an Eligible Conduit Investor, such Conduit Investor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the related Funding Agent and the Issuer) thereof.

(c) Each of the Advances to be made on any date shall be made as part of a single borrowing (each such single borrowing being a “Borrowing”). The Advances made as part of the initial Borrowing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, if any, will be evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2019-3 Class A-

 

3


1 Initial Advance Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances. All of the other Advances will constitute Increases evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances.

(d) Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement specifies the procedures to be followed in connection with any Voluntary Decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount. Each such Voluntary Decrease in respect of any Advances shall be either (i) in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or (ii) or such other amount necessary to reduce the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero.

(e) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes may be increased by Borrowings or decreased by Voluntary Decreases from time to time.

(f) At any time that the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is not held pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage (as a result of the issuance of any Letter of Credit or otherwise), the Investor Groups (and the Investors within each such Investor Group) may, in their sole discretion, agree amongst themselves to reallocate any outstanding Advances to ensure that the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage; provided that the Issuer shall not be liable for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts resulting solely from any such reallocations.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall provide the Issuer, the Manager and the Trustee timely notice of non-ratable allocations pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and of any reallocations of Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(f) (which notice requirements may be satisfied through the delivery of the monthly invoice and Letter of Credit report delivered by the Administrative Agent from time to time); provided, that the failure to provide such notice shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement or the Indenture with respect thereto. The Issuer and the Manager shall not be responsible for any failure to reflect such allocations or reallocations in any Weekly Manager’s Certificate or Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or for any payments inconsistent with such allocations or reallocations, until such notice is provided as set forth in this clause (g), including in connection with any Mandatory Decrease, Voluntary Decrease or prepayment of any other tranche, Class or Series of Notes under the Indenture.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) Whenever the Issuer wishes to make a Borrowing, the Issuer shall (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify each Funding Agent of its pro rata share thereof (or other required share, as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a)) and notify the Trustee, the Control Party, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in writing of such Borrowing) by written notice in the form of an Advance Request delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) two Business Days (or, in the case of any Eurodollar Advances for purposes of Section 3.01(b), two (2) Eurodollar Business Days) prior to the date of such Borrowing (except in the case of the Borrowing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, written notice of which may be delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and, thereafter, unless a shorter period is agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or the Funding Agents, as applicable), which date of Borrowing shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall in each case refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the Borrowing date, (ii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing to be made on such date, (iii) at the election of the Issuer, the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and

 

4


Unreimbursed L/C Drawings (if applicable) to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, which amount shall constitute all outstanding Swingline Loans and/or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on the date of such notice that are not prepaid with other funds of the Issuer available for such purpose, and (iv) sufficient instructions for application of the balance, if any, of the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date (which proceeds shall be made available to the Issuer). Requests for any (x) Base Rate Advance may not be made in an aggregate principal amount of less than $250,000 or in an aggregate principal amount that is not an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) and (y) Eurodollar Advance may not be made in an aggregate principal amount of less than $500,000 or in an aggregate principal amount that is not an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), in each case except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Borrowings for the purpose of repaying then-outstanding Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Subject to the provisos to Section 2.02(a), each Borrowing shall be ratably allocated among the Investor Groups’ respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts. Each Funding Agent shall promptly advise its related Conduit Investor, if any, of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) and shall promptly thereafter (but in no event later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of Borrowing) notify the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) whether such Conduit Investor has determined to make all or any portion of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by its Investor Group. On the date of each Borrowing and subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, confirmation from the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, as applicable, as to (x) the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, (y) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (z) the principal amount of any other Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings then outstanding), the applicable Investors in each Investor Group shall make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by such Investor Group by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars of such amount in same day funds no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion on the date of any Borrowing) on the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the Administrative Agent shall make such proceeds available by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), first, if applicable, and at the election of the Issuer, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and/or, second, to the Issuer, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request.

(b) (i) The failure of any Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser (whether or not in the same Investor Group) of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Committed Note Purchaser shall be responsible for the failure of any other Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by such other Committed Note Purchaser on the date of any Borrowing and (ii) in the event that one or more Committed Note Purchasers fails to make its Advance by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion on the date of any Borrowing) on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the other Committed Note Purchasers not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, and each of the other Committed Note Purchasers may (but shall not be obligated to) make available to the Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount (such amount, the “reference amount”) equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate principal Advance that was unfunded multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment Amounts of all Committed Note Purchasers (less the aggregate Commitment Amount of the Committed Note Purchasers failing to make Advances on such date) and (b) the excess of (i) such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount over (ii) the product of such Committed Note Purchaser’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such Committed Note Purchaser’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage (after giving effect to all prior Advances on such date of Borrowing) (provided that a Committed Note Purchaser may (but shall not be obligated to), on terms and conditions to be agreed upon by such Committed Note Purchaser and the Issuer, make available to the

 

5


Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount in excess of the reference amount; provided, however, that no such supplemental Advance shall be permitted to be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount). Such supplemental Advances shall be made by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars in same day funds no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) one (1) Business Day following the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the Administrative Agent shall immediately make such proceeds available, first, if applicable and at the election of the Issuer, to the Swingline Lender and/or the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and, second, to the Issuer, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request. If any Committed Note Purchaser which shall have so failed to fund its Advance shall subsequently pay such amount, the Administrative Agent shall apply such amount pro rata to repay any supplemental Advances made by the other Committed Note Purchasers pursuant to this Section 2.03(b).

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Funding Agent prior to the date of any Borrowing that an applicable Investor in the related Investor Group will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Investor’s share of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group as part of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that such Investor has made such share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02(a) and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the Issuer, as applicable, on such date a corresponding amount, and shall, if such corresponding amount has not been made available by the Administrative Agent, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the Issuer, as applicable, on such date a corresponding amount once such Investor has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent that any Investor shall not have so made such amount available to the Administrative Agent, such Investor and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to repay (without duplication) to the Administrative Agent on the next Weekly Allocation Date such corresponding amount (in the case of the Issuer, in accordance with the Priority of Payments), together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Issuer until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Issuer, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Investor, the Federal Funds Rate and without deduction by such Investor for any withholding taxes. If such Investor shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Investor’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.04 The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. On each date an Advance or Swingline Loan is made or a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder, and on each date the outstanding amount thereof is reduced, a duly authorized officer, employee or agent of the related Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall make appropriate notations in its books and records of the amount, evidenced by the related Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, of such Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit, as applicable, and the amount of such reduction, as applicable. The Issuer hereby authorizes each duly authorized officer, employee and agent of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder to make such notations on the books and records as aforesaid and every such notation made in accordance with the foregoing authority shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided, however, that in the event of a discrepancy between the books and records of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder and the records maintained by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, such discrepancy shall be resolved by such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, the Control Party and the Trustee, in consultation with the Issuer (provided that such consultation with the Issuer will not in any way limit or delay such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders’, the Control Party’s and the Trustee’s ability to resolve such discrepancy), and such resolution shall control in the absence of manifest error; provided further that the failure of any such notation to be made, or any finding that a notation is incorrect, in any such records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement or the Indenture.

 

6


SECTION 2.05 Reduction in Commitments.

(a) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and each Investor), effect a permanent reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Commitment Amount and Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that (i) any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Commitments, although any such reduction may be combined with a Voluntary Decrease effected pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, (ii) any such reduction must be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000, (iii) after giving effect to such reduction, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount equals or exceeds $5,000,000, unless reduced to zero, and (iv) no such reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, (x) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts with respect to which cash collateral is held by the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) or (y) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment. Any reduction made pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be made ratably among the Investor Groups on the basis of their respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts.

(b) If any of the following events shall occur, then the Commitment Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the dates and in the amounts set forth below with respect to the applicable event and the other consequences set forth below with respect to the applicable event shall ensue (and the Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent prompt written notice thereof):

(i) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Business Day immediately preceding the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, (A) on such Business Day, (x) the principal amount of all then-outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances made on such date (and the Issuer shall be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made), and (y) the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall both be automatically and permanently reduced to zero and (B) (x) all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate and the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis) and (y) each payment of principal on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or following such Business Day shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis;

(ii) if a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing (and shall not have been waived as provided in the Base Indenture) prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, then (A) on the date such Rapid Amortization Event occurs, all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate, which termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following the making of Advances pursuant to clause (B) below, and the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis), (B) no later than the second Business Day after the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event, the principal amount of all then-outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances (and the Issuer shall

 

7


be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made) and the Swingline Commitment shall be automatically reduced to zero and the L/C Commitment shall be automatically reduced by the unused portion thereof and such amount of Unreimbursed L/C Drawings repaid by such Advances; and (C) each payment of principal (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or after the date of such Rapid Amortization Event (excluding the repayment of any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings with proceeds of Advances pursuant to clause (B) above) shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that, in each case, if any Rapid Amortization Event occurring solely under clause (a) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being waived in accordance with the Base Indenture then the Commitments, Swingline Commitment, L/C Commitment, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be restored to the amounts in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event;

(iii) [Intentionally omitted];

(iv) if payments in connection with Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are allocated to and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement at a time when either (i) no Senior Notes other than Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are Outstanding or (ii) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date and such event is continuing, then (x) the aggregate Commitment Amount shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the date of such deposit by an amount (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount”) equal to the amount of such deposit, and each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount shall be reduced on a pro rata basis of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount based on each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, (y) the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on a pro rata basis based on each Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount by a corresponding amount on such date (and, if after giving effect to such reduction the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, then the aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall be reduced by the amount of such difference, with such reduction to be allocated between them in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer delivered prior to such date; provided that after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations do not exceed the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, respectively, as so reduced; provided further that in the absence of such instructions, such reduction shall be allocated first to the Swingline Commitment and then to the L/C Commitment) and (z) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be repaid or prepaid (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) in an aggregate amount equal to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount on the date and in the order required by Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement; and

(v) if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing (and shall not have been waived in accordance with the Base Indenture) and as a result the payment of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture (and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded in accordance with the Base Indenture), then in addition

 

8


to the consequences set forth in clause (ii) above in respect of the Rapid Amortization Event resulting from such Event of Default, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Commitment Amounts, the L/C Commitment and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall all be automatically and permanently reduced to zero upon such acceleration and the Issuer shall (in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Supplement) cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be paid in full (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) together with accrued interest, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts payable pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement, amounts payable as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement (“Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts”) and all other amounts then due and payable to the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and any unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance and Manager Advance (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

SECTION 2.06 Swingline Commitment.

(a) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall cause the Trustee to authenticate the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, which the Issuer shall deliver to the Swingline Lender on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall be dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the Swingline Lender or its nominee, or in such other name as the Swingline Lender may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the Swingline Commitment, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount, and shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in this Section 2.06, agrees to make swingline loans (each, a “Swingline Loan” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans”) to the Issuer from time to time during the period commencing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and ending on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that the Swingline Lender shall have no obligation or right to make any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect thereto, (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding would exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Advances hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) or (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. Each such Borrowing of a Swingline Loan will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note in an amount corresponding to such Borrowing. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note may be increased by Borrowings of Swingline Loans or decreased by payments of principal thereon from time to time.

(b) Whenever the Issuer desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans, the Issuer shall (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) give the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice in writing not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed borrowing date, specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the requested borrowing date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term not later than the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date) and (iii) the payment instructions for the proceeds of such borrowing (which shall be consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture and which proceeds shall be made available to the Issuer. Such notice shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 hereto (a “Swingline Loan Request”). Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the

 

9


Swingline Lender shall promptly notify the Control Party and the Trustee thereof in writing. Each Borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in a minimum amount equal to $100,000. Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) will inform the Swingline Lender whether or not, after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. If the Administrative Agent confirms that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, then not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in the Swingline Loan Request, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Issuer in accordance with the payment instructions set forth in such notice an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the requested Swingline Loan.

(c) The Issuer hereby agrees that each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.06(a) shall constitute the promise and obligation of the Issuer to pay to the Swingline Lender the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.06(a), which amounts shall be due and payable (whether at maturity or by acceleration) as set forth in this Agreement and in the Indenture for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(d) In accordance with, and without limitation of, Section 2.03(a), the Issuer agrees to cause requests for Borrowings to be made at least one time per month, for each month any Swingline Loans are outstanding for at least ten (10) Business Days during such month, if any Swingline Loans are outstanding in amounts at least sufficient to repay in full all Swingline Loans outstanding on the date of the applicable request. In accordance with Section 3.01(c), outstanding Swingline Loans shall bear interest at the Base Rate.

(e) [Intentionally omitted.]

(f) If prior to the time Advances would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.06(d), an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, Advances will not be made as contemplated by Section 2.06(d), each Committed Note Purchaser shall, on the date such Advances were to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.06(d) (the “Refunding Date”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then-outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “Swingline Participation Amount”) equal to (i) its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage multiplied by (ii) the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage multiplied by (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that was to have been repaid with such Advances.

(g) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Investor such Investor’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Investor its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Investor’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Investor’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Investor will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

(h) Each applicable Investor’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in

 

10


Section 2.06(d) and each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.06(f) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Investor, Committed Note Purchaser or the Issuer may have against the Swingline Lender, the Issuer or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Swingline Loan was made; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuer; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the Issuer or any other Person; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(i) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, effect a permanent reduction in the Swingline Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Swingline Commitment. If requested by the Issuer in writing and with the prior written consent of the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the Swingline Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

(j) The Issuer may, upon notice to the Swingline Lender (who shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee thereof in writing), at any time and from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (x) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment, (y) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed by the Administrative Agent) or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding and (z) if the source of funds for such prepayment is not a Borrowing, there shall be no unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance or Manager Advance (or interest thereon) at such time. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the Issuer shall make such prepayment directly to the Swingline Lender and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

SECTION 2.07 L/C Commitment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Provider (or its permitted assigns pursuant to Section 9.17), in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in Sections 2.08 and 2.09, agrees to provide standby letters of credit, including Interest Reserve Letters of Credit (each, a “Letter of Credit” and, collectively, the “Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Issuer on any Business Day during the period commencing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and ending on the date that is ten Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date to be issued in accordance with Section 2.07(h) in such form as may be approved from time to time by the L/C Provider; provided that the L/C Provider shall have no obligation or right to provide any Letter of Credit on a requested issuance date if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment, (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount or (iii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to the L/C Provider (in its capacity as Committed Note Purchaser and L/C Provider) would exceed its Commitment Amount.

Each Letter of Credit shall (x) be denominated in Dollars, (y) have a face amount of at least $100,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the L/C Provider, together with a reasonable administrative fee to be agreed upon) and (z) expire no later than the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (B) the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date (the “Required Expiration Date”); provided that any Letter of Credit may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional periods, each individually not to exceed one year (which shall in no event extend beyond the

 

11


Required Expiration Date) unless the L/C Provider notifies each beneficiary of such Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the then-applicable expiration date (or no later than the applicable notice date, if earlier, as specified in such Letter of Credit) that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed; provided further that any Letter of Credit may have an expiration date that is later than the Required Expiration Date so long as either (x) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount with respect to such Letter of Credit has been fully cash collateralized by the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.02 or 4.03 as of the Required Expiration Date and there are no other outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit as of the Required Expiration Date or (y) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion have been made with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that such Letter of Credit shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed a “Letter of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

Additionally, each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall (1) name each of (A) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, and (B) the Control Party, as the beneficiary thereof; (2) allow the Trustee or the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, pursuant to the Indenture; and (3) indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, or such other Account, as permitted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The L/C Provider shall not at any time be obligated to (I) provide any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would violate, or cause any L/C Issuing Bank to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law or (II) amend any Letter of Credit hereunder if (1) the L/C Provider would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (2) each beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issue and shall cause the Trustee to authenticate the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, which the Issuer shall deliver to the L/C Provider on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note shall be dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall be registered in the name of the L/C Provider or in such other name or nominee as the L/C Provider may request, shall have a maximum principal amount equal to the L/C Commitment, shall have an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, and shall be duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date will constitute an Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in an amount corresponding to the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of such Letter of Credit. All L/C Obligations (whether in respect of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings) shall be deemed to be principal outstanding under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note and shall be deemed to be Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts for all purposes of this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than, in the case of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts, for purposes of accrual of interest. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, each issuance of a Letter of Credit will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note and the expiration of any Letter of Credit or reimbursements of any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings thereunder or other circumstances resulting in the permanent reduction in any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts from time to time will constitute a Subfacility Decrease in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note. The L/C Provider and the Issuer agree to promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee of any such decreases for which notice to the Administrative Agent is not otherwise provided hereunder.

 

12


(c) The Issuer may (or shall cause the Manager on its behalf to) from time to time request that the L/C Provider provide a new Letter of Credit by delivering to the L/C Provider at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor (in the form required by the applicable L/C Issuing Bank as notified to the Issuer by the L/C Provider), completed to the satisfaction of the L/C Provider, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the L/C Provider may reasonably request on behalf of the L/C Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the letter of credit set forth on Schedule IV hereto shall be deemed a Letter of Credit provided and issued by the L/C Provider hereunder as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Upon receipt of any completed Application, the L/C Provider will notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in writing of the amount, the beneficiary or beneficiaries and the requested expiration of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall comply with Section 2.07(a) and (i)) and, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement and upon receipt of written confirmation from the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) that after giving effect to the requested issuance, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount (provided that the L/C Provider shall be entitled to rely upon any written statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons of the Administrative Agent for purposes of determining whether the L/C Provider received such prior written confirmation from the Administrative Agent with respect to any Letter of Credit), the L/C Provider will cause such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered in connection therewith to be processed in accordance with the L/C Issuing Bank’s customary procedures and shall promptly provide the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the L/C Provider be required to provide any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto, as provided in Section 2.07(a)) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary or beneficiaries thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the L/C Provider and the Issuer. The L/C Provider shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Manager (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof. The L/C Provider shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Funding Agents, the Investors, the Control Party and the Trustee, written notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

(d) The Issuer shall pay to the L/C Provider the L/C Quarterly Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, the “L/C Quarterly Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article II, the provisions of this Article II shall apply.

(g) The Issuer may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, effect a permanent reduction in the L/C Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the L/C Commitment. If requested by the Issuer in writing and with the prior written consent of the L/C Provider and the Administrative Agent, the L/C Provider may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the L/C Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate Commitment Amounts.

(h) The L/C Provider shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 2.07 with respect to providing any Letter of Credit hereunder by issuing such Letter of Credit itself or through an Affiliate if the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is satisfied with respect to such Affiliate. If the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is not satisfied with respect to such Affiliate, a Person selected by the Issuer (at the expense of the L/C Provider) shall issue such Letter of Credit; provided that such Person and issuance of

 

13


such Letter of Credit satisfies the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test (the L/C Provider (or such Affiliate of the L/C Provider) or such other Person selected by the Issuer (at the expense of the L/C Provider), in each case in its capacity as the issuer of such Letter of Credit being referred to as the “L/C Issuing Bank” with respect to such Letter of Credit). The “L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test” is a test that is satisfied with respect to a Person issuing a Letter of Credit if the Person is a U.S. commercial bank that has, at the time of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating of not less than “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “BBB” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P or such other minimum long-term unsecured debt rating as may be reasonably required by the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such proposed Letter of Credit.

(i) The L/C Provider and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank for any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing the Letter of Credit, or (ii) any law applicable to the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, or any request or directive (which request or directive, in the reasonable judgment of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, has the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall prohibit the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, and the Issuer when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(k) For the avoidance of doubt, the L/C Commitment shall be a sub-facility limit of the Commitment Amounts and aggregate outstanding L/C Obligations as of any date of determination shall be a component of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date of determination, pursuant to the definition thereof.

(l) If, on the date that is ten Business Days prior to the expiration of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Indenture had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Issuer shall instruct the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(m) If, on any day an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is outstanding, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of such L/C Issuing Bank is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB” (or then equivalent grade) (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Issuer shall instruct the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuing Bank and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter(s) of Credit had not been issued.

 

14


SECTION 2.08 L/C Reimbursement Obligations.

(a) For the purpose of reimbursing the payment of any draft presented under any Letter of Credit, the Issuer agrees to pay the L/C Provider, for its own account or for the account of the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, not later than five (5) Business Days after the day on which the L/C Provider notifies the Issuer and the Administrative Agent (and in each case the Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify the Funding Agents) of the date and the amount of such draft, an amount in Dollars equal to the sum of (i) the amount of such draft so paid (such amount at any time, as reduced by repayments with respect thereto as described below and amounts repaid with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.03(b) at or prior to such time, the “L/C Reimbursement Amount”) and (ii) any Non-Excluded Taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses, including amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.02(c) (such amounts at any time, as reduced by repayments with respect thereto as described below and amounts repaid with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.03(b) at or prior to such time, the “L/C Other Reimbursement Costs”) incurred by the L/C Issuing Bank in connection with such payment. Outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amounts and outstanding L/C Other Reimbursement Costs may be repaid in accordance with the Priority of Payments, with the proceeds of any Advance or otherwise. Unless the entire outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect thereto has been repaid as set forth above, each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in which cases the procedures specified in Section 2.09 for funding by Committed Note Purchasers shall apply) constitute a request by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent for a Base Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.03 in the amount of the outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount at such time, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such request pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03. The applicable L/C Other Reimbursement Costs minus, without duplication, any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b), shall be paid as Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments. In the event such request for a Base Rate Advance is deemed to have been given, the applicable Investors in each Investor Group hereby agree to make Advances in an aggregate amount for each Investor Group equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount at such time and outstanding L/C Other Reimbursement Costs at such time to pay the L/C Provider. The Borrowing date with respect to such Borrowing shall be the first date on which a Base Rate Advance could be made pursuant to Section 2.03 if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such Borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the L/C Provider of such drawing under such Letter of Credit. Such Investors shall make the amount of such Advances available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Borrowing date and the proceeds of such Advances shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the L/C Provider for application to the reimbursement of such drawing.

(b) The Issuer’s obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances and irrespective of (i) any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Issuer may have or has had against the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person, (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (iii) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of any jurisdictions or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions

 

15


of this Section 2.08(b), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Issuer’s obligations hereunder. The Issuer also agrees that the L/C Provider and the L/C Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for, and the Issuer’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Issuer and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Issuer against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. Neither the L/C Provider nor the L/C Issuing Bank shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Issuer to the extent permitted by applicable law) caused by errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be. The Issuer agrees that any action taken or omitted by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the UCC of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Issuer and shall not result in any liability of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank to the Issuer. As between the Issuer and the L/C Issuing Bank, the Issuer hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to such beneficiary’s or transferee’s use of any Letter of Credit. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the Issuer agrees with the L/C Issuing Bank that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. In connection with each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, the Trustee as beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Base Indenture limiting the liability of or affording rights, benefits, protections, immunities or indemnities to the Trustee as if they were expressly set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

(c) If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider has Actual Knowledge, the L/C Provider shall promptly notify the Manager, the Control Party, the Issuer and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the applicable L/C Issuing Bank to the Issuer in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit and, in paying such draft, such L/C Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of any Person(s) executing or delivering any such document.

SECTION 2.09 L/C Participations.

(a) The L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each Committed Note Purchaser, and, to induce the L/C Provider to provide (or cause each L/C Issuing Bank to provide) Letters of Credit hereunder, each Committed Note Purchaser irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank), on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such Committed Note Purchaser’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Provider’s (or such L/C Issuing Bank’s) obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit provided hereunder and the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to each draft paid or reimbursed by the L/C Provider (or such L/C Issuing Bank) in connection therewith.

 

16


Subject to Section 2.07(c), each Committed Note Purchaser unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) is not paid in full by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the L/C Provider an amount equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so paid.

(b) If any amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.09(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made or reimbursed by the L/C Provider under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Provider, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.09(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider by such Committed Note Purchaser within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the L/C Provider shall be entitled to recover from such Committed Note Purchaser, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the Base Rate. A certificate of the L/C Provider submitted to any Committed Note Purchaser with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.09(b), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on such Committed Note Purchaser. Such amounts payable under this Section 2.09(b) shall be paid without any deduction for any withholding taxes.

(c) Whenever, at any time after payment has been made under any Letter of Credit and the L/C Provider has received from any Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 2.09(a), the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Issuer or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the L/C Provider), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, will distribute to such Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, such Committed Note Purchaser shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Provider the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, to it.

(d) Each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in Section 2.08(a) and to pay its pro rata share of any unreimbursed draft pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Committed Note Purchaser or the Issuer may have against the L/C Provider, any L/C Issuing Bank, the Issuer or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Letter of Credit was issued; (iii) an adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Issuer; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the Issuer or any other Person; (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit in compliance with this Agreement or with the terms of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

17


ARTICLE III

INTEREST AND FEES

SECTION 3.01 Interest.

(a) To the extent that an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper, such Advance shall bear interest at the CP Rate applicable to such Conduit Investor. To the extent that, and only for so long as, an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through means other than the issuance of Commercial Paper (based on its determination in good faith that it is unable to raise or is precluded or prohibited from raising, or that it is not advisable to raise, funds through the issuance of Commercial Paper in the commercial paper market of the United States to finance its purchase or maintenance of such Advance or any portion thereof (which determination may be based on any allocation method employed in good faith by such Conduit Investor), including by reason of market conditions or by reason of insufficient availability under any of its Program Support Agreement or the downgrading of any of its Program Support Providers), such Advance shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. Each Advance funded or maintained by a Committed Note Purchaser or a Program Support Provider shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Funding Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent of the applicable CP Rate for each Advance made by its Investor Group that was funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper and was outstanding during all or any portion of the Interest Accrual Period ending immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date and (y) 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Issuer, the Manager, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Funding Agents of such applicable CP Rate and of the applicable interest rate for each other Advance for such Interest Accrual Period and of the amount of interest accrued on Advances during such Interest Accrual Period.

(b) With respect to any Advance (other than one funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper), so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default has commenced and is continuing, the Issuer may elect that such Advance bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (which shall be a period with a term of, at the election of the Issuer subject to the proviso in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, one month, two months, three months or six months) while such Advance is outstanding to the extent provided in Section 3.01(a) by giving notice thereof (including notice of the Issuer’s election of the term for the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) to the Funding Agents prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date which is two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If such notice is not given in a timely manner, such Advance shall bear interest at the Base Rate. Each such conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Advances for a new Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period in accordance with this Section 3.01(b) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall bear interest at the Base Rate. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Swingline Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Swingline Loans during the Interest Accrual Period ending on such date and the L/C Provider shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings during such Interest Accrual Period and the amount of fees accrued on any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts during such Interest Accrual Period and (y) 3:00 p.m. on such date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Servicer, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Manager of the amount of such accrued interest and fees as set forth in such notices.

 

18


(d) All accrued interest pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c) shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(e) In addition, under the circumstances set forth in Section 3.4 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Issuer shall pay quarterly interest in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount in an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest payable pursuant to such Section 3.4 subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(f) All computations of interest at the CP Rate and the Eurodollar Rate, all computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of interest at the Base Rate and all computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of interest, principal or fees hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day unless specified otherwise in the Indenture and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest owed. Interest shall accrue on each Advance, Swingline Loan and Unreimbursed L/C Drawing from and including the day on which it is made to but excluding the date of repayment thereof.

(g) For purposes of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, “Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to a Quarterly Calculation Date and ending on but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Calculation Date.

SECTION 3.02 Fees.

(a) The Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account the Administrative Agent Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, collectively, the “Administrative Agent Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(b) On each Quarterly Payment Date on or prior to the Commitment Termination Date, the Issuer shall, in accordance with Section 4.01, pay to each Funding Agent, for the account of the related Committed Note Purchaser(s), the Undrawn Commitment Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, the “Undrawn Commitment Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(c) The Issuer shall pay (i) the fees required pursuant to Section 2.07 in respect of Letters of Credit and (ii) any other fees set forth in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter (including, without limitation, the Class A-1 Notes Upfront Fee and any Extension Fees (in each case as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter)), subject to the Priority of Payments.

(d) All fees payable pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3.01(f) and paid on the date due in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Once paid, all fees shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances other than manifest error.

SECTION 3.03 Eurodollar Lending Unlawful. If any Investor or Program Support Provider shall determine that any Change in Law makes it unlawful, or any Official Body asserts that it is unlawful, for any such Person to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance, the obligation of such Person to fund or maintain any such Advance as a Eurodollar Advance shall, upon such determination, forthwith be suspended until such Person shall notify the Administrative Agent, the related Funding Agent,

 

19


the Manager and the Issuer that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and all then-outstanding Eurodollar Advances of such Person shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Advances at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect thereto or sooner, if required by such law or assertion.

SECTION 3.04 Deposits Unavailable. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined that:

(a) by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable hereunder to the Eurodollar Advances; or

(b) with respect to any interest rate otherwise applicable hereunder to any Eurodollar Advances the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for which has not then commenced, Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Advances have determined that such interest rate will not adequately reflect the cost to them of funding, agreeing to fund or maintaining such Eurodollar Advances for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period,

then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent (which, in the case of clause (b) above, the Administrative Agent shall give upon obtaining actual knowledge that such percentage of the Investor Groups have so determined) to the Funding Agents, the Manager and the Issuer, the obligations of the Investors to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance after the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, if any, with respect thereto shall forthwith be suspended and on the date such notice is given such Advances will convert to Base Rate Advances until the Administrative Agent has notified the Funding Agents and the Issuer that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.04 (a) or (b) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.04 (a) or (b) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator referred to in the definition of “Eurodollar Funding Rate” or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurodollar Funding Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Issuer shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the Eurodollar Funding Rate (any such proposed rate, a “LIBOR Successor Rate”) that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable, including LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes (as defined below); provided, that (i) if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and (ii) any LIBOR Successor Rate proposed by the Administrative Agent shall be no less favorable to the Issuer than comparable successor rates applied to other similarly situated issuers or borrowers under syndicated loan facilities and/or applied under other facilities under which the Administrative Agent functions in a similar capacity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date notice of such LIBOR Successor Rate is provided to Investor Groups, written notice from the Investor Groups holding more than (i) if no single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, 50% of the Commitments or (ii) if a single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, two thirds of the Commitments; provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether such threshold percentage of Commitments has been met (“Required Investor Groups”) (or, in the event there are only two Investor Groups, any one of such Investor Groups) stating that such Required Investor Groups reasonably object to such amendment.

 

20


LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definitions (and components thereof) and provisions relating to interest herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, including, the definition of “Base Rate”, “CP Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Rate”, “Eurodollar Advance”, “Eurodollar Business Day”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)”, “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage”, “Eurodollar Tranche”, “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate”, “Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period”, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Issuer).

SECTION 3.05 Increased Costs, etc. The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Investor and any Program Support Provider (each, an “Affected Person”, which term, for purposes of Sections 3.07 and 3.08, shall also include the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuing Bank) for any increase in the cost of, or any reduction in the amount of any sum receivable by any such Affected Person, including reductions in the rate of return on such Affected Person’s capital, in respect of funding or maintaining (or of its obligation to fund or maintain) any Advances that arise in connection with any Change in Law which shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Affected Person (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or

(ii) impose on any Affected Person or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Advances made by such Affected Person or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

except for such Changes in Law with respect to Increased Capital Costs and Class A-1 Taxes which shall be governed by Sections 3.07 and 3.08, respectively (whether or not amounts are payable thereunder in respect thereof). For purposes of this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof. Each such demand shall be provided to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer in writing and shall state, in reasonable detail, the reasons therefor and the additional amount required fully to compensate such Affected Person for such increased costs or reduced amount of return; provided that any such demand claiming reimbursement for increased costs resulting from a Change in Law described in clause (x) or (y) above shall, in addition, state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Affected Person’s method of allocating such costs is fair and reasonable and that such Affected Person’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and such method of allocation, is not inconsistent with its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are substantially similar to the Issuer and which are subject to similar provisions. Such additional amounts (“Increased Costs”) shall be deposited into the Collection Account by the Issuer within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and by such Funding Agent directly to such Affected Person, and such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer; provided that with respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.05 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such demand; provided further that if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Costs is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

21


SECTION 3.06 Funding Losses. In the event any Affected Person shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Affected Person to fund or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance) as a result of:

(a) any conversion, repayment, prepayment or redemption (for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of any Decrease or the acceleration of the maturity of such Eurodollar Advance) of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Advance on a date other than the scheduled last day of the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period applicable thereto;

(b) any Advance not being funded or maintained as a Eurodollar Advance after a request therefor has been made in accordance with the terms contained herein (for a reason other than the failure of such Affected Person to make an Advance after all conditions thereto have been met); or

(c) any failure of the Issuer to make a Decrease, prepayment or redemption with respect to any Eurodollar Advance after giving notice thereof pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Series 2019-3 Supplement;

then, upon the written notice of any Affected Person to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer, the Issuer shall deposit into the Collection Account (within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice) to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and such Funding Agent shall pay directly to such Affected Person such amount (“Breakage Amount” or “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amount”) as will (in the reasonable determination of such Affected Person) reimburse such Affected Person for such loss or expense; With respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.06 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such notice. Such written notice (which shall include calculations in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer.

SECTION 3.07 Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs. If any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or reasonably expected to be maintained by any Affected Person or any Person controlling such Affected Person and such Affected Person determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the rate of return on its or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of its commitment hereunder or under a Program Support Agreement or the Advances, Swingline Loans or Letters of Credit made or issued by such Affected Person is reduced to a level below that which such Affected Person or such controlling Person would have achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then, in any such case after notice from time to time by such Affected Person (or in the case of an L/C Issuing Bank, by the L/C Provider) to the related Funding Agent and the Issuer (or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, to the Issuer), the Issuer shall deposit into the Collection Account within ten (10) Business Days of the Issuer’s receipt of such notice, to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent (or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, directly to such Person) and such Funding Agent shall pay to such Affected Person, such amounts (“Increased Capital Costs”) as will be sufficient to compensate such Affected Person or such controlling Person for such reduction in rate of return; provided that with respect to any notice given to the Issuer under this Section 3.07 the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such notice; provided further that if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Capital Costs is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. A statement of such Affected Person as to any such additional amount or amounts (including calculations thereof in reasonable detail), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer. In determining such additional amount, such Affected Person may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its reasonable discretion) shall deem applicable so long as it applies such method to other similar transactions.

 

22


For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof.

SECTION 3.08 Taxes.

(a) Except as otherwise required by law, all payments by the Issuer of principal of, and interest on, the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder (including fees) shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future income, excise, documentary, property, stamp or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges in the nature of a tax imposed by any taxing authority including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto (all such taxes, fees, duties, withholdings and other charges, and including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto, being called “Class A-1 Taxes”), but excluding in the case of any Affected Person (i) net income, franchise (imposed in lieu of net income) or similar Class A-1 Taxes (and including branch profits or alternative minimum Class A-1 Taxes) and any other Class A-1 Taxes imposed or levied on the Affected Person as a result of a connection between the Affected Person and the jurisdiction of the governmental authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from such Affected Person having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document), (ii) with respect to any Affected Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state of the United States (a “Foreign Affected Person”), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the Foreign Affected Person at the time the Foreign Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Affected Person (or its assignor, if any) was already entitled, at the time of the designation of the new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Issuer with respect to withholding tax, (iii) any taxes imposed under FATCA, (iv) any backup withholding tax and (v) any Class A-1 Taxes imposed as a result of such Affected Person’s failure to comply with Section 3.08(d) (such Class A-1 Taxes not excluded by (i),(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above being called “Non-Excluded Taxes”). If any Class A-1 Taxes are imposed and required by law to be withheld or deducted from any amount payable by the Issuer hereunder to an Affected Person, then (x) if such Class A-1 Taxes are Non-Excluded Taxes, the amount of the payment shall be increased so that such payment is made, after withholding or deduction for or on account of such Non-Excluded Taxes, in an amount that is not less than the amount equal to the sum that would have been received by the Affected Person had no such deduction or withholding been required and (y) the Issuer shall withhold the amount of such Class A-1 Taxes from such payment (as increased, if applicable, pursuant to the preceding clause (x)) and shall pay such amount, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the taxing authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Moreover, if any Non-Excluded Taxes are directly asserted against any Affected Person or its agent with respect to any payment received by such Affected Person or its agent from the Issuer or otherwise in respect of any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated therein, such Affected Person or its agent may pay such Non-Excluded Taxes and the Issuer will, within five (5) Business Days of the Issuer’s receipt of written notice stating the amount of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including the calculation thereof in reasonable detail), deposit into the Collection Account, to be distributed as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Funding Agent (or, in the case such affected person is the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, directly to such Person) and such Funding Agent shall pay to such Affected Person, such additional amounts (collectively, “Increased Tax Costs,” which term shall include all amounts payable by or on behalf of the Issuer pursuant

 

23


to this Section 3.08) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Affected Person or agent after the payment of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes on such Increased Tax Costs) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had no such Non-Excluded Taxes been asserted. Any amount payable to an Affected Person under this Section 3.08 shall be reduced by, and Increased Tax Costs shall not include, the amount of incremental damages (including Class A-1 Taxes) due or payable by the Issuer as a direct result of such Affected Person’s failure to demand from the Issuer additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08 within 180 days from the date on which the related Non-Excluded Taxes were incurred.

(c) As promptly as practicable after the payment of any Class A-1 Taxes, and in any event within thirty (30) days of any such payment being due, the Issuer shall furnish to each applicable Affected Person or its agents a certified copy of an official receipt (or other documentary evidence satisfactory to such Affected Person and agents) evidencing the payment of such Class A-1 Taxes. If the Issuer fails to pay any Class A-1 Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Affected Persons or their agents the required receipts (or such other documentary evidence), the Issuer shall indemnify (by depositing such amounts into the Collection Account, to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) each Affected Person and its agents for any Non-Excluded Taxes that may become payable by any such Affected Person or its agents as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Affected Person on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as soon as practicable after the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form or document previously delivered) or within a reasonable period of time following a written request by the Administrative Agent or the Issuer, shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY or Form W-9, as applicable, or applicable successor form, or such other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents), appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable and as will permit the Issuer or the Administrative Agent, in their reasonable determination, to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from or eligible for a reduced rate of withholding or deduction of United States federal withholding taxes and to determine whether or not such Affected Person is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Promptly following the receipt of a written request by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent, each Affected Person shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent any other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents) appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from withholding or deduction of Non-Excluded Taxes other than United States federal withholding taxes, including but not limited to, such information necessary to claim the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code. The Issuer shall not be required to pay any increased amount under Section 3.08(a) or Section 3.08(b) to an Affected Person in respect of the withholding or deduction of United States federal withholding taxes or other Non-Excluded Taxes imposed as the result of the failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) of such Affected Person to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.08(d). The Issuer may rely on any form or document provided pursuant to this Section 3.08(d) until notified otherwise by the Affected Person that delivered such form or document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Affected Person shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver as a result of a change in applicable law after the time the Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office).

(e) If a payment made to an Affected Person pursuant to this Agreement would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Affected Person were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Affected Person shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably

 

24


requested by the Issuer or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Issuer and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Affected Person has complied with such Affected Person’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (e), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(f) Prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent will provide the Issuer with a properly executed and completed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or W-9, as appropriate.

(g) If an Affected Person determines, in its sole reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.08 or as to which it has been paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08, it shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Manager in writing of such refund and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a written request from the Issuer, pay over such refund to the Issuer (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made or additional amounts paid to such Affected Person under this Section 3.08 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including the net amount of Class A-1 Taxes, if any, imposed on or with respect to such refund or payment) of the Affected Person and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority that is directly attributable to such refund of such Non-Excluded Taxes); provided that the Issuer, immediately upon the request of the Affected Person (which request shall include a calculation in reasonable detail of the amount to be repaid), agrees to repay the amount of the refund (and any applicable interest) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such amount) to the Affected Person in the event the Affected Person or any other Person is required to repay such refund to such taxing authority. This Section 3.08 shall not be construed to require the Affected Person to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Class A-1 Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Issuer or any other Person.

(h) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Issuer or the Administrative Agent or other withholding agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any Class A-1 Taxes from payments made to or for the account of any Affected Person, then to the extent such improper withholding or backup withholding was directly caused by such Affected Person’s actions or inactions, such Affected Person shall indemnify the Issuer, Trustee and the Administrative Agent for any Class A-1 Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Issuer and the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.08, and costs and expenses (including attorney costs) of the Issuer, Trustee and the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Affected Persons, severally, under this Section 3.08 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, an Affected Person or the termination of the aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

(i) The Administrative Agent, Trustee or any other withholding agent may deduct and withhold any Class A-1 Taxes required by any laws to be deducted and withheld from any payments.

SECTION 3.09 Change of Lending Office. Each Committed Note Purchaser agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.05 or 3.07 or the payment of additional amounts to it under Section 3.08(a) or (b) with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser, it will, if requested by the Issuer, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Committed Note Purchaser) to designate another lending office for any Advances affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Committed Note Purchaser, cause such Committed Note Purchaser and its lending office(s) or its related Conduit Investor to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 3.09 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Issuer or the rights of any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.05, 3.07 and

 

25


3.08. If a Committed Note Purchaser notifies the Issuer in writing that such Committed Note Purchaser will be unable to designate another lending office, the Issuer may replace every member (but not any subset thereof) of such Committed Note Purchaser’s entire Investor Group by giving written notice to each member of such Investor Group and the Administrative Agent designating one or more Persons that are willing and able to purchase each member of such Investor Group’s rights and obligations under this Agreement for a purchase price that with respect to each such member of such Investor Group will equal the amount owed to each such member of such Investor Group with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). Upon receipt of such written notice, each member of such Investor Group shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 9.17(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, in consideration for such purchase price and at the reasonable expense of the Issuer (including, without limitation, the reasonable documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each such member); provided, however, that no member of such Investor Group shall be obligated to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement if the purchase price to be paid to such member is not at least equal to the amount owed to such member with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise).

ARTICLE IV

OTHER PAYMENT TERMS

SECTION 4.01 Time and Method of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02, all amounts payable to any Funding Agent or Investor hereunder or with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. The Administrative Agent will promptly, and in any event by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt or deemed receipt of the same, distribute to the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, or upon the order of the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, its pro rata share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment by wire transfer in like funds as received. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07 and Section 4.02, all amounts payable to the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider hereunder or with respect to the Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations shall be made to or upon the order of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, respectively, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. Any funds received after that time will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Issuer’s obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent as provided herein or by the Trustee or Paying Agent in accordance with Section 4.02 whether or not such funds are properly applied by the Administrative Agent or by the Trustee or Paying Agent. The Administrative Agent’s obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Funding Agent as provided herein whether or not such funds are properly applied by such Funding Agent.

SECTION 4.02 Order of Distributions. Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in respect of accrued interest, letter of credit fees or undrawn commitment fees, but excluding amounts allocated for the purpose of reducing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees at each applicable level of the Priority of Payments in accordance with the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the applicable written report provided to the Trustee under the Series 2019-3 Supplement or as provided in Section 3.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement. Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in respect of outstanding principal or face amounts shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the

 

26


Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, in the following order of priority in accordance with the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the applicable written report provided to the Trustee under the Series 2019-3 Supplement or as provided in Section 3.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement: first, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in respect of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, to the extent Unreimbursed L/C Drawings cannot be reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees; second, to the other Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders in respect of their outstanding Advances, ratably in proportion thereto; and, third, any balance remaining of such amounts (up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time) shall be paid to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b). Any amounts distributed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Priority of Payments in respect of any other amounts related to the Class A-1 Notes shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.01 on the date such amounts are due and payable hereunder to the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders and/or the Administrative Agent for its own account, as applicable, ratably in proportion to the respective aggregate of such amounts due to such payees.

SECTION 4.03 L/C Cash Collateral. (a) If as of five (5) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date, any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts remain in effect, the Issuer shall either (i) provide cash collateral (in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time, to the extent that such amount of cash collateral has not been provided pursuant to Section 4.02 or 9.18(c)(ii)) to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) or (ii) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, make arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that any Letters of Credit that remain outstanding as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed “Letters of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

(b) All amounts to be deposited in a cash collateral account pursuant to Section 4.02, Section 4.03(a) or Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be held by the L/C Provider as collateral to secure the Issuer’s Reimbursement Obligations with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit. The L/C Provider shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposit in Eligible Investments, which investments shall be made at the written direction, and at the risk and expense, of the Issuer (provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such investments shall be made solely at the option and sole discretion of the L/C Provider), such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account and all Class A-1 Taxes on such amounts shall be payable by the Issuer. Moneys in such account shall automatically be applied by such L/C Provider to reimburse it for any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Upon expiration of all then-outstanding Letters of Credit and payment in full of all Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, any balance remaining in such account shall be paid over (i) if the Base Indenture and any Series Supplement remain in effect, to the Trustee to be deposited into the Collection Account and distributed in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture and (ii) otherwise to the Issuer; provided that, upon an Investor ceasing to be a Defaulting Investor in accordance with Section 9.18(d), any amounts of cash collateral provided pursuant to Section 9.18(c)(ii) upon such Investor becoming a Defaulting Investor shall be released and applied as such amounts would have been applied had such Investor not become a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 4.04 Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, a Letter of Credit (other than an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) shall cease to be deemed outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document if and to the extent that provisions, in form and substance satisfactory to the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect

 

27


to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) in its sole and absolute discretion, have been made with respect to such Letter of Credit such that the L/C Provider (and, if applicable, the L/C Issuing Bank) has agreed in writing, with a copy of such agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, that such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding hereunder, in which event such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” as such term is used herein and in the Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE V

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS

SECTION 5.01 Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents hereby designates and appoints Barclays Bank PLC as the Administrative Agent hereunder, and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions as agent on their behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender Party or any Funding Agent, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Administrative Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for the Administrative Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as agent for the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents and does not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Issuer or any of its successors or assigns. The provisions of this Article (other than the rights of the Issuer set forth in Section 5.07) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the Issuer shall not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and all other amounts owed by the Issuer hereunder to the Administrative Agent, all members of the Investor Groups, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider (the “Aggregate Unpaids”) and termination in full of all Commitments and the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment.

SECTION 5.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities on behalf of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.03 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment), or (b) responsible in any manner to any Lender Party or any Funding Agent for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Issuer or any Guarantor contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement for the due execution, legality, value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Investor or any Funding Agent to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing of such event from the Issuer, any Lender Party or any Funding Agent.

 

28


SECTION 5.04 Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of any Lender Party or any Funding Agent as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by any Lender Party or any Funding Agent; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such advice, the Administrative Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as the Administrative Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the Required Investor Groups and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents.

SECTION 5.05 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Issuer, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Issuer and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.07 Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Issuer and each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the Administrative Agent will, upon the direction of Investor Groups holding 100% of the Commitments (excluding any Commitments held by Defaulting Investors), resign as Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall resign, then the Required Investor Groups (excluding any Commitments held by the resigning Administrative Agent or its Affiliates, and if all Commitments are held by the resigning Administrative Agent or its Affiliates, then the Issuer), during such 30-day period, shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (i) the Issuer at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the Issuer shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Required Investor Groups during such 30-day period, then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Issuer shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

 

29


(b) The Issuer may, upon the occurrence of any of the following events (any such event, a “Defaulting Administrative Agent Event”) and with the consent of the Required Investor Groups, remove the Administrative Agent and, upon such removal, the Required Investor Groups shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (x) the Issuer at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the Issuer shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (y) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed): (i) an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Administrative Agent; (ii) if the Person acting as Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof is also an Investor, any other event pursuant to which such Person becomes a Defaulting Investor; (iii) the failure by the Administrative Agent to pay or remit any funds required to be remitted when due (in each case, if amounts are available for payment or remittance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for application to the payment or remittance thereof) which continues for two (2) Business Days after such funds were required to be paid or remitted; (iv) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate, report or other document furnished by the Administrative Agent proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or deemed made, and if such representation, warranty, certification or statement is susceptible of remedy in all material respects, is not remedied within thirty (30) calendar days after knowledge thereof or notice by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent, and if not susceptible of remedy in all material respects, upon notice by the Issuer to the Administrative Agent or (v) any act constituting the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Investor Groups within 30 days of the Administrative Agent’s removal pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Issuer shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any Administrative Agent’s removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(c) If a Defaulting Administrative Agent Event has occurred and is continuing, the Issuer may make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the Issuer for all purposes may deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable.

SECTION 5.08 Authorization and Action of Funding Agents. Each Investor is hereby deemed to have designated and appointed its related Funding Agent set forth next to such Investor’s name on Schedule I (or identified as such Investor’s Funding Agent pursuant to any applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement) as the agent of such Person hereunder, and hereby authorizes such Funding Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Funding Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Funding Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with the related Investor Group, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Funding Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for such Funding Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Funding Agent shall act solely as agent for the related Investor Group and does

 

30


not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Issuer, any of its successors or assigns or any other Person. Each Funding Agent shall not be required to take any action that exposes such Funding Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Funding Agents hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Aggregate Unpaids of the Investor Groups and the termination in full of all the Commitments.

SECTION 5.09 Delegation of Duties. Each Funding Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each Funding Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.10 Exculpatory Provisions. Each Funding Agent and its Affiliates, and each of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall not be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible in any manner to the related Investor Group for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Issuer contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. Each Funding Agent shall not be under any obligation to the related Investor Group to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer. Each Funding Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless such Funding Agent has received notice of such event from the Issuer or any member of the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.11 Reliance. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of the Administrative Agent and legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the related Investor Group as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the related Investor Group; provided that unless and until such Funding Agent shall have received such advice, such Funding Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as such Funding Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the related Investor Group. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the related Investor Group and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.12 Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers. The related Investor Group expressly acknowledges that its Funding Agent and any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by such Funding Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Issuer, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Funding Agent. The related Investor Group represents and warrants to such Funding Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon such Funding Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Issuer and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

 

31


SECTION 5.13 The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity. Each Funding Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer as though such Funding Agent were not a Funding Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.14 Successor Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent will, upon the direction of the related Investor Group, resign as such Funding Agent. If such Funding Agent shall resign, then the related Investor Group shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the related Investor Group as a successor funding agent (it being understood that such resignation shall not be effective until such successor is appointed). After any retiring Funding Agent’s resignation hereunder as Funding Agent, subject to the limitations set forth herein, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Funding Agent under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 6.01 The Issuer and Guarantors. The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that:

(a) each of their representations and warranties made in favor of the Trustee or the Noteholders in the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, as of the date originally made, as of the date hereof and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(b) no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default or, solely as of the date of this Agreement, Cash Trapping Period has occurred and is continuing;

(c) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, neither they nor or any of their Affiliates, have, directly or through an agent, engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the Lender Parties and their Affiliates; and none of the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates has entered into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, except for this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and the Issuer will not enter into any such arrangement;

(d) neither they nor any of their Affiliates have, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any “security” (as defined in the Securities Act) that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in a manner that would require the registration of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act;

(e) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, the offer and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in the manner contemplated by this Agreement is a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Base Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

32


(f) no Securitization Entity is required, or will be required as a result of the making of Advances and Swingline Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and the use of proceeds therefrom, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act; in connection with the foregoing, the Issuer is relying on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, although additional exemptions or exclusions may be available to the Issuer; the Issuer does not constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, otherwise known as the “Volcker Rule”;

(g) the Issuer has furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent true, accurate and complete copies of all other Transaction Documents (excluding Series Supplements and other Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) to which they are a party as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, all of which Transaction Documents are in full force and effect as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and no terms of any such agreements or documents have been amended, modified or otherwise waived as of such date, other than such amendments, modifications or waivers about which the Issuer has informed each Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider;

(h) to the knowledge of the Issuer, the operations of the Issuer, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency applicable to the Securitization Entities or their assets (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Issuer or the Guarantors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Issuer or the Guarantors, is threatened or pending;

(i) none of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors, any director, officer, manager, member, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Issuer and the Guarantors will not directly or to their knowledge indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(j) none of the Issuer or the Guarantors or, to the knowledge of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors, any affiliate, director, officer, manager, member agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors, has: (i) used any corporate or company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic or “foreign official” (as defined in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”)) or foreign government employee from corporate or company funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any applicable provision of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other similar law or statute of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business, including, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder; or (iv) otherwise made any bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment; and

 

33


(k) the representations and warranties of the applicable Securitization Entities contained in Section 4.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Section 7.13 of the Base Indenture are true and correct in all respects.

SECTION 6.02 The Manager. The Manager represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that:

(a) no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing as a result of any representation and warranty made by it in any Transaction Document (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) to which it is a party (including any representations and warranties made by it as Manager) being inaccurate;

(b) to the knowledge of the Manager, the operations of the Issuer, the Manager, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Manager with respect to the Money Laundering Laws has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Manager, is threatened or pending;

(c) neither the Manager nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Manager, any director, officer, manager, member, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the Issuer, the Manager or the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the OFAC; and the Manager will not directly or to its knowledge indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and

(d) none of the Manager or, to the knowledge of the Manager, any affiliate, director, officer, manager, member agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Manager, has: (i) used any corporate or company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic or “foreign official” (as defined in the FCPA) or foreign government employee from corporate or company funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any applicable provision of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other similar law or statute of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business, including, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder; or (iv) otherwise made any bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment.

SECTION 6.03 Lender Parties. Each of the Lender Parties represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager as of the date hereof (or, in the case of a successor or assign of an Investor, as of the subsequent date on which such successor or assign shall become or be deemed to become a party hereto) that:

(a) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives;

(b) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

 

34


(c) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (b) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution in violation of the Securities Act, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

(d) it understands that (i) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (ii) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction, (iii) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria in clause (b) above and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of this Agreement;

(e) it will comply with the requirements of Section 6.03(d), above, in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

(f) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

(g) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and

(h) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

SECTION 7.01 Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness. Each Lender Party will have no obligation to purchase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes hereunder on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment will not become effective, unless:

(a) the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect;

(b) on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, from S&P stating that the Notes have received a rating of not less than “BBB- (sf)” and (ii) a letter from KBRA stating that the Notes have received rating of not less than “BBB- (sf)”;

(c) that certain risk retention letter agreement from Manager, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, with respect to the EU risk retention rules shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

35


(d) at the time of such issuance, the additional conditions set forth in Schedule III (other than with respect to the condition subsequent set forth in the proviso to clause (b) of Schedule III) and all other conditions to the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Indenture shall have been satisfied or waived.

SECTION 7.02 Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, the initial Borrowing hereunder, and the obligations of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider to fund the initial Swingline Loan or provide the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, respectively, shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent that (a) each Funding Agent shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by such Funding Agent and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount of the related Investor Group, (b) each of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, as applicable, registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by it and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment or L/C Commitment, respectively, and (c) the Issuer shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it under the Transaction Documents on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, including all fees required hereunder.

SECTION 7.03 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, any Borrowing on any day (including the initial Borrowing but excluding any Borrowings to repay Swingline Loans or L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08, as applicable), and the obligations of the Swingline Lender to fund any Swingline Loan (including the initial one) and of the L/C Provider to provide any Letter of Credit (including the initial one), respectively, shall be subject to the conditions precedent that on the date of such funding or provision, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, the following statements shall be true (without regard to any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Section 7.03 or any definitions used herein consented to by the Control Party unless the Required Investor Groups have consented to such waiver, amendment or other modification for purposes of this Section 7.03); provided, however, that if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and been declared by the Control Party pursuant to Section 9.1(a), (b), (c) or (e) of the Base Indenture, or has occurred pursuant to Section 9.1(d) of the Base Indenture, consent to such waiver, amendment or other modification from all Investors (provided, that it shall not be the obligation of the Control Party to obtain such consent from the Investors) as well as the Control Party is required for purposes of this Section 7.03:

(a) (i) the representations and warranties of the Issuer set out in this Agreement and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Manager set out in this Agreement, in each such case, shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects and (y) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects, as of the date of such funding or issuance, with the same effect as though made on that date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct (1) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (2) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(b) no Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event or Rapid Amortization Event shall be in existence at the time of, or after giving effect to, such funding or issuance;

(c) the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date shall not be less than 1.75x;

(d) in the case of any Borrowing, except to the extent an advance request is expressly deemed to have been delivered hereunder, the Issuer shall have delivered or have been deemed to have delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed advance request in the form of Exhibit A hereto with respect to such Borrowing (each such request, an “Advance Request” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Request”);

 

36


(e) each representation and warranty made by the Manager (in its capacity as the Manager) in the Management Agreement is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(f) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount (including any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount) will be funded and/or an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit will be maintained for such amount as of the date of such draw in the amounts required pursuant to the Indenture after giving effect to such draw; provided that a portion of the proceeds of such draw may be used to fund and/or maintain such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount;

(g) all Undrawn Commitment Fees, Administrative Agent Fees and L/C Quarterly Fees due and payable on or prior to the date of such funding or issuance shall have been paid in full; and

(h) all conditions to such extension of credit or provision specified in Section 2.02, 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07 of this Agreement, as applicable, shall have been satisfied.

The giving of any notice pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07, as applicable, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer and the Manager that all conditions precedent to such funding or provision have been satisfied or will be satisfied concurrently therewith.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

SECTION 8.01 Covenants. Each of the Issuer and the Manager, severally, covenants and agrees that, until all Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and all Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated, it will:

(a) Unless waived in writing by the Control Party in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture, duly and timely perform all of its covenants (both affirmative and negative) and obligations under each Transaction Document to which it is a party;

(b) not amend, modify, waive or give any approval, consent or permission under any provision of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party unless any such amendment, modification, waiver or other action is in writing and made in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as applicable;

(c) reasonably concurrently with the time any report, notice or other document is provided to the Rating Agencies and/or the Trustee, or caused to be provided, by the Issuer or the Manager under the Base Indenture (including, without limitation, under Sections 8.8, 8.9 and/or 8.10 thereof) or under the Series 2019-3 Supplement, provide the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties) with a copy of such report, notice or other document; provided, however, that neither the Manager nor the Issuer shall have any obligation under this Section 8.01(c) to deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of any Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports that relate solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes;

(d) once per calendar year, following reasonable prior notice from the

 

37


Administrative Agent (the “Annual Inspection Notice”), and during regular business hours and without unreasonable interference with the business and operation of the Manager, permit any one or more of the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the Issuer’s expense, access (as a group, and not individually unless only one such Person desires such access) to the offices of the Manager, the Issuer and the Guarantors, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all documentation relating to the Collateral on the same terms as are provided to the Trustee under Section 8.6 of the Base Indenture, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Manager, the Issuer and the Guarantors for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to the Collateral, or the administration and performance of the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement and the other Transaction Documents with any of the officers or employees of, the Manager, the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, as applicable, having knowledge of such matters; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuation of a Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Cash Trapping Period, Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the Issuer’s expense may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice; provided, further, that, in addition to any visits made pursuant to provision of an Annual Inspection Notice or during the continuation of a Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at their own expense, may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours following reasonable prior notice with respect to the business of the Issuer and/or the Guarantors; and provided, further, that the Funding Agents, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider will be permitted to provide input to the Administrative Agent with respect to the timing of delivery, and content, of the Annual Inspection Notice;

(e) not use the proceeds of any Advance to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as such term is defined under the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof “Margin Stock”), that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof;

(f) [reserved];

(g) promptly provide such additional financial and other information with respect to the Transaction Documents (other than Series Supplements and Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes), the Issuer, the Manager or the Guarantors as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Manager shall be required to produce reports or other information that they do not currently produce and which, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, would be unreasonably expensive or burdensome to prepare or produce or for which the disclosure thereof would violate any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, confidentiality provision or court order;

(h) deliver to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties), the financial statements prepared pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture at the same time as the delivery of such statements under the Base Indenture; and

(i) not (i) permit the Issuer to use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes to pay, directly or indirectly, any distributions or dividends, as applicable, on the equity interests of any Person, or to repurchase the equity interests of any Person, in each case except as contemplated pursuant to Section 8.18 of the Base Indenture or (ii) designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded with the proceeds of a Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

 

38


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments. No amendment to or waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure therefrom by the Manager or the Issuer, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Issuer with the written consent of (A) the Administrative Agent and (B) other than in respect of amendments pursuant to Section 3.04, the Required Investor Groups; provided, however, that, in addition, (i) the prior written consent of each affected Investor shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver that (x) increases the amount of the Commitment of such Investor, extends the Commitment Termination Date or the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date for such Investor, modifies the conditions to funding the Commitment or otherwise subjects such Investor to any increased or additional duties or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith (it being understood and agreed that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender Party), (y) reduces the amount or delays the timing of payment of any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Investor hereunder or (z) would have an effect comparable to any of those set forth in Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture that require the consent of each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder; (ii) any amendment, modification or waiver that affects the rights or duties of any of the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent or the Funding Agents shall require the prior written consent of such affected Person; and (iii) the prior written consent of each Investor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver of this Section 9.01. For purposes of any provision of any other Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction or the like to be given by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, such vote, consent, direction or the like shall be given by the Holders of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes only and not by the Holders of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes except to the extent that such vote, consent, direction or the like is to be given by each affected Noteholder and the Holders of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes would be affected thereby. In addition, the provisions of Section 6.01(k) may not be amended or waived without confirmation from S&P that the rating of the commercial paper notes of each Conduit Investor then rated by it will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result thereof. Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to consent to any amendment pursuant to Section 3.04.

Each Committed Note Purchaser will notify the Issuer in writing whether or not it will consent to a proposed amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement and, if applicable, any condition to such consent, waiver or other modification. If a Committed Note Purchaser notifies the Issuer in writing that such Committed Note Purchaser either (I) will not consent to an amendment to or waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement or (II) conditions its consent to such an amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement upon the payment of an amendment fee, the Issuer may replace every member (but not any subset thereof) of such Committed Note Purchaser’s entire Investor Group by giving written notice to each member of such Investor Group and the Administrative Agent designating one or more Persons that are willing and able to purchase each member of such Investor Group’s rights and obligations under this Agreement for a purchase price that with respect to each such member of such Investor Group will equal the amount owed to each such member of such Investor Group with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). Upon receipt of such written notice, each member of such Investor Group shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 9.17(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, in consideration for such purchase price and at the reasonable expense of the Issuer (including, without limitation, the reasonable documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each such member); provided, however, that no member of such Investor Group shall be obligated to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement if the purchase price to be paid to such member is not at least equal to the amount owed to such member with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). In addition, notwithstanding the terms of Section 2.05, the Issuer may also effect a permanent reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum

 

39


Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in the Commitment Amount solely of such Committed Note Purchaser and Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount solely of such Investor Group on a non-ratable basis; provided that (i) any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of such Commitments, although any such reduction may be combined with a Voluntary Decrease effected pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, applied solely with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser and such Investor Group.

The Issuer and the Lender Parties shall negotiate any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Lender Parties in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Lender Parties shall not be unreasonably denied, conditioned or delayed. Pursuant to Section 9.05(a), the Lender Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Issuer for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Lender Parties in reviewing and approving any such amendment, waiver, consent, supplement or other modification to this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

SECTION 9.02 No Waiver; Remedies. Any waiver, consent or approval given by any party hereto shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and no waiver by a party of any breach or default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default. No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce the right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. No notice to or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 9.03 Binding on Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Issuer, the Manager, the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that none of the Issuer nor the Manager may assign its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise other than in connection with a merger between Securitization Entities permitted by the Transaction Documents) without the prior written consent of each Lender Party (other than any Defaulting Investor); provided further that nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer from assigning its rights (but none of its duties or liabilities) to the Trustee under the Base Indenture and the Series 2019-3 Supplement; and provided, further that none of the Lender Parties may transfer, pledge, assign, sell participations in or otherwise encumber its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein except as permitted under Section 6.03, Section 9.17 and this Section 9.03. Nothing expressed herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Persons referred to in the preceding sentence any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement except as provided in Section 9.16.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Investor may at any time grant to one or more Program Support Providers a participating interest in or lien on such Investor’s interests in the Advances made hereunder and such Program Support Provider, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement. In addition, any Investor may at any time sell participations to any Person in all or a portion of such Investor’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and the Advances made thereunder and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and such participant, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement; provided that (i) such Investor’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Investor shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline

 

40


Lender, the L/C Provider and each other Investor shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Investor in connection with such Investor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that no participation pursuant to this Section 9.03 shall be made to a Competitor or a Defaulting Investor. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which an Investor sells such a participation shall provide that such Investor shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents. provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the prior written consent of each affected Participant shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver that would have an effect comparable to any of those set forth in Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture or Section 9.01 hereof that require the consent of each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder.

(c) In addition to its rights under Section 9.17, each Conduit Investor may at any time assign its rights in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (and its rights hereunder and under the Transaction Documents) to its related Committed Note Purchaser or, subject to Section 6.03 and Section 9.17, its related Program Support Provider or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Furthermore, each Conduit Investor may at any time grant a security interest in and lien on, all or any portion of its interests under this Agreement, its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note and all Transaction Documents to (i) its related Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) its Funding Agent, (iii) any Program Support Provider who, at any time now or in the future, provides program liquidity or credit enhancement, including, without limitation, an insurance policy for such Conduit Investor relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, (iv) any other Person who, at any time now or in the future, provides liquidity or credit enhancement for the Conduit Investors, including, without limitation, an insurance policy relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes; (v) any collateral trustee or collateral agent for any of the foregoing or (vi) a trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of such Conduit Investor appointed pursuant to such Conduit Investor’s program documents; provided, however, that any such security interest or lien shall be released upon assignment of its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note to its related Committed Note Purchaser. Each Committed Note Purchaser may assign its Commitment, or all or any portion of its interest under its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to any Person to the extent permitted by Section 9.17. Notwithstanding any other provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Committed Note Purchaser may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note and the Transaction Documents in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the F.R.S. Board or any similar foreign entity.

SECTION 9.04 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making and the repayment of the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and shall continue in full force and effect until all interest on and principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, and all other Obligations owed to the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Supplement have been paid in full (other than as described in the following sentence), all Letters of Credit have expired or been fully cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated, including as a result of the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article XII of the Base Indenture. In addition, the obligations of the Issuer and the Lender Parties under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 9.05, 9.10 and 9.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.05 Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) Payment of Costs and Expenses. The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to pay (by depositing such amounts into the Collection Account to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments), on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (if invoiced at least one (1) Business Day prior to such date) or on or before five (5) Business Days after written demand (in all

 

41


other cases), all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, each initial Funding Agent and each initial Lender Party (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one counsel to each of the foregoing, if any, as well as the fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies) in connection with (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and of each other Transaction Document, including schedules and exhibits, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated, and (ii) any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document as may from time to time hereafter be proposed by the Manager or the Securitization Entities. The Issuer and the Guarantors further jointly and severally agree to pay, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and to hold the Administrative Agent, each Funding Agent and each Lender Party harmless from all liability for (x) any breach by the Issuer of its obligations under this Agreement, (y) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent or such Lender Party in enforcing this Agreement or in connection with the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out”, whether or not consummated, of the Transaction Documents and (z) any Non-Excluded Taxes that may be payable in connection with (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, (2) any Borrowing or Swingline Loan hereunder, (3) the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (4) any Letter of Credit hereunder or (5) any other Transaction Documents. The Issuer and the Guarantors also jointly and severally agree to reimburse, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and Lender Party upon demand for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and such Lender Party in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than in connection with a sale or assignment pursuant to Section 9.18(a), the Issuer and/or the Guarantors shall have no obligation to reimburse any Lender Party for any of the fees and/or expenses incurred by such Lender Party with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.03 or Section 9.17.

(b) Indemnification of the Lender Parties. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lender Parties, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold each Lender Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent (each in its capacity as such and to the extent not otherwise reimbursed by the Issuer or Guarantors and without limiting the obligation of the Issuer or the Guarantors to do so) and each of their officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless (by depositing such amounts into the Collection Account to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to:

(i) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit; or

(ii) the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Indemnified Parties, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent by the Lender Parties set forth in Section 9.19;

except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of representations set forth herein as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the forgoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is

 

42


permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(b) shall in no event include indemnification for special, punitive, consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08 or for any transfer Class A-1 Taxes with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.17. The Issuer shall give notice to the Rating Agencies of any claim for Indemnified Liabilities made under this Section 9.05(b).

(c) Indemnification of the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent and the related Funding Agent, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (collectively, the “Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties”) and such Funding Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Funding Agent Indemnified Parties,” and together with the Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (solely to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors) (irrespective of whether any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties, except for any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Applicable Agent Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Applicable Agent Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(c) shall in no event include indemnification for consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08.

SECTION 9.06 Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a Transaction Document for all purposes of the Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. This Agreement, together with the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the documents delivered pursuant to Article VII and the other Transaction Documents, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.07 Notices. All notices, amendments, waivers, consents and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed, delivered or transmitted to such party at its address or e-mail address set forth below its signature hereto, in the case of the Issuer or the Manager, or on Schedule II, in the case of the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents, or in each case at such other address or e-mail address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if properly addressed and sent by pre-paid courier service, shall be deemed given when received; any notice, if transmitted by e-mail, shall be deemed given when received.

SECTION 9.08 Severability of Provisions. Any covenant, provision, agreement or term of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

43


SECTION 9.09 Tax Characterization(a) . (a) Each party to this Agreement (i) acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that, for accounting purposes and for all federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will be treated as evidence of indebtedness, (ii) agrees to treat the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for all such purposes as indebtedness and (iii) agrees that the provisions of the Transaction Documents shall be construed to further these intentions.

(b) Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Issuer, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each related Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) and the applicable portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (and stated interest) with respect to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder of each Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) that has an interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder’s Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Register”), provided that no Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Register to any Person except to the extent such that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury regulations.

SECTION 9.10 No Proceedings; Limited Recourse.

(a) The Securitization Entities. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Issuer) hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Base Indenture, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, all as more particularly set forth in Section 14.13 of the Base Indenture and subject to any retained rights set forth therein; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.10(a) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that a Lender Party (solely in its capacity as such) takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(a), each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the filing of such a petition by any such Person against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such Person has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by a Lender Party in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity. The obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement are solely the limited liability company or corporate, as the case may be, obligations of the Issuer.

(b) The Conduit Investors. Each of the parties hereto hereby covenants and agrees that it will not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all Commercial Paper or other debt securities or instruments issued by a Conduit Investor, institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit Investor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, examination or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state (or any other jurisdiction with authority over such Conduit Investor) bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that, subject to Section 9.10(d), nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from such Conduit Investor pursuant to this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that any such party takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(b), such related Conduit Investor may file an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the

 

44


filing of such a petition by any such party against such Conduit Investor or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such party has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any of the Securitization Entities, the Manager or a Lender Party in assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving a Conduit Investor. Subject to Section 9.10(d), the obligations of the Conduit Investors under this Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of the Conduit Investors. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, including any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement, against any stockholder, employee, officer, agent, director, member, affiliate or incorporator (or Person similar to an incorporator under state business organization laws) of any Conduit Investor; provided, however, nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall relieve any of the foregoing Persons from any liability that any such Person may otherwise have for its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Conduit Investor shall be obligated to pay any fees, costs, indemnified amounts or expenses due pursuant to this Agreement (“Conduit Investor Amounts”) other than in accordance with the order of priorities set out in such Conduit Investor’s commercial paper program documents and all payment obligations of each Conduit Investor hereunder are contingent on the availability of funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes and in excess of the amounts necessary to pay its commercial paper notes; provided, however, that each Committed Note Purchaser shall pay any Conduit Investor Amounts, on behalf of any Conduit Investor in such Committed Note Purchaser’s Investor Group, as and when due hereunder, to the extent that such Conduit Investor is precluded by its commercial paper program documents from paying such Conduit Investor Amounts in accordance with this Agreement. Any such amount which any Conduit Investor does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against or corporate obligation of such Conduit Investor for any such insufficiency unless and until funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes are available for the payment of such amounts as aforesaid.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Confidentiality. Each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person without the prior written consent of the Manager and the Issuer, other than (a) to their Affiliates, and their Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, managers, administrators, trustees, agents and advisors, including, without limitation, legal counsel and accountants (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and instructed to keep it confidential), (b) to actual or prospective assignees and participants, and then only on a confidential basis (after obtaining such actual or prospective assignee’s or participant’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (c) as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, has knowledge; provided that each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent may disclose Confidential Information as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, does not have knowledge if such Lender Party, Funding Agent or Administrative Agent is prohibited by law, rule or regulation from disclosing such requirement to the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, (d) to (x) Program Support Providers and (y) any trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of a Conduit Investor appointed pursuant to such Conduit Investor’s program documents (after, in each case, obtaining such Person’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (e) to any rating agency providing a rating for any Series or Class of Notes or any Conduit Investor’s debt, (f) to any Person acting as a placement

 

45


agent, dealer or investor with respect to any Conduit Investor’s commercial paper (provided that any Confidential Information provided to any such placement agent, dealer or investor does not reveal the identity of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates and is confined to information of the type that is typically provided to such entities by asset-backed commercial paper conduits), or (g) in the course of litigation with the Issuer or the Manager; provided that (in the case of any disclosure under foregoing clause (c) the disclosing party will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, give reasonable notice of such disclosure requirement to the Issuer and the Manager prior to disclosure of the Confidential Information, and will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that is necessary to comply with such requirement in a manner reasonably designed to maintain the confidentiality thereof; and provided, further, that no such notice shall be required for any disclosure by the Administrative Agent and/or its affiliates to regulatory authorities asserting jurisdiction in connection with an examination of any such party in the normal course.

Confidential Information” means information that the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Manager furnishes to a Lender Party, but does not include (i) any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 9.11 or a disclosure by a Person to which a Lender Party, a Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent delivered such information, (ii) any such information that was in the possession of a Lender Party prior to its being furnished to such Lender Party by the Issuer or the Manager, or (iii) any such information that is or becomes available to a Lender Party from a source other than the Issuer or the Manager; provided that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) herein, such source is not (x) known to a Lender Party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, with respect to the information or (y) known to a Lender Party to be otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

SECTION 9.12 GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE. THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING UNDER OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAW. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN.

SECTION 9.13 JURISDICTION. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREUNDER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

46


SECTION 9.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include electronic transmission of counterparts) and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 9.16 Third Party Beneficiary. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Control Party are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.17 Assignment.

(a) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Committed Note Purchaser may at any time sell or assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to one or more financial institutions (an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”) pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”), executed by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, such assigning Committed Note Purchaser, the Funding Agent with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser, the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that no assignment pursuant to this Section 9.17 shall be made to a Competitor.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), each Conduit Investor may assign all or a portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor and its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party to a Conduit Assignee with respect to such Conduit Investor, without the prior written consent of the Issuer. Upon such assignment by a Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee, (i) such Conduit Assignee shall be the owner of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor, (ii) the related administrative or managing agent for such Conduit Assignee will act as the Funding Agent for such Conduit Assignee hereunder, with all corresponding rights and powers, express or implied, granted to the Funding Agent hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, (iii) such Conduit Assignee and its liquidity support provider(s) and credit support provider(s) and other related parties, in each case relating to the Commercial Paper and/or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, shall have the benefit of all the rights and protections provided to such Conduit Investor herein and in the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, any limitation on recourse against such Conduit Assignee as provided in this paragraph), (iv) such Conduit Assignee shall assume all of such Conduit Investor’s obligations, if any, hereunder or under the Base Indenture or under any other Transaction Document with respect to such portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount and such Conduit Investor shall be released from such obligations, (v) all distributions in respect of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor shall be made to the applicable Funding Agent on behalf of such Conduit Assignee, (vi) the definition of the term “CP Funding Rate” with respect to the portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor, as applicable, funded or maintained with commercial paper issued by such Conduit Assignee from time to time shall be determined in the manner set forth in the definition of “CP Funding Rate” applicable to such Conduit Assignee on the basis of the interest rate or discount applicable to Commercial Paper issued by or for the benefit of such Conduit Assignee (rather than any other Conduit Investor), (vii) the defined terms and other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, and (viii) if requested by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Assignee, the

 

47


parties will execute and deliver such further agreements and documents and take such other actions as the Funding Agent may reasonably request to evidence and give effect to the foregoing. No assignment by any Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee of all or any portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor shall in any way diminish the obligation of the Committed Note Purchasers in the same Investor Group as such Conduit Investor under Section 2.02 to fund any Increase not funded by such Conduit Investor or such Conduit Assignee.

(c) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Conduit Investor and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) may at any time sell all or any part of their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit, whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P, and one or more financial institutions providing support to such multi-seller commercial paper conduit (an “Acquiring Investor Group”) pursuant to a transfer supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C (the “Investor Group Supplement” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor Group Supplement”), executed by such Acquiring Investor Group, the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Investor Group (including the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Investor Group), such assigning Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Conduit Investor, the Funding Agent with respect to such assigning Conduit Investor and Committed Note Purchasers, the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser and its related Conduit Investor or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.17(c) is intended to permit and provide for (i) assignments from a Committed Note Purchaser to a Conduit Investor in a different Investor Group and (ii) assignments from a Conduit Investor to a Committed Note Purchaser in a different Investor group, and, in each of (i) and (ii), Exhibit C shall be revised to reflect such assignments.

(d) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the Swingline Lender may at any time assign all its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, in whole but not in part, with the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that the prior written consent of each Funding Agent (other than any Funding Agent with respect to which all of the Committed Note Purchasers in such Funding Agent’s Investor Group are Defaulting Investors), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, shall be required if such financial institution is not a Committed Note Purchaser.

(e) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the L/C Provider may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note with the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent so assigned; provided that no consent of the Issuer shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(f) Any assignment of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

SECTION 9.18 Defaulting Investors. (a) The Issuer may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Defaulting Investor and the Administrative Agent, (i) require any Defaulting

 

48


Investor to sell all of its rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an assignee; provided that (x) such assignment is made in compliance with Section 9.17 and (y) such Defaulting Investor shall have received from such assignee an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder or (ii) remove any Defaulting Investor as an Investor by paying to such Defaulting Investor an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder.

(b) In the event that a Defaulting Investor desires to sell all or any portion of it rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an unaffiliated third party assignee for an amount less than 100% (or, if only a portion of such rights, obligations and commitments are proposed to be sold, such portion) of such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder, such Defaulting Investor shall promptly notify the Issuer of the proposed sale (the “Sale Notice”). Each Sale Notice shall certify that such Defaulting Investor has received a firm offer from the prospective unaffiliated third party and shall contain the material terms of the proposed sale, including, without limitation, the purchase price of the proposed sale and the portion of such Defaulting Investor’s rights, obligations and commitments proposed to be sold. The Issuer and any of its Affiliates shall have an option for a period of three (3) Business Days from the date the Sale Notice is given to elect to purchase such rights, obligations and commitments at the same price and subject to the same material terms as described in the Sale Notice. The Issuer or any of its Affiliates may exercise such purchase option by notifying such Defaulting Investor before expiration of such three (3) Business Days period that it wishes to purchase all (but not a portion) of the rights, obligations and commitments of such Defaulting Investor proposed to be sold to such unaffiliated third party. If the Issuer or any of its Affiliates gives notice to such Defaulting Investor that it desires to purchase such, rights, obligations and commitments, the Issuer or such Affiliate shall promptly pay the purchase price to such Defaulting Investor. If the Issuer or any of its Affiliates does not respond to any Sale Notice within such three (3) Business Days period, the Issuer and its Affiliates shall be deemed not to have exercised such purchase option.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Investor becomes a Defaulting Investor, then, until such time as such Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Such Defaulting Investor’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.01.

(ii) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the account of such Defaulting Investor (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity or otherwise) shall be applied (and the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee to apply such amounts) as follows: first, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; fourth, as the Issuer may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as

 

49


determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Issuer, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Investor’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Advances under this Agreement and (y) to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of any future Undrawn L/C Face Amounts multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Investors, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Investor, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Issuer against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Investor or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or any extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) owed to, all non-Defaulting Investors on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, participations required to be purchased pursuant to Section 2.09(a) owed to, such Defaulting Investor until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Investors pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Investor that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Investor or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Investor, and each Investor irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) All or any part of such Defaulting Investor’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Investors pro rata based on their Commitments (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Investor’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Issuer shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Issuer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the product of any non-Defaulting Investor’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such non-Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage to exceed such non-Defaulting Investor’s Commitment Amount. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Investor arising from that Investor having become a Defaulting Investor, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Investor as a result of such non-Defaulting Investor’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Issuer shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to them hereunder or under law, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the amount that cannot be so reallocated.

(d) If the Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider agree in writing that an Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that

 

50


Investor will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Investors or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Investors in accordance with their respective Commitments (without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii)), whereupon such Investor will cease to be a Defaulting Investor; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer while that Investor was a Defaulting Investor; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Investor to Investor will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Investor’s having been a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 9.19 No Fiduciary Duties. The Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that in connection with transaction contemplated in this Agreement, or any other services the Lender Parties may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Lender Parties: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between any of the Issuer, the Manager, the Guarantors and any other person, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, exists; (b) the Lender Parties are not acting as advisor, expert or otherwise, to the Issuer, the Manager or the Guarantors, and such relationship between the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Lender Parties may have to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; (d) the Lender Parties and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors; and (e) the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors hereby waive any claims that the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors may have against the Lender Parties with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

SECTION 9.20 No Guarantee by Manager(a) . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Manager shall not be construed as a guarantee or other credit support by Manager of the obligations of the Securitization Entities hereunder. The Manager shall not be liable in any respect for any obligation of the Securitization Entities hereunder or any violation by any Securitization Entity of its covenants, representations and warranties or other agreements and obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Indenture Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Indenture Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Indenture Document; or

 

51


(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

For purposes of this Section 9.21:

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. Following the withdrawal of the UK from the EU (hereafter referred to as “Brexit”) this definition shall include substantially equivalent legislation in the UK.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent. Following Brexit this definition shall also include an institution in the UK subject to substantially similar supervision by UK regulators together with its parent and subsidiary entities whether in the UK or the EEA.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway. Following Brexit this definition shall be deemed to include the UK.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. Following Brexit this definition shall include any authority in the UK exercising substantially similar powers under UK law.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time. Following Brexit this definition shall include substantially similar publications in the UK.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 9.22 Patriot Act. In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, any Lender Party may obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship with such Lender Party. Such Lender Party may ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. Such Lender Party may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

SECTION 9.23 Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Lender Party that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Lender Party of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

52


(b) In the event that any Lender Party that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Lender Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Lender Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

For purposes of this Section 9.23:

BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

53


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Issuer, the Manager, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:   /s/ Noah Pollack
 

Name: Noah Pollack

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Address:

 

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

Attention:

 

Noah Pollack

Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager

By:   /s/ Noah Pollack
 

Name: Noah Pollack

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Address:

 

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

Attention:

 

Noah Pollack

Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Driven Brands Series 2019-3 Notes, Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement


DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC

DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC

ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

each as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ Noah Pollack
 

Name: Noah Pollack

Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Driven Brands Series 2019-3 Notes, Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Daniel Hufnagel

 

Name: Daniel Hufnagel

Title: Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider

By:  

/s/ Daniel Hufnagel

 

Name: Daniel Hufnagel

Title: Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender

By:  

/s/ Daniel Hufnagel

 

Name: Daniel Hufnagel

Title: Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the Committed Note Purchaser

By:  

/s/ Daniel Hufnagel

 

Name: Daniel Hufnagel

Title: Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the related Funding Agent

By:  

/s/ Daniel Hufnagel

 

Name: Daniel Hufnagel

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement]


SCHEDULE I TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUPS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Investor Group/Funding Agent

   Maximum Investor
Group Principal
Amount
     Conduit
Lender
(if any)
     Committed Note
Purchaser(s)
     Commitment
Amount
 

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 115,000,000.00        N/A        Barclays Bank PLC      $ 115,000,000.00  

 

Schedule I-1


SCHEDULE II TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

NOTICE ADDRESSES FOR LENDER PARTIES AND AGENTS

Conduit Investors

Barclays Bank PLC

N/A

Committed Note Purchaser

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Funding Agent

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

 

Schedule II-1


Administrative Agent

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Swingline Lender

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

L/C Provider

Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch

Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Letters of Credit/Dawn Townsend

Telephone: (201) 499-2081

Fax: (212) 412-5011

Email: xraletterofcredit@barclays.com

 

Schedule II-2


and

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

 

Schedule II-3


SCHEDULE III TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADDITIONAL CLOSING CONDITIONS

The following are the additional conditions to initial issuance and effectiveness referred to in Section 7.01(d):

(a) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to the Lender Parties, and the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors shall have furnished to the Lender Parties all documents and information that the Lender Parties or their counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(b) Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., as counsel to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions or reliance letters that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date; provided, that with respect to perfection matters regarding the Securitization-Owned Locations contributed to the Securitization Entities on or around December 10, 2019, such opinion may be delivered on the date that is ten Business Days after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(c) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions that are customary for transactions of this type, including in respect of corporate, securities and investment company act matters, security interest matters, “true contribution” and “non-consolidation” matters and tax matters, and in each case reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(d) [Intentionally Omitted]

(e) [Intentionally Omitted]

(f) DLA Piper LLP, as franchise counsel to the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties reliance letters that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(g) Dentons US LLP, as counsel to the Trustee, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(h) The Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties shall have received an opinion or reliance letter of Andrascik & Tita LLC, counsel to the Servicer, dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Lender Parties.

(i) The Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties shall have received an opinion or reliance letter of in-house counsel to the Back-Up Manager, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Lender Parties.

 

Schedule III-1


(j) Each of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, or other officers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that the representations, warranties and agreements of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, in any other Transaction Document to which any of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors, as applicable, is a party are true and correct (A) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (B) if not so qualified, in all material respects, on and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date), and the Issuer, the Manager, and each Guarantor, as applicable, has complied in all material respects with all its agreements contained herein and in any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(k) There shall exist at and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date no condition that would constitute an “Event of Default” (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an “Event of Default”) under, and as defined in, the Indenture or a material breach under any of the Transaction Documents as in effect at the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (or an event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material breach). On the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, each of the Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect.

(l) The Series 2019-3 Supplement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the 2019-3 Securities Intermediary and the Trustee, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and duly authenticated by the Trustee, and the Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed copies thereof.

(m) The Manager, each Guarantor and the Issuer shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties a certificate, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, of the Chief Financial Officer of such entity that such entity will be Solvent immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(n) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to an injunction (temporary or permanent) and no restraining order or other injunctive order shall have been issued; and there shall not have been any legal action, order, decree or other administrative proceeding instituted or (to the knowledge of the Issuer or the Manager) overtly threatened against the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors or the Lender Parties that would reasonably be expected to adversely impact the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Notes and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Lender Parties’ activities in connection therewith or any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(o) The representations and warranties of each of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors (to the extent a party thereto) contained in the Transaction Documents to which any of the Issuer, the Manager and the Guarantors is a party will be true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (ii) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date).

 

Schedule III-2


(p) On or prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Manager, the Guarantors and the Issuer shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties such further certificates and documents as the Lender Parties may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Administrative Agent.

 

Schedule III-3


SCHEDULE IV TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Letters of Credit

 

Applicant    Beneficiary   

Facility

Maturity

  

LC Effective

Date

  

LC Expiry

Date

   Face Amount
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          

 

Schedule IV-1


EXHIBIT A TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADVANCE REQUEST

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands Funding, LLC

Phone (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email address)

and

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party

10851 Mastin Street

Overland Park, KS 66210

Email: Brandy.Toepfer@midlandls.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Advance Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.03 of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Driven Brands, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

 

A-1


Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Advances be made in the aggregate principal amount of $        on             , 20___.

[IF ISSUER IS ELECTING EURODOLLAR RATE FOR THESE ADVANCES ON THE DATE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.01(B) OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, ADD THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: The undersigned hereby elects that the Advances that are not funded at the CP Rate by an Eligible Conduit Investor shall be Eurodollar Advances and the related Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall commence on the date of such Eurodollar Advances and end on but exclude the date [one month subsequent to such date] [two months subsequent to such date] [three months subsequent to such date] [six months subsequent to such date].]

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Advance Request and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Advances requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including Section 7.03(a), have been satisfied.

The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify both you and each Investor. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby you and each Investor shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Advances as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Advances, first, at the election of the Issuer $[                    ] to the Swingline Lender and $[    ] to the L/C Provider for application to repayment of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, and, second, to the Issuer pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instruction for payment to Issuer]

 

A-2


The undersigned has caused this Advance Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly

Authorized Officer this ____ day of        , 20___.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


EXHIBIT A-1 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SWINGLINE LOAN REQUEST

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Swingline Loan Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.06(b) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Driven Brands, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Swingline Loans be made in the aggregate principal amount of $        on             , 20___.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Swingline Loan Request and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Swingline Loans requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including Section 7.03(a), have been satisfied.

 

A-1-1


The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify you. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby you shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Swingline Loans as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Swingline Loans to the Issuer pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instructions for payment to the Issuer]

 

A-1-2


The undersigned has caused this Swingline Loan Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized

Officer this ____ day of    , 20___.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-3


EXHIBIT A-2 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[Reserved]

 

A-2-1


EXHIBIT B TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [ ], among [                ] (the “Transferor”), each purchaser listed as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”), the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser listed on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Funding Agent”), and the Issuer, Swingline Lender and L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(a) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Driven Brands, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (if it is not already an existing Committed Note Purchaser) wishes to become a Committed Note Purchaser party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor is selling and assigning to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, [all] [a portion of] its rights, obligations and Commitment Amounts under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement by each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, each related Acquiring Funding Agent, the Transferor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(a) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”), each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser shall be a Committed Note Purchaser, and each Acquiring Funding Agent shall be a Funding Agent, party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor acknowledges receipt from each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor and such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s “Purchased

 

B-1


Percentage”) of (i) the Transferor’s Commitment Amount under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, without recourse, representation or warranty, and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor, such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the Transferor’s Commitment Amount under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

The Transferor has made arrangements with each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser with respect to [(i)] the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees) [heretofore received] by the Transferor pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser to the Transferor of Fees or [                ] received by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, as the case may be, in accordance with its respective interests as reflected in this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Issuer or the performance or observance by the Issuer of any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirms that it has received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption Agreement; (iv) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser will, independently and without reliance upon the

 

B-2


Administrative Agent, the Transferor, the Funding Agent or any other Investor Group and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes its related Acquiring Funding Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Acquiring Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser; and (viii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer, and the Manager and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (II) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, and (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal

 

B-3


Amounts for the Investor Groups of the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (it being understood that if the Transferor was part of a Conduit Investor’s Investor Group and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser is intended to be part of the same Investor Group, there will not be any change to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for that Investor Group) and (iv) administrative information with respect to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser and its related Acquiring Funding Agent.

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT OR THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT.

 

B-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[                                ], as Transferor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[                                 ], as Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[                ], as Acquiring Funding Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-5


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE ISSUER:
DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-6


CONSENTED BY:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

B-7


SCHEDULE I TO

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

 

[____________________], as

Transferor

  

Prior Commitment Amount:

  

$[                    ]

Revised Commitment Amount:   

$[                    ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group   
Principal Amount:    $[                    ]
Revised Maximum Investor   
Group Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

Related Conduit Investor

(if applicable)

     [                    ]
[                                             ], as   

 

Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser

  

Address:

  

Attention:

  

Telephone:

  

Email:

  

Purchased Percentage of

  
Transferor’s Commitment Amount:      [                    ]%

Prior Commitment Amount:

  

$[                    ]

Revised Commitment Amount:

  

$[                    ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group   
Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

 

B-8


Revised Maximum Investor

  
Group Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

Related Conduit Investor

  

(if applicable)

  

  [                    ]

[                                 ], as

  

related Acquiring Funding Agent

  

Address:

  

Attention:

  

Telephone:

  

Email:

  

 

B-9


EXHIBIT C TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [        ], among (i) [        ] (the “Transferor Investor Group”), (ii) [        ] (the “Acquiring Investor Group”), (iii) the Funding Agent with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group listed on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Funding Agent”), and (iv) the Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Investor Group Supplement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(c) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), Driven Brands, Inc., as the Manager, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, the Acquiring Investor Group wishes to become a Conduit Investor and [a] Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to such Conduit Investor under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor Investor Group is selling and assigning to the Acquiring Investor Group [all] [a portion of] its respective rights, obligations and commitments under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Investor Group Supplement by the Acquiring Investor Group, each related Acquiring Funding Agent with respect thereto, the Transferor Investor Group, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(c) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”), the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group shall be parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor Investor Group acknowledges receipt from the Acquiring Investor Group of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by the Acquiring Investor Group (the Acquiring Investor Group’s “Purchased Percentage”) of (i) the aggregate Commitment Amount[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor Investor Group under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the aggregate

 

C-1


related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor Investor Group hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to the Acquiring Investor Group, without recourse, representation or warranty, and the Acquiring Investor Group hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor Investor Group, such Acquiring Investor Group’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the aggregate Commitment Amount[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor Investor Group under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the aggregate related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

The Transferor Investor Group has made arrangements with the Acquiring Investor Group with respect to (i) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor Investor Group to such Acquiring Investor Group of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees”) [heretofore received] by the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Investor Group to the Transferor Investor Group of Fees or [    ] received by such Acquiring Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective interests as reflected in this Investor Group Supplement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Investor Group Supplement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Investor Group Supplement.

The Acquiring Investor Group has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Investor Group Supplement, the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Issuer or the performance or observance by the Issuer of any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) the Acquiring Investor Group confirms that it has received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and

 

C-2


such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Investor Group Supplement; (iv) the Acquiring Investor Group will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Transferor Investor Group, the Funding Agents or any other Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes its related Acquiring Funding Agent, listed on Schedule I hereto, to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Acquiring Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as a member of the Acquiring Investor Group; and (viii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Manager that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (II) the Issuer is not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

C-3


Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for the Acquiring Investor Group, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, and (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts for the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group and (iv) administrative information with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group and its related Acquiring Funding Agent.

This Investor Group Supplement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Investor Group Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT OR THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor Group Supplement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[                    ], as Transferor Investor Group
By:               
  Name:
  Title

 

[                    ], as Acquiring Investor Group
By:               
  Name:
  Title:

 

[                    ], as Acquiring Funding Agent
By:               
  Name:
  Title

 

C-4


 

C-5


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED

BY THE ISSUER:

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:           
  Name:
  Title:

 

C-6


CONSENTED BY:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender

By:           
  Name:
  Title:

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider

By:           
  Name:
  Title:

 

C-7


SCHEDULE I TO

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

 

[____________________], as

Transferor Investor Group

  

Prior Commitment Amount:

  

$[                    ]

Revised Commitment Amount:   

$[                    ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group   
Principal Amount:    $[                    ]
Revised Maximum Investor   
Group Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

 

[____________________], as

Acquiring Investor Group

  

Address:

  

Attention:

  

Telephone:

  

Email:

  

 

Purchased Percentage of

  

Transferor Investor Group’s Commitment Amount:

  

  [                    ]%

Prior Commitment Amount:

   $[                    ]
Revised Commitment Amount:    $[                    ]
Prior Maximum Investor Group   
Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

Revised Maximum Investor

  
Group Principal Amount:    $[                    ]

 

C-8


[____________________], as

related Acquiring Funding Agent

  

Address:

  

Attention:

  

Telephone:

  

Email:

  

 

C-9


EXHIBIT D TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[FORM OF PURCHASER’S LETTER]

[INVESTOR]

[INVESTOR ADDRESS]

Attention: [INVESTOR CONTACT]                                     [Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 2019 (the “NPA”) relating to the purchase and sale (the “Transaction”) of up to $115,000,000 of Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (the “VFN Notes”) of Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”). The Transaction will not be required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) under an exemption from registration granted in Section 4(a)(2) of the Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Barclays Bank PLC is acting as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) in connection with the Transaction. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the definitions ascribed to them in the NPA. Please confirm with us your acknowledgement and agreement with the following:

 

  (a)

You are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an Accredited Investor) and have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and are able and prepared to bear the economic risk of purchasing, the VFN Notes.

 

  (b)

Neither the Administrative Agent nor its Affiliates (i) has provided you with any information with respect to the Issuer, the VFN Notes or the Transaction other than the information contained in the NPA, which was prepared by the Issuer, or (ii) makes any representation as to the credit quality of the Issuer or the merits of a purchase of the VFN Notes. The Administrative Agent has not provided you with any legal, business, tax or other advice in connection with the Transaction or your possible purchase of the VFN Notes.

 

  (c)

You acknowledge that you have completed your own diligence investigation of the Issuer and the VFN Notes and have had sufficient access to the agreements, documents, records, officers and directors of the Issuer to make your investment decision related to the VFN Notes. You further acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to discuss the Issuer’s and the Manager’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer and the Manager and their respective representatives.

 

  (d)

The Administrative Agent may currently or in the future own securities issued by, or have business relationships (including, among others, lending, depository, risk management, advisory and banking relationships) with, the Issuer and its affiliates, and the Administrative Agent will manage such security positions and business relationships as it determines to be in its best interests, without regard to the interests of the holders of the VFN Notes.

 

D-1


  (e)

You are purchasing the VFN Notes for your own account, or for the account of one or more Persons who are Accredited Investors and who meet the criteria described in paragraph (a) above and for whom you are acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution (but without prejudice to your right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of the VFN Notes in accordance with clause (f) below), subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of your property shall at all times be and remain within your control, and neither you nor your Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the VFN Notes. You confirm that, to the extent you are purchasing the VFN Notes for the account of one or more other Persons, (i) you have been duly authorized to make the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements set forth herein on their behalf and (ii) the provisions of this letter constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of you and any other Person for whose account you are acting;

 

  (f)

You understand that (i) the VFN Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the Issuer, (ii) the Issuer is not required to register the VFN Notes, (iii) any permitted transferee under the NPA must be an Accredited Investor and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17 of the NPA, as applicable;

 

  (g)

You will comply with the requirements of paragraph (f) above in connection with any transfer by you of the VFN Notes;

 

  (h)

You understand that the VFN Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of VFN Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

 

  (i)

Either (i) you are not acquiring or holding the VFN Notes for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any Similar Law (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement as Annex A) or (ii) your purchase and holding of the VFN Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law; and

 

  (j)

You will obtain for the benefit of the Issuer from any purchaser of the VFN Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs.

This letter agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of

 

D-2


New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

D-3


You understand that the Administrative Agent will rely upon this letter agreement in acting as an Administrative Agent in connection with the Transaction. You agree to notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing if any of your representations, acknowledgements or agreements herein cease to be accurate and complete. You irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to produce this letter to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:               
  Name:
  Title:

 

Agreed and Acknowledged:

[INVESTOR]
By:               
  Name:
  Title:

 

D-4

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

JOINDER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AND JOINDER TO CLASS A-1 NOTES FEE LETTER

This JOINDER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND JOINDER TO CLASS A-1 NOTES FEE LETTER, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Amendment”), by and among the signatories hereto, amends the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended by this Amendment, and as the same may be further amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”), entered into by and among (a) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), (b) DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), (c) DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the manager (the “U.S. Manager”), (d) the several commercial paper conduits listed on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as Conduit Investors and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Conduit Investor” and, collectively, the “Conduit Investors”), (e) the several financial institutions listed on Schedule I to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as Committed Note Purchasers and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Committed Note Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Committed Note Purchasers”), (f) for each Investor Group, the financial institution entitled to act on behalf of the Investor Group set forth opposite the name of such Investor Group on Schedule I as Funding Agent and its permitted successors and assigns (each, the “Funding Agent” with respect to such Investor Group and, collectively, the “Funding Agents”), (g) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider, (h) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender, and (i) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent for the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider and the Swingline Lender (together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent”),

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement in the manner set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has requested that (a) DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Joining Co-Issuer”), be joined to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as a Co-Issuer, (b) each of FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“FUSA Properties”), FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“FUSA Franchisor”), DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Holdings”), CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian CARSTAR GP”), CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian CARSTAR”), MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”), MAACO CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Take 5 GP”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited


partnership (“Canadian Take 5”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Go Glass Franchisor”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor”), DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”), DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”), and DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”), DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Claims Management” and, together with FUSA Properties, FUSA Franchisor, Canadian Holdings, Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5 GP, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Go Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP, Star Auto Glass Franchisor, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing and Driven Canada Claims Management GP, the “Joining Guarantors”, and each individually, a “Joining Guarantor”), be joined to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as a Guarantor and (c) Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., a Canadian corporation (the “Joining Manager”), be joined to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as a Manager;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement permits the Co-Issuers to amend the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement subject to (a) the written consent of Investor Groups holding more than (i) if no single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, 50% of the Commitments or (ii) if a single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, two-thirds of the Commitments and (b) the written consent of any of the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent or the Funding Agents if the amendment affects the rights or obligations of such party;

WHEREAS, Section 13.1 of the Base Indenture permits certain amendments to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including such amendments and modifications set forth in this Amendment;

WHEREAS, the written consent of Investor Groups holding at least two-thirds of the Commitments are set forth on the signature pages hereof; and

WHEREAS, the written consent of the Administrative Agents, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider is set forth on the signature pages hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the provisions, covenants and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

2


ARTICLE II

JOINDER TO CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Section 2.01. By its execution of this Amendment, Joining Co-Issuer hereby (i) agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it shall be a Co-Issuer under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto and shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and obligations of a Co-Issuer set forth therein, (ii) accepts joint and several liability as a Co-Issuer for the obligations under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and (iii) confirms that the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as they relate to Joining Co-Issuer as of the date of this Amendment. Joining Co-Issuer hereby agrees that each reference to a “Co-Issuer” or the “Co-Issuers” in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall include Joining Co-Issuer. Joining Co-Issuer acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and that it has read and understands the terms thereof.

Section 2.02. By its execution of this Amendment, each Joining Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it shall be a Guarantor under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto and shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and obligations of a Guarantor set forth therein, (ii) accepts joint and several liability as a Guarantor for the obligations under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and (iii) confirms that the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as they relate to such Joining Guarantor as of the date of this Amendment. Each Joining Guarantor hereby agrees that each reference to a “Guarantor” or the “Guarantors” in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall include such Joining Guarantor. Each Joining Guarantor acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and that it has read and understands the terms thereof.

Section 2.03. By its execution of this Amendment, the Joining Manager hereby (i) agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it shall be a Manager under the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto and shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and obligations of a Manager set forth therein and (ii) confirms that the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as they relate to Joining Manager as of the date of this Amendment. The Joining Manager hereby agrees that each reference to a “Manager” or the “Managers” in the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall include the Joining Manager. The Joining Manager acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and that it has read and understands the terms thereof.

ARTICLE III

JOINDER OF CANADIAN SECURITIZATION ENTITIES TO CLASS A-1 NOTES FEE LETTER

Section 2.01. By its execution of this Amendment, Joining Co-Issuer hereby (i) agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it shall be a Co-Issuer under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter as if it were an original signatory thereto and shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and obligations of the Issuer set forth therein and (ii) accepts joint and several liability as a Co-Issuer for the obligations under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter. Joining Co-Issuer hereby agrees that each reference to “Issuer” or the “Issuer” in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter shall include Joining Co-Issuer.

 

3


Section 2.02. By its execution of this Amendment, each Joining Guarantor hereby agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it is a party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter as a Guarantor as if it were an original signatory thereto.

Section 2.03. By its execution of this Amendment, Joining Manager hereby agrees that from and after the date of this Amendment it is a party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter as a Manager as if it were an original signatory thereto.

ARTICLE IV

AMENDMENTS

Section 3.01. The Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including all annexes, schedules and exhibits attached thereto, is hereby amended as reflected in the marked copy of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 5.01 Each Co-Issuer, including the Joining Co-Issuer, each Guarantor, including the Joining Guarantors, and each Manager, including the Joining Manger, represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 6.01. This Amendment shall not become effective until the date (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) on which:

 

  (a)

the Committed Note Purchasers shall have received a copy of (i) this Amendment duly executed by the Co-Issuers, the Joining Guarantors, the Joining Manager, the Administrative Agent and each other Committed Note Purchaser and (ii) customary opinions of counsel as the Committed Note Purchasers deem reasonably necessary;

 

  (b)

there has not been any development in the general affairs, business, properties, capitalization, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation of any of the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors or the Managers, as applicable, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c)

the Committed Note Purchasers shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, including reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Co-Issuers; and

 

  (d)

the representations, warranties and agreements of the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Managers, as applicable, in Article V hereof and in Section 6.01 of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct (A) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (B) if not so qualified, in all material respects, on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date), and each Co-Issuer, each Guarantor and each Manager as applicable, has complied in all material respects with all its agreements contained herein and in any other Indenture Document to which it is a party and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL

Section 7.01. Effective as of the date hereof, (i) the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be amended in the manner set forth herein, (ii) this Amendment shall be a “Transaction Document” for the purposes of Article IX of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, (iii) this Amendment shall form part of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes and (iv) the parties to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be bound by the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as so amended. Except as expressly set forth or contemplated in this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall remain in place and shall not be altered, amended or changed in any manner whatsoever, except by any further amendment to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement made in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

Section 7.02. This Amendment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Issuer, the Joining Co-Issuer, the Joining Guarantors, the Joining Manager, the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that none of the Co-Issuers, the Joining Guarantors or the Joining Manager may assign its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of each Lender Party (other than any Defaulting Investor). Nothing expressed herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Persons referred to in the preceding sentence any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Amendment except to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Control Party.

Section 7.03. This Amendment may not be amended or modified except in writing in accordance with the terms of the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Section 7.04. THIS AMENDMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING UNDER OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAW. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THIS AMENDMENT AND THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN.

Section 7.05. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS AMENDMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY HEREUNDER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT.

Section 7.06. ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION

 

5


WITH, THIS AMENDMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT.

Section 7.07. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include electronic transmission of counterparts) and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

By:  

            /s/ Scott O’Melia

 

Name: Scott O’Melia

  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Joining Co-Issuer

By:  

            /s/ Scott O’Melia

 

Name: Scott O’Melia

  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter]


DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Joining Manager

By:  

            /s/ Scott O’Melia

 

Name: Scott O’Melia

  Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address: 1460 Stone Church Road E. Hamilton,

ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter]


FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION

CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP

MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

MAACO CANADA SPV LP

MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP

 

each as a Joining Guarantor

By:  

            /s/ Scott O’Melia

 

Name: Scott O’Melia

  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as an Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

 

Name: Benjamin Fernandez

  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH as L/C Provider

By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

 

Name: Benjamin Fernandez

  Title: Managing Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Swingline Lender

By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

 

Name: Benjamin Fernandez

  Title: Managing Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the Committed Note Purchaser

By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

 

Name: Benjamin Fernandez

  Title: Managing Director

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the related Funding Agent

By:  

/s/ Benjamin Fernandez

 

Name: Benjamin Fernandez

  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Joinder and Amendment No. 1 to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and Joinder to Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter]


EXHIBIT A


Execution VersionEXHIBIT A

TO JOINDER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES)

dated as of December 11, 2019

among

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as the Issuer, and

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC,

CORPORATION,

as Co-Issuers,

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC,

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, CARSTAR

FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC,

ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC and

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

The entities listed on Schedule V,

each as a Guarantor,

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC.,

as U.S. Manager,

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC.,

as Canadian Manager,

CERTAIN CONDUIT INVESTORS,

each as a Conduit Investor,

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

each as a Committed Note Purchaser,

CERTAIN FUNDING AGENTS,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH

as L/C Provider,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Swingline Lender,

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      2  

SECTION 1.01

  Definitions      2  
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES      2  

SECTION 2.01

  The Initial Advance Notes      2  

SECTION 2.02

  Advances      3  

SECTION 2.03

  Borrowing Procedures      5  

SECTION 2.04

  The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes      7  

SECTION 2.05

  Reduction in Commitments      7  

SECTION 2.06

  Swingline Commitment      10  

SECTION 2.07

  L/C Commitment      12  

SECTION 2.08

  L/C Reimbursement Obligations      16  

SECTION 2.09

  L/C Participations      17  
ARTICLE III INTEREST AND FEES      19  

SECTION 3.01

  Interest      19  

SECTION 3.02

  Fees      20  

SECTION 3.03

  Eurodollar Lending Unlawful      21  

SECTION 3.04

  Deposits Unavailable      21  

SECTION 3.05

  Increased Costs, etc      22  

SECTION 3.06

  Funding Losses      23  

SECTION 3.07

  Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs      24  

SECTION 3.08

  Taxes      24  

SECTION 3.09

  Change of Lending Office      27  
ARTICLE IV OTHER PAYMENT TERMS      2628  

SECTION 4.01

  Time and Method of Payment      2628  

SECTION 4.02

  Order of Distributions      28  

SECTION 4.03

  L/C Cash Collateral      2729  

SECTION 4.04

  Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit      29  
ARTICLE V THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS      2830  

SECTION 5.01

  Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent      2830  

SECTION 5.02

  Delegation of Duties      30  

SECTION 5.03

  Exculpatory Provisions      30  

SECTION 5.04

  Reliance      31  

SECTION 5.05

  Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers      2931  

SECTION 5.06

  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity      31  

SECTION 5.07

  Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent      31  

SECTION 5.08

  Authorization and Action of Funding Agents      32  

SECTION 5.09

  Delegation of Duties      3133  

SECTION 5.10

  Exculpatory Provisions      3133  

SECTION 5.11

  Reliance      33  

SECTION 5.12

  Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers      33  

SECTION 5.13

  The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity      34  

SECTION 5.14

  Successor Funding Agent      3234  

 

i


ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     

3234

3234

 

 

SECTION 6.01

  The IssuerCo-Issuers and Guarantors

SECTION 6.02

  The Manager      3436  

SECTION 6.03

  Lender Parties      3537  
ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS      3638  

SECTION 7.01

  Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness      3638  

SECTION 7.02

  Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit      3639  

SECTION 7.03

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      3739  
ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS      3840  

SECTION 8.01

  Covenants      3840  
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      3942  

SECTION 9.01

  Amendments      3942  

SECTION 9.02

  No Waiver; Remedies      4143  

SECTION 9.03

  Binding on Successors and Assigns      4144  

SECTION 9.04

  Survival of Agreement      4245  

SECTION 9.05

  Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification      4245  

SECTION 9.06

  Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement      4447  

SECTION 9.07

  Notices      4447  

SECTION 9.08

  Severability of Provisions      4547  

SECTION 9.09

  Tax Characterization      4547  

SECTION 9.10

  No Proceedings; Limited Recourse      4548  

SECTION 9.11

  Confidentiality      4649  

SECTION 9.12

  GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE      4750  

SECTION 9.13

  JURISDICTION      4750  

SECTION 9.14

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      4750  

SECTION 9.15

  Counterparts      4850  

SECTION 9.16

  Third Party Beneficiary      4851  

SECTION 9.17

  Assignment      4851  

SECTION 9.18

  Defaulting Investors      5053  

SECTION 9.19

  No Fiduciary Duties.      5255  

SECTION 9.20

  No Guarantee by Manager      5255  

SECTION 9.21

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      5255  

SECTION 9.22

  Patriot Act      5457  

SECTION 9.23

  Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes      5457  

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

  

SCHEDULE I

 

Investor Groups and Commitments

  

SCHEDULE II

 

Notice Addresses for Lender Parties and Agents

  

SCHEDULE III

 

Additional Closing Conditions

  

SCHEDULE IV

 

Letters of Credit

  

SCHEDULE V

 

Guarantors

  

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Advance Request

  

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Form of Swingline Loan Request

  

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Reserved

  

 

ii


EXHIBIT B    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT C    Form of Investor Group Supplement
EXHIBIT D    Form of Purchaser’s Letter

 

iii


CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is made by and among:

(a) DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, each, a “Co-Issuer.” and, collectively, the “Co-Issuers”),

(b) DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”);

(b) Each of the entities listed on Schedule V as “U.S. Guarantors” and each of the entities listed on Schedule V as “Canadian Guarantors” (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”),

(c) DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the managerU.S. Manager (the “U.S. Manager”), and DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., a Canadian corporation, as the Canadian Manager (the “Canadian Manager” and, together with the U.S. Manager, each, aManager,” and, collectively, the “Managers”),

(d) the several commercial paper conduits listed on Schedule I as Conduit Investors and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Conduit Investor” and, collectively, the “Conduit Investors”),

(e) the several financial institutions listed on Schedule I as Committed Note Purchasers and their respective permitted successors and assigns (each, a “Committed Note Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Committed Note Purchasers”),

(f) for each Investor Group, the financial institution entitled to act on behalf of the Investor Group set forth opposite the name of such Investor Group on Schedule I as Funding Agent and its permitted successors and assigns (each, the “Funding Agent” with respect to such Investor Group and, collectively, the “Funding Agents”),

(g) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider,

(h) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender, and

(i) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, the Funding Agents, the L/C Provider and the Swingline Lender (together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Administrative Agent”).

 

1


BACKGROUND

1. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Issuer and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee and Series 2019-3 Securities Intermediary, are enteringentered into the Series 2019-3 Supplement, of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2019-3 Supplement”), to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of March 19, 2019, the Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 15, 2019, and the Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated as of September 17, 2019, the Amendment No. 4 thereto, dated as of July 6, 2020, and as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Base Indenture” and, together with the Series 2019-3 Supplement (as amended by Supplement No. 1 to the Series 2019-3 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020) and the Series 2020-1 Supplement, dated as of July 6, 2020, and any other Supplement to the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary, pursuant to which the IssuerCo-Issuers will issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplement) in accordance with the Indenture.

2. The Issuer wishesCo-Issuers wish to (a) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group, and obtain the agreement of the applicable Investors to make loans from time to time (each, an “Advance” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance” and, collectively, the “Advances” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advances”) that will constitute the purchase of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (b) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note to the Swingline Lender and obtain the agreement of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and (c) issue the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note to the L/C Provider and obtain the agreement of the L/C Provider to provide Letters of Credit on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note constitute Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. The Manager hasManagers have joined in this Agreement to confirm certain representations, warranties and covenants made by itthem in favor of the Trustee and the Noteholders in the Transaction Documents for the benefit of each Lender Party.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Definitions. As used in this Agreement and unless the context requires a different meaning, capitalized terms used but not defined herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement as Annex A or set forth or incorporated by reference in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A, as applicable. Unless otherwise specified herein, all Article, Exhibit, Section or Subsection references herein shall refer to Articles, Exhibits, Sections or Subsections of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTES

SECTION 2.01 The Initial Advance Notes. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issueissued and shall request the Trustee to

 

2


authenticateauthenticated the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, which the Issuer shall deliverdelivered to each Funding Agent on behalf of the Investors in the related Investor Group on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note for each Investor Group shall beis dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall beis registered in the name of the related Funding Agent or its nominee, as agent for the related Investors, or in such other name or nominee as such Funding Agent may request, shall haverequested, has a maximum principal amount equal to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for such Investor Group, shall havehad an initial outstanding principal amount equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amount, and shall be dulywas authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

SECTION 2.02 Advances.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Indenture, each Eligible Conduit Investor, if any, may, in its sole discretion, and, if such Eligible Conduit Investor determines that it will not make (or it does not in fact make) an Advance or any portion of an Advance, its related Committed Note Purchaser(s) shall or, if there is no Eligible Conduit Investor with respect to any Investor Group, the Committed Note Purchaser(s) with respect to such Investor Group shall, upon the Issuer’s request of either Co-Issuer delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto (or under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08), make Advances from time to time during the Commitment Term; provided that such Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Eligible Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that if L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans are outstanding as of any date on which Advances will be made pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) and such amounts are not being repaid with the proceeds of such Advances pursuant to Section 2.03, such Advances (or applicable portions thereof) shall be made ratably by each Investor Group that does not include the L/C Provider and/or the Swingline Lender (or, if each Investor Group includes the L/C Provider and/or the Swingline Lender, ratably among such Investor Groups) based on the respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount of such relevant Investor Groups, and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each such Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages until the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group, including the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount attributable to the Investor Group that includes the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender, is held ratably based on their respective Commitment Percentages and thereafter any remaining portion of such Advance and any further Advances will continue to be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each such Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages; provided, further, that if, as a result of any Committed Note Purchaser (a “Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser”) failing to make any previous Advance that such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser was required to make, outstanding Advances are not held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages at the time a request for Advances is made, (x) such Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser shall make all of such Advances until outstanding Advances are held ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and among the Committed Note Purchasers within each Investor Group based on their respective Committed Note Purchaser Percentages and (y) further Advances shall be made ratably by each Investor Group based on their respective Commitment Percentages and the portion of any such Advance made by any Committed Note Purchaser in such Investor Group shall be its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group (or the portion thereof not being made by any Conduit Investor in such Investor Group); provided, further, that the failure of a Non-Funding Committed Note Purchaser to make Advances pursuant to the immediately preceding

 

3


proviso shall not, subject to the immediately following proviso, relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser of its obligation hereunder, if any, to make Advances in accordance with Section 2.03(b)(i); provided, further, that no Advance shall be required or permitted to be made by any Investor on any date to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance, (i) the related Investor Group Principal Amount would exceed the related Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount (subject to Section 2.03(b)(ii)) or (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, at no time will a Conduit Investor be obligated to make Advances hereunder. If at any time any Conduit Investor is not an Eligible Conduit Investor, such Conduit Investor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the related Funding Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers) thereof.

(c) Each of the Advances to be made on any date shall be made as part of a single borrowing (each such single borrowing being a “Borrowing”). The Advances made as part of the initial Borrowing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, if any, will be evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Advance Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances. All of the other Advances will constitute Increases evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes issued in connection herewith and will constitute purchases of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts corresponding to the amount of such Advances.

(d) Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement specifies the procedures to be followed in connection with any Voluntary Decrease of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount. Each such Voluntary Decrease in respect of any Advances shall be either (i) in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $200,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or (ii) or such other amount necessary to reduce the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to zero.

(e) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes may be increased by Borrowings or decreased by Voluntary Decreases from time to time.

(f) At any time that the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is not held pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage (as a result of the issuance of any Letter of Credit or otherwise), the Investor Groups (and the Investors within each such Investor Group) may, in their sole discretion, agree amongst themselves to reallocate any outstanding Advances to ensure that the aggregate Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to each Investor Group is pro rata based on its respective Commitment Percentage; provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be liable for any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts resulting solely from any such reallocations.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall provide the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Trustee timely notice of non-ratable allocations pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and of any reallocations of Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(f) (which notice requirements may be satisfied through the delivery of the monthly invoice and Letter of Credit report delivered by the Administrative Agent from time to time); provided, that the failure to provide such notice shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Agreement or the Indenture with respect thereto. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers shall not be responsible for any failure to reflect such allocations or reallocations in any Weekly Manager’s Certificate or Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, or for any payments inconsistent with such allocations or reallocations, until such notice is provided as set forth in this clause (g), including in connection with any Mandatory Decrease, Voluntary Decrease or prepayment of any other tranche, Class or Series of Notes under the Indenture.

 

4


(h) It is agreed that any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amounts shall occur with respect to the applicable Advance or Swingline Loan closest to maturity.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) Whenever the a Co-Issuer wishes to make a Borrowing, the such Co-Issuer shall (or shall cause the applicable Manager on its behalf to) notify the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify each Funding Agent of its pro rata share thereof (or other required share, as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a)) and notify the Trustee, the Control Party, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in writing of such Borrowing) by written notice in the form of an Advance Request delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) two Business Days (or, in the case of any Eurodollar Advances for purposes of Section 3.01(b), two (2) Eurodollar Business Days) prior to the date of such Borrowing (except in the case of the Borrowing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, written notice of which may be delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and, thereafter, unless a shorter period is agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or the Funding Agents, as applicable), which date of Borrowing shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall in each case refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing date, (ii) the Borrowing date, (iii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing to be made on such date, (iiiiv) at the election of the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing, the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings (if applicable) to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, which amount shall constitute all outstanding Swingline Loans and/or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings outstanding on the date of such notice that are not prepaid with other funds of the IssuerCo-Issuers available for such purpose, and (ivv) sufficient instructions for application of the balance, if any, of the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date (which proceeds shall be made available to the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing). Requests for any (x) Base Rate Advance may not be made in an aggregate principal amount of less than $250,000 or in an aggregate principal amount that is not an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) and (y) Eurodollar Advance may not be made in an aggregate principal amount of less than $500,000 or in an aggregate principal amount that is not an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), in each case except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Borrowings for the purpose of repaying then-outstanding Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Subject to the provisos to Section 2.02(a), each Borrowing shall be ratably allocated among the Investor Groups’ respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts. Each Funding Agent shall promptly advise its related Conduit Investor, if any, of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) and shall promptly thereafter (but in no event later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of Borrowing) notify the Administrative Agent, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) whether such Conduit Investor has determined to make all or any portion of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by its Investor Group. On the date of each Borrowing and subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, confirmation from the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, as applicable, as to (x) the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings to be repaid with the proceeds of such Borrowing on the Borrowing date, (y) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (z) the principal amount of any other Swingline Loans or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings then outstanding), the applicable Investors in each Investor Group shall make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of the Advances in such Borrowing that are to be made by such Investor Group by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars of such amount in same day funds no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion on the date of any Borrowing) on the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the

 

5


Administrative Agent shall make such proceeds available by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), first, if applicable, and at the election of the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and/or, second, to the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request.

(b)(i) The failure of any Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Committed Note Purchaser (whether or not in the same Investor Group) of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Committed Note Purchaser shall be responsible for the failure of any other Committed Note Purchaser to make the Advance to be made by such other Committed Note Purchaser on the date of any Borrowing and (ii) in the event that one or more Committed Note Purchasers fails to make its Advance by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree to in its sole discretion on the date of any Borrowing) on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall notify each of the other Committed Note Purchasers not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, and each of the other Committed Note Purchasers may (but shall not be obligated to) make available to the Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount (such amount, the “reference amount”) equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate principal Advance that was unfunded multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Commitment Amount of such Committed Note Purchaser and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment Amounts of all Committed Note Purchasers (less the aggregate Commitment Amount of the Committed Note Purchasers failing to make Advances on such date) and (b) the excess of (i) such Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount over (ii) the product of such Committed Note Purchaser’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such Committed Note Purchaser’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage (after giving effect to all prior Advances on such date of Borrowing) (provided that a Committed Note Purchaser may (but shall not be obligated to), on terms and conditions to be agreed upon by such Committed Note Purchaser and the applicable Co-Issuer, make available to the Administrative Agent a supplemental Advance in a principal amount in excess of the reference amount; provided, however, that no such supplemental Advance shall be permitted to be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Advance, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount). Such supplemental Advances shall be made by wire transfer in U.S. Dollars in same day funds no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) one (1) Business Day following the date of such Borrowing, and upon receipt thereof the Administrative Agent shall immediately make such proceeds available, first, if applicable and at the election of the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing, to the Swingline Lender and/or the L/C Provider for application to repayment of the amount of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings as set forth in the applicable Advance Request, ratably in proportion to such respective amounts, and, second, to the Co-Issuer making such Borrowing, as instructed in the applicable Advance Request. If any Committed Note Purchaser which shall have so failed to fund its Advance shall subsequently pay such amount, the Administrative Agent shall apply such amount pro rata to repay any supplemental Advances made by the other Committed Note Purchasers pursuant to this Section 2.03(b).

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Funding Agent prior to the date of any Borrowing that an applicable Investor in the related Investor Group will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Investor’s share of the Advances to be made by such Investor Group as part of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that such Investor has made such share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02(a) and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the applicable Co-Issuer, as applicable, on such date a corresponding amount, and shall, if such corresponding amount has not been made available by the Administrative Agent, make available to the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and/or the applicable Co-Issuer, as applicable, on such date a

 

6


corresponding amount once such Investor has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent that any Investor shall not have so made such amount available to the Administrative Agent, such Investor and the IssuerCo-Issuers jointly and severally agree to repay (without duplication) to the Administrative Agent on the next Weekly Allocation Date such corresponding amount (in the case of the IssuerCo-Issuers, in accordance with the Priority of Payments), together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Co-Issuer until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Investor, the Federal Funds Rate and without deduction by such Investor for any withholding taxes. If such Investor shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Investor’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.04 The Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes. On each date an Advance or Swingline Loan is made or a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder, and on each date the outstanding amount thereof is reduced, a duly authorized officer, employee or agent of the related Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall make appropriate notations in its books and records of the amount, evidenced by the related Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, of such Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit, as applicable, and the amount of such reduction, as applicable. The IssuerCo-Issuers hereby authorizesauthorize each duly authorized officer, employee and agent of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder to make such notations on the books and records as aforesaid and every such notation made in accordance with the foregoing authority shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided, however, that in the event of a discrepancy between the books and records of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder and the records maintained by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, such discrepancy shall be resolved by such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder, the Control Party and the Trustee, in consultation with the IssuerCo-Issuers (provided that such consultation with the IssuerCo-Issuers will not in any way limit or delay such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders’, the Control Party’s and the Trustee’s ability to resolve such discrepancy), and such resolution shall control in the absence of manifest error; provided further that the failure of any such notation to be made, or any finding that a notation is incorrect, in any such records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Agreement or the Indenture.

SECTION 2.05 Reduction in Commitments.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and each Investor), effect a permanent reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Commitment Amount and Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that (i) any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Commitments, although any such reduction may be combined with a Voluntary Decrease effected pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, (ii) any such reduction must be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000, (iii) after giving effect to such reduction, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount equals or exceeds $5,000,000, unless reduced to zero, and (iv) no such reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, (x) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (excluding any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts with respect to which cash collateral is held by the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) or (y) the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment. Any reduction made pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be made ratably among the Investor Groups on the basis of their respective Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts.

 

7


(b) If any of the following events shall occur, then the Commitment Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the dates and in the amounts set forth below with respect to the applicable event and the other consequences set forth below with respect to the applicable event shall ensue (and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall give the Trustee, the Control Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent prompt written notice thereof):

(i) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Business Day immediately preceding the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, (A) on such Business Day, (x) the principal amount of all then-outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances made on such date (and the applicable Co-Issuer shall be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made), and (y) the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall both be automatically and permanently reduced to zero and (B) (x) all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate and the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis) and (y) each payment of principal on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or following such Business Day shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis;

(ii) if a Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing (other than a Rapid Amortization Event triggered by an Event of Default that is occurring continuing and as a result of which the payment of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture) (and shall not have been waived as provided in the Base Indenture) prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date, then (A) on the date such Rapid Amortization Event occurs, all undrawn portions of the Commitments shall automatically and permanently terminate, which termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following the making of Advances pursuant to clause (B) below, and the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced by a corresponding amount (with respect to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts, on a pro rata basis), (B) no later than the second Business Day after the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event, the principal amount of all then-outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall be repaid in full with proceeds of Advances (and the applicable Co-Issuer shall be deemed to have delivered such Advance Requests under Section 2.03 as may be necessary to cause such Advances to be made) and the Swingline Commitment shall be automatically reduced to zero and the L/C Commitment shall be automatically reduced by the unused portion thereof and such amount of Unreimbursed L/C Drawings repaid by such Advances; and (C) each payment of principal (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) on the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount occurring on or after the date of such Rapid Amortization Event (excluding the repayment of any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings with proceeds of Advances pursuant to clause (B) above) shall result automatically and permanently in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in each Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount on a pro rata basis; provided that, in each case, if any Rapid Amortization Event occurring solely under clause (a) of the definition thereof shall cease to be in effect as a result of being waived in accordance with the Base Indenture then the Commitments, Swingline Commitment, L/C Commitment, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be restored to the amounts in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of such Rapid Amortization Event;

 

8


(iii) [Intentionally omitted];

(iv) if payments in connection with Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are allocated to and deposited in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement at a time when either (i) no Senior Notes other than Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are Outstanding or (ii) if the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes has not been paid in full or otherwise refinanced in full (which refinancing may also include an extension thereof) by the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date and such event is continuing, then (x) the aggregate Commitment Amount shall be automatically and permanently reduced on the date of such deposit by an amount (the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount”) equal to the amount of such deposit, and each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount shall be reduced on a pro rata basis of such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount based on each Committed Note Purchaser’s Commitment Amount, (y) the corresponding portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall be automatically and permanently reduced on a pro rata basis based on each Investor Group’s Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount by a corresponding amount on such date (and, if after giving effect to such reduction the aggregate Commitment Amounts would be less than the sum of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, then the aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall be reduced by the amount of such difference, with such reduction to be allocated between them in accordance with the written instructions of the IssuerCo-Issuers delivered prior to such date; provided that after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations do not exceed the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment, respectively, as so reduced; provided further that in the absence of such instructions, such reduction shall be allocated first to the Swingline Commitment and then to the L/C Commitment) and (z) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount shall be repaid or prepaid (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) in an aggregate amount equal to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Allocated Payment Reduction Amount on the date and in the order required by Section 3.6(j) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement; and

(v) if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing (and shall not have been waived in accordance with the Base Indenture) and as a result the payment of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes is accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture (and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded in accordance with the Base Indenture), then the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Commitment Amounts, the Swingline Commitment, the L/C Commitment and the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts shall all be automatically and permanently reduced to zero upon such acceleration and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall (in accordance with the Series 2019-3 Supplement) cause the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount to be paid in full (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash collateralization of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03(a), 4.03(b) and 9.18(c)(ii)) together with accrued interest, Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Commitment Fees Amounts payable pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement, amounts payable as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement (“Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts”) and all other amounts then due and payable to the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and any unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance and Manager Advance (in each case, with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate) subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

9


SECTION 2.06 Swingline Commitment.

(a) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issueissued and shall causecaused the Trustee to authenticate the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, which the Issuer shall deliverdelivered to the Swingline Lender on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note shall beis dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall beis registered in the name of the Swingline Lender or its nominee, or in such other name as the Swingline Lender may request, shall haverequested has a maximum principal amount equal to the Swingline Commitment, shall havehad an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Swingline Principal Amount, and shall be dulywas authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in this Section 2.06, agrees to make swingline loans (each, a “Swingline Loan” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Loans”) to the IssuerCo-Issuers from time to time during the period commencing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and ending on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that the Swingline Lender shall have no obligation or right to make any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect thereto, (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding would exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Advances hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) or (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. Each such Borrowing of a Swingline Loan will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note in an amount corresponding to such Borrowing. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note may be increased by Borrowings of Swingline Loans or decreased by payments of principal thereon from time to time.

(b) Whenever the a Co-Issuer desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans, the such Co-Issuer shall (or shall cause the applicable Manager on its behalf to) give the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice in writing not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed borrowing date, specifying (i) the Co-Issuer requesting such Swingline Loan, (iii) the amount to be borrowed, (iiiii) the requested borrowing date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Term not later than the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date) and (iiiiv) the payment instructions for the proceeds of such borrowing (which shall be consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture and which proceeds shall be made available to the such Co-Issuer). Such notice shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 hereto (a “Swingline Loan Request”). Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the Swingline Lender shall promptly notify the Control Party and the Trustee thereof in writing. Each Borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in a minimum amount equal to $100,000. Promptly upon receipt of any Swingline Loan Request (but in no event later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such receipt), the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) will inform the Swingline Lender whether or not, after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount. If the Administrative Agent confirms that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount after giving effect to the requested Swingline Loan, then not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in the Swingline Loan Request, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the applicable Co-Issuer in accordance with the payment instructions set forth in such notice an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the requested Swingline Loan.

 

10


(c) The IssuerCo-Issuers hereby agreesagree that each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender to the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to Section 2.06(a) shall constitute the promise and obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers to pay to the Swingline Lender the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.06(a), which amounts shall be due and payable (whether at maturity or by acceleration) as set forth in this Agreement and in the Indenture for the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount.

(d) In accordance with, and without limitation of, Section 2.03(a), the Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree to cause requests for Borrowings to be made at least one time per month, for each month any Swingline Loans are outstanding for at least ten (10) Business Days during such month, if any Swingline Loans are outstanding in amounts at least sufficient to repay in full all Swingline Loans outstanding on the date of the applicable request. In accordance with Section 3.01(c), outstanding Swingline Loans shall bear interest at the Base Rate.

(e) [Intentionally omitted.]

(f) If prior to the time Advances would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.06(d), an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the IssuerCo-Issuers or any Guarantor or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, Advances will not be made as contemplated by Section 2.06(d), each Committed Note Purchaser shall, on the date such Advances were to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.06(d) (the “Refunding Date”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then-outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “Swingline Participation Amount”) equal to (i) its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage multiplied by (ii) the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage multiplied by (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that was to have been repaid with such Advances.

(g) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Investor such Investor’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Investor its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Investor’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Investor’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Investor will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

(h) Each applicable Investor’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in Section 2.06(d) and each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.06(f) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Investor, Committed Note Purchaser or the IssuerCo-Issuers may have against the Swingline Lender, the IssuerCo-Issuers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Swingline Loan was made; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the IssuerCo-Issuers ; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the IssuerCo-Issuers or any other Person; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(i) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, effect a permanent reduction in the Swingline Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the Swingline

 

11


Commitment. If requested by the IssuerCo-Issuers in writing and with the prior written consent of the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the Swingline Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

(j) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, upon notice to the Swingline Lender (who shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee thereof in writing), at any time and from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (x) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment, (y) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or in each case such other amount as agreed by the Administrative Agent) or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding and (z) if the source of funds for such prepayment is not a Borrowing, there shall be no unreimbursed Debt Service Advance, Collateral Protection Advance or Manager Advance (or interest thereon) at such time. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall make such prepayment directly to the Swingline Lender and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

SECTION 2.07 L/C Commitment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Provider (or its permitted assigns pursuant to Section 9.17), in reliance on the agreements of the Committed Note Purchasers set forth in Sections 2.08 and 2.09, agrees to provide standby letters of credit, including Interest Reserve Letters of Credit (each, a “Letter of Credit” and, collectively, the “Letters of Credit”) for the account of either or both of the IssuerCo-Issuers on any Business Day during the period commencing on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and ending on the date that is ten Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date to be issued in accordance with Section 2.07(h) in such form as may be approved from time to time by the L/C Provider; provided that the L/C Provider shall have no obligation or right to provide any Letter of Credit on a requested issuance date if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment, (ii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount or (iii) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount attributable to the L/C Provider (in its capacity as Committed Note Purchaser and L/C Provider) would exceed its Commitment Amount.

Each Letter of Credit shall (x) be denominated in Dollars, (y) have a face amount of at least $100,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the L/C Provider, together with a reasonable administrative fee to be agreed upon) and (z) expire no later than the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (B) the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date (the “Required Expiration Date”); provided that any Letter of Credit may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional periods, each individually not to exceed one year (which shall in no event extend beyond the Required Expiration Date) unless the L/C Provider notifies each beneficiary of such Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the then-applicable expiration date (or no later than the applicable notice date, if earlier, as specified in such Letter of Credit) that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed; provided further that any Letter of Credit may have an expiration date that is later than the Required Expiration Date so long as either (x) the Undrawn L/C Face Amount with respect to such Letter of Credit has been fully cash collateralized by the IssuerCo-Issuers in accordance with Section 4.02 or 4.03 as of the Required Expiration Date and there are no other outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit as of the Required Expiration Date or (y) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion have been made with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that such Letter of Credit shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed a “Letter of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

 

12


Additionally, each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall (1) name each of (A) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, and (B) the Control Party, as the beneficiary thereof; (2) allow the Trustee or the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve AccountAccounts, as applicable, pursuant to the Indenture; and (3) indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, or such other Account, as permitted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The L/C Provider shall not at any time be obligated to (I) provide any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would violate, or cause any L/C Issuing Bank to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law or (II) amend any Letter of Credit hereunder if (1) the L/C Provider would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (2) each beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) On the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and this Agreement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, the Issuer shall issueissued and shall causecaused the Trustee to authenticate the initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, which the Issuer shall deliverdelivered to the L/C Provider on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Such initial Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note shall beis dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, shall beis registered in the name of the L/C Provider or in such other name or nominee as the L/C Provider may request, shall haverequested, has a maximum principal amount equal to the L/C Commitment, shall havehad an initial outstanding principal amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Initial Aggregate Undrawn L/C Face Amount, and shall be dulywas authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date will constitute an Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note in an amount corresponding to the Undrawn L/C Face Amount of such Letter of Credit. All L/C Obligations (whether in respect of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts or Unreimbursed L/C Drawings) shall be deemed to be principal outstanding under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note and shall be deemed to be Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts for all purposes of this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents other than, in the case of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts, for purposes of accrual of interest. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Supplement, each issuance of a Letter of Credit will constitute a Subfacility Increase in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note and the expiration of any Letter of Credit or reimbursements of any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings thereunder or other circumstances resulting in the permanent reduction in any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts from time to time will constitute a Subfacility Decrease in the outstanding principal amount evidenced by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note. The L/C Provider and the IssuerCo-Issuers agree to promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee of any such decreases for which notice to the Administrative Agent is not otherwise provided hereunder.

(c) The Each Co-Issuer (or both Co-Issuers) may (or shall cause the applicable Manager (or both Managers) on its (or their) behalf to) from time to time request that the L/C Provider provide a new Letter of Credit by delivering to the L/C Provider at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor (in the form required by the applicable L/C Issuing Bank as notified to the IssuerCo-Issuers by the L/C Provider), completed to the satisfaction of the L/C Provider, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the L/C Provider may reasonably request on behalf of the L/C Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the letter

 

13


of credit set forth on Schedule IV hereto shall be deemed a Letter of Credit provided and issued by the L/C Provider hereunder as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date. Upon receipt of any completed Application, the L/C Provider will notify the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in writing of the amount, the beneficiary or beneficiaries and the requested expiration of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall comply with Section 2.07(a) and (i)) and, subject to the other conditions set forth herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement and upon receipt of written confirmation from the Administrative Agent (based, with respect to any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Subfacility Amount held by any Person other than the Administrative Agent, solely on written notices received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) that after giving effect to the requested issuance, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount would not exceed the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount (provided that the L/C Provider shall be entitled to rely upon any written statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons of the Administrative Agent for purposes of determining whether the L/C Provider received such prior written confirmation from the Administrative Agent with respect to any Letter of Credit), the L/C Provider will cause such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered in connection therewith to be processed in accordance with the L/C Issuing Bank’s customary procedures and shall promptly provide the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the L/C Provider be required to provide any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto, as provided in Section 2.07(a)) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary or beneficiaries thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the L/C Provider and the applicable Co-Issuer (or the Co-Issuers). The L/C Provider shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the ManagerManagers and the Co-Issuers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof. The L/C Provider shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Funding Agents, the Investors, the Control Party and the Trustee, written notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

(d) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay to the L/C Provider the L/C Quarterly Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, the “L/C Quarterly Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article II, the provisions of this Article II shall apply.

(g) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Provider, effect a permanent reduction in the L/C Commitment; provided that any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of the L/C Commitment. If requested by the IssuerCo-Issuers in writing and with the prior written consent of the L/C Provider and the Administrative Agent, the L/C Provider may (but shall not be obligated to) increase the amount of the L/C Commitment; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of each of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amounts, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment does not exceed the aggregate Commitment Amounts.

(h) The L/C Provider shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 2.07 with respect to providing any Letter of Credit hereunder by issuing such Letter of Credit itself or through an Affiliate if the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is satisfied with respect to such Affiliate. If the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test is not satisfied with respect to such Affiliate, a Person selected by the IssuerCo-Issuers (at the expense of the L/C Provider) shall issue such Letter of Credit; provided that such Person and issuance of such Letter of Credit satisfies the L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test (the L/C Provider (or such Affiliate of the L/C Provider) or such other Person selected by the IssuerCo-Issuers (at the expense of the L/C Provider), in each case in its capacity as the issuer of such Letter of Credit being referred to as the

 

14


L/C Issuing Bank” with respect to such Letter of Credit). The “L/C Issuing Bank Rating Test” is a test that is satisfied with respect to a Person issuing a Letter of Credit if the Person is a U.S. commercial bank that has, at the time of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (i) a short-term certificate of deposit rating of not less than “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P and (ii) a long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “BBB” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P or such other minimum long-term unsecured debt rating as may be reasonably required by the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such proposed Letter of Credit.

(i) The L/C Provider and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank for any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing the Letter of Credit, or (ii) any law applicable to the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, or any request or directive (which request or directive, in the reasonable judgment of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, has the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall prohibit the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, from issuing of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, and the IssuerCo-Issuers when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(k) For the avoidance of doubt, the L/C Commitment shall be a sub-facility limit of the Commitment Amounts and aggregate outstanding L/C Obligations as of any date of determination shall be a component of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount on such date of determination, pursuant to the definition thereof.

(l) If, on the date that is ten Business Days prior to the expiration of any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have not otherwise deposited funds into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Indenture had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall instruct the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(m) If, on any day an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is outstanding, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of such L/C Issuing Bank is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB” (or then equivalent grade) (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall instruct the Control Party to submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuing Bank and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the applicable Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the applicable Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount, as applicable, on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter(s) of Credit had not been issued.

 

15


SECTION 2.08 L/C Reimbursement Obligations.

(a) For the purpose of reimbursing the payment of any draft presented under any Letter of Credit, the Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree to pay the L/C Provider, for its own account or for the account of the L/C Issuing Bank, as applicable, not later than five (5) Business Days after the day on which the L/C Provider notifies the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent (and in each case the Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any event by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt of the same, notify the Funding Agents) of the date and the amount of such draft, an amount in Dollars equal to the sum of (i) the amount of such draft so paid (such amount at any time, as reduced by repayments with respect thereto as described below and amounts repaid with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.03(b) at or prior to such time, the “L/C Reimbursement Amount”) and (ii) any Non-Excluded Taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses, including amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.02(c) (such amounts at any time, as reduced by repayments with respect thereto as described below and amounts repaid with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.03(b) at or prior to such time, the “L/C Other Reimbursement Costs”) incurred by the L/C Issuing Bank in connection with such payment. Outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amounts and outstanding L/C Other Reimbursement Costs may be repaid in accordance with the Priority of Payments, with the proceeds of any Advance or otherwise. Unless the entire outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect thereto has been repaid as set forth above, each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the IssuerCo-Issuers or any Guarantor, in which cases the procedures specified in Section 2.09 for funding by Committed Note Purchasers shall apply) constitute a request by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent for a Base Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.03 in the amount of the outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount at such time, and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be deemed to have made such request pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03. The applicable L/C Other Reimbursement Costs minus, without duplication, any such amounts repaid pursuant to Section 4.03(b), shall be paid as Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments. In the event such request for a Base Rate Advance is deemed to have been given, the applicable Investors in each Investor Group hereby agree to make Advances in an aggregate amount for each Investor Group equal to such Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Reimbursement Amount at such time and outstanding L/C Other Reimbursement Costs at such time to pay the L/C Provider. The Borrowing date with respect to such Borrowing shall be the first date on which a Base Rate Advance could be made pursuant to Section 2.03 if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such Borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the L/C Provider of such drawing under such Letter of Credit. Such Investors shall make the amount of such Advances available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Borrowing date and the proceeds of such Advances shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the L/C Provider for application to the reimbursement of such drawing.

(b) The IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances and irrespective of (i) any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the IssuerCo-Issuers may have or hashave had against the L/C Provider, the L/C Issuing Bank, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person, (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (iii) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) payment by the L/C Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of any jurisdictions or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that

 

16


might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.08(b), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations hereunder. The IssuerCo-Issuers also agreesagree that the L/C Provider and the L/C Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for, and the IssuerCo-Issuerss Reimbursement Obligations under Section 2.08(a) shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the IssuerCo-Issuers and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the IssuerCo-Issuers against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. Neither the L/C Provider nor the L/C Issuing Bank shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the extent permitted by applicable law) caused by errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be. The Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree that any action taken or omitted by the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank, as the case may be, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the UCC of the State of New York, shall be binding on the IssuerCo-Issuers and shall not result in any liability of the L/C Provider or the L/C Issuing Bank to the IssuerCo-Issuers . As between the IssuerCo-Issuers and the L/C Issuing Bank, the IssuerCo-Issuers hereby assumesassume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to such beneficiary’s or transferee’s use of any Letter of Credit. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree with the L/C Issuing Bank that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. In connection with each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, the Trustee as beneficiary shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Base Indenture limiting the liability of or affording rights, benefits, protections, immunities or indemnities to the Trustee as if they were expressly set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

(c) If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider has Actual Knowledge, the L/C Provider shall promptly notify the ManagerManagers, the Control Party, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the applicable L/C Issuing Bank to the IssuerCo-Issuers in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit and, in paying such draft, such L/C Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of any Person(s) executing or delivering any such document.

SECTION 2.09 L/C Participations.

(a) The L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each Committed Note Purchaser, and, to induce the L/C Provider to provide (or cause each L/C Issuing Bank to provide) Letters of Credit hereunder, each Committed Note Purchaser irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank), on

 

17


the terms and conditions set forth below, for such Committed Note Purchaser’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Provider’s (or such L/C Issuing Bank’s) obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit provided hereunder and the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to each draft paid or reimbursed by the L/C Provider (or such L/C Issuing Bank) in connection therewith. Subject to Section 2.07(c), each Committed Note Purchaser unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the L/C Provider (on its behalf and on behalf of each L/C Issuing Bank) is not paid in full by the IssuerCo-Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the L/C Provider an amount equal to its Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group’s Commitment Percentage of the L/C Reimbursement Amount with respect to such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so paid.

(b) If any amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider pursuant to Section 2.09(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made or reimbursed by the L/C Provider under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider within three (3) Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Committed Note Purchaser shall pay to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Provider, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.09(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for forwarding to the L/C Provider by such Committed Note Purchaser within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the L/C Provider shall be entitled to recover from such Committed Note Purchaser, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the Base Rate. A certificate of the L/C Provider submitted to any Committed Note Purchaser with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.09(b), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on such Committed Note Purchaser. Such amounts payable under this Section 2.09(b) shall be paid without any deduction for any withholding taxes.

(c) Whenever, at any time after payment has been made under any Letter of Credit and the L/C Provider has received from any Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 2.09(a), the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the IssuerCo-Issuers or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the L/C Provider), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, will distribute to such Committed Note Purchaser its pro rata share thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, such Committed Note Purchaser shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Provider the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Provider, as the case may be, to it.

(d) Each Committed Note Purchaser’s obligation to make the Advances referred to in Section 2.08(a) and to pay its pro rata share of any unreimbursed draft pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Committed Note Purchaser or the IssuerCo-Issuers may have against the L/C Provider, any L/C Issuing Bank, the IssuerCo-Issuers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VII other than at the time the related Letter of Credit was issued; (iii) an adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of

 

18


the IssuerCo-Issuers; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document by the IssuerCo-Issuers or any other Person; (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit in compliance with this Agreement or with the terms of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE III

INTEREST AND FEES

SECTION 3.01 Interest.

(a) To the extent that an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper, such Advance shall bear interest at the CP Rate applicable to such Conduit Investor. To the extent that, and only for so long as, an Advance is funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through means other than the issuance of Commercial Paper (based on its determination in good faith that it is unable to raise or is precluded or prohibited from raising, or that it is not advisable to raise, funds through the issuance of Commercial Paper in the commercial paper market of the United States to finance its purchase or maintenance of such Advance or any portion thereof (which determination may be based on any allocation method employed in good faith by such Conduit Investor), including by reason of market conditions or by reason of insufficient availability under any of its Program Support Agreement or the downgrading of any of its Program Support Providers), such Advance shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. Each Advance funded or maintained by a Committed Note Purchaser or a Program Support Provider shall bear interest at (i) the Base Rate or (ii) if the required notice has been given pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to such Advance, for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for such Advance, in each case except as otherwise provided in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period or in Section 3.03 or 3.04. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, each Funding Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent of the applicable CP Rate for each Advance made by its Investor Group that was funded or maintained through the issuance of Commercial Paper and was outstanding during all or any portion of the Interest Accrual Period ending immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date and (y) 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers , the Trustee, the Servicer and the Funding Agents of such applicable CP Rate and of the applicable interest rate for each other Advance for such Interest Accrual Period and of the amount of interest accrued on Advances during such Interest Accrual Period.

(b) With respect to any Advance (other than one funded or maintained by a Conduit Investor through the issuance of Commercial Paper), so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default has commenced and is continuing, the IssuerCo-Issuers may elect that such Advance bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period (which shall be a period with a term of, at the election of the IssuerCo-Issuers subject to the proviso in the definition of Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, one month, two months, three months or six months) while such Advance is outstanding to the extent provided in Section 3.01(a) by giving notice thereof (including notice of the IssuerCo-Issuerss election of the term for the applicable Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period) to the Funding Agents prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date which is two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period. If such notice is not given in a timely manner, such Advance shall bear interest at the Base Rate. Each such conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Advances for a new Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period in accordance with this Section 3.01(b) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof.

 

19


(c) Any outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings shall bear interest at the Base Rate. By (x) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Swingline Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Swingline Loans during the Interest Accrual Period ending on such date and the L/C Provider shall notify the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail of the amount of interest accrued on any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings during such Interest Accrual Period and the amount of fees accrued on any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts during such Interest Accrual Period and (y) 3:00 p.m. on such date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Servicer, the Trustee, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers of the amount of such accrued interest and fees as set forth in such notices.

(d) All accrued interest pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c) shall be due and payable in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(e) In addition, under the circumstances set forth in Section 3.4 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay quarterly interest in respect of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount in an amount equal to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest payable pursuant to such Section 3.4 subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(f) All computations of interest at the CP Rate and the Eurodollar Rate, all computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest (other than any accruing on any Base Rate Advances) and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of interest at the Base Rate and all computations of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Post-Renewal Date Additional Interest accruing on any Base Rate Advances shall be made on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as applicable) day year and actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of interest, principal or fees hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day unless specified otherwise in the Indenture and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest owed. Interest shall accrue on each Advance, Swingline Loan and Unreimbursed L/C Drawing from and including the day on which it is made to but excluding the date of repayment thereof.

(g) For purposes of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, “Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to a Quarterly Calculation Date and ending on but excluding the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Calculation Date.

SECTION 3.02 Fees.

(a) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account the Administrative Agent Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, collectively, the “Administrative Agent Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

(b) On each Quarterly Payment Date on or prior to the Commitment Termination Date, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall, in accordance with Section 4.01, pay to each Funding Agent, for the account of the related Committed Note Purchaser(s), the Undrawn Commitment Fees (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter, the “Undrawn Commitment Fees”) in accordance with the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter and subject to the Priority of Payments.

 

20


(c) The IssuerCo-Issuers shall pay (i) the fees required pursuant to Section 2.07 in respect of Letters of Credit and (ii) any other fees set forth in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter (including, without limitation, the Class A-1 Notes Upfront Fee and any Extension Fees (in each case as defined in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter)), subject to the Priority of Payments.

(d) All fees payable pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3.01(f) and paid on the date due in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Once paid, all fees shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances other than manifest error.

SECTION 3.03 Eurodollar Lending Unlawful. If any Investor or Program Support Provider shall determine that any Change in Law makes it unlawful, or any Official Body asserts that it is unlawful, for any such Person to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance, the obligation of such Person to fund or maintain any such Advance as a Eurodollar Advance shall, upon such determination, forthwith be suspended until such Person shall notify the Administrative Agent, the related Funding Agent, the ManagerManagers and the IssuerCo-Issuers that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and all then-outstanding Eurodollar Advances of such Person shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Advances at the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period with respect thereto or sooner, if required by such law or assertion.

SECTION 3.04 Deposits Unavailable. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined that:

(a) by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable hereunder to the Eurodollar Advances; or

(b) with respect to any interest rate otherwise applicable hereunder to any Eurodollar Advances the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period for which has not then commenced, Investor Groups holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Eurodollar Advances have determined that such interest rate will not adequately reflect the cost to them of funding, agreeing to fund or maintaining such Eurodollar Advances for such Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period,

then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent (which, in the case of clause (b) above, the Administrative Agent shall give upon obtaining actual knowledge that such percentage of the Investor Groups have so determined) to the Funding Agents, the ManagerManagers and the IssuerCo-Issuers , the obligations of the Investors to fund or maintain any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance after the end of the then-current Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period, if any, with respect thereto shall forthwith be suspended and on the date such notice is given such Advances will convert to Base Rate Advances until the Administrative Agent has notified the Funding Agents and the IssuerCo-Issuers that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.04 (a) or (b) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.04 (a) or (b) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator referred to in the definition of “Eurodollar Funding Rate” or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurodollar Funding Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the Eurodollar Funding Rate (any such proposed rate, a “LIBOR Successor Rate”) that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related

 

21


changes to this Agreement as may be applicable, including LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes (as defined below); provided, that (i) if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and (ii) any LIBOR Successor Rate proposed by the Administrative Agent shall be no less favorable to the IssuerCo-Issuers than comparable successor rates applied to other similarly situated issuers or borrowers under syndicated loan facilities and/or applied under other facilities under which the Administrative Agent functions in a similar capacity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date notice of such LIBOR Successor Rate is provided to Investor Groups, written notice from the Investor Groups holding more than (i) if no single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, 50% of the Commitments or (ii) if a single Investor Group holds more than 50% of the Commitments, two thirds of the Commitments; provided that the Commitment of any Defaulting Investor shall be disregarded in the determination of whether such threshold percentage of Commitments has been met (“Required Investor Groups”) (or, in the event there are only two Investor Groups, any one of such Investor Groups) stating that such Required Investor Groups reasonably object to such amendment.

LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definitions (and components thereof) and provisions relating to interest herein and in the Series 2019-3 Supplement, including, the definition of “Base Rate”, “CP Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Rate”, “Eurodollar Advance”, “Eurodollar Business Day”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate”, “Eurodollar Funding Rate (Reserve Adjusted)”, “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage”, “Eurodollar Tranche”, “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Rate”, “Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period”, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the IssuerCo-Issuers).

SECTION 3.05 Increased Costs, etc. The Issuer agreesCo-Issuers agree to reimburse each Investor and any Program Support Provider (each, an “Affected Person”, which term, for purposes of Sections 3.07 and 3.08, shall also include the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuing Bank) for any increase in the cost of, or any reduction in the amount of any sum receivable by any such Affected Person, including reductions in the rate of return on such Affected Person’s capital, in respect of funding or maintaining (or of its obligation to fund or maintain) any Advances that arise in connection with any Change in Law which shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Affected Person (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or

(ii) impose on any Affected Person or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Advances made by such Affected Person or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

except for such Changes in Law with respect to Increased Capital Costs and Class A-1 Taxes which shall be governed by Sections 3.07 and 3.08, respectively (whether or not amounts are payable thereunder in respect thereof). For purposes of this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or

 

22


foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof. Each such demand shall be provided to the related Funding Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers in writing and shall state, in reasonable detail, the reasons therefor and the additional amount required fully to compensate such Affected Person for such increased costs or reduced amount of return; provided that any such demand claiming reimbursement for increased costs resulting from a Change in Law described in clause (x) or (y) above shall, in addition, state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Affected Person’s method of allocating such costs is fair and reasonable and that such Affected Person’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and such method of allocation, is not inconsistent with its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are substantially similar to the IssuerCo-Issuers and which are subject to similar provisions. Such additional amounts (“Increased Costs”) shall be deposited into the applicable Collection Account by the IssuerCo-Issuers within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and by such Funding Agent directly to such Affected Person, and such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the IssuerCo-Issuers; provided that with respect to any notice given to the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Section 3.05 the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such demand; provided further that if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Costs is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 3.06 Funding Losses. In the event any Affected Person shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Affected Person to fund or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Advance as a Eurodollar Advance) as a result of:

(a) any conversion, repayment, prepayment or redemption (for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of any Decrease or the acceleration of the maturity of such Eurodollar Advance) of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Advance on a date other than the scheduled last day of the Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period applicable thereto;

(b) any Advance not being funded or maintained as a Eurodollar Advance after a request therefor has been made in accordance with the terms contained herein (for a reason other than the failure of such Affected Person to make an Advance after all conditions thereto have been met); or

(c) any failure of the IssuerCo-Issuers to make a Decrease, prepayment or redemption with respect to any Eurodollar Advance after giving notice thereof pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Series 2019-3 Supplement;

then, upon the written notice of any Affected Person to the related Funding Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall deposit into the applicable Collection Account (within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice) to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent and such Funding Agent shall pay directly to such Affected Person such amount (“Breakage Amount” or “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Breakage Amount”) as will (in the reasonable determination of such Affected Person) reimburse such Affected Person for such loss or expense; With respect to any notice given to the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Section 3.06 the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such notice. Such written notice (which shall include calculations in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the IssuerCo-Issuers.

 

23


SECTION 3.07 Increased Capital or Liquidity Costs. If any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or reasonably expected to be maintained by any Affected Person or any Person controlling such Affected Person and such Affected Person determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the rate of return on its or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of its commitment hereunder or under a Program Support Agreement or the Advances, Swingline Loans or Letters of Credit made or issued by such Affected Person is reduced to a level below that which such Affected Person or such controlling Person would have achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then, in any such case after notice from time to time by such Affected Person (or in the case of an L/C Issuing Bank, by the L/C Provider) to the related Funding Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers (or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, to the IssuerCo-Issuers), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall deposit into the applicable Collection Account within ten (10) Business Days of the IssuerCo-Issuerss receipt of such notice, to be payable as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to such Funding Agent (or, in the case of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, directly to such Person) and such Funding Agent shall pay to such Affected Person, such amounts (“Increased Capital Costs”) as will be sufficient to compensate such Affected Person or such controlling Person for such reduction in rate of return; provided that with respect to any notice given to the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Section 3.07 the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be under any obligation to pay any amount with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such notice; provided further that if the Change in Law giving rise to such Increased Capital Costs is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. A statement of such Affected Person as to any such additional amount or amounts (including calculations thereof in reasonable detail), in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on the IssuerCo-Issuers . In determining such additional amount, such Affected Person may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its reasonable discretion) shall deem applicable so long as it applies such method to other similar transactions. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, requests, guidelines or directives issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted subsequent to the date hereof.

SECTION 3.08 Taxes.

(a) Except as otherwise required by law, all payments by the IssuerCo-Issuers of principal of, and interest on, the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the L/C Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder (including fees) shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future income, excise, documentary, property, stamp or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges in the nature of a tax imposed by any taxing authority including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto (all such taxes, fees, duties, withholdings and other charges, and including all interest, penalties or additions to tax and other liabilities with respect thereto, being called “Class A-1 Taxes”), but excluding in the case of any Affected Person (i) net income, franchise (imposed in lieu of net income) or similar Class A-1 Taxes (and including branch profits or alternative minimum Class A-1 Taxes) and any other Class A-1 Taxes imposed or levied on the Affected Person as a result of a connection between the Affected Person and the jurisdiction of the governmental authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from such Affected Person having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document), (ii) with respect to any Affected Person organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state of the United States (a “Foreign Affected Person”), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the Foreign Affected Person at the time the Foreign Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or

 

24


designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Affected Person (or its assignor, if any) was already entitled, at the time of the designation of the new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the IssuerCo-Issuers with respect to withholding tax, (iii) any taxes imposed under FATCA, (iv) any backup withholding tax and, (v) any Class A-1 Taxes imposed as a result of such Affected Person’s failure to comply with Section 3.08(d) and (vi) any Canadian withholding Taxes imposed on a payment to an Affected Person by reason of such Affected Person or the beneficial owner of such payment, at any relevant time (A) not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the Co-Issuer or (B) being a “specified shareholder” of the Co-Issuer (as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) or not dealing at arm’s length with a specified shareholder of the Co-Issuer (other than where the non-arm’s length relationship arises, or where the Affected Person or beneficial owner is a “specified non-resident shareholder”, or does not deal at arm’s length with the “specified shareholder” solely as a result of the Affected Person or beneficial owner having become party to, received or perfected a security interest under or received or enforced any rights under, any Transaction Document) (such Class A-1 Taxes not excluded by (i),(ii), (iii), (iv) and, (v) and (vi) above being called “Non-Excluded Taxes”). If any Class A-1 Taxes are imposed and required by law to be withheld or deducted from any amount payable by the IssuerCo-Issuers hereunder to an Affected Person, then (x) if such Class A-1 Taxes are Non-Excluded Taxes, the amount of the payment shall be increased so that such payment is made, after withholding or deduction for or on account of such Non-Excluded Taxes, in an amount that is not less than the amount equal to the sum that would have been received by the Affected Person had no such deduction or withholding been required and (y) the IssuerCo-Issuers shall withhold the amount of such Class A-1 Taxes from such payment (as increased, if applicable, pursuant to the preceding clause (x)) and shall pay such amount, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the taxing authority imposing such Class A-1 Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Moreover, if any Non-Excluded Taxes are directly asserted against any Affected Person or its agent with respect to any payment received by such Affected Person or its agent from the IssuerCo-Issuers or otherwise in respect of any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated therein, such Affected Person or its agent may pay such Non-Excluded Taxes and the IssuerCo-Issuers will, within five (5) Business Days of the IssuerCo-Issuerss receipt of written notice stating the amount of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including the calculation thereof in reasonable detail), deposit into the applicable Collection Account, to be distributed as Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, to the Administrative Agent and by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Funding Agent (or, in the case such affected person is the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, directly to such Person) and such Funding Agent shall pay to such Affected Person, such additional amounts (collectively, “Increased Tax Costs,” which term shall include all amounts payable by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers pursuant to this Section 3.08) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Affected Person or agent after the payment of such Non-Excluded Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes on such Increased Tax Costs) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had no such Non-Excluded Taxes been asserted. Any amount payable to an Affected Person under this Section 3.08 shall be reduced by, and Increased Tax Costs shall not include, the amount of incremental damages (including Class A-1 Taxes) due or payable by the IssuerCo-Issuers as a direct result of such Affected Person’s failure to demand from the IssuerCo-Issuers additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08 within 180 days from the date on which the related Non-Excluded Taxes were incurred.

(c) As promptly as practicable after the payment of any Class A-1 Taxes, and in any event within thirty (30) days of any such payment being due, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall furnish to each applicable Affected Person or its agents a certified copy of an official receipt (or other documentary evidence satisfactory to such Affected Person and agents) evidencing the payment of such Class A-1 Taxes. If the Issuer failsCo-Issuers fail to pay any Class A-1 Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or failsfail to remit to the Affected Persons or their agents the required receipts (or such other

 

25


documentary evidence), the IssuerCo-Issuers shall indemnify (by depositing such amounts into the applicable Collection Account, to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) each Affected Person and its agents for any Non-Excluded Taxes that may become payable by any such Affected Person or its agents as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Affected Person on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as soon as practicable after the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form or document previously delivered) or within a reasonable period of time following a written request by the Administrative Agent or the IssuerCo-Issuers, shall deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY or Form W-9, as applicable, or applicable successor form, or such other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents), appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable and as will permit the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent, in their reasonable determination, to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from or eligible for a reduced rate of withholding or deduction of United States federal withholding taxes and to determine whether or not such Affected Person is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Promptly following the receipt of a written request by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent, each Affected Person shall deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent any other forms or documents (or successor forms or documents) appropriately completed and executed, as may be applicable to establish the extent to which a payment to such Affected Person is exempt from withholding or deduction of Non-Excluded Taxes other than United States federal withholding taxes, including but not limited to, such information necessary to claim the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code. The IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be required to pay any increased amount under Section 3.08(a) or Section 3.08(b) to an Affected Person in respect of the withholding or deduction of United States federal withholding taxes or other Non-Excluded Taxes imposed as the result of the failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) of such Affected Person to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.08(d). The IssuerCo-Issuers may rely on any form or document provided pursuant to this Section 3.08(d) until notified otherwise by the Affected Person that delivered such form or document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Affected Person shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver as a result of a change in applicable law after the time the Affected Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office).

(e) If a payment made to an Affected Person pursuant to this Agreement would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Affected Person were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Affected Person shall deliver to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Affected Person has complied with such Affected Person’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (e), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(f) Prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent will provide the Issuer with a properly executed and completed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or W-9, as appropriate.

 

26


(g) If an Affected Person determines, in its sole reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.08 or as to which it has been paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.08, it shall promptly notify the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers in writing of such refund and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a written request from the IssuerCo-Issuers, pay over such refund to the IssuerCo-Issuers (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made or additional amounts paid to such Affected Person under this Section 3.08 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including the net amount of Class A-1 Taxes, if any, imposed on or with respect to such refund or payment) of the Affected Person and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority that is directly attributable to such refund of such Non-Excluded Taxes); provided that the IssuerCo-Issuers, immediately upon the request of the Affected Person (which request shall include a calculation in reasonable detail of the amount to be repaid), agreesagree to repay the amount of the refund (and any applicable interest) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such amount) to the Affected Person in the event the Affected Person or any other Person is required to repay such refund to such taxing authority. This Section 3.08 shall not be construed to require the Affected Person to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Class A-1 Taxes that it deems confidential) to the IssuerCo-Issuers or any other Person.

(h) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Administrative Agent or other withholding agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any Class A-1 Taxes from payments made to or for the account of any Affected Person, then to the extent such improper withholding or backup withholding was directly caused by such Affected Person’s actions or inactions, such Affected Person shall indemnify the IssuerCo-Issuers, Trustee and the Administrative Agent for any Class A-1 Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.08, and costs and expenses (including attorney costs) of the IssuerCo-Issuers , Trustee and the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Affected Persons, severally, under this Section 3.08 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, an Affected Person or the termination of the aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

(i) The Administrative Agent, Trustee or any other withholding agent may deduct and withhold any Class A-1 Taxes required by any laws to be deducted and withheld from any payments.

SECTION 3.09 Change of Lending Office. Each Committed Note Purchaser agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.05 or 3.07 or the payment of additional amounts to it under Section 3.08(a) or (b) with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser, it will, if requested by the IssuerCo-Issuers, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Committed Note Purchaser) to designate another lending office for any Advances affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Committed Note Purchaser, cause such Committed Note Purchaser and its lending office(s) or its related Conduit Investor to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 3.09 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the rights of any Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.05, 3.07 and 3.08. If a Committed Note Purchaser notifies the IssuerCo-Issuers in writing that such Committed Note Purchaser will be unable to designate another lending office, the IssuerCo-Issuers may replace every member (but not any subset thereof) of such Committed Note Purchaser’s entire Investor Group by giving written notice to each member of such Investor Group and the Administrative Agent designating one or more Persons that are willing and able to purchase each member of such Investor Group’s rights and obligations under this Agreement for a purchase price that with respect to each such member of such Investor Group will equal the amount owed to each such member of such Investor Group with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). Upon receipt of such written notice, each member of such Investor Group shall assign its rights and obligations under this

 

27


Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 9.17(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, in consideration for such purchase price and at the reasonable expense of the IssuerCo-Issuers (including, without limitation, the reasonable documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each such member); provided, however, that no member of such Investor Group shall be obligated to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement if the purchase price to be paid to such member is not at least equal to the amount owed to such member with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise).

ARTICLE IV

OTHER PAYMENT TERMS

SECTION 4.01 Time and Method of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02, all amounts payable to any Funding Agent or Investor hereunder or with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. The Administrative Agent will promptly, and in any event by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same Business Day as its receipt or deemed receipt of the same, distribute to the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, or upon the order of the applicable Funding Agent for the benefit of the applicable Person, its pro rata share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment by wire transfer in like funds as received. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07 and Section 4.02, all amounts payable to the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider hereunder or with respect to the Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations shall be made to or upon the order of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, respectively, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due. Any funds received after that time will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Administrative Agent as provided herein or by the Trustee or Paying Agent in accordance with Section 4.02 whether or not such funds are properly applied by the Administrative Agent or by the Trustee or Paying Agent. The Administrative Agent’s obligations hereunder in respect of any amounts payable to any Investor shall be discharged to the extent funds are disbursed by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Funding Agent as provided herein whether or not such funds are properly applied by such Funding Agent.

SECTION 4.02 Order of Distributions. Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in respect of accrued interest, letter of credit fees or undrawn commitment fees, but excluding amounts allocated for the purpose of reducing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount, shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees at each applicable level of the Priority of Payments in accordance with the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the applicable written report provided to the Trustee under the Series 2019-3 Supplement or as provided in Section 3.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement. Subject to Section 9.18(c)(ii), any amounts deposited into the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Distribution Account in respect of outstanding principal or face amounts shall be distributed by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, on the date due and payable under the Indenture and in the manner provided therein, to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders of record on the applicable Record Date, in the following order of priority in accordance with the applicable Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, the applicable written report provided to the Trustee under the Series 2019-3 Supplement or as provided in Section 3.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement: first, to the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider in respect of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, to the extent Unreimbursed L/C Drawings cannot be reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.08, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts due to such payees; second, to the other Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders in respect of their

 

28


outstanding Advances, ratably in proportion thereto; and, third, any balance remaining of such amounts (up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time) shall be paid to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b). Any amounts distributed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Priority of Payments in respect of any other amounts related to the Class A-1 Notes shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.01 on the date such amounts are due and payable hereunder to the applicable Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders and/or the Administrative Agent for its own account, as applicable, ratably in proportion to the respective aggregate of such amounts due to such payees.

SECTION 4.03 L/C Cash Collateral. (a) If as of five (5) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date, any Undrawn L/C Face Amounts remain in effect, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall either (i) provide cash collateral (in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time, to the extent that such amount of cash collateral has not been provided pursuant to Section 4.02 or 9.18(c)(ii)) to the L/C Provider, to be deposited by the L/C Provider into a cash collateral account in the name of the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) or (ii) other than with respect to Interest Reserve Letters of Credit, make arrangements satisfactory to the L/C Provider in its sole and absolute discretion with the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 4.04 such that any Letters of Credit that remain outstanding as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date shall cease to be deemed outstanding or to be deemed “Letters of Credit” for purposes of this Agreement as of the Commitment Termination Date.

(b) All amounts to be deposited in a cash collateral account pursuant to Section 4.02, Section 4.03(a) or Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be held by the L/C Provider as collateral to secure the IssuerCo-Issuerss Reimbursement Obligations with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit. The L/C Provider shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposit in Eligible Investments, which investments shall be made at the written direction, and at the risk and expense, of the IssuerCo-Issuers (provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such investments shall be made solely at the option and sole discretion of the L/C Provider), such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account and all Class A-1 Taxes on such amounts shall be payable by the IssuerCo-Issuers . Moneys in such account shall automatically be applied by such L/C Provider to reimburse it for any Unreimbursed L/C Drawings. Upon expiration of all then-outstanding Letters of Credit and payment in full of all Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, any balance remaining in such account shall be paid over (i) if the Base Indenture and any Series Supplement remain in effect, to the Trustee to be deposited into the applicable Collection Account and distributed in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture and (ii) otherwise to the IssuerCo-Issuers ; provided that, upon an Investor ceasing to be a Defaulting Investor in accordance with Section 9.18(d), any amounts of cash collateral provided pursuant to Section 9.18(c)(ii) upon such Investor becoming a Defaulting Investor shall be released and applied as such amounts would have been applied had such Investor not become a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 4.04 Alternative Arrangements with Respect to Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, a Letter of Credit (other than an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) shall cease to be deemed outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document if and to the extent that provisions, in form and substance satisfactory to the L/C Provider (and, if the L/C Provider is not the L/C Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuing Bank) in its sole and absolute discretion, have been made with respect to such Letter of Credit such that the L/C Provider (and, if applicable, the L/C Issuing Bank) has agreed in writing, with a copy of such agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Control Party, the Trustee and the IssuerCo-Issuers, that such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding hereunder, in which event such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” as such term is used herein and in the Transaction Documents.

 

29


ARTICLE V

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FUNDING AGENTS

SECTION 5.01 Authorization and Action of the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents hereby designates and appoints Barclays Bank PLC as the Administrative Agent hereunder, and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions as agent on their behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender Party or any Funding Agent, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Administrative Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for the Administrative Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as agent for the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents and does not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the IssuerCo-Issuers or any of itstheir successors or assigns. The provisions of this Article (other than the rights of the IssuerCo-Issuers set forth in Section 5.07) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and all other amounts owed by the IssuerCo-Issuers hereunder to the Administrative Agent, all members of the Investor Groups, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider (the “Aggregate Unpaids”) and termination in full of all Commitments and the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment.

SECTION 5.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities on behalf of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.03 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment), or (b) responsible in any manner to any Lender Party or any Funding Agent for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the IssuerCo-Issuers or any Guarantor contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement for the due execution, legality, value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the IssuerCo-Issuers or any Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Investor or any Funding Agent to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the IssuerCo-Issuers. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing of such event from the IssuerCo-Issuers , any Lender Party or any Funding Agent.

 

30


SECTION 5.04 Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the IssuerCo-Issuers ), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of any Lender Party or any Funding Agent as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by any Lender Party or any Funding Agent; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such advice, the Administrative Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as the Administrative Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the Required Investor Groups and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents.

SECTION 5.05 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the IssuerCo-Issuers, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the IssuerCo-Issuers and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the any Co-Issuer or any Affiliate of the any Co-Issuer as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.07 Successor Administrative Agent; Defaulting Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the IssuerCo-Issuers and each of the Lender Parties and the Funding Agents, and the Administrative Agent will, upon the direction of Investor Groups holding 100% of the Commitments (excluding any Commitments held by Defaulting Investors), resign as Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall resign, then the Required Investor Groups (excluding any Commitments held by the resigning Administrative Agent or its Affiliates, and if all Commitments are held by the resigning Administrative Agent or its Affiliates, then the IssuerCo-Issuers ), during such 30-day period, shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (i) the IssuerCo-Issuers at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Required Investor Groups during such 30-day period, then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the IssuerCo-Issuers for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the IssuerCo-Issuers

 

31


shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(b) The IssuerCo-Issuers may, upon the occurrence of any of the following events (any such event, a “Defaulting Administrative Agent Event”) and with the consent of the Required Investor Groups, remove the Administrative Agent and, upon such removal, the Required Investor Groups shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the Investor Groups as a successor administrative agent, subject to the consent of (x) the IssuerCo-Issuers at all times other than while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (y) the Control Party (which consent of the Control Party shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed): (i) an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Administrative Agent; (ii) if the Person acting as Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof is also an Investor, any other event pursuant to which such Person becomes a Defaulting Investor; (iii) the failure by the Administrative Agent to pay or remit any funds required to be remitted when due (in each case, if amounts are available for payment or remittance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for application to the payment or remittance thereof) which continues for two (2) Business Days after such funds were required to be paid or remitted; (iv) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate, report or other document furnished by the Administrative Agent proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or deemed made, and if such representation, warranty, certification or statement is susceptible of remedy in all material respects, is not remedied within thirty (30) calendar days after knowledge thereof or notice by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Administrative Agent, and if not susceptible of remedy in all material respects, upon notice by the IssuerCo-Issuers to the Administrative Agent or (v) any act constituting the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. If for any reason no successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Investor Groups within 30 days of the Administrative Agent’s removal pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then effective upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the IssuerCo-Issuers shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the IssuerCo-Issuers for all purposes shall deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, until such time, if any, as a successor administrative agent is appointed as provided above, and the IssuerCo-Issuers shall instruct the Trustee in writing accordingly. After any Administrative Agent’s removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(c) If a Defaulting Administrative Agent Event has occurred and is continuing, the IssuerCo-Issuers may make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids or under any fee letter delivered in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Fee Letter) directly to the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable, and the IssuerCo-Issuers for all purposes may deal directly with the Funding Agents or the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, as applicable.

SECTION 5.08 Authorization and Action of Funding Agents. Each Investor is hereby deemed to have designated and appointed its related Funding Agent set forth next to such Investor’s name on Schedule I (or identified as such Investor’s Funding Agent pursuant to any applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Investor Group Supplement) as the agent of such Person hereunder, and hereby authorizes such Funding Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Funding Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Funding Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with the related

 

32


Investor Group, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Funding Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for such Funding Agent. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Funding Agent shall act solely as agent for the related Investor Group and does not assume nor shall it be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the IssuerCo-Issuers, any of its successors or assigns or any other Person. Each Funding Agent shall not be required to take any action that exposes such Funding Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or any Requirement of Law. The appointment and authority of the Funding Agents hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Aggregate Unpaids of the Investor Groups and the termination in full of all the Commitments.

SECTION 5.09 Delegation of Duties. Each Funding Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each Funding Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

SECTION 5.10 Exculpatory Provisions. Each Funding Agent and its Affiliates, and each of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall not be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible in any manner to the related Investor Group for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the IssuerCo-Issuers contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the IssuerCo-Issuers to perform itstheir obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII. Each Funding Agent shall not be under any obligation to the related Investor Group to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the IssuerCo-Issuers. Each Funding Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default unless such Funding Agent has received notice of such event from the IssuerCo-Issuers or any member of the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.11 Reliance. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of the Administrative Agent and legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the IssuerCo-Issuers), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the related Investor Group as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the related Investor Group; provided that unless and until such Funding Agent shall have received such advice, such Funding Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as such Funding Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the related Investor Group. Each Funding Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the related Investor Group and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the related Investor Group.

SECTION 5.12 Non-Reliance on the Funding Agent and Other Purchasers. The related Investor Group expressly acknowledges that its Funding Agent and any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by such Funding Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the IssuerCo-Issuers, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Funding

 

33


Agent. The related Investor Group represents and warrants to such Funding Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon such Funding Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the IssuerCo-Issuers and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 5.13 The Funding Agent in its Individual Capacity. Each Funding Agent and any of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with the any Co-Issuer or any Affiliate of the any Co-Issuer as though such Funding Agent were not a Funding Agent hereunder.

SECTION 5.14 Successor Funding Agent. Each Funding Agent will, upon the direction of the related Investor Group, resign as such Funding Agent. If such Funding Agent shall resign, then the related Investor Group shall appoint an Affiliate of a member of the related Investor Group as a successor funding agent (it being understood that such resignation shall not be effective until such successor is appointed). After any retiring Funding Agent’s resignation hereunder as Funding Agent, subject to the limitations set forth herein, the provisions of Section 9.05 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Funding Agent under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 6.01 The IssuerCo-Issuers and Guarantors. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that:

(a) each of their representations and warranties made in favor of the Trustee or the Noteholders in the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, as of the date originally made, as of the date hereof and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(b) no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default, Event of Default or, solely as of the date of this Agreement, Cash Trapping Period has occurred and is continuing;

(c) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, neither they nor or any of their Affiliates, have, directly or through an agent, engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the Lender Parties and their Affiliates; and none of the IssuerCo-Issuers nor any of itstheir Affiliates has entered into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, except for this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and the IssuerCo-Issuers will not enter into any such arrangement;

 

34


(d) neither they nor any of their Affiliates have, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any “security” (as defined in the Securities Act) that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in a manner that would require the registration of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act;

(e) assuming the representations and warranties of each Lender Party set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement are true and correct, the offer and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes in the manner contemplated by this Agreement is a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Base Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act;

(f) no Securitization Entity is required, or will be required as a result of the making of Advances and Swingline Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and the use of proceeds therefrom, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act; in connection with the foregoing, the Issuer isCo-Issuers are relying on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, although additional exemptions or exclusions may be available to the IssuerCo-Issuers ; the Issuer doesCo-Issuers do not constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, otherwise known as the “Volcker Rule”;

(g) the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent true, accurate and complete copies of all other Transaction Documents (excluding Series Supplements and other Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) to which they are a party as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, all of which Transaction Documents are in full force and effect as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and no terms of any such agreements or documents have been amended, modified or otherwise waived as of such date, other than such amendments, modifications or waivers about which the Issuer hasCo-Issuers have informed each Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider;

(h) to the knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the operations of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency applicable to the Securitization Entities or their assets (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors, is threatened or pending;

(i) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of any of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors, any director, officer, manager, member, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors will not directly or to their knowledge indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(j) none of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors or, to the knowledge of any of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors, any affiliate, director, officer, manager, member agent,

 

35


employee or other person acting on behalf of any of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors, has: (i) used any corporate or company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic or “foreign official” (as defined in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”)) or foreign government employee from corporate or company funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any applicable provision of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other similar law or statute of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business, including, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder; or (iv) otherwise made any bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment;

(k) the representations and warranties of the applicable Securitization Entities contained in Section 4.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Section 7.13 of the Base Indenture are true and correct in all respects; and

(l) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each Advance hereunder is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 6.02 The ManagerManagers. The Manager representsManagers represent and warrantswarrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder, that:

(a) no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing as a result of any representation and warranty made by it in any Transaction Document (other than a Transaction Document relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes) to which it is a party (including any representations and warranties made by it as a Manager) being inaccurate;

(b) to the knowledge of the U.S. Manager, the operations of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Issuer, the U.S. Guarantors or the U.S. Manager with respect to the Money Laundering Laws has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the U.S. Guarantors or the U.S. Manager, is threatened or pending;

(c) to the knowledge of the Canadian Manager, the operations of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Manager, the Canadian Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Guarantors or the Canadian Manager with respect to the Money Laundering Laws has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Guarantors or the Canadian Manager, is threatened or pending;

(d)  (c) neither the U.S. Manager nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the U.S. Manager, any director, officer, manager, member, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager or the U.S. Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the OFAC; and the U.S. Manager will not directly or to its knowledge indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and

 

36


(e) neither the Canadian Manager nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Canadian Manager, any director, officer, manager, member, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Manager or the Canadian Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the OFAC; and the Canadian Manager will not directly or to its knowledge indirectly use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(f)  (d) none of the U.S. Manager or, to the knowledge of the U.S. Manager, any affiliate, director, officer, manager, member agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the U.S. Manager, has: (i) used any corporate or company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic or “foreign official” (as defined in the FCPA) or foreign government employee from corporate or company funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any applicable provision of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other similar law or statute of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business, including, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder; or (iv)  otherwise made any bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment; and

(g) none of the Canadian Manager or, to the knowledge of the Canadian Manager, any affiliate, director, officer, manager, member agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Canadian Manager, has: (i) used any corporate or company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic or “foreign official” (as defined in the FCPA) or foreign government employee from corporate or company funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any applicable provision of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other similar law or statute of any other jurisdiction in which it operates its business, including, in each case, the rules and regulations thereunder; or (iv) otherwise made any bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment.

SECTION 6.03 Lender Parties. Each of the Lender Parties represents and warrants to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers as of the date hereof (or, in the case of a successor or assign of an Investor, as of the subsequent date on which such successor or assign shall become or be deemed to become a party hereto) that:

(a) it has had an opportunity to discuss the IssuerCo-Issuers s and the ManagerManagerss business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, with the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers and their respective representatives;

(b) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

(c) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)

 

37


of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (b) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution in violation of the Securities Act, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

(d) it understands that (i) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the IssuerCo-Issuers, (ii) the Issuer isCo-Issuers are not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction, (iii) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria in clause (b) above and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of this Agreement;

(e) it will comply with the requirements of Section 6.03(d), above, in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes;

(f) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

(g) it will obtain for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and

(h) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

SECTION 7.01 Conditions to Issuance and Effectiveness. Each Lender Party will have no obligation to purchase the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes hereunder on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment will not become effective, unless:

(a) the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect;

(b) on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, from S&P stating that the Notes have received a rating of not less than “BBB- (sf)” and (ii) a letter from KBRA stating that the Notes have received rating of not less than “BBB- (sf)”;

(c) that certain risk retention letter agreement from the U.S. Manager, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, with respect to the EU risk retention rules shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

38


(d) at the time of such issuance, the additional conditions set forth in Schedule III (other than with respect to the condition subsequent set forth in the proviso to clause (b) of Schedule III) and all other conditions to the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes under the Indenture shall have been satisfied or waived.

SECTION 7.02 Conditions to Initial Extensions of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, the initial Borrowing hereunder, and the obligations of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider to fund the initial Swingline Loan or provide the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, respectively, shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent that (a) each Funding Agent shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by such Funding Agent and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount of the related Investor Group, (b) each of the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider shall have received a duly executed and authenticated Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note, as applicable, registered in its name or in such other name as shall have been directed by it and stating that the principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment or L/C Commitment, respectively, and (c) the Issuer shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it under the Transaction Documents on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, including all fees required hereunder.

SECTION 7.03 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The election of each Conduit Investor to fund, and the obligation of each Committed Note Purchaser to fund, any Borrowing on any day (including the initial Borrowing but excluding any Borrowings to repay Swingline Loans or L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.06 or 2.08, as applicable), and the obligations of the Swingline Lender to fund any Swingline Loan (including the initial one) and of the L/C Provider to provide any Letter of Credit (including the initial one), respectively, shall be subject to the conditions precedent that on the date of such funding or provision, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, the following statements shall be true (without regard to any waiver, amendment or other modification of this Section 7.03 or any definitions used herein consented to by the Control Party unless the Required Investor Groups have consented to such waiver, amendment or other modification for purposes of this Section 7.03); provided, however, that if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and been declared by the Control Party pursuant to Section 9.1(a), (b), (c) or (e) of the Base Indenture, or has occurred pursuant to Section 9.1(d) of the Base Indenture, consent to such waiver, amendment or other modification from all Investors (provided, that it shall not be the obligation of the Control Party to obtain such consent from the Investors) as well as the Control Party is required for purposes of this Section 7.03:

(a) (i) the representations and warranties of the IssuerCo-Issuers set out in this Agreement and (ii) the representations and warranties of the ManagerManagers set out in this Agreement, in each such case, shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects and (y) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects, as of the date of such funding or issuance, with the same effect as though made on that date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct (1) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (2) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(b) no Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event or Rapid Amortization Event shall be in existence at the time of, or after giving effect to, such funding or issuance;

(c) the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date shall not be less than 1.75x;

 

39


(d) in the case of any Borrowing, except to the extent an advance request is expressly deemed to have been delivered hereunder, the a Co-Issuer shall have delivered or have been deemed to have delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed advance request in the form of Exhibit A hereto with respect to such Borrowing (each such request, an “Advance Request” or a “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Request”);

(e) each representation and warranty made by the U.S. Manager (in its capacity as the U.S. Manager) in the U.S. Management Agreement is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(f) each representation and warranty made by the Canadian Manager (in its capacity as the Canadian Manager) in the Canadian Management Agreement is true and correct (a) if not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all material respects and (b) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of each Advance made hereunder (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(g) (f) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount (including any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount) will be funded and/or an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit will be maintained for such amount as of the date of such draw in the amounts required pursuant to the Indenture after giving effect to such draw; provided that a portion of the proceeds of such draw may be used to fund and/or maintain such Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount;

(h) (g) all Undrawn Commitment Fees, Administrative Agent Fees and L/C Quarterly Fees due and payable on or prior to the date of such funding or issuance shall have been paid in full; and

(i) (h) all conditions to such extension of credit or provision specified in Section 2.02, 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07 of this Agreement, as applicable, shall have been satisfied.

The giving of any notice pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.06 or 2.07, as applicable, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers that all conditions precedent to such funding or provision have been satisfied or will be satisfied concurrently therewith.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

SECTION 8.01 Covenants. Each of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers , severally, covenants and agrees that, until all Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and all Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated, it will:

(a) Unless waived in writing by the Control Party in accordance with Section 9.7 of the Base Indenture, duly and timely perform all of its covenants (both affirmative and negative) and obligations under each Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

40


(b) not amend, modify, waive or give any approval, consent or permission under any provision of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party unless any such amendment, modification, waiver or other action is in writing and made in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as applicable;

(c) reasonably concurrently with the time any report, notice or other document is provided to the Rating Agencies and/or the Trustee, or caused to be provided, by the IssuerCo-Issuers or the ManagerManagers under the Base Indenture (including, without limitation, under Sections 8.8, 8.9 and/or 8.10 thereof) or under the Series 2019-3 Supplement, provide the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties) with a copy of such report, notice or other document; provided, however, that neither the ManagerManagers nor the IssuerCo-Issuers shall have any obligation under this Section 8.01(c) to deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of any Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports that relate solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes;

(d) once per calendar year, following reasonable prior notice from the Administrative Agent (the “Annual Inspection Notice”), and during regular business hours and without unreasonable interference with the business and operation of the ManagerManagers, permit any one or more of the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the IssuerCo-Issuerss expense, access (as a group, and not individually unless only one such Person desires such access) to the offices of the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all documentation relating to the Collateral on the same terms as are provided to the Trustee under Section 8.6 of the Base Indenture, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the ManagerManagers, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to the Collateral, or the administration and performance of the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement and the other Transaction Documents with any of the officers or employees of, the ManagerManagers , the IssuerCo-Issuers and/or the Guarantors, as applicable, having knowledge of such matters; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuation of a Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Cash Trapping Period, Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at the IssuerCo-Issuerss expense may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice; provided, further, that, in addition to any visits made pursuant to provision of an Annual Inspection Notice or during the continuation of a Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, any Funding Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Provider, or any of their respective agents, representatives or permitted assigns, at their own expense, may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours following reasonable prior notice with respect to the business of the IssuerCo-Issuers and/or the Guarantors; and provided, further, that the Funding Agents, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider will be permitted to provide input to the Administrative Agent with respect to the timing of delivery, and content, of the Annual Inspection Notice;

(e) not use the proceeds of any Advance, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as such term is defined under the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof “Margin Stock”), for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause the Advances under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X;

(f) [reserved];

 

41


(g) promptly provide such additional financial and other information with respect to the Transaction Documents (other than Series Supplements and Transaction Documents relating solely to a Series of Notes other than the Series 2019-3 Notes), the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers or the Guarantors as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that neither the Issuer Co-Issuers nor the ManagerManagers shall be required to produce reports or other information that they do not currently produce and which, in the reasonable judgment of the ManagerManagers , would be unreasonably expensive or burdensome to prepare or produce or for which the disclosure thereof would violate any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, confidentiality provision or court order;

(h) deliver to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lender Parties), the financial statements prepared pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture at the same time as the delivery of such statements under the Base Indenture; and

(i) not (i) permit the IssuerCo-Issuers to use the proceeds of any Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes to pay, directly or indirectly, any distributions or dividends, as applicable, on the equity interests of any Person, or to repurchase the equity interests of any Person, in each case except as permitted pursuant to Section 8.18 of the Base Indenture or (ii) designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded with the proceeds of a Borrowing under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments. No amendment to or waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure therefrom by the ManagerManagers or the Issuer Co-Issuers, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Issuer Co-Issuers with the written consent of (A) the Administrative Agent and (B) other than in respect of amendments pursuant to Section 3.04, the Required Investor Groups; provided, however, that, in addition, (i) the prior written consent of each affected Investor shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver that (x) increases the amount of the Commitment of such Investor, extends the Commitment Termination Date or the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date for such Investor, modifies the conditions to funding the Commitment or otherwise subjects such Investor to any increased or additional duties or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith (it being understood and agreed that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender Party), (y) reduces the amount or delays the timing of payment of any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Investor hereunder or (z) would have an effect comparable to any of those set forth in Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture that require the consent of each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder; (ii) any amendment, modification or waiver that affects the rights or duties of any of the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent or the Funding Agents shall require the prior written consent of such affected Person; and (iii) the prior written consent of each Investor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider, the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver of this Section 9.01. For purposes of any provision of any other Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction or the like to be given by the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholders, such vote, consent, direction or the like shall be given by the Holders of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes only and not by the Holders of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes except to the extent that such vote, consent, direction or the like is to be given by each affected Noteholder and the Holders of any Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Notes or Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Notes would be affected thereby. In addition, the provisions of Section 6.01(k) may not be amended or waived without confirmation from S&P that the rating of the commercial paper notes of each Conduit Investor then rated by it will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result thereof. Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to consent to any amendment pursuant to Section 3.04.

 

42


Each Committed Note Purchaser will notify the Issuer Co-Issuers in writing whether or not it will consent to a proposed amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement and, if applicable, any condition to such consent, waiver or other modification. If a Committed Note Purchaser notifies the IssuerCo-Issuers in writing that such Committed Note Purchaser either (I) will not consent to an amendment to or waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement or (II) conditions its consent to such an amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement upon the payment of an amendment fee, the Issuer Co-Issuers may replace every member (but not any subset thereof) of such Committed Note Purchaser’s entire Investor Group by giving written notice to each member of such Investor Group and the Administrative Agent designating one or more Persons that are willing and able to purchase each member of such Investor Group’s rights and obligations under this Agreement for a purchase price that with respect to each such member of such Investor Group will equal the amount owed to each such member of such Investor Group with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). Upon receipt of such written notice, each member of such Investor Group shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 9.17(a), (b) and (c), as applicable, in consideration for such purchase price and at the reasonable expense of the Issuer Co-Issuers (including, without limitation, the reasonable documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to each such member); provided, however, that no member of such Investor Group shall be obligated to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement if the purchase price to be paid to such member is not at least equal to the amount owed to such member with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (whether arising under the Indenture, this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes or otherwise). In addition, notwithstanding the terms of Section 2.05, the Issuer Co-Issuers may also effect a permanent reduction in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount and a corresponding reduction in the Commitment Amount solely of such Committed Note Purchaser and Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount solely of such Investor Group on a non-ratable basis; provided that (i) any such reduction will be limited to the undrawn portion of such Commitments, although any such reduction may be combined with a Voluntary Decrease effected pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Series 2019-3 Supplement, applied solely with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser and such Investor Group.

The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Lender Parties shall negotiate any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Lender Parties in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Lender Parties shall not be unreasonably denied, conditioned or delayed. Pursuant to Section 9.05(a), the Lender Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Issuer Co-Issuers for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Lender Parties in reviewing and approving any such amendment, waiver, consent, supplement or other modification to this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

SECTION 9.02 No Waiver; Remedies. Any waiver, consent or approval given by any party hereto shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and no waiver by a party of any breach or default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default. No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce the right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. No notice to or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

43


SECTION 9.03 Binding on Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that none of the IssuerCo-Issuers nor the ManagerManagers may assign its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise other than in connection with a merger between Securitization Entities permitted by the Transaction Documents) without the prior written consent of each Lender Party (other than any Defaulting Investor); provided further that nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer Co-Issuers from assigning itstheir rights (but none of itstheir duties or liabilities) to the Trustee under the Base Indenture and the Series 2019-3 Supplement; and provided, further that none of the Lender Parties may transfer, pledge, assign, sell participations in or otherwise encumber its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or any interest herein except as permitted under Section 6.03, Section 9.17 and this Section 9.03. Nothing expressed herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Persons referred to in the preceding sentence any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement except as provided in Section 9.16.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Investor may at any time grant to one or more Program Support Providers a participating interest in or lien on such Investor’s interests in the Advances made hereunder and such Program Support Provider, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement. In addition, any Investor may at any time sell participations to any Person in all or a portion of such Investor’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and the Advances made thereunder and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and such participant, with respect to its participating interest, shall be entitled to the benefits granted to such Investor under this Agreement; provided that (i) such Investor’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Investor shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and each other Investor shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Investor in connection with such Investor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that no participation pursuant to this Section 9.03 shall be made to a Competitor or a Defaulting Investor. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which an Investor sells such a participation shall provide that such Investor shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents. provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the prior written consent of each affected Participant shall be required in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver that would have an effect comparable to any of those set forth in Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture or Section 9.01 hereof that require the consent of each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder.

(c) In addition to its rights under Section 9.17, each Conduit Investor may at any time assign its rights in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes (and its rights hereunder and under the Transaction Documents) to its related Committed Note Purchaser or, subject to Section 6.03 and Section 9.17, its related Program Support Provider or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Furthermore, each Conduit Investor may at any time grant a security interest in and lien on, all or any portion of its interests under this Agreement, its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note and all Transaction Documents to (i) its related Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) its Funding Agent, (iii) any Program Support Provider who, at any time now or in the future, provides program liquidity or credit enhancement, including, without limitation, an insurance policy for such Conduit Investor relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, (iv) any other Person who, at any time now or in the future, provides liquidity or credit enhancement for the Conduit Investors, including, without limitation, an insurance policy relating to the Commercial Paper or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes; (v) any collateral trustee or collateral agent for any of the foregoing or (vi) a trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of such Conduit Investor appointed pursuant

 

44


to such Conduit Investor’s program documents; provided, however, that any such security interest or lien shall be released upon assignment of its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note to its related Committed Note Purchaser. Each Committed Note Purchaser may assign its Commitment, or all or any portion of its interest under its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to any Person to the extent permitted by Section 9.17. Notwithstanding any other provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Committed Note Purchaser may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, its Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Note and the Transaction Documents in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the F.R.S. Board or any similar foreign entity.

SECTION 9.04 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making and the repayment of the Advances, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and shall continue in full force and effect until all interest on and principal of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, and all other Obligations owed to the Lender Parties, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Supplement have been paid in full (other than as described in the following sentence), all Letters of Credit have expired or been fully cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment have been terminated, including as a result of the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article XII of the Base Indenture. In addition, the obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Lender Parties under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 9.05, 9.10 and 9.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.05 Payment of Costs and Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) Payment of Costs and Expenses. The Issuer Co-Issuers and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to pay (by depositing such amounts into the applicable Collection Account to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments), on the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (if invoiced at least one (1) Business Day prior to such date) or on or before five (5) Business Days after written demand (in all other cases), all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, each initial Funding Agent and each initial Lender Party (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one counsel to each of the foregoing, if any, as well as the fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies) in connection with (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and of each other Transaction Document, including schedules and exhibits, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated, and (ii) any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document as may from time to time hereafter be proposed by the ManagerManagers or the Securitization Entities. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors further jointly and severally agree to pay, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and to hold the Administrative Agent, each Funding Agent and each Lender Party harmless from all liability for (x) any breach by the Issuer Co-Issuers of itstheir obligations under this Agreement, (y) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent or such Lender Party in enforcing this Agreement or in connection with the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out”, whether or not consummated, of the Transaction Documents and (z) any Non-Excluded Taxes that may be payable in connection with (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, (2) any Borrowing or Swingline Loan hereunder, (3) the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (4) any Letter of Credit hereunder or (5) any other Transaction Documents. The IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors also jointly and severally agree to reimburse, subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments, the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and Lender Party upon demand for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Funding Agent and such Lender Party in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than in connection with a sale or assignment pursuant to Section 9.18(a), the Issuer Co-Issuers and/or the Guarantors shall have no obligation to reimburse any Lender

 

45


Party for any of the fees and/or expenses incurred by such Lender Party with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.03 or Section 9.17.

(b) Indemnification of the Lender Parties. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lender Parties, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold each Lender Party, each Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent (each in its capacity as such and to the extent not otherwise reimbursed by the Issuer Co-Issuers or Guarantors and without limiting the obligation of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors to do so) and each of their officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless (by depositing such amounts into the applicable Collection Account to be distributed subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to:

(i) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Advance, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit; or

(ii) the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Indemnified Parties, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent by the Lender Parties set forth in Section 9.19;

except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of representations set forth herein as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the forgoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(b) shall in no event include indemnification for special, punitive, consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08 or for any transfer Class A-1 Taxes with respect to its sale or assignment of all or any part of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 9.17. The Issuer Co-Issuers shall give notice to the Rating Agencies of any claim for Indemnified Liabilities made under this Section 9.05(b).

(c) Indemnification of the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent and the related Funding Agent, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (collectively, the “Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties”) and such Funding Agent and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Funding Agent Indemnified Parties,” and together with the Administrative Agent Indemnified Parties, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (solely to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the Guarantors) (irrespective of whether any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder

 

46


is sought and including, without limitation, any liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties or any of them (whether in prosecuting or defending against such actions, suits or claims) to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, or relating to the entering into and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document by any of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Parties, except for any such Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of a particular Applicable Agent Indemnified Party by reason of the relevant Applicable Agent Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, each Committed Note Purchaser, ratably according to its respective Commitment, hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Applicable Agent Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity set forth in this Section 9.05(c) shall in no event include indemnification for consequential or indirect damages of any kind or for any Class A-1 Taxes which shall be covered by (or expressly excluded from) the indemnification provided in Section 3.08.

SECTION 9.06 Characterization as Transaction Document; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a Transaction Document for all purposes of the Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. This Agreement, together with the Base Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the documents delivered pursuant to Article VII and the other Transaction Documents, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and other writings with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.07 Notices. All notices, amendments, waivers, consents and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed, delivered or transmitted to such party at its address or e-mail address set forth below its signature hereto, in the case of the Issuer Co-Issuers or the ManagerManagers, or on Schedule II, in the case of the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agents, or in each case at such other address or e-mail address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid or if properly addressed and sent by pre-paid courier service, shall be deemed given when received; any notice, if transmitted by e-mail, shall be deemed given when received.

SECTION 9.08 Severability of Provisions. Any covenant, provision, agreement or term of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.09 Tax Characterization. (a)    Each party to this Agreement (i) acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that, for accounting purposes and for all federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will be treated as evidence of indebtedness, (ii) agrees to treat the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for all such purposes as indebtedness and (iii) agrees that the provisions of the Transaction Documents shall be construed to further these intentions.

(b) Each Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Issuer Co-Issuers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each related Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) and the applicable portions of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount (and stated interest) with respect to such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder of each Lender Party (and, if applicable, Program Support Provider) that has an interest in such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder’s Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (the

 

47


“Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Register”), provided that no Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Noteholder shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes Register to any Person except to the extent such that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes are in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury regulations.

SECTION 9.10 No Proceedings; Limited Recourse.

(a) The Securitization Entities. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Issuer Co-Issuers) hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note issued by the Issuer Co-Issuers pursuant to the Base Indenture, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, all as more particularly set forth in Section 14.13 of the Base Indenture and subject to any retained rights set forth therein; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.10(a) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that a Lender Party (solely in its capacity as such) takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(a), each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the filing of such a petition by any such Person against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such Person has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by a Lender Party in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity. The obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers under this Agreement are solely the limited liability company or corporate, as the case may be, obligations of the IssuerCo-Issuers.

(b) The Conduit Investors. Each of the parties hereto hereby covenants and agrees that it will not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all Commercial Paper or other debt securities or instruments issued by a Conduit Investor, institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit Investor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, examination or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state (or any other jurisdiction with authority over such Conduit Investor) bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that, subject to Section 9.10(d), nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from such Conduit Investor pursuant to this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that any such party takes action in violation of this Section 9.10(b), such related Conduit Investor may file an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest or cause to be contested the filing of such a petition by any such party against such Conduit Investor or the commencement of such action and raise or cause to be raised the defense that such party has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any of the Securitization Entities, the ManagerManagers or a Lender Party in assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving a Conduit Investor. Subject to Section 9.10(d), the obligations of the Conduit Investors under this Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of the Conduit Investors. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, including any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement, against any stockholder, employee, officer, agent, director, member, affiliate or incorporator (or Person similar to an incorporator under state business organization laws) of any Conduit Investor; provided, however, nothing in this Section 9.10(b) shall relieve any of the foregoing Persons from any liability that any such Person may otherwise have for its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

48


(c) [Reserved].

(d) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Conduit Investor shall be obligated to pay any fees, costs, indemnified amounts or expenses due pursuant to this Agreement (“Conduit Investor Amounts”) other than in accordance with the order of priorities set out in such Conduit Investor’s commercial paper program documents and all payment obligations of each Conduit Investor hereunder are contingent on the availability of funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes and in excess of the amounts necessary to pay its commercial paper notes; provided, however, that each Committed Note Purchaser shall pay any Conduit Investor Amounts, on behalf of any Conduit Investor in such Committed Note Purchaser’s Investor Group, as and when due hereunder, to the extent that such Conduit Investor is precluded by its commercial paper program documents from paying such Conduit Investor Amounts in accordance with this Agreement. Any such amount which any Conduit Investor does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against or corporate obligation of such Conduit Investor for any such insufficiency unless and until funds received pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes are available for the payment of such amounts as aforesaid.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Confidentiality. Each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person without the prior written consent of the ManagerManagers and the Issuer Co-Issuers, other than (a) to their Affiliates, and their Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, managers, administrators, trustees, agents and advisors, including, without limitation, legal counsel and accountants (it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and instructed to keep it confidential), (b) to actual or prospective assignees and participants, and then only on a confidential basis (after obtaining such actual or prospective assignee’s or participant’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (c) as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer Co-Issuers or the ManagerManagers, as the case may be, has knowledge; provided that each Lender Party, Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent may disclose Confidential Information as requested by a Governmental Authority or self-regulatory organization or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process of which the Issuer Co-Issuers or the ManagerManagers, as the case may be, does not have knowledge if such Lender Party, Funding Agent or Administrative Agent is prohibited by law, rule or regulation from disclosing such requirement to the IssuerCo-Issuers or the ManagerManagers , as the case may be, (d) to (x) Program Support Providers and (y) any trustee or collateral agent for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper notes or other senior indebtedness of a Conduit Investor appointed pursuant to such Conduit Investor’s program documents (after, in each case, obtaining such Person’s agreement to keep such Confidential Information confidential in a manner substantially similar to this Section 9.11), (e) to any rating agency providing a rating for any Series or Class of Notes or any Conduit Investor’s debt, (f) to any Person acting as a placement agent, dealer or investor with respect to any Conduit Investor’s commercial paper (provided that any Confidential Information provided to any such placement agent, dealer or investor does not reveal the identity of the Issuer Co-Issuers or any of itstheir Affiliates and is confined to information of the type that is typically provided to such entities by asset-backed commercial paper conduits), or (g) in the course of litigation with the IssuerCo-Issuers or the ManagerManagers ; provided that (in the case of any disclosure under foregoing clause (c) the disclosing party will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, give reasonable notice of such disclosure requirement to the Issuer Co-Issuers and the ManagerManagers prior to disclosure of the Confidential Information, and will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that is necessary to comply with such requirement in a manner reasonably designed to maintain the confidentiality thereof; and provided, further, that no such notice shall be required for any disclosure by the Administrative Agent and/or its affiliates to regulatory authorities asserting jurisdiction in connection with an examination of any such party in the normal course.

 

49


Confidential Information” means information that any of the Issuer, any Guarantor Co-Issuers, Guarantors or the ManagerManagers furnishes to a Lender Party, but does not include (i) any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 9.11 or a disclosure by a Person to which a Lender Party, a Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent delivered such information, (ii) any such information that was in the possession of a Lender Party prior to its being furnished to such Lender Party by the Issuer Co-Issuers or the ManagerManagers, or (iii) any such information that is or becomes available to a Lender Party from a source other than the Issuer Co-Issuers or the ManagerManagers; provided that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) herein, such source is not (x) known to a Lender Party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the IssuerCo-Issuers or the ManagerManagers , as the case may be, with respect to the information or (y) known to a Lender Party to be otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

SECTION 9.12 GOVERNING LAW; CONFLICTS WITH INDENTURE. THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING UNDER OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAW. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN.

SECTION 9.13 JURISDICTION. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREUNDER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include electronic transmission of counterparts) and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

50


SECTION 9.16 Third Party Beneficiary. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Control Party are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.17 Assignment.

(a) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Committed Note Purchaser may at any time sell or assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to one or more financial institutions (an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”) pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”), executed by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, such assigning Committed Note Purchaser, the Funding Agent with respect to such Committed Note Purchaser, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that no assignment pursuant to this Section 9.17 shall be made to a Competitor.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), each Conduit Investor may assign all or a portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor and its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party to a Conduit Assignee with respect to such Conduit Investor, without the prior written consent of the Issuer Co-Issuers. Upon such assignment by a Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee, (i) such Conduit Assignee shall be the owner of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor, (ii) the related administrative or managing agent for such Conduit Assignee will act as the Funding Agent for such Conduit Assignee hereunder, with all corresponding rights and powers, express or implied, granted to the Funding Agent hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, (iii) such Conduit Assignee and its liquidity support provider(s) and credit support provider(s) and other related parties, in each case relating to the Commercial Paper and/or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes, shall have the benefit of all the rights and protections provided to such Conduit Investor herein and in the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, any limitation on recourse against such Conduit Assignee as provided in this paragraph), (iv) such Conduit Assignee shall assume all of such Conduit Investor’s obligations, if any, hereunder or under the Base Indenture or under any other Transaction Document with respect to such portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount and such Conduit Investor shall be released from such obligations, (v) all distributions in respect of the Investor Group Principal Amount or such portion thereof with respect to such Conduit Investor shall be made to the applicable Funding Agent on behalf of such Conduit Assignee, (vi) the definition of the term “CP Funding Rate” with respect to the portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit Investor, as applicable, funded or maintained with commercial paper issued by such Conduit Assignee from time to time shall be determined in the manner set forth in the definition of “CP Funding Rate” applicable to such Conduit Assignee on the basis of the interest rate or discount applicable to Commercial Paper issued by or for the benefit of such Conduit Assignee (rather than any other Conduit Investor), (vii) the defined terms and other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, and (viii) if requested by the Funding Agent with respect to such Conduit Assignee, the parties will execute and deliver such further agreements and documents and take such other actions as the Funding Agent may reasonably request to evidence and give effect to the foregoing. No assignment by any Conduit Investor to a Conduit Assignee of all or any portion of the Investor Group Principal Amount with respect to such Conduit

 

51


Investor shall in any way diminish the obligation of the Committed Note Purchasers in the same Investor Group as such Conduit Investor under Section 2.02 to fund any Increase not funded by such Conduit Investor or such Conduit Assignee.

(c) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), any Conduit Investor and the related Committed Note Purchaser(s) may at any time sell all or any part of their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider, to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit, whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” (or then equivalent grade) from S&P, and one or more financial institutions providing support to such multi-seller commercial paper conduit (an “Acquiring Investor Group”) pursuant to a transfer supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C (the “Investor Group Supplement” or the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Investor Group Supplement”), executed by such Acquiring Investor Group, the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Investor Group (including the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Investor Group), such assigning Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchasers with respect to such Conduit Investor, the Funding Agent with respect to such assigning Conduit Investor and Committed Note Purchasers, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Issuer Co-Issuers shall be required for an assignment to another Committed Note Purchaser or any Affiliate of a Committed Note Purchaser and its related Conduit Investor or if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.17(c) is intended to permit and provide for (i) assignments from a Committed Note Purchaser to a Conduit Investor in a different Investor Group and (ii) assignments from a Conduit Investor to a Committed Note Purchaser in a different Investor group, and, in each of (i) and (ii), Exhibit C shall be revised to reflect such assignments.

(d) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the Swingline Lender may at any time assign all its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Swingline Note, in whole but not in part, with the prior written consent of the Issuer Co-Issuers and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder; provided that no consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that the prior written consent of each Funding Agent (other than any Funding Agent with respect to which all of the Committed Note Purchasers in such Funding Agent’s Investor Group are Defaulting Investors), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, shall be required if such financial institution is not a Committed Note Purchaser.

(e) Subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.17(f), the L/C Provider may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 L/C Note with the prior written consent of the Issuer Co-Issuers and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the IssuerCo-Issuers, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent so assigned; provided that no consent of the IssuerCo-Issuers shall be required if a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(f) Any assignment of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

52


SECTION 9.18 Defaulting Investors. (a) The Issuer Co-Issuers may, at itstheir sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Defaulting Investor and the Administrative Agent, (i) require any Defaulting Investor to sell all of its rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an assignee; provided that (x) such assignment is made in compliance with Section 9.17 and (y) such Defaulting Investor shall have received from such assignee an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder or (ii) remove any Defaulting Investor as an Investor by paying to such Defaulting Investor an amount equal to such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder.

(b) In the event that a Defaulting Investor desires to sell all or any portion of its rights, obligations and commitments under this Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes and, in connection therewith, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to an unaffiliated third party assignee for an amount less than 100% (or, if only a portion of such rights, obligations and commitments are proposed to be sold, such portion) of such Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount of such Defaulting Investor and all accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Defaulting Investor hereunder, such Defaulting Investor shall promptly notify the Issuer Co-Issuers of the proposed sale (the “Sale Notice”). Each Sale Notice shall certify that such Defaulting Investor has received a firm offer from the prospective unaffiliated third party and shall contain the material terms of the proposed sale, including, without limitation, the purchase price of the proposed sale and the portion of such Defaulting Investor’s rights, obligations and commitments proposed to be sold. The Issuer Co-Issuers and any of itstheir respective Affiliates shall have an option for a period of three (3) Business Days from the date the Sale Notice is given to elect to purchase such rights, obligations and commitments at the same price and subject to the same material terms as described in the Sale Notice. The Issuer Co-Issuers or any of itstheir respective Affiliates may exercise such purchase option by notifying such Defaulting Investor before expiration of such three (3) Business Days period that it wishes to purchase all (but not a portion) of the rights, obligations and commitments of such Defaulting Investor proposed to be sold to such unaffiliated third party. If the Issuer Co-Issuers or any of itstheir Affiliates givesgive notice to such Defaulting Investor that it  desiresthey desire to purchase such, rights, obligations and commitments, the Issuer Co-Issuers or such Affiliate shall promptly pay the purchase price to such Defaulting Investor. If the Issuer Co-Issuers or any of itstheir respective Affiliates doesdo not respond to any Sale Notice within such three (3) Business Days period, the IssuerCo-Issuers and itstheir respective Affiliates shall be deemed not to have exercised such purchase option.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Investor becomes a Defaulting Investor, then, until such time as such Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Such Defaulting Investor’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.01.

(ii) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the account of such Defaulting Investor (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity or otherwise) shall be applied (and the Issuer Co-Issuers shall instruct the Trustee to apply such amounts) as follows: first, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Investor to the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of Undrawn L/C Face Amounts at such time multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the

 

53


Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; fourth, as the Issuer Co-Issuers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Issuer Co-Issuers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Investor’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Advances under this Agreement and (y) to provide cash collateral to the L/C Provider in accordance with Section 4.03(b) in an amount equal to the amount of any future Undrawn L/C Face Amounts multiplied by the Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Investor’s Investor Group multiplied by the Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of such Defaulting Investor; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Investors, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Investor, the L/C Provider or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Issuer Co-Issuers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Issuer Co-Issuers against such Defaulting Investor as a result of such Defaulting Investor’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Investor or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or any extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) in respect of which such Defaulting Investor has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and extensions of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed as an Advance pursuant to Section 2.08(a) owed to, all non-Defaulting Investors on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, participations required to be purchased pursuant to Section 2.09(a) owed to, such Defaulting Investor until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Investors pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Investor that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Investor or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 9.18(c)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Investor, and each Investor irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) All or any part of such Defaulting Investor’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Investors pro rata based on their Commitments (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Investor’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 7.03 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Issuer Co-Issuers shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Issuer Co-Issuers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the product of any non-Defaulting Investor’s related Investor Group Principal Amount multiplied by such non-Defaulting Investor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage to exceed such non-Defaulting Investor’s Commitment Amount. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Investor arising from that Investor having become a Defaulting Investor, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Investor as a result of such non-Defaulting Investor’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Issuer Co-Issuers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to them hereunder or under law, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the amount that cannot be so reallocated.

 

54


(d) If the Issuer Co-Issuers, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider agree in writing that an Investor is no longer a Defaulting Investor, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that Investor will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Investors or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Investors in accordance with their respective Commitments (without giving effect to Section 9.18(c)(iii)), whereupon such Investor will cease to be a Defaulting Investor; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the IssuerCo-Issuers while that Investor was a Defaulting Investor; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Investor to Investor will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Investor’s having been a Defaulting Investor.

SECTION 9.19 No Fiduciary Duties. The IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that in connection with transaction contemplated in this Agreement, or any other services the Lender Parties may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Lender Parties: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between any of the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers, the Guarantors and any other person, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, exists; (b) the Lender Parties are not acting as advisor, expert or otherwise, to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers or the Guarantors, and such relationship between the IssuerCo-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lender Parties, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Lender Parties may have to the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; (d) the Lender Parties and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors; and (e) the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors hereby waive any claims that the Issuer Co-Issuers, the ManagerManagers and the Guarantors may have against the Lender Parties with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes.

SECTION 9.20 No Guarantee by Managers. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Managerthe Managers shall not be construed as a guarantee or other credit support by any Manager of the obligations of the Securitization Entities hereunder. The ManagerManagers shall not be liable in any respect for any obligation of the Securitization Entities hereunder or any violation by any Securitization Entity of its covenants, representations and warranties or other agreements and obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Indenture Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Indenture Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

55


(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Indenture Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

For purposes of this Section 9.21:

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. Following the withdrawal of the UK from the EU (hereafter referred to as “Brexit”) this definition shall include substantially equivalent legislation in the UK.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent. Following Brexit this definition shall also include an institution in the UK subject to substantially similar supervision by UK regulators together with its parent and subsidiary entities whether in the UK or the EEA.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway. Following Brexit this definition shall be deemed to include the UK.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. Following Brexit this definition shall include any authority in the UK exercising substantially similar powers under UK law.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time. Following Brexit this definition shall include substantially similar publications in the UK.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

56


SECTION 9.22 Patriot Act. In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, any Lender Party may obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship with such Lender Party. Such Lender Party may ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. Such Lender Party may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

SECTION 9.23 Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Lender Party that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Lender Party of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Lender Party that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Lender Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Lender Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

For purposes of this Section 9.23:

BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,
as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Email:

noah.pollackScott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC. CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Managera Co-Issuer

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Email: Scott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

with a copy to:

 

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

 

Email:

noah.pollackScott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as U.S. Manager

 

By:  

                                                      

  Name:
  Title:
440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

 

Signature Page to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1)


Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Email: Scott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Canadian Manager

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Email: Scott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

with a copy to:

 

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (704) 376-7905

Email: Scott.Omelia@drivenbrands.com

 

Signature Page to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1)


DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC

DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,

CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC

ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLINFUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION

CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP

MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

MAACO CANADA SPV LP

MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV

GP CORPORATION

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING

GP CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS

MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP,

each as a Guarantor

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1)


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the Committed Note Purchaser

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as the related Funding Agent

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement (Series 2019-3 Class A-1)


SCHEDULE I TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUPS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Investor

Group/Funding Agent

  

Maximum

Investor Group

Principal Amount

    

Conduit

Lender

(if any)

  

Committed Note

Purchaser(s)

  

Commitment

Amount

 

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 115,000,000.00     

N/A

  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 115,000,000.00  

 

Schedule I- 1


SCHEDULE II TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

NOTICE ADDRESSES FOR LENDER PARTIES AND AGENTS

Conduit Investors

Barclays Bank PLC

N/A

Committed Note Purchaser

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Funding Agent

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

 

Schedule II- 1


Administrative Agent

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Swingline Lender

Barclays Bank PLC

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.comASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

L/C Provider

Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch

Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Letters of Credit/Dawn Townsend

Telephone: (201) 499-2081

Fax: (212) 412-5011

Email: xraletterofcredit@barclays.com

 

Schedule II- 2


and

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

 

Schedule II- 3


SCHEDULE III TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADDITIONAL CLOSING CONDITIONS

The following are the additional conditions to initial issuance and effectiveness referred to in Section 7.01(d):

(a)    All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to the Lender Parties, and the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors shall have furnished to the Lender Parties all documents and information that the Lender Parties or their counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(b)    Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., as counsel to the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions or reliance letters that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date; provided that with respect to perfection matters regarding the Securitization-Owned Locations contributed to the Securitization Entities on or around December 10, 2019, such opinion may be delivered on the date that is ten Business Days after the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(c)    Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions that are customary for transactions of this type, including in respect of corporate, securities and investment company act matters, security interest matters, “true contribution” and “non-consolidation” matters and tax matters, and in each case reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(d)    [Intentionally Omitted]

(e)    [Intentionally Omitted]

(f)    DLA Piper LLP, as franchise counsel to the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties reliance letters that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(g)    Dentons US LLP, as counsel to the Trustee, shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties written opinions that are customary for transactions of this type and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to the Lender Parties, addressed to the Lender Parties and dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(h)    The Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties shall have received an opinion or reliance letter of Andrascik & Tita LLC, counsel to the Servicer, dated the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Lender Parties.

(i)    The Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties shall have received an opinion or reliance letter of in-house counsel to the Back-Up Manager, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Lender Parties.

 

Schedule III- 1


(j)    Each of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, as applicable, shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, as applicable, or other officers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that the representations, warranties and agreements of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, as applicable, in any other Transaction Document to which any of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors, as applicable, is a party are true and correct (A) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (B) if not so qualified, in all material respects, on and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date), and the Issuer, the U.S. Manager, and each U.S. Guarantor, as applicable, has complied in all material respects with all its agreements contained herein and in any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder or thereunder at or prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date.

(k)    There shall exist at and as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date no condition that would constitute an “Event of Default” (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an “Event of Default”) under, and as defined in, the Indenture or a material breach under any of the Transaction Documents as in effect at the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (or an event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material breach). On the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, each of the Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect.

(l)    The Series 2019-3 Supplement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the 2019-3 Securities Intermediary and the Trustee, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and duly authenticated by the Trustee, and the Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed copies thereof.

(m)    The U.S. Manager, each U.S. Guarantor and the Issuer shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties a certificate, dated as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, of the Chief Financial Officer of such entity that such entity will be Solvent immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(n)    None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to an injunction (temporary or permanent) and no restraining order or other injunctive order shall have been issued; and there shall not have been any legal action, order, decree or other administrative proceeding instituted or (to the knowledge of the Issuer or the U.S. Manager) overtly threatened against the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors or the Lender Parties that would reasonably be expected to adversely impact the issuance of the Series 2019-3 Notes and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Lender Parties’ activities in connection therewith or any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(o)    The representations and warranties of each of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors (to the extent a party thereto) contained in the Transaction Documents to which any of the Issuer, the U.S. Manager and the U.S. Guarantors is a party will be true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (ii) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of the Series 2019-3 Closing Date (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (x) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (y) if not so qualified, in all material respects, as of such earlier date).

 

Schedule III- 2


(p)    On or prior to the Series 2019-3 Closing Date, the U.S. Manager, the U.S. Guarantors and the Issuer shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties such further certificates and documents as the Lender Parties may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Administrative Agent.

 

Schedule III- 3


SCHEDULE IV TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Letters of Credit

 

Applicant

   Beneficiary      Facility
Maturity
     LC
Effective
Date
     LC Expiry
Date
     Face Amount  
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              

 

Schedule IV- 1


SCHEDULE V TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

U.S. Guarantors

 

  1.

Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”)

 

  2.

Driven Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Driven Systems”)

 

  3.

Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Driven Products”)

 

  4.

1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Radiator Products”)

 

  5.

1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Radiator Franchisor”)

 

  6.

Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Meineke Franchisor”)

 

  7.

Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maaco Franchisor”)

 

  8.

Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Econo Lube Franchisor”)

 

  9.

Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Drive N Style Franchisor”)

 

  10.

Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merlin Franchisor”)

 

  11.

CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CARSTAR Franchisor”)

 

  12.

Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5 Franchisor”)

 

  13.

Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5 Properties”)

 

  14.

ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ABRA Franchisor”)

 

  15.

FUSA Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“FUSA Properties”)

 

  16.

FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“FUSA Franchisor”)

Canadian Guarantors

 

  17.

Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Holdings”)

 

  18.

Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian CARSTAR GP”)

 

  19.

Carstar Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian CARSTAR”)

 

  20.

Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”)

 

  21.

Maaco Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”)

 

  22.

Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”)

 

  23.

Meineke Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”)

 

  24.

Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Take 5 GP”)

 

  25.

Take 5 Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Take 5”)

 

  26.

Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”)

 

  27.

Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Go Glass Franchisor”)

 

  28.

Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”)

 

  29.

Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor”)

 

A- 1Schedule V- 1


  30.

Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”)

 

  31.

Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”)

 

  32.

Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”)

 

  33.

Driven Canada Claims Management LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Claims Management

 

A-Schedule V- 2


EXHIBIT A TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ADVANCE REQUEST

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.comDavid.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands Funding, LLC

Phone (888) 855-9695 (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email address)

and

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party

10851 Mastin Street

Overland Park, KS 66210

Email: Brandy.Toepfer@midlandls.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Advance Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.03 of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Driven Brands Canada Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectivelyCorporation, as Co-Issuers, the Guarantors”) party thereto, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the ManagerManagers, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

 

A- 1


Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Advances be made in the aggregate principal amount of $         on             , 20        .

[IF THE REQUESTING CO-ISSUER IS ELECTING EURODOLLAR RATE FOR THESE ADVANCES ON THE DATE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.01(B) OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, ADD THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: The undersigned hereby elects that the Advances that are not funded at the CP Rate by an Eligible Conduit Investor shall be Eurodollar Advances and the related Eurodollar Interest Accrual Period shall commence on the date of such Eurodollar Advances and end on but exclude the date [one month subsequent to such date] [two months subsequent to such date] [three months subsequent to such date] [six months subsequent to such date].]

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Advance Request and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Advances requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including Section 7.03(a), have been satisfied.

The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify both you and each Investor. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Advances requested hereby you and each Investor shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Advances as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Advances, first, at the election of the Issuer[Issuer][Canadian Co-Issuer] $[        ] to the Swingline Lender and $[         ] to the L/C Provider for application to repayment of outstanding Swingline Loans and Unreimbursed L/C Drawings, as applicable, and, second, to the Issuer[Issuer][Canadian Co-Issuer] pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instruction for payment to Co-Issuer]

 

A- 2


The undersigned has caused this Advance Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly

Authorized Officer this     day of             , 20    .

 

[DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as U.S. Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:]

[DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Co-Issuer

By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:]

 

A- 3


EXHIBIT A-1 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SWINGLINE LOAN REQUEST

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

SERIES 2019-3 VARIABLE FUNDING SENIOR SECURED NOTES, CLASS A-1

TO:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Roger Billotto

Telephone: 201-499-8482

Email: BarcapConduitOps@Barclays.com and ASGReports@barclays.com

and

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Hufnagel

Telephone: 212-528-7475

Email: David.Hufnagel@barclays.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Swingline Loan Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.06(b) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Driven Brands Canada Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectivelyCorporation, as Co-Issuers, the Guarantors) party thereto, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the ManagerManagers, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent.

Unless otherwise defined herein or as the context otherwise requires, terms used herein have the meaning assigned thereto under or as provided in the Recitals and Section 1.01 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned hereby requests that Swingline Loans be made in the aggregate principal amount of $     on             , 20    .

 

A-1- 1


The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Swingline Loan Request and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Swingline Loans requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Advances, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all conditions set forth in Section 7.03 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, including Section 7.03(a), have been satisfied.

The undersigned agrees that if prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify you. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Swingline Loans requested hereby you shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Swingline Loans as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Swingline Loans to the [Issuer][Canadian Co-Issuer] pursuant to the following instructions:

[insert payment instructions for payment to the Co-Issuer]

 

A-1- 2


The undersigned has caused this Swingline Loan Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized

Officer this      day of             , 20    .

 

[DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as U.S. Manager on behalf of the Issuer

By:  

                    

  Name:  
  Title:]  

[DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Canadian Manager on behalf of the Canadian Co-Issuer

By:  

                    

  Name:  
  Title:]  

 

A-1 - 3


EXHIBIT A-2 TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[Reserved]

 

A-2- 1


EXHIBIT B TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], among [                    ] (the “Transferor”), each purchaser listed as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser”), the Funding Agent with respect to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser listed on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Funding Agent”), and the IssuerCo-Issuers, Swingline Lender and L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(a) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Driven Brands Canada Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectivelyCorporation, as Co-Issuers, the Guarantors) party thereto, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the ManagerManagers , the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (if it is not already an existing Committed Note Purchaser) wishes to become a Committed Note Purchaser party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor is selling and assigning to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, [all] [a portion of] its rights, obligations and Commitment Amounts under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement by each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, each related Acquiring Funding Agent, the Transferor, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(a) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the IssuerCo-Issuers (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”), each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser shall be a Committed Note Purchaser, and each Acquiring Funding Agent shall be a Funding Agent, party to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor acknowledges receipt from each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor and such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s

 

B- 1


Purchased Percentage”) of (i) the Transferor’s Commitment Amount under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, without recourse, representation or warranty, and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor, such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the Transferor’s Commitment Amount under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the Transferor’s Committed Note Purchaser Percentage of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

The Transferor has made arrangements with each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser with respect to [(i)] the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor to such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees”) [heretofore received] by the Transferor pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser to the Transferor of Fees or [                    ] received by such Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, as the case may be, in accordance with its respective interests as reflected in this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the performance or observance by the IssuerCo-Issuers of any of the IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser confirms that it has received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption Agreement; (iv) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Transferor, the Funding

 

B- 2


Agent or any other Investor Group and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser appoints and authorizes its related Acquiring Funding Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Acquiring Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser; and (viii) each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the IssuerCo-Issuers’s and the ManagerManagers’ s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the Issuer,Co-Issuers and the ManagerManagers and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the IssuerCo-Issuers, (II) the Issuer isCo-Issuers are not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor and each

 

B- 3


Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser, and (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts for the Investor Groups of the Transferor and each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser (it being understood that if the Transferor was part of a Conduit Investor’s Investor Group and the Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser is intended to be part of the same Investor Group, there will not be any change to the Maximum Investor Group Principal Amount for that Investor Group) and (iv) administrative information with respect to each Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser and its related Acquiring Funding Agent.

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT OR THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT.

 

B- 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[                    ], as Transferor
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ], as Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ], as Acquiring Funding Agent
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:

 

B- 5


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS:

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as a Co-Issuer

By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:

 

B- 6


CONSENTED BY:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:

 

B- 7


SCHEDULE I TO

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

[                    ], as Transferor

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[        ]

Related Conduit Investor

(if applicable) [                    ]

[                    ], as

Acquiring Committed Note Purchaser

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

Purchased Percentage of

Transferor’s Commitment Amount: [    ]%

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

 

B- 8


Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[        ]

Related Conduit Investor

(if applicable) [                    ]

[                    ], as

related Acquiring Funding Agent

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

 

B- 9


EXHIBIT C TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [                    ], among (i) [                    ] (the “Transferor Investor Group”), (ii) [                    ] (the “Acquiring Investor Group”), (iii) the Funding Agent with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group listed on the signature pages hereof (each, an “Acquiring Funding Agent”), and (iv) the Issuer Co-Issuers, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Provider listed on the signature pages hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, this Investor Group Supplement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section 9.17(c) of that certain Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as Issuer, and Driven Brands Canada Funding Holdco, LLC, Driven Systems LLC, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectivelyCorporation, as Co-Issuers, the Guarantors”) party thereto, Driven Brands, Inc. and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, as the ManagerManagers, the Conduit Investors, the Committed Note Purchasers, for each Investor Group, the Funding Agents, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as L/C Provider, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, the Acquiring Investor Group wishes to become a Conduit Investor and [a] Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to such Conduit Investor under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Transferor Investor Group is selling and assigning to the Acquiring Investor Group [all] [a portion of] its respective rights, obligations and commitments under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Advance Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party with respect to the percentage of its Commitment Amount specified on Schedule I attached hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Upon the execution and delivery of this Investor Group Supplement by the Acquiring Investor Group, each related Acquiring Funding Agent with respect thereto, the Transferor Investor Group, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Provider and, to the extent required by Section 9.17(c) of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the IssuerCo-Issuers (the date of such execution and delivery, the “Transfer Issuance Date”), the Conduit Investor and the Committed Note Purchaser[s] with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group shall be parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof.

The Transferor Investor Group acknowledges receipt from the Acquiring Investor Group of an amount equal to the purchase price, as agreed between the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group (the “Purchase Price”), of the portion being purchased by the Acquiring Investor Group (the Acquiring Investor Group’s “Purchased Percentage”) of (i) the aggregate Commitment Amount[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor

 

C- 1


Investor Group under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) the aggregate related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount. The Transferor Investor Group hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to the Acquiring Investor Group, without recourse, representation or warranty, and the Acquiring Investor Group hereby irrevocably purchases, takes and assumes from the Transferor Investor Group, such Acquiring Investor Group’s Purchased Percentage of (x) the aggregate Commitment Amount[s] of the Committed Note Purchaser[s] included in the Transferor Investor Group under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (y) the aggregate related Committed Note Purchaser Percentage[s] of the related Investor Group Principal Amount.

The Transferor Investor Group has made arrangements with the Acquiring Investor Group with respect to (i) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by the Transferor Investor Group to such Acquiring Investor Group of any program fees, undrawn facility fee, structuring and commitment fees or other fees (collectively, the “Fees”) [heretofore received] by the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the Transfer Issuance Date [and (ii) the portion, if any, to be paid, and the date or dates for payment, by such Acquiring Investor Group to the Transferor Investor Group of Fees or [                    ] received by such Acquiring Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement from and after the Transfer Issuance Date].

From and after the Transfer Issuance Date, amounts that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group pursuant to the Series 2019-3 Supplement or the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall, instead, be payable to or for the account of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective interests as reflected in this Investor Group Supplement, whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Issuance Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Issuance Date.

Each of the parties to this Investor Group Supplement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Investor Group Supplement.

The Acquiring Investor Group has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Investor Group Supplement, the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as follows: (i) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned hereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Series 2019-3 Supplement, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, the Transaction Documents or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) the Transferor Investor Group makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the performance or observance by the IssuerCo-Issuers of any of the IssuerCo-Issuerss obligations under the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) the Acquiring Investor Group confirms that it has

 

C- 2


received a copy of the Indenture, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Investor Group Supplement; (iv) the Acquiring Investor Group will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Transferor Investor Group, the Funding Agents or any other Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (v) the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vi) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group appoints and authorizes its related Acquiring Funding Agent, listed on Schedule I hereto, to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement as are delegated to such Acquiring Funding Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, all in accordance with Article V of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (vii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as a member of the Acquiring Investor Group; and (viii) each member of the Acquiring Investor Group hereby represents and warrants to the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers that: (A) it has had an opportunity to discuss the IssuerCo-Issuerss and the ManagerManagers s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers and their respective representatives; (B) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in, and is able and prepared to bear the economic risk of investing in, the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (C) it is purchasing the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes for its own account, or for the account of one or more “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that meet the criteria described in clause (viii)(B) above and for which it is acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within its control, and neither it nor its Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (D) it understands that (I) the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the IssuerCo-Issuers, (II) the Issuer isCo-Issuers are not required to register the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes, (III) any permitted transferee hereunder must meet the criteria described under clause (viii)(B) above and (IV) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17, as applicable, of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; (E) it will comply with the requirements of clause (viii)(D) above in connection with any transfer by it of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes; (F) it understands that the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend; (G) it will obtain for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers from any purchaser of the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs; and (H) it has executed a Purchaser’s Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

 

C- 3


Schedule I hereto sets forth (i) the Purchased Percentage for the Acquiring Investor Group, (ii) the revised Commitment Amounts of the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group, and (iii) the revised Maximum Investor Group Principal Amounts for the Transferor Investor Group and the Acquiring Investor Group and (iv) administrative information with respect to the Acquiring Investor Group and its related Acquiring Funding Agent.

This Investor Group Supplement and all matters arising under or in any manner relating to this Investor Group Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law.

ALL PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ON THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT OR THE SERIES 2019-3 CLASS A-1 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. ALL PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SIGNIFICANT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor Group Supplement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

[                    ], as Transferor Investor Group
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title
[                    ], as Acquiring Investor Group
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C- 4


[                    ], as Acquiring Funding Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title

 

C- 5


CONSENTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE ISSUERCO-ISSUERS:

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as a Co-Issuer

By:  

                                             

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Co-Issuer
By:  

                                             

  Name:
  Title:

 

C- 6


CONSENTED BY:

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Swingline Lender

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as L/C Provider

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

C- 7


SCHEDULE I TO

INVESTOR GROUP SUPPLEMENT

LIST OF ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

AND OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

[                        ], as

Transferor Investor Group

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[        ]

[                        ], as

Acquiring Investor Group

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

Purchased Percentage of

Transferor Investor Group’s Commitment Amount: [    ]%

Prior Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Revised Commitment Amount: $[        ]

Prior Maximum Investor Group

Principal Amount: $[        ]

Revised Maximum Investor

Group Principal Amount: $[        ]

 

C- 8


[                    ], as

related Acquiring Funding Agent

Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

 

C- 9


EXHIBIT D TO CLASS A-1

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[FORM OF PURCHASER’S LETTER]

[INVESTOR]

[INVESTOR ADDRESS]

Attention: [INVESTOR CONTACT]                         [Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 2019 (the “NPA”) relating to the purchase and sale (the “Transaction”) of up to $115,000,000 of Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (the “VFN Notes”) of Driven Brands Funding, LLC and Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “IssuerCo-Issuers” ). The Transaction will not be required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) under an exemption from registration granted in Section 4(a)(2) of the Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Barclays Bank PLC is acting as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) in connection with the Transaction. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the definitions ascribed to them in the NPA. Please confirm with us your acknowledgement and agreement with the following:

 

  (a)

You are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”) and have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing, and are able and prepared to bear the economic risk of purchasing, the VFN Notes.

 

  (b)

Neither the Administrative Agent nor its Affiliates (i) has provided you with any information with respect to the IssuerCo-Issuers, the VFN Notes or the Transaction other than the information contained in the NPA, which was prepared by the IssuerCo-Issuers, or (ii) makes any representation as to the credit quality of the IssuerCo-Issuers or the merits of a purchase of the VFN Notes. The Administrative Agent has not provided you with any legal, business, tax or other advice in connection with the Transaction or your possible purchase of the VFN Notes.

 

  (c)

You acknowledge that you have completed your own diligence investigation of the IssuerCo-Issuers and the VFN Notes and have had sufficient access to the agreements, documents, records, officers and directors of the IssuerCo-Issuers to make your investment decision related to the VFN Notes. You further acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to discuss the IssuerCo-Issuers’s and the ManagerManagers’s business, management and financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the proposed purchase, with the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers and their respective representatives.

 

  (d)

The Administrative Agent may currently or in the future own securities issued by, or have business relationships (including, among others, lending, depository, risk management, advisory and banking relationships) with, the IssuerCo-Issuers and itstheir respective affiliates, and the Administrative Agent will manage such security positions and business relationships as it determines to be in its best interests, without regard to the interests of the holders of the VFN Notes.

 

D- 1


  (e)

You are purchasing the VFN Notes for your own account, or for the account of one or more Persons who are Accredited Investors and who meet the criteria described in paragraph (a) above and for whom you are acting with complete investment discretion, for investment purposes only and not with a view to a distribution (but without prejudice to your right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of the VFN Notes in accordance with clause (f) below), subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of your property shall at all times be and remain within your control, and neither you nor your Affiliates has engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the VFN Notes. You confirm that, to the extent you are purchasing the VFN Notes for the account of one or more other Persons, (i) you have been duly authorized to make the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements set forth herein on their behalf and (ii) the provisions of this letter constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of you and any other Person for whose account you are acting;

 

  (f)

You understand that (i) the VFN Notes have not been and will not be registered or qualified under the Act or any applicable state securities laws or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Act and may not be resold or otherwise transferred unless so registered or qualified or unless an exemption from registration or qualification is available and an opinion of counsel shall have been delivered in advance to the IssuerCo-Issuers, (ii) the Issuer isCo-Issuers are not required to register the VFN Notes, (iii) any permitted transferee under the NPA must be an Accredited Investor and (iv) any transfer must comply with the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Base Indenture, Section 4.3 of the Series 2019-3 Supplement and Section 9.03 or 9.17 of the NPA, as applicable;

 

  (g)

You will comply with the requirements of paragraph (f) above in connection with any transfer by you of the VFN Notes;

 

  (h)

You understand that the VFN Notes will bear the legend set out in the form of VFN Notes attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement and be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in such legend;

 

  (i)

Either (i) you are not acquiring or holding the VFN Notes for or on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan, account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any Similar Law (as defined in the Series 2019-3 Supplemental Definitions List attached to the Series 2019-3 Supplement as Annex A) or (ii) your purchase and holding of the VFN Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Law; and

 

  (j)

You will obtain for the benefit of the IssuerCo-Issuers from any purchaser of the VFN Notes substantially the same representations and warranties contained in the foregoing paragraphs.

 

D- 2


This letter agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

D- 3


You understand that the Administrative Agent will rely upon this letter agreement in acting as an Administrative Agent in connection with the Transaction. You agree to notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing if any of your representations, acknowledgements or agreements herein cease to be accurate and complete. You irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to produce this letter to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Acknowledged:

 

[INVESTOR]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D- 4

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

made by

DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC

CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC and

TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC,

each as a Guarantor

in favor of

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee

Dated as of April 24, 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINED TERMS

     2  

1.1

 

Definitions

     2  

SECTION 2 GUARANTEE

     2  

2.1

 

Guarantee

     2  

2.2

 

No Subrogation

     3  

2.3

 

Amendments, etc. with respect to the Issuer Obligations

     3  

2.4

 

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

     3  

2.5

 

Reinstatement

     4  

2.6

 

Payments

     4  

2.7

 

Information

     4  

SECTION 3 SECURITY

     5  

3.1

 

Grant of Security Interest

     5  

3.2

 

Certain Rights and Obligations of the Guarantors Unaffected

     6  

3.3

 

Performance of Transaction Documents

     7  

3.4

 

Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees

     8  

3.5

 

Authorization to File Financing Statements

     8  

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     9  

4.1

 

Existence and Power

     9  

4.2

 

Company and Governmental Authorization

     9  

4.3

 

No Consent

     9  

4.4

 

Binding Effect

     9  

4.5

 

Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries

     9  

4.6

 

Security Interests

     10  

4.7

 

Other Representations

     10  

SECTION 5 COVENANTS

     11  

5.1

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     11  

5.2

 

Covenants in Base Indenture and Other Transaction Documents

     11  

5.3

 

Further Assurances

     11  

5.4

 

Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307

     12  

5.5

 

Equity Interests

     12  

5.6

 

Management Accounts

     12  

5.7

 

Contributed Real Property.

     12  

SECTION 6 REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

     13  

6.1

 

Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default

     13  

6.2

 

Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling

     15  

6.3

 

Limited Recourse

     15  

6.4

 

Optional Preservation of the Collateral

     15  

6.5

 

Control by the Control Party

     15  

6.6

 

The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     16  

6.7

 

Undertaking for Costs

     16  

6.8

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     16  

6.9

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     17  

6.10

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     17  

6.11

 

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     17  

 

i


SECTION 7 THE TRUSTEE’S AUTHORITY

     17  

SECTION 8 MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

8.1

 

Amendments

     18  

8.2

 

Notices

     18  

8.3

 

Governing Law

     19  

8.4

 

Successors

     19  

8.5

 

Severability

     19  

8.6

 

Counterpart Originals

     19  

8.7

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     19  

8.8

 

Recording of Agreement

     19  

8.9

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     19  

8.10

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     19  

8.11

 

Additional Guarantors

     20  

8.12

 

Currency Indemnity

     20  

8.13

 

Acknowledgment of Receipt; Waiver

     20  

8.14

 

Termination; Partial Release

     20  

8.15

 

Third Party Beneficiary

     21  

8.16

 

Entire Agreement

     21  

8.17

 

Amendment and Restatement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an amendment,

replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed,

extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution

thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. The Guarantors

hereby reaffirm all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made

in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Guarantee and Collateral

Agreement and this Agreement and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized

and effective.

     21  

SCHEDULES

Schedule 4.5 — Guarantor Ownership Relationships

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A — Form of Assumption Agreement

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of April 24, 2018, made by DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Franchisor Holdco”), 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“1-800-Radiator Franchisor”), MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Meineke Franchisor”), MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maaco Franchisor”), ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Econo Lube Franchisor”), DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Drive N Style Franchisor”), MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merlin Franchisor”), CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Carstar Franchisor”) and TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5 Franchisor” and, together with Franchisor Holdco, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor and Carstar Franchisor, the “SPV Franchising Entities”), DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SPV Product Sales Holder”), 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Radiator Product Sales Holder”), DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding Holdco”), and TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC (“Take 5 Properties” and, together with SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, Funding Holdco, the SPV Franchising Entities and any Future Securitization Entities, the “Guarantors”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date of this Agreement (as further amended and restated, amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture” and, together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder;

WHEREAS, the Guarantors and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015 (the “Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents require that the parties hereto execute and deliver this Agreement to amend and restate the Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the manner set forth in this Agreement and that the parties hereto execute and deliver this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby agrees with the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:


SECTION 1

DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Annex A thereto and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in such Base Indenture Definitions List.

(b) Any terms used in this Agreement (including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 3) that are defined in the UCC and pertaining to Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(a).

Issuer Obligations” means all Obligations owed by the Issuer to the Secured Parties under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Other Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.12.

Termination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(d).

SECTION 2

GUARANTEE

2.1 Guarantee.

(a) Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Issuer when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Issuer Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Trustee or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any Issuer Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally promises to and shall forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Trustee for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in accordance with the Indenture, in cash, the amount of such unpaid Issuer Obligation. This is a guarantee of payment and not merely of collection.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Issuer Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Trustee or any other Secured Party hereunder.

(d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until the date (the “Termination Date”) on which this Agreement ceases to be of further effect in accordance with Article XII of the Base Indenture, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto the Issuer may be free from any Issuer Obligations.

 

2


(e) No payment made by the Issuer, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Trustee or any other Secured Party from the Issuer, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Issuer Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Issuer Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Issuer Obligations), remain liable hereunder for the Issuer Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Termination Date.

2.2 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Trustee or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any other Secured Party against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Issuer Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until the Termination Date. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation, contribution or reimbursement rights at any time when all of the Issuer Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Issuer Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Trustee may determine in accordance with the Indenture.

2.3 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Issuer Obligations. Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Issuer Obligations made by the Trustee or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by the Trustee or such other Secured Party and any of the Issuer Obligations continued, and the Issuer Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Trustee or any other Secured Party, and the Base Indenture and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Trustee or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Issuer Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released (it being understood that this Section 2.3 is not intended to affect any rights or obligations set forth in any other Transaction Document).

2.4 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Issuer Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Trustee or any other Secured Party upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Issuer Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 and the grant of the security interests pursuant to Section 3; and all dealings between the Issuer and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 and the grant of

 

3


the security interests pursuant to Section 3. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Issuer or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Issuer Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 and the grant of the security interests pursuant to Section 3 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, any of the Issuer Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Trustee or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of full payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Issuer or any other Person against the Trustee or any other Secured Party, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Issuer or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Issuer for the Issuer Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 and the grant of the security interests pursuant to Section 3, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Trustee or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Issuer Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Trustee or any other Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Trustee or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. Neither the Trustee nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Issuer Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

2.5 Reinstatement. The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Issuer Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Trustee or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Issuer or any Guarantor or any substantial part of their respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

2.6 Payments. Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder shall be paid to the Trustee without set-off or deduction or counterclaim in immediately available funds in Dollars at the office of the Trustee.

2.7 Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Issuer’s and each other Guarantor’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Issuer Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Trustee nor any other Secured Party shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

 

4


SECTION 3

SECURITY

3.1 Grant of Security Interest.

(a) To secure the Obligations, each Guarantor hereby pledges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, such Guarantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property, to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Guarantor or in which such Guarantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Collateral”):

(i) with respect to Funding Holdco, the Equity Interests that represent 100% ownership interest in the Issuer;

(ii) with respect to the Issuer, the Equity Interests that represent 100% ownership interest in Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties;

(iii) with respect to Franchisor Holdco, the Equity Interests that represent the 100% ownership interest in Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor;

(iv) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity and any applicable Future Securitization Entity, the Securitization IP held by such Person, all license agreements to which such Person is a party relating to such Securitization IP and rights to license fees with respect thereto and the right to bring an action at law or in equity for any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation thereof occurring prior to, on or after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, and to collect all damages, settlements and proceeds relating thereto;

(v) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity and any applicable Future Securitization Entity, the Franchise Assets;

(vi) with respect to Take 5 Properties, the Take 5 Company Locations and Take 5 Assets, in each case, contributed to it on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and thereafter all future Take 5 Company Locations and the related Take 5 Assets;

(vii) the Accounts and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to the Accounts;

(viii) any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

 

5


(ix) the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of each of the Guarantors, including those books and records maintained by the Manager on behalf of each SPV Franchising Entity relating to the Securitization Assets and the Securitization IP;

(x) the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of the Guarantors under (A) each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which they are a party and (B) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and any applicable Future Securitization Entity, each of the documents relating to the Securitization Assets to which it is a party;

(xi) to the extent contributed to any Guarantor, all property of any Securitization-Owned Locations;

(xii) any and all other property of the Guarantors now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including, without limitation, the rights to receive payments under short-term notes in respect of delinquent royalty payments from Franchisees), chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights and real property (but only to the extent elected to be contributed); and

(xiii) all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

provided that (A) the Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Guarantors shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of any of the Guarantors that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions.

(b) The foregoing grant is made in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, all as provided in this Agreement. The Trustee, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and agrees to perform its duties required in this Agreement. The Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of the Base Indenture).

(c) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest constituting Collateral may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

3.2 Certain Rights and Obligations of the Guarantors Unaffected.

(a) Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Guarantors acknowledge that the Manager, on behalf of the Securitization Entities, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement,

 

6


nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions and waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by any Guarantor under the Collateral Documents to which it is a party, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of such Guarantor under the Collateral Documents to which it is a party, (ii) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions and approvals, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by any Guarantor under any IP License Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party and (iii) to take any other actions required or permitted to be taken by any Guarantor under the terms of the Management Agreement.

(b) The grant of the security interest by the Guarantors in the Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties hereunder shall not (i) relieve any Guarantor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Guarantor’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on any Guarantor’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of such Guarantor or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Guarantor.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including its respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of such Guarantor or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or such other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, any Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Agreement.

3.3 Performance of Transaction Documents. Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document to which a Guarantor is a party or (b) a Franchise Document to which a Guarantor is a party (only if a Manager Termination Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at such Guarantors’ expense, each such Guarantor shall take all such lawful action as permitted under this Agreement as the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to any Guarantor, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to any Guarantor to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) any Guarantor shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) any Guarantor refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of

 

7


the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the Guarantors, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Agreement which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Agreement to direct the Guarantor to take such action), on behalf of the Guarantor and the Secured Parties.

3.4 Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees. The Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax, and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any Collateral. The Guarantors shall pay, and jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

3.5 Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Control Party on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP (to the extent set forth in Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d) of the Base Indenture), to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Agreement. Each Guarantor authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Collateral includes (a) “all assets” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or (b) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. Each Guarantor agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Control Party’s request. Each Guarantor also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Secured Parties of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Collateral under this Agreement includes certain rights of such Guarantor as a secured party under the Transaction Documents. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements filed to perfect or record evidence of such security interests and authorizes the Control Party on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings as it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

 

8


SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants, for the benefit of the Trustee and the other Secured Parties, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

4.1 Existence and Power. Each Guarantor (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

4.2 Company and Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Guarantor’s limited liability company, corporate or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Guarantor or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Guarantor or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Guarantor, except for Liens created by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Guarantor is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Guarantor.

4.3 No Consent. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3 of the Base Indenture, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by each Guarantor of this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which it is a party or for the performance of any of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder or thereunder other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Guarantor prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with Section 4.6 hereof or Section 7.13 or Section 8.25 of the Base Indenture or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement, and each other Transaction Document to which a Guarantor is a party, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Guarantor enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

4.5 Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Guarantor are owned as set forth in Schedule 4.5 to this Agreement, all of which interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by such Guarantor, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. No Guarantor has any subsidiaries or owns any Equity Interests in any other Person, other than as set forth in such Schedule 4.5 and other than any Future Securitization Entity.

 

9


4.6 Security Interests.

(a) Each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Other than any real property contributed to any Guarantor, the Collateral consists of securities, loans, investments, accounts, commercial tort claims, inventory, equipment, fixtures, health care insurance receivables, chattel paper, money, deposit accounts, instruments, financial assets, documents, investment property, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and other supporting obligations (in each case, as defined in the UCC). This Agreement and the Base Indenture constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected (except as described on Schedule 8.11 or as permitted under Section 8.25(c) of the Base Indenture) and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Base Indenture. The Guarantors have caused, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Base Indenture within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement, or, in the case of Intellectual Property, shall take all action necessary to perfect such first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) consistent with the obligations and time periods set forth in Section 8.25(c) of the Base Indenture.

(b) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, none of the Guarantors has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements and filings with the USPTO, USCO and the CIPO) to protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States (and, with respect to the Canadian Intellectual Property, Canada) has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with the obligations of Section 4.6(a) above and Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d) of the Base Indenture, except as described on Schedule 8.11 of the Base Indenture. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement authorized by any Guarantor and listing such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by such Guarantor in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Agreement, and no Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c) All authorizations in this Agreement for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Agreement are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

4.7 Other Representations. All representations and warranties of or about each Guarantor made in the Base Indenture and in each other Transaction Document are true and correct (i) if

 

10


qualified as to materiality, in all respects, and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date) and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

SECTION 5

COVENANTS

5.1 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The Guarantors shall maintain an office or agency (which, with respect to the surrender for registration or exchange or the payment of principal and premium on the Notes may be an office of the Trustee, the Registrar, co-registrar or Paying Agent) where notices and demands to or upon the Guarantors in respect of this Agreement may be served. The Guarantors shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Control Party of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Guarantors shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Control Party with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address such Guarantor set forth in Section 8.2.

(b) The Guarantors hereby designate the applicable Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Guarantors.

5.2 Covenants in Base Indenture and Other Transaction Documents. Each Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from taking such action by such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries. All covenants of each Guarantor made in the Base Indenture and in each other Transaction Document are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

5.3 Further Assurances.

(a) Each Guarantor shall do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Control Party such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Control Party, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements or amendments under the UCC in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and under the Base Indenture, except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 of the Base Indenture or in Section 8.25(c) or Section 8.25(d) of the Base Indenture. The Guarantors intend the security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement and the Base Indenture in favor of the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of the Collateral, and each Guarantor shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens and except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25 of the Base Indenture). If any Guarantor fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 5.3(a), the Control Party itself may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Control Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Guarantors upon the Control Party’s demand therefor. The Control Party is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

11


(b) If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Permitted Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the Guarantors shall not be required to perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a central filing of a UCC financing statement), any Franchisee promissory notes or any real property.

(d) The Guarantors, upon obtaining an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims (as such term is defined in the New York UCC), shall comply with Section 8.11(d) of the Base Indenture.

(e) Each Guarantor shall warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

5.4 Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307. No Guarantor shall change its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 or 9-307 of the applicable UCC) or its legal name without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that any Guarantor desires to so change its location or change its legal name, such Guarantor shall make any required filings and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name such Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee and the Control Party (i) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel confirming that all required filings have been made, subject to Section 5.3(c), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC or other applicable law in respect of the new location or new legal name of such Guarantor and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

5.5 Equity Interests. No Guarantor shall sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose, in whole or in part, of any Equity Interest of the Issuer or, except as provided in the Transaction Documents, any Subsidiary.

5.6 Management Accounts. To the extent that it owns any Management Account (including any lock-box related thereto), each Guarantor shall comply with Section 5.1 of the Base Indenture with respect to each such Management Account (including any lock-box related thereto).

5.7 Contributed Real Property. To the extent that any real property is elected to be contributed to any Guarantor by Parent or the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), such Guarantor shall do such acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Control Party such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are reasonably requested by the Control Party, and in accordance with the requirements of similar transactions for which the Control Party acts in a similar capacity in which real estate forms a significant portion of the Collateral) to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in such real property on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected

 

12


security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or to better assure and confirm to the Trustee, the Control Party or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, mortgages, title insurance policies, surveys, environmental reports and legal opinions, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party and the Trustee.

SECTION 6

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a) Proceedings To Collect Money. In case any Guarantor shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts due on this Guaranty upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture) (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against any Guarantor and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of any Guarantor, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(b) Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall:

(i) proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable law;

(ii) (A) direct the Guarantors to exercise (and each Guarantor agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of any Guarantor against any party to any Transaction Document to which the Guarantors are party arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to any Guarantor, and any right of any Guarantor to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) the Guarantors shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) any Guarantor refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under this Agreement thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Agreement to direct the Guarantors to take such action);

(iii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Agreement or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document, with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee shall not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property shall instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

 

13


(iv) sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and the Trustee shall provide notice to the Guarantors and each Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of Collateral.

(c) Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture) or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(i) the Trustee, any Noteholder and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

(ii) the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, bill of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii) all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Guarantor of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against any Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Guarantor or its successors or assigns; and

(iv) the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for his or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and his or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer therefor, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(d) Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Base Indenture shall be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations, shall be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in Article V of the Base Indenture; provided that unless otherwise provided in this Section 6 or Article IX of the Base Indenture, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes, notwithstanding the provisions of Article V of the Base Indenture, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation based upon Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(e) Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and similar laws as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

14


(f) Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(g) Power of Attorney. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute and irrevocable power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, the USCO, the CIPO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

6.2 Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Guarantor for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a) agrees that neither it nor any such Person shall step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of this Agreement, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b) waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c) waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of this Agreement; and

(d) consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of this Agreement, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

6.3 Limited Recourse. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Guarantors to the Secured Parties under or in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Guarantor to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 6.3, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

6.4 Optional Preservation of the Collateral. If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

6.5 Control by the Control Party. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding in respect of any enforcement of Liens on the Collateral or conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercise any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

 

15


(a) such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, with the Servicing Standard or with this Agreement;

(b) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

(c) such direction shall be in writing;

provided further that, subject to Section 10.1 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided in the Base Indenture. The Trustee shall take no action referred to in this Section 6.5 unless instructed to do so by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

6.6 The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to any Guarantor, its creditors or its property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 of the Base Indenture. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 of the Base Indenture out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Secured Parties in any such proceeding.

6.7 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Agreement or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.7 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Base Indenture, the Control Party or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

6.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and any such other Secured Party shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

 

16


6.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

6.10 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or of any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Section 6 or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or to any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture or this Agreement, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or by any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

6.11 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 7

THE TRUSTEE’S AUTHORITY

Each Guarantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Trustee under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Trustee or the exercise or non-exercise by the Trustee of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Trustee and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Indenture and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Trustee and the Guarantors, the Trustee shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, it being understood that the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) and the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) directly shall be the only parties entitled to exercise remedies under this Agreement; and no Guarantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

17


SECTION 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified except in accordance with Article XIII of the Base Indenture.

8.2 Notices.

(a) Any notice or communication by any Guarantor or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

If to any Guarantor with a copy to:

c/o Driven Brands, Inc.

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Attention: Stephen Jackson, EVP & Chief Financial Officer

and

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (212) 492-0126

If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Phone: (888) 855-9695

E-mail: anthony.bausa@citi.com

(b) The Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided, however, the Guarantors may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(c) Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first class mail shall be deemed given five days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice and (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier.

(d) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

18


8.3 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

8.4 Successors. All agreements of each of the Guarantors in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party shall bind its successors and assigns; provided that no Guarantor may assign its obligations or rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except with the written consent of the Control Party. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture and in this Agreement shall bind its successors as permitted by the Transaction Documents.

8.5 Severability. In case any provision in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

8.6 Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8.7 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents and headings of the Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

8.8 Recording of Agreement. If this Agreement is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Guarantors and at their expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the Guarantors, the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and the Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Secured Parties or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Trustee under this Agreement.

8.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

8.10 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each of the Guarantors and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

19


(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Guarantors or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.10 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

8.11 Additional Guarantors. Each Future Securitization Entity shall become a Guarantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Future Securitization Entity of an Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Upon the execution and delivery by any Future Securitization Entity of such an Assumption Agreement, the supplemental schedules attached to such Assumption Agreement shall be incorporated into and become a part of and supplement the Schedules to this Agreement, and each reference to such Schedules shall mean and be a reference to such Schedules as supplemented pursuant to each Assumption Agreement.

8.12 Currency Indemnity. Each Guarantor shall make all payments of amounts owing by it hereunder in Dollars. If a Guarantor makes any such payment to the Trustee or any other Secured Party in a currency (the “Other Currency”) other than Dollars (whether voluntarily or pursuant to an order or judgment of a court or tribunal of any jurisdiction), such payment shall constitute a discharge of the liability of such party hereunder in respect of such amount owing only to the extent of the amount of Dollars which the Trustee or such Secured Party is able to purchase, with the amount it receives on the date of receipt. If the amount of Dollars which the Trustee or such Secured Party is able to purchase is less than the amount of such currency originally so due in respect of such amount, such Guarantor shall indemnify and save the Trustee or such Secured Party, as applicable, harmless from and against any loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall survive termination hereof, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee or such Secured Party and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order in respect of any amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

8.13 Acknowledgment of Receipt; Waiver. Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of an executed copy of this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives the right to receive a copy of any financing statement, financing change statement or verification statement in respect of any registered financing statement or financing change statement prepared, registered or issued in connection with this Agreement.

8.14 Termination; Partial Release.

(a) This Agreement and any grants, pledges and assignments hereunder shall become effective on the date hereof and shall terminate on the Termination Date.

(b) On the Termination Date, the Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Trustee and each Guarantor shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of

 

20


any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Guarantors. At the request and sole expense of any Guarantor following any such termination, the Trustee shall deliver to such Guarantor any Collateral held by the Trustee hereunder, and execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(c) Any partial release of Collateral hereunder requested by the Issuer in connection with any Permitted Asset Disposition or Permitted Brand Disposition shall be governed by Section 8.16 of the Base Indenture.

8.15 Third Party Beneficiary(a) . Each of the Secured Parties and the Controlling Class Representative is an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

8.16 Entire Agreement(a) . This Agreement, together with the schedule hereto, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, contain a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all previous oral statements and writings with respect thereto.

8.17 Amendment and Restatement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an amendment, replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. The Guarantors hereby reaffirm all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and this Agreement and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

[Signature pages follow]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee has caused this Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC

DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC,

each as a Guarantor

By:  

  /s/ Noah Pollack

Name: Noah Pollack

Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (DRIVEN BRANDS)]


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee

By:  

    /s/ Jacqueline Suarez

Name: Jacqueline Suarez

Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (DRIVEN BRANDS)]


The Servicer and Control Party hereby consent to this amendment and restatement of the Original Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and Control Party
By:   /s/ David A. Eckels
  Name: David A. Eckels
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


Schedule 4.5

GUARANTOR OWNERSHIP RELATIONSHIPS

 

ENTITY    OWNED BY    SUBSIDIARIES
Driven Funding Holdco, LLC    Driven Brands, Inc.    Driven Brands Funding, LLC
Driven Systems LLC    Driven Brands Funding, LLC    Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Carstar Franchisor SPV LLC and Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC
Driven Product Sourcing LLC    Driven Brands Funding, LLC    None
1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC    Driven Brands Funding, LLC    None
Take 5 Properties SPV LLC    Driven Brands Funding, LLC    None
Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Carstar Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None
Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC    Driven Systems LLC    None


Exhibit A to

Amended and Restated

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of                 , 20     (this “Assumption Agreement”), made by                          a                          (the “Additional Guarantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture (as defined below) as Annex A thereto.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture” and, together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Base Indenture, the Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Base Indenture requires the Additional Guarantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Guarantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Guarantor, as provided in Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Additional Guarantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does (x) hereby create and grant to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of the Additional Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral of the Additional Guarantor and (y) jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, unconditionally and irrevocably hereby guarantee the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Issuer when due (whether at the stated maturity by acceleration or otherwise, but after giving effect to all applicable grace periods) of the Issuer Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Guarantor. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto (A) is true and correct as of the date hereof in all material respects and (B) is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedule 4.5 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and such Schedule shall be deemed so amended. The Additional Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it is true and correct on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

 

A-1


2. Representations of Additional Guarantor. The Additional Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

3. Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Assumption Agreement shall become effective when (a) the Trustee shall have received a counterpart of this Assumption Agreement that bears the signature of the Additional Guarantor and (b) the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assumption Agreement by telecopy or .pdf file shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

4. Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Severability. In case any provision in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Guarantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature below.

7. Fees and Expenses. The Additional Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Trustee.

8. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1404 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:    

Name:

Title:
[Address]:
Attention:
Facsimile:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED

CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee

By:    

Name:

 
Title:  

 

A-3


Annex 1-A

GUARANTOR OWNERSHIP RELATIONSHIPS

 

ENTITY    OWNED BY    SUBSIDIARIES
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Version

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of October 4, 2019 (this “Assumption Agreement”), made by ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Additional Guarantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture (as defined below) as Annex A thereto.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, and Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, and together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Base Indenture, the Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Base Indenture requires the Additional Guarantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Guarantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Guarantor, as provided in Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Additional Guarantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does (x) hereby create and grant to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of the Additional Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral of the Additional Guarantor and (y) jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, unconditionally and irrevocably hereby guarantee the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Issuer when due (whether at the stated maturity by acceleration or otherwise, but after giving effect to all applicable grace periods) of the Issuer Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Guarantor. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto (A) is true and correct as of the date hereof in all material respects and (B) is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedule 4.5 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and such Schedule shall be deemed so amended. The Additional Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it is true and correct on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.


2.    Representations of Additional Guarantor. The Additional Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

3.    Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Assumption Agreement shall become effective when (a) the Trustee shall have received a counterpart of this Assumption Agreement that bears the signature of the Additional Guarantor and (b) the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assumption Agreement by telecopy or .pdf file shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

4.    Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5.    Severability. In case any provision in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.    Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Guarantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature below.

7.    Fees and Expenses. The Additional Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Trustee.

8.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1404 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

            /s/ Noah Pollack                    

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
Address:   440 South Church St. Ste. 700
  Charlotte, NC 28202
Attention:   General Counsel

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED
CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

        /s/ Jacqueline Suarez                    

Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
Title:   Senior Trust Officer


Annex 1-A

GUARANTOR OWNERSHIP RELATIONSHIPS

 

ENTITY

   OWNED BY    SUBSIDIARIES

ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC

   Driven Systems LLC    None

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Assumption Agreement”), made by and among DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Existing Guarantors”), FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, an Ontario limited partnership, DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, an Ontario limited partnership, GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, MAACO CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation, and TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (collectively, the “Additional Guarantors” and together with the Existing Guarantors, the “Guarantors”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture (as defined below) as Annex A thereto.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and the Trustee and have entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 (“Amendment No. 4”);

WHEREAS, the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A. as Securities Intermediary have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, entered into on March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 thereto, entered into on June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 thereto, entered into on September 17, 2019, and Amendment No. 4, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”, and together with all Series Supplements, each as amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder;

 

1


WHEREAS, in connection with the Base Indenture, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Base Indenture requires the Additional Guarantors to become parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Additional Guarantors have agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement may be amended in accordance with Article XIII of the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 13.2(a) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement may make certain amendments thereto, including the types of amendments set forth in Section 2 of this Assumption Agreement, with the consent of the Control Party; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to this Assumption Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Joinder of Additional Guarantors. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, each of the Additional Guarantors, as provided in Section 8.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Additional Guarantors, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Co-Issuer Obligations, does (x) hereby create and grant to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of such Additional Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral of such Additional Guarantor and (y) jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, unconditionally and irrevocably hereby guarantee the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Co-Issuers when due (whether at the stated maturity by acceleration or otherwise, but after giving effect to all applicable grace periods) of the Co-Issuer Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include each of the Additional Guarantors. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (as amended pursuant to this Assumption Agreement) is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto (A) is true and correct as of the date hereof in all material respects and (B) is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedule 4.5 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and such Schedule shall be deemed so amended. Each of the Additional Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it is true and correct on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

2. Amendment to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text) as set forth on the pages of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto. Exhibit A hereto constitutes a conformed copy of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement including amendments made prior to and pursuant to this Assumption Agreement.

 

2


3. Representations of Additional Guarantors. Each of the Additional Guarantors represents and warrants to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

4. Reaffirmation. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Co-Issuer Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the date hereof. The Existing Guarantors hereby reaffirm all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

5. Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Assumption Agreement shall become effective when (a) the Trustee shall have received a counterpart of this Assumption Agreement that bears the signature of the Additional Guarantors and (b) the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page (including a signature page bearing an electronic signature) of this Assumption Agreement by telecopy or .pdf file shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

6. Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented and amended hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

7. Severability. In case any provision in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

8. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Guarantors shall be given to them at the addresses set forth under their signatures below.

9. Fees and Expenses. The Guarantors agree to reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Trustee.

10. Governing Law. THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1404 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

3


11. Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Assumption Agreement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Assumption Agreement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Assumption Agreement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO,

LLC DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC

DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC

TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC

ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC,
each as a Guarantor

By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
Address:    440 South Church St. Ste. 700 Charlotte, NC 28202
Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    440 South Church St. Ste. 700 Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: General Counsel
DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary
Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.
Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3 Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of MAACO CANADA SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:             /s/ Scott O’Melia
Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, as an Additional Guarantor, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Guarantor
By:  

          /s/ Scott O’Melia

Name: Scott O’Melia
Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary

Address:    1460 Stone Church Road E.

Hamilton, ON L8W 3V3

Attention: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED
CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:             /s/ Jacqueline Suarez

Name: Jacqueline Suarez

Title: Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


DIRECTION OF CONTROL PARTY AND SERVICER:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to the amendment of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that the amendment of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party and Servicer

 

By:             /s/ David A. Eckels

Name: David A. Eckels

Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Assumption Agreement of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


Annex 1-A

GUARANTOR OWNERSHIP RELATIONSHIPS

 

     
ENTITY    OWNED BY    SUBSIDIARIES
     

1.  FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC

   Driven Systems LLC    None
     

2.  FUSA Properties SPV LLC

   Driven Brands Funding, LLC    None
     

3.  Driven Canada Funding HoldCo Corporation

   12008432 Canada Inc.    Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation
     

4.  Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

5.  Driven Canada Claims Management LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

6.  Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

7.  Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

8.  Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

9.  Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

10.  Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

11.  Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

12.  Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

13.  Carstar Canada SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

14.  Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

15.  Maaco Canada SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

16.  Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

17.  Meineke Canada SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None


     

18.  Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None
     

19.  Take 5 Canada SPV LP

   Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation    None

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Version

DEED OF MOVABLE HYPOTHEC

IN THE YEAR TWO THOUSAND AND TWENTY, on this sixth day of July (2020-07-06).

BEFORE Mtre Agelo Febbraio, the undersigned Notary for the Province of Quebec, practising in the City and District of Montreal.

 

BETWEEN:   
   DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a corporation amalgamated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by [•], its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated [•], 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”)
AND:   
   DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Funding Holdco”)
AND:   
   CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization


   of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Carstar”)
AND:   
   CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Carstar GP”)
AND:   
   MAACO CANADA SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
  

(“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”)

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-2-


AND:   
   MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”)
AND:   
   MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”)
AND:   
   MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-3-


   1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”)
AND:   
   TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Take 5”)
AND:   
   TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Canadian Take 5 GP”)

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-4-


AND:   
   GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Go Glass Franchisor”)
AND:   
   GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”)
AND:   
   STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Star Auto Glass Franchisor

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-5-


     SPV GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its
registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself
herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a
resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this
Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the
presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor”)
AND:   
   STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”)
AND:   
   DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”)

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-6-


AND:   
   DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”)
AND:   
   DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, a limited partnership formed and organized under and pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, having its head office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, acting through its general partner Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Driven Canada Claims Management”)

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-7-


AND:   
   DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under and pursuant to the federal laws of Canada, having its registered office at 1460 Stone Church Road E., in the City of Hamilton, Province of Ontario, L8W 3V3, itself herein acting and represented by Marie-Josee FISET, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a resolution of its board of directors dated July 6, 2020, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary;
   (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”)
AND:   
   CITIBANK, N.A., a U.S. national banking association having an office at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention Agency & Trust – Driven Brands Funding, United States of America, herein acting solely in its capacity as Hypothecary Representative (as defined below) and represented by Marie-Josee FISEE, its authorized representative, duly authorized in virtue of a mandate/power of attorney, a copy of which remains annexed to the original of this Deed after having been acknowledged as true and signed for identification, by said representative with and in the presence of the undersigned Notary,
   (the “Hypothecary Representative”)

RECITALS

(A) Each Grantor (as defined below) has, under its governing law and constating documents, the power to hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create the security in all or any if its property, present or future, to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined below) as provided for by this Deed;

(B) All necessary corporate and other proceedings and resolutions have been duly taken and passed by each Grantor and other actions have been taken to authorize the execution of this Deed and the securing of the Secured Obligations in conformity therewith;

(C) As continuing collateral security for the fulfilment of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor has agreed to hypothecate its property, assets and rights more fully described herein; and

(D) The Trustee (as defined below) is herein designated and appointed as hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all present and future Secured Parties (as defined below).

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-8-


THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.

PREAMBLE

 

1.1

The preamble forms part hereof as if recited at length herein.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

 

2.1

Unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions will have the respective meanings hereinafter set forth:

 

(a)

Administrator” has the meaning attributed to it in Section 9.2(a);

 

(b)

Base Indenture” means the Amended and Restated Base Indenture entered into between Driven Brands Funding, LLC and the Trustee, dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, and Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, and Amendment No. 4, to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated or to be dated as of on or about [•], 2020 between Driven Brands Funding, LLC, as a co-issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer, as a co-issuer, and the Trustee, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of the Series Supplements thereto;

 

(c)

Charged Property” has the meaning attributed to it in Section 4.1;

 

(d)

Claims” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all accounts receivable, book accounts, book debts, debts, claims, rentals, revenues, incomes, royalties, loans receivable, demands, rebates, refunds (including, without limitation, the amounts owing by or claimable from the crown, state or government or any departments, agents or agencies thereof) which now are or which may at any time hereafter be due or owing to or owned by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now or hereafter has any other interest and all security interests, hypothecs, assignments, guarantees, bills of exchange, notes, negotiable instruments, contracts, invoices, books of account, letters of credit and other documents and rights now held or owned or which may be hereafter held or owned by such Grantor or any third party on behalf of such Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing and all rights of an unpaid vendor, including rights to merchandise returned, repossessed or recovered;

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-9-


(e)

Documents of Title” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all documents of title, whether negotiable or non-negotiable including, without limitation, all warehouse receipts and bills of lading in which such Grantor now or hereafter has an interest;

 

(f)

Equipment” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, materials, supplies, appliances, dyes, molds, tanks, vehicles, furnaces, boilers, motors, engines, accessories and tools now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor whether or not the same be affixed to any immovable property or used upon or in connection therewith, together with all present and future improvements, appurtenances and accessories thereto;

 

(g)

Event of Default” means each of the events or circumstances referred to in Section 8;

 

(h)

Excluded Property” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Collateral Exclusions” in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached as Annex A to the Base Indenture, as such term may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture;

 

(i)

Grantors” means, collectively, the Canadian Co-Issuer, Canadian Funding Holdco, Canadian Carstar, Canadian Carstar GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Take 5, Canadian Take 5 GP, Go Glass Franchisor, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Star Auto Glass Franchisor, Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, Driven Canada Claims Management and Driven Canada Claims Management GP, and their successors and permitted assigns; and “Grantor” means any of the Grantors;

 

(j)

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to the term “U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” as defined within the definition for “Guarantee and Collateral Agreements” in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached as Annex A to the Base Indenture, as such term may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture;

 

(k)

Hypothec Amount” means the sum of Two Billion Five Hundred Million Canadian Dollars (CDN$2,500,000,000);

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-10-


(l)

Hypothecary Representative” means the Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely acting in its capacity as the hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all present and future Secured Parties, and shall include its successors in such capacity;

 

(m)

Indenture” means the Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms;

 

(n)

Insurance” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all insurance policies relating directly or indirectly to any of the Charged Property for such Grantor and all present and future indemnities or other amounts paid or payable under any and all policies of insurance of whatever nature covering such Charged Property, as well as all claims and security therefore and the right to collect and receive same;

 

(o)

Intangible Property” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all intellectual property, patents and patents pending, registered and unregistered trade-marks, trade or brand names, trade styles, service marks, copyrights, industrial designs, formulae, processes, trade secrets, goodwill, contractual rights, licences and permits and all other incorporeal property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor or its interest therein;

 

(p)

Interest Rate” means 20% per annum calculated from the date hereof;

 

(q)

Inventory” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all property in stock and inventory now owned and hereafter acquired by such Grantor including, without limitation, all raw materials, goods in process, finished goods, goods in transit and all packaging and shipping materials and all materials and merchandise procured for the manufacture or production thereof and all goods, wares and merchandise held for sale, lease or resale or furnished or to be furnished under contracts for service or used or consumed in the business of such Grantor;

 

(r)

Monies” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all monies, cash, foreign currencies and credits in which such Grantor now or hereafter has an interest;

 

(s)

Obligations” has the meaning attributed to such term in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached as Annex A to the Base Indenture, as such term may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture;

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-11-


(t)

Pledged Collateral” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, the Securities, the security entitlements, the securities accounts, futures contracts and futures accounts of such Grantor, whether or not delivered to or subject to control of the Hypothecary Representative;

 

(u)

Proceeds” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all property in any form derived directly or indirectly from any dealings with any of the Charged Property of such Grantor;

 

(v)

Records” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all computer programs, firmware and software and all computer and other records and data, whether in hard copy or otherwise, pertaining to any of the Charged Property of such Grantor and the equipment containing same;

 

(w)

Related Property” means (i) any indemnity or proceeds of expropriation or reimbursement of taxes now or hereafter payable in respect of the Charged Property, and (ii) any present and future rights whatsoever attached to the Charged Property, as well as all present and future fruits and revenues thereof;

 

(x)

Secured Obligations” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1

 

(y)

Secured Parties” has the meaning attributed to such term in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached as Annex A to the Base Indenture, as such term may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture;

 

(z)

Securities” means, with respect to a Grantor, collectively, all shares, stocks, warrants, bonds, debentures, units, debenture stock, and other securities, security entitlements and securities accounts in which such Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, including Special Equity Interests and securities, as well as any and all certificates, options, rights, or other distributions issued as an addition to, in substitution for, in exchange for or in renewal therefor and any and all other property that may at any time be received or receivable by or otherwise distributed to such Grantor in respect of, or in substitution for, or in addition to, or in exchange for any of the foregoing including, without limitation, all other or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) paid or distributed in respect of the shares by way of stock-split, spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar arrangement; and any and all cash, securities and other proceeds of the foregoing and all rights and interests of such Grantor in respect thereof or evidenced thereby;

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-12-


(aa)

Special Equity Interests” means an interest in a partnership or a limited liability company;

 

(bb)

Special Property” has the meaning attributed to it in Section 4.2;

 

(cc)

STA” means an Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements (Quebec), as amended from time to time; and

 

(dd)

Trustee” means Citibank, N.A. as trustee under the Indenture, and shall include its successors and assigns appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.

Terms defined in the STA which are not otherwise defined in this Deed are used herein as defined or as understood in the STA, including, without limitation, “certificated securities”, “control”, “entitlement order”, “financial asset”, “issuer”, “limited liability company”, “securities account”, “securities intermediary”, “security entitlement” and “uncertificated securities”.

All capitalized terms used in this Deed and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached as Annex A to the Base Indenture, as such Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Base Indenture.

 

3.

APPOINTMENT OF THE HYPOTHECARY REPRESENTATIVE

 

3.1

Appointment of the Hypothecary Representative

Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee to act as hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all present and future Secured Parties.

 

3.2

Acceptance of Appointment

The Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as Hypothecary Representative and agrees to take, receive and hold the rights and hypothec created hereby and to exercise any and all powers and rights and to perform any and all duties conferred upon it hereunder.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-13-


3.3

Delegation of Powers

The Hypothecary Representative may delegate the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder to any other Person. In that event, the Hypothecary Representative may, except as may be otherwise provided in the Indenture, furnish that Person with any information it may have concerning the Grantors or the Charged Property. The Hypothecary Representative shall not be responsible for damages resulting from such delegation or from any fault committed by such delegate, with the exception of damages resulting from the Hypothecary Representative’s gross or intentional fault.

 

3.4

Successor Hypothecary Representative

If the Trustee is replaced in accordance with the Indenture, the successor Trustee shall automatically become the successor Hypothecary Representative for the purposes of this Deed.

The rights of the Hypothecary Representative hereunder shall benefit any successor Hypothecary Representative, including any person resulting from the amalgamation of the Hypothecary Representative with any other person. Each successor Trustee without further act (other than the filing of a notice of replacement in the applicable register in accordance with Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec for the purposes of exercising the rights relating to the hypothecs created hereunder) shall then be vested and have all rights, powers and authorities granted to the Hypothecary Representative hereunder and be subject in all respects to the terms, conditions and provisions hereof to the same extent as if originally acting as Hypothecary Representative hereunder.

 

4.

HYPOTHEC

 

4.1

Hypothec

As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and all sums which may be due to the Hypothecary Representative hereunder (including, without limitation, the remuneration of the Hypothecary Representative and costs incurred by it in the execution of its duties and powers hereunder) as well as to secure the fulfillment of the obligations of the Grantors hereunder (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), each Grantor hereby hypothecates in favour of the Hypothecary Representative to the extent of the Hypothec Amount with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, both before and after maturity, demand, default and judgment the universality of its movable property,

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-14-


present and future, corporeal and incorporeal, wherever situate, and all renewals thereof, accretions thereto, replacements thereof and substitutions therefore (herein collectively referred to as the “Charged Property”) including, without limitation:

 

(a)

the Claims;

 

(b)

the Documents of Title;

 

(c)

the Equipment;

 

(d)

the Insurance;

 

(e)

the Intangible Property;

 

(f)

the Inventory;

 

(g)

the Leases;

 

(h)

the Monies;

 

(i)

the Proceeds;

 

(j)

the Records;

 

(k)

the Related Property; and

 

(l)

the Pledged Collateral.

 

4.2

Special Property

To the extent that the granting of a hypothec on any property or asset (the “Special Property”) of any Grantor charged hereunder is prohibited by any contract, agreement or applicable law to which such Grantor or any of its properties or assets is subject, or would otherwise constitute a breach of, or permit the acceleration of the obligations under, or termination of, any such contract, agreement or applicable law, then any hypothec created hereby on any such Special Property shall be under the suspensive condition of such prohibition, breach, right of acceleration or right of termination ceasing to exist or being waived. Upon such prohibition, breach, right of acceleration or right of termination ceasing to exist or being waived, such hypothec created under this Deed shall apply to the applicable Special Property without regard to this section and without the necessity of any further assurance to effect the hypothecation thereof.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-15-


5.

EXCLUDED PROPERTY

 

5.1

Excluded Property

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the parties hereto agree that any Charged Property which is (or hereafter becomes) Excluded Property shall be treated as not forming part of the Charged Property (other than any Special Property that becomes subject to any hypothec created hereunder in accordance with Section 4.2), and the Hypothecary Representative hereby irrevocably renounces to all rights and recourses of a hypothecary creditor including, without limitation, the right to follow contemplated in Article 2700 and the rights contemplated in Article 2745 of the Civil Code of Québec, with respect to any property which is (or hereafter becomes) Excluded Property (other than with respect to any Special Property that becomes subject to any hypothec created hereunder in accordance with Section 4.2).

 

5.2

Automatic Release

If on or after the date hereof, any hypothec created hereby affects Excluded Property of a Grantor (other than Special Property), such hypothec shall be automatically released but only insofar as it relates to such Excluded Property (other than Special Property).

At the request and expense of the applicable Grantor, the Hypothecary Representative shall execute an application for voluntary reduction (RE form) or any other instrument required to register at the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights the reduction of the hypothec as against any assets expressly released under the terms of this Section 5.2.

 

6.

DEALINGS WITH CHARGED PROPERTY

 

6.1

Notwithstanding the hypothecation of the Claims created hereby in favour of the Hypothecary Representative (as well as any publications, registrations and/or significations perfecting same), the Hypothecary Representative, subject to the provisions hereof, hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect the Claims as they fall due. All amounts collected or received by a Grantor in respect of the Claims (after the Hypothecary Representative has withdrawn the authorization to collect the Claims) will be deemed to have been collected or received by such Grantor as mandatary of and in trust for the Hypothecary Representative and will be remitted immediately to the Hypothecary Representative in identical form as received, duly endorsed in blank, or deposited into such bank accounts as are acceptable from time to time to the Hypothecary Representative.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-16-


6.2

The Hypothecary Representative may, at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, withdraw the authorization of the Grantors to collect the Claims, whereupon all Claims thenceforth falling due shall be paid by the lessees and/or payers thereof, solely to the Hypothecary Representative and not to any other person(s) (including, without limitation the Grantors) whatsoever, the Hypothecary Representative, being the sole person authorized and entitled to grant discharge thereof.

 

6.3

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing where the authorization of the Grantors to collect the Claims has been withdrawn, the Hypothecary Representative shall be entitled to give good and sufficient discharge for all Claims collected by it, but the Hypothecary Representative shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from non-collection thereof, any irregularity in the payment thereof or any failure to inform the Grantors of such non-collection or irregularity.

 

6.4

The Claims so received by the Hypothecary Representative shall be received and held by the Hypothecary Representative in a separate account to be applied by the Hypothecary Representative in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

6.5

Neither the receipt nor the application of any Claims by the Hypothecary Representative shall reduce, novate or otherwise affect the hypothecs, security and rights hereby created in favour of the Hypothecary Representative, all of which shall remain in full force and effect for the full amount thereof unless reduced or discharged in writing by the Hypothecary Representative.

 

7.

INSURANCE

 

7.1

As additional security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor shall, at its own expense, maintain insurance with respect to the Charged Property, in such amounts, against such risks, in such form and with such form and with such insurers, as is provided for in the Indenture.

 

8.

DEFAULTS

 

8.1

The Grantors shall be in default in each and every one of the following events (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a)

Upon the occurrence of an “Event of Default” as defined in the Base Indenture;

 

(b)

If any or all other Secured Obligations are not paid or performed when due, subject to such cure period applicable or provided for under the Indenture.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-17-


9.

REMEDIES IN CASE OF DEFAULT

 

9.1

General

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Hypothecary Representative may exercise the hypothecary rights provided for in the Civil Code of Québec in addition to all other rights, remedies and recourses presently or in the future available under the law or under the Indenture.

Upon demand by the Hypothecary Representative, each Grantor will surrender and abandon its Charged Property, or the part thereof specified by the Hypothecary Representative, to the Hypothecary Representative or such person as may be designated by the Hypothecary Representative, or will consent in writing to turn such property over to the Hypothecary Representative or such person as may be designated by the Hypothecary Representative at the time and place specified by the Hypothecary Representative.

 

9.2

Administration after Surrender

In the event that the Hypothecary Representative obtains the surrender of the whole or any portion of the Charged Property and until such time as such Charged Property is restored to the applicable Grantor or, as regards any portion thereof, the Hypothecary Representative has concluded a recourse by way of taking in payment, sale by the Hypothecary Representative, sale under judicial authority or otherwise, or in the event that the Hypothecary Representative collects any Claims, then, notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary which may apply as a result of the Hypothecary Representative having acquired or being deemed to have acquired simple, full or any other administration of the whole or any portion of the Charged Property:

 

(a)

The Hypothecary Representative will be entitled to delegate the whole or any part of the administration of any Charged Property (including without limitation, the exercise of all discretionary powers) to such person(s) as the Hypothecary Representative may designate or re-designate in the Hypothecary Representative’s sole discretion (any such person being herein referred to as an “Administrator);

 

(b)

The Hypothecary Representative and any Administrator will be entitled to reimbursement of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, all costs, expenses and reasonable fees incurred by any attorneys or other persons engaged by the Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator in order to

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-18-


  assist in such administration or any matter pertaining thereto), as well as all reasonable fees of the Hypothecary Representative and the Administrator incurred in such administration, all of which may be charged by the Hypothecary Representative against any fruits, revenues or proceeds of alienation of the whole or any portion of the Charged Property;

 

(c)

The Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator may alienate any Charged Property which by its nature is destined for alienation in the course of the operation of the enterprise of any Grantor, by onerous title in such manner as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, the whole notwithstanding that it may have only simply administration of the Charged Property;

 

(d)

The Hypothecary Representative will be entitled to acquire the whole or any portion of any Charged Property alienated by onerous title in the course of any administration thereof;

 

(e)

In the event that the Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator acquires full administration of any Charged Property, neither the Hypothecary Representative nor the Administrator will be under any obligation whatsoever to make such Charged Property productive, increase such Charged Property or the value thereof or appropriate such Charged Property to any purpose other than fulfilment of the Secured Obligations;

 

(f)

The Hypothecary Representative and the Administrator will be entitled to use for their own benefits any information which either of them may obtain by reason of their administration of the whole or any portion of the Charged Property;

 

(g)

The Hypothecary Representative and the Administrator will be entitled, whether or not for value, to renounce to any right affecting, benefiting, pertaining to and/or forming part of any Charged Property administered by either of them;

 

(h)

Neither the Hypothecary Representative nor the Administrator will be obliged, in any manner whatsoever, to prepare any inventory of any Charged Property, insure any Charged Property or give any security for any Charged Property or their administration thereof. Should the Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator, in its sole discretion, insure the whole or any portion of any Charged Property, the costs and expenses of any insurance shall form part of the costs and expenses referred to in subparagraph 10.2(b) hereof;

 

(i)

The Hypothecary Representative and the Administrator may change the destination of the whole or any portion of any Charged Property under their administration and will not be bound to continue the use or operation of any Charged Property under their administration which produces fruits or revenues;

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-19-


(j)

Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, the Hypothecary Representative and the Administrator will only be obliged to render an account to any Grantor upon the written request of such Grantor and once the Hypothecary Representative or Administrator has determined, to its satisfaction, the details of such account.

 

9.3

Taking in Payment

 

9.3.1

In the event that the Hypothecary Representative exercises its right to become the absolute owner of the Charged Property or any part thereof, the applicable Grantors, concurrently with the surrender or at any time thereafter at the request of the Hypothecary Representative, will sign a voluntary deed or agreement providing for the Hypothecary Representative to take in payment the Charged Property or any part thereof. In the event that any Grantor requires the Hypothecary Representative to sell any such Charged Property, such Grantor acknowledges that the Hypothecary Representative will not be required to abandon its recourse of taking in payment unless, before the expiration of the delay to surrender, the Hypothecary Representative: (i) shall have been furnished with security guaranteeing that the Charged Property in question will be sold at a sufficiently high price for the Hypothecary Representative to be paid the amounts secured hereunder in full; (ii) shall have been reimbursed the costs it has incurred; and (iii) shall have been advanced all amounts necessary for the sale of the Charged Property in question.

 

9.3.2

All expenditures and improvements made by any holder of the Charged Property and all payments made on account of the Secured Obligations and the accessories thereof will belong to the Hypothecary Representative. The Hypothecary Representative will not be obliged to compensate or indemnify any Grantor or any other person for any cause whatsoever.

 

9.4

Sale of Charged Property

In the event that the Hypothecary Representative exercises its right to sell the whole or any portion of the Charged Property by judicial authority or pursuant to a sale by the Hypothecary Representative, the following will apply:

 

(a)

Such Charged Property may be sold subject to and upon such terms and conditions (including, without limitation, terms

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-20-


  extending credit) by way of one (1) or more sales by private agreement, call for tenders or auction or combinations thereof as the Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator sees fit and the Hypothecary Representative or the Administrator may, at any time, change or substitute any method of sale for any other method of sale of such Charged Property;

 

(b)

Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, in any call for tenders, the Hypothecary Representative or Administrator will not be obliged to accept the highest offer or any offer and, in the event that no offer is accepted, may proceed to sell such Charged Property by any other method;

 

(c)

Each Grantor expressly agrees that the Hypothecary Representative will not be required to obtain or present to the Court any appraisals of such Charged Property and that such Charged Property may be sold without any upset price therefor; and

 

(d)

The Hypothecary Representative or any other Secured Party may purchase all or any portion of the Charged Property and the Hypothecary Representative is hereby expressly permitted to retain the purchase price of same, up to the amount of the Secured Obligations.

 

9.5

Remedies relating to intellectual property

For the purpose of enabling the Hypothecary Representative to exercise rights and remedies under this Section (including, without limiting the terms of this Section, in order to take possession of, hold, preserve, process, assemble, prepare for sale, market for sale, sell or otherwise dispose of the Charged Property) and upon an Event of Default which is continuing, each Grantor hereby grants to the Hypothecary Representative, for its benefit, an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, license or sublicense any intellectual property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

Furthermore, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Hypothecary Representative as the mandatary of such Grantor with power of substitution in the name of such Grantor to execute and deliver all such agreements, documents and instruments as the Hypothecary Representative, in its sole

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-21-


discretion, considers necessary or desirable, including without limitation to execute and file or register with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office any and all documents required to transfer title in and to any of the intellectual property in the name of such Grantor or to take any step appropriate for the preservation or protection of any of the intellectual property for the benefit of the Hypothecary Representative.

 

10.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

10.1

Each Grantor hereby absolutely and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Hypothecary Representative as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Grantor upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that is continuing:

 

  10.1.1

to execute and do all such assurances, acts and things which such Grantor ought to do but has failed to do under the covenants and provisions contained in this Deed;

 

  10.1.2

to take any and all such action as the Hypothecary Representative or any of its sub-agents, nominees or attorneys may, in its or their sole and absolute discretion, reasonably determine as necessary or advisable for the purpose of maintaining, preserving or protecting the security constituted by this Deed or any of the rights, remedies, powers or privileges of the Hypothecary Representative under this Deed; and

 

  10.1.3

generally, in the name of such Grantor, to exercise all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions conferred on or reserved to the Hypothecary Representative by or pursuant to this Deed, and (without prejudice to the generality of any of the foregoing) to seal and deliver or otherwise perfect any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument or act as the Hypothecary Representative may deem proper in or for the purpose of exercising any of such powers, authorities or discretions. Each Grantor hereby ratifies and confirms, and hereby agrees to ratify and confirm, whatever lawful acts the Hypothecary Representative or any of the Hypothecary Representative’s sub-agents or attorneys shall do or purport to do in the exercise of the power of attorney granted to the Hypothecary Representative pursuant to this Section 10, which power of attorney, being given for security, is irrevocable.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-22-


11.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

11.1

Remedies cumulative

The different recourses of the Hypothecary Representative hereunder are cumulative and not alternative. The rights and remedies of the Hypothecary Representative hereunder are in addition to every other right and remedy now or hereafter existing in favour of the Hypothecary Representative, whether by law or otherwise.

 

11.2

Application and imputation of proceeds

 

  11.2.1

Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, but subject to the Indenture, the proceeds of enforcement of any rights of the Hypothecary Representative with respect to the Charged Property, including, without limitation, proceeds of any sale of the Charged Property by the Hypothecary Representative and collection of any Claims, will be applied as follows:

 

  (i)

To the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Hypothecary Representative in connection with exercising the rights of the Hypothecary Representative;

 

  (ii)

To the payment of any claims ranking in priority to the rights of the Hypothecary Representative in respect of the Charged Property;

 

  (iii)

To the Hypothecary Representative in reduction of the Secured Obligations, subject to its right of imputation as provided herein.

 

  11.2.2

The Hypothecary Representative shall have the right to impute any amounts or proceeds received by it from or for the account of any Grantor, whether pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of a judicial or other sale, or as an inducement to grant mainlevée or discharge hereof or otherwise, against any portion of the Secured Obligations which it, in its sole discretion, determines and from time to time to vary such determination, the whole notwithstanding any pretended contrary imputation by any Grantor or by any other party, but subject to the Indenture.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-23-


11.3

Waivers

No delay or failure on the part of the Hypothecary Representative in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall affect such right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise hereof preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Any waiver by the Hypothecary Representative of any of its rights or remedies hereunder will be valid only if express and in writing. No waiver shall be deemed to be or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of the Hypothecary Representative. In no event will the Hypothecary Representative’s acceptance, after the full payment or performance of the Secured Obligations may have become due and payable, of any partial payment or performance, be deemed to alter or affect the Hypothecary Representative’s rights with respect to any subsequent payment or default thereon. Moreover, should the Hypothecary Representative grant or tolerate any extension or delay for payment or performance of any obligations of the Grantors, such extension, delay, indulgence or tolerance will not be deemed an acquiescence by the Hypothecary Representative in such default or waiver of any of the Hypothecary Representative’s rights and remedies hereunder or in respect of any future default.

 

11.4

Nature of obligations and security

 

  11.4.1

Nothing contained in this Deed will be deemed to derogate from or alter the demand nature of any of the Secured Obligations, except to the extent that the Hypothecary Representative has expressly and by separate written instrument granted a term for payment.

 

  11.4.2

The security hereby granted secures and will continue to secure the Secured Obligations on a continuing and fluctuating basis and is and will be valid notwithstanding that the whole or any portion of the prestations in consideration of which each Grantor has undertaken its Secured Obligations towards the Hypothecary Representative have not yet been received and notwithstanding that the whole or any portion of the Secured Obligations may not yet exist.

 

  11.4.3

The security hereby granted will remain in full force and effect for the full Hypothec Amount until such time as an express written discharge is executed by the Hypothecary Representative and delivered to the Grantors. The hypothecs, security and rights hereby

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-24-


  created in favour of the Hypothecary Representative will not be extinguished, reduced, novated or otherwise affected by any payments made to or amounts received by the Hypothecary Representative, directly or indirectly, from any Grantor or any other party or as a result of any insurance indemnities arising from loss or damage to any of the Charged Property or by reason of the collection of any Claims.

 

  11.4.4

Should the Secured Obligations at any time be fully extinguished without an express discharge of the security created hereunder having been granted, and should new Secured Obligations arise, the security created hereunder will secure the new Secured Obligations in the same manner and to the same extent as if there had never occurred an extinction of the old Secured Obligations and each Grantor is and will be obligated under the provisions hereof. Each Grantor will be deemed to have obligated itself for the new Secured Obligations pursuant to the provisions hereof and the security herein created will secure such new Secured Obligations.

 

11.5

Nature of Obligations

 

  11.5.1

Every obligation of the Grantors hereunder is and will remain indivisible and the payment and performance thereof in its entirety may be claimed from each of the heirs, legatees, liquidators of any succession, trustees or legal representatives of the Grantors. All of the Hypothecary Representative’s rights hereunder shall enure to the benefit of the Hypothecary Representative, its successors, assigns and legal representatives.

 

  11.5.2

If there be more than one (1) Grantor hereunder, all of the obligations of the Grantors hereunder will be and remain solidary obligations of such persons, each waiving the benefits of division and discussion, such that each of them may be compelled separately to pay and perform all of the obligations of the Grantors.

 

11.6

Other security

The security created hereunder is in addition to and not in substitution for nor deemed to be substituted by any other security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of the Hypothecary Representative and shall not be diminished or novated or otherwise affected by any other security or any

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-25-


promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness which the Hypothecary Representative or any party for the benefit of the Hypothecary Representative may have or obtain from any Grantor or any other person, nor shall any other security or note or evidence of indebtedness be diminished or novated or otherwise affected hereby.

 

11.7

Notice And Election Of Domicile

Any notice, request or other communication hereunder to any party hereto in connection with this Deed shall be given pursuant to the Indenture.

 

11.8

Governing Law & Jurisdiction

This Deed shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Québec and the federal laws of Canada applicable herein. Without prejudice to the rights of the Hypothecary Representative, each Grantor expressly submits and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of the Province of Québec, with respect to any controversy arising out of or relating to this Deed or any supplement hereto or to any transaction in connection therewith.

 

11.9

Interpretation

Any word herein contained in the singular number will include the plural; any word importing any gender will include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders; any word importing a person will include a corporation, a partnership and any other entity and vice versa.

The headings of this Deed are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any manner any of the terms and conditions hereof or the construction or interpretation of this Deed.

 

11.10

Other Documents

Each Grantor undertakes to perform all acts and enter into all documentation which may be useful or necessary or required by the Hypothecary Representative for purposes of giving full force and effect to the provisions hereof or to perfect the rights of the Hypothecary Representative hereunder including, without limitation, the right to recover and collect the Claims and to exercise its hypothecary remedies with respect thereto.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-26-


11.11

Currency

All reference to dollar amounts, unless expressly otherwise provided, are expressed in terms of the lawful currency of Canada and, if in a currency other than the lawful currency of Canada.

 

11.12

Severability

This Deed shall not be considered as an indivisible whole and every provision of this Deed is and shall be independent of the other and in the event that any part of this Deed is declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remaining terms, clauses and provisions of this Deed shall not be affected by such declaration and all of the remaining clauses of this Deed shall remain valid, binding and enforceable.

 

11.13

No conflict

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Deed and the Indenture with respect to any matter specifically dealt with in both herein and therein, the provisions of the Indenture will govern, unless as a result thereof the hypothecs created herein or any of the hypothecary remedies of the Hypothecary Representative hereunder would be in any way diminished or invalidated, in which case, the provisions of this Deed will prevail.

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of Section 5 of this Deed and the Indenture with respect to any matter specifically dealt with in both Section 5 herein and therein, the provisions of the Indenture will govern.

 

11.14

Successors

This Deed shall bind each Grantor and its successors, assigns, heirs and legal representatives, as applicable, towards the Hypothecary Representative and towards any successor or assign of the Hypothecary Representative.

 

11.15

The Hypothecary Representative’s Authority

Notwithstanding any provision in this Deed to the contrary, the Hypothecary Representative shall enforce its hypothecary and other rights against the Charged Property (including the right to withdraw the authorization of any of the Grantors to collect its Claims) at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e) of the Base Indenture, at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-27-


Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Hypothecary Representative under this Deed with respect to any action taken by the Hypothecary Representative or the exercise or non-exercise by the Hypothecary Representative of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Deed shall, as between the Hypothecary Representative and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Indenture and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among the Trustee and the other Secured Parties, but, as between the Hypothecary Representative and the Grantors, the Hypothecary Representative shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as hypothecary representative for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, it being understood that the Hypothecary Representative (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) shall be the only party entitled to exercise rights and remedies under this Deed; and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

11.16

Language

The parties acknowledge that they have required that this Deed and all related documents be prepared in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé que le présent acte et tous les documents s’y rattachant soient rédigés en anglais.

 

11.17

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that this Agreement has been signed by Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity or personally but solely in its capacity as, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Base Indenture, and in no event shall Citibank, N.A. in its individual capacity, have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of any other Person under this Agreement. The Hypothecary Representative makes no representations or warranties as to nor assumes any responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, and the Hypothecary Representative shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Agreement and makes no representation with respect thereto. In entering into this Agreement, the Hypothecary Representative shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Base Indenture relating to the rights, exculpations or conduct of, affecting the liability of or otherwise affording protection to the “Trustee” thereunder. The Hypothecary Representative shall have no obligation to perform or exercise any discretionary act

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-28-


11.18

No Claims against Hypothecary Representative. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Hypothecary Representative, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, nor as giving any Grantor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Hypothecary Representative in respect thereof or any claim that any lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the lien hereof. The Hypothecary Representative has executed this Agreement as directed under and in accordance with the Indenture and will perform this Agreement solely in its capacity as Hypothecary Representative for the Secured Parties.

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-29-


WHEREOF ACTE:

DONE AND PASSED at the City of Montréal, Province of Québec on the day, month and year hereinabove first mentioned and of record under the number

of the original Minutes of the undersigned Notary.

AND AFTER the parties hereto had declared to have taken cognisance of these presents and to have exempted the said Notary from reading them or causing them to be read, the parties signed these presents in the presence of the undersigned Notary.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-30-


CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

MAACO CANADA SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-31-


MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-32-


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, herein represented by its general partner,

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, herein represented by its general partner,
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-33-


DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, herein represented by its general partner,

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, for itself

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Hypothecary Representative

By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Fiset
  Marie-Josée Fiset
  Authorized Representative

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-34-


/s/ Angelo Febbraio

Mtre. Angelo FEBBRAIO, NOTARY

 

Deed of Hypothec – Driven Securitization

-35-

Exhibit 10.7

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 24, 2018

by and among

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer,

THE OTHER SERVICE RECIPIENTS PARTY HERETO,

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as the Manager,

THE SUB-MANAGERS PARTY HERETO, as Sub-managers,

and

CITIBANK, N.A., as the Trustee


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     3  

Section 1.1

 

Certain Definitions

     3  

Section 1.2

 

Other Defined Terms

     19  

Section 1.3

 

Other Terms

     19  

Section 1.4

 

Computation of Time Periods

     19  

ARTICLE II Administration and Servicing of Managed Assets

     19  

Section 2.1

 

Driven Brands to act as Manager

     19  

Section 2.2

 

Accounts

     22  

Section 2.3

 

Records

     24  

Section 2.4

 

Administrative Duties of Manager

     24  

Section 2.5

 

No Offset

     25  

Section 2.6

 

Compensation

     25  

Section 2.7

 

Indemnification

     25  

Section 2.8

 

Nonpetition Covenant

     28  

Section 2.9

 

Franchisor Consent

     28  

Section 2.10

 

Appointment of Sub-managers

     28  

Section 2.11

 

Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds

     29  

Section 2.12

 

Permitted Asset Dispositions

     29  

Section 2.13

 

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement

     29  

Section 2.14

 

Manager Advances

     30  

ARTICLE III Statements and Reports

     30  

Section 3.1

 

Reporting by the Manager

     30  

Section 3.2

 

Appointment of Independent Auditor

     31  

Section 3.3

 

Annual Accountants’ Reports

     31  

Section 3.4

 

Available Information

     32  

ARTICLE IV The Manager

     32  

Section 4.1

 

Representations and Warranties Concerning the Manager

     32  

Section 4.2

 

Existence; Status as Manager

     35  

Section 4.3

 

Performance of Obligations

     36  

Section 4.4

 

Merger and Resignation

     40  

Section 4.5

 

Notice of Certain Events

     41  

Section 4.6

 

Capitalization

     41  

Section 4.7

 

Maintenance of Separateness

     41  

Section 4.8

 

No Competitive Business

     42  

ARTICLE V Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     42  

Section 5.1

 

Representations and Warranties Made in Respect of New Franchise Agreements

     42  

Section 5.2

 

Assets Acquired After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date

     43  

Section 5.3

 

Securitization IP

     43  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 5.4

 

Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap

     43  

Section 5.5

 

Future Brands

     44  

Section 5.6

 

Restrictions on Liens

     44  

Section 5.7

 

New Company-Owned Location Assets

     44  

ARTICLE VI Manager Termination Events

     45  

Section 6.1

 

Manager Termination Events

     45  

Section 6.2

 

Manager Termination Event Remedies

     47  

Section 6.3

 

Manager’s Transitional Role

     47  

Section 6.4

 

Intellectual Property

     49  

Section 6.5

 

Third Party Intellectual Property

     49  

Section 6.6

 

No Effect on Other Parties

     49  

Section 6.7

 

Rights Cumulative

     49  

ARTICLE VII Confidentiality

     49  

Section 7.1

 

Confidentiality

     49  

ARTICLE VIII Miscellaneous Provisions

     51  

Section 8.1

 

Termination of Agreement

     51  

Section 8.2

 

Survival

     51  

Section 8.3

 

Amendment

     51  

Section 8.4

 

Governing Law

     52  

Section 8.5

 

Notices

     52  

Section 8.6

 

Acknowledgement

     52  

Section 8.7

 

Severability of Provisions

     53  

Section 8.8

 

Delivery Dates

     53  

Section 8.9

 

Limited Recourse

     53  

Section 8.10

 

Binding Effect; Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries

     53  

Section 8.11

 

Article and Section Headings

     53  

Section 8.12

 

Concerning the Trustee

     53  

Section 8.13

 

Counterparts

     53  

Section 8.14

 

Entire Agreement

     54  

Section 8.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     54  

Section 8.16

 

Joinder of Future Service Recipients

     54  

Section 8.17

 

Securitization-Owned Locations

     54  

Exhibit A-1 – Power of Attorney For SPV Franchising Entities

Exhibit A-2 – Power of Attorney For Service Recipients

Exhibit B – Joinder Agreement

Schedule 2.1(f) – Manager Insurance

Schedule 2.10 – Excluded Services, Products and/or Functions

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”); 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“1-800-Radiator Franchisor”), DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Franchisor Holdco”), MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Meineke Franchisor”), MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maaco Franchisor”), ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Econo Lube Franchisor”), DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Drive N Style Franchisor”), MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merlin Franchisor”), CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Carstar Franchisor”), TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5 Franchisor” and, together with 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Franchisor Holdco, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor and Carstar Franchisor, the “SPV Franchising Entities”); DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Funding Holdco”), DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SPV Product Sales Holder”), 1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Radiator Product Sales Holder”), TAKE 5 PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5 Properties” and, together with Funding Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder and the SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco that becomes a party hereto, the “Securitization Entities” and, together with Take 5 and Take 5 Oil (each defined below), the “Service Recipients”); DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brands”, the “Manager” or the “Parent”); DRIVEN BRANDS SHARED SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Driven Shared Services”), MEINEKE CAR CARE CENTERS LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“Meineke Car Care”), MAACO FRANCHISING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maaco Franchising”), 1-800 RADIATOR & A/C, a California corporation (“1-800 Radiator & A/C”), 1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISE, INC., a California corporation (“1-800 Radiator Franchise”), ECONO LUBE N’ TUNE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Econo Lube N Tune”), DRIVE N STYLE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Drive N Style’), SBA-TLC LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“SBA-TLC”), TAKE 5 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Take 5”) and TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Take 5 Oil” (solely in its capacity as an Initial Sub-manager hereunder) and, together with Driven Brands Shared Services, Meineke Car Care, Maaco Franchising, 1-800-Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Econo Lube N’ Tune, Drive N Style, SBA-TLC and Take 5 (solely in its capacity as an Initial Sub-manager hereunder), collectively, the “Initial Sub-managers”); and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as the indenture trustee (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Appendix A to the Indenture (as defined below).


RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer has entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, with the Trustee (together with the Series Supplements thereto, and as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuer issued the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes and the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes and may issue additional series of notes from time to time (collectively, the “Notes”) on the terms described therein;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has granted to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties a Lien in the Collateral owned by it pursuant to the terms of Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have guaranteed the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents and have granted to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties a Lien in the Collateral owned by each of them pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”);

WHEREAS, from and after the date hereof, all New Assets shall be originated by or otherwise owned by the Service Recipients following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date;

WHEREAS, each of Service Recipients desires to engage the Manager, and each of the Service Recipients desires to have the Manager enforce such Service Recipient’s rights and powers and perform such Service Recipient’s duties and obligations under the Managed Documents (as defined below) and the Transaction Documents to which it is party in accordance with the Managing Standard (as defined below);

WHEREAS, each of the Service Recipients desires to have the Manager enter into certain agreements and acquire certain assets from time to time on such Service Recipient’s behalf, in each case in accordance with the Managing Standard;

WHEREAS, each of the SPV Franchising Entities desires to appoint the Manager as its agent for providing comprehensive Intellectual Property services, including filing for registration, clearance, maintenance, protection, enforcement, licensing, and recording transfers of the Securitization IP in accordance with the Managing Standard and as provided in Section 2.1(c) and Section 4.3(b);

WHEREAS, each of Service Recipients desires to enter into this Agreement to provide for, among other things, the managing of the respective rights, powers, duties and obligations of such Service Recipient under or in connection with the Contribution Agreements, the Securitization Assets, the Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets and the assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location and the applicable Securitization IP and each Service Recipient that is a Securitization Entity’s equity interests in each other Securitization Entity owned by it and in connection with any other assets acquired by any Service Recipient (collectively, the “Managed Assets”), all in accordance with the Managing Standard; and

 

2


WHEREAS, the Manager desires to enforce such rights and powers and perform such obligations and duties, all in accordance with the Managing Standard.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS1

Section 1.1    Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in Appendix A to the Base Indenture shall have the following meanings:

Advertising Fund Accounts”: has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

Agreement”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

CARSTAR Business”: means the operation of automotive service businesses under the CARSTAR Brand.

CARSTAR Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of CARSTAR Franchise Agreement.

CARSTAR Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each CARSTAR Franchise Agreement, including: (a) an outline of the CARSTAR Immersion Certification Program and timeline for training; (b) orientation/training program; (c) onsite visits in connection with completing CARSTAR Franchisor’s Immersion Certification Program; (d) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the CARSTAR Franchisor’s Facility as CARSTAR Franchisor deems appropriate; (e) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (f) additional training programs as CARSTAR Franchisor may require; (g) periodic inspections of the CARSTAR Facility as CARSTAR Franchisor determines appropriate; (h) maintenance of a CARSTAR website; (i) a copy of the CARSTAR Manual; and (j) administration of insurance and marketing fees and programs.

CARSTAR System”: means CARSTAR’s system relating to format, style, merchandising, service and product preparation methods and techniques, signs, layout plans, advertising, marketing, inventory, bookkeeping system, and schedule of policies and practices for the operation of businesses specializing in a wide variety of interior, exterior and restyling services for vehicles.

CARSTAR Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a CARSTAR Business.

Change in Management”: will occur if more than 50% of the Leadership Team is terminated and/or resigns within 12 months after the date of the occurrence of a Change of

 

1 

NTD: Definitions relating to CARSTAR/Take 5 or modified by OM/Indenture to be conformed to OM/Indenture.

 

3


Control; provided, in each case, that termination and/or resignation of any such member of the Leadership Team will not include (i) a change in such member’s status in the ordinary course of succession so long as such member remains affiliated with Parent or its direct or indirect holding companies or subsidiaries as an officer or director, or in a similar capacity (ii) retirement of any such member, (iii) death or incapacitation of any such member, or (iv) the replacement of any such member of the Leadership Team, with the prior written consent of the Controlling Class Representative.

Change of Control”: will occur if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the 1934 Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of each of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of each of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the Board of Directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive Board of Director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Competitive Business”: means any business that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States, to the extent such Competitive Business is not contributed or expected to be contributed to a Securitization Entity or Future Securitization Entity substantially contemporaneously with entering into or acquiring such Competitive Business.

 

4


Confidential Information”: means trade secrets and other information (including know how, ideas, techniques, recipes, formulas, customer lists, customer information, financial information, business methods and processes, marketing plans, specifications, and other similar information as well as internal materials prepared by the owner of such information containing or based, in whole or in part, on any such information) that is confidential and proprietary to its owner and that is disclosed by one party to an agreement to another party thereto whether in writing or disclosed orally, and whether or not designated as confidential.

Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

Current Practice”: means, in respect of any action or inaction, the practices, standards and procedures of the Non-Securitization Entities as performed on or that would have been performed immediately prior to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing date, with respect to the Carstar Brand, or the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, with respect to the Take 5 Brand or Spire Supply Assets.

Defective New Asset”: means any New Asset that does not satisfy the applicable representations and warranties of ARTICLE V hereof on the New Asset Addition Date for such New Asset.

Discloser”: has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Disentanglement”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Disentanglement Period”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c).

Disentanglement Services”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Drive N Style Business”: means the operation of automotive service businesses under the Drive N Style Brand.

Drive N Style Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Drive N Style Franchise Agreement.

Drive N Style Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Drive N Style Franchise Agreement, including: (a) designating the Franchisee’s Drive N Style Territory or Territories; (b) providing an initial training program; (c) furnishing advice regarding selection of suppliers, list of approved suppliers, if any, and a description of any national or central purchase and supply agreements; (d) loaning a copy of the operations manual in respect of the Drive N Style Brand; (e) providing instructions on installation of customized equipment in vans used in operation of the Drive N Style Business; (f) offering the right to participate in the national accounts program, if established; (g) providing telephone or faxed consultation regarding continued operation and management of the Drive N Style Business at the Franchisee’s reasonable request, and advice regarding various techniques and business practices

 

5


and continuing updates regarding the Drive N Style Business and Drive N Style System; (h) providing a classroom portion of an initial training program to replacement or additional Managers and employees, subject to payment of such fees as Drive N Style may establish; (i) providing assistance in the Drive N Style Territory concerning the ongoing operation of the Drive N Style Business; and (j) in the event that Drive N Style elects to collect an advertising fee, to use the advertising fees to implement an advertising and marketing program to promote the sale of interior, exterior or restyling services.

Drive N Style System”: means Drive N Style’s system relating to format, style, merchandising, service and product preparation methods and techniques, signs, layout plans, advertising, marketing, inventory, bookkeeping system, and schedule of policies and practices for the operation of businesses specializing in a wide variety of interior and exterior services for vehicles.

Drive N Style Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Drive N Style Business.

Driven Brands”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap”: has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

Econo Lube Center”: means the operation of businesses providing motor vehicle tune-up and brake services, lubrication, oil changes, and certain related minor automotive services under the Econo Lube Brand.

Econo Lube Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Econo Lube Franchise Agreement.

Econo Lube Location”: means the specific approved location granted to a Franchisee in the Econo Lube Franchise Agreement to operate an Econo Lube Center.

Econo Lube Operations Manual”: means those policies that are mandatory in the operations manual in respect of the Econo Lube Brand.

Econo Lube Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Econo Lube Franchise Agreement, including: (a) guidance relating to the opening of the Econo Lube Center, including approving the Econo lube Location and lease, site location assistance or leasing or subleasing the Econo Lube Location to the Franchisee, and providing plans and specifications for developing the Econo Lube Center; (b) approval of the final drawings and plans for the construction of the Econo Lube Center; (c) arranging for the construction of the Econo Lube Center if the Franchisee fails to do so satisfactorily; (d) initial specifications and advice for the building, equipment, furnishings, décor, layout and signs for the Econo Lube Center; (e) an instructional course on the management and operation of the Econo Lube System and Econo Lube Center; (f) additional training and assistance as Econo Lube deems advisable; and (g) one copy of the Econo Lube Operations Manual, on loan.

Econo Lube System”: means the unique and specialized training, management and marketing techniques and other procedures and methods of operation known as the ECONO LUBE N’ TUNE & BRAKES system.

 

6


Eligible Assets” means any asset used or useful to each of the Service Recipients in the operation of the applicable Driven Securitization Brand(s), including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the applicable Service Recipient.

Employee Benefit Plan”: means any “employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by the Manager, or with respect to which the Manager has any liability.

Future Brand”: means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Guarantors”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Indemnitee”: has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Indenture”: has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Independent Auditors”: has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

IP Services”: means performing each SPV Franchising Entity’s obligations as licensor under the IP License Agreements; exercising each SPV Franchising Entity’s rights under the IP License Agreements (and under any other agreements pursuant to which each SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP); and acquiring, developing, managing, maintaining, protecting, enforcing, defending, licensing, sublicensing and undertaking such other duties and services as may be necessary in connection with the Securitization IP, on behalf of each SPV Franchising Entity, in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Managing Standard, unless an SPV Franchising Entity determines, in its sole discretion, that additional action is necessary or desirable in furtherance of the protection of the Securitization IP, in which case the Manager will perform such IP Services and additional related services as are reasonably requested by such SPV Franchising Entity), the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents, as agent for the SPV Franchising Entities. “IP Services” includes, without limitation, the following activities:

(a)    searching, screening and clearing After-Acquired Securitization IP to assess patentability, registrability, and the risk of potential infringement;

(b)    filing, prosecuting and maintaining applications and registrations for the Securitization IP in the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s name in the United States

 

7


and Canada, including timely filing of evidence of use, applications for renewal and affidavits of use and/or incontestability, timely paying of all registration and maintenance fees, responding to third-party oppositions of applications or challenges to registrations, and responding to any office actions, reexaminations, interferences, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, or other office or examiner requests, reviews, or requirements;

(c)    monitoring third-party use and registration of Securitization IP, as applicable, and taking actions the Manager deems appropriate to oppose or contest the use and any application or registration for Securitization IP, as applicable, that could reasonably be expected to infringe, dilute or otherwise violate the Securitization IP or the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s rights therein;

(d)    confirming each SPV Franchising Entity’s legal title in and to any or all of the Securitization IP, including obtaining written assignments of Securitization IP to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, and recording transfers of title in the appropriate intellectual property registry in the United States and Canada and, in the Manager’s discretion, elsewhere;

(e)    with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations under the IP License Agreements and any Transaction Documents, monitoring the licensee’s use of each licensed Trademark and the quality of its goods and services offered in connection with such Trademarks, rendering any approvals (or disapprovals) that are required under the applicable license agreement(s), and employing reasonable means to ensure that any use of any such Trademarks by any such licensee satisfies the quality control standards and usage provisions of the applicable license agreement;

(f)     protecting, policing, and, in the event that the Manager becomes aware of any unlicensed copying, imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, or any portion thereof, enforcing such Securitization IP, including, (i) preparing and responding to cease-and-desist, demand and notice letters, and requests for a license; and (ii) commencing, prosecuting and/or resolving claims or suits involving imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, the unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, and seeking monetary and equitable remedies as the Manager deems appropriate in connection therewith; provided that each SPV Franchising Entity will, and agrees to, join as a party to any such suits to the extent necessary to maintain standing;

(g)    performing such functions and duties, and preparing and filing such documents, as are required under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to be performed, prepared and/or filed by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, including (i) executing and recording such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or such other instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s lien only on the Collateral in the United States and Canada) in connection with the security interests in the Securitization IP granted by each SPV Franchising Entity to the Trustee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) preparing, executing and delivering grants of security

 

8


interests or any similar instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s lien only on the Collateral in the United States and Canada) that are intended to evidence such security interests in the Securitization IP and recording such grants or other instruments with the relevant Governmental Authority including the USPTO, USCO and CIPO;

(h)    taking such actions as any licensee under an IP License Agreement may request that are required by the terms, provisions and purposes of such IP License Agreement (or by any other agreements pursuant to which the applicable SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP) to be taken by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, and preparing (or causing to be prepared) for execution by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity all documents, certificates and other filings as such SPV Franchising Entity will be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of such IP License Agreements (or such other agreements);

(i)    establishing a fair market value for the royalties or other payments payable to the applicable SPV Franchising Entities under any licenses of Securitization IP that are required under the Transaction Documents to include such payments;

(j)    paying or causing to be paid or discharged, from funds of each of the Securitization Entities, any and all taxes, charges and assessments that may be levied, assessed or imposed upon any of the applicable Securitization IP or contesting the same in good faith;

(k)    obtaining licenses of third party Intellectual Property for use and sublicense in connection with the Contributed Franchise Business, any Securitization-Owned Location and the other assets of any of the Securitization Entities;

(l)    sublicensing the Securitization IP to suppliers, manufacturers, advertisers and other service providers in connection with the provision of products and services for the Contributed Franchise Business and any Securitization-Owned Locations; and

(m)    with respect to Trade Secrets and other confidential information of each SPV Franchising Entity, taking reasonable measures to maintain confidentiality and to prevent non-confidential disclosures.

Issuer”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Leadership Team”:    means the Chief Executive Officer of Parent, the Chief Financial Officer of Parent, the General Counsel of Parent, the Vice President of Accounting and Finance of Parent, the Vice President of Finance of Parent, the Chief Marketing Officer of Parent, the Chief Development Officer of Parent, the Assistant General Counsel of Parent, the Director of Mergers & Acquisitions of Parent, the Vice President of Real Estate of Parent, the Group President of Paint and Collision of Parent, the President of CARSTAR, the President of Meineke, the Chief Operating Officer of Meineke, the Vice President of Operations of Meineke, the Director of Training of Meineke, the Vice President of Marketing of Meineke, the Vice President of Development of Meineke, the President of 1-800-Radiator, the President of Maaco,

 

9


the Senior Vice President of Fleet Sales of Parent, the Vice President of Marketing of Maaco and the Vice President of Development of Maaco, Group President of Distribution and Quick Lube of Parent, Vice President of Strategy and Business Development of Take 5 Oil Change, Vice President of Marketing of Take 5 Oil Change, Vice President of Franchising of Take 5 Oil Change, Vice President of Operations of Take 5 Oil Change, Vice President of Training & Strategic Operations of Take 5 Oil Change, Vice President of Operations of Spire Supply, Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Parent, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Parent, Vice President of Operations of 1-800 Radiator and Vice President of Insurance of CARSTAR.

Maaco Center”: means the operation of motor vehicle painting and body repair business under the Maaco Brand.

Maaco Development Agreement”: means the current form of Maaco Development Agreement.

Maaco Express Store Addendum”: means the franchise arrangements for separate production and retail businesses from which the franchisee offers and sells vehicle painting and body repair services (“Maaco Express Store”) to be performed at the Maaco Center and at the Maaco Express Store.

Maaco Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Maaco Franchise Agreement.

Maaco Satellite Store Addendum”: means the franchise arrangements for non-production retail businesses in connection with the operation by a franchisee of a Maaco Center from which the franchisee offers and sells vehicle painting and body repair services to be performed at the Maaco Center (the “Maaco Satellite Store”).

Maaco Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Maaco Franchise Agreement (including the Maaco Satellite Store Addendum and Maaco Express Store Addendum) and Maaco Development Agreement, including: (a) opening promotion and initial advertising of the Maaco Center; (b) initial and continuing advisory assistance in the operation of the Maaco Center, as Maaco deems appropriate; (c) specifications as to types and quantities of inventory, supplies, and equipment and for exterior and interior signage; (d) a copy of the Maaco Manual; (e) initial and ongoing training programs as Maaco deems appropriate; (f) inspections of the Maaco Center and evaluations of services rendered at the Maaco Center as Maaco deems advisable; and (g) creation and placement of advertising and administration of advertising and promotional programs and funds.

Managed Assets”: has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Managed Document”: means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the Managed Assets, including, without limitation, the Contribution Agreements, the Franchise Documents and the IP License Agreements.

Manager”: means Driven Brands, in its capacity as manager hereunder, unless a successor Person shall have become the Manager pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and this Agreement, and thereafter “Manager” shall mean such successor Person.

 

10


Manager Advance”: means any advance of funds made by the Manager to, or on behalf of, a Securitization Entity in connection with the operation of the Managed Assets.

Management Group” means the group consisting of the directors, officers and other management personnel of Parent and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or who became members of the Leadership Team, or officers, directors, management personnel, employees or consultants of Parent and its Subsidiaries following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date (other than in connection with a transaction that would otherwise be a Change of Control if such persons were not included in the definition of “Permitted Holders”).

Manager Termination Event”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Managing Standard”: means in accordance with standards that (a) are consistent with Current Practice or, to the extent of changed circumstances, practices, technologies, strategies or implementation methods, consistent with the standards as the Manager would implement or observe if the Managed Assets were owned by the Manager at such time; (b) will enable the Manager to comply in all material respects with all of the duties and obligations of each Securitization Entity under the applicable Transaction Documents, New Franchise Agreements, Contributed Franchise Agreements, New Development Agreements and Contributed Development Agreements; (c) are in material compliance with all applicable Requirements of Law; and (d) with respect to the use and maintenance of each SPV Franchising Entity’s rights in and to the applicable Securitization IP, are consistent with the standards imposed by the applicable IP License Agreements.

Meineke Center”: means the operation of automotive maintenance and repair businesses at Branded Locations under the Meineke Brand.

Meineke Development Agreement”: means the current form of the Meineke development agreement.

Meineke Franchise Agreement:” means the current form of the Meineke Franchise Agreement.

Meineke Operations Manual”: means Meineke’s confidential operations manual(s) (including training manuals), containing mandatory and suggested standards, specifications and operating procedures relating to the development and operation of Meineke Centers and other information relating to obligations under the Meineke Franchise Agreement.

Meineke Premises”: means the specific approved location granted to a Franchisee in the Econo Lube Franchise Agreement to operate a Meineke Center.

Meineke Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Meineke Franchise Agreement and Meineke Development Agreement, including: (a) guidance relating to the opening of a Meineke Center, including site selection guidelines and requirements, prototype plans for a Meineke Center, approved supplier lists, and the approval of the Meineke Premises, lease, sublease or purchase contract, and any modified plans and specifications for developing the Meineke Center; (b) initial training for the Franchisee or its operating partner; (c) retraining; (d) training on the general aspects of core products and services; (e) special training on various

 

11


aspects of operating a Meineke Center at the Franchisee’s request, for a training fee or other charge; (f) ongoing guidance and assistance with respect to the Meineke System, through bulletins (such as a periodic newsletter), and other written or electronic communications, consultations by telephone or in person, or other means; (g) inspections to evaluate the Meineke Center’s operations; (h) one loaned copy of the Meineke Operations Manual; (i) conducting national and local marketing and advertising for Franchisees’ Meineke Centers and (j) approving samples of each Franchisee’s advertising and promotional materials not prepared by Meineke Franchisor or the Manager.

Meineke System:” means the business methods, systems, designs and arrangements for developing and operating Meineke Centers.

Merlin Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Merlin Franchise Agreement.

Merlin Operations Manual:” means the operating manual for a Merlin Shop and supplemental program and training guides.

Merlin Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Merlin Franchise Agreement, including: (a) standard basic plans and specifications for a Merlin Shop; (b) development and implementation of a local advertising and promotional program in connection with the Franchisee’s opening of the Merlin Shop; (c) initial training of the Franchisee and its manager, if any; (d) advice to the Franchisee concerning operating problems disclosed by reports submitted to or inspections made by Merlin; (e) operating assistance consisting of advice and guidance with respect to methods and procedures utilized in connection with the sales and service of automotive parts and services; additional services and products authorized for Merlin Shops; purchasing of inventory; formulating and implementing advertising and promotional programs, and establishment of financial and operating procedures, as from time to time reasonably requested by the Franchisee; (f) a reasonable attempt to develop or sponsor group purchasing of products at competitive prices; (g) providing one or more copies of the Merlin Operations Manual; and (g) administration of a marketing fund and directing of all marketing programs financed by the marketing fund.

Merlin Shop”: means the operation of motor vehicle maintenance business under the Merlin Brand.

New Asset Addition Date”: means with respect to any New Asset, the earliest of (i) the date on which such New Asset is acquired by the applicable Service Recipient, (ii) the later of (a) the date upon which the closing occurs under the applicable contract giving rise to such New Asset and (b) the date upon which all of the diligence contingencies, if any, in the contract for purchase of the applicable New Asset expire and the Service Recipient acquiring such New Asset no longer has the right to cancel such contract and (iii) if such New Asset is a New Franchise Agreement or a New Development Agreement, the date on which the related SPV Franchising Entity begins receiving Franchisee Payments from the applicable Franchisee in respect of such New Asset.

New Assets” means a New Franchise Agreement, a New Development Agreement, New Company-Owned Location Asset or any other Managed Asset contributed to, or otherwise

 

12


entered into or acquired by, each of the Service Recipients (other than CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil) after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

New Company-Owned Location Assets” means all assets contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Parent Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which any company in the same Controlled Group as the Manager has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) (a) the Sponsor and its subsidiaries or other affiliates from time to time, including any funds managed or advised by the Sponsor, and (b) Roark Capital Group and any funds directly or indirectly managed or advised by Roark Capital Group, together with their subsidiaries or other affiliates from time to time, (ii) any member of the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the capital stock of Parent and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Equity Interests thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent (a “Permitted Holder Group” ), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Power of Attorney”: means the authority granted by a Securitization Entity to the Manager pursuant to a Power of Attorney in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Qualified IPO”: means an underwritten public offering of the Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent (other than a Permitted Holder) which generates gross cash proceeds of at least $50,000,000.

Recipient”: has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.1.

Securitization Entities”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

13


Securitization-Owned Location” means any company-owned location owned by a Securitization Entity.

Services”: means the servicing and administration by the Manager of the Managed Assets, in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Standard), the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents, as agent for the applicable Securitization Entity. “Services” includes, without limitation:

(a)     calculating and compiling information required in connection with any report or certificate to be delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents;

(b)    preparing and filing all tax returns and tax reports required to be prepared by any Service Recipient;

(c)    paying or causing to be paid or discharged, in each case from funds of each of the Service Recipients, any and all taxes, charges and assessments attributable to and required to be paid under applicable Requirements of Law by any Service Recipient;

(d)    performing the duties and obligations of, and exercising and enforcing the rights of, each of the Service Recipients under the applicable Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, performing the duties and obligations of each applicable Service Recipient under the applicable IP License Agreements;

(e)    taking those actions that are required under the Transaction Documents and Requirements of Law to maintain continuous perfection (where applicable) and priority (subject to Permitted Liens and the exclusions from perfection requirements under the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Transaction Documents) of any Securitization Entity’s and the Trustee’s respective interests in the Collateral;

(f)    making or causing the collection of amounts owing under the terms and provisions of each Managed Document and the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, managing (i) the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations as franchisor under the Franchise Agreements and the Development Agreements (including performing, as applicable, the Meineke Services, Econo Lube Services, Maaco Services, 1-800-Radiator Services, Merlin Services, Drive N Style Services, CARSTAR Services and Take 5 Services) and (ii) the right to approve amendments, waivers, modifications and terminations of (including extensions, modifications, write-downs and write-offs of obligations owing under) Franchise Documents and other Managed Documents and to exercise all rights of the applicable Securitization Entities under such Franchise Documents and the applicable Service Recipient under the other Managed Documents;

(g)    performing due diligence with respect to, selecting and approving new Franchisees and providing personnel to manage the due diligence selection and approval process;

 

14


(h)    preparing New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements, including, among other things, adopting variations to the forms of agreements used in documenting such agreements and preparing and executing documentation of franchise transfers, terminations, renewals, site relocations and ownership changes, in all cases, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents;

(i)    evaluating and approving assignments of Franchise Agreements, Development Agreements, and other Franchise Documents by Franchisees to third-party franchisee candidates or existing Franchisees;

(j)    preparing and filing franchise disclosure documents with respect to New Development Agreements and New Franchise Agreements to comply, in all material respects, with applicable Requirements of Law;

(k)    complying with franchise industry specific government regulation and applicable Requirements of Law;

(l)    making Manager Advances in its sole discretion;

(m)    administering the Advertising Fund Accounts and the Management Accounts;

(n)    performing the duties and obligations and enforcing the rights of each of Service Recipients under the applicable Managed Documents, including entering into new Managed Documents from time to time;

(o)    arranging for legal services with respect to the Managed Assets, including with respect to the enforcement of the Franchise Documents;

(p)    arranging for or providing accounting and financial reporting services;

(q)    establishing and/or providing quality control services and standards for services, equipment, suppliers and distributors in connection with the Branded Locations and monitoring compliance with such standards;

(r)    developing new products and services (or modifying any existing products and services) to be offered in connection with Branded Locations and the other assets of each of the Service Recipients and any Take 5 Company Location assets of Take 5 LLC;

(s)    establishing and maintaining certain supply and rebate agreements;

(t)    in connection with Branded Locations, developing, modifying, amending and disseminating (i) specifications for facility operations, (ii) operations procedures manuals, and (iii) new service or product offerings;

(u)    performing services with respect to the operation of Branded Locations and product sourcing and selling functions as described below;

 

15


(v)    performing the IP Services as described above;

(w)    developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs relating to the Driven Securitization Brands and Branded Locations;

(x)    managing product sourcing and supply distribution in connection with Managed Assets; and

(y)    performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time and consistent with the Managing Standard and the Transaction Documents in connection with the Managed Assets.

Service Recipient”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Specified Non-Securitization Debt”: has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

Sponsor”: means Roark Capital Partners III LP.

SPV Franchising Entities”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Sub-managing Arrangement”: means an arrangement whereby the Manager engages any other Person (including any Affiliate) to perform certain of its duties under this Agreement excluding the fundamental corporate functions of the Manager; provided that (i) master franchise arrangements with Franchisees and temporary arrangements with Franchisees with respect to the management of one or more Branded Location immediately following the termination of the former Franchisee thereof, and (ii) any agreement between the Manager and third-party vendors pursuant to which the Manager purchases a specific product or service or outsources routine administrative functions, including any products, services or administrative functions listed on Schedule 2.10 hereto or any other products, services or administrative functions that are substantially similar thereto, shall not constitute a Sub-managing Arrangement.

Supplemental Management Fee”: means for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by the Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of the Manager’s obligations under the Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by the Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Take 5 Business”: means the operation of automotive service businesses under the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 Company Location”: means (i) the company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, certain company-owned locations not operating under

 

16


the Take 5 Brand on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date but which are expected to be converted into Take 5 Branded Locations following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date), (ii) all company-owned locations that are acquired or opened by Take 5 Properties, Take or Take 5 Oil after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (iii) all company-owned locations operating under the Take 5 Brand as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that are owned by Take 5 or Take 5 Oil as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Take 5 Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Take 5 Franchise Agreement.

Take 5 System”: means the Take 5 Company Locations’ system relating to format, style, merchandising, service and product preparation methods and techniques, signs, layout plans, advertising, marketing, inventory, bookkeeping system, staffing and labor scheduling, and schedule of policies and practices for the operation of businesses specializing in oil changes and other vehicle maintenance services.

Take 5 Services:” means (a) services provided by the franchisor under each Take 5 Franchise Agreement, including: (i) negotiation and execution of franchise agreements, development agreements, vendor agreements and any applicable intellectual property license agreements, in each case, in accordance with all applicable law; (ii) preparing and filing franchise disclosure documents, and performing due diligence with respect to franchisees; (iii) enforcing and protecting owned and/or licensed intellectual property, including the enforcement of franchise, development and vendor agreements; (iv) account administration and procurement or provision of legal and accounting and financial reporting services; (v) establishing and/or providing quality control services and standards for services, equipment, suppliers and distributors and monitoring compliance with such standards; (vi) developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs; and; (vii) performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time and (b) services provided by the Manager for company-owned locations, including: (i) negotiation and execution of construction development and lease agreements, vendor agreements and any applicable intellectual property license agreements, in each case, in accordance with all applicable law; (ii) enforcing and protecting owned and/or licensed intellectual property, including the enforcement of vendor agreements; (iii) account administration and procurement or provision of legal and accounting and financial reporting services; (iv) general store operations including staffing and scheduling, inventory purchasing, repair, remodeling and maintenance, local advertising and other store-level services; (v) developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs; and; (vi) performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Take 5 Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Take 5 Business.

Tax Payment Deficiency” means any tax liability of Parent (or, if Parent is not the taxable parent entity of any Securitization Entity, such other taxable parent entity) (including taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of each of the Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect subsidiaries that the Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Parent (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

 

17


Term”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

Termination Notice”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Trustee”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Weekly Management Fee”: means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, the amount determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

an amount equal to the sum of (A) a base fee of $10,000,000 plus (B) a fee of $14,375 for every $100,000 of aggregate Retained Collections over the preceding four (4) most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Periods; by

 

  (ii)

52 or 53, as applicable.

provided, that each of the amounts set forth in clause (i)(A) is subject to successive 2% annual increases on the first day of the Quarterly Fiscal Period that commences immediately following each anniversary of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; provided, further, that the sum of the amounts set forth in clause (i)(A) and (i)(B) (including any such successive annual increases) will not exceed 35% of the aggregate Retained Collections over the preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

1-800-Radiator Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of 1-800-Radiator Franchise Agreement.

1-800-Radiator Manual”: means the procedures and requirements of 1-800-Radiator’s operations manual.

1-800-Radiator Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each 1-800-Radiator Franchise Agreement, including: (a) coordination of pre-opening activities in opening and marketing the franchised business; (b) initial franchise operations training and continuing periodic refresher training; (c) access to a copy of the 1-800-Radiator Manual; (d) development and implementation of 1-800-Radiator System advertising, marketing and promotion programs; (e) assistance in marketing the 1-800 Radiator Warehouse within the 1-800-Radiator Territory; (f) administration of system marketing fees paid by Franchisees.

1-800-Radiator System:” means1-800-Radiator’s system relating to the establishment, development, marketing, and administration of warehouses specializing in the distribution of radiators, condensers, air conditioning compressors, fan assemblies and other automotive parts and related services to wholesale and retail customers, including 1-800-Radiator’s electronic network for maintaining inventory management and customer ordering.

1-800-Radiator Territory:” means the designated area specified in a 1-800-Radiator Franchise Agreement in which the Franchisee has the right to operate a 1-800-Radiator Warehouse.

1-800-Radiator Warehouse:” means a warehouse distributing radiators, condensers, air conditioning compressors, fan assemblies and other automotive parts and related services to wholesale and retail customers under the 1-800-Radiator Brand.

 

18


Section 1.2    Other Defined Terms.

(a)    Each term defined in the singular form in Section 1.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall mean the plural thereof when the plural form of such term is used in this Agreement and each term defined in the plural form in Section 1.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall mean the singular thereof when the singular form of such term is used herein.

(b)    The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, subsection, schedule and exhibit references herein are references to articles, sections, subsections, schedules and exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c)    Unless as otherwise provided herein, the word “including” as used herein shall mean “including without limitation.”

(d)    All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined in this Agreement shall be construed in conformity with GAAP.

(e)    Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of this, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in this, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.3    Other Terms. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

Section 1.4    Computation of Time Periods. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.”

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF MANAGED ASSETS

Section 2.1    Driven Brands to act as Manager.

(a)    Engagement of the Manager. The Manager is hereby authorized by each Service Recipient, and hereby agrees, to perform the Services (or refrain from the performance of the Services) subject to and in accordance with the Managing Standard and the terms of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents. With respect to the IP Services, the Manager shall perform such IP Services in accordance with the Managing

 

19


Standard and the IP License Agreements, unless an SPV Franchising Entity determines, in its sole discretion, that additional action is necessary or desirable in furtherance of the protection of the Securitization IP, in which case the Manager shall perform such IP Services and additional related services as are reasonably requested by such SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall have full power and authority, acting alone and subject only to the specific requirements and prohibitions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Managing Standard, the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, to do and take any and all actions, or to refrain from taking any such actions, and to do any and all things in connection with performing the Services that the Manager determines are necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 2.8, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Manager, in connection with performing the Services, is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, in the Manager’s own name (in its capacity as agent for the applicable Service Recipient) or in the name of any Service Recipient (pursuant to the applicable Power of Attorney), on behalf of any Service Recipient any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Managed Assets. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Manager is providing Services directly to each applicable Service Recipient. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude any of the Service Recipients from performing the Services or any other act on their own behalf at any time and from time to time.

(b)    Actions to Perfect Liens. Subject to the terms of the Indenture, including any applicable Series Supplement, the Manager shall take those actions that are required under the Transaction Documents and Requirements of Law to maintain continuous perfection and priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of the Trustee’s Lien in the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall file or cause to be filed with the appropriate government office the financing statements on Form UCC-1, and assignments of financing statements on Form UCC-3 required pursuant to Section 7.13 of the Base Indenture, and other filings requested by any of the Securitization Entities, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer, to be filed in connection with the Contribution Agreement, the IP License Agreements, the Securitization IP, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

(c)    Ownership of Manager-Developed IP.

(i)    The Manager acknowledges and agrees that all Securitization IP, including any Manager-Developed IP arising during the Term, shall, as between the parties, be owned by and inure exclusively to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity (with Securitization IP relating to the 1-800-Radiator Brand being owned by the 1-800-Radiator Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Drive N Style Brand being owned by the Drive N Style Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Econo Lube Brand being owned by the Econo Lube Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Maaco Brand being owned by the Maaco Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Meineke Brand being owned by the Meineke Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Merlin Brand being owned by the Merlin Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Pro Oil Brand being owned by the Franchisor Holdco; Securitization IP relating to the CARSTAR Brand being owned by the CARSTAR Franchisor; and Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand being owned by the Take 5 Franchisor; in each case as

 

20


licensed pursuant to the IP License Agreements). Any copyrightable material included in such Manager-Developed IP shall, to the fullest extent allowed by law, be considered a “work made for hire” as that term is defined in Section 101 of the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and owned by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers, without further consideration, all right, title and interest in and to such Manager-Developed IP (and all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by Trademarks included therein) to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager-Developed IP to be transferred to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity shall include rights to use third party Intellectual Property only to the extent (but to the fullest extent) that such rights are assignable or sublicensable to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. All applications to register Manager-Developed IP shall be filed in the name of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity.

(ii)    The Manager agrees to cooperate in good faith with each SPV Franchising Entity for the purpose of securing and preserving the SPV Franchising Entity’s rights in and to the applicable Manager-Developed IP, including executing any documents and taking any actions, at the SPV Franchising Entity’s reasonable request, or as deemed necessary or advisable by the Manager, to confirm, file and record in any appropriate registry the SPV Franchising Entity’s sole legal title in and to such Manager-Developed IP, it being acknowledged and agreed that any expenses in connection therewith shall be paid by the requesting SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager hereby appoints each SPV Franchising Entity as its attorney-in-fact authorized to execute such documents in the event that Manager fails to execute the same within twenty (20) days following the SPV Franchising Entity’s written request to do so (it being understood that such appointment is a power coupled with an interest and therefore irrevocable) with full power of substitution and delegation.

(d)    Grant of Power of Attorney. In order to provide the Manager with the authority to perform and execute its duties and obligations as set forth herein, each of the Service Recipients shall execute and deliver on the Closing Date a Power of Attorney in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the SPV Franchising Entities) and Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the other Service Recipients) hereto to the Manager, which Powers of Attorney shall terminate in the event that the Manager’s rights under this Agreement are terminated as provided herein.

(e)    Franchisee Insurance. The Manager acknowledges that, to the extent that it or any of its Affiliates is named as a “loss payee” or “additional insured” under any insurance policies of any Franchisee, it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to be so named in its capacity as the Manager on behalf of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, and the Manager shall promptly deposit or cause to be deposited to the Insurance Proceeds Account any Franchisee Insurance Proceeds received by it or by any Service Recipient or any other Affiliate under any insurance policies of any Franchisee.

(f)    Manager Insurance. The Manager agrees to maintain adequate insurance consistent with the type and amount maintained by the Manager as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, subject, in each case, to any adjustments or modifications made in accordance with the

 

21


Managing Standard. Such insurance shall cover each of the Service Recipients, as an additional insured, to the extent that such Service Recipient an insurable interest therein. All insurance policies maintained by the Manager on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date are listed on Schedule 2.1(f) hereto.

Section 2.2    Accounts.

(a)    Collection of Payments; Remittances; Collection Account.

(i)    The Manager shall maintain and manage the Management Accounts (and certain other accounts from time to time) in the name of, and for the benefit of, each of the Securitization Entities and, the Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts in the name of, and for the benefit of, Take 5 Properties. The Manager shall (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) (i) cause the collection of Collections in accordance with the Managing Standard and subject to and in accordance with the Transaction Documents and (ii) make all deposits to and withdrawals from the Management Accounts in accordance with this Agreement (including the Managing Standard), the Indenture and the applicable Managed Documents. The Manager shall (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) make all deposits to the Collection Account in accordance with terms of the Indenture.

(ii)    The Manager will cause all revenue generated from the operation of the Retained Take 5 Branded Locations to be deposited into the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.2

(b)    Deposit of Misdirected Funds; No Commingling; Misdirected Payments. The Manager shall promptly deposit into a Lock-Box Account, a Concentration Account, the Collection Account, an Advertising Fund Account or such other appropriate account within three (3) Business Days immediately following Actual Knowledge of the Manager of the receipt thereof and in the form received with any necessary endorsement or in cash, all payments in respect of the Managed Assets incorrectly deposited into another account. In the event that any funds not constituting Collections are incorrectly deposited in any Account, the Manager shall promptly withdraw such amounts after obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof and shall pay such amounts to the Person legally entitled to such funds. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Base Indenture, the Manager shall not commingle any monies that relate to Managed Assets with its own assets and shall keep separate, segregated and appropriately marked and identified all Managed Assets and any other property comprising any part of the Collateral, and for such time, if any, as such Managed Assets or such other property are in the possession or control of the Manager to the extent such Managed Assets or such other property is Collateral, the Manager shall hold the same in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Secured Parties (or, following termination of the Indenture, the applicable Securitization Entity). Additionally, the Manager, promptly after obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, shall notify the Trustee in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate of any amounts incorrectly deposited into any Indenture Trust Account and arrange for the prompt remittance by the Trustee of such funds from the applicable Indenture Trust Account to the Manager. The Trustee shall have no obligation to verify any information provided to it by the Manager in any Weekly Manager’s Certificate and shall remit such funds to the Manager based solely on such Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

 

 

2

NTD: Consistent with Manager causing Retained Take 5 to comply with indenture.

 

22


(c)    Investment of Funds in Management Accounts. The Manager shall have the right to invest and reinvest funds deposited in any Management Account in Eligible Investments maturing no later than the Business Day preceding each Weekly Allocation Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments will be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such investments will be charged to the related Management Account. The Investment Income (net of losses and expenses) available on deposit in the Management Accounts will be withdrawn on each Weekly Allocation Date for deposit to the Collection Account for application as Collections on such Weekly Allocation Date.

(d)    Advertising Funds. The Manager shall maintain seven accounts designated as the “Advertising Fund Accounts” for advertising payments in respect of the Meineke Brand, Maaco Brand, Econo Lube Brand, Merlin Brand, 1-800-Radiator Brand, Carstar Brand and Take 5 Brand, and may in the future create new Advertising Fund Accounts from time to time. Advertising Fees will be transferred by the Manager from the Concentration Account to the applicable Advertising Fund Account (other than any Maaco Net Advertising Commissions, which will constitute Collections); provided that Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds (the “Advertising Co-op Funds”) administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of Parent (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations) will be paid directly to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund and will not be deposited into the Advertising Fund Accounts. The Manager will not make or permit or cause any other Person to make or permit any borrowings to be made or liens to be levied against the Advertising Fund Accounts or the funds therein, except in connection with reimbursements for advances made by the Manager to fund deficits therein. The Manager will apply the amount on deposit in the Advertising Fund Accounts, and in respect of the Advertising Co-op Funds shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the amounts on deposit are applied, solely to cover the costs and expenses (including, in each case, costs and expenses incurred prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date) associated with the administration of such account and costs and expenses related to the marketing and advertising programs of the SPV Franchising Entities, including reimbursement for advances. The Manager may make advances to fund deficits in the Advertising Fund Accounts or the Advertising Co-op Funds from time to time to the extent that it reasonably expects to be reimbursed for such advances from the proceeds of future Advertising Fees, it being agreed that any such advances will not constitute Manager Advances. Such advances may be reimbursed from future Advertising Fees payable by Franchisees or from future deposits in the Advertising Fund Accounts. The Manager, acting on behalf of each of the Securitization Entities, may in accordance with the Managing Standard and the terms of the applicable franchise agreement with Franchisees and this Agreement, as applicable, increase or reduce the Advertising Fees required to be paid by the Franchisees pursuant to the terms of the applicable franchise agreements.

(e)    Gift Card Sales and Redemptions. The Manager will be responsible for administering each of the Service Recipients’ gift card programs (if any) on behalf of the SPV Franchising Entities. Following the redemption of any gift card or portion thereof at any Branded Location other than a Securitization-Owned Location, the Manager will remit the

 

23


corresponding gift card redemption amount to the applicable Franchisee within 14 days of such redemption (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) in accordance with the Manager’s normal practices and the Managing Standard.

Section 2.3    Records.

(a)    The Manager shall, in accordance with the Current Practice, retain all material data (including computerized records) relating directly to, or maintained in connection with, the servicing of the Managed Assets at its address indicated in Section 8.5 (or at an off-site storage facility reasonably acceptable to each of the Service Recipients, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) or, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to each of the Service Recipients, the Rating Agencies, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and the Servicer, at such other place where the servicing office of the Manager is located (provided that the servicing office of the Manager shall at all times be located in the United States), and shall give the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer access to all such data in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to verify, recalculate or review any such data. The Manager acknowledges that the applicable SPV Franchising Entity shall own the Intellectual Property rights in all such data.

(b)    If the rights of Driven Brands, as the initial Manager, shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 6.1 or if this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, Driven Brands, as the initial Manager, shall, upon demand of the Trustee (based upon the written direction of the Control Party), in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 6.1, or upon the demand of the Service Recipients, in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 8.1, deliver to the Successor Manager all data in its possession or under its control (including computerized records) necessary or desirable for the servicing of the Managed Assets.

Section 2.4    Administrative Duties of Manager.

(a)    Duties with Respect to the Transaction Documents. The Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, shall perform the duties of the applicable Service Recipients under the Transaction Documents except for those duties that are required to be performed by the equity holders, stockholders, directors, or managers of such Service Recipient pursuant to applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Manager shall consult with the managers or the directors, as the case may be, of each Service Recipient as the Manager deems appropriate regarding the duties of such Service Recipient under the applicable Transaction Documents. The Manager shall monitor the performance of the Service Recipients and, promptly upon obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, shall advise the applicable Service Recipient when action is necessary to comply with such Securitization Entity’s duties under the applicable Transaction Documents. Additionally, the Manager shall cause each of Take 5 and Take 5 Oil to comply with the provisions of the Indenture that relate to each such entity, including Section 5.10 and 5.11 of the Indenture. The Manager shall prepare for execution by the Service Recipients or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates, notices and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Service Recipients to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the applicable Transaction Documents.

 

24


(b)    Duties with Respect to the Service Recipients. In addition to the duties of the Manager set forth in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for execution by each of the Service Recipients or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates, notices and opinions as it shall be the duty of each of the Service Recipients to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to applicable law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, securities laws and franchise laws. Pursuant to the directions of each of the Service Recipients and in accordance with the Managing Standard, the Manager shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with each of the Service Recipients as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by any Service Recipient and are reasonably within the capability of the Manager.

(c)    Records. The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to the Services performed under this Agreement, which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by each of the Service Recipients during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice and by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with Section 3.1(d).

(d)    Election of Controlling Class Representative. Pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture, if two CCR Candidates both receive votes from Controlling Class Members holding beneficial interests in exactly 50% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class with respect to which votes were submitted, the Manager shall have the right to direct the Trustee to appoint one of such CCR Candidates as the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 2.5    No Offset. The payment obligations of the Manager under this Agreement shall not be subject to, and the Manager hereby waives, in connection with the performance of such obligations, any right of offset that the Manager has or may have against the Trustee, the Servicer or any of the Service Recipients, whether in respect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any document governing any Managed Asset or otherwise.

Section 2.6    Compensation and Expenses. As compensation for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Manager shall be entitled to receive the Weekly Management Fee and the Supplemental Management Fee, if any, on each Weekly Allocation Date out of amounts available therefor under the Indenture on such Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Manager is required to pay from its own funds all expenses it may incur in performing its obligations hereunder. Manager Advances, if any, will be reimbursed by the Securitization Entities in accordance with the Priority of Payments and will accrue interest at the Advance Interest Rate.

Section 2.7    Indemnification.

(a)    The Manager agrees to indemnify and hold each of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer (both in its capacity as Servicer and as Control Party) and their respective members, officers, directors, managers, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless against all claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures,

 

25


liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses, including reasonable and documented fees, out-of-pocket charges and disbursements of counsel (other than the allocated costs of in-house counsel), that any of them may incur as a result of (i) the failure of the Manager to perform or observe its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, (ii) the breach by the Manager of any representation, warranty or covenant under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager; or (iii) the Manager’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; provided, however, that there shall be no indemnification under this Section 2.7(a) in respect of losses on the value of any Collateral or otherwise for a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset provided in Article V so long as the Manager has complied with Section 2.7(b) and Section 2.7(c) hereunder; provided, further, that the Manager shall have no obligation of indemnity to an Indemnitee to the extent any such claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses are caused by the bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of this Agreement by such Indemnitee (unless caused by the Manager with respect to a Securitization Entity). In the event the Manager is required to make an indemnification payment pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) the Manager shall promptly pay such indemnification payment directly to the applicable Indemnitee (or, if due to a Service Recipient, shall deposit such indemnification payment directly to the Collection Account).

(b)    In the event of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset with respect to any Branded Location provided in Article V that is not remedied within thirty (30) days of the Manager having obtained Actual Knowledge of such breach or written notice thereof, the Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Servicer and either accept a reassignment of all of the Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, relating to such Branded Location in exchange for an amount equal to the related Indemnification Amount or to pay the Indemnification Amount to the applicable Service Recipient; provided, that if the applicable breach affects only a portion of the Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, relating to a Branded Location without Material Adverse Effect on the cash flow generated by the unaffected Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, the Manager shall only be required to accept a reassignment of or pay the Indemnification Amount with respect to the affected Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable. Upon confirmation by the Trustee or the Servicer of the payment by the Manager of the Indemnification Amount to the Collection Account with respect to any Branded Location in accordance with the preceding sentence and all amounts, if any, owing at such time under Section 2.7(c) below, any applicable Service Recipient shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, assign all related Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, to the Manager and the Manager shall accept assignment of such

 

26


Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, from the relevant Service Recipient. Such Service Recipient shall, in such event, make all assignments of such Securitization Assets, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location, as applicable, necessary to effect such assignment. Any such assignment by any Service Recipient shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by, such Service Recipient and any such Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, shall no longer be subject to the Lien of the Indenture.

(c)    In addition to the rights provided in Section 2.7(b), the Manager agrees to indemnify and hold each Indemnitee harmless if any action or proceeding (including any governmental investigation and/or the assessment of any fines or similar items) shall be brought or asserted against such Indemnitee in respect of a material breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset provided in Article V to the extent provided in Section 2.7(a).

(d)    Any Indemnitee that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 2.7 shall promptly, after receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against the Manager, notify the Manager of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served. In the event that any action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any Indemnitee, such Indemnitee shall notify the Manager of the commencement thereof and the Manager shall be entitled to participate in, and to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with its counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee (which, in the case of a Securitization Entity, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, as well), and after notice from the Manager to such Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Manager shall not be liable to such Indemnitee for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof; provided that the Manager shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any claim or proceeding unless such settlement includes a release of such Indemnitee from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such settlement; and provided, further, that the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action the defense of which is assumed by the Manager in accordance with this Section 2.7(d), but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by such Indemnitee has been specifically authorized by the Manager, (ii) the Manager is advised in writing by counsel to such Indemnitee or the Control Party that joint representation would give rise to a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee’s position and the position of the Manager in respect of the defense of the claim, (iii) the Manager shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee in any such action or proceeding or (iv) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnitee and the Manager, and the Indemnitee shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Manager (in which case, the Indemnitee notifies the Manager in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Manager, the reasonable fees and expenses of such Indemnitee’s counsel shall be borne by the Manager and the Manager shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of such Indemnitee, it being understood, however, that the Manager shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the

 

27


same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for such fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for the Indemnitee). The provisions of this Section 2.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of any party hereto; provided, however, that no Successor Manager shall be liable under this Section 2.7 with respect to any Defective New Asset or any other matter occurring prior to its succession hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7 to the contrary, any delay or failure by an Indemnitee in providing the Manager with notice of any action shall not relieve the Manager of its indemnification obligations except to the extent the Manager is materially prejudiced by such delay or failure of notice.

Section 2.8    Nonpetition Covenant. Until the date that is one year and one day after the date upon which the Issuer has paid in full all Series of Notes Outstanding (and the Transaction Documents have been terminated), the Manager shall not institute against any Securitization Entity, or join with any other Person in instituting against any Securitization Entity, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation or receivership proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or consent to, or make application for or institute or maintain any action for, the dissolution of any Securitization Entity under the Delaware LLC Act or any other applicable law.

Section 2.9    Franchisor Consent. Subject to the Managing Standard and the terms of the Indenture, the Manager shall have the authority, on behalf of the applicable Securitization Entities, to grant or withhold consents of the “franchisor” required under the Franchise Documents.

Section 2.10    Appointment of Sub-managers.

(a)    The Manager may enter into Sub-managing Arrangements with third parties (including Affiliates) (each, a “Sub-manager”) to provide the Services hereunder; provided, other than with respect to a Sub-managing Arrangement with an Affiliate of the Manager, that no Sub-managing Arrangement shall be effective unless and until (i) the Manager receives the consent of the Control Party, (ii) such sub-manager executes and delivers an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, to perform and observe, or in the case of an assignment, an assumption by such successor entity of the due and punctual performance and observance of, the applicable covenants and conditions to be performed or observed by the Manager under this Agreement; provided that such Sub-managing Arrangement shall be terminable by the Control Party upon a Manager Termination Event and shall contain transitional servicing provisions substantially similar to those provided in Section 6.3 and intellectual property provisions substantially similar to those provided in Section 6.4, (iii) a written notice has been provided to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party and (iv) such Sub-managing Arrangement, or assignment and assumption by such Sub-manager, satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. The Manager shall not enter into any Sub-managing Arrangement which delegates the performance of any fundamental business operations such as responsibility for the franchise development, operations and marketing strategies for the Driven Securitization Brands and Branded Locations to any Person that is not an Affiliate without receiving the prior written consent of the Control Party. The Manager may delegate to any Sub-manager administration of any Management Account, provided that prior to accepting instructions from any such Sub-manager regarding any such Managed Account, the Trustee may

 

28


require that such Sub-manager provide all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Sub-managing Arrangement, the Manager shall remain primarily and directly liable for its obligations hereunder and in connection with any Sub-managing Arrangement.

(b)    As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date or the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, as the case may be, the Initial Sub-managers are hereby appointed as Sub-managers hereunder to perform any and all functions as may be requested from time to time by the Manager, which appointment is hereby acknowledged and accepted by each of the Securitization Entities and the Control Party. The Manager and the Initial Sub-managers hereby agree that this Section 2.10(b) shall constitute a Sub-managing Arrangement with respect to each of the Initial Sub-managers subject to the agreements set forth in Section 2.10(a).

Section 2.11    Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. Upon receipt of any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, the Manager (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) in accordance with Section 5.10(e) of the Base Indenture, shall promptly deposit or cause the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Securitization Entity) (as notified by the Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer, and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Manager (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the Manager has repaired or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets.

Section 2.12    Permitted Asset Dispositions. The Manager (acting on behalf of each of the Service Recipients), in accordance with Section 8.16 of the Base Indenture and the Managing Standard, may dispose of property of any of the Service Recipients from time to time pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition. Upon receipt of any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Permitted Asset Disposition, the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Service Recipients), in accordance with Section 5.10(e) of the Base Indenture, shall deposit or cause the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Securitization Entity) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Manager (on behalf of the Service Recipients) may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period.

Section 2.13    Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement. In the event that any of Driven Brands (the “Parent Entity”) has deposited cash collateral as security for its obligations under the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement into a bank account maintained in the

 

29


name of the Issuer, (i) if the Parent Entity fails to make any payment to the Issuer when due under the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, the Manager will withdraw the amount of such delinquent payment from such bank account within one Business Day of the due date of such payment under the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and deposit such amount into the Collection Account, and (ii) if the amount on deposit in such account exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the sum of (x) the aggregate exposure under all outstanding letters of credit under the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement plus (y) the aggregate amount then due to the Issuer under Section 4 or Section 5 of the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, the Manager will withdraw the amount of such excess from such account and pay such excess to the applicable Parent Entity.

Section 2.14    Manager Advances. The Manager may, but is not obligated to, make Manager Advances to, or on behalf of, any Service Recipient in connection with the operation of the Managed Assets. Manager Advances will accrue interest at the Advance Interest Rate and shall be reimbursable on each Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

ARTICLE III

STATEMENTS AND REPORTS

Section 3.1    Reporting by the Manager.

(a)    Reports Required Pursuant to the Indenture. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee, all reports and notices required to be delivered to the Trustee by any Service Recipient pursuant to the Indenture (including pursuant to Article IV of the Base Indenture) or any other Transaction Document.

(b)    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Manager shall provide the financial statements of Driven Brands and each of the Service Recipients as required under Section 4.1(f) and (g) of the Base Indenture.

(c)    Franchisee Termination Notices. The Manager shall send to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt thereof, a copy of any notices of termination of one or more Franchise Agreements sent by the Manager on behalf of any SPV Franchising Entity to any Franchisee unless (i) the related Branded Location(s) generated less than $250,000 in royalties during the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) the related Branded Location continues to operate pursuant to an agreement between the related SPV Franchising Entity or the Manager on its behalf and such Franchisee.

(d)    Additional Information; Access to Books and Records. The Manager shall furnish from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral or compliance with the covenants and other agreements of Driven Brands and any Securitization Entity under the Transaction Documents as the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer may reasonably request, subject at all times to compliance with the Exchange Act, the Securities Act and any

 

30


other applicable law. The Manager will, and will cause each Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, examine its books and records and discuss its affairs with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit and inspections by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them shall be reimbursable as a Securitization Operating Expense or other operating expense of Take 5 Company Locations per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided, however that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Default, or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute a Securitization Operating Expense or other operating expense of a Take 5 Company Location. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall not be required to disclose or make available communications protected by the attorney-client privilege.

(e)    Leadership Team Changes. The Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer of any termination or resignation of any persons included in the Leadership Team that occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control.

Section 3.2    Appointment of Independent Auditor. The Securitization Entities have appointed and shall maintain the appointment of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation that is reasonably acceptable to the Control Party to serve as the independent auditors (“Independent Auditors”) for purposes of preparing and delivering the reports required by Section 3.3. It is hereby acknowledged that the accounting firm of Grant Thornton LLP is acceptable for purposes of serving as Independent Auditors. The Securitization Entities may not remove the Independent Auditors without first giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Independent Auditors, with a copy of such notice also given concurrently to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies, the Control Party, the Manager (if applicable) and the Servicer. Upon any resignation by such firm or removal of such firm, the Securitization Entities shall promptly appoint a successor thereto that shall also be a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation to serve as the Independent Auditors hereunder. If the Securitization Entities shall fail to appoint a successor firm of Independent Auditors within thirty (30) days after the effective date of any such resignation or removal, the Control Party shall promptly appoint a successor firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation that is reasonably satisfactory to the Manager to serve as the Independent Auditors hereunder. The fees of any Independent Auditors shall be payable by the Securitization Entities.

Section 3.3    Annual Accountants Reports. The Manager shall furnish, or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Manager, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2015, (i) a report of the Independent Auditors (who may also render other services to the Manager) or the Back-Up Manager summarizing the findings of a set of agreed-upon procedures performed by the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager with respect to compliance with the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports for such fiscal year (or other period) with the standards set forth herein, and (ii) a report of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up

 

31


Manager to the effect that such firm has examined the assertion of the Manager’s management as to its compliance with its management requirements for such fiscal year (or other period), and that (x) in the case of the Independent Auditors, such examination was made in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and (y) except as described in the report, management’s assertion is fairly stated in all material respects. In the case of the Independent Auditors, the report will also indicate that the firm is independent of the Manager within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (each, an “Annual Accountants Report”). In the event such Independent Auditors require the Trustee to agree to the procedures to be performed by such firm in any of the reports required to be prepared pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Manager shall direct the Trustee in writing to so agree as to the procedures described therein; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall deliver such letter of agreement (which shall be in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) in conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Manager, and the Trustee has not made any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or correctness of such procedures.

Section 3.4    Available Information. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall make available the information requested by prospective purchasers necessary to satisfy the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended, and the Investment Company Act, as amended. The Manager shall deliver such information, and shall promptly deliver copies of all Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports and Accountants’ Reports, to the Trustee as contemplated by Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture, to enable the Trustee to redeliver such information to purchasers or prospective purchasers of the Notes as contemplated by Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

ARTICLE IV

THE MANAGER

Section 4.1    Representations and Warranties Concerning the Manager. The Manager represents and warrants to each Service Recipient, the Trustee and the Servicer, as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (except if otherwise expressly noted), as follows:

(a)    Organization and Good Standing. The Manager (i) is a corporation, duly formed and organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary and (iii) has the power and authority (x) to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted and (y) to perform its obligations under this Agreement, except in each case referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) to the extent that a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager.

(b)    Power and Authority; No Conflicts. The execution and delivery by the Manager of this Agreement and its performance of, and compliance with, the terms hereof are within the power of the Manager and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action

 

32


on the part of the Manager. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions herein, nor compliance with the provisions hereof, shall conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, any order of any Governmental Authority or any of the provisions of any Requirement of Law binding on the Manager or its properties, or the charter or bylaws or other organizational documents of the Manager, or any of the provisions of any material indenture, mortgage, lease, contract or other instrument to which the Manager is a party or by which it or its property is bound or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its property pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, mortgage, leases, contract or other instrument, except to the extent such default, creation or imposition would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(c)    Consents. Except (i) for registrations as a franchise broker or franchise sales agent as may be required under state franchise statutes and regulations, (ii) to the extent that a state or foreign franchise law requires filing and other compliance actions by virtue of considering the Manager as a “subfranchisor”, (iii) for any consents, licenses, approvals, authorizations, registrations, notifications, waivers or declarations that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (iv) to the extent that a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients, the Manager is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or the consent, license, approval or authorization of, or file any registration or declaration with, any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Manager of this Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement against the Manager.

(d)    Due Execution and Delivery. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Manager and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Manager enforceable against the Manager in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable insolvency laws and to general principles of equity).

(e)    No Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, threatened against or affecting the Manager, before or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Manager or any of its properties or with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (i) asserting the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or seeking any determination or ruling that would affect the legality, binding effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(f)    Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Manager is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(g)    No Default. The Manager is not in default under any agreement, contract, instrument or indenture to which the Manager is a party or by which it or its properties is or are

 

33


bound, or with respect to any order of any Governmental Authority, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager or the Collateral, taken as a whole; and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a default with respect to any such agreement, contract, instrument or indenture, or with respect to any such order of any Governmental Authority.

(h)    Taxes. The Manager has filed or caused to be filed and shall file or cause to be filed all federal tax returns and all material state and other tax returns that are required to be filed except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Manager has paid or caused to be paid, and shall pay or cause to be paid, all taxes owed by the Manager pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessments made against it or any of its property (other than any amount of tax the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Manager).

(i)    Accuracy of Information. No written report, financial statements, certificate or other information furnished (other than projections, budgets, other estimates and general market, industry and economic data) to the Servicer by or on behalf of the Manager in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Manager to the Servicer), contains any material misstatement of fact as of the date furnished or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not materially misleading in each case when taken as a whole and in the light of the circumstances under which they were made; and with respect to its projected financial information, the Manager represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

(j)    Financial Statements. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and December 30, 2016 and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Manager for the 52 weeks ended March 3, 2018 included in the Offering Memorandum, reported on and accompanied by an unqualified report from Independent Auditors, present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Driven Brands and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, as of such date, and the results of operations and shareholders’ equity for the respective periods then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as otherwise stated therein) applied consistently through the periods involved.

(k)    No Material Adverse Change. Since March 3, 2018, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager or the Collateral, taken as a whole.

(l)    ERISA.3 Neither the Manager nor any member of a Controlled Group that includes the Manager has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability in respect of

 

3

Subject to review by PW ERISA.

 

34


(or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability in respect of) any Pension Plan. Neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation (i) described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws, (ii) provided in connection with the payment of severance benefits or (iii) that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(m)    No Manager Termination Event. No Manager Termination Event has occurred or is continuing, and, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, there is no event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

(n)    Location of Records. The offices at which the Manager keeps its records concerning the Managed Assets are located at the addresses indicated in Section 8.5.

(o)    DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT FOR THE MANAGER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, THE MANAGER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF TO ANY OTHER PARTY, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTY OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 4.2    Existence; Status as Manager. The Manager shall (a) keep in full effect its existence under the laws of the state of its incorporation, (b) maintain all rights and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and the performance of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (c) obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

35


Section 4.3    Performance of Obligations.

(a)    Performance. The Manager shall perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and in accordance with the Managing Standard.

(b)    Special Provisions as to Securitization IP.

(i)    The Manager acknowledges and agrees that each SPV Franchising Entity has the right and duty to control the quality of the goods and services offered under such SPV Franchising Entity’s Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the manner in which such Trademarks are used in order to maintain the validity and enforceability of, and its ownership of such Trademarks. The Manager shall not take any action contrary to the express written instruction of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity with respect to: (A) the promulgation of standards with respect to the operation of Branded Locations, including products and services offered and safety, appearance, cleanliness and standards of service and operation (or the making of material changes to the existing standards), (B) the promulgation of standards with respect to new businesses, products and services which the applicable SPV Franchising Entity approves for inclusion in any license granted under any IP License Agreement (or any other license agreement or sublicense agreement for which the Manager is performing IP Services), (C) the nature and implementation of means of monitoring and controlling adherence to the standards, (D) the terms of any Franchise Agreements or other sublicense agreements relating to the quality standards which licensees must follow with respect to businesses, products, and services offered under the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the usage of such Trademarks, (E) the commencement and prosecution of enforcement actions with respect to the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the terms of any settlements thereof, (F) the adoption of any variations on the Driven Securitization Brands which are not in use on the date hereof, or other new Trademarks to be included in the Securitization IP, (G) the abandonment of any Securitization IP and (H) any uses of the Securitization IP that are not consistent with the Managing Standard. The SPV Franchising Entities shall have the right to monitor the Manager’s compliance with the foregoing and its performance of the IP Services and, in furtherance thereof, Manager shall provide each SPV Franchising Entity, at the written request from time to time of such SPV Franchising Entity, with copies of Franchise Documents and other sublicenses and samples of products and materials bearing the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP used by Franchisees and other licensees and sublicensees. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the SPV Franchising Entities’ rights or the licensees’ obligations under the IP License Agreements or any other agreement with respect to which the Manager is performing IP Services.

(ii)    The SPV Franchising Entities hereby grant to the Manager and the Initial Sub-managers a non-exclusive, royalty-free sublicensable license to use the Securitization IP in connection with the performance of the Services under this Agreement. In connection with the Manager’s or any Initial Sub-manager’s use of any Trademark included in the Securitization IP pursuant to the foregoing license, the Manager and the Initial Sub-managers agree to adhere to the quality control provisions

 

36


and sublicensing provisions, with respect to sublicenses issued hereunder, which are contained in each IP License Agreement, as applicable to the product or service to which such Trademark pertains, as if such provisions were incorporated by reference herein.

(c)    License from Manager and Sub-managers to SPV Franchising Entities. The Manager and each Initial Sub-manager hereby grant the SPV Franchising Entities and any Successor Manager a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free, sublicensable, worldwide right and license to use any proprietary software owned by Driven Brands or such Initial Sub-manager, as applicable, for use in connection with operation of the Branded Locations.

(d)    Right to Receive Instructions. Without limiting the Manager’s obligations under Section 4.3(b) above, in the event that the Manager is unable to decide between alternative courses of action, or is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any Managed Documents, or any such provision is, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any Managed Document permits any determination by the Manager or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action which the Manager is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Manager may make a Consent Request to the Control Party for written instructions in accordance with the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents and, to the extent that the Manager shall have acted or refrained from acting in good faith in accordance with instructions, if any, received from the Control Party with respect to such Consent Request, the Manager shall not be liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person; provided that the Control Party shall be under no obligation to provide any such instruction if it is unable to decide between alternative courses of action. Subject to the Managing Standard, if the Manager shall not have received appropriate instructions from the Control Party within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as may be specified in such notice), the Manager may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, as the Manager shall deem to be in the best interests of the Noteholders and each of the Service Recipients. The Manager shall have no liability to any Secured Party or the Controlling Class Representative for such action or inaction taken in reliance on the preceding sentence except for the Manager’s own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct.

(e)    Limitation on Manager’s Duties and Responsibilities.

(i)    The Manager shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment in respect of, register, record, sell, reinvest, dispose of, create, perfect or maintain title to, or any security interest in, or otherwise deal with the Collateral, to prepare or file any report or other document or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby to which the Manager is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and consistent with the Managing Standard, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Manager. The Manager nevertheless agrees that it shall, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any part of the Managed Assets constituting Collateral which result from valid claims against the Manager personally whether or not related to the ownership or administration of the Managed Assets constituting Collateral or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

37


(ii)    Except as otherwise set forth herein and in the other Transaction Documents, the Manager shall have no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the Services in good faith and consistent with the Managing Standard.

(iii)    The Manager shall not manage, control, use, sell, reinvest, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Collateral except in accordance with the powers granted to, and the authority conferred upon, the Manager pursuant to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

(f)    Limitations on the Manager’s Liabilities, Duties and Responsibilities. Subject to Section 2.7 and except for any loss, liability, expense, damage, action, suit or injury arising out of, or resulting from, (i) any breach or default by the Manager in the observance or performance of any of its agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, (ii) the breach by the Manager of any representation, warranty or covenant made by it herein or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager or (iii) acts or omissions constituting the Manager’s own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct, in the performance of its duties hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, members or employees shall be liable to any Service Recipient, the Noteholders or any other Person under any circumstances, including, without limitation:

(1)    for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Manager in good faith in accordance with the instructions of the Trustee or the Control Party;

(2)    for any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or Indebtedness of any Securitization Entity under the Notes, any other Transaction Documents or the Managed Documents, or for any other liability or obligation of any Service Recipient;

(3)    for the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or the due execution hereof by any party hereto other than the Manager, or the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any part of the Collateral (including the creditworthiness of any Franchisee, lessee or other obligor thereunder), or for, or in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of the Transaction Documents;

(4)    for any action or inaction of the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer or for the performance of, or the supervision of the performance of, any obligation under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document that is required to be performed by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer; and

(5)    for any error of judgment made in good faith that does not violate the Managing Standard.

 

38


(g)    No Financial Liability. No provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 2.6, 2.7, 4.3(e)(i) and 4.3(f)) shall require the Manager to expend or risk its funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder, if the Manager shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not compensated by the payment of the Weekly Management Fees and is otherwise not reasonably assured or provided to the Manager. Further, the Manager shall not be obligated to perform any services not enumerated or otherwise contemplated hereunder, unless the Manager determines that it is more likely than not that it shall be reimbursed for all of its expenses incurred in connection with such performance. The Manager shall not be liable under the Notes and shall not be responsible for any amounts required to be paid by the Issuer under or pursuant to the Indenture.

(h)    Reliance. The Manager may, reasonably and in good faith, conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting when doing so, in each case in accordance with any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties other than its Affiliates. The Manager may reasonably accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate or other entity other than its Affiliates as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the manner or ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Manager may in good faith for all purposes hereof reasonably rely on a certificate, signed by any Authorized Officer of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate reasonably relied upon in good faith shall constitute full protection to the Manager for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(i)    Consultations with Third Parties; Advice of Counsel. In the exercise and performance of its duties and obligations hereunder or under any of the Transaction Documents, the Manager (A) may act directly or through agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them; provided that the Manager shall remain primarily liable hereunder for the acts or omissions of such agents or attorneys and (B) may, at the expense of the Manager, consult with external counsel or accountants selected and monitored by the Manager in good faith and in the absence of negligence, and the Manager shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such external counsel or accountants with respect to legal or accounting matters.

(j)    Independent Contractor. In performing its obligations as manager hereunder the Manager acts solely as an independent contractor of each of the Service Recipients, except to the extent the Manager is deemed to be an agent of any of the Securitization Entities by virtue of engaging in franchise sales activities, as a broker, or receiving payments on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, as applicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, create or constitute any joint venture, partnership, employment, or any other relationship between any of the Service Recipients and the Manager other than the independent contractor contractual relationship established hereby. Nothing herein shall be deemed to vest in the Manager title to, or ownership or property interest in, any of the Securitization IP. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the other Transaction Documents, the Manager shall not be, nor shall be deemed to be, liable for any acts or obligations of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer.

 

39


Section 4.4    Merger and Resignation.

(a)    Preservation of Existence. The Manager shall not merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent (i) the merger into the Manager of another Person, (ii) the consolidation of the Manager and another Person, (iii) the merger of the Manager into another Person or (iv) the sale of substantially all of the property or assets of the Manager to another Person, so long as (A) the surviving Person of the merger or consolidation or the purchaser of the assets of the Manager shall continue to be engaged in the same line of business as the Manager and shall have the capacity to perform its obligations hereunder with at least the same degree of care, skill and diligence as measured by customary practices with which the Manager is required to perform such obligations hereunder, (B) in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale, the surviving Person of the merger or the purchaser of the assets of the Manager shall expressly assume the obligations of the Manager under this Agreement and expressly agree to be bound by all other provisions applicable to the Manager under this Agreement in a supplement to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Control Party and (C) with respect to such event, in and of itself, the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

(b)    Resignation. The Manager shall not resign from the rights, powers, obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon determination that (A) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (B) there is no reasonable action that the Manager could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Manager pursuant to clause (A) above shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party. No such resignation shall become effective until a Successor Manager shall have been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Manager in accordance with Section 6.1(a). The Trustee, the Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies shall be notified of such resignation in writing by the Manager. From and after such effectiveness, the Successor Manager shall be, to the extent of the assignment, the “Manager” hereunder. Except as provided above in this Section 4.4 the Manager may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights, powers, duties or obligations hereunder.

(c)    Term of Managers Obligations. Except as provided in Section 4.4(a) and Section 4.4(b), the duties and obligations of the Manager under this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and continue until this Agreement shall have been terminated as provided in Section 6.1 or Section 8.1, and shall survive the exercise by any Service Recipient, the Trustee or the Control Party of any right or remedy under this Agreement (other than the right of termination pursuant to Section 6.1), or the enforcement by any Service Recipient, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Noteholder of any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

40


Section 4.5    Notice of Certain Events. The Manager shall give written notice to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies promptly upon the occurrence of any of the following events (but in any event no later than five (5) Business Days after the Manager has Actual Knowledge of the occurrence of such an event): (a) the Manager, any of the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate thereof shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (b) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of any of the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate thereof, (c) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (d) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (e) the Manager, any of the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate thereof incur, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party are likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan; (f) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan (but in each case in clauses (a) through (f) above, only if such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect); (g) a Manager Termination Event, an Event of Default, a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event or a Rapid Amortization Event or any event which would, with the passage of time or giving of notice or both, would become one or more of the same; or (h) any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, threatened against or affecting the Manager, before or by any court, administrative agency, arbitrator or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Manager or any of its properties either asserting the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any of the Transaction Documents, seeking any determination or ruling that would affect the legality, binding effect, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6    Capitalization. The Manager shall have sufficient capital to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement at all times from the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and until the Indenture has been terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 4.7    Maintenance of Separateness. The Manager covenants that, except as otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents with respect to Take 5 and Take 5 Oil:

(a)    the books and records of each of the Securitization Entities shall be maintained separately from those of the Manager and each of its Affiliates that is not a Securitization Entity;

(b)    the Manager shall observe (and shall cause each of its Affiliates that is not a Securitization Entity to observe, other than Take 5 and Take 5 Oil) corporate and limited liability company formalities in its dealings with any Securitization Entity;

 

41


(c)    all financial statements of the Manager that are consolidated to include any Securitization Entity and that are distributed to any party shall contain detailed notes clearly stating that (i) all of such Securitization Entity’s assets are owned by such Securitization Entity and (ii) such Securitization Entity is a separate entity and has separate creditors;

(d)    except as contemplated under Sections 2.2(d) or 2.2(e) of this Agreement, the Manager shall not (and shall not permit any of its Affiliates that is not a Securitization Entity other than Take 5 or Take 5 Oil, pursuant to this Agreement or to the Indenture to) commingle its funds with any funds of any Securitization Entity; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Manager or any successor to or assignee of the Manager from holding funds of any of the Service Recipients in its capacity as Manager for such entity in a segregated account identified for such purpose;

(e)    the Manager shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates that is not a Securitization Entity, other than Take 5 or Take 5 Oil, to) maintain arm’s length relationships with each Securitization Entity, and each of the Manager and each of its Affiliates that is not a Securitization Entity shall be compensated at market rates for any services it renders or otherwise furnishes to any Securitization Entity, it being understood that the Weekly Management Fee, the Supplemental Management Fee and the this Agreement are representative of such arm’s length relationship;

(f)    the Manager shall not be, and shall not hold itself out to be, liable for the debts of any Securitization Entity or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of any of the Service Recipients and the Manager shall not permit any of the Service Recipients to hold the Manager out to be liable for the debts of such Securitization Entity or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of such Securitization Entity; and

(g)    upon an officer or other responsible party of the Manager obtaining Actual Knowledge that any of the foregoing provisions in this Section 4.7 has been breached or violated in any material respect, the Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party and the Rating Agencies of same and shall take such actions as may be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to correct and remedy such breach or violation as soon as reasonably practicable under such circumstances.

Section 4.8    No Competitive Business. The Manager shall not engage in any Competitive Business.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 5.1    Representations and Warranties Made in Respect of New Franchise Agreements. As of the applicable New Asset Addition Date with respect to a New Franchise Agreement acquired or entered into on such New Asset Addition Date, the Manager shall represent and warrant to the Securitization Entities, the Trustee and the Servicer that: (a) such New Franchise Agreement does not contain terms and conditions that are reasonably expected to result in (i) a material decrease in the amount of Collections or Retained Collections,

 

42


taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse change in the nature, quality or timing of Collections constituting Franchisee Payments, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse change in the types of underlying assets generating Collections, taken as a whole, in each case when compared to the amount, nature or quality of, or types of assets generating, Collections that would have been reasonably expected to result had such New Franchise Agreement been entered into in accordance with the then-current Franchise Documents; (b) such New Franchise Agreement is genuine, and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto and is enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or insolvency laws and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (c) such New Franchise Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable Requirements of Law; (d) the Franchisee related to such agreement is not, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding; (e) royalty fees payable pursuant to such New Franchise Agreement are payable by the related Franchisee at least monthly; (f) except as required by applicable Requirements of Law, such New Franchise Agreement contains no contractual rights of set-off; and (g) except as required by applicable Requirements of Law, such New Franchise Agreement is freely assignable by the applicable Securitization Entities.

Section 5.2    Assets Acquired After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

(a)    The Manager will be required to cause the applicable Securitization Entity to enter into or acquire each of the following, to the extent entered into or acquired after the Closing Date: (a) all New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements and (b) all Licensee-Developed IP and Manager-Developed IP. The Manager may, but shall not be obligated to, cause any of the Securitization Entities to enter into, develop or acquire assets other than the foregoing from time to time. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Control Party, the entry into, development or acquisition of assets by any of the Securitization Entities will be subject to all applicable provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement, the IP License Agreements and the other relevant Transaction Documents.

(b)    Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Control Party, any contribution to, or development or acquisition by, any Securitization Entity of assets obtained after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date described in Section 5.2(a) shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement (including the applicable representations and warranties and covenants in Articles II and V of this Agreement), the IP License Agreements and the other Transaction Documents. Any Franchise Agreement that is obtained after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date as described in Section 5.2(a) shall be deemed to be a New Franchise Agreement for the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 5.3    Securitization IP. All Securitization IP shall be owned solely by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, and shall not be assigned, transferred or licensed out by such SPV Franchising Entity to any other entity other than as permitted or provided under the Transaction Documents.

Section 5.4    Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap. Following the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Driven Brands shall not and shall not permit the Non-Securitization Entities to incur any additional Indebtedness for borrowed money (“Specified Non-Securitization

 

43


Debt”) if, after giving effect to such incurrence (and any repayment of Specified Non-Securitization Debt on such date), such incurrence would cause the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of the Specified Non-Securitization Debt of the Non-Securitization Entities as of such date to exceed $30,000,000 (the “Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap”); provided that the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap shall not be applicable to Specified Non-Securitization Debt (i) issued or incurred to refinance the Notes in whole, (ii) in excess of the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap if (a) the creditors (other than any creditor with respect to an aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness less than $50,000) under and with respect to such Indebtedness execute a non-disturbance agreement with the Trustee, as directed by the Manager and in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, that acknowledges the terms of the Securitization Transaction including the bankruptcy remote status of the Securitization Entities and their assets and (b) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (and any repayment of existing Indebtedness), the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (as calculated without regard to any Indebtedness that is subject to the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap) is less than or equal to 7.00x (assuming any variable funding or revolving facility is fully drawn), (iii) that is considered Indebtedness due solely to a change in accounting rules that takes effect subsequent to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date but that was not considered Indebtedness prior to such date, (iv) in respect of any obligation of any Non-Securitization Entity to reimburse the Issuer for any draws under any one or more Letters of Credit, (v) in respect of intercompany notes among Non-Securitization Entities or (vi) with respect to any Letter of Credit that is 100% cash collateralized. A violation of the foregoing covenant will result in a Manager Termination Event and therefore a Rapid Amortization Event.

Section 5.5    Future Brands. The Manager may create or acquire additional subsidiaries of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco (“Future Securitization Entities”) after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) will be required to contribute to Take 5 Properties any future Take 5 Company Locations and (y) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) will be required to contribute to one or more Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States.

Section 5.6    Restrictions on Liens. The Manager shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, permit or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and any Permitted Lien set forth in clauses (a), (g) or (i) of the definition thereof) upon the Equity Interests of any Securitization Entity.

Section 5.7    New Company-Owned Location Assets. As of the applicable New Asset Addition Date with respect to each New Company-Owned Location Asset acquired on such New Asset Addition Date, the Manager represents and warrants to the Service Recipients, the Trustee and the Servicer that: (i) Take 5 Properties, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil, as applicable, own full legal and equitable title to each such New Company-Owned Location Asset, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) and (ii) the addition of such New Company-Owned Location Asset would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

44


ARTICLE VI

MANAGER TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 6.1    Manager Termination Events.

(a)    Manager Termination Events. Any of the following acts or occurrences shall constitute a “Manager Termination Event” under this Agreement, the assertion as to the occurrence of which may be made, and notice of which may be given, by either a Securitization Entity, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer or the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party):

(i)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.20x;

(ii)    any failure by the Manager to remit a payment required to be deposited from a Concentration Account to the Collection Account or any other Indenture Trust Account, within three (3) Business Days of the later of (a) its Actual Knowledge of its receipt thereof and (b) the date such deposit is required to be made pursuant to the Transaction Documents; provided that any inadvertent failure to remit such a payment shall not be a breach of this clause (i) if in an amount less than $1,000,000 and corrected within three (3) Business Days after the Manager obtains Actual Knowledge thereof (it being understood that the Manager will not be responsible for the failure of the Trustee to remit funds that were received by the Trustee from or on behalf of the Manager in accordance with the applicable Transaction Documents);

(iii)    any failure by the Manager to provide any required certificate or report set forth in any required certificate or report set forth in Sections 4.1(a) through (g) of the Base Indenture within three (3) Business Days of its due date;

(iv)    a material default by the Manager in the due performance and observance of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than as described above) to which it is party and the continuation of such default for a period of 30 days after the Manager has been notified thereof in writing by any Service Recipient or the Control Party; provided, however, that as long as the Manager is diligently attempting to cure such default (so long as such default is capable of being cured), such cure period shall be extended by an additional period as may be required to cure such default, but in no event by more than an additional 30 days; and provided, further, that any default related to transfer of a Defective New Asset pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed cured for purposes hereof upon payment in full by the Manager of liquidated damages in an amount equal to the Indemnification Amount to the Collection Account;

 

45


(v)    any representation, warranty or statement of the Manager made in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant thereto that is not qualified by materiality or the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” proves to be incorrect in any material respect, or any such representation, warranty or statement of the Manager that is qualified by materiality or the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” proves to be incorrect, in each case as of the time when the same was made or deemed to have been made or as of any other date specified in such document or agreement; provided that if any such breach is capable of being remedied within 30 days after the Manager has obtained Actual Knowledge of such breach or the Manager’s receipt of written notice thereof, then a Manager Termination Event shall only occur under this clause (v) as a result of such breach if it is not cured in all material respects by the end of such 30-day period;

(vi)    an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Manager;

(vii)    any final, non-appealable order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the Manager by a court of competent jurisdiction decreeing the dissolution of the Manager and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than ten (10) days;

(viii)    a final, non-appealable judgment for an amount in excess of $5,000,000 (exclusive of any portion thereof which is insured) is rendered against the Manager and is not discharged or stayed within 30 days of the date when due;

(ix)    an acceleration of more than $10,000,000 of the Indebtedness of the Manager, which Indebtedness has not been discharged or which acceleration has not been rescinded and annulled;

(x)    this Agreement or a material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions hereof) or the Manager asserts as much in writing;

(xi)    a failure by the Manager, the Initial Manager or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Initial Manager (other than the Securitization Entities) to comply with the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap, and such failure has continued for a period of 45 days after the Manager has been notified in writing by any Securitization Entity, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Trustee, or otherwise has obtained Actual Knowledge of such non-compliance; or

(xii)    the occurrence of a Change in Management following the occurrence of a Change of Control.

If a Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may (i) waive such Manager Termination Event (except for a Manager Termination Event described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above) or (ii) direct the Trustee to terminate the Manager in its capacity as such by the delivery of a termination notice (a “Termination Notice”) to the Manager (with a copy to each of the

 

46


Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies); provided, that the delivery of a Termination Notice will not be required in respect of any Manager Termination Event relating to the Manager Termination Events described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above. If the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), delivers a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement (or automatically upon the occurrence of any Manager Termination Event relating to the Manager Termination Events described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above), all rights, powers, duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Manager under the Management Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (other than with respect to the payment of Indemnification Amounts or its obligations with respect to Disentanglement), including with respect to the Accounts or otherwise, will vest in and be assumed by the Successor Manager appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). If no Successor Manager has been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Back-Up Manager will serve as the Successor Manager and will work with the Servicer to implement the Transition Plan until a Successor Manager (other than the Back-Up Manager) has been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

(b)    From and during the continuation of a Manager Termination Event, each Service Recipient and the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party) are hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Manager, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments (including any notices to Franchisees deemed necessary or advisable by the applicable Service Recipient or the Control Party), and to do or accomplish all other acts or take other measures necessary or appropriate, to effect such vesting and assumption.

Section 6.2    Manager Termination Event Remedies. If the Trustee, acting at the written direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), delivers a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) (or automatically upon the occurrence of any Manager Termination Event described in clauses (vi) or (vii) of Section 6.1(a)), all rights, powers, duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Manager under this Agreement (other than with respect to the obligation to pay any Indemnification Amounts) and the other Transaction Documents, including with respect to the Managed Assets, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts, the Advertising Fund Accounts, the Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts or otherwise shall vest in and be assumed by the Successor Manager without incurring any additional cost.

Section 6.3    Managers Transitional Role.

(a)    Disentanglement. Following the delivery of a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.2 above or notice of resignation of the Manager pursuant to Section 4.4(b), the Manager shall cooperate with the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party in connection with the implementation of the Transition Plan (as defined in the Back-Up Management Agreement) and the complete transition to a Successor Manager, without interruption or adverse impact on the provision of Services (the “Disentanglement”). The Manager shall cooperate fully with the Successor Manager and otherwise promptly take all actions required to assist in effecting a complete Disentanglement and shall follow any directions

 

47


that may be provided by the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party. The Manager shall provide all information and assistance regarding the terminated Services required for Disentanglement, including data conversion and migration, interface specifications, and related professional services. All services relating to Disentanglement (“Disentanglement Services”), including all reasonable training for personnel of the Back-Up Manager, the Successor Manager or the Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider in the performance of the Services, will be deemed a part of the Services to be performed by the Manager. So long as the Manager continues to provide the Services (whether or not the Manager has been terminated as the Manager) during the Disentanglement Period, the Manager will continue to be paid the Weekly Management Fee.

(b)    Fees and Charges for the Disentanglement Services. Upon the Successor Manager’s assumption of the obligation to perform all Services hereunder, the Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement of its actual costs for the provision of any Disentanglement Services.

(c)    Duration of Obligations. The Manager’s obligation to provide Disentanglement Services will continue during the period commencing on the date that a Termination Notice is delivered and ending on the date on which the Successor Manager or the re-engaged Manager assumes all of the obligations of the Manager hereunder (the “Disentanglement Period”).

(d)    Sub-managing Arrangements; Authorizations.

(i)    With respect to each Sub-managing Arrangement and unless the Control Party elects to terminate such Sub-managing Arrangement in accordance with Section 2.10, the Manager shall:

(x)    assign to the Successor Manager (or such Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider) all of the Manager’s rights under such Sub-managing Arrangement to which it is party used by the Manager in performance of the transitioned Services; and

(y)    procure any third party authorizations necessary to grant the Successor Manager (or such Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider) the use and benefit of such Sub-managing Arrangement to which it is party (used by the Manager in performing the transitioned Services), pending their assignment to the Successor Manager under this Agreement.

(ii)    If the Control Party elects to terminate such Sub-managing Arrangement in accordance with Section 2.10, the Manager shall take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Control Party to accomplish a complete transition of the Services performed by such Sub-manager to the Successor Manager, or to any alternate service provider designated by the Control Party, without interruption or adverse impact on the provision of Services.

 

48


Section 6.4    Intellectual Property. Within thirty (30) days of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Manager shall deliver and surrender up to the SPV Franchising Entities (with a copy to the Successor Manager and the Servicer) any and all products, materials, or other physical objects containing the Trademarks included in the applicable Securitization IP or Confidential Information of the SPV Franchising Entities and any copies of copyrighted works included in the applicable Securitization IP in the Manager’s possession or control, and shall terminate all use of all Securitization IP, including Trade Secrets; provided that (for the avoidance of doubt) any rights granted to Driven Brands and the other Non-Securitization Entities as licensees pursuant to the IP License Agreements shall continue pursuant to the terms thereof notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement and/or Driven Brands’ role as Manager.

Section 6.5    Third Party Intellectual Property. The Manager shall assist and fully cooperate with the Successor Manager or its designated alternate service provider in obtaining any necessary licenses or consents to use any third party Intellectual Property then being used by the Manager or any Sub-manager. The Manager shall assign, and shall cause each Sub-manager to assign, any such license or sublicense directly to the Successor Manager or its designated alternate service provider to the extent the Manager, or each Sub-manager as applicable, has the rights to assign such agreements to the Successor Manager without incurring any additional cost.

Section 6.6    No Effect on Other Parties. Upon any termination of the rights and powers of the Manager from time to time pursuant to Section 6.1 or upon any appointment of a Successor Manager, all the rights, powers, duties, obligations, and responsibilities of each of the Service Recipients or the Trustee under this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall remain unaffected by such termination or appointment and shall remain in full force and effect thereafter, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Indenture.

Section 6.7    Rights Cumulative. All rights and remedies from time to time conferred upon or reserved to any of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager and the Noteholders or to any or all of the foregoing are cumulative, and none is intended to be exclusive of another or any other right or remedy which they may have at law or in equity. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay or omission in insisting upon the strict observance or performance of any provision of this Agreement, or in exercising any right or remedy, shall be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such provision, nor shall it impair such right or remedy. Every such right and remedy may be exercised from time to time and as often as deemed expedient.

ARTICLE VII

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 7.1    Confidentiality.

(a)    Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that during the Term of this Agreement such party (the “Recipient”) may receive Confidential Information from another

 

49


party hereto (the “Discloser”). Each such party (except for the Trustee, whose confidentiality obligations shall be governed in accordance with the Indenture) agrees to maintain the Confidential Information of the other party in the strictest of confidence and shall not, except as otherwise contemplated herein, at any time, use, disseminate or disclose any Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (including legal counsel and accountants) who have a “need to know” and who have been apprised of this restriction or (ii) in the case of the Manager, the Initial Sub-managers and the Service Recipients, Franchisees and prospective Franchisees, suppliers or other service providers under written confidentiality agreements that contain provisions at least as protective as those set forth in this Agreement. The Recipient shall be liable for any breach of this Section 7.1 by any of its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, advisors, representatives, Franchisees and prospective Franchisees, suppliers or other services providers and shall immediately notify Discloser in the event of any loss or disclosure of any Confidential Information of the Discloser. Upon termination of this Agreement, Recipient shall return to the Discloser, or at Discloser’s request, destroy, all documents and records in its possession containing the Confidential Information of the Discloser. Confidential Information shall not include information that: (A) is already known to Recipient without restriction on use or disclosure prior to receipt of such information from the Discloser; (B) is or becomes part of the public domain other than by breach of this Agreement by, or other wrongful act of, the Recipient; (C) is developed by the Recipient independently of and without reference to any Confidential Information of the Discloser; (D) is received by the Recipient from a third party who is not under any obligation to the Discloser to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (E) is required to be disclosed by applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, subpoena, court order or legal process; provided that the Recipient shall promptly inform the Discloser of any such requirement and cooperate with any attempt by the Discloser to obtain a protective order or other similar treatment. It shall be the obligation of Recipient to prove that such an exception to the definition of Confidential Information exists.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.1(a), the parties hereto may use, disseminate or disclose Confidential Information (other than Trade Secrets) to any Person in connection with the enforcement of rights of the Trustee or the Noteholders under the Indenture or the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that prior to disclosing any such Confidential Information:

(i)    to any such Person other than in connection with any judicial or regulatory proceeding, such Person shall agree in writing to maintain such Confidential Information in a manner at least as protective of the Confidential Information as the terms of Section 7.1(a) and Recipient shall provide Discloser with the written opinion of counsel that such disclosure contains Confidential Information only to the extent necessary to facilitate the enforcement of such rights of the Trustee or the Noteholders; or

(ii)    to any such Person or entity in connection with any judicial or regulatory proceeding, Recipient will (x) promptly notify Discloser of each such requirement and identify the documents so required thereby so that Discloser may seek an appropriate protective order or similar treatment and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement; (y) use reasonable efforts to assist Discloser in obtaining such protective order or other similar treatment protecting such Confidential Information

 

50


prior to any such disclosure; and (z) consult with Discloser on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow the scope of such requirement. If, in the absence of such a protective order or similar treatment, the Recipient is nonetheless required by law to disclose any part of Discloser’s Confidential Information, then the Recipient may disclose such Confidential Information without liability under this Agreement, except that the Recipient will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 8.1    Termination of Agreement. The respective duties and obligations of the Manager and each of the Service Recipients created by this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 6.1(a), terminate upon the earlier to occur of (x) the final payment or other liquidation of the last Managed Asset included in the Collateral or (y) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture (the “Term”). Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1, the Manager shall pay over to the applicable Service Recipient or any other Person entitled thereto all proceeds of the Managed Assets held by the Manager.

Section 8.2    Survival. The provisions of Section 2.1(c), Section 2.7, Section 2.8, Section 5.1, Article VI or Article VII and this Section 8.2, Section 8.4, Section 8.5 and Section 8.9 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.3    Amendment. (a) This Agreement may only be amended from time to time in writing, upon the written consent of the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party), the Service Recipients and the Manager; provided that any amendment that would materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders shall require the consent of the Control Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, further that no consent of the Trustee or the Control Party shall be required in connection with any amendment to accomplish any of the following:

(i)    to correct or amplify the description of any required activities of the Manager;

(ii)    to add to the duties or covenants of the Manager for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties, or to add provisions to this Agreement so long as such action does not modify the Managing Standard, materially adversely affect the enforceability of the Securitization IP (taken as a whole), or materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders;

(iii)    to correct any manifest error or to cure any ambiguity, defect or provision that may be inconsistent with the terms of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with the terms of the Base Indenture or any offering memorandum;

 

51


(iv)    to evidence the succession of another Person to any party to this Agreement;

(v)    to comply with Requirements of Law; or

(vi)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of New Franchise Agreements or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the Managing Standard.

(b)    Promptly after the execution of any such amendment, the Manager shall send to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency a conformed copy of such amendment, but the failure to do so shall not impair or affect its validity.

(c)    Any such amendment or modification effected contrary to the provisions of this Section 8.3 shall be null and void.

Section 8.4    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAW RULES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Section 8.5    Notices. All notices, requests or other communications desired or required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) national prepaid overnight delivery service, (c) telecopy or other facsimile transmission (following with hard copies to be sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service) or (d) personal delivery with receipt acknowledged in writing, to the address set forth in Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture. If the Indenture or this Agreement permits reports to be posted to a password-protected website, such reports shall be deemed delivered when posted on such website. Any party hereto may change its address for notices hereunder by giving notice of such change to the other parties hereto, with a copy to the Control Party. Any change of address of a Noteholder shown on a Note Register shall, after the date of such change, be effective to change the address for such Noteholder hereunder. All notices and demands to any Person hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of the delivery thereof at the address of such Person for notices hereunder, or on the third day after the mailing thereof to such address, as the case may be.

Section 8.6    Acknowledgement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager hereby acknowledges that, on the date hereof, each of the Securitization Entities will pledge to the Trustee under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, all of such Securitization Entity’s right and title to, and interest in, this Agreement and the Collateral, and such pledge includes all of such Securitization Entity’s rights, remedies, powers and privileges, and all claims of such Securitization Entity against the Manager, under or with respect to this Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise available at law or in equity), including (i) the rights of such Securitization Entity and the obligations of the Manager hereunder and (ii) the right, at any time, to give or withhold consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, demands, extensions or waivers under or with respect to

 

52


this Agreement or the obligations in respect of the Manager hereunder to the same extent as such Securitization Entity may do. The Manager hereby consents to such pledges described above, acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Control Party shall be third-party beneficiaries of the rights of such Securitization Entity arising hereunder and (y) the Trustee and the Control Party may, to the extent provided in the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, enforce the provisions of this Agreement, exercise the rights of such Securitization Entity and enforce the obligations of the Manager hereunder without the consent of such Securitization Entity.

Section 8.7    Severability of Provisions. If one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatever held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements and provisions of this Agreement and such invalidity or unenforceability shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of such remaining provisions, or the rights of any parties hereto. To the extent permitted by law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

Section 8.8    Delivery Dates. If the due date of any notice, certificate or report required to be delivered by the Manager hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such notice, certificate or report shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

Section 8.9    Limited Recourse. The obligations of each of the Service Recipients under this Agreement are solely the limited liability company obligations of such Service Recipient. The Manager agrees that each of the Service Recipients shall be liable for any claims that it may have against such Service Recipient only to the extent that funds or assets are available to pay such claims pursuant to the Indenture and that, to the extent that any such claims remain unpaid after the application of such funds and assets in accordance with the Indenture, such claims shall be extinguished.

Section 8.10    Binding Effect; Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Any assignment of this Agreement without the written consent of the Control Party shall be null and void. Each of the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer (in its capacities as Control Party and Servicer) is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement and may enforce the Agreement as though a party hereto.

Section 8.11    Article and Section Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 8.12    Concerning the Trustee. In acting under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be afforded the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and indemnities set forth in the Indenture as if fully set forth herein.

Section 8.13    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

53


Section 8.14    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents.

Section 8.15    Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a)    The parties hereto each hereby waives any right to have a jury participate in resolving any dispute, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, relating to or incidental to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)    The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably submits (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in the borough of Manhattan, New York City, State of New York, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Transaction Documents, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York state or federal court. The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection each may now or hereafter have, to remove any such action or proceeding, once commenced, to another court on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise.

(c)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.5. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 8.16    Joinder of Future Service Recipients. In the event the Issuer shall form a Future Service Recipient pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture4, such Future Securitization Entity shall execute and deliver to the Manager and the Trustee (i) a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B and (ii) Power of Attorney(s) in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of any Future Service Recipient that holds any Securitization IP) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of any Future Service Recipient that is a SPV Franchising Entity), and such New Service Recipient shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto and have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Service Recipient party hereto on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

Section 8.17    Securitization-Owned Locations. In the future, the Manager and its affiliates shall contribute all future Take 5 Company Locations to Take 5 Properties. In the future, Parent or its affiliates may, in their reasonable discretion, contribute one or more other Securitization-Owned Locations to the SPV Franchising Entities or the SPV Franchising Entities may acquire one or more Securitization-Owned Locations. The Manager will perform all of the duties and obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities in connection with the operation and

 

4

Update Base Indenture to include this terminology.

 

54


ownership of such Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, collecting revenues generated by such Securitization-Owned Locations, maintaining appropriate levels of property and casualty insurance, and performing any other activities necessary or desirable for the operation of such Securitization-Owned Locations, as required under the Transaction Documents. In the event a SPV Franchising Entity acquires a Securitization-Owned Location, the Manager will provide written notice to the Trustee and each of Service Recipients.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                    

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 PROPERTIES, LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


TAKE 5 LLC, as a Service Recipient and, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c), Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Service Recipient and, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c), Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS SHARED SERVICES, LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE CAR CARE CENTERS LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO FRANCHISING LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


1-800 RADIATOR & A/C, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISE, INC., as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                    

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ECONO LUBE N’ TUNE, LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVE N STYLE LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
SBA-TLC LLC, as a Sub-manager, solely for purposes of Section 2.10 and Section 4.3(c)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, as Control Party, solely for purposes of Section 2.10(b)
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

  Name:   Noah Pollack                    
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez                    

  Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


CONSENT OF CONTROL PARTY AND SERVICER:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and as Servicer, hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary of the foregoing Amended and Restated Management Agreement.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer and Control Party
By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels                    

  Name:   David A. Eckels
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Management Agreement


EXHIBIT A-1

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF SPV FRANCHISING ENTITIES

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that in connection with the Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”); 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC (“1-800-Radiator Franchisor”), Driven Systems LLC (“Franchisor Holdco”), Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC (“Meineke Franchisor”), Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC (“Maaco Franchisor”), Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC (“Econo Lube Franchisor”), Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC (“Drive N Style Franchisor”) and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (“Merlin Franchisor”), Carstar Franchisor SPV, LLC (“Carstar Franchisor”), Take 5 Franchisor SPV, LLC (“Take 5 Franchisor” and, together with 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Franchisor Holdco, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor and Carstar Franchisor the “SPV Franchising Entities”); Driven Funding Holdco, LLC (“Funding Holdco”), Driven Product Sourcing LLC (“SPV Product Sales Holder”), 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC (“Radiator Product Sales Holder”), Take 5 Properties LLC (Take 5 Properties and, together with Funding Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and the SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco, the “Securitization Entities” and, together with Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., the “Service Recipients”); Driven Brands, Inc., as Manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brands”); Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, and SBA-TLC LLC (Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., collectively, the “Initial Sub-managers”); and Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as the indenture trustee (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”), the SPV Franchising Entities hereby appoint Driven Brands, Inc. (the “Manager”) and any and all officers thereof as its true and lawful attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, in connection with the IP Services described below being performed with respect to the Securitization IP, with full irrevocable power and authority in the place of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity that is the owner thereof and in the name of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity or in its own name as agent of such SPV Franchising Entity, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the foregoing, subject to the Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the full power to perform:

(a) searching, screening and clearing After-Acquired Securitization IP to assess patentability, registrability, and the risk of potential infringement;

(b) filing, prosecuting and maintaining applications and registrations for the Securitization IP in the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s name in the United States and Canada, including timely filing of evidence of use, applications for renewal and affidavits of use and/or incontestability, timely paying of all registration and maintenance fees, responding to third-party oppositions of applications or challenges to registrations, and responding to any office actions, reexaminations, interferences, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews or other office or examiner requests, reviews or requirements;

 

A-1-1


(c) monitoring third-party use and registration of Securitization IP, as applicable, and taking actions the Manager deems appropriate to oppose or contest the use and any application or registration for Securitization IP, as applicable, that could reasonably be expected to infringe, dilute or otherwise violate the Securitization IP or the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s rights therein;

(d) confirming each SPV Franchising Entity’s legal title in and to any or all of the Securitization IP, including obtaining written assignments of Securitization IP to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity and recording transfers of title in the appropriate intellectual property registry in the United States and Canada and, in the Manager’s discretion, elsewhere;

(e) with respect to each SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations under the IP License Agreements and any Transaction Documents, monitoring the licensee’s use of each licensed Trademark and the quality of its goods and services offered in connection with such Trademarks, rendering any approvals (or disapprovals) that are required under the applicable license agreement(s), and employing reasonable means to ensure that any use of any such Trademarks by any such licensee satisfies the quality control standards and usage provisions of the applicable license agreement;

(f) protecting, policing, and, in the event that the Manager becomes aware of any unlicensed copying, imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, or any portion thereof, enforcing such Securitization IP, including, (i) preparing and responding to cease-and-desist, demand and notice letters, and requests for a license; and (ii) commencing, prosecuting and/or resolving claims or suits involving imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, the unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, and seeking monetary and equitable remedies as the Manager deems appropriate in connection therewith; provided that each SPV Franchising Entity will, and agrees to, join as a party to any such suits to the extent necessary to maintain standing;

(g) performing such functions and duties, and preparing and filing such documents, as are required under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to be performed, prepared and/or filed by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, including (i) executing and recording such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or such other instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s Lien only on the Collateral in the United States and Canada) in connection with the security interests in the Securitization IP granted by each SPV Franchising Entity to the Trustee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) preparing, executing and delivering grants of security interests or any similar instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s Lien only on the Collateral in the United States and Canada) that are intended to evidence such security interests in the Securitization IP and recording such grants or other instruments with the relevant Governmental Authority including USPTO, USCO and CIPO;

 

A-1-2


(h) taking such actions as any licensee under an IP License Agreement may request that are required by the terms, provisions and purposes of such IP License Agreement (or by any other agreements pursuant to which the applicable SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP) to be taken by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity and preparing (or causing to be prepared) for execution by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity all documents, certificates and other filings as such SPV Franchising Entity will be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of such IP License Agreements (or such other agreements);

(i) establishing a fair market value for the royalties or other payments payable to the applicable SPV Franchising Entities under the IP License Agreements;

(j) paying or causing to be paid or discharged, from funds of each of the Securitization Entities, any and all taxes, charges and assessments that may be levied, assessed or imposed upon any of the Securitization IP or contesting the same in good faith;

(k) obtaining licenses of third-party Intellectual Property for use and sublicense in connection with the Contributed Franchise Business, any Securitization-Owned Location and the other assets of the applicable Securitization Entities;

(l) sublicensing the Securitization IP to suppliers, manufacturers, advertisers and other service providers in connection with the provision of products and services for the Contributed Franchise Business and any Securitization-Owned Locations; and

(m) with respect to Trade Secrets and other confidential information of each SPV Franchising Entity, taking reasonable measures to maintain confidentiality and to prevent non-confidential disclosures.

THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO POWERS OF ATTORNEY MADE AND TO BE EXERCISED WHOLLY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

Dated: [            ], 2018

 

1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

                                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-3


MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Securitization Entity
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Securitization Entity
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-4


STATE OF [                    ]    )
   )     ss.:
COUNTY OF [                    ]    )

On the [●] day of [            ], 2018, before me the undersigned, personally appeared                     , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

                     

Notary Public

 

A-1-5


EXHIBIT A-2

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that in connection with the Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”); 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC (“1-800-Radiator Franchisor”), Driven Systems LLC (“Franchisor Holdco”), Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC (“Meineke Franchisor”), Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC (“Maaco Franchisor”), Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC (“Econo Lube Franchisor”), Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC (“Drive N Style Franchisor”) and Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC (“Merlin Franchisor”), Carstar Franchisor SPV LLC (“Carstar Franchisor”), Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC (“Take 5 Franchisor and, together with 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, Franchisor Holdco, Meineke Franchisor, Maaco Franchisor, Econo Lube Franchisor, Drive N Style Franchisor, Merlin Franchisor and Carstar Franchisor, the “SPV Franchising Entities”); Driven Funding Holdco, LLC (“Funding Holdco”), Driven Product Sourcing LLC (“SPV Product Sales Holder”), 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC (“Radiator Product Sales Holder”), Take 5 Properties LLC (“Take 5 Properties” and, together with Funding Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and the SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco, the “Securitization Entities” and, together with Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., the “Service Recipients”); Driven Brands, Inc., as Manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brands”); Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C,1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, and SBA-TLC LLC (Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., collectively, the “Initial Sub-managers”); and Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as the indenture trustee (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”), each of the Securitization Entities, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc. hereby appoints Driven Brands, Inc. (the “Manager”) and any and all officers thereof as its true and lawful attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, in connection with the Services (as defined in the Management Agreement) being performed with respect to the Managed Assets, with full irrevocable power and authority in the place of each Securitization Entity and in the name of each Securitization Entity or in its own name as agent of each Securitization Entity, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the foregoing, subject to the Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the full power to:

(a)    perform such functions and duties, and prepare and file such documents, as are required under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to be performed, prepared and/or filed by any of the Service Recipients, including: (i) recording such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or other instruments (if any) as the Trustee and any of the Service Recipients may from time to time reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the Lien in the Collateral granted by any of Securitization Entities to the Trustee under the Transaction Documents in accordance with the UCC; and (ii) executing grants of security interests or any similar instruments required under the Transaction Documents to evidence such Lien in the Collateral;

 

A-2-6


(b)    take such actions on behalf of each Service Recipient as such Service Recipient or Manager may reasonably request that are expressly required by the terms, provisions and purposes of the Management Agreement; or cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons, of all documents, certificates and other filings as each Service Recipient shall be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of the Transaction Documents; and

(c)    act as a franchisor, on behalf of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity, in any jurisdiction outside the United States which does not allow newly-formed entities to act as licensed franchisors, until such time as such SPV Franchising Entity is registered as a licensed franchisor with the applicable regulatory authorities in such jurisdictions.

This power of attorney is coupled with an interest. Capitalized terms used herein, and not defined herein shall have the meanings applicable to such terms in the Management Agreement.

THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO POWERS OF ATTORNEY MADE AND TO BE EXERCISED WHOLLY WITHIN SUCH STATE.

Dated: [            ], 2018

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-7


MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:
MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-8


DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                                                  

  Name:
  Title:
1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-9


TAKE 5 LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-10


STATE OF [                    ]    )
   )     ss.:
COUNTY OF [                    ]    )

On the [●] day of [            ], 2018, before me the undersigned, personally appeared                     , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

Notary Public

 

A-2-11


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 20     (this “Joinder Agreement”), made by                      a                      (the “Future Service Recipient”), in favor of DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Manager (the “Manager”), and CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Management Agreement (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April [    ], 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture” and, together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Indenture, the Issuer, the other Service Recipients party thereto from time to time, the Manager, Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc. as Sub-managers, and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Management Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Future Service Recipient has agreed to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement in order to become a party to the Management Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.    Management Agreement. By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Future Service Recipient, as provided in Section 8.16 of the Management Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Management Agreement as

(a)    [a Service Recipient thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Service Recipient and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Service Recipient thereunder. Each reference to a “Service Recipient” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.]

 

B-1


(b)    [a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a SPV Franchising Entity and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder. Each reference to a “SPV Franchising Entity” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.]

2.    Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder Agreement shall become effective when each of the Additional Franchise Entity, the Manager and the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Joinder Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

3.    Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Management Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[FUTURE SERVICE RECIPIENT]
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED
DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  
CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-3


SCHEDULE 2.1(F)

MANAGER INSURANCE

 

Policy

   Provider    Policy Number   Expiration Date

Property

   Sompo International    ARL30000493800   11/1/2018

Property - Terrorism

   Beazley    W20B63170101   11/1/2018

General Liability

   Liberty Mutual    TB2-Z51-291156-067   11/1/2018

Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability

   Liberty Mutual    WC7-Z51-291156-087   11/1/2018

Automobile Liability

   Liberty Mutual    AS2-Z51-291156-077   11/1/2018

Garagekeeper’s Liability

   Liberty Mutual    AS2-Z51-291156-077   11/1/2018

Umbrella

   Zurich    AUC 1064541-00   11/1/2018

1st Excess

   Liberty Mutual    ECO (18) 57377824   11/1/2018

2nd Excess

   C.N.A.    6056852329   11/1/2018

3rd Excess

   Fireman’s Fund    MHX 00048937031   11/1/2018

Environmental - Driven Brands, Inc.

   XL Insurance    PEC003889602   8/12/2020

Environmental - Take 5 LLC

   AWAC    0309-7484   8/12/2020

Foreign Liability

   AIG    WS11010669   11/1/2018

Directors & Officers Liability

   AIG    16152389   11/1/2018

Employment Practices Liability (EPL)

   AIG    16152389   11/1/2018

Fiduciary Liability

   AIG    16152389   11/1/2018

Crime

   AIG    16152389   11/1/2018

Cyber

   Beazley    W1D96A170101   11/1/2018

Property (Canada)

   Sompo International    B0775CPR63517   11/1/2018

General Liability (Canada)

   Liberty Mutual    KE1-Z51-291451-077   11/1/2018

Automobile Liability (Canada)

   Liberty Mutual    AC1-Z51-291451-057
Ontario
AQ1-Z51-291451-137
Quebec
AH1-Z51-291451-127
All Other
  11/1/2018

Garage Auto (Canada)

   Liberty Mutual    AZ1-Z51-291451-067   11/1/2018


SCHEDULE 2.10

EXCLUDED SERVICES, PRODUCTS AND/OR FUNCTIONS

 

 

Franchise sales brokers, agents, referral sources, and similar independent contractors

 

 

Background checks of prospective employees and franchisees

 

 

New product development (either by dedicated company or as a service provided by our suppliers)

 

 

Legal counsel

 

 

Construction contracts and related contracts

 

 

Real estate brokers

 

 

“help-desk” services and other IT functions

 

 

Consulting agreements

 

 

International franchise directors who are deemed independent contractors instead of employees

 

 

Media agency agreements

 

 

Outsourced finance functions

 

 

Tax preparation

 

 

Store inspections and evaluations by third parties

 

 

Collection agency

 

 

Franchise audits

 

 

Guest complaint hotline

 

 

Customer survey system

 

 

Mystery shopping

 

 

Website development

 

 

Credit/debit card processing

 

 

Consultants for health insurance and 401-k management

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 4, 2019 (this “Amendment and Joinder Agreement”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Issuer”), Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, together with the Future Service Receipt (as defined below) after giving effect to Section 1 of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, a “Securitization Entity,” and together the “Securitization Entities”), Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation (and together with Take 5 LLC and the Securitization Entities, the “Service Recipients”), Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Manager (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Manager”), Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”), and ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Future Service Recipient”), pursuant to Section 1 of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement in favor of the Manager and Trustee and, otherwise, after giving effect to Section 1 of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Management Agreement (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018 (exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture”, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2019, and Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2019, and together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Indenture, the Issuer, the other Service Recipients party thereto (other than the Future Service Recipient) from time to time, the Manager, Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc. as Sub-managers, and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Management Agreement”);


WHEREAS, Section 8.3(a) of the Management Agreement provides, among other things, for the amendment of the Management Agreement with the consent of the Service Recipients and the Manager, and the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party), the Service Recipients and the Manager desire to amend the Management Agreement as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, Section 8.7(d) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, for the amendment of the Management Agreement with the consent of the Control Party, subject to the terms of the Management Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.    Joinder. By executing and delivering this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, the Future Service Recipient, as provided in Section 8.16 of the Management Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Management Agreement as:

(a)    a Service Recipient thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Service Recipient and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Service Recipient thereunder. Each reference to a “Service Recipient” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

(b)    a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a SPV Franchising Entity and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder. Each reference to a “SPV Franchising Entity” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

2.    Amendment. Effective as of the date hereof, the Management Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

The definition of “Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” in Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

 

  i.

Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets that were contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements or thereafter pursuant to any other applicable Contribution Agreement.

 

2


  (b)

The definition of “Current Practice” in Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

 

  i.

Current Practice” means, in respect of any action or inaction, the practices, standards and procedures of the Non-Securitization Entities as performed on or that would have been performed immediately prior to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, with respect to the Carstar Brand, the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or such date of the related Contribution Agreement thereafter, with respect to the Take 5 Brand, as applicable, or Spire Supply Assets, or October 4, 2019 with respect to the ABRA Brand.

 

  (c)

The definition of “New Assets” in Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

 

  i.

New Assets” means a New Franchise Agreement, a New Development Agreement, New Securitization-Owned Location Asset or any other Managed Asset contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by, the Securitization Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor, Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties or ABRA Franchisor) after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties, Take 5 or Take 5 Oil after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ABRA Franchisor after October 4, 2019.

 

  (d)

Clause (f) of the definition of “Services” in Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

 

  i.

“making or causing the collection of amounts owing under the terms and provisions of each Managed Document and the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, managing (i) the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations as franchisor under the Franchise Agreements and the Development Agreements (including performing, as applicable, Meineke Services, Econo Lube Services, Maaco Services, 1-800-Radiator Services, Merlin Services, Drive N Style Services, CARSTAR Services, Take 5 Services and ABRA Services) and (ii) the right to approve amendments, waivers, modifications and terminations of (including extensions, modifications, write-downs and write-offs of obligations owing under) Franchise Documents and other Managed Documents and to exercise all rights of the applicable Securitization Entities under such Franchise Documents and the applicable Service Recipient under the other Managed Documents;”

 

  (e)

Clause (r) of the definition of “Services” in Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

 

  i.

“developing new products and services (or modifying any existing products and services) to be offered in connection with Branded Locations and the other assets of the Securitization Entities and any Take 5 Company Location assets of Take 5 and Take 5 Oil”

 

3


  (f)

Section 1.1 of the Management Agreement shall be amended to add the following definitions in alphabetical order, as set forth below:

 

  i.

ABRA Brand” means the ABRA® name and ABRA trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

 

  ii.

ABRA Business”: means the operation of automotive service businesses under the ABRA Brand.

 

  iii.

ABRA Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of ABRA Franchise Agreement.

 

  iv.

ABRA Franchisor”: means ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC.

 

  v.

ABRA Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each ABRA Franchise Agreement, including: (a) orientation/training program; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the ABRA’s facility as ABRA deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as ABRA may require; (f) periodic inspections of the ABRA Facility as ABRA determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of an ABRA website; (h) a copy of the ABRA Operations Manual; and (i) administration of insurance and marketing fees and programs.

 

  vi.

ABRA System”: means ABRA’s system relating to format, style, merchandising, service and product preparation methods and techniques, signs, layout plans, advertising, marketing, inventory, bookkeeping system, and schedule of policies and practices for the operation of businesses specializing in a wide variety of interior, exterior and restyling services for vehicles.

 

  vii.

ABRA Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a ABRA Business.

 

  (g)

Section 2.1(c)(1) shall be amended to delete the stricken word and include the bolded and underlined language, as set forth below:

 

  a.

“The Manager acknowledges and agrees that all Securitization IP, including any Manager-Developed IP arising during the Term, shall, as between the parties, be owned by and inure exclusively to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity (with Securitization IP relating to the 1-800-Radiator Brand being owned by the 1-800-Radiator Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Drive N Style Brand being owned by the Drive N Style Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Econo Lube Brand being owned by the Econo Lube Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Maaco Brand being owned by the Maaco Franchisor; Securitization IP

 

4


  relating to the Meineke Brand being owned by the Meineke Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Merlin Brand being owned by the Merlin Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Pro Oil Brand being owned by the Franchisor Holdco; Securitization IP relating to the CARSTAR Brand being owned by the CARSTAR Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand being owned by the Take 5 Franchisor; and Securitization IP relating to the ABRA Brand being owned by the ABRA Franchisor; in each case as licensed pursuant to the IP License Agreements). Any copyrightable material included in such Manager-Developed IP shall, to the fullest extent allowed by law, be considered a “work made for hire” as that term is defined in Section 101 of the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, and owned by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers, without further consideration, all right, title and interest in and to such Manager-Developed IP (and all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by Trademarks included therein) to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager-Developed IP to be transferred to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity shall include rights to use third party Intellectual Property only to the extent (but to the fullest extent) that such rights are assignable or sublicensable to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. All applications to register Manager-Developed IP shall be filed in the name of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity.”

 

  (h)

Section 2.2(d) shall be amended to delete the stricken words and include the bolded and underlined language, as set forth below:

 

  a.

Advertising Funds. The Manager shall maintain nine accounts designated as the “Advertising Fund Accounts” for advertising payments in respect of the Meineke Brand, Maaco Brand, Econo Lube Brand, Merlin Brand, 1-800-Radiator Brand, Carstar Brand, Take 5 Brand, Drive N Style Brand and ABRA Brand, and may in the future create new Advertising Fund Accounts from time to time….”

 

  (i)

Section 5.5 shall be amended to include the bolded and underlined language, as set forth below:

 

  i.

“Future Brands. The Manager may create or acquire additional subsidiaries of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco (“Future Securitization Entities”) after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) will be required to contribute to Take 5 Properties any future Take 5 Company Locations in the United States and (y) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) will be required to contribute to one or more Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States.”

 

5


  (k)

Section 8.17 shall be amended to include the bolded language, as set forth below:

 

  i.

“Securitization-Owned Locations. In the future, the Manager and its affiliates shall contribute all future Take 5 Company Locations in the United States to Take 5 Properties. In the future, Parent or its affiliates may, in their reasonable discretion, contribute one or more other Securitization-Owned Locations to the SPV Franchising Entities or the SPV Franchising Entities may acquire one or more Securitization-Owned Locations. The Manager will perform all of the duties and obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities in connection with the operation and ownership of such Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, collecting revenues generated by such Securitization-Owned Locations, maintaining appropriate levels of property and casualty insurance, and performing any other activities necessary or desirable for the operation of such Securitization-Owned Locations, as required under the Transaction Documents. In the event a SPV Franchising Entity acquires a Securitization-Owned Location, the Manager will provide written notice to the Trustee and each of Service Recipients”

3.    Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Amendment and Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Amendment and Joinder Agreement shall become effective when each of the Future Service Recipient, the other Service Recipients, the Manager and the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

4.    Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Management Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment and Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


TAKE 5 LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack                                        

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as the Future Service Recipient, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Noah Pollack

Name:   Noah Pollack
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


DIRECTION OF CONTROL PARTY:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party, hereby consents to the amendment of the Management Agreement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party

By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels                                

Name:   David A. Eckels
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (this “Amendment and Joinder Agreement”), by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Issuer”), Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, together with the Future Service Recipients (as defined below) after giving effect to Section 1 of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, a “Securitization Entity,” and together the “Securitization Entities”); Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation (and together with Take 5 LLC and the Securitization Entities, the “Service Recipients”), Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Maaco Franchising LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator & A/C, a California corporation, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., a California corporation, Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Drive N Style, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, SBA-TLC LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, Take 5 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation ((solely in its capacity as an Initial Sub-manager hereunder) and together with Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800-Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style, LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, and Take 5 LLC, the “Existing Initial Sub-managers”); Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Manager (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Manager”), Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”), FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC (“FUSA Franchisor”), a Delaware limited liability company, and FUSA Properties SPV LLC (“FUSA Properties”), a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Future Service Recipient” and together, the “Future Service Recipients”); and ABRA Franchising, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ABRA Franchising”), and FUSA, LLC, a California limited liability company (“FUSA” and together with ABRA Franchising, the “Future Initial Sub-managers” and together with the Existing Initial Sub-managers, after giving effect to Section 2 of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, the “Initial Sub-managers”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Management Agreement (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer, Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”), and the Trustee have entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 (“Amendment No. 4”)


WHEREAS, the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A. as Securities Intermediary have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 28 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, entered into on March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2 thereto, entered into on June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 thereto, entered into on September 17, 2019, and Amendment No. 4, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and together with the Series Supplements thereto and any amendments to such Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which Indenture the Co-Issuers have issued the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-3 Class A-3 Notes, and the Series 2020-1 Class A-2 Notes, and may issue additional series of notes from time to time (collectively, the “Notes”) on the terms described therein;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Indenture, the Issuer, the other Service Recipients party thereto from time to time (other than the Future Service Recipients), the Manager, Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc. as Sub-managers, and the Trustee have entered into the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Management Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Section 8.3(a) of the Management Agreement provides, among other things, for the amendment of the Management Agreement with the consent of the Service Recipients and the Manager, and the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party), the Service Recipients and the Manager desire to amend the Management Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 8.7(d) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, for the amendment of the Management Agreement with the consent of the Control Party, subject to the terms of the Management Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.    Joinder. By executing and delivering this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, each Future Service Recipient, as provided in Section 8.16 of the Management Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Management Agreement as:

(a)    with respect to FUSA Franchisor and FUSA Properties, a Service Recipient thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Service Recipient and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Service Recipient thereunder. Each reference to a “Service Recipient” in the

 

2


Management Agreement shall be deemed to include each Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement (as amended by this Amendment and Joinder Agreement) is hereby incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.

(b)    with respect to FUSA Franchisor, a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a SPV Franchising Entity and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a SPV Franchising Entity thereunder. Each reference to a “SPV Franchising Entity” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement (as amended by this Amendment and Joinder Agreement) is hereby incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.

2.    Additional Sub-Managers. By executing and delivering this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, each of the Future Initial Sub-managers is hereby appointed by the Manager as a Sub-manager under the Management Agreement as provided in Section 2.10 thereof, and each of the Future Initial Sub-managers hereby becomes a party to the Management Agreement as a Sub-manager.

3.    Amendment. The Management Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text) as set forth on the pages of the Management Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto. Exhibit A hereto constitutes a conformed copy of the Management Agreement including amendments made prior to and pursuant to this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

3.    Consent to Amendment. The Manager, solely to the extent required by the Indenture, hereby consents to the amendment of the defined term “Weekly Allocation Date”, as amended pursuant to Amendment No 4.

4.    Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Amendment and Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Amendment and Joinder Agreement shall become effective when each of the Future Service Recipients, the other Service Recipients, the Manager and the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof.    Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement in electronic form (including by telecopy, pdf, or e-signature) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement.

5.    Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented and amended hereby, the Management Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

3


7.    Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Amendment and Joinder Agreement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment and Joinder Agreement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment and Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


TAKE 5 LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Future Service Recipient, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Future Service Recipient, for purposes of Section 1 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 1 hereof, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS SHARED SERVICES, LLC, as a Sub-manager,
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE CAR CARE CENTERS LLC, as a Sub-manager,
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO FRANCHISING LLC, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
1-800 RADIATOR & A/C, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISE, INC., as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ECONO LUBE N’ TUNE, LLC, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVE N STYLE LLC, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
SBA-TLC LLC, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ABRA FRANCHISING, LLC, as a Future Initial Sub-manager, for purposes of Section 2 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 2 hereof, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


FUSA, LLC, as a Future Initial Sub-manager, for purposes of Section 2 hereof, and, after giving effect to Section 2 hereof, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 LLC, as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Sub-manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Joinder to A&R Management Agreement]


DIRECTION OF CONTROL PARTY AND SERVICER:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Control Party and Servicer, hereby consents to the amendment of the Management Agreement and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver this Amendment and Joinder Agreement. The Servicer’s consent is granted solely to the extent that the amendment of the Management Agreement materially increases the Servicer’s obligations or liabilities, or materially decreases the Servicer’s rights or remedies under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, and in each such case, only for such limited purpose.

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association,

as Control Party and Servicer

By:  

/s/ David A. Eckels

Name:   David A. Eckels
Title:   Senior Vicec President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to A&R Management Agreement]


Exhibit A


EXECUTION VERSION

Conformed through Addendum and Amendment to Amended and Restated Back-Up

Management Agreement dated as of July 6, 2020

 

 

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Canadian Co-Issuer

THE OTHER SERVICE RECIPIENTS PARTY HERETO,

DRIVEN BRANDS, INC.,

as U.S. Manager

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC.,

as Canadian Manager

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee

and

FTI CONSULTING, INC.,

as Back-Up Manager

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BACK-UP MANAGEMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 24, 2018

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND USAGE   

Section 1.1

   Certain Definitions      24  

Section 1.2

   Rules of Construction      35  

Section 1.3

   Computation of Time Periods      45  
ARTICLE 2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BACK-UP MANAGER   

Section 2.1

   Appointment of Back-Up Manager      46  

Section 2.2

   General Duties      56  

Section 2.3

   Cold Back-Up Management Duties      57  

Section 2.4

   Warm Back-Up Management Duties      79  

Section 2.5

   Hot Back-Up Management Duties      811  
ARTICLE 3 INFORMATION   

Section 3.1

   Information Provided by Manager 9the Managers      12  

Section 3.2

   Reliance on Information      1012  

Section 3.3

   Delivery of Information by Back-Up Manager      1012  
ARTICLE 4 COMPENSATION, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITY   

Section 4.1

   Compensation      1013  

Section 4.2

   Reimbursable Costs      1013  

Section 4.3

   Indemnification and Limitation of Liability of the Back-Up Manager      1114  
ARTICLE 5 THE BACK-UP MANAGER   

Section 5.1

   Representations and Warranties Concerning the Back-Up Manager      1316  

Section 5.2

   Limitations of Responsibility of the Back-Up Manager      1417  

Section 5.3

   Right to Receive Instructions      1417  

Section 5.4

   Independent Contractor      1417  
ARTICLE 6 CONFIDENTIALITY   

Section 6.1

   Confidentiality      1518  
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   

Section 7.1

   Term; Termination of Agreement      1619  

Section 7.2

   Resignation      1720  

Section 7.3

   Amendment      1720  

Section 7.4

   Successors and Assigns; Additional Securitization Entities      1720  

Section 7.5

   Nonpetition Covenant      1721  

Section 7.6

   Acknowledgement      1821  

Section 7.7

   Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      1821  

Section 7.8

   Notices      1922  

 

i


Section 7.9

   Delivery Dates      1922  

Section 7.10

   Entire Agreement      1922  

Section 7.11

   Severability of Provisions      1922  

Section 7.12

   Binding Effect; Limited Rights of Others      1923  

Section 7.13

   Article and Section Headings      2023  

Section 7.14

   Counterparts      2023  

Section 7.15

   Survival      2023  

Section 7.16

   Electronic Signatures and Transmission      23  

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED BACK-UP MANAGEMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED BACK-UP MANAGEMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT, dated as of April 24, 2018 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, the “Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Canadian Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”); Driven Systems LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, FUSA Properties SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Driven Canada Funding Holdco Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Driven Canada Claims Management LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Carstar Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Maaco Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Meineke Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, a Canadian corporation, Take 5 Canada SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership, (the “Guarantors” and, together with the IssuerCo-Issuers and each future subsidiary of the Issuereither Co-Issuer or Driven Systems LLC, the “Securitization Entities”), Take 5 LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc., a Delaware corporation (and, together with Take 5 LLC and the Securitization Entities, the “Service Recipients”); Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Manager (together with its successors and assigns, the “ManagerU.S. Manager”), and Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., a Canadian corporation, as Canadian Manager (together with its successors and assigns, the “Canadian Manager” and, together with the U.S. Manager, the “Managers”); Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, the “Trustee”); and FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as back-up manager (together with its successors and assigns, the “Back-Up Manager”).


RECITALS

WHEREAS, the IssuerCo-Issuers and Citibank, as Trustee and securities intermediary, have entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2020 (“Amendment No. 4”);

WHEREAS, the date of this Agreement (as  amendedCo-Issuers, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A. as Securities Intermediary (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Securities Intermediary”), have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 24, 2018 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, entered into on March 19, 2019, Amendment No. 2, entered into on June 15, 2019, Amendment No. 3 thereto, entered into on September 17, 2019, and Amendment No. 4 thereto, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “Base Indenture”), pursuant to which the IssuerCo-Issuers may issue from time to time one or more series of Notes (the “Notes”), in each case in accordance with a supplemental indenture supplementing the Base Indenture (the Base Indenture, as supplemented by each such Supplemental Indenture, each as amended from time to time, the “Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer, Driven Product Sourcing LLC, Driven Systems LLC, 1- 800-Radiator Product Sourcing LLC, 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, Meineke Franchisor SPV LLC, Maaco Franchisor SPV LLC, Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, Merlin Franchisor SPV LLC, Carstar Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Franchisor SPV LLC, Take 5 Properties SPV LLC, Driven Funding HoldCo, LLC, ABRA Franchisor SPV LLC, FUSA Franchisor SPV LLC, FUSA Properties SPV LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Change, Inc. (together, the “U.S. Service Recipients, the  Manager”), Driven Brands Shared Services, LLC and, Meineke Car Care Centers LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, 1-800-Radiator Franchise, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC LLC, Take 5 LLC and Take 5 Oil Changeas Sub-managers, Driven Brands, Inc., as Sub-managersthe U.S. Manager, and the Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely as the trustee, have entered into the Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of the date of thisJuly 6, 2020 (the Amended and Restated Management Agreement (as so amended, and as previously and further amended, restated, supplementedamended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “U.S. Management Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other duties, the U.S. Manager will perform certain franchising, distribution, intellectual property and operational functions on behalf of the U.S. Service Recipients;

WHEREAS, the Canadian Co-Issuer, Driven Canada Funding Holdco Corporation, Driven Canada Claims Management GP Corporation, Driven Canada Claims Management LP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP Corporation, Driven Canada Product Sourcing LP, Go Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, Go Glass Franchisor SPV LP, Star Auto Glass Franchisor SPV GP Corporation, Star Auto Glass

 

2


Franchisor SPV LP, Carstar Canada SPV GP Corporation, Carstar Canada SPV LP, Maaco Canada SPV GP Corporation, Maaco Canada SPV LP, Meineke Canada SPV GP Corporation, Meineke Canada SPV LP, and Take 5 Canada SPV GP Corporation, and Take 5 Canada SPV LP, (together, the “Canadian Service Recipients”), Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as the Canadian Manager, and the Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely as the trustee, have entered into the Canadian Management Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “Canadian Management Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other duties, the Canadian Manager will perform certain franchising, distribution, intellectual property and operational functions on behalf of the Canadian Service Recipients;

WHEREAS, the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as servicer (together with its successors and assigns, the “Servicer”) have entered into the Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date of thisJuly 6, 2020 (the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement (as so amended, and as previously and further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “Servicing Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other responsibilities, the Servicer will (i) monitor and review the reports and information provided to it by the ManagerManagers and the Back-Up Manager, (ii) act as the Control Party under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, (iii) assist the Back-Up Manager with the development of the Transition Plan following a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, (iv) assist the Back-Up Manager with implementation of the Transition Plan in connection with the termination of theeither Manager, (v) make Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances in accordance with the Servicing Agreement and (vi) provide consulting services to the Noteholders, the Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee, as applicable, following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event;

WHEREAS, the Service Recipients wish to engage the Back-Up Manager (i) to provide consulting and other back-up management services to the Servicer, the Service Recipients and the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) if and as required, to develop and/or implement the Transition Plan and serve as thea Successor Manager until a Successor Manager (other than the Back-Up Manager) has been appointed;

WHEREAS, it is a condition of the issuance of Notes that the Service Recipients engage a back-up manager to perform the duties described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Back-Up Manager is willing and desires to provide the services of the back-up manager described in this Agreement, the U.S. Management Agreement, the Canadian Management Agreement and the Indenture, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein.

 

3


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND USAGE

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in, or incorporated by reference into, the Management Agreement, including the terms defined in Annex A to the Base Indenture. The following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

Annual Visit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i).

Back-Up Manager” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

Base Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Canadian Co-Issuer” has the meanings set forth in the introduction.

“Canadian Management Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Canadian Manager” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

“Canadian Service Recipients” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

Cold Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

“Management Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

ManagerManagers” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

 

4


Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Quarterly Call” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(i).

Securitization Entities” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Service Recipients” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Servicer” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Servicing Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Transition Plan” the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e).

Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

“U.S. Management Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“U.S. Manager” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

Warm Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Section 1.2 Rules of Construction.

(a) Each term defined in this Agreement shall mean the plural thereof when the plural form of such term is used in this Agreement and each term defined in the plural form shall mean the singular thereof when the singular form of such term is used herein.

(i) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, subsection, schedule and exhibit references herein are references to articles, sections, subsections, schedules and exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(b) The definitions contained or used in this Agreement are equally applicable to both the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

Section 1.3 Computation of Time Periods. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.”

 

5


ARTICLE 2

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BACK-UP MANAGER

Section 2.1 Appointment of Back-Up Manager.

FTI Consulting, Inc. is hereby appointed by the Service Recipients and the ManagerManagers as the Back-Up Manager to provide the services set forth in this Agreement, and FTI Consulting, Inc. hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform such services subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the U.S. Management Agreement, the Canadian Management Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. As Back-Up Manager, FTI Consulting, Inc. shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the U.S. Management Agreement, the Canadian Management Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, perform its obligations (i) using the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with which the Back-Up Manager generally manages and administers comparable obligations for other third parties, giving due consideration to customary and usual standards of practice of prudent management by institutional managers of businesses of the nature and character of the Driven Securitization Brands; (ii) in accordance with applicable law; and (iii) without regard to: (A) any relationship that the Back-Up Manager or any Affiliate thereof may have with any Service Recipient, theeither Manager, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Noteholders or any customer of the foregoing, any of their respective Affiliates or any other party to the Transaction Documents; (B) the ownership of any Notes by the Back-Up Manager or any Affiliate thereof; (C) the right of the Back-Up Manager or any Affiliate thereof to receive compensation for its services or reimbursement of costs, generally under this Agreement or with respect to any particular transaction; and (D) any debt or equity of Driven Brands, Inc. or any Affiliate thereof held by the Back-Up Manager or any Affiliate thereof.

Section 2.2 General Duties.

(a) Other than the duties specifically set forth in this Article 2, the Back-Up Manager shall have no obligation hereunder to supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance of, and shall have no liability for any action taken or omitted to be taken by, theeither Manager, the Service Recipients, the Servicer or the Trustee. The duties and obligations of the Back-Up Manager shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement, the Base Indenture, the U.S. Management Agreement, the Canadian Management Agreement and the Servicing Agreement and the Back-Up Manager agrees to comply with all such duties and obligations. Further, no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Back-Up Manager.

(b) The Back-Up Manager shall make its representative(s) available to the representatives of the Service Recipients and theeach Manager such that the Service Recipients or the applicable Manager are at all times able to provide the Back-Up Manager with up-to-date information regarding the operations of the Service Recipients and the ManagerManagers for the purposes of maintaining the preparedness of the Back-

 

6


Up Manager to perform its obligations in accordance with this Agreement. The Back-Up Manager shall also make its representative(s) available to the Servicer such that the Servicer may consult with the Back-Up Manager with respect to any consents the Servicer makes under the Transaction Documents and with respect to the development and implementation of a Transition Plan, as applicable.

(c) Nothing herein shall prevent the Back-Up Manager or any of its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any Person.

(d) In no event shall the Back-Up Manager assume or be responsible for any financial obligations or liabilities of the Managers pursuant to the Management Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

Section 2.3 Cold Back-Up Management Duties. The Back-Up Manager shall perform the following servicing duties (collectively, the “Cold Back-Up Management Duties”) commencing on the date hereof for the benefit of the Secured Parties:

(a) TheEach Manager shall directly provide the Back-Up Manager with, or otherwise cause the Back-Up Manager to receive, the certificates, notices, statements, reports and other information to be delivered to the Back-Up Manager pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) and the terms of this Agreement. Based on the information provided to it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, unless waived by the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager shall monitor and evaluate the performance of the U.S. Manager under the U.S. Management Agreement and the Canadian Manager under the Canadian Management Agreement by promptly reviewing upon receipt thereof from the applicable Manager or upon posting thereof to the Trustee’s or the applicable Manager’s website, as applicable:

(i) each Quarterly Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 4.1(d) of the Base Indenture;

(ii) each Quarterly Noteholders’ Report delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Base Indenture;

(iii) each Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(e) of the Base Indenture;

(iv) each Annual Accountants’ Report delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(f) of the Base Indenture;

(v) the financial statements of Driven Brands, Inc. and the Securitization Entities as required under Section 4.1(g) and (h) of the Base Indenture;

 

7


(vi) each written instruction regarding withdrawals and payments from the Management Accounts and Indenture Trust Accounts; and

(vii) each Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(a) of the Base Indenture; and

(viii) each FX Exchange Report delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

(b) on a quarterly basis,

(i) discussing by telephone with thea Manager’s management team the performance of the Driven Securitization Brands, and verifying any make-whole prepayment consideration (it being understood that such verification will be based solely on the information provided to the Back-Up Manager by thea Manager); provided that such discussion shall occur within sixty (60) days of the last day of each day of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the applicable Manager (each, a “Quarterly Call”); and

(ii) upon request of the Control Party, either discussing by telephone the results of the Quarterly Call with the Control Party or permitting the Control Party to monitor the Quarterly Call without active participation;

(c) on an annual basis,

(i) (i) upon reasonable advance notice to the each Manager, conducting an on-site visit with the Service Recipients and theU.S. Securitization Entities and the U.S. Manager and the Canadian Securitization Entities and the Canadian Manager, as the case may be, and discussing with thesuch Manager’s management team and reviewing the performance of thesuch Manager and the applicable Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada, respectively, and verifying any make-whole prepayment consideration for the prior fiscal quarter (it being understood that such verification will be based solely on the information provided to the Back-Up Manager by thesuch Manager), and unless waived or otherwise directed by the Control Party, reviewing (1) the cash management systems of thesuch Manager and the applicable Service Recipients, (2) thesuch Manager’s remittance of all amounts owed under the Transaction Documents, (3) the operations and performance of the applicable Driven Securitization Brands generally in the United States and Canada, respectively, (4) the Weekly Management Fees and, the Supplemental Management Fees, and if any, the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fees, and any other amounts paid to thesuch Manager, (5) any changes in personnel at the executive level of thesuch Manager, (6) business plans for the applicable Driven Securitization Brands prepared in accordance with thesuch Manager’s existing business practices, (7) the servicing of the applicable Advertising Fees in the United States and Canada, respectively, (8) the affairs, finances and accounts relating to Driven Brands, Inc.’such Manager’s inter-company arrangements with any of its officers,

 

8


directors and other representatives, and (9) all other areas related to the transactions contemplated by the applicable Transaction Documents as reasonably requested by the Control Party at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such annual meeting; provided that such meeting shall occur within ninety (90) days of the last day of each fiscal year of the applicable Securitization Entities (the “Annual Visit”); and

(ii) (ii) upon request of the Control Party, discussing by telephone the results of the Annual Visit with the Control Party; and

(d) from time to time, performing other procedures as agreed upon by the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, which procedures may include obtaining the Quarterly Noteholders’ Report for any one (1) fiscal quarter during the twelve (12) months ending on the immediately preceding fiscal year, and for such Quarterly Noteholders’ Report (i) reconciling the amounts in such Quarterly Noteholders’ Report to the Manager’sManagers’ computer, accounting and other reports and (ii) identifying any amounts that the Back-Up Manager was unable to reconcile. The Back-Up Manager shall notify the ManagerManagers and the Control Party of any amounts in clause (ii) of the prior sentence that the Back-Up Manager is unable to reconcile, and if any such amounts are not reconciled with the ManagerManagers within ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof, the Back-Up Manager shall notify the Rating Agencies and the Control Party in writing of the amounts that the Back-Up Manager has still been unable to reconcile.

Section 2.4 Warm Back-Up Management Duties. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event” shall mean the occurrence and continuation of (i) any event that causes a Cash Trapping Period to begin and that continues for at least two (2) consecutive Quarterly Calculation Dates or (ii) a Rapid Amortization Event, in each case, that has not been waived or approved by the Controlling Class Representative. Additionally, if an Advance Period has occurred and is continuing for at least sixty (60) days, the Back-Up Manager shall perform the duties specified in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.4 after receiving direction from the Control Party (an “Advance Period Notice”). Within two (2) Business Days of obtaining Actual Knowledge of the occurrence and continuance of any Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, the ManagerManagers, the Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, shall notify each other and each Rating Agency in writing of such occurrence. Upon receipt of such notice or an Advance Period Notice, the Back-Up Manager shall commence the following duties (collectively, the “Warm Back-Up Management Duties”) (or in the case of an Advance Period Notice, the duties specified in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.4) and will, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice, have taken all steps reasonably necessary to enable it to provide such duties:

(a) performing an in-depth situation analysis of theeach Manager and its financial position and of the Collateral and the applicable Service Recipients, based on information provided to the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture. In connection with such analysis, the Back-Up Manager shall analyze,

 

9


inter alia, (1) the key drivers of historical performance, (2) the strategic business plan for the Service Recipients to determine weaknesses (if any) and viability, and (3) the causes of poor performance, including pricing, cost structure and leverage;

(b) generating revised projections (including cash forecasts, income statements and balance sheets) for the Service Recipients and the Collateral, which projections will be based on, inter alia, variance analyses and stress tests to sensitize forecasts and incorporate changes to the models used by one or more Rating Agencies in connection with the issuance of ratings on the Notes;

(c) to the degree relevant based upon the Back-Up Manager’s analysis of the situation and at the direction of the Servicer, identifying alternative suppliers and providers of services in connection with the Service Recipients;

(d) at the direction of the Servicer, obtaining appraisals and valuations of the Collateral; and

(e) developing a comprehensive transition plan (the “Transition Plan”) with the assistance and oversight of the Servicer to prepare for a transition to a Successor Manager if thea Manager is (or the Managers are) terminated following the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event with respect to the terminated Manager(s), pursuant to which the Back-Up Manager shall, based on the circumstances related to such Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event:

(i) in consultation with the Managerterminated Manager(s) identify personnel then-employed by thesuch Manager that could assist in the transfer of thesuch Manager’s duties and obligations, including the transfer of accounting, receivables, payables, finance, payroll and other financial services, to a Successor Manager; and

(ii) in consultation with the Managerterminated Manager(s) identify and recommend individuals from thesuch Manager’s existing management team, the Back-Up Manager’s own organization and from other organizations that could perform obligations under this Agreement and theapplicable Management Agreement.

Any Transition Plan may include, but is not limited to a recommendation to either terminate the Manager’sDriven Brands, Inc.’s or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc.’s position as a Manager under the applicable Management Agreement or re-engage the ManagerDriven Brands, Inc. or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as applicable, to serve as a Manager under the applicable Management Agreement. The Back-Up Manager will first submit thea Transition Plan to the Servicer and the Trustee for the approval of the Servicer, and to the extent such approval is not granted, both the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer will continue to work in good faith to achieve such approval. Under no circumstances will the Transition Plan be implemented prior to the occurrence of a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event.

 

10


Section 2.5 Hot Back-Up Management Duties. For purposes of this Section 2.5, a “Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event” shall mean the occurrence and continuation of a Manager Termination Event with respect to either Manager or both Managers that has not been waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

(a) If a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may direct the Trustee to deliver a termination notice to terminate the a Manager (or the Managers) pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the U.S. Management Agreement or Section 6.1(a) of the Canadian Management Agreement, as applicable (with a copy to the Issuer or the Canadian Co-Issuer, as applicable, any other Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies). Delivery of a termination notice from the Trustee will not be required to terminate the applicable Manager in respect of a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event caused by a Manager Termination Event described in clauses (viivi) or (viiivii) of the definition thereof, for which termination of the applicable Manager shall be automatic. Promptly following receipt of a written notice from the Trustee that a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, the Back-Up Manager shall perform the following additional duties (collectively, the “Hot Back-Up Management Duties”):

(i) implement thea Transition Plan, and, if so requested by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party), assist the Trustee and the Servicer in identifying one or more Persons other than the Back-Up Manager to act as Successor Manager, within ninety (90) calendar days following the occurrence of such Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event; and

(ii) take over the management of the applicable Service Recipients and initiate reasonable steps necessary or advisable in connection with stabilizing the condition of each of thesuch Service Recipients, pending the appointment of a Successor Manager, to: (A) exercise full inspection and audit rights against thesuch Service Recipients and to protect the applicable Collateral and the condition and value thereof, (B) restructure and re-negotiate one or more Transaction Documents previously entered into by anysuch Service Recipients, (C) make and implement personnel decisions, (D) hire external consultants and other qualified Persons to facilitate operations, and (E) liquidate applicable Collateral, to the extent allowed under the applicable Transaction Documents or applicable law., if reasonably necessary, subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions to such actions under the applicable Transaction Documents.

(b) Until a Successor Manager is appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Back-Up Manager will serve as thea Successor Manager and will work with the applicable Manager to implement the Transition Plan. If the Back-Up Manager serves as thea Successor Manager, the Back-Up Manager will act only in consultation with, and at the direction of, the Servicer (and, if otherwise required under the Transaction Documents, the applicable Service Recipients).

 

11


ARTICLE 3

INFORMATION

Section 3.1 Information Provided by Managerthe Managers. Upon request, the ManagerManagers will provide the Back-Up Manager with the certificates and reports listed in Section 2.3(a) (which may be provided by accessing the Trustee’s or the applicable Manager’s password-protected website) and any other information reasonably requested by the Back-Up Manager to perform its obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Back-Up Manager shall not require the ManagerManagers to produce reports or other information that the Manager doesthey do not currently produce or which, in the reasonable judgment of theeach Manager, would be unreasonably expensive or burdensome to prepare or produce. The ManagerManagers shall also provide the Back-Up Manager with any amendments to any Transaction Documents and shall provide the Back-Up Manager with copies of all Transaction Documents for each Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Securitization Entities and the Managers agree to fully and promptly cooperate with all reasonable requests of the Back-Up Manager for information or access (during normal business hours and subject to reasonable prior notice) to management team members with respect to the Back-Up Manager’s provision of all Warm Back-Up Management Duties and all Hot Back-Up Management Duties during the continuation of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event or a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event or if an Advance Period Notice has been delivered.

Section 3.2 Reliance on Information. In connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, the Back-Up Manager is entitled to conclusively rely upon written information or any certification provided to it by the ManagerManagers, the Service Recipients, the Servicer, or and the Trustee without the obligation to investigate the accuracy or completeness of any such information or any certification and shall have no liability for actions taken in reasonable reliance thereon.

Section 3.3 Delivery of Information by Back-Up Manager. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Article 2 is for informational purposes only and the receipt by the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative of such reports shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Service Recipients’, the Manager’sManagers’, the Servicer’s or any other entity’s compliance with any of its covenants under any of the Transaction Documents (as to which the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative isare entitled to rely on officer’s certificates from such entities).

 

12


ARTICLE 4

COMPENSATION, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITY

Section 4.1 Compensation. As compensation for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, in addition to the reimbursement of expenses pursuant to Section 4.2, the Back-Up Manager shall be entitled to a fee based upon the time incurred in providing services hereunder multiplied by the Back-Up Manager’s standard hourly rates, as agreed upon under a separate fee letter among the ManagerManagers, the Securitization Entities and the Back-Up Manager; provided that such fee shall be paid on each Weekly Allocation Date only from amounts available therefor under the Indenture in accordance with the Priority of Payments on such Weekly Allocation Date. The Back-Up Manager Fees shall be payable as Securitization Operating Expenses in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

Section 4.2 Reimbursable Costs. The Securitization Entities (including on behalf of the other Service Recipients) shall reimburse the Back-Up Manager for all reasonable and documented disbursements, expenses and out-of-pocket costs incurred or made by it in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; provided that (a) in the performance of its Cold Back-Up Management Duties, the Back- Up Manager must receive the prior written approval of the Securitization Entities and the ManagerManagers prior to incurring expenses anticipated to exceed $8,00014,000 in the aggregate per trip or single occurrence, and reimbursements under this Section 4.2 shall not exceed $15,00025,000 per annum without the prior written approval of the ManagerManagers, and (b) in the performance of its Warm Back-Up Management Duties, the Back-Up Manager must receive the prior written approval of the applicable Securitization Entities and the applicable Manager prior to incurring expenses anticipated to exceed $10,00020,000 in the aggregate per trip or single occurrence, and reimbursements under this Section 4.2 shall not exceed $30,00050,000 per annum without the prior written approval of the Control Party, and (c) in the performance of its Hot Back-Up ManagerManagement Duties, the Back-Up Manager must receive the prior written approval of the Control Party prior to incurring expenses anticipated to exceed $15,00030,000 in the aggregate per trip or single occurrence, and reimbursements under this Section 4.2 shall not exceed $60,000100,000 per annum without the prior written approval of the Control Party. Such reimbursements of costs and expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Back-Up Manager’s agents and outside counsel. The Securitization Entities shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Back-Up Manager through the Back-Up Manager’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. Any reimbursable costs and expenses shall be payable to the Back-Up Manager on each Weekly Allocation Date only out of amounts available therefor under the Indenture in accordance with the Priority of Payments on such Weekly Allocation Date. The reimbursement of expenses and other costs pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be payable as Securitization Operating Expenses in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

13


Section 4.3 Indemnification and Limitation of Liability of the Back-Up Manager.

(a) The Back-Up Manager will indemnify each of the Service Recipients and their respective members, officers, directors, managers, employees and agents for all claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits, and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses that any of them may incur as a result of: (i) the breach by the Back- Up Manager of any representation, warranty or covenant under the Back-Up Managementthis Agreement or (ii) the Back-Up Manager’s gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or fraudulent behavior in the performance of its duties under the Back-Up Managementthis Agreement; provided, that the Back-Up Manager will have no obligation of indemnity to any such party to the extent any such claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits, and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses are caused by such party’s gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or fraudulent behavior.

(b) Except as set forth in the prior paragraph, neither the Back-Up Manager nor any of its members, officers, directors, managers, employees or agents (collectively, the “Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties”) shall be under any liability to the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee, or the Noteholders for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith pursuant to this Agreement, for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith pursuant to this Agreement due to a Manager failing to comply with the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents (including but not limited to any applicable Management Agreement and this Agreement) after reasonable request therefor (it being understood that such a reasonable request shall not be construed to require the Back-Up Manager to affirmatively take any legal, administrative, judicial or other action to enforce the provisions of the Transaction Documents), or for errors in judgment made in good faith unless it is proven that the Back-Up Manager was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties against liability for any material breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made herein, or against any expense or liability specifically required to be borne thereby without right of reimbursement pursuant to the terms hereof, or against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or fraudulent behavior in the performance of their obligations or duties hereunder or by reason of the Back-Up Manager’s grossly negligent disregard of such obligations or duties. The Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties may rely in good faith on any document of any kind which, prima facie, is properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

(c) The Securitization Entities (including on behalf of the other Service Recipients) shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties from and against any claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses that any of them may incur arising out of or incurred in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, any other

 

14


Transaction Document or any of the Collateral, other than any such claim, loss, penalty, fine, forfeiture, legal fee, liability, obligation, damage, action, suit and related cost, judgment or other cost, fee or reasonable expense: (i) specifically required to be borne by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the terms hereof or otherwise incidental to the performance of obligations and duties under this Agreement; or (ii) that was incurred in connection with claims against such party resulting from (A) any material breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made herein by such party or (B) the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or fraudulent behavior of such party.

(d) The Back-Up Manager shall not be under any obligation under this Agreement to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action unless such action is related to its respective duties under this Agreement and in its opinion does not involve it in any ultimate expense or liability; provided, however, that the Back-Up Manager may, in its discretion, undertake any such action which it may reasonably deem necessary or desirable with respect to the enforcement and/or protection of its rights and duties. In such event, the reasonable legal expenses and costs of such action, and any liability resulting therefrom, shall be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Securitization Entities (including on behalf of the other Service Recipients) and the Back-Up Manager shall be entitled to the direct payment of such expense, or to be reimbursed therefor. All indemnities and reimbursements on account of the Back-Up Manager Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be payable out of funds on deposit in the Collection Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(e) The Back-Up Manager may rely upon, and shall have no liability for actions taken or not taken in good faith and in reasonable reliance upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent or other written information reasonably believed by it to be genuine and delivered by or on behalf of the ManagerManagers, the Service Recipients or the Servicer, without the obligation to investigate the accuracy or completeness of any such Certification or written information.

(f) In the exercise and performance of its duties and obligations hereunder or under any of the Transaction Documents, the Back-Up Manager (i) may act directly or through agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them and (ii) may, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3(c), at its own expense if it is acting solely on its own behalf and not on behalf of or for the benefit of the Noteholders, consult with counsel, accountants and other professionals or experts selected and monitored by the Back-Up Manager in good faith and in the absence of gross negligence, and the Back-Up Manager shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other professionals or experts.

(g) No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Back-Up Manager under this Agreement or any other Related Document or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Back-Up Manager, in its individual capacity, any holder of equity in the Back-Up Manager or in any successor or assign of the Back-Up Manager in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed.

 

15


(h) Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, in performing its duties as Successor Manager, in no event shall the Back-Up Manager assume or be responsible for any financial obligations or liabilities in connection with the performance of such duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, any Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Any such obligations or liabilities shall be the sole responsibility of the Co- Issuers and/or the applicable Manager.

ARTICLE 5

THE BACK-UP MANAGER

Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties Concerning the Back-Up Manager. The Back-Up Manager represents and warrants to the Service Recipients and the Trustee, as of the date hereof and each Series Closing Date (except if otherwise expressly noted), as follows:

(a) Organization and Good Standing. It is a duly organized, validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization. It has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Power and Authority. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Back-Up Manager of its duties hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part.

(c) No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not (i) conflict with any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Back-Up Manager or the by-laws of the Back-Up Manager, (ii) violate or result in a breach of any material contract to which the Back-Up Manager is a party or (iii) violate any law to which the Back-Up Manager is subject, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such violation or breaches which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition of the Back-Up Manager or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Back-Up Manager’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(d) Due Execution and Delivery. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Back-Up Manager and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Back-Up Manager, enforceable against the Back-Up Manager in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Code and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) or by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

16


(e) No Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Back-Up Manager, threatened in writing against or affecting the Back-Up Manager, before or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Back-Up Manager with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement asserting the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or seeking any determination or ruling that would affect the legality, binding effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Limitations of Responsibility of the Back-Up Manager. The Back- Up Manager will have no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder in good faith and, to the extent applicable, consistent with this Agreement.

Section 5.3 Right to Receive Instructions. In the event that the Back-Up Manager is unable to decide between alternative courses of action, or is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement or any Related Document, or any such provision is, in the good faith judgment of the Back-Up Manager, ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement or any Related Document permits any determination by the Back-Up Manager or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Back-Up Manager is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Back-Up Manager may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances and as permitted by the terms of this Agreement) to the Control Party requesting instructions in accordance with the Base Indenture and, to the extent that the Back-Up Manager shall have acted or refrained from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instructions received from the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager shall not be liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person. If the Back-Up Manager shall not have received appropriate instructions from the Control Party within ten (10) days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time reasonably appropriate under the circumstances as may be specified in such notice) the Back-Up Manager may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, as the Back-Up Manager shall deem to be in the best interests of the Noteholders and the Service Recipients. The Back-Up Manager shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction taken in reliance on the preceding sentence except for the Back-Up Manager’s own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or fraudulent behavior.

Section 5.4 Independent Contractor. In performing its obligations as Back- Up Manager hereunder the Back-Up Manager acts solely as an independent contractor of each of the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and the Controlling Class Representative. Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, create or constitute any joint venture, partnership, employment, or any other relationship between any Service Recipients, the Trustee, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer or the Controlling Class Representative and the Back-up Manager other than the independent

 

17


contractor contractual relationship established hereby. The Back-Up Manager shall not be, nor shall be deemed to be, liable for any acts or obligations of the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee and, without limiting the foregoing, the Back-Up Manager shall not be liable under or in connection with the Notes.

ARTICLE 6

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1 Confidentiality. “Confidential Information” means trade secrets and other information (including, without limitation, know how, ideas, techniques, recipes, formulas, customer lists, customer information, financial information, business methods and processes, marketing plans, specifications, and other similar information as well as internal materials prepared by the owner of such information containing or based, in whole or in part, on any such information) that is confidential and proprietary to its owner and that is disclosed by one party to an agreement to another party thereto whether in writing or disclosed orally, and whether or not designated as confidential.

(a) The Back-Up Manager acknowledges that during the term of this Agreement it may receive Confidential Information from any Non-Securitization Entity, the Securitization Entities and the ManagerManagers. The Back-Up Manager agrees to maintain the Confidential Information in the strictest of confidence and will not, at any time, use, disseminate or disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity other than those of its employees or representatives who have a “need to know” and who have been apprised of this restriction except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Back-Up Manager shall be liable for any breach of this Article 6 by any of its employees or any action, or use or disclosure of Confidential Information by any of its representatives which would have constituted a breach of this Article 6 had such representative been a party hereto and shall immediately notify the applicable Manager in the event of any loss or disclosure of any Confidential Information. Confidential Information shall not include information that: (i) is already known to the Back-Up Manager without restriction on use or disclosure prior to receipt of such information from any Non-Securitization Entity, a Securitization Entity or thea Manager; (ii) is or becomes part of the public domain other than by breach of this Agreement by, or other wrongful act of, the Back-Up Manager or its employees or representatives; (iii) is developed by the Back-Up Manager independently of and without reference to any Confidential Information; (iv) is received by the Back-Up Manager from a third party who is not under any obligation to any Non-Securitization Entity, the Securitization Entities or the ManagerManagers to maintain the confidentiality of such information or (v) is required to be disclosed by applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, subpoena, court order or legal process; provided that the Back-Up Manager promptly notifies Driven Brands, Inc. or itsDriven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as applicable, or their applicable Subsidiaries, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers of such requirement and reasonably cooperates with Driven Brands, Inc. or itsDriven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as applicable, or their applicable Subsidiaries, the Service Recipients and the ManagerManagers to minimize the extent of such disclosure. The duties hereunder

 

18


shall survive termination of this Agreement and (A) for trade secret information, shall continue for as long as such information remains a trade secret under applicable law, and (B) for all other Confidential Information, shall continue for three years after the term of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1.

(b) All books, records, documents, papers or other materials relating to any Non-Securitization Entity’s, the Securitization Entities’ or the Manager’sManagers’ business, Intellectual Property, customers, suppliers, distributors, franchisees, products or projects received by the Back-Up Manager containing Confidential Information or other proprietary information or trade secrets of any Non-Securitization Entity, any Securitization Entity or the Manager, including any copies thereof shall at all times be and remain the property of the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager, as the case may be, and shall be destroyed or returned immediately to the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager, as the case may be, upon termination of this Agreement, or earlier at the request of the applicable Non-Securitization Entity, Securitization Entity or the Manager; provided, however, that the Back-Up Manager may retain such limited media and materials containing Confidential Information for customary archival and audit purposes (including with respect to regulatory compliance) only for reference with respect to the prior dealings between the parties and subject to the confidentiality terms of this Agreement. To the extent the Back-Up Manager is required to return or destroy materials containing the Non-Securitization Entities’, Securitization Entities’ or the Manager’sManagers’ Confidential Information as described in this Section 6.1(b), the Back-Up Manager shall provide a certificate of an authorized employee attesting to the return and/or destruction of such materials upon request.

(c) Nothing in this Article 6 shall be construed as preventing any Non- Securitization Entity that is not a party hereto, all of which shall be third-party beneficiaries of the rights arising under this Article 6, as applicable, the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers or the Trustee from pursuing any and all remedies available to it for the breach or threatened breach of covenants made in this Article 6, including recovery of money damages or temporary or permanent injunctive relief.

(d) It is understood that nothing in this Agreement is intended to preclude the Back-Up Manager or its affiliates from engaging in related types of consulting work with other firms or organizations, whether in a related business or otherwise; provided that reasonable and proper professional safeguards are maintained to ensure that Confidential Information is not made available to such other firms or organizations.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Term; Termination of Agreement. The duties and obligations of the Back-Up Manager under this Agreement shall continue for a period of seven (7) years from the date hereof, and will automatically renew for one (1) year periods on each

 

19


anniversary, unless this Agreement is earlier terminated by the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Control Party at any time, by providing five (5) days’ prior written notice thereof to the ManagerManagers, the Back-Up Manager, the IssuerCo-Issuers, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies. This Agreement will also terminate upon (a) the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 12 of the Base Indenture, (b) the assumption by the Back-Up Manager of all rights and obligations of the U.S. Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the U.S. Management Agreement and all rights and obligations of the Canadian Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the Canadian Management Agreement, (c) the resignation of the Back-Up Manager pursuant to Section 7.2 or (d) the final payment or other liquidation of the last Managed Asset.

Section 7.2 Resignation. The Back-Up Manager may not resign as Back-Up Manager except upon determination that (a) the performance of its duties under this Agreement is no longer possible under applicable law and (b) there is no reasonable action the Back-Up Manager could take to make the performance of its duties under this Back-Up Management Agreement permissible under applicable law. Any such determination requiring the Back-Up Manager’s resignation will be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect, delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party, the IssuerCo-Issuers and the ManagerManagers. In addition, the Back-Up Manager will be permitted to resign if the Back-Up Manager Fee due and owing to the Back-up Manager remains unpaid for more than sixty (60) days after it becomes due and payable and any invoice for the Back-Up Manager Fee has been delivered pursuant to the notification methods specified in Section 7.8.

Section 7.3 Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended from time to time by a writing signed by the parties hereto. Any amendment or modification effected contrary to the provisions of this Section 7.3 shall be null and void. Unless otherwise specified in such waiver, a waiver of any right under this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given. No election not to exercise, failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right, nor any course of dealing or performance, shall operate as a waiver of any right under this Agreement or applicable law, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other foror further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right under this Agreement or applicable law.

Section 7.4 Successors and Assigns; Additional Securitization Entities. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, that the Back- Up Manager may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Service Recipients, the ManagerManagers, the Trustee and the Control Party. Any Affiliate of Driven Brands, Inc. or Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc. that becomes a Securitization Entity may become a party to this Agreement by entering into a written addendum pursuant to which such Affiliate agrees to all of the provisions of this Agreement and to assume all of the rights, duties and obligations of a Service RecipientsRecipient hereunder.

 

20


Section 7.5 Nonpetition Covenant. The Back-Up Manager shall not, prior to the date that is one year and one day, or if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect, after the payment in full of the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each Series, petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against any Securitization Entity under any insolvency law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of such Securitization Entity or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of such Securitization Entity.

Section 7.6 Acknowledgement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Back-Up Manager hereby acknowledges that, on the date hereof, the Securitization Entities will pledge to the Trustee under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, all of such Securitization Entities’ right and title to, and interest in, this Agreement and the Collateral, and such pledge includes all of such Securitization Entities’ rights, remedies, powers and privileges, and all claims of such Securitization Entities’ against the Back-Up Manager, under or with respect to this Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise available at law or in equity), including (i) the rights of such Securitization Entities and the obligations of the Back-Up Manager hereunder and (ii) the right, at any time, to give or withhold consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, demands, extensions or waivers under or with respect to this Agreement or the obligations in respect of the Back-Up Manager hereunder to the same extent as such Securitization Entities may do. The Back-Up Manager hereby consents to such pledges described above, acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and as the Control Party) shall be a third-party beneficiary of the rights of such Securitization Entities arising hereunder and (y) the Trustee and the Control Party may, to the extent provided in the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, enforce the provisions of this Agreement, exercise the rights of such Securitization Entities and enforce the obligations of the Back-Up Manager hereunder without the consent of such Securitization Entities.

Section 7.7 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAW RULES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

(b) The parties hereto each hereby waives any right to have a jury participate in resolving any dispute, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, relating to or incidental to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

21


(c) The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably submits (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in the borough of Manhattan, New York City, State of New York, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Transaction Documents, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York state or federal court. The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection each may now or hereafter have, to remove any such action or proceeding, once commenced, to another court on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise.

(d) The Back-Up Manager irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.8. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 7.8 Notices. All notices, requests or other communications desired or required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) national prepaid overnight delivery service, (c) telecopy, facsimile or electronic mail transmission of a .pdf or similar file or (d) personal delivery with receipt acknowledged in writing, to the address set forth in Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture. If the Indenture or this Agreement permits reports to be posted to a password-protected website, such reports shall be deemed delivered when posted on such website. Any party hereto may change its address for notices hereunder by giving notice of such change to the other parties hereto, with a copy to the Control Party. Any change of address of a Noteholder shown on a Note Register shall, after the date of such change, be effective to change the address for such Noteholder hereunder. All notices and demands to any Person hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of the delivery thereof at the address of such Person for notices hereunder, or on the third day after the mailing thereof to such address, as the case may be.

Section 7.9 Delivery Dates. If the due date of any notice, certificate or report required to be delivered by the Back-Up Manager hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such notice, certificate or report shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

Section 7.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.11 Severability of Provisions. If one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatever held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements and provisions of this Agreement and such invalidity or unenforceability shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of such remaining provisions, or the rights of any parties hereto. To the extent permitted by law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

22


Section 7.12 Binding Effect; Limited Rights of Others. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Except as provided in the preceding sentence and in Section 7.4 and Section 7.6, nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, agreements, representations or provisions contained herein.

Section 7.13 Article and Section Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 7.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

Section 7.15 Survival. The provisions of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 6.1, 7.5, 7.7, and this Section 7.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 7.16 Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Agreement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed

 

23


to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated Back-Up Management and Consulting Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
DRIVEN PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
DRIVEN SYSTEMS LLC, as a Service

Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
1-800-RADIATOR PRODUCT SOURCING LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-2-25

Back-Up Management Agreement

 


1-800-RADIATOR FRANCHISOR SPV

LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
MEINEKE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
MAACO FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
ECONO LUBE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
DRIVE N STYLE FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Back-Up Management Agreement


MERLIN FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CARSTAR FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
TAKE 5 FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ABRA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a
Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
FUSA FRANCHISOR SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


FUSA PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of MAACO CANADA SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, in its capacity as general partner of TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:   Scott O’Melia
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
 
 
TAKE 5 PROPERTIES SPV LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


DRIVEN FUNDING HOLDCO, LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
TAKE 5 LLC, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

TAKE 5 OIL CHANGE, INC., as a Service

Recipient

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DRIVEN BRANDS, INC., as U.S. Manager
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED

SERVICES INC., as Canadian Manager

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Back-Up Management Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

FTI CONSULTING, INC., as Back-Up Manager

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Back-Up Management Agreement

Exhibit 10.10

Execution Version

CANADIAN MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 6, 2020

by and among

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as Canadian Co-Issuer,

THE OTHER SERVICE RECIPIENTS PARTY HERETO,

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as the Manager,

CITIBANK, N.A., as the Trustee

and,

solely for the purposes of Section 2.15,

CARSTAR CANADA PARTNERSHIP, LP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     3  

Section 1.1

 

Certain Definitions

     3  

Section 1.2

 

Other Defined Terms

     20  

Section 1.3

 

Other Terms

     21  

Section 1.4

 

Computation of Time Periods

     21  

Section 1.5

 

Rule of Construction

     21  

ARTICLE II Administration and Servicing of Managed Assets

     21  

Section 2.1

 

Driven Brands Shared Services to act as Manager

     21  

Section 2.2

 

Accounts

     24  

Section 2.3

 

Records

     26  

Section 2.4

 

Administrative Duties of Manager

     26  

Section 2.5

 

No Offset

     27  

Section 2.6

 

Compensation

     27  

Section 2.7

 

Indemnification

     28  

Section 2.8

 

Nonpetition Covenant

     30  

Section 2.9

 

Franchisor Consent

     30  

Section 2.10

 

Appointment of Sub-managers

     30  

Section 2.11

 

Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds

     31  

Section 2.12

 

Permitted Asset Dispositions

     31  

Section 2.13

 

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement

     32  

Section 2.14

 

Manager Advances

     32  

Section 2.15

 

Pre-Closing Date Services and Payments to Employees

     32  

ARTICLE III Statements and Reports

     32  

Section 3.1

 

Reporting by the Manager

     32  

Section 3.2

 

Appointment of Independent Auditor

     33  

Section 3.3

 

Annual Accountants’ Reports

     34  

Section 3.4

 

Available Information

     34  

ARTICLE IV The Manager

     35  

Section 4.1

 

Representations and Warranties Concerning the Manager

     35  

Section 4.2

 

Existence; Status as Manager

     37  

Section 4.3

 

Performance of Obligations

     38  

Section 4.4

 

Merger and Resignation

     42  

Section 4.5

 

Notice of Certain Events

     43  

Section 4.6

 

Capitalization

     43  

Section 4.7

 

Maintenance of Separateness

     43  

Section 4.8

 

No Competitive Business

     44  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     44  

Section 5.1

 

Representations and Warranties Made in Respect of New Franchise Agreements

     44  

Section 5.2

 

Assets Acquired After the Series 2020-1 Closing Date

     45  

Section 5.3

 

Securitization IP

     45  

Section 5.4

 

Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap

     46  

Section 5.5

 

Future Brands

     46  

Section 5.6

 

Restrictions on Liens

     46  

Section 5.7

 

Canadian Defined Benefit Plans

     47  

ARTICLE VI Manager Termination Events

     47  

Section 6.1

 

Manager Termination Events

     47  

Section 6.2

 

Manager Termination Event Remedies

     49  

Section 6.3

 

Manager’s Transitional Role

     50  

Section 6.4

 

Intellectual Property

     51  

Section 6.5

 

Third Party Intellectual Property

     51  

Section 6.6

 

No Effect on Other Parties

     51  

Section 6.7

 

Rights Cumulative

     51  

ARTICLE VII Confidentiality

     52  

Section 7.1

 

Confidentiality

     52  

ARTICLE VIII Miscellaneous Provisions

     53  

Section 8.1

 

Termination of Agreement

     53  

Section 8.2

 

Survival

     53  

Section 8.3

 

Amendment

     53  

Section 8.4

 

Governing Law

     54  

Section 8.5

 

Notices

     54  

Section 8.6

 

Acknowledgement

     55  

Section 8.7

 

Severability of Provisions

     55  

Section 8.8

 

Delivery Dates

     55  

Section 8.9

 

Limited Recourse

     55  

Section 8.10

 

Binding Effect; Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries

     55  

Section 8.11

 

Article and Section Headings

     56  

Section 8.12

 

Concerning the Trustee

     56  

Section 8.13

 

Counterparts

     56  

Section 8.14

 

Entire Agreement

     56  

Section 8.15

 

Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     56  

Section 8.16

 

Joinder of Future Service Recipients

     56  

Section 8.17

 

Securitization-Owned Locations

     56  

Section 8.18

 

Electronic Signatures and Transmission

     57  

Exhibit A-1 – Power of Attorney For Canadian SPV Franchising Entities

Exhibit A-2 – Power of Attorney For Service Recipients

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Exhibit B – Joinder Agreement

Schedule 2.1(f) – Manager Insurance

Schedule 2.10 – Excluded Services, Products and/or Functions

 

iii


CANADIAN MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This CANADIAN MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 6, 2020 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among: DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”); CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian CARSTAR GP”), CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian CARSTAR”), MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”), MAACO CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Take 5 GP”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Take 5”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Go Glass Franchisor”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor” and, together with Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5 GP, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Go Glass Franchisor and Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP, the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”), DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Funding Holdco”); DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”), DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”), DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”) and DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Claims Management” and, together with Canadian Funding Holdco, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management GP, Driven Canada Claims Management and the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Canadian Co-Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer or Canadian Franchisor Holdco that becomes a party hereto, the “Canadian Securitization Entities” or the “Service Recipients”); DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., a Canadian corporation, as manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brands Shared Services” or the “Manager”); CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as the trustee under the Indenture (as defined below) (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”); and solely for the purpose of Section 2.15 of this Agreement, CARSTAR CANADA PARTNERSHIP, LP, an Ontario limited partnership. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms or incorporated by reference in Appendix A to the Indenture (as defined below).


RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 24, 2018 (together with the Series Supplements thereto, and as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”) by and among Driven Brands Funding, LLC (the “Issuer”) and the Trustee, the Issuer issued the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-1 Class A-2 Notes, the Series 2019-2 Class A-2 Notes and the Series 2019-3 Class A-1 Notes (collectively, the “Existing Notes”) on the terms described therein;

WHEREAS pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of July 6, 2020 by and among the Issuer, the Canadian Co-Issuer (together with the Issuer, the “Co-Issuers”) and the Trustee, the Canadian Co-Issuer became a party to the Indenture and a co-issuer of the Existing Notes;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture and a Series Supplement dated as of July 6, 2020 by and among the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, the Co-Issuers issued the Series 2020-1 Notes, and the Co-Issuers may issue additional series of Notes from time to time pursuant to the Indenture and future Series Supplements;

WHEREAS, the Canadian Co-Issuer has granted to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties a Lien in the Collateral owned by it pursuant to the terms of Indenture and the Deed of Hypothec dated as of July 6, 2020, by and among the Canadian Co-Issuer, the Canadian Guarantors and the Trustee (as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Hypothec”);

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have guaranteed the obligations of the Canadian Co-Issuer and Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents and have granted to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties a Lien in the Collateral owned by each of them pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of April 24, 2018, as amended by an amendment and assumption to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” and together with the Hypothec, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreements”);

WHEREAS, from and after the date hereof, all New Assets shall be originated by or otherwise owned by the Service Recipients following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a reorganization of the subsidiaries of Driven Brands Canada Inc. on June 29, 2020, the Manager obtained assets and employees necessary to provide the Services (as defined below) to the Service Recipients, and the Manager has been providing certain of such Services to the Service Recipients since that time (the “Pre-Closing Date Services”);

WHEREAS, each of the Service Recipients desires to engage the Manager, and each of the Service Recipients desires to have the Manager enforce such Service Recipient’s rights and

 

2


powers and perform such Service Recipient’s duties and obligations under the Managed Documents (as defined below) and the Transaction Documents to which it is party in accordance with the Managing Standard (as defined below);

WHEREAS, each of the Service Recipients desires to have the Manager enter into certain agreements and acquire certain assets from time to time on such Service Recipient’s behalf, in each case in accordance with the Managing Standard;

WHEREAS, each of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities desires to appoint the Manager as its agent for providing comprehensive Intellectual Property services, including filing for registration, clearance, maintenance, protection, enforcement, licensing, and recording transfers of the Securitization IP in accordance with the Managing Standard and as provided in Section 2.1(c) and Section 4.3(b);

WHEREAS, each of Service Recipients desires to enter into this Agreement to provide for, among other things, the managing of the respective rights, powers, duties and obligations of such Service Recipient under or in connection with the Contribution Agreements and the Securitization Assets and the applicable Securitization IP and each Service Recipient that is a Canadian Securitization Entity’s equity interests in each other Canadian Securitization Entity owned by it and in connection with any other assets acquired by any Service Recipient (collectively, the “Managed Assets”), all in accordance with the Managing Standard; and

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to enforce such rights and powers and perform such obligations and duties, all in accordance with the Managing Standard.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in Appendix A to the Base Indenture shall have the following meanings:

Agreement”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts”: has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

Canadian Co-Issuer”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Canadian Defined Benefit Plan”: means a “registered pension plan”, as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which is or was sponsored, administered or contributed to, or required to be contributed to by, the Manager or any member of a Controlled Group that includes the Manager under which such Manager or member of a Controlled Group that includes the Manager has any actual or potential liability, and which contains a “defined benefit provision”, as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

 

3


Canadian Securitization Entities”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Canadian SPV IP License Agreements” means the IP License Agreements with any Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, as licensor.

CARSTAR Business”: means the operation of automobile painting and body repair businesses in Canada under the CARSTAR Brand.

CARSTAR Express Facilities”: means the grant of franchises for express vehicle repair centers that offer repair of minor damage to vehicles and associated services which cannot be provided in a cost-efficient manner from a CARSTAR Facility.

CARSTAR Facilities”: means the grant of franchises for the operation of automobile collision repair businesses which focus on insurance-related collision repair work arising out of relationships it has established with insurance company partners.

CARSTAR Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of CARSTAR Franchise Agreement.

CARSTAR Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each CARSTAR Franchise Agreement with Canadian CARSTAR as franchisor, including: (a) an initial Management Training Program; (b) specification of ongoing training courses; (c) continuing consultation as Canadian CARSTAR deems appropriate or as may be required; (d) a toll-free number for customers; (e) administration of national marketing funds and regional advertising funds for CARSTAR Facilities and CARSTAR Express Facilities; (f) periodic inspection of the CARSTAR Facility; (g) periodic franchisee meetings; (h) review for approval of signage and marketing materials; (i) at the Franchisee’s request, assistance in the development of an annual marketing plan; (j) maintenance of a website; (k) providing access to the CARSTAR Canada manual; and (l) monitoring warranty claims processing under the National Warranty Program.

CARSTAR System”: means right to use CARSTAR’s systems relating to the establishment and operation of such businesses under the tradename “CARSTAR” and applicable Securitization IP.

CARSTAR Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a CARSTAR Business.

Change in Management”: will occur if more than 50% of the Leadership Team is terminated and/or resigns within 12 months after the date of the occurrence of a Change of Control; provided, in each case, that termination and/or resignation of any such member of the Leadership Team will not include (i) a change in such member’s status in the ordinary course of succession so long as such member remains affiliated with Parent or its direct or indirect holding companies or subsidiaries as an officer or director, or in a similar capacity, (ii) retirement of any such member, (iii) death or incapacitation of any such member, or (iv) the replacement of any such member of the Leadership Team, with the prior written consent of the Controlling Class Representative.

 

4


Change of Control”: will occur if as a result of any disposition or other event any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate will fail to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of equity interests representing at least a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Parent; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event will not be deemed a Change of Control if, (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate a majority of the board of directors of Parent at such time or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent at such time, (ii) upon or after a Qualified IPO, (A) no Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the 1934 Act as in effect on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date), other than any combination of the Permitted Holders, will have acquired beneficial ownership of more than the greater of (x) 35% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent and (y) the percentage owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months thereafter, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent will be occupied by Persons who were either (1) nominated by the board of directors of Parent or a Permitted Holder, (2) appointed by directors so nominated or (3) appointed by a Permitted Holder or (iii) in connection with an equity transfer, merger, consolidation or other combination transaction of Parent or one or more of its direct or indirect holding companies with or by another entity or entities, (A) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate or elect a percentage of the Board of Directors of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than the Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto, or (B) any combination of Permitted Holders in the aggregate beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the ordinary Voting Equity Interests of Parent (or, if Parent is not a surviving entity as a result of such merger, such surviving entity) after giving effect to such transaction that is not less than all Permitted Holders’ ratable interest in Parent immediately before giving effect thereto; provided, in each case under clause (iii)(A) or (B), that the remaining Permitted Holders do not in the aggregate receive Board of Director designation rights or voting equity interests, as applicable, that are less than all Permitted Holders’ aggregate direct or indirect pro rata rights or interests in Parent immediately prior to giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other combination transaction.

Competitive Business”: means any business that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in Canada, to the extent such Competitive Business is not contributed or expected to be contributed to a Canadian Securitization Entity or Future Securitization Entity substantially contemporaneously with entering into or acquiring such Competitive Business.

Confidential Information”: means trade secrets and other information (including know how, ideas, techniques, recipes, formulas, customer lists, customer information, financial information, business methods and processes, marketing plans, specifications, and other similar information as well as internal materials prepared by the owner of such information containing or based, in whole or in part, on any such information) that is confidential and proprietary to its owner and that is disclosed by one party to an agreement to another party thereto whether in writing or disclosed orally, and whether or not designated as confidential.

 

5


Current Practice”: means, in respect of any action or inaction, the practices, standards and procedures of the Amalgamated Canadian Non-Securitization Entities and the Canadian Non-Securitization Entities, including the Manager, as performed on or that would have been performed immediately prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Defective New Asset”: means any New Asset that does not satisfy the applicable representations and warranties of ARTICLE V hereof on the New Asset Addition Date for such New Asset.

Discloser”: has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Disentanglement”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Disentanglement Period”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c).

Disentanglement Services”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Docteur du Pare-Brise Business”: means the sale, installation and repair of windshield windows and related accessories for motor vehicles in Canada under the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand.

Docteur du Pare-Brise Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Docteur du Pare-Brise Franchise Agreement.

Docteur du Pare-Brise Services” means services provided by the franchisor under each Docteur du Pare-Brise Franchise Agreement, including: (a) orientation/training programs; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the Docteur du Pare-Brise facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as the Canadian Co-Issuer may require; (f) periodic inspections of the Docteur du Pare-Brise facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of a Docteur du Pare-Brise website; (h) providing access to the Docteur du Pare-Brise Operations manual; and (i) administration of marketing fees and programs.

Docteur du Pare-Brise System”: means the applicable Securitization IP and centralized billing system.

“Docteur du Pare-Brise Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Docteur du Pare-Brise Business.

Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap”: has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

Eligible Assets”: means any asset used or useful to each of the Service Recipients in the operation of the applicable Driven Securitization Brand(s), including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the applicable Service Recipient.

 

6


Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee”: means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the difference between (i) an amount sufficient to reimburse the Manager for costs and expenses incurred by the Manager in performing its duties and functions under this Agreement since the preceding Weekly Allocation Date, as determined by the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, minus (ii) the Weekly Management Fee for such Weekly Allocation Date.

Future Brand”: means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliates after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and contributed to one or more Canadian Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Canadian Securitization Entity as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Go! Glass & Accessories Stores”: means the operation of automotive repair businesses offering a variety of goods and services, but principally the repair and replacement of auto glass, at authorized locations in Canada under the Go! Glass Brand.

Go Glass Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Go! Glass Franchise Agreement.

Go Glass General Advertising Fund”: means one or more general and/or cooperative advertising funds, including a general advertising fund, maintained and administered by Go Glass Franchisor for such national, provincial, regional, local and other advertising and promotional programs as Go Glass Franchisor may deem necessary or appropriate, and the Franchisee is required to contribute to each fund an amount specified periodically by Go Glass Franchisor on 30 days’ notice.

Go Glass Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Go Glass Franchise Agreement, including: (a) orientation/training programs; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the Go Glass facility as Go Glass Franchisor (or Go Glass Franchisor GP or the Canadian Manager) deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as Go Glass Franchisor may require; (f) periodic inspections of the Go Glass facility as Go Glass Franchisor (or Go Glass Franchisor GP or the Canadian Manager) determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of a Go Glass website; (h) providing access to the Go Glass operations manual; and (i) administration of marketing fees and programs

Go Glass System”: means the business methods, merchandising and business techniques, procedures, standards, specifications and proprietary marks for developing and operating Go! Glass & Accessories Stores.

Go Glass Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Go Glass Business.

 

7


Guarantors”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Indemnitee”: has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Indenture”: has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Independent Auditors”: has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

IP Services”: means performing each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s obligations as licensor under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements; exercising each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements (and under any other agreements pursuant to which each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP); and acquiring, developing, managing, maintaining, protecting, enforcing, defending, licensing, sublicensing and undertaking such other duties and services as may be necessary in connection with the Securitization IP, on behalf of each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Managing Standard, unless a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity determines, in its sole discretion, that additional action is necessary or desirable in furtherance of the protection of the Securitization IP, in which case the Manager will perform such IP Services and additional related services as are reasonably requested by such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity), the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents, as agent for the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities. “IP Services” includes, without limitation, the following activities:

(a)    searching, screening and clearing After-Acquired Securitization IP to assess patentability, registrability, and the risk of potential infringement;

(b)    filing, prosecuting and maintaining applications and registrations for the Securitization IP in the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s name in Canada, including timely filing of evidence of use, applications for renewal and affidavits of use and/or incontestability, timely paying of all registration and maintenance fees, responding to third-party oppositions of applications or challenges to registrations, and responding to any office actions, reexaminations, interferences, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, or other office or examiner requests, reviews, or requirements;

(c)    monitoring third-party use and registration of Securitization IP, as applicable, and taking actions the Manager deems appropriate to oppose or contest the use and any application or registration for Securitization IP, as applicable, that could reasonably be expected to infringe, dilute or otherwise violate the Securitization IP or the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights therein;

(d)    confirming each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s legal title in and to any or all of the Securitization IP, including obtaining written assignments of Securitization IP to the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, and recording transfers of title in the appropriate intellectual property registry in Canada and, in the Manager’s discretion, elsewhere;

 

8


(e)    with respect to each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements and any Transaction Documents, monitoring the use of each licensed Trademark and the quality of its goods and services offered in connection with such Trademarks, rendering any approvals (or disapprovals) that are required under the applicable license agreement(s), and employing reasonable means to ensure that any use of any such Trademarks by any licensee satisfies the quality control standards and usage provisions of the applicable license agreement;

(f)     protecting, policing, and, in the event that the Manager becomes aware of any unlicensed copying, imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, or any portion thereof, enforcing such Securitization IP, including, (i) preparing and responding to cease-and-desist, demand and notice letters, and requests for a license; and (ii) commencing, prosecuting and/or resolving claims or suits involving imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, the unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, and seeking monetary and equitable remedies as the Manager deems appropriate in connection therewith; provided that each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity will, and agrees to, join as a party to any such suits to the extent necessary to maintain standing;

(g)    performing such functions and duties, and preparing and filing such documents, as are required under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to be performed, prepared and/or filed by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, including (i) executing and recording such financing statements (including financing change statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or such other instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s lien only on the Collateral in Canada) in connection with the security interests in the Securitization IP granted by each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity to the Trustee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and (ii) preparing, executing and delivering grants of security interests or any similar instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s lien only on the applicable Collateral) that are intended to evidence such security interests in the Securitization IP and recording such grants or other instruments with the relevant Governmental Authority including CIPO and the USPTO and USCO;

(h)    taking such actions as any licensee under a Canadian SPV IP License Agreement may request that are required by the terms, provisions and purposes of such IP License Agreement (or by any other agreements pursuant to which the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP) to be taken by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, and preparing (or causing to be prepared) for execution by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity all documents, certificates and other filings as such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity will be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of such Canadian SPV IP License Agreements (or such other agreements);

(i)    establishing a fair market value for the royalties or other payments payable to the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entities under any licenses of Securitization IP that are required under the Transaction Documents to include such payments;

 

9


(j)    paying or causing to be paid or discharged, from funds of each of the Canadian Securitization Entities, any and all taxes (including deducting and remitting any applicable withholding taxes), charges and assessments that may be levied, assessed or imposed upon any of the applicable Securitization IP or contesting the same in good faith;

(k)    obtaining licenses of third party Intellectual Property for use and sublicense in connection with the Contributed Franchise Business, any Securitization-Owned Location and the other assets of any of the Canadian Securitization Entities;

(l)    sublicensing the Securitization IP to suppliers, manufacturers, advertisers and other service providers in connection with the provision of products and services for the Contributed Franchise Business and any Securitization-Owned Locations; and

(m)    with respect to Trade Secrets and other confidential information of each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, taking reasonable measures to maintain confidentiality and to prevent non-confidential disclosures.

Issuer”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Leadership Team”: means the persons holding the following positions immediately prior to the date of the occurrence of a Change of Control: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Revenue Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Marketing Officer, Chief Development Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Information Officer, Chief People Officer, General Counsel, any Group President, any Brand President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, or any other position that contains substantially the same responsibilities as any of the positions listed above or reports to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Group President, Brand President, or any other position that contains substantially the same responsibilities.

Maaco Center”: means the operation of motor vehicle painting and body repair business in Canada under the Maaco Brand.

Maaco Development Agreement”: means the current form of Maaco Development Agreement.

Maaco Express Store Addendum”: means the franchise arrangements for separate production and retail businesses from which the franchisee offers and sells vehicle painting and body repair services (“Maaco Express Store”) to be performed at the Maaco Center and at the Maaco Express Store.

Maaco Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Maaco Franchise Agreement.

Maaco Satellite Store Addendum”: means the franchise arrangements for non-production retail businesses in connection with the operation by a franchisee of a Maaco Center from which the franchisee offers and sells vehicle painting and body repair services to be performed at the Maaco Center (the “Maaco Satellite Store”).

 

10


Maaco Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Maaco Franchise Agreement with Canadian Maaco Franchisor, as franchisor (including the Maaco Satellite Store Addendum and Maaco Express Store Addendum) and Maaco Development Agreement with Canadian Maaco, including: (a) opening promotion and initial advertising of the Maaco Center; (b) initial and continuing advisory assistance in the operation of the Maaco Center, as Canadian Maaco Franchisor deems appropriate; (c) specifications as to types and quantities of inventory, supplies, and equipment and for exterior and interior signage; (d) providing access to the Maaco manual; (e) initial and ongoing training programs as Canadian Maaco Franchisor deems appropriate; (f) inspections of the Maaco Center and evaluations of services rendered at the Maaco Center as Canadian Maaco Franchisor deems advisable; and (g) creation and placement of advertising and administration of advertising and promotional programs and funds.

Managed Assets”: has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Managed Document”: means any contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to any of the Managed Assets, including, without limitation, the Contribution Agreements, the Franchise Documents and the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements.

Manager”: means Driven Brands Shared Services, in its capacity as manager hereunder, unless a successor Person shall have become the Manager pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and this Agreement, and thereafter “Manager” shall mean such successor Person.

Manager Advance”: means any advance of funds made by the Manager to, or on behalf of, a Canadian Securitization Entity in connection with the operation of the Managed Assets.

Management Group”: means the group consisting of the directors, officers and other management personnel of Parent and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date or who became members of the Leadership Team, or officers, directors, management personnel, employees or consultants of Parent and its Subsidiaries following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (other than in connection with a transaction that would otherwise be a Change of Control if such persons were not included in the definition of “Permitted Holders”).

Manager Termination Event”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Managing Standard”: means in accordance with standards that (a) are consistent with Current Practice or, to the extent of changed circumstances, practices, technologies, strategies or implementation methods, consistent with the standards as the Manager would implement or observe if the Managed Assets were owned by the Manager at such time; (b) will enable the Manager to comply in all material respects with all of the duties and obligations of each Canadian Securitization Entity under the applicable Transaction Documents, New Franchise Agreements, Contributed Franchise Agreements, New Development Agreements and Contributed Development Agreements; (c) are in material compliance with all applicable Requirements of Law; and (d) with respect to the use and maintenance of each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights in and to the applicable Securitization IP, are consistent with the standards imposed by the applicable Canadian SPV IP License Agreements.

 

11


Meineke Center”: means the operation of automotive maintenance and repair businesses in Canada at Branded Locations under the Meineke Brand.

Meineke Development Agreement”: means the current form of the Meineke development agreement.

Meineke Franchise Agreement:” means the current form of the Meineke Franchise Agreement.

Meineke Operations Manual”: means Meineke’s confidential operations manual(s) (including training manuals), containing mandatory and suggested standards, specifications and operating procedures relating to the development and operation of Meineke Centers and other information relating to obligations under the Meineke Franchise Agreement.

Meineke Premises”: means the specific approved location granted to a Franchisee in the Meineke Franchise Agreement to operate a Meineke Center.

Meineke Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Meineke Franchise Agreement and Meineke Development Agreement with Canadian Meineke Franchisor, as franchisor, including: (a) guidance relating to the opening of a Meineke Center, including site selection guidelines and requirements, prototype plans for a Meineke Center, approved supplier lists, and the approval of the Meineke Premises, lease, sublease or purchase contract, and any modified plans and specifications for developing the Meineke Center; (b) initial training for the Franchisee or its operating partner; (c) retraining; (d) training on the general aspects of core products and services; (e) special training on various aspects of operating a Meineke Center at the Franchisee’s request, for a training fee or other charge; (f) ongoing guidance and assistance with respect to the Meineke System, through bulletins (such as a periodic newsletter), and other written or electronic communications, consultations by telephone or in person, or other means; (g) inspections to evaluate the Meineke Center’s operations; (h) loaning to the Franchisee one copy of the Meineke Operations Manual; (i) conducting national and local marketing and advertising for Franchisees’ Meineke Centers and (j) approving samples of each Franchisee’s advertising and promotional materials not prepared by Canadian Meineke Franchisor or the Manager.

Meineke System:” means the business methods, systems, designs and arrangements for developing and operating Meineke Centers.

New Asset Addition Date”: means, with respect to any New Asset, the earliest of (i) the date on which such New Asset is acquired by the applicable Service Recipient, (ii) the later of (a) the date upon which the closing occurs under the applicable contract giving rise to such New Asset and (b) the date upon which all of the diligence contingencies, if any, in the contract for purchase of the applicable New Asset expire and the Service Recipient acquiring such New Asset no longer has the right to cancel such contract and (iii) if such New Asset is a New Franchise Agreement or a New Development Agreement, the date on which the related Canadian SPV Franchising Entity begins receiving Franchisee Payments from the applicable Franchisee in respect of such New Asset.

 

12


New Assets”: means a New Franchise Agreement, a New Development Agreement, New Securitization-Owned Location Asset or any other Managed Asset contributed to, or otherwise entered into or acquired by, the Canadian Securitization Entities after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Other Uniban Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Franchise Agreement for the Uniban Brands, other than the Docteur du Pare-Brise Brand, the Go Glass Brand, the Star Auto Glass Brand, the Uniglass Brand and the VitroPlus Brand, including: (a) orientation/training programs; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of any related facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as the Canadian Co-Issuer may require; (f) periodic inspections of any related facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of a website for such Uniban Brand; (h) providing access to the Operations Manual for such Uniban Brand; and (i) administration of marketing fees and programs.

Parent”: means Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Permitted Holders”: means, at any time, each of (i) (a) the Sponsor and its subsidiaries or other affiliates from time to time, including any funds managed or advised by the Sponsor, and (b) Roark Capital Group and any funds directly or indirectly managed or advised by Roark Capital Group, together with their subsidiaries or other affiliates from time to time, (ii) any member of the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the capital stock of Parent and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Equity Interests thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent (a “Permitted Holder Group” ), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Equity Interests held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Power of Attorney”: means the authority granted by a Canadian Securitization Entity to the Manager pursuant to a Power of Attorney in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

PPSA”: means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), as in effect in the Province of Ontario, and all regulations thereunder; provided that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies with respect to the interests of a secured party, including a transferee of an account or chattel paper, is governed by the personal

 

13


property security laws or laws relating to movable property of any jurisdiction other than the Province of Ontario, including, the Province of Quebec, the term “PPSA” shall include those personal property security laws or laws relating to movable property in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such validity, attachment, perfection (or opposability), effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority of or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Pre-Closing Date Services”: has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Qualified IPO”: means an underwritten public offering of the Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent (other than a Person that comprises a Permitted Holder collectively with the other Persons described in clause (i)(a) or (b) of the definition thereof and would not otherwise constitute a Permitted Holder pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) which generates gross cash proceeds of at least $50,000,000.

Recipient”: has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.1.

Sales Taxes” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.6.

Securitization-Owned Location”: means any company-owned location owned by a Canadian Securitization Entity.

Services”: means the servicing and administration by the Manager of the Managed Assets, in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Standard), the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents, as agent for each applicable Canadian Securitization Entity. “Services” includes, without limitation:

(a)    calculating and compiling information required in connection with any report or certificate to be delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents;

(b)    preparing and filing all tax returns and tax notices, reports, elections or other filings required to be prepared by any Service Recipient;

(c)    paying or causing to be paid, in each case from Pass-Through Amounts of each Service Recipient, such Pass-Through Amounts payable by such Servicer Recipient to third parties;

(d)    without limiting the preceding clause (c), paying or causing to be paid or discharged, in each case from funds of each of the Service Recipients, any and all taxes, charges and assessments attributable to and required to be paid under applicable Requirements of Law by any Service Recipient;

(e)    performing the duties and obligations of, and exercising and enforcing the rights of, each of the Service Recipients under the applicable Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, performing the duties and obligations of each applicable Service Recipient under the applicable Canadian SPV IP License Agreements;

 

14


(f)    taking those actions that are required under the Transaction Documents and Requirements of Law to maintain continuous perfection (where applicable) and priority (subject to Permitted Liens and the exclusions from perfection requirements under the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and the Transaction Documents) of any Canadian Securitization Entity’s and the Trustee’s respective interests in the Collateral;

(g)    making or causing the collection of amounts owing under the terms and provisions of each Managed Document and the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, managing (i) the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations as franchisor under its Franchise Agreements and Development Agreements (including performing, as applicable, Meineke Services, Maaco Services, CARSTAR Services, Take 5 Services, Go Glass Services, Star Auto Glass Services, the Docteur du Pare-Brise Services, the Uniglass Services, the VitroPlus Services and the Other Uniban Services) and (ii) the right to approve amendments, waivers, modifications and terminations of (including extensions, modifications, write-downs and write-offs of obligations owing under) Franchise Documents and other Managed Documents and to exercise all rights of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities under such Franchise Documents and the applicable Service Recipient under the other Managed Documents;

(h)    performing due diligence with respect to, selecting and approving new Franchisees and providing personnel to manage the due diligence selection and approval process;

(i)    preparing New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements, including, among other things, adopting variations to the forms of agreements used in documenting such agreements and preparing and executing documentation of franchise transfers, terminations, renewals, site relocations and ownership changes, in all cases, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents;

(j)    evaluating and approving assignments of Franchise Agreements, Development Agreements, and other Franchise Documents by Franchisees to third-party franchisee candidates or existing Franchisees;

(k)    preparing and filing franchise disclosure documents with respect to New Development Agreements and New Franchise Agreements to comply, in all material respects, with applicable Requirements of Law;

(l)    complying with franchise industry specific government regulation and applicable Requirements of Law;

(m)    making Manager Advances to the Canadian Securitization Entities in its sole discretion;

(n)    administering the Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts and the applicable Management Accounts;

(o)    performing the duties and obligations and enforcing the rights of each of Service Recipients under the applicable Managed Documents, including entering into new Managed Documents from time to time;

 

15


(p)    arranging for legal services with respect to the Managed Assets, including with respect to the enforcement of the applicable Franchise Documents;

(q)    arranging for or providing accounting and financial reporting services;

(r)    establishing and/or providing quality control services and standards for services, equipment, suppliers and distributors in connection with the Branded Locations and monitoring compliance with such standards;

(s)    developing new products and services (or modifying any existing products and services), including in connection with claims management, to be offered in connection with Branded Locations and the other assets of the Canadian Securitization Entities;

(t)    establishing and maintaining certain supply and rebate agreements;

(u)    establishing and maintaining certain claims management arrangements;

(v)    in connection with Branded Locations, developing, modifying, amending and disseminating (i) specifications for facility operations, (ii) operations procedures manuals, and (iii) new service or product offerings;

(w)    performing services with respect to the operation of Branded Locations, product sourcing and selling functions and claims management functions;

(x)    performing the IP Services;

(y)    developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs relating to the Driven Securitization Brands and Branded Locations;

(z)    managing product sourcing and supply distribution in connection with Managed Assets and, in particular, the Canadian Product Sourcing Business;

(aa)    performing all of the duties and obligations of Driven Canada Product Sourcing in connection with the operation and ownership of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business, including, without limitation, collecting revenues generated by the Canadian Product Sourcing Business, maintaining appropriate levels of property and casualty insurance, and performing any other activities necessary or desirable for the operation of the Canadian Product Sourcing Business, as required under the Transaction Documents;

(bb)    managing insurance claims in respect of services performed by Franchisees, locations owned by one or more Non-Securitization Entities, Excluded Locations, Securitization-Owned Locations or third parties in Canada in connection with the Canadian Claims Management Business;

(cc)    perform all of the duties and obligations of Driven Canada Claims Management in connection with the operation and ownership of the Canadian Claims Management Business, including, without limitation, making payments and collecting revenues generated by the Canadian Claims Management Business, maintaining appropriate levels of casualty insurance, and performing any other activities necessary or desirable for the operation of the Canadian Claims Management Business as required under the Transaction Documents; and

 

16


(dd)    performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time and consistent with the Managing Standard and the Transaction Documents in connection with the Managed Assets.

Service Recipient”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Specified Non-Securitization Debt”: has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

Sponsor”: means Roark Capital Partners III LP.

Star Auto Glass Development Agreement”: means the current form of Star Auto Glass Development Agreement.

Star Auto Glass Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Star Auto Glass Franchise Agreement.

Star Auto Glass Outlet”: means the operation of automotive repair businesses providing windshield replacement and repair services at authorized locations in Canada under the Star Auto Glass Brand.

Star Auto Glass Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Star Auto Glass Franchise Agreement, including: (a) guidance relating to the opening of the Franchisee’s Star Auto Glass Outlet, including designation of the geographic area which will serve as Franchisee’s Star Auto Glass Territory; (b) site selection assistance, guidelines and specifications for the operation and management of the Star Auto Glass Outlet; (c) at the Franchisee’s option and for an additional fee, subject to the Star Auto Glass Development Agreement, outlet construction management and development services; (d) initial training in the operation of the Star Auto Glass Outlet; (e) general assistance to the Franchisee in arranging for leasing or purchasing of equipment; (f) designation of a standard computerized bookkeeping, reporting and accounting system; (g) furnishing the Franchisee with the design for a sign package; and (h) loaning to the Franchisee a single copy of Star Auto Glass Franchisor’s operations manual containing information, advice, standards, requirements, operating procedures, instructions or policies relating to the operation of a Star Auto Glass Outlet.

Star Auto Glass System”: means the uniform equipment, systems, methods, procedures and designs, for developing and operating Star Auto Glass Outlets under the applicable Securitization IP.

Star Auto Glass Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Star Auto Glass Outlet.

Sub-managing Arrangement”: means an arrangement whereby the Manager engages any other Person (including any Affiliate) to perform certain of its duties under this Agreement excluding the fundamental corporate functions of the Manager; provided that (i) master franchise arrangements with Franchisees and temporary arrangements with Franchisees with respect to the

 

17


management of one or more Branded Locations immediately following the termination of the former Franchisee thereof, and (ii) any agreement between the Manager and third-party vendors pursuant to which the Manager purchases a specific product or service or outsources routine administrative functions, including any products, services or administrative functions listed on Schedule 2.10 hereto or any other products, services or administrative functions that are substantially similar thereto, shall not constitute a Sub-managing Arrangement.

Supplemental Management Fee”: means for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, approved in writing by the Control Party acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, by which, with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, (i) the expenses incurred or other amounts charged by the Manager since the beginning of such Quarterly Fiscal Period in connection with the performance of the Manager’s obligations under the Canadian Management Agreement and the amount of any current or projected Tax Payment Deficiency, if applicable, exceed (ii) the Weekly Management Fees and Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fees received and to be received by the Manager on such Weekly Allocation Date and each preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

Take 5 Business”: means the operation of automotive service businesses under the Take 5 Brand.

Take 5 Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Take 5 Franchise Agreement.

Take 5 System”: means the Take 5 Business’ system relating to format, style, merchandising, service and product preparation methods and techniques, signs, layout plans, advertising, marketing, inventory, bookkeeping system, staffing and labour scheduling, and schedule of policies and practices for the operation of businesses specializing in oil changes and other vehicle maintenance services.

Take 5 Services:” means (a) services provided in Canada by the franchisor under each Take 5 Franchise Agreement with Canadian Take 5, including: (i) negotiation and execution of franchise agreements, development agreements, vendor agreements and any applicable intellectual property license agreements, in each case, in accordance with all applicable law; (ii) preparing and filing franchise disclosure documents, and performing due diligence with respect to franchisees; (iii) enforcing and protecting owned and/or licensed intellectual property, including the enforcement of franchise, development and vendor agreements; (iv) account administration and procurement or provision of legal and accounting and financial reporting services; (v) establishing and/or providing quality control services and standards for services, equipment, suppliers and distributors and monitoring compliance with such standards; (vi) developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs; and; (vii) performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time and (b) services provided by the Manager for company-owned locations in Canada, including: (i) negotiation and execution of construction development and lease agreements, vendor agreements and any applicable intellectual property license agreements, in each case, in accordance with all applicable law; (ii) enforcing and protecting owned and/or licensed intellectual property, including the enforcement of vendor agreements; (iii) account administration and procurement or provision of legal and accounting and financial reporting services; (iv) general store operations

 

18


including staffing and scheduling, inventory purchasing, repair, remodeling and maintenance, local advertising and other store-level services; (v) developing and administering advertising, marketing and promotional programs; and; (vi) performing such other services as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Take 5 Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Take 5 Business.

Tax Payment Deficiency”: means any tax liability of Parent (or, if Parent is not the taxable parent entity of any Canadian Securitization Entity, such other taxable parent entity) (including taxes imposed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law)) attributable to the operations of each of the Canadian Securitization Entities or their direct or indirect subsidiaries that the Manager determines cannot be satisfied by Parent (or such other taxable parent entity) from its available funds.

Term”: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

Termination Notice”: has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Trustee”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Uniglass Business”: means the operation of automotive repair businesses offering a variety of goods and services, but principally the repair and replacement of auto glass, at authorized locations in Canada under the Uniglass Brand.

Uniglass Express Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Uniglass Express Franchise Agreement.

Uniglass Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of Uniglass Franchise Agreement.

Uniglass Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each Uniglass Franchise Agreement, including: (a) orientation/training programs; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the Uniglass facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as the Canadian Co-Issuer may require; (f) periodic inspections of the Uniglass facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of an Uniglass website; (h) a copy of the Uniglass Operations Manual; and (i) administration of marketing fees and programs.

Uniglass System”: means the unique methods and procedures, methods of operation, management programs, standards, specifications, trade secrets, know-how and applicable Securitization IP for developing and operating UniglassPlus Stores.

“Uniglass Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a Uniglass Business.

 

19


VitroPlus Business”: means the sale, installation and repair of windshield windows and related accessories for motor vehicles under the VitroPlus Brand.

VitroPlus Express Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of VitroPlus Express Franchise Agreement.

VitroPlus Franchise Agreement”: means the current form of VitroPlus Franchise Agreement.

VitroPlus Services”: means services provided by the franchisor under each VitroPlus Franchise Agreement, including: (a) orientation/training programs; (b) onsite visits in connection with completing training; (c) continuing consultation and assistance in the operation of the VitroPlus facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) deems appropriate; (d) periodic meetings to review operations, procedures, management practices and cost efficiencies; (e) additional training programs as the Canadian Co-Issuer may require; (f) periodic inspections of the VitroPlus facility as the Canadian Co-Issuer (or the Manager) determines appropriate; (g) maintenance of a VitroPlus website; (h) a copy of the VitroPlus Operations Manual; and (i) administration of marketing fees and programs.

VitroPlus System”: means the applicable Securitization IP and centralized billing system.

“VitroPlus Territory”: means the specific business location and territory granted to a Franchisee in which to operate a VitroPlus Business.

Weekly Management Fee”: means, with respect to each Weekly Allocation Date, the amount determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

an amount equal to the sum of (A) a base fee of CAN$2,000,000 plus (B) a fee of CAN$19,165 for every CAN$133,000 of aggregate Retained Collections in the form of Canadian Collections over the preceding four (4) most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Periods; by

 

  (ii)

52 or 53, as applicable.

provided, that each of the amounts set forth in clause (i)(A) is subject to successive 2% annual increases on the first day of the Quarterly Fiscal Period that commences immediately following each anniversary of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date; provided, further, that the sum of the amounts set forth in clause (i)(A) and (i)(B) (including any such successive annual increases) will not exceed 35% of the aggregate Retained Collections over the preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

Section 1.2    Other Defined Terms.

(a)     Each term defined in the singular form in Section 1.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall mean the plural thereof when the plural form of such term is used in this Agreement and each term defined in the plural form in Section 1.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall mean the singular thereof when the singular form of such term is used herein.

 

20


(b)    The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, subsection, schedule and exhibit references herein are references to articles, sections, subsections, schedules and exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c)    Unless as otherwise provided herein, the word “including” as used herein shall mean “including without limitation.”

(d)    All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined in this Agreement shall be construed in conformity with GAAP.

(e)    Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of this Agreement, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.3    Other Terms. All terms used in the PPSA, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in the PPSA.

Section 1.4    Computation of Time Periods. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.”

Section 1.5    Rule of Construction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement only applies to Managed Assets in Canada and, other than in the case of Section 4.3(b)(iii), Securitization IP in Canada (except Securitization IP in Canada owned by the Issuer or the U.S. Guarantors).

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF MANAGED ASSETS

Section 2.1    Driven Brands Shared Services to act as Manager.

(a)    Engagement of the Manager. The Manager is hereby authorized by each Service Recipient, and hereby agrees, to perform the Services (or refrain from the performance of the Services) subject to and in accordance with the Managing Standard and the terms of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents. With respect to the IP Services, the Manager shall perform such IP Services in accordance with the Managing Standard and the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements, unless a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity determines, in its sole discretion, that additional action is necessary or desirable in furtherance of the protection of the Securitization IP, in which case the Manager shall perform such IP Services and additional related services as are reasonably requested by such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall have

 

21


full power and authority, acting alone and subject only to the specific requirements and prohibitions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Managing Standard, the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, to do and take any and all actions, or to refrain from taking any such actions, and to do any and all things in connection with performing the Services that the Manager determines are necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 2.8, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Manager, in connection with performing the Services, is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, in the Manager’s own name (in its capacity as agent for the applicable Service Recipient) or in the name of any Service Recipient (pursuant to the applicable Power of Attorney), on behalf of any Service Recipient any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Managed Assets. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Manager is providing Services directly to each applicable Service Recipient. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude any of the Service Recipients from performing the Services or any other act on their own behalf at any time and from time to time.

(b)    Actions to Perfect Liens. Subject to the terms of the Indenture, including any applicable Series Supplement, the Manager shall take those actions that are required under the Transaction Documents and Requirements of Law to maintain continuous perfection and priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of the Trustee’s Lien in the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall file or cause to be filed with the appropriate government office the PPSA financing statements and financing change statements required pursuant to Section 7.13 of the Base Indenture, and other filings requested by any of the Canadian Securitization Entities, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer, to be filed in connection with the Contribution Agreements, the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements, the Securitization IP, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall cause the Hypothec to be properly registered at the Register of Personal and Movable Real Rights in the Province of Quebec.

(c)    Ownership of Manager-Developed IP.

(i)    The Manager acknowledges and agrees that, subject to and in accordance with the IP License Agreements, all Securitization IP, including any Manager-Developed IP arising during the Term, shall, as between the parties, be owned by and inure exclusively to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity (with Securitization IP relating to the CARSTAR Brand being owned by CARSTAR Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Maaco Brand being owned by the Maaco Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Meineke Brand being owned by the Meineke Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Pro Oil Brand being owned by Canadian Take 5; Securitization IP relating to the Take 5 Brand being owned by Take 5 Franchisor; Securitization IP relating to the Go Glass Brand being owned by Go Glass Franchisor; and Securitization IP relating to the Star Auto Glass Brand being owned by Star Auto Glass Franchisor; in each case as licensed pursuant to the applicable IP License Agreements, including the Canadian IP License Agreements). Any copyrightable material included in such Manager-Developed IP shall, to the fullest extent allowed by law, be owned by the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers, without

 

22


further consideration, all right, title and interest in and to such Manager-Developed IP (and all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by Trademarks included therein) to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager-Developed IP to be transferred to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity shall include rights to use third party Intellectual Property only to the extent (but to the fullest extent) that such rights are assignable or sublicensable to the applicable SPV Franchising Entity. All applications to register Manager-Developed IP shall be filed in the name of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity.

(ii)    The Manager agrees to cooperate in good faith with each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity for the purpose of securing and preserving the SPV Franchising Entities’ respective rights in and to the applicable Manager-Developed IP, including executing any documents and taking any actions, at the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s reasonable request, or as deemed necessary or advisable by the Manager, to confirm, file and record in any appropriate registry the applicable SPV Franchising Entity’s sole legal title in and to such Manager-Developed IP, it being acknowledged and agreed that any expenses in connection therewith shall be paid by the requesting Canadian SPV Franchising Entity. The Manager hereby appoints each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity as its attorney-in-fact authorized to execute such documents in the event that Manager fails to execute the same within twenty (20) days following the Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s written request to do so (it being understood that such appointment is a power coupled with an interest and therefore irrevocable) with full power of substitution and delegation.

(d)    Grant of Power of Attorney. In order to provide the Manager with the authority to perform and execute its duties and obligations as set forth herein, each of the Service Recipients shall execute and deliver on the Closing Date a Power of Attorney in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities) and Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the other Service Recipients) hereto to the Manager, which Powers of Attorney shall terminate in the event that the Manager’s rights under this Agreement are terminated as provided herein.

(e)    Franchisee Insurance. The Manager acknowledges that, to the extent that it or any of its Affiliates is named as a “loss payee” or “additional insured” under any insurance policies of any Franchisee, it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to be so named in its capacity as the Manager on behalf of the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, and the Manager shall promptly deposit or cause to be deposited to the Insurance Proceeds Account any Franchisee Insurance Proceeds received by it or by any Service Recipient or any other Affiliate under any insurance policies of any Franchisee.

(f)    Manager Insurance. The Manager agrees to maintain adequate insurance consistent with the type and amount maintained by the Manager as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, subject, in each case, to any adjustments or modifications made in accordance with the Managing Standard. Such insurance shall cover each of the Service Recipients, as an additional insured, to the extent that such Service Recipient has an insurable interest therein. All insurance policies maintained by the Manager on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date are listed on Schedule 2.1(f) hereto.

 

23


Section 2.2    Accounts.

(a)    Collection of Payments; Remittances; Canadian Collection Account. The Manager shall maintain and manage the applicable Management Accounts (and certain other accounts from time to time) in the name of, and for the benefit of, each of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities. The Manager shall (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) (i) cause the collection of Canadian Collections in accordance with the Managing Standard and subject to and in accordance with the Transaction Documents and (ii) make all deposits to and withdrawals from the applicable Management Accounts in accordance with this Agreement (including the Managing Standard), the Indenture and the applicable Managed Documents. The Manager shall (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) make all deposits to the applicable Canadian Collection Account in accordance with terms of the Indenture.

(b)    Deposit of Misdirected Funds; No Commingling; Misdirected Payments. The Manager shall promptly deposit into a Lock-Box Account, a Canadian Concentration Account, a Canadian Collection Account, a Canadian Advertising Fund Account or such other appropriate account within three (3) Business Days immediately following Actual Knowledge of the Manager of the receipt thereof and in the form received with any necessary endorsement or in cash, all payments in respect of the Managed Assets incorrectly deposited into another account. In the event that any funds not constituting Canadian Collections are incorrectly deposited in any Account in Canada, the Manager shall promptly withdraw such amounts after obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof and shall pay such amounts to the Person legally entitled to such funds. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Base Indenture, the Manager shall not commingle any monies that relate to Managed Assets with its own assets and shall keep separate, segregated and appropriately marked and identified all Managed Assets and any other property comprising any part of the Collateral, and for such time, if any, as such Managed Assets or such other property are in the possession or control of the Manager to the extent such Managed Assets or such other property is Collateral, the Manager shall hold the same in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Secured Parties (or, following termination of the Indenture, the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity). Additionally, the Manager, promptly after obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, shall notify the Trustee in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate of any amounts incorrectly deposited into any Indenture Trust Account and arrange for the prompt remittance by the Trustee of such funds from the applicable Indenture Trust Account to the Manager. The Trustee shall have no obligation to verify any information provided to it by the Manager in any Weekly Manager’s Certificate and shall remit such funds to the Manager based solely on such Weekly Manager’s Certificate.

(c)    Investment of Funds in Management Accounts. The Manager shall have the right to invest and reinvest funds deposited in any Management Account established by any Canadian Securitization Entity or the Manager in Eligible Investments maturing no later than the Business Day preceding each Weekly Allocation Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments will be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such investments will be charged to the related Management Account and, in each case, to the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity. The Investment Income (net of losses and expenses) available on deposit in such Management Accounts will be withdrawn on, as applicable, each Currency Conversion Opt-Out Weekly Allocation Date or Weekly Calculation Date immediately preceding a Currency Conversion Weekly Allocation Date, in each case, for deposit to the applicable Canadian Collection Account for application as Canadian Collections on such Weekly Allocation Date.

 

24


(d)    Advertising Funds. The Manager shall maintain twelve accounts in the name of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity designated as the “Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts” for advertising payments due to the applicable Service Recipients in respect of the CARSTAR Brand, the Maaco Brand, the Meineke Brand, the Pro Oil Brand, Take 5 Brand, the Go Glass Brand and the Star Auto Glass Brand in Canada, and may in the future create new Advertising Fund Accounts from time to time. Advertising Fees will be paid directly, or transferred by the Manager from the Canadian Concentration Account to the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Account; provided that Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds (the “Advertising Co-op Funds”) administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of Parent (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations) will be paid directly to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund and will not be deposited into the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts. The Manager will not make or permit or cause any other Person to make or permit any borrowings to be made or liens to be levied against the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts or the funds therein, except in connection with reimbursements for advances made by the Manager to fund deficits therein. The Manager will apply the amount on deposit in the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts, and in respect of the Advertising Co-op Funds shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the amounts on deposit are applied, solely to cover the costs and expenses (including, in each case, costs and expenses incurred prior to the Series 2020-1 Closing Date) associated with the administration of such account and costs and expenses related to the marketing and advertising programs of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, including reimbursement for advances. The Manager may make advances to the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity to fund deficits in the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts or the Advertising Co-op Funds from time to time to the extent that it reasonably expects to be reimbursed for such advances from the proceeds of future Advertising Fees, it being agreed that any such advances will not constitute Manager Advances. Such advances may be reimbursed from future Advertising Fees payable by Franchisees or from future deposits in the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts. The Manager, acting on behalf of each of the Canadian Securitization Entities, may in accordance with the Managing Standard and the terms of the applicable franchise agreement with Franchisees and this Agreement, as applicable, increase or reduce the Advertising Fees required to be paid by the Franchisees pursuant to the terms of the applicable franchise agreements.

(e)    Gift Card Sales and Redemptions. The Manager will be responsible for administering each of the Service Recipients’ gift card programs (if any) on behalf of the Service Recipients. Following the redemption of any gift card or portion thereof at any Branded Location in Canada (other than a Securitization-Owned Location), the Manager will remit the corresponding gift card redemption amount to the applicable Franchisee within 14 days of such redemption (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) in accordance with the Manager’s normal practices and the Managing Standard.

 

25


Section 2.3    Records.

(a)    The Manager shall, in accordance with the Current Practice, retain all material data (including computerized records) relating directly to, or maintained in connection with, the servicing of the Managed Assets at its address indicated in Section 8.5 (or at an off-site storage facility reasonably acceptable to each of the Service Recipients, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager) or, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to each of the Service Recipients, the Rating Agencies, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and the Servicer, at such other place where the servicing office of the Manager is located (provided that the servicing office of the Manager shall at all times be located in Canada), and shall give the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer access to all such data in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to verify, recalculate or review any such data. The Manager acknowledges that the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity shall own the Intellectual Property rights in all such data.

(b)    If the rights of Driven Brands Shared Services, as the initial Manager, shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 6.1 or if this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, Driven Brands Shared Services, as the initial Manager, shall, upon demand of the Trustee (based upon the written direction of the Control Party), in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 6.1, or upon the demand of the Service Recipients, in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 8.1, deliver to the Successor Manager all data in its possession or under its control (including computerized records) necessary or desirable for the servicing of the Managed Assets.

Section 2.4    Administrative Duties of Manager.

(a)    Duties with Respect to the Transaction Documents. The Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, shall perform the duties of the applicable Service Recipients under the Transaction Documents except for those duties that are required to be performed by the equity holders, stockholders, directors, or managers of such Service Recipient pursuant to applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Manager shall consult with the managers or the directors, as the case may be, of each Service Recipient as the Manager deems appropriate regarding the duties of such Service Recipient under the applicable Transaction Documents. The Manager shall monitor the performance of the Service Recipients and, promptly upon obtaining Actual Knowledge thereof, shall advise the applicable Service Recipient when action is necessary to comply with such Canadian Securitization Entity’s duties under the applicable Transaction Documents. The Manager shall prepare for execution by the Service Recipients or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates, notices and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Service Recipients to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the applicable Transaction Documents.

(b)    Duties with Respect to the Service Recipients. In addition to the duties of the Manager set forth in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for execution by each of the Service Recipients or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates, notices and opinions as

 

26


it shall be the duty of each of the Service Recipients to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to applicable law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, securities laws and franchise laws. Pursuant to the directions of each of the Service Recipients and in accordance with the Managing Standard, the Manager shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with each of the Service Recipients as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by any Service Recipient and are reasonably within the capability of the Manager.

(c)    Records. The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to the Services performed under this Agreement, which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by each of the Service Recipients during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice and by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with Section 3.1(d).

(d)    Election of Controlling Class Representative. Pursuant to Section 11.1(d) of the Base Indenture, if two CCR Candidates both receive votes from Controlling Class Members owning (or owning any beneficial interest in) exactly 50% of the CCR Voting Amount, the Manager, together with the Canadian Manager, shall select the Controlling Class Representative from among the CCR Candidates with the highest votes, and direct the Trustee to appoint such selected CCR Candidate as the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 2.5    No Offset. The payment obligations of the Manager under this Agreement shall not be subject to, and the Manager hereby waives, in connection with the performance of such obligations, any right of offset that the Manager has or may have against the Trustee, the Servicer or any of the Service Recipients, whether in respect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any document governing any Managed Asset or otherwise.

Section 2.6    Compensation and Expenses. As compensation for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (other than in respect of Excluded Locations), the Manager shall be entitled to receive the Weekly Management Fee, the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee and the Supplemental Management Fee, if any, on each Weekly Allocation Date out of amounts available therefor under the Indenture on such Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments. As compensation for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Excluded Locations, the Manager shall be entitled to receive a fee to be determined by the Manager and the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities from time to time in a manner consistent with the Managing Standard. The Manager is required to pay from its own funds all expenses it may incur in performing its obligations hereunder. Manager Advances, if any, will be reimbursed by the Canadian Securitization Entities in accordance with the Priority of Payments and will accrue interest at the Advance Interest Rate. Each Service Recipient shall pay its pro rata share of the Canadian Weekly Management Fee, as determined by the Manager in accordance with the Management Standard. The consideration payable to the Manager hereunder is exclusive of applicable goods and services, harmonized sales, value added, sales, use and other similar taxes (“Sales Taxes”), and any applicable Sales Taxes are payable in addition to the consideration. If applicable, the Manager and each Service Recipient will jointly execute an election under Section 156 of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) and Section 334 of an Act respecting the Quebec sales tax, and the Manager will file such elections as and when required by applicable law, to

 

27


relieve the payments hereunder from goods and services tax, harmonized sales tax and Quebec sales tax. The Manager will issue invoices to each Service Recipient with which it has not made such election(s), which separately itemize the amounts of applicable Sales Taxes and include all prescribed information required by such Service Recipient to support its claims for input tax credits and refunds.

Section 2.7    Indemnification.

(a)    The Manager agrees to indemnify and hold each of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer (both in its capacity as Servicer and as Control Party) and their respective members, officers, directors, managers, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless against all claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses, including reasonable and documented fees, out-of-pocket charges and disbursements of counsel (other than the allocated costs of in-house counsel), that any of them may incur as a result of (i) the failure of the Manager to perform or observe its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, (ii) the breach by the Manager of any representation, warranty or covenant under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager; or (iii) the Manager’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; provided, however, that there shall be no indemnification under this Section 2.7(a) in respect of losses on the value of any Collateral or otherwise for a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset provided in Article V so long as the Manager has complied with Section 2.7(b) and Section 2.7(c) hereunder; provided, further, that the Manager shall have no obligation of indemnity to an Indemnitee to the extent any such claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, liabilities, obligations, damages, actions, suits and related costs and judgments and other costs, fees and reasonable expenses are caused by the bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of this Agreement by such Indemnitee (unless caused by the Manager with respect to a Canadian Securitization Entity). In the event the Manager is required to make an indemnification payment pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) the Manager shall promptly pay such indemnification payment directly to the applicable Indemnitee (or, if due to a Service Recipient, shall deposit such indemnification payment directly to the applicable Canadian Collection Account).

(b)    In the event of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset with respect to any Branded Location provided in Article V that is not remedied within thirty (30) days of the Manager having obtained Actual Knowledge of such breach or written notice thereof, the Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Servicer and either accept a reassignment of all of the Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, relating to such Branded Location in exchange for an amount equal to the related Indemnification Amount or to pay the Indemnification Amount to the applicable Service Recipient; provided, that if the applicable breach affects only a portion of the Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, relating to a Branded Location without Material Adverse Effect on the cash flow generated by the unaffected Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, the Manager shall only be required to accept a reassignment of or pay the

 

28


Indemnification Amount with respect to the affected Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable. Upon confirmation by the Trustee or the Servicer of the payment by the Manager of the Indemnification Amount to the applicable Canadian Collection Account with respect to any Branded Location in accordance with the preceding sentence and all amounts, if any, owing at such time under Section 2.7(c) below, any applicable Service Recipient shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, assign all related Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, to the Manager and the Manager shall accept assignment of such Securitization Asset or, Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, from the relevant Service Recipient. Such Service Recipient shall, in such event, make all assignments of such Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, necessary to effect such assignment. Any such assignment by any Service Recipient shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by, such Service Recipient and any such Securitization Assets or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets, as applicable, shall no longer be subject to the Lien of the Indenture.

(c)    In addition to the rights provided in Section 2.7(b), the Manager agrees to indemnify and hold each Indemnitee harmless if any action or proceeding (including any governmental investigation and/or the assessment of any fines or similar items) shall be brought or asserted against such Indemnitee in respect of a material breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to any New Asset provided in Article V to the extent provided in Section 2.7(a).

(d)    Any Indemnitee that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 2.7 shall promptly, after receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against the Manager, notify the Manager of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served. In the event that any action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any Indemnitee, such Indemnitee shall notify the Manager of the commencement thereof and the Manager shall be entitled to participate in, and to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with its counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee (which, in the case of a Canadian Securitization Entity, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, as well), and after notice from the Manager to such Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Manager shall not be liable to such Indemnitee for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof; provided that the Manager shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any claim or proceeding unless such settlement includes a release of such Indemnitee from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such settlement; and provided, further, that the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action the defense of which is assumed by the Manager in accordance with this Section 2.7(d), but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by such Indemnitee has been specifically authorized by the Manager, (ii) the Manager is advised in writing by counsel to such Indemnitee or the Control Party that joint representation would give rise to a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee’s position and the position of the Manager in respect of the defense of the claim, (iii) the Manager shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee in any such action or proceeding or (iv) the named parties to any such action or

 

29


proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnitee and the Manager, and the Indemnitee shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Manager (in which case, the Indemnitee notifies the Manager in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Manager, the reasonable fees and expenses of such Indemnitee’s counsel shall be borne by the Manager and the Manager shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of such Indemnitee, it being understood, however, that the Manager shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for such fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of lawyers at any time for the Indemnitee). The provisions of this Section 2.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of any party hereto; provided, however, that no Successor Manager shall be liable under this Section 2.7 with respect to any Defective New Asset or any other matter occurring prior to its succession hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7 to the contrary, any delay or failure by an Indemnitee in providing the Manager with notice of any action shall not relieve the Manager of its indemnification obligations except to the extent the Manager is materially prejudiced by such delay or failure of notice.

Section 2.8    Nonpetition Covenant. Until the date that is one year and one day after the date upon which the Canadian Co-Issuer has paid in full all Series of Notes Outstanding (and the Transaction Documents have been terminated), the Manager shall not institute against any Canadian Securitization Entity, or join with any other Person in instituting against any Canadian Securitization Entity, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation or receivership proceeding under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other federal, state, provincial or territorial bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or otherwise take any action to appoint a receiver of any Canadian Securitization Entity or of all or any part of the property of any Canadian Securitization Entity.

Section 2.9    Franchisor Consent. Subject to the Managing Standard and the terms of the Indenture, the Manager shall have the authority, on behalf of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities, to grant or withhold consents of the “franchisor” required under the Franchise Documents.

Section 2.10    Appointment of Sub-managers. The Manager may enter into Sub-managing Arrangements with third parties (including Affiliates) (each, a “Sub-manager”) to provide the Services hereunder; provided, other than with respect to a Sub-managing Arrangement with an Affiliate of the Manager, that no Sub-managing Arrangement shall be effective unless and until (i) the Manager receives the consent of the Control Party, (ii) such sub-manager executes and delivers an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, to perform and observe, or in the case of an assignment, an assumption by such successor entity of the due and punctual performance and observance of, the applicable covenants and conditions to be performed or observed by the Manager under this Agreement; provided that such Sub-managing Arrangement shall be terminable by the Control Party upon a Manager Termination Event and shall contain transitional servicing provisions substantially similar to those provided in Section 6.3 and intellectual property provisions substantially similar

 

30


to those provided in Section 6.4, (iii) a written notice has been provided to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party and (iv) such Sub-managing Arrangement, or assignment and assumption by such Sub-manager, satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. The Manager shall not enter into any Sub-managing Arrangement which delegates the performance of any fundamental business operations such as responsibility for the franchise development, operations and marketing strategies for the Driven Securitization Brands and Branded Locations to any Person that is not an Affiliate without receiving the prior written consent of the Control Party. The Manager may delegate to any Sub-manager administration of any Management Account established by any Canadian Securitization Entity or the Manager, provided that prior to accepting instructions from any such Sub-manager regarding any such Managed Account, the Trustee may require that such Sub-manager provide all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Sub-managing Arrangement, the Manager shall remain primarily and directly liable for its obligations hereunder and in connection with any Sub-managing Arrangement.

Section 2.11    Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. Upon receipt of any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, the Manager (on behalf of each of the Service Recipients) in accordance with Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture, shall promptly deposit or cause the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the applicable Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity) (as notified by the Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer, and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Manager (on behalf of each of the applicable Service Recipients) may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the Manager on behalf of any Service Recipient has repaired or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Manager for its Manager Advance of any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets.

Section 2.12    Permitted Asset Dispositions. The Manager (acting on behalf of each of the Service Recipients), in accordance with Section 8.16 of the Base Indenture and the Managing Standard, may dispose of property of any of the Service Recipients from time to time pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition. Upon receipt of any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Permitted Asset Disposition, the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Service Recipients), in accordance with Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture, shall deposit or cause the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the applicable Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of the Manager (on behalf of the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Manager (on behalf of the Service Recipients) may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period.

 

31


Section 2.13    Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement. In the event the Parent has deposited cash collateral as security for its obligations under the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement into a bank account maintained in the name of the Issuer, (i) if the Parent fails to make any payment to the Issuer when due under the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, the Manager will withdraw the amount of such delinquent payment from such bank account within one Business Day of the due date of such payment under the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and deposit such amount into the applicable Canadian Collection Account, and (ii) if the amount on deposit in such account exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the sum of (x) the aggregate exposure under all outstanding letters of credit under the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement plus (y) the aggregate amount then due to the Issuer under Section 4 or Section 5 of the applicable Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, the Manager will withdraw the amount of such excess from such account and pay such excess to the Parent.

Section 2.14    Manager Advances. The Manager may, but is not obligated to, make Manager Advances to, or on behalf of, any Service Recipient in connection with the operation of the Managed Assets. Manager Advances will accrue interest at the Advance Interest Rate and shall be reimbursable on each Weekly Allocation Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

Section 2.15    Pre-Closing Date Services and Payments to Employees. Effective as of June 29, 2020, the Manager was appointed by the Service Recipients to perform, and did perform, the Pre-Closing Date Services for and on behalf of the Service Recipients. The Manager will pay, remit and report any outstanding wages and associated payroll withholdings or contributions (including in respect of income tax withholdings, Canada Pension Plan contributions, Quebec Pension Plan contributions and employment insurance premiums) for the employees of CARSTAR Canada Partnership, LP or the Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively, for the period up to June 28, 2020 and the Manager acknowledges that it has received amounts from CARSTAR Canada Partnership, LP and Canadian Co-Issuer, respectively, sufficient to satisfy such obligations.

ARTICLE III

STATEMENTS AND REPORTS

Section 3.1    Reporting by the Manager.

(a)    Reports Required Pursuant to the Indenture. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee, all reports and notices required to be delivered to the Trustee by any Service Recipient pursuant to the Indenture (including pursuant to Article IV of the Base Indenture) or any other Transaction Document.

(b)    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Manager shall provide the financial statements of the Parent and each of the Service Recipients as required under Section 4.1(f) and (g) of the Base Indenture.

 

32


(c)    Franchisee Termination Notices. The Manager shall send to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt thereof, a copy of any notices of termination of one or more Franchise Agreements sent by the Manager on behalf of any Canadian SPV Franchising Entity to any Franchisee unless (i) the related Branded Location(s) generated less than $250,000 in royalties during the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) the related Branded Location continues to operate pursuant to an agreement between the related Canadian SPV Franchising Entity or the Manager on its behalf and such Franchisee.

(d)    Additional Information; Access to Books and Records. The Manager shall furnish from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral or compliance with the covenants and other agreements of Driven Brands Shared Services and any Canadian Securitization Entity under the Transaction Documents as the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer may reasonably request, subject at all times to compliance with the Exchange Act, the Securities Act and any other applicable law. The Manager will, and will cause each Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, examine its books and records and discuss its affairs with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit and inspections by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them shall be reimbursable as a Securitization Operating Expense, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided, however that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Default, or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute a Securitization Operating Expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall not be required to disclose or make available communications protected by the solicitor-client privilege.

(e)    Leadership Team Changes. The Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer of any termination or resignation of any persons included in the Leadership Team that occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control.

Section 3.2    Appointment of Independent Auditor. The Canadian Securitization Entities have appointed and shall maintain the appointment of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation that is reasonably acceptable to the Control Party to serve as the independent auditors (“Independent Auditors”) for purposes of preparing and delivering the reports required by Section 3.3. It is hereby acknowledged that the accounting firm of Grant Thornton LLP is acceptable for purposes of serving as Independent Auditors. The Canadian Securitization Entities may not remove the Independent Auditors without first giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Independent Auditors, with a copy of such notice also given concurrently to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies, the Control Party, the Manager (if applicable) and the Servicer. Upon any resignation by such firm or removal of such firm, the Canadian Securitization Entities shall promptly appoint a successor thereto that shall also be a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation to serve as the Independent Auditors hereunder. If the Canadian Securitization

 

33


Entities shall fail to appoint a successor firm of Independent Auditors within thirty (30) days after the effective date of any such resignation or removal, the Control Party shall promptly appoint a successor firm of independent public accountants of recognized national reputation that is reasonably satisfactory to the Manager to serve as the Independent Auditors hereunder. The fees of any Independent Auditors shall be payable by the Canadian Securitization Entities.

Section 3.3    Annual Accountants Reports. With respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, the Manager shall furnish, or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Manager, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2020, (i) a report of the Independent Auditors (who may also render other services to the Manager) or the Back-Up Manager summarizing the findings of a set of agreed-upon procedures performed by the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager with respect to compliance with the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports for such fiscal year (or other period) with the standards set forth herein, and (ii) a report of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager to the effect that such firm has examined the assertion of the Manager’s management as to its compliance with its management requirements for such fiscal year (or other period), and that (x) in the case of the Independent Auditors, such examination was made in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and (y) except as described in the report, management’s assertion is fairly stated in all material respects. In the case of the Independent Auditors, the report will also indicate that the firm is independent of the Manager within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (each, an “Annual Accountants’ Report”). In the event such Independent Auditors require the Trustee to agree to the procedures to be performed by such firm in any of the reports required to be prepared pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Manager shall direct the Trustee in writing to so agree as to the procedures described therein; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall deliver such letter of agreement (which shall be in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) in conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Manager, and the Trustee has not made any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or correctness of such procedures.

Section 3.4    Available Information. The Manager, on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, shall make available the information requested by prospective purchasers necessary to satisfy the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended, and the Investment Company Act, as amended, and any provincial securities laws that may be applicable. The Manager shall deliver such information, and shall promptly deliver copies of all Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports and Accountants’ Reports, to the Trustee as contemplated by Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture, to enable the Trustee to redeliver such information to purchasers or prospective purchasers of the Notes as contemplated by Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture.

 

34


ARTICLE IV

THE MANAGER

Section 4.1    Representations and Warranties Concerning the Manager. The Manager represents and warrants to each Service Recipient, the Trustee and the Servicer, as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (except if otherwise expressly noted), as follows:

(a)    Organization and Good Standing. The Manager (i) is a corporation, duly formed and organized, validly existing and in good standing under the federal laws of Canada, (ii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary and (iii) has the power and authority (x) to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted and (y) to perform its obligations under this Agreement, except in each case referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) to the extent that a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager.

(b)    Power and Authority; No Conflicts. The execution and delivery by the Manager of this Agreement and its performance of, and compliance with, the terms hereof are within the power of the Manager and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Manager. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions herein, nor compliance with the provisions hereof, shall conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, any order of any Governmental Authority or any of the provisions of any Requirement of Law binding on the Manager or its properties, or the articles or bylaws or other organizational documents of the Manager, or any of the provisions of any material indenture, mortgage, lease, contract or other instrument to which the Manager is a party or by which it or its property is bound or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its property pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, mortgage, leases, contract or other instrument, except to the extent such default, creation or imposition would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(c)    Residency. The Manager is not a non-resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

(d)    Consents. Except (i) for registrations as a franchise broker or franchise sales agent as may be required under state franchise statutes and regulations, (ii) to the extent that a federal, provincial, territorial or foreign franchise law requires filing and other compliance actions by virtue of considering the Manager as a “subfranchisor”, (iii) for any consents, licenses, approvals, authorizations, registrations, notifications, waivers or declarations that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (iv) to the extent that a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients, the Manager is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or the consent, license, approval or authorization of, or file any registration or declaration with, any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Manager of this Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement against the Manager.

 

35


(e)    Due Execution and Delivery. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Manager and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Manager enforceable against the Manager in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable insolvency laws and to general principles of equity).

(f)    No Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, threatened against or affecting the Manager, before or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Manager or any of its properties or with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (i) asserting the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or seeking any determination or ruling that would affect the legality, binding effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(g)    Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Manager is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager, the Collateral, taken as a whole, or any of the Service Recipients.

(h)    No Default. The Manager is not in default under any agreement, contract, instrument or indenture to which the Manager is a party or by which it or its properties is or are bound, or with respect to any order of any Governmental Authority, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager or the Collateral, taken as a whole; and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a default with respect to any such agreement, contract, instrument or indenture, or with respect to any such order of any Governmental Authority.

(i)    Taxes. The Manager has filed or caused to be filed and shall file or cause to be filed all federal tax returns and all material provincial, territorial and other tax returns that are required to be filed except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Manager has paid or caused to be paid, and shall pay or cause to be paid, all taxes owed by the Manager pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessments made against it or any of its property (other than any amount of tax the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Manager).

(j)    Accuracy of Information. No written report, financial statements, certificate or other information furnished (other than projections, budgets, other estimates and general market, industry and economic data) to the Servicer by or on behalf of the Manager in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Manager to the Servicer), contains any material misstatement of fact as of the date furnished or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not materially misleading in each case when taken as a whole and in the light of the

 

36


circumstances under which they were made; and with respect to its projected financial information, the Manager represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

(k)    Financial Statements. As of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, including the Manager, for the 12 months ended March 28, 2020, the fiscal weeks beginning March 1, 2020 and ending June 13, 2020 and as of April 30, 2020 included in the Offering Memorandum, reported on and accompanied by an unqualified report from Independent Auditors, present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, as of such date, and the results of operations and shareholders’ equity for the respective periods then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as otherwise stated therein) applied consistently through the periods involved.

(l)    No Material Adverse Change. Since March 3, 2020, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Manager or the Collateral, taken as a whole.

(m)    Canadian Defined Benefit Plan. Neither the Manager nor any member of a Controlled Group has sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or otherwise incurred liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

(n)    No Manager Termination Event. No Manager Termination Event has occurred or is continuing, and, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, there is no event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Manager Termination Event.

(o)    Location of Records. The offices at which the Manager keeps its records concerning the Managed Assets are located at the addresses indicated in Section 8.5.

(p)    DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT FOR THE MANAGER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, THE MANAGER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF TO ANY OTHER PARTY, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTY OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 4.2    Existence; Status as Manager. The Manager shall (a) keep in full effect its existence under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) maintain all rights and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and the performance of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (c) obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

37


Section 4.3    Performance of Obligations.

(a)    Performance. The Manager shall perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and in accordance with the Managing Standard.

(b)    Special Provisions as to Securitization IP.

(i)    The Manager acknowledges and agrees that each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity has the right and duty to control the quality of the goods and services offered under such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the manner in which such Trademarks are used in order to maintain the validity and enforceability of, and its ownership of such Trademarks. The Manager shall not take any action contrary to the express written instruction of the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity with respect to: (A) the promulgation of standards with respect to the operation of Branded Locations, including products and services offered and safety, appearance, cleanliness and standards of service and operation (or the making of material changes to the existing standards), (B) the promulgation of standards with respect to new businesses, products and services which the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity approves for inclusion in any license granted under any Canadian SPV IP License Agreement (or any other license agreement or sublicense agreement for which the Manager is performing IP Services), (C) the nature and implementation of means of monitoring and controlling adherence to the standards, (D) the terms of any Franchise Agreements or other sublicense agreements relating to the quality standards which licensees must follow with respect to businesses, products, and services offered under the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the usage of such Trademarks, (E) the commencement and prosecution of enforcement actions with respect to the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP and the terms of any settlements thereof, (F) the adoption of any variations on the Driven Securitization Brands which are not in use on the date hereof, or other new Trademarks to be included in the Securitization IP, (G) the abandonment of any Securitization IP and (H) any uses of the Securitization IP that are not consistent with the Managing Standard. The Canadian SPV Franchising Entities shall have the right to monitor the Manager’s compliance with the foregoing and its performance of the IP Services and, in furtherance thereof, Manager shall provide each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, at the written request from time to time of such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, with copies of Franchise Documents and other sublicenses and samples of products and materials bearing the Trademarks included in the Securitization IP used by Franchisees and other licensees and sublicensees. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities’ rights or the licensees’ obligations under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements or any other agreement with respect to which the Manager is performing IP Services.

(ii)    The Canadian SPV Franchising Entities hereby grant to the Manager a non-exclusive, royalty-free sublicensable license to use the Securitization IP

 

38


in connection with the performance of the Services under this Agreement. In connection with the Manager’s use of any Trademark included in the Securitization IP pursuant to the foregoing license, the Manager agrees to adhere to the quality control provisions and sublicensing provisions, with respect to sublicenses issued hereunder, which are contained in each Canadian SPV IP License Agreement, as applicable to the product or service to which such Trademark pertains, as if such provisions were incorporated by reference herein.

(iii)    The Manager shall cooperate with the U.S. Manager in the performance of the types of services described in the definition of “IP Services” for any Securitization IP owned by a U.S. Securitization Entity and licensed to a Canadian Securitization Entity to facilitate the availment by the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities of their respective rights and benefits and the performance of their respective obligations (including paying or causing to be paid or discharged all royalties and deducting and remitting any applicable withholding taxes) under the Canadian IP License Agreements and in respect of such Securitization IP to the extent necessary or desirable for the operation of their business.

(c)    License from Manager to Canadian SPV Franchising Entities. The Manager hereby grants the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities and any Successor Manager a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free, sublicensable, worldwide right and license to use any proprietary software owned by Driven Brands Shared Services for use in connection with operation of the Branded Locations.

(d)    Right to Receive Instructions. Without limiting the Manager’s obligations under Section 4.3(b) above, in the event that the Manager is unable to decide between alternative courses of action, or is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any Managed Documents, or any such provision is, in the good faith judgment of the Manager, ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any Managed Document permits any determination by the Manager or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action which the Manager is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Manager may make a Consent Request to the Control Party for written instructions in accordance with the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents and, to the extent that the Manager shall have acted or refrained from acting in good faith in accordance with instructions, if any, received from the Control Party with respect to such Consent Request, the Manager shall not be liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person; provided that the Control Party shall be under no obligation to provide any such instruction if it is unable to decide between alternative courses of action. Subject to the Managing Standard, if the Manager shall not have received appropriate instructions from the Control Party within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as may be specified in such notice), the Manager may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, as the Manager shall deem to be in the best interests of the Noteholders and each of the Service Recipients. The Manager shall have no liability to any Secured Party or the Controlling Class Representative for such action or inaction taken in reliance on the preceding sentence except for the Manager’s own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct.

 

39


(e)    Limitation on Manager’s Duties and Responsibilities.

(i)    The Manager shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment in respect of, register, record, sell, reinvest, dispose of, create, perfect or maintain title to, or any security interest in, or otherwise deal with the Collateral, to prepare or file any report or other document or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby to which the Manager is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and consistent with the Managing Standard, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Manager. The Manager nevertheless agrees that it shall, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any part of the Managed Assets constituting Collateral which result from valid claims against the Manager personally whether or not related to the ownership or administration of the Managed Assets constituting Collateral or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(ii)    Except as otherwise set forth herein and in the other Transaction Documents, the Manager shall have no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the Services in good faith and consistent with the Managing Standard.

(iii)    The Manager shall not manage, control, use, sell, reinvest, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Collateral except in accordance with the powers granted to, and the authority conferred upon, the Manager pursuant to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

(f)    Limitations on the Manager’s Liabilities, Duties and Responsibilities. Subject to Section 2.7 and except for any loss, liability, expense, damage, action, suit or injury arising out of, or resulting from, (i) any breach or default by the Manager in the observance or performance of any of its agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, (ii) the breach by the Manager of any representation, warranty or covenant made by it herein or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager or (iii) acts or omissions constituting the Manager’s own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct, in the performance of its duties hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party in its capacity as Manager, neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates, managers, officers, members or employees shall be liable to any Service Recipient, the Noteholders or any other Person under any circumstances, including, without limitation:

(1)    for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Manager in good faith in accordance with the instructions of the Trustee or the Control Party;

(2)    for any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or Indebtedness of any Canadian Securitization Entity under the Notes, any other Transaction Documents or the Managed Documents, or for any other liability or obligation of any Service Recipient;

 

40


(3)    for the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or the due execution hereof by any party hereto other than the Manager, or the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any part of the Collateral (including the creditworthiness of any Franchisee, lessee or other obligor thereunder), or for, or in respect of, the validity or sufficiency of the Transaction Documents;

(4)    for any action or inaction of the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer or for the performance of, or the supervision of the performance of, any obligation under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document that is required to be performed by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer; and

(5)    for any error of judgment made in good faith that does not violate the Managing Standard.

(g)    No Financial Liability. No provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 2.6, 2.7, 4.3(e)(i) and 4.3(f)) shall require the Manager to expend or risk its funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder, if the Manager shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not compensated by the payment of the Weekly Management Fees and Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fees and is otherwise not reasonably assured or provided to the Manager. Further, the Manager shall not be obligated to perform any services not enumerated or otherwise contemplated hereunder, unless the Manager determines that it is more likely than not that it shall be reimbursed for all of its expenses incurred in connection with such performance. The Manager shall not be liable under the Notes and shall not be responsible for any amounts required to be paid by the Issuer under or pursuant to the Indenture.

(h)    Reliance. The Manager may, reasonably and in good faith, conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting when doing so, in each case in accordance with any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties other than its Affiliates. The Manager may reasonably accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate or other entity other than its Affiliates as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the manner or ascertainment of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Manager may in good faith for all purposes hereof reasonably rely on a certificate, signed by any Authorized Officer of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate reasonably relied upon in good faith shall constitute full protection to the Manager for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(i)    Consultations with Third Parties; Advice of Counsel. In the exercise and performance of its duties and obligations hereunder or under any of the Transaction Documents, the Manager (A) may act directly or through agents or counsel pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them; provided that the Manager shall remain primarily liable hereunder for the acts or omissions of such agents or counsel and (B) may, at the expense of the Manager, consult with external counsel or accountants selected and monitored by the Manager in good faith and in

 

41


the absence of negligence, and the Manager shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion of any such external counsel or accountants with respect to legal or accounting matters.

(j)    Independent Contractor. In performing its obligations as manager hereunder the Manager acts solely as an independent contractor of each of the Service Recipients, except to the extent the Manager is deemed to be an agent of any of the Canadian Securitization Entities by virtue of engaging in franchise sales activities, as a broker, or receiving payments on behalf of each of the Service Recipients, as applicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, create or constitute any joint venture, partnership, employment, or any other relationship between any of the Service Recipients and the Manager other than the independent contractor contractual relationship established hereby. Nothing herein shall be deemed to vest in the Manager title to, or ownership or property interest in, any of the Securitization IP. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the other Transaction Documents, the Manager shall not be, nor shall be deemed to be, liable for any acts or obligations of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer.

Section 4.4    Merger and Resignation.

(a)    Preservation of Existence. The Manager shall not merge into or amalgamate with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent (i) the merger into the Manager of another Person, (ii) the consolidation of the Manager and another Person, (iii) the merger of the Manager into another Person, (iv) the amalgamation of the Manager with another Person or (v) the sale of substantially all of the property or assets of the Manager to another Person, so long as (A) the surviving Person of the merger, amalgamation or consolidation or the purchaser of the assets of the Manager shall continue to be engaged in the same line of business as the Manager and shall have the capacity to perform its obligations hereunder with at least the same degree of care, skill and diligence as measured by customary practices with which the Manager is required to perform such obligations hereunder, (B) in the case of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale, the surviving Person of the merger, amalgamation or the purchaser of the assets of the Manager shall expressly assume the obligations of the Manager under this Agreement and expressly agree to be bound by all other provisions applicable to the Manager under this Agreement in a supplement to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Control Party and (C) with respect to such event, in and of itself, the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

(b)    Resignation. The Manager shall not resign from the rights, powers, obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon determination that (A) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (B) there is no reasonable action that the Manager could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Manager pursuant to clause (A) above shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party. No such resignation shall become effective until a Successor Manager shall have been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Manager in accordance with Section 6.1(a). The Trustee,

 

42


the Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies shall be notified of such resignation in writing by the Manager. From and after such effectiveness, the Successor Manager shall be, to the extent of the assignment, the “Manager” hereunder. Except as provided above in this Section 4.4 the Manager may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights, powers, duties or obligations hereunder.

(c)    Term of Managers Obligations. Except as provided in Section 4.4(a) and Section 4.4(b), the duties and obligations of the Manager under this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and continue until this Agreement shall have been terminated as provided in Section 6.1 or Section 8.1, and shall survive the exercise by any Service Recipient, the Trustee or the Control Party of any right or remedy under this Agreement (other than the right of termination pursuant to Section 6.1), or the enforcement by any Service Recipient, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any Noteholder of any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

Section 4.5    Notice of Certain Events. With respect to the Canadian Securitization Entities, the Manager shall give written notice to the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies promptly upon the occurrence of any of the following events (but in any event no later than five (5) Business Days after the Manager has Actual Knowledge of the occurrence of such an event): (a) a Manager Termination Event, an Event of Default, a Hot Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event or a Rapid Amortization Event or any event which would, with the passage of time or giving of notice or both, become one or more of the same; or (b) any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, threatened against or affecting the Manager, before or by any court, administrative agency, arbitrator or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Manager or any of its properties either asserting the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any of the Transaction Documents, seeking any determination or ruling that would affect the legality, binding effect, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6    Capitalization. The Manager shall have sufficient capital to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement at all times from the Series 2020-1 Closing Date and until the Indenture has been terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 4.7    Maintenance of Separateness. The Manager covenants that:

(a)    the books and records of each Service Recipient shall be maintained separately from those of the Manager and each of its Affiliates that is not a Service Recipient;

(b)    the Manager shall observe (and shall cause each of its Affiliates that is not a Canadian Securitization Entity to observe) corporate formalities in its dealings with any Canadian Securitization Entity;

(c)    all financial statements of the Manager that are consolidated to include any Canadian Securitization Entity and that are distributed to any party shall contain detailed

 

43


notes clearly stating that (i) all of such Canadian Securitization Entity’s assets are owned by such Canadian Securitization Entity and (ii) such Canadian Securitization Entity is a separate entity and has separate creditors;

(d)    except as contemplated under Sections 2.2(d) or 2.2(e) of this Agreement, the Manager shall not (and shall not permit any of its Affiliates that is not a Canadian Securitization Entity pursuant to this Agreement or to the Indenture to) commingle its funds with any funds of any Canadian Securitization Entity; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Manager or any successor to or assignee of the Manager from holding funds of any of the Service Recipients in its capacity as Manager for such entity in a segregated account identified for such purpose;

(e)    the Manager shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates that is not a Canadian Securitization Entity to) maintain arm’s length relationships with each Canadian Securitization Entity, and each of the Manager and each of its Affiliates that is not a Canadian Securitization Entity shall be compensated at market rates for any services it renders or otherwise furnishes to any Canadian Securitization Entity, it being understood that the Weekly Management Fee, the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee the Supplemental Management Fee and this Agreement are representative of such arm’s length relationship;

(f)    the Manager shall not be, and shall not hold itself out to be, liable for the debts of any Canadian Securitization Entity or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of any of the Service Recipients and the Manager shall not permit any of the Service Recipients to hold the Manager out to be liable for the debts of such Service Recipient or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of such Service Recipient; and

(g)    upon an officer or other responsible party of the Manager obtaining Actual Knowledge that any of the foregoing provisions in this Section 4.7 has been breached or violated in any material respect, the Manager shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager, the Control Party and the Rating Agencies of same and shall take such actions as may be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to correct and remedy such breach or violation as soon as reasonably practicable under such circumstances.

Section 4.8    No Competitive Business. The Manager shall not engage in any Competitive Business.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 5.1    Representations and Warranties Made in Respect of New Franchise Agreements. As of the applicable New Asset Addition Date with respect to a New Franchise Agreement acquired or entered into on such New Asset Addition Date by a Canadian Securitization Entity, the Manager shall represent and warrant to the Canadian Securitization Entities, the Trustee and the Servicer that: (a) such New Franchise Agreement does not contain terms and conditions that are reasonably expected to result in (i) a material decrease in the amount of Canadian Collections or Retained Collections, taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse

 

44


change in the nature, quality or timing of Canadian Collections constituting Franchisee Payments, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse change in the types of underlying assets generating Canadian Collections, taken as a whole, in each case when compared to the amount, nature or quality of, or types of assets generating, Canadian Collections that would have been reasonably expected to result had such New Franchise Agreement been entered into in accordance with the then-current Franchise Documents; (b) such New Franchise Agreement is genuine, and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto and is enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or insolvency laws and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (c) such New Franchise Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable Requirements of Law; (d) the Franchisee related to such agreement is not, to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager, the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding; (e) royalty fees payable pursuant to such New Franchise Agreement are payable by the related Franchisee at least monthly; (f) except as required by applicable Requirements of Law, such New Franchise Agreement contains no contractual rights of set-off; and (g) except as required by applicable Requirements of Law, such New Franchise Agreement is freely assignable by the applicable Canadian Securitization Entities.

Section 5.2    Assets Acquired After the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

(a)    With respect to each Canadian Securitization Entity, the Manager will, subject to and in accordance with the IP License Agreements, be required to cause the applicable Canadian Securitization Entity to enter into or acquire each of the following, to the extent entered into or acquired after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date: (a) all New Franchise Agreements and New Development Agreements in Canada and (b) all Licensee-Developed IP and Manager-Developed IP; provided that, for greater certainty, all Licensee-Developed IP and Manager-Developed IP pertaining to the Maaco Brand, Meineke Brand and Take 5 Brand shall be acquired by the applicable U.S. SPV Franchising Entities in accordance with the Canadian IP Licensing Agreements. The Manager may, but shall not be obligated to, cause any of the Canadian Securitization Entities to enter into, develop or acquire assets other than the foregoing from time to time. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Control Party, the entry into, development or acquisition of assets by any of the Canadian Securitization Entities will be subject to all applicable provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement, the IP License Agreements and the other relevant Transaction Documents.

(b)    Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Control Party, any contribution to, or development or acquisition by, any Canadian Securitization Entity of assets obtained after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date described in Section 5.2(a) shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement (including the applicable representations and warranties and covenants in Articles II and V of this Agreement), the IP License Agreements and the other Transaction Documents. Any Franchise Agreement that is obtained after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date as described in Section 5.2(a) shall be deemed to be a New Franchise Agreement for the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 5.3    Securitization IP. All Securitization IP, as applicable, shall be owned solely by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, and shall not be assigned, transferred or licensed out by such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity to any other entity other than as permitted or provided under the Transaction Documents.

 

45


Section 5.4    Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap. Following the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, the Manager shall not and shall not permit the Non-Securitization Entities to incur any additional Indebtedness for borrowed money (“Specified Non-Securitization Debt”) if, after giving effect to such incurrence (and any repayment of Specified Non-Securitization Debt on such date), such incurrence would cause the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of the Specified Non-Securitization Debt of the Non-Securitization Entities as of such date to exceed $30,000,000 (the “Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap”); provided that the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap shall not be applicable to Specified Non-Securitization Debt (i) issued or incurred to refinance the Notes in whole, (ii) in excess of the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap if (a) the creditors (other than any creditor with respect to an aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness less than $50,000) under and with respect to such Indebtedness execute a non-disturbance agreement with the Trustee, as directed by the Manager and in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, that acknowledges the terms of the Securitization Transaction including the bankruptcy remote status of the Canadian Securitization Entities and their assets and (b) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (and any repayment of existing Indebtedness), the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (as calculated without regard to any Indebtedness that is subject to the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap) is less than or equal to 7.00x (assuming any variable funding or revolving facility is fully drawn), (iii) that is considered Indebtedness due solely to a change in accounting rules that takes effect subsequent to the Series 2015-1 Closing Date but that was not considered Indebtedness prior to such date, (iv) in respect of any obligation of any Non-Securitization Entity to reimburse the Issuer for any draws under any one or more Letters of Credit, (v) in respect of intercompany notes among Non-Securitization Entities or (vi) with respect to any Letter of Credit that is 100% cash collateralized. A violation of the foregoing covenant will result in a Manager Termination Event and therefore a Rapid Amortization Event.

Section 5.5    Future Brands. The Manager may cause the Canadian Co-Issuer or Canadian Funding Holdco to create or acquire additional subsidiaries (“Future Securitization Entities”) after the Series 2020-1 Closing Date, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) Securitization-Owned Locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that the Manager (will be required to cause the Canadian Co-Issuer or Canadian Funding Holdco, as applicable) to contribute to one or more Canadian Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in Canada.

Section 5.6    Restrictions on Liens. The Manager shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, permit or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Liens in favour of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and any Permitted Lien set forth in clauses (a), (g) or (i) of the definition thereof) upon the Equity Interests of any Canadian Securitization Entity.

 

46


Section 5.7    Canadian Defined Benefit Plans. Neither the Manager nor any member of a Controlled Group has sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or otherwise incurred liability under any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGER TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 6.1    Manager Termination Events.

(a)    Manager Termination Events. Any of the following acts or occurrences shall constitute a “Manager Termination Event” under this Agreement, the assertion as to the occurrence of which may be made, and notice of which may be given, by either a Canadian Securitization Entity, the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer or the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party):

(i)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.20x;

(ii)    any failure by the Manager to remit a payment required to be deposited from a Concentration Account to the applicable Canadian Collection Account or any other applicable Indenture Trust Account, within three (3) Business Days of the later of (a) its Actual Knowledge of its receipt thereof and (b) the date such deposit is required to be made pursuant to the Transaction Documents; provided that any inadvertent failure to remit such a payment shall not be a breach of this clause (i) if in an amount less than CAN$1,354,300 and corrected within three (3) Business Days after the Manager obtains Actual Knowledge thereof (it being understood that the Manager will not be responsible for the failure of the Trustee to remit funds that were received by the Trustee from or on behalf of the Manager in accordance with the applicable Transaction Documents);

(iii)    any failure by the Manager to provide any required certificate or report set forth in any required certificate or report set forth in Sections 4.1(a) through (g) of the Base Indenture within three (3) Business Days of its due date;

(iv)    a material default by the Manager in the due performance and observance of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than as described above) to which it is party and the continuation of such default for a period of 30 days after the Manager has been notified thereof in writing by any Service Recipient or the Control Party; provided, however, that as long as the Manager is diligently attempting to cure such default (so long as such default is capable of being cured), such cure period shall be extended by an additional period as may be required to cure such default, but in no event by more than an additional 30 days; and provided, further, that any default related to transfer of a Defective New Asset pursuant to the terms

 

47


of this Agreement shall be deemed cured for purposes hereof upon payment in full by the Manager of liquidated damages in an amount equal to the Indemnification Amount to the applicable Canadian Collection Account;

(v)    any representation, warranty or statement of the Manager made in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant thereto that is not qualified by materiality or the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” proves to be incorrect in any material respect, or any such representation, warranty or statement of the Manager that is qualified by materiality or the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” proves to be incorrect, in each case as of the time when the same was made or deemed to have been made or as of any other date specified in such document or agreement; provided that if any such breach is capable of being remedied within 30 days after the Manager has obtained Actual Knowledge of such breach or the Manager’s receipt of written notice thereof, then a Manager Termination Event shall only occur under this clause (v) as a result of such breach if it is not cured in all material respects by the end of such 30-day period;

(vi)    an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Manager;

(vii)    any final, non-appealable order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the Manager by a court of competent jurisdiction decreeing the dissolution of the Manager and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than ten (10) days;

(viii)    a final, non-appealable judgment for an amount in excess of CAN$6,771,500 (exclusive of any portion thereof which is insured) is rendered against the Manager and is not discharged or stayed within 30 days of the date when due;

(ix)    an acceleration of more than CAN$13,543,000 of the Indebtedness of the Manager, which Indebtedness has not been discharged or which acceleration has not been rescinded and annulled;

(x)    this Agreement or a material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions hereof) or the Manager asserts as much in writing;

(xi)    a failure by the Manager, the initial Manager or any direct or indirect subsidiary of an initial Manager (other than the Securitization Entities) to comply with the Driven Brands Specified Non-Securitization Debt Cap, and such failure has continued for a period of 45 days after the Manager has been notified in writing by any Canadian Securitization Entity, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Trustee, or otherwise has obtained Actual Knowledge of such non-compliance; or

 

48


(xii)    the occurrence of a Change in Management following the occurrence of a Change of Control.

If a Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may (i) waive such Manager Termination Event (except for a Manager Termination Event described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above) or (ii) direct the Trustee to terminate the Manager in its capacity as such by the delivery of a termination notice (a “Termination Notice”) to the Manager (with a copy to each of the Service Recipients, the Back-Up Manager and the Rating Agencies); provided, that the delivery of a Termination Notice will not be required in respect of any Manager Termination Event relating to the Manager Termination Events described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above. If the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), delivers a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to the Canadian Management Agreement (or automatically upon the occurrence of any Manager Termination Event relating to the Manager Termination Events described in clauses (vi) or (vii) above), all rights, powers, duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Manager under the Canadian Management Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (other than with respect to the payment of Indemnification Amounts or its obligations with respect to Disentanglement), including with respect to the Accounts or otherwise, will vest in and be assumed by the Successor Manager appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). If no Successor Manager has been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), the Back-Up Manager will serve as the Successor Manager and will work with the Servicer to implement the Transition Plan until a Successor Manager (other than the Back-Up Manager) has been appointed by the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative).

(b)    From and during the continuation of a Manager Termination Event, each Service Recipient and the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party) are hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Manager, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments (including any notices to Franchisees deemed necessary or advisable by the applicable Service Recipient or the Control Party), and to do or accomplish all other acts or take other measures necessary or appropriate, to effect such vesting and assumption.

Section 6.2    Manager Termination Event Remedies. If the Trustee, acting at the written direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), delivers a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) (or automatically upon the occurrence of any Manager Termination Event described in clauses (vi) or (vii) of Section 6.1(a)), all rights, powers, duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Manager under this Agreement (other than with respect to the obligation to pay any Indemnification Amounts) and the other Transaction Documents, including with respect to the Managed Assets, the applicable Indenture Trust Accounts, the applicable Management Accounts, the applicable Canadian Advertising Fund Accounts or otherwise shall vest in and be assumed by the Successor Manager without incurring any additional cost.

 

49


Section 6.3    Manager’s Transitional Role.

(a)    Disentanglement. Following the delivery of a Termination Notice to the Manager pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.2 above or notice of resignation of the Manager pursuant to Section 4.4(b), the Manager shall cooperate with the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party in connection with the implementation of the Transition Plan (as defined in the Back-Up Management Agreement) and the complete transition to a Successor Manager, without interruption or adverse impact on the provision of Services (the “Disentanglement”). The Manager shall cooperate fully with the Successor Manager and otherwise promptly take all actions required to assist in effecting a complete Disentanglement and shall follow any directions that may be provided by the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party. The Manager shall provide all information and assistance regarding the terminated Services required for Disentanglement, including data conversion and migration, interface specifications, and related professional services. All services relating to Disentanglement (“Disentanglement Services”), including all reasonable training for personnel of the Back-Up Manager, the Successor Manager or the Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider in the performance of the Services, will be deemed a part of the Services to be performed by the Manager. So long as the Manager continues to provide the Services (whether or not the Manager has been terminated as the Manager) during the Disentanglement Period, the Manager will continue to be paid the Weekly Management Fee and the Excess Canadian Weekly Management Fee.

(b)    Fees and Charges for the Disentanglement Services. Upon the Successor Manager’s assumption of the obligation to perform all Services hereunder, the Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement of its actual costs for the provision of any Disentanglement Services.

(c)    Duration of Obligations. The Manager’s obligation to provide Disentanglement Services will continue during the period commencing on the date that a Termination Notice is delivered and ending on the date on which the Successor Manager or the re-engaged Manager assumes all of the obligations of the Manager hereunder (the “Disentanglement Period”).

(d)    Sub-managing Arrangements; Authorizations.

(i)    With respect to each Sub-managing Arrangement and unless the Control Party elects to terminate such Sub-managing Arrangement in accordance with Section 2.10, the Manager shall:

(x)    assign to the Successor Manager (or such Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider) all of the Manager’s rights under such Sub-managing Arrangement to which it is party used by the Manager in performance of the transitioned Services; and

(y)    procure any third party authorizations necessary to grant the Successor Manager (or such Successor Manager’s designated alternate service provider) the use and benefit of such Sub-managing Arrangement to which it is party (used by the Manager in performing the transitioned Services), pending their assignment to the Successor Manager under this Agreement.

 

50


(ii)    If the Control Party elects to terminate such Sub-managing Arrangement in accordance with Section 2.10, the Manager shall take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Control Party to accomplish a complete transition of the Services performed by such Sub-manager to the Successor Manager, or to any alternate service provider designated by the Control Party, without interruption or adverse impact on the provision of Services.

Section 6.4    Intellectual Property. Within thirty (30) days of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Manager shall deliver and surrender up to the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities (with a copy to the Successor Manager and the Servicer) any and all products, materials, or other physical objects containing the Trademarks included in the applicable Securitization IP or Confidential Information of the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities and any copies of copyrighted works included in the applicable Securitization IP in the Manager’s possession or control, and shall terminate all use of all Securitization IP, including Trade Secrets; provided that (for the avoidance of doubt) any rights granted to the Non-Securitization Entities as licensees pursuant to the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements shall continue pursuant to the terms thereof notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement and/or Driven Brands Shared Services’ role as Manager.

Section 6.5    Third Party Intellectual Property. The Manager shall assist and fully cooperate with the Successor Manager or its designated alternate service provider in obtaining any necessary licenses or consents to use any third party Intellectual Property then being used by the Manager or any Sub-manager. The Manager shall assign, and shall cause each Sub-manager to assign, any such license or sublicense directly to the Successor Manager or its designated alternate service provider to the extent the Manager, or each Sub-manager as applicable, has the rights to assign such agreements to the Successor Manager without incurring any additional cost.

Section 6.6    No Effect on Other Parties. Upon any termination of the rights and powers of the Manager from time to time pursuant to Section 6.1 or upon any appointment of a Successor Manager, all the rights, powers, duties, obligations, and responsibilities of each of the Service Recipients or the Trustee under this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall remain unaffected by such termination or appointment and shall remain in full force and effect thereafter, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Indenture.

Section 6.7    Rights Cumulative. All rights and remedies from time to time conferred upon or reserved to any of the Service Recipients, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager and the Noteholders or to any or all of the foregoing are cumulative, and none is intended to be exclusive of another or any other right or remedy which they may have at law or in equity. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay or omission in insisting upon the strict observance or performance of any provision of this Agreement, or in exercising any right or remedy, shall be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such provision, nor shall it impair such right or remedy. Every such right and remedy may be exercised from time to time and as often as deemed expedient.

 

51


ARTICLE VII

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 7.1    Confidentiality.

(a)    Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that during the Term of this Agreement such party (the “Recipient”) may receive Confidential Information from another party hereto (the “Discloser”). Each such party (except for the Trustee, whose confidentiality obligations shall be governed in accordance with the Indenture) agrees to maintain the Confidential Information of the other party in the strictest of confidence and shall not, except as otherwise contemplated herein, at any time, use, disseminate or disclose any Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (including legal counsel and accountants) who have a “need to know” and who have been apprised of this restriction or (ii) in the case of the Manager, the Service Recipients, Franchisees and prospective Franchisees, suppliers or other service providers under written confidentiality agreements that contain provisions at least as protective as those set forth in this Agreement. The Recipient shall be liable for any breach of this Section 7.1 by any of its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, advisors, representatives, Franchisees and prospective Franchisees, suppliers or other services providers and shall immediately notify Discloser in the event of any loss or disclosure of any Confidential Information of the Discloser. Upon termination of this Agreement, Recipient shall return to the Discloser, or at Discloser’s request, destroy, all documents and records in its possession containing the Confidential Information of the Discloser. Confidential Information shall not include information that: (A) is already known to Recipient without restriction on use or disclosure prior to receipt of such information from the Discloser; (B) is or becomes part of the public domain other than by breach of this Agreement by, or other wrongful act of, the Recipient; (C) is developed by the Recipient independently of and without reference to any Confidential Information of the Discloser; (D) is received by the Recipient from a third party who is not under any obligation to the Discloser to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (E) is required to be disclosed by applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, subpoena, court order or legal process; provided that the Recipient shall promptly inform the Discloser of any such requirement and cooperate with any attempt by the Discloser to obtain a protective order or other similar treatment. It shall be the obligation of Recipient to prove that such an exception to the definition of Confidential Information exists.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.1(a), the parties hereto may use, disseminate or disclose Confidential Information (other than Trade Secrets) to any Person in connection with the enforcement of rights of the Trustee or the Noteholders under the Indenture or the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that prior to disclosing any such Confidential Information:

(i)    to any such Person other than in connection with any judicial or regulatory proceeding, such Person shall agree in writing to maintain such Confidential Information in a manner at least as protective of the Confidential Information as the terms

 

52


of Section 7.1(a) and Recipient shall provide Discloser with the written opinion of counsel that such disclosure contains Confidential Information only to the extent necessary to facilitate the enforcement of such rights of the Trustee or the Noteholders; or

(ii)    to any such Person or entity in connection with any judicial or regulatory proceeding, Recipient will (x) promptly notify Discloser of each such requirement and identify the documents so required thereby so that Discloser may seek an appropriate protective order or similar treatment and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement; (y) use reasonable efforts to assist Discloser in obtaining such protective order or other similar treatment protecting such Confidential Information prior to any such disclosure; and (z) consult with Discloser on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow the scope of such requirement. If, in the absence of such a protective order or similar treatment, the Recipient is nonetheless required by law to disclose any part of Discloser’s Confidential Information, then the Recipient may disclose such Confidential Information without liability under this Agreement, except that the Recipient will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 8.1    Termination of Agreement. The respective duties and obligations of the Manager and each of the Service Recipients created by this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 6.1(a), terminate upon the earlier to occur of (x) the final payment or other liquidation of the last Managed Asset included in the Collateral or (y) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Base Indenture (the “Term”). Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1, the Manager shall pay over to the applicable Service Recipient or any other Person entitled thereto all proceeds of the Managed Assets held by the Manager.

Section 8.2    Survival. The provisions of Section 2.1(c), Section 2.7, Section 2.8, Section 5.1, Article VI or Article VII and this Section 8.2, Section 8.4, Section 8.5 and Section 8.9 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.3    Amendment. (a) This Agreement may only be amended from time to time in writing, upon the written consent of the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party), the Service Recipients and the Manager; provided that any amendment that would materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders shall require the consent of the Control Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, further that no consent of the Trustee or the Control Party shall be required in connection with any amendment to accomplish any of the following:

(i)    to correct or amplify the description of any required activities of the Manager;

 

53


(ii)    to add to the duties or covenants of the Manager for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties, or to add provisions to this Agreement so long as such action does not modify the Managing Standard, materially adversely affect the enforceability of the Securitization IP (taken as a whole), or materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders;

(iii)    to correct any manifest error or to cure any ambiguity, defect or provision that may be inconsistent with the terms of the Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with the terms of the Base Indenture or any offering memorandum;

(iv)    to evidence the succession of another Person to any party to this Agreement;

(v)    to comply with Requirements of Law; or

(vi)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of New Franchise Agreements or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the Managing Standard.

(b)    Promptly after the execution of any such amendment, the Manager shall send to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency a conformed copy of such amendment, but the failure to do so shall not impair or affect its validity.

(c)    Any such amendment or modification effected contrary to the provisions of this Section 8.3 shall be null and void.

Section 8.4    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

Section 8.5    Notices. All notices, requests or other communications desired or required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) national prepaid overnight delivery service, (c) telecopy or other facsimile transmission (following with hard copies to be sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service) or (d) personal delivery with receipt acknowledged in writing, to the address set forth in Section 14.1 of the Base Indenture. If the Indenture or this Agreement permits reports to be posted to a password-protected website, such reports shall be deemed delivered when posted on such website. Any party hereto may change its address for notices hereunder by giving notice of such change to the other parties hereto, with a copy to the Control Party. Any change of address of a Noteholder shown on a Note Register shall, after the date of such change, be effective to change the address for such Noteholder hereunder. All notices and demands to any Person hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of the delivery thereof at the address of such Person for notices hereunder, or on the third day after the mailing thereof to such address, as the case may be.

 

54


Section 8.6    Acknowledgement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager hereby acknowledges that, on the date hereof, each of the Canadian Securitization Entities will pledge to the Trustee under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, as applicable, all of such Canadian Securitization Entity’s right and title to, and interest in, this Agreement and the Collateral, and such pledge includes all of such Canadian Securitization Entity’s rights, remedies, powers and privileges, and all claims of such Canadian Securitization Entity against the Manager, under or with respect to this Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise available at law or in equity), including (i) the rights of such Canadian Securitization Entity and the obligations of the Manager hereunder and (ii) the right, at any time, to give or withhold consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, demands, extensions or waivers under or with respect to this Agreement or the obligations in respect of the Manager hereunder to the same extent as such Canadian Securitization Entity may do. The Manager hereby consents to such pledges described above, acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Control Party shall be third-party beneficiaries of the rights of such Canadian Securitization Entity arising hereunder and (y) the Trustee and the Control Party may, to the extent provided in the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, enforce the provisions of this Agreement, exercise the rights of such Canadian Securitization Entity and enforce the obligations of the Manager hereunder without the consent of such Canadian Securitization Entity.

Section 8.7    Severability of Provisions. If one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatever held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements and provisions of this Agreement and such invalidity or unenforceability shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of such remaining provisions, or the rights of any parties hereto. To the extent permitted by law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

Section 8.8    Delivery Dates. If the due date of any notice, certificate or report required to be delivered by the Manager hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such notice, certificate or report shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

Section 8.9    Limited Recourse. The obligations of each of the Service Recipients under this Agreement are solely the obligations of such Service Recipient. The Manager agrees that each of the Service Recipients shall be liable for any claims that it may have against such Service Recipient only to the extent that funds or assets are available to pay such claims pursuant to the Indenture and that, to the extent that any such claims remain unpaid after the application of such funds and assets in accordance with the Indenture, such claims shall be extinguished.

Section 8.10    Binding Effect; Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Any assignment of this Agreement without the written consent of the Control Party shall be null and void. Each of the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer (in its capacities as Control Party and Servicer) is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement and may enforce the Agreement as though a party hereto.

 

55


Section 8.11    Article and Section Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 8.12    Concerning the Trustee. In acting under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be afforded the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and indemnities set forth in the Indenture as if fully set forth herein.

Section 8.13    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts (including by facsimile, e-signature or other electronic means of communication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

Section 8.14    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and the Managed Documents.

Section 8.15    Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a)    The parties hereto each hereby waives any right to have a jury participate in resolving any dispute, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, relating to or incidental to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)    The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably submits (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the Province of Ontario, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Transaction Documents, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Ontario court. The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection each may now or hereafter have, to remove any such action or proceeding, once commenced, to another court on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise.

Section 8.16    Joinder of Future Service Recipients. In the event the Canadian Co-Issuer shall form a Future Service Recipient pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture, such Future Securitization Entity shall execute and deliver to the Manager and the Trustee (i) a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B and (ii) Power of Attorney(s) in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of any Future Service Recipient that holds any Securitization IP) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of any Future Service Recipient that is a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity), and such New Service Recipient shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto and have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Service Recipient party hereto on the Series 2020-1 Closing Date.

Section 8.17    Securitization-Owned Locations. In the future, Parent or its affiliates may, in their reasonable discretion, contribute one or more other Securitization-Owned Locations to the Canadian Securitization Entities or the Canadian Securitization Entities may acquire one or more Securitization-Owned Locations. The Manager will perform all of the

 

56


duties and obligations of the Canadian Securitization Entities in connection with the operation and ownership of such Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, collecting revenues generated by such Securitization-Owned Locations, maintaining appropriate levels of property and casualty insurance, and performing any other activities necessary or desirable for the operation of such Securitization-Owned Locations, as required under the Transaction Documents. In the event a Canadian Securitization Entity acquires a Securitization-Owned Location, the Manager will provide written notice thereof to the Trustee.

Section 8.18    Electronic Signatures and Transmission. For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “written” or “in writing” means any form of written communication, including, without limitation, electronic signatures, and any such written communication may be transmitted by Electronic Transmission. “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. The Trustee is authorized to accept written instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications delivered by Electronic Transmission and shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by Electronic Transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such Electronic Transmission, and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties (except to the extent such action results from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee). Any requirement in this Agreement that is to be signed or authenticated by “manual signature” or similar language shall not be deemed to prohibit signature to be by facsimile or electronic signature and shall not be deemed to prohibit delivery thereof by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary and/or sensitive information and sent by Electronic Transmission will be encrypted. The recipient of the Electronic Transmission will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP by its general partner CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO CANADA SPV LP by its general partner MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page    Canadian Management Agreement


MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP by its general partner MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP by its general partner TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page    Canadian Management Agreement


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP by its general partner GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP by its general partner STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page    Canadian Management Agreement


DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP by its general partner DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP by its general partner DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS

MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

Signature Page    Canadian Management Agreement


CARSTAR CANADA PARTNERSHIP, LP by its general partner CARSTAR CANADA GP CORPORATION, solely for purposes of Section 2.15
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Suarez

  Name:   Jacqueline Suarez
  Title:   Senior Trust Officer

 

Signature Page    Canadian Management Agreement


EXHIBIT A-1

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF CANADIAN SPV FRANCHISING ENTITIES

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that in connection with the Canadian Management Agreement dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (the “Canadian Management Agreement”), among DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”); CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian CARSTAR GP”), CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian CARSTAR”), MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”), MAACO CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Take 5 GP”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Take 5”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Go Glass Franchisor”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor” and, together with Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5 GP, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Go Glass Franchisor and Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP, the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”), DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Funding Holdco”); DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”), DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”), DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”) and DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Claims Management” and, together with Canadian Funding Holdco, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management GP, Driven Canada Claims Management and the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Canadian Co-Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer or Canadian Franchisor Holdco that becomes a party hereto, the “Canadian Securitization Entities” or the “Service Recipients”); Driven Brands Canada Shared Services Inc., as manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brand Shared Services” or the “Manager”); Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as the indenture trustee (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”); and solely for the purpose of Section 2.15 of the Canadian Management Agreement, CARSTAR CANADA PARTNERSHIP, LP, an Ontario limited partnership, the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities hereby appoint Driven Brands Shared Services and any and all officers thereof as its true and lawful attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, in connection with the IP Services described below being performed with respect to the Securitization IP, with full irrevocable power and authority in the

 

A-2-6


place of the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity that is the owner thereof and in the name of the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity or in its own name as agent of such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the foregoing, subject to the Canadian Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the full power to perform:

(a) searching, screening and clearing After-Acquired Securitization IP to assess patentability, registrability, and the risk of potential infringement;

(b) filing, prosecuting and maintaining applications and registrations for the Securitization IP in the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s name in the United States and Canada, including timely filing of evidence of use, applications for renewal and affidavits of use and/or incontestability, timely paying of all registration and maintenance fees, responding to third-party oppositions of applications or challenges to registrations, and responding to any office actions, reexaminations, interferences, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews or other office or examiner requests, reviews or requirements;

(c) monitoring third-party use and registration of Securitization IP, as applicable, and taking actions the Manager deems appropriate to oppose or contest the use and any application or registration for Securitization IP, as applicable, that could reasonably be expected to infringe, dilute or otherwise violate the Securitization IP or the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights therein;

(d) confirming each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s legal title in and to any or all of the Securitization IP, including obtaining written assignments of Securitization IP to the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity and recording transfers of title in the appropriate intellectual property registry in Canada and, in the Manager’s discretion, elsewhere;

(e) with respect to each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity’s rights and obligations under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements and any Transaction Documents, monitoring the use of each licensed Trademark and the quality of its goods and services offered in connection with such Trademarks, rendering any approvals (or disapprovals) that are required under the applicable license agreement(s), and employing reasonable means to ensure that any use of any such Trademarks by any licensee satisfies the quality control standards and usage provisions of the applicable license agreement;

(f) protecting, policing, and, in the event that the Manager becomes aware of any unlicensed copying, imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, or any portion thereof, enforcing such Securitization IP, including, (i) preparing and responding to cease-and-desist, demand and notice letters, and requests for a license; and (ii) commencing, prosecuting and/or resolving claims or suits involving imitation, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, the unauthorized use or other violation of the Securitization IP, and seeking monetary and

 

A-2-7


equitable remedies as the Manager deems appropriate in connection therewith; provided that each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity the owns Securitization IP will, and agrees to, join as a party to any such suits to the extent necessary to maintain standing;

(g) performing such functions and duties, and preparing and filing such documents, as are required under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to be performed, prepared and/or filed by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, including (i) executing and recording such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or such other instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s Lien only on the Collateral in Canada) in connection with the security interests in the Securitization IP granted by each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity to the Trustee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and (ii) preparing, executing and delivering grants of security interests or any similar instruments as the Issuer or the Control Party may, from time to time, reasonably request (consistent with the obligations of the SPV Franchising Entities to perfect the Trustee’s Lien only on the Collateral in Canada) that are intended to evidence such security interests in the Securitization IP and recording such grants or other instruments with the relevant Governmental Authority including CIPO;

(h) taking such actions as any licensee under a Canadian SPV IP License Agreement may request that are required by the terms, provisions and purposes of such IP License Agreement (or by any other agreements pursuant to which the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity licenses the use of any Securitization IP) to be taken by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity and preparing (or causing to be prepared) for execution by the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity all documents, certificates and other filings as such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity will be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of such Canadian SPV IP License Agreements (or such other agreements);

(i) establishing a fair market value for the royalties or other payments payable to the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entities under the Canadian SPV IP License Agreements;

(j) paying or causing to be paid or discharged, from funds of each of the Canadian SPV Securitization Entities, any and all taxes, charges and assessments that may be levied, assessed or imposed upon any of the Securitization IP or contesting the same in good faith;

(k) obtaining licenses of third-party Intellectual Property for use and sublicense in connection with the Contributed Franchise Business, any Securitization-Owned Location and the other assets of the applicable Securitization Entities;

(l) sublicensing the Securitization IP to suppliers, manufacturers, advertisers and other service providers in connection with the provision of products and services for the Contributed Franchise Business and any Securitization-Owned Locations; and

 

A-2-8


(m) with respect to Trade Secrets and other confidential information of each Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, taking reasonable measures to maintain confidentiality and to prevent non-confidential disclosures.

THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

Dated: [            ], 2020

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Canadian Co-Issuer

By:  

                                         

  Name:  
  Title:  
CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP by its general partner CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                         

  Name:  
  Title:  
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                         

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-2-9


MAACO CANADA SPV LP by its general partner MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                                             

  Name:  
  Title:  
MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                         

  Name:  
  Title:  
MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP by its general partner MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP by its general partner TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-2-10


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP by its general partner GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

                                                             

  Name:  
  Title:  
GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP by its general partner STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-2-11


EXHIBIT A-2

POWER OF ATTORNEY OF THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that in connection with the Canadian Management Agreement dated as of the Series 2020-1 Closing Date (the “Canadian Management Agreement”), among DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”); CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian CARSTAR GP”), CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian CARSTAR”), MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP”), MAACO CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Maaco Franchisor”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP”), MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Meineke Franchisor”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Take 5 GP”), TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Canadian Take 5”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Go Glass Franchisor GP”), GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Go Glass Franchisor”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP”), STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Star Auto Glass Franchisor” and, together with Canadian CARSTAR GP, Canadian CARSTAR, Canadian Maaco Franchisor GP, Canadian Maaco Franchisor, Canadian Meineke Franchisor GP, Canadian Meineke Franchisor, Canadian Take 5 GP, Canadian Take 5, Go Glass Franchisor GP, Go Glass Franchisor and Star Auto Glass Franchisor GP, the “Canadian SPV Franchising Entities”), DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Funding Holdco”); DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP”), DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Product Sourcing”), DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation (“Driven Canada Claims Management GP”) and DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS MANAGEMENT LP, an Ontario limited partnership (“Driven Canada Claims Management” and, together with Canadian Funding Holdco, Driven Canada Product Sourcing GP, Driven Canada Product Sourcing, Driven Canada Claims Management GP, Driven Canada Claims Management and the Canadian SPV Franchising Entities, the “Guarantors” and together with the Canadian Co-Issuer and each future Subsidiary of the Canadian Co-Issuer or Canadian Franchisor Holdco that becomes a party hereto, the “Canadian Securitization Entities” or the “Service Recipients”); DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Manager (together with its successors and assigns, “Driven Brands Shared Services” or the “Manager”); Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as the indenture trustee (together with its successor and assigns, the “Trustee”); and solely for the purpose of Section 2.15 of the Canadian Management Agreement, CARSTAR CANADA PARTNERSHIP, LP, an Ontario limited partnership, each of the Service Recipients hereby appoints Driven Brands Shared Services and any and all officers thereof as its true and lawful attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, in connection with the Services (as defined in the Canadian Management Agreement) being performed with respect to the Managed Assets, with

 

A-2-12


full irrevocable power and authority in the place of each Service Recipient and in the name of each Service Recipient or in its own name as agent of each Service Recipient, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the foregoing, subject to the Canadian Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the full power to:

(a)    perform such functions and duties, and prepare and file such documents, as are required under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to be performed, prepared and/or filed by any of the Service Recipients, including: (i) recording such financing statements, financing change statements or other instruments (if any) as the Trustee and any of the Service Recipients may from time to time reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the Lien in the Collateral granted by any of Securitization Entities to the Trustee under the Transaction Documents in accordance with the PPSA; and (ii) executing grants of security interests or any similar instruments required under the Transaction Documents to evidence such Lien in the Collateral;

(b)    take such actions on behalf of each Service Recipient as such Service Recipient or Manager may reasonably request that are expressly required by the terms, provisions and purposes of the Canadian Management Agreement; or cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons, of all documents, certificates and other filings as each Service Recipient shall be required to prepare and/or file under the terms of the Transaction Documents; and

(c)    act as a franchisor, on behalf of the applicable Canadian SPV Franchising Entity, in any jurisdiction outside Canada which does not allow newly-formed entities to act as licensed franchisors, until such time as such Canadian SPV Franchising Entity is registered as a licensed franchisor with the applicable regulatory authorities in such jurisdictions.

This power of attorney is coupled with an interest. Capitalized terms used herein, and not defined herein shall have the meanings applicable to such terms in the Canadian Management Agreement.

THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

 

A-2-13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED
SERVICES INC., as Manager
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA FUNDING
CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR CANADA SPV LP by its general
partner CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP
CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
CARSTAR CANADA SPV GP
CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
MAACO CANADA SPV LP by its general
partner MAACO CANADA SPV GP
CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

B-1


MAACO CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION,
as a Service Recipient
By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

MEINEKE CANADA SPV LP by its general

partner MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

MEINEKE CANADA SPV GP

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV LP by its general

partner TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

TAKE 5 CANADA SPV GP CORPORATION,

as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

B-2


GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP by its

general partner GO GLASS FRANCHISOR

SPV GP CORPORATION, as a Service

Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

GO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV LP

by its general partner STAR AUTO GLASS

FRANCHISOR SPV GP CORPORATION, as a

Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

STAR AUTO GLASS FRANCHISOR SPV GP

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING

LP by its general partner DRIVEN CANADA

PRODUCT SOURCING GP CORPORATION,

as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

B-3


DRIVEN CANADA PRODUCT SOURCING

GP CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS

MANAGEMENT LP by its general partner

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS

MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as a

Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN CANADA CLAIMS

MANAGEMENT GP CORPORATION, as a

Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

DRIVEN CANADA FUNDING HOLDCO

CORPORATION, as a Service Recipient

By:  

/s/ Scott O’Melia

  Name:   Scott O’Melia
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary

 

B-4


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 20     (this “Joinder Agreement”), made by                      a                      (the “Future Service Recipient”), in favour of DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., a Canadian corporation, as manager (the “Manager”), and CITIBANK, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Management Agreement (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Driven Brands Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Co-Issuer”), Driven Brands Canada Funding Corporation, a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Co-Issuer”), the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as securities intermediary, have entered into an Amended and Restated Base Indenture dated as of April 28, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements, the “Base Indenture” and, together with all Series Supplements, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more Series of Notes thereunder; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Indenture, the Canadian Co-Issuer, the other Service Recipients party thereto from time to time, the Manager and the Trustee have entered into the Canadian Management Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Management Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Future Service Recipient has agreed to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement in order to become a party to the Management Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.    Management Agreement. By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Future Service Recipient, as provided in Section 8.16 of the Management Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Management Agreement as:

(a)    [a Service Recipient thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Service Recipient and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Service Recipient thereunder. Each reference to a “Service Recipient” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.]

 

B-5


(b)    [a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Canadian SPV Franchising Entity thereunder. Each reference to a “Canadian SPV Franchising Entity” in the Management Agreement shall be deemed to include the Future Service Recipient. The Management Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.]

2.    Counterparts; Binding Effect. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder Agreement shall become effective when each of the Additional Franchise Entity, the Manager and the Trustee has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Joinder Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

3.    Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Management Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

B-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[FUTURE SERVICE RECIPIENT]
By:  

                                                             

  Name:
  Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED

DRIVEN BRANDS CANADA SHARED SERVICES INC., as Manager

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as Trustee
By:  

                                                             

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-7


SCHEDULE 2.1(F)

MANAGER INSURANCE


SCHEDULE 2.10

EXCLUDED SERVICES, PRODUCTS AND/OR FUNCTIONS6

 

 

Franchise sales brokers, agents, referral sources, and similar independent contractors

 

 

Background checks of prospective employees and franchisees

 

 

New product development (either by dedicated company or as a service provided by our suppliers)

 

 

Legal counsel

 

 

Construction contracts and related contracts

 

 

Real estate brokers

 

 

“help-desk” services and other IT functions

 

 

Consulting agreements

 

 

International franchise directors who are deemed independent contractors instead of employees

 

 

Media agency agreements

 

 

Outsourced finance functions

 

 

Tax preparation

 

 

Store inspections and evaluations by third parties

 

 

Collection agency

 

 

Franchise audits

 

 

Guest complaint hotline

 

 

Customer survey system

 

 

Mystery shopping

 

 

Website development

 

 

Credit/debit card processing

 

 

Consultants for health insurance and 401-k management

 

 

6

Driven to confirm.

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.

and

as Indemnitee

 

 

Dated as of [●], 2021

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1

  DEFINITIONS      2  

ARTICLE 2

  INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS      7  

ARTICLE 3

  INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY      7  

ARTICLE 4

  INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL      8  

ARTICLE 5

  INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS      8  

ARTICLE 6

  ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS      8  

ARTICLE 7

  CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY      9  

ARTICLE 8

  EXCLUSIONS      9  

ARTICLE 9

  ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM      10  

ARTICLE 10

  PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT      12  

ARTICLE 11

  PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION      12  

ARTICLE 12

  PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS      14  

ARTICLE 13

  REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE      16  

ARTICLE 14

  SECURITY      17  

ARTICLE 15

  NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION      18  

ARTICLE 16

  ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT      20  

ARTICLE 17

  MISCELLANEOUS      21  

 

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated effective as of [•], 2021 (this “Agreement”), by and between Driven Brands Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [] (“Indemnitee”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”), executive officers and other key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

1.1. “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.2. “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.3. “Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.4. “Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.5. “Bylaws” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.6. “Certificate of Incorporation” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time).

1.7. “Change in Control shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(a) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person other than a Permitted Holder is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless (i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or (ii) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of this definition;

(b) Change in Board of Directors. Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (b) (collectively, the “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

2


(c) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (in each case, a “Corporate Transaction”), unless following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or other Person resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation or other Person that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the Permitted Holders) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or other Person resulting from such Corporate Transaction, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company or other Person resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction; or

(d) Other Events. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a Person, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of which are Beneficially Owned by (i) the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (ii) the Permitted Holders.

1.8. “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation or other entity, any constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, manager, managing member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

1.9. “Continuing Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a).

 

3


1.10. “Corporate Status” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

1.11. “Corporate Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(c).

1.12. “Delaware Court” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

1.13. “DGCL” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.14. “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

1.15. “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

1.16. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.17. “Expenses” shall include all reasonable and documented costs, expenses and fees, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee.

1.18. “Indemnification Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.

1.19. “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

4


1.20. “Indemnitee-Related Entities” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

1.21. “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a person admitted to practice law in any state of the United States or the District of Columbia who is a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition, a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.

1.22. “Permitted Holder” shall mean Driven Equity LLC and RC IV Cayman ICW Holdings LLC, and their respective Affiliates and Related Parties.

1.23. “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided, however, that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and (c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

1.24. “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and all appeals, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional or unintentional tort

 

5


claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer or key employee of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer or key employee of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise; in each case whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL; including any proceeding pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding any proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL.

1.25. “Related Party” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any controlling stockholder, controlling member, general partner, Subsidiary, spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Person, (b) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (a), or (c) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (b), acting solely in such capacity.

1.26. “Section 409A” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2.

1.27. “Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

1.28. “Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).

1.29. References to “fines” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

6


1.30. The phrase “to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to Article 8, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to Article 8, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8, to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

7


ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

In addition to and notwithstanding any limitations in Articles 2, 3 or 4, but subject to Article 8, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant in, any Proceeding

 

8


(including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

7.1. To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

7.2. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

7.3. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee subject to the other terms and provisions of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

EXCLUSIONS

8.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) except as provided in Section 15.4, for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise; or

 

9


(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, managers, managing members, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

(e) for any payment to Indemnitee that is determined to be unlawful by a final judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing and under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement; or

(f) in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement if a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body of competent jurisdiction determines by final judicial decision that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

The exclusions in this Article 8 shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 9

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

9.1. Subject to Article 8, the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by

 

10


this Agreement, solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined, by final judicial decision of a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement or pursuant to applicable law. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8.

9.2. If the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm (in addition to local counsel) selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company. The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm (in addition to local counsel) selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are parties to such Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding; provided, that in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense; and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company in writing, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that (1) there may be a conflict of interest between either (x) the Company and Indemnitee or (y) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct of any such defense, or (2) there may be defenses available to Indemnitee that are incompatible or inconsistent with those available to the Company or another present or former director represented by such law firm in the conduct of such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Section 9.2, the Company will not be entitled without the written consent of the Indemnitee to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

11


ARTICLE 10

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

10.1. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided, however, that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

10.2. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

10.3. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or obligation on Indemnitee or attribute to Indemnitee any admission of liability, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.

ARTICLE 11

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

11.1. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) by a majority of the Company’s stockholders, (b) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (c) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less

 

12


than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination and any future amounts due to Indemnitee shall be paid in accordance with this Agreement. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Persons making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Persons upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination, provided, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege Indemnitee may have. Any costs or Expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Persons making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

11.2. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2. If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within thirty days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may seek arbitration for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the

 

13


Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any arbitration pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

ARTICLE 12

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

12.1. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12.2. If the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto, provided further that, if final selection of Independent Counsel has not occurred within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, such sixty-day period may be after the final selection of Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.2.

 

14


12.3. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

12.4. For purposes of any determination of good faith pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if, among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise, its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

12.5. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.6. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

15


ARTICLE 13

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

13.1. In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1, (d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4, 5, 6 or the last sentence of Section 11.1 of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (g) the Company or any representative thereof takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee may either (a) be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses or (b) seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

13.2. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

16


13.3. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

13.4. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

13.5. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten business days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Bylaws now or hereafter in effect; or (b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

13.6. Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

ARTICLE 14

SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may, as permitted by applicable securities laws, at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

17


ARTICLE 15

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

15.1. The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15.2. The DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit or surety bond (“Indemnification Arrangements”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

15.3. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managers, managing members, fiduciaries, employees or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source

 

18


of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies and Indemnitee shall promptly cooperate with any request by the Company or insurers in connection with such action.

15.4. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by the Indemnitee-Related Entities. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4, entitled to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.

 

19


15.5. Except as provided in Section 15.4, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Indemnitee-Related Entities), who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.6. Except as provided in Section 15.4, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

15.7. Except as provided in Section 15.4, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

ARTICLE 16

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

16.1. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

16.2. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

 

20


16.3. The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17.2. Section 409A. It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

21


17.3. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4. Entire Agreement. Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17.5. Modification, Waiver and Termination. No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.6. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(ii) If to the Company, to:

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

440 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: Scott O’Melia, Executive Vice President, General Counsel

E-mail: Scott.OMelia@drivenbrands.com

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

 

22


17.7. Applicable Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

17.8. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17.9. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

17.10. Representation by Counsel. Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

17.11. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company, the Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives against the Company, Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company, the Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives, shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

17.12. Additional Acts. If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
DRIVEN BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INDEMNITEE:
By:  

 

  Name:
Address:

[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

between

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.,

the TRA Parties

and

TRA Party Representative

Dated as of [•], 2021

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1  

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

     10  

Section 2.1

  Attribute Schedule      10  

Section 2.2

  Tax Benefit Schedule      10  

Section 2.3

  Procedures, Amendments      11  

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     12  

Section 3.1

  Payments      12  

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      13  

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

     14  

Section 4.1

  Early Termination and Breach of Agreement      14  

Section 4.2

  Early Termination Notice      15  

Section 4.3

  Payment upon Early Termination      15  

Section 4.4

  Termination      16  

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION; DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS

     16  

Section 5.1

  Subordination      16  

Section 5.2

  Compliance with Indebtedness      16  

Section 5.3

  Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer      16  

ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     17  

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s Tax Matters      17  

Section 6.2

  Consistency      17  

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      17  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     17  

Section 7.1

  Notices      17  

Section 7.2

  No Liability      18  

Section 7.3

  Counterparts      19  

Section 7.4

  Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries      19  

Section 7.5

  Governing Law      19  

Section 7.6

  Severability      19  

Section 7.7

  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers      20  

Section 7.8

  Construction; Interpretation      21  

Section 7.9

  Waiver of Jury Trial      21  

Section 7.10

  Jurisdiction and Venue      22  

Section 7.11

  Reconciliation      22  

Section 7.12

  Withholding      23  

Section 7.13

  Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      23  

Section 7.14

  Confidentiality      23  

 

i


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2021, is hereby entered into by and among Driven Brands Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), the Persons listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time (each, a “TRA Party”), and Driven Equity LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Driven Equity”), in its capacity as the TRA Party Representative.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties, in the aggregate, hold 100% of the unrestricted capital stock of the Corporation as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the Corporation will become a public company pursuant to the IPO;

WHEREAS, the Corporation files a consolidated U.S. federal income Tax Return and the Canadian Corporate Subsidiaries file Canadian Tax Returns;

WHEREAS, the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company Group”) will be entitled to utilize certain Tax assets that relate to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to, or arrangements in existence on or prior to, the IPO, as well as certain tax deductions which arise in connection with the IPO;

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets on the liability for Taxes of the Company Group;

WHEREAS, the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets may reduce the reported liability for Taxes that the Company Group might otherwise be required to pay;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense, deduction and other Tax items of the Company Group may be affected by the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets, if any; and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets on the reported liability for Taxes of the Company Group.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).


Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual aggregate liability for U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income Taxes of the Company Group using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the Company Group’s actual Tax Returns and assuming a state, local, or provincial income tax rate equal to the Combined State Tax Rate or Combined Provincial Tax Rate, as applicable, for such Taxable Year.

Advance Payments” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the applicable Person or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.

Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Agreement” is defined in the Preamble.

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Attribute Schedule” is defined in Section 2.1.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code.

A “Beneficial Owner” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Business Day” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in New York City, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Canadian Basis Assets” means (a) the financing expenses, as of the IPO Date, that are deductible in computing the income of a Canadian Subsidiary under the Canadian Tax Act and (b) capital cost allowance that may be claimed by a Canadian Subsidiary, and the reduction of taxable gain attributable to existing tax cost, in respect of intangible assets (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, tangible assets) owned by a Canadian Subsidiary on the IPO Date.

Canadian Corporate Subsidiary” means a Canadian Subsidiary that is a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

Canadian Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Corporation organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

2


Canadian Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case, as amended from time to time.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (x) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Corporation and (y) Driven Equity or any of its Affiliates who is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary of any Person, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted or exchanged into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary of any Person, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iv) the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale, lease or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

3


Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Combined Provincial Tax Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of the maximum effective rates of Tax imposed on the aggregate net income of a Canadian Corporate Subsidiary in any province in which the Canadian Corporate Subsidiary has a permanent establishment for such Taxable Year, with the maximum effective rate in any province being equal to the product of (i) the percentage of such income allocated to such province for such Taxable Year as indicated on the income Tax Return(s) of the Canadian Corporate Subsidiary and (ii) the maximum combined federal and provincial corporate Tax rate in effect in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year. As an illustration of the calculation of Combined Provincial Tax Rate for a Taxable Year, if a Canadian Corporate Subsidiary solely files Tax Returns in Ontario and Alberta in a Taxable Year, if the maximum applicable corporate Tax rates in effect in such provinces in such Taxable Year are 11.5% and 10%, respectively, and the allocation of income among such provinces in such Taxable Year is 55% and 45% respectively, then the Combined Provincial Tax Rate for such Taxable Year is equal to 10.83% (i.e., 11.5% multiplied by 55% plus 10% multiplied by 45%).

Combined State Tax Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of the maximum effective rates of Tax imposed on the aggregate net income of the Company Group in each U.S. state or local jurisdiction in which a member of the Company Group files Tax Returns for such Taxable Year, with the maximum effective rate in any state or local jurisdiction being equal to the product of (i) the percentage of such income allocated to such U.S. state or local jurisdiction for such Taxable Year as indicated on the income or franchise Tax Returns of the Company Group and (ii) the maximum applicable corporate Tax rate in effect in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year. As an illustration of the calculation of Combined State Tax Rate for a Taxable Year, if the Company Group solely files Tax Returns in State 1 and State 2 in a Taxable Year, the maximum applicable corporate Tax rates in effect in such states in such Taxable Year are 6.5% and 5.5%, respectively, and the apportionment factors for such states in such Taxable Year are 55% and 45% respectively, then the Combined State Tax Rate for such Taxable Year is equal to 6.05% (i.e., 6.5% multiplied by 55% plus 5.5% multiplied by 45%).

Company Group” is defined in the Recitals.

Corporation” is defined in the Preamble.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Company Group, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

4


Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Determination” (a) in the case of any U.S. income Tax, shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax and shall also include the acquiescence of a member of the Company Group to the amount of any assessed liability for Tax and (b) in the case of any Canadian income Tax, means a determination made by a Taxing Authority (including pursuant to a settlement) where all rights to object to or appeal from the determination (including any right to obtain relief under a competent authority or similar process) have been exhausted or have expired.

Divestiture” means the sale of any Subsidiary of the Corporation, other than any such sale that (a) is, or is part of, a Change of Control or (b) is part of an internal reorganization (it being understood that if such internal reorganization utilizes any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets, a Tax Benefit Payment may be due, but no Divestiture Acceleration Payment shall be due).

Divestiture Acceleration Payment” is defined in Section 3.1(d).

Divestiture Effective Dateis defined in Section 3.1(e).

Divestiture Schedule” is defined in Section 3.1(e).

Driven Equity” is defined in the Preamble.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date” is defined in Section 4.2.

Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.2.

Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.3(b).

Early Termination Rate” means a per annum rate of the lesser of (i) 6.5%, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.2.

Expert” is defined in Section 7.11.

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the overall aggregate liability for U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income Taxes of the Company Group using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the Company Group’s actual Tax Returns, and calculated assuming a state, provincial and local income tax rate equal to the Combined State Tax Rate or Combined Provincial Tax Rate, as applicable, for such Taxable Year, but without taking into account the use of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets, if any. Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover of any Tax item or attribute (or portions thereof) that is available for use because of any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset.

 

5


Independent Directors” means the members of the Board other than members of the Board that have been appointed or designated by a TRA Party or its Affiliates.

Interest Amount” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

IPO” means the initial public offering of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation pursuant to the Registration Statement.

IPO Date” means the effective date of the IPO.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such period; provided, however, that if at any time the Series 2019-3 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 issued by Driven Brands Funding LLC (together with any amendment, restatement, waiver, supplement, refinancing or other modification thereof, the “Discontinued Rate Debt Security”) discontinues the use of LIBOR in determining interest rates and applies an alternative benchmark rate, then, during any period, all references in this Agreement to LIBOR shall automatically and without further action by any party refer to the sum of (1) the alternative benchmark rate applied in such period under the Discontinued Rate Debt Security (the “Successor Benchmark”) and (2) the spread adjustment (which may be zero, negative or positive) applied to such Successor Benchmark under the Discontinued Rate Debt Security.

Material Objection Notice” is defined in Section 4.2.

Net Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

NOLs” means net operating loss carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards, non-capital losses, net capital losses and disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, or comparable section of U.S. federal and Canadian federal and provincial tax law, for U.S. federal and Canadian federal and provincial income tax purposes (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, U.S. state and local income tax purposes).

Non-Party Affiliates” is defined in Section 7.2.

Objection Notice” is defined in Section 2.3(a).

Ownership Percentage” means, in the case of any TRA Party as of any time of determination, the percentage set forth opposite such TRA Party’s name on Schedule A.

 

6


Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Post-IPO Tax Assets” means (a) any Tax attribute of the Company Group first arising in a Taxable Year or portion thereof beginning after the IPO Date, which shall include the allocation of any Tax attributes arising in a Straddle Year as set forth in the definition of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets and shall exclude any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets and (b) any Tax attribute of any corporation or other entity acquired by the Company Group by purchase, merger, or otherwise (in each case, from a Person or Persons other than a member of Company Group and, in each case, whether or not such corporation or other entity survives) after the IPO Date that relates to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the date of such acquisition; provided that Post-IPO Tax Assets shall not include any NOL of the Company Group arising in a year following the IPO Date as a result of a Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset not being fully utilized, provided, further, that Post-IPO Tax Assets shall not include tax basis in or other tax attributes arising from tangible assets.

Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets” means, in each case, as applied under U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial law:

(a) the U.S. Basis Assets;

(b) the Canadian Basis Assets;

(c) NOLs and Tax Credits of the Company Group as of the IPO Date;

(d) deductions in respect of the debt issuance costs associated with any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company Group existing as of the IPO Date; and

(e) deductions in respect of IPO-related expenses of the Company Group;

provided, that (i) in order to determine whether any item described in clauses (a)-(c) is a Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset or a Post-IPO Tax Asset, the Taxable Year of each member of the Company Group that includes the IPO Date (the “Straddle Year”) shall be deemed to end as of the end of the IPO Date, and, except as otherwise provided below, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall, acting reasonably, together determine the amount of any such item arising in the Straddle Year, or any portion thereof, that is included in the amount of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets; and (ii) Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets shall include any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset that becomes an NOL following the IPO Date as a result of such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset not being fully utilized in the year in which it arises.

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

7


Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute” is defined in Section 7.11.

Reconciliation Procedures” means the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.11.

Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[]) of the Corporation.

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) the Attribute Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, (iii) an Early Termination Schedule or (iv) a Divestiture Schedule.

Senior Obligations” is defined in Section 5.1.

Straddle Year” is defined in the definition of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Assets.

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.2(a).

Tax Credit” means U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial and non-U.S. and non-Canadian tax credits that may be utilized to offset U.S. or Canadian federal, state, provincial or local income or alternative minimum Tax.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporation (or, if the context otherwise requires, the applicable member of the Company Group) as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes” means any and all U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

 

8


Taxing Authority” means any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TRA Parties” is defined in the Recitals.

TRA Party Representative” means Driven Equity (or such successor TRA Party Representative appointed in accordance with Section 7.15(a)), acting in its capacity as the TRA Party Representative.

Transferred Tax Attributes” means, in the event of a Divestiture, the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets attributable to the Subsidiary of the Corporation that is sold in such Divestiture to the extent such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets are transferred with such Subsidiary under applicable Tax law following the Divestiture (disregarding any limitation on the use of such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets as a result of the Divestiture) and do not remain under applicable Tax law with the Company Group (other than the Subsidiary that is sold in such Divestiture).

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

U.S. Basis Assets” means U.S. federal, state and local amortization and depreciation deductions, and the reduction of taxable income and gain, attributable to existing tax basis in the intangible assets (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, tangible assets) owned by the Company Group on the IPO Date.

Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Company Group will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize (i) the deductions arising from the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years in which such deductions would become available and (ii) any loss or credit carryovers that are Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets available as of such Early Termination Date, (2) the U.S. and Canadian federal Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code or Canadian Tax Act, as applicable, as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) the Combined State Tax Rate or Combined Provincial Tax Rate, as applicable, that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be the Combined State Tax Rate or Combined Provincial Tax Rate for the last Taxable Year calculated under this Agreement prior to the Early Termination Date and (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the later of the Early Termination Date or the fifteenth anniversary of the IPO Date in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. and Canadian federal, state, local and provincial income tax purposes; provided that, in the event of a Change of Control or Divestiture, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary).

 

9


ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Attribute Schedule. Following the IPO Date, at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to the later of the (i) filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for the Taxable Year that includes the IPO Date or (ii) the filing of all Canadian federal income Tax Returns of the Canadian Corporate Subsidiaries for the Taxable Year that includes the IPO Date, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative a schedule (the “Attribute Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail, the information necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including estimates of (i) projections of the yearly amount deductions generated by the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets to be received or utilized by the Company Group after the IPO Date and (ii) any applicable limitations on the use of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets for Tax purposes (including under Section 382 of the Code).

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the later of the (i) filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year or (ii) filing of all Canadian federal income Tax Returns of the Canadian Corporate Subsidiaries for the Taxable Years of the Canadian Corporate Subsidiaries that end in the same calendar year as such Taxable Year of the Corporation, the Corporation shall provide to the TRA Party Representative a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment with respect to each TRA Party for such Taxable Year and the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment and, in each case, components thereof (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

(b) Applicable Principles. For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any period, carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations (and any relevant provisions of the Canadian Tax Act, state, provincial or local tax law), as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers and carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset and another portion that is not, such respective portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.

 

10


Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporation delivers to the TRA Party Representative an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), the Corporation shall also (x) deliver to the TRA Party Representative schedules, valuation reports, if any, and work papers, as determined by the Corporation or requested by the TRA Party Representative, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow the TRA Party Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Company Group, as determined by the Corporation or requested by the TRA Party Representative, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporation delivers to the TRA Party Representative a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative (w) any applicable Tax Returns of the Company Group, (x) the reasonably detailed calculation by the Company Group of the applicable Hypothetical Tax Liability, (y) the reasonably detailed calculation by the Company Group of the applicable Actual Tax Liability and (z) any other work papers as determined by the Corporation or requested by the TRA Party Representative, provided that the Corporation shall be entitled to redact any information that it reasonably believes is unnecessary for purposes of determining the items in the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto. An applicable Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become final and binding on the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative thirty (30) calendar days after the TRA Party Representative receives the applicable Schedule or Amended Schedule unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving such Schedule or Amended Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule or Amended Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of an Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporation. If the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures, in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become final and binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.

(b) Amended Schedule. A Schedule may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Party Representative, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for a Taxable Year attributable to a carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year or (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for a Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Attribute Schedule shall be appropriately amended by the TRA Party Representative and the Corporation to the extent that, as a result of a Determination, the Company Group is required to calculate its Tax liability in a manner inconsistent with the Attribute Schedule. The Corporation shall provide an Amended Schedule, if any, to the TRA Party Representative within ninety (90) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (v) of the first sentence of this Section 2.3(b).

 

11


ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within ten (10) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to the TRA Party Representative becomes final and binding in accordance with Section 2.3(a), the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Party for such Taxable Year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Party for such Taxable Year determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) over (ii) the aggregate amount of Advance Payments previously made to such TRA Party under this Section 3.1(a) in respect of such Taxable Year. In addition, the Corporation may, at its sole election, make Advance Payments to the TRA Parties in respect of a Taxable Year; provided that, if the Corporation makes Advance Payments, it shall make Advance Payments to all TRA Parties in proportion to their respective amount of anticipated remaining payments under the Agreement (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage) in respect of such Taxable Year. Each such Tax Benefit Payment or such Advance Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporation or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments.

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the portion of the Net Tax Benefit attributable to such TRA Party (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage) and the Interest Amount with respect thereto. The “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no TRA Party shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment or Advance Payment. The “Interest Amount” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the interest on the amount of the unpaid Net Tax Benefit attributable to such TRA Party (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage) for a Taxable Year, which interest shall accrue on any unpaid Net Tax Benefit from and after the later of the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation’s U.S. federal income Tax Return or a Canadian Corporate Subsidiary’s Canadian federal income Tax Return, as applicable, for such Taxable Year, calculated at the Agreed Rate, until the date such unpaid amounts are paid. “Advance Payments” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means any payments made by the Corporation to such TRA Party as an advance of any anticipated Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Party for any Taxable Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments shall be calculated by utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting in each case the term “the date of a Change of Control” for “Early Termination Date.”

(c) In the event of a Divestiture, within ten (10) Business Days after a Divestiture Effective Date, the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Party the portion of the Divestiture Acceleration Payment attributable to such TRA Party (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage) in respect of such Divestiture. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporation or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such TRA Party.

 

12


(d) The “Divestiture Acceleration Payment” as of the date of any Divestiture shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of the Tax Benefit Payments resulting solely from the Transferred Tax Attributes that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the TRA Parties beginning from the date of such Divestiture calculated using the Valuation Assumptions, substituting in each case the term “the date of the Divestiture” for “Early Termination Date,” provided that the Divestiture Acceleration Payment shall be calculated without giving effect to any limitation on the use of the Transferred Tax Attributes resulting from the Divesture. For purposes of calculating the present value pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid, it shall be assumed that absent the Divestiture all Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the later of the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation’s U.S. federal income Tax Return or the applicable Canadian Corporate Subsidiary’s Canadian federal income Tax Return for the applicable Taxable Year.

(e) In the event of a Divestiture, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to such Divestiture or as soon as practicable thereafter, a schedule (a “Divestiture Schedule”) showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Divestiture Acceleration Payment; provided, that, with respect to any Divesture that occurs prior to or within ten (10) calendar days of the Corporation delivering the Attribute Schedule to the TRA Party Representative pursuant to Section 2.1, the Corporation shall be permitted to deliver the applicable Divestiture Schedule to the TRA Party Representative concurrent with delivery of the Attribute Schedule. The Divestiture Schedule shall become final and binding on the Corporation and the TRA Parties thirty (30) calendar days after the TRA Party Representative receives such Divestiture Schedule or a corresponding Amended Schedule unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving such Divestiture Schedule or Amended Schedule, provides the Corporation with a Material Objection Notice made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Divestiture Schedule or Amended Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporation (such thirty (30)-calendar day date as modified, if at all, by clause (i) or (ii), the “Divestiture Effective Date”). If the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such Material Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of such Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures, in which case such Divestiture Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become final and binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

 

13


ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a) With the prior written approval of (x) a majority of the Independent Directors and (y) the TRA Party Representative, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party the portion of the Early Termination Payment attributable to such TRA Party (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage); provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) upon the receipt of the applicable portion of the Early Termination Payment by each TRA Party, and the Corporation shall deliver an Early Termination Notice only if it is able to make the Early Termination Payment at the time required by Section 4.3, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which the Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 4.1(a), the Corporation shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the TRA Parties agreed to by the Corporation, on one hand, and the TRA Party Representative, on the other, as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Date and (b) Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the TRA Parties due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment).

(b) In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include (without duplication), but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the TRA Parties agreed to by the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach and (3) any Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the TRA Parties due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach (except to the extent the amount described in clause (3) is included in the Early Termination Payment); provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporation pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to elect to seek specific performance of the terms hereof or to require the Corporation to pay the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above to the TRA Parties. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the

 

14


date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to a Change of Control, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporation fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporation has insufficient funds to make such payment despite using reasonable best efforts to obtain funds to make such payment (including by causing its Subsidiaries to distribute or lend funds for such payment and access any revolving credit facilities or other sources of available credit to fund any such amounts).

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a), the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on the Corporation and the TRA Parties thirty (30) calendar days after the TRA Party Representative receives such Early Termination Schedule or a corresponding Amended Schedule unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving such Early Termination Schedule or Amended Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Early Termination Schedule or Amended Schedule (“Material Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Early Termination Schedule or Amended Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporation (such thirty (30)-calendar day date as modified, if at all, by clause (i) or (ii), the “Early Termination Effective Date”). If the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such Material Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of such Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures, in which case such Early Termination Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become final and binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three (3) Business Days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to the portion of the Early Termination Payment attributable to such TRA Party (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage). Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such TRA Party.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation beginning from the Early Termination Date and applying the Valuation Assumptions, assuming that absent the Early Termination Notice all Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the later of the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation’s U.S. federal income Tax Return or all of the Canadian Corporate Subsidiaries’ Canadian federal income Tax Returns for the applicable Taxable Year.

 

15


Section 4.4 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate at the time that all Tax Benefit Payments have been made to the TRA Parties under this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION; DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment required to be made by the Corporation to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation (such obligations, “Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts owed by the Corporation under this Agreement are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.2 Compliance with Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, if, at the time any amounts become due and payable hereunder, (a) the Corporation is not permitted, pursuant to the terms its outstanding indebtedness, to pay such amounts, or (b) (i) the Corporation does not have the cash on hand to pay such amounts, and (ii) no Subsidiary of the Corporation is permitted, pursuant to the terms of its outstanding indebtedness, to pay dividends to the Corporation to allow it to pay such amounts, then, in each case, the Corporation shall, by notice to the TRA Party Representative, be permitted to defer the payment of such amounts until the condition described in clause (a) or (b) is no longer applicable, in which case such amounts (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon as described in the immediately following sentence) shall become due and payable immediately. If the Corporation defers the payment of any such amounts pursuant to the foregoing sentence, such amounts shall accrue interest at the Agreed Rate, from the date that such amounts originally became due and owing pursuant to the terms hereof to the date that such amounts were paid. To the extent the Company Group incurs, creates, assumes or permits to exist any indebtedness after the date hereof, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any amounts payable hereunder are, as of the later of the date of this Agreement or the date of incurrence of any such indebtedness, reasonably expected to be paid when and as such amounts become due and payable, taking into account any covenants or other restrictions under such indebtedness.

Section 5.3 Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Divestiture Payment, Early Termination Payment or other payment under this Agreement not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement shall, unless Section 5.2 applies, be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or other payment was due and payable or Section 5.2 ceased to apply to such amount, as applicable.

 

16


ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Company Groups Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Company Group, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes, subject to a requirement that the Corporation act in good faith in connection with its control of any matter which is reasonably expected to affect the TRA Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of any member of the Company Group by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Parties’ under this Agreement, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation and its advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit.

Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporation and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial, local and other non-U.S. Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law.

Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the other party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section; provided that, the TRA Party Representative shall not be required to provide any confidential or proprietary information (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the TRA Party Representative) to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier, e-mail (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other parties hereto as follows:

 

17


To the Corporation, to:

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

400 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte NC 28202

Attention:   General Counsel

E-mail:       scott.omelia@drivenbrands.com

and

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.

400 S. Church Street, Suite 700

Charlotte NC 28202

Attention:   Tax

E-mail:       deb.moeller@drivenbrands.com

To the TRA Party Representative, to:

Driven Equity LLC

c/o Roark Capital Acquisition LLC

1180 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 2500

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Attention:   Stephen D. Aronson

E-mail:       sda@roarkcapital.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention:   Jeffrey D. Marell

                   Scott M. Sontag

E-mail:       jmarell@paulweiss.com

                    ssontag@paulweiss.com

or to such other address as the Person to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above. Notice to any TRA Party shall be delivered to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporation.

Section 7.2 No Liability. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the TRA Parties, the Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any claims, obligations, liabilities, causes of action or recourse that may be based upon in respect of, arise under, out or by reason of, be connected with, or relate in any manner to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in, in connection with, or as an inducement to, this Agreement) or in connection

 

18


with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement against, and no liability of any nature in respect of the obligations of any party under this Agreement shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by, any Person who is not a party hereto, including any past, present or future Affiliate, owner, manager, member, general or limited partner, director, officer, employee, agent, advisor or representative of, or financial advisor or lender to, any party hereto or any past, present or future Affiliate, owner, manager, member, general or limited partner, director, officer, employee, agent, advisor or representative of, or financial advisor or lender to, any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Non-Party Affiliates”), whether pursuant to any legal action, the enforcement of any assessment or by virtue of any applicable law, and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each party hereto hereby waives and releases all such claims, obligations, liabilities, causes of action or recourse against any such Non-Party Affiliates. Without limiting the foregoing, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each party hereby waives and releases any and all rights, claims, demands, or causes of action that may otherwise be available at law or in equity, or granted by statute, to avoid or disregard the entity form of a party hereto or otherwise impose liability of a party hereto on any Non-Party Affiliate, whether granted by statute or based on theories of equity, agency, control, instrumentality, alter ego, domination, sham, single business enterprise, piercing the veil, unfairness, undercapitalization, or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall limit or otherwise restrict the ability of any Person that is party to this Agreement to seek recourse against a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 7.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 7.6 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

19


Section 7.7 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No TRA Party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement in whole or in part to any Person without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative. Each TRA Party that receives such consent may assign any of its rights under this Agreement in whole or in part so long as the transferee has executed and delivered or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers to the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative a joinder to this Agreement, in the form of Exhibit A or such other form mutually agreed by the parties, agreeing to become such TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, provided that any TRA Party holding less than 10% of the rights to payment under this Agreement may only assign its rights under this agreement in whole and not in part pursuant to this Section 7.7(a).

(b) The transferee and transferor of any assignment permitted under this Section 7.7 shall provide the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative a notice (which may be by PDF) of the assignment, which notice must clearly identify the name of the transferor and transferee, the Ownership Percentage being transferred, and contact information for the transferee at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment, or attempted assignment in violation of this Agreement, including any failure of a purported transferee to enter into a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.7(a), shall be null and void, and shall not bind or be recognized by the Corporation or the TRA Party Representative. The Corporation shall maintain at its offices a copy of each notice of assignment received pursuant to this Section 7.7(b) and upon receipt of each such notice shall update Schedule A to reflect such assignment. Schedule A, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Section 7.7(b), shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Company and the TRA Parties shall treat each Person whose name is recorded on Schedule A pursuant to the terms hereof as a TRA Party hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.

(c) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including this Section 7.7), the execution and delivery of a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.7(a) shall not require the consent of the Corporation.

(d) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

20


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the TRA Party Representative shall be permitted and authorized to sell, transfer and assign all of the rights and benefits of the TRA Parties under this Agreement (including the right to receive Tax Benefit Payments and Early Termination Payments) to either (i) the Company (with the prior written approval of a majority of the Independent Directors) or (ii) a third party that is not an Affiliate of the TRA Party Representative. In the event of such a sale, all of the rights and benefits under this Agreement of the TRA Parties immediately prior to such sale (including the right to receive Tax Benefit Payments and Early Termination Payments) shall automatically terminate and convert into the right for each such TRA Party to receive its proportionate share (based on such TRA Party’s Ownership Percentage) of the proceeds of such sale, net of any payment to the TRA Party Representative pursuant to the following sentence. The TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to receive out of the proceeds of such sale any previously unreimbursed costs and expenses of the TRA Party Representative described in Section 7.15(b). Each TRA Party hereby agrees to take such actions and execute such instruments and agreements as are required by the TRA Party Representative or such transferee in order to effectuate any sale, transfer and assignment pursuant to this Section 7.7(e).

Section 7.8 Construction; Interpretation. The term “this Agreement” means this Tax Receivable Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms hereof. The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. No party hereto, nor its respective counsel, shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement for purposes of construing or enforcing the provisions hereof, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Person by virtue of its authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated to the contrary herein by the context or use thereof: (i) the words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement; (ii) masculine gender shall also include the feminine and neutral genders, and vice versa; (iii) words importing the singular shall also include the plural, and vice versa; (iv) the word “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (v) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”; and (vi) reference to “dollar,” “dollars” or “$” shall be to the lawful currency of the United States.

Section 7.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties to this Agreement each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the transactions related hereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise. The parties to this Agreement each hereby agree and consent that any such claim, demand, action or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury and that the parties to this Agreement may file an original counterpart of a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

 

21


Section 7.10 Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the parties hereto (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address of the party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 7.1. Nothing in this Section 7.10, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. Each party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

Section 7.11 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.3, 3.1 or 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Company Group or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Attribute Schedule, the Early Termination Schedule or Amended Schedules thereof within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an Amended Schedule thereof within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the applicable member of the Company Group, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporation’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporation for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.11 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute, and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.11 shall be final and binding on the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

22


Section 7.12 Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or non-U.S. tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made.

Section 7.13 Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporation is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code, or comparable section of U.S. federal, state or local tax law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries transfers one or more assets to a Person that is not part of the Company Group in a non-taxable transaction or for less than fair market value, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder the Company Group shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such transfer. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the gross fair market value of the transferred asset. For purposes of this Section 7.13, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership allocated to such partner.

(c) If any Subsidiary of the Corporation ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Corporation at any time, the transaction or event that causes such change shall be treated as a Divestiture of such Subsidiary for purposes of calculating the amount of any payments under this Agreement.

Section 7.14 Confidentiality.

(a) The TRA Parties and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Company Group is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Company Group and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such Person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Company Group and its Affiliates and successors learned by the TRA

 

23


Parties heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.14 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Company Group or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority, or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns.

(b) If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.14, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.14 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.15 Appointment of the TRA Party Representative.

(a) Without further action of any of the Corporation, the TRA Party Representative or any TRA Party, and as partial consideration of the benefits conferred by this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative is hereby irrevocably appointed, with full power of substitution, to act in the name, place and stead of each TRA Party with respect to the taking by the TRA Party Representative of any and all actions and the making of any decisions required or permitted to be taken by the TRA Party Representative under this Agreement. The power of attorney granted herein is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable and may be delegated by the TRA Party Representative. No bond shall be required of the TRA Party Representative, and the TRA Party Representative shall receive no compensation for its services. The TRA Party Representative may appoint a successor TRA Party Representative by identifying such TRA Party Representative in writing to the Corporation.

(b) Upon written notice to the Corporation from the TRA Party Representative of documented costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection with the performance of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith (including, without duplication of any payments to the TRA Party Representative in reimbursement of its costs and expenses pursuant to Section 7.7(e), in connection with any transaction described in Section 7.7(e) or which, if consummated, would be described in Section 7.7(e)), the Corporation shall reduce any future payments (if any) due to the TRA Parties hereunder pro rata (based on their respective Ownership Percentages) by the amount of such expenses which it shall instead remit directly to the TRA Party Representative. In connection with the performance of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith, the TRA Party Representative shall not be required to expend any of its own funds (though, for the avoidance of doubt, it may do so at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion).

 

24


(c) The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable to any TRA Party for any act of the TRA Party Representative arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is actually incurred by such TRA Party as a proximate result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith and reasonable judgment). The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable for, and shall be indemnified by the TRA Parties (on a several but not joint basis) for, any liability, loss, damage, penalty or fine incurred by the TRA Party Representative (and any cost or expense incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection therewith and herewith and not previously reimbursed pursuant to subsection (b) above) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent that any such liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is the proximate result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith and reasonable judgment); provided, however, in no event shall any TRA Party be obligated to indemnify the TRA Party Representative hereunder for any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense to the extent (and only to the extent) that the aggregate amount of all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expenses indemnified by such TRA Party hereunder is or would be in excess of the aggregate payments under this Agreement actually remitted to such TRA Party. Each TRA Party’s receipt of any and all benefits to which such TRA Party is entitled under this Agreement, if any, is conditioned upon and subject to such TRA Party’s acceptance of all obligations, including the obligations of this Section 7.15(c), applicable to such TRA Party under this Agreement.

(d) Any decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative shall constitute a decision of TRA Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each TRA Party, and the Corporation may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each TRA Party. The Corporation is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by the Corporation in accordance with any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, each TRA Party and the TRA Party Representative have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Driven Brands Holdings Inc.
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

[Tax Receivable Agreement signature page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, each TRA Party and the TRA Party Representative have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[TRA Party]
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

[Tax Receivable Agreement signature page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, each TRA Party and the TRA Party Representative have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Driven Equity LLC
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

[Tax Receivable Agreement signature page]


Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [•], by and among the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), dated as of [•], by and among the Corporation and [•] (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on [•], Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) the right to receive any and all payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement attributable to [•] (“Transferor”) [as described in greater detail in Annex A to this Joinder] (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor; and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.7(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.01 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.02 Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to replace Transferor as a TRA Party for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.03 Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.04 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

 

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:

 

B-2

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of April 17, 2015, by and between Driven Brands, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), and Jonathan Fitzpatrick (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the services and employment of the Executive, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated June 26, 2012 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”). The parties now wish to amend and restate the Prior Employment Agreement, as set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Prior Employment Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Employment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to accept such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), performing such duties and responsibilities as are customarily attendant to such positions with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities as may from time to time be assigned to the Executive by the Board. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall also serve as a director of the Company and, to the extent requested by the Board (and, if necessary, approved by the relevant stockholders), a director or officer of any of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company, in each case without additional compensation.

2. Performance. The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable.

3. Employment Term.

(a) Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall continue through April 17, 2020 (the “Initial Term”); provided, however, that beginning on the first day immediately following the expiration date of the Initial Term, and on each subsequent anniversary of such day, such term shall be automatically extended by an additional one (1)-year period (each such period, an “Additional Term”), unless, at least ninety (90) days before the end of the Initial Term or the applicable


Additional Term, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice to the other party that it or he does not desire to extend the term of this Agreement, in which case, the term of employment hereunder shall terminate as of the end of the Initial Term or any Additional Term, as applicable (the Initial Term and any Additional Terms, if applicable, collectively, the “Employment Term”).

4. Principal Location. The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in Charlotte, North Carolina, subject to reasonable required travel on behalf of the Company. It is understood and agreed however that Executive shall continue to reside in Miami, Florida. Executive’s reasonable and necessary expenses (including but not limited to air travel, car expense and an apartment) related to his commute between Miami and Charlotte shall be considered business expenses governed by Paragraph 5(e) of this Agreement.

5. Compensation and Benefits.

(a) Base Salary. As compensation for his services hereunder and in consideration of the Executive’s other agreements hereunder, during the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($600,000), subject to review by the Board from time to time.

(b) Annual Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year 2015 that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on (i) the achievement of individual performance objectives, and (ii) to the extent that EBITDA (as defined below) is equal to or greater than a threshold amount mutually agreed upon by the Board or a committee thereof and the Executive no later than 30 days after the commencement of the relevant fiscal year. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a fiscal year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the fiscal year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following fiscal year when annual bonuses for the prior fiscal year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7(b) or (c), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to employees generally. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “EBITDA” means the Company’s consolidated earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense, calculated based on the Company’s audited annual consolidated income statement, before giving effect to any contributions from acquisitions, subject to any Board-approved adjustments for extraordinary capital expenditures and dispositions, and (ii) “active working status” means that the Executive has not resigned (or given notice of his intention to resign) his employment with the Company, and such employment has not terminated under any circumstances (and the Company has not given notice to terminate such employment).

In 2015 and beyond, Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus of 150% of Base Annual Salary (“Target Bonus”) based on a combination of the Company’s overall goals as well as achievement of individual performance objectives.

 

2


In order to be eligible for any bonus payout in a given year (a) the Company’s consolidated management EBITDA must be at least 97% of budget, exclusive of any acquisitions completed that year (in 2015 that amount is $51,410,000), and (b) Driven Brands must not exceed its consolidated Management, Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) expense budget.

One-half of the Target Bonus will be based upon the Company’s achievement of certain EBITDA targets each year (“Management’s EBITDA Target”). Executive will receive a prorated amount of 80% of the EBITDA Target Bonus beginning if the Company achieves 97% of its annual EBITDA target up to a cap of 120% of your EBITDA Target Bonus if the Company achieves 103% or greater of the annual EBITDA target. The calculation of Executive’s proration shall be based upon a formula of 6.66% per percentage point between 97% and 103% of annual EBITDA attained versus the EBITDA Target Bonus.

Management EBITDA Target will be set each year by Management in consultation with, and subject to the approval of, the Board of Directors.

The other half of Executive’s target bonus is based upon the achievement of Executive’s individual MBOs. The Company’s Board of Directors will determine whether and to what extent MBOs have been achieved. Each component of Executive’s MBO target bonus will be calculated based upon the following formula:

Base Salary * Total Target Bonus % * 50% * MBO category weighting.

(c) Benefits. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its employees generally.

(d) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally, but in no circumstance shall the Executive be entitled to less than five (5) weeks of vacation per annum.

(e) Business Expenses. The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by him in performing his duties hereunder, subject to the approval of the Board in its sole discretion. All payments under this paragraph (e) of this Section 5 will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

6. Covenants of the Executive. The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Company he will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that his services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things,

 

3


protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature and scope of the Executive’s duties and the nature and scope of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of his employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a) During Employment. During any period that the Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive will devote his full time, attention and loyalty to the Company.

(b) Noncompetition. During the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the eighteen (18) month period (or (i) if 18 months is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then 12 months, or (ii) if 12 months is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then nine (9) months) following termination of such employment under any circumstances, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any person or entity involved in a Competing Business in the Restricted Territory. For purposes of this Section 6, “Competing Business” means any person, corporation, partnership or other entity engaged in the Business in the Restricted Territory; “Business” means (i) automotive repair services and the provision of automotive parts and products, and/or (ii) franchising the development and operation of automotive repair shops, and/or (iii) the business(es) in which Driven Holdings, LLC or any of its Subsidiaries are engaged at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company or in which Driven Holdings, LLC and/or any of its Subsidiaries are planning to engage at the time of Executive’s termination of employment (for this purpose, a “Subsidiary” means any entity which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by Driven Holdings, LLC); and “Restricted Territory” means:

 

  A.

any State of the United States of America in which the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or any of their franchisees engaged in the Business at any time during the term of this Agreement (or, if following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, then only at any time during the twelve (12) months, or, if overly broad, the six (6) months, preceding the Executive’s last day of employment); or

 

  B.

in the event the preceding subparagraph (A) shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, any county in which the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or any of their franchisees engaged in the Business at any time during the term of this Agreement (or, if following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, then only at any time during the twelve (12) months, or, if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, the six (6) months, preceding the Executive’s last day of employment) and any county that borders such county; or

 

4


  C.

in the event the preceding subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, the area included within a radius of fifty (50) miles (and if 50 miles is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then twenty-five (25) miles) measured from the location of any office or location in which the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or any of their franchisees engaged in the Business at any time during the term of this Agreement (or, if following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, then only at any time during the twelve (12) months, or, if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, the six (6) months, preceding the Executive’s last day of employment); or

 

  D.

in the event the preceding subparagraphs (A), (B) and (C) shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, the county in which is located (and any county that borders such county), and/or the area included within a radius of fifty (50) miles (and if 50 miles is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then twenty-five (25) miles) measured from the location of, any office or location in which the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or any of their franchisees engaged in the Business for which the Executive has had any managerial responsibility as part of his assigned duties with the Company and or any affiliate thereof at any time during the term of this Agreement, including the two (2) years (and if two (2) years is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then one (1) year) prior to the termination of his employment for any reason.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the two (2)-year period (or (i) if two (2)-years is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then 18 months, or (ii) if 18 months is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then 12 months or (ii) if 12 months is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overly broad, then nine (9) months) following termination of such employment under any circumstances, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) employ, cause to be employed or hired, recruit, solicit for employment or otherwise contract for the services of, or establish a franchise business relationship with (or assist any other person in engaging in any such activities), any person who is, or within twelve (12) months before any date of determination was (and, following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, within twelve (12) months before or after such termination, was) an employee, agent, consultant or franchisee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or franchisees (collectively, the “Company Entities”); (ii) otherwise induce or attempt to induce (or assist any other person in engaging in any such activities) any employee, agent, contractor or franchisee of any Company Entity to terminate such person’s employment or other relationship with the Company Entities, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any Company Entity and any such employee, agent, contractor or franchisee; (iv) solicit or attempt to solicit (otherwise than on behalf of any Company Entity) any person that is, or within twelve (12)

 

5


months before any date of determination was (and, following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, within twelve (12) months before or after such termination, was) a client, lender, franchisee, investor, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation of any Company Entity, or who any Company Entity solicited to be a client, lender, investor, customer, supplier or licensee during such twelve (12)-month period, or induce or attempt to induce any such person to cease, reduce or not commence doing business with any Company Entity (or assist any other person in engaging in any such activities); or (v) interfere in any way with the relationship between any Company Entity and any person that is or was a client, lender, franchisee, investor, customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of such Company Entity (or assist any other person in engaging in any such activities).

(d) Confidential Information. (i) The Executive acknowledges that all customer lists and information, vendor or supplier lists and information, inventions, trade secrets, software and computer code (whether in object code or source code format), databases, know-how or other non-public, confidential or proprietary knowledge, information or data with respect to the products, prices, marketing, services, operations, finances, business or affairs of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates or with respect to confidential, proprietary or secret processes, methods, inventions, services, research, techniques, customers (including, without limitation, the identity of the customers of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates and the specific nature of the services provided by the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates), employees (including, without limitation, the matters subject to this Agreement) or plans of or with respect to the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates or the terms of this Agreement (all of the foregoing collectively hereinafter referred to as, “Confidential Information”) are property of the Company or its applicable subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order (provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law, regulation or order), during his employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information becomes generally known to and available for use by the general public by lawful means and other than as a result of the Executive’s acts or omissions or such disclosure is necessary in the course of the Executive’s proper performance of his duties under this Agreement.

(ii) The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates do not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into their products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that he will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, competitor or client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into his work any material or information which is

subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

 

6


(e) Company IP; Work Product. (i) “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property and industrial property recognized by applicable requirements of law and all physical or tangible embodiments thereof, including all of the following, whether domestic or foreign: (a) patents and patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable), as well as any reissues, continuations, continuations in part, divisions, revisions, renewals, extensions or reexaminations thereof; (b) registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, slogans and corporate names, and other indicia of origin, pending trademark and service mark registration applications, and intent-to-use registrations or similar reservations of marks; (c) registered and unregistered copyrights and mask works, and applications for registration of either; (d) Internet domain names, applications and reservations therefor, uniform resource locators and the corresponding Internet websites (including any content and other materials accessible and/or displayed thereon); (e) Confidential Information; and (f) intellectual property and proprietary information not otherwise listed in (a) through (e) above, including unpatented inventions, invention disclosures, rights of publicity, rights of privacy, moral and economic rights of authors and inventors (however denominated), methods, artistic works, works of authorship, industrial and other designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, plant variety rights and all derivatives, improvements and refinements thereof, howsoever recorded, or unrecorded; and (g) any goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, damages and payments for past or future infringements and misappropriations thereof, and all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or misappropriations thereof.

(ii) The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, including Intellectual Property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates, that is created, developed, acquired, authored, modified, composed, invented, discovered, performed, reduced to practice, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) relating to the Company’s and its affiliates’ business or within the scope of Executive’s employment during his employment with the Company or using the Company’s facilities or resources (collectively, “Work Product,” and together with such Intellectual Property as may be owned, used, held for use, or acquired by the Company and its affiliates, the “Company IP”). The Company IP, including the Work Product, is and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its affiliates, as applicable. All Work Product that is copyrightable subject matter shall be considered a “work made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law (including within the meaning of Title 17 of the United States Code) and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such Work Product is not considered a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby grants, transfers, assigns, conveys and relinquishes, without any requirement of further consideration, all right, title, and interest to the Work Product (whether now or hereafter existing, including all associated goodwill, damages and payments for past or future infringements and misappropriations thereof and rights to sue for past and future infringements and misappropriates thereof) to the Company in perpetuity or for the longest period permitted under applicable law. The Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time to give full and proper effect to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all

 

7


Intellectual Property, including all Company IP. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Executive’s employment with the Company), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company IP. The Executive hereby waives any so-called “moral rights of authors” in connection with the Work Product and acknowledges and agrees that the Company may use, exploit, distribute, reproduce, advertise, promote, publicize, alter, modify or edit the Work Product or combine the Work Product with other works including other Company IP, at the Company’s sole discretion, in any format or medium hereafter devised. The Executive further waives any and all rights to seek or obtain any injunctive or equitable relief in connection with the Work Product.

(f) Nondisparagement. During the Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage or criticize the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates or their respective employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners. The Company shall instruct its directors and officers not to, directly or indirectly, during the Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage or criticize the Executive; provided, however, that this Section 6(f) shall not in any way preclude the Company from managing or supervising the Executive’s performance (or from engaging in meaningful discourse relating thereto). Nothing contained in this Section 6(f) shall preclude the Executive or the Company (or its directors or officers) from enforcing their respective rights under this Agreement or truthfully testifying in response to legal process or a governmental inquiry.

(g) Company Property. All Confidential Information, Company IP, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession or control in the course of the performance of his services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of his employment with the Company. Upon termination of his employment with the Company, the Executive shall have no rights to and shall make no further use of any Company IP, including Work Product. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h) Enforcement. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of his covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he breaches or threatens to breach any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available

 

8


at law or in equity, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which he otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company any such severance payments he previously received, in excess of such payments in the amount of $10,000 to be deemed payable or to be deemed to have been paid in consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent the breach or any threatened breach thereof without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation.

(i) Scope of Covenants; Separate and Independent Covenants. The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 shall be construed for all purposes to be separate and independent from any other covenant, whether in this Agreement or otherwise, and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not excuse the Executive’s breach of any covenants, agreements or obligations contained in this Section 6 and shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of such covenants, agreements and obligations.

(j) Enforceability. If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

(k) Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants. The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the period in which any restrictions contained in Sections 6(a), (b) and (c) continue to be binding on the Executive.

(l) Extension of Restricted Period. If the Executive breaches this Section 6 in any respect, the restrictions contained in this Section will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach.

 

9


7. Termination.

(a) Termination of Employment. The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time (i) by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) on written notice to the Executive, (ii) by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) on written notice to the Executive, (iii) by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein), (iv) by the Executive without Good Reason on thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive), (v) without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death, or (vi) due to the expiration of the Employment Term pursuant to Section 3. If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment terminates, (B) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of his employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, and (C) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to his date of termination pursuant to Section 5(e) ((A)-(C) collectively, the “Accrued Amounts”).

(b) Termination by the Company without Cause, by the Executive for Good Reason or due to the Expiration of the Employment Term. If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause, (B) by the Executive for Good Reason, or (C) by expiration of the Employment Term following notice by the Company not to extend the Employment Term pursuant to Section 3 (in each case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance:

(i) an amount in cash equal to the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)), as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, for a period equal to eighteen (18) months (the “Severance Period”); and

(ii) a lump-sum cash amount equal to $50,000, to be paid within ten days following Executive’s termination of employment.

The forgoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the amounts and benefits described above in this Section 7(b) shall only be paid or provided if the Executive executes a separation agreement containing a general release in accordance with Section 7(e), and such general release becomes fully irrevocable within 60 days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. The amount described in clause (i) of this Section 7(b) shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period, commencing on the first payroll date on or next following the date such general release becomes fully irrevocable; provided that, to the extent that the Company determines that such amount may be considered to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the

 

10


Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and pronouncements thereunder (the “Code”), the first payment of such amount shall be made on the first payroll date on or next following the 65th day following the date of such termination; provided further that the first payment shall include all payments that would otherwise have been made from the date of such termination through the date of such first payment.

(c) Termination by the Company due to the Executive’s death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability, or (B) upon the Executive’s death, in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive or his estate, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive any annual bonus due for the fiscal year of such termination otherwise payable pursuant to Section 5(b), pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such year, payable at the time such bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with such Section 5(b); provided that the applicable individual and EBITDA performance objectives described in Section 5(b) are achieved for the applicable year; provided, further, that the amounts described above in this Section 7(c) shall only be paid if the Executive, or his estate, as applicable, executes a general release in accordance with Section 7(e), and such general release becomes fully irrevocable within 60 days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

(d) Definitions of Certain Terms. For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means: (A) embezzlement, theft, misappropriation or conversion, or attempted embezzlement, theft, misappropriation or conversion, by the Executive of any property, funds or business opportunity of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (B) any breach by the Executive of the Executive’s covenants under Section 6; (C) any breach by the Executive of any other material provision of this Agreement which breach is not cured, to the extent susceptible to cure, within thirty (30) days after the Company has given written notice to the Executive describing such breach; (D) willful failure or refusal by the Executive to perform any directive of the Board or the duties of his employment hereunder which continues for a period of thirty (30) days following notice thereof by the Board to the Executive; (E) any act by the Executive constituting a felony (or its equivalent in any non-United States jurisdiction) or otherwise involving theft, fraud, dishonesty, misrepresentation or moral turpitude; (F) indictment for, conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere (or a similar plea) to, or the failure of the Executive to contest his prosecution for, any other criminal offense; (G) any violation of any law, rule or regulation (collectively, “Law”) relating in any way to the business or activities of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or other Law that is violated during the course of the Executive’s performance of services hereunder, regulatory disqualification or failure to comply with any legal or compliance policies or code of ethics, code of business conduct, conflicts of interest policy or similar policies of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; (H) gross negligence or material willful misconduct on the part of the Executive in the performance of his duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (I) the Executive’s breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (J) any act or omission to act of the Executive intended to materially harm or damage the business, property, operations, financial condition or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (K) the Executive’s

 

11


failure to cooperate, if requested by the Board, with any investigation or inquiry into his or the Company’s business practices, whether internal or external, including, but not limited to, the Executive’s refusal to be deposed or to provide testimony or evidence at any trial, proceeding or inquiry; (L) any chemical dependence of the Executive which materially interferes with the performance of his duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (M) the Executive’s voluntary resignation or other termination of employment effected by the Executive at any time when the Company could effect such termination with Cause pursuant to this Agreement. In order for there to be Cause under clauses (E), (F), (G), (H), and (I) above, the conduct, action or inaction by Executive must materially harm or damage the business, property, operations, financial condition or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(ii) “Disability” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided, however, that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, his duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii) “Good Reason” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to Disability: (A) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary, titles, authority, duties, responsibilities, or a requiring Executive to report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Board; (B) any act of the Company constituting fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation directed at the Executive; or (C) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that neither of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason unless and until (v) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred, (w) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days of its occurrence, (x) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, and the Executive has cooperated in good faith with the Company’s efforts to cure such condition, (y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (z) the Executive terminates his employment within thirty (30) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

(e) Release of Claims. As a condition of receiving any severance or other benefits for which he otherwise qualifies under Sections 7(b) or 7(c), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers,

 

12


directors, owners and members from any and all claims, obligations and liabilities of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, those arising from or in connection with the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or this Agreement (including, without limitation, civil rights claims), in such form as is requested by the Company, such release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period.

(f) No Additional Rights. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

(g) Resignation as Officer or Director. Upon a termination of employment, unless requested otherwise by the Company, the Executive shall resign each position (if any) that the Executive then holds as a director or officer of the Company or of any affiliates of the Company. The Executive’s execution of this Agreement shall be deemed the grant by the Executive to the officers of the Company of a limited irrevocable power of attorney (which is deemed coupled with an interest) to sign in the Executive’s name and on the Executive’s behalf any such documentation as may be required to be executed solely for the limited purposes of effectuating such resignations.

8. Limitation on Payments and Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement or otherwise to the Executive constitutes a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and but for this provision, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the totality of those amounts shall be either: (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such payments and benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any equivalent state or local excise taxes), results in the receipt by the Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of such payments and benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such amount may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree, any determination required under this provision shall be made in writing by a firm of independent public accountants or a law firm selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the Company for all purposes. The Company and the Executive agree to furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this provision. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this provision. Any reduction of any amount required by this provision shall occur in the following order: (a) any payments and benefits due pursuant to Section 7(b)(i); (b) cancellation of any accelerated vesting of equity awards in the reverse order such awards were granted; (c) any bonuses payable to Executive; and (d) any other payments that are potential parachute payments If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro rata basis (dollar-for-dollar).

 

13


9. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

  
  

Driven Brands, Inc.

440 S. Church St. Suite 700

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attn: General Counsel

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

  
  

RC III DB LLC

1180 Peachtree Street

Suite 2500

Atlanta, GA 30309

Fax:

Attn:    Stephen D. Aronson

 

and

 

King & Spalding LLP

1180 Peachtree Street

Suite 4100

Atlanta, GA 30309

Attn: William G. Roche

If to the Executive:

  
   At the Executive’s residence address as maintained by the Company in the regular course of its business for payroll purposes.

or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

 

14


10. Jurisdiction; Venue. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware over any suit, action, dispute or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties agrees that any action relating in any way to this Agreement must be commenced only in the courts of the State of Delaware, federal or state. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted or not prohibited by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding by sending the same by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier service, to the address of such party set forth in Section 9. With respect to any order obtained in accordance with this Section 10, any party hereto may enforce such order in any court having personal jurisdiction over the party against whom the order shall be enforced.

11. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

12. Section 409A.

(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”), and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. Any terms of this Agreement that are undefined or ambiguous shall be interpreted by the Company in its discretion in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A. If for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting, any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the

 

15


Company. If, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(a), any provision of this Agreement would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A, the Company shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision in a manner intended to avoid the incurrence by the Executive of any such additional tax or interest; provided that the Company agrees to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.

(b) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that the Company determines may be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a separation from service. The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for purposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Any reimbursements provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses that the Company is obligated to reimburse in any other calendar year, provided that the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or provide such reimbursements may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(d) For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

 

16


13. General.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(b) Construction and Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c) Cooperation. During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on his base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and the Executive may not sell, convey, assign, delegate, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the rights, claims, powers, interests or obligations of the Executive under this Agreement, except that any death payments otherwise due the Executive shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

17


(e) Executive’s Representations. The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company; (iii) the Executive is not subject to any restriction whatsoever that would cause him to not be able fully to fulfill his duties under this Agreement; (iv) the Executive is not a party to, or involved in, or under investigation in, any pending or, to the best of the Executive’s knowledge, threatened litigation, proceeding or investigation of any governmental body or authority or any other person; (v) the Executive has never been suspended, censured or otherwise subjected to any disciplinary action or other proceeding by any state, other governmental entity, agency or self-regulatory organization; and (vi) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

(f) Compliance with Rules and Policies. The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(g) Forfeiture. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payments or benefits under this Agreement or any incentive or other compensation plan or program of the Company or its affiliates shall be subject to any forfeiture, repayment or recoupment policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time, or any forfeiture, repayment or recoupment otherwise required by applicable law.

(h) Withholding Taxes. All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the LLC Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminate and supersede any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, the terms of the LLC Agreement shall prevail. The Executive acknowledges that no representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or obligations, oral or written, have been made other than those expressly stated herein, and that he has not relied on any other representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or obligations in signing this Agreement.

 

18


(j) Duration. Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k) Survival. The provisions of Sections 6, 9, 10, 11 and 13 of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l) Amendment; Modification; Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be modified, amended or waived only in a document signed by the parties hereto and referring specifically hereto, and no handwritten changes to this Agreement will be binding unless initialed by each party. No course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n) Section References. Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o) No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(p) Time of the Essence; Computation of Time. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q) No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

19


(r) Arbitration. The Company and Executive shall have the right to obtain from a court an injunction or other equitable relief arising out of the Executive’s breach of the provisions of Section 6 of this Employment Agreement. However, any other controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Employment Agreement, any alleged breach of this Employment Agreement, or Executive’s employment by the Company or the termination of such employment, including any claim as to arbitrability or any claims for any alleged discrimination, harassment, or retaliation in violation of any federal, state or local law, shall be settled by binding arbitration conducted in Atlanta, Georgia in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then applicable to employment-related disputes and any judgment upon any award, which may include an award of damages, may be entered in the state or federal court having jurisdiction over such award.

(s) Costs of Enforcement. Except as prohibited by applicable law, the prevailing party in any action brought under this Employment Agreement, including any action to enforce the provisions of Section 6, any arbitration under Section 13(r), or any action to enforce any arbitration award under Section 13(r), shall be awarded and the non-prevailing party shall pay the prevailing party’s attorney’s fees and related expenses, and the non-prevailing party shall pay all arbitration filing and administration fees as well as all fees and expenses of the arbitrator. If a party files a claim and subsequent withdraws it, that party will be considered the non-prevailing party for purposes of this Section 13(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

   

DRIVEN BRANDS, Inc.

Date: April 17, 2015    

By:

  /s/ Stephen D. Aronson
   

Name:

 

Stephen D. Aronson

   

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

   

JONATHAN FITZPATRICK

Date:   3/30/15    

/s/ Jonathan Fitzpatrick

 

20

Exhibit 10.19

Execution Version

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

originally dated as of October 3, 2017

as amended and restated as of April 10, 2018

among

SHINE HOLDCO III LIMITED,

as Holdings,

SHINE ACQUISITION CO LIMITED,

as Bidco,

SHINE ACQUISITION CO. S.À R.L.,

as Lux Borrower,

BOING US HOLDCO, INC.,

as US Borrower,

THE LENDERS AND ISSUING BANKS PARTY HERETO,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent,

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     2  

Section 1.01

  

Defined Terms

     2  

Section 1.02

  

Terms Generally

     75  

Section 1.03

  

Effectuation of Transactions

     75  

Section 1.04

  

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

     75  

Section 1.05

  

Additional Alternate Currencies for Loans

     76  

Section 1.06

  

Change of Currency

     76  

Section 1.07

  

Timing of Payment or Performance

     77  

Section 1.08

  

Times of Day

     77  

Section 1.09

  

Holdings

     77  

Section 1.10

  

Guaranty and Security Principles

     77  

Section 1.11

  

Additional Borrowers

     78  

Section 1.12

  

German Terms

     79  

Section 1.13

  

Luxembourg Terms

     79  

ARTICLE II The Credits

     80  

Section 2.01

  

Commitments

     80  

Section 2.02

  

Loans and Borrowings

     81  

Section 2.03

  

Requests for Borrowings

     82  

Section 2.04

  

Swingline Loans; Ancillary Facilities

     83  

Section 2.05

  

Letters of Credit

     90  

Section 2.06

  

Funding of Borrowings

     95  

Section 2.07

  

Interest Elections

     96  

Section 2.08

  

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     97  

Section 2.09

  

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     98  

Section 2.10

  

Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Facility Loans

     99  

Section 2.11

  

Prepayment of Loans

     100  

Section 2.12

  

Fees

     102  

Section 2.13

  

Interest

     103  

Section 2.14

  

Alternate Rate of Interest

     104  

Section 2.15

  

Increased Costs

     105  

Section 2.16

  

Break Funding Payments

     106  

Section 2.17

  

Taxes

     106  

Section 2.18

  

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     112  

Section 2.19

  

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     114  

Section 2.20

  

Illegality

     116  

Section 2.21

  

Incremental Commitments

     116  

Section 2.22

  

Defaulting Lender

     125  

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties

     127  

Section 3.01

  

Organization; Powers

     127  

Section 3.02

  

Authorization

     128  

Section 3.03

  

Enforceability

     128  

Section 3.04

  

Governmental Approvals

     128  

Section 3.05

  

Financial Statements

     129  

Section 3.06

  

No Material Adverse Effect

     129  

 

i


Section 3.07

  

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

     129  

Section 3.08

  

Subsidiaries

     130  

Section 3.09

  

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

     130  

Section 3.10

  

Federal Reserve Regulations

     130  

Section 3.11

  

Investment Company Act

     130  

Section 3.12

  

Use of Proceeds

     130  

Section 3.13

  

Taxes

     131  

Section 3.14

  

No Material Misstatements

     131  

Section 3.15

  

Employee Benefit Plans

     132  

Section 3.16

  

Environmental Matters

     132  

Section 3.17

  

Security Documents

     132  

Section 3.18

  

Location of Real Property

     134  

Section 3.19

  

Solvency

     134  

Section 3.20

  

Labor Matters

     134  

Section 3.21

  

Insurance

     134  

Section 3.22

  

No Default

     134  

Section 3.23

  

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     135  

Section 3.24

  

Senior Debt

     135  

Section 3.25

  

USA PATRIOT Act; OFAC

     135  

Section 3.26

  

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     136  

Section 3.27

  

Holding Companies

     136  

ARTICLE IV Conditions of Lending

     136  

Section 4.01

  

All Credit Events

     136  

Section 4.02

  

[Reserved]

     137  

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants

     137  

Section 5.01

  

Existence; Business and Properties

     137  

Section 5.02

  

Insurance

     137  

Section 5.03

  

Taxes

     139  

Section 5.04

  

Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

     139  

Section 5.05

  

Litigation and Other Notices

     141  

Section 5.06

  

Compliance with Laws

     141  

Section 5.07

  

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections

     141  

Section 5.08

  

Use of Proceeds

     142  

Section 5.09

  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     142  

Section 5.10

  

Further Assurances; Additional Security

     142  

Section 5.11

  

Rating

     145  

Section 5.12

  

Post-Closing

     145  

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants

     145  

Section 6.01

  

Indebtedness

     145  

Section 6.02

  

Liens

     153  

Section 6.03

  

Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

     159  

Section 6.04

  

Investments, Loans and Advances

     159  

Section 6.05

  

Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions

     163  

Section 6.06

  

Dividends and Distributions

     166  

Section 6.07

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     169  

Section 6.08

  

Business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries

     172  

 

ii


Section 6.09

  

Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc.

     172  

Section 6.10

  

Fiscal Year

     175  

Section 6.11

  

Financial Covenant

     175  

Section 6.12

  

Centre of Main Interest

     175  

ARTICLE VIA Holdings Negative Covenants

     176  

ARTICLE VII Events of Default

     177  

Section 7.01

  

Events of Default

     177  

Section 7.02

  

Treatment of Certain Payments

     180  

Section 7.03

  

Right to Cure

     181  

Section 7.04

  

Clean-Up Period

     181  

ARTICLE VIII The Agents

     182  

Section 8.01

  

Appointment

     182  

Section 8.02

  

Delegation of Duties

     183  

Section 8.03

  

Exculpatory Provisions

     183  

Section 8.04

  

Reliance by Agents

     184  

Section 8.05

  

Notice of Default

     185  

Section 8.06

  

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

     185  

Section 8.07

  

Indemnification

     185  

Section 8.08

  

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

     186  

Section 8.09

  

Successor Agents

     186  

Section 8.10

  

Arrangers and Bookrunners

     186  

Section 8.11

  

Security Documents, Collateral Agent and Intercreditor Agreement

     187  

Section 8.12

  

Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantees

     187  

Section 8.13

  

Withholding Tax

     188  

Section 8.14

  

Certain ERISA Matters

     188  

Section 8.15

  

Release of Restrictions on Self-Dealing

     190  

Section 8.16

  

Electronic Communications

     190  

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous

     191  

Section 9.01

  

Notices; Communications

     191  

Section 9.02

  

Survival of Agreement

     192  

Section 9.03

  

Binding Effect

     193  

Section 9.04

  

Successors and Assigns

     193  

Section 9.05

  

Expenses; Indemnity

     198  

Section 9.06

  

Right of Set-off

     200  

Section 9.07

  

Applicable Law

     200  

Section 9.08

  

Waivers; Amendment

     200  

Section 9.09

  

Interest Rate Limitation

     204  

Section 9.10

  

Entire Agreement

     204  

Section 9.11

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     204  

Section 9.12

  

Severability

     205  

Section 9.13

  

Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     205  

Section 9.14

  

Headings

     205  

Section 9.15

  

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     205  

Section 9.16

  

Confidentiality

     206  

 

iii


Section 9.17

  

Platform; Borrower Materials

     207  

Section 9.18

  

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     207  

Section 9.19

  

Judgment Currency

     209  

Section 9.20

  

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     209  

Section 9.21

  

Affiliate Lenders

     209  

Section 9.22

  

Agency of the Borrower Representative for the Loan Parties

     210  

Section 9.23

  

No Liability of the Issuing Banks

     211  

Section 9.24

  

Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     211  

Section 9.25

  

German Real Estate Security

     212  

Section 9.26

  

Parallel Debt

     212  

Section 9.27

  

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     213  

Section 9.28

  

Co-Borrower Obligations

     214  

Section 9.29

  

Original Credit Agreement; Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement

     215  

 

iv


Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B

 

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit C-1

 

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit C-2

 

Form of Swingline Borrowing Request

Exhibit D

 

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit E

 

Form of Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit F

 

Form of Mortgages

Exhibit G

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit H

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit I

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit J

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

Exhibit K

 

Form of Subordination Agreement

Exhibit L

 

Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice

Schedule 1.01(A)

 

Certain Excluded Equity Interests

Schedule 1.01(B)

 

Closing Date Immaterial Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(C)

 

Existing Roll-Over Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees

Schedule 1.01(D)

 

Closing Date Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(E)

 

Closing Date Mortgaged Properties

Schedule 1.01(F)

 

Existing Ancillary Lenders, Cash Management Banks and Hedge Banks

Schedule 1.01(G)

 

Certain Collateral Agreements

Schedule 1.10

 

Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles

Schedule 2.01

 

Commitments

Schedule 2.17

 

U.K. Non-Bank Lenders

Schedule 3.01

 

Organization and Good Standing

Schedule 3.04

 

Governmental Approvals

Schedule 3.05

 

Financial Statements

Schedule 3.07(c)

 

Notices of Condemnation

Schedule 3.08(a)

 

Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.08(b)

 

Subscriptions

Schedule 3.09

 

Litigation

Schedule 3.13

 

Taxes

Schedule 3.16

 

Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.21

 

Insurance

Schedule 3.23

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.12

 

Post-Closing Items

Schedule 6.01

 

Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02(a)

 

Liens

Schedule 6.04

 

Investments

Schedule 6.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 9.01

 

Notice Information

 

v


AMENDED AND RESTATED FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 10, 2018 (this “Agreement”), among SHINE HOLDCO III LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 10872806 (“Holdings”), SHINE ACQUISITION CO LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 10871280 (“Bidco”), SHINE ACQUISITION CO. S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, with registered office at 46A avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (R.C.S. Luxembourg) under number B271458 (the “Lux Borrower”), BOING US HOLDCO INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “US Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties.

WHEREAS, Bidco and the Sellers (as defined below) entered into the Acquisition Agreement (as defined below), pursuant to which, on the Closing Date, Bidco acquired (the “Acquisition”) (i) all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of International Car Wash Group Ltd., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 09077935 (the “Company”) and (ii) the minority equity interests of the US Borrower that are not held by the Company prior to the Acquisition;

WHEREAS, to facilitate the consummation of the financing contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement, the Lux Borrower was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Bidco in order to act as a Borrower under the Original Credit Agreement and, immediately upon the Lux Borrower borrowing any Term Loans hereunder or any “Term Loans” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, in each case, on the Closing Date, it transferred the proceeds thereof to Bidco in exchange for the issuance by Bidco of loan notes (the “Bidco Loan Notes”) expected to be listed on a recognized stock exchange; and

WHEREAS, Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Original Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have entered into that certain Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 1 (the “2018 Amendment”), dated as of the date hereof (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”), by and among Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent, under which (x) certain Lenders (such Lenders, the “Repricing Term B Lenders”) are extending credit to the Borrowers in the form of Refinancing Term Loans consisting of Term B Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal the Term B Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement immediately prior to the date hereof (such Loans, the “Repricing Term B Loans”) and (y) the 2018 Incremental Term Lenders (as defined below) are extending credit to the Borrowers in the form of 2018 Incremental Term Loans (as defined below) in an aggregate principal amount of $70,000,000; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Repricing Term B Lenders, the 2018 Incremental Term Lenders and the other Lenders party to the Amendment have agreed to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement as provided in this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Original Credit Agreement shall be, and hereby is, amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

2018 Amendment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

2018 Incremental Term Lender” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule 1 to the 2018 Amendment (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with Section 9.04), as well as any person that becomes a “2018 Incremental Term Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 9.04.

2018 Incremental Term Loans” shall mean the term loans made by the 2018 Incremental Term Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c). For avoidance of doubt, the 2018 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute “Incremental Term Loans”, “Term B Loans” and “Term Loans” for all purposes of the Original Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make 2018 Incremental Term Loans hereunder on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. The amount of each Lender’s 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitment as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 1 to the 2018 Amendment. The aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitments as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date is $70,000,000.

2018 Second Lien Amendment” shall mean the Amendment No. 1 dated as the date hereof among Holdings, Bidco, Lux Borrower and US Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent.

ABR” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect for such day plus 0.50%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollar borrowings for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). Any change in such rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollars shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollars, as the case may be.

ABR Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

ABR Loan” shall mean any ABR Term Loan, ABR Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan.

ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Revolving Loans.

 

2


ABR Revolving Loan” shall mean any Revolving Facility Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the ABR in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

ABR Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the ABR in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Acquisition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement” shall mean the Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of International Car Wash Group Ltd., dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among Bidco, Boing Group S.à r.l. (the “Institutional Seller”), the persons set forth in Part 1 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “Management Sellers”), the persons set forth in Part 2 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “Castle Hill Sellers”), the persons set forth in Part 3 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “US Sellers”), Estera Trust (Jersey) Limited (the “Trustee” and, together with the Institutional Seller, the Management Sellers, the Castle Hill Sellers and the US Sellers, the “Sellers”), and any other agreements or instruments contemplated thereby, in each case, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Additional Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a currency other than Pounds Sterling and Euros for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) one minus the Statutory Reserves applicable to such Eurocurrency Borrowing, if any; provided that if the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be less than zero pursuant to this clause (x), such interest rate shall be deemed to be zero and (y) in the case of such Eurocurrency Borrowings composed of Eurocurrency Term Loans, 1.00%, (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Pounds Sterling for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the Sterling LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period, and (iii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Euros, the EURIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period; provided that if the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be less than zero pursuant to this clause (iii), such interest rate shall be deemed to be zero.

Adjustment Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Pricing Grid.”

Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

Administrative Agent Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(c).

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit B to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Jefferies LLC and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be Affiliates of Jefferies Finance Europe, SCSp and its Affiliates.

Affiliate Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.21(a).

Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

3


Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles” shall mean the principles set forth on Schedule 1.10 to the Original Credit Agreement.

Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Agreement Currency” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

All-in Yield” shall mean, as to any Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable), the yield thereon payable to all Lenders (or other lenders, as applicable) providing such Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable) in the primary syndication thereof, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower Representative, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, up-front fees, rate floors or otherwise; provided, that original issue discount and up-front fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the life of such Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable)); and provided, further, that “All-in Yield” shall not include arrangement, commitment, underwriting, structuring or similar fees and customary consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting lenders.

Alternate Currency” shall mean (i) with respect to any Letter of Credit, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other currency other than Dollars as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect thereto in their sole discretion, (ii) with respect to any Revolving Facility Loan or Incremental Loan, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other currency other than Dollars that is approved in accordance with Section 1.05 and (iii) with respect to any Ancillary Facility, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other currency other than Dollars (such as Chinese Yuan, Danish Krone, Australian Dollar, Czech Koruna, Hungarian Forint or Polish Zloty) as may be acceptable to the applicable Ancillary Lender.

Alternate Currency Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternate Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternate Currency with Dollars.

Alternate Currency Letter of Credit” shall mean any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency.

Alternate Currency Loan” shall mean any Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Ancillary Commencement Date” shall mean, with respect to any Ancillary Facility, the date (which must be a Business Day) on which such Ancillary Facility is first made available.

Ancillary Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Ancillary Lender and any Ancillary Facility, the maximum applicable Dollar Equivalent amount which such Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Section 2.04(b) hereof to the extent such amount has not been cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to such Ancillary Facility.

 

4


Ancillary Document” shall mean each document or instrument relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility designated by the Borrower Representative and the Ancillary Lender to the Administrative Agent as an “Ancillary Document”.

Ancillary Facility” shall mean (a) any overdraft, automated payment, check drawing and/or other current account facility, (b) any facility denominated in local currencies (such as Chinese Yuan, Danish Krone, Australian Dollar, Czech Koruna, Hungarian Forint or Polish Zloty), (c) any foreign exchange facilities, (d) any letter of credit, suretyship, guarantee and/or bonding facility or any other instrument to provide a contingent liability, and/or (e) any other facility or financial accommodation that may be required in connection with the business of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, in each case, established in accordance with Section 2.04(b).

Ancillary Lender” shall mean each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) that makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Section 2.04(b).

Ancillary Obligations” means all obligations in respect of Ancillary Outstandings.

Ancillary Outstandings” means, at any time, with respect to any Ancillary Lender and any Ancillary Facility then in effect, the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of the following amounts outstanding under such Ancillary Facility: (a) the principal amount owing under each overdraft facility and on-demand short term loan facility, (b) the face amount of each guaranty, bond and letter of credit provided or issued under such Ancillary Facility and (c) the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of such Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under such Ancillary Facility, in each case, (i) net of any credit balance on any account of any Borrower or Subsidiary under any Ancillary Facility with the relevant Ancillary Lender to the extent that such credit balance is freely available to be set off by such Ancillary Lender against liabilities owing by such Borrower under such Ancillary Facility, and (ii) as determined by such Ancillary Lender acting reasonably in accordance with its normal banking practice and the terms of the relevant Ancillary Document.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.26.

Applicable Commitment Fee” shall mean for any day (i) with respect to any Revolving Facility Commitments relating to Initial Revolving Loans, 0.50% per annum; provided, however, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after delivery of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04 upon the completion of one full fiscal quarter of Bidco after the Closing Date, the “Applicable Commitment Fee” will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid; or (ii) with respect to any Other Revolving Facility Commitments, the “Applicable Commitment Fee” set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement.

Applicable Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Applicable Margin” shall mean for any day (i) with respect to any Term B Loan, 3.25% per annum in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan and 2.25% per annum in the case of any ABR Loan; (ii) with respect to any Initial Revolving Loan, 3.50% per annum in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan and 2.50% per annum in the case of any ABR Loan; provided, however, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after delivery of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04 upon the completion of one full fiscal quarter of Bidco after the Closing Date, the “Applicable Margin” with respect to any Initial Revolving Loan will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid; and (iii) with respect to any Other Term Loan or Other Revolving Loan, the “Applicable Margin” set forth in the Incremental Assumption Agreement relating thereto.

 

5


Applicable Period” shall mean an Excess Cash Flow Period or an Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, as the case may be.

Approved Electronic Communications” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein and which is distributed to Agents, Lenders or Issuing Banks by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 8.15.

Approved Fund” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(ii).

Approved Jurisdiction” shall mean each of (i) the jurisdictions listed in clause (i) of the definition “Security Jurisdictions”, (ii) a jurisdiction of another approved or existing Borrower and (iii) any other jurisdiction agreed to by the Borrower Representative and each Revolving Facility Lender.

Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Asset Sale” shall mean any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any Disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets) to any person of, any asset or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary.

Assignee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative (if required by Section 9.04), in the form of Exhibit A to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative.

Assignor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Availability Period” shall mean, with respect to any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments, the period from and including the Closing Date (or, if later, the effective date for such Class of Revolving Facility Commitments) to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Class and, in the case of each of the Revolving Facility Loans, Revolving Facility Borrowings, Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans, Swingline Borrowings and Ancillary Facilities, the date of termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class.

Available Ancillary Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Ancillary Facility, the relevant Ancillary Lender’s Ancillary Commitment minus the amount of Ancillary Outstandings under such Ancillary Facility.

Available Unused Commitment” shall mean, with respect to a Revolving Facility Lender under any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments at any time, an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the amount by which (a) the applicable Revolving Facility Commitment of such Revolving Facility Lender in respect of that Class of Revolving Facility Commitments at such time exceeds (b) the applicable Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Revolving Facility Lender in respect of that Class at such time.

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

6


Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

balance sheet” shall mean a balance sheet or statement of financial position, as applicable.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Bidco” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Bidco Loan Notes” shall have the meanings assigned in the recitals of this Agreement.

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors” shall mean, as to any person, the board of directors or other governing body of such person, or if such person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity.

Borrower” shall mean, as the context may require, the US Borrower, the Lux Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower.

Borrower Materials” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(a).

Borrower Representative” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11.

Borrowing” shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type under a single Facility, and made on a single date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Minimum” shall mean (a) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $1,000,000, (b) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 and (c) in the case of Swingline Loans, $500,000.

Borrowing Multiple” shall mean (a) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $500,000, (b) in the case of ABR Loans, $250,000 and (c) in the case of Swingline Loans, $100,000.

Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the applicable Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the Original Credit Agreement or another form approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

Budget” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(e).

Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London or in Luxembourg are authorized or required by law to

 

7


remain closed; provided, that (a) when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in the London interbank market and (b) when used in connection with a Borrowing in Euros, the term “Business Day” shall exclude any day which is not a TARGET Day.

Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any person in respect of any period, the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such person during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or similar items reflected in the statement of cash flows of such person.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that obligations of Bidco or its Subsidiaries, or of a special purpose or other entity not consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries, either existing on the Closing Date or created thereafter that (a) initially were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Bidco as capital lease obligations and were subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations or, in the case of such a special purpose or other entity becoming consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries were required to be characterized as capital lease obligations upon such consolidation, in either case, due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, or (b) did not exist on the Closing Date and were required to be characterized as capital lease obligations but would not have been required to be treated as capital lease obligations on the Closing Date had they existed at that time, shall for all purposes not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a person during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in accordance with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such person and its subsidiaries.

Cash Collateralize” shall mean to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Banks or Lenders, as collateral for Revolving L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of Revolving L/C Exposure, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank. “Cash Collateral”, “Cash Collateralization” and “Cash Collateralized” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement to provide to Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary cash management services for collections, treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), any demand deposit, payroll, trust or operating account relationships, commercial credit cards, merchant card, purchase or debit cards, non-card e-payables services, supplier financing, and other cash management services, including electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

Cash Management Bank” shall mean any person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement (or on the Closing Date), is (a) an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of any such person, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement, regardless of whether any such person shall thereafter cease to be an Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) identified to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower

 

8


Representative in writing as a Cash Management Bank hereunder (subject to the Administrative Agent’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (c) listed in Schedule 1.01(F) to the Original Credit Agreement.

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a)    (i) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, the Permitted Holders in the aggregate shall at any time cease to have, directly or indirectly, the power to vote or direct the voting of at least 50% of the Voting Stock of Bidco or (ii) at any time on and after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person, entity or “group” and its subsidiaries and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than the Permitted Holders (or any holding company parent of Bidco owned directly or indirectly by the Permitted Holders), shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Bidco having more than 35% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Bidco, unless in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) of this clause (a), the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Bidco; or

(b)    a “Change in Control” (as defined in (i) the Second Lien Credit Agreement or (ii) any indenture or credit agreement in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Second Lien Credit Agreement constituting Material Indebtedness or (iii) any indenture or credit agreement in respect of any Junior Financing constituting Material Indebtedness) shall have occurred;

(c)    Holdings shall fail to directly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Bidco (other than in connection with or after a Qualified IPO of Bidco);

(d)    Bidco shall fail to directly or indirectly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the US Borrower and of the Lux Borrower; or

(e)    Bidco shall fail to directly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company or in the Lux Borrower.

Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any Lending Office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any written request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives under or issued in connection with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, all interpretations and applications thereof and any compliance by a Lender with any request or directive relating thereto and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated under or in connection with, all interpretations and applications of, or any compliance by a Lender with any request or directive relating to International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States of America or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case under clauses (x) and (y) be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” but only to the extent a Lender is imposing applicable increased costs or costs in connection with capital adequacy requirements similar to

 

9


those described in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 2.15 generally on other borrowers of loans under United States of America cash flow term loan credit facilities, which, as a credit matter, are similarly situated to the applicable Borrower.

Charges” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09.

Class” shall mean, (a) when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B Loans, Other Term Loans, Initial Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Loans; and (b) when used in respect of any Commitment, whether such Commitment is in respect of a commitment to make Term B Loans, Other Term Loans, Initial Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Loans. Other Term Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Loans that have different terms and conditions (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) from the Term B Loans or the Initial Revolving Loans, respectively, or from other Term Loans or other Extended Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Loans, as applicable, shall each be construed to be in separate and distinct Classes.

Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Clean-Up Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

Closing Date” shall mean October 3, 2017.

Co-Borrowers” shall mean the US Borrower and the Lux Borrower.

Co-Investors” shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) the Sellers and their Affiliates and (c) the Management Group.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties and all other property that is subject to any Lien in favor of the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Subagent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to any Security Document.

Collateral Agent” shall mean the Administrative Agent acting as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

Collateral Agreements” shall mean the U.S. Collateral Agreements, the German Collateral Agreements, the UK Collateral Agreements, the Luxembourg Collateral Agreements, and each other agreement or document whereby a Loan Party grants security over its assets in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), in each case, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall mean the requirement that (in each case in accordance with and subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles (with respect to foreign Loan Parties), the penultimate paragraph of Section 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement, Sections 5.10(d) and (g) and Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement):

(a)    on the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) from Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party, a counterpart of the applicable Collateral Agreement, (ii) from Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party, a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement and (iii) from Holdings, a counterpart of the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements, in each case duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person;

 

10


(b)    on the Closing Date, (i)(x) all outstanding Equity Interests directly owned by the Loan Parties, other than Excluded Securities, and (y) all intercompany Indebtedness owing to any Loan Party, other than Excluded Securities, shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Collateral Agreement or, in the case of Equity Interests of Bidco and intercompany receivables held by Holdings, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) (x) the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests (other than certificates or instruments issued by subsidiaries of the Company that are not received from the Company on or prior to the Closing Date after using commercially reasonable efforts) and any notes or other instruments, in each case to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Security Documents, together with stock powers, note powers or other instruments of transfer (if applicable) with respect thereto endorsed in blank and (y) each Loan Party and any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings which has made available indebtedness directly to Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with the Equity Contribution shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent the Subordination Agreement;

(c)    in the case of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) a supplement to each relevant Collateral Agreement (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, new Collateral Agreements in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), (ii) a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, a new Guarantee Agreement in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), (iii) supplements to the other Security Documents (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, new Security Documents in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), if applicable, in the form specified therefor or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and (iv) an accession to the Subordination Agreement;

(d)    after the Closing Date, (x) all outstanding Equity Interests of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date that are directly owned by any Loan Party and (y) subject to Section 5.10(g), all Equity Interests directly acquired by a Loan Party (including any Equity Interests of Bidco directly acquired by Holdings) after the Closing Date, other than Excluded Securities, shall have been pledged pursuant to an applicable Collateral Agreement (or the Holdings Pledge Agreement, as applicable), together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer (if applicable) with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(e)    except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Security Document, all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, and filings with the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office covering United States issued patents and registered trademarks and copyrights (and pending applications for the foregoing) and all other actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including those required by applicable Requirements of Law) or otherwise required pursuant to a Security Document to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents (in each case, including any supplements thereto) and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents, shall have been delivered, filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or the recording concurrently with, or promptly following, the execution and delivery of each such Security Document;

 

11


(f)    within (x) 150 days after the Closing Date with respect to each Mortgaged Property set forth on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement (or on such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (y) the time periods set forth in Section 5.10 with respect to each Mortgaged Property to be encumbered pursuant to said Section 5.10, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage to be entered into with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property and suitable for recording or filing in all filing or recording offices in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located in order to create a valid and enforceable Lien on such Mortgaged Property subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, at the time of recordation thereof; provided, that, in the case of Real Property located in Germany, a Mortgage in the amount of the market value of such Real Property at the time the Mortgage is entered into shall be created with the amount by which the Mortgage can be declared immediately enforceable to be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (with such amount not to exceed 20% of the market value of such Real Property at the time the Mortgage is entered into), (ii) with respect to the Mortgage encumbering each such Mortgaged Property (other than in the case of Real Property located in Germany), (A) the Flood Documentation, (B) an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy or policies or marked up title insurance commitments with respect to Mortgaged Properties located in the United States of America, or a date-down and modification endorsement, if available, paid for by the applicable Loan Party (but in no event in an amount of insurance exceeding the fair market value of such property as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative), issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except Permitted Liens, together with such customary endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and, with respect to customary endorsements, which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located, (C) a survey of such Mortgaged Property or such other evidence sufficient for such title insurance company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the customary survey-related endorsements and (D) an opinion of counsel regarding the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage and such other matters customarily covered in real estate counsel opinions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (iii) with respect to the Mortgage encumbering each such Mortgaged Property located outside of the United States of America, such documents as are customarily delivered to the secured party in connection with a Mortgage granted in the applicable jurisdiction as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) such other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request that are available to the applicable Loan Party without material expense with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property;

(g)    the Collateral Agent shall have received evidence of the insurance required by the terms of Section 5.02 hereof;

(h)    to the extent legally possible and subject to any thin capitalisation or Tax issues, any legal or corporate benefit restrictions and the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, (A) on the date which is 90 days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) of the Closing Date and (B) thereafter when tested by reference to the date on which the annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a), aggregate (without double counting) earnings before interest, Tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date, on the same basis as EBITDA but taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding (1) all intercompany items, goodwill and investments (in each case to the extent applicable) and (2) each entity that generates negative

 

12


earnings before interest, Tax, depreciation and amortization) (the “Entity EBITDA”) of the Loan Parties is equal to or exceeds 80% of the EBITDA (excluding goodwill) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Entity EBITDA of (x) any Subsidiary incorporated in China and (y) any Subsidiary that is unable or not required to become a Guarantor in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles other than where such exclusion is solely as a result of such Subsidiary not being incorporated or organized in a Security Jurisdiction) (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”); provided that, if on any relevant test date specified in clause (B) above, the Guarantor Coverage Test is not satisfied, within 90 days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) of such test date, such other Subsidiaries shall accede as Guarantors to ensure that the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied (calculated as if such additional Guarantors had been Guarantors for the purposes of the relevant test) and provided that, if the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied within such time period, no Default, Event of Default or other breach of the Loan Documents shall arise in respect thereof;

(i)    after the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) such other Security Documents as may be required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 or the Collateral Agreements, and (ii) upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, evidence of compliance with any other requirements of Section 5.10.

Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

Commitments” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment and Term Facility Commitment, (b) with respect to any Ancillary Lender, such Ancillary Lender’s Ancillary Commitments, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment (it being understood that a Swingline Commitment does not increase the applicable Swingline Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment).

Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Conduit Lender” shall mean any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument; provided, that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender; provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 9.05 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender unless the designation of such Conduit Lender is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which consent shall specify that it is being made pursuant to the proviso in the definition of “Conduit Lender” and provided that the designating Lender provides such information as the Borrower Representative reasonably requests in order for the Borrower Representative to determine whether to provide its consent or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.

Consolidated Debt” at any date shall mean the sum of (without duplication) all Indebtedness (other than letters of credit or bank guarantees, to the extent undrawn) consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money and Disqualified Stock of Bidco and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on such date in accordance with GAAP; provided, that for purposes of calculating the

 

13


Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the amount of Consolidated Debt not denominated in Dollars shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rates that would be used either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, (i) for purposes of preparing a balance sheet or (ii) for purposes of calculating EBITDA, in each case, as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of the date of determination; provided, further, that, Consolidated Debt shall be decreased or increased, as applicable, by the amount of the net cash value of all currency Hedging Agreements to the extent relating to such Consolidated Debt assuming that such Hedging Agreements were settled on the last day of such Test Period as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(i)    any net after-Tax extraordinary, exceptional, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income or expense or charge (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), any severance, relocation or other restructuring expenses (including any cost or expense related to employment of terminated employees), any expenses related to any New Project or any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, fees, expenses or charges relating to closing costs, rebranding costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, excess pension charges, acquisition integration costs, opening costs, recruiting costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and expenses or charges related to any offering of Equity Interests or debt securities of Bidco, its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any Parent Entity, any Investment, acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or incurrence, issuance, repayment, repurchase, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), any fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions (including any costs relating to auditing prior periods, any transition-related expenses, and Transaction Expenses incurred before, on or after the Closing Date), and any consideration paid or payable in relation to a Permitted Business Acquisition to the extent reflected in Net Income, in each case, shall be excluded,

(ii)    any net after-Tax income or loss from Disposed of, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets and any net after-Tax gain or loss on the Dispositions of Disposed of, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets shall be excluded,

(iii)    any net after-Tax gain or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business Dispositions or asset Dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower Representative) shall be excluded,

(iv)    any net after-Tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or buy-back of indebtedness, Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(v)    the Net Income for such period of any person that is not a subsidiary of such person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such referent person) in respect of such period,

(vi)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

14


(vii)    effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such person and its subsidiaries and including the effects of adjustments to (A) deferred rent, (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations or other obligations or deferrals attributable to capital spending funds with suppliers or (C) any deferrals of revenue) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of Taxes, shall be excluded,

(viii)    any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles and other fair value adjustments arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

(ix)    any (a) non-cash compensation charge or (b) costs or expenses realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights shall be excluded,

(x)    accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded,

(xi)    non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretation shall be excluded,

(xii)    any gain, loss, income, expense or charge resulting from the application of any LIFO method shall be excluded,

(xiii)    any non-cash charges for deferred Tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded,

(xiv)    any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, any currency translation gains and losses related to the translation to the presentation currency and translation of a foreign operation and any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Agreements, shall be excluded,

(xv)    any deductions attributable to minority interests shall be excluded,

(xvi)    [reserved],

(xvii)    (A) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (x) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (y) in fact reimbursed within 365 days following the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded; and (B) amounts estimated in good faith to be received from insurance in respect of lost revenues or earnings in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be included (with a deduction for amounts actually received up to such estimated amount to the extent included in Net Income in a future period),

(xviii)    without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 6.06(b)(v) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income Taxes directly by such person for such period, and

 

15


(xix)    Capitalized Software Expenditures and software development costs shall be excluded.

Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the total assets of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries without giving effect to any impairment or amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Closing Date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Bidco as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(g) of the Original Credit Agreement, 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), as applicable, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any acquisition or Disposition of a person or assets that may have occurred on or after the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Continuing Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(k).

Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Corresponding Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(a).

Credit Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IV.

Cumulative Credit” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a)    the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus

(b)    the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time, plus

(c)    [reserved], plus

(d)    the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds, plus

(e)    (i) the cumulative amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash) from the sale of Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options), which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Bidco, and (ii) common Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Loan Obligations in right of payment) of Bidco or any Subsidiary owed to a person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Article VI; provided, that this clause (e) shall exclude Permitted Cure Securities, sales of Equity Interests financed as contemplated by Section 6.04(e) or used as described in clause (ix) of the definition of “EBITDA”, any amount used to incur Indebtedness under Section 6.01(l), and any amounts used to finance the payments or distributions in respect of any Junior Financing pursuant to Section 6.09(b), plus

 

16


(f)    100% of the aggregate amount of contributions as common equity to the capital of Bidco received in cash (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash) after the Closing Date (subject to the same exclusions as are applicable to clause (e) above), plus

(g)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness (including the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock) of Bidco or any Subsidiary issued after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness issued to a Subsidiary), which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) in Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity, plus

(h)    100% of the aggregate amount received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in cash (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash received by Bidco or any Subsidiary) after the Closing Date from:

(A)    the issuance or sale (other than to Bidco or any Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 and in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, or

(B)    any dividend or other distribution by an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 and in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, plus

(i)    in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the Investments of Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, plus

(j)    an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) (not to exceed the amount of such Investments), minus

(k)    any amounts thereof used to make Investments pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) after the Closing Date prior to such time, minus

(l)    the cumulative amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(e) prior to such time, minus

(m)    any amount thereof used to make payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings pursuant to Section 6.09(b)(i)(E) (other than payments made with proceeds from the issuance of Equity Interests that were excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit pursuant to clause (e) above);

 

17


provided, however, the Cumulative Credit shall only be increased pursuant to clause (b) above to the extent that Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds the ECF Threshold Amount (or, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, a pro rata portion of such amount).

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount” shall mean, at any date, an amount (which shall not be less than zero in the aggregate) determined on a cumulative basis equal to:

(a)    the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date, plus

(b)    for each Excess Cash Flow Interim Period ended prior to such date but as to which the corresponding Excess Cash Flow Period has not ended, an amount equal to the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, minus

(c)    the cumulative amount of all Retained Excess Cash Flow Overfundings as of such date.

Cure Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.03.

Cure Right” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.03.

Current Assets” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, the sum of (a) all assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments or other cash equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, plus (b) gross accounts receivable comprising part of the Securitization Assets subject to such Permitted Securitization Financing.

Current Liabilities” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) accruals of Interest Expense (excluding Interest Expense that is due and unpaid), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals, if any, of transaction costs resulting from the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions, (e) accruals of any costs or expenses related to (i) severance or termination of employees prior to the Closing Date or (ii) bonuses, pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, and (f) accruals for add-backs to EBITDA included in clauses (a)(iv), (a)(v), and (a)(vii) of the definition of such term.

Debt Service” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, Interest Expense for such period, plus scheduled principal amortization of Consolidated Debt for such period.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, judicial management, scheme of arrangement, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States of America or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

Declining Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

 

18


Deductible Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(f).

Deemed Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

Default” shall mean any event or condition that upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean, subject to Section 2.22, any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower Representative, the Swingline Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank in writing that it does not intend or expect to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or has made a public statement to that effect, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative) or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, other than via an Undisclosed Administration, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided, that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States of America or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.22) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower Representative, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

Designated Gross Amount” shall mean the amount notified by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Gross Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft.

Designated Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11(e).

Designated Net Amount” shall mean the amount notified by the relevant Borrower to the Administrative Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Net Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” shall mean the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of non-cash consideration received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, setting forth such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

19


Designating Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11.

Disinterested Director” shall mean, with respect to any person and transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of such person who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction.

Dispose” or “Disposed of” shall mean to convey, sell, lease, sell and leaseback, assign, farm-out, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property, business or asset. The term “Disposition” shall have a correlative meaning to the foregoing.

Disqualified Stock” shall mean, with respect to any person, any Equity Interests of such person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Loan Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of issuance thereof (provided, that only the portion of the Equity Interests that so mature or are mandatorily redeemable, are so convertible or exchangeable or are so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Bidco or the Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by Bidco or a Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (ii) any class of Equity Interests of such person that by its terms authorizes such person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollar Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date or other applicable date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

Dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period plus (a) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (xiii) of this clause (a) reduced such Consolidated Net Income (and were not excluded therefrom) for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined):

(i)    provision for Taxes or deferred Taxes based on income, profits or capital of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes (including penalties and interest related to Taxes or arising from Tax examinations) and the amount of distributions pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) and Section 6.06(b)(v) in respect of such period,

 

20


(ii)    Interest Expense (and to the extent not included in Interest Expense, (a) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock, (b) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, (c) interest charge on defined benefit liabilities and (d) unwinding of discount on restoration and onerous lease provisions) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iii)    depreciation and amortization expenses of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, original issue discount and Capitalized Software Expenditures, amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits,

(iv)    business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility, branch, office or business unit closures, facility, branch, office or business unit consolidations, retention, severance, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges) and Pre-Opening Expenses,

(v)    any other non-cash charges; provided, that for purposes of this subclause (v) of this clause (a), any non-cash charges or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period),

(vi)    the amount of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and similar fees and related expenses paid to the Co-Investors (or any accruals related to such fees and related expenses) during such period not in contravention of this Agreement,

(vii)    any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense as described in the preceding subclause (iii)) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, New Project, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, modification or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (x) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, the 2018 Second Lien Amendment and the 2018 Amendment and this Agreement, (y) any amendment or other modification of the Obligations or other Indebtedness and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Permitted Securitization Financing,

(viii)    the amount of loss or discount in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, including amortization of loan origination costs and amortization of portfolio discounts,

(ix)    any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party (other than contributions received from Bidco or another Subsidiary Loan Party) or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Bidco (other than Disqualified Stock),

(x)    [reserved],

(xi)    the amount of any loss attributable to a New Project, until the date that is 12 months after the date of completing the construction, acquisition, assembling or creation of such New Project, as the case may be; provided, that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and

 

21


factually supportable and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and (B) losses attributable to such New Project after 12 months from the date of completing such construction, acquisition, assembling or creation, as the case may be, shall not be included in this subclause (xi),

(xii)    with respect to any joint venture that is not a Subsidiary and solely to the extent relating to any net income referred to in clause (v) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in subclauses (i) and (ii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Bidco’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Subsidiary), and

(xiii)    one-time costs associated with commencing Public Company Compliance;

minus (b) the sum of (without duplication and to the extent the amounts described in this clause (b) increased such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such items (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period).

ECF Threshold Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(c).

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environment” shall mean ambient and indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources such as flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, binding agreements, decrees or judgments, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the Environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, transport, management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any hazardous material or to public or employee health and safety matters (to the extent relating to the Environment or hazardous materials).

 

22


Environmental Permits” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.16.

Equity Contribution” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(f) of the Original Credit Agreement.

Equity Interests” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity or ownership of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest, and any securities or other rights or interests convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time and any final regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Holdings, Bidco or a Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any Reportable Event or the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA apply with respect to a Plan; (b) with respect to any Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (e) the incurrence by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the impending imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (i) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; or (j) the withdrawal of any of Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

EURIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the date that is two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to Thomson Reuters Page EURIBOR01 (or, in the

 

23


event such rate does not appear on a Thomson Reuters page or screen, or any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in each case) for deposits in Euros (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, then the “EURIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Euros for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Euro” shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

Eurocurrency Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.

Eurocurrency Loan” shall mean any Eurocurrency Term Loan or Eurocurrency Revolving Loan.

Eurocurrency Revolving Facility Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans.

Eurocurrency Revolving Loan” shall mean any Revolving Facility Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Eurocurrency Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Applicable Period, EBITDA of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Applicable Period, minus, without duplication, (A):

(a)    Debt Service for such Applicable Period,

(b)    the amount of any voluntary payment permitted hereunder of term Indebtedness during such Applicable Period (other than any voluntary prepayment of the Term Loans, which shall be the subject of Section 2.11(c)(ii)(A)) and the amount of any voluntary payments of revolving Indebtedness to the extent accompanied by permanent reductions of any revolving facility commitments during such Applicable Period (other than any voluntary prepayments of the Revolving Facility Commitment, which shall be the subject of Section 2.11(c)(ii)(B)), so long as the amount of such prepayment is not already reflected in Debt Service,

(c)    (i) Capital Expenditures by Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period that are paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during the Applicable Period in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures and other Investments permitted hereunder (excluding Permitted Investments, intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries and Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) (unless made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit)) and payments in respect of restructuring activities,

 

24


(d)    Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or other permitted Investments (excluding Permitted Investments and intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries), or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities, that Bidco or any Subsidiary shall, during such Applicable Period, become obligated to make or otherwise anticipated to make payments with respect thereto but that are not made during such Applicable Period; provided, that (i) the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate to the Administrative Agent not later than the date required for the delivery of the certificate pursuant to Section 2.11(c), signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and certifying that payments in respect of such Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or other permitted Investments or planned restructuring activities are expected to be made in the following Excess Cash Flow Period, and (ii) any amount so deducted shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Applicable Period,

(e)    Taxes paid in cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period or that will be paid within six months after the close of such Applicable Period and the amount of any distributions made pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) and Section 6.06(b)(v) during such Applicable Period or that will be made within six months after the close of such Applicable Period; provided, that with respect to any such amounts to be paid or distributed after the close of such Applicable Period, (i) any amount so deducted shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Applicable Period, except to the extent such amount has been added back pursuant to clause (B)(g) below and is subsequently paid or distributed, and (ii) appropriate reserves shall have been established in accordance with GAAP,

(f)    an amount equal to any increase in Working Capital (other than any increase arising from the recognition or de-recognition of any Current Assets or Current Liabilities upon an acquisition or disposition of a business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such Applicable Period,

(g)    cash expenditures made in respect of Hedging Agreements during such Applicable Period, to the extent not reflected in the computation of EBITDA or Interest Expense,

(h)    permitted Restricted Payments paid in cash by Bidco during such Applicable Period and permitted Restricted Payments paid by any Subsidiary to any person other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during such Applicable Period, in each case in accordance with Section 6.06 (other than Section 6.06(e) (unless made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit), Section 6.06(j) or 6.06(m)),

(i)    amounts paid in cash during such Applicable Period on account of (A) items that were accounted for as non-cash reductions of Net Income in determining Consolidated Net Income or as non-cash reductions of Consolidated Net Income in determining EBITDA of Bidco and its Subsidiaries in a prior Applicable Period and (B) reserves or accruals established in purchase accounting,

(j)    to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness created hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith,

 

25


(k)    the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment (other than in respect of Transaction Expenses) which had not reduced Excess Cash Flow upon the accrual thereof in a prior Applicable Period, or an accrual for a cash payment, by Bidco and its Subsidiaries or did not represent cash received by Bidco and its Subsidiaries, in each case on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period, and

(l)     the amount of (A) any deductions attributable to minority interests that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income and (B) EBITDA of joint ventures and minority investments added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA,

plus, without duplication, (B):

(a)    an amount equal to any decrease in Working Capital (other than any decrease arising from the recognition or de-recognition of any Current Assets or Current Liabilities upon an acquisition or disposition of a business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such Applicable Period,

(b)    all amounts referred to in clauses (A)(b), (A)(c) and (A)(d) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance or the incurrence of Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, but excluding proceeds of extensions of credit under any revolving credit facility), the sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (including any capital contributions) and any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any sale, transfer or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets and any mortgage or lease of Real Property) to any person of any asset or assets, in each case to the extent there is a corresponding deduction from Excess Cash Flow above,

(c)    to the extent any permitted Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or permitted Investments or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities referred to in clause (A)(d) above do not occur in the following Applicable Period of Bidco specified in the certificate of the Borrower Representative provided pursuant to clause (A)(d) above, the amount of such Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or permitted Investments or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities that were not so made in such following Applicable Period,

(d)    cash payments received in respect of Hedging Agreements during such Applicable Period to the extent (i) not included in the computation of EBITDA or (ii) such payments do not reduce Interest Expense,

(e)    any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Applicable Period (except to the extent such gain consists of Net Proceeds subject to Section 2.11(b)),

(f)    the amount related to items that were deducted from or not added to Net Income in connection with calculating Consolidated Net Income or were deducted from or not added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent either (i) such items represented cash received by Bidco or any Subsidiary or (ii) such items do not represent cash paid by Bidco or any Subsidiary, in each case on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period, and

 

26


(g)    to the extent any payments for Taxes referred to in clause (A)(e) above are not made in the following Applicable Period of Bidco, the amount of Taxes that were not so paid in such following Applicable Period.

Excess Cash Flow Interim Period” shall mean, (x) during any Excess Cash Flow Period, any one, two, or three-quarter period (a) commencing on the later of (i) the end of the immediately preceding Excess Cash Flow Period and (ii) if applicable, the end of any prior Excess Cash Flow Interim Period occurring during the same Excess Cash Flow Period and (b) ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (other than the last day of the fiscal year) during such Excess Cash Flow Period for which financial statements are available and (y) during the period from the Closing Date until the beginning of the first Excess Cash Flow Period, any period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available.

Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean each fiscal year of Bidco, commencing with the fiscal year of Bidco ending December 31, 2018.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contributions” shall mean the cash and the fair market value of assets other than cash (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) received by Bidco after the Closing Date from: (a) contributions to its common Equity Interests, and (b) the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Qualified Equity Interests of Bidco, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interest is sold or issued, as the case may be (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any contribution made pursuant to Section 6.06(i)).

Excluded Foreign Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles.

Excluded Indebtedness” shall mean all Indebtedness not incurred in violation of Section 6.01.

Excluded Property” shall mean, collectively, the Excluded U.S. Property and the Excluded Foreign Collateral.

Excluded Securities shall mean any of the following:

(a)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness with respect to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequences of pledging such Equity Interests or Indebtedness in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents are likely to be excessive in relation to the value to be afforded thereby;

(b)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests or Indebtedness would not be required in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles;

(c)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness held by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent that pledging such Equity Interests or Indebtedness would require such person to enter into documents or comply with legal formalities beyond the documents and formalities required for such person to pledge the Equity Interests or intercompany Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Loan Party organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction directly held by such person;

 

27


(d)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Requirement of Law;

(e)    any Equity Interests of any person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(f)    any Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary;

(g)    any Equity Interests of, or other Equity Interests owned by, a Subsidiary that is not organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction;

(h)    any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences to Bidco or any Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (provided that any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings in existence on the Closing Date that is organized or incorporated under the laws of any jurisdiction that is a Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (h));

(i)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness that are set forth on Schedule 1.01(A) to the Original Credit Agreement or that have been identified on or prior to the Closing Date in writing to the Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and agreed to by the Collateral Agent;

(j)    to the extent permitted pursuant to Article VIA, any Indebtedness owned by or owing to Holdings, other than intercompany receivables; and

(k)    any Margin Stock;

provided that, in no event shall this definition of “Excluded Securities” include (i) the Equity Interests in Bidco, the Company, the US Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party or (ii) any intercompany receivables held by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower.

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any of the following (except as otherwise provided in the definition of Subsidiary Loan Party and provided that in no event shall this definition of “Excluded Subsidiary” include the Company):

(a)    each Immaterial Subsidiary,

(b)    each Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary),

(c)    each Subsidiary that is prohibited from Guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations by any Requirement of Law or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to Guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received),

(d)    each Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable contractual requirement with an unaffiliated third party from Guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary not in violation of Section 6.09(c) (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect),

 

28


(e)    any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary,

(f)    any Subsidiary not organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction except for any Subsidiary which is or becomes a Borrower,

(g)    any Subsidiary for which the providing of any Guarantee of the Obligations could reasonably be expected as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties of such Subsidiary’s or such Subsidiary’s Affiliates’ officers, directors, members or managers; provided, that Holdings and its Subsidiaries will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate any such restrictions,

(h)    any other Subsidiary with respect to which, (x) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequences of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Obligations are likely to be excessive in relation to the value to be afforded thereby, including, without limitation, where the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the limit on recoveries recorded in the relevant Guarantee renders the realizable value of the Guarantee such that there is no material commercial benefit to the proposed beneficiaries of such Guarantee in the provision thereof, (y) providing such a Guarantee or granting such Liens could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative; provided that any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date may not be excluded pursuant to this clause (h)(y) or (z) providing such a Guarantee would conflict with the mandatory fiduciary duties of such Subsidiary’s or such Subsidiary’s Affiliates’ directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided, that Holdings and its Subsidiaries will use all commercially reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate any such restrictions, including without limitation, assisting in demonstrating that adequate corporate benefit accrues and undertaking any “whitewash” or similar procedures (if and to the extent reasonably available) in the case of financial assistance,

(i)    each Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(j)    with respect to any Swap Obligation, any Subsidiary that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, and

(k)    each Subsidiary that will be liquidated, dissolved or merged out of existence substantially concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions.

Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, unless otherwise agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

29


Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(i)    Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder),

(ii)    any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to a Lender (other than to the extent such Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower Representative under Section 2.19(b) or 2.19(c)) pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnification payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 2.17,

(iii)    any withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is attributable to the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any other recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), (f) or (g),

(iv)    any Tax imposed under FATCA,

(v)    in case of payment with respect to a Loan to a Borrower incorporated in Luxembourg, any Luxembourg withholding Tax if on the date on which the payment falls due the payment could have been made to the applicable Lender without withholding if the Lender had been a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under any Loan Documents in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any Requirement of Law or treaty or any published practice of any relevant taxing authority,

(vi)    any Luxembourg registration duties (droits d’enregistrement) payable in case of voluntary registration of any Loan Documents by a Lender or the Administrative Agent with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines in Luxembourg, or registration of the Loan Documents in Luxembourg when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, or enforce the rights of such Lender or Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents,

(vii)    with respect to any interest payment made by a Borrower incorporated in Germany or a Loan to such Borrower (if any), any Taxes withheld pursuant to an order by a taxing authority based on Section 50a, paragraph 7 German Income Tax Act (Einkommensteuergesetz) (or any law amending or replacing this section) due to the fact that the Loans are secured by Real Property located in Germany and any Taxes assessed under the laws of Germany solely due to the fact that the

 

30


Loans are secured by Real Property located in Germany, unless when the Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender or any other recipient of such payment became a party to this Agreement it was a German Treaty Lender and ceased to be a German Treaty Lender solely due to a change in Tax law (or in the interpretation, administration or application of any law or a German Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority) occurring after such time, and

(viii)    with respect to any interest payments made by a U.K. Borrower (if any), any U.K. Tax Deduction if, on the date on which the payment falls due:

(a)    the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a U.K. Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.K. Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or U.K. Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

(b)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “U.K. Qualifying Lender” and (i) an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the U.K. ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Loan Party making the payment or from the Borrower Representative a certified copy of that Direction; and (ii) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any U.K. Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made;

(c)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “U.K. Qualifying Lender” and (i) the relevant Lender has not given a U.K. Tax Confirmation to the Borrower Representative and (ii) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any U.K. Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a U.K. Tax Confirmation to the relevant Borrower, on the basis that the U.K. Tax Confirmation would have enabled such Borrower to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the U.K. ITA; or

(d)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Treaty Lender and the Borrower making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the U.K. Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraphs 2.17(g)(i), (ii) or (iii) (as applicable) below.

Excluded Transaction Debt” shall mean all Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers in connection with the Transactions consisting of, or incurred to fund the payment of, any original issue discount or upfront fees in respect of the Term B Loans, the Revolving Facility and/or the Indebtedness incurred under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the “market flex” provisions of the Fee Letter.

Excluded U.S. Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(g).

Existing Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Existing Debt Agreements” shall mean:

(i) the $163,000,000 credit agreement dated June 14, 2017 between, among others, Boing US Holdco Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as agent,

 

31


(ii) the £30,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility agreement dated June 12, 2014, as amended on July 16, 2014 and on August 11, 2015, between, among others, Boing Midco Limited, Boing Acquisitions Limited, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as security trustee and Lloyds Bank plc, as arranger,

(iii) €240,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “Existing Notes”) issued by International Car Wash Group Financing plc (f/k/a Boing Group Financing plc) pursuant to the indenture dated July 10, 2014 between, among others, International Car Wash Group Financing plc (Boing Group Financing plc) and U.S. Bank Trustees Limited,

(iv) the promissory notes issued by IMO US South, LLC for the benefit of Centennial Bank, in the aggregate principal amounts of $935,670, $1,550,700, $11,748,000, $23,883,000 and dated November 5, 2015, May 19, 2016, June 15, 2016, July 1, 2016, respectively and

(v) the promissory note issued by IMO US West, LLC for the benefit of Centennial Bank, in the aggregate principal amount of $14,572,500, and dated February 22, 2016.

Existing Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the “Existing Debt Agreements” definition.

Existing Roll-Over Letters of Credit” shall mean those letters of credit or bank guarantees issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.01(C) to the Original Credit Agreement, which shall each be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder on the Closing Date.

Extended Revolving Facility Commitment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extended Revolving Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extended Term Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extending Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extension” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Facility” shall mean the respective facility and commitments utilized in making Loans and credit extensions hereunder, it being understood that, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date there are two Facilities (i.e., the Term B Facility and the Revolving Facility Commitments in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and the extensions of credit thereunder) and thereafter, the term “Facility” may include any other Class of Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), or any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or official administrative interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal

 

32


Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1.00%) charged to Goldman Sachs Bank USA on such day for such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter” shall mean that certain Fee Letter dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Jefferies Finance Europe SCSP, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse AG, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and the other parties thereto.

Fees” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the Issuing Bank Fees and the Administrative Agent Fees.

Finance Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(i).

Financial Covenant” shall mean the covenant of Bidco set forth in Section 6.11.

Financial Officer” of any person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer or an equivalent financial officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Controller or a director of such person, or a duly authorized signatory of such person who is a Financial Officer of a subsidiary of such person.

Flood Documentation” shall mean, with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America or any territory thereof, (i) a completed “life-of-loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination, together with a notice about Special Flood Hazard Area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Loan Party relating thereto (to the extent a Mortgaged Property is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area) and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 5.02(c) hereof and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall (A) be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable), (B) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee/mortgagee, (C) identify the address of each property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, the applicable flood zone designation and the flood insurance coverage and deductible relating thereto and (D) be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Flood Insurance Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

foreign” shall mean any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender (a) that is not disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or (b) that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and whose regarded owner is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

33


Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any pension plan, benefit plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, maintained or contributed to by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries employed and residing outside the United States (other than any plans, funds or other similar programs that are maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority), which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income or a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Fronting Exposure” shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of Revolving L/C Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than such Revolving L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

GAAP” shall mean all Statements of Standard Accounting Practice, Financial Reporting Standards, Statements of Recommended Practice and Urgent Issues Task Force Abstracts issued or adopted by the Financial Reporting Council (or by its predecessor, the Accounting Standards Board), and other generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United Kingdom,; provided, that any reference to the application of GAAP in Sections 3.13(b), 3.15, 3.20, 5.03, 5.07 and 6.02(e) to a Subsidiary (and not as a consolidated Subsidiary of Bidco) shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary; provided, further, that, at any time after adoption of IFRS by Bidco (or the relevant reporting entity), Bidco (or the relevant reporting entity) may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Agreement, and, upon any such election, all references in this Agreement to GAAP shall be construed to mean IFRS; provided, that, if Bidco notifies the Administrative Agent that Bidco requests an amendment to any provision of this Agreement to eliminate the effect of any change from GAAP to IFRS, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change from GAAP to IFRS or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance with this Agreement (and the Administrative Agent is authorized to agree to any such amendment on behalf of the Lenders and will negotiate with Bidco in good faith).

German Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “German Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

German Treaty Lender” shall mean a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document and which on the date a payment of interest by a Borrower falls due:

(i)    is treated as a resident of a German Treaty State for the purposes of such German Treaty;

(ii)    does not carry on a business in Germany through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

34


(iii)    fulfills any other conditions which must be fulfilled under such German Treaty by residents of that German Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest by Germany.

German Treaty State” shall mean a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement with Germany (a “German Treaty”) which exempts any interest payment to a resident of such jurisdiction from Tax imposed by Germany.

Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory or legislative body.

Gross Outstandings” shall mean, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft but calculated on the basis that clause (i) of the definition of “Ancillary Outstandings” did not apply to clause (a) thereof.

Guarantee” of or by any person (the “guarantor”) shall mean (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holders of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such holders against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness or other obligation (or any existing right, contingent or otherwise, of the holder of Indebtedness or other obligation to be secured by such a Lien) of any other person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Guarantee Agreement (First Lien) dated as of the Closing Date as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among Bidco, each Borrower, each Subsidiary Loan Party and the Collateral Agent.

guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Guarantee.”

Guarantors” shall mean (i) Holdings, (ii) Bidco, (iii) with respect to the Obligations of any Borrower or any Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements or Secured Cash Management Agreements (other than the Obligations of such Borrower), any other Borrower, and (iv) each Subsidiary Loan Party that is not a Borrower.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean all pollutants, contaminants, wastes, chemicals, materials, substances and constituents, including, without limitation, explosive or radioactive substances or petroleum by products or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas or pesticides, fungicides, fertilizers or other agricultural chemicals, of any nature subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

 

35


Hedge Bank” shall mean any person that, at the time it enters into a Hedging Agreement (or on the Closing Date), is (or an Affiliate thereof is) (a) an Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, regardless of whether any such person shall thereafter cease to be an Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) identified to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative in writing as a Hedge Bank hereunder (subject to the Administrative Agent’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (c) listed in Schedule 1.01(F) to the Original Credit Agreement.

Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction, or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value, or credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reserve repurchase transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction, spot contracts, fixed price physical delivery contracts, or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions, in each case of the foregoing, whether or not exchange traded; provided, that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Hedging Agreement.

Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement; provided, that any time after an Intermediate Holdings shall have complied with Section 1.09, references to Holdings in this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Intermediate Holdings (until any other Intermediate Holdings shall have complied with Section 1.09, at which time references to Holdings in this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such other Intermediate Holdings).

Holdings Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Holdings Limited Recourse Guarantee Agreement (First Lien), dated as of the Closing Date, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, between Holdings and the Collateral Agent.

Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements” shall mean (i) the Holdings Guarantee Agreement and (ii) the Holdings Pledge Agreement.

Holdings Pledge Agreement” shall mean the First Priority Charge Over Shares with respect to the equity interests of Bidco, dated as of the Closing Date, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, between Holdings and the Collateral Agent.

IFRS” shall mean the International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency), which are in effect from time to time; provided, however, that IFRS shall not include any provision of such standards that would require a lease that would be classified as an operating lease under IFRS to be classified as Indebtedness or a finance or capital lease.

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that (a) did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Bidco most recently ended for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(g) of the Original Credit Agreement, 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), have assets with a value in excess of 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 5.0% of total revenues of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date, and (b) taken together with all Immaterial Subsidiaries as of such date, did not have assets with a value in excess of 10% of Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 10% of total revenues

 

36


of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date; provided, that the Borrower Representative may elect in its sole discretion to exclude as an Immaterial Subsidiary any Subsidiary that would otherwise meet the definition thereof. Each Immaterial Subsidiary as of the Closing Date shall be set forth in Schedule 1.01(B) to the Original Credit Agreement, and the Borrower Representative shall update such Schedule from time to time after the Closing Date as necessary to reflect all Immaterial Subsidiaries at such time (the selection of Subsidiaries to be added to or removed from such Schedule to be made as the Borrower Representative may determine).

Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount or deferred financing fees, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or in the form of Equity Interests, as applicable, the accretion of original issue discount, deferred financing fees or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

Incremental Amount” shall mean, at the time of the establishment of the commitments in respect of the Indebtedness to be incurred utilizing this definition (or, at the option of the Borrower Representative, at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness), the sum of:

(i)    the excess (if any) of (a) the greater of $100,000,000 and 0.75 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period over (b) the sum of (w) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, in each case incurred or established after the Closing Date and outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 2.21 utilizing this clause (i) (other than (A) Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments in respect of Refinancing Term Loans, Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Facility Commitments or Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments, respectively, and (B) the 2018 Incremental Term Loans), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(z) at such time that was incurred utilizing this clause (i), (y) the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Incremental Facilities incurred after the Closing Date utilizing clause (i) of the definition of “Incremental Amount” under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and (z) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01(z) of the Second Lien Credit Agreement that was incurred utilizing clause (i) of the “Incremental Amount” under the Second Lien Credit Agreement; plus

(ii)    any amounts so long as immediately after giving effect to the establishment of the commitments in respect thereof utilizing this clause (ii) (and assuming any Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments established at such time utilizing this clause (ii) are fully drawn unless such commitments have been drawn or have otherwise been terminated) (or, at the option of the Borrower Representative, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Incremental Loans thereunder) and the use of proceeds of the loans thereunder, (a) in the case of Incremental Loans secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Term B Loans or the Initial Revolving Loans, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than the greater of (I) 4.35 to 1.00 and (II) if such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests (including a Permitted Business Acquisition and including through a merger or consolidation) or an Investment, where such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment is not prohibited by this Agreement, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto, and (b) in the case of Incremental Loans secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Term B Loans and the Initial Revolving Loans or secured by Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the

 

37


Subsidiaries, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than the greater of (I) 5.75 to 1.00 and (II) if such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests (including a Permitted Business Acquisition and including through a merger or consolidation) or an Investment, where such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment is not prohibited by this Agreement, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto; provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), net cash proceeds funded by financing sources upon the incurrence of Incremental Loans incurred at such time shall not be netted against the applicable amount of Consolidated Debt for purposes of such calculation of the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio or the Net Secured Leverage Ratio at such time; plus

(iii)    the aggregate amount of (A) all prepayments of Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) or Incremental Term Loans, (B) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Facility Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans (accompanied by a permanent reduction of Revolving Facility Commitments or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, as applicable), (C) all voluntary prepayments of Refinancing Term Loans or Replacement Revolving Loans (accompanied by a permanent reduction of Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments in the case of a prepayment of Replacement Revolving Loans) (to the extent such Refinancing Term Loans or Replacement Revolving Loans were previously applied to the prepayment of any Indebtedness set forth in this clause (iii)), (D) all voluntary prepayments or commitment reductions of any Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(z) incurred in lieu of clause (i) above, and (E) the principal amount of all Indebtedness set forth in this clause (iii) that is purchased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case of this clause (iii), made prior to such time and so long as such prepayment or purchase was not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness);

provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, (A) amounts may be established or incurred utilizing clause (ii) above prior to utilizing clause (i) or (iii) above and (B) any calculation of the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio or the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis pursuant to clause (ii) above may be determined, at the option of the Borrower Representative, without giving effect to any simultaneous establishment or incurrence of any amounts utilizing clause (i) or (iii) above.

For purposes of determining the amounts that may be incurred utilizing this definition, the amount of any prepayments denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary currency exchange rates in effect on the date on which such prepayment occurred as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative.

Incremental Assumption Agreement” shall mean an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, one or more Incremental Term Lenders and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Lenders.

Incremental Commitment” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment.

Incremental Loan” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan or an Incremental Revolving Loan.

Incremental Revolving Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Revolving Loans.

 

38


Incremental Revolving Facility” shall mean any Class of Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments and the Incremental Revolving Loans made thereunder.

Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.21, to make Incremental Revolving Loans to one or more Borrowers (including Additional Borrowers).

Incremental Revolving Facility Lender” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Revolving Loan.

Incremental Revolving Loan” shall mean (i) Revolving Facility Loans made by one or more Revolving Facility Lenders to one or more Borrowers (including Additional Borrowers) pursuant to an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment to make additional Initial Revolving Loans and (ii) to the extent permitted by Section 2.21 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, Other Revolving Loans (including in the form of Extended Revolving Loans or Replacement Revolving Loans, as applicable), or (iii) any of the foregoing.

Incremental Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

Incremental Term Facility” shall mean any Class of Incremental Term Loan Commitments and the Incremental Term Loans made thereunder.

Incremental Term Lender” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.21, to make Incremental Term Loans to one or more Borrowers.

Incremental Term Loan Installment Date” shall have, with respect to any Class of Incremental Term Loans established pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement, the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(a)(ii).

Incremental Term Loans” shall mean (i) Term Loans made by one or more Lenders to one or more Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c) consisting of additional Term B Loans and (ii) to the extent permitted by Section 2.21 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, Other Term Loans (including in the form of Extended Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, as applicable), or (iii) any of the foregoing.

Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, if and to the extent (other than with respect to clause (i)) the same would constitute indebtedness or a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than such obligations accrued in the ordinary course), to the extent that the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person, (f) all net payments that such person would have to make in the event of an early termination, on the date Indebtedness of such person is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Agreements, (g) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (h) the principal component of all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances,

 

39


(i) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) to (h) above and (j) the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock); provided, that Indebtedness shall not include (A) trade and other ordinary-course payables, accrued expenses, and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) prepaid or deferred revenue, (C) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, (D) Obligations under or in respect of Permitted Securitization Financings, (E) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP, (F) obligations in respect of Third Party Funds, (G) in the case of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, (I) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business and (II) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, Tax and accounting operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, (H) obligations under or in respect of the Acquisition Agreement. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner, other than to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness limits the liability of such person in respect thereof or (I) defined benefit liabilities.

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to or measured by any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document other than (a) Excluded Taxes and (b) Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b).

Ineligible Institution” shall mean (i) the persons identified as “Disqualified Lenders” in writing to the Arrangers by Holdings on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) the persons as may be identified in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative from time to time thereafter (in the case of this clause (ii)) in respect of bona fide business competitors of the Borrowers (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative), by delivery of a notice thereof to the Administrative Agent setting forth such person or persons (or the person or persons previously identified to the Administrative Agent that are to be no longer considered “Ineligible Institutions”); provided, that no such updates pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be deemed to retroactively disqualify any parties that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in respect of the Loans from continuing to hold or vote such previously acquired assignments and participations on the terms set forth herein for Lenders that are not Ineligible Institutions.

Information” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.14(a).

Information Memorandum” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September 2017, as modified or supplemented prior to the Closing Date.

Initial Revolving Loan” shall mean a Revolving Facility Loan made (i) pursuant to the Revolving Facility Commitments in effect on the Closing Date (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) or (ii) pursuant to any Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment on the same terms as the Revolving Facility Loans referred to in clause (i) of this definition.

Intellectual Property” shall mean all U.S. and non-U.S. (a) patents, (b) trademarks, service marks, designs and domain names, (c) copyrights, (d) design rights, inventions, trade secrets, confidential information, know-how and all other intellectual property rights and interests, whether registered or unregistered and (e) all registrations and applications for registration therefor.

Intercreditor Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11.

 

40


Interest Election Request” shall mean a request by the applicable Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 and substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Original Credit Agreement or another form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of (a) gross interest expense of such person for such period on a consolidated basis, including the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense and including amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees and non-cash interest expense attributable to movement in mark to market of obligations in respect of Hedging Agreements or other derivatives (in each case permitted hereunder) under GAAP and (b) capitalized interest of such person, minus interest income for such period. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received and costs incurred by Bidco and its Subsidiaries with respect to Hedging Agreements, and interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Payment Date” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part, (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing and (iii) in addition, the date of any refinancing or conversion of such Borrowing with or to a Borrowing of a different Type, (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Swingline Loan is required to be repaid pursuant to Section 2.09(a).

Interest Period” shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as applicable, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or 12 months, if at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all relevant Lenders make interest periods of such length available or, if agreed to by the Administrative Agent, any shorter period), as the applicable Borrower may elect; provided, however, (x) that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (y) the initial Interest Period with respect to the Term B Loans (including the 2018 Incremental Term Loans) made or converted on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall commence on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and shall end on the last day of the then current Interest Period for the Term B Loans made on the Closing Date that were outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Intermediate Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.09.

Investment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

IPO Entity” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Qualified IPO”.

IPO Equity” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Qualified IPO”.

 

41


IRS” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank” shall mean (i) each of Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Jefferies Finance Europe SCSP, Barclays Bank PLC, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, (ii) for purposes of the Existing Roll-Over Letters of Credit, the Issuing Bank set forth on Schedule 1.01(C) to the Original Credit Agreement, and (iii) each other Issuing Bank designated pursuant to Section 2.05(l), in each case in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity. An Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by any branch or Affiliate of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such branch or Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such branch or Affiliate. Jefferies Finance Europe, SCSp and certain of its Affiliates will cause Letters of Credit to be issued by unaffiliated financial institutions and such Letters of Credit shall be treated as issued by Jefferies Finance Europe, SCSp and certain of its Affiliates for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

Issuing Bank Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Joint Bookrunners” shall mean, collectively, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Judgment Currency” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

Junior Financing” shall mean (a) any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated pursuant to the Subordination Agreement) and (b) any Indebtedness in the form of term loans secured by Junior Liens (including Indebtedness incurred under the Second Lien Credit Agreement) or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in the form of term loans that are secured by Junior Liens.

Junior Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral that are junior to the Liens thereon securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) pursuant to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that Junior Liens are not required to be pari passu with other Junior Liens, and that Indebtedness secured by Junior Liens may have Liens that are senior in priority to, or pari passu with, or junior in priority to, other Liens constituting Junior Liens).

L/C Disbursement” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Participation Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest of the latest Revolving Facility Maturity Date and the latest Term Facility Maturity Date, in each case then in effect on such date of determination.

Legal Reservations” shall mean (a) the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principle of reasonableness and fairness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors, (b) the time barring of claims under applicable statutes of limitation, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim, (c) similar principles, right and defenses under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction and (d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

42


Lender” shall mean each Revolving Facility Lender under the Original Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (including each Revolving Facility Lender listed on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement) and each Lender listed on Schedules 1 through 3 of the 2018 Amendment (in each case, other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with Section 9.04), as well as any person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 9.04 or Section 2.21. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include any Ancillary Lender and any Swingline Lender.

Lending Office” shall mean, as to any Lender, the applicable branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender designated by such Lender to make Loans.

letter of credit” shall mean any letter of credit or bank guarantee.

Letter of Credit” shall mean any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to Section 2.05, including any Alternate Currency Letter of Credit. Each Existing Roll-Over Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder on the Closing Date for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

Letter of Credit Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Issuing Bank, the commitment of such Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.05.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” shall mean the aggregate Letter of Credit Commitments of the Issuing Banks, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) or such larger amount not to exceed the Revolving Facility Commitment as the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank may agree.

LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or its successor) as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, land charge (Grundschuld), assignment or transfer for security purposes, extended retention of title arrangement (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), deed of trust, lien, hypothecation, pledge, charge, security interest or similar monetary encumbrance in or on such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease or an agreement to sell be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

43


Loan Documents” shall mean (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Guarantee Agreement and the Holdings Guarantee Agreement, (iii) the Security Documents, (iv) each Incremental Assumption Agreement (including the 2018 Amendment), (v) any Intercreditor Agreement (including the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement), (vi) any Note issued under Section 2.09(e), (vii) the Letters of Credit and (viii) solely for the purposes of Sections 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement and 7.01 hereof, the Fee Letter.

Loan Obligations” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrowers of (i) the unpaid principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans made to the Borrowers under this Agreement, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and obligations to provide Cash Collateral, (iii) all Ancillary Obligations and (iv) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers owed under or pursuant to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), and (b) the due and punctual payment of all obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents.

Loan Parties” shall mean Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, any Additional Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Loans” shall mean the Term Loans, the Revolving Facility Loans and the Swingline Loans.

Local Time” shall mean New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable); provided that, with respect to any Alternate Currency Loan, “Local Time” shall mean the local time of the applicable Lending Office.

Lux Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “Luxembourg Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Luxembourg Companies Act” means the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time.

 

44


Luxembourg Insolvency Event” means, in relation to the Lux Borrower or any of its assets, any of the following events:

(a)    a bankruptcy (faillite) within the meaning of Articles 437 ff, of the Luxembourg Commercial Code or any other insolvency proceedings pursuant to the Regulation 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 January 2015 on insolvency proceedings;

(b)    a controlled management (gestion contrôlée) within the meaning of the Luxembourg grand ducal regulation of 24 May 1935 on controlled management;

(c)    a voluntary arrangement with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite) within the meaning of the Luxembourg law of 14 April 1886 on arrangements to prevent insolvency, as amended;

(d)    a suspension of payments (sursis de paiement) within the meaning of Articles 593 ff, of the Luxembourg Commercial Code; and

(e)    a voluntary or compulsory winding-up pursuant to the Luxembourg Companies Act.

Luxembourg Qualifying Lender” shall mean a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender under a Loan Document and is:

(a)    a Luxembourg Treaty Lender; or

(b)    otherwise entitled to receive interest payments from a Loan Party without such Loan Party incorporated in Luxembourg being required to make (or as the case may be, being exempted from) any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax imposed by Luxembourg in respect of an advance under a Loan Document.

Luxembourg Treaty” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Luxembourg Treaty State”.

Luxembourg Treaty Lendermeans a Lender which:

(a)    is treated as a resident of a Luxembourg Treaty State for the purposes of the Luxembourg Treaty; and

(b)    is entitled, under the terms of the applicable Luxembourg Treaty, to claim full exemption from tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest paid to it pursuant to any Loan Documents and for these purposes it shall be assumed that the following have been satisfied:

(i)    any condition which relates (expressly or by implication) to there not being a special relationship between a Borrower and a Lender or between both of them and another person; and

(ii)    any procedural formalities.

Luxembourg Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement with Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Treaty”) which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest.

Major Default” shall mean any Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Original Obligors, under Section 7.01(a) (solely arising from incorrectness of Major Representations in any material respect), (b), (c), (d) (solely arising from violation of Major Undertakings), (g), (h), (i), (j), (l)(ii) and (l)(iii).

 

45


Majority Lenders” of any Facility shall mean, at any time, Lenders under such Facility having Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility at such time (subject to the last paragraph of Section 9.08(b)).

Major Representation” shall mean the representations and warranties, in each case made in respect of the Original Obligors, in Sections 3.01(a), (c) and (d), 3.02(a) and (b)(i)(B), 3.03, 3.10, 3.11, 3.25, 3.26 and 3.27.

Major Undertaking” shall mean the covenant, condition or agreement, in each case to the extent applicable to the Original Obligors, contained in Sections 5.01(a), 6.01, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 and Article VIA.

Management Group” shall mean the group consisting of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions together with (a) any new directors whose election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the equityholders of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, was approved by the Permitted Holders or a vote of a majority of the directors of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, then still in office who were either directors on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (b) executive officers and other management personnel of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, hired at a time when the directors on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of Bidco, the Company or Holdings, as the case may be.

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Market Capitalization” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common (or common equivalent) Equity Interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant Restricted Payment multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of the common (or common equivalent) Equity Interests for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the business, property, operations or financial condition of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, subject to any Legal Reservations and perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements, the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than Loans and Letters of Credit) of any one or more of Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $35,000,000; provided, that in no event shall any Permitted Securitization Financing be considered Material Indebtedness.

Material Real Property” shall mean any parcel or parcels of Real Property now or hereafter owned in fee simple (or local equivalent) by any Loan Party and having a fair market value (on a per-property basis) of at least $2,500,000 as of (x) the Closing Date, for Real Property now owned or (y) the date of acquisition, for Real Property acquired after the Closing Date, in each case as determined

 

46


by the Borrower Representative in good faith; provided, that “Material Real Property” shall not include (i) any Real Property in respect of which a Loan Party does not own the land in fee simple (or local equivalent), or (ii) any Real Property which a Loan Party leases to a third party.

Material Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary other than an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maximum Ancillary Commitments” shall mean $25,000,000.

Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09.

Minimum L/C Collateral Amount” shall mean, at any time, in connection with any Letter of Credit, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 102% of the Revolving L/C Exposure with respect to such Letter of Credit at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount sufficient to provide credit support with respect to such Revolving L/C Exposure as determined by the applicable Issuing Bank in its sole discretion.

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

Mortgaged Properties” shall mean (i) the Material Real Properties that are identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement and (ii) each additional Material Real Property required to be encumbered by a Mortgage pursuant to Section 5.10.

Mortgages” shall mean, collectively, the mortgages, trust deeds, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments of leases and rents, and other security documents (including amendments to any of the foregoing) delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties, each substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Original Credit Agreement (with such changes as are reasonably consented to by the Collateral Agent to account for local law matters) or in such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Multi-account Overdraft” shall mean an Ancillary Facility which is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account.

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which Bidco, Holdings or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Code Section 414) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding six plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Net First Lien Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt consisting of Loan Obligations outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date (other than Excluded Transaction Debt and other than Loan Obligations secured only by Junior Liens) and (y) the aggregate principal amount of any other Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period that is then secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Other First Liens (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

47


Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

Net Outstandings” shall mean, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft.

Net Proceeds” shall mean:

(a)    100% of the cash proceeds actually received by Bidco or any Subsidiary (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but only as and when received) from any Asset Sale under Section 6.05(g) or Sale and Lease-Back Transactions under Section 6.03(b)(x), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset to the extent such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien permitted hereunder (other than (x) pursuant to the Loan Documents or (y) if such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks on an equal priority or junior basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Loan Documents) on such asset, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) Taxes paid or payable (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative) as a result thereof (including the amount of any distributions in respect thereof pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) or Section 6.06(b)(v) and including any repatriation costs associated with repatriation of such proceeds from the applicable recipient to the Borrowers), (iii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any Taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be cash proceeds of such Asset Sale occurring on the date of such reduction) and (iv) payments made on a ratable basis (or less than ratable basis) to holders of non-controlling interests in non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; provided, that, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt of any such proceeds setting forth the Borrowers’ intention to use any portion of such proceeds, within 15 months of such receipt, to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries or to make Permitted Business Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder (excluding Permitted Investments or intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries) or to reimburse the cost of any of the foregoing incurred on or after the date on which the Asset Sale giving rise to such proceeds was contractually committed, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within 15 months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 15 month period but within such 15 month period are contractually committed to be used, then such remaining portion if not so used within six months following the end of such 15 month period shall constitute Net Proceeds as of such date without giving effect to this proviso); provided, further, that (w) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions

 

48


shall constitute Net Proceeds unless such net cash proceeds shall exceed $5,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds), (x) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing shall constitute Net Proceeds in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds otherwise constituting Net Proceeds pursuant to the foregoing clause (x) in such fiscal year shall exceed $15,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds), (y) if at the time of receipt of such net cash proceeds or at any time during the 15 month reinvestment period contemplated by the immediately preceding proviso, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent certifying that on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Asset Sale and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.35 to 1.00, 50% of such net cash proceeds that would otherwise constitute Net Proceeds under this proviso shall not constitute Net Proceeds and (z) if at the time of receipt of such net cash proceeds or at any time during the 15 month reinvestment period contemplated by the immediately preceding proviso, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent certifying that on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Asset Sale and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.60 to 1.00, 100% of such net cash proceeds that would otherwise constitute Net Proceeds under this proviso shall not constitute Net Proceeds; and

(b)    100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of any Indebtedness (other than Excluded Indebtedness), net of all Taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

Net Secured Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt consisting of Loan Obligations outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date (other than Excluded Transaction Debt), (y) the aggregate principal amount of any other Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period that is then secured by Liens on the assets of Bidco or its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) and (z) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Loan Parties less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

Net Total Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) and (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Loan Parties less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

New Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

New Project” shall mean (x) each plant, facility, branch, office or business unit which is either a new plant, facility, branch, office or business unit or an expansion, relocation, remodeling, refurbishment or substantial modernization of an existing plant, facility, branch, office or business unit

 

49


owned by Bidco or the Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (y) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit, product line or information technology offering to the extent such business unit commences operations or such product line or information technology is offered or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market or through a new distribution method or channel.

Non-Bank Tax Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(i).

Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(c).

Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Note” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09(e).

Obligations” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Loan Obligations, (b) obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreement and (c) obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement.

OFAC” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.25(b).

Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and between Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as First-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein), Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Initial Second-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and Second-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein), and the Loan Parties party thereto, as such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. For avoidance of doubt, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date remains in full force and effect as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

Original Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Original Obligors” shall mean Holdings, Bidco and the Lux Borrower.

Other First Lien Debt” shall mean Indebtedness secured by Other First Liens.

Other First Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral that are pari passu with the Liens thereon securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) pursuant to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

Other Revolving Facility Commitments” shall mean Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments to make Other Revolving Loans.

Other Revolving Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21.

Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise, transfer, sales, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, registration, delivery or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, from the receipt or perfection of security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, the Loan Documents (but excluding any Excluded Taxes), except any such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19).

 

50


Other Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21 (including in the form of Extended Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, as applicable).

Parallel Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(b).

Parent Entity” shall mean any direct or indirect parent of Bidco.

Pari Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

Pari Yield Differential” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

Participant” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d)(i).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d)(ii).

Participating Member State” shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificate” shall mean the Perfection Certificate with respect to the Loan Parties in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be supplemented from time to time to the extent required by Section 5.04(f).

Permitted Business Acquisition” shall mean any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or the acquisition of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) not previously held by Bidco and its Subsidiaries in (such that, in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests, immediately after such acquisition, Bidco and its Subsidiaries shall own a majority of the Equity Interests in), or merger, consolidation or amalgamation with, a person or business unit, division or line of business of a person (or any subsequent investment made in a person or division or line of business previously acquired in a Permitted Business Acquisition), if immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) no Event of Default under clause (b), (c), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided, however, that with respect to a proposed acquisition pursuant to an executed acquisition agreement, at the option of the Borrower Representative, the determination of whether such an Event of Default shall exist shall instead be made solely at the time of the execution of the acquisition agreement related to such Permitted Business Acquisition; (ii) all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable laws; (iii) any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01; (iv) to the extent required by Section 5.10, any person acquired in such acquisition, if acquired by Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party, shall be merged into Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party or become upon consummation of such acquisition a Subsidiary Loan Party; and (v) the aggregate cash consideration in respect of such acquisitions and investments by Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party in assets that are not owned by Bidco or Subsidiary Loan Parties or in Equity Interests of persons that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties or do not become Subsidiary Loan Parties, in each case upon consummation of such acquisition, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 0.13 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this clause (v), (A) any such assets or Equity Interests that are not directly owned by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries and (B)

 

51


acquisitions and investments made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.60 to 1.00, which acquisitions and investments shall be permitted under this clause (v) without regard to such calculation).

Permitted Cure Securities” shall mean any Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity issued pursuant to the Cure Right other than Disqualified Stock.

Permitted Holder Group” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Holders.”

Permitted Holders” shall mean (i) the Co-Investors (and each other person that owns Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions), (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity and that, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires beneficial ownership of 100% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests of Bidco, and of which no other person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than any of the other Permitted Holders, beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests thereof and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) the members of which include any of the other Permitted Holders and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the voting Equity Interests of Bidco (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member (or more favorable voting rights, in the case of any Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) or (ii)) and (2) no person or other “group” (other than the other Permitted Holders) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(a)    direct obligations of the United States of America or any member of the European Union or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any member of the European Union or any agency thereof, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b)    time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market deposits, banker’s acceptances and other bank deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000 and whose long-term debt, or whose parent holding company’s long-term debt, is rated A (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

(c)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

(d)    commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Borrowers) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of P 1 (or higher) according to Moody’s, F 1 (or higher) according to Fitch, or A 1 (or higher) according to S&P (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

 

52


(e)    securities with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by S&P, A by Moody’s or A by Fitch (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

(f)    shares of mutual funds whose investment guidelines restrict 95% of such funds’ investments to those satisfying the provisions of clauses (a) through (e) above;

(g)    money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2a 7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated by any two of (1) AAA by S&P, (2) Aaa by Moody’s or (3) AAA by Fitch and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000;

(h)    time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market deposits, banker’s acceptances and other bank deposits in an aggregate face amount not in excess of 0.5% of the total assets of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the end of Bidco’s most recently completed fiscal year; and

(i)    instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States of America to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized or incorporated in such jurisdiction.

Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be junior to any Liens securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, junior Liens pursuant to Section 2.21(b)(ii) or (v)), either (as the Borrower Representative shall elect after consultation with the Administrative Agent) (x) the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, (y) another intercreditor agreement not materially less favorable to the Lenders vis-à-vis such junior Liens than the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment), or (z) another intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with cross-border leveraged loan market terms governing arrangements for the sharing of liens on a junior basis and the regulation of such Indebtedness at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness to be secured by such liens, as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

Permitted Loan Purchase” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender as an Assignor and Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as an Assignee, as accepted by the Administrative Agent (if required by Section 9.04) in the form of Exhibit E to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

53


Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be pari passu with the Liens securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans), either (as the Borrower Representative shall elect after consultation with the Administrative Agent) (x) the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, (y) another intercreditor agreement not materially less favorable to the Lenders vis-à-vis such pari passu Liens than the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment) or (z) another intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with cross-border leveraged loan market terms governing arrangements for the sharing of liens on a pari passu basis and the regulation of such Indebtedness at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness to be secured by such liens, as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “Refinance”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions, expenses, plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized thereunder and letters of credit undrawn thereunder), (b) except with respect to Section 6.01(i), (i) the final maturity date of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is on or after the earlier of (x) the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (y) the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of incurrence thereof and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to the lesser of (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Term Loans then outstanding with the greatest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity, (c) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Loan Obligations on terms in the aggregate not materially less favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (d) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have obligors that are not (or would not have been) obligated with respect to the Indebtedness being so Refinanced (except that a Loan Party may be added as an additional obligor), (e) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by Liens on any Collateral (whether senior to, equally and ratably with, or junior to the Liens on such Collateral securing the Loan Obligations or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by such Collateral (including any Collateral pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent any such Collateral secured (or would have secured) the Indebtedness being Refinanced) on terms in the aggregate that are substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to the Secured Parties than, the Indebtedness being refinanced or on terms otherwise permitted by Section 6.02 and (f) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is not secured by Liens on any Collateral, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be secured by Liens on any Collateral unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.02.

Permitted Securitization Documents” shall mean all documents and agreements evidencing, relating to or otherwise governing a Permitted Securitization Financing, including each Hedging Agreement, Servicing Arrangement or Permitted Securitization Guarantee entered into in connection therewith.

Permitted Securitization Financing” shall mean (A) one or more transactions pursuant to which (i) Securitization Assets or interests therein are sold, contributed or otherwise transferred to,

 

54


whether directly or indirectly (including by way of the transfer of the Equity Interests of the entity holding such Securitization Assets), or financed by, one or more Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries and (ii) such Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries finance (or refinance) such Securitization Assets or interests therein, whether for the purpose of acquiring such Securitization Assets, providing financing in respect thereof or otherwise, by selling, otherwise transferring or borrowing against Securitization Assets (including conduit and warehouse financings) or (B) one or more transactions pursuant to which Receivables Assets or interests therein are sold or otherwise transferred by Bidco, a Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary in the form of factoring agreements or other similar transactions customary with respect to Securitization Assets, in each of the cases set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, pursuant to Permitted Securitization Documents and provided, that recourse to Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than the Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries) in connection with such transactions shall be limited to the extent customary (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) for similar transactions in the applicable jurisdictions (including, to the extent applicable, in a manner consistent with the delivery of a “true sale”/“absolute transfer” opinion with respect to any transfer by Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary)).

Permitted Securitization Guarantee” shall mean a performance guaranty or other customary Guarantee provided by Bidco, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing; provided that the foregoing shall not materially impair the status of any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary as such.

person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company or government, individual or family trusts, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is (i) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (ii) sponsored or maintained (at the time of determination or at any time within the five years prior thereto) by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, and (iii) in respect of which Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(a).

Pledged Collateral” shall mean “Pledged Collateral” as defined in the U.S. Collateral Agreements.

Pound Sterling” shall mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Post-Closing Transactions” shall mean (a) the execution, delivery and performance of (i) the 2018 Amendment and the initial borrowings thereunder, including the incurrence of the 2018 Incremental Term Loans and the Repricing Term B Loans, and (ii) the 2018 Second Lien Amendment and (b) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid and owing in connection with any of the foregoing.

Pre-Opening Expenses” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period, the amount of expenses (other than interest expense) incurred that are classified as “pre-opening rent”, “pre-opening expenses” or “opening costs” (or any similar or equivalent caption).

 

55


Pricing Grid” shall mean, with respect to the Revolving Facility Loans and Revolving Facility Commitments, the table set forth below:

 

Pricing Grid for Revolving Facility Loans

 

Net First Lien Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans
    Applicable Margin for
Eurocurrency Loans
 

Greater than 3.60 to 1.00

     2.50     3.50

Less than or equal to 3.60 to 1.00 but greater than 3.10 to 1.00

     2.25     3.25

Less than or equal to 3.10 to 1.00

     2.00     3.00

 

Pricing Grid for Revolving Facility Commitments

 

Net First Lien Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Commitment Fee  

Greater than 3.60 to 1.00

     0.50

Less than or equal to 3.60 to 1.00

     0.375

For the purposes of the Pricing Grid, changes in the Applicable Margin and Applicable Commitment Fee resulting from changes in the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the “Adjustment Date”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04 for each fiscal quarter beginning with the first full fiscal quarter of Bidco ended after the Closing Date, and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to in the preceding sentence are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 5.04, then, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Facility Lenders, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the pricing level that is one pricing level higher than the pricing level theretofore in effect shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such financial statements were to have been delivered but were not delivered. Each determination of the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio pursuant to the Pricing Grid shall be made in a manner consistent with the determination thereof pursuant to Section 6.11.

primary obligor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Guarantee.”

Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest quoted in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the Prime Rate (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks), as in effect from time to time. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.

 

56


Pro Forma Basis” shall mean, as to any person, for any events as described below that occur subsequent to the commencement of a period for which the financial effect of such events is being calculated, and giving effect to the events for which such calculation is being made, such calculation as will give pro forma effect to such events as if such events occurred on the first day of the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended on or before the occurrence of such event (the “Reference Period”): (i) pro forma effect shall be given to any Disposition, any acquisition, Investment, capital expenditure, construction, repair, replacement, improvement, development, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing Transactions) (or any similar transaction or transactions not otherwise permitted under Section 6.04 or 6.05 that require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders and such waiver or consent has been obtained), any dividend, distribution or other similar payment, any designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Subsidiary Redesignation, New Project, and any restructurings of the business of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made and in the good faith determination of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative are expected to have a continuing impact and are factually supportable, which would include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar operational and other cost savings, which adjustments the Borrower Representative determines are reasonable as set forth in a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower Representative (the foregoing, together with any transactions related thereto or in connection therewith, the “relevant transactions”), in each case that occurred during the Reference Period (or, in the case of determinations made pursuant to Section 2.21 or Article VI (other than Section 6.11), occurring during the Reference Period or thereafter and through and including the date upon which the relevant transaction is consummated), (ii) in making any determination on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) all Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transactions and for which the financial effect is being calculated, whether incurred under this Agreement or otherwise, but excluding normal fluctuations in revolving Indebtedness incurred for working capital purposes and amounts outstanding under any Permitted Securitization Financing, in each case not to finance any acquisition) issued, incurred, assumed or permanently repaid during the Reference Period (or, in the case of determinations made pursuant to Section 2.21 or Article VI (other than Section 6.11), occurring during the Reference Period or thereafter and through and including the date upon which the relevant transaction is consummated) shall be deemed to have been issued, incurred, assumed or permanently repaid at the beginning of such period, (y) Interest Expense of such person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness, for which pro forma effect is being given as provided in the preceding clause (x), bearing floating interest rates shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rates that would have been in effect during the period for which pro forma effect is being given had been actually in effect during such periods, and (z) in giving effect to clause (i) above with respect to each New Project which commences operations and records not less than one full fiscal quarter’s operations during the Reference Period, the operating results of such New Project shall be annualized on a straight line basis during such period, taking into account any seasonality adjustments determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith, and (iii) (A) for any Subsidiary Redesignation then being designated, effect shall be given to such Subsidiary Redesignation and all other Subsidiary Redesignations after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the respective Subsidiary Redesignation then being designated, collectively, and (B) for any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, effect shall be given to such designation and all other designations of Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the then applicable designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, collectively.

In the event that EBITDA or any financial ratio is being calculated for purposes of determining whether Indebtedness or any Lien relating thereto may be incurred or whether any Investment may be made, the Borrower Representative may elect pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent to treat all or any portion of the commitment relating thereto as being incurred at the time of such commitment, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

 

57


Pro forma calculations made pursuant to the definition of the term “Pro Forma Basis” shall be determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and may include adjustments to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings reasonably expected to result from any relevant pro forma event (including, to the extent applicable, the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted Run-Rate EBITDA” as set forth in the Information Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Reference Period.

For purposes of this definition, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Pro Forma Compliance” shall mean, at any date of determination, that Bidco and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to the relevant transactions (including the assumption, the issuance, incurrence and permanent repayment of Indebtedness), with the Financial Covenant recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for which the financial statements and certificates required pursuant to Section 5.04 have been delivered. For the avoidance of doubt, Pro Forma Compliance shall be tested without regard to whether or not the Financial Covenant was or was required to be tested on the applicable quarter end date.

Pro Rata Extension Offers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Pro Rata Share” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Projections” shall mean the projections and any forward-looking statements (including statements with respect to booked business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Company Compliance” shall mean compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules of national securities exchange listed companies (in each case, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public), including procuring directors’ and officers’ insurance, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

Public Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(b).

Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interest other than Disqualified Stock.

Qualified IPO” shall mean an underwritten public offering of the Equity Interests (the “IPO Equity”) of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) which generates (individually or in the aggregate together with any prior underwritten public offering) gross cash proceeds of at least $50,000,000 (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

 

58


Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Type.”

Real Property” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee or leased by any Loan Party, whether by lease, license, or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, and all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment located thereon and incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Assets” shall mean accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange) and related assets and property from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary.

Received Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(f).

Reference Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Pro Forma Basis.”

Refinance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,” and “Refinanced” and “Refinancings” shall have a meaning correlative thereto.

Refinancing Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(j).

Refinancing Notes” shall mean any secured or unsecured notes or loans issued by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party (whether under an indenture, a credit agreement or otherwise) and the Indebtedness represented thereby; provided, that (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Notes are used to permanently reduce Loans and/or replace Commitments substantially simultaneously with the issuance thereof; (b) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Notes does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the aggregate portion of the Loans so reduced and/or Commitments so replaced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses); (c) the final maturity date of such Refinancing Notes is on or after the Term Facility Maturity Date or the Revolving Facility Maturity Date, as applicable, of the Term Loans so reduced or the Revolving Facility Commitments so replaced; (d) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Notes is greater than or equal to the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans so reduced or the Revolving Facility Commitments so replaced, as applicable; (e) in the case of Refinancing Notes in the form of notes issued under an indenture, the terms thereof do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Term Facility Maturity Date of the Term Loans so reduced or the Revolving Facility Maturity Date of the Revolving Facility Commitments so replaced, as applicable (other than customary offers to repurchase or mandatory prepayment provisions upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default); (f) the other terms of such Refinancing Notes (other than interest rates, fees, floors, funding discounts and redemption or prepayment premiums and other pricing terms), taken as a whole, are substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Term B Loans (except for covenants or other provisions (I) applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time such Refinancing Notes are issued, (II) that reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time such Refinancing Notes are issued, or (III) that are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith (or, if more restrictive, the Loan Documents are amended to contain such more restrictive terms to the extent required to satisfy the foregoing standard); (g) (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of such Refinancing

 

59


Notes that is not a Loan Party and (B) there shall be no borrowers or issuers in respect of such Refinancing Notes that are not the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower; and (h) Refinancing Notes that are secured by Collateral shall be subject to the provisions of a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Refinancing Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(j).

Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank or commercial loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank or commercial loans and similar extensions of credit and is advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity (or an Affiliate of such entity) that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Controlled or Controlling Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Controlled or Controlling Affiliates.

Related Sections” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Release” shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Relevant Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

Replacement Revolving Facilities” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(l).

Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(l).

Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(l).

Replacement Revolving Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(l).

Reportable Event” shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

 

60


Repricing Term B Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Repricing Term B Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Required Amount of Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Required Lenders.”

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having (a) Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (b) Revolving L/C Exposures, (c) Swingline Exposures, (d) Ancillary Outstandings and (e) Available Unused Commitments that, taken together, represent more than 50% of the sum of (v) all Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (w) all Revolving L/C Exposures, (x) all Swingline Exposure, (y) all Ancillary Outstandings and (z) the total Available Unused Commitments at such time; provided, that the Loans, Revolving L/C Exposures, Swingline Exposures, Ancillary Outstandings and Available Unused Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, “Required Amount of Loans” shall mean, at any time, the amount of Loans required to be held by Lenders in order for such Lenders to constitute “Required Lenders” (without giving effect to the foregoing clause (ii)).

Required Percentage” shall mean, with respect to an Applicable Period, 50%; provided, that (a) if the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as at the end of the Applicable Period is less than or equal to 3.60 to 1.00 but greater than 3.10 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 25% and (b) if the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as at the end of the Applicable Period is less than or equal to 3.10 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 0%.

Required Prepayment Lenders” shall mean, at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans at such time (subject to the last paragraph of Section 9.08(b)).

Required Revolving Facility Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Revolving Facility Lenders having (a) Revolving Facility Loans outstanding, (b) Revolving L/C Exposures, (c) Swingline Exposures, (d) Ancillary Outstandings and (e) Available Unused Commitments that, taken together, represent more than 50% of the sum of (v) all Revolving Facility Loans outstanding, (w) all Revolving L/C Exposures, (x) all Swingline Exposures, (y) all Ancillary Outstandings and (z) the total Available Unused Commitments at such time; provided, that the Revolving Facility Loans, Revolving L/C Exposures, Swingline Exposures, Ancillary Outstandings and Available Unused Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Revolving Facility Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law” shall mean, as to any person, any law, treaty, rule, regulation, statute, order, ordinance, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such person or any of its property or assets or to which such person or any of its property or assets is subject.

Responsible Officer” of any person shall mean any director, executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement, or any other duly authorized employee or signatory of such person.

 

61


Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06. The amount of any Restricted Payment made other than in the form of cash or cash equivalents shall be the fair market value thereof (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

Retained Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

Retained Excess Cash Flow Overfunding” shall mean, at any time, in respect of any Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount, if any, by which the portion of the Cumulative Credit attributable to the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Interim Periods used in such Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds the actual Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period.

Retained Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period (or Excess Cash Flow Interim Period), (a) 100% minus (b) the Required Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period (or Excess Cash Flow Interim Period).

Revaluation Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Alternate Currency Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance, extension or renewal of an Alternate Currency Letter of Credit, (ii) each date of an amendment of any Alternate Currency Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Alternate Currency Letter of Credit, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require, (b) with respect to any Alternate Currency Loans, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency pursuant to Section 2.07, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Revolving Facility Lenders shall require and (c) with respect to any Ancillary Commitment, each of the following: (i) the relevant Ancillary Commencement Date or, if later, the date on which the Administrative Agent received notice of such Ancillary Commitment pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i)(2), and (ii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the applicable Ancillary Lender shall determine or the Required Revolving Facility Lenders shall require.

Revolving Credit Outstandings” shall mean, at any time with respect to any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Credit Exposures with respect to such Class of Revolving Facility Commitments at such time and (b) the aggregate amount (calculated based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) at such time of Ancillary Outstandings incurred pursuant to Ancillary Facilities with respect to such Class. The Revolving Credit Outstandings of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall be the sum of (a) the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Revolving Facility Lender with respect to such Class of Revolving Facility Commitments at such time and (b) the amount (calculated based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of Ancillary Outstandings of such Lender pursuant to Ancillary Facilities with respect to such Class, at such time.

Revolving Facility” shall mean the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class and the extensions of credit made hereunder by the Revolving Facility Lenders of such Class and, for purposes of Section 9.08(b), shall refer to all such Revolving Facility Commitments as a single Class.

Revolving Facility Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Facility Loans of the same Class.

 

62


Revolving Facility Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Revolving Facility Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Facility Lender to make Revolving Facility Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(b), expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender under Section 9.04, (c) increased (or replaced) as provided under Section 2.21, and (d) other than for purposes of determining the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Facility Lenders, if such Lender is an Ancillary Lender, decreased by the amount of such Lender’s Ancillary Commitment (and increased to the extent such Ancillary Commitment is subsequently reduced, cancelled or terminated under this Agreement or the applicable Ancillary Document). The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, or in the Assignment and Acceptance or Incremental Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Facility Commitment (or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment), as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Facility Commitments on the Closing Date is $75,000,000. On the Closing Date, there is only one Class of Revolving Facility Commitments. After the Closing Date, additional Classes of Revolving Facility Commitments may be added or created pursuant to Incremental Assumption Agreements.

Revolving Facility Credit Exposure” shall mean, at any time with respect to any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Facility Loans of such Class outstanding at such time (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof), (b) the Swingline Exposure applicable to such Class at such time and (c) the Revolving L/C Exposure applicable to such Class at such time minus, for the purpose of Sections 6.11 and 7.03, the amount of Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to the Minimum L/C Collateral Amount at such time. The Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall be the product of (x) such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the applicable Class and (y) the aggregate Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Class of all Revolving Facility Lenders, collectively, at such time.

Revolving Facility Lender” shall mean a Lender (including an Incremental Revolving Facility Lender) with a Revolving Facility Commitment or with outstanding Revolving Facility Loans.

Revolving Facility Loan” shall mean a Loan made by a Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(b). Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Revolving Facility Loans” shall include the Other Revolving Loans.

Revolving Facility Maturity Date” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility in effect on the Closing Date, October 3, 2022 and (b) with respect to any other Classes of Revolving Facility Commitments, the maturity dates specified therefor in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement.

Revolving Facility Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Facility Lender of any Class, the percentage of the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class represented by such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment of such Class. If the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class have terminated or expired, the Revolving Facility Percentages of such Class shall be determined based upon the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to Section 9.04.

Revolving Facility Termination Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(k).

 

63


Revolving L/C Exposure” of any Class shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit applicable to such Class outstanding at such time (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements applicable to such Class that have not yet been reimbursed at such time (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof). The Revolving L/C Exposure of any Class of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure applicable to such Class at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, International Chamber of Commerce No. 590, article 29 of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce No. 600, or similar terms expressed in the Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the amount available under such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum amount is in effect at such time.

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

Sanctioned Country” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

Sanctions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

Sanctions Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Second Lien Credit Agreement” shall mean the Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, as such document may be amended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Second Lien Incremental Facilities” means “Incremental Term Loans” as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Lenders” shall mean the “Lenders” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Loan Documents” shall mean the Second Lien Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as each such document may be amended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Secured Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank, or any Guarantee by any Loan Party of any Cash Management Agreement entered into by and between any Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank, in each case to the extent that such Cash Management Agreement or such Guarantee, as applicable, is not otherwise designated in writing by the Borrower Representative and such Cash Management Bank to the Administrative Agent to not be included as a Secured Cash Management Agreement.

 

64


Secured Hedge Agreement” shall mean any Hedging Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, or any Guarantee by any Loan Party of any Hedging Agreement entered into by and between any Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank, in each case to the extent that such Hedging Agreement or such Guarantee, as applicable, is not otherwise designated in writing by the Borrower Representative and such Hedge Bank to the Administrative Agent to not be included as a Secured Hedge Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for all purposes of the Loan Documents, any Guarantee of, or grant of any Lien to secure, any obligations in respect of a Secured Hedge Agreement by a Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Ancillary Lender, each Issuing Bank, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement, each Cash Management Bank that is party to any Secured Cash Management Agreement and each sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 8.02 by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Loan Documents or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securitization Assets” shall mean any of the following assets (or interests therein) from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary or in which Bidco or any Subsidiary has any rights or interests, in each case, without regard to where such assets or interests are located: (a) Receivables Assets, (b) franchise fees, royalties and other similar payments made related to the use of trade names and other Intellectual Property, business support, training and other services, (c) revenues related to distribution and merchandising of the products of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, (d) rents, real estate Taxes and other non-royalty amounts due from franchisees, (e) Intellectual Property rights relating to the generation of any of the types of assets listed in this definition, (f) parcels of or interests in real property, together with all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof, (g) any Equity Interests of any (i) Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) Subsidiary of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or (iii) Subsidiary that holds solely Securitization Assets (other than Equity Interests described under this clause (g)) designated as such by the Borrower Representative for the purpose of effecting the transfer of such Securitization Assets by way of transferring such Equity Interests in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, and, in each case, any rights under any limited liability company agreement, trust agreement, shareholders agreement, organization or formation documents or other agreement entered into in furtherance of the organization of such entity, (h) any equipment, contractual rights with unaffiliated third parties, website domains and associated property and rights necessary for a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary to operate in accordance with its stated purposes; (i) any rights and obligations associated with gift card or similar programs, and (j) other assets and property (or proceeds of such assets or property) to the extent customarily included in securitization transactions of the relevant type in the applicable jurisdictions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

Security Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Collateral Agreements, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, and each of the security agreements, intellectual property security agreements, pledge agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.10.

 

65


Security Jurisdiction” shall mean each of (i) the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, (ii) each jurisdiction in which any Subsidiary which becomes a Loan Party pursuant to clause (h) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” is organized or incorporated and (iii) each jurisdiction in which an approved or existing Borrower is organized or incorporated.

Sellers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the “Acquisition Agreement” definition.

Servicing Arrangement” shall mean each agreement or other arrangement under which Bidco, a Subsidiary, a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof is engaged to service or manage Securitization Assets (or proceeds thereof) in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, which servicing or management activities may include collection services in respect of Receivables Assets, the management of Securitization Assets and the sale and purchase thereof, and the administration of bank accounts.

Similar Business” shall mean any business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from (i) business or activities conducted by Bidco and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (ii) any business that is a natural outgrowth or reasonable extension, development or expansion of any such business or any business similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary to any of the foregoing or (iii) any business that in the Borrower Representative’s good faith business judgment constitutes a reasonable diversification of businesses conducted by Bidco and its Subsidiaries.

Special Flood Hazard Area” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02(c).

Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary” shall mean (a) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Bidco established or designated by the Borrower Representative as such in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing for the purpose of (i) holding, transferring, borrowing against, servicing, providing financing for or providing a security interest in respect of Securitization Assets or interests therein or (ii) guaranteeing the obligations of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary, and which in each case is organized in a manner (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) intended to reduce the likelihood that it would be substantively consolidated with Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries) in the event Bidco or any such Subsidiary becomes subject to a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or other insolvency law) and (b) any subsidiary of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary.

Specified Letter of Credit Sublimit” shall mean, with respect to each Issuing Bank, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Issuing Bank on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement or in the counterpart to this Agreement pursuant to which such Issuing Bank became an Issuing Bank hereunder, as reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.05(l).

Sponsor” shall mean Roark Capital Partners IV L.P. and its Affiliates (excluding any operating portfolio companies of the foregoing).

Spot Rate” shall mean, on any date with respect to any currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any other currency, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time on such date on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Spot Rate shall be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time

 

66


on the date three Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made or if such rate cannot be computed as of such date such other date as the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank shall reasonably determine is appropriate under the circumstances; provided, that the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank if the person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

Standby Letters of Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

Statutory Reserves” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Sterling LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Pounds Sterling for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to applicable Reuters page or screen (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in each case) for deposits in Pound Sterling (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, then the “Sterling LIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Pound Sterling for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Subagent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02.

Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Subordination Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among each Loan Party, Shine Holdco II Limited, the Subsidiaries of Bidco from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the “Administrative Agent” under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, containing subordination terms in respect of the Intra-Group Liabilities and the Subordinated Liabilities (each as defined therein) substantially in the form of Exhibit K to the Original Credit Agreement or on substantially identical subordination terms or other subordination terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative.

Subsequent Target” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

Subsequent Target Asset” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

 

67


subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, directly or indirectly, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary” shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary of Bidco. Notwithstanding the foregoing (and except for purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained herein) an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.

Subsidiary Loan Party” shall mean (a) each Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (b) any other Subsidiary of Bidco that may be designated by the Borrower Representative (by way of delivering to the Collateral Agent the documents required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) in its sole discretion from time to time to be a guarantor or borrower in respect of the Obligations and the obligations in respect of the Loan Documents, whereupon such Subsidiary shall be obligated to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 5.10(d) as if it were newly acquired. For the avoidance of doubt, the US Borrower, the Lux Borrower and Subsidiaries that are Additional Borrowers are Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Subsidiary Redesignation” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained in this Section 1.01.

Substitute Affiliate Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11(e).

Substitute Facility Office” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11(e).

Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(o).

Supplier” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Swingline Loans.

Swingline Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the applicable Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form as shall be approved by the Swingline Lender.

Swingline Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Swingline Lender, the commitment of such Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(a). The aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitments on the Closing Date is $10,000,000. The Swingline Commitment is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Facility Commitments.

Swingline Exposure” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Borrowings at such time (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof). The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

68


Swingline Lender” shall mean (a) the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans, and (b) each Revolving Facility Lender that shall have become a Swingline Lender hereunder as provided in Section 2.04(a)(iv), each in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loans” shall mean the swingline loans made to the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.04(a).

TARGET Day” shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Target Group” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Tax Memorandum” shall mean the draft memorandum titled “Project Shine – Tax Structure Paper” prepared by Ernst & Young LLP and delivered to the Arrangers prior to the Closing Date.

Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

Term B Borrowing” shall mean any Borrowing comprised of Term B Loans.

Term B Facility” shall mean the commitments to make and/or exchange the Term B Loans under the 2018 Amendment and the Term B Loans (including the 2018 Incremental Term Loans) made hereunder and thereunder.

Term B Facility Maturity Date” shall mean October 3, 2024.

Term B Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term B Loans hereunder (including the 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitments). The amount of each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Term B Loan Commitments as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date is $543,812,500.

Term B Loan Installment Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(a)(i).

Term B Loans” shall mean (a) prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Existing Term B Loans (as defined in the 2018 Amendment), (b) on and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Repricing Term B Loans made by the Repricing Term B Lenders to the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower pursuant to the 2018 Amendment, and (c) any Incremental Term Loans (including the 2018 Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Term B Loans made by the Incremental Term Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c). The aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans outstanding as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the Post-Closing Transactions is $543,812,500. For the avoidance of doubt, the Term B Loans described in clauses (b) and (c) above shall constitute a single Class of Term Loans hereunder.

 

69


Term Borrowing” shall mean any Term B Borrowing or any Incremental Term Borrowing.

Term Facility” shall mean the Term B Facility and/or any or all of the Incremental Term Facilities.

Term Facility Commitment” shall mean the commitment of a Lender to make Term Loans, including Term B Loans and/or Other Term Loans.

Term Facility Maturity Date” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) with respect to the Term B Facility in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Term B Facility Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any other Class of Term Loans, the maturity dates specified therefor in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement.

Term Loan Installment Date” shall mean any Term B Loan Installment Date or any Incremental Term Loan Installment Date.

Term Loans” shall mean the Term B Loans and/or the Other Term Loans.

Term Yield Differential” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b)(vii).

Termination Date” shall mean the date on which (a) all Commitments shall have been terminated, (b) the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document and all other Loan Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than in respect of contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement claims not then due), (c) all Letters of Credit (other than those that have been Cash Collateralized) have been cancelled or have expired with no pending drawings and all amounts drawn or paid thereunder have been reimbursed in full and (d) all Ancillary Outstandings have been paid in full in cash or Cash Collateralized.

Test Period” shall mean, on any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Bidco then most recently ended (taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b); provided that prior to the first date financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), the Test Period in effect shall be the four fiscal quarter period ended June 30, 2017.

Testing Condition” shall be satisfied at any time if as of such time (i) the sum of without duplication (x) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Facility Loans and Swingline Loans at such time and (y) the aggregate amount of Letters of Credit issued hereunder (other than $5,000,000 of undrawn Letters of Credit and any Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.05(j)) exceeds (ii) an amount equal to 30% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments at such time; provided, that the principal amount of any outstanding Revolving Facility Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on the Spot Rate in effect on the date of incurrence or issuance, as applicable, without giving effect to any subsequent changes in currency exchange rates.

Third Party Funds” shall mean any segregated accounts or funds, or any portion thereof, received by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries as agent on behalf of third parties in accordance with a written agreement that imposes a duty upon Bidco or one or more of its Subsidiaries to collect and remit those funds to such third parties.

 

70


Trade Letters of Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

Transaction Documents” shall mean the Acquisition Agreement, the Loan Documents and the Second Lien Loan Documents.

Transaction Expenses” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates in connection with the Transactions, the Post-Closing Transactions, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Second Lien Loan Documents, the Existing Debt Agreements and the Acquisition Agreement, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, the transactions that occurred pursuant to the Transaction Documents on the Closing Date, including (a) the consummation of the Acquisition; (b) the Equity Contribution; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the creation of the Liens pursuant to the Security Documents, and the initial borrowings hereunder; (d) the execution, delivery and performance of the Second Lien Loan Documents, the creation of the Liens pursuant to the Second Lien Loan Documents and the initial borrowings thereunder; (e) the repayment, payment or redemption in full of, and the termination of all obligations and commitments under, and liens with respect to, the Existing Debt Agreements; and (f) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid and owing in connection with the foregoing.

Type” shall mean, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the ABR.

U.K. Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

(a) where it relates to a U.K. Treaty Lender which is a Lender as at the Closing Date, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement, and (i) where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the Closing Date, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the Closing Date; or (ii) where the Borrower becomes a party after the Closing Date, within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes a party under this Agreement; or

(b) where it relates to a U.K. Treaty Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party to this Agreement, and (i) where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant transfer date, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that transfer date; or (ii) where the Borrower becomes a party after the Closing Date, within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes a party under this Agreement.

U.K. CTA” means the U.K. Corporation Tax Act 2009.

U.K. ITA” means the U.K. Income Tax Act 2007.

U.K. Non-Bank Lender” means a Lender listed as such in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement which otherwise gives a U.K. Tax Confirmation.

 

71


U.K. Qualifying Lender” means (a) a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document and is (i) a Lender: (A) which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the U.K. ITA) making an advance under a Loan Document and is within the charge to U.K. corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the U.K. CTA; or (B) in respect of an advance made under a Loan Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the U.K. ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to U.K. corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or (ii) a Lender which is: (A) a company resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. tax purposes; or (B) a partnership each member of which is: (1) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or (2) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the U.K. CTA; or (C) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or (iii) a U.K. Treaty Lender; or (b) a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the U.K. ITA) making an advance under a Loan Document.

U.K. Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document is either: (a) a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or (b) a partnership each member of which is: (i) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or (ii) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the U.K. CTA; or (c) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) of that company.

U.K. Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment under a Loan Document, other than a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

U.K. Treaty” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “U.K. Treaty State”.

U.K. Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “U.K. Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

U.K. Treaty Lender” means a Lender which: (1) is treated as a resident of a U.K. Treaty State for the purposes of a U.K. Treaty; (2) does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and (3) fulfils any conditions which must be fulfilled under that U.K. Treaty to obtain full exemption from United Kingdom tax on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document, subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

UK Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “UK Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

72


Undisclosed Administration” shall mean, in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction in the United States of America, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

Unreimbursed Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(e).

Unrestricted Cash” shall mean cash or cash equivalents of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that for purposes of the calculation of the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the amount of Unrestricted Cash and Permitted Investments not denominated in Dollars shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rates that would be used either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, (i) for purposes of preparing a balance sheet or (ii) for purposes of calculating EBITDA, in each case, as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of the date of determination as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (1) any Subsidiary of Bidco identified on Schedule 1.01(D) to the Original Credit Agreement, (2) any other Subsidiary of Bidco, whether now owned or acquired or created after the Closing Date, that is designated by the Borrower Representative as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided, that the Borrower Representative shall only be permitted to so designate a new Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date so long as (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, Bidco shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the last day of the then most recently ended Test Period, (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with, Section 6.04, and any prior or concurrent Investments in such Subsidiary by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been made under Section 6.04, and (d) without duplication of clause (c), any net assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 6.04; and (3) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower Representative may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “Subsidiary Redesignation”); provided, that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Borrower Representative shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, certifying to the best of such officer’s knowledge, compliance with the requirements of preceding clause (i).

U.S. Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

73


U.S. Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “U.S. Collateral Agreements”, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender other than a Foreign Lender.

USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107 56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

VAT” means (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

VAT Recipient” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any person, such person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of directors of such person under ordinary circumstances.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law and (y) de minimis shares owned by other persons) are owned by such person or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such person. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Bidco that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco.

Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Working Capital” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided, that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

74


Section 1.02    Terms Generally. The definitions set forth or referred to in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, novated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. References to any matter being “permitted” under the Loan Documents shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise approved under the Loan Documents. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided, that, if the Borrower Representative notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower Representative requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any changes in GAAP after the Closing Date, any lease of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, or of a special purpose or other entity not consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries at the time of its incurrence of such lease, that would be characterized as an operating lease under GAAP in effect on the Closing Date (whether such lease is entered into before or after the Closing Date) shall not constitute Indebtedness or a Capitalized Lease Obligation of Bidco or any Subsidiary under this Agreement or any other Loan Document as a result of such changes in GAAP.

Section 1.03    Effectuation of Transactions. Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in this Agreement (and all corresponding definitions) are made after giving effect to the Transactions as shall have taken place on or prior to the date of determination, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 1.04    Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. (a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rate as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, Alternate Currency Loans and each Ancillary Commitment denominated in an Alternate Currency. Such Spot Rate shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rate employed in converting any amounts between the Dollars and each Alternate Currency until the next Revaluation Date to occur. For purposes of determining compliance as of any date with Section 6.01 or 6.02 (other than for purposes of calculating financial ratios), amounts denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated as permitted by the fourth to last paragraph of Section 6.01. For purposes of determining compliance as of any date with any other Section in Article VI (other than for purposes of calculating financial ratios), amounts incurred, invested, loaned, advanced, acquired, Disposed of, sold, declared, paid, distributed or otherwise made or outstanding in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary exchange rates in effect on the date of incurrence, Investment, loan, advance, acquisition, Disposition, sale, declaration, payment, distribution or other similar action was taken (or committed, at the option of the Borrower Representative) as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial ratios

 

75


hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement. If any limitation, threshold, ratio or basket is exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates after the last time it was utilized, such limitation, threshold, ratio or basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded solely as a result of such fluctuations in currency exchange rates. No Default or Event of Default shall arise as a result of any limitation, threshold, ratio or basket set forth in Dollars in Article VI or clause (f) or (j) of Section 7.01 (and any related definitions) being exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates from those rates applicable on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which such determination occurs or in respect of which such determination is being made.

(b)    Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Loan, Letter of Credit or Ancillary Commitment is denominated in an Alternate Currency, such amount shall be the Alternate Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternate Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable.

Section 1.05    Additional Alternate Currencies for Loans.

(a)    The Borrowers may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Revolving Loans be made in a currency other than Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. Such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Facility Lenders.

(b)    Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., 20 Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Event (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Facility Lender thereof. Each Revolving Facility Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., 10 Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans in such requested currency.

(c)    Any failure by a Revolving Facility Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Revolving Facility Lender to permit Eurocurrency Revolving Loans to be made in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Revolving Facility Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Revolving Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower Representative and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for purposes of any Borrowings of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.05, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower Representative.

Section 1.06    Change of Currency.

(a)    Each obligation of a Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its

 

76


lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b)    Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c)    Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

Section 1.07    Timing of Payment or Performance. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.08    Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.09    Holdings. From time to time after the Closing Date, Holdings may form one or more new Subsidiaries to become direct or indirect parent companies of Bidco; provided that contemporaneously with the formation of the new direct parent company of Bidco (an “Intermediate Holdings”), such person enters into supplements to the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements (or, at the option of such person, new Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person. Immediately after any Intermediate Holdings complying with the proviso in the foregoing sentence, the Guarantee incurred by the then existing Holdings of the Obligations shall automatically terminate and Holdings shall be released from its obligations and covenants under the Loan Documents, shall cease to be a Loan Party and any Liens created by any Loan Documents on any assets or Equity Interests owned by Holdings shall automatically be released (unless, in each case, the Borrower Representative shall elect in its sole discretion that such release of Holdings shall not be effective), and thereafter Intermediate Holdings shall be deemed to be Holdings for all purposes of this Agreement (until any additional Intermediate Holdings shall be formed in accordance with this Section 1.09).

Section 1.10    Guaranty and Security Principles. The Security Documents, the Guarantee Agreement, the Holdings Guarantee Agreement and each other guaranty and security document delivered or to be delivered under this Agreement and any obligation to enter into such document or obligation in each case by any foreign Subsidiary shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles set forth in Schedule 1.10 to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

77


Section 1.11    Additional Borrowers.

(a)    From time to time on or after the Closing Date, and with three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree), subject to completion of customary “know your customer” procedures and delivery of related information, the Borrower Representative may designate Bidco or any Subsidiary as an additional borrower (each such person, an “Additional Borrower”) under the Revolving Facility, an Incremental Revolving Facility or an Ancillary Facility, provided that such person prior to or contemporaneously with becoming an Additional Borrower is (i) incorporated in an Approved Jurisdiction, (ii) in the case of an Additional Borrower under any Incremental Revolving Facility, approved by the relevant Incremental Revolving Facility Lenders or (iii) in the case of an Additional Borrower under any Ancillary Facility, approved by the relevant Ancillary Lenders. The Company is designated as an Additional Borrower under the Revolving Facility effective from the Closing Date.

(b)    Once a person has become an Additional Borrower in accordance with Section 1.11(a), it (i) shall be a “Borrower” in respect of the applicable Facility and will have the right to request Revolving Facility Loans, Letters of Credit or Ancillary Commitments, as the case may be, in accordance with Article II hereof until the earlier to occur of the Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Facility or the date on which such Additional Borrower resigns as an Additional Borrower in accordance with Section 1.11(c) and (ii) shall be deemed a Borrower for all purposes of Article II of this Agreement with respect to Loans made to such Additional Borrower, unless the context requires otherwise.

(c)    An Additional Borrower may elect to resign as an Additional Borrower; provided that: (i) no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from the resignation of that Additional Borrower; (ii) such resigning Additional Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a written notice of resignation; and (iii) where that Additional Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its Guarantee is being released in accordance with Section 9.18), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect. Upon satisfaction of the requirements in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this clause (c), the relevant Additional Borrower shall cease to be an Additional Borrower and a Borrower.

(d)    Each Borrower hereby designates the US Borrower as its borrower representative (the “Borrower Representative”). The Borrower Representative will be acting as agent on each Borrower’s behalf for the purposes of issuing notices of Borrowing and notices of conversion/continuation of any Loans pursuant to Article II or similar notices, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, selecting interest rate options, requesting Letters of Credit, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and Ancillary Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants and certifications) on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan Documents. The Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment.

(e)    In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Additional Borrower (“Designated Loans”), a Lender (a “Designating Lender”) may at any time and from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agents and the Borrower Representative): (i) a substitute Lending Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a “Substitute Facility Office”); or (ii)

 

78


nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a “Substitute Affiliate Lender”). A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Exhibit L to the Original Credit Agreement and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Substitute Affiliate Lender. The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Borrowers, the Agents and the other Loan Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Lending Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Loans, Commitments, Revolving L/C Exposure and Swingline Exposure of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and the Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as having no Loans, Commitments, Revolving L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure for such voting purposes. Save as mentioned in the immediately preceding sentence, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents and having a Loan, Commitment, Revolving L/C Exposure or Swingline Exposure equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement. A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agents and provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender. If a Designating Lender designates a Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender in accordance with this paragraph (e): (i) any Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of Section 2.17 as having become a Lender on the Closing Date; and (ii) the provisions of Section 9.04 shall not apply to or in respect of any Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender.

Section 1.12    German Terms.    With respect to a Loan Party organized or established under the laws of Germany (i) director or managing director means a “Geschäftsführer” or, in case of a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft), “Vorstand” of such Loan Party and (ii) board of directors shall refer to the directors or managing directors of such Loan Party.

Section 1.13    Luxembourg Terms.    With respect to a Loan Party organized or established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, a reference to:

(a)    winding up, administration or dissolution includes, without limitation, any procedure or proceeding in relation to an entity becoming bankrupt (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite), moratorium or reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), fraudulent conveyance (actio pauliana), general settlement with creditors, reorganisation or any other similar proceedings affecting the rights of creditors generally under Luxembourg law, and shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous liquidation or reorganisation proceedings;

(b)    an agent includes, without limitation, a “mandataire”;

 

79


(c)    a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like includes, without limitation, a administrateur provisoire, juge délégué, commissaire, juge-commissaire, liquidateur or curateur or any other person performing the same function of each of the foregoing;

(d)    a matured obligation includes, without limitation, any exigible, certaine and liquide obligation;

(e)    security or a security interest includes, without limitation, any hypothèque, nantissement, privilège, accord de transfert de propriété à titre de garantie, gage sur fonds de commerce or sûreté réelle whatsoever whether granted or arising by operation of law;

(f)    a person being unable to pay its debts includes, without limitation, that person being in a state of cessation of payments (cessation de paiements);

(g)    an attachment includes a saisie;

(h)    creditors process includes an executory attachment (saisie exécutoire) or a conservatory attachment (saisie conservatoire);

(i)    by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts); and

(j)    a director, officer or manager includes a gérant or an administrateur.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

Section 2.01    Commitments.    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(a)    On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Repricing Term B Lenders agree to make Repricing Term B Loans to the Lux Borrower and US Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $473,812,500, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the 2018 Amendment. The Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for all the Obligations relating to the Term B Loans.

(b)    Each Lender agrees to make Revolving Facility Loans of a Class in Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling or an Alternate Currency to the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Class exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment of such Class or (ii) the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Class exceeding the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender may make Revolving Facility Loans through any of its Lending Offices. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the applicable Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Facility Loans. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any Borrower in place of a corresponding part of its Revolving Facility Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to a Loan or Letter of Credit shall not include any utilization of any Ancillary Facility.

 

80


(c)    Each Lender having an Incremental Term Loan Commitment agrees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, to make Incremental Term Loans to the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment. Each Lender having a 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitment agrees to make 2018 Incremental Term Loans in Dollars to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitment on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(d)    Amounts of Term B Loans borrowed under Section 2.01(a) or Section 2.01(c) that are repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed.

Section 2.02    Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans under the same Facility and of the same Type and in the same currency made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility (or, in the case of Swingline Loans, in accordance with their respective Swingline Commitments); provided, however, that Revolving Facility Loans of any Class shall be made by the Revolving Facility Lenders of such Class ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Facility Percentages on the date such Loans are made hereunder. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided, that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing) shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the applicable Borrowers may request in accordance herewith. ABR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. Any Borrowings denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be comprised of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Lender at its option may make any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Lender shall not be entitled to any amounts payable under Section 2.15 or 2.17 solely in respect of increased costs resulting from such exercise and existing at the time of such exercise.

(c)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Revolving Facility Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. At the time that each ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided, that an ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused available balance of the Revolving Facility Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Each Swingline Borrowing shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than (i) 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding under all Term Facilities at any time and (ii) 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding under all Revolving Facilities at any time. Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

 

81


(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing of any Class if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Facility Maturity Date or the Term Facility Maturity Date for such Class, as applicable.

Section 2.03    Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Facility Borrowing and/or a Term Borrowing, the applicable Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request electronically (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided, that, (i) any such notice of an ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing and (ii) any such notice of an Incremental Revolving Borrowing or Incremental Term Borrowing may be given at such time as provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable (other than in the case of any notice given in respect of the Closing Date, which may be conditioned upon the consummation of the Acquisition or, in the case of notice given in respect of Incremental Commitments, which may be conditioned as provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement) and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or electronic means to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the applicable Borrowers. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    whether such Borrowing is to be a Borrowing of Term B Loans, Revolving Facility Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans or Replacement Revolving Loans as applicable;

(ii)    the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(iii)    the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv)    whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v)    in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(vi)    in the case of a Revolving Facility Borrowing, the currency in which such Borrowing is to be denominated (which shall be Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling or an Alternate Currency); and

(vii)    the location and number of the account to which funds are to be disbursed.

If no election as to the currency of any Revolving Facility Borrowing is made, then the requested Borrowing shall be made in Dollars. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the applicable Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration (except in the case of the initial Interest Period of the 2018 Incremental Term Loans, which shall be determined in accordance with the

 

82


definition of Interest Period). Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04    Swingline Loans; Ancillary Facilities.

(a)    Swingline Loans.

(i)    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in Dollars to the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Commitment or (ii) the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of the applicable Class exceeding the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class; provided, that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Borrowing. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the applicable Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(ii)    To request a Swingline Borrowing, the applicable Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender of such request by telephone (confirmed by a Swingline Borrowing Request by electronic means), not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Borrowing. Each such notice and Swingline Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the requested date of such Swingline Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (ii) the amount of the requested Swingline Borrowing. The Swingline Lender shall consult with the Administrative Agent as to whether the making of the Swingline Loan is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement prior to the Swingline Lender funding such Swingline Loan. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the applicable Borrowers (or, in the case of a Swingline Borrowing made to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank).

(iii)    The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Facility Lenders of the applicable Class to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans made by it. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans in which the Revolving Facility Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each such Lender, specifying in such notice such Revolving Facility Lender’s applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Facility Lender’s applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its respective obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each

 

83


such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Facility Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Facility Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrowers of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph (iii), and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the applicable Borrowers (or other party on behalf of the applicable Borrowers) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Facility Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided, that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the applicable Borrowers for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve any Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

(iv)    The Borrower Representative may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Swingline Lenders one or more Revolving Facility Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Facility Lender of an appointment as a Swingline Lender hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, executed by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and such designated Swingline Lender, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Facility Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Facility Lender in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

(b)    Ancillary Facilities.

(i)    Availability of Ancillary Facilities.

(1)    Any Revolving Facility Lender may, upon the agreement of the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower and such Revolving Facility Lender, provide, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Affiliates (other than any Ineligible Institution), to such Borrower(s) one or more Ancillary Facilities on a bilateral basis in place of all or a portion of such Revolving Facility Lender’s Available Unused Commitment in respect of a Class of Revolving Facility Commitments (which shall (subject to Section 2.04(b)(iii)(2)) be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility); provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Ancillary Facility may be established to the extent that the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility, when taken together with the amount of all Ancillary Commitments under any other Ancillary Facility would exceed the Maximum Ancillary Commitments.

 

84


(2)    No Borrower may implement any Ancillary Facility unless, not less than five Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date with respect thereto, the Administrative Agent has received written notice from such Borrower that such Ancillary Facility has been established and specifying:

(A)    the proposed Borrower(s) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

(B)    the Ancillary Commencement Date for such Ancillary Facility and the scheduled expiration date thereof;

(C)    the type of such Ancillary Facility;

(D)    the Ancillary Commitment (including the maximum amount of such Ancillary Facility) and, if such Ancillary Facility is a Multi-account Overdraft, its Designated Gross Amount and Designated Net Amount;

(E)    the proposed currency or currencies of such Ancillary Facility;

(F)    the identity of the relevant Ancillary Lender(s) (including whether such Ancillary Lender is a Revolving Facility Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender); and

(G)    the relevant Class of Revolving Facility Commitments in respect of which the Revolving Facility Lender’s Available Unused Commitment is proposed to be utilized to establish such Ancillary Facility.

(3)    The applicable Borrower (or the Borrower Representative on its behalf) shall provide such other customary information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with any Ancillary Facility.

(4)    The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Revolving Facility Lender (or its Affiliate(s)) proposing to provide such Ancillary Facility and the other Lenders of the establishment of any Ancillary Facility and, subject to the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in Section 2.04(b)(ii) below, (A) the relevant Revolving Facility Lender (or its nominated Affiliate(s)) will constitute an Ancillary Lender and (B) such Ancillary Facility will be deemed to be made available hereunder, in each case as of the Ancillary Commencement Date.

(5)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (including Section 9.08 hereof), no amendment or waiver of any term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Lender other than the relevant Ancillary Lender except to the extent

 

85


that such amendment or waiver otherwise gives rise to a matter that would require an amendment of or waiver under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Section 2.04(b)), in which case the provisions of Section 9.08 shall apply thereto.

(ii)    Terms of Ancillary Facilities.

(1)    Except as provided below in this Section 2.04(b), the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be agreed by the relevant Ancillary Lender and the relevant Borrower(s); provided that such terms (A) may only allow the relevant Borrower(s) to use the Ancillary Facility, (B) may not permit the amount of Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Available Ancillary Commitment with respect to such Ancillary Facility, (C) may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of any Ancillary Lender to exceed the Available Unused Commitment of such Ancillary Lender in respect of the relevant Class of Revolving Facility Commitments (before taking into account the effect of such Ancillary Facility on such Available Unused Commitment), (D) shall require that the Ancillary Commitment in respect of such Ancillary Facility will be reduced to zero, and that all Ancillary Outstandings will be repaid (or Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Ancillary Lender, in each case, in an amount equal to 100% of such Ancillary Outstandings) on or prior to the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Ancillary Lender’s Class of Revolving Facility Commitments (or such date as the Revolving Facility Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliates) is reduced to zero) and (E) shall otherwise be based upon such commercial terms as determined by the relevant Borrower (or the Borrower Representative) and such Ancillary Lender at the time such Ancillary Facility is entered into (except as varied by this Agreement).

(2)    If there is an inconsistency between any term of any Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail, except for (A) those terms relating to the calculation of fees, interest, or commission relating to any Ancillary Facility, (B) any Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account, where the terms of the relevant Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances in respect of the relevant accounts and (C) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case the relevant term of this Agreement shall be superseded by the terms of the relevant Ancillary Document to the extent necessary to eliminate the subject conflict or inconsistency; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (x) no Ancillary Document shall contain any representation or warranty, covenant or event of default that is not set forth in this Agreement (and any such representation or warranty, covenant or event of default not set forth in this Agreement shall be rendered null and void) and (y) all representations and warranties, covenants, events of default, indemnification and similar obligations set forth in any Ancillary Document shall contain standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions for materiality or otherwise

 

86


consistent with those set forth in this Agreement (and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, the relevant Ancillary Documents shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the applicable standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions set forth herein without action by any Person).

(3)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any other Loan Document or in any Ancillary Document, no breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default under) any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to constitute, or result in, a breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of, or Default or Event of Default under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than Section 7.01(c) or (f) to the extent applicable.

(iii)    Repayment of Ancillary Facilities.

(1)    Each Ancillary Commitment shall terminate on the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date for the relevant Ancillary Lender’s Class of Revolving Facility Commitments or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or in which it is cancelled, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(2)    Upon the expiration of any Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms, the Ancillary Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Ancillary Lender shall be increased accordingly for the relevant Ancillary Lender’s Class of Revolving Facility Commitments). Upon the making of one or more Revolving Facility Loans as provided below in an amount sufficient to repay the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility, such Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled upon receipt by the relevant Ancillary Lender of the proceeds thereof.

(3)    No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment, prepayment or cash collateralization of any amounts made available or liabilities incurred by it under any Ancillary Facility (except where the relevant Ancillary Facility is a Multi-account Overdraft, to the extent required to reduce Gross Outstandings to or towards an amount equal to its Net Outstandings) unless (A) the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date for the relevant Ancillary Lender’s Class of Revolving Facility Commitments has occurred, (B) the Revolving Facility Loans have been declared (or have automatically become) immediately due and payable and all Revolving Facility Commitments terminated in accordance with Section 7.01, (C) the expiration date of the relevant Ancillary Facility occurs, (D) it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the relevant Ancillary Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in the relevant Ancillary Facility or (E) the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under the relevant Ancillary Facility may be refinanced in an equivalent amount by a Revolving Facility Loan and the relevant Ancillary Lender provides sufficient notice to permit the refinancing of such Ancillary Outstandings with a Revolving Facility Loan.

 

87


(4)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility referenced in clause (iii)(3)(E) above may be refinanced by a Revolving Facility Loan, (A) the Revolving Facility Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment in respect of such Ancillary Facility and (B) unless the circumstances described in clauses (iii)(3)(A) or (B) then exist, each Revolving Facility Lender shall be obligated to make a Revolving Facility Loan to the applicable Borrower for the purpose of refinancing the relevant Ancillary Outstandings on a pro rata basis in accordance with its Revolving Facility Percentage whether or not a Default or Event of Default exists or any other applicable condition precedent is not satisfied and irrespective of whether any Borrower has delivered a Borrowing Request.

(5)    With respect to any Ancillary Facility that comprises an overdraft facility in which a Designated Net Amount has been established, for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount, the Ancillary Lender providing such Ancillary Facility shall only be obligated to take into account the credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by then applicable law and regulations relating to its reporting of exposures to applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

(iv)    Ancillary Outstandings. The applicable Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agree with and for the benefit of each Revolving Facility Lender that (i) the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by such Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to such Ancillary Facility and (ii) in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, (x) the Ancillary Outstandings under such Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of such Multi-account Overdraft and (y) the Gross Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to such Multi-account Overdraft.

(v)    Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon Acceleration.

(1)    If a notice is served under Section 7.01 (other than a notice declaring all Obligations to be due and payable), each Revolving Facility Lender (including each Ancillary Lender) shall promptly adjust their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Revolving Facility and each Ancillary Facility to the extent necessary to ensure that after such transfers, the Revolving Credit Outstandings of each Revolving Facility Lender bear the same proportion to the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings as such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage, each as at the date the notice is served under Section 7.01.

(2)    If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (i) above, then each Revolving Facility Lender (including each Ancillary Lender) will make a further adjustment (by making or receiving (as the

 

88


case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Loan Documents relating to the relevant Revolving Credit Outstandings) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

(3)    Any transfer of rights and obligations relating to Revolving Credit Outstandings made pursuant to paragraph (i) above shall be made for a purchase price in cash, payable at the time of transfer, in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Outstandings.

(4)    All calculations to be made pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)(v) shall be made by the Administrative Agent based upon information provided to it by the Revolving Facility Lenders (including Ancillary Lenders) and the Spot Rate for the applicable currency in relation to Dollars in effect on the date of determination.

(vi)    [Reserved].

(vii)    Information. The applicable Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide the Administrative Agent with any information relating to the operation of such Ancillary Facility (including the amount of Ancillary Outstandings) as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request (which information shall be subject to compliance with Section 9.16).

(viii)    Affiliates of Revolving Facility Lenders as Ancillary Lenders.

(1)    Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of any Revolving Facility Lender (other than an Ineligible Institution) may become an Ancillary Lender, in which case such Revolving Facility Lender and such Affiliate shall be treated as a single Revolving Facility Lender; it being understood that the relevant Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment will be reduced to the extent of the Ancillary Commitment of such Affiliate.

(2)    To the extent that this Agreement or any other Loan Document imposes any obligation on any Ancillary Lender and such Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender and not a party thereto, the relevant Revolving Facility Lender shall ensure that such obligation is performed by such Affiliate in compliance with the terms hereof or such other Loan Document.

(3)    Each Ancillary Lender, in its capacity as such, hereby appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.

(ix)    Each Ancillary Lender, in its capacity as such, hereby appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent as its agents for purposes of the Loan Documents.

 

89


(x)    The rate and time of payment and interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the applicable Borrower of that Ancillary Facility.

Section 2.05    Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower may request the issuance of one or more letters of credit or bank guarantees in Dollars or any Alternate Currency in the form of (x) trade letters of credit or bank guarantees in support of trade obligations of Bidco and the Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (such letters of credit or bank guarantees issued for such purposes, “Trade Letters of Credit”) and (y) standby letters of credit or bank guarantees for any other lawful purposes of Bidco and the Subsidiaries (such letters of credit or bank guarantees for such purposes, “Standby Letters of Credit”; each such letter of credit or bank guarantee, issued hereunder, a “Letter of Credit” and collectively, the “Letters of Credit”) for its own account or for the account of any Subsidiary in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the applicable Availability Period and prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date; provided, that (w) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue bank guarantees without its prior written consent, (x) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue Trade Letters of Credit or Alternate Currency Letters of Credit without its prior written consent, (y) the applicable Borrower shall remain primarily liable in the case of a Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary and (z) the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to issue Letters of Credit if any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Requirements of Law binding upon such Issuing Bank or the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies or procedures of such Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, an Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b)    Request for Issuance, Amendment, Extension: Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, extension (other than an automatic extension in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.05) or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least three Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment or extension or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion may agree) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.05), the amount and currency (which may be Dollars or any Alternate Currency) of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof, whether such Letter of Credit constitutes a Standby Letter of Credit or a Trade Letter of Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to issue, amend or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment or extension of each Letter of Credit the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension, (i) the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure shall not exceed the applicable Revolving Facility Commitments, (ii) the Revolving L/C Exposure shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit and (iii) the aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure

 

90


for all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank shall not exceed the Specified Letter of Credit Sublimit for such Issuing Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, no Issuing Bank shall be obligated to issue an Alternate Currency Letter of Credit if such Issuing Bank does not otherwise issue letters of credit in such Alternate Currency.

(c)    Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year (unless otherwise agreed upon by the applicable Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion) after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension thereof, one year (unless otherwise agreed upon by the applicable Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion) after such extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date; provided, that any Letter of Credit with a one year tenor may provide for automatic extension thereof for additional one year periods (which, in no event, shall extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) of this paragraph (c)) so long as such Letter of Credit permits the applicable Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof within a time period during such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued; provided, further, that if such Issuing Bank consents in its sole discretion, the expiration date on any Letter of Credit may extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above, provided, that if any such Letter of Credit is outstanding or is issued under the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class after the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Class, the applicable Borrower shall provide Cash Collateral pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the available amount of each such Letter of Credit on or prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to such Revolving Facility Maturity Date or, if later, such date of issuance.

(d)    Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) under the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Facility Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Facility Lender under such Class, and each such Revolving Facility Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Facility Lender’s applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (calculated, in the case of Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof). In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, in Dollars, such Revolving Facility Lender’s applicable Revolving Facility Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the applicable Borrower for any reason (calculated, in the case of any Alternate Currency Letter of Credit, based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof). Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments or the fact that, as a result of changes in currency exchange rates, such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Credit Exposure at any time might exceed its Revolving Facility Commitment at such time (in which case Section 2.11(f) would apply), and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

91


(e)    Reimbursement. If the applicable Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount in Dollars equal to such L/C Disbursement (or, in the case of an Alternate Currency Letter of Credit, the Dollar Equivalent thereof) not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the first Business Day after the applicable Borrower receives notice under paragraph (g) of this Section 2.05 of such L/C Disbursement, together with accrued interest thereon from the date of such L/C Disbursement at the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Facility Loans of the applicable Class; provided, that the applicable Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04(a) that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing of the applicable Class, as applicable, in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the applicable Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Facility Borrowing or Swingline Borrowing. If the applicable Borrower fails to reimburse any L/C Disbursement when due, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Issuing Bank and each other applicable Revolving Facility Lender of the applicable L/C Disbursement, the payment then due from the applicable Borrower in respect thereof (the “Unreimbursed Amount”) and, in the case of a Revolving Facility Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Facility Lender with a Revolving Facility Commitment of the applicable Class shall pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars its Revolving Facility Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Facility Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the applicable Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Facility Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any L/C Disbursement (other than the funding of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Borrowing as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement.

(f)    Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the applicable Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, or any of the circumstances referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first sentence;

 

92


provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank from liability to the applicable Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the applicable Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the applicable Borrower that are determined by final and binding decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g)    Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower by telephone (confirmed by electronic means) of any such demand for payment under a Letter of Credit and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided, that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Facility Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

(h)    Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such L/C Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the applicable Borrower reimburses such L/C Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans of the applicable Class; provided, that, if such L/C Disbursement is not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Facility Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i)    Replacement of an Issuing Bank. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the applicable Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of such Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. Any Issuing Bank (other than the Issuing Banks named in clause (i) of the definition thereof) may resign at any time

 

93


by giving 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower Representative. After the resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit or to extend, reinstate, or increase any existing Letter of Credit.

(j)    Cash Collateralization Following Certain Events. If and when the applicable Borrower is required to Cash Collateralize any Revolving L/C Exposure relating to any outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to any of Sections 2.05(c), 2.11(e), 2.11(f), 2.11(g), 2.22(a)(v) or 7.01, the applicable Borrower shall deposit in an account with or at the direction of the Collateral Agent, in the name of the Collateral Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Facility Lenders, an amount in cash in Dollars equal to 102% of the Revolving L/C Exposure as of such date (or, in the case of Sections 2.05(c), 2.11(e), 2.11(f), 2.11(g) and 2.22(a)(v), the portion thereof required by such sections). Each deposit of Cash Collateral (x) made pursuant to this paragraph or (y) made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.22(a)(ii), in each case, shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of (i) for so long as an Event of Default shall be continuing, the Collateral Agent and (ii) at any other time, the applicable Borrower, in each case, in Permitted Investments and at the risk and expense of the applicable Borrower, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Collateral Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which such Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the applicable Borrower for the Revolving L/C Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with Revolving L/C Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Revolving L/C Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement. If the applicable Borrower is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the existence of a Defaulting Lender or the occurrence of a limit under Section 2.11(e), (f) or (g) being exceeded, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the applicable Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived or the termination of the Defaulting Lender status or the limits under Sections 2.11(e), (f) and (g) no longer being exceeded, as applicable.

(k)    Cash Collateralization Following Termination of the Revolving Facility. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of the prepayment in full of all outstanding Revolving Facility Loans and the termination of all Revolving Facility Commitments (a “Revolving Facility Termination Event”) in connection with which the Borrower Representative notifies any one or more Issuing Banks that it intends to maintain one or more Letters of Credit initially issued under this Agreement in effect after the date of such Revolving Facility Termination Event (each, a “Continuing Letter of Credit”), then the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral under the Security Documents may be terminated in accordance with Section 9.18 if each such Continuing Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to the Minimum L/C Collateral Amount, which shall be deposited with or at the direction of each such Issuing Bank.

(l)    Additional Issuing Banks. From time to time, the Borrower Representative may by notice to the Administrative Agent designate any Lender (in addition to the initial Issuing Banks) each of which agrees (in its sole discretion) to act in such capacity and is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as an Issuing Bank. Each such additional Issuing Bank shall execute a counterpart

 

94


of this Agreement (which counterpart shall set forth the Specified Letter of Credit Sublimit of such Issuing Bank) upon the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and shall thereafter be an Issuing Bank hereunder for all purposes. Upon the designation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the Specified Letter of Credit Sublimit of the other Issuing Banks shall be reduced by the Specified Letter of Credit Sublimit of such additional Issuing Bank on a pro rata basis.

(m)    Reporting. Unless otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall (i) provide to the Administrative Agent copies of any notice received from any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(b) no later than the next Business Day after receipt thereof and (ii) report in writing to the Administrative Agent (A) on or prior to each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank expects to issue, amend or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment or extension, and the aggregate available amount of the Letters of Credit to be issued, amended or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension occurred (and whether the amount thereof changed), and such Issuing Bank shall be permitted to issue, amend or extend such Letter of Credit if the Administrative Agent shall not have advised such Issuing Bank that such issuance, amendment or extension would not be in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, (B) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any L/C Disbursement, the date of such L/C Disbursement and the amount of such L/C Disbursement and (C) on any other Business Day, such other information with respect to the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

Section 2.06    Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided, that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04(a). The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the applicable Borrowers as specified in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided, that ABR Revolving Loans and Swingline Borrowings made to finance the reimbursement of a L/C Disbursement and reimbursements as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 2.06 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans at such time. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the applicable Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

95


(c)    The foregoing notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may from its own funds make a Revolving Facility Loan on behalf of the Lenders (including by means of Swingline Loans to the applicable Borrowers). In such event, the applicable Lenders on behalf of whom the Administrative Agent made the Revolving Facility Loan shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for all or any portion of such Revolving Facility Loan made on its behalf upon written notice given to each applicable Lender not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the Business Day such reimbursement is requested. The entire amount of interest attributable to such Revolving Facility Loan for the period from and including the date on which such Revolving Facility Loan was made on such Lender’s behalf to but excluding the date the Administrative Agent is reimbursed in respect of such Revolving Facility Loan by such Lender shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for its own account.

Section 2.07    Interest Elections. (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the applicable Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The applicable Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the applicable Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone, by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if such applicable Borrowers were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or electronic means to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the applicable Borrowers.

(c)    Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv)    if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s

 

96


duration. If less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall be in an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum and satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(c) regarding the maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type.

(d)    Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender to which such Interest Election Request relates of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e)    If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (if denominated in Dollars) or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period (if denominated in a currency other than Dollars). Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the written request (including a request through electronic means) of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower Representative, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing denominated in Dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (if denominated in Dollars) or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period (if denominated in a currency other than Dollars) at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.08    Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Facility Commitments of each Class shall terminate on the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Class. On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (after giving effect to exchange of the Existing Term B Loans (as defined in the 2018 Amendment) by the 2018 Refinancing Term B Cashless Settlement Option Lenders (as defined in the 2018 Amendment) for Repricing Term B Loans and the funding of the Additional 2018 Refinancing Term B Loans (as defined in the 2018 Amendment) to be made on such date), the Term B Loan Commitments of each Lender as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date will terminate. On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (after giving effect to the funding of the 2018 Incremental Term Loans to be made on such date), the 2018 Incremental Term Loan Commitments of each Lender as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date will terminate.

(b)    The Borrower Representative may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class; provided, that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class) and (ii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Facility Loans in accordance with Section 2.11 and any Cash Collateralization of Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.05(j) or (k), the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of such Class (excluding any Cash Collateralized Letter of Credit) would exceed the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class.

(c)    The Borrower Representative shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class under paragraph (b) of this Section 2.08 at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction (or such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent), specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower Representative

 

97


pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be irrevocable; provided, that a notice of termination or reduction of the Revolving Facility Commitments of any Class delivered by the Borrower Representative may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, indentures or similar agreements or other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower Representative (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

(d)    Reduction of Ancillary Commitments with respect to any Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the relevant Borrower(s) under such Ancillary Facility.

Section 2.09    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Facility Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Facility Loan to such Borrower on the Revolving Facility Maturity Date applicable to such Revolving Facility Loans, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan applicable to any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments on the earlier of the Revolving Facility Maturity Date for such Class and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least five Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided, that on each date that a Revolving Facility Borrowing is made by a Borrower, such Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans made to such Borrower that is then outstanding.

(b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(iv), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Facility and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) any amount received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d)    The entries made in the Register and the accounts maintained pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 2.09 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e)    Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (a “Note”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Note does not constitute a billet à ordre within the meaning of the Luxembourg law of 8 January 1962 relating to promissory notes and bills of exchange, as amended. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower Representative. Thereafter, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicable Lender, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

 

98


Section 2.10    Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Facility Loans. (a) Subject to the other clauses of this Section 2.10 and to Section 9.08(e),

(i)    The Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall repay the Term B Loans incurred on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date on the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year (commencing on the last day of the first fiscal quarter of Bidco ending after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date) and on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date or, if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day (each such date being referred to as a “Term B Loan Installment Date”), in an aggregate principal amount of such Term B Loans equal to (A) in the case of quarterly payments due prior to the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date, an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Term B Loans outstanding immediately after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and (B) in the case of such payment due on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date, an amount equal to the then unpaid principal amount of such Term B Loans outstanding;

(ii)    in the event that any Incremental Term Loans (other than the 2018 Incremental Term Loans) are made, the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower (as applicable) shall repay such Incremental Term Loans on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the related Incremental Assumption Agreement (each such date being referred to as an “Incremental Term Loan Installment Date”); and

(iii)    to the extent not previously paid, outstanding Term Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date.

(b)    To the extent not previously paid, outstanding Revolving Facility Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date.

(c)    Prepayment of the Loans from:

(i)    all Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.11(b) and Excess Cash Flow pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall be allocated to the Class or Classes of Term Loans determined pursuant to Section 2.10(d), with the application thereof to reduce in direct order amounts due on the succeeding Term Loan Installment Dates under such Classes as provided in the remaining scheduled amortization payments under such Classes; provided, that any Lender, at its option, may elect to decline any such prepayment of any Term Loan held by it if it shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent thereof by 5:00 p.m. Local Time at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment (any such Lender, a “Declining Lender”) and on the date of any such prepayment, any amounts that would otherwise have been applied to prepay Term Loans owing to Declining Lenders (such amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) shall instead be offered to the Second Lien Lenders to the extent required by, and in accordance with, Section 2.11 of the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and if any Declined Proceeds are declined by any Second Lien Lenders, such Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower for application for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement (such amounts, the “Retained Declined Proceeds”), and

(ii)    any optional prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(a) shall be applied to the remaining installments of the Term Loans under the applicable Class or Classes as the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower may in each case direct.

(d)    Any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or (c) shall be applied so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated among the Term B Loans and the Other Term Loans, if any, pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of

 

99


outstanding Term B Loans and Other Term Loans, if any; provided, that, subject to the pro rata application to Loans outstanding within any Class of Term Loans, the applicable Borrowers may allocate such prepayment in its discretion among the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the applicable Borrowers may specify (so long as such allocation complies with Section 2.21(b) or Section 2.21(f), as applicable). Prior to any prepayment of any Loan under any Facility hereunder, the Borrowers shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings under the applicable Facility to be prepaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by electronic means) of such selection not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, (i) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, at least one Business Day before the scheduled date of such prepayment (or in the case of a Swingline Loan, on the scheduled date of such prepayment) and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, at least three Business Days before the scheduled date of such prepayment (or, in each case such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided, that a notice of prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, indentures or similar agreements or other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the applicable Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each repayment of a Borrowing (x) in the case of the Revolving Facility of any Class, shall be applied to the Revolving Facility Loans included in the repaid Borrowing such that each Revolving Facility Lender receives its ratable share of such repayment (based upon the respective Revolving Facility Credit Exposures of the Revolving Facility Lenders of such Class at the time of such repayment) and (y) in all other cases, shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. All repayments of Loans shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid to the extent required by Section 2.13(d).

Section 2.11    Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Loan in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.12(d) and Section 2.16), in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum or, if less, the amount outstanding, subject to prior notice in accordance with Section 2.10(d).

(b)    The Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall apply all Net Proceeds promptly upon receipt thereof to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower may use a portion of such Net Proceeds to prepay or repurchase any Other First Lien Debt, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds and (y) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Other First Lien Debt and (B) the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Other First Lien Debt and the outstanding principal amount of all Classes of Term Loans.

(c)    Not later than 5 Business Days after the date on which the annual financial statements are, or are required to be, delivered under Section 5.04(a) with respect to each Excess Cash Flow Period, the Borrower Representative shall calculate Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period and the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall apply an amount equal to (i) the amount by which the Required Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow exceeds $5,000,000 (the “ECF Threshold Amount”) minus (ii) to the extent not financed using the proceeds of the incurrence of funded term Indebtedness, the sum of (A) the amount of any voluntary payments during such Excess Cash Flow Period (plus, without duplication of any amounts previously deducted under this clause (A), the amount of any voluntary payments after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period but before the date of prepayment under this clause (c)) of (x) Term Loans (it being understood that the amount of any such payment constituting a below-par Permitted Loan Purchase shall be calculated to equal the amount of cash used and not the principal amount deemed prepaid therewith) and (y) Other First Lien Debt (provided that (i) in the case of the prepayment of any revolving Indebtedness, there was a corresponding reduction in commitments and (ii) the maximum amount of each such prepayment of

 

100


Other First Lien Debt that may be counted for purposes of this clause (A)(y) shall not exceed the amount that would have been prepaid in respect of such Other First Lien Debt if such prepayment had been applied on a ratable basis among the Term Loans and such Other First Lien Debt (determined based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and the aggregate principal amount of such Other First Lien Debt on the date of such prepayment)) and (B) the amount of any permanent voluntary reductions during such Excess Cash Flow Period (plus, without duplication of any amounts previously deducted under this clause (B), the amount of any permanent voluntary reductions after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period but before the date of prepayment under this clause (c)) of Revolving Facility Commitments to the extent that an equal amount of Revolving Facility Loans was simultaneously repaid (I) to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10 or (II) to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10 and to prepay any Other First Lien Debt in accordance with the agreement(s) governing such Other First Lien Debt so long as the prepayments under this clause (II) are applied in a manner such that the Term Loans are prepaid on at least a ratable basis with such Other First Lien Debt (determined based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Other First Lien Debt being prepaid under this clause (II) on the date of such prepayment). Such calculation will be set forth in a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent setting forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, the amount of any required prepayment in respect thereof and the calculation thereof in reasonable detail.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.11 to the contrary, (i) to the extent that any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by a Subsidiary or Excess Cash Flow attributable to a Subsidiary would otherwise be required to be applied pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) but is prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States or Luxembourg, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans or Other First Lien Debt at the times provided in Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) but may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary for so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States or Luxembourg, and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof including, without duplication, any repatriation costs associated with repatriation of such proceeds from the applicable recipient to the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower) to the repayment of the Term Loans or Other First Lien Debt pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c), to the extent provided therein, (ii) to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that repatriation of any or all of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would otherwise be required to be applied pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) would have a material adverse Tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary (the Borrower Representative hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Subsidiary to promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions within the reasonable control of such Subsidiary that are reasonably required to eliminate such Tax effects), (iii) to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith based on the advice of counsel that the repatriation of any or all of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow would give rise to a risk of liability for the directors of a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary may retain the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow and (iv) prepayments from Excess Cash Flow shall be made net of Taxes payable or reserved against as a result of the repatriation of funds from such Subsidiaries to the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower.

(e)    In the event that the aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of any Class exceeds the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class (other than as a result of changes in currency exchange rates), the applicable Borrower(s) shall prepay Revolving Facility Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings of such Class (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, provide Cash Collateral in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

 

101


(f)    In the event that the Revolving L/C Exposure exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit (other than as a result of changes in currency exchange rates), at the request of the Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrower(s) shall provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(g)    If as a result of changes in currency exchange rates, on any Revaluation Date, (i) the total Revolving Facility Credit Exposure of any Class exceeds the total Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class or (ii) the Revolving L/C Exposure exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the applicable Borrower(s) shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days of such Revaluation Date (A) prepay Revolving Facility Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings or (B) provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) in an aggregate amount such that the applicable exposure does not exceed the applicable commitment sublimit or amount set forth above.

(h)    Prepayment and cash collateralization of Ancillary Outstandings with respect to any Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the relevant Borrower(s) under such Ancillary Facility.

Section 2.12    Fees. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the date that is three Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December in each year and on the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee in Dollars (a “Commitment Fee”) on the daily amount of the applicable Available Unused Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the Closing Date or ending with the date on which the last of the Commitments of such Lender shall be terminated) at a rate equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee accrued up to the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December. All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For purposes of calculating any Lender’s Commitment Fee, the outstanding Swingline Loans during the period for which such Lender’s Commitment Fee is calculated shall be deemed to be zero. The Commitment Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date and shall cease to accrue on the date on which the last of the Commitments of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein.

(b)    The Borrowers from time to time agree to pay (i) to each Revolving Facility Lender of each Class (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the date that is three Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee in Dollars (an “L/C Participation Fee”) on such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the daily aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) of such Class, during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the Closing Date or ending with the Revolving Facility Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class shall be terminated) at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Revolving Facility Borrowings of such Class effective for each day in such period accrued up to the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank, for its own account (x) on the date that is three Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated, a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the termination of such Letter of Credit, computed at a rate equal

 

102


to 1/8 of 1.00% per annum of the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount of such Letter of Credit, plus (y) in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any such Letter of Credit or any L/C Disbursement thereunder, such Issuing Bank’s customary documentary and processing fees and charges (collectively, “Issuing Bank Fees”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees that are payable on a per annum basis shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(c)    The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent, the “First Lien Facilities Administration Fee” as set forth in the Fee Letter, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, at the times specified therein (the “Administrative Agent Fees”).

(d)    In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrowers shall (x) make (A) a voluntary prepayment of the Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or (B) a mandatory prepayment of Net Proceeds under clause (b) of the definition thereof pursuant to Section 2.11(b), in each case with the proceeds of any new or replacement tranche of long-term secured term loans that are broadly syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Term B Loans and have an All-in Yield that is less than the All-in Yield of such Term B Loans (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to securitizations) or (y) effect any amendment to this Agreement which reduces the All-in Yield of the Term B Loans and, in either case of clause (x) or (y), where the primary purpose (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of such prepayment or amendment is to reduce the All-in Yield of the Term B Loans (other than, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), in connection with a Qualified IPO, a Change in Control or a transformative acquisition referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph), the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Term Loan Lenders, (A) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans so prepaid and (B) in the case of clause (y), a fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Term B Loans for which the All-in Yield has been reduced pursuant to such amendment. Such amounts shall be due and payable on the date of such prepayment or the effective date of such amendment, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 2.12(d), a “transformative acquisition” is any acquisition by Bidco or any Subsidiary that is (i) not permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (ii) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, the Loan Documents would not provide Bidco and the Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

(e)    All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the applicable Issuing Banks. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

(f)    The amount and timing of payments of fees in respect of any Ancillary Facility will be agreed by the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower(s) under such Ancillary Facility.

Section 2.13    Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(b)    The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

 

103


(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees or other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding clauses of this Section 2.13 or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in clause (a) of this Section; provided, that this clause (c) shall not apply to any Event of Default that has been waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.08.

(d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan, (ii) in the case of Revolving Facility Loans, upon termination of the applicable Revolving Facility Commitments and (iii) in the case of the Term Loans, on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date; provided, that (A) interest accrued pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Revolving Facility Loan that is an ABR Loan that is not made in conjunction with a permanent commitment reduction), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e)    All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the ABR at times when the ABR is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable ABR, Sterling LIBO Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate, EURIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f)    The rate and time of payment of interest with respect to any Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the relevant Borrower(s) under such Ancillary Facility.

Section 2.14    Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a)    the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b)    the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone or electronic means as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to, or continued as on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (or in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in an Alternate Currency, prepaid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and reborrowed as) an ABR Borrowing denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof.

 

104


Section 2.15    Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank; or

(ii)    subject any Lender to any Tax with respect to any Loan Document (other than (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.17 or (ii) Excluded Taxes); or

(iii)    impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or funding or maintaining any Ancillary Commitment or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the applicable Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)    If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements or liquidity has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the applicable Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)    A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that any such certificate claiming amounts described in clause (x) or (y) of the definition of “Change in Law” shall, in addition, state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and such method of allocation is not inconsistent with its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are similarly situated to the applicable Borrowers and which are subject to similar provisions. The applicable Borrowers shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d)    Promptly after any Lender or any Issuing Bank has determined that it will make a request for increased compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall

 

105


notify the applicable Borrower thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the applicable Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow (other than due to the default of the relevant Lender), convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto, (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the applicable Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.19 or (e) analogous loss, cost or expense arising with respect to any Ancillary Facility on the basis of the nature of the credit extensions provided for thereunder, then, in any such event, the applicable Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to be the amount determined by such Lender (it being understood that the deemed amount shall not exceed the actual amount) to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBO Rate, the Sterling LIBO Rate or EURIBO Rate, as applicable, that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue a Eurocurrency Loan, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the applicable currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17    Taxes. (a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of a Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes; provided, that if a Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirement of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings as are reasonably determined by the applicable withholding agent to be required by any applicable Requirement of Law, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirement of Law, and (iii) to the extent withholding or deduction is required to be made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by a Loan Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Loan Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of a Lender, as the case may be, a certified

 

106


copy of an official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, acting reasonably) received by the Loan Party showing payment thereof. Without duplication, after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 2.17, the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative, as the case may be, a copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by applicable Requirements of Law to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(b)    The Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes.

(c)    The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 15 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17), and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the applicable Borrowers by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d)    Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).

(e)    Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to withholding of Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, any such withholding of Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding Tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements and to satisfy any

 

107


such requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections (f)(i)(A) through (f)(i)(C) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(f)    Without limiting the generality of Section 2.17(e), each Foreign Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrowers shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so:

(i)    deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, prior to the date on which the first payment to the Foreign Lender is due hereunder, two copies of (A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding Tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest,” IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, (or any applicable successor form) (together with a certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit J to the Original Credit Agreement, such certificate, the “Non-Bank Tax Certificate”) certifying that such Foreign Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a “10-percent shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the US Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the US Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code), (B) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or Form W-8ECI (or any applicable successor form), in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding Tax on payments by the Borrowers under this Agreement, (C) IRS Form W-8IMY (or any applicable successor form) and all necessary attachments (including the forms described in clauses (A) and (B) above, provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership, and one or more of the partners is claiming portfolio interest treatment, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such partners) or (D) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(ii)    deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent.

Any Foreign Lender that becomes legally ineligible to update any form or certification previously delivered shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in writing of such Foreign Lender’s inability to do so.

Each person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 9.04 or a Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms and statements required pursuant to this Section 2.17(f); provided that a Participant shall furnish all such required forms and statements to the person from which the related participation shall have been purchased.

In addition, each Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative (x)(I) prior to the date on which the first payment by a Borrower is due hereunder or (II) prior to the first date on or

 

108


after the date on which such Agent becomes a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.09 on which payment by a Borrower is due hereunder, as applicable, two copies of a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 certifying its exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding or such other properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law certifying its entitlement to an available exemption from applicable U.S. federal withholding Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Agent by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and (y) on or before the date on which any such previously delivered documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower Representative, and from time to time if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative, two further copies of such documentation.

(g)    Without limiting the effect of Sections 2.17(e) and (f) above:

(i)    Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a U.K. Treaty Lender and each U.K. Borrower which makes a payment to which that U.K. Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(ii)    (A)     A U.K. Treaty Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm in writing its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence to any relevant U.K. Borrower and the Administrative Agent opposite its name in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement; and

(B)     a person that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date that is a U.K. Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm in writing its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party;

and having done so, shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(iii)    If a U.K. Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above and: (a) a U.K. Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or (b) a U.K. Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing but (1) that U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; (2) HM Revenue & Customs have not given the U.K. Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing; or (3) HM Revenue & Customs has given authority for the U.K. Borrower to make payment to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction pursuant to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme and that authority expires or is withdrawn by HM Revenue & Customs, and in each case, the U.K. Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the U.K. Borrower shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(iv)    If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above and that Lender ceases to hold a valid passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in writing and that Lender and the

 

109


relevant U.K. Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make payments to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(v)    If a U.K. Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above, no Loan Party shall make a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Loan(s) unless that Lender otherwise agrees.

(vi)    A U.K. Borrower shall, promptly on making a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing to the Administrative Agent for delivery to the relevant U.K. Treaty Lender.

(vii)    Each Lender in respect of a U.K. Borrower which becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date (or which becomes a Lender in respect of a U.K. Borrower and has not already provided such information pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) or Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement) shall indicate in the Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party or otherwise in writing which of the following categories it falls in: (A) not a U.K. Qualifying Lender; (B) a U.K. Qualifying Lender (other than a U.K. Treaty Lender); or (C) a U.K. Treaty Lender and, where applicable, shall give a U.K. Tax Confirmation. If a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this paragraph (vi) then such Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each U.K. Borrower) as if it is not a U.K. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Administrative Agent which category applies (and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Borrower Representative). For the avoidance of doubt, any Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation shall not be invalidated by any such failure of a Lender to comply with this paragraph (vii).

(viii)    The Borrower Representative shall promptly on becoming aware that a Loan Party must make a U.K. Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a U.K. Tax Deduction) notify the Administrative Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment by a U.K. Borrower payable to that Lender. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and that U.K. Borrower.

(ix)    A U.K. Non-Bank Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a U.K. Tax Confirmation to any Loan Party by entering into this Agreement.

(x)    A U.K. Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the U.K. Tax Confirmation.

(h)    If any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by a Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Loan Party, then the Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Loan Party for such amount (net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and without interest other than any interest received thereon from the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) as the Lender

 

110


or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse position (taking into account expenses or any Taxes imposed on the refund) than it would have been in if the Indemnified Tax or Other Tax giving rise to such refund had not been imposed in the first instance; provided that the Loan Party, upon the request of the Lender or the Administrative Agent agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender or the Administrative Agent in the event the Lender or the Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. No Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be obliged to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it reasonably deems confidential) to any Loan Party in connection with this clause (g) or any other provision of this Section 2.17.

(i)    If the Borrower Representative determines that a reasonable basis exists for contesting an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts or indemnification payments, each affected Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers as the Borrowers (or the Borrower Representative) may reasonably request in challenging such Tax. The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold each Lender and Agent harmless against any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such person in connection with any request made by the Borrowers (or the Borrower Representative) pursuant to this Section 2.17(i). Nothing in this Section 2.17(i) shall obligate any Lender or Agent to take any action that such person, in its sole judgment, determines may result in a material detriment to such person or in any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender or Agent, including with respect to a relationship of such person with any tax authority or other Governmental Authority. Any resulting refund shall be governed by Section 2.17(h).

(j)    If a payment made to any Lender or any Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or such Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or such Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(j), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

(k)

(i)    All amounts expressed to be payable under a Loan Document by any party to any Lender or other Secured Party (each, for the purposes of this Section 2.17(k), a “Finance Party”) which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (ii) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Loan Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party and, provided such an invoice has been provided, that party shall pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT.

 

111


(ii)    If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “VAT Recipient”) under a Loan Document, and any party other than the VAT Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Loan Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the VAT Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(1)    (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The VAT Recipient must (where this paragraph (1) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the VAT Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the VAT Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(2)    (where the VAT Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the VAT Recipient, pay to the VAT Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the VAT Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(iii)    Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(iv)    In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Loan Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

(v)    Any reference in this Section 2.17(k) to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state of the European Union)).

(l)    The agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable under any Loan Document.

For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and any Ancillary Lender and the terms “applicable law” and “applicable Requirement of Law” include FATCA.

Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) Unless otherwise specified, each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it

 

112


hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds. Each such payment shall be made without condition or deduction for any defense, recoupment, set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated to the Borrower Representative by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments made under the Loan Documents shall be made in Dollars (or, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans or Alternate Currency Letters of Credit, in the applicable Alternate Currency). Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b)    Subject to Section 7.02, if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements, interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, (ii) second, towards payment of principal of Swingline Loans and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due to such parties, and (iii) third, towards payment of principal then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of, or interest on, any of its Term Loans, Revolving Facility Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements or Swingline Loans of a given Class resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Facility Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans of such Class and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender entitled to receive the same proportion of such payment, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase participations in the Term Loans, Revolving Facility Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans of such Class of such other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by all such Lenders entitled thereto ratably in accordance with the principal amount of each such Lender’s respective Term Loans, Revolving Facility Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans of such Class and accrued interest thereon; provided, that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this clause (c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans to any

 

113


assignee or participant. Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the applicable Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the applicable Borrowers in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any payment received by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Section 7.01 or, if applicable, such time as the remedies provided thereunder automatically come into effect, if, after giving effect to the provisions of Section 7.02, an Ancillary Lender is subject to sharing obligations under this Section 2.18, such obligations shall not apply to any payment received by such Ancillary Lender to the extent that such payment is applied to reduce the Gross Outstandings under the applicable Ancillary Facility to the net limit on which such Ancillary Facility is provided.

(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e)    If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(iii), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06 or 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or any event that gives rise to the operation of Section 2.20, then such Lender shall, upon request, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.20, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. Each applicable Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)    If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.20, (ii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then such Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require any such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and

 

114


obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) such Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if in respect of any Revolving Facility Commitment or Revolving Facility Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks), to the extent consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, which consent, in each case, shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or such Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.20, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (iv) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a notice given under Section 2.20, such assignment will result in such Borrower having access to Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars. Nothing in this Section 2.19 shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that a Borrower may have against any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender. No action by or consent of the removed Lender shall be necessary in connection with such assignment, which shall be immediately and automatically effective upon payment of such purchase price. In connection with any such assignment, the applicable Borrower, Administrative Agent, such removed Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 9.04, provided, that if such removed Lender does not comply with Section 9.04 within one Business Day after the applicable Borrower’s request, compliance with Section 9.04 shall not be required to effect such assignment.

(c)    If any Lender (such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 9.08 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then the applicable Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) at their sole expense (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)(ii)(B)) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to (and any such Non-Consenting Lender agrees that it shall, upon the applicable Borrowers’ request) assign its Loans and its Commitments (or, at the applicable Borrowers’ option, the Loans and Commitments under the Facility that is the subject of the proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination) hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to (i) the Administrative Agent (unless such assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund) and (ii) if in respect of any Revolving Facility Commitment or Revolving Facility Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks; provided, that: (a) all Loan Obligations of the applicable Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the replacement Lender or, at the option of the applicable Borrowers, the applicable Borrowers shall pay any amount required by Section 2.12(d)(y), if applicable, and (c) the replacement Lender shall grant its consent with respect to the applicable proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. No action by or consent of the Non-Consenting Lender shall be necessary in connection with such assignment, which shall be immediately and automatically effective upon payment of such purchase price. In connection with any such assignment, the applicable Borrowers, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 9.04; provided, that if such Non-Consenting Lender does not comply with Section 9.04 within one Business Day after the applicable Borrowers’ request, compliance with Section 9.04 shall not be required to effect such assignment.

 

115


Section 2.20    Illegality. If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the Closing Date that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the applicable Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligations of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling or to convert ABR Borrowings to Eurocurrency Borrowings shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Borrowers shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), convert all Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in Dollars of such Lender to ABR Borrowings denominated in Dollars (or in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in an Alternate Currency, prepaid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and reborrowed as ABR Borrowings denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof), in each case, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Borrowings to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the applicable Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so converted.

Section 2.21    Incremental Commitments. (a) The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, as applicable, in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount available at the time such Incremental Commitments are established (or at the time any commitment relating thereto is entered into or, at the option of the Borrowers, at the time of incurrence of the Incremental Loans thereunder) from one or more Incremental Term Lenders and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, as the case may be, in their own discretion; provided that each Incremental Revolving Facility Lender providing a commitment to make revolving loans shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and, to the extent the same would be required for an assignment under Section 9.04, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such Incremental Revolving Facility Lender is a Revolving Facility Lender. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $5,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000, or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount or, in each case, such lesser amount approved by the Administrative Agent) and the currency therefor (which may be Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments are requested to become effective, (iii) in the case of Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, whether such Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments are to be (x) commitments to make additional Revolving Facility Loans on the same terms as the Initial Revolving Loans or (y) commitments to make revolving loans with pricing terms, final maturity dates, participation in mandatory prepayments or commitment reductions and/or other terms different from the Initial Revolving Loans (“Other Revolving Loans) and (iv) in the case of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be (x) commitments to make term loans with terms identical to Term B Loans or (y) commitments to make term loans with currency, pricing, maturity, amortization, participation in mandatory prepayments and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“Other Term Loans”).

(b)    Each applicable Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment of such Incremental Revolving Facility

 

116


Lender. Each Incremental Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments; provided, that:

(i)    any commitments to make additional Term B Loans and/or additional Initial Revolving Loans shall have the same terms as the Term B Loans or Initial Revolving Loans, respectively,

(ii)    the Other Term Loans incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.21 shall rank pari passu or, at the option of the applicable Borrowers, junior in right of security with the Term B Loans (provided, that if such Other Term Loans rank junior in right of security with the Term B Loans, such Other Term Loans shall be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be subject to clause (vii) below),

(iii)    the final maturity date of any such Other Term Loans (except for (x) any bridge loan that has no amortization payments and the terms of which provide for an automatic (subject to customary conditions) extension of the maturity date to a date that is not earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date then in effect or (y) up to $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Other Term Loans as selected by the applicable Borrowers) shall be no earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date and, except as to pricing, amortization, final maturity date, participation in mandatory prepayments and ranking as to security (which shall, subject to the other clauses of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), shall have (x) substantially similar terms as the Term B Loans or (y) such other terms (including as to guarantees and collateral) as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

(iv)    the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any such Other Term Loans (except for (x) any bridge loan that has no amortization payments and the terms of which provide for an automatic (subject to customary conditions) extension of the maturity date to a date that is not earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date then in effect or (y) up to $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Other Term Loans as selected by the applicable Borrowers) shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans,

(v)    the Other Revolving Loans incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.21 shall rank pari passu or, at the option of the applicable Borrowers, junior in right of security with the Initial Revolving Loans (provided, that if such Other Revolving Loans rank junior in right of security with the Initial Revolving Loans, such Other Revolving Loans shall be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement),

(vi)    the final maturity date of any such Other Revolving Loans shall be no earlier than the Revolving Facility Maturity Date with respect to the Initial Revolving Loans and, except as to pricing, final maturity date, participation in mandatory prepayments and commitment reductions and ranking as to security (which shall, subject to the other clauses of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Revolving Facility Lenders in their sole discretion), shall have (x) substantially similar terms as the Initial Revolving Loans or (y) such other terms (including as to guarantees and collateral) as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

(vii)    with respect to any Other Term Loan incurred prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.21 that ranks pari passu in right of security with the Term B Loans, the All-in Yield shall be the same as that applicable to the Term B Loans on the Closing Date, except that the All-in Yield in respect of any such Other Term Loan may exceed the All-in Yield in respect of such Term B Loans on the Closing Date by

 

117


no more than 0.50%, or if it does so exceed such All-in Yield by more than 0.50% (such difference, the “Term Yield Differential”) then the Applicable Margin (or the “LIBOR floor” as provided in the following proviso) applicable to such Term B Loans shall be increased such that after giving effect to such increase, the Term Yield Differential shall not exceed 0.50%; provided that, to the extent any portion of the Term Yield Differential is attributable to a higher “LIBOR floor” being applicable to such Other Term Loans, such floor shall only be included in the calculation of the Term Yield Differential to the extent such floor is greater than the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect for an Interest Period of three months’ duration at such time, and, with respect to such excess, the “LIBOR floor” applicable to the outstanding Term B Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Other Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to such Term B Loans then outstanding; provided, further, that this clause (vii) shall not be applicable to any Incremental Term Loan that (x) is incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of the definition of “Incremental Amount” or (y) has a maturity date that is at least two years after the Latest Maturity Date then in effect;

(viii)    (A) such Other Revolving Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) than the Initial Revolving Loans in (x) any voluntary or mandatory prepayment or commitment reduction hereunder and (y) any Borrowing at the time such Borrowing is made and (B) such Other Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) than the Term B Loans in any mandatory prepayment hereunder; and

(ix)    (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of any Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments that is not a Loan Party, (B) the borrower of any Incremental Term Facility shall be the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower and (C) the borrower of any Incremental Revolving Facility shall be the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and/or any Additional Borrower(s).

Each party hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.08(e). Any amendment to this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 2.21 and any such collateral and other documentation shall be deemed “Loan Documents” hereunder and may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower Representative’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.21 unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, (A) to the extent required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, the conditions set forth in clause (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and (B) if such Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment is established for a purpose other than financing any Permitted Business Acquisition or any other acquisition that is permitted by this Agreement, no Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) shall have occurred or be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and other customary closing certificates and documentation as required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement and such additional customary documents and filings (including amendments to the Mortgages and other Security

 

118


Documents and title endorsement bringdowns) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to assure that the Incremental Term Loans and/or Revolving Facility Loans in respect of Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments are secured by the Collateral ratably with (or, to the extent set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, junior to) one or more Classes of then-existing Term Loans and Revolving Facility Loans.

(d)    Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that (i) all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans of a different Class), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of the outstanding applicable Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis, and (ii) all Revolving Facility Loans in respect of Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments (other than Revolving Facility Loans of a different Class), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of the applicable Class of outstanding Revolving Facility Loans on a pro rata basis. The Borrowers agree that Section 2.16 shall apply to any conversion of Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to effect the foregoing.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (e) through (i) of this Section 2.21), pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders of any Class of Term Loans and/or Revolving Facility Commitments, on a pro rata basis (based, in the case of an offer to the Lenders under any Class of Term Loans, on the aggregate outstanding Term Loans of such Class and, in the case of an offer to the Lenders under any Revolving Facility, on the aggregate outstanding Revolving Facility Commitments under such Revolving Facility, as applicable) and on the same terms (“Pro Rata Extension Offers”), the applicable Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments of such Class and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments of such Class pursuant to the terms of the relevant Pro Rata Extension Offer (including, without limitation, increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Loans). For the avoidance of doubt, the reference to “on the same terms” in the preceding sentence shall mean, (i) in the case of an offer to the Lenders under any Class of Term Loans, that all of the Term Loans of such Class are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable with respect to such extension are the same and (ii) in the case of an offer to the Lenders under any Revolving Facility, that all of the Revolving Facility Commitments of such Facility are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable with respect to such extension are the same. Any such extension (an “Extension”) agreed to between the applicable Borrowers and any such Lender (an “Extending Lender”) will be established under this Agreement by implementing an Incremental Term Loan for such Lender if such Lender is extending an existing Term Loan (such extended Term Loan, an “Extended Term Loan”) or an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment for such Lender if such Lender is extending an existing Revolving Facility Commitment (such extended Revolving Facility Commitment, an “Extended Revolving Facility Commitment” and any Revolving Facility Loans made thereunder, “Extended Revolving Loans”). Each Pro Rata Extension Offer shall specify the date on which the applicable Borrowers propose that the Extended Term Loan shall be made or Extended Revolving Facility Commitment shall become effective, which shall be a date not earlier than five Business Days after the date on which notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

(f)    The applicable Borrowers and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Extended Term Loans and/or

 

119


Extended Revolving Facility Commitments of such Extending Lender. Each Incremental Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Facility Commitments; provided, that (i) except as to interest rates, fees and any other pricing terms (which interest rates, fees and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.21(b)(vii)), and amortization, final maturity date and participation in prepayments and commitment reductions (which shall, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and set forth in the Pro Rata Extension Offer), the Extended Term Loans shall have (x) the same terms as an existing Class of Term Loans or (y) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the latest Term Facility Maturity Date in effect on the date of incurrence, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Term Loans to which such offer relates, (iv) except as to interest rates, fees, any other pricing terms, participation in mandatory prepayments and commitment reductions and final maturity (which shall be determined by the applicable Borrowers and set forth in the Pro Rata Extension Offer), any Extended Revolving Facility Commitment shall have (x) the same terms as an existing Class of Revolving Facility Commitments or (y) have such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, in respect of any other terms that would affect the rights or duties of any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, such terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, (v) any Extended Revolving Facility Commitments may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) than the Initial Revolving Loans in any voluntary or mandatory prepayment or commitment reduction hereunder and (vi) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) than the Term B Loans in any mandatory prepayment hereunder. Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Facility Commitments evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.08(e). Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower Representative’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto. If provided in any Incremental Assumption Agreement with respect to any Extended Revolving Facility Commitments, and with the consent of each Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall be reallocated to lenders holding such Extended Revolving Facility Commitments in the manner specified in such Incremental Assumption Agreement, including upon effectiveness of such Extended Revolving Facility Commitment or upon or prior to the maturity date for any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments.

(g)    Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Term Loan will be automatically designated an Extended Term Loan and/or such Extending Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment will be automatically designated an Extended Revolving Facility Commitment. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (i) if such Extending Lender is extending a Term Loan, such Extending Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Term Loan having the terms of such Extended Term Loan and (ii) if such Extending Lender is extending a Revolving Facility Commitment, such Extending Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment having the terms of such Extended Revolving Facility Commitment.

(h)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, this Section 2.21), (i) the aggregate amount of Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Facility Commitments will not be included in the calculation of the Incremental Amount, (ii) no Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Facility Commitment is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (iii) any Extending Lender may extend all or any portion of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Facility Commitment

 

120


pursuant to one or more Pro Rata Extension Offers (subject to applicable proration in the case of over participation) (including the extension of any Extended Term Loan and/or Extended Revolving Facility Commitment), (iv) there shall be no condition to any Extension of any Loan or Commitment at any time or from time to time other than notice to the Administrative Agent of such Extension and the terms of the Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Facility Commitment implemented thereby, (v) all Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Facility Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Loan Obligations of the relevant Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations relating to an existing Class of Term Loans of the relevant Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (vi) no Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall be obligated to provide Swingline Loans or issue Letters of Credit under such Extended Revolving Facility Commitments unless it shall have consented thereto and (vii) there shall be no obligor in respect of any such Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Facility Commitments that is not a Loan Party.

(i)    Each Extension shall be consummated pursuant to procedures set forth in the associated Pro Rata Extension Offer; provided, that the Borrowers shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent prior to making any Pro Rata Extension Offer to establish reasonable procedures with respect to mechanical provisions relating to such Extension, including, without limitation, timing, rounding and other adjustments.

(j)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (j) through (o) of this Section 2.21), the Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent establish one or more additional tranches of term loans under this Agreement (such loans, “Refinancing Term Loans”), the net cash proceeds of which are used to Refinance in whole or in part any Class of Term Loans. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “Refinancing Effective Date”) on which the applicable Borrowers propose that the Refinancing Term Loans shall be made, which shall be a date not earlier than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided, that:

(i)    before and after giving effect to the borrowing of such Refinancing Term Loans on the Refinancing Effective Date each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall be satisfied to the extent required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement governing such Refinancing Term Loans;

(ii)    the final maturity date of the Refinancing Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Facility Maturity Date of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iii)    the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then-remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iv)    the aggregate principal amount of the Refinancing Term Loans shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of the refinanced Term Loans plus amounts used to pay fees, premiums, costs and expenses (including original issue discount) and accrued interest associated therewith;

(v)    all other terms applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans (other than provisions relating to original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and any other pricing terms (which original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.21(b)(vii)) and optional prepayment or mandatory prepayment or redemption terms, which shall be as agreed between the applicable

 

121


Borrowers and the Lenders providing such Refinancing Term Loans) taken as a whole shall be substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than, the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Term B Loans (except to the extent such covenants and other terms (I) apply solely to any period after the Term B Facility Maturity Date, (II) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time of incurrence, or (III) are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith;

(vi)    with respect to Refinancing Term Loans secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu or junior in right of security to the Term B Loans, such Liens will be subject to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

(vii)    (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of such Refinancing Term Loans that is not a Loan Party and (B) there shall be no borrowers in respect of any Refinancing Term Loans that are not the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may establish Refinancing Term Loans to refinance and/or replace all or any portion of a Revolving Facility Commitment (regardless of whether Revolving Facility Loans are outstanding under such Revolving Facility Commitments at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Term Loans), so long as (1) the aggregate amount of such Refinancing Term Loans does not exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Commitments terminated at the time of incurrence thereof, (2) if the Revolving Facility Credit Exposure outstanding on the Refinancing Effective Date would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Commitments outstanding in each case after giving effect to the termination of such Revolving Facility Commitments, the Borrowers shall take one or more actions such that such Revolving Facility Credit Exposure does not exceed such aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Commitments in effect on the Refinancing Effective Date after giving effect to the termination of such Revolving Facility Commitments (it being understood that (x) such Refinancing Term Loans may be provided by the Lenders holding the Revolving Facility Commitments being terminated and/or by any other person that would be a permitted Assignee hereunder and (y) the proceeds of such Refinancing Term Loans shall not constitute Net Proceeds hereunder), (3) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinancing Term Loans (disregarding any customary amortization for this purpose) shall be no shorter than the remaining life to termination of the terminated Revolving Facility Commitments, (4) the final maturity date of the Refinancing Term Loans shall be no earlier than the termination date of the terminated Revolving Facility Commitments and (5) all other terms applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans (other than provisions relating to original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and any other pricing terms (which original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.21(b)(vii)) and optional prepayment or mandatory prepayment or redemption terms, which shall be as agreed between the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders providing such Refinancing Term Loans) taken as a whole shall be substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than, the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Term B Loans (except to the extent such covenants and other terms (I) apply solely to any period after the Term B Facility Maturity Date, (II) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time of incurrence, or (III) are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

(k)    The Borrowers may approach any Lender or any other person that would be a permitted Assignee pursuant to Section 9.04 to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans; provided, that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a Refinancing Term Loan. Any

 

122


Refinancing Term Loans made on any Refinancing Effective Date shall be designated an additional Class of Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided, further, that any Refinancing Term Loans may, to the extent provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement governing such Refinancing Term Loans, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans made to the Borrowers.

(l)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (l) through (o) of this Section 2.21), the Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent establish one or more additional Facilities providing for revolving commitments (“Replacement Revolving Facilities” and the commitments thereunder, “Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments” and the revolving loans thereunder, “Replacement Revolving Loans”), which replace in whole or in part any Class of Revolving Facility Commitments under this Agreement. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date”) on which the applicable Borrowers propose that the Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments shall become effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided that:

(i)    before and after giving effect to the establishment of such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments on the Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date, each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall be satisfied to the extent required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement governing such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments;

(ii)    after giving effect to the establishment of any Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments and any concurrent reduction in the aggregate amount of any other Revolving Facility Commitments, the aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Commitments shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments outstanding immediately prior to the applicable Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date;

(iii)    no Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments shall have a final maturity date (or require commitment reductions or amortizations) prior to the Revolving Facility Maturity Date in effect at the time of incurrence for the Revolving Facility Commitments being replaced;

(iv)    all other terms applicable to such Replacement Revolving Facility (other than provisions relating to (x) fees, interest rates and other pricing terms and prepayment and commitment reduction and optional redemption terms which shall be as agreed between the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders providing such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments and (y) the amount of any letter of credit sublimit and swingline commitment under such Replacement Revolving Facility, which shall be as agreed between the applicable Borrowers, the Lenders providing such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments, the Administrative Agent and the replacement issuing bank and replacement swingline lender, if any, under such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments) taken as a whole shall be substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than, the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Initial Revolving Loans (except to the extent such covenants and other terms (I) apply solely to any period after the latest Revolving Facility Maturity Date in effect at the time of incurrence, (II) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time of incurrence, or (III) are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith; and

 

123


(v)    (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of such Replacement Revolving Facility that is not a Loan Party and (B) there shall be no borrowers in respect of such Replacement Revolving Facility that are not the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or an Additional Borrower.

In addition, the Borrowers may establish Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments to refinance and/or replace all or any portion of a Term Loan hereunder (regardless of whether such Term Loan is repaid with the proceeds of Replacement Revolving Loans or otherwise), so long as the aggregate amount of such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments does not exceed the aggregate amount of Term Loans repaid at the time of establishment thereof (it being understood that such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment may be provided by the Lenders holding the Term Loans being repaid and/or by any other person that would be a permitted Assignee hereunder) so long as (i) before and after giving effect to the establishment such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments on the Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall be satisfied to the extent required by the relevant agreement governing such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments, (ii) the remaining life to termination of such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity then applicable to the refinanced Term Loans, (iii) the final termination date of the Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments shall be no earlier than the Term Facility Maturity Date of the refinanced Term Loans, (iv) with respect to Replacement Revolving Loans secured by Liens on Collateral that rank junior in right of security to the Initial Revolving Loans, such Liens will be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement and (v) the requirement of clause (v) in the preceding sentence shall be satisfied mutatis mutandis.

Solely to the extent that an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender is not a replacement issuing bank or replacement swingline lender, as the case may be, under a Replacement Revolving Facility, it is understood and agreed that such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall not be required to issue any letters of credit or swingline loans under such Replacement Revolving Facility and, to the extent it is necessary for such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender to withdraw as an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, at the time of the establishment of such Replacement Revolving Facility, such withdrawal shall be on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in its sole discretion. The Borrowers agree to reimburse each Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in full upon demand, for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket cost or expense attributable to such withdrawal.

(m)    The Borrowers may approach any Lender or any other person that would be a permitted Assignee of a Revolving Facility Commitment pursuant to Section 9.04 to provide all or a portion of the Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment. Any Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment made on any Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date shall be designated an additional Class of Revolving Facility Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments may, to the extent provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Revolving Facility Commitments.

(n)    On any Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, each of the Lenders with Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class shall purchase from each of the other Lenders with Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class, at the principal amount thereof and in the applicable currencies, such interests in the Replacement Revolving Loans and participations in Letters of Credit

 

124


and Swingline Loans under such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class then outstanding on such Replacement Revolving Facility Effective Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Replacement Revolving Loans and participations of such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments of such Class will be held by the Lenders thereunder ratably in accordance with their Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments.

(o)    For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (i) if a Lender is providing a Refinancing Term Loan, such Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Term Loan having the terms of such Refinancing Term Loan and (ii) if a Lender is providing a Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment, such Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment having the terms of such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, this Section 2.21), (i) the aggregate amount of Refinancing Term Loans and Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments will not be included in the calculation of the Incremental Amount, (ii) no Refinancing Term Loan or Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (iii) there shall be no condition to any incurrence of any Refinancing Term Loan or Replacement Revolving Facility Commitment at any time or from time to time other than those set forth in clauses (j) or (l) above, as applicable, and (iv) all Refinancing Term Loans, Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(p)    Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, (i) for the purpose of determining the number of outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowings upon the incurrence of any Incremental Loans, (x) to the extent the last date of Interest Periods for multiple Eurocurrency Borrowings under the Term Facilities fall on the same day, such Eurocurrency Borrowings shall be considered a single Eurocurrency Borrowing, and (y) to the extent the last date of Interest Periods for multiple Eurocurrency Borrowings under the Revolving Facilities fall on the same day, such Eurocurrency Borrowings shall be considered a single Eurocurrency Borrowing, and (ii) the initial Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing of Incremental Loans may, at the applicable Borrowers’ option, be of a duration of a number of Business Days that is less than one month, and the Adjusted LIBO Rate with respect to such initial Interest Period shall be the same as the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to any then-outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing, as the applicable Borrowers may direct, so long as the last day of such initial Interest Period is the same as the last day of the Interest Period with respect to such outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing.

Section 2.22    Defaulting Lender. (a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)    Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definitions of “Required Lenders” or “Required Revolving Facility Lenders.”

(ii)    Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, following an Event of Default or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.06 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent

 

125


hereunder, second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder, third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.05(j), fourth, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.05(j), sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)    Certain Fees. (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

(B)    Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive L/C Participation Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its pro rata share of the amount available under of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral.

(C)    With respect to any Commitment Fee or L/C Participation Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s or Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv)    Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective pro rata Commitments (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Facility Credit Exposure plus Ancillary Commitments of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

126


(v)    Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, within three (3) Business Days following the written request of (i) the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank, as applicable (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j).

(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Facility Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Facility Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that, no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c)    New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) the Issuing Banks shall not be required to issue, extend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

On the date of each Credit Event, Bidco and each Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders that:

Section 3.01    Organization; Powers. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, each of Holdings, Bidco, each Borrower and each of the Material Subsidiaries (a) is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, company or other entity duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (or, if applicable in a foreign jurisdiction, enjoys the equivalent status under the laws of any jurisdiction of organization outside the United States of America) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its material property and assets and to carry on its business in all material respects as now conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow and otherwise obtain credit hereunder.

 

127


Section 3.02    Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Bidco and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties and, in the case of Section 3.02(a) and 3.02(b)(i)(B), Holdings, of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the borrowings hereunder (a) have been duly authorized by all corporate, stockholder, shareholder, partnership, limited liability company action or similar action required to be obtained by Holdings, Bidco and such Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Holdings, Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, (B) the certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association (statuten) or other constitutive documents (including any partnership, limited liability company or operating agreements) or by-laws of Holdings, Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, (C) any applicable order of any court or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority applicable to Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party or (D) any provision of any indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument to which Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, give rise to a right of or result in any cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation (including any payment) under any such indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument, where any such conflict, violation, breach or default referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.02(b), would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to (x) any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents and Permitted Liens, or (y) any Equity Interests of Bidco now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings, other than Liens created by the Loan Documents or Liens permitted by Article VIA.

Section 3.03    Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings, Bidco and each Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by Bidco, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party that is party thereto and the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements when executed and delivered by Holdings will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing, (iv) any foreign laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries organized outside of the United States that are not Loan Parties, registrations, filings, notices or other actions or steps required to be made under any foreign laws, rules and regulations in order to perfect security created by the Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for all Liens created by such Security Documents, in each case, in the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary organized outside of the United States that are not Loan Parties and (v) the Legal Reservations.

Section 3.04    Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required for the execution, delivery or performance of each Loan Document to which Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party is a party, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or an equivalent filing in foreign jurisdictions), (b) filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and comparable offices in foreign jurisdictions and equivalent filings in foreign jurisdictions, (c) recordation of the Mortgages, (d) if applicable, approvals or advice from any works council having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (e) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect, (f) such actions, consents and approvals the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (g) filings or other actions listed on Schedule 3.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and any other filings, stampings, registrations, notarizations or notifications required by the Security Documents, required to perfect security created by the Security Documents or required to achieve the relevant priority for all Liens created by such Security Documents.

 

128


Section 3.05    Financial Statements. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.05 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Target Group as at December 31, 2016, the audited consolidated profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the notes, statements or documents included in or annexed or attached thereto and directors’ reports relating thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent in all material respects to the preparation of the previous two years’ statutory accounts and in accordance with GAAP and the Companies Act 2006 as at the date on which they were prepared, and give, in all material respects, a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Target Group as at December 31, 2016 and of the profit or loss of the Target Group for the period ended December 31, 2016.

(b)    The unaudited consolidated management accounts of the Target Group for the period from December 31, 2016 and ending on May 31, 2017 have been prepared on a basis consistent in all material respects with those adopted in the preparation of management accounts for all equivalent periods ended during the previous 12 months and, taking into account the purpose for which they were prepared and, recognizing that they were not prepared or verified on a statutory basis or to audit standard, they show with reasonable accuracy the financial state of affairs of the Target Group for the period in respect of which they have been prepared in all material respects.

Section 3.06    No Material Adverse Effect. Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate with other events or circumstances, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07    Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases. (a) Each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, its general partner in its capacity as general partner of such limited partnership and in the name of the partnership) has valid title in fee simple or local equivalent to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all its Real Properties (including all Mortgaged Properties) and has valid title to its personal property and assets, in each case, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens and except for defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Equity Interests of (x) Bidco owned by Holdings and (y) the Company, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower owned by Bidco are in each case free and clear of Liens, other than Liens permitted by Article VIA.

(b)    Bidco and each of the Subsidiaries have complied with all material obligations under all leases to which it is a party, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such leases are in full force and effect, except leases in respect of which the failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)    As of the Closing Date and to the knowledge of Bidco, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries has received any written notice of any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any material portion of the Mortgaged Properties identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation that remains unresolved as of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.07(c) to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

129


(d)    As of the Closing Date, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement or any interest therein, except as permitted under Section 6.02 or 6.05 or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)    Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement lists each Material Real Property owned by any Loan Party as of the Closing Date.

Section 3.08    Subsidiaries. (a) Schedule 3.08(a) to the Original Credit Agreement sets forth as of the Closing Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization of each Subsidiary of Holdings and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any such Subsidiary.

(b)    As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors (or entities controlled by directors) and shares held by directors (or entities controlled by directors)) relating to any Equity Interests of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, except as set forth on Schedule 3.08(b) to the Original Credit Agreement.

Section 3.09    Litigation; Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority or in arbitration now pending against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or any business, property or rights of any such person (including those that involve any Loan Document) that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    None of Bidco, the Subsidiaries and their respective properties or assets is in violation of (nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate) any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permit, but excluding any Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 3.16) or any restriction of record or agreement affecting any Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10    Federal Reserve Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan (or the extension of any Letter of Credit) hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board.

Section 3.11    Investment Company Act. None of Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 3.12    Use of Proceeds. (a) The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving Facility Loans, Swingline Loans and Ancillary Facilities, and may request the issuance of Letters of Credit, solely for general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, for the Transactions the Post-Closing Transactions, Permitted Business Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures and Transaction Expenses and, in the case of Letters of Credit, for the back-up or replacement of existing letters of credit), (b) the Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Repricing Term B Loans made on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to refinance in full the Existing Term B Loans (as defined in the 2018 Amendment), (c)

 

130


the Borrowers will use the proceeds of the 2018 Incremental Term Loans to repay all or any portion of the Revolving Facility Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and for general corporate purposes and (d) the Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Repricing Term B Loans and the 2018 Incremental Term Loans to pay fees and expenses payable in connection with the Post-Closing Transactions.

Section 3.13    Taxes. (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state, local and foreign Tax returns required to have been filed by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent) and each such Tax return is true and correct;

(b)    Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable by it on the returns referred to in clause (a) and all other Taxes or assessments (or made adequate provision (in accordance with GAAP) for the payment of all Taxes due), except Taxes or assessments that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings in accordance with Section 5.03 and for which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (as the case may be) has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP; and

(c)    Other than as would not be, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the Closing Date, with respect to Bidco and the Subsidiaries, there are no claims being asserted in writing with respect to any Taxes.

(ii)    The Borrowers intend that no payments by the Lux Borrower under any Loan Document will be subject to any U.K. Tax Deduction.

Section 3.14    No Material Misstatements. (a) All written factual information (other than the Projections, forward looking information and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) (the “Information”) concerning Bidco, the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries, the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement included in the Information Memorandum or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the foregoing or their representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement, when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the date such Information was furnished to the Lenders and as of the Closing Date and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of any such date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made (giving effect to all supplements and updates provided thereto).

(b)    The Projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic nature prepared by or on behalf of Bidco or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by Bidco to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that such Projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such Projections may differ significantly from the projected results, and that no assurance can be given that the projected results will be realized), as of the date such Projections and information were furnished to the Lenders.

 

131


Section 3.15    Employee Benefit Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) all Foreign Pension Plans, other than the German pension plans, have been maintained and funded in accordance with all applicable laws; and (iii) regarding German pension plans, benefits arising from direct pension promises (Direktzusagen) are shown on the balance sheet (book reserves) in accordance with GAAP.

Section 3.16    Environmental Matters. Except (i) as set forth on Schedule 3.16 to the Original Credit Agreement or (ii) in respect of any other acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no written notice, request for information, order, complaint or penalty has been received by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, and, to Bidco’s knowledge, there are no judicial, administrative or other actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened, which allege a violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws, in each case relating to Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, (ii) each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has all permits, licenses and any other approvals of any Governmental Authority necessary for its respective business, properties and operations to comply with all Environmental Laws (“Environmental Permits”) and is in compliance with the terms of such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws, (iii) no Hazardous Material is located at, on or under any property currently or, to Bidco’s knowledge, formerly owned, operated or leased by the Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, and no Hazardous Material has been generated, used, treated, stored, handled, disposed of, controlled, or transported or Released at any location in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, (iv) there are no agreements in which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries has assumed or undertaken responsibility for any known or reasonably likely liability or obligation of any other person arising under or relating to Environmental Laws, which in any such case has not been made available to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, and (v) there has been no material written environmental assessment or audit conducted (other than customary assessments not revealing anything that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), by or on behalf of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries of any property currently or, to Bidco’s knowledge, formerly owned, operated or leased by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that has not been made available to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Section 3.17    Security Documents. (a) Each Collateral Agreement will be effective to create (to the extent described therein and subject, in the case of Collateral Agreements governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located outside of the United States of America, to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements) in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), in each case, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest which such Security Document purports to create in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. As of the Closing Date, in the case of the Pledged Collateral described in the Collateral Agreements, when certificates or promissory notes, as applicable, representing such Pledged Collateral and required to be delivered under the terms set forth in the applicable Collateral Agreement are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in such applicable Collateral Agreement (other than the Intellectual Property), when financing statements and other filings are filed or registered, as applicable, in the applicable offices or system of registration and other actions described in the Collateral Agreements are taken in applicable foreign jurisdictions, the

 

132


Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected under the Loan Documents and, in each case, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, any exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements) and, subject to Section 9-315 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (or similar laws in applicable foreign jurisdictions), the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or similar financing statements or filings or other actions described in the Collateral Agreements in applicable foreign jurisdictions), in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person (except Permitted Liens).

(b)    When the U.S. Collateral Agreements or an ancillary document thereunder is properly filed and recorded in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, and, with respect to Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected by such filings, upon the proper filing of the financing statements referred to in clause (a) above, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected (subject to exceptions arising from defects in the chain of title, which defects in the aggregate do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect hereunder) Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties thereunder in the material United States Intellectual Property included in the Collateral (but, in the case of the United States registered copyrights included in the Collateral, only to the extent such United States registered copyrights are listed in such ancillary document filed with the United States Copyright Office) listed in such ancillary document, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person, except for Permitted Liens (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on material registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Closing Date).

(c)    The Mortgages executed and delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.10 shall be effective to create (to the extent described therein and subject, in the case of Mortgages governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located outside of the United States of America, to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Mortgages) in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) legal, valid and enforceable Liens on all of the Loan Parties’ rights, titles and interests in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed or recorded in the proper real estate filing or recording offices, and all relevant mortgage taxes and recording charges are duly paid, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have valid Liens with record notice to third parties on, and security interests in, all rights, titles and interests of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property (to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected under the Loan Documents and, in each case, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, any exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Mortgages) and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar laws in applicable foreign jurisdictions), the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person, except for Permitted Liens.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 3.17) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Borrower or any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign law (other than laws of a Security Jurisdiction).

 

133


Section 3.18    Location of Real Property. The Perfection Certificate lists correctly, in all material respects, as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property owned by Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the addresses thereof. As of the Closing Date, Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties own in fee simple (or local equivalent) all the Real Property set forth as being owned by them in the Perfection Certificate except to the extent set forth therein.

Section 3.19    Solvency. (a) As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions on the Closing Date, (i) the fair value of the assets of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

(b)    As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions on the Closing Date, Bidco does not intend to, and Bidco does not believe that it or any of its Subsidiaries will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such Subsidiary and the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary.

Section 3.20    Labor Matters. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes pending against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries; (b) the hours worked and payments made to employees of Bidco and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or for which any claim may be made against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Bidco or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any material collective bargaining agreement to which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (or any predecessor) is a party or by which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (or any predecessor) is bound.

Section 3.21    Insurance. Schedule 3.21 to the Original Credit Agreement sets forth a true, complete and correct description, in all material respects, of all material insurance (excluding any title insurance) maintained by or on behalf of Bidco or the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect.

Section 3.22    No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

134


Section 3.23    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except (i) as set forth in Schedule 3.23 to the Original Credit Agreement or (ii) in respect of any other acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) Bidco and the Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for Bidco and the Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, (b) to the knowledge of Bidco, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries are infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of any person in any material respect, and (c) to the knowledge of Bidco, (i) no claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property owned by Bidco and the Subsidiaries is pending and (ii) no claim or litigation regarding any other Intellectual Property described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) is pending.

Section 3.24    Senior Debt. The Loan Obligations constitute “Senior Debt” (or the equivalent thereof) under the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted to be incurred hereunder constituting Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations.

Section 3.25    USA PATRIOT Act; OFAC.

(a)    Each of Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with the material provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act (to the extent applicable), and, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers have provided to the Administrative Agent all information related to the Loan Parties (including names, addresses and tax identification numbers (if applicable)) reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and mutually agreed to be required under “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, to be obtained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(b)    None of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Bidco, any director, officer, agent or employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is (or is a majority owned or controlled by persons that are) (i) currently the target of any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or the U.S. State Department, the European Union or relevant member states of the European Union, the United Nations Security Council or Her Majesty’s Treasury (“Sanctions”) or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the target of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such country or territory (“Sanctioned Country”). The Borrowers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or use the Letters of Credit or otherwise make available such proceeds or Letters of Credit to any person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person that is, at the time of such financing, the target of any Sanctions or for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction with or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited for persons required to comply with Sanctions laws and regulations administered by the United States, including OFAC and the U.S. State Department, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the European Union or relevant member states of the European Union (collectively, the “Sanctions Laws”), or in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions Laws applicable to any party hereto. Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Bidco, the directors, officers, agents and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, are in compliance with all applicable Sanctions Laws in all material respects.

(c)     (A) The statements contained in this Section 3.25 made by any Subsidiary resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 paragraph 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz), (i) are only made to the extent such relevant representation and/or warranty does not result in a violation of or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung), and (ii) with respect to any such Subsidiary as to which

 

135


Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996 applies, are only made to the extent such relevant representation and/or warranty does not result in a violation of or conflict with any provision of Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996, and (B) the representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.25 given by any Loan Party to any Lender resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 para. 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) are made only to the extent that any Lender resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 para. 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) would be permitted to make such representation and warranties pursuant to section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung). In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of this Section 3.25(c) of which a Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made.

Section 3.26    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Bidco, the directors, officers, agents and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, are in compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and similar laws of all jurisdictions in which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries conduct their business and to which they are lawfully subject (“Anti-Corruption Laws”), in each case, in all material respects. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder and no Letters of Credit will be used in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law, including to make any unlawful bribe, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

Section 3.27    Holding Companies. None of Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower has carried on any business, traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future) that would not be permitted by Article VIA.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of (a) the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans and (b) any Issuing Bank to issue, amend or extend Letters of Credit or increase the amount available under Letters of Credit hereunder (each, a “Credit Event”) are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08) of the following conditions:

Section 4.01    All Credit Events. On the date of each Borrowing and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (in each case, other than pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement):

(a)    The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of a Borrowing, a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or a Borrowing Request shall have been deemed given in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 2.03) or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.05(b).

(b)    In the case of each Credit Event (other than an amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit without any increase in the amount available under such Letter of Credit), subject to Section 7.04, the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date, in each case, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

136


(c)    In the case of each Credit Event, at the time of and immediately after such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (other than an amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit without any increase in the amount available under such Letter of Credit), as applicable, and subject to Section 7.04, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d)    Each Borrowing and other Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date of such Borrowing, issuance, amendment, extension or renewal as applicable, as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b)(ii) and (c)(ii) of this Section 4.01.

Section 4.02    [Reserved].

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Borrower and Bidco and (with respect to Sections 5.01(a), 5.06 and 5.10(a), (f) and (g)) Holdings covenants and agrees with each Lender that, until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each Borrower and (with respect to Sections 5.01(a), 5.06 and 5.10(a), (f) and (g)) Holdings will, and will cause Bidco and each of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 5.01    Existence; Business and Properties. (a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except, in the case of a Subsidiary of Bidco (other than the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower), where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05 and Article VIA, and except for the liquidation or dissolution of Subsidiaries (other than the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower) if the assets of such Subsidiaries to the extent they exceed estimated liabilities are acquired by Bidco or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco in such liquidation or dissolution; provided, that Subsidiary Loan Parties may not be liquidated into Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (except in each case as permitted under Section 6.05).

(b)    Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, do or cause to be done all things necessary to (i) lawfully obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the permits, franchises, authorizations, Intellectual Property, licenses and rights with respect thereto necessary to the normal conduct of its business, and (ii) to the extent required to ensure that the business carried on in connection therewith, if any, may be properly conducted at all times (in each case except as permitted by this Agreement), (A) at all times maintain, protect and preserve all property necessary to the normal conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and (B) from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary.

Section 5.02    Insurance. (a) Maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance (subject to customary deductibles and retentions) in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, cause the Collateral Agent to be listed as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies with respect to Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Collateral Agent to be listed as an additional insured on liability policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bidco and the Subsidiaries may self-insure with respect to such risks with respect to which companies of established reputation engaged in the same general line of business in the same general area usually self-insure.

 

137


(b)    Except as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion, cause all such property and casualty insurance policies with respect to the Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, deliver a certificate of an insurance broker to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy covered by this clause (b) to provide that it shall not be cancelled or not renewed upon less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to or concurrently with the cancellation or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance covered by this clause (b), a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral Agent), or insurance certificate with respect thereto, together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of payment of the premium therefor, in each case of the foregoing, to the extent customarily maintained, purchased or provided to, or at the request of, lenders by similarly situated companies in connection with credit facilities of this nature.

(c)    If any portion of any Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area (each a “Special Flood Hazard Area”) with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the Flood Insurance Laws, (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount not less than the maximum limit of coverage made available with respect to the particular type of property under the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including a copy of the flood insurance policy and declaration page relating thereto.

(d)    In connection with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.02, it is understood and agreed that:

(i)    the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their respective agents or employees shall not be liable for any loss or damage insured by the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 5.02, it being understood that (A) the Loan Parties shall look solely to their insurance companies or any other parties other than the aforesaid parties for the recovery of such loss or damage and (B) such insurance companies shall have no rights of subrogation against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, any Issuing Bank or their agents or employees. If, however, the insurance policies, as a matter of the internal policy of such insurer, do not provide waiver of subrogation rights against such parties, as required above, then each of Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and behalf of each of the Subsidiaries, hereby agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to waive, and further agrees to cause each of their Subsidiaries to waive, its right of recovery, if any, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, any Issuing Bank and their agents and employees;

(ii)    the designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by the Collateral Agent (including acting in the capacity as the Collateral Agent) under this Section 5.02 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries or the protection of their properties; and

 

138


(iii)    the amount and type of insurance that Bidco and its Subsidiaries have in effect as of the Closing Date satisfies for all purposes the requirements of this Section 5.02.

Section 5.03    Taxes. Pay its obligations in respect of all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Bidco or a Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to make payment before delinquency or default could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04    Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such information to the Lenders):

(a)    within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017), a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss showing the financial position of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of their operations during such year and, starting with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the prior fiscal year, which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be accompanied by customary management’s discussion and analysis and audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or as to the status of Bidco or any Material Subsidiary as a going concern, other than solely with respect to, or resulting solely from, (x) an upcoming maturity date under any series of Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered, (y) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period or (z) the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that the delivery by Bidco of annual reports on Form 10-K or Form 20-F (or any successor or comparable form) of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(a) to the extent such annual reports include the information specified herein);

(b)    within (i) 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2017, and (ii) 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss showing the financial position of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of their operations during such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year and, starting with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2018, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be in reasonable detail, which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be accompanied by customary management’s discussion and analysis and which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be certified by a Financial Officer of Bidco on behalf of Bidco as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (it being understood that the delivery by Bidco of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or reports on Form 6-K (or any successor or comparable form) of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(b) to the extent such quarterly reports include the information specified herein);

(c)    (x) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Bidco (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default

 

139


has occurred since the date of the last certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.04(c) or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) commencing with the end of the second full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, setting forth computations in reasonable detail demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenant (to the extent applicable) and (iii) setting forth the calculation and uses of the Cumulative Credit for the fiscal period then ended if Bidco shall have used the Cumulative Credit for any purpose during such fiscal period and (y) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, if the accounting firm is not restricted from providing such a certificate by its policies office, a certificate of the accounting firm opining on or certifying such statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such statements of any Default or Event of Default (which certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations);

(d)    promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other publicly available reports, proxy statements and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, other materials filed by Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries with the SEC (or equivalent regulatory body in the relevant jurisdiction), or after an initial public offering, distributed to its stockholders generally, as applicable; provided, however, that such reports, proxy statements, filings and other materials required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (d) shall be deemed delivered for purposes of this Agreement when posted to the website of the Borrower Representative (or Holdings or any Parent Entity referred to in Section 5.04(i)) or the website of the SEC (or equivalent regulatory body in the relevant jurisdiction) and written notice of such posting has been delivered to the Administrative Agent;

(e)    within 90 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the beginning of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018), a consolidated annual budget for such fiscal year consisting of a projected consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income (collectively, the “Budget”), which Budget shall in each case be accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of Bidco to the effect that the Budget is based on assumptions believed by Bidco to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof;

(f)    upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent not more frequently than once a year, an updated Perfection Certificate (or, to the extent such request relates to specified information contained in the Perfection Certificate, such information) reflecting all changes since the date of the information most recently received pursuant to this clause (f) or Section 5.10(f);

(g)    promptly, from time to time, such other customary information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document as in each case the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) and to the extent such information is reasonably available to Bidco;

(h)    no later than 10 Business Days after the delivery of the financial statements required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04, commencing with the financial statements for the first full fiscal period ending after the Closing Date, upon request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower Representative shall hold a customary conference call for the Lenders; and

(i)    in the event that Holdings or any Parent Entity reports on a consolidated basis, such consolidated reporting at Holdings or such Parent Entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 for Bidco (together with a reconciliation showing the adjustments necessary to determine compliance by Bidco and its Subsidiaries with the Financial Covenant) will satisfy the requirements of such paragraphs.

 

140


Bidco hereby acknowledges and agrees that all financial statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) above are hereby deemed to be Borrower Materials suitable for distribution, and to be made available, to Public Lenders as contemplated by Section 9.17 and may be treated by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as if the same had been marked “PUBLIC” in accordance with such paragraph (unless Bidco otherwise notifies the Administrative Agent in writing on or prior to delivery thereof).

Section 5.05    Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly thereafter furnish to the Lenders) written notice of the following promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative obtains actual knowledge thereof:

(a)    any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b)    the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration, against Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    any other development specific to Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that is not a matter of general public knowledge and that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)    the occurrence of any ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that, together with all other ERISA Events or terminations, withdrawals or non-compliance with applicable laws or plan terms with respect to Foreign Pension Plans that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06    Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, that this Section 5.06 shall not apply to Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 5.09, or to laws related to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 5.03.

(b)    Subject to 3.25(c), comply with the USA PATRIOT Act (as applicable), applicable Sanctions Laws, and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects.

Section 5.07    Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Maintain all financial records in accordance with GAAP (it being understood and agreed that each Borrower and each Subsidiary may maintain financial records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization) and permit any persons designated by the Administrative Agent or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries at reasonable times, upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower Representative, and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any

 

141


persons designated by the Administrative Agent or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower Representative to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor (so long as the Borrower Representative has the opportunity to participate in any such discussions with such accountants), in each case, subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or by contract.

Section 5.08    Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans made and Letters of Credit issued in the manner contemplated by Section 3.12.

Section 5.09    Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and make reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; and obtain and renew all material authorizations and permits required pursuant to Environmental Law for its operations and properties, in each case in accordance with Environmental Laws, except, in each case with respect to this Section 5.09, to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10    Further Assurances; Additional Security.

(a)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages and other documents), that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including, without limitation, those required by applicable law), to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and provide to the Collateral Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

(b)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, if any asset (other than Real Property) that has an individual fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) greater than $2,500,000 is acquired by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date or owned by an entity at the time it becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (in each case other than (x) assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of such Security Document upon acquisition thereof and (y) assets constituting Excluded Property), Bidco or such Subsidiary Loan Party, as applicable, will (i) notify the Collateral Agent of such acquisition or ownership and (ii) cause such asset to be subjected to a Lien (subject to any Permitted Liens) securing the Obligations, and take, and cause the applicable Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 5.10, all at the expense of the applicable Loan Parties, subject to clause (g) below.

(c)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, (i) grant and cause each of Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties to grant to the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) security interests in, and Mortgages on, any Material Real Property of Bidco or such Subsidiary Loan Parties, as applicable, that is acquired after the Closing Date, within 150 days after the acquisition thereof (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), which security interest and Mortgages shall constitute valid and enforceable Liens subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, (ii) record or file, and cause each such Loan Party to record or file, the Mortgage or instruments related thereto in such manner and in the filing or recording offices in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located in order

 

142


to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a valid and enforceable Lien on such Mortgaged Property subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, and pay, and cause each such Loan Party to pay, in full, all Taxes, fees and other charges required to be paid in connection with such recording or filing, in each case subject to clause (g) below, and (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent an updated Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement reflecting such Mortgaged Properties. Unless otherwise waived by the Collateral Agent, with respect to each such Mortgage, the applicable Loan Party shall cause the requirements set forth in clause (f) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” (to the extent applicable to such Mortgaged Property) to be satisfied, in all material respects, with respect to such Material Real Property.

(d)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, if any additional direct or indirect Subsidiary of Bidco is formed or acquired after the Closing Date (with any Subsidiary Redesignation resulting in an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary being deemed to constitute the acquisition of a Subsidiary) and if such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Loan Party pursuant to the definition thereof and subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, within 20 Business Days after the date such Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), notify the Collateral Agent thereof and of any Material Real Property owned by such Subsidiary and, within 30 Business Days after the date such Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion (or, with respect to clauses (f) and (g) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” within 150 days after such formation or acquisition or such longer period as set forth therein or as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion, as applicable), cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, subject to clause (g) below.

(e)    [reserved].

(f)    Furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change (A) in any Loan Party’s corporate or organization name, (B) in any Loan Party’s identity or organizational structure, (C) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number, if applicable or (D) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or incorporation; provided, that, subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Borrower Representative shall not effect or permit any such change unless all filings, to the extent applicable and required, have been made, or will have been made within 60 days following such change (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), under the Uniform Commercial Code or its equivalent that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by such filing, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(g)    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 and the other Loan Documents with respect to Collateral, to the extent provided by any Subsidiary Loan Party organized in the United States, need not be satisfied with respect to any of the following (collectively, the “Excluded U.S. Property”): (i) any Real Property other than Material Real Property, (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letter of credit rights (in each case, other than to the extent a Lien on such assets or such rights can be perfected by filing a UCC-1 that is otherwise required to be filed for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the terms of the U.S. Collateral Agreements) and commercial tort claims, (iii) pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule, regulation or contractual obligation (with respect to any such contractual obligation, only to the extent such restriction is permitted under Section 6.09(c) and such restriction is binding on such assets (1) on the Closing Date or (2) on the date of the acquisition thereof and not entered into in

 

143


contemplation thereof (other than in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness of the type contemplated by Section 6.01(i))) (in each case, except to the extent such prohibition is unenforceable after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) or which could require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (iv) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (provided that assets of Subsidiaries that are organized under the laws of any Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date may not be excluded pursuant to this clause (iv)), (v) any lease, license or other agreement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (vi) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby, (vii) any governmental licenses or state or local licenses, franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (viii) any “intent-to-use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. §1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Section 1(c) or 1(d) of the Lanham Act has been filed, or if filed, has not been deemed in conformance with Section 1(a) of the Lanham Act or examined and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (ix) [reserved], (x) Securitization Assets sold to any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or otherwise pledged, factored, transferred or sold in connection with any Permitted Securitization Financing, and any other assets subject to Liens securing Permitted Securitization Financings, (xi) any Excluded Securities, (xii) any Third Party Funds, (xiii) any equipment or other asset that is subject to a Lien permitted by any of clauses (c), (i), (j), (aa) or (mm) of Section 6.02 or is otherwise subject to a purchase money debt or a Capitalized Lease Obligation, in each case, as permitted by Section 6.01, if the contract or other agreement providing for such debt or Capitalized Lease Obligation prohibits or requires the consent of any person (other than any Loan Party) as a condition to the creation of any other security interest on such equipment or asset and, in each case, such prohibition or requirement is permitted hereunder (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (xiv) all assets of Holdings other than Equity Interests of Bidco and intercompany receivables directly held by Holdings and pledged pursuant to the Holdings Pledge Agreement, and (xv) any other exceptions mutually agreed upon between the Borrower Representative and the Collateral Agent; provided, that the Borrower Representative may in its sole discretion elect to exclude any property from the definition of Excluded U.S. Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time or waiver of requirement for the creation or perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of insurance (including title insurance) or surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower Representative, that perfection or obtaining of such items cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (B) no control agreement or control, lockbox or similar arrangement shall be required with respect to any deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts, (C) no landlord, mortgagee or bailee waivers (including any estoppel, collateral access letters or similar types of waiver) shall be required, (D) no security documents governed by, or perfection actions under, the law of a jurisdiction other than a Security Jurisdiction shall be required, (E) no periodic filing shall be required to be made (other than as expressly required pursuant to a Security Document governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) and

 

144


no notice shall be required to be sent to insurers, third-party account debtors or other contractual third parties prior to an Event of Default, (F) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to, or any other requirements of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Security Documents shall be subject to (x) the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party and (y) exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents, (G) to the extent that the Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that a valid and enforceable security interest having the requisite priority can be taken on substantially all of the intended Collateral in any Security Jurisdiction on a generic basis without listing any individual assets, no specific listing of such Collateral shall be required, and (H) to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a jurisdiction with mortgage recording or similar tax, the amount secured by the Security Document with respect to such Mortgaged Property shall be limited to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (subject to any applicable laws in the relevant jurisdiction or such lesser amount agreed to by the Collateral Agent).

Section 5.11    Rating. Exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and to maintain (a) public ratings (but not to obtain a specific rating) from Moody’s and S&P for the Term B Loans and (b) public corporate credit ratings and corporate family ratings (but, in each case, not to obtain a specific rating) from Moody’s and S&P in respect of the Borrowers.

Section 5.12    Post-Closing. Take all necessary actions to satisfy the items described on Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement within the applicable period of time specified in such Schedule (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion).

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each of the Borrowers and Bidco (and with respect to Section 6.12, Holdings) covenants and agrees with each Lender that, until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders (or, in the case of Section 6.11, the Required Revolving Facility Lenders voting as a single Class) shall otherwise consent in writing, none of (in the case of Section 6.12) Holdings or Bidco or the Borrowers will, nor will they permit any of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01    Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a)    (i) Indebtedness existing or committed on the Closing Date (provided, that any such Indebtedness that is (x) not intercompany Indebtedness and (y) in excess of $2,500,000 shall be set forth on Schedule 6.01 to the Original Credit Agreement) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness Refinanced with Indebtedness owed to a person not affiliated with Bidco or any Subsidiary);

(b)    (i) Indebtedness created hereunder (including pursuant to Section 2.21) and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(c)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary pursuant to Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes;

(d)    Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Bidco or any Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

 

145


(e)    Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings; provided, that Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party owing to the Loan Parties incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(e) shall be subject to Section 6.04;

(f)    Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

(g)    Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    (i) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or a person merged or consolidated with Bidco or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness otherwise incurred or assumed by Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests (including a Permitted Business Acquisition), where such acquisition, merger or consolidation is not prohibited by this Agreement; provided, that, (w) in the case of any such Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other First Liens, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 4.35 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto, (x) in the case of any such Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Junior Liens and by Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 5.75 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net Secured Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto, (y) in the case of any other such Indebtedness, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 5.75 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net Total Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto and (z) in the case of any such Indebtedness incurred under this clause (h) by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party that is incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period; provided, further, that the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (h)(i) incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01 and the incurrence (but not assumption) of any such term loan Indebtedness that is secured by Other First Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02; and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness;

 

146


(i)    (i) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and other Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of the respective property (real or personal, and whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interest of any person owning such property) permitted under this Agreement in order to finance such acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, in an aggregate principal amount that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(i)(i), would not exceed the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of computer equipment (including servers), storage equipment, networking equipment and other equipment and similar assets related to the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries and any finance lease obligations not prohibited hereunder and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing;

(j)    (i) Capitalized Lease Obligations and any other Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary arising from any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction that is permitted under Section 6.03, in an aggregate principal amount that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(j)(i), would not exceed $20,000,000 (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations or other obligations or deferrals attributable to capital spending and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing;

(k)    (i) other Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(k), would not exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(l)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount up to the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received after the Closing Date by Bidco from (x) the issuance or sale of its Qualified Equity Interests (or shareholder loans on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or (y) a cash contribution to its common equity with the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale by Holdings or a Parent Entity of its Qualified Equity Interests (or shareholder loans on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or a cash contribution to its common equity (in each case of (x) and (y), other than proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests to, or contributions from, Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries), to the extent such net cash proceeds do not constitute Excluded Contributions or Permitted Cure Securities;

(m)    Guarantees (i) by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of any Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, (ii) by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent such Guarantees are permitted by Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(v)) and (iii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness of another Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party; provided, that Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party under this Section 6.01(m) of any other Indebtedness of a person that is subordinated to other Indebtedness of such person shall be expressly subordinated to the Loan Obligations to at least the same extent as such underlying Indebtedness is subordinated;

 

147


(n)    Indebtedness arising from agreements of Bidco or any Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price or similar obligations (including earn-outs, which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt and to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any earn-outs pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement), in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Business Acquisition, other Investments or the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary not prohibited by this Agreement;

(o)    Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued to support performance obligations and trade-related letters of credit (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

(p)    Indebtedness in respect of bank guarantees, sureties (Bürgschaften) or any other instruments issued by a bank or financial institution upon request of Bidco or any Subsidiary in order to comply with the requirements of section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(q)    (i) Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other First Liens so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 4.35 to 1.00; provided, that (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (q)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), this Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period and (y) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (q)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01 and the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (q)(i) in the form of term loans shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(r)    (i) Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Junior Liens and by Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00; provided, that (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (r)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), this Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period and (y) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (r)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(s)    (i) unsecured Indebtedness so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00; provided, that (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (s)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of

 

148


any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), this Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period and (y) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (s)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(t)    (i) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount outstanding that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(t), would not exceed the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(u)    Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of Bidco or any Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided, that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedging Agreements;

(v)    Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Bidco or any Subsidiary (or, to the extent such work is done for Bidco or the Subsidiaries, any direct or indirect parent thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(w)    Indebtedness in connection with Permitted Securitization Financings in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period;

(x)    obligations in respect of Cash Management Agreements;

(y)    (i) Refinancing Notes and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof;

(z)    (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed at the time of incurrence the Incremental Amount available at such time; provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (z)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i) and Section 6.01(s)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, (B) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (z)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.01, and (C) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other First Liens pursuant to this clause (z)(i) in the form of term loans shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(aa)    [reserved];

(bb)    (i) Indebtedness of, incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures in an aggregate principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to

 

149


the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(bb), would not exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 0.22 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(cc)    Indebtedness issued by Bidco or any Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or of Holdings or any Parent Entity, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity permitted by Section 6.06;

(dd)    Indebtedness consisting of obligations of Bidco or any Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Business Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(ee)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary to or on behalf of any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of Bidco and the Subsidiaries;

(ff)    Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(gg)    Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the amount available under such Letter of Credit (or a letter of credit issued under any other revolving credit or letter of credit facility permitted by Section 6.01);

(hh)    (i) (x) Indebtedness incurred under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(hh)(i)(x) not to exceed (A) $195,000,000, plus (B) the amount of any Excluded Transaction Debt incurred under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and (y) Indebtedness incurred utilizing the definition of “Incremental Amount” as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(ii)    [reserved];

(jj)    Indebtedness expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum; and

(kk)    all premium (if any, including tender premiums) expenses, defeasance costs, interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (jj) above or refinancings thereof.

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, (a) no Indebtedness may be incurred by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower pursuant to this Section 6.01 unless such Indebtedness is also permitted under Article VIA, (b) with respect to any unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $30,000,000 incurred under Sections 6.01(h) (only with respect to Indebtedness that is incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests), 6.01(l), 6.01(s) or 6.01(z), (i) such Indebtedness shall be incurred as primary obligor only by Bidco, the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower, (ii) such Indebtedness shall provide for the automatic release of any borrower (in the case such Indebtedness is incurred as primary obligor by the US Borrower), guarantor or guarantee in respect of such Indebtedness and/or the sale, transfer or novation of any such Indebtedness (in the case such Indebtedness is incurred as primary obligor by the US Borrower) and/or any guarantee of such

 

150


Indebtedness, in each case on terms substantially equivalent in all material respects to those set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule II of the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement regulating the facilitation of Distressed Disposals and Appropriation (or on terms better for the Lenders) or on terms customarily included in intercreditor arrangements in the European leveraged finance market in relation to subordinated Indebtedness (as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment), (iii) the terms of such Indebtedness shall provide for restrictions on the acceleration and enforcement of the obligations thereunder and the turnover of any receipts in contravention of such provisions on terms customarily included in intercreditor arrangements in the European leveraged finance market in relation to subordinated Indebtedness (as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment) and (iv) the terms of such Indebtedness shall provide for the Secured Parties hereunder to be the third party beneficiaries of the terms in the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and prohibit the amendment or other modification of such terms without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties if such amendment or other modification would cause such terms to fail to comply with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and (c) Indebtedness (i) between Holdings, Bidco and any Subsidiary or (ii) incurred by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the Equity Contribution and owed to any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings, shall only be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 to the extent subordinated to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the Subordination Agreement (provided that, any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party shall only be required to accede to the Subordination Agreement if it makes any loan, credit or other Indebtedness available to one or more other Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $30,000,000).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 or Section 6.02, the amount of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary currency exchange rates in effect, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness) on or prior to the Closing Date, on the Closing Date and, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness) after the Closing Date, on the date on which such Indebtedness was incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness); provided, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars (or in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount, as applicable, of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums), accrued interest, defeasance costs and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

Further, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01:

(A) Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.01(a) through (kk) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof,

(B) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.01(a) through (kk) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”), the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such item of

 

151


Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01 and at the time of incurrence, classification or reclassification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred, classified or reclassified pursuant to any other clause (or portion thereof) at such time; provided, that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date under this Agreement shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 6.01 and (y) all Indebtedness under the Second Lien Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (hh)(i)(x) of this Section 6.01,

(C) in connection with (1) the incurrence of revolving loan Indebtedness under this Section 6.01 or (2) any commitment relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Section 6.01 and the granting of any Lien to secure such Indebtedness, in each case, in connection with a Permitted Business Acquisition or similar Investment whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of third-party financing, the Borrower Representative may designate the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the granting of such Lien therefor as having occurred on the date of first incurrence of such revolving loan Indebtedness or commitment (such date, the “Deemed Date”), and any related subsequent actual incurrence and the granting of such Lien therefor will be deemed for purposes of this Section 6.01 and Section 6.02 of this Agreement to have been incurred or granted on such Deemed Date, including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating usage of any baskets hereunder (if applicable), the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio and EBITDA (and all such calculations, without duplication, on the Deemed Date and on any subsequent date until such commitment is funded or terminated or such election is rescinded without the incurrence thereby shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the deemed incurrence, the granting of any Lien therefor and related transactions in connection therewith) and

(D) for purposes of calculating the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio under Section 6.01(h), (q), (r), (s) and/or (z) on any date of incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to such Section 6.01(h), (q), (r), (s) and/or (z), the net cash proceeds funded by financing sources upon the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred at such time shall not be netted against the applicable amount of Consolidated Debt for purposes of such calculation of the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio or the Net Total Leverage Ratio, as applicable, at such time. In addition, with respect to any Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred hereunder on the date of such incurrence, any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness shall also be permitted hereunder after the date of such incurrence.

This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

With respect to any Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under Section 6.01(h)(i) (solely to the extent set forth therein), 6.01(q)(i), 6.01(r)(i), 6.01(s)(i) and 6.01(z)(i), (A) in the form of term Indebtedness, (1) the stated maturity date of any such Indebtedness shall be no earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date as in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (2) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (B) in the form of revolving Indebtedness, (1) the stated maturity date of any such Indebtedness shall be no earlier than the Revolving Facility Maturity Date as in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (2) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Revolving Facility Loans in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred.

 

152


Section 6.02    Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any person) of Bidco or any Subsidiary at the time owned by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

(a)    (i) Liens on property or assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date (or created following the Closing Date pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date requiring the creation of such Liens) and, to the extent securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.02(a) to the Original Credit Agreement and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided, that such Liens shall secure only those obligations that they secure on the Closing Date (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such obligations permitted by Section 6.01) and shall not subsequently apply to any other property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, and (B) proceeds and products thereof; and (ii) prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, Liens securing any Existing Debt Agreement solely for the period prior to the prompt execution, delivery and filing of instruments, documents or agreements necessary in the applicable local jurisdictions to evidence and confirm the release of such Liens;

(b)    any Lien created under the Loan Documents (including Liens created under the Security Documents securing obligations in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage;

(c)    any Lien on any property or asset of Bidco or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(h); provided, that (i) in the case of Liens that do not extend to the Collateral, such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries not securing such Indebtedness at the date of the acquisition of such property or asset and accessions and additions thereto and proceeds and products thereof (other than after-acquired property required to be subjected to such Lien pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness (and refinancings thereof)), (ii) in the case of Liens on the Collateral that are (or are intended to be) junior in priority to the Liens securing the Term B Loans, such Liens shall be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) in the case of Liens on the Collateral that are (or are intended to be) pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Term B Loans, (x) such Liens shall be subject to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (y) any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans secured by such Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02;

(d)    Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent by more than 30 days or that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

(e)    Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, supplier’s, construction or other like Liens, securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, Bidco or any Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(f)    (i) pledges and deposits and other Liens made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with the Federal Employers Liability Act (or any similar act or legislation in other

 

153


jurisdictions) or any other workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations (including, but not limited to, section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV)) and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations and (ii) pledges and deposits and other Liens securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(g)    deposits and other Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, agreements with utilities, and other obligations of a like nature (including letters of credit in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    (i) zoning restrictions (including, without limitation, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of Real Property imposed by any Governmental Authority), easements, survey exceptions, trackage rights, leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions and declarations on or with respect to the use of Real Property (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights registered in section II (Abteilung II) of a German land register extract), servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements and other similar encumbrances imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business and (ii) title defects or irregularities or encroachments or survey defects, in each case that are of a minor nature and that, in the aggregate, do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(i)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(i) or (j); provided, that such Liens do not apply to any property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired, leased, constructed, replaced, repaired or improved with such Indebtedness (or the Indebtedness Refinanced thereby) or sold in the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, and accessions and additions thereto, proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and related property; provided, further, that individual financings provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings provided by such lender (and its Affiliates) (it being understood that with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (i) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then any Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (i) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be Junior Liens);

(j)    Liens arising out of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted under Section 6.03, so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions and additions thereto or proceeds and products thereof and related property;

(k)    Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(l)    Liens disclosed by the title insurance policies delivered on or subsequent to the Closing Date and pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.10 or Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien; provided, that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal; provided, further, that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

 

154


(m)    any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any leases or subleases entered into by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(n)    Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (and related pledges) (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks and other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposits, sweep accounts, reserve accounts or similar accounts of Bidco or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Bidco or any Subsidiary, including with respect to credit card charge-backs and similar obligations, or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers, suppliers or service providers of Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(o)    Liens (i) arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights or pursuant to the general conditions of banks drawn up by the Netherlands Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) and the Consumers Union (Consumentenbound) or any other general conditions used by, or agreement or arrangement with a bank operating in the Netherlands, Germany (including general terms and conditions of banks or Sparkassen (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken oder Sparkassen)) or any other applicable jurisdiction to the same effect as banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (iv) in respect of Third Party Funds or (v) in favor of credit card companies pursuant to agreements therewith;

(p)    Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations permitted under Section 6.01(f), (k) or (o) and covering the property (or the documents of title in respect of such property) financed by such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations and the proceeds and products thereof;

(q)    leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including with respect to Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business not adversely interfering in any material respect with the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(r)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(s)    Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted hereunder;

(t)    (i) Liens with respect to property or assets of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing obligations of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party permitted under Section 6.01(t) and (ii) Liens with respect to property or assets of the applicable joint venture or the Equity Interests of such joint venture securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(bb) (it being understood that with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (t)(ii) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then any Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (t)(ii) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be Junior Liens);

 

155


(u)    Liens on any amounts held by a trustee or agent under any indenture or other debt agreement issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture or other debt agreement pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions;

(v)    the prior rights of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(w)    agreements to subordinate any interest of Bidco or any Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x)    Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding operating leases or other obligations not constituting Indebtedness;

(y)    Liens (i) on Equity Interests of, or loans to, joint ventures (A) securing obligations of such joint venture or (B) pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangement and (ii) on Equity Interests of, or loans to, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(z)    Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Permitted Investments under clause (c) of the definition thereof;

(aa)    Liens in respect of (i) Permitted Securitization Financings that extend only to the assets subject thereto or bank accounts related thereto and (ii) Equity Interests of, or any assets held by, Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries;

(bb)    Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements; provided, that such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums;

(cc)    in the case of Real Property that constitutes a leasehold interest, any Lien to which the fee simple interest (or any superior leasehold interest) is subject;

(dd)    Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligation (i) of Bidco or a Subsidiary in favor of Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party and (ii) of any Subsidiary that is not Loan Party in favor of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(ee)    Liens (i) on not more than $10,000,000 of deposits securing Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes and (ii) on cash or Permitted Investments securing Hedging Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law;

(ff)    Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a commercial letter of credit, bank guarantee or bankers’ acceptance issued or created for the account of Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Lien secures only the obligations of Bidco or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit, bank guarantee or banker’s acceptance to the extent permitted under Section 6.01;

(gg)    Liens on Collateral that are Junior Liens and Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00;

 

156


(hh)    Liens on Collateral that are Other First Liens, so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Other First Liens and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 4.35 to 1.00; provided that any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans secured by such Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.02;

(ii)    (i) Liens on Collateral that are Other First Liens, so long as such Other First Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b), 6.01(h)(i)(w), 6.01(q), 6.01(y) or 6.01(z) (and, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) and (ii) Liens on Collateral that are Junior Liens, so long as such Junior Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b), 6.01(h)(i)(x), 6.01(r), 6.01(y) or 6.01(z) (and, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

(jj)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention (including extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt)) or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(kk)    Liens to secure any Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance (or successive Indebtedness issued or incurred for subsequent Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by this Section 6.02 (but without reloading any dollar- or asset-based basket); provided, however, that (v) with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk), if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then such Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk) shall also be Junior Liens, (w) with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk), if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Other First Liens, then such Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk) may also be Other First Liens or Junior Liens, (x) (other than Liens contemplated by the foregoing clauses (v) and (w)) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same type of property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on and accessions to such property, proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and any other assets pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent such assets secured (or would have secured) the Indebtedness being Refinanced), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or, if greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness at the time the original Lien became a Lien permitted hereunder, (B) unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) and (C) an amount necessary to pay any associated underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses, and (z) on the date of the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens, the grantors of any such Liens shall be no different from the grantors of the Liens securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced or grantors that would have been obligated to secure such Indebtedness or a Loan Party;

(ll)    other Liens with respect to property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Liens, would not exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period;

(mm)    Liens on property of, or on Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, any person existing at the time (A) such person becomes a Subsidiary or (B) such person or property is acquired by Bidco or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens do not extend to any other assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than accessions and additions thereto and proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property) and (ii) such Liens secure only those obligations which they secure on the date such person becomes a Subsidiary or the date of such acquisition (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof);

 

157


(nn)    [reserved];

(oo)    [reserved]; and

(pp)    Junior Liens on any property or asset of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to secure any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(hh).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.02(a) through (pp) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.02(a) through (pp), the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.02 and at the time of incurrence, classification or reclassification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or any portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Indebtedness that may be incurred, classified or reclassified pursuant to any other clause (or any portion thereof) at such time. In addition, with respect to any revolving loan Indebtedness or commitment to incur Indebtedness that is designated to be incurred on any Deemed Date pursuant to clause (C) of the third paragraph of Section 6.01, any Lien that does or that shall secure such Indebtedness may also be designated by the Borrower Representative or any Subsidiary to be incurred on such Deemed Date and, in such event, any related subsequent actual incurrence of such Lien shall be deemed for purposes of Section 6.01 and 6.02 of this Agreement, without duplication, to be incurred on such prior date (and on any subsequent date until such commitment is funded or terminated or such election is rescinded), including for purposes of calculating usage of any Permitted Lien. In addition, with respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.

With respect to (x) Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date in the form of term loans that are secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Other First Liens incurred under Section 6.02(hh) or (y) any Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred (but not assumed) in the form of term loans pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i)(w) or any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(q)(i) or Section 6.01(z)(i), in each case, prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date that is secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Other First Liens (any such Indebtedness, “Pari Term Loans”), if the All-in Yield in respect of such Pari Term Loans exceeds the All-in Yield in respect of the Term B Loans on the Closing Date by more than 0.50% (such difference, the “Pari Yield Differential”), then the Applicable Margin (or “LIBOR floor” as provided in the following proviso) applicable to such Term B Loans on the Closing Date shall be increased such that after giving effect to such increase, the Pari Yield Differential shall not exceed 0.50%; provided that, to the extent any portion of the Pari Yield Differential is attributable to a higher “LIBOR floor” being applicable to such Pari Term Loans, such floor shall only be included in the calculation of the Pari Yield Differential to the extent such floor is greater than the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect for an Interest Period of three months’ duration at such time, and, with

 

158


respect to such excess, the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such outstanding Term B Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Pari Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to such Term B Loans.

Section 6.03    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter, as part of such transaction, rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction”); provided, that a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall be permitted (a) with respect to (i) Excluded Property, or (ii) property owned by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party regardless of when such property was acquired, and (b) with respect to any other property owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (x) if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is of property owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party, the Net Proceeds therefrom are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.11(b) and (y) with respect to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to this clause (b) with Net Proceeds in excess of $2,500,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, the requirements of the last paragraph of Section 6.05 shall apply to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to the extent provided therein.

Section 6.04    Investments, Loans and Advances. (i) Purchase or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with a person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger) any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other person, (ii) make any loans or advances to or Guarantees of the Indebtedness of any other person (other than in respect of (A) intercompany liabilities incurred in connection with the cash management, Tax and accounting operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries and (B) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-overs or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practices), or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, (x) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another person or (y) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such person (each of the foregoing, an “Investment”), except:

(a)    the Transactions;

(b)    (i) Investments by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the Equity Interests of Bidco or any Subsidiary; (ii) intercompany loans from Bidco or any Subsidiary to Bidco or any Subsidiary; and (iii) Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of Bidco or any Subsidiary; provided, that as at any date of determination, the aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) of (A) Investments made after the Closing Date by the Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (i) in Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties, plus (B) net outstanding intercompany loans made after the Closing Date by the Loan Parties to Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (ii), plus (C) outstanding Guarantees by the Loan Parties of Indebtedness after the Closing Date of Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (iii) (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this proviso any Investment made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.60 to 1.00, which Investment shall be permitted under this Section 6.04(b) without regard to such calculation), shall not exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $25,000,000 and 0.22 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment;

 

159


(c)    Permitted Investments and Investments that were Permitted Investments when made;

(d)    Investments arising out of the receipt by Bidco or any Subsidiary of non-cash consideration for the Disposition of assets permitted under Section 6.05;

(e)    loans and advances to officers, directors, employees or consultants of Bidco or any Subsidiary (i) in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed $5,000,000, (ii) in respect of payroll payments and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in connection with such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) solely to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to Bidco in cash as common equity;

(f)    accounts receivable, security deposits and prepayments arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any assets or securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

(g)    Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes;

(h)    Investments existing on, or contractually committed as of, the Closing Date and, to the extent such Investment is in an amount in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and any extensions, renewals, replacements or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (h) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment existing or committed on the Closing Date (other than pursuant to an increase as required by the terms of any such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04);

(i)    Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under Sections 6.02(f), (g), (o), (r), (s), (ee) and (ll);

(j)    other Investments by Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $50,000,000 and 0.43 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus (Y) any portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.04(j)(Y), which such election shall (unless such Investment is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer thereof, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, and plus (Z) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment pursuant to clause (X); provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(j) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(j);

(k)    Investments constituting Permitted Business Acquisitions;

 

160


(l)    intercompany loans between Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and Guarantees by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties permitted by Section 6.01(m);

(m)    Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business or Investments acquired by Bidco or a Subsidiary as a result of a foreclosure by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investments or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(n)    Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a person merged into or consolidated with Bidco or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, in each case, (i) to the extent such acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted under this Section 6.04, (ii) in the case of any acquisition, merger or consolidation, in accordance with Section 6.05 and (iii) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(o)    acquisitions by Bidco of obligations of one or more officers or other employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity, so long as no cash is actually advanced by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(p)    Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary of operating leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(q)    Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings; provided, that the issuance of such Equity Interests are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit;

(r)    Investments in the Equity Interests of one or more newly formed persons that are received in consideration of the contribution by Holdings, Bidco or the applicable Subsidiary of assets (including Equity Interests and cash) to such person or persons; provided, that (i) the fair market value of such assets, determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative, so contributed pursuant to this clause (r) shall not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) in respect of each such contribution, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative shall certify, in a form to be agreed upon by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (x) immediately after giving effect to such contribution, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (y) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the assets so contributed and (z) that the requirements of clause (i) of this proviso remain satisfied;

(s)    Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06;

(t)    Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

(u)    Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary given in order to comply with the requirements of section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

161


(v)    Guarantees permitted under Section 6.01 (except to the extent such Guarantee is expressly subject to this Section 6.04);

(w)    advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(x)    Investments by Bidco and the Subsidiaries, including loans to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco, if Bidco or any other Subsidiary would otherwise be permitted to make a Restricted Payment in such amount (provided, that the amount of any such Investment shall also be deemed to be a Restricted Payment under the appropriate clause of Section 6.06 for all purposes of this Agreement);

(y)    Investments consisting of Securitization Assets or arising as a result of Permitted Securitization Financings;

(z)    [reserved];

(aa)    to the extent constituting Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of Intellectual Property in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(bb)    [reserved];

(cc)    Investments in joint ventures; provided that the aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) of Investments made after the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 6.04(cc) (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this proviso any Investment made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.60 to 1.00, which Investment shall be permitted under this Section 6.04(cc) without regard to such calculation) shall not exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $15,000,000 and 0.13 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus (Y) an aggregate amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(cc) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(cc);

(dd)    Investments in Similar Businesses in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $15,000,000 and 0.13 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(dd) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(dd);

 

162


(ee)    Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to the applicable Investments, in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $10,000,000 and 0.09 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(ee) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(ee);

(ff)    other Investments so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Investment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.60 to 1.00; and

(gg)    Investments made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and Investments expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.04, no Investment by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 6.04 unless such Investment is also permitted under Article VIA.

The amount of Investments that may be made at any time pursuant to Section 6.04(b), 6.04(j) or 6.04(dd) (such Sections, the “Related Sections”) may, at the election of the Borrower Representative, be increased by the amount of Investments that could be made at such time under the other Related Section; provided, that the amount of each such increase in respect of one Related Section shall be treated as having been used under the other Related Section.

Any Investment in any person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party that is otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 may be made through intermediate Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and such intermediate Investments shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the outstanding amount of Investments pursuant to any clause set forth above. The amount of any Investment made other than in the form of cash or cash equivalents shall be the fair market value thereof (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) an Investment need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Investments (or portion thereof) described in the above clauses but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Investments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses, the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify such permitted Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and at the time of classification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Investment (or any portion thereof) in one of the categories of permitted Investments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses.

Section 6.05    Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions. Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) all or any part of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or Dispose of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or purchase,

 

163


lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all of the assets of any other person or division or line of business of a person, except that this Section 6.05 shall not prohibit:

(a)    (i) the purchase and Disposition of inventory, or the sale of receivables pursuant to non-recourse factoring arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business by Bidco or any Subsidiary, (ii) the acquisition or lease (pursuant to an operating lease) of any other asset in the ordinary course of business by Bidco or any Subsidiary or, with respect to operating leases, otherwise for fair market value on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), (iii) the Disposition of surplus, obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or other property by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm or determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative to be no longer used or useful or necessary in the operation of the business of Bidco or any Subsidiary, (iv) assignments by Bidco and any Subsidiary in connection with insurance arrangements of their rights and remedies under, and with respect to, the Acquisition Agreement in respect of any breach by the Sellers or the Company or their management of their representations and warranties set forth therein or (v) the Disposition of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b)    if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) with or into the Company in a transaction in which the Company is the survivor, (ii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary of the Company with or into any Subsidiary Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is or becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (or, in the case of any merger or consolidation involving the US Borrower, is the US Borrower) and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party receives any consideration (unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04), (iii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, (iv) the liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) if the Borrower Representative determines in good faith that such liquidation, dissolution or change in form is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, (v) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge or consolidate with any other person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 so long as the continuing or surviving person shall be a Subsidiary of the Company (unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04), which shall be (x) a Loan Party if the merging or consolidating Subsidiary of the Company was a Loan Party and (y) the US Borrower if such merger or consolidation involves the US Borrower (in each case, unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04) and which together with each of its Subsidiaries shall have complied with any applicable requirements of Section 5.10 or (vi) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other person in order to effect an Asset Sale otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.05;

(c)    Dispositions to a Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise); provided, that any Dispositions by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party in reliance on this clause (c) shall be made in compliance with Section 6.04;

(d)    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

(e)    (i) Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Permitted Liens and Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06 and (ii) any Disposition made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement or in connection with the Transactions or expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum;

(f)    Dispositions of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

 

164


(g)    other Dispositions of assets; provided, that the Net Proceeds thereof, if any, are applied in accordance with Section 2.11(b) to the extent required thereby;

(h)    Permitted Business Acquisitions (including any merger, consolidation or amalgamation in order to effect a Permitted Business Acquisition); provided, that following any such merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving Bidco or a Borrower, such person is the surviving entity or the requirements of Section 6.05(o) are otherwise complied with;

(i)    leases, licenses or subleases or sublicenses of any real or personal property or Intellectual Property or assignments of the same in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    Dispositions of inventory or Dispositions or abandonment of Intellectual Property of Bidco and the Subsidiaries determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower Representative to be no longer useful, necessary or otherwise not material in the operation of the business of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries;

(k)    [reserved];

(l)    the purchase and Disposition (including by capital contribution) of (i) Securitization Assets pursuant to Permitted Securitization Financings and (ii) any other Securitization Assets subject to Liens securing Permitted Securitization Financing;

(m)    to the extent constituting a Disposition, any termination, settlement or extinguishment of obligations in respect of any Hedging Agreement;

(n)    any exchange of assets for services and/or other assets used or useful in a Similar Business of comparable or greater value; provided, that (i) to the extent the consideration received consists of assets, at least 90% of the consideration received by the transferor consists of assets or services that will be used in a business or business activity permitted hereunder, (ii) in the event of a swap with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) in excess of $10,000,000, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative with respect to such fair market value and (iii) in the event of a swap with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) in excess of $15,000,000, such exchange shall have been approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Borrower; provided, further, that (A) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, (B) the Net Proceeds, if any, thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.11(b) to the extent required thereby and (C) with respect to any exchange of assets for services, immediately after giving effect thereto, Bidco shall be in Pro Forma Compliance;

(o)    if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other person (other than Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Company, provided that (A) the Company shall be the surviving entity or (B) if the surviving entity is not the Company (such other person, the “Successor Company”), (1) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of England and Wales and (2) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (or, at the option of the Successor Company, new Loan Documents in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); and

 

165


(p)    Dispositions of assets in order to comply with the requirements of section 7f of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV) or the German Company Pension Act (Gesetz zur Verbesserung der betrieblichen Altersversorgung).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.05 above, no Disposition of assets under Section 6.05(g) or, solely with respect to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions referred to in clause (b)(y) of Section 6.03, under Section 6.05(d), shall be permitted unless (i) such Disposition is for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), or if not for fair market value, the shortfall is permitted as an Investment under Section 6.04, and (ii) at least 75% of the proceeds of such Disposition (except to Loan Parties) consist of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, that the provisions of this clause (ii) shall not apply to any individual transaction or series of related transactions involving assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of less than $5,000,000 or to other transactions involving assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of not more than the greater of $15,000,000 and 0.13 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period in the aggregate for all such transactions during the term of this Agreement; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (ii), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: (a) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on Bidco’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or are otherwise cancelled in connection with such transaction, (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by Bidco or such Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by Bidco or such Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), (c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $35,000,000 and 0.30 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), (d) the amount of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is no longer a Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that Holdings, Bidco and each other Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Sale and (e) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of Bidco or a Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations) received from persons who are not Holdings, Bidco or a Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale and that is cancelled. For purposes of this Section 6.05, the fair market value of any assets Disposed of by Bidco or any Subsidiary shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and may be determined either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, at the time of such Disposition or as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Disposition.

Section 6.06    Dividends and Distributions. Declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any of its Equity Interests (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests payable solely by the issuance of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person paying such dividends or distributions) or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or acquire) any of Bidco’s Equity Interests or set aside any amount for any such purpose (other than through the issuance of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person redeeming, purchasing, retiring or acquiring such shares) (all of the foregoing, “Restricted Payments”); provided, however, that:

(a)    Restricted Payments may be made to Bidco or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, to Bidco or any Subsidiary that is a direct

 

166


or indirect parent of such Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or more favorable basis from the perspective of Bidco or such Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests);

(b)    Restricted Payments may be made in respect of (i) general corporate operating and overhead, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of Holdings or any Parent Entity, (ii) fees and expenses related to any public offering or private placement of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of Holdings or any Parent Entity whether or not consummated, (iii) franchise and similar Taxes and other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of its (or any Parent Entity’s) existence and its (or any Parent Entity’s indirect) ownership of Bidco, (iv) payments permitted by Section 6.07(b) (other than Section 6.07(b)(vii)), (v) (a) in respect of any taxable period for which Bidco and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar Tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of Bidco is the common parent, or for which Bidco is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes, Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income Taxes that Bidco and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had Bidco and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate group and (b) in respect of any taxable period for which Bidco is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes (other than a partnership or disregarded entity described in clause (a)), Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco in an amount necessary to permit such direct or indirect parent of Bidco to pay or to make a pro rata distribution to its owners such that each direct or indirect owner of Bidco receives an amount from such pro rata distribution sufficient to enable such owner to pay its U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income Taxes (as applicable) attributable to its direct or indirect ownership of Bidco and its Subsidiaries with respect to such taxable period (assuming that each owner is subject to Tax at the highest combined marginal federal, state, local and/or foreign income Tax rate applicable to any owner for such taxable period and taking into account the deductibility of state and local income Taxes for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (and any limitations thereon)), and (vi) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees and consultants of Holdings or any Parent Entity, in each case in order to permit Holdings or any Parent Entity to make such payments; provided, that in the case of subclauses (i) and (iii), the amount of such Restricted Payments shall not exceed the portion of any amounts referred to in such subclauses (i) and (iii) that are allocable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries (which (x) shall be 100% at any time that, as the case may be, (1) Holdings owns no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco and assets incidental to such equity ownership or (2) any Parent Entity owns directly or indirectly no material assets other than Equity Interests of Holdings and any other Parent Entity and assets incidental to such equity ownership and (y) in all other cases shall be as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(c)    Restricted Payments may be made to Holdings, the proceeds of which are used to purchase or redeem the Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) held by then present or former directors, consultants, officers or employees of any Parent Entity, Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or by any Plan or any shareholders’ agreement then in effect upon such person’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or under the terms of any such Plan or any other agreement under which such shares of stock or related rights were issued; provided, that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions under this clause (c) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $6,000,000 (which shall increase to $12,000,000 subsequent to a Qualified IPO) (plus (x) the amount of net proceeds contributed to Bidco that were received by Holdings or any Parent Entity during such calendar year from sales of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity to directors, consultants, officers or employees of Holdings,

 

167


any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with permitted employee compensation and incentive arrangements; provided, that such proceeds are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit, (y) the amount of net proceeds of any key-man life insurance policies received during such calendar year, and (z) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or the Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests), which, if not used in any year, may be carried forward to any subsequent calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Bidco or any Subsidiary from members of management of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or the Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.06;

(d)    any person may make non-cash repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options;

(e)    Restricted Payments may be made in an aggregate amount equal to a portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.06(e), which such election shall (unless such Restricted Payment is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied; provided, that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(f)    Restricted Payments may be made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, including payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders or stockholders exercising appraisal rights pursuant to applicable law and as expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum;

(g)    Restricted Payments may be made to pay, or to allow Holdings or any Parent Entity to make payments, in cash, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, upon the exercise of warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of any such person;

(h)    after a Qualified IPO, Restricted Payments may be made to pay, or to allow Holding or any Parent Entity to pay, dividends and make distributions to, or repurchase or redeem shares from, its equity holders in an amount per annum no greater than 6.0% of the Market Capitalization; provided, that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(i)    Restricted Payments may be made to Holdings or any Parent Entity to finance any Investment that if made by Bidco or any Subsidiary directly would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to Bidco or a Subsidiary or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation (to the extent permitted in Section 6.05) of the person formed or acquired into Bidco or a Subsidiary in order to consummate such Permitted Business Acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.10 and (C) such Investment shall not be included in the calculation of Cumulative Credit;

(j)    other Restricted Payments may be made in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 0.17 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment; provided, that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

168


(k)    Restricted Payments may be made under the Acquisition Agreement (including to fund the payment of any earn-outs pursuant to the terms thereof);

(l)    Restricted Payments may be made in an amount equal to Excluded Contributions;

(m)    other Restricted Payments may be made; provided that, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.35 to 1.00;

(n)    any consideration, payment, dividend, distribution or other transfer in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing; and

(o)    prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Restricted Payments may be made with the proceeds of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $100,000,000 and 0.86 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment; provided that, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.35 to 1.00.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.06 will not prohibit the payment of any Restricted Payment or the consummation of any redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement.    

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) a Restricted Payment need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses, the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify such permitted Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and at the time of classification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in one of the categories of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses.

Section 6.07    Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transaction with, any of its Affiliates (other than Holdings, Bidco and the Subsidiaries or any person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) in a transaction (or series of related transactions) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted (or required) under this Agreement or (ii) upon terms that are substantially no less favorable to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of Bidco or such Subsidiary in good faith.

(b)    The foregoing clause (a) shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement,

(i)    any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, equity purchase agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco,

 

169


(ii)    loans or advances to employees or consultants of Holdings (or any Parent Entity), Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 6.04(e),

(iii)    transactions among Bidco or any Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction (including via merger, consolidation or amalgamation in which Bidco or a Subsidiary is the surviving entity),

(iv)    the payment of fees, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and indemnities to directors, officers, consultants and employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (limited, in the case of any Parent Entity, to the portion of such fees and expenses that are allocable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries (which (x) shall be 100% for so long as Holdings or such Parent Entity, as the case may be, owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity and assets incidental to the ownership of Bidco and the Subsidiaries and (y) in all other cases shall be as determined in good faith by management of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco)),

(v)    subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.07(b)(xiv), if applicable, the Transactions, the Post-Closing Transactions and any transactions pursuant to the Transaction Documents and permitted transactions, agreements and arrangements in existence on the Closing Date and, to the extent involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.07 to the Original Credit Agreement or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof or similar arrangement to the extent such amendment, replacement or arrangement is not adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith),

(vi)    (A) any employment agreements entered into by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (B) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with employees, officers or directors, and (C) any employee compensation, benefit plan or arrangement, any health, disability or similar insurance plan which covers employees, and any reasonable employment contract and transactions pursuant thereto,

(vii)    Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06, including payments to Holdings (and any Parent Entity), and Investments permitted under Section 6.04,

(viii)    any purchase by Holdings of the Equity Interests of Bidco; provided, that any Equity Interests of Bidco purchased by Holdings (prior to a Qualified IPO of Bidco) shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent (and deliver the relevant certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent) on behalf of the Lenders to the extent required by the Holdings Pledge Agreement,

(ix)    payments by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries to any Co-Investor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco in good faith,

(x)    transactions for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment, products, parts and services entered into in the ordinary course of business,

 

170


(xi)    any transaction in respect of which the Borrower Representative delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter addressed to the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is in the good faith determination of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco, as applicable, qualified to render such letter, which letter states that (i) such transaction is on terms that are substantially no less favorable to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate or (ii) such transaction is fair to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, from a financial point of view,

(xii)    subject to subclause (xiv) below, if applicable, the payment of all fees, expenses, bonuses and awards related to the Transactions, including fees to any Co-Investor,

(xiii)    transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment, products, parts and services entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm,

(xiv)    any agreement to pay, and the payment of, monitoring, consulting, management, transaction, advisory or similar fees payable to any Co-Investor (A) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $1,600,000 and 1.5% of EBITDA for any such fiscal year, plus reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses and indemnities in connection therewith in any fiscal year and unpaid amounts for any prior periods from and including the fiscal year in which the Closing Date occurs; plus (2) any deferred, accrued or other fees in respect of any fiscal years from and including the fiscal year in which the Closing Date occurs (to the extent such fees in the aggregate do not exceed the amounts described in clause (A)(1) above in respect of such fiscal years), plus (B) 1.0% of the value of transactions with respect to any Co-Investor provides any transaction, advisory or other services (including in connection with the Transactions), plus (C) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the present value of all future amounts payable pursuant to any agreement referred to in clause (A)(1) above in connection with the termination of such agreement with a Co-Investor; provided, that if any such payment pursuant to clause (C) is not permitted to be paid as a result of an Event of Default, such payment shall accrue and may be payable when no Events of Default are continuing to the extent that no further Event of Default would result therefrom,

(xv)    the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests of Bidco to Holdings and capital contributions by Holdings to Bidco,

(xvi)    the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity to the management of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions,

(xvii)    payments by Holdings (or any Parent Entity), Bidco and the Subsidiaries pursuant to a Tax sharing agreement or arrangement (whether written or as a matter of practice) that complies with clause (v) of Section 6.06(b),

(xviii)    transactions pursuant to any Permitted Securitization Financing,

(xix)    payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees or consultants that are (i) approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco in good faith, (ii) made in compliance with applicable law and (iii) otherwise permitted under this Agreement,

 

171


(xx)    transactions with customers, clients or suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to Bidco or the Subsidiaries (in the good faith determination of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco),

(xxi)    transactions between Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries and any person, a director of which is also a director of Bidco or any direct or indirect parent company of Bidco; provided, however, that (A) such director abstains from voting as a director of Bidco or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person and (B) such person is not an Affiliate of any Borrower for any reason other than such director’s acting in such capacity,

(xxii)    transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 6.05,

(xxiii)    (i) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative) for the purpose of improving the consolidated Tax efficiency of Bidco and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth herein and (ii) transactions expressly contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement (including earn-outs pursuant to the terms thereof) or the Tax Memorandum, and

(xxiv)    Investments by any Co-Investor in securities of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries so long as (A) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Section 6.08    Business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, engage at any time to any material extent in any business or business activity substantially different from any business or business activity conducted by any of them on the Closing Date or any Similar Business, other than Permitted Securitization Financings.

Section 6.09    Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc. (a) Amend or modify in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), or grant any waiver or release under or terminate in any manner (if such granting or termination shall be materially adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative)), the articles or certificate of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or constitutive documents of Bidco or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

(b)    (i) Make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of, or in respect of, principal of or interest on any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination in respect of any Junior Financing, except for:

(A)    Refinancings with any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 (which, to the extent such Indebtedness being refinanced is secured by Junior Liens, such refinancing Indebtedness shall be unsecured or secured on a junior lien basis);

 

172


(B)    (i) payments of regularly-scheduled interest and fees due thereunder, other non-principal payments thereunder, any mandatory prepayments of principal, interest and fees thereunder, scheduled payments thereon necessary to avoid the Junior Financing from constituting “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(l) of the Code, and, to the extent this Agreement is then in effect, principal on the scheduled maturity date of any Junior Financing (or within twelve months thereof) and (ii) any prepayments under the Second Lien Credit Agreement from “First Lien Declined Proceeds” (as defined thereunder);

(C)    payments or distributions in respect of all or any portion of the Junior Financing with the proceeds contributed to Bidco by Holdings from the issuance, sale or exchange by Holdings (or any Parent Entity) of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock made within eighteen months prior thereto; provided, that such proceeds are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit;

(D)    the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings;

(E)    so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings prior to any scheduled maturity made, in an aggregate amount, not to exceed a portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.09(b)(i)(E), which such election shall (unless such payment or distribution is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer thereof, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail of the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(F)    other payments and distributions in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 0.17 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period; provided, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(G)    other payments and distributions in respect of Junior Financing; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and, after giving effect to such payment or distribution, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 4.35 to 1.00; or

(ii)    Amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of, any provision of any Junior Financing that constitutes Material Indebtedness, or any agreement, document or instrument evidencing or relating thereto, including any amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement that (x) amends the stated maturity thereof, (y) adds amortization thereto or (y) amends the mandatory prepayment terms thereunder, other than amendments or modifications that (A) are not materially adverse to Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and that do not affect the subordination or payment provisions thereof (if any) in a manner adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (B) otherwise comply with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” (but, with respect to this clause (B), shall not permit the refinancing of Indebtedness under the Second Lien Credit Agreement with Other First Lien Debt).

 

173


(c)    Permit any Material Subsidiary to enter into any agreement or instrument that by its terms restricts (i) the payment of dividends or distributions or the making of cash advances to Bidco or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary or (ii) the granting of Liens by Bidco or such Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party pursuant to the Security Documents, in each case other than those arising under any Loan Document, except, in each case, restrictions existing by reason of:

(A)    restrictions imposed by applicable law;

(B)    contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including under Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, any Ancillary Documents, any Second Lien Loan Documents, any Refinancing Notes or any agreements related to any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness and, in each case, any similar contractual encumbrances or restrictions and any amendment, modification, supplement, replacement or refinancing of such agreements or instruments that does not materially expand the scope of any such encumbrance or restriction (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(C)    any restriction on a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Equity Interests or assets of a Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(D)    customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(E)    any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(F)    any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01 or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, to the extent such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the restrictions contained in this Agreement or are market terms at the time of issuance (in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(G)    customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of Intellectual Property and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(H)    customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest;

(I)    customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(J)    customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any asset permitted under Section 6.05 pending the consummation of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition;

(K)    customary restrictions and conditions contained in the document relating to any Lien, so long as (1) such Lien is a Permitted Lien and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien, and (2) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Section 6.09;

 

174


(L)    customary net worth provisions contained in Real Property leases entered into by Subsidiaries, so long as the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of Bidco and the Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations;

(M)    any agreement in effect at the time such subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary;

(N)    restrictions in agreements representing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party;

(O)    customary restrictions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or Equity Interests or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby as long as such restrictions relate to the Equity Interests and assets subject thereto;

(P)    restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(Q)    restrictions contained in any Permitted Securitization Document;

(R)    customary restrictions imposed under any general conditions of a bank operating in the Netherlands with respect to receivables against an account bank; and

(S)    any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 6.09(c)(i) and 6.09(c)(ii) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of or similar arrangements to the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (A) through (R) above; provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, refinancings or similar arrangements are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions as contemplated by such provisions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement, refinancing or similar arrangement.

Section 6.10    Fiscal Year. In the case of Bidco, permit any change to its fiscal year without prior notice to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

Section 6.11    Financial Covenant. With respect to the Revolving Facility only, permit the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (beginning with the end of the second full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date), solely to the extent that on such date the Testing Condition is satisfied, to exceed 5.85 to 1.00.

Section 6.12    Centre of Main Interest. In the case of Holdings, Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party whose centre of main interest is located in any member state of the European Union as of the Closing Date, knowingly or intentionally take the steps required to change the “centre of main interest” (as such term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast)) of such Loan Party unless: (a) such person is changing its centre of main interest to a centre of main interest located in the same country as its original centre of main interest, (b) the change of such person’s centre of main interest

 

175


would not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders in respect of the Loan Documents, or (c) in the case of any Subsidiary Loan Parties (other than the Company or the Lux Borrower), such steps are not taken with the principal intention of achieving the purpose of changing its centre of main interest.

ARTICLE VIA

Holdings Negative Covenants

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of Holdings, Bidco and the Lux Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with each Lender that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a)    subject to paragraph (b) below, it shall not own or acquire any material assets (other than cash and cash equivalents) or engage in any material business or activity other than (i) (x) in the case of Holdings, the ownership of all the outstanding Equity Interests in Bidco, (y) in the case of Bidco, the ownership of (A) all the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company and the Lux Borrower and (B) all or a portion of the Equity Interests in the US Borrower, and (z) in the case of the Lux Borrower, incurring Indebtedness and on-lending the proceeds in respect thereof, including pursuant to the Bidco Loan Notes, in each case in accordance with paragraph (b) below, and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its corporate existence and activities incidental thereto, including general and corporate overhead, provided that so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, it may change its jurisdiction of incorporation subject to compliance with Section 6.12 and provided that its Guarantee of the Obligations and the Lien on all Collateral held by it under the Loan Documents shall remain in effect to the same extent as immediately prior to such change of its jurisdiction of incorporation, (iii) activities required to comply with applicable laws, (iv) the receipt of, or the making of, Restricted Payments, in each case, to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.06 and not inconsistent with paragraph (b) below, (v) the obtainment of, and the payment of, any fees and expenses for management, consulting, investment banking and advisory services to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) compliance with its obligations under the Loan Documents or any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement in respect of Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 6.01, (vii) substantially concurrently with any issuance of IPO Equity, the redemption, purchase or retirement of any Equity Interests of Holdings or Bidco using the proceeds of, or conversion or exchange of any Equity Interests of Holdings or Bidco for, such IPO Equity, (viii) in connection with, and following the completion of, a Qualified IPO, activities necessary or reasonably advisable for or incidental to the initial registration and listing of Holdings’ or Bidco’s common stock and the continued existence of Holdings or Bidco as a public company, (ix) activities incidental to legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities, including without limitation the provision of management services to the Target Group, entering into confidentiality agreements, and maintaining insurance, (x) activities expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (xi) the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of any Indebtedness or other liabilities not prohibited by paragraph (b) or (c) below;

(b)    (i) (x) the only Equity Interests which Holdings shall hold shall be the Equity Interests in Bidco, (y) the only Equity Interests which Bidco shall hold shall be the Equity Interests in the Company, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower and (z) the Lux Borrower shall not hold any Equity Interests and (ii) (x) the only Indebtedness in respect of which Holdings shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness to Bidco which is not prohibited under this Agreement, (y) the only Indebtedness in respect of which Bidco shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness (A) to the Company, (B) to any Subsidiary Loan Party incorporated in Germany (provided that such Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under a loan agreement or instrument governed by English law), (C) to Rose Midco Limited (provided that such

 

176


Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under hedging documentation governed by English or New York law) or (D) to a third party hedge provider (provided that such Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under hedging documentation governed by New York law), or (z) the only Indebtedness in respect of which the Lux Borrower shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness to Bidco (including the Bidco Loan Notes); provided that, all such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the Subordination Agreement and subject to security in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties);

(c)    it shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness or other liabilities except (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents, (ii) in the case of Bidco and the Lux Borrower, any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and (iii) in the case of Holdings, any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; and

(d)    it shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien other than (i) Liens created under the Loan Documents and (ii) Liens permitted by Section 6.02 on (x) any of the Equity Interests issued by Bidco or intercompany receivables held by Holdings, (y) any of the Equity Interests issued by the Company, the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower, or intercompany receivables held by Bidco or (z) any intercompany receivables held by the Lux Borrower.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Section 7.01    Events of Default. Subject to Section 7.04, in case any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or any certificate or document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made or deemed made and such false or misleading representation or warranty (if curable) shall remain false or misleading for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Representative;

(b)    default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c)    default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement or in the payment of any Fee, Ancillary Obligation or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d)    default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, Bidco or any Borrower of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in, Section 5.01(a), 5.05(a) or 5.08, Article VI or Article VIA; provided, that the failure to observe or perform the Financial Covenant shall not in and of itself constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Facility unless the Revolving Facility Lenders have terminated the Revolving Facility Commitment and have accelerated any Revolving Facility Loans then outstanding as a result of such breach;

 

177


(e)    default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days (or 60 days if such default results solely from the failure of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to duly observe or perform any such covenant, condition or agreement) after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Representative;

(f)    (i) any event or condition occurs that (A) results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Material Indebtedness with respect to Permitted Securitization Financings) or (B) enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness, as applicable, to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; or (ii) Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries shall fail to pay the principal of any Material Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof; provided, that this clause (f) shall not apply to any secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness;

(g)    there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

(h)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, judicial management, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, receiver and manager, administrator, judicial manager, provisional liquidator, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar officer or official for Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (except in a transaction permitted hereunder); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days (or, in respect of any foreign entities only, 14 days) or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i)    Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (h) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, insolvency practitioner, judicial manager, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) commence any legal proceedings or court procedure in relation to an insolvency or in relation to any restructuring by way of a scheme of arrangement (for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not include any solvent reorganization), (vii) become unable or admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or in particular if a Material Subsidiary incorporated or established in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning

 

178


of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or is over-indebted (überschuldet) in the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung), or any application is made for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) (in case of an application by a third party only if it was not a fraudulent or frivolous application which is dismissed within 15 days of the respective application) or the taking of actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen)) or a court order for the rejection of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds (Abweisungsbeschluss mangels Masse) is made in respect of a Loan Party incorporated or established in Germany, or (viii) become the subject of a Luxembourg Insolvency Event;

(j)    the failure by Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to pay one or more final judgments aggregating in excess of $35,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 45 consecutive days, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(k)    (i) an ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan, a termination, withdrawal, wind-up or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms shall have occurred or (ii) Bidco or any Subsidiary shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(l)    (i) any Loan Document shall for any reason be asserted in writing by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any party thereto (other than in accordance with its terms), (ii) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document and to extend to assets that constitute a material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be (other than, in each case, in accordance with its terms), a valid and perfected security interest (perfected as or having the priority required by this Agreement or the relevant Security Document and subject to such limitations and restrictions as are set forth herein and therein) in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof (other than as a result of deliberate actions by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party in violation thereof), or from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under a Collateral Agreement or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements (or similar statements under similar laws in any foreign jurisdiction) or take the actions described on Schedule 3.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer, or (iii) a material portion of the Guarantees pursuant to the Security Documents by Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiary Loan Parties guaranteeing the Obligations shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof), or shall be asserted in writing by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be in effect or not to be legal, valid and binding obligations (other than in accordance with the terms thereof);

then, and in every such event (other than (x) an event with respect to the Borrowers under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code described in clause (h) or (i) above and (y) an event described in clause (d) above arising with respect to a failure to comply with the Financial Covenant, unless the conditions of the proviso contained in clause (d) above have been satisfied), and at any time thereafter during the

 

179


continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower Representative, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and Ancillary Commitments, (ii) declare the Loans and Ancillary Obligations then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans and Ancillary Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding and (iii) if the Loans have been declared due and payable pursuant to clause (ii) above, demand Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) and, if requested by the relevant Ancillary Lender(s), demand Cash Collateral for Ancillary Outstandings; and in any event with respect to the Borrowers under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code described in clause (h) or (i) above, the Commitments and Ancillary Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable and the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have made a demand for Cash Collateral to the full extent permitted under Section 2.05(j) and for the Ancillary Outstandings, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding. In the case of an Event of Default under clause (d) above arising with respect to a failure to comply with the Financial Covenant, unless the conditions of the first proviso contained in clause (d) above have been satisfied, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, subject to Section 7.03, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Revolving Facility Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower Representative, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Revolving Facility Commitments and Ancillary Commitments and (ii) declare the Revolving Facility Loans and Ancillary Obligations then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Revolving Facility Loans and Ancillary Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder with respect to such Revolving Facility Loans and Ancillary Obligations, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

For purposes of clauses (h), (i) and (j) of this Section 7.01, “Material Subsidiary” (1) shall mean any Subsidiary that would not be an Immaterial Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and (2) shall exclude any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary.

Section 7.02    Treatment of Certain Payments. Subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Loan Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers under Section 7.01(h) or (i), in each case that is continuing, shall be applied: (i) first, ratably, to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from the Borrowers (other than in connection with any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement), (ii) second, towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder, and towards payment of scheduled periodic payments in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement then due from the Loan Parties thereunder, in each case, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest, fees and payments then due to such parties, (iii) third, towards payment of principal of Swingline Loans and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed

 

180


L/C Disbursements then due to such parties, (iv) fourth, towards payment of other Obligations (including Obligations of the Loan Parties owing under or in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement) then due from the Borrowers or any Loan Party hereunder or thereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of such Obligations then due to such parties and (v) last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Requirements of Law.

Section 7.03    Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that Bidco fails (or, but for the operation of this Section 7.03, would fail) to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant, from the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date the certificate calculating such Financial Covenant is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(c), Bidco, Holdings and any Parent Entity shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of such entities, and in each case, to contribute any such cash to the capital of Bidco (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by Bidco of such cash (the “Cure Amount”), pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right, the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to a pro forma adjustment by which EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable quarter and any four-quarter period that contains such quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; provided, that (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which a Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) a Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times during the term of the Revolving Facility, (iii) for purposes of this Section 7.03, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Covenant and (iv) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of the exercise of the Cure Right for determining compliance with the Financial Covenant for the fiscal quarter in respect of which such Cure Right is exercised (either directly through prepayment or indirectly as a result of the netting of unrestricted cash). If, after giving effect to the adjustments in this Section 7.03, Bidco shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant, Bidco shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 7.04    Clean-Up Period.    For the purpose of this Agreement, for the period from the Closing Date or, as appropriate, the date of completion of a permitted acquisition of a person who, pursuant to such permitted acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary (such person, a “Subsequent Target”) and/or of a business unit, division or line of business (a “Subsequent Target Asset”) until the date falling 90 days after the Closing Date or, as appropriate, the date of completion of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Asset (the “Clean-Up Period”), no Default or Event of Default (or failure of a condition to borrowing) would be deemed to arise from a breach of representation or warranty or a breach of covenant or other circumstance that would have been a Default or Event of Default (but for this provision) only by reason of circumstances relating exclusively to (A) in the case of the Acquisition, the Target Group (or any obligation to procure compliance by the Target Group) or (B) in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Asset, such Subsequent Target or any of its Subsidiaries as at the date of completion of such permitted acquisition and (if applicable) such Subsequent Target Asset of such permitted acquisition (or any obligation to procure compliance by the Subsequent Target and its Subsidiaries), provided that (in each case) such Default or Event of Default: (i) is capable of being remedied within the Clean-Up Period and Holdings and Bidco or, in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Assets, the relevant acquiring party, are taking appropriate steps to remedy such Default or Event of Default; (ii) does not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Sponsor, Holdings or Bidco or, in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Assets,

 

181


any of the Sponsor, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the above, if the relevant circumstances are continuing after the expiry of the Clean-Up Period, there shall be a Default or Event of Default, as applicable (and without prejudice to any rights and remedies of the Lenders).

ARTICLE VIII

The Agents

Section 8.01    Appointment. (a) Each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender and the Swingline Lender (if applicable) and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) and each Issuing Bank (in such capacities and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including as the Collateral Agent for such Lender and the other Secured Parties under the Security Documents (to the extent required under local law, via a parallel debt structure), and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In addition, to the extent required under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent any required powers of attorney to execute any Security Document governed by the laws of such jurisdiction on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s behalf. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

(b)    In furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender and the Swingline Lender (if applicable) and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements) and each Issuing Bank (in such capacities and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential counterparties to Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) hereby appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any Subagents appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights or remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent) shall be entitled to the benefits of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, Section 8.07) as though the Collateral Agent (and any such Subagents) were an “Agent” under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(c)    The Collateral Agent shall (i) hold and administer any Collateral governed by German law which is security assigned (Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung) or otherwise transferred under a non-accessory security right (nicht-akzessorische Sicherheit) to it as trustee (treuhänderisch) but not as a common law trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and (ii) administer any Collateral governed by German law which is pledged (Verpfändung) or otherwise transferred to any Secured Party under an accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) as agent.

 

182


Each Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents): (i) to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto; (ii) to take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the Security Documents; and (iii) to accept as its representative (Stellvertreter) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of such Secured Party in connection with any Security Document or Loan Document under German law and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative (Stellvertreter) any amendments and/or alterations to any Security Document governed by German law which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) including the release or confirmation of release of such Collateral.

Section 8.02    Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof)) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Each Agent may also from time to time, when it deems it to be necessary or desirable, appoint one or more trustees, co-trustees, collateral co-agents, collateral subagents or attorneys-in-fact (each, a “Subagent”) with respect to all or any part of the Collateral; provided, that no such Subagent shall be authorized to take any action with respect to any Collateral unless and except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Should any instrument in writing from the Borrower Representative or any other Loan Party be required by any Subagent so appointed by an Agent to more fully or certainly vest in and confirm to such Subagent such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower Representative shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by such Agent. If any Subagent, or successor thereto, shall become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Subagent, to the extent permitted by law, shall automatically vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent until the appointment of a new Subagent. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, attorney-in-fact or Subagent that it selects with reasonable care.

Section 8.03    Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Agents, or their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party. No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (b) no Agent

 

183


shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Agents shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative, a Lender or an Issuing Bank. No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 7.02, any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guarantee or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

Section 8.04    Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) or conversation believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to any Credit Event, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or any Issuing Bank, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Bank unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to such Credit Event. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings or Bidco), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. Each Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

 

184


Section 8.05    Notice of Default. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless such Agent has received written notice from a Lender, Holdings or the Borrower Representative referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders); provided, that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

Section 8.06    Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Bank expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender and Issuing Bank represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of, the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.07    Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent and the Revolving Facility Lenders agree to indemnify each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, in each case, in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Holdings or the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Holdings or the Borrowers to do so), in the amount of its pro rata share (based on its aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings and, in the case of the indemnification of each Agent, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments hereunder; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans owing to the Swingline Lender and of L/C Disbursements owing to any Issuing Bank shall be considered to be owed to the Revolving Facility Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Outstandings) (determined at the time such indemnity is sought), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent, such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,

 

185


judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s, Issuing Bank’s or Swingline Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, for such other Lender’s ratable share of such amount. The agreements in this Section 8.07 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 8.08    Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued, or Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan participated in, by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 8.09    Successor Agents. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Borrower Representative shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the Required Lenders (so long as no Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the Required Lenders shall have the right), to appoint a successor which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” and “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of such Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed), and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Borrower Representative (or the Required Lenders) appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.09 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 8.10    Arrangers and Bookrunners . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the persons named on the cover page hereof as Joint Bookrunner or Arranger is named as such for recognition purposes only, and in its capacity as such shall have no rights, duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except that each such person and its Affiliates shall be entitled to the rights expressly stated to be applicable to them in Sections 9.05 and 9.17 (subject to the applicable obligations and limitations as set forth therein).

 

186


Section 8.11    Security Documents, Collateral Agent and Intercreditor Agreement. The Lenders and the other Secured Parties authorize the Collateral Agent to release any Collateral or Guarantors in accordance with Section 9.18 or if approved, authorized or ratified in accordance with Section 9.08.

The Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize and instruct the Collateral Agent to, without any further consent of any Lender or any other Secured Party, enter into (or acknowledge and consent to) or amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, any other Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, any other Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, or any other intercreditor agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of Indebtedness that is to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is not prohibited (including with respect to priority) under this Agreement and to subject the Obligations and the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof (any of the foregoing, an “Intercreditor Agreement”); provided that the specific consent of a Hedge Bank, Cash Management Bank, Ancillary Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required for any amendment, renewal, extension, supplement, restatement, replacement or waiver to the extent its rights and obligations solely in its capacity as such are materially adversely affected. The Lenders and the other Secured Parties irrevocably agree that (x) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative as to whether any such other Liens are not prohibited and (y) any Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent shall be binding on the Secured Parties, and each Lender and the other Secured Parties hereby agrees that it will take no actions contrary to the provisions of, if entered into and if applicable, any Intercreditor Agreement. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to any provider of any Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.01 hereof to extend credit to the Loan Parties and such persons are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions. Furthermore, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clauses (c), (i), (j), (aa) or (ll) of Section 6.02 or Section 6.02(a) (if the Liens thereunder are of a type that is contemplated by any of the foregoing clauses) in each case to the extent the contract or agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted prohibits any other Liens on such property or (ii) that is or becomes Excluded Property; and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall do so upon request of the Borrower Representative; provided, that prior to any such request, the Borrower Representative shall have in each case delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative certifying (x) that such Lien is permitted under this Agreement, (y) in the case of a request pursuant to clause (i) of this sentence, that the contract or agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted prohibits any other Lien on such property and (z) in the case of a request pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence, that (A) such property is or has become Excluded Property and (B) if such property has become Excluded Property as a result of a contractual restriction, such restriction does not violate Section 6.09(c).

Section 8.12    Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantees. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, (i) the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise (A) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of any or all of the Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other

 

187


documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and any Subagents allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (B) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and (ii) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (a) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (b) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other Disposition.

Section 8.13    Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Requirement of Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Loan Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, fines, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 8.13.

Section 8.14    Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of

 

188


doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, and the conditions for exemptive relief thereunder are and will continue to be satisfied in connection therewith,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21, as amended from time to time) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

 

189


(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers hereby inform the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

Section 8.15    Release of Restrictions on Self-Dealing. Each of the Lenders and each of the Secured Parties hereby exempts the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent from any restrictions on representing several persons and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch), in each case to the extent legally possible for such Lender or Secured Party, to make use of any authorization granted under this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations as Administrative Agent or as Collateral Agent, hereunder and under the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, as the case may be. A Lender or a Secured Party which is barred by its constitutional documents or by-laws from granting such exemptions shall notify the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent accordingly.

Section 8.16    Electronic Communications.

(a)    Notices and other communications to any Agent, Lenders, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Agent, any Lender, Swingline Lender or any applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2 if such Person has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic

 

190


communication. The Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(b)    Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c)    The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of their Related Parties warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agents or any of their respective Related Parties in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications. In no event shall the Agents or any of their respective Related Parties have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform.

(d)    Each Loan Party, each Lender, Issuing Bank and each Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(e)    Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephone if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.01    Notices; Communications. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 9.01(b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier

 

191


or other electronic means as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i)    if to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as of the Closing Date, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such person on Schedule 9.01 to the Original Credit Agreement; and

(ii)    if to any other Lender or any other Issuing Bank, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(b)    Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by them, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c)    Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received. Notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Section 9.01(b) above shall be effective as provided in such Section 9.01(b).

(d)    Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(e)    Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 may be delivered electronically (including as set forth in Section 9.17) and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower Representative posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower Representative’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower Representative’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender entitled to access thereto and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided, that the Borrower Representative shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Except for such certificates required by Section 5.04(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower Representative with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 9.02    Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein, in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and each Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by such persons or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements contained herein, indemnification and reimbursement obligations contained herein (including pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05) shall survive the Termination Date.

 

192


Section 9.03    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 9.04    Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as permitted by Section 6.05, a Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 9.04), and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

(b)    (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in subclause (ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and including with respect to any Ancillary Facility) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A)    the Borrower Representative, which consent, with respect to the assignment of a Term B Loan, will be deemed to have been given if the Borrower Representative has not responded within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of any request for such consent; provided, that no consent of the Borrower Representative shall be required for an assignment of a Term B Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below), or in the case of assignments during the primary syndication of the Commitments and Loans to persons identified to and agreed by the Borrower Representative in writing prior to the Closing Date, or for an assignment of a Revolving Facility Commitment or Revolving Facility Loan to a Revolving Facility Lender, an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender or Approved Fund with respect to a Revolving Facility Lender, or, in each case, if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, any other person; and

(B)    the Administrative Agent; provided, that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund, a Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower made in accordance with Section 9.04(i) or Section 9.21; and

(C)    the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender; provided, that no consent of the Issuing Banks and Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan.

 

193


(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)    except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (x) $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof in the case of Term Loans and (y) $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof in the case of Revolving Facility Loans or Revolving Facility Commitments, provided, that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds (with simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds shall be treated as one assignment);

(B)    the parties to each assignment shall (1) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (2) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, in each case together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent (and which the Administrative Agent agrees to waive for all parties to the Fee Letter));

(C)    the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and any Tax forms and information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.17; and

(D)    the Assignee shall not be a Borrower or any of the Borrowers’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries except in accordance with Section 9.04(i) or Section 9.21.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04, “Approved Fund” shall mean any person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall be permitted to assign or transfer any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (A) any Ineligible Institution, (B) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (B), or (C) a natural person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Loan Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine, monitor or enforce whether any Lender or potential Lender is an Ineligible Institution and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any assignment made to an Ineligible Institution. Any assigning Lender shall, in connection with any potential assignment, provide to the Borrower Representative a copy of its request (including the name of the prospective assignee) concurrently with its delivery of the same request to the Administrative Agent irrespective of whether or not an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to subclause (v) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement (including with respect to any Ancillary Facility), and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its

 

194


obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05 (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections)); provided, that an Assignee shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment pursuant to Section 2.17 than the applicable Assignor would have been entitled to receive had no such assignment occurred. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d) of this Section 9.04 (except to the extent such participation is not permitted by such clause (d) of this Section 9.04, in which case such assignment or transfer shall be null and void).

(iv)    The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and Revolving L/C Exposure owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; provided, that no Lender shall, in such capacity, have access to, or be otherwise permitted to review any information in the Register other than information with respect to such Lender.

(v)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 9.04, if applicable, and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 9.04 and any applicable Tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and promptly record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment, whether or not evidenced by a promissory note, shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this subclause (v).

(vi)    In the event that a transfer by any Lender of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (and any relevant Loan Documents) occurred or was deemed to occur by way of novation, the parties hereto explicitly agree that all securities and guarantees created under or in connection with any Loan Documents shall be preserved for the benefit of the new Lender, new Secured Party, participant or their successors or assignees in accordance with the provisions of article 1278 of the Luxembourg Civil Code.

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, sell participations in Loans and Commitments to one or more banks or other entities other than (I) any Ineligible Institution (to the extent that the list of Ineligible Institutions has been made available to all Lenders; provided, that regardless of whether the list of Ineligible Institutions has been made available to all Lenders, no Lender may sell participations in Loans or Commitments to an Ineligible Institution without the consent of the Borrower Representative if the list of Ineligible

 

195


Institutions has been made available to such Lender), (II) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (II) or (III) any natural person (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided, that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, that (x) such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that both (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) of the first proviso to Section 9.08(b) and (2) directly adversely affects such Participant (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any waiver of any Default or Event of Default) and (y) no other agreement with respect to amendment, modification or waiver may exist between such Lender and such Participant. Subject to clause (d)(iii) of this Section 9.04, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections and Section 2.19) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 9.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender; provided, that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Loan Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine whether any Participant or potential Participant is an Ineligible Institution and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any participation made to an Ineligible Institution.

(ii)    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and each party hereto shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Without limitation of the requirements of this Section 9.04(d), no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of a Participant Register to any person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or other Loan Obligations under any Loan Document), except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other Loan Obligation is in registered form for U.S. federal income Tax purposes or is otherwise required by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(iii)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall state that it is being given pursuant to this Section 9.04(d)(iii); provided, that each potential Participant shall provide such information as is reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative in order for the Borrower Representative to determine whether to provide its consent.

 

196


(e)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank and in the case of any Lender that is an Approved Fund, any pledge or assignment to any holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Lender, including to any trustee for, or any other representative of, such holders, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided, that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f)    Each Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in clause (e) above.

(g)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent. Each of Holdings, the Borrowers, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto and each Loan Party for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.

(h)    If a Borrower wishes to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans or Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 9.08 (with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9.08(d)). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by such Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 9.05(b). By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans or Commitments under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of Assignment and Acceptance attached as Exhibit A to the Original Credit Agreement, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (h) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (i) or (j) of this Section 9.04), any of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, including the Borrowers, may purchase by way of assignment and become an Assignee with respect to Term Loans at any time and from time to time from Lenders in accordance with Section 9.04(b) hereof (each, a “Permitted Loan Purchase”); provided that, in respect of any

 

197


Permitted Loan Purchase, (A) no Permitted Loan Purchase shall be made from the proceeds of any extensions of credit under the Revolving Facility, (B) upon consummation of any such Permitted Loan Purchase, the Loans purchased pursuant thereto shall be deemed to be automatically and immediately cancelled and extinguished in accordance with Section 9.04(j), (C) in connection with any such Permitted Loan Purchase, any of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, including the Borrowers and such Lender that is the assignor (an “Assignor”) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance (and for the avoidance of doubt, (x) shall make the representations and warranties set forth in the Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance and (y) shall not be required to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(ii)(B)) and shall otherwise comply with the conditions to assignments under this Section 9.04 and (D) no Default or Event of Default would exist immediately after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such Permitted Loan Purchase.

(j)    Each Permitted Loan Purchase shall, for purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be an automatic and immediate cancellation and extinguishment of such Term Loans and the Borrower Representative shall, upon consummation of any Permitted Loan Purchase, notify the Administrative Agent that the Register be updated to record such event as if it were a prepayment of such Loans.

(k)    In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender or any other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Revolving Facility Percentage; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Section 9.05    Expenses; Indemnity. (a) Each Borrower agrees to pay(i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including Other Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the administration of this Agreement and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers, and, if necessary, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one local counsel per jurisdiction, and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including Other Taxes) incurred by the Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement of their rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in connection with the Loans made or the Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel for all such persons, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for all such persons, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where such person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower Representative of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected person).

 

198


(b)    Each Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, each of their respective Affiliates, successors and assignors, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and members (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements (excluding the allocated costs of in-house counsel and limited to not more than one counsel for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower Representative of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee)), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto and thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the use of any Letter of Credit (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any violation of or liability under Environmental Laws by Bidco or any Subsidiary, (iv) any actual or alleged presence, Release of or exposure to Hazardous Materials at, under, on, from or to any property owned, leased or operated by Bidco or any Subsidiary or (v) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by Holdings, Bidco, or any of their subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided, that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties, (y) arose from a material breach of such Indemnitee’s or any of its Related Parties’ obligations under any Loan Document (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment) or (z) arose from any claim, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding that does not involve an act or omission of any Borrower or any of its Affiliates and is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than any claim, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding against any Agent or Arranger in its capacity as such). None of the Indemnitees (or any of their respective affiliates) shall be responsible or liable to the Sponsor, Holdings, Bidco or any of their respective subsidiaries, Affiliates or stockholders or any other person or entity for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, which may be alleged as a result of the Facilities or the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions. The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable within 15 days after written demand therefor accompanied by reasonable documentation with respect to any reimbursement, indemnification or other amount requested.

(c)    Except as expressly provided in Section 9.05(a) with respect to Other Taxes, which shall not be duplicative with any amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.17, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to any Taxes (other than Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses resulting from a non-Tax claim), which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.17 and, to the extent set forth therein, Section 2.15.

 

199


(d)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e)    The agreements in this Section 9.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Issuing Bank, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.06    Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary against any of and all the obligations of Holdings, Bidco or the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although the obligations may be unmatured; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have.

Section 9.07    Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSES OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY PRINCIPLE OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT COULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.

Section 9.08    Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan

 

200


Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party in any case shall entitle such person to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b)    Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) as provided in Section 2.21, (y) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, Bidco, the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or, (A) in respect of any waiver, amendment or modification of Section 6.11 (or any Default or Event of Default in respect thereof) or of Section 4.01 after the Closing Date, the Required Revolving Facility Lenders voting as a single Class, rather than the Required Lenders, or (B) in respect of any waiver, amendment or modification of Section 2.11(b) or (c), the Required Prepayment Lenders, rather than the Required Lenders), and (z) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Loan Party party thereto and the Administrative Agent and consented to by the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall:

(i)    decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the final maturity of, or decrease the rate of interest on, any Loan or any L/C Disbursement, or extend the stated expiration of any Letter of Credit beyond the applicable Revolving Facility Maturity Date (except as provided in Section 2.05(c)), without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification); provided, that any amendment to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (i),

(ii)    increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender, or decrease the Commitment Fees, L/C Participation Fees or any other Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification); provided, that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default, mandatory prepayments or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase or extension of the Commitments of any Lender for purposes of this clause (ii),

(iii)    extend or waive any Term Loan Installment Date or reduce the amount due on any Term Loan Installment Date or extend any date on which payment of interest on any Loan or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees is due, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification),

(iv)    amend the provisions of Section 7.02 with respect to the pro rata application of payments required thereby in a manner that by its terms modifies the application of such payments required thereby to be on a less than pro rata basis, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification),

 

201


(v)    amend or modify the provisions of this Section 9.08 or the definition of the terms “Required Lenders,” “Majority Lenders,” “Required Revolving Facility Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, in each case except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise provided in Section 9.08(d) and (e) (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Closing Date),

(vi)    release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Loan Parties from their respective Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement, unless, in the case of a Subsidiary Loan Party, all or substantially all the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Loan Party is sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender,

(vii)    effect any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments or collateral of Lenders participating in any Facility differently from those of Lenders participating in another Facility, without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in the adversely affected Facility except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise provided in Section 9.08(d) and (e) (it being agreed that the Required Lenders (or the Required Prepayment Lenders, as applicable) may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment or Commitment reduction required by Section 2.11 so long as the application of any prepayment or Commitment reduction still required to be made is not changed);

provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, an Ancillary Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, such Ancillary Lender or such Issuing Bank acting as such at the effective date of such agreement, as applicable. Each Lender shall be bound by any waiver, amendment or modification authorized by this Section 9.08 and any consent by any Lender pursuant to this Section 9.08 shall bind any Assignee of such Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have the right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be affected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c)    Without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to include holders of Other First Liens in the benefit of the Security Documents in connection with the incurrence of any Other First Lien Debt, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law (subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles) or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document.

 

202


(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers (a) to permit additional extensions of credit to be outstanding hereunder from time to time and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Facility Loans and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the holders of such extensions of credit in any determination of the requisite lenders required hereunder, including Required Lenders, Required Prepayment Lenders and the Required Revolving Facility Lenders.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of any Lender) to the extent necessary (A) to integrate any Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments in a manner consistent with Section 2.21, including, with respect to Other Revolving Loans or Other Term Loans, as may be necessary to establish such Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Revolving Facility Commitments as a separate Class or tranche from the existing Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, as applicable, and, in the case of Extended Term Loans, to reduce the amortization schedule of the related existing Class of Term Loans proportionately, (B) to integrate any Other First Lien Debt, (C) to integrate any Additional Borrowers, or (D) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency.

(f)    Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be necessary to ensure that all Term Loans established pursuant to Section 2.21 after the Closing Date that will be included in an existing Class of Term Loans outstanding on such date (an “Applicable Date”), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans of such Class (the “Existing Class Loans”), on a pro rata basis, and/or to ensure that, immediately after giving effect to such new Term Loans (the “New Class Loans” and, together with the Existing Class Loans, the “Class Loans”), each Lender holding Class Loans will be deemed to hold its Pro Rata Share of each Class Loan on the Applicable Date (but without changing the amount of any such Lender’s Term Loans), and each such Lender shall be deemed to have effectuated such assignments as shall be required to ensure the foregoing. The “Pro Rata Share” of any Lender on the Applicable Date is the ratio of (1) the sum of such Lender’s Existing Class Loans immediately prior to the Applicable Date plus the amount of New Class Loans made by such Lender on the Applicable Date over (2) the aggregate principal amount of all Class Loans on the Applicable Date.

(g)    With respect to the incurrence of any secured or unsecured Indebtedness (including any Intercreditor Agreement relating thereto), the Borrower Representative may elect (in its discretion, but shall not be obligated) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer at least three Business Days prior to the incurrence thereof (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), together with either drafts of the material documentation relating to such Indebtedness or a description of such Indebtedness (including a description of the Liens intended to secure the same or the subordination provisions thereof, as applicable) in reasonably sufficient detail to be able to make the determinations referred to in this paragraph, which certificate shall either, at the Borrower Representative’s election, (x) state that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such Indebtedness satisfies the requirements of the applicable provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (taking into account any other applicable provisions of this Section 9.08), in which case such certificate shall be conclusive evidence thereof, or

 

203


(y) request the Administrative Agent to confirm, based on the information set forth in such certificate and any other information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, that such Indebtedness satisfies such requirements, in which case the Administrative Agent may determine whether, in its reasonable judgment, such requirements have been satisfied (in which case it shall deliver to the Borrower Representative a written confirmation of the same), with any such determination of the Administrative Agent to be conclusive evidence thereof, and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to make such determinations.

(h)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended, waived or otherwise modified with the written consent of the Required Revolving Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers with respect to (i) the provisions of Section 4.01, solely as they relate to the Revolving Facility Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit, (ii) the provisions of Section 6.11 (or Article VII or any other provision incorporating such Section 6.11 with respect to the effects thereof) and (iii) the Ancillary Facilities and related definitions.

(i)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended, with the written consent of each Revolving Facility Lender, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower Representative to the extent necessary to integrate any Alternate Currency.

Section 9.09    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), as provided for herein or in any other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any Lender or any Issuing Bank, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by such Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate; provided, that such excess amount shall be paid to such Lender or such Issuing Bank on subsequent payment dates to the extent not exceeding the legal limitation.

Section 9.10    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the agreements regarding certain Fees referred to herein constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among or representations from the parties or their Affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fee Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

Section 9.11    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

 

204


Section 9.12    Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 9.13    Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

(a)    This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement by facsimile transmission (or other electronic transmission pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed original.

(b)    The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Acceptances, amendments, Borrowing Requests, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

Section 9.14    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.15    Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The Borrowers and each other Loan Party and each other party hereto (including all Secured Parties other than the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing

 

205


in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Borrower or any other Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b)    Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. All Loan Parties that are organized or incorporated under the laws other than those of a state of the United States hereby consent to service of process for them being given to the US Borrower and appoint the US Borrower as their agent for such service. Further, each non-U.S. Loan Party waives any immunity it may have under any non-U.S. law or otherwise in relation to the jurisdiction or ruling of any aforementioned New York State or federal courts.

Section 9.16    Confidentiality. Each of the Lenders, each Issuing Bank and each of the Agents agrees that it shall maintain in confidence any information relating to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and any Subsidiary furnished to it by or on behalf of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than information that (a) has become generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by such party, (b) has been independently developed by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent without violating this Section 9.16 or (c) was available to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent from a third party having, to such person’s knowledge, no obligations of confidentiality to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any other Loan Party) and shall not reveal the same other than to its directors, trustees, officers, employees and advisors with a need to know and any numbering, administration or settlement service providers or to any person that approves or administers the Loans on behalf of such Lender (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), except: (A) to the extent necessary to comply with law or any legal process or the requirements of any Governmental Authority, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or of any securities exchange on which securities of the disclosing party or any Affiliate of the disclosing party are listed or traded, (B) as part of normal reporting or review procedures to, or examinations by, Governmental Authorities or self-regulatory authorities, including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or their equivalent in any jurisdiction, (C) to its parent companies, Affiliates or auditors (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), (D) in order to enforce its rights under any Loan Document in a legal proceeding, (E) to any pledgee under Section 9.04(d) or any other prospective assignee of, or prospective Participant in, any of its rights under this Agreement (so long as such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), (F) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in Hedging Agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.16); provided that, in the case of clauses (E) and (F), no information may be provided to any Ineligible Institution or person who is known to be acting on behalf of or fronting an Ineligible Institution, (G) with the written consent of the Borrower Representative and (H) to any rating agency when required by such rating agency in connection with rating such Lender, provided that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and any Subsidiary received by such rating agency from the Agent or any Lender.

 

206


Section 9.17    Platform; Borrower Materials. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”), and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information (or, if Holdings is not at the time a public reporting company, material information of a type that would not reasonably be expected to be publicly available if Holdings was a public reporting company) with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (i) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as solely containing information that is either (A) publicly available information or (B) not material (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that such Borrower Materials shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.16, to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute information subject to the terms thereof), (iii) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

Section 9.18    Release of Liens and Guarantees.

(a)    The Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released or terminated, as applicable: (i) in full upon the occurrence of the Termination Date as set forth in Section 9.18(d) below; (ii) upon the Disposition of such Collateral by any Loan Party to a person that is not (and is not required to become) a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent that such Collateral comprises property leased to a Loan Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with Section 9.08), (v) to the extent that the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the Holdings Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement or clause (b) below (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (vi) as provided in Section 8.11 (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (vii) as required by the Collateral Agent to effect any Disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and (viii) any property upon such property becoming Excluded Property. Any such release (other than pursuant to clause (i) above) shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than

 

207


those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Loan Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Loan Parties, including the proceeds of any Disposition, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents.

(b)    In addition, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably agree that a Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released from its Guarantee (and, if such Guarantor is also a Borrower, from its obligations under this Agreement) upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Subsidiary Loan Party or otherwise becoming an Excluded Subsidiary (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry).

(c)    The Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the other Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor, Additional Borrower or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.18 and to return to Holdings or the Borrower Representative all possessory collateral (including share certificates (if any)) held by it in respect of any Collateral so released, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender or any other Secured Party. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan Document relating to any such Collateral or Guarantor shall no longer be deemed to be made. In connection with any release hereunder, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative and at the Borrowers’ expense in connection with the release of any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Subsidiary, property or asset; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative containing such certifications as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and any such release should be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, on the Termination Date, all Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral and all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under any Loan Documents (other than such obligations that expressly survive the Termination Date pursuant to the terms hereof) shall, in each case, be automatically released and, upon request of the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Secured Party) take such actions as shall be required to evidence the release its security interest in all Collateral (including returning to Holdings or the Borrower Representative all possessory collateral (including all share certificates (if any)) held by it in respect of any Collateral), and to evidence the release of all obligations under any Loan Document (other than such obligations that expressly survive the Termination Date pursuant to the terms hereof), whether or not on the date of such release there may be any (i) obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements or any Secured Cash Management Agreements and (ii) any contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimburse claims not then due; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative containing such certifications as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Any such release of obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or

 

208


trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. Each Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (and their respective representatives) in connection with taking such actions to release security interest in all Collateral and all obligations under the Loan Documents as contemplated by this Section 9.18(d).

(e)    Obligations of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement (after giving effect to all netting arrangements relating to such Secured Hedge Agreements) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed. No person shall have any voting rights under any Loan Document solely as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or any Secured Cash Management Agreements.

Section 9.19    Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from a Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

Section 9.20    USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower Representative that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 9.21    Affiliate Lenders.

(a)    Each Lender who is an Affiliate of the Borrower, excluding Holdings, Bidco and their respective Subsidiaries (each, an “Affiliate Lender”; it being understood that (x) neither Holdings, Bidco nor any of their Subsidiaries may be Affiliate Lenders and (y) Affiliate Lenders may be Lenders hereunder in accordance with Section 9.04, subject in the case of Affiliate Lenders, to this Section 9.21), in connection with any (i) consent (or decision not to consent) to any amendment,

 

209


modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) other action on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) direction to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, agrees that, except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action (1) described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the first proviso of Section 9.08(b) or (2) that adversely affects such Affiliate Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) in a disproportionately adverse manner as compared to other Lenders, such Affiliate Lender shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in such proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliate Lenders. Each Affiliate Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliate Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliate Lender and in the name of such Affiliate Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (a).

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliate Lender shall have any right to (1) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrower Representative are not then present, (2) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower Representative or its representatives, (3) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents, (4) purchase any Term Loan if, immediately after giving effect to such purchase, Affiliate Lenders in the aggregate would own Term Loans with an aggregate principal amount in excess of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding or (5) purchase any Revolving Facility Loans or Revolving Facility Commitments. It shall be a condition precedent to each assignment to an Affiliate Lender that such Affiliate Lender shall have (x) represented to the assigning Lender in the applicable Assignment and Acceptance, and notified the Administrative Agent, that it is (or will be, following the consummation of such assignment) an Affiliate Lender and that the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by it giving effect to such assignments shall not exceed the amount permitted by clause (4) of the preceding sentence and (y) represented in the applicable Assignment and Acceptance that it is not in possession of material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal and state securities laws) with respect to Holdings, Bidco, the Subsidiaries or their respective securities (or, if Holdings is not at the time a public reporting company, material information of a type that would not be reasonably expected to be publicly available if Holdings were a public reporting company) that (A) has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender or the Lenders generally (other than because any such Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries) and (B) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to, the assigning Lender’s decision make such assignment.

Section 9.22    Agency of the Borrower Representative for the Loan Parties. Each of the other Loan Parties hereby appoints the Borrower Representative as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the giving and receipt of notices and consents hereunder or thereunder, the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and therein and all modifications hereto and thereto, and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants and certifications) on behalf of any Loan Party hereunder or thereunder. The Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. Each Loan Party agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking

 

210


made on its behalf by the Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Loan Party and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Loan Party to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Loan Party. Each Loan Party hereby relieves the Borrower Representative from the restrictions pursuant to section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) and similar restrictions applicable to it pursuant to any other applicable law, in each case to the extent legally possible for such Loan Party.

Section 9.23    No Liability of the Issuing Banks. A Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither any Issuing Bank nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (a) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by such Issuing Bank against presentation of documents that do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit; or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit, except that a Borrower shall have a claim against such Issuing Bank, and such Issuing Bank shall be liable to such Borrower, to the extent of any direct, but not consequential, damages suffered by such Borrower that such Borrower proves were caused by (i) such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction in determining whether documents presented under any Letter of Credit comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (ii) such Issuing Bank’s willful failure to make lawful payment under a Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a draft and certificates strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, such Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

Section 9.24    Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Solely to the extent any Lender or Issuing Bank that is an EEA Financial Institution is a party to this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender or Issuing Bank that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender or Issuing Bank that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)    the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

211


Section 9.25    German Real Estate Security. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, each of the parties to this Agreement, and each Secured Party by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, hereby agrees and acknowledges that each Secured Party which is a non-German resident and is not a Secured Party which has its applicable lending office in Germany or is entitled to a complete exemption from German income taxes pursuant to the “interest” (or any other) article of a tax treaty between Germany and the country of residence or organization of such Secured Party shall not at any time take the benefit, directly or indirectly, of any security interest in any real estate located in Germany over which a security interest is granted to any Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or any of them) or in any proceeds of enforcement in respect thereof (the “German Real Estate Security”), in respect of its participation in the Obligations.

Section 9.26    Parallel Debt.

(a)    For the purpose of this Section 9.26, “Corresponding Obligations” means each Loan Party’s Obligations other than the Parallel Debt.

(b)    Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting on its own behalf and not as agent for any person, an amount equal to the Corresponding Obligations (such payment undertakings by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent, hereinafter referred to as the “Parallel Debt”).

(c)    The Parallel Debt will become due and payable in the currency or currencies of the Corresponding Obligations as and when one or more of the Corresponding Obligations become due and payable.

(d)    Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledges that: (i) the Parallel Debt constitutes an undertaking, obligation and liability of each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent which is transferable and separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Corresponding Obligations; (ii) the Parallel Debt represents the Collateral Agent’s own separate and independent claim to receive payment of the Parallel Debt from each Loan Party and (iii) the Liens granted under the Loan Documents to the Collateral Agent to secure the Parallel Debt is granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall not be held in trust, it being understood, that the amount which may become payable by each Loan Party under or pursuant to the Parallel Debt from time to time shall never exceed the aggregate amount which is payable under the relevant Corresponding Obligations from time to time.

(e)    For the purpose of this Section 9.26 the Collateral Agent acts in its own name and on behalf of itself (for the benefit of the Secured Parties and each subsequent maker of any Loan by its making thereof) and not as agent or representative of any of the Secured Parties and each subsequent maker of any Loan by its making thereof.

(f)    To the extent the Collateral Agent irrevocably receives any amount in payment of the Parallel Debt (the “Received Amount”), the Corresponding Obligations shall be reduced by an aggregate amount (the “Deductible Amount”) equal to the Received Amount in the manner as if the Deductible Amount were received as a payment of the Corresponding Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Collateral Agent irrevocably receives any amount in payment of the Corresponding Obligations, the Parallel Debt shall be reduced accordingly as if such payment was received as a payment of the Parallel Debt. All amounts received or recovered by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any security interest granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with this Agreement.

 

212


Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights against the Loan Parties (whether under this Section 9.26 or under any other provisions of the Loan Documents or any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement) each Loan Party acknowledges that (i) nothing in this Section 9.26 shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Loan Party or otherwise under any Loan Document or any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, except in its capacity as Lender, Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank and (ii) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Loan Document or any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a Lender, Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank.

Section 9.27    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

(a)    In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrowers are capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof), (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising any Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders has any obligation to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the financing transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each Loan Party hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty under applicable law relating to agency and fiduciary obligations.

(b)    Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that each Lender, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and any Affiliate thereof may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any of the Borrowers, Holdings, any Co-Investor, any Affiliate thereof or any other person or entity that may do business with or own securities of any of the foregoing, all as if such Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank or Affiliate thereof were not a Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank or an

 

213


Affiliate thereof (or an agent or any other person with any similar role under the Facilities) and without any duty to account therefor to any other Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank, Holdings, any Borrower, any Co-Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Each Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank and any Affiliate thereof may accept fees and other consideration from Holdings, any Borrower, any Co-Investor or any Affiliate thereof for services in connection with this Agreement, the Facilities or otherwise without having to account for the same to any other Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank, Holdings, any Borrower, any Co-Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Some or all of the Lenders, Arrangers and Issuing Banks may have directly or indirectly acquired certain equity interests (including warrants) in Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof or may have directly or indirectly extended credit on a subordinated basis to Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof. Each party hereto, on its behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, acknowledges and waives the potential conflict of interest resulting from any such Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank or an Affiliate thereof holding disproportionate interests in the extensions of credit under the Facilities or otherwise acting as arranger or agent thereunder and such Lender, Arranger, Issuing Bank or any Affiliate thereof directly or indirectly holding equity interests in or subordinated debt issued by Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof.

Section 9.28    Co-Borrower Obligations.

(a)     Joint and Several Liability. In consideration of the establishment of the Commitments and the making of the Loans and issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder, and of the benefits to Holdings, Bidco and the Co-Borrowers that are anticipated to result therefrom, each of the Co-Borrowers agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Co-Borrowers will be co-borrowers hereunder and shall be fully liable for all of the Loan Obligations, both severally and jointly, regardless of which Co-Borrower actually receives the proceeds of the Loans or the benefit of any other extensions of credit hereunder, or the manner in which any Co-Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any of the Issuing Banks account therefore in their respective books and records. Accordingly, each of the Co-Borrowers irrevocably agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns that they will make prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by optional prepayment or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. Each of the Co-Borrowers hereby further agrees that if any Loan Party shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by optional prepayment or otherwise) any of the Loan Obligations, then they will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Secured Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

(b)    Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of each Co-Borrower under paragraph (a) above are absolute and unconditional irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of any other Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Secured Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 9.28 that the joint and several obligations of the Co-Borrowers hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not affect the joint and several liability of the Co-Borrowers hereunder:

(i)    at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Co-Borrower, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Loan Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

214


(ii)    any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted; or

(iii)    the maturity of any of the Loan Obligations shall be accelerated or delayed, or any of the Loan Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Loan Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with.

(c)    Certain Waivers. Each of the Co-Borrowers hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against it under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Loan Obligations.

(d)    Reinstatement. The obligations of the Co-Borrowers under this Section 9.28 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Co-Borrower in respect of the Loan Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Loan Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

(e)    Continuing Obligations. Each of the agreements of each Co-Borrower in this Section 9.28 is a continuing agreement and undertaking, and shall apply to all Loan Obligations whenever arising.

(f)    Notices, Elections, Approvals, etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or other Loan Documents, each Co-Borrower hereby agrees that any and all notices, elections, approvals or similar actions under the Loan Documents may be taken by the other Co-Borrower on behalf of itself and/or the other Co-Borrower.

Section 9.29    Original Credit Agreement; Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement. On and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all obligations of the Loan Parties under the Original Credit Agreement shall become obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall be superseded by the provisions hereof except for provisions under the Original Credit Agreement that expressly survive the termination thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (a) the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement pursuant to this Agreement and all other Loan Documents executed and delivered in connection herewith shall not constitute a novation of the Original Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (b) all references in the other Loan Documents to the Original Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer without further amendment to this Agreement.

 

215

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

originally dated as of October 3, 2017

as amended and restated as of April 10, 2018

among

SHINE HOLDCO III LIMITED,

as Holdings,

SHINE ACQUISITION CO LIMITED,

as Bidco,

SHINE ACQUISITION CO. S.À R.L.,

as Lux Borrower,

BOING US HOLDCO, INC.,

as US Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent,

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     2  

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     2  

Section 1.02

 

Terms Generally

     64  

Section 1.03

 

Effectuation of Transactions

     64  

Section 1.04

 

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

     64  

Section 1.05

 

[Reserved]

     65  

Section 1.06

 

Change of Currency

     65  

Section 1.07

 

Timing of Payment or Performance

     65  

Section 1.08

 

Times of Day

     65  

Section 1.09

 

Holdings

     65  

Section 1.10

 

Guaranty and Security Principles

     66  

Section 1.11

 

Borrower Representative

     66  

Section 1.12

 

German Terms

     66  

Section 1.13

 

Luxembourg Terms

     66  

ARTICLE II The Credits

     67  

Section 2.01

 

Commitments

     67  

Section 2.02

 

Loans and Borrowings

     67  

Section 2.03

 

Requests for Borrowings

     68  

Section 2.04

 

[Reserved]

     69  

Section 2.05

 

[Reserved]

     69  

Section 2.06

 

Funding of Borrowings

     69  

Section 2.07

 

Interest Elections

     69  

Section 2.08

 

Termination of Commitments

     70  

Section 2.09

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     70  

Section 2.10

 

Repayment of Term Loans

     71  

Section 2.11

 

Prepayment of Loans

     72  

Section 2.12

 

Fees

     74  

Section 2.13

 

Interest

     75  

Section 2.14

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     75  

Section 2.15

 

Increased Costs

     76  

Section 2.16

 

Break Funding Payments

     77  

Section 2.17

 

Taxes

     77  

Section 2.18

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     83  

Section 2.19

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     85  

Section 2.20

 

Illegality

     86  

Section 2.21

 

Incremental Commitments

     86  

Section 2.22

 

Defaulting Lender

     92  

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties

     92  

Section 3.01

 

Organization; Powers

     92  

Section 3.02

 

Authorization

     93  

Section 3.03

 

Enforceability

     93  

Section 3.04

 

Governmental Approvals

     93  

Section 3.05

 

Financial Statements

     94  

Section 3.06

 

No Material Adverse Effect

     94  

 

i


Section 3.07

 

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

     94  

Section 3.08

 

Subsidiaries

     95  

Section 3.09

 

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

     95  

Section 3.10

 

Federal Reserve Regulations

     95  

Section 3.11

 

Investment Company Act

     95  

Section 3.12

 

Use of Proceeds

     96  

Section 3.13

 

Taxes

     96  

Section 3.14

 

No Material Misstatements

     96  

Section 3.15

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     96  

Section 3.16

 

Environmental Matters

     97  

Section 3.17

 

Security Documents

     97  

Section 3.18

 

Location of Real Property

     98  

Section 3.19

 

Solvency

     99  

Section 3.20

 

Labor Matters

     99  

Section 3.21

 

Insurance

     99  

Section 3.22

 

No Default

     99  

Section 3.23

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     99  

Section 3.24

 

Senior Debt

     100  

Section 3.25

 

USA PATRIOT Act; OFAC

     100  

Section 3.26

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     101  

Section 3.27

 

Holding Companies

     101  

ARTICLE IV Conditions of Lending

     101  

Section 4.01

 

Closing Date Conditions

     101  

Section 4.02

 

[Reserved]

     101  

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants

     101  

Section 5.01

 

Existence; Business and Properties

     101  

Section 5.02

 

Insurance

     102  

Section 5.03

 

Taxes

     103  

Section 5.04

 

Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

     103  

Section 5.05

 

Litigation and Other Notices

     105  

Section 5.06

 

Compliance with Laws

     106  

Section 5.07

 

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections

     106  

Section 5.08

 

Use of Proceeds

     106  

Section 5.09

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     106  

Section 5.10

 

Further Assurances; Additional Security

     106  

Section 5.11

 

Rating

     109  

Section 5.12

 

Post-Closing

     110  

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants

     110  

Section 6.01

 

Indebtedness

     110  

Section 6.02

 

Liens

     117  

Section 6.03

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

     123  

Section 6.04

 

Investments, Loans and Advances

     123  

Section 6.05

 

Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions

     128  

Section 6.06

 

Dividends and Distributions

     131  

Section 6.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     134  

Section 6.08

 

Business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries

     137  

 

ii


Section 6.09

 

Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc.

     137  

Section 6.10

 

Fiscal Year

     139  

Section 6.11

 

[Reserved]

     140  

Section 6.12

 

Centre of Main Interest

     140  

ARTICLE VIA Holdings Negative Covenants

     140  

ARTICLE VII Events of Default

     141  

Section 7.01

 

Events of Default

     141  

Section 7.02

 

Treatment of Certain Payments

     144  

Section 7.03

 

[Reserved]

     144  

Section 7.04

 

Clean-Up Period

     144  

ARTICLE VIII The Agents

     145  

Section 8.01

 

Appointment

     145  

Section 8.02

 

Delegation of Duties

     146  

Section 8.03

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     146  

Section 8.04

 

Reliance by Agents

     147  

Section 8.05

 

Notice of Default

     147  

Section 8.06

 

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

     148  

Section 8.07

 

Indemnification

     148  

Section 8.08

 

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

     149  

Section 8.09

 

Successor Agents

     149  

Section 8.10

 

Arrangers and Bookrunners

     149  

Section 8.11

 

Security Documents, Collateral Agent and Intercreditor Agreement

     149  

Section 8.12

 

Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantees

     150  

Section 8.13

 

Withholding Tax

     151  

Section 8.14

 

Certain ERISA Matters

     151  

Section 8.15

 

Release of Restrictions on Self-Dealing

     153  

Section 8.16

 

Electronic Communications

     153  

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous

     154  

Section 9.01

 

Notices; Communications

     154  

Section 9.02

 

Survival of Agreement

     155  

Section 9.03

 

Binding Effect

     155  

Section 9.04

 

Successors and Assigns

     155  

Section 9.05

 

Expenses; Indemnity

     160  

Section 9.06

 

Right of Set-off

     162  

Section 9.07

 

Applicable Law

     162  

Section 9.08

 

Waivers; Amendment

     162  

Section 9.09

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     165  

Section 9.10

 

Entire Agreement

     166  

Section 9.11

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     166  

Section 9.12

 

Severability

     166  

Section 9.13

 

Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     166  

Section 9.14

 

Headings

     167  

Section 9.15

 

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     167  

Section 9.16

 

Confidentiality

     167  

 

iii


Section 9.17

 

Platform; Borrower Materials

     168  

Section 9.18

 

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     169  

Section 9.19

 

Judgment Currency

     170  

Section 9.20

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     171  

Section 9.21

 

Affiliate Lenders

     171  

Section 9.22

 

Agency of the Borrower Representative for the Loan Parties

     172  

Section 9.23

 

[Reserved]

     172  

Section 9.24

 

Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     172  

Section 9.25

 

German Real Estate Security

     173  

Section 9.26

 

Parallel Debt

     173  

Section 9.27

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     174  

Section 9.28

 

Co-Borrower Obligations

     175  

Section 9.29

 

Original Credit Agreement; Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement

     176  

 

iv


Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B

 

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit C

 

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit D

 

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit E

 

Form of Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit F

 

Form of Mortgages

Exhibit G

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit H

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit I

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit J

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

Exhibit K

 

Form of Subordination Agreement

Schedule 1.01(A)

 

Certain Excluded Equity Interests

Schedule 1.01(B)

 

Closing Date Immaterial Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(C)

 

[Reserved]

Schedule 1.01(D)        

 

Closing Date Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(E)

 

Closing Date Mortgaged Properties

Schedule 1.01(F)

 

[Reserved]

Schedule 1.01(G)

 

Certain Collateral Agreements

Schedule 1.10

 

Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles

Schedule 2.01

 

Commitments

Schedule 2.17

 

U.K. Non-Bank Lenders

Schedule 3.01

 

Organization and Good Standing

Schedule 3.04

 

Governmental Approvals

Schedule 3.05

 

Financial Statements

Schedule 3.07(c)

 

Notices of Condemnation

Schedule 3.08(a)

 

Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.08(b)

 

Subscriptions

Schedule 3.09

 

Litigation

Schedule 3.13

 

Taxes

Schedule 3.16

 

Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.21

 

Insurance

Schedule 3.23

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.12

 

Post-Closing Items

Schedule 6.01

 

Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02(a)

 

Liens

Schedule 6.04

 

Investments

Schedule 6.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 9.01

 

Notice Information

 

v


AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 10, 2018 (this “Agreement”), among SHINE HOLDCO III LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 10872806 (“Holdings”), SHINE ACQUISITION CO LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 10871280 (“Bidco”), SHINE ACQUISITION CO. S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, with registered office at 46A avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (R.C.S. Luxembourg) under number B271458 (the “Lux Borrower”), BOING US HOLDCO, INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “US Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties.

WHEREAS, Bidco and the Sellers (as defined below) entered into the Acquisition Agreement (as defined below), pursuant to which, on the Closing Date Bidco acquired (the “Acquisition”) (i) all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of International Car Wash Group Ltd., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 09077935 (the “Company”) and (ii) the minority equity interests of the US Borrower that are not held by the Company prior to the Acquisition;

WHEREAS, to facilitate the consummation of the financing contemplated by the Original Credit Agreement, the Lux Borrower was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Bidco in order to act as a Borrower under the Original Credit Agreement and, immediately upon the Lux Borrower borrowing any Term Loans hereunder or any “Term Loans” under and as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, in each case, on the Closing Date, it transferred the proceeds thereof to Bidco in exchange for the issuance by Bidco of loan notes (the “Bidco Loan Notes”) expected to be listed on a recognized stock exchange;

WHEREAS, Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “Original Credit Agreement”):

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have entered into that certain Amendment No. 1 (the “2018 Amendment”), dated as of the date hereof (the “2018 Amendment Effective Date”), by and among Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders thereto and the Administrative Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and the other Lenders party to the Amendment have agreed to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement as provided in this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Original Credit Agreement shall be, and hereby is, amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect for such day plus 0.50%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollar borrowings for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). Any change in such rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollars shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to Dollars, as the case may be.

2018 Amendment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

2018 Amendment Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

2018 First Lien Amendment” shall mean the Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 1 dated as the date hereof among Holdings, Bidco, Lux Borrower and US Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent.

2018 First Lien Incremental Term Loans” shall mean the term loans made by the 2018 Incremental Term Lenders (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) to the Borrowers.

ABR Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

ABR Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the ABR in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Acquisition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement” shall mean the Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of International Car Wash Group Ltd., dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among Bidco, Boing Group S.à r.l. (the “Institutional Seller”), the persons set forth in Part 1 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “Management Sellers”), the persons set forth in Part 2 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “Castle Hill Sellers”), the persons set forth in Part 3 of Schedule 1 thereto (the “US Sellers”), Estera Trust (Jersey) Limited (the “Trustee” and, together with the Institutional Seller, the Management Sellers, the Castle Hill Sellers and the US Sellers, the “Sellers”), and any other agreements or instruments contemplated thereby, in each case, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a currency other than Pounds Sterling and Euros for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) one minus the Statutory Reserves applicable to such Eurocurrency Borrowing, if any; provided that if the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be less than zero pursuant to this clause (x), such interest rate shall be deemed to be zero and (y) 1.00%, (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Pounds Sterling for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the Sterling LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period, and (iii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Euros, the EURIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period; provided that if the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be less than zero pursuant to this clause (iii), such interest rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

2


Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

Administrative Agent Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit B to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Jefferies LLC and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be Affiliates of Jefferies Finance Europe, SCSp and its Affiliates.

Affiliate Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.21(a).

Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles” shall mean the principles set forth on Schedule 1.10 to the Original Credit Agreement.

Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Agreement Currency” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

All-in Yield” shall mean, as to any Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable), the yield thereon payable to all Lenders (or other lenders, as applicable) providing such Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable) in the primary syndication thereof, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower Representative, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, up-front fees, rate floors or otherwise; provided, that original issue discount and up-front fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the life of such Loans (or Pari Term Loans, if applicable)); and provided, further, that “All-in Yield” shall not include arrangement, commitment, underwriting, structuring or similar fees and customary consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting lenders.

Alternate Currency” shall mean, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, Euros, Pounds Sterling and any other currency other than Dollars that is approved by the Incremental Term Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans.

Alternate Currency Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternate Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternate Currency with Dollars.

Alternate Currency Loan” shall mean any Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency.

 

3


Ancillary Document” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.26.

Applicable Collateral Agent” shall mean the First-Priority Collateral Agent or, following the Discharge of First-Priority Obligations, the Collateral Agent.

Applicable Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Applicable Margin” shall mean for any day (i) with respect to any Term B Loan, 7.50% per annum in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan and 6.50% per annum in the case of any ABR Loan; and (ii) with respect to any Other Term Loan, the “Applicable Margin” set forth in the Incremental Assumption Agreement relating thereto.

Applicable Period” shall mean an Excess Cash Flow Period or an Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, as the case may be.

Approved Electronic Communications” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein and which is distributed to Agents or Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 8.15.

Approved Fund” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(ii).

Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Asset Sale” shall mean any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any Disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets) to any person of, any asset or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary.

Assignee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative (if required by Section 9.04), in the form of Exhibit A to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative.

Assignor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

balance sheet” shall mean a balance sheet or statement of financial position, as applicable.

 

4


Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Bidco” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Bidco Loan Notes” shall have the meanings assigned in the recitals of this Agreement.

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors” shall mean, as to any person, the board of directors or other governing body of such person, or if such person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity.

Borrower” shall mean, as the context may require, the US Borrower and/or the Lux Borrower.

Borrower Materials” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(a).

Borrower Representative” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.11.

Borrowing” shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type under a single Facility, and made on a single date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Minimum” shall mean (a) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple” shall mean (a) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $500,000 and (b) in the case of ABR Loans, $250,000.

Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the applicable Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Original Credit Agreement or another form approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

Budget” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(e).

Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London or in Luxembourg are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, that (a) when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in the London interbank market and (b) when used in connection with a Borrowing in Euros, the term “Business Day” shall exclude any day which is not a TARGET Day.

Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any person in respect of any period, the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such person during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or similar items reflected in the statement of cash flows of such person.

 

5


Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that obligations of Bidco or its Subsidiaries, or of a special purpose or other entity not consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries, either existing on the Closing Date or created thereafter that (a) initially were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Bidco as capital lease obligations and were subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations or, in the case of such a special purpose or other entity becoming consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries were required to be characterized as capital lease obligations upon such consolidation, in either case, due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, or (b) did not exist on the Closing Date and were required to be characterized as capital lease obligations but would not have been required to be treated as capital lease obligations on the Closing Date had they existed at that time, shall for all purposes not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a person during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in accordance with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such person and its subsidiaries.

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement to provide to Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary cash management services for collections, treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), any demand deposit, payroll, trust or operating account relationships, commercial credit cards, merchant card, purchase or debit cards, non-card e-payables services, supplier financing, and other cash management services, including electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a)    (i) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, the Permitted Holders in the aggregate shall at any time cease to have, directly or indirectly, the power to vote or direct the voting of at least 50% of the Voting Stock of Bidco or (ii) at any time on and after a Qualified IPO, any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person, entity or “group” and its subsidiaries and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than the Permitted Holders (or any holding company parent of Bidco owned directly or indirectly by the Permitted Holders), shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Bidco having more than 35% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Bidco, unless in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) of this clause (a), the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Bidco; or

(b)    a “Change in Control” (as defined in (i) the First Lien Credit Agreement or (ii) any indenture or credit agreement in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the First Lien Credit Agreement constituting Material Indebtedness or (iii) any indenture or credit agreement in respect of any Junior Financing constituting Material Indebtedness) shall have occurred;

 

6


(c)    Holdings shall fail to directly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Bidco (other than in connection with or after a Qualified IPO of Bidco);

(d)    Bidco shall fail to directly or indirectly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the US Borrower and of the Lux Borrower; or

(e)    Bidco shall fail to directly own, legally and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company or in the Lux Borrower.

Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any Lending Office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any written request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives under or issued in connection with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, all interpretations and applications thereof and any compliance by a Lender with any request or directive relating thereto and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated under or in connection with, all interpretations and applications of, or any compliance by a Lender with any request or directive relating to International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States of America or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case under clauses (x) and (y) be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” but only to the extent a Lender is imposing applicable increased costs or costs in connection with capital adequacy requirements similar to those described in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 2.15 generally on other borrowers of loans under United States of America cash flow term loan credit facilities, which, as a credit matter, are similarly situated to the applicable Borrower.

Charges” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09.

Class” shall mean, (a) when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B Loans or Other Term Loans; and (b) when used in respect of any Commitment, whether such Commitment is in respect of a commitment to make Term B Loans or Other Term Loans. Other Term Loans that have different terms and conditions (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) from the Term B Loans or from other Term Loans, as applicable, shall each be construed to be in separate and distinct Classes.

Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Clean-Up Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

Closing Date” shall mean October 3, 2017.

Co-Borrowers” shall mean the US Borrower and the Lux Borrower.

Co-Investors” shall mean (a) the Sponsor, (b) the Sellers and their Affiliates and (c) the Management Group.

 

7


Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties and all other property that is subject to any Lien in favor of the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Subagent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to any Security Document.

Collateral Agent” shall mean the Administrative Agent acting as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

Collateral Agreements” shall mean the U.S. Collateral Agreements, the German Collateral Agreements, the UK Collateral Agreements, the Luxembourg Collateral Agreements, and each other agreement or document whereby a Loan Party grants security over its assets in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), in each case, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall mean the requirement that (in each case in accordance with and subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles (with respect to foreign Loan Parties), the penultimate paragraph of Section 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement, Sections 5.10(d) and (g) and Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement):

(a)    on the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) from Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party, a counterpart of the applicable Collateral Agreement, (ii) from Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party, a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement and (iii) from Holdings, a counterpart of the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements, in each case duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person;

(b)    on the Closing Date, (i)(x) all outstanding Equity Interests directly owned by the Loan Parties, other than Excluded Securities, and (y) all intercompany Indebtedness owing to any Loan Party, other than Excluded Securities, shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Collateral Agreement or, in the case of Equity Interests of Bidco and intercompany receivables held by Holdings, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) (x) the Applicable Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests (other than certificates or instruments issued by subsidiaries of the Company that are not received from the Company on or prior to the Closing Date after using commercially reasonable efforts) and any notes or other instruments, in each case to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Security Documents, together with stock powers, note powers or other instruments of transfer (if applicable) with respect thereto endorsed in blank and (y) each Loan Party and any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings which has made available indebtedness directly to Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings in connection with the Equity Contribution shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent the Subordination Agreement;

(c)    in the case of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) a supplement to each relevant Collateral Agreement (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, new Collateral Agreements in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), (ii) a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, a new Guarantee Agreement in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), (iii) supplements to the other Security Documents (or, at the option of the Subsidiary Loan Party, new Security Documents in substantially similar form or such other form

 

8


reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), if applicable, in the form specified therefor or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (iv) an accession to the Subordination Agreement and (v) an accession to any Intercreditor Agreement (including the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement) then existing;

(d)    after the Closing Date, (x) all outstanding Equity Interests of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date that are directly owned by any Loan Party and (y) subject to Section 5.10(g), all Equity Interests directly acquired by a Loan Party (including any Equity Interests of Bidco directly acquired by Holdings) after the Closing Date, other than Excluded Securities, shall have been pledged pursuant to an applicable Collateral Agreement (or the Holdings Pledge Agreement, as applicable), together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer (if applicable) with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(e)    except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Security Document, all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, and filings with the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office covering United States issued patents and registered trademarks and copyrights (and pending applications for the foregoing) and all other actions reasonably requested by the Applicable Collateral Agent (including those required by applicable Requirements of Law) or otherwise required pursuant to a Security Document to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents (in each case, including any supplements thereto) and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents, shall have been delivered, filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or the recording concurrently with, or promptly following, the execution and delivery of each such Security Document;

(f)    within (x) 150 days after the Closing Date with respect to each Mortgaged Property set forth on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement (or on such later date as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (y) the time periods set forth in Section 5.10 with respect to each Mortgaged Property to be encumbered pursuant to said Section 5.10, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage to be entered into with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property and suitable for recording or filing in all filing or recording offices in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located in order to create a valid and enforceable Lien on such Mortgaged Property subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, at the time of recordation thereof; provided, that, in the case of Real Property located in Germany, a Mortgage in the amount of the market value of such Real Property at the time the Mortgage is entered into shall be created with the amount by which the Mortgage can be declared immediately enforceable to be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (with such amount not to exceed 20% of the market value of such Real Property at the time the Mortgage is entered into), (ii) with respect to the Mortgage encumbering each such Mortgaged Property (other than in the case of Real Property located in Germany), (A) the Flood Documentation, (B) an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy or policies or marked up title insurance commitments with respect to Mortgaged Properties located in the United States of America, or a date-down and modification endorsement, if available, paid for by the applicable Loan Party (but in no event in an amount of insurance exceeding the fair market value of such property as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative), issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except Permitted Liens, together with such customary endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and, with respect to customary endorsements, which are available at commercially reasonable rates in

 

9


the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located, (C) a survey of such Mortgaged Property or such other evidence sufficient for such title insurance company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the customary survey-related endorsements and (D) an opinion of counsel regarding the enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage and such other matters customarily covered in real estate counsel opinions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (iii) with respect to the Mortgage encumbering each such Mortgaged Property located outside of the United States of America, such documents as are customarily delivered to the secured party in connection with a Mortgage granted in the applicable jurisdiction as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) such other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request that are available to the applicable Loan Party without material expense with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property;

(g)    the Collateral Agent shall have received evidence of the insurance required by the terms of Section 5.02 hereof;

(h)    to the extent legally possible and subject to any thin capitalisation or Tax issues, any legal or corporate benefit restrictions and the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, (A) on the date which is 90 days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Applicable Collateral Agent) of the Closing Date and (B) thereafter when tested by reference to the date on which the annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a), aggregate (without double counting) earnings before interest, Tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date, on the same basis as EBITDA but taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding (1) all intercompany items, goodwill and investments (in each case to the extent applicable) and (2) each entity that generates negative earnings before interest, Tax, depreciation and amortization) (the “Entity EBITDA”) of the Loan Parties is equal to or exceeds 80% of the EBITDA (excluding goodwill) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Entity EBITDA of (x) any Subsidiary incorporated in China and (y) any Subsidiary that is unable or not required to become a Guarantor in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles other than where such exclusion is solely as a result of such Subsidiary not being incorporated or organized in a Security Jurisdiction) (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”); provided that, if on any relevant test date specified in clause (B) above, the Guarantor Coverage Test is not satisfied, within 90 days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Applicable Collateral Agent) of such test date, such other Subsidiaries shall accede as Guarantors to ensure that the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied (calculated as if such additional Guarantors had been Guarantors for the purposes of the relevant test) and provided that, if the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied within such time period, no Default, Event of Default or other breach of the Loan Documents shall arise in respect thereof;

(i)    after the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) such other Security Documents as may be required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 or the Collateral Agreements, and (ii) upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, evidence of compliance with any other requirements of Section 5.10.

Commitments” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Term Facility Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

10


Conduit Lender” shall mean any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument; provided, that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender; provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 9.05 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender unless the designation of such Conduit Lender is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which consent shall specify that it is being made pursuant to the proviso in the definition of “Conduit Lender” and provided that the designating Lender provides such information as the Borrower Representative reasonably requests in order for the Borrower Representative to determine whether to provide its consent or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.

Consolidated Debt” at any date shall mean the sum of (without duplication) all Indebtedness (other than letters of credit or bank guarantees, to the extent undrawn) consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money and Disqualified Stock of Bidco and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on such date in accordance with GAAP; provided, that for purposes of calculating the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the amount of Consolidated Debt not denominated in Dollars shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rates that would be used either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, (i) for purposes of preparing a balance sheet or (ii) for purposes of calculating EBITDA, in each case, as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of the date of determination; provided, further, that, Consolidated Debt shall be decreased or increased, as applicable, by the amount of the net cash value of all currency Hedging Agreements to the extent relating to such Consolidated Debt assuming that such Hedging Agreements were settled on the last day of such Test Period as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that, without duplication,

(i)    any net after-Tax extraordinary, exceptional, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income or expense or charge (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), any severance, relocation or other restructuring expenses (including any cost or expense related to employment of terminated employees), any expenses related to any New Project or any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, fees, expenses or charges relating to closing costs, rebranding costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, excess pension charges, acquisition integration costs, opening costs, recruiting costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and expenses or charges related to any offering of Equity Interests or debt securities of Bidco, its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any Parent Entity, any Investment, acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or incurrence, issuance, repayment, repurchase, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), any fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions (including any costs relating to auditing prior periods, any transition-related expenses, and Transaction Expenses incurred before, on or after the Closing Date), and any consideration paid or payable in relation to a Permitted Business Acquisition to the extent reflected in Net Income, in each case, shall be excluded,

 

11


(ii)    any net after-Tax income or loss from Disposed of, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets and any net after-Tax gain or loss on the Dispositions of Disposed of, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets shall be excluded,

(iii)    any net after-Tax gain or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business Dispositions or asset Dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower Representative) shall be excluded,

(iv)    any net after-Tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or buy-back of indebtedness, Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(v)    the Net Income for such period of any person that is not a subsidiary of such person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such referent person) in respect of such period,

(vi)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

(vii)    effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such person and its subsidiaries and including the effects of adjustments to (A) deferred rent, (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations or other obligations or deferrals attributable to capital spending funds with suppliers or (C) any deferrals of revenue) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of Taxes, shall be excluded,

(viii)    any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles and other fair value adjustments arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

(ix)    any (a) non-cash compensation charge or (b) costs or expenses realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights shall be excluded,

(x)    accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded,

(xi)    non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretation shall be excluded,

(xii)    any gain, loss, income, expense or charge resulting from the application of any LIFO method shall be excluded,

(xiii)    any non-cash charges for deferred Tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded,

 

12


(xiv)    any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, any currency translation gains and losses related to the translation to the presentation currency and translation of a foreign operation and any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Agreements, shall be excluded,

(xv)    any deductions attributable to minority interests shall be excluded,

(xvi)    [reserved],

(xvii)    (A) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (x) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (y) in fact reimbursed within 365 days following the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded; and (B) amounts estimated in good faith to be received from insurance in respect of lost revenues or earnings in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be included (with a deduction for amounts actually received up to such estimated amount to the extent included in Net Income in a future period),

(xviii)    without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 6.06(b)(v) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income Taxes directly by such person for such period, and

(xix)    Capitalized Software Expenditures and software development costs shall be excluded.

Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the total assets of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries without giving effect to any impairment or amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Closing Date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Bidco as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(g) of the Original Credit Agreement, 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), as applicable, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any acquisition or Disposition of a person or assets that may have occurred on or after the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Corresponding Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(a).

Credit Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IV.

Cumulative Credit” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a)    the greater of $36,000,000 and 0.31 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus

 

13


(b)    the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time, plus

(c)    [reserved], plus

(d)    the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds, plus

(e)    (i) the cumulative amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash) from the sale of Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options), which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Bidco, and (ii) common Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Loan Obligations in right of payment) of Bidco or any Subsidiary owed to a person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Article VI; provided, that this clause (e) shall exclude Permitted Cure Securities, sales of Equity Interests financed as contemplated by Section 6.04(e) or used as described in clause (ix) of the definition of “EBITDA”, any amount used to incur Indebtedness under Section 6.01(l), and any amounts used to finance the payments or distributions in respect of any Junior Financing pursuant to Section 6.09(b), plus

(f)    100% of the aggregate amount of contributions as common equity to the capital of Bidco received in cash (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash) after the Closing Date (subject to the same exclusions as are applicable to clause (e) above), plus

(g)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness (including the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock) of Bidco or any Subsidiary issued after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness issued to a Subsidiary), which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) in Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity, plus

(h)    100% of the aggregate amount received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in cash (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of property other than cash received by Bidco or any Subsidiary) after the Closing Date from:

(A)    the issuance or sale (other than to Bidco or any Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 and in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, or

(B)    any dividend or other distribution by an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 and in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, plus

(i)    in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the Investments of Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) to the extent not increasing any other basket under Section 6.04 in an amount not to exceed the amount of any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary using the Cumulative Credit, plus

 

14


(j)    an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) (not to exceed the amount of such Investments), minus

(k)    any amounts thereof used to make Investments pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) after the Closing Date prior to such time, minus

(l)    the cumulative amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(e) prior to such time, minus

(m)    any amount thereof used to make payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings pursuant to Section 6.09(b)(i)(E) (other than payments made with proceeds from the issuance of Equity Interests that were excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit pursuant to clause (e) above);

provided, however, the Cumulative Credit shall only be increased pursuant to clause (b) above to the extent that Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds the ECF Threshold Amount (or, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, a pro rata portion of such amount).

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount” shall mean, at any date, an amount (which shall not be less than zero in the aggregate) determined on a cumulative basis equal to:

(a)    the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date, plus

(b)    for each Excess Cash Flow Interim Period ended prior to such date but as to which the corresponding Excess Cash Flow Period has not ended, an amount equal to the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Interim Period, minus

(c)    the cumulative amount of all Retained Excess Cash Flow Overfundings as of such date.

Current Assets” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, the sum of (a) all assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments or other cash equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, plus (b) gross accounts receivable comprising part of the Securitization Assets subject to such Permitted Securitization Financing.

Current Liabilities” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) accruals of Interest Expense (excluding Interest Expense that is due and unpaid), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals, if any, of transaction costs resulting from the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions, (e) accruals of any costs or expenses related to (i) severance or termination of employees prior to the Closing Date or (ii) bonuses, pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, and (f) accruals for add-backs to EBITDA included in clauses (a)(iv), (a)(v), and (a)(vii) of the definition of such term.

 

15


Debt Service” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, Interest Expense for such period, plus scheduled principal amortization of Consolidated Debt for such period.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, judicial management, scheme of arrangement, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States of America or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declining Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

Deductible Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(f).

Deemed Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

Default” shall mean any event or condition that upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean, subject to Section 2.22, any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend or expect to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or has made a public statement to that effect, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative) or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, other than via an Undisclosed Administration, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided, that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States of America or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.22) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower Representative and each Lender.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” shall mean the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of non-cash consideration received by Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration

 

16


pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, setting forth such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Discharge of First-Priority Obligations” shall mean the “Discharge of First-Priority Obligations” (as defined in the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement) (or other analogous term(s) in another Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), except that for purposes of Section 2.11, “First-Priority Obligations” shall not include any First-Priority Obligations (as defined in such Intercreditor Agreement) that are in the nature of revolving loans or letters of credit or in respect of any Cash Management Agreements or Hedging Agreements.

Disinterested Director” shall mean, with respect to any person and transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of such person who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction.

Dispose” or “Disposed of” shall mean to convey, sell, lease, sell and leaseback, assign, farm-out, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property, business or asset. The term “Disposition” shall have a correlative meaning to the foregoing.

Disqualified Stock” shall mean, with respect to any person, any Equity Interests of such person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Loan Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of issuance thereof (provided, that only the portion of the Equity Interests that so mature or are mandatorily redeemable, are so convertible or exchangeable or are so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Bidco or the Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by Bidco or a Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (ii) any class of Equity Interests of such person that by its terms authorizes such person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollar Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date or other applicable date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

Dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period plus (a) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in

 

17


subclauses (i) through (xiii) of this clause (a) reduced such Consolidated Net Income (and were not excluded therefrom) for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined):

(i)    provision for Taxes or deferred Taxes based on income, profits or capital of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes (including penalties and interest related to Taxes or arising from Tax examinations) and the amount of distributions pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) and Section 6.06(b)(v) in respect of such period,

(ii)    Interest Expense (and to the extent not included in Interest Expense, (a) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock, (b) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, (c) interest charge on defined benefit liabilities and (d) unwinding of discount on restoration and onerous lease provisions) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period,

(iii)    depreciation and amortization expenses of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, original issue discount and Capitalized Software Expenditures, amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits,

(iv)    business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility, branch, office or business unit closures, facility, branch, office or business unit consolidations, retention, severance, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges) and Pre-Opening Expenses,

(v)    any other non-cash charges; provided, that for purposes of this subclause (v) of this clause (a), any non-cash charges or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period),

(vi)    the amount of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and similar fees and related expenses paid to the Co-Investors (or any accruals related to such fees and related expenses) during such period not in contravention of this Agreement,

(vii)    any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense as described in the preceding subclause (iii)) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, New Project, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, modification or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (x) such fees, expenses or charges related to the First Lien Credit Agreement, the 2018 First Lien Amendment and the 2018 Amendment and this Agreement, (y) any amendment or other modification of the Obligations or other Indebtedness and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Permitted Securitization Financing,

(viii)    the amount of loss or discount in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, including amortization of loan origination costs and amortization of portfolio discounts,

(ix)    any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with

 

18


cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party (other than contributions received from Bidco or another Subsidiary Loan Party) or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Bidco (other than Disqualified Stock),

(x)    [reserved],

(xi)    the amount of any loss attributable to a New Project, until the date that is 12 months after the date of completing the construction, acquisition, assembling or creation of such New Project, as the case may be; provided, that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and (B) losses attributable to such New Project after 12 months from the date of completing such construction, acquisition, assembling or creation, as the case may be, shall not be included in this subclause (xi),

(xii)    with respect to any joint venture that is not a Subsidiary and solely to the extent relating to any net income referred to in clause (v) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in subclauses (i) and (ii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Bidco’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Subsidiary), and

(xiii)    one-time costs associated with commencing Public Company Compliance;

minus (b) the sum of (without duplication and to the extent the amounts described in this clause (b) increased such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such items (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period).

ECF Threshold Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(c).

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

 

19


Environment” shall mean ambient and indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources such as flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, binding agreements, decrees or judgments, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the Environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, transport, management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any hazardous material or to public or employee health and safety matters (to the extent relating to the Environment or hazardous materials).

Environmental Permits” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.16.

Equity Contribution” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(f).

Equity Interests” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity or ownership of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest, and any securities or other rights or interests convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time and any final regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Holdings, Bidco or a Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any Reportable Event or the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA apply with respect to a Plan; (b) with respect to any Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (e) the incurrence by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the impending imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (i) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; or (j) the withdrawal of any of Holdings, Bidco, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA.

 

20


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

EURIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the date that is two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to Thomson Reuters Page EURIBOR01 (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Thomson Reuters page or screen, or any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in each case) for deposits in Euros (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, then the “EURIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Euros for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Euro” shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

Eurocurrency Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.

Eurocurrency Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Applicable Period, EBITDA of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Applicable Period, minus, without duplication, (A):

(a)    Debt Service for such Applicable Period,

(b)    the amount of any voluntary payment permitted hereunder of term Indebtedness during such Applicable Period (other than any voluntary prepayment of term Indebtedness that is the subject of Section 2.11(c)(ii)(A)) and the amount of any voluntary payments of revolving Indebtedness to the extent accompanied by permanent reductions of any revolving facility commitments during such Applicable Period (other than any voluntary prepayments of revolving Indebtedness that is the subject of Section 2.11(c)(ii)(B)), so long as the amount of such prepayment is not already reflected in Debt Service,

(c)    (i) Capital Expenditures by Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period that are paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during the Applicable Period in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures and other Investments permitted hereunder (excluding Permitted Investments, intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries and Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04(j)(Y) (unless made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit)) and payments in respect of restructuring activities,

 

21


(d)    Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or other permitted Investments (excluding Permitted Investments and intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries), or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities, that Bidco or any Subsidiary shall, during such Applicable Period, become obligated to make or otherwise anticipated to make payments with respect thereto but that are not made during such Applicable Period; provided, that (i) the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate to the Administrative Agent not later than the date required for the delivery of the certificate pursuant to Section 2.11(c), signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and certifying that payments in respect of such Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or other permitted Investments or planned restructuring activities are expected to be made in the following Excess Cash Flow Period, and (ii) any amount so deducted shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Applicable Period,

(e)    Taxes paid in cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period or that will be paid within six months after the close of such Applicable Period and the amount of any distributions made pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) and Section 6.06(b)(v) during such Applicable Period or that will be made within six months after the close of such Applicable Period; provided, that with respect to any such amounts to be paid or distributed after the close of such Applicable Period, (i) any amount so deducted shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Applicable Period, except to the extent such amount has been added back pursuant to clause (B)(g) below and is subsequently paid or distributed, and (ii) appropriate reserves shall have been established in accordance with GAAP,

(f)    an amount equal to any increase in Working Capital (other than any increase arising from the recognition or de-recognition of any Current Assets or Current Liabilities upon an acquisition or disposition of a business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such Applicable Period,

(g)    cash expenditures made in respect of Hedging Agreements during such Applicable Period, to the extent not reflected in the computation of EBITDA or Interest Expense,

(h)    permitted Restricted Payments paid in cash by Bidco during such Applicable Period and permitted Restricted Payments paid by any Subsidiary to any person other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during such Applicable Period, in each case in accordance with Section 6.06 (other than Section 6.06(e) (unless made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit), Section 6.06(j) or 6.06(m)),

(i)    amounts paid in cash during such Applicable Period on account of (A) items that were accounted for as non-cash reductions of Net Income in determining Consolidated Net Income or as non-cash reductions of Consolidated Net Income in determining EBITDA of Bidco and its Subsidiaries in a prior Applicable Period and (B) reserves or accruals established in purchase accounting,

(j)    to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness created hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith,

 

22


(k)    the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment (other than in respect of Transaction Expenses) which had not reduced Excess Cash Flow upon the accrual thereof in a prior Applicable Period, or an accrual for a cash payment, by Bidco and its Subsidiaries or did not represent cash received by Bidco and its Subsidiaries, in each case on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period, and

(l)     the amount of (A) any deductions attributable to minority interests that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income and (B) EBITDA of joint ventures and minority investments added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA,

plus, without duplication, (B):

(a)    an amount equal to any decrease in Working Capital (other than any decrease arising from the recognition or de-recognition of any Current Assets or Current Liabilities upon an acquisition or disposition of a business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries for such Applicable Period,

(b)    all amounts referred to in clauses (A)(b), (A)(c) and (A)(d) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance or the incurrence of Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, but excluding proceeds of extensions of credit under any revolving credit facility), the sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (including any capital contributions) and any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any sale, transfer or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets and any mortgage or lease of Real Property) to any person of any asset or assets, in each case to the extent there is a corresponding deduction from Excess Cash Flow above,

(c)    to the extent any permitted Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or permitted Investments or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities referred to in clause (A)(d) above do not occur in the following Applicable Period of Bidco specified in the certificate of the Borrower Representative provided pursuant to clause (A)(d) above, the amount of such Capital Expenditures, Permitted Business Acquisitions, New Project expenditures or permitted Investments or payments in respect of planned restructuring activities that were not so made in such following Applicable Period,

(d)    cash payments received in respect of Hedging Agreements during such Applicable Period to the extent (i) not included in the computation of EBITDA or (ii) such payments do not reduce Interest Expense,

(e)    any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Applicable Period (except to the extent such gain consists of Net Proceeds subject to Section 2.11(b) or the comparable provision in the First Lien Credit Agreement),

(f)    the amount related to items that were deducted from or not added to Net Income in connection with calculating Consolidated Net Income or were deducted from or not added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent either (i) such items represented cash received by Bidco or any Subsidiary or (ii) such items do not represent cash paid by Bidco or any Subsidiary, in each case on a consolidated basis during such Applicable Period, and

 

23


(g)    to the extent any payments for Taxes referred to in clause (A)(e) above are not made in the following Applicable Period of Bidco, the amount of Taxes that were not so paid in such following Applicable Period.

Excess Cash Flow Interim Period” shall mean, (x) during any Excess Cash Flow Period, any one, two, or three-quarter period (a) commencing on the later of (i) the end of the immediately preceding Excess Cash Flow Period and (ii) if applicable, the end of any prior Excess Cash Flow Interim Period occurring during the same Excess Cash Flow Period and (b) ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (other than the last day of the fiscal year) during such Excess Cash Flow Period for which financial statements are available and (y) during the period from the Closing Date until the beginning of the first Excess Cash Flow Period, any period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available.

Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean each fiscal year of Bidco, commencing with the fiscal year of Bidco ending December 31, 2018.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contributions” shall mean the cash and the fair market value of assets other than cash (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) received by Bidco after the Closing Date from: (a) contributions to its common Equity Interests, and (b) the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Qualified Equity Interests of Bidco, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interest is sold or issued, as the case may be (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any contribution made pursuant to Section 6.06(i)).

Excluded Foreign Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles.

Excluded Indebtedness” shall mean all Indebtedness not incurred in violation of Section 6.01.

Excluded Property” shall mean, collectively, the Excluded U.S. Property and the Excluded Foreign Collateral.

Excluded Securities shall mean any of the following:

(a)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness with respect to which the Applicable Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequences of pledging such Equity Interests or Indebtedness in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents are likely to be excessive in relation to the value to be afforded thereby;

(b)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests or Indebtedness would not be required in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles;

(c)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness held by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent that pledging such Equity Interests or Indebtedness would require such person to

 

24


enter into documents or comply with legal formalities beyond the documents and formalities required for such person to pledge the Equity Interests or intercompany Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Loan Party organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction directly held by such person;

(d)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Requirement of Law;

(e)    any Equity Interests of any person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(f)    any Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary;

(g)    any Equity Interests of, or other Equity Interests owned by, a Subsidiary that is not organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction;

(h)    any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences to Bidco or any Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (provided that any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings in existence on the Closing Date that is organized or incorporated under the laws of any jurisdiction that is a Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (h));

(i)    any Equity Interests or Indebtedness that are set forth on Schedule 1.01(A) to the Original Credit Agreement or that have been identified on or prior to the Closing Date in writing to the Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and agreed to by the Applicable Collateral Agent;

(j)    to the extent permitted pursuant to Article VIA, any Indebtedness owned by or owing to Holdings, other than intercompany receivables; and

(k)    any Margin Stock;

provided that, in no event shall this definition of “Excluded Securities” include (i) the Equity Interests in Bidco, the Company, the US Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party or (ii) any intercompany receivables held by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower.

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any of the following (except as otherwise provided in the definition of Subsidiary Loan Party and provided that in no event shall this definition of “Excluded Subsidiary” include the Company):

(a)    each Immaterial Subsidiary,

(b)    each Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary),

(c)    each Subsidiary that is prohibited from Guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations by any Requirement of Law or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to Guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received),

(d)    each Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable contractual requirement with an unaffiliated third party from Guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary not in violation of Section 6.09(c) (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect),

 

25


(e)    any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary,

(f)    any Subsidiary not organized or incorporated in a Security Jurisdiction except for any Subsidiary which is or becomes a Borrower,

(g)    any Subsidiary for which the providing of any Guarantee of the Obligations could reasonably be expected as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties of such Subsidiary’s or such Subsidiary’s Affiliates’ officers, directors, members or managers; provided, that Holdings and its Subsidiaries will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate any such restrictions,

(h)    any other Subsidiary with respect to which, (x) the Applicable Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequences of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Obligations are likely to be excessive in relation to the value to be afforded thereby, including, without limitation, where the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the limit on recoveries recorded in the relevant Guarantee renders the realizable value of the Guarantee such that there is no material commercial benefit to the proposed beneficiaries of such Guarantee in the provision thereof, (y) providing such a Guarantee or granting such Liens could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative; provided that any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date may not be excluded pursuant to this clause (h)(y) or (z) providing such a Guarantee would conflict with the mandatory fiduciary duties of such Subsidiary’s or such Subsidiary’s Affiliates’ directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided, that Holdings and its Subsidiaries will use all commercially reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate any such restrictions, including without limitation, assisting in demonstrating that adequate corporate benefit accrues and undertaking any “whitewash” or similar procedures (if and to the extent reasonably available) in the case of financial assistance,

(i)    each Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(j)    with respect to any Swap Obligation, any Subsidiary that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, and

(k)    each Subsidiary that will be liquidated, dissolved or merged out of existence substantially concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions.

Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(i)    Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its

 

26


principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder),

(ii)    any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to a Lender (other than to the extent such Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower Representative under Section 2.19(b) or 2.19(c)) pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnification payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 2.17,

(iii)    any withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is attributable to the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any other recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), (f) or (g),

(iv)    any Tax imposed under FATCA,

(v)    in case of payment with respect to a Loan to a Borrower incorporated in Luxembourg, any Luxembourg withholding Tax if on the date on which the payment falls due the payment could have been made to the applicable Lender without withholding if the Lender had been a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under any Loan Documents in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any Requirement of Law or treaty or any published practice of any relevant taxing authority,

(vi)    any Luxembourg registration duties (droits d’enregistrement) payable in case of voluntary registration of any Loan Documents by a Lender or the Administrative Agent with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines in Luxembourg, or registration of the Loan Documents in Luxembourg when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, or enforce the rights of such Lender or Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents,

(vii)    with respect to any interest payment made by a Borrower incorporated in Germany or a Loan to such Borrower (if any), any Taxes withheld pursuant to an order by a taxing authority based on Section 50a, paragraph 7 German Income Tax Act (Einkommensteuergesetz) (or any law amending or replacing this section) due to the fact that the Loans are secured by Real Property located in Germany and any Taxes assessed under the laws of Germany solely due to the fact that the Loans are secured by Real Property located in Germany, unless when the Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender or any other recipient of such payment became a party to this Agreement it was a German Treaty Lender and ceased to be a German Treaty Lender solely due to a change in Tax law (or in the interpretation, administration or application of any law or a German Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority) occurring after such time, and

(viii)    with respect to any interest payments made by a U.K. Borrower (if any), any U.K. Tax Deduction if, on the date on which the payment falls due:

(a)    the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a U.K. Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.K. Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or U.K. Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

27


(b)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “U.K. Qualifying Lender” and (i) an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the U.K. ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Loan Party making the payment or from the Borrower Representative a certified copy of that Direction; and (ii) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any U.K. Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made;

(c)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “U.K. Qualifying Lender” and (i) the relevant Lender has not given a U.K. Tax Confirmation to the Borrower Representative and (ii) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any U.K. Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a U.K. Tax Confirmation to the relevant Borrower, on the basis that the U.K. Tax Confirmation would have enabled such Borrower to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the U.K. ITA; or

(d)    the relevant Lender is a U.K. Treaty Lender and the Borrower making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the U.K. Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraphs 2.17(g)(i), (ii) or (iii) (as applicable) below.

Excluded Transaction Debt” shall mean all Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers in connection with the Transactions consisting of, or incurred to fund the payment of, any original issue discount or upfront fees in respect of the Term B Loans and/or the Indebtedness incurred under the First Lien Credit Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the “market flex” provisions of the Fee Letter.

Excluded U.S. Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(g).

Existing Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Existing Debt Agreements” shall mean:

(i)    the $163,000,000 credit agreement dated June 14, 2017 between, among others, Boing US Holdco, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as agent,

(ii)    the £30,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility agreement dated June 12, 2014, as amended on July 16, 2014 and on August 11, 2015, between, among others, Boing Midco Limited, Boing Acquisitions Limited, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as security trustee and Lloyds Bank plc, as arranger,

(iii)    €240,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “Existing Notes”) issued by International Car Wash Group Financing plc (f/k/a Boing Group Financing plc) pursuant to the indenture dated July 10, 2014 between, among others, International Car Wash Group Financing plc (Boing Group Financing plc) and U.S. Bank Trustees Limited,

(iv)    the promissory notes issued by IMO US South, LLC for the benefit of Centennial Bank, in the aggregate principal amounts of $935,670, $1,550,700, $11,748,000, $23,883,000 and dated November 5, 2015, May 19, 2016, June 15, 2016, July 1, 2016, respectively and

 

28


(v)    the promissory note issued by IMO US West, LLC for the benefit of Centennial Bank, in the aggregate principal amount of $14,572,500, and dated February 22, 2016.

Existing Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the “Existing Debt Agreements” definition.

Extended Term Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extending Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Extension” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Facility” shall mean the respective facility and commitments utilized in making Loans and credit extensions hereunder, it being understood that, as of the Closing Date is one Facility (i.e., the Term B Facility) and thereafter, the term “Facility” may include any other Class of Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), or any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or official administrative interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1.00%) charged to Goldman Sachs Bank USA on such day for such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter” shall mean that certain Fee Letter dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Jefferies Finance Europe SCSP, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse AG, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and the other parties thereto.

Fees” shall mean the Administrative Agent Fees.

Finance Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(i).

Financial Officer” of any person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer or an equivalent financial officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Controller or a director of such person, or a duly authorized signatory of such person who is a Financial Officer of a subsidiary of such person.

First Lien Credit Agreement” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdings, Bidco, Lux Borrower and US Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, as such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

29


First Lien Declined Proceeds” shall mean any portion of the proceeds of any event giving rise to any mandatory prepayment under Section 2.11 (b) or (c) of the First Lien Credit Agreement (or equivalent provision under any other document governing any “First-Priority Obligations” (as defined in the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement) that has been declined by the applicable lenders thereunder in accordance with Section 2.10(c)(i) of the First Lien Credit Agreement (or equivalent provision under any other document governing any “First-Priority Obligations” (as defined in the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement)).

First Lien Incremental Facilities” shall mean “Incremental Loans” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Lenders” shall mean the “Lenders” under and as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Loan Documents” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, as each such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

First-Priority Collateral Agent” shall mean the “First-Priority Collateral Agent” (as defined in the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement) (or other analogous term in another Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable).

Flood Documentation” shall mean, with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America or any territory thereof, (i) a completed “life-of-loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination, together with a notice about Special Flood Hazard Area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Loan Party relating thereto (to the extent a Mortgaged Property is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area) and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 5.02(c) hereof and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall (A) be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable), (B) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee/mortgagee, (C) identify the address of each property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, the applicable flood zone designation and the flood insurance coverage and deductible relating thereto and (D) be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Flood Insurance Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

foreign” shall mean any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender (a) that is not disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or (b) that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and whose regarded owner is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

30


Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any pension plan, benefit plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, maintained or contributed to by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries employed and residing outside the United States (other than any plans, funds or other similar programs that are maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority), which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income or a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

GAAP” shall mean all Statements of Standard Accounting Practice, Financial Reporting Standards, Statements of Recommended Practice and Urgent Issues Task Force Abstracts issued or adopted by the Financial Reporting Council (or by its predecessor, the Accounting Standards Board), and other generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United Kingdom,; provided, that any reference to the application of GAAP in Sections 3.13(b), 3.15, 3.20, 5.03, 5.07 and 6.02(e) to a Subsidiary (and not as a consolidated Subsidiary of Bidco) shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary; provided, further, that, at any time after adoption of IFRS by Bidco (or the relevant reporting entity), Bidco (or the relevant reporting entity) may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Agreement, and, upon any such election, all references in this Agreement to GAAP shall be construed to mean IFRS; provided, that, if Bidco notifies the Administrative Agent that Bidco requests an amendment to any provision of this Agreement to eliminate the effect of any change from GAAP to IFRS, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change from GAAP to IFRS or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance with this Agreement (and the Administrative Agent is authorized to agree to any such amendment on behalf of the Lenders and will negotiate with Bidco in good faith).

German Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “German Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

German Treaty Lender” shall mean a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document and which on the date a payment of interest by a Borrower falls due:

(i)    is treated as a resident of a German Treaty State for the purposes of such German Treaty;

(ii)    does not carry on a business in Germany through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

(iii)    fulfills any other conditions which must be fulfilled under such German Treaty by residents of that German Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest by Germany.

German Treaty State” shall mean a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement with Germany (a “German Treaty”) which exempts any interest payment to a resident of such jurisdiction from Tax imposed by Germany.

 

31


Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory or legislative body.

Guarantee” of or by any person (the “guarantor”) shall mean (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holders of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such holders against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness or other obligation (or any existing right, contingent or otherwise, of the holder of Indebtedness or other obligation to be secured by such a Lien) of any other person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Guarantee Agreement (Second Lien) dated as of the Closing Date as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among Bidco, each Borrower, each Subsidiary Loan Party and the Collateral Agent.

guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Guarantee.”

Guarantors” shall mean (i) Holdings, (ii) Bidco, (iii) with respect to the Obligations of any Borrower, any other Borrower, and (iv) each Subsidiary Loan Party that is not a Borrower.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean all pollutants, contaminants, wastes, chemicals, materials, substances and constituents, including, without limitation, explosive or radioactive substances or petroleum by products or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas or pesticides, fungicides, fertilizers or other agricultural chemicals, of any nature subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction, or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value, or credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reserve repurchase transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction, spot contracts, fixed price physical delivery contracts, or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions, in each case of the foregoing, whether or not exchange traded; provided, that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Hedging Agreement.

 

32


Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement; provided, that any time after an Intermediate Holdings shall have complied with Section 1.09, references to Holdings in this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Intermediate Holdings (until any other Intermediate Holdings shall have complied with Section 1.09, at which time references to Holdings in this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such other Intermediate Holdings).

Holdings Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Holdings Limited Recourse Guarantee Agreement (Second Lien), dated as of the Closing Date, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, between Holdings and the Collateral Agent.

Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements” shall mean (i) the Holdings Guarantee Agreement and (ii) the Holdings Pledge Agreement.

Holdings Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Second Priority Charge Over Shares with respect to the equity interests of Bidco, dated as of the Closing Date, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, between Holdings and the Collateral Agent.

IFRS” shall mean the International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency), which are in effect from time to time; provided, however, that IFRS shall not include any provision of such standards that would require a lease that would be classified as an operating lease under IFRS to be classified as Indebtedness or a finance or capital lease.

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that (a) did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Bidco most recently ended for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(g) of the Original Credit Agreement, 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), have assets with a value in excess of 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 5.0% of total revenues of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date, and (b) taken together with all Immaterial Subsidiaries as of such date, did not have assets with a value in excess of 10% of Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 10% of total revenues of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date; provided, that the Borrower Representative may elect in its sole discretion to exclude as an Immaterial Subsidiary any Subsidiary that would otherwise meet the definition thereof. Each Immaterial Subsidiary as of the Closing Date shall be set forth in Schedule 1.01(B) to the Original Credit Agreement, and the Borrower Representative shall update such Schedule from time to time after the Closing Date as necessary to reflect all Immaterial Subsidiaries at such time (the selection of Subsidiaries to be added to or removed from such Schedule to be made as the Borrower Representative may determine).

Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount or deferred financing fees, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or in the form of Equity Interests, as applicable, the accretion of original issue discount, deferred financing fees or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

Incremental Amount” shall mean, at the time of the establishment of the commitments in respect of the Indebtedness to be incurred utilizing this definition (or, at the option of the Borrower Representative, at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness), the sum of:

(i)    the excess (if any) of (a) the greater of $100,000,000 and 0.75 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period over (b) the sum of

 

33


(w) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Incremental Term Loans, in each case incurred or established after the Closing Date and outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 2.21 utilizing this clause (i) (other than (A) Incremental Term Loans in respect of Refinancing Term Loans or Extended Term Loans, respectively, and (B) the 2018 First Lien Incremental Term Loans), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(z) at such time that was incurred utilizing this clause (i), (y) the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Incremental Facilities incurred after the Closing Date utilizing clause (i) of the definition of “Incremental Amount” under the First Lien Credit Agreement and (z) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01(z) of the First Lien Credit Agreement that was incurred utilizing clause (i) of the “Incremental Amount” under the First Lien Credit Agreement; plus

(ii)    any amounts so long as immediately after giving effect to the establishment of the commitments in respect thereof utilizing this clause (ii) (and assuming any Incremental Term Loan Commitments established at such time utilizing this clause (ii) are fully drawn unless such commitments have been drawn or have otherwise been terminated) (or, at the option of the Borrower Representative, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Incremental Loans thereunder) and the use of proceeds of the loans thereunder, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than the greater of (I) 5.75 to 1.00 and (II) if such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests (including a Permitted Business Acquisition and including through a merger or consolidation) or an Investment, where such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment is not prohibited by this Agreement, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto; provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), net cash proceeds funded by financing sources upon the incurrence of Incremental Loans incurred at such time shall not be netted against the applicable amount of Consolidated Debt for purposes of such calculation of the Net Secured Leverage Ratio at such time; plus

(iii)    the aggregate amount of (A) all prepayments of Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) or Incremental Term Loans, (B) all voluntary prepayments of Refinancing Term Loans (to the extent such Refinancing Term Loans were previously applied to the prepayment of any Indebtedness set forth in this clause (iii)), (C) all voluntary prepayments or commitment reductions of any Indebtedness outstanding under Section 6.01(z) incurred in lieu of clause (i) above, and (D) the principal amount of all Indebtedness set forth in this clause (iii) that is purchased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case of this clause (iii), made prior to such time and so long as such prepayment or purchase was not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness);

provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, (A) amounts may be established or incurred utilizing clause (ii) above prior to utilizing clause (i) or (iii) above and (B) any calculation of the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis pursuant to clause (ii) above may be determined, at the option of the Borrower Representative, without giving effect to any simultaneous establishment or incurrence of any amounts utilizing clause (i) or (iii) above.

For purposes of determining the amounts that may be incurred utilizing this definition, the amount of any prepayments denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary currency exchange rates in effect on the date on which such prepayment occurred as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative.

 

34


Incremental Assumption Agreement” shall mean an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, one or more Incremental Term Lenders.

Incremental Commitment” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Loan” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

Incremental Term Facility” shall mean any Class of Incremental Term Loan Commitments and the Incremental Term Loans made thereunder.

Incremental Term Lender” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.21, to make Incremental Term Loans to one or more Borrowers.

Incremental Term Loans” shall mean (i) Term Loans made by one or more Lenders to one or more Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c) consisting of additional Term B Loans and (ii) to the extent permitted by Section 2.21 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, Other Term Loans (including in the form of Extended Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, as applicable), or (iii) any of the foregoing.

Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, if and to the extent (other than with respect to clause (i)) the same would constitute indebtedness or a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than such obligations accrued in the ordinary course), to the extent that the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person, (f) all net payments that such person would have to make in the event of an early termination, on the date Indebtedness of such person is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Agreements, (g) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (h) the principal component of all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (i) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) to (h) above and (j) the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock); provided, that Indebtedness shall not include (A) trade and other ordinary-course payables, accrued expenses, and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) prepaid or deferred revenue, (C) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, (D) Obligations under or in respect of Permitted Securitization Financings, (E) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP, (F) obligations in respect of Third Party Funds, (G) in the case of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, (I) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business and (II) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, Tax and accounting operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, (H)

 

35


obligations under or in respect of the Acquisition Agreement. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner, other than to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness limits the liability of such person in respect thereof or (I) defined benefit liabilities.    

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to or measured by any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document other than (a) Excluded Taxes and (b) Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b).

Ineligible Institution” shall mean (i) the persons identified as “Disqualified Lenders” in writing to the Arrangers by Holdings on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) the persons as may be identified in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative from time to time thereafter (in the case of this clause (ii)) in respect of bona fide business competitors of the Borrowers (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative), by delivery of a notice thereof to the Administrative Agent setting forth such person or persons (or the person or persons previously identified to the Administrative Agent that are to be no longer considered “Ineligible Institutions”); provided, that no such updates pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be deemed to retroactively disqualify any parties that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in respect of the Loans from continuing to hold or vote such previously acquired assignments and participations on the terms set forth herein for Lenders that are not Ineligible Institutions.

Information” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.14(a).

Information Memorandum” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September 2017, as modified or supplemented prior to the Closing Date.

Intellectual Property” shall mean all U.S. and non-U.S. (a) patents, (b) trademarks, service marks, designs and domain names, (c) copyrights, (d) design rights, inventions, trade secrets, confidential information, know-how and all other intellectual property rights and interests, whether registered or unregistered and (e) all registrations and applications for registration therefor.

Intercreditor Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11.

Interest Election Request” shall mean a request by the applicable Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 and substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Original Credit Agreement or another form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of (a) gross interest expense of such person for such period on a consolidated basis, including the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense and including amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees and non-cash interest expense attributable to movement in mark to market of obligations in respect of Hedging Agreements or other derivatives (in each case permitted hereunder) under GAAP and (b) capitalized interest of such person, minus interest income for such period. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received and costs incurred by Bidco and its Subsidiaries with respect to Hedging Agreements, and interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

36


Interest Payment Date” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part, (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing and (iii) in addition, the date of any refinancing or conversion of such Borrowing with or to a Borrowing of a different Type, and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

Interest Period” shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as applicable, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or 12 months, if at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all relevant Lenders make interest periods of such length available or, if agreed to by the Administrative Agent, any shorter period), as the applicable Borrower may elect; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Intermediate Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.09.

Investment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

IPO Entity” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Qualified IPO”.

IPO Equity” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Qualified IPO”.

IRS” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Bookrunners” shall mean, collectively, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Judgment Currency” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

Junior Financing” shall mean any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated pursuant to the Subordination Agreement).

Junior Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral that are junior to the Liens thereon securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) pursuant to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that Junior Liens are not required to be pari passu with other Junior Liens, and that Indebtedness secured by Junior Liens may have Liens that are senior in priority to, or pari passu with, or junior in priority to, other Liens constituting Junior Liens).

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Term Facility Maturity Date in effect on such date of determination.

 

37


Legal Reservations” shall mean (a) the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principle of reasonableness and fairness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors, (b) the time barring of claims under applicable statutes of limitation, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim, (c) similar principles, right and defenses under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction and (d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered in connection with the Loan Documents.

Lender” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with Section 9.04), as well as any person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 9.04 or Section 2.21.

Lending Office” shall mean, as to any Lender, the applicable branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender designated by such Lender to make Loans.

letter of credit” shall mean any letter of credit or bank guarantee.

LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or its successor) as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, land charge (Grundschuld), assignment or transfer for security purposes, extended retention of title arrangement (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), deed of trust, lien, hypothecation, pledge, charge, security interest or similar monetary encumbrance in or on such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease or an agreement to sell be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loan Documents” shall mean (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Guarantee Agreement and the Holdings Guarantee Agreement, (iii) the Security Documents, (iv) each Incremental Assumption Agreement, (v) the 2018 Amendment and (vi) any Intercreditor Agreement (including the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement), (vi) any Note issued under Section 2.09(e), and (vii) solely for the purposes of Sections 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement and 7.01 hereof, the Fee Letter.

Loan Obligations” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrowers of (i) the unpaid principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or

 

38


allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans made to the Borrowers under this Agreement, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers owed under or pursuant to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), and (b) the due and punctual payment of all obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents.

Loan Parties” shall mean Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Loans” shall mean the Term Loans.

Local Time” shall mean New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable); provided that, with respect to any Alternate Currency Loan, “Local Time” shall mean the local time of the applicable Lending Office.

Lux Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “Luxembourg Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Luxembourg Companies Act” means the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time.

Luxembourg Insolvency Event” means, in relation to the Lux Borrower or any of its assets, any of the following events:

(a)    a bankruptcy (faillite) within the meaning of Articles 437 ff, of the Luxembourg Commercial Code or any other insolvency proceedings pursuant to the Regulation 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 January 2015 on insolvency proceedings;

(b)    a controlled management (gestion contrôlée) within the meaning of the Luxembourg grand ducal regulation of 24 May 1935 on controlled management;

(c)    a voluntary arrangement with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite) within the meaning of the Luxembourg law of 14 April 1886 on arrangements to prevent insolvency, as amended;

(d)    a suspension of payments (sursis de paiement) within the meaning of Articles 593 ff, of the Luxembourg Commercial Code; and

(e)    a voluntary or compulsory winding-up pursuant to the Luxembourg Companies Act.

 

39


Luxembourg Qualifying Lender” shall mean a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender under a Loan Document and is:

(a)    a Luxembourg Treaty Lender; or

(b)    otherwise entitled to receive interest payments from a Loan Party without such Loan Party incorporated in Luxembourg being required to make (or as the case may be, being exempted from) any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax imposed by Luxembourg in respect of an advance under a Loan Document.

Luxembourg Treaty” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Luxembourg Treaty State”.

Luxembourg Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)    is treated as a resident of a Luxembourg Treaty State for the purposes of the Luxembourg Treaty; and

(b)    is entitled, under the terms of the applicable Luxembourg Treaty, to claim full exemption from tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest paid to it pursuant to any Loan Documents and for these purposes it shall be assumed that the following have been satisfied:

(i)    any condition which relates (expressly or by implication) to there not being a special relationship between a Borrower and a Lender or between both of them and another person; and

(ii)    any procedural formalities.

Luxembourg Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement with Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Treaty”) which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest.

Major Default” shall mean any Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Original Obligors, under Section 7.01(a) (solely arising from incorrectness of Major Representations in any material respect), (b), (c), (d) (solely arising from violation of Major Undertakings), (g), (h), (i), (j), (l)(ii) and (l)(iii).

Majority Lenders” of any Facility shall mean, at any time, Lenders under such Facility having Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility at such time (subject to the last paragraph of Section 9.08(b)).

Major Representation” shall mean the representations and warranties, in each case made in respect of the Original Obligors, in Sections 3.01(a), (c) and (d), 3.02(a) and (b)(i)(B), 3.03, 3.10, 3.11, 3.25, 3.26 and 3.27.

Major Undertaking” shall mean the covenant, condition or agreement, in each case to the extent applicable to the Original Obligors, contained in Sections 5.01(a), 6.01, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 and Article VIA.

Management Group” shall mean the group consisting of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions together with (a) any new directors whose election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the equityholders of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, was approved by the Permitted Holders or a

 

40


vote of a majority of the directors of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, then still in office who were either directors on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (b) executive officers and other management personnel of Bidco, the Company, Holdings or any Parent Entity, as the case may be, hired at a time when the directors on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of Bidco, the Company or Holdings, as the case may be.

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Market Capitalization” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common (or common equivalent) Equity Interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant Restricted Payment multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of the common (or common equivalent) Equity Interests for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the business, property, operations or financial condition of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, subject to any Legal Reservations and perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements, the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

Material First Lien Indebtedness” shall mean (a) Indebtedness outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement and (b) any Material Indebtedness secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Senior Liens.

Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than Loans) of any one or more of Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $42,000,000; provided, that in no event shall any Permitted Securitization Financing be considered Material Indebtedness.

Material Real Property” shall mean any parcel or parcels of Real Property now or hereafter owned in fee simple (or local equivalent) by any Loan Party and having a fair market value (on a per-property basis) of at least $2,500,000 as of (x) the Closing Date, for Real Property now owned or (y) the date of acquisition, for Real Property acquired after the Closing Date, in each case as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith; provided, that “Material Real Property” shall not include (i) any Real Property in respect of which a Loan Party does not own the land in fee simple (or local equivalent), or (ii) any Real Property which a Loan Party leases to a third party.

Material Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary other than an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09.

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

Mortgaged Properties” shall mean (i) the Material Real Properties that are identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement and (ii) each additional Material Real Property required to be encumbered by a Mortgage pursuant to Section 5.10.

Mortgages” shall mean, collectively, the mortgages, trust deeds, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments of leases and rents, and other security documents (including amendments to any of the foregoing) delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties, each substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Original Credit Agreement (with such changes as are reasonably consented to by the Applicable

 

41


Collateral Agent to account for local law matters) or in such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which Bidco, Holdings or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Code Section 414) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding six plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Net First Lien Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date that is then secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Senior Liens (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” shall mean:

(a)    100% of the cash proceeds actually received by Bidco or any Subsidiary (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but only as and when received) from any Asset Sale under Section 6.05(g) or Sale and Lease-Back Transactions under Section 6.03(b)(x), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset to the extent such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien permitted hereunder (including obligations secured by Senior Liens but excluding (x) obligations under the Loan Documents or (y) if such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks on an equal priority or junior basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Loan Documents) on such asset, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) Taxes paid or payable (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative) as a result thereof (including the amount of any distributions in respect thereof pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(iii) or Section 6.06(b)(v) and including any repatriation costs associated with repatriation of such proceeds from the applicable recipient to the Borrowers), (iii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any Taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be cash proceeds of such Asset Sale occurring on the date of such reduction) and (iv) payments made on a ratable basis (or less than

 

42


ratable basis) to holders of non-controlling interests in non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; provided, that, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt of any such proceeds setting forth the Borrowers’ intention to use any portion of such proceeds, within 15 months of such receipt, to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries or to make Permitted Business Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder (excluding Permitted Investments or intercompany Investments in Subsidiaries) or to reimburse the cost of any of the foregoing incurred on or after the date on which the Asset Sale giving rise to such proceeds was contractually committed, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within 15 months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 15 month period but within such 15 month period are contractually committed to be used, then such remaining portion if not so used within six months following the end of such 15 month period shall constitute Net Proceeds as of such date without giving effect to this proviso); provided, further, that (w) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless such net cash proceeds shall exceed $6,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds), (x) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing shall constitute Net Proceeds in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds otherwise constituting Net Proceeds pursuant to the foregoing clause (x) in such fiscal year shall exceed $18,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds), (y) if at the time of receipt of such net cash proceeds or at any time during the 15 month reinvestment period contemplated by the immediately preceding proviso, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent certifying that on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Asset Sale and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.85 to 1.00, 50% of such net cash proceeds that would otherwise constitute Net Proceeds under this proviso shall not constitute Net Proceeds and (z) if at the time of receipt of such net cash proceeds or at any time during the 15 month reinvestment period contemplated by the immediately preceding proviso, if the Borrower Representative shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent certifying that on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Asset Sale and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.10 to 1.00, 100% of such net cash proceeds that would otherwise constitute Net Proceeds under this proviso shall not constitute Net Proceeds; and

(b)    100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of any Indebtedness (other than Excluded Indebtedness), net of all Taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

Net Secured Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt consisting of Loan Obligations outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date (other than Excluded Transaction Debt), (y) the aggregate principal amount of any other Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period that is then secured by Liens on the assets of Bidco or its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) and (z) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Loan Parties less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

43


Net Total Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (A) (i) the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate principal amount of any Consolidated Debt of Bidco and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of such date (other than Excluded Transaction Debt) and (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Loan Parties less (ii) without duplication, the Unrestricted Cash and unrestricted Permitted Investments of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, to (B) EBITDA for such Test Period, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that the Net Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis.

New Class Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

New Project” shall mean (x) each plant, facility, branch, office or business unit which is either a new plant, facility, branch, office or business unit or an expansion, relocation, remodeling, refurbishment or substantial modernization of an existing plant, facility, branch, office or business unit owned by Bidco or the Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (y) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit, product line or information technology offering to the extent such business unit commences operations or such product line or information technology is offered or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market or through a new distribution method or channel.

Non-Bank Tax Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(i).

Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(c).

Note” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09(e).

Obligations” shall mean the Loan Obligations.

OFAC” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.25(b).

Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and between Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Initial First-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein), Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Initial Second-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and Second-Priority Collateral Agent (as defined therein), and the Loan Parties party thereto, as such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. For avoidance of doubt, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date remains in full force and effect as of the 2018 Amendment Effective Date.

Original Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Original Obligors” shall mean Holdings, Bidco and the Lux Borrower.

Other Second Lien Debt” shall mean Indebtedness secured by Other Second Liens.

 

44


Other Second Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral that are pari passu with the Liens thereon securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) pursuant to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise, transfer, sales, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, registration, delivery or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, from the receipt or perfection of security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, the Loan Documents (but excluding any Excluded Taxes), except any such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19).

Other Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21 (including in the form of Extended Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, as applicable).

Parallel Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(b).

Parent Entity” shall mean any direct or indirect parent of Bidco.

Pari Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

Pari Yield Differential” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

Participant” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d)(i).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d)(ii).

Participating Member State” shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificate” shall mean the Perfection Certificate with respect to the Loan Parties in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be supplemented from time to time to the extent required by Section 5.04(f).

Permitted Business Acquisition” shall mean any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or the acquisition of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) not previously held by Bidco and its Subsidiaries in (such that, in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests, immediately after such acquisition, Bidco and its Subsidiaries shall own a majority of the Equity Interests in), or merger, consolidation or amalgamation with, a person or business unit, division or line of business of a person (or any subsequent investment made in a person or division or line of business previously acquired in a Permitted Business Acquisition), if immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) no Event of Default under clause (b), (c), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided, however, that with respect to a proposed acquisition pursuant to an executed acquisition agreement, at the option of the Borrower Representative, the determination of whether such an Event of Default shall exist shall instead be made solely at the time of the execution of the acquisition agreement related to such Permitted Business Acquisition; (ii) all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with applicable laws; (iii) any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01; (iv) to the extent

 

45


required by Section 5.10, any person acquired in such acquisition, if acquired by Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party, shall be merged into Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party or become upon consummation of such acquisition a Subsidiary Loan Party; and (v) the aggregate cash consideration in respect of such acquisitions and investments by Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party in assets that are not owned by Bidco or Subsidiary Loan Parties or in Equity Interests of persons that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties or do not become Subsidiary Loan Parties, in each case upon consummation of such acquisition, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $18,000,000 and (y) 0.16 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this clause (v), (A) any such assets or Equity Interests that are not directly owned by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries and (B) acquisitions and investments made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.50 to 1.00, which acquisitions and investments shall be permitted under this clause (v) without regard to such calculation).

Permitted Cure Securities” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Permitted Holder Group” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Holders.”

Permitted Holders” shall mean (i) the Co-Investors (and each other person that owns Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions), (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity and that, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires beneficial ownership of 100% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests of Bidco, and of which no other person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than any of the other Permitted Holders, beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests thereof and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) the members of which include any of the other Permitted Holders and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the voting Equity Interests of Bidco (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member (or more favorable voting rights, in the case of any Permitted Holders specified in clause (i) or (ii)) and (2) no person or other “group” (other than the other Permitted Holders) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the voting Equity Interests held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(a)    direct obligations of the United States of America or any member of the European Union or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any member of the European Union or any agency thereof, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b)    time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market deposits, banker’s acceptances and other bank deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000 and whose long-term debt, or whose parent holding company’s long-term debt, is rated A (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

 

46


(c)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

(d)    commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Borrowers) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of P 1 (or higher) according to Moody’s, F 1 (or higher) according to Fitch, or A 1 (or higher) according to S&P (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

(e)    securities with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by S&P, A by Moody’s or A by Fitch (or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));

(f)    shares of mutual funds whose investment guidelines restrict 95% of such funds’ investments to those satisfying the provisions of clauses (a) through (e) above;

(g)    money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2a 7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated by any two of (1) AAA by S&P, (2) Aaa by Moody’s or (3) AAA by Fitch and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000;

(h)    time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market deposits, banker’s acceptances and other bank deposits in an aggregate face amount not in excess of 0.5% of the total assets of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the end of Bidco’s most recently completed fiscal year; and

(i)    instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States of America to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized or incorporated in such jurisdiction.

Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be junior to any Liens securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, junior Liens pursuant to Section 2.21(b)(ii)), either (as the Borrower Representative shall elect after consultation with the Administrative Agent) (x) the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, (y) another intercreditor agreement not materially less favorable to the Lenders vis-à-vis such junior Liens than the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment) is to the First Lien Lenders or (z) another intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with cross-border leveraged loan market terms governing arrangements for the sharing of liens on a junior basis and the regulation of such Indebtedness at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness to be secured by such liens, as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

 

47


Permitted Loan Purchase” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender as an Assignor and Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as an Assignee, as accepted by the Administrative Agent (if required by Section 9.04) in the form of Exhibit E to the Original Credit Agreement or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be pari passu with the Liens securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu with the Term B Loans), either (as the Borrower Representative shall elect after consultation with the Administrative Agent) (x) the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, (y) another intercreditor agreement not materially less favorable to the Lenders vis-à-vis such pari passu Liens than the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment) or (z) another intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with cross-border leveraged loan market terms governing arrangements for the sharing of liens on a pari passu basis and the regulation of such Indebtedness at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness to be secured by such liens, as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “Refinance”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions, expenses, plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized thereunder and letters of credit undrawn thereunder), (b) except with respect to Section 6.01(i), (i) the final maturity date of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is on or after the earlier of (x) the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (y) the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of incurrence thereof and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to the lesser of (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Term Loans then outstanding with the greatest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity, (c) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Loan Obligations on terms in the aggregate not materially less favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (d) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have obligors that are not (or would not have been) obligated with respect to the Indebtedness being so Refinanced (except that a Loan Party may be added as an additional obligor), (e) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by Liens on any Collateral (whether senior to, equally and ratably with, or junior to the Liens on such Collateral securing the Loan Obligations or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by such Collateral (including any Collateral pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent any such Collateral secured (or would have secured) the Indebtedness being Refinanced) on terms in the aggregate that are substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to the Secured Parties than, the Indebtedness being refinanced or on terms otherwise permitted by Section 6.02 and (f) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is not secured by Liens on any Collateral, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be secured by Liens on any Collateral unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.02.

 

48


Permitted Securitization Documents” shall mean all documents and agreements evidencing, relating to or otherwise governing a Permitted Securitization Financing, including each Hedging Agreement, Servicing Arrangement or Permitted Securitization Guarantee entered into in connection therewith.

Permitted Securitization Financing” shall mean (A) one or more transactions pursuant to which (i) Securitization Assets or interests therein are sold, contributed or otherwise transferred to, whether directly or indirectly (including by way of the transfer of the Equity Interests of the entity holding such Securitization Assets), or financed by, one or more Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries and (ii) such Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries finance (or refinance) such Securitization Assets or interests therein, whether for the purpose of acquiring such Securitization Assets, providing financing in respect thereof or otherwise, by selling, otherwise transferring or borrowing against Securitization Assets (including conduit and warehouse financings) or (B) one or more transactions pursuant to which Receivables Assets or interests therein are sold or otherwise transferred by Bidco, a Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary in the form of factoring agreements or other similar transactions customary with respect to Securitization Assets, in each of the cases set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, pursuant to Permitted Securitization Documents and provided, that recourse to Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than the Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries) in connection with such transactions shall be limited to the extent customary (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) for similar transactions in the applicable jurisdictions (including, to the extent applicable, in a manner consistent with the delivery of a “true sale”/“absolute transfer” opinion with respect to any transfer by Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary)).

Permitted Securitization Guarantee” shall mean a performance guaranty or other customary Guarantee provided by Bidco, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing; provided that the foregoing shall not materially impair the status of any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary as such.

Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be senior to the Liens securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations pari passu in right of security with the Term B Loans), either (as the Borrower Representative shall elect after consultation with the Administrative Agent) (x) the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, (y) another intercreditor agreement not materially less favorable to the Lenders vis-à-vis such senior Liens than the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment) or (z) another intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with cross-border leveraged loan market terms governing arrangements for the sharing of liens on a senior basis and the regulation of such Indebtedness at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness to be secured by such liens, as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company or government, individual or family trusts, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is (i) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (ii) sponsored or maintained (at the time of determination or at any time within the five years prior thereto) by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, and (iii) in respect of which Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

49


Platform” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(a).

Pledged Collateral” shall mean “Pledged Collateral” as defined in the U.S. Collateral Agreements.

Pound Sterling” shall mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Post-Closing Transactions” shall mean (a) the execution, delivery and performance of (i) the 2018 Amendment and (ii) the 2018 First Lien Amendment and the initial incremental borrowings thereunder and (b) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid and owing in connection with any of the foregoing.

Pre-Opening Expenses” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period, the amount of expenses (other than interest expense) incurred that are classified as “pre-opening rent”, “pre-opening expenses” or “opening costs” (or any similar or equivalent caption).

primary obligor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Guarantee.”

Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest quoted in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the Prime Rate (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks), as in effect from time to time. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.

Pro Forma Basis” shall mean, as to any person, for any events as described below that occur subsequent to the commencement of a period for which the financial effect of such events is being calculated, and giving effect to the events for which such calculation is being made, such calculation as will give pro forma effect to such events as if such events occurred on the first day of the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended on or before the occurrence of such event (the “Reference Period”): (i) pro forma effect shall be given to any Disposition, any acquisition, Investment, capital expenditure, construction, repair, replacement, improvement, development, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing Transactions) (or any similar transaction or transactions not otherwise permitted under Section 6.04 or 6.05 that require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders and such waiver or consent has been obtained), any dividend, distribution or other similar payment, any designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Subsidiary Redesignation, New Project, and any restructurings of the business of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made and in the good faith determination of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative are expected to have a continuing impact and are factually supportable, which would include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar operational and other cost savings, which adjustments the Borrower Representative determines are reasonable as set forth in a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower Representative (the foregoing, together with any transactions related thereto or in connection therewith, the “relevant transactions”), in each case that occurred during the Reference Period (or, in the case of determinations made pursuant to Section 2.21 or Article VI, occurring during the Reference Period or thereafter and through and including the date upon which the relevant transaction is consummated), (ii) in making any determination on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) all Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transactions and for which the financial effect is being calculated, whether incurred under this Agreement or otherwise, but

 

50


excluding normal fluctuations in revolving Indebtedness incurred for working capital purposes and amounts outstanding under any Permitted Securitization Financing, in each case not to finance any acquisition) issued, incurred, assumed or permanently repaid during the Reference Period (or, in the case of determinations made pursuant to Section 2.21 or Article VI, occurring during the Reference Period or thereafter and through and including the date upon which the relevant transaction is consummated) shall be deemed to have been issued, incurred, assumed or permanently repaid at the beginning of such period, (y) Interest Expense of such person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness, for which pro forma effect is being given as provided in the preceding clause (x), bearing floating interest rates shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rates that would have been in effect during the period for which pro forma effect is being given had been actually in effect during such periods, and (z) in giving effect to clause (i) above with respect to each New Project which commences operations and records not less than one full fiscal quarter’s operations during the Reference Period, the operating results of such New Project shall be annualized on a straight line basis during such period, taking into account any seasonality adjustments determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith, and (iii) (A) for any Subsidiary Redesignation then being designated, effect shall be given to such Subsidiary Redesignation and all other Subsidiary Redesignations after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the respective Subsidiary Redesignation then being designated, collectively, and (B) for any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, effect shall be given to such designation and all other designations of Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the then applicable designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, collectively.

In the event that EBITDA or any financial ratio is being calculated for purposes of determining whether Indebtedness or any Lien relating thereto may be incurred or whether any Investment may be made, the Borrower Representative may elect pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent to treat all or any portion of the commitment relating thereto as being incurred at the time of such commitment, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

Pro forma calculations made pursuant to the definition of the term “Pro Forma Basis” shall be determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and may include adjustments to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings reasonably expected to result from any relevant pro forma event (including, to the extent applicable, the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted Run-Rate EBITDA” as set forth in the Information Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such Reference Period.

For purposes of this definition, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Pro Rata Extension Offers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(e).

Pro Rata Share” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.08(f).

Projections” shall mean the projections and any forward-looking statements (including statements with respect to booked business) of Bidco and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date.

 

51


PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Company Compliance” shall mean compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules of national securities exchange listed companies (in each case, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public), including procuring directors’ and officers’ insurance, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

Public Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17(b).

Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interest other than Disqualified Stock.

Qualified IPO” shall mean an underwritten public offering of the Equity Interests (the “IPO Equity”) of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) which generates (individually or in the aggregate together with any prior underwritten public offering) gross cash proceeds of at least $50,000,000 (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Type.”

Real Property” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee or leased by any Loan Party, whether by lease, license, or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, and all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment located thereon and incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Assets” shall mean accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange) and related assets and property from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary.

Received Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(f).

Reference Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Pro Forma Basis.”

Refinance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,” and “Refinanced” and “Refinancings” shall have a meaning correlative thereto.

Refinancing Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(j).

Refinancing Notes” shall mean any secured or unsecured notes or loans issued by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party (whether under an indenture, a credit agreement or otherwise) and the Indebtedness represented thereby; provided, that (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Notes are used to permanently reduce Loans substantially simultaneously with the issuance thereof; (b) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Notes does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the aggregate portion of the Loans so reduced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses); (c) the final maturity date of such Refinancing Notes is on or after the Term Facility Maturity Date of the Term Loans so reduced; (d) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Notes is greater than or equal to the Weighted Average Life to

 

52


Maturity of the Term Loans so reduced; (e) in the case of Refinancing Notes in the form of notes issued under an indenture, the terms thereof do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Term Facility Maturity Date of the Term Loans so reduced (other than customary offers to repurchase or mandatory prepayment provisions upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default); (f) the other terms of such Refinancing Notes (other than interest rates, fees, floors, funding discounts and redemption or prepayment premiums and other pricing terms), taken as a whole, are substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Term B Loans (except for covenants or other provisions (I) applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time such Refinancing Notes are issued, (II) that reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time such Refinancing Notes are issued, or (III) that are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith (or, if more restrictive, the Loan Documents are amended to contain such more restrictive terms to the extent required to satisfy the foregoing standard); (g) (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of such Refinancing Notes that is not a Loan Party and (B) there shall be no borrowers or issuers in respect of such Refinancing Notes that are not the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower; and (h) Refinancing Notes that are secured by Collateral shall be subject to the provisions of a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Refinancing Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(j).

Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank or commercial loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank or commercial loans and similar extensions of credit and is advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity (or an Affiliate of such entity) that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Controlled or Controlling Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Controlled or Controlling Affiliates.

Related Sections” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Release” shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Relevant Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

 

53


Reportable Event” shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

Required Amount of Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Required Lenders.”

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans outstanding that, taken together, represent more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding at such time; provided, that the Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, “Required Amount of Loans” shall mean, at any time, the amount of Loans required to be held by Lenders in order for such Lenders to constitute “Required Lenders”.

Required Percentage” shall mean,

(i) prior to the Discharge of First-Priority Obligations, the “Required Percentage” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement and

(ii) thereafter, with respect to an Applicable Period, 50%; provided, that (a) if the Net Secured Leverage Ratio as at the end of the Applicable Period is less than or equal to 5.10 to 1.00 but greater than 4.60 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 25% and (b) if the Net Secured Leverage Ratio as at the end of the Applicable Period is less than or equal to 4.60 to 1.00, such percentage shall be 0%.

Required Prepayment Lenders” shall mean, at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans at such time (subject to the last paragraph of Section 9.08(b)).

Requirement of Law” shall mean, as to any person, any law, treaty, rule, regulation, statute, order, ordinance, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such person or any of its property or assets or to which such person or any of its property or assets is subject.

Responsible Officer” of any person shall mean any director, executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement, or any other duly authorized employee or signatory of such person.

Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06. The amount of any Restricted Payment made other than in the form of cash or cash equivalents shall be the fair market value thereof (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

Retained Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

Retained Excess Cash Flow Overfunding” shall mean, at any time, in respect of any Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount, if any, by which the portion of the Cumulative Credit attributable to the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Interim Periods used in such Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds the actual Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period.

 

54


Retained Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period (or Excess Cash Flow Interim Period), (a) 100% minus (b) the Required Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period (or Excess Cash Flow Interim Period)..

Revaluation Date” shall mean, with respect to any Alternate Currency Loans, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the applicable Incremental Term Lenders shall require.

Revolving Facility” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Revolving Facility Commitment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Revolving Facility Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

Sanctioned Country” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

Sanctions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

Sanctions Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.25(b).

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 8.02 by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Loan Documents or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securitization Assets” shall mean any of the following assets (or interests therein) from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary or in which Bidco or any Subsidiary has any rights or interests, in each case, without regard to where such assets or interests are located: (a) Receivables Assets, (b) franchise fees, royalties and other similar payments made related to the use of trade names and other Intellectual Property, business support, training and other services, (c) revenues related to distribution and merchandising of the products of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, (d) rents, real estate Taxes and other non-royalty amounts due from franchisees, (e) Intellectual Property rights relating to the generation of any of the types of assets listed in this definition, (f) parcels of or interests in real property, together with all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof, (g) any Equity Interests of any (i) Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) Subsidiary of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or (iii) Subsidiary that holds solely Securitization Assets (other than Equity Interests described under this clause (g)) designated as such by the Borrower Representative

 

55


for the purpose of effecting the transfer of such Securitization Assets by way of transferring such Equity Interests in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, and, in each case, any rights under any limited liability company agreement, trust agreement, shareholders agreement, organization or formation documents or other agreement entered into in furtherance of the organization of such entity, (h) any equipment, contractual rights with unaffiliated third parties, website domains and associated property and rights necessary for a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary to operate in accordance with its stated purposes; (i) any rights and obligations associated with gift card or similar programs, and (j) other assets and property (or proceeds of such assets or property) to the extent customarily included in securitization transactions of the relevant type in the applicable jurisdictions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith).

Security Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Collateral Agreements, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, and each of the security agreements, intellectual property security agreements, pledge agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.10.

Security Jurisdiction” shall mean each of (i) the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and (ii) each jurisdiction in which any Subsidiary which becomes a Loan Party pursuant to clause (h) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” is organized or incorporated.

Sellers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the “Acquisition Agreement” definition.

Senior Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral that are senior to the Liens thereon securing the Term B Loans (and other Loan Obligations that are pari passu in right of security with the Term B Loans) pursuant to a Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that Senior Liens are not required to be pari passu with other Senior Liens, and that Indebtedness secured by Senior Liens may have Liens that are senior in priority to, or pari passu with, or junior in priority to, other Liens constituting Senior Liens).

Servicing Arrangement” shall mean each agreement or other arrangement under which Bidco, a Subsidiary, a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof is engaged to service or manage Securitization Assets (or proceeds thereof) in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, which servicing or management activities may include collection services in respect of Receivables Assets, the management of Securitization Assets and the sale and purchase thereof, and the administration of bank accounts.

Similar Business” shall mean any business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from (i) business or activities conducted by Bidco and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (ii) any business that is a natural outgrowth or reasonable extension, development or expansion of any such business or any business similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary to any of the foregoing or (iii) any business that in the Borrower Representative’s good faith business judgment constitutes a reasonable diversification of businesses conducted by Bidco and its Subsidiaries.

Special Flood Hazard Area” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02(c).

Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary” shall mean (a) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Bidco established or designated by the Borrower Representative as such in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing for the purpose of (i) holding, transferring, borrowing against, servicing, providing financing for or providing a security interest in respect of Securitization Assets or interests

 

56


therein or (ii) guaranteeing the obligations of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary, and which in each case is organized in a manner (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) intended to reduce the likelihood that it would be substantively consolidated with Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries) in the event Bidco or any such Subsidiary becomes subject to a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or other insolvency law) and (b) any subsidiary of a Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary.

Sponsor” shall mean Roark Capital Partners IV L.P. and its Affiliates (excluding any operating portfolio companies of the foregoing).

Spot Rate” shall mean, on any date with respect to any currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any other currency, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time on such date on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Spot Rate shall be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time on the date three Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made or if such rate cannot be computed as of such date such other date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine is appropriate under the circumstances; provided, that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

Statutory Reserves” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Sterling LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Pounds Sterling for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to applicable Reuters page or screen (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in each case) for deposits in Pound Sterling (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, then the “Sterling LIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Pound Sterling for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent in the London interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

57


Subagent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02.

Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Subordination Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among each Loan Party, Shine Holdco II Limited, the Subsidiaries of Bidco from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the “Administrative Agent” under the First Lien Credit Agreement, containing subordination terms in respect of the Intra-Group Liabilities and the Subordinated Liabilities (each as defined therein) substantially in the form of Exhibit K to the Original Credit Agreement hereto or on substantially identical subordination terms or other subordination terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative.

Subsequent Target” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

Subsequent Target Asset” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.04.

subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, directly or indirectly, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary” shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary of Bidco. Notwithstanding the foregoing (and except for purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained herein) an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.

Subsidiary Loan Party” shall mean (a) each Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (b) any other Subsidiary of Bidco that may be designated by the Borrower Representative (by way of delivering to the Collateral Agent the documents required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) in its sole discretion from time to time to be a guarantor or borrower in respect of the Obligations and the obligations in respect of the Loan Documents, whereupon such Subsidiary shall be obligated to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 5.10(d) as if it were newly acquired. For the avoidance of doubt, the US Borrower and the Lux Borrower are Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Subsidiary Redesignation” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained in this Section 1.01.

Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(o).

Supplier” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

TARGET Day” shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Target Group” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

58


Tax Memorandum” shall mean the draft memorandum titled “Project Shine – Tax Structure Paper” prepared by Ernst & Young LLP and delivered to the Arrangers prior to the Closing Date.

Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

Term B Borrowing” shall mean any Borrowing comprised of Term B Loans.

Term B Facility” shall mean the Term B Loan Commitments and the Term B Loans made hereunder.

Term B Facility Maturity Date” shall mean October 3, 2025.

Term B Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term B Loans hereunder. The amount of each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 to the Original Credit Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Term B Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $175,000,000.

Term B Loans” shall mean (a) the term loans made by the Lenders to the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a), and (b) any Incremental Term Loans in the form of Term B Loans made by the Incremental Term Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

Term Borrowing” shall mean any Term B Borrowing or any Incremental Term Borrowing.

Term Facility” shall mean the Term B Facility and/or any or all of the Incremental Term Facilities.

Term Facility Commitment” shall mean the commitment of a Lender to make Term Loans, including Term B Loans and/or Other Term Loans.

Term Facility Maturity Date” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) with respect to the Term B Facility in effect on the Closing Date, the Term B Facility Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any other Class of Term Loans, the maturity dates specified therefor in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement.

Term Loans” shall mean the Term B Loans and/or the Other Term Loans.

Term Yield Differential” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b)(v).

Termination Date” shall mean the date on which (a) all Commitments shall have been terminated and (b) the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document and all other Loan Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than in respect of contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement claims not then due).

Test Period” shall mean, on any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Bidco then most recently ended (taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b); provided that prior to the first date financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), the Test Period in effect shall be the four fiscal quarter period ended June 30, 2017.

 

59


Third Party Funds” shall mean any segregated accounts or funds, or any portion thereof, received by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries as agent on behalf of third parties in accordance with a written agreement that imposes a duty upon Bidco or one or more of its Subsidiaries to collect and remit those funds to such third parties.

Transaction Documents” shall mean the Acquisition Agreement, the Loan Documents and the First Lien Loan Documents.

Transaction Expenses” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates in connection with the Transactions, the Post-Closing Transactions, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the First Lien Loan Documents, the Existing Debt Agreements and the Acquisition Agreement, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, the transactions that occurred pursuant to the Transaction Documents on the Closing Date, including (a) the consummation of the Acquisition; (b) the Equity Contribution; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the creation of the Liens pursuant to the Security Documents, and the initial borrowings hereunder; (d) the execution, delivery and performance of the First Lien Loan Documents, the creation of the Liens pursuant to the First Lien Loan Documents and the initial borrowings thereunder; (e) the repayment, payment or redemption in full of, and the termination of all obligations and commitments under, and liens with respect to, the Existing Debt Agreements; and (f) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid and owing in connection with the foregoing.

Type” shall mean, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the ABR.

U.K. Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

(a)    where it relates to a U.K. Treaty Lender which is a Lender as at the Closing Date, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement, and (i) where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the Closing Date, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the Closing Date; or (ii) where the Borrower becomes a party after the Closing Date, within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes a party under this Agreement; or

(b)    where it relates to a U.K. Treaty Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party to this Agreement, and (i) where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant transfer date, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that transfer date; or (ii) where the Borrower becomes a party after the Closing Date, within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes a party under the Original Credit Agreement.

U.K. CTA” means the U.K. Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

60


U.K. ITA” means the U.K. Income Tax Act 2007.

U.K. Non-Bank Lender” means a Lender listed as such in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement which otherwise gives a U.K. Tax Confirmation.

U.K. Qualifying Lender” means (a) a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document and is (i) a Lender: (A) which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the U.K. ITA) making an advance under a Loan Document and is within the charge to U.K. corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the U.K. CTA; or (B) in respect of an advance made under a Loan Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the U.K. ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to U.K. corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or (ii) a Lender which is: (A) a company resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. tax purposes; or (B) a partnership each member of which is: (1) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or (2) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the U.K. CTA; or (C) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or (iii) a U.K. Treaty Lender; or (b) a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the U.K. ITA) making an advance under a Loan Document.

U.K. Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document is either: (a) a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or (b) a partnership each member of which is: (i) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or (ii) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the U.K. CTA; or (c) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the U.K. CTA) of that company.

U.K. Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment under a Loan Document, other than a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

U.K. Treaty” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “U.K. Treaty State”.

U.K. Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “U.K. Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

U.K. Treaty Lender” means a Lender which: (1) is treated as a resident of a U.K. Treaty State for the purposes of a U.K. Treaty; (2) does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and (3) fulfils any conditions which must be fulfilled under that U.K. Treaty to obtain full exemption from United Kingdom tax on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Loan Document, subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

 

61


UK Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “UK Collateral Agreements”, which agreements shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Undisclosed Administration” shall mean, in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction in the United States of America, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

Unrestricted Cash” shall mean cash or cash equivalents of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that for purposes of the calculation of the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the amount of Unrestricted Cash and Permitted Investments not denominated in Dollars shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rates that would be used either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, (i) for purposes of preparing a balance sheet or (ii) for purposes of calculating EBITDA, in each case, as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended as of the date of determination as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (1) any Subsidiary of Bidco identified on Schedule 1.01(D) to the Original Credit Agreement, (2) any other Subsidiary of Bidco, whether now owned or acquired or created after the Closing Date, that is designated by the Borrower Representative as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided, that the Borrower Representative shall only be permitted to so designate a new Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date so long as (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (b) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with, Section 6.04, and any prior or concurrent Investments in such Subsidiary by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been made under Section 6.04, and (c) without duplication of clause (b), any net assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 6.04; and (3) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower Representative may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “Subsidiary Redesignation”); provided, that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Borrower Representative shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, certifying to the best of such officer’s knowledge, compliance with the requirements of preceding clause (i).

U.S. Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

62


U.S. Collateral Agreements” shall mean the agreements set forth on Schedule 1.01(G) to the Original Credit Agreement under the heading “U.S. Collateral Agreements”, in each case as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender other than a Foreign Lender.

USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107 56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

VAT” means (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

VAT Recipient” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(k)(ii).

Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any person, such person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of directors of such person under ordinary circumstances.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law and (y) de minimis shares owned by other persons) are owned by such person or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such person. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Bidco that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco.

Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Working Capital” shall mean, with respect to Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided, that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

63


Section 1.02    Terms Generally. The definitions set forth or referred to in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, novated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. References to any matter being “permitted” under the Loan Documents shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise approved under the Loan Documents. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided, that, if the Borrower Representative notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower Representative requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any changes in GAAP after the Closing Date, any lease of Bidco and its Subsidiaries, or of a special purpose or other entity not consolidated with Bidco and its Subsidiaries at the time of its incurrence of such lease, that would be characterized as an operating lease under GAAP in effect on the Closing Date (whether such lease is entered into before or after the Closing Date) shall not constitute Indebtedness or a Capitalized Lease Obligation of Bidco or any Subsidiary under this Agreement or any other Loan Document as a result of such changes in GAAP.

Section 1.03    Effectuation of Transactions. Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in this Agreement (and all corresponding definitions) are made after giving effect to the Transactions as shall have taken place on or prior to the date of determination, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 1.04    Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. (a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rate as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Alternate Currency Loans. Such Spot Rate shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rate employed in converting any amounts between the Dollars and each Alternate Currency until the next Revaluation Date to occur. For purposes of determining compliance as of any date with Section 6.01 or 6.02 (other than for purposes of calculating financial ratios), amounts denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated as permitted by the fourth to last paragraph of Section 6.01. For purposes of determining compliance as of any date with any other Section in Article VI (other than for purposes of calculating financial ratios), amounts incurred, invested, loaned, advanced, acquired, Disposed of, sold, declared, paid, distributed or otherwise made or outstanding in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary exchange rates in effect on the date of incurrence, Investment, loan, advance, acquisition, Disposition, sale, declaration, payment, distribution or other similar action was taken (or committed, at the option of the Borrower Representative) as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial ratios hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement. If any limitation, threshold, ratio or basket is exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates after the last time it was utilized, such

 

64


limitation, threshold, ratio or basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded solely as a result of such fluctuations in currency exchange rates. No Default or Event of Default shall arise as a result of any limitation, threshold, ratio or basket set forth in Dollars in Article VI or clause (f) or (j) of Section 7.01 (and any related definitions) being exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates from those rates applicable on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which such determination occurs or in respect of which such determination is being made.

(b)    Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Loan, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing or Eurocurrency Loan is denominated in an Alternate Currency, such amount shall be the Alternate Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternate Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Section 1.05    [Reserved].

Section 1.06    Change of Currency.

(a)    Each obligation of a Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b)    Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c)    Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

Section 1.07    Timing of Payment or Performance. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.08    Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.09    Holdings. From time to time after the Closing Date, Holdings may form one or more new Subsidiaries to become direct or indirect parent companies of Bidco; provided that contemporaneously with the formation of the new direct parent company of Bidco (an “Intermediate Holdings”), such person enters into supplements to the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge

 

65


Agreements (or, at the option of such person, new Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person. Immediately after any Intermediate Holdings complying with the proviso in the foregoing sentence, the Guarantee incurred by the then existing Holdings of the Obligations shall automatically terminate and Holdings shall be released from its obligations and covenants under the Loan Documents, shall cease to be a Loan Party and any Liens created by any Loan Documents on any assets or Equity Interests owned by Holdings shall automatically be released (unless, in each case, the Borrower Representative shall elect in its sole discretion that such release of Holdings shall not be effective), and thereafter Intermediate Holdings shall be deemed to be Holdings for all purposes of this Agreement (until any additional Intermediate Holdings shall be formed in accordance with this Section 1.09).

Section 1.10    Guaranty and Security Principles. The Security Documents, the Guarantee Agreement, the Holdings Guarantee Agreement and each other guaranty and security document delivered or to be delivered under this Agreement and any obligation to enter into such document or obligation in each case by any foreign Subsidiary shall be granted in accordance with the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles set forth in Schedule 1.10 to the Original Credit Agreement.

Section 1.11    Borrower Representative. Each Borrower hereby designates the US Borrower as its borrower representative (the “Borrower Representative”). The Borrower Representative will be acting as agent on each Borrower’s behalf for the purposes of issuing notices of Borrowing and notices of conversion/continuation of any Loans pursuant to Article II or similar notices, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, selecting interest rate options, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants and certifications) on behalf of any Borrower under the Loan Documents. The Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment.

Section 1.12    German Terms. With respect to a Loan Party organized or established under the laws of Germany (i) director or managing director means a “Geschäftsführer” or, in case of a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft), “Vorstand” of such Loan Party and (ii) board of directors shall refer to the directors or managing directors of such Loan Party.

Section 1.13    Luxembourg Terms. With respect to a Loan Party organized or established under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, a reference to:

(a)    winding up, administration or dissolution includes, without limitation, any procedure or proceeding in relation to an entity becoming bankrupt (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite), moratorium or reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), fraudulent conveyance (actio pauliana), general settlement with creditors, reorganisation or any other similar proceedings affecting the rights of creditors generally under Luxembourg law, and shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous liquidation or reorganisation proceedings;

(b)    an agent includes, without limitation, a “mandataire”;

(c)    a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like includes, without limitation, a administrateur provisoire, juge délégué, commissaire, juge-commissaire, liquidateur or curateur or any other person performing the same function of each of the foregoing;

 

66


(d)    a matured obligation includes, without limitation, any exigible, certaine and liquide obligation;

(e)    security or a security interest includes, without limitation, any hypothèque, nantissement, privilège, accord de transfert de propriété à titre de garantie, gage sur fonds de commerce or sûreté réelle whatsoever whether granted or arising by operation of law;

(f)    a person being unable to pay its debts includes, without limitation, that person being in a state of cessation of payments (cessation de paiements);

(g)    an attachment includes a saisie;

(h)    creditors process includes an executory attachment (saisie exécutoire) or a conservatory attachment (saisie conservatoire);

(i)    by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts); and

(j)    a director, officer or manager includes a gérant or an administrateur.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

Section 2.01    Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(a)    Each Lender made Term B Loans in Dollars to the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding its Term B Loan Commitment. The Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for all of the Obligations relating to the Term B Loans.

(b)    [Reserved].

(c)    Each Lender having an Incremental Term Loan Commitment agrees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, to make Incremental Term Loans to the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

(d)    Amounts of Term B Loans borrowed under Section 2.01(a) or Section 2.01(c) that are repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed.

Section 2.02    Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans under the same Facility and of the same Type and in the same currency made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided, that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the applicable Borrowers may request in accordance herewith. ABR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars. Any Borrowings denominated in a currency other than Dollars

 

67


shall be comprised of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Lender at its option may make any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Lender shall not be entitled to any amounts payable under Section 2.15 or 2.17 solely in respect of increased costs resulting from such exercise and existing at the time of such exercise.

(c)    Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding under all Term Facilities at any time. Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing of any Class if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Term Facility Maturity Date for such Class.

Section 2.03    Requests for Borrowings. To request a Term Borrowing, the applicable Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request electronically (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided, that, any such notice of an Incremental Term Borrowing may be given at such time as provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable (other than in the case of any notice given in respect of the Closing Date, which may be conditioned upon the consummation of the Acquisition or, in the case of notice given in respect of Incremental Commitments, which may be conditioned as provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement) and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or electronic means to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the applicable Borrowers. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    whether such Borrowing is to be a Borrowing of Term B Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, or Other Term Loans, as applicable;

(ii)    the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(iii)    the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv)    whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v)    in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(vi)    the location and number of the account to which funds are to be disbursed.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the applicable Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

68


Section 2.04    [Reserved].

Section 2.05    [Reserved].

Section 2.06    Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the applicable Borrowers as specified in the applicable Borrowing Request.

(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 2.06 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans at such time. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the applicable Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.07    Interest Elections. (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the applicable Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The applicable Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the applicable Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone, by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if such applicable Borrowers were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or electronic means to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the applicable Borrowers.

 

69


(c)    Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)    the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv)    if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. If less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall be in an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum and satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(c) regarding the maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type.

(d)    Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender to which such Interest Election Request relates of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e)    If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (if denominated in Dollars) or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period (if denominated in a currency other than Dollars). Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the written request (including a request through electronic means) of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower Representative, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing denominated in Dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing (if denominated in Dollars) or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with a one-month Interest Period (if denominated in a currency other than Dollars) at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.08    Termination of Commitments. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the funding of the Term B Loans to be made on such date), the Term B Loan Commitments of each Lender as of the Closing Date terminated.

Section 2.09    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10.

 

70


(b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(iv), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Facility and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) any amount received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d)    The entries made in the Register and the accounts maintained pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of this Section 2.09 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e)    Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (a “Note”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Note does not constitute a billet à ordre within the meaning of the Luxembourg law of 8 January 1962 relating to promissory notes and bills of exchange, as amended. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower Representative. Thereafter, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicable Lender, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

Section 2.10    Repayment of Term Loans. (a) Subject to the other clauses of this Section 2.10 and to Section 9.08(e),

(i)    The Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall repay Term B Loans incurred on the Closing Date on the Term B Facility Maturity Date in an amount equal to the then unpaid principal amount of such Term B Loans outstanding;

(ii)    in the event that any Incremental Term Loans are made, the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower (as applicable) shall repay such Incremental Term Loans on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the related Incremental Assumption Agreement; and

(iii)    to the extent not previously paid, outstanding Term Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date.

(b)    [reserved].

(c)    Prepayment of the Loans from:

(i)    all Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.11(b) and Excess Cash Flow pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall be allocated to the Class or Classes of Term Loans determined pursuant to Section 2.10(d); provided, that any Lender, at its option, may elect to decline any such prepayment of any Term Loan held by it if it shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent thereof by 5:00 p.m. Local Time at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment (any such Lender, a “Declining Lender”) and on the date of any such prepayment, any amounts

 

71


that would otherwise have been applied to prepay Term Loans owing to Declining Lenders shall instead be retained by the Borrowers for application for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement (such amounts, the “Retained Declined Proceeds”), and

(ii)    any optional prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(a) shall be applied to the remaining installments of the Term Loans under the applicable Class or Classes as the Borrowers may in each case direct.

(d)    Any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or (c) shall be applied so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated among the Term B Loans and the Other Term Loans, if any, pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Term B Loans and Other Term Loans, if any; provided, that, subject to the pro rata application to Loans outstanding within any Class of Term Loans, the applicable Borrowers may allocate such prepayment in its discretion among the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the applicable Borrowers may specify (so long as such allocation complies with Section 2.21(b) or Section 2.21(f), as applicable). Prior to any prepayment of any Loan under any Facility hereunder, the Borrowers shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings under the applicable Facility to be prepaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by electronic means) of such selection not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, (i) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, at least one Business Day before the scheduled date of such prepayment and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, at least three Business Days before the scheduled date of such prepayment (or, in each case such shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided, that a notice of prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, indentures or similar agreements or other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the applicable Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. All repayments of Loans shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid to the extent required by Section 2.13(d).

Section 2.11    Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Loan in whole or in part (with any replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(c) being deemed, for this purpose, to constitute an optional prepayment), without premium or penalty (but subject to this Section 2.11 and Section 2.16), in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum or, if less, the amount outstanding, subject to prior notice in accordance with Section 2.10(d); provided, that:

(i)    in the event of any optional prepayments of the Term B Loans incurred on the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) (or mandatory prepayments with Net Proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary) made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the applicable Lenders with respect to such Term B Loans a prepayment premium equal to 2% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans so prepaid;

(ii)    in the event of any optional prepayments of the Term B Loans incurred on the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) (or mandatory prepayments with Net Proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary) made on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the applicable Lenders with respect to such Term B Loans a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans so prepaid; and

(iii)    in the event of any optional prepayments of the Term B Loans incurred on the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) (or mandatory prepayments with Net Proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary) made on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, no prepayment premium shall be due.

 

72


In the event that, prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall effect any amendment to this Agreement which reduces the All-in Yield of the Term B Loans incurred on the Closing Date (other than in connection with a Qualified IPO, a Change of Control or a transformative acquisition referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph), the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each of the applicable Term Lenders, a fee equal to a percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans for which the All-in Yield has been reduced pursuant to such amendment, which percentage shall be equal to the prepayment premium percentage that would have been applicable pursuant to the preceding clauses of this Section 2.11(a) if such Term Loans had been optionally prepaid on the date on which such amendment becomes effective. Such amounts shall be due and payable on the effective date of such amendment. For purposes of this Section 2.11(a), a “transformative acquisition” is any acquisition by Bidco or any Subsidiary that is (i) not permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (ii) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, the Loan Documents would not provide Bidco and the Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

(b)    The Borrowers shall apply all Net Proceeds received after the occurrence of Discharge of First-Priority Obligations (or prior thereto, any First Lien Declined Proceeds) promptly upon receipt thereof to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower may use a portion of such Net Proceeds to prepay or repurchase any Other Second Lien Debt, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds and (y) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Other Second Lien Debt and (B) the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Other Second Lien Debt and the outstanding principal amount of all Classes of Term Loans.

(c)    Not later than 5 Business Days after the date on which the annual financial statements are, or are required to be, delivered under Section 5.04(a) with respect to each Excess Cash Flow Period ended after the occurrence of Discharge of First-Priority Obligations (or, prior thereto, any First Lien Declined Proceeds) the Borrower Representative shall calculate Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period and the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower shall apply an amount equal to (i) the amount by which the Required Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow exceeds $6,000,000 (the “ECF Threshold Amount”) minus (ii) to the extent not financed using the proceeds of the incurrence of funded term Indebtedness, the sum of (A) the amount of any voluntary payments during such Excess Cash Flow Period (plus, without duplication of any amounts previously deducted under this clause (A), the amount of any voluntary payments after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period but before the date of prepayment under this clause (c)) of (x) Term Loans and other term Indebtedness secured by Senior Liens (it being understood that the amount of any such payment constituting a below-par Permitted Loan Purchase shall be calculated to equal the amount of cash used and not the principal amount deemed prepaid therewith) and (y) Other Second Lien Debt (provided that (i) in the case of the prepayment of any revolving Indebtedness, there was a corresponding reduction in commitments and (ii) the maximum amount of each such prepayment of Other Second Lien Debt that may be counted for purposes of this clause (A)(y) shall not exceed the amount that would have been prepaid in respect of such Other Second Lien Debt if such prepayment had been applied on a ratable basis among the Term Loans and such Other Second Lien Debt (determined based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and the aggregate principal amount of such Other Second Lien Debt on the date of such prepayment)) and (B) the amount of any permanent voluntary reductions during such Excess Cash Flow Period (plus,

 

73


without duplication of any amounts previously deducted under this clause (B), the amount of any permanent voluntary reductions after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period but before the date of prepayment under this clause (c)) of Revolving Facility Commitments and/or any other revolving credit facility not prohibited hereunder to the extent that an equal amount of Revolving Facility Loans and/or such other revolving credit facility was simultaneously repaid (I) to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10 or (II) to prepay Term Loans in accordance with clauses (c) and (d) of Section 2.10 and to prepay other Indebtedness secured by Senior Liens and any Other Second Lien Debt in accordance with the agreement(s) governing such Indebtedness so long as the prepayments under this clause (II) are applied in a manner such that the Term Loans are prepaid on at least a ratable basis with such Other Second Lien Debt (determined based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Other Second Lien Debt being prepaid under this clause (II) on the date of such prepayment). Such calculation will be set forth in a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent setting forth the amount, if any, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, the amount of any required prepayment in respect thereof and the calculation thereof in reasonable detail.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.11 to the contrary, (i) to the extent that any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by a Subsidiary or Excess Cash Flow attributable to a Subsidiary would otherwise be required to be applied pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) but is prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States or Luxembourg, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans or Other Second Lien Debt at the times provided in Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) but may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary for so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States or Luxembourg, and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof including, without duplication, any repatriation costs associated with repatriation of such proceeds from the applicable recipient to the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower) to the repayment of the Term Loans or Other Second Lien Debt pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c), to the extent provided therein, (ii) to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that repatriation of any or all of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would otherwise be required to be applied pursuant to Section 2.11(b) or Section 2.11(c) would have a material adverse Tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary (the Borrower Representative hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Subsidiary to promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions within the reasonable control of such Subsidiary that are reasonably required to eliminate such Tax effects), (iii) to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith based on the advice of counsel that the repatriation of any or all of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow would give rise to a risk of liability for the directors of a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary may retain the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow and (iv) prepayments from Excess Cash Flow shall be made net of Taxes payable or reserved against as a result of the repatriation of funds from such Subsidiaries to the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower.

Section 2.12    Fees. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent, the “Second Lien Term Facility Administration Fee” as set forth in the Fee Letter, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, at the times specified therein (the “Administrative Agent Fees”).

 

74


(b)    All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.13    Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(b)    The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees or other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding clauses of this Section 2.13 or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in clause (a) of this Section; provided, that this clause (c) shall not apply to any Event of Default that has been waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.08.

(d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and (ii) on the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date; provided, that (A) interest accrued pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e)    All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the ABR at times when the ABR is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable ABR, Sterling LIBO Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate, EURIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.14    Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a)    the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b)    the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone or electronic means as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to, or continued as on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (or in the

 

75


case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in an Alternate Currency, prepaid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and reborrowed as) an ABR Borrowing denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof.

Section 2.15    Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or

(ii)    subject any Lender to any Tax with respect to any Loan Document (other than (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.17 or (ii) Excluded Taxes); or

(iii)    impose on any Lender any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the applicable Borrowers will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)    If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements or liquidity has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the applicable Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)    A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that any such certificate claiming amounts described in clause (x) or (y) of the definition of “Change in Law” shall, in addition, state the basis upon which such amount has been calculated and certify that such Lender’s demand for payment of such costs hereunder, and such method of allocation is not inconsistent with its treatment of other borrowers which, as a credit matter, are similarly situated to the applicable Borrowers and which are subject to similar provisions. The applicable Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d)    Promptly after any Lender has determined that it will make a request for increased compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15, such Lender shall notify the applicable Borrower thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the applicable Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

76


Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow (other than due to the default of the relevant Lender), convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the applicable Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the applicable Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to be the amount determined by such Lender (it being understood that the deemed amount shall not exceed the actual amount) to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBO Rate, the Sterling LIBO Rate or EURIBO Rate, as applicable, that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue a Eurocurrency Loan, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the applicable currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17    Taxes. (a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of a Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes; provided, that if a Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirement of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings as are reasonably determined by the applicable withholding agent to be required by any applicable Requirement of Law, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in accordance with applicable Requirement of Law, and (iii) to the extent withholding or deduction is required to be made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made. Whenever any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by a Loan Party, as promptly as possible thereafter, such Loan Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of a Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, acting reasonably) received by the Loan Party showing payment thereof. Without duplication, after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 2.17, the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative, as the case may be, a copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by applicable Requirements of Law to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

77


(b)    The Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes.

(c)    The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 15 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17), and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the applicable Borrowers by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d)    Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).

(e)    Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to withholding of Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, any such withholding of Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding Tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements and to satisfy any such requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections (f)(i)(A) through (f)(i)(C) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

78


(f)    Without limiting the generality of Section 2.17(e), each Foreign Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrowers shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so:

(i)    deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, prior to the date on which the first payment to the Foreign Lender is due hereunder, two copies of (A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding Tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest,” IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, (or any applicable successor form) (together with a certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit J to the Original Credit Agreement, such certificate, the “Non-Bank Tax Certificate”) certifying that such Foreign Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a “10-percent shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the US Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the US Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code), (B) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or Form W-8ECI (or any applicable successor form), in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding Tax on payments by the Borrowers under this Agreement, (C) IRS Form W-8IMY (or any applicable successor form) and all necessary attachments (including the forms described in clauses (A) and (B) above, provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership, and one or more of the partners is claiming portfolio interest treatment, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such partners) or (D) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(ii)    deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent.

Any Foreign Lender that becomes legally ineligible to update any form or certification previously delivered shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in writing of such Foreign Lender’s inability to do so.

Each person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 9.04 or a Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms and statements required pursuant to this Section 2.17(f); provided that a Participant shall furnish all such required forms and statements to the person from which the related participation shall have been purchased.

In addition, each Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative (x)(I) prior to the date on which the first payment by a Borrower is due hereunder or (II) prior to the first date on or after the date on which such Agent becomes a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.09 on which payment by a Borrower is due hereunder, as applicable, two copies of a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 certifying its exemption from U.S. federal backup withholding or such other properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law certifying its entitlement to an available exemption from applicable U.S. federal withholding Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Agent by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and (y) on or before the date on

 

79


which any such previously delivered documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower Representative, and from time to time if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative, two further copies of such documentation.

(g)    Without limiting the effect of Sections 2.17(e) and (f) above:

(i)    Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a U.K. Treaty Lender and each U.K. Borrower which makes a payment to which that U.K. Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(ii)    (A) A U.K. Treaty Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm in writing its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence to any relevant U.K. Borrower and the Administrative Agent opposite its name in Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement; and

(B)    a person that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date that is a U.K. Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm in writing its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party;

and having done so, shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(iii)    If a U.K. Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above and: (a) a U.K. Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or (b) a U.K. Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing but (1) that U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; (2) HM Revenue & Customs have not given the U.K. Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing; or (3) HM Revenue & Customs has given authority for the U.K. Borrower to make payment to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction pursuant to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme and that authority expires or is withdrawn by HM Revenue & Customs, and in each case, the U.K. Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the U.K. Borrower shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(iv)    If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above and that Lender ceases to hold a valid passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent in writing and that Lender and the relevant U.K. Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that U.K. Borrower to obtain authorization to make payments to that Lender without a U.K. Tax Deduction.

(v)    If a U.K. Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (ii) above, no Loan Party shall make a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Loan(s) unless that Lender otherwise agrees.

 

80


(vi)    A U.K. Borrower shall, promptly on making a U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that U.K. Borrower DTTP Filing to the Administrative Agent for delivery to the relevant U.K. Treaty Lender.

(vii)    Each Lender in respect of a U.K. Borrower which becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date (or which becomes a Lender in respect of a U.K. Borrower and has not already provided such information pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) or Schedule 2.17 to the Original Credit Agreement) shall indicate in the Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation which it executes on becoming a party or otherwise in writing which of the following categories it falls in: (A) not a U.K. Qualifying Lender; (B) a U.K. Qualifying Lender (other than a U.K. Treaty Lender); or (C) a U.K. Treaty Lender and, where applicable, shall give a U.K. Tax Confirmation. If a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this paragraph (vi) then such Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each U.K. Borrower) as if it is not a U.K. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Administrative Agent which category applies (and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Borrower Representative). For the avoidance of doubt, any Assignment and Acceptance or other relevant documentation shall not be invalidated by any such failure of a Lender to comply with this paragraph (vii).

(viii)    The Borrower Representative shall promptly on becoming aware that a Loan Party must make a U.K. Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a U.K. Tax Deduction) notify the Administrative Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment by a U.K. Borrower payable to that Lender. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and that U.K. Borrower.

(ix)    A U.K. Non-Bank Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a U.K. Tax Confirmation to any Loan Party by entering into this Agreement.

(x)    A U.K. Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the U.K. Tax Confirmation.

(h)    If any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a payment has been made by a Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, is attributable to such payment made by such Loan Party, then the Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Loan Party for such amount (net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and without interest other than any interest received thereon from the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) as the Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse position (taking into account expenses or any Taxes imposed on the refund) than it would have been in if the Indemnified Tax or Other Tax giving rise to such refund had not been imposed in the first instance; provided that the Loan Party, upon the request of the Lender or the Administrative Agent agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental

 

81


Authority) to the Lender or the Administrative Agent in the event the Lender or the Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. No Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be obliged to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it reasonably deems confidential) to any Loan Party in connection with this clause (g) or any other provision of this Section 2.17.

(i)    If the Borrower Representative determines that a reasonable basis exists for contesting an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts or indemnification payments, each affected Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers as the Borrowers (or the Borrower Representative) may reasonably request in challenging such Tax. The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold each Lender and Agent harmless against any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such person in connection with any request made by the Borrowers (or the Borrower Representative) pursuant to this Section 2.17(i). Nothing in this Section 2.17(i) shall obligate any Lender or Agent to take any action that such person, in its sole judgment, determines may result in a material detriment to such person or in any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender or Agent, including with respect to a relationship of such person with any tax authority or other Governmental Authority. Any resulting refund shall be governed by Section 2.17(h).

(j)    If a payment made to any Lender or any Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or such Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or such Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(j), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

(k)    

(i)    All amounts expressed to be payable under a Loan Document by any party to any Lender or other Secured Party (each, for the purposes of this Section 2.17(k), a “Finance Party”) which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (ii) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Loan Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party and, provided such an invoice has been provided, that party shall pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT.

(ii)    If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “VAT Recipient”) under a Loan Document, and any party other than the VAT Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Loan Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier

 

82


(rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the VAT Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(1)    (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The VAT Recipient must (where this paragraph (1) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the VAT Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the VAT Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(2)    (where the VAT Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the VAT Recipient, pay to the VAT Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the VAT Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(iii)    Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(iv)    In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Loan Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

(v)    Any reference in this Section 2.17(k) to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state of the European Union)).

(l)    The agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable under any Loan Document.

For purposes of this Section 2.17, the terms “applicable law” and “applicable Requirement of Law” include FATCA.

Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) Unless otherwise specified, each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or of amounts payable under Sections 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds. Each such payment shall be made without condition or deduction for any defense, recoupment, set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for

 

83


purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated to the Borrower Representative by the Administrative Agent, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments made under the Loan Documents shall be made in Dollars (or, in the case of Alternate Currency Loans, in the applicable Alternate Currency). Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b)    Subject to Section 7.02, if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due from the Borrowers hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of, or interest on, any of its Term Loans of a given Class resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Term Loans of such Class and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender entitled to receive the same proportion of such payment, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase participations in the Term Loans of such Class of such other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by all such Lenders entitled thereto ratably in accordance with the principal amount of each such Lender’s respective Term Loans of such Class and accrued interest thereon; provided, that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this clause (c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant. Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the applicable Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the applicable Borrowers in the amount of such participation.

(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

84


(e)    If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or any event that gives rise to the operation of Section 2.20, then such Lender shall, upon request, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.20, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. Each applicable Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)    If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.20, (ii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then such Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require any such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) such Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, which consent, in each case, shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or such Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.20, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (iv) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a notice given under Section 2.20, such assignment will result in such Borrower having access to Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars. Nothing in this Section 2.19 shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that a Borrower may have against any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender. No action by or consent of the removed Lender shall be necessary in connection with such assignment, which shall be immediately and automatically effective upon payment of such purchase price. In connection with any such assignment, the applicable Borrower, Administrative Agent, such removed Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 9.04, provided, that if such removed Lender does not comply with Section 9.04 within one Business Day after the applicable Borrower’s request, compliance with Section 9.04 shall not be required to effect such assignment.

(c)    If any Lender (such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 9.08

 

85


requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then the applicable Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) at their sole expense (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)(ii)(B)) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to (and any such Non-Consenting Lender agrees that it shall, upon the applicable Borrowers’ request) assign its Loans and its Commitments (or, at the applicable Borrowers’ option, the Loans and Commitments under the Facility that is the subject of the proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination) hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (unless such assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund); provided, that: (a) all Loan Obligations of the applicable Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the replacement Lender or, at the option of the applicable Borrowers, the applicable Borrowers shall pay any amount required by Section 2.11(a), if applicable, and (c) the replacement Lender shall grant its consent with respect to the applicable proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. No action by or consent of the Non-Consenting Lender shall be necessary in connection with such assignment, which shall be immediately and automatically effective upon payment of such purchase price. In connection with any such assignment, the applicable Borrowers, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 9.04; provided, that if such Non-Consenting Lender does not comply with Section 9.04 within one Business Day after the applicable Borrowers’ request, compliance with Section 9.04 shall not be required to effect such assignment.

Section 2.20    Illegality. If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the Closing Date that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the applicable Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligations of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling or to convert ABR Borrowings to Eurocurrency Borrowings shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Borrowers shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), convert all Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in Dollars of such Lender to ABR Borrowings denominated in Dollars (or in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in an Alternate Currency, prepaid in full on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and reborrowed as ABR Borrowings denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof), in each case, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Borrowings to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the applicable Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so converted.

Section 2.21    Incremental Commitments. (a) The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount available at the time such Incremental Commitments are established (or at the time any commitment relating thereto is entered into or, at the option of the Borrowers, at the time of incurrence of the Incremental Loans thereunder) from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $5,000,000 and a

 

86


minimum amount of $10,000,000, or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount or, in each case, such lesser amount approved by the Administrative Agent) and the currency therefor (which may be Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective, and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be (x) commitments to make term loans with terms identical to Term B Loans or (y) commitments to make term loans with currency, pricing, maturity, amortization, participation in mandatory prepayments and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“Other Term Loans”).

(b)    Each applicable Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided, that:

(i)    any commitments to make additional Term B Loans shall have the same terms as the Term B Loans,

(ii)    the Other Term Loans incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.21 shall rank pari passu or, at the option of the applicable Borrowers, junior in right of security with the Term B Loans (provided, that if such Other Term Loans rank junior in right of security with the Term B Loans, such Other Term Loans shall be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be subject to clause (v) below),

(iii)    the final maturity date of any such Other Term Loans (except for (x) any bridge loan that has no amortization payments and the terms of which provide for an automatic (subject to customary conditions) extension of the maturity date to a date that is not earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date then in effect or (y) up to $30,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Other Term Loans as selected by the applicable Borrowers) shall be no earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date and, except as to pricing, amortization, final maturity date, participation in mandatory prepayments and ranking as to security (which shall, subject to the other clauses of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), shall have (x) substantially similar terms as the Term B Loans or (y) such other terms (including as to guarantees and collateral) as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

(iv)    the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any such Other Term Loans (except for (x) any bridge loan that has no amortization payments and the terms of which provide for an automatic (subject to customary conditions) extension of the maturity date to a date that is not earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date then in effect or (y) up to $30,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Other Term Loans as selected by the applicable Borrowers) shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans,

(v)    with respect to any Other Term Loan incurred prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.21 that ranks pari passu in right of security with the Term B Loans, the All-in Yield shall be the same as that applicable to the Term B Loans on the Closing Date, except that the All-in Yield in respect of any such Other Term Loan may exceed the All-in Yield in respect of such Term B Loans on the Closing Date by no more than 0.50%, or if it does so exceed such All-in Yield by more than 0.50% (such difference, the “Term Yield Differential”) then the Applicable Margin (or the “LIBOR floor” as provided in the following proviso) applicable to such Term B Loans shall be increased such that after giving effect to such increase, the Term Yield Differential shall not exceed 0.50%; provided that, to the extent any portion of the Term Yield Differential is attributable to a higher “LIBOR

 

87


floor” being applicable to such Other Term Loans, such floor shall only be included in the calculation of the Term Yield Differential to the extent such floor is greater than the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect for an Interest Period of three months’ duration at such time, and, with respect to such excess, the “LIBOR floor” applicable to the outstanding Term B Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Other Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to such Term B Loans then outstanding; provided, further, that this clause (v) shall not be applicable to any Incremental Term Loan that (x) is incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of the definition of “Incremental Amount” or (y) has a maturity date that is at least two years after the Latest Maturity Date then in effect;

(vi)    such Other Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) than the Term B Loans in any mandatory prepayment hereunder; and

(vii)    (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of any Incremental Term Loan Commitments that is not a Loan Party and (B) the borrower of any Incremental Term Facility shall be the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower.

Each party hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.08(e). Any amendment to this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 2.21 and any such collateral and other documentation shall be deemed “Loan Documents” hereunder and may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower Representative’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.21 unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, (A) to the extent required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, at the time of and immediately after such Borrowing, and subject to Section 7.04, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative and (B) if such Incremental Term Loan Commitment is established for a purpose other than financing any Permitted Business Acquisition or any other acquisition that is permitted by this Agreement, no Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) shall have occurred or be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and other customary closing certificates and documentation as required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 and such additional customary documents and filings (including amendments to the Mortgages and other Security Documents and title endorsement bringdowns) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to assure that the Incremental Term Loans are secured by the Collateral ratably with (or, to the extent set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, junior to) one or more Classes of then-existing Term Loans.

(d)    Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans of a different Class), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of the outstanding applicable Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis. The Borrowers agree that Section 2.16 shall apply to any conversion of Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to effect the foregoing.

 

88


(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (e) through (i) of this Section 2.21), pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders of any Class of Term Loans, on a pro rata basis (based, in the case of an offer to the Lenders under any Class of Term Loans, on the aggregate outstanding Term Loans of such Class) and on the same terms (“Pro Rata Extension Offers”), the applicable Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments of such Class and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments of such Class pursuant to the terms of the relevant Pro Rata Extension Offer (including, without limitation, increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Loans and/or Commitments and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Loans). For the avoidance of doubt, the reference to “on the same terms” in the preceding sentence shall mean that all of the Term Loans of such Class are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that the interest rate changes and fees payable with respect to such extension are the same. Any such extension (an “Extension”) agreed to between the applicable Borrowers and any such Lender (an “Extending Lender”) will be established under this Agreement by implementing an Incremental Term Loan for such Lender if such Lender is extending an existing Term Loan (such extended Term Loan, an “Extended Term Loan”). Each Pro Rata Extension Offer shall specify the date on which the applicable Borrowers propose that the Extended Term Loan shall be made, which shall be a date not earlier than five Business Days after the date on which notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

(f)    The applicable Borrowers and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Extended Term Loans of such Extending Lender. Each Incremental Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Term Loans; provided, that (i) except as to interest rates, fees and any other pricing terms (which interest rates, fees and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.21(b)(v)), and amortization, final maturity date and participation in prepayments and commitment reductions (which shall, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and set forth in the Pro Rata Extension Offer), the Extended Term Loans shall have (x) the same terms as an existing Class of Term Loans or (y) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the latest Term Facility Maturity Date in effect on the date of incurrence, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Term Loans to which such offer relates, and (iv) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) than the Term B Loans in any mandatory prepayment hereunder. Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.08(e). Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower Representative’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(g)    Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Term Loan will be automatically designated an Extended Term Loan. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Extending Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Term Loan having the terms of such Extended Term Loan.

(h)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, this Section 2.21), (i) the aggregate amount of Extended

 

89


Term Loans will not be included in the calculation of the Incremental Amount, (ii) no Extended Term Loan is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (iii) any Extending Lender may extend all or any portion of its Term Loans pursuant to one or more Pro Rata Extension Offers (subject to applicable proration in the case of over participation) (including the extension of any Extended Term Loan), (iv) there shall be no condition to any Extension of any Loan or Commitment at any time or from time to time other than notice to the Administrative Agent of such Extension and the terms of the Extended Term Loan implemented thereby, (v) all Extended Term Loans and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Loan Obligations of the relevant Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations relating to an existing Class of Term Loans of the relevant Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (vi) there shall be no obligor in respect of any such Extended Term Loans that is not a Loan Party.

(i)    Each Extension shall be consummated pursuant to procedures set forth in the associated Pro Rata Extension Offer; provided, that the Borrowers shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent prior to making any Pro Rata Extension Offer to establish reasonable procedures with respect to mechanical provisions relating to such Extension, including, without limitation, timing, rounding and other adjustments.

(j)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (j) through (o) of this Section 2.21), the Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent establish one or more additional tranches of term loans under this Agreement (such loans, “Refinancing Term Loans”), the net cash proceeds of which are used to Refinance in whole or in part any Class of Term Loans. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “Refinancing Effective Date”) on which the applicable Borrowers propose that the Refinancing Term Loans shall be made, which shall be a date not earlier than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided, that:

(i)    before and after giving effect to the borrowing of such Refinancing Term Loans on the Refinancing Effective Date, and subject to Section 7.04, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the extent required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement governing such Refinancing Term Loans;

(ii)    the final maturity date of the Refinancing Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Facility Maturity Date of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iii)    the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then-remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iv)    the aggregate principal amount of the Refinancing Term Loans shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of the refinanced Term Loans plus amounts used to pay fees, premiums, costs and expenses (including original issue discount) and accrued interest associated therewith;

(v)    all other terms applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans (other than provisions relating to original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and any other pricing terms (which original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.21(b)(v)) and optional prepayment or mandatory prepayment or redemption terms, which shall be as agreed between the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders providing such Refinancing Term Loans) taken as a whole shall be substantially

 

90


similar to, or not materially less favorable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries than, the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Term B Loans (except to the extent such covenants and other terms (I) apply solely to any period after the Term B Facility Maturity Date, (II) reflect market terms and conditions (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) at the time of incurrence, or (III) are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith;

(vi)    with respect to Refinancing Term Loans secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu or junior in right of security to the Term B Loans, such Liens will be subject to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

(vii)    (A) there shall be no obligor in respect of such Refinancing Term Loans that is not a Loan Party and (B) there shall be no borrowers in respect of any Refinancing Term Loans that are not the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower.

(k)    The Borrowers may approach any Lender or any other person that would be a permitted Assignee pursuant to Section 9.04 to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans; provided, that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a Refinancing Term Loan. Any Refinancing Term Loans made on any Refinancing Effective Date shall be designated an additional Class of Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided, further, that any Refinancing Term Loans may, to the extent provided in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement governing such Refinancing Term Loans, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans made to the Borrowers.

(l)    [reserved].

(m)    [reserved].

(n)    [reserved].

(o)    For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender will be deemed to have an Incremental Term Loan having the terms of such Refinancing Term Loan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, this Section 2.21), (i) the aggregate amount of Refinancing Term Loans will not be included in the calculation of the Incremental Amount, (ii) no Refinancing Term Loan is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (iii) there shall be no condition to any incurrence of any Refinancing Term Loan at any time or from time to time other than those set forth in clauses (j) above, as applicable, and (iv) all Refinancing Term Loans and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(p)    Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, (i) for the purpose of determining the number of outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowings upon the incurrence of any Incremental Loans, to the extent the last date of Interest Periods for multiple Eurocurrency Borrowings under the Term Facilities fall on the same day, such Eurocurrency Borrowings shall be considered a single Eurocurrency Borrowing, and (ii) the initial Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing of Incremental Loans may, at the applicable Borrowers’ option, be of a duration of a number of Business Days that is less than one month, and the Adjusted LIBO Rate with respect to such initial Interest Period shall be the same as the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to any then-outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing, as the applicable Borrowers may direct, so long as the last day of such initial Interest Period is the same as the last day of the Interest Period with respect to such outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing.

 

91


Section 2.22    Defaulting Lender. (a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)    Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders.”

(ii)    Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, following an Event of Default or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.06 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, second, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, fifth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

On the date of each Credit Event, Bidco and each Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders that:

Section 3.01    Organization; Powers. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, each of Holdings, Bidco, each Borrower and each of the Material Subsidiaries (a) is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, company or other entity duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (or, if applicable in a foreign jurisdiction, enjoys the equivalent status under the laws of any jurisdiction of organization outside the United States of America) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its material property and assets and to carry on its business in all material respects as now conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where such

 

92


qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow and otherwise obtain credit hereunder.

Section 3.02    Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Bidco and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties and, in the case of Section 3.02(a) and 3.02(b)(i)(B), Holdings, of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the borrowings hereunder (a) have been duly authorized by all corporate, stockholder, shareholder, partnership, limited liability company action or similar action required to be obtained by Holdings, Bidco and such Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Holdings, Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, (B) the certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association (statuten) or other constitutive documents (including any partnership, limited liability company or operating agreements) or by-laws of Holdings, Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, (C) any applicable order of any court or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority applicable to Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party or (D) any provision of any indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument to which Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, give rise to a right of or result in any cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation (including any payment) under any such indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument, where any such conflict, violation, breach or default referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.02(b), would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to (x) any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Bidco or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents and Permitted Liens, or (y) any Equity Interests of Bidco now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings, other than Liens created by the Loan Documents or Liens permitted by Article VIA.

Section 3.03    Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings, Bidco and each Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by Bidco, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party that is party thereto and the Holdings Guarantee and Pledge Agreements when executed and delivered by Holdings will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing, (iv) any foreign laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries organized outside of the United States that are not Loan Parties, registrations, filings, notices or other actions or steps required to be made under any foreign laws, rules and regulations in order to perfect security created by the Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for all Liens created by such Security Documents, in each case, in the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary organized outside of the United States that are not Loan Parties and (v) the Legal Reservations.

Section 3.04    Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required for the execution, delivery or performance of each Loan Document to which Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party is a party, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or an equivalent filing in foreign jurisdictions), (b) filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and comparable offices in foreign jurisdictions

 

93


and equivalent filings in foreign jurisdictions, (c) recordation of the Mortgages, (d) if applicable, approvals or advice from any works council having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (e) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect, (f) such actions, consents and approvals the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (g) filings or other actions listed on Schedule 3.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and any other filings, stampings, registrations, notarizations or notifications required by the Security Documents, required to perfect security created by the Security Documents or required to achieve the relevant priority for all Liens created by such Security Documents.

Section 3.05    Financial Statements. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.05 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Target Group as at December 31, 2016, the audited consolidated profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the notes, statements or documents included in or annexed or attached thereto and directors’ reports relating thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent in all material respects to the preparation of the previous two years’ statutory accounts and in accordance with GAAP and the Companies Act 2006 as at the date on which they were prepared, and give, in all material respects, a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Target Group as at December 31, 2016 and of the profit or loss of the Target Group for the period ended December 31, 2016.

(b)    The unaudited consolidated management accounts of the Target Group for the period from December 31, 2016 and ending on May 31, 2017 have been prepared on a basis consistent in all material respects with those adopted in the preparation of management accounts for all equivalent periods ended during the previous 12 months and, taking into account the purpose for which they were prepared and, recognizing that they were not prepared or verified on a statutory basis or to audit standard, they show with reasonable accuracy the financial state of affairs of the Target Group for the period in respect of which they have been prepared in all material respects.

Section 3.06    No Material Adverse Effect. Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate with other events or circumstances, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07    Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases. (a) Each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, its general partner in its capacity as general partner of such limited partnership and in the name of the partnership) has valid title in fee simple or local equivalent to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all its Real Properties (including all Mortgaged Properties) and has valid title to its personal property and assets, in each case, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens and except for defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Equity Interests of (x) Bidco owned by Holdings and (y) the Company, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower owned by Bidco are in each case free and clear of Liens, other than Liens permitted by Article VIA.

(b)    Bidco and each of the Subsidiaries have complied with all material obligations under all leases to which it is a party, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such leases are in full force and effect, except leases in respect of which the failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

94


(c)    As of the Closing Date and to the knowledge of Bidco, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries has received any written notice of any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any material portion of the Mortgaged Properties identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation that remains unresolved as of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.07(c) to the Original Credit Agreement.

(d)    As of the Closing Date, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property identified on Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement or any interest therein, except as permitted under Section 6.02 or 6.05 or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)    Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement lists each Material Real Property owned by any Loan Party as of the Closing Date.

Section 3.08    Subsidiaries. (a) Schedule 3.08(a) to the Original Credit Agreement sets forth as of the Closing Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization of each Subsidiary of Holdings and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any such Subsidiary.

(b)    As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors (or entities controlled by directors) and shares held by directors (or entities controlled by directors)) relating to any Equity Interests of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, except as set forth on Schedule 3.08(b) to the Original Credit Agreement.

Section 3.09    Litigation; Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority or in arbitration now pending against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or any business, property or rights of any such person (including those that involve any Loan Document) that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    None of Bidco, the Subsidiaries and their respective properties or assets is in violation of (nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate) any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permit, but excluding any Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 3.16) or any restriction of record or agreement affecting any Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10    Federal Reserve Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board.

Section 3.11    Investment Company Act. None of Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

95


Section 3.12    Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Term B Loans made on the Closing Date to finance a portion of the Transactions and for the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Section 3.13    Taxes. (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 to the Original Credit Agreement:

(a)    Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state, local and foreign Tax returns required to have been filed by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent) and each such Tax return is true and correct;

(b)    Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable by it on the returns referred to in clause (a) and all other Taxes or assessments (or made adequate provision (in accordance with GAAP) for the payment of all Taxes due), except Taxes or assessments that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings in accordance with Section 5.03 and for which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (as the case may be) has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP; and

(c)    Other than as would not be, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the Closing Date, with respect to Bidco and the Subsidiaries, there are no claims being asserted in writing with respect to any Taxes.

(ii)    The Borrowers intend that no payments by the Lux Borrower under any Loan Document will be subject to any U.K. Tax Deduction.

Section 3.14    No Material Misstatements. (a) All written factual information (other than the Projections, forward looking information and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) (the “Information”) concerning Bidco, the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries, the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated hereby included in the Information Memorandum or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the foregoing or their representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby, when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the date such Information was furnished to the Lenders and as of the Closing Date and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of any such date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made (giving effect to all supplements and updates provided thereto).

(b)    The Projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic nature prepared by or on behalf of Bidco or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by Bidco to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that such Projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such Projections may differ significantly from the projected results, and that no assurance can be given that the projected results will be realized), as of the date such Projections and information were furnished to the Lenders.

Section 3.15    Employee Benefit Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no ERISA

 

96


Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) all Foreign Pension Plans, other than the German pension plans, have been maintained and funded in accordance with all applicable laws; and (iii) regarding German pension plans, benefits arising from direct pension promises (Direktzusagen) are shown on the balance sheet (book reserves) in accordance with GAAP.

Section 3.16    Environmental Matters. Except (i) as set forth on Schedule 3.16 to the Original Credit Agreement or (ii) in respect of any other acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no written notice, request for information, order, complaint or penalty has been received by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, and, to Bidco’s knowledge, there are no judicial, administrative or other actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened, which allege a violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws, in each case relating to Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, (ii) each of Bidco and the Subsidiaries has all permits, licenses and any other approvals of any Governmental Authority necessary for its respective business, properties and operations to comply with all Environmental Laws (“Environmental Permits”) and is in compliance with the terms of such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws, (iii) no Hazardous Material is located at, on or under any property currently or, to Bidco’s knowledge, formerly owned, operated or leased by the Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, and no Hazardous Material has been generated, used, treated, stored, handled, disposed of, controlled, or transported or Released at any location in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, (iv) there are no agreements in which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries has assumed or undertaken responsibility for any known or reasonably likely liability or obligation of any other person arising under or relating to Environmental Laws, which in any such case has not been made available to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, and (v) there has been no material written environmental assessment or audit conducted (other than customary assessments not revealing anything that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), by or on behalf of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries of any property currently or, to Bidco’s knowledge, formerly owned, operated or leased by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that has not been made available to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Section 3.17    Security Documents. (a) Each Collateral Agreement will be effective to create (to the extent described therein and subject, in the case of Collateral Agreements governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located outside of the United States of America, to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements) in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), in each case, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest which such Security Document purports to create in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. As of the Closing Date, in the case of the Pledged Collateral described in the Collateral Agreements, when certificates or promissory notes, as applicable, representing such Pledged Collateral and required to be delivered under the terms set forth in the applicable Collateral Agreement are delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in such applicable Collateral Agreement (other than the Intellectual Property), when financing statements and other filings are filed or registered, as applicable, in the applicable offices or system of registration and other actions described in the Collateral Agreements are taken in applicable foreign jurisdictions, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected under the Loan Documents and, in each case, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, any exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee

 

97


Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Collateral Agreements) and, subject to Section 9-315 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (or similar laws in applicable foreign jurisdictions), the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or similar financing statements or filings or other actions described in the Collateral Agreements in applicable foreign jurisdictions), in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person (except Permitted Liens).

(b)    When the U.S. Collateral Agreements or an ancillary document thereunder is properly filed and recorded in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, and, with respect to Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected by such filings, upon the proper filing of the financing statements referred to in clause (a) above, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected (subject to exceptions arising from defects in the chain of title, which defects in the aggregate do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect hereunder) Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties thereunder in the material United States Intellectual Property included in the Collateral (but, in the case of the United States registered copyrights included in the Collateral, only to the extent such United States registered copyrights are listed in such ancillary document filed with the United States Copyright Office) listed in such ancillary document, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person, except for Permitted Liens (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on material registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Closing Date).

(c)    The Mortgages executed and delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.10 shall be effective to create (to the extent described therein and subject, in the case of Mortgages governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located outside of the United States of America, to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Mortgages) in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) legal, valid and enforceable Liens on all of the Loan Parties’ rights, titles and interests in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed or recorded in the proper real estate filing or recording offices, and all relevant mortgage taxes and recording charges are duly paid, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have valid Liens with record notice to third parties on, and security interests in, all rights, titles and interests of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property (to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected under the Loan Documents and, in each case, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, any exceptions set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any perfection requirements set out in the Mortgages) and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar laws in applicable foreign jurisdictions), the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other person, except for Permitted Liens.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 3.17) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Borrower or any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign law (other than laws of a Security Jurisdiction).

Section 3.18    Location of Real Property. The Perfection Certificate lists correctly, in all material respects, as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property owned by Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the addresses thereof. As of the Closing Date, Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties own in fee simple (or local equivalent) all the Real Property set forth as being owned by them in the Perfection Certificate except to the extent set forth therein.

 

98


Section 3.19    Solvency. (a) As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions on the Closing Date, (i) the fair value of the assets of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

(b)    As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions on the Closing Date, Bidco does not intend to, and Bidco does not believe that it or any of its Subsidiaries will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such Subsidiary and the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary.

Section 3.20    Labor Matters. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes pending against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries; (b) the hours worked and payments made to employees of Bidco and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or for which any claim may be made against Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Bidco or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any material collective bargaining agreement to which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (or any predecessor) is a party or by which Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries (or any predecessor) is bound.

Section 3.21    Insurance. Schedule 3.21 to the Original Credit Agreement sets forth a true, complete and correct description, in all material respects, of all material insurance (excluding any title insurance) maintained by or on behalf of Bidco or the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect.

Section 3.22    No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 3.23    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except (i) as set forth in Schedule 3.23 to the Original Credit Agreement or (ii) in respect of any other acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) Bidco and the Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for Bidco and the Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, (b) to the knowledge of Bidco, none of Bidco or the Subsidiaries are infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual

 

99


Property of any person in any material respect, and (c) to the knowledge of Bidco, (i) no claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property owned by Bidco and the Subsidiaries is pending and (ii) no claim or litigation regarding any other Intellectual Property described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) is pending.

Section 3.24    Senior Debt. The Loan Obligations constitute “Senior Debt” (or the equivalent thereof) under the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted to be incurred hereunder constituting Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations.

Section 3.25    USA PATRIOT Act; OFAC.

(a)    Each of Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with the material provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act (to the extent applicable), and, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers have provided to the Administrative Agent all information related to the Loan Parties (including names, addresses and tax identification numbers (if applicable)) reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and mutually agreed to be required under “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, to be obtained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(b)    None of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Bidco, any director, officer, agent or employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is (or is a majority owned or controlled by persons that are) (i) currently the target of any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or the U.S. State Department, the European Union or relevant member states of the European Union, the United Nations Security Council or Her Majesty’s Treasury (“Sanctions”) or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the target of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such country or territory (“Sanctioned Country”). The Borrowers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person that is, at the time of such financing, the target of any Sanctions or for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction with or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited for persons required to comply with Sanctions laws and regulations administered by the United States, including OFAC and the U.S. State Department, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the European Union or relevant member states of the European Union (collectively, the “Sanctions Laws”), or in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions Laws applicable to any party hereto. Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Bidco, the directors, officers, agents and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, are in compliance with all applicable Sanctions Laws in all material respects.

(c)    (A) The statements contained in this Section 3.25 made by any Subsidiary resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 paragraph 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz), (i) are only made to the extent such relevant representation and/or warranty does not result in a violation of or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung), and (ii) with respect to any such Subsidiary as to which Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996 applies, are only made to the extent such relevant representation and/or warranty does not result in a violation of or conflict with any provision of Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996, and (B) the representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.25 given by any Loan Party to any Lender resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 para. 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) are made only to the extent that any Lender resident in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of section 2 para. 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act

 

100


(Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) would be permitted to make such representation and warranties pursuant to section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung). In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of this Section 3.25(c) of which a Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made.

Section 3.26    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Bidco, the directors, officers, agents and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, are in compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and similar laws of all jurisdictions in which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries conduct their business and to which they are lawfully subject (“Anti-Corruption Laws”), in each case, in all material respects. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder will be used in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law, including to make any unlawful bribe, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

Section 3.27    Holding Companies. None of Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower has carried on any business, traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future) that would not be permitted by Article VIA.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder (each, a “Credit Event”) are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08) of the following conditions:

Section 4.01    Closing Date Conditions. On the Closing Date:

(a)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or a Borrowing Request shall have been deemed given in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 2.03).

(b)    The Major Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(c)    No Major Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 4.02    [Reserved].

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Borrower and Bidco and (with respect to Sections 5.01(a), 5.06 and 5.10(a), (f) and (g)) Holdings covenants and agrees with each Lender that, until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each Borrower and (with respect to Sections 5.01(a), 5.06 and 5.10(a), (f) and (g)) Holdings will, and will cause Bidco and each of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 5.01    Existence; Business and Properties. (a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except, in the case of a Subsidiary of Bidco (other than the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower), where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05 and Article VIA, and except for the liquidation or dissolution of

 

101


Subsidiaries (other than the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower) if the assets of such Subsidiaries to the extent they exceed estimated liabilities are acquired by Bidco or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco in such liquidation or dissolution; provided, that Subsidiary Loan Parties may not be liquidated into Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (except in each case as permitted under Section 6.05).

(b)    Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, do or cause to be done all things necessary to (i) lawfully obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the permits, franchises, authorizations, Intellectual Property, licenses and rights with respect thereto necessary to the normal conduct of its business, and (ii) to the extent required to ensure that the business carried on in connection therewith, if any, may be properly conducted at all times (in each case except as permitted by this Agreement), (A) at all times maintain, protect and preserve all property necessary to the normal conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and (B) from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary.

Section 5.02    Insurance. (a) Maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance (subject to customary deductibles and retentions) in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to be listed as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies with respect to Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Collateral Agent to be listed as an additional insured on liability policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bidco and the Subsidiaries may self-insure with respect to such risks with respect to which companies of established reputation engaged in the same general line of business in the same general area usually self-insure.

(b)    Except as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion, cause all such property and casualty insurance policies with respect to the Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, deliver a certificate of an insurance broker to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy covered by this clause (b) to provide that it shall not be cancelled or not renewed upon less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to or concurrently with the cancellation or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance covered by this clause (b), a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral Agent), or insurance certificate with respect thereto, together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of payment of the premium therefor, in each case of the foregoing, to the extent customarily maintained, purchased or provided to, or at the request of, lenders by similarly situated companies in connection with credit facilities of this nature.

(c)    If any portion of any Mortgaged Property located in the United States of America is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area (each a “Special Flood Hazard Area”) with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the Flood Insurance Laws, (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount not less than the maximum limit of coverage made available with respect to the particular type of property under the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including a copy of the flood insurance policy and declaration page relating thereto.

 

102


(d)    In connection with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.02, it is understood and agreed that:

(i)    the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and their respective agents or employees shall not be liable for any loss or damage insured by the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 5.02, it being understood that (A) the Loan Parties shall look solely to their insurance companies or any other parties other than the aforesaid parties for the recovery of such loss or damage and (B) such insurance companies shall have no rights of subrogation against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders or their agents or employees. If, however, the insurance policies, as a matter of the internal policy of such insurer, do not provide waiver of subrogation rights against such parties, as required above, then each of Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and behalf of each of the Subsidiaries, hereby agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to waive, and further agrees to cause each of their Subsidiaries to waive, its right of recovery, if any, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and their agents and employees;

(ii)    the designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by the Collateral Agent (including acting in the capacity as the Collateral Agent) under this Section 5.02 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries or the protection of their properties; and

(iii)    the amount and type of insurance that Bidco and its Subsidiaries have in effect as of the Closing Date satisfies for all purposes the requirements of this Section 5.02.

Section 5.03    Taxes. Pay its obligations in respect of all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Bidco or a Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to make payment before delinquency or default could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04    Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such information to the Lenders):

(a)    within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017), a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss showing the financial position of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of their operations during such year and, starting with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the prior fiscal year, which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be accompanied by customary management’s discussion and analysis and audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or as to the status of Bidco or any Material Subsidiary as a going concern, other than solely with respect to, or resulting solely from, (x) an upcoming maturity date under any series of Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered, (y) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period or (z) the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that the delivery by Bidco of annual reports on Form 10-K or Form 20-F (or any successor or comparable form) of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(a) to the extent such annual reports include the information specified herein);

 

103


(b)    within (i) 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2017, and (ii) 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss showing the financial position of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of their operations during such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year and, starting with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2018, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be in reasonable detail, which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be accompanied by customary management’s discussion and analysis and which consolidated balance sheet and related statements of profit and loss shall be certified by a Financial Officer of Bidco on behalf of Bidco as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (it being understood that the delivery by Bidco of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or reports on Form 6-K (or any successor or comparable form) of Bidco and its consolidated Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(b) to the extent such quarterly reports include the information specified herein);

(c)    (x) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Bidco (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred since the date of the last certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.04(c) or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth the calculation and uses of the Cumulative Credit for the fiscal period then ended if Bidco shall have used the Cumulative Credit for any purpose during such fiscal period and (y) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, if the accounting firm is not restricted from providing such a certificate by its policies office, a certificate of the accounting firm opining on or certifying such statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such statements of any Default or Event of Default (which certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations);

(d)    promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other publicly available reports, proxy statements and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, other materials filed by Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries with the SEC (or equivalent regulatory body in the relevant jurisdiction), or after an initial public offering, distributed to its stockholders generally, as applicable; provided, however, that such reports, proxy statements, filings and other materials required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (d) shall be deemed delivered for purposes of this Agreement when posted to the website of the Borrower Representative (or Holdings or any Parent Entity referred to in Section 5.04(i)) or the website of the SEC (or equivalent regulatory body in the relevant jurisdiction) and written notice of such posting has been delivered to the Administrative Agent;

(e)    within 90 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the beginning of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018), a consolidated annual budget for such fiscal year consisting of a projected consolidated balance sheet of Bidco and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income (collectively, the “Budget”), which Budget shall in each case be accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of Bidco to the effect that the Budget is based on assumptions believed by Bidco to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof;

 

104


(f)    upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent not more frequently than once a year, an updated Perfection Certificate (or, to the extent such request relates to specified information contained in the Perfection Certificate, such information) reflecting all changes since the date of the information most recently received pursuant to this clause (f) or Section 5.10(f);

(g)    promptly, from time to time, such other customary information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document as in each case the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) and to the extent such information is reasonably available to Bidco;

(h)    no later than 10 Business Days after the delivery of the financial statements required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04, commencing with the financial statements for the first full fiscal period ending after the Closing Date, upon request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower Representative shall hold a customary conference call for the Lenders; and

(i)    in the event that Holdings or any Parent Entity reports on a consolidated basis, such consolidated reporting at Holdings or such Parent Entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 for Bidco will satisfy the requirements of such paragraphs.

Bidco hereby acknowledges and agrees that all financial statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) above are hereby deemed to be Borrower Materials suitable for distribution, and to be made available, to Public Lenders as contemplated by Section 9.17 and may be treated by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as if the same had been marked “PUBLIC” in accordance with such paragraph (unless Bidco otherwise notifies the Administrative Agent in writing on or prior to delivery thereof).

Section 5.05    Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly thereafter furnish to the Lenders) written notice of the following promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative obtains actual knowledge thereof:

(a)    any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b)    the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration, against Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    any other development specific to Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries that is not a matter of general public knowledge and that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)    the occurrence of any ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that, together with all other ERISA Events or terminations, withdrawals or non-compliance with applicable laws or plan terms with respect to Foreign Pension Plans that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

105


Section 5.06    Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, that this Section 5.06 shall not apply to Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 5.09, or to laws related to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 5.03.

(b)    Subject to 3.25(c), comply with the USA PATRIOT Act (as applicable), applicable Sanctions Laws, and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects.

Section 5.07    Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Maintain all financial records in accordance with GAAP (it being understood and agreed that each Borrower and each Subsidiary may maintain financial records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization) and permit any persons designated by the Administrative Agent or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries at reasonable times, upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower Representative, and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any persons designated by the Administrative Agent or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower Representative to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor (so long as the Borrower Representative has the opportunity to participate in any such discussions with such accountants), in each case, subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or by contract.

Section 5.08    Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans made in the manner contemplated by Section 3.12.

Section 5.09    Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and make reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; and obtain and renew all material authorizations and permits required pursuant to Environmental Law for its operations and properties, in each case in accordance with Environmental Laws, except, in each case with respect to this Section 5.09, to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10    Further Assurances; Additional Security.

(a)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages and other documents), that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including, without limitation, those required by applicable law), to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and provide to the Collateral Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

106


(b)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, if any asset (other than Real Property) that has an individual fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) greater than $2,500,000 is acquired by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date or owned by an entity at the time it becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (in each case other than (x) assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of such Security Document upon acquisition thereof and (y) assets constituting Excluded Property), Bidco or such Subsidiary Loan Party, as applicable, will (i) notify the Collateral Agent of such acquisition or ownership and (ii) cause such asset to be subjected to a Lien (subject to any Permitted Liens) securing the Obligations, and take, and cause the applicable Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be reasonably requested by the Applicable Collateral Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 5.10, all at the expense of the applicable Loan Parties, subject to clause (g) below.

(c)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, (i) grant and cause each of Bidco and the Subsidiary Loan Parties to grant to the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) security interests in, and Mortgages on, any Material Real Property of Bidco or such Subsidiary Loan Parties, as applicable, that is acquired after the Closing Date, within 150 days after the acquisition thereof (or such later date as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), which security interest and Mortgages shall constitute valid and enforceable Liens subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, (ii) record or file, and cause each such Loan Party to record or file, the Mortgage or instruments related thereto in such manner and in the filing or recording offices in the jurisdiction where the applicable Mortgaged Property is located in order to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a valid and enforceable Lien on such Mortgaged Property subject to no other Liens except Permitted Liens, and pay, and cause each such Loan Party to pay, in full, all Taxes, fees and other charges required to be paid in connection with such recording or filing, in each case subject to clause (g) below, and (iii) deliver to the Collateral Agent an updated Schedule 1.01(E) to the Original Credit Agreement reflecting such Mortgaged Properties. Unless otherwise waived by the Applicable Collateral Agent, with respect to each such Mortgage, the applicable Loan Party shall cause the requirements set forth in clause (f) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” (to the extent applicable to such Mortgaged Property) to be satisfied, in all material respects, with respect to such Material Real Property.

(d)    Subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, if any additional direct or indirect Subsidiary of Bidco is formed or acquired after the Closing Date (with any Subsidiary Redesignation resulting in an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary being deemed to constitute the acquisition of a Subsidiary) and if such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Loan Party pursuant to the definition thereof and subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, within 20 Business Days after the date such Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), notify the Collateral Agent thereof and of any Material Real Property owned by such Subsidiary and, within 30 Business Days after the date such Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such longer period as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion (or, with respect to clauses (f) and (g) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” within 150 days after such formation or acquisition or such longer period as set forth therein or as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion, as applicable), cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, subject to clause (g) below.

 

107


(e)    [reserved].

(f)    Furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change (A) in any Loan Party’s corporate or organization name, (B) in any Loan Party’s identity or organizational structure, (C) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number, if applicable or (D) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or incorporation; provided, that, subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Borrower Representative shall not effect or permit any such change unless all filings, to the extent applicable and required, have been made, or will have been made within 60 days following such change (or such longer period as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), under the Uniform Commercial Code or its equivalent that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by such filing, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(g)    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 and the other Loan Documents with respect to Collateral, to the extent provided by any Subsidiary Loan Party organized in the United States, need not be satisfied with respect to any of the following (collectively, the “Excluded U.S. Property”): (i) any Real Property other than Material Real Property, (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letter of credit rights (in each case, other than to the extent a Lien on such assets or such rights can be perfected by filing a UCC-1 that is otherwise required to be filed for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the terms of the U.S. Collateral Agreements) and commercial tort claims, (iii) pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule, regulation or contractual obligation (with respect to any such contractual obligation, only to the extent such restriction is permitted under Section 6.09(c) and such restriction is binding on such assets (1) on the Closing Date or (2) on the date of the acquisition thereof and not entered into in contemplation thereof (other than in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness of the type contemplated by Section 6.01(i))) (in each case, except to the extent such prohibition is unenforceable after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) or which could require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (iv) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (provided that assets of Subsidiaries that are organized under the laws of any Security Jurisdiction on the Closing Date may not be excluded pursuant to this clause (iv)), (v) any lease, license or other agreement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (vi) those assets as to which the Applicable Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby, (vii) any governmental licenses or state or local licenses, franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (viii) any “intent-to-use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. §1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Section 1(c) or 1(d) of the Lanham Act has been filed, or if filed, has not been deemed in conformance with Section 1(a) of the Lanham Act or examined and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (ix) [reserved], (x) Securitization Assets sold to any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary or otherwise pledged, factored, transferred or sold in connection with any Permitted Securitization Financing, and any other assets subject to Liens securing Permitted Securitization Financings, (xi) any Excluded Securities, (xii) any Third Party Funds, (xiii) any equipment or other asset that is subject to a

 

108


Lien permitted by any of clauses (c), (i), (j), (aa) or (mm) of Section 6.02 or is otherwise subject to a purchase money debt or a Capitalized Lease Obligation, in each case, as permitted by Section 6.01, if the contract or other agreement providing for such debt or Capitalized Lease Obligation prohibits or requires the consent of any person (other than any Loan Party) as a condition to the creation of any other security interest on such equipment or asset and, in each case, such prohibition or requirement is permitted hereunder (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (xiv) all assets of Holdings other than Equity Interests of Bidco and intercompany receivables directly held by Holdings and pledged pursuant to the Holdings Pledge Agreement, and (xv) any other exceptions mutually agreed upon between the Borrower Representative and the Applicable Collateral Agent; provided, that the Borrower Representative may in its sole discretion elect to exclude any property from the definition of Excluded U.S. Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the Applicable Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time or waiver of requirement for the creation or perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of insurance (including title insurance) or surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower Representative, that perfection or obtaining of such items cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (B) no control agreement or control, lockbox or similar arrangement shall be required with respect to any deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts, (C) no landlord, mortgagee or bailee waivers (including any estoppel, collateral access letters or similar types of waiver) shall be required, (D) no security documents governed by, or perfection actions under, the law of a jurisdiction other than a Security Jurisdiction shall be required, (E) no periodic filing shall be required to be made (other than as expressly required pursuant to a Security Document governed by the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) and no notice shall be required to be sent to insurers, third-party account debtors or other contractual third parties prior to an Event of Default, (F) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to, or any other requirements of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Security Documents shall be subject to (x) the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles with respect to any foreign Loan Party, the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement, (y) exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents, and (z) exceptions to the extent a second-priority Lien with respect to particular types of assets may not be available in an applicable local jurisdiction (and in such case Bidco will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the lien priorities consistent with customary practice in the applicable jurisdiction) and (G) to the extent that the Collateral Agent and the Borrower Representative reasonably agree that a valid and enforceable security interest having the requisite priority can be taken on substantially all of the intended Collateral in any Security Jurisdiction on a generic basis without listing any individual assets, no specific listing of such Collateral shall be required, and (H) to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a jurisdiction with mortgage recording or similar tax, the amount secured by the Security Document with respect to such Mortgaged Property shall be limited to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative (subject to any applicable laws in the relevant jurisdiction or such lesser amount agreed to by the Applicable Collateral Agent). In addition, prior to the Discharge of First-Priority Obligations, the representations and covenants made in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to delivery of any Collateral, the security interest in which may be perfected by possession or control, shall be deemed satisfied by the delivery and possession or control of such Collateral to the Applicable Collateral Agent.

Section 5.11    Rating. Exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and to maintain (a) public ratings (but not to obtain a specific rating) from Moody’s and S&P for the Term B Loans and (b) public corporate credit ratings and corporate family ratings (but, in each case, not to obtain a specific rating) from Moody’s and S&P in respect of the Borrowers.

 

109


Section 5.12    Post-Closing. Take all necessary actions to satisfy the items described on Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement within the applicable period of time specified in such Schedule (or such longer period as the Applicable Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion).

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each of the Borrowers and Bidco (and with respect to Section 6.12, Holdings) covenants and agrees with each Lender that, until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, none of (in the case of Section 6.12) Holdings or Bidco or the Borrowers will, nor will they permit any of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01    Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a)    (i) Indebtedness existing or committed on the Closing Date (provided, that any such Indebtedness that is (x) not intercompany Indebtedness and (y) in excess of $2,500,000 shall be set forth on Schedule 6.01 to the Original Credit Agreement) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness Refinanced with Indebtedness owed to a person not affiliated with Bidco or any Subsidiary);

(b)    (i) Indebtedness created hereunder (including pursuant to Section 2.21) and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(c)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary pursuant to Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes;

(d)    Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Bidco or any Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

(e)    Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings; provided, that Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party owing to the Loan Parties incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(e) shall be subject to Section 6.04;

(f)    Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

(g)    Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    (i) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or a person merged or consolidated with Bidco or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness otherwise

 

110


incurred or assumed by Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests (including a Permitted Business Acquisition), where such acquisition, merger or consolidation is not prohibited by this Agreement; provided, that, (w) in the case of any such Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Senior Liens, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 4.35 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto, (x) in the case of any such Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other Second Liens or Junior Liens and by Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 5.75 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net Secured Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto, (y) in the case of any other such Indebtedness, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions is (I) not greater than 5.75 to 1.00 or (II) no greater than the Net Total Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior thereto and (z) in the case of any such Indebtedness incurred under this clause (h) by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party that is incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and any related transactions shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period; provided, further, that the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to subclause (x) or (y) of this clause (h)(i) incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01 and the incurrence (but not assumption) of any such term loan Indebtedness that is secured by Other Second Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02; and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness;

(i)    (i) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and other Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of the respective property (real or personal, and whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interest of any person owning such property) permitted under this Agreement in order to finance such acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, in an aggregate principal amount that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(i)(i), would not exceed the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of computer equipment (including servers), storage equipment, networking equipment and other equipment and similar assets related to the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries and any finance lease obligations not prohibited hereunder and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing;

(j)    (i) Capitalized Lease Obligations and any other Indebtedness incurred by Bidco or any Subsidiary arising from any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction that is permitted under Section 6.03, in an aggregate principal amount that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other

 

111


Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(j)(i), would not exceed $24,000,000, (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations or other obligations or deferrals attributable to capital spending and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing;

(k)    (i) other Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(k), would not exceed the greater of $36,000,000 and 0.31 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(l)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount up to the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received after the Closing Date by Bidco from (x) the issuance or sale of its Qualified Equity Interests (or shareholder loans on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or (y) a cash contribution to its common equity with the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale by Holdings or a Parent Entity of its Qualified Equity Interests (or shareholder loans on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or a cash contribution to its common equity (in each case of (x) and (y), other than proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests to, or contributions from, Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries), to the extent such net cash proceeds do not constitute Excluded Contributions or Permitted Cure Securities;

(m)    Guarantees (i) by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of any Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, (ii) by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party to the extent such Guarantees are permitted by Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(v)) and (iii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness of another Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party; provided, that Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party under this Section 6.01(m) of any other Indebtedness of a person that is subordinated to other Indebtedness of such person shall be expressly subordinated to the Loan Obligations to at least the same extent as such underlying Indebtedness is subordinated;

(n)    Indebtedness arising from agreements of Bidco or any Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price or similar obligations (including earn-outs, which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt and to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any earn-outs pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement), in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Business Acquisition, other Investments or the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary not prohibited by this Agreement;

(o)    Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued to support performance obligations and trade-related letters of credit (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practices;

(p)    Indebtedness in respect of bank guarantees, sureties (Bürgschaften) or any other instruments issued by a bank or financial institution upon request of Bidco or any Subsidiary in order to comply with the requirements of section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(q)    (i) Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Senior Liens so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 4.35 to 1.00; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (q)(i) at such time that is

 

112


incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), this Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(r)    (i) Indebtedness secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other Second Liens or Junior Liens and by Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00; provided, that (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (r)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), this Section 6.01(r)(i), Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period and (y) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (r)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01 and the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (r)(i) in the form of term loans that are secured by Other Second Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(s)    (i) unsecured Indebtedness so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00; provided, that (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (s)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i), this Section 6.01(s)(i) and Section 6.01(z)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period and (y) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (s)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.01, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(t)    (i) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount outstanding that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(t), would not exceed the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(u)    Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of Bidco or any Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided, that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedging Agreements;

(v)    Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Bidco or any Subsidiary (or, to the extent such work is done for Bidco or the Subsidiaries, any direct or indirect parent thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

113


(w)    Indebtedness in connection with Permitted Securitization Financings in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $36,000,000 and 0.31 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period;

(x)    obligations in respect of Cash Management Agreements;

(y)    (i) Refinancing Notes and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof;

(z)    (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed at the time of incurrence the Incremental Amount available at such time; provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (z)(i) at such time that is incurred by a Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Loan Party shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i) (to the extent set forth therein), Section 6.01(q)(i), Section 6.01(r)(i) and Section 6.01(s)(i) that are incurred by Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, (B) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to this clause (z)(i) shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.01, and (C) the incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money secured by Liens on Collateral that are Other Second Liens pursuant to this clause (z)(i) in the form of term loans shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(aa)    [reserved];

(bb)    (i) Indebtedness of, incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures in an aggregate principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(bb), would not exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(cc)    Indebtedness issued by Bidco or any Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or of Holdings or any Parent Entity, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity permitted by Section 6.06;

(dd)    Indebtedness consisting of obligations of Bidco or any Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Business Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(ee)    Indebtedness of Bidco or any Subsidiary to or on behalf of any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of Bidco and the Subsidiaries;

(ff)    Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(gg)    Indebtedness supported by a letter of credit issued under any revolving credit or letter of credit facility permitted by Section 6.01;

 

114


(hh)    (i) (x) Indebtedness incurred under the First Lien Credit Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 6.01(hh)(i)(x) not to exceed (A) $550,000,000, plus (B) the amount of any Excluded Transaction Debt incurred under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and (y) Indebtedness incurred utilizing the definition of “Incremental Amount” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(ii)    [reserved];

(jj)    Indebtedness expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum; and

(kk)    all premium (if any, including tender premiums) expenses, defeasance costs, interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (jj) above or refinancings thereof.

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, (a) no Indebtedness may be incurred by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower pursuant to this Section 6.01 unless such Indebtedness is also permitted under Article VIA, (b) with respect to any unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $30,000,000 incurred under Sections 6.01(h) (only with respect to Indebtedness that is incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or Equity Interests), 6.01(l), 6.01(s) or 6.01(z), (i) such Indebtedness shall be incurred as primary obligor only by Bidco, the Lux Borrower and/or the US Borrower, (ii) such Indebtedness shall provide for the automatic release of any borrower (in the case such Indebtedness is incurred as primary obligor by the US Borrower), guarantor or guarantee in respect of such Indebtedness and/or the sale, transfer or novation of any such Indebtedness (in the case such Indebtedness is incurred as primary obligor by the US Borrower) and/or any guarantee of such Indebtedness, in each case on terms substantially equivalent in all material respects to those set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule II of the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement regulating the facilitation of Distressed Disposals and Appropriation (or on terms better for the Lenders) or on terms customarily included in intercreditor arrangements in the European leveraged finance market in relation to subordinated Indebtedness (as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment), (iii) the terms of such Indebtedness shall provide for restrictions on the acceleration and enforcement of the obligations thereunder and the turnover of any receipts in contravention of such provisions on terms customarily included in intercreditor arrangements in the European leveraged finance market in relation to subordinated Indebtedness (as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in the exercise of reasonable judgment) and (iv) the terms of such Indebtedness shall provide for the Secured Parties hereunder to be the third party beneficiaries of the terms in the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and prohibit the amendment or other modification of such terms without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties if such amendment or other modification would cause such terms to fail to comply with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and (c) Indebtedness (i) between Holdings, Bidco and any Subsidiary or (ii) incurred by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the Equity Contribution and owed to any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings, shall only be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 to the extent subordinated to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the Subordination Agreement (provided that, any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party shall only be required to accede to the Subordination Agreement if it makes any loan, credit or other Indebtedness available to one or more other Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $30,000,000).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 or Section 6.02, the amount of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be calculated based on customary currency exchange rates in effect, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness) on or prior to the Closing Date, on the

 

115


Closing Date and, in the case of such Indebtedness incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness) after the Closing Date, on the date on which such Indebtedness was incurred (in respect of term Indebtedness) or committed (in respect of revolving Indebtedness); provided, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars (or in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount, as applicable, of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums), accrued interest, defeasance costs and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

Further, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01:

(A) Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.01(a) through (kk) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof,

(B) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.01(a) through (kk) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the clauses set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”), the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01 and at the time of incurrence, classification or reclassification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred, classified or reclassified pursuant to any other clause (or portion thereof) at such time; provided, that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date under this Agreement shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 6.01 and (y) all Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (hh)(i)(x) of this Section 6.01,

(C) in connection with (1) the incurrence of revolving loan Indebtedness under this Section 6.01 or (2) any commitment relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Section 6.01 and the granting of any Lien to secure such Indebtedness, in each case, in connection with a Permitted Business Acquisition or similar Investment whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of third-party financing, the Borrower Representative may designate the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the granting of such Lien therefor as having occurred on the date of first incurrence of such revolving loan Indebtedness or commitment (such date, the “Deemed Date”), and any related subsequent actual incurrence and the granting of such Lien therefor will be deemed for purposes of this Section 6.01 and Section 6.02 of this Agreement to have been incurred or granted on such Deemed Date, including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating usage of any baskets hereunder (if applicable), the Net Total Leverage Ratio, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio and EBITDA (and all such calculations, without duplication, on the Deemed Date and on any subsequent date until such commitment is funded or terminated or such election is rescinded without the incurrence thereby shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the deemed incurrence, the granting of any Lien therefor and related transactions in connection therewith) and

 

116


(D) for purposes of calculating the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Net Total Leverage Ratio under Section 6.01(h), (q), (r), (s) and/or (z) on any date of incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to such Section 6.01(h), (q), (r), (s) and/or (z), the net cash proceeds funded by financing sources upon the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred at such time shall not be netted against the applicable amount of Consolidated Debt for purposes of such calculation of the Net Secured Leverage Ratio, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio or the Net Total Leverage Ratio, as applicable, at such time. In addition, with respect to any Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred hereunder on the date of such incurrence, any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness shall also be permitted hereunder after the date of such incurrence.

This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

With respect to any Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under Section 6.01(h)(i) (solely to the extent set forth therein), 6.01(r)(i), 6.01(s)(i) and 6.01(z)(i), (1) the stated maturity date of any such Indebtedness shall be no earlier than the Term B Facility Maturity Date as in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (2) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans in effect at the time such Indebtedness is incurred.

Section 6.02    Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any person) of Bidco or any Subsidiary at the time owned by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

(a)    (i) Liens on property or assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date (or created following the Closing Date pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date requiring the creation of such Liens) and, to the extent securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.02(a) to the Original Credit Agreement and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided, that such Liens shall secure only those obligations that they secure on the Closing Date (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such obligations permitted by Section 6.01) and shall not subsequently apply to any other property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, and (B) proceeds and products thereof; and (ii) prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, Liens securing any Existing Debt Agreement solely for the period prior to the prompt execution, delivery and filing of instruments, documents or agreements necessary in the applicable local jurisdictions to evidence and confirm the release of such Liens;

(b)    any Lien created under the Loan Documents or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage;

(c)    any Lien on any property or asset of Bidco or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(h); provided, that (i) in the case of Liens that do not extend to the Collateral, such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries not securing such Indebtedness at the date of the acquisition of such property or asset and accessions and additions thereto and proceeds and products thereof (other than after-acquired property required to be subjected to such Lien pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness

 

117


(and refinancings thereof)), (ii) in the case of Liens on the Collateral that are (or are intended to be) junior in priority to the Liens securing the Term B Loans, such Liens shall be subject to a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) in the case of Liens on the Collateral that are (or are intended to be) senior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Term B Loans, such Liens shall be subject to a Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) in the case of Liens on the Collateral that are (or are intended to be) pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Term B Loans, (x) such Liens shall be subject to a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (y) any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans secured by such Liens shall be subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02;

(d)    Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent by more than 30 days or that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

(e)    Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, supplier’s, construction or other like Liens, securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, Bidco or any Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(f)    (i) pledges and deposits and other Liens made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with the Federal Employers Liability Act (or any similar act or legislation in other jurisdictions) or any other workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations (including, but not limited to, section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV)) and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations and (ii) pledges and deposits and other Liens securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(g)    deposits and other Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, agreements with utilities, and other obligations of a like nature (including letters of credit in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    (i) zoning restrictions (including, without limitation, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use or occupancy of Real Property imposed by any Governmental Authority), easements, survey exceptions, trackage rights, leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions and declarations on or with respect to the use of Real Property (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights registered in section II (Abteilung II) of a German land register extract), servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements and other similar encumbrances imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business and (ii) title defects or irregularities or encroachments or survey defects, in each case that are of a minor nature and that, in the aggregate, do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(i)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(i) or (j); provided, that such Liens do not apply to any property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired, leased, constructed, replaced, repaired or improved with such Indebtedness (or the

 

118


Indebtedness Refinanced thereby) or sold in the applicable Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, and accessions and additions thereto, proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and related property; provided, further, that individual financings provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings provided by such lender (and its Affiliates) (it being understood that with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (i) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then any Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (i) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be Junior Liens);

(j)    Liens arising out of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted under Section 6.03, so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions and additions thereto or proceeds and products thereof and related property;

(k)    Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(l)    Liens disclosed by the title insurance policies delivered on or subsequent to the Closing Date and pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.10 or Schedule 5.12 to the Original Credit Agreement and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien; provided, that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal; provided, further, that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

(m)    any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any leases or subleases entered into by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(n)    Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (and related pledges) (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks and other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposits, sweep accounts, reserve accounts or similar accounts of Bidco or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Bidco or any Subsidiary, including with respect to credit card charge-backs and similar obligations, or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers, suppliers or service providers of Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(o)    Liens (i) arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights or pursuant to the general conditions of banks drawn up by the Netherlands Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) and the Consumers Union (Consumentenbound) or any other general conditions used by, or agreement or arrangement with a bank operating in the Netherlands, Germany (including general terms and conditions of banks or Sparkassen (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken oder Sparkassen)) or any other applicable jurisdiction to the same effect as banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (iv) in respect of Third Party Funds or (v) in favor of credit card companies pursuant to agreements therewith;

(p)    Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations permitted under Section 6.01(f), (k) or (o) and covering the property (or the documents of title in respect of such property) financed by such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations and the proceeds and products thereof;

 

119


(q)    leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including with respect to Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business not adversely interfering in any material respect with the business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(r)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(s)    Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted hereunder;

(t)    (i) Liens with respect to property or assets of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing obligations of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party permitted under Section 6.01(t) and (ii) Liens with respect to property or assets of the applicable joint venture or the Equity Interests of such joint venture securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(bb) (it being understood that with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (t)(ii) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then any Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (t)(ii) to secure Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be Junior Liens);

(u)    Liens on any amounts held by a trustee or agent under any indenture or other debt agreement issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture or other debt agreement pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions;

(v)    the prior rights of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(w)    agreements to subordinate any interest of Bidco or any Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x)    Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding operating leases or other obligations not constituting Indebtedness;

(y)    Liens (i) on Equity Interests of, or loans to, joint ventures (A) securing obligations of such joint venture or (B) pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangement and (ii) on Equity Interests of, or loans to, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(z)    Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Permitted Investments under clause (c) of the definition thereof;

(aa)    Liens in respect of (i) Permitted Securitization Financings that extend only to the assets subject thereto or bank accounts related thereto and (ii) Equity Interests of, or any assets held by, Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiaries;

(bb)    Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements; provided, that such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums;

 

120


(cc)    in the case of Real Property that constitutes a leasehold interest, any Lien to which the fee simple interest (or any superior leasehold interest) is subject;

(dd)    Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligation (i) of Bidco or a Subsidiary in favor of Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party and (ii) of any Subsidiary that is not Loan Party in favor of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(ee)    Liens (i) on not more than $12,000,000 of deposits securing Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes and (ii) on cash or Permitted Investments securing Hedging Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law;

(ff)    Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a commercial letter of credit, bank guarantee or bankers’ acceptance issued or created for the account of Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Lien secures only the obligations of Bidco or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit, bank guarantee or banker’s acceptance to the extent permitted under Section 6.01;

(gg)    Liens on Collateral that are Other Second Liens or Junior Liens and Liens on the non-Collateral assets of Bidco and the Subsidiaries, so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00; provided that any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans secured by such Other Second Liens under this clause (gg) shall be subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.02;

(hh)    Liens on Collateral that are Senior Liens, so long as immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Senior Liens and the use of proceeds thereof, the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is not greater than 5.75 to 1.00;

(ii)    (i) Liens on Collateral that are Other Second Liens or Junior Liens, so long as such Other First Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b), 6.01(h)(i)(x), 6.01(r), 6.01(y) or 6.01(z) (and, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) and (ii) Liens on Collateral that are Senior Liens, so long as such Senior Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(h)(i)(w), 6.01(q) or 6.01(hh) (and any Hedging Agreements and Cash Management Agreements that are secured by Liens governed by the same collateral agreements that govern any other Liens permitted by this Section 6.02(ii)(ii)) (and, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

(jj)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention (including extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt)) or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(kk)    Liens to secure any Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance (or successive Indebtedness issued or incurred for subsequent Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by this Section 6.02 (but without reloading any dollar- or asset-based basket); provided, however, that (u) with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk), if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Junior Liens, then such Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk) shall also be Junior Liens, (v) with respect to any Liens on the Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk), if Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Other Second Liens, then such Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk) may also be Other Second Liens or Junior Liens, (w) with respect to any Liens on Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk), if Liens on the

 

121


Collateral securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced (if any) were Senior Liens, then such Liens on such Collateral being incurred under this clause (kk) may also be Senior Liens, Other Second Liens or Junior Liens, (x) (other than Liens contemplated by the foregoing clauses (u), (v) and (w)) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same type of property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on and accessions to such property, proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and any other assets pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent such assets secured (or would have secured) the Indebtedness being Refinanced), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or, if greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness at the time the original Lien became a Lien permitted hereunder, (B) unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) and (C) an amount necessary to pay any associated underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses, and (z) on the date of the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens, the grantors of any such Liens shall be no different from the grantors of the Liens securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced or grantors that would have been obligated to secure such Indebtedness or a Loan Party;

(ll)    other Liens with respect to property or assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary securing obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount that, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Liens, would not exceed the greater of $36,000,000 and 0.31 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period;

(mm)    Liens on property of, or on Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, any person existing at the time (A) such person becomes a Subsidiary or (B) such person or property is acquired by Bidco or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens do not extend to any other assets of Bidco or any Subsidiary (other than accessions and additions thereto and proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property) and (ii) such Liens secure only those obligations which they secure on the date such person becomes a Subsidiary or the date of such acquisition (and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof);

(nn)    [reserved];

(oo)    [reserved]; and

(pp)    Senior Liens on any property or asset of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to secure any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(hh).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.02(a) through (pp) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Sections 6.02(a) through (pp), the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.02 and at the time of incurrence, classification or reclassification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or any portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Indebtedness that may be incurred, classified or reclassified pursuant to any other clause (or any portion thereof) at such time. In addition, with respect to any revolving loan Indebtedness or commitment to incur Indebtedness that is designated to be incurred on

 

122


any Deemed Date pursuant to clause (C) of the third paragraph of Section 6.01, any Lien that does or that shall secure such Indebtedness may also be designated by the Borrower Representative or any Subsidiary to be incurred on such Deemed Date and, in such event, any related subsequent actual incurrence of such Lien shall be deemed for purposes of Section 6.01 and 6.02 of this Agreement, without duplication, to be incurred on such prior date (and on any subsequent date until such commitment is funded or terminated or such election is rescinded), including for purposes of calculating usage of any Permitted Lien. In addition, with respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.

With respect to (x) Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date in the form of term loans that are secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Other Second Liens incurred under Section 6.02(gg) or (y) any Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred (but not assumed) in the form of term loans pursuant to Section 6.01(h)(i)(x) or any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(r)(i) or Section 6.01(z)(i), in each case, prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date that is secured by Liens on the Collateral that are Other Second Liens (any such Indebtedness, “Pari Term Loans”), if the All-in Yield in respect of such Pari Term Loans exceeds the All-in Yield in respect of the Term B Loans on the Closing Date by more than 0.50% (such difference, the “Pari Yield Differential”), then the Applicable Margin (or “LIBOR floor” as provided in the following proviso) applicable to such Term B Loans on the Closing Date shall be increased such that after giving effect to such increase, the Pari Yield Differential shall not exceed 0.50%; provided that, to the extent any portion of the Pari Yield Differential is attributable to a higher “LIBOR floor” being applicable to such Pari Term Loans, such floor shall only be included in the calculation of the Pari Yield Differential to the extent such floor is greater than the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect for an Interest Period of three months’ duration at such time, and, with respect to such excess, the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such outstanding Term B Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Pari Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to such Term B Loans.

Section 6.03    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter, as part of such transaction, rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction”); provided, that a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall be permitted (a) with respect to (i) Excluded Property, or (ii) property owned by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party regardless of when such property was acquired, and (b) with respect to any other property owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (x) if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is of property owned by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party, the Net Proceeds therefrom are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.11(b) and (y) with respect to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to this clause (b) with Net Proceeds in excess of $3,000,000 individually or $12,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, the requirements of the last paragraph of Section 6.05 shall apply to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to the extent provided therein.

Section 6.04    Investments, Loans and Advances. (i) Purchase or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with a person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger) any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other person, (ii) make any loans or advances to or Guarantees of the Indebtedness of any other person (other than in respect of (A) intercompany liabilities incurred in connection with the cash management, Tax and accounting operations of Bidco and its Subsidiaries and (B) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-overs or extensions

 

123


of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practices), or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, (x) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another person or (y) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such person (each of the foregoing, an “Investment”), except:

(a)    the Transactions;

(b)     (i) Investments by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the Equity Interests of Bidco or any Subsidiary; (ii) intercompany loans from Bidco or any Subsidiary to Bidco or any Subsidiary; and (iii) Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of Bidco or any Subsidiary; provided, that as at any date of determination, the aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) of (A) Investments made after the Closing Date by the Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (i) in Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties, plus (B) net outstanding intercompany loans made after the Closing Date by the Loan Parties to Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (ii), plus (C) outstanding Guarantees by the Loan Parties of Indebtedness after the Closing Date of Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to subclause (iii) (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this proviso any Investment made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.50 to 1.00, which Investment shall be permitted under this Section 6.04(b) without regard to such calculation), shall not exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $30,000,000 and 0.26 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment;

(c)    Permitted Investments and Investments that were Permitted Investments when made;

(d)    Investments arising out of the receipt by Bidco or any Subsidiary of non-cash consideration for the Disposition of assets permitted under Section 6.05;

(e)    loans and advances to officers, directors, employees or consultants of Bidco or any Subsidiary (i) in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed $6,000,000, (ii) in respect of payroll payments and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in connection with such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) solely to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to Bidco in cash as common equity;

(f)    accounts receivable, security deposits and prepayments arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any assets or securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

(g)    Hedging Agreements entered into for non-speculative purposes;

(h)    Investments existing on, or contractually committed as of, the Closing Date and, to the extent such Investment is in an amount in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and any extensions, renewals, replacements or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this clause (h) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment existing or committed on the Closing Date (other than pursuant to an increase as required by the terms of any such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04);

 

124


(i)    Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under Sections 6.02(f), (g), (o), (r), (s), (ee) and (ll);

(j)    other Investments by Bidco or any Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $60,000,000 and 0.52 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus (Y) any portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.04(j)(Y), which such election shall (unless such Investment is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer thereof, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, and plus (Z) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment pursuant to clause (X); provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(j) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(j);

(k)    Investments constituting Permitted Business Acquisitions;

(l)    intercompany loans between Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and Guarantees by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties permitted by Section 6.01(m);

(m)    Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business or Investments acquired by Bidco or a Subsidiary as a result of a foreclosure by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investments or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(n)    Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a person merged into or consolidated with Bidco or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, in each case, (i) to the extent such acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted under this Section 6.04, (ii) in the case of any acquisition, merger or consolidation, in accordance with Section 6.05 and (iii) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(o)    acquisitions by Bidco of obligations of one or more officers or other employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity, so long as no cash is actually advanced by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(p)    Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary of operating leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

125


(q)    Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings; provided, that the issuance of such Equity Interests are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit;

(r)    Investments in the Equity Interests of one or more newly formed persons that are received in consideration of the contribution by Holdings, Bidco or the applicable Subsidiary of assets (including Equity Interests and cash) to such person or persons; provided, that (i) the fair market value of such assets, determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative, so contributed pursuant to this clause (r) shall not in the aggregate exceed $12,000,000 and (ii) in respect of each such contribution, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative shall certify, in a form to be agreed upon by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (x) immediately after giving effect to such contribution, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (y) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the assets so contributed and (z) that the requirements of clause (i) of this proviso remain satisfied;

(s)    Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06;

(t)    Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

(u)    Guarantees by Bidco or any Subsidiary given in order to comply with the requirements of section 8a of the German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or section 7e of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(v)    Guarantees permitted under Section 6.01 (except to the extent such Guarantee is expressly subject to this Section 6.04);

(w)    advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of Bidco or any Subsidiary;

(x)    Investments by Bidco and the Subsidiaries, including loans to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco, if Bidco or any other Subsidiary would otherwise be permitted to make a Restricted Payment in such amount (provided, that the amount of any such Investment shall also be deemed to be a Restricted Payment under the appropriate clause of Section 6.06 for all purposes of this Agreement);

(y)    Investments consisting of Securitization Assets or arising as a result of Permitted Securitization Financings;

(z)    [reserved];

(aa)    to the extent constituting Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of Intellectual Property in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(bb)    [reserved];

(cc)    Investments in joint ventures; provided that the aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) of Investments made after the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 6.04(cc) (excluding for purposes of the calculation in this proviso any Investment made at a time when, immediately after giving effect thereto,

 

126


the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.50 to 1.00, which Investment shall be permitted under this Section 6.04(cc) without regard to such calculation) shall not exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $18,000,000 and 0.16 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period, plus (Y) an aggregate amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(cc) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(cc);

(dd)    Investments in Similar Businesses in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $18,000,000 and 0.16 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(dd) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(dd);

(ee)    Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to the applicable Investments, in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the sum of (X) the greater of $12,000,000 and 0.10 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period plus (Y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, that if any Investment pursuant to this Section 6.04(ee) is made in any person that was not a Subsidiary on the date on which such Investment was made but becomes a Subsidiary thereafter, then such Investment may, at the option of the Borrower Representative, upon such person becoming a Subsidiary and so long as such person remains a Subsidiary, be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.04(b) (to the extent permitted by the proviso thereto in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) and not in reliance on this Section 6.04(ee);

(ff)    other Investments so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Investment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.50 to 1.00; and

(gg)    Investments made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and Investments expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.04, no Investment by Holdings, Bidco or the Lux Borrower shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 6.04 unless such Investment is also permitted under Article VIA.

The amount of Investments that may be made at any time pursuant to Section 6.04(b), 6.04(j) or 6.04(dd) (such Sections, the “Related Sections”) may, at the election of the Borrower Representative, be increased by the amount of Investments that could be made at such time under the other Related Section; provided, that the amount of each such increase in respect of one Related Section shall be treated as having been used under the other Related Section.

 

127


Any Investment in any person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party that is otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 may be made through intermediate Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and such intermediate Investments shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the outstanding amount of Investments pursuant to any clause set forth above. The amount of any Investment made other than in the form of cash or cash equivalents shall be the fair market value thereof (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) an Investment need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Investments (or portion thereof) described in the above clauses but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Investments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses, the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify such permitted Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and at the time of classification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Investment (or any portion thereof) in one of the categories of permitted Investments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses.

Section 6.05    Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions. Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) all or any part of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or Dispose of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all of the assets of any other person or division or line of business of a person, except that this Section 6.05 shall not prohibit:

(a)    (i) the purchase and Disposition of inventory, or the sale of receivables pursuant to non-recourse factoring arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business by Bidco or any Subsidiary, (ii) the acquisition or lease (pursuant to an operating lease) of any other asset in the ordinary course of business by Bidco or any Subsidiary or, with respect to operating leases, otherwise for fair market value on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), (iii) the Disposition of surplus, obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or other property by Bidco or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm or determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative to be no longer used or useful or necessary in the operation of the business of Bidco or any Subsidiary, (iv) assignments by Bidco and any Subsidiary in connection with insurance arrangements of their rights and remedies under, and with respect to, the Acquisition Agreement in respect of any breach by the Sellers or the Company or their management of their representations and warranties set forth therein or (v) the Disposition of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b)    if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) with or into the Company in a transaction in which the Company is the survivor, (ii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary of the Company with or into any Subsidiary Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is or becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (or, in the case of any merger or consolidation involving the US Borrower, the US Borrower) and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no person other than Bidco or a Subsidiary Loan Party receives any consideration (unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04),

 

128


(iii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, (iv) the liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) if the Borrower Representative determines in good faith that such liquidation, dissolution or change in form is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, (v) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge or consolidate with any other person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 so long as the continuing or surviving person shall be a Subsidiary of the Company (unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04), which shall be (x) a Loan Party if the merging or consolidating Subsidiary of the Company was a Loan Party and (y) the US Borrower if such merger or consolidation involves the US Borrower (in each case, unless otherwise permitted by Section 6.04) and which together with each of its Subsidiaries shall have complied with any applicable requirements of Section 5.10 or (vi) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the US Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other person in order to effect an Asset Sale otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.05;

(c)    Dispositions to a Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise); provided, that any Dispositions by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party in reliance on this clause (c) shall be made in compliance with Section 6.04;

(d)    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

(e)    (i) Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Permitted Liens and Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06 and (ii) any Disposition made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement or in connection with the Transactions or expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum;

(f)    Dispositions of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

(g)    other Dispositions of assets; provided, that the Net Proceeds thereof, if any, are applied in accordance with Section 2.11(b) to the extent required thereby;

(h)    Permitted Business Acquisitions (including any merger, consolidation or amalgamation in order to effect a Permitted Business Acquisition); provided, that following any such merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving Bidco or a Borrower, such person is the surviving entity or the requirements of Section 6.05(o) are otherwise complied with;

(i)    leases, licenses or subleases or sublicenses of any real or personal property or Intellectual Property or assignments of the same in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    Dispositions of inventory or Dispositions or abandonment of Intellectual Property of Bidco and the Subsidiaries determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower Representative to be no longer useful, necessary or otherwise not material in the operation of the business of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries;

(k)    [reserved];

(l)    the purchase and Disposition (including by capital contribution) of (i) Securitization Assets pursuant to Permitted Securitization Financings and (ii) any other Securitization Assets subject to Liens securing Permitted Securitization Financing;

(m)    to the extent constituting a Disposition, any termination, settlement or extinguishment of obligations in respect of any Hedging Agreement;

 

129


(n)    any exchange of assets for services and/or other assets used or useful in a Similar Business of comparable or greater value; provided, that (i) to the extent the consideration received consists of assets, at least 90% of the consideration received by the transferor consists of assets or services that will be used in a business or business activity permitted hereunder, (ii) in the event of a swap with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) in excess of $12,000,000, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative with respect to such fair market value and (iii) in the event of a swap with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) in excess of $18,000,000, such exchange shall have been approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Borrower; provided, further, that (A) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, and (B) the Net Proceeds, if any, thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.11(b) to the extent required thereby;

(o)    if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other person (other than Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Company, provided that (A) the Company shall be the surviving entity or (B) if the surviving entity is not the Company (such other person, the “Successor Company”), (1) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of England and Wales and (2) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (or, at the option of the Successor Company, new Loan Documents in substantially similar form or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); and

(p)    Dispositions of assets in order to comply with the requirements of section 7f of Book IV of the German Social Security Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV) or the German Company Pension Act (Gesetz zur Verbesserung der betrieblichen Altersversorgung).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.05 above, no Disposition of assets under Section 6.05(g) or, solely with respect to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions referred to in clause (b)(y) of Section 6.03, under Section 6.05(d), shall be permitted unless (i) such Disposition is for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), or if not for fair market value, the shortfall is permitted as an Investment under Section 6.04, and (ii) at least 75% of the proceeds of such Disposition (except to Loan Parties) consist of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, that the provisions of this clause (ii) shall not apply to any individual transaction or series of related transactions involving assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of less than $6,000,000 or to other transactions involving assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of not more than the greater of $18,000,000 and 0.16 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period in the aggregate for all such transactions during the term of this Agreement; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (ii), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: (a) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on Bidco’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or are otherwise cancelled in connection with such transaction, (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by Bidco or such Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by Bidco or such Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), (c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Bidco or any of its Subsidiaries in such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $42,000,000 and 0.36 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended

 

130


immediately prior to the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), (d) the amount of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is no longer a Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that Holdings, Bidco and each other Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Sale and (e) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of Bidco or a Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Obligations) received from persons who are not Holdings, Bidco or a Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale and that is cancelled. For purposes of this Section 6.05, the fair market value of any assets Disposed of by Bidco or any Subsidiary shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and may be determined either, at the option of the Borrower Representative, at the time of such Disposition or as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Disposition.

Section 6.06    Dividends and Distributions. Declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any of its Equity Interests (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests payable solely by the issuance of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person paying such dividends or distributions) or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or acquire) any of Bidco’s Equity Interests or set aside any amount for any such purpose (other than through the issuance of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person redeeming, purchasing, retiring or acquiring such shares) (all of the foregoing, “Restricted Payments”); provided, however, that:

(a)    Restricted Payments may be made to Bidco or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, to Bidco or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or more favorable basis from the perspective of Bidco or such Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests);

(b)    Restricted Payments may be made in respect of (i) general corporate operating and overhead, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of Holdings or any Parent Entity, (ii) fees and expenses related to any public offering or private placement of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of Holdings or any Parent Entity whether or not consummated, (iii) franchise and similar Taxes and other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of its (or any Parent Entity’s) existence and its (or any Parent Entity’s indirect) ownership of Bidco, (iv) payments permitted by Section 6.07(b) (other than Section 6.07(b)(vii)), (v) (a) in respect of any taxable period for which Bidco and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar Tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of Bidco is the common parent, or for which Bidco is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes, Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income Taxes that Bidco and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had Bidco and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate group and (b) in respect of any taxable period for which Bidco is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes (other than a partnership or disregarded entity described in clause (a)), Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Bidco in an amount necessary to permit such direct or indirect parent of Bidco to pay or to make a pro rata distribution to its owners such that each direct or indirect owner of Bidco receives an amount from such pro rata distribution sufficient to enable such owner to pay its U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income Taxes (as applicable) attributable to its direct or indirect ownership of Bidco and its Subsidiaries with

 

131


respect to such taxable period (assuming that each owner is subject to Tax at the highest combined marginal federal, state, local and/or foreign income Tax rate applicable to any owner for such taxable period and taking into account the deductibility of state and local income Taxes for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (and any limitations thereon)), and (vi) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees and consultants of Holdings or any Parent Entity, in each case in order to permit Holdings or any Parent Entity to make such payments; provided, that in the case of subclauses (i) and (iii), the amount of such Restricted Payments shall not exceed the portion of any amounts referred to in such subclauses (i) and (iii) that are allocable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries (which (x) shall be 100% at any time that, as the case may be, (1) Holdings owns no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco and assets incidental to such equity ownership or (2) any Parent Entity owns directly or indirectly no material assets other than Equity Interests of Holdings and any other Parent Entity and assets incidental to such equity ownership and (y) in all other cases shall be as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(c)    Restricted Payments may be made to Holdings, the proceeds of which are used to purchase or redeem the Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) held by then present or former directors, consultants, officers or employees of any Parent Entity, Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries or by any Plan or any shareholders’ agreement then in effect upon such person’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or under the terms of any such Plan or any other agreement under which such shares of stock or related rights were issued; provided, that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions under this clause (c) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $7,200,000 (which shall increase to $14,400,000 subsequent to a Qualified IPO) (plus (x) the amount of net proceeds contributed to Bidco that were received by Holdings or any Parent Entity during such calendar year from sales of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity to directors, consultants, officers or employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with permitted employee compensation and incentive arrangements; provided, that such proceeds are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit, (y) the amount of net proceeds of any key-man life insurance policies received during such calendar year, and (z) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or the Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests), which, if not used in any year, may be carried forward to any subsequent calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Bidco or any Subsidiary from members of management of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or the Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.06;

(d)    any person may make non-cash repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options;

(e)    Restricted Payments may be made in an aggregate amount equal to a portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.06(e), which such election shall (unless such Restricted Payment is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied; provided, that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(f)    Restricted Payments may be made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, including payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders or stockholders exercising appraisal rights pursuant to applicable law and as expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum;

 

132


(g)    Restricted Payments may be made to pay, or to allow Holdings or any Parent Entity to make payments, in cash, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, upon the exercise of warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of any such person;

(h)    after a Qualified IPO, Restricted Payments may be made to pay, or to allow Holding or any Parent Entity to pay, dividends and make distributions to, or repurchase or redeem shares from, its equity holders in an amount per annum no greater than 6.0% of the Market Capitalization; provided, that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(i)    Restricted Payments may be made to Holdings or any Parent Entity to finance any Investment that if made by Bidco or any Subsidiary directly would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to Bidco or a Subsidiary or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation (to the extent permitted in Section 6.05) of the person formed or acquired into Bidco or a Subsidiary in order to consummate such Permitted Business Acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.10 and (C) such Investment shall not be included in the calculation of Cumulative Credit;

(j)    other Restricted Payments may be made in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 0.22 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment; provided, that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(k)    Restricted Payments may be made under the Acquisition Agreement (including to fund the payment of any earn-outs pursuant to the terms thereof);

(l)    Restricted Payments may be made in an amount equal to Excluded Contributions;

(m)    other Restricted Payments may be made; provided that, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.20 to 1.00;

(n)    any consideration, payment, dividend, distribution or other transfer in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing; and

(o)    prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Restricted Payments may be made with the proceeds of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $120,000,000 and 1.03 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Test Period ended immediately prior to the date of such Restricted Payment; provided that, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 6.40 to 1.00.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.06 will not prohibit the payment of any Restricted Payment or the consummation of any redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) a Restricted Payment need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses but may be permitted in part under any combination

 

133


thereof and (B) in the event that a Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses, the Borrower Representative may, in its sole discretion, classify such permitted Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and at the time of classification will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in one of the categories of permitted Restricted Payments (or any portion thereof) described in the above clauses.

Section 6.07    Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transaction with, any of its Affiliates (other than Holdings, Bidco and the Subsidiaries or any person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) in a transaction (or series of related transactions) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $12,000,000, unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted (or required) under this Agreement or (ii) upon terms that are substantially no less favorable to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of Bidco or such Subsidiary in good faith.

(b)    The foregoing clause (a) shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement,

(i)    any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, equity purchase agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco,

(ii)    loans or advances to employees or consultants of Holdings (or any Parent Entity), Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 6.04(e),

(iii)    transactions among Bidco or any Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction (including via merger, consolidation or amalgamation in which Bidco or a Subsidiary is the surviving entity),

(iv)    the payment of fees, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and indemnities to directors, officers, consultants and employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (limited, in the case of any Parent Entity, to the portion of such fees and expenses that are allocable to Bidco and the Subsidiaries (which (x) shall be 100% for so long as Holdings or such Parent Entity, as the case may be, owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of Bidco, Holdings or any Parent Entity and assets incidental to the ownership of Bidco and the Subsidiaries and (y) in all other cases shall be as determined in good faith by management of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco)),

(v)    subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.07(b)(xiv), if applicable, the Transactions, the Post-Closing Transactions and any transactions pursuant to the Transaction Documents and permitted transactions, agreements and arrangements in existence on the Closing Date and, to the extent involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.07 to the Original Credit Agreement or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof or similar arrangement to the extent such amendment, replacement or arrangement is not adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith),

 

134


(vi)    (A) any employment agreements entered into by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (B) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with employees, officers or directors, and (C) any employee compensation, benefit plan or arrangement, any health, disability or similar insurance plan which covers employees, and any reasonable employment contract and transactions pursuant thereto,

(vii)    Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06, including payments to Holdings (and any Parent Entity), and Investments permitted under Section 6.04,

(viii)    any purchase by Holdings of the Equity Interests of Bidco; provided, that any Equity Interests of Bidco purchased by Holdings (prior to a Qualified IPO of Bidco) shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent (and deliver the relevant certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests to the Applicable Collateral Agent) on behalf of the Lenders to the extent required by the Holdings Pledge Agreement,

(ix)    payments by Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries to any Co-Investor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco in good faith,

(x)    transactions for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment, products, parts and services entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(xi)    any transaction in respect of which the Borrower Representative delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter addressed to the Board of Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is in the good faith determination of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco, as applicable, qualified to render such letter, which letter states that (i) such transaction is on terms that are substantially no less favorable to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate or (ii) such transaction is fair to Bidco or such Subsidiary, as applicable, from a financial point of view,

(xii)    subject to subclause (xiv) below, if applicable, the payment of all fees, expenses, bonuses and awards related to the Transactions, including fees to any Co-Investor,

(xiii)    transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment, products, parts and services entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm,

(xiv)    any agreement to pay, and the payment of, monitoring, consulting, management, transaction, advisory or similar fees payable to any Co-Investor (A) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $1,600,000 and 1.5% of EBITDA for any such fiscal year, plus reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses and indemnities in connection therewith in any fiscal year and unpaid amounts for any prior periods from and including the fiscal year in which the Closing Date occurs; plus (2) any deferred, accrued or other fees in respect of any fiscal years from and including the fiscal year in which the Closing Date occurs (to the extent such fees in the aggregate do not exceed the amounts described in clause (A)(1) above in respect of such fiscal years), plus (B) 1.0% of the value of transactions with respect to any Co-Investor provides any transaction, advisory or other services (including in

 

135


connection with the Transactions), plus (C) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the present value of all future amounts payable pursuant to any agreement referred to in clause (A)(1) above in connection with the termination of such agreement with a Co-Investor; provided, that if any such payment pursuant to clause (C) is not permitted to be paid as a result of an Event of Default, such payment shall accrue and may be payable when no Events of Default are continuing to the extent that no further Event of Default would result therefrom,

(xv)    the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests of Bidco to Holdings and capital contributions by Holdings to Bidco,

(xvi)    the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity to the management of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions,

(xvii)    payments by Holdings (or any Parent Entity), Bidco and the Subsidiaries pursuant to a Tax sharing agreement or arrangement (whether written or as a matter of practice) that complies with clause (v) of Section 6.06(b),

(xviii)    transactions pursuant to any Permitted Securitization Financing,

(xix)    payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees or consultants that are (i) approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco in good faith, (ii) made in compliance with applicable law and (iii) otherwise permitted under this Agreement,

(xx)    transactions with customers, clients or suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norm otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to Bidco or the Subsidiaries (in the good faith determination of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or of Bidco),

(xxi)    transactions between Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries and any person, a director of which is also a director of Bidco or any direct or indirect parent company of Bidco; provided, however, that (A) such director abstains from voting as a director of Bidco or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person and (B) such person is not an Affiliate of any Borrower for any reason other than such director’s acting in such capacity,

(xxii)    transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 6.05,

(xxiii)    (i) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative) for the purpose of improving the consolidated Tax efficiency of Bidco and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth herein and (ii) transactions expressly contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement (including earn-outs pursuant to the terms thereof) or the Tax Memorandum, and

(xxiv)    Investments by any Co-Investor in securities of Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries so long as (A) the Investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the Investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

 

136


Section 6.08    Business of Bidco and the Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, engage at any time to any material extent in any business or business activity substantially different from any business or business activity conducted by any of them on the Closing Date or any Similar Business, other than Permitted Securitization Financings.

Section 6.09    Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc. (a) Amend or modify in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), or grant any waiver or release under or terminate in any manner (if such granting or termination shall be materially adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative)), the articles or certificate of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or constitutive documents of Bidco or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

(b)    (i) Make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of, or in respect of, principal of or interest on any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination in respect of any Junior Financing, except for:

(A)    Refinancings with any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01;

(B)    payments of regularly-scheduled interest and fees due thereunder, other non-principal payments thereunder, any mandatory prepayments of principal, interest and fees thereunder, scheduled payments thereon necessary to avoid the Junior Financing from constituting “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(l) of the Code, and, to the extent this Agreement is then in effect, principal on the scheduled maturity date of any Junior Financing (or within twelve months thereof);

(C)    payments or distributions in respect of all or any portion of the Junior Financing with the proceeds contributed to Bidco by Holdings from the issuance, sale or exchange by Holdings (or any Parent Entity) of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock made within eighteen months prior thereto; provided, that such proceeds are not included in any determination of the Cumulative Credit;

(D)    the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings;

(E)    so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings prior to any scheduled maturity made, in an aggregate amount, not to exceed a portion of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower Representative elects to apply to this Section 6.09(b)(i)(E), which such election shall (unless such payment or distribution is made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Credit) be set forth in a written notice of a Responsible Officer thereof, which notice shall set forth calculations in reasonable detail of the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(F)    other payments and distributions in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any subsequent change in value) not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 0.22 times the EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the then most recently ended Test Period; provided, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

137


(G)    other payments and distributions in respect of Junior Financing; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and, after giving effect to such payment or distribution, the Net Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis would not exceed 5.20 to 1.00; or

(ii)    Amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of, any provision of any Junior Financing that constitutes Material Indebtedness, or any agreement, document or instrument evidencing or relating thereto, other than amendments or modifications that (A) are not materially adverse to Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and that do not affect the subordination or payment provisions thereof (if any) in a manner adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (B) otherwise comply with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.”

(c)    Permit any Material Subsidiary to enter into any agreement or instrument that by its terms restricts (i) the payment of dividends or distributions or the making of cash advances to Bidco or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary or (ii) the granting of Liens by Bidco or such Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party pursuant to the Security Documents, in each case other than those arising under any Loan Document, except, in each case, restrictions existing by reason of:

(A)    restrictions imposed by applicable law;

(B)    contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including under Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, any Ancillary Documents, any First Lien Loan Documents, any Refinancing Notes or any agreements related to any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness and, in each case, any similar contractual encumbrances or restrictions and any amendment, modification, supplement, replacement or refinancing of such agreements or instruments that does not materially expand the scope of any such encumbrance or restriction (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(C)    any restriction on a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Equity Interests or assets of a Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(D)    customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(E)    any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(F)    any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01 or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, to the extent such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the restrictions contained in this Agreement or are market terms at the time of issuance (in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative);

(G)    customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of Intellectual Property and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

138


(H)    customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest;

(I)    customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(J)    customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any asset permitted under Section 6.05 pending the consummation of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition;

(K)    customary restrictions and conditions contained in the document relating to any Lien, so long as (1) such Lien is a Permitted Lien and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien, and (2) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Section 6.09;

(L)    customary net worth provisions contained in Real Property leases entered into by Subsidiaries, so long as the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of Bidco and the Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations;

(M)    any agreement in effect at the time such subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary;

(N)    restrictions in agreements representing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party;

(O)    customary restrictions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or Equity Interests or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby as long as such restrictions relate to the Equity Interests and assets subject thereto;

(P)    restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(Q)    restrictions contained in any Permitted Securitization Document;

(R)    customary restrictions imposed under any general conditions of a bank operating in the Netherlands with respect to receivables against an account bank; and

(S)    any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 6.09(c)(i) and 6.09(c)(ii) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of or similar arrangements to the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (A) through (R) above; provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, refinancings or similar arrangements are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions as contemplated by such provisions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement, refinancing or similar arrangement.

Section 6.10    Fiscal Year. In the case of Bidco, permit any change to its fiscal year without prior notice to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

139


Section 6.11    [Reserved].

Section 6.12    Centre of Main Interest. In the case of Holdings, Bidco and each Subsidiary Loan Party whose centre of main interest is located in any member state of the European Union as of the Closing Date, knowingly or intentionally take the steps required to change the “centre of main interest” (as such term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast)) of such Loan Party unless: (a) such person is changing its centre of main interest to a centre of main interest located in the same country as its original centre of main interest, (b) the change of such person’s centre of main interest would not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders in respect of the Loan Documents, or (c) in the case of any Subsidiary Loan Parties (other than the Company or the Lux Borrower), such steps are not taken with the principal intention of achieving the purpose of changing its centre of main interest.

ARTICLE VIA

Holdings Negative Covenants

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of Holdings, Bidco and the Lux Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with each Lender that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a)    subject to paragraph (b) below, it shall not own or acquire any material assets (other than cash and cash equivalents) or engage in any material business or activity other than (i) (x) in the case of Holdings, the ownership of all the outstanding Equity Interests in Bidco, (y) in the case of Bidco, the ownership of (A) all the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company and the Lux Borrower and (B) all or a portion of the Equity Interests in the US Borrower, and (z) in the case of the Lux Borrower, incurring Indebtedness and on-lending the proceeds in respect thereof, including pursuant to the Bidco Loan Notes, in each case in accordance with paragraph (b) below, and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its corporate existence and activities incidental thereto, including general and corporate overhead, provided that so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, it may change its jurisdiction of incorporation subject to compliance with Section 6.12 and provided that its Guarantee of the Obligations and the Lien on all Collateral held by it under the Loan Documents shall remain in effect to the same extent as immediately prior to such change of its jurisdiction of incorporation, (iii) activities required to comply with applicable laws, (iv) the receipt of, or the making of, Restricted Payments, in each case, to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.06 and not inconsistent with paragraph (b) below, (v) the obtainment of, and the payment of, any fees and expenses for management, consulting, investment banking and advisory services to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) compliance with its obligations under the Loan Documents or any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement in respect of Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 6.01, (vii) substantially concurrently with any issuance of IPO Equity, the redemption, purchase or retirement of any Equity Interests of Holdings or Bidco using the proceeds of, or conversion or exchange of any Equity Interests of Holdings or Bidco for, such IPO Equity, (viii) in connection with, and following the completion of, a Qualified IPO, activities necessary or reasonably advisable for or incidental to the initial registration and listing of Holdings’ or Bidco’s common stock and the continued existence of Holdings or Bidco as a public company, (ix) activities incidental to legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities, including without limitation the provision of management services to the Target Group, entering into confidentiality agreements, and maintaining insurance, (x) activities expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (xi) the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of any Indebtedness or other liabilities not prohibited by paragraph (b) or (c) below;

 

140


(b)    (i) (x) the only Equity Interests which Holdings shall hold shall be the Equity Interests in Bidco, (y) the only Equity Interests which Bidco shall hold shall be the Equity Interests in the Company, the Lux Borrower and the US Borrower and (z) the Lux Borrower shall not hold any Equity Interests and (ii) (x) the only Indebtedness in respect of which Holdings shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness to Bidco which is not prohibited under this Agreement, (y) the only Indebtedness in respect of which Bidco shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness (A) to the Company, (B) to any Subsidiary Loan Party incorporated in Germany (provided that such Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under a loan agreement or instrument governed by English law), (C) to Rose Midco Limited (provided that such Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under hedging documentation governed by English or New York law) or (D) to a third party hedge provider (provided that such Indebtedness is (I) expressly contemplated by the Tax Memorandum and (II) documented under hedging documentation governed by New York law) or (z) the only Indebtedness in respect of which the Lux Borrower shall be the creditor shall be loans or other Indebtedness to Bidco (including the Bidco Loan Notes); provided that, all such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Loan Obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the Subordination Agreement and subject to security in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties);

(c)    it shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness or other liabilities except (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents, (ii) in the case of Bidco and the Lux Borrower, any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and (iii) in the case of Holdings, any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; and

(d)    it shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien other than (i) Liens created under the Loan Documents and (ii) Liens permitted by Section 6.02 on (x) any of the Equity Interests issued by Bidco or intercompany receivables held by Holdings, (y) any of the Equity Interests issued by the Company, the Lux Borrower or the US Borrower, or intercompany receivables held by Bidco or (z) any intercompany receivables held by the Lux Borrower.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Section 7.01    Events of Default. Subject to Section 7.04, in case any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or any certificate or document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made or deemed made and such false or misleading representation or warranty (if curable) shall remain false or misleading for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Representative;

(b)    default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c)    default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or in the payment of any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

141


(d)    default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, Bidco or any Borrower of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in, Section 5.01(a), 5.05(a) or 5.08, Article VI or Article VIA;

(e)    default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, Bidco or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days (or 60 days if such default results solely from the failure of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to duly observe or perform any such covenant, condition or agreement) after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Representative;

(f)    (i) any event or condition occurs that (A) results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Material Indebtedness with respect to Permitted Securitization Financings) or (B) enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness, as applicable, to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; or (ii) Bidco or any of the Subsidiaries shall fail to pay the principal of any Material Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof; provided, that this clause (f) shall not apply to any secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; provided, further, that, with respect to the occurrence of any event or condition under any agreement governing Material First Lien Indebtedness, such event or condition shall only constitute a Default and an Event of Default under this Agreement if (I) such failure results from the failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts due under such Material First Lien Indebtedness or (II) the holders of such Material First Lien Indebtedness have caused the same to become due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity;

(g)    there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

(h)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, judicial management, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, receiver and manager, administrator, judicial manager, provisional liquidator, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar officer or official for Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (except in a transaction permitted hereunder); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days (or, in respect of any foreign entities only, 14 days) or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i)    Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and

 

142


appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (h) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, insolvency practitioner, judicial manager, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) commence any legal proceedings or court procedure in relation to an insolvency or in relation to any restructuring by way of a scheme of arrangement (for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not include any solvent reorganization), (vii) become unable or admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or in particular if a Material Subsidiary incorporated or established in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or is over-indebted (überschuldet) in the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung), or any application is made for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) (in case of an application by a third party only if it was not a fraudulent or frivolous application which is dismissed within 15 days of the respective application) or the taking of actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen)) or a court order for the rejection of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds (Abweisungsbeschluss mangels Masse) is made in respect of a Loan Party incorporated or established in Germany, or (ix) become the subject of a Luxembourg Insolvency Event;

(j)    the failure by Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to pay one or more final judgments aggregating in excess of $42,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 45 consecutive days, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(k)    (i) an ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan, a termination, withdrawal, wind-up or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms shall have occurred or (ii) Bidco or any Subsidiary shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(l)    (i) any Loan Document shall for any reason be asserted in writing by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any party thereto (other than in accordance with its terms), (ii) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document and to extend to assets that constitute a material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be (other than, in each case, in accordance with its terms), a valid and perfected security interest (perfected as or having the priority required by this Agreement or the relevant Security Document and subject to such limitations and restrictions as are set forth herein and therein) in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof (other than as a result of deliberate actions by Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party in violation thereof), or from the failure of the Applicable Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under a Collateral Agreement or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements (or similar statements under similar laws in any foreign jurisdiction) or take the actions described on Schedule 3.04 to the Original Credit Agreement and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance

 

143


policy and the Collateral Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer, or (iii) a material portion of the Guarantees pursuant to the Security Documents by Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiary Loan Parties guaranteeing the Obligations shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof), or shall be asserted in writing by Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be in effect or not to be legal, valid and binding obligations (other than in accordance with the terms thereof);

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrowers under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code described in clause (h) or (i) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower Representative, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and (in any event with respect to the Borrowers under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code described in clause (h) or (i) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable.

For purposes of clauses (h), (i) and (j) of this Section 7.01, “Material Subsidiary” (1) shall mean any Subsidiary that would not be an Immaterial Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and (2) shall exclude any Special Purpose Securitization Subsidiary.

Section 7.02    Treatment of Certain Payments. Subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Loan Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers under Section 7.01(h) or (i), in each case that is continuing, shall be applied: (i) first, ratably, to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from the Borrowers, (ii) second, towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrowers hereunder ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest, fees and payments then due to such parties, (iii) third, towards payment of other Obligations then due from the Borrowers or any Loan Party hereunder or thereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of such Obligations then due to such parties and (iv) last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Requirements of Law.

Section 7.03    [Reserved].

Section 7.04    Clean-Up Period. For the purpose of this Agreement, for the period from the Closing Date or, as appropriate, the date of completion of a permitted acquisition of a person who, pursuant to such permitted acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary (such person, a “Subsequent Target”) and/or of a business unit, division or line of business (a “Subsequent Target Asset”) until the date falling 90 days after the Closing Date or, as appropriate, the date of completion of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Asset (the “Clean-Up Period”), no Default or Event of Default (or failure of a condition to borrowing) would be deemed to arise from a breach of representation or warranty or a breach of covenant or other circumstance that would have been

 

144


a Default or Event of Default (but for this provision) only by reason of circumstances relating exclusively to (A) in the case of the Acquisition, the Target Group (or any obligation to procure compliance by the Target Group) or (B) in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Asset, such Subsequent Target or any of its Subsidiaries as at the date of completion of such permitted acquisition and (if applicable) such Subsequent Target Asset of such permitted acquisition (or any obligation to procure compliance by the Subsequent Target and its Subsidiaries), provided that (in each case) such Default or Event of Default: (i) is capable of being remedied within the Clean-Up Period and Holdings and Bidco or, in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Assets, the relevant acquiring party, are taking appropriate steps to remedy such Default or Event of Default; (ii) does not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Sponsor, Holdings or Bidco or, in the case of a permitted acquisition of a Subsequent Target and/or Subsequent Target Assets, any of the Sponsor, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the above, if the relevant circumstances are continuing after the expiry of the Clean-Up Period, there shall be a Default or Event of Default, as applicable (and without prejudice to any rights and remedies of the Lenders).

ARTICLE VIII

The Agents

Section 8.01    Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including as the Collateral Agent for such Lender and the other Secured Parties under the Security Documents (to the extent required under local law, via a parallel debt structure), and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In addition, to the extent required under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, each of the Lenders hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent any required powers of attorney to execute any Security Document governed by the laws of such jurisdiction on such Lender’s behalf. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

(b)    In furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any Subagents appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights or remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent) shall be entitled to the benefits of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, Section 8.07) as though the Collateral Agent (and any such Subagents) were an “Agent” under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(c)    The Collateral Agent shall (i) hold and administer any Collateral governed by German law which is security assigned (Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung) or otherwise

 

145


transferred under a non-accessory security right (nicht-akzessorische Sicherheit) to it as trustee (treuhänderisch) but not as a common law trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and (ii) administer any Collateral governed by German law which is pledged (Verpfändung) or otherwise transferred to any Secured Party under an accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) as agent.

Each Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents): (i) to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto; (ii) to take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the Security Documents; and (iii) to accept as its representative (Stellvertreter) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of such Secured Party in connection with any Security Document or Loan Document under German law and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative (Stellvertreter) any amendments and/or alterations to any Security Document governed by German law which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) including the release or confirmation of release of such Collateral.

Section 8.02    Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof)) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Each Agent may also from time to time, when it deems it to be necessary or desirable, appoint one or more trustees, co-trustees, collateral co-agents, collateral subagents or attorneys-in-fact (each, a “Subagent”) with respect to all or any part of the Collateral; provided, that no such Subagent shall be authorized to take any action with respect to any Collateral unless and except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Should any instrument in writing from the Borrower Representative or any other Loan Party be required by any Subagent so appointed by an Agent to more fully or certainly vest in and confirm to such Subagent such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower Representative shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by such Agent. If any Subagent, or successor thereto, shall become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Subagent, to the extent permitted by law, shall automatically vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent until the appointment of a new Subagent. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, attorney-in-fact or Subagent that it selects with reasonable care.

Section 8.03    Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Agents, or their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance

 

146


of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party. No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (b) no Agent shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Agents shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative or a Lender. No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.04    Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) or conversation believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to any Credit Event, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to such Credit Event. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings or Bidco), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. Each Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

Section 8.05    Notice of Default. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless such Agent has received written notice from a Lender, Holdings or the Borrower Representative referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of

 

147


default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other Lenders); provided, that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

Section 8.06    Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of, the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.07    Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by Holdings or the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Holdings or the Borrowers to do so) in the amount of its pro rata share (based on outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments hereunder) (determined at the time such indemnity is sought), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent, under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent, as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse such Agent for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse such Agent for such other Lender’s ratable share of such amount. The agreements in this Section 8.07 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

148


Section 8.08    Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 8.09    Successor Agents. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Borrower Representative shall have the right, subject to the reasonable consent of the Required Lenders (so long as no Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the Required Lenders shall have the right), to appoint a successor which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” and “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective (except in the case of the Collateral Agent holding collateral security on behalf of such Secured Parties, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed), and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Borrower Representative (or the Required Lenders) appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.09 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 8.10    Arrangers and Bookrunners . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the persons named on the cover page hereof as Joint Bookrunner or Arranger is named as such for recognition purposes only, and in its capacity as such shall have no rights, duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except that each such person and its Affiliates shall be entitled to the rights expressly stated to be applicable to them in Sections 9.05 and 9.17 (subject to the applicable obligations and limitations as set forth therein).

Section 8.11    Security Documents, Collateral Agent and Intercreditor Agreement. The Lenders and the other Secured Parties authorize the Collateral Agent to release any Collateral or Guarantors in accordance with Section 9.18 or if approved, authorized or ratified in accordance with Section 9.08.

The Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize and instruct the Collateral Agent to, without any further consent of any Lender or any other Secured Party, enter into (or acknowledge and consent to) or amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify the Omnibus Intercreditor Agreement, any other Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, any other Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Senior Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of

 

149


Indebtedness that is to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is not prohibited (including with respect to priority) under this Agreement and to subject the Obligations and the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof (any of the foregoing, an “Intercreditor Agreement”). The Lenders and the other Secured Parties irrevocably agree that (x) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative as to whether any such other Liens are not prohibited and (y) any Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent shall be binding on the Secured Parties, and each Lender and the other Secured Parties hereby agrees that it will take no actions contrary to the provisions of, if entered into and if applicable, any Intercreditor Agreement. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to any provider of any Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.01 hereof to extend credit to the Loan Parties and such persons are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions. Furthermore, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clauses (c), (i), (j), (aa) or (ll) of Section 6.02 or Section 6.02(a) (if the Liens thereunder are of a type that is contemplated by any of the foregoing clauses) in each case to the extent the contract or agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted prohibits any other Liens on such property or (ii) that is or becomes Excluded Property; and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall do so upon request of the Borrower Representative; provided, that prior to any such request, the Borrower Representative shall have in each case delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative certifying (x) that such Lien is permitted under this Agreement, (y) in the case of a request pursuant to clause (i) of this sentence, that the contract or agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted prohibits any other Lien on such property and (z) in the case of a request pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence, that (A) such property is or has become Excluded Property and (B) if such property has become Excluded Property as a result of a contractual restriction, such restriction does not violate Section 6.09(c).

Section 8.12    Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantees. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, (i) the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise (A) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of any or all of the Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and any Subagents allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (B) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and (ii) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (a) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to

 

150


enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (b) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other Disposition.

Section 8.13    Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Requirement of Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Loan Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, fines, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 8.13.

Section 8.14    Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, and the conditions for exemptive relief thereunder are and will continue to be satisfied in connection therewith,

 

151


(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21, as amended from time to time) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any of their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

 

152


(c) The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers hereby inform the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

Section 8.15    Release of Restrictions on Self-Dealing. Each of the Lenders and each of the Secured Parties hereby exempts the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent from any restrictions on representing several persons and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch), in each case to the extent legally possible for such Lender or Secured Party, to make use of any authorization granted under this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations as Administrative Agent or as Collateral Agent, hereunder and under the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents, as the case may be. A Lender or a Secured Party which is barred by its constitutional documents or by-laws from granting such exemptions shall notify the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent accordingly.

Section 8.16    Electronic Communications.

(a)    Notices and other communications to any Agent and Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Agent or any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Person has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(b)    Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

153


(c)    The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of their Related Parties warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agents or any of their respective Related Parties in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications. In no event shall the Agents or any of their respective Related Parties have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform.

(d)    Each Loan Party, each Lender and each Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(e)    Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephone if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.01    Notices; Communications. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 9.01(b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier or other electronic means as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i)    if to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent as of the Closing Date, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such person on Schedule 9.01 to the Original Credit Agreement; and

(ii)    if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(b)    Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by them, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c)    Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received. Notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Section 9.01(b) above shall be effective as provided in such Section 9.01(b).

 

154


(d)    Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(e)    Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 may be delivered electronically (including as set forth in Section 9.17) and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower Representative posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower Representative’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 to the Original Credit Agreement, or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower Representative’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender entitled to access thereto and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided, that the Borrower Representative shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Except for such certificates required by Section 5.04(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower Representative with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 9.02    Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein, in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, regardless of any investigation made by such persons or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements contained herein, indemnification and reimbursement obligations contained herein (including pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05) shall survive the Termination Date.

Section 9.03    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Holdings, Bidco, the Lux Borrower, the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 9.04    Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as permitted by Section 6.05, a Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 9.04), and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

155


(b)    (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in subclause (ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A)    the Borrower Representative, which consent will be deemed to have been given if the Borrower Representative has not responded within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of any request for such consent; provided, that no consent of the Borrower Representative shall be required for an assignment of a Term B Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below), or in the case of assignments during the primary syndication of the Commitments and Loans to persons identified to and agreed by the Borrower Representative in writing prior to the Closing Date, or, in each case, if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, any other person; and

(B)    the Administrative Agent; provided, that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund, a Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower made in accordance with Section 9.04(i) or Section 9.21.

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)    except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, provided, that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds (with simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds shall be treated as one assignment);

(B)    the parties to each assignment shall (1) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (2) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, in each case together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent (and which the Administrative Agent agrees to waive for all parties to the Fee Letter));

(C)    the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and any Tax forms and information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.17; and

(D)    the Assignee shall not be a Borrower or any of the Borrowers’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries except in accordance with Section 9.04(i) or Section 9.21.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04, “Approved Fund” shall mean any person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall be permitted to assign or transfer any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (A) any Ineligible Institution,

 

156


(B) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (B), or (C) a natural person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Loan Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine, monitor or enforce whether any Lender or potential Lender is an Ineligible Institution and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any assignment made to an Ineligible Institution. Any assigning Lender shall, in connection with any potential assignment, provide to the Borrower Representative a copy of its request (including the name of the prospective assignee) concurrently with its delivery of the same request to the Administrative Agent irrespective of whether or not an Event of Default under Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to subclause (v) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05 (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections)); provided, that an Assignee shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment pursuant to Section 2.17 than the applicable Assignor would have been entitled to receive had no such assignment occurred. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d) of this Section 9.04 (except to the extent such participation is not permitted by such clause (d) of this Section 9.04, in which case such assignment or transfer shall be null and void).

(iv)    The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; provided, that no Lender shall, in such capacity, have access to, or be otherwise permitted to review any information in the Register other than information with respect to such Lender.

(v)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 9.04, if applicable, and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 9.04 and any applicable Tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and promptly record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment, whether or not evidenced by a promissory note, shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this subclause (v).

 

157


(vi)    In the event that a transfer by any Lender of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (and any relevant Loan Documents) occurred or was deemed to occur by way of novation, the parties hereto explicitly agree that all securities and guarantees created under or in connection with any Loan Documents shall be preserved for the benefit of the new Lender, new Secured Party, participant or their successors or assignees in accordance with the provisions of article 1278 of the Luxembourg Civil Code.

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, sell participations in Loans to one or more banks or other entities other than (I) any Ineligible Institution (to the extent that the list of Ineligible Institutions has been made available to all Lenders; provided, that regardless of whether the list of Ineligible Institutions has been made available to all Lenders, no Lender may sell participations in Loans or Commitments to an Ineligible Institution without the consent of the Borrower Representative if the list of Ineligible Institutions has been made available to such Lender), (II) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (II) or (III) any natural person (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided, that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, that (x) such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that both (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) of the first proviso to Section 9.08(b) and (2) directly adversely affects such Participant (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any waiver of any Default or Event of Default) and (y) no other agreement with respect to amendment, modification or waiver may exist between such Lender and such Participant. Subject to clause (d)(iii) of this Section 9.04, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections and Section 2.19) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 9.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender; provided, that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Loan Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine whether any Participant or potential Participant is an Ineligible Institution and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any participation made to an Ineligible Institution.

(ii)    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and each party hereto shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Without limitation of the requirements of this Section 9.04(d), no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of a Participant Register to any person (including the

 

158


identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or other Loan Obligations under any Loan Document), except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other Loan Obligation is in registered form for U.S. federal income Tax purposes or is otherwise required by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(iii)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower Representative’s prior written consent, which consent shall state that it is being given pursuant to this Section 9.04(d)(iii); provided, that each potential Participant shall provide such information as is reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative in order for the Borrower Representative to determine whether to provide its consent.

(e)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank and in the case of any Lender that is an Approved Fund, any pledge or assignment to any holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Lender, including to any trustee for, or any other representative of, such holders, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided, that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f)    Each Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in clause (e) above.

(g)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent. Each of Holdings, the Borrowers, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto and each Loan Party for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.

(h)    If a Borrower wishes to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans or Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 9.08 (with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 9.08(d)). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by such Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to

 

159


Section 9.05(b). By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans or Commitments under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of Assignment and Acceptance attached as Exhibit A to the Original Credit Agreement, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (h) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 2.18(c) (which provisions shall not be applicable to clauses (i) or (j) of this Section 9.04), any of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, including the Borrowers, may purchase by way of assignment and become an Assignee with respect to Term Loans at any time and from time to time from Lenders in accordance with Section 9.04(b) hereof (each, a “Permitted Loan Purchase”); provided that, in respect of any Permitted Loan Purchase, (A) no Permitted Loan Purchase shall be made from the proceeds of any extensions of credit under the Revolving Facility, (B) upon consummation of any such Permitted Loan Purchase, the Loans purchased pursuant thereto shall be deemed to be automatically and immediately cancelled and extinguished in accordance with Section 9.04(j), (C) in connection with any such Permitted Loan Purchase, any of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, including the Borrowers and such Lender that is the assignor (an “Assignor”) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance (and for the avoidance of doubt, (x) shall make the representations and warranties set forth in the Permitted Loan Purchase Assignment and Acceptance and (y) shall not be required to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(ii)(B)) and shall otherwise comply with the conditions to assignments under this Section 9.04 and (D) no Default or Event of Default would exist immediately after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to such Permitted Loan Purchase.

(j)    Each Permitted Loan Purchase shall, for purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be an automatic and immediate cancellation and extinguishment of such Term Loans and the Borrower Representative shall, upon consummation of any Permitted Loan Purchase, notify the Administrative Agent that the Register be updated to record such event as if it were a prepayment of such Loans.

(k)    In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Section 9.05    Expenses; Indemnity. (a) Each Borrower agrees to pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including Other Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in connection with the administration of this Agreement and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof

 

160


or thereof, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers, and, if necessary, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one local counsel per jurisdiction, and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including Other Taxes) incurred by the Agents or any Lender in connection with the enforcement of their rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including the fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel for all such persons, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for all such persons, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where such person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower Representative of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected person).

(b)    Each Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners, each Lender, each of their respective Affiliates, successors and assignors, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and members (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements (excluding the allocated costs of in-house counsel and limited to not more than one counsel for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower Representative of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee)), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto and thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any violation of or liability under Environmental Laws by Bidco or any Subsidiary, (iv) any actual or alleged presence, Release of or exposure to Hazardous Materials at, under, on, from or to any property owned, leased or operated by Bidco or any Subsidiary or (v) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by Holdings, Bidco, or any of their subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided, that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties, (y) arose from a material breach of such Indemnitee’s or any of its Related Parties’ obligations under any Loan Document (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment) or (z) arose from any claim, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding that does not involve an act or omission of any Borrower or any of its Affiliates and is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than any claim, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding against any Agent or Arranger in its capacity as such). None of the Indemnitees (or any of their respective affiliates) shall be responsible or liable to the Sponsor, Holdings, Bidco or any of their respective subsidiaries, Affiliates or stockholders or any other person or entity for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, which may be alleged as a result of the Facilities or the Transactions or the Post-Closing Transactions. The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable within 15 days after written demand therefor accompanied by reasonable documentation with respect to any reimbursement, indemnification or other amount requested.

 

161


(c)    Except as expressly provided in Section 9.05(a) with respect to Other Taxes, which shall not be duplicative with any amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.17, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to any Taxes (other than Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses resulting from a non-Tax claim), which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.17 and, to the extent set forth therein, Section 2.15.

(d)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e)    The agreements in this Section 9.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.06    Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of Holdings, Bidco or any Subsidiary against any of and all the obligations of Holdings, Bidco or the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although the obligations may be unmatured; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender may have.

Section 9.07    Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSES OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY PRINCIPLE OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT COULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.

Section 9.08    Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or

 

162


power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party in any case shall entitle such person to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b)    Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) as provided in Section 2.21, (y) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, Bidco, the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or, in respect of any waiver, amendment or modification of Section 2.11(b) or (c), the Required Prepayment Lenders, rather than the Required Lenders), and (z) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Loan Party party thereto and the Administrative Agent and consented to by the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall:

(i)    decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the final maturity of, or decrease the rate of interest on, any Loan without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification); provided, that any amendment to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (i),

(ii)    increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender, or decrease any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification); provided, that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default, mandatory prepayments or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase or extension of the Commitments of any Lender for purposes of this clause (ii),

(iii)    extend or waive any date on which payment of interest on any Loan or any Fee is due, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification),

(iv)    amend the provisions of Section 7.02 with respect to the pro rata application of payments required thereby in a manner that by its terms modifies the application of such payments required thereby to be on a less than pro rata basis, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby (which, notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent of such Lender directly adversely affected thereby shall be the only consent required hereunder to make such modification),

(v)    amend or modify the provisions of this Section 9.08 or the definition of the terms “Required Lenders,” “Majority Lenders,” “or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, in each case except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise

 

163


provided in Section 9.08(d) and (e) (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Closing Date),

(vi)    release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Loan Parties from their respective Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement, unless, in the case of a Subsidiary Loan Party, all or substantially all the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Loan Party is sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender,

(vii)    effect any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments or collateral of Lenders participating in any Facility differently from those of Lenders participating in another Facility, without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in the adversely affected Facility except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise provided in Section 9.08(d) and (e) (it being agreed that the Required Lenders (or the Required Prepayment Lenders, as applicable) may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment required by Section 2.11 so long as the application of any prepayment reduction still required to be made is not changed);

provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, acting as such at the effective date of such agreement, as applicable. Each Lender shall be bound by any waiver, amendment or modification authorized by this Section 9.08 and any consent by any Lender pursuant to this Section 9.08 shall bind any Assignee of such Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have the right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be affected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c)    Without the consent of any Lender, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to include holders of Other Second Liens in the benefit of the Security Documents in connection with the incurrence of any Other Second Lien Debt, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law (subject to the Agreed Guaranty and Security Principles) or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, Bidco and the Borrowers (a) to permit additional extensions of credit to be outstanding hereunder from time to time and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof to share ratably in

 

164


the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the holders of such extensions of credit in any determination of the requisite lenders required hereunder, including Required Lenders and Required Prepayment Lenders.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of any Lender) to the extent necessary (A) to integrate any Incremental Term Loan Commitments in a manner consistent with Section 2.21, including, with respect to Other Term Loans, as may be necessary to establish such Incremental Term Loan Commitments as a separate Class or tranche from the existing Term Loan Commitments and, in the case of Extended Term Loans, to reduce the amortization schedule of the related existing Class of Term Loans proportionately, (B) to integrate any Other Second Lien Debt, or (C) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency.

(f)    Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be necessary to ensure that all Term Loans established pursuant to Section 2.21 after the Closing Date that will be included in an existing Class of Term Loans outstanding on such date (an “Applicable Date”), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans of such Class (the “Existing Class Loans”), on a pro rata basis, and/or to ensure that, immediately after giving effect to such new Term Loans (the “New Class Loans” and, together with the Existing Class Loans, the “Class Loans”), each Lender holding Class Loans will be deemed to hold its Pro Rata Share of each Class Loan on the Applicable Date (but without changing the amount of any such Lender’s Term Loans), and each such Lender shall be deemed to have effectuated such assignments as shall be required to ensure the foregoing. The “Pro Rata Share” of any Lender on the Applicable Date is the ratio of (1) the sum of such Lender’s Existing Class Loans immediately prior to the Applicable Date plus the amount of New Class Loans made by such Lender on the Applicable Date over (2) the aggregate principal amount of all Class Loans on the Applicable Date.

(g)    With respect to the incurrence of any secured or unsecured Indebtedness (including any Intercreditor Agreement relating thereto), the Borrower Representative may elect (in its discretion, but shall not be obligated) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer at least three Business Days prior to the incurrence thereof (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), together with either drafts of the material documentation relating to such Indebtedness or a description of such Indebtedness (including a description of the Liens intended to secure the same or the subordination provisions thereof, as applicable) in reasonably sufficient detail to be able to make the determinations referred to in this paragraph, which certificate shall either, at the Borrower Representative’s election, (x) state that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such Indebtedness satisfies the requirements of the applicable provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (taking into account any other applicable provisions of this Section 9.08), in which case such certificate shall be conclusive evidence thereof, or (y) request the Administrative Agent to confirm, based on the information set forth in such certificate and any other information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, that such Indebtedness satisfies such requirements, in which case the Administrative Agent may determine whether, in its reasonable judgment, such requirements have been satisfied (in which case it shall deliver to the Borrower Representative a written confirmation of the same), with any such determination of the Administrative Agent to be conclusive evidence thereof, and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to make such determinations.

Section 9.09    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), as provided for herein or in any

 

165


other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any Lender, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by such Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges payable to such Lender, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate; provided, that such excess amount shall be paid to such Lender on subsequent payment dates to the extent not exceeding the legal limitation.

Section 9.10    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the agreements regarding certain Fees referred to herein constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among or representations from the parties or their Affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fee Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

Section 9.11    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

Section 9.12    Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 9.13    Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

(a)    This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement by facsimile transmission (or other electronic transmission pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed original.

(b)    The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Acceptances, amendments, Borrowing Requests, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the

 

166


Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

Section 9.14    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.15    Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The Borrowers and each other Loan Party and each other party hereto (including all Secured Parties other than the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Borrower or any other Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b)    Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. All Loan Parties that are organized or incorporated under the laws other than those of a state of the United States hereby consent to service of process for them being given to the US Borrower and appoint the US Borrower as their agent for such service. Further, each non-U.S. Loan Party waives any immunity it may have under any non-U.S. law or otherwise in relation to the jurisdiction or ruling of any aforementioned New York State or federal courts.

Section 9.16    Confidentiality. Each of the Lenders and each of the Agents agrees that it shall maintain in confidence any information relating to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and any Subsidiary furnished to it by or on behalf of Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any

 

167


Subsidiary (other than information that (a) has become generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by such party, (b) has been independently developed by such Lender or such Agent without violating this Section 9.16 or (c) was available to such Lender or such Agent from a third party having, to such person’s knowledge, no obligations of confidentiality to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco or any other Loan Party) and shall not reveal the same other than to its directors, trustees, officers, employees and advisors with a need to know and any numbering, administration or settlement service providers or to any person that approves or administers the Loans on behalf of such Lender (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), except: (A) to the extent necessary to comply with law or any legal process or the requirements of any Governmental Authority, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or of any securities exchange on which securities of the disclosing party or any Affiliate of the disclosing party are listed or traded, (B) as part of normal reporting or review procedures to, or examinations by, Governmental Authorities or self-regulatory authorities, including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or their equivalent in any jurisdiction, (C) to its parent companies, Affiliates or auditors (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), (D) in order to enforce its rights under any Loan Document in a legal proceeding, (E) to any pledgee under Section 9.04(d) or any other prospective assignee of, or prospective Participant in, any of its rights under this Agreement (so long as such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.16), (F) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in Hedging Agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.16); provided that, in the case of clauses (E) and (F), no information may be provided to any Ineligible Institution or person who is known to be acting on behalf of or fronting an Ineligible Institution, (G) with the written consent of the Borrower Representative and (H) to any rating agency when required by such rating agency in connection with rating such Lender, provided that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to Holdings, any Parent Entity, Bidco and any Subsidiary received by such rating agency from the Agent or any Lender.

Section 9.17    Platform; Borrower Materials. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”), and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information (or, if Holdings is not at the time a public reporting company, material information of a type that would not reasonably be expected to be publicly available if Holdings was a public reporting company) with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (i) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as solely containing information that is either (A) publicly available information or (B) not material (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that such Borrower Materials shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.16, to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute information subject to the terms thereof), (iii) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

 

168


Section 9.18    Release of Liens and Guarantees.

(a)    The Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released or terminated, as applicable: (i) in full upon the occurrence of the Termination Date as set forth in Section 9.18(d) below; (ii) upon the Disposition of such Collateral by any Loan Party to a person that is not (and is not required to become) a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent that such Collateral comprises property leased to a Loan Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with Section 9.08), (v) to the extent that the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the Holdings Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement or clause (b) below (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (vi) as provided in Section 8.11 (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (vii) pursuant to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, (viii) as required by the Collateral Agent to effect any Disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and (ix) any property upon such property becoming Excluded Property. Any such release (other than pursuant to clause (i) above) shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Loan Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Loan Parties, including the proceeds of any Disposition, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents.

(b)    In addition, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably agree that a Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released from its Guarantee (and, if such Guarantor is also a Borrower, from its obligations under this Agreement) upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Subsidiary Loan Party or otherwise becoming an Excluded Subsidiary (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Loan Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry). In addition, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably agree that a Loan Party shall be automatically released from its Guarantee upon the release of the guarantee by such Loan Party of: (i) the Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement or (ii) the other Indebtedness that resulted in such Loan Party’s obligation to provide a Guarantee of the Obligations; provided, that any such released Guarantee of a Loan Party shall be reinstated and such Loan Party shall comply with Section 5.10(d) if such Loan Party is required to subsequently guarantee the Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement or such other Indebtedness.

(c)    The Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.18 and to return to Holdings or the Borrower Representative all possessory collateral (including share certificates (if any)) held by it in respect of any

 

169


Collateral so released, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender or any other Secured Party. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan Document relating to any such Collateral or Guarantor shall no longer be deemed to be made. In connection with any release hereunder, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative and at the Borrowers’ expense in connection with the release of any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Subsidiary, property or asset; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative containing such certifications as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and any such release should be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, on the Termination Date, all Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral and all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under any Loan Documents (other than such obligations that expressly survive the Termination Date pursuant to the terms hereof) shall, in each case, be automatically released and, upon request of the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Secured Party) take such actions as shall be required to evidence the release its security interest in all Collateral (including returning to Holdings or the Borrower Representative all possessory collateral (including all share certificates (if any)) held by it in respect of any Collateral), and to evidence the release of all obligations under any Loan Document (other than such obligations that expressly survive the Termination Date pursuant to the terms hereof), whether or not on the date of such release there may be any contingent indemnification obligations or expense reimburse claims not then due; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative containing such certifications as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Any such release of obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. Each Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (and their respective representatives) in connection with taking such actions to release security interest in all Collateral and all obligations under the Loan Documents as contemplated by this Section 9.18(d).

Section 9.19    Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from a Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such

 

170


judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

Section 9.20    USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower Representative that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 9.21    Affiliate Lenders.

(a)    Each Lender who is an Affiliate of the Borrower, excluding Holdings, Bidco and their respective Subsidiaries (each, an “Affiliate Lender”; it being understood that (x) neither Holdings, Bidco nor any of their Subsidiaries may be Affiliate Lenders and (y) Affiliate Lenders may be Lenders hereunder in accordance with Section 9.04, subject in the case of Affiliate Lenders, to this Section 9.21), in connection with any (i) consent (or decision not to consent) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) other action on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) direction to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, agrees that, except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action (1) described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the first proviso of Section 9.08(b) or (2) that adversely affects such Affiliate Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) in a disproportionately adverse manner as compared to other Lenders, such Affiliate Lender shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in such proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliate Lenders. Each Affiliate Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliate Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliate Lender and in the name of such Affiliate Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (a).

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliate Lender shall have any right to (1) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrower Representative are not then present, (2) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower Representative or its representatives, (3) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents, or (4) purchase any Term Loan if, immediately after giving effect to such purchase, Affiliate Lenders in the aggregate would own Term Loans with an aggregate principal amount in excess of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding. It shall be a condition precedent to each assignment to an Affiliate Lender that such Affiliate Lender shall have (x) represented to the assigning Lender in the applicable Assignment and Acceptance, and notified the Administrative Agent, that it is (or will be, following the consummation of

 

171


such assignment) an Affiliate Lender and that the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by it giving effect to such assignments shall not exceed the amount permitted by clause (4) of the preceding sentence and (y) represented in the applicable Assignment and Acceptance that it is not in possession of material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal and state securities laws) with respect to Holdings, Bidco, the Subsidiaries or their respective securities (or, if Holdings is not at the time a public reporting company, material information of a type that would not be reasonably expected to be publicly available if Holdings were a public reporting company) that (A) has not been disclosed to the assigning Lender or the Lenders generally (other than because any such Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, Bidco or the Subsidiaries) and (B) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to, the assigning Lender’s decision make such assignment.

Section 9.22    Agency of the Borrower Representative for the Loan Parties. Each of the other Loan Parties hereby appoints the Borrower Representative as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the giving and receipt of notices and consents hereunder or thereunder, the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and therein and all modifications hereto and thereto, and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants and certifications) on behalf of any Loan Party hereunder or thereunder. The Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. Each Loan Party agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on its behalf by the Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Loan Party and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Loan Party to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Loan Party. Each Loan Party hereby relieves the Borrower Representative from the restrictions pursuant to section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) and similar restrictions applicable to it pursuant to any other applicable law, in each case to the extent legally possible for such Loan Party.

Section 9.23    [Reserved].

Section 9.24    Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Solely to the extent any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution is a party to this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)    the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

172


(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

Section 9.25    German Real Estate Security. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, each of the parties to this Agreement, and each Secured Party by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, hereby agrees and acknowledges that each Secured Party which is a non-German resident and is not a Secured Party which has its applicable lending office in Germany or is entitled to a complete exemption from German income taxes pursuant to the “interest” (or any other) article of a tax treaty between Germany and the country of residence or organization of such Secured Party shall not at any time take the benefit, directly or indirectly, of any security interest in any real estate located in Germany over which a security interest is granted to any Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or any of them) or in any proceeds of enforcement in respect thereof (the “German Real Estate Security”), in respect of its participation in the Obligations.

Section 9.26    Parallel Debt.

(a)    For the purpose of this Section 9.26, “Corresponding Obligations” means each Loan Party’s Obligations other than the Parallel Debt.

(b)    Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent, acting on its own behalf and not as agent for any person, an amount equal to the Corresponding Obligations (such payment undertakings by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent, hereinafter referred to as the “Parallel Debt”).

(c)    The Parallel Debt will become due and payable in the currency or currencies of the Corresponding Obligations as and when one or more of the Corresponding Obligations become due and payable.

(d)    Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledges that: (i) the Parallel Debt constitutes an undertaking, obligation and liability of each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent which is transferable and separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Corresponding Obligations; (ii) the Parallel Debt represents the Collateral Agent’s own separate and independent claim to receive payment of the Parallel Debt from each Loan Party and (iii) the Liens granted under the Loan Documents to the Collateral Agent to secure the Parallel Debt is granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall not be held in trust, it being understood, that the amount which may become payable by each Loan Party under or pursuant to the Parallel Debt from time to time shall never exceed the aggregate amount which is payable under the relevant Corresponding Obligations from time to time.

(e)    For the purpose of this Section 9.26 the Collateral Agent acts in its own name and on behalf of itself (for the benefit of the Secured Parties and each subsequent maker of any Loan by its making thereof) and not as agent or representative of any of the Secured Parties and each subsequent maker of any Loan by its making thereof.

(f)    To the extent the Collateral Agent irrevocably receives any amount in payment of the Parallel Debt (the “Received Amount”), the Corresponding Obligations shall be reduced by an aggregate amount (the “Deductible Amount”) equal to the Received Amount in the manner as if the Deductible Amount were received as a payment of the Corresponding Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Collateral Agent irrevocably receives any amount in payment of the Corresponding Obligations, the Parallel Debt shall be reduced accordingly as if such payment was received as a payment of the Parallel Debt. All amounts received or recovered by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any security interest granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with this Agreement.

 

173


Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights against the Loan Parties (whether under this Section 9.26 or under any other provisions of the Loan Documents) each Loan Party acknowledges that (i) nothing in this Section 9.26 shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Loan Party or otherwise under any Loan Document, except in its capacity as Lender and (ii) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Loan Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a Lender.

Section 9.27    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

(a)    In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrowers are capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof), (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising any Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the financing transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each Loan Party hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty under applicable law relating to agency and fiduciary obligations.

(b)    Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that each Lender, the Arrangers and any Affiliate thereof may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any of the Borrowers, Holdings, any Co-Investor, any Affiliate thereof or any other person or entity that may do business with or own securities of any of the foregoing, all as if such Lender, Arranger or Affiliate thereof were not a Lender, Arranger or an Affiliate thereof (or an agent or any other person with any similar role under the Facilities) and without any duty to account therefor to any other Lender, Arranger, Holdings, any Borrower, any Co-Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Each Lender, Arranger and any Affiliate thereof may accept fees and other consideration from Holdings, any Borrower, any

 

174


Co-Investor or any Affiliate thereof for services in connection with this Agreement, the Facilities or otherwise without having to account for the same to any other Lender, Arranger, Holdings, any Borrower, any Co-Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Some or all of the Lenders and Arrangers may have directly or indirectly acquired certain equity interests (including warrants) in Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof or may have directly or indirectly extended credit on a subordinated basis to Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof. Each party hereto, on its behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, acknowledges and waives the potential conflict of interest resulting from any such Lender, Arranger or an Affiliate thereof holding disproportionate interests in the extensions of credit under the Facilities or otherwise acting as arranger or agent thereunder and such Lender, Arranger or any Affiliate thereof directly or indirectly holding equity interests in or subordinated debt issued by Holdings, any Borrower, a Co-Investor or an Affiliate thereof.

Section 9.28    Co-Borrower Obligations.

(a)    Joint and Several Liability. In consideration of the establishment of the Commitments and the making of the Loans hereunder, and of the benefits to Holdings, Bidco and the Co-Borrowers that are anticipated to result therefrom, each of the Co-Borrowers agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Co-Borrowers will be co-borrowers hereunder and shall be fully liable for all of the Loan Obligations, both severally and jointly, regardless of which Co-Borrower actually receives the proceeds of the Loans or the benefit of any other extensions of credit hereunder, or the manner in which any Co-Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders account therefor in their respective books and records. Accordingly, each of the Co-Borrowers irrevocably agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns that they will make prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by optional prepayment or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. Each of the Co-Borrowers hereby further agrees that if any Loan Party shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by optional prepayment or otherwise) any of the Loan Obligations, then they will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Secured Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

(b)    Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of each Co-Borrower under paragraph (a) above are absolute and unconditional irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of any other Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Secured Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 9.28 that the joint and several obligations of the Co-Borrowers hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not affect the joint and several liability of the Co-Borrowers hereunder:

(i)    at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Co-Borrower, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Loan Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii)    any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted; or

 

175


(iii)    the maturity of any of the Loan Obligations shall be accelerated or delayed, or any of the Loan Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Loan Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with.

(c)    Certain Waivers. Each of the Co-Borrowers hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against it under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Loan Obligations.

(d)    Reinstatement. The obligations of the Co-Borrowers under this Section 9.28 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Co-Borrower in respect of the Loan Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Loan Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

(e)    Continuing Obligations. Each of the agreements of each Co-Borrower in this Section 9.28 is a continuing agreement and undertaking, and shall apply to all Loan Obligations whenever arising.

(f)    Notices, Elections, Approvals, etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or other Loan Documents, each Co-Borrower hereby agrees that any and all notices, elections, approvals or similar actions under the Loan Documents may be taken by the other Co-Borrower on behalf of itself and/or the other Co-Borrower.

Section 9.29    Original Credit Agreement; Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement. On and after the 2018 Amendment Effective Date, all obligations of the Loan Parties under the Original Credit Agreement shall become obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall be superseded by the provisions hereof except for provisions under the Original Credit Agreement that expressly survive the termination thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (a) the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement pursuant to this Agreement and all other Loan Documents executed and delivered in connection herewith shall not constitute a novation of the Original Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the 2018 Amendment Effective Date and (b) all references in the other Loan Documents to the Original Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer without further amendment to this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

176

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated March 26, 2020 (except Note 7, as to which the date is June 19, 2020), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Driven Brands Holdings Inc. (f/k/a RC Driven Holdings LLC) contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts”.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

December 22, 2020

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditor

The board of directors

Shine Holdco (UK) Limited

We consent to the use of our report dated November 13, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading ‘Experts’ in the prospectus.

Our report with respect to the 2018 consolidated financial statements contains an emphasis of matter stating that the consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in the United Kingdom, which differs from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

December 21, 2020

 

KPMG AS, a Norwegian limited liability company and member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

 

Statsautoriserte revisorer - medlemmer av Den norske Revisorforening

  

Offices in:

Oslo

Alta

Arendal

Bergen

Bodø

Drammen

  

Elverum

Finnsnes
Hamar

Haugesund

Knarvik

Kristiansand

  

Mo i Rana

Molde

Tromsø
Trondheim

Skien

Sandnessjøen

  

Stavanger

Stord

Straume

Tynset

Sandefjord

Ålesund

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Driven Brands Holdings, Inc. of our report dated November 13, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Shine Holdco (UK) Limited, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Uxbridge, United Kingdom

December 22, 2020